Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

Revised TSC Promotions Interview Areas/ Marking Scheme (Updated and Final)

The Teachers Service Commission, TSC, has released the latest revised and final Promotions interviews marking scheme. According to the Commission’s latest scoring areas, knowledge on Institutional Financial Management has been awarded the highest score at 18 marks.

Read also: TSC promotion interview questions and their answers

INTERVIEW AREA MAXIMUM MARKS
Education Qualifications 4 Marks
Management Courses 3 Marks
Computer Literacy 2 Marks
Honours/ Awards 3 Marks
Professional Knowledge 3 Marks
Online Teaching Modes/ ICT Integration 6 Marks
TPAD 6 Marks
Knowledge on TSC Operations 15 Marks
Knowledge on emerging issues and Reforms 10 Marks
Institutional Financial Management 18 Marks
Compliance with Legal Documents. 10 Marks
Performance at KCPE/ KCSE Exams (Mean Scores). 10 Marks
Current issues. 3 Marks
Presentation and Communication Skills 2 Marks

 

STRESS IN ENGLISH LATEST NOTES

Some basic rules on stress :

1.Stress is placed on the root word. Suffixes and prefixes are not stressed.

Mis.use

Dis.like

Mis.trust

Mis.take

Un.condition.al

Mis, dis and un are not stressed because they are prefixes.

al too is not stressed because it is a suffix.

Regardless of whether the word is used as a noun or verb eg mis.use the first syllable cannot be stressed because it’s an affix(prefix/suffix)

NB:Throughout this long write up, the full stop indicates syllable boundary.

2.Stress falls on the syllable with a diphthong eg prosecute

Pro. se. cute

Pro is stressed because it has a diphthong /ou/

3.Stress falls on the syllable with the long vowel sound agreement, markbook

  1. gree. ment

gree is stressed because it contains a long vowel sound double e=/i:/

Mark.book

Mark is stressed because it has a long vowel sound ar =/a:/

Book has a short vowel sound double o in book produces the short o

4.In words containing suffix -ic, stress falls on the penultimate, second last syllable.you count from your right, the last syllable being ic

Photo. graph. ic

Stress falls on graph.

Scen.ic

Stress falls on scen since it’s second from last

Hor. rif. ic

Stress falls on rif since its the second last syllable

Scien. tif.ic

Stress falls on tif since it’s the penultimate

5.In a word where you have a long syllable and a short syllable,or a mono syllable,stress falls on the longer syllable

  1. buse
  2. larm

Con. dition

Stress falls on buse, larm and dition, the longer syllables.

Regardless whether the word is used as a noun or verb, the second, longer syllable is stressed.

6.In words that have double consonants

ap.proach /a.pproach

a.ssist/as.sist

a.ccent/ac.cent

Me.ssage /mes.sage

You stress the longer syllable that remains after the boundary or that remains with the double consonants ,which will be the second syllable.

NB:There are exceptions to this rule :

Col.league

Chal.lenge

The stress in the words above is on Col and chal though they are the shorter syllable and don’t have the double consonants.

7.Stress falls on the first syllable if a word is used as a noun or adjective

Re.fuse

Up. set

Pro. duce

Sub. ject

Per. fect

Fre. quent

Thus re, up, pro, sub, per and fre are stressed.

There are exceptions eg ad. vice which though a verb, has the stress falling on the second syllable like its verb counterpart ad. vise .

7.Stress falls on the second syllable if a word is used as a verb

  1. port

re.ject

con. duct

con. tent

  1. fuse

Per. fect

Fre. quent

Thus port, ject, duct, tent,fuse,fect and quent are stressed.

There are exceptions to this rule

man. age

  1. gis. ter (used as a verb)

The two have stress on the first syllable.

Latest Mathematics Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free

Latest Mathematics Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free

Mathematics Free Syllabus

121 Knec Mathematics Syllabus FORM 1 NATURAL NUMBERS Place values of numbers 2. Round off numbers to the nearest tens, hundreds, thousands, millions and billions 3. Odd…

Mathematics Updated Notes Form 1 to 4

Download free Mathematics Updated Notes Form 1, 2, 3 and 4 here. FORM 1 TO 4 FREE MATHEMATICS NOTES MATHEMATICS NOTES FORM 2 TUTORIAL MATHEMATICS NOTES FORM…

MATHEMATICS NOTES: TOPICAL MATHS ASSIGNMENTS F1-4 WITH ANSWERS

ASSIGNMENTS ARRANGED TOPICALLY F1-4 FORM 1 NUMBERS PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC Mogaka and Onduso together can do a piece of work in 6 days. Mogaka,…

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE KUCCPS CUT OFF POINTS, REQUIREMENTS 2022-2023

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE KUCCPS CUT OFF POINTS, REQUIREMENTS 2022-2023 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE 1 1063309 TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY OF MOMBASA BACHELOR…

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE KUCCPS CUT OFF POINTS, REQUIREMENTS 2022-2023

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE KUCCPS CUT OFF POINTS, REQUIREMENTS 2022-2023 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE # PROG CODE INSTITUTION NAME PROGRAMME NAME 2022/2023…

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICS) KUCCPS CUT OFF POINTS, REQUIREMENTS 2022-2023

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICS) KUCCPS CUT OFF POINTS, REQUIREMENTS 2022-2023 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICS) # PROG CODE INSTITUTION NAME PROGRAMME NAME 2022/2023 CUTOFF 2019/2021 CUTOFF 2018 CUTOFF 2017 CUTOFF 2016 CUTOFF 2015 CUTOFF 1 1073109 RONGO UNIVERSITY BACHELOR OF…

Mathematics Form 4 Simplified notes (All Topics)

FREE FORM FOUR MATHEMATICS NOTES Read all the form 4 notes here. You can also download a copy of the pdf notes on this link;…

Free Mathematics notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials,…

Mathematics is a mandatory subject in the current education system. The subject has denied many students opportunities to pursue tertiary courses of their desire;…

Bachelor of Science in Mathematics and Computer Science course; Requirements, duration, job opportunities…

The interplay between computer science and mathematics is substantial and growing.  Designing and analyzing efficient algorithms and the design of reliable software for mission…

CLASS 8 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3 UPDATED FREE

MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK STANDARD EIGHT TERM I References New progressive primary mathematics teacher’s guide book 8 New progressive primary mathematics pupil’s book 8 Primary mathematics…

TOP STUDENT MATHEMATICS REVISION KIT (TOPICAL QUESTIONS & ANSWERS)

MATHEMATICS 1 PART I  SECTION A:  Use logarithm tables to evaluate                      (4 mks)   0.0368 x 43.92 361.8   Solve for x by completing the square       …

TOP STUDENT MATHEMATICS REVISION KIT

MATHEMATICS 1 PART I  SECTION A:  Use logarithm tables to evaluate                      (4 mks)   0.0368 x 43.92 361.8   Solve for x by completing the square       …

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ECONOMICS AND MATHEMATICS KUCCPS CUT OFF POINTS, REQUIREMENTS 2022-2023

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ECONOMICS AND MATHEMATICS KUCCPS CUT OFF POINTS, REQUIREMENTS 2022-2023 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ECONOMICS AND MATHEMATICS # PROG CODE INSTITUTION NAME PROGRAMME NAME 2022/2023 CUTOFF 2019/2021 CUTOFF 2018…

Mathematics Form 3 Simplified notes (All Topics)

FREE FORM THREE MATHEMATICS NOTES Read all the form 3 notes here. You can also download a copy of the pdf notes on this link;…

STANDARD 8 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3

MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK STANDARD EIGHT TERM I References New progressive primary mathematics teacher’s guide book 8 New progressive primary mathematics pupil’s book 8 Primary mathematics…

Knec Mathematics Syllabus

121 Knec Mathematics Syllabus FORM 1 1. NATURAL NUMBERS 1. Place values of numbers 2. Round off numbers to the nearest tens, hundreds, thousands, millions and billions 3. Odd numbers 4….

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE) KUCCPS CUT OFF POINTS, REQUIREMENTS 2022-2023

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE) KUCCPS CUT OFF POINTS, REQUIREMENTS 2022-2023 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS AND OFFICE MANAGEMENT # PROG CODE INSTITUTION NAME PROGRAMME NAME 2022/2023 CUTOFF 2019/2021 CUTOFF 2018 CUTOFF 2017…

Mathematics free lesson plans for all topics (Form one to four)

Here are all the Mathematics secondary school lesson plans for all topics. You can also download the editable and pdf lesson plans below. FREE MATHEMATICS…

CLASS 7 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3 UPDATED FREE

Mathematics schemes of work for standard __7____TERM___1____YEAR________ WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEANING/ TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES   1                   2 1 PRE-NUMBERS  Place value By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to…

Science and mathematics teachers to be trained, online, in June: Training programme and more…

Teachers handling mathematics and science based subjects (biology, chemistry and physics) will benefit from a training to be organized by the Centre for Mathematics,…

KCSE REVISION MATHEMATICS (QUESTIONS & ANSWERS)

MATHEMATICS I PART I SECTION I (50 MARKS) Evaluate without mathematical tables leaving your answer in standard form 0.01712 X 3 855 X 0.531                                                                                                                  (2 Mks) Six men…

NEW STRATEGY FOR TEACHING MATHEMATICS- EDUCATION MINISTRY GUIDE

It was on early Tuesday Morning at 8am when the MM Shah primary school early grade learners in Kisumu County had a special guest….

TSC E-RECRUITMENT CENTER Apply for NATIONAL TRAINERS, CENTER FOR MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION…

 TEACHERS SERVICE COMMISSION OF KENYA ONLINE SERVICES Home Apply for Advert NATIONAL TRAINERS, CENTER FOR MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION IN AFRICA (CEMASTEA) E-RECRUITMENT CENTER Apply…

Mathematics Schemes of work term 1-3, Form 4

Looking for free Mathematics Schemes of work using the KLB reference textbook? Download them below at no cost.. Download a pdf and editable copy of…

Mathematics Topic By Topic Questions And Answers (All Topics)

In need of topical questions and answers for mathematics? Well. Download all the Mathematics Topic By Topic Questions And Answers (All Topics) here. These…

CLASS 7 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3

Mathematics schemes of work for standard __7____TERM___1____YEAR________ WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEANING/ TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES   1                   2 1 PRE-NUMBERS  Place value By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to…

Mathematics Form 1 Simplified notes (All Topics)

FREE FORM ONE MATHEMATICS NOTES Read all the form 1 notes here. You can also download a copy of the pdf notes on this link;…

Mathematics Form 2 Simplified notes (All Topics)

FREE FORM TWO MATHEMATICS NOTES Read all the form 2 notes here. You can also download a copy of the pdf notes on this link;…

MATHEMATICS FORM 3 END TERM EXAMS PLUS ANSWERS

ULTIMATE ACHIEVERS ACADEMY Name: ………………………………………………………….. …Date: ……………Adm No: ………… FORM THREE TIME: 2 HOURS 30 MINUTES MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES Write your name, class and Admission Number in the…

LESSON PLANS FOR CBC MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES

LESSON PLAN MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES Week:                                                Lesson:                       SCHOOL GRADE DATE TIME ROLL   ONE       STRAND/THEME/TOPIC: NUMBERS SUBSTRAND/SUB-THEME/SUB-TOPIC: Number concept Specific lesson learning outcome. By the end of the lesson, the learner should…

KCSE MATHEMATICS REVISION SERIES (QUESTIONS & ANSWERS)

MATHEMATICS I PART I SECTION I (50 MARKS) Evaluate without mathematical tables leaving your answer in standard form 0.01712 X 3 855 X 0.531                                                                                                                  (2 Mks) Six men…

Latest Kiswahili Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision…

Latest Kiswahili Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free Free Kiswahili notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams,…

Latest English Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision…

Latest English Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free FORM TWO ENGLISH LATEST NOTES Teachers’ Resources Media Team @Educationnewshub.co.ke –  0 FORM TWO…

Latest Agriculture Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision…

Latest Agriculture Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free ……………………………….Index No: ……………………. 443/2 AGRICULTURE Paper 2 2 hours…

Sunrise High School latest KCSE prediction exams, mocks with marking schemes free

Sunrise High School latest KCSE prediction exams, mocks with marking schemes free Exam papers free downloads English Kiswahili Mathematics Biology Physics Chemistry General Science History and Government Geography Christian Religious Education (CRE) Islamic Religious Education (IRE) Home…

Moi Tea High School latest KCSE prediction exams, mocks with marking schemes free

Moi Tea High School latest KCSE prediction exams, mocks with marking schemes free Exam papers free downloads English Kiswahili Mathematics Biology Physics Chemistry General Science History and Government Geography Christian Religious Education (CRE) Islamic Religious Education…

Maranda High, Kapsabet Boys latest KCSE prediction exams, mocks with marking schemes free

Maranda High, Kapsabet Boys latest KCSE prediction exams, mocks with marking schemes free Exam papers free downloads English Kiswahili Mathematics Biology Physics Chemistry General Science History and Government Geography Christian Religious Education (CRE) Islamic Religious Education…

Maranda High latest KCSE prediction exams, mocks with marking schemes free

Maranda High latest KCSE prediction exams, mocks with marking schemes free. Exam papers free downloads English Kiswahili Mathematics Biology Physics Chemistry General Science History and Government Geography Christian Religious Education (CRE) Islamic Religious Education (IRE) Home Science Arty…

Kapsabet Boys latest KCSE prediction exams, mocks with marking schemes free

Kapsabet Boys latest KCSE prediction exams, mocks with marking schemes free Exam papers free downloads English Kiswahili Mathematics Biology Physics Chemistry General Science History and Government Geography Christian Religious Education (CRE) Islamic Religious Education (IRE) Home Science Arty…

Form 4 KCSE latest Mocks, predictions with marking schemes

Form 4 KCSE latest Mocks, predictions with marking schemes. Exam papers free downloads English Kiswahili Mathematics Biology Physics Chemistry General Science History and Government Geography Christian Religious Education (CRE) Islamic Religious Education (IRE) Home Science Arty and Design Agriculture Woodwork Metalwork Building…

GEOGRAPHY UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1 PDF

 

SCHEME  OF  WORK                 FORM    ONE   GEOGRAPHY                TERM  ONE  20…..  
 

 WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC  /

SUBTOPIC

LESSON  / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING
ACTIVITIES
MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.
 

1-4

SELECTION OF FORM ONE STUDENTS      
 

5

1

INTRODUCTION

            TO

  GEOGRAPHY

 

Definition of Geography and environment.

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

Define the terms Geography and environment.

Explain what the study of Geography entails.

 

 

 

 

 

Brainstorming,

Oral questions;

Brief discussion.

   

 

 

 

KLB BK I

Pg 1

 
 

2

Branches of Geography.

Identify the branches of Geography. Exposition & discussion on major areas covered in Physical Geography, Economic Geography & Practical Geography.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 2

 
 

3

Importance of studying Geography.

Explain importance of studying Geography. Detailed discussion on importance of knowledge, skills, positive values and attitudes gained in course of studying Geography.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 2-3

 
 

2

1

Relationship between Geography and other Disciplines.

Explain the relationship between Geography and other disciplines. Teacher explains contextual meaning of the term discipline.

Oral questions to elicit definitions of history, physics, chemistry, agriculture, economics, etc.

Brief discussion on interdependence of disciplines.

 

Chart: relationship between Geography and other disciplines. KLB BK I

Pg 3-4

 
 

2

2

Careers related to Geography.

Identify careers related to Geography. Open discussion on careers related to Geography. Career booklet. KLB BK I

Pg 3-4

 
 

3

THE EARTH AND THE SOLAR SYSTEM.

 

Composition of the Solar System.

 

 

 

Give the meaning of solar system.

Describe the composition of solar system.

 

 

 

Exposition of facts related to the heavenly bodies, planets and other celestial bodies.

 

 

 

 

Chart: the solar system & their relative sizes.

 

 

 

KLB BK I

Pg 7

 
 

3

1

The origin of the solar system.

Explain theories put forward to explain the origin of the earth.

 

Exposition of new concepts;

Brief description.

  KLB BK I

Pg 7-8

 
 

2

Other heavenly bodies.

List down other heavenly bodies. Exposition & brief description.   KLB BK I

Pg 9-12

 
 

3

The origin and size of the earth.

Advance postulates about origin and size of the earth.

Give reasons why the interior of the earth is known to be very hot.

 

Brain storming;

Exposition of factual information.

  KLB BK I

Pg 12-13

 
 

4

1

The  shape of the earth.

Outline proofs that the earth is spherical. Brief discussion & illustrations. Chart: mathematical data for planet earth.

 

KLB BK I

Pg 13-15

 
 

2

The rotation of the earth on its axis.

Explain effects of rotation of the earth on its axis. Brainstorming, oral questions and brief discussion on rotational movement of the earth and its effects.

 

The globe. KLB BK I

Pg 17-18

 
 

3

 SHORT TEST

         
 

5

1

Local time.

Calculate local time using longitudes.

Calculate the longitude of a place using local time.

Q/A: review the terms local time, GMT and direction of rotation of the earth.

Work through examples.

Supervised practice.

Written assignment.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 18

 
 

2

Time zones and the International Date Line.

Explain the importance of the concept time zone.

Explain the effects of crossing the International date line on time zones.

 

Locate I.D.L. on the globe;

Brief discussion with probing questions.

The globe. KLB BK I

Pg 18

 
 

3

The revolution of the earth round the sun.

Describe effects of revolution of the earth round the sun.

 

Exposition & detailed discussion on revolutionary movement of the earth.   KLB BK I

Pg 19

 
 

6

1

Eclipses.

Explain occurrence of eclipses.

Differentiate between eclipse of the sun and eclipse of the moon.

 

Probing questions;

Drawing illustrative diagrams.

Brief discussion.

 

Charts-

Solar eclipse,

Annular solar eclipse,

Lunar eclipse.

KLB BK I

Pg 20-21

 
 

6

2

The structure of the earth.

Describe internal and external structure of the earth.
Expository  and descriptive approaches. Model of the internal earth structure. KLB BK I

Pg 22-23

 
 

3

WEATHER

 

Definition and elements of weather.

 

Temperature.

 

 

Define the term weather.

List down the elements of weather.

 

Define the term temperature.

Outline factors affecting air temperature.

 

 

 

Brain storming;

 

Brief discussion.

  Pg 24-25  
 

7

1

Humidity

&

 

Precipitation.

Differentiate between absolute and relative humidity.

Outline factors affecting humidity.

Identify forms of precipitation.

 

Exposition;

Probing questions;

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 26-27

 
 

2

Rainfall. Describe rainfall as a form of precipitation.

Outline types of rainfall.

Probing questions;

Drawing illustrative diagrams.

Brief discussion.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 27-29

 
 

3

Clouds.

Identify types of clouds.

 

 

Exposition and explanations;

Drawing illustrative diagrams.

  KLB BK I

Pg 31-32

 

8

1

Atmospheric pressure

&

winds.

 

 

Explain factors influencing atmospheric pressure.

Differentiate between anabatic and katabatic winds.

Outline factors influencing wind direction.

Explain the role of wind as a medium of heat and moisture transfer.

 

Probing questions;

Drawing illustrative diagrams of land and sea breezes;

Exposition of new concepts;

Brief discussion.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 29-30

   

2-3

Weather station. List down instruments used in a weather station.

Identify factors taken into account when siting a weather station.

 

Q/A: definition of the term weather;

Brief discussion on elements of weather;

Oral questions & brief discussion;

Visit a weather station.

 

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 32-33

   

9

1

Measuring temperature.

Identify thermometric liquids used in thermometers.

Calculate mean daily temperature and diurnal range of temperature given maximum and minimum daily temperatures.

 

Oral questions.

 

 

Problem solving.

Six’s Maximum &  minimum thermometers. KLB BK I

Pg 34-36

   

2

Measuring rainfall.

Work out calculations related to rainfall.

Draw graphs showing distribution of rainfall.

 

Simple problem solving.

Drawing graphs for monthly annual rainfall.

Rainfall charts. KLB BK I

Pg 37

   

3

Measuring atmospheric pressure.

Identify features of a mercury barometer and the aneroid barometer. Expository & descriptive approaches, and oral questions.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 37

   

10

1

Wind direction and intensity.

Identify instruments used to determine wnd direction and intensity. Oral questions;

Drawing a wind vane and a wind  sock;

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 39

   

2

The atmosphere.

Describe the zones of the atmosphere. Expository & descriptive approaches.   KLB BK I

Pg 41-42

   

3

Weather forecasting.

Outline the importance of weather forecasting to humankind.

 

 

Q/A & brief discussion.   KLB BK I

Pg 41-42

   

11

1

Factors influencing weather.

Highlight factors influencing weather. Probing questions;

Exposition of new concepts;

Brief discussion.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 45-46

   

2,3

Fieldwork

on weather.

Observe and record various weather conditions. Fieldwork:

Making observations;

Collecting data;

Conducting interviews;

Taking photographs.

 

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 46-47

   

END  OF  FIRST  TERM  EXAMS    

 

SCHEME  OF  WORK                 FORM    ONE  GEOGRAPHY                TERM  TWO  2011  

 WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC  /

SUBTOPIC

LESSON  / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING
ACTIVITIES
MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.

1

1,

2

STATISTICAL METHODS.

 

Meaning and significance of statistics.

 

 

Types, nature and sources of statistical data.

 

 

 

 

Define the term statistics.

Explain the significance of statistics in enhancing the study of geography.

 

Identify types, nature and sources of statistical data.

 

 

 

Q/A & brief discussion.

 

 

 

 

Exposition of new concepts & discussion.

   

 

 

 

KLB BK I

Pg 449-50

 

3

Collecting statistical data.

Questionnares.

Identify types of questionnaires.

State advantages and disadvantages of using questionnaires.

 

Probing questions & explanations.

 

 

Sample questionnaires. KLB BK I

Pg 50-51

 

2

1

Collecting statistical data.

Interviews and observations.

State advantages and disadvantages of using interviews and observations to gather data. Simulations;

Probing questions & explanations.

 

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 51-52

 

2

Collecting statistical data.

-Other methods

Describe other methods of collecting data. Discussion on taking measurements, sampling and content analysis. Grid square for sampling. KLB BK I

Pg 53-54

 

3

Recording data.

Describe methods and techniques of recording statistical data.

 

Probing questions, discussion.   KLB BK I

Pg 55-57

 

3

1

Statistical data analysis.

Analyse statistical data correctly. Discussion on organizing data;

Identifying highest and lowest values.

Supervised practice.

Written assignment.

 

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 57-59

 

2

Measures of central tendency and measures of dispersion.

Find range, mean, mode and median of data. Calculations: range, proportions, percentages, mean, median & mode.   KLB BK I

Pg 57-59

 

3

Statistical data presentation in tables.

Present statistical data in tabular form.

 

Merits & demerits of using statistical tables.

Give examples of statistical data in tabular form; e.g. rainfall of a place.

Oral questions & brief discussion.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 61

 

4

1

Simple line graph.

Identify independent and dependent variables and plot them on the correct axes.

Construct a simple line graph.

Guided practical activity: drawing a simple line graph.

 

 

Graph papers. KLB BK I

Pg 60-62

 

2

Simple line graph.

Interpret a simple line graph.

State merits & demerits of using simple line graphs.

Make inferences;

Brief discussion.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 60-62

 

3

Simple bar graph.

Construct and interpret a simple bar graph.

State merits & demerits of using simple bar graphs.

Guided practical activity: drawing a simple bar graph.

Oral questions and brief discussion.

 

 

Graph papers. KLB BK I

Pg 62-63

 

5

1

Combined line graph and bar graph.

(polygraph)

Construct and interpret combined line graph and bar graph (polygraph).

State merits & demerits of using simple line graphs.

Guided practical activity: drawing combined line graph and bar graph (polygraph).

Oral questions and brief discussion.

Written exercise.

 

Graph papers. KLB BK I

Pg 63-64

 

2

Simple wind rose.

State merits & demerits of using a wind rose.

Construct and make use of a simple wind rose.

Brief discussion.

Group activity (Assignment): construction of a simple wind rose.

  KLB BK I

Pg 64-65

 

3

TEST

       

6

1

MAPS AND MAP WORK

 

Maps, plans and pictures.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q/A: make a distinction between maps and plans, maps and pictures.

 

 

 

 

 

Practical activity: drawing plan of a classroom, etc.

Brief discussion on differences between maps, plans and pictures.

 

   

 

KLB BK I

Pg 66-69

 

2

Sketch maps.

Identify characteristics of a good sketch.

Sketch maps stating specific information.

Practical activity: drawing sketch maps.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 69

 

3

Atlas maps.

Give examples of atlas maps.

Interpret atlas maps.

Oral questions, brief discussion. Atlases. KLB BK I

Pg 69

 

7

1

Topographic maps.

Identify features on topographic maps. Guided practical activity:

Identifying physical and human features on maps.

 

Topographic maps. KLB BK I

Pg 69-70

 

2

Uses of maps.

State uses of maps. Q/A and brief discussion.   KLB BK I

Pg 69

 

3

Marginal information on a map.

Identify and use marginal information on maps. Guided activities: Identifying marginal information.

 

Topographical maps. KLB BK I

Pg 71-72

 

8

1

Map scales.

Define a scale.

Identify types of scales.

Express a scale in another format.

 

Brainstorming, brief discussion, problem solving. Topographical maps. KLB BK I

Pg 73-76

 

2

Measuring distances on maps.

Measure distances on maps accurately. Guided practical activities:

Measuring distances accurately by using various methods.

 

Topographical maps, pair of dividers, thread. KLB BK I

Pg 76-78

 

3

Calculation of area on maps.

Calculate area on a map. Guided practical activities involving area.

 

Topographical maps. KLB BK I

Pg 79-80

 

9

1

FIELDWORK

 

Definition of field work, types and importance of fieldwork.

 

 

Define the term fieldwork.

Identify types of fieldwork.

Explain importance of fieldwork to geographers.

 

 

 

 

Probing questions & brief discussion.

   

 

KLB BK I

Pg 82-83

 

2,3

Fieldwork procedure.

Describe fieldwork procedure. Brain storming;

Probing questions on steps followed during fieldwork.

Detailed discussion.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 83-84

 

10

1

Hypothesis.

Outline characteristics of a good hypothesis.

Formulate a hypothesis.

Exposition of new concept;

Oral exercise on formulation of hypotheses.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 84-85

 

10

2

Reconnaissance.

State the purpose of a reconnaissance. Exposition of new concept;

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 87

 

3

Preparations before fieldwork.

Highlight preparations required before carrying out of fieldwork.

 

 

Q/A & open discussion.   KLB BK I

Pg 85

 

11

1,2

Methods data of collection.

Outline various methods of data collection.

Identify specific methods for given types of field study.

State merits & demerits of each method.

 

Q/A to review methods of data collection;

 

Brief discussion.

Necessary equipment. KLB BK I

Pg 87

 

3

Problems likely to be encountered in the field during fieldwork.

 

Predict problems that are likely to be encountered in the field in course of fieldwork. Brainstorming & brief open discussion.   KLB BK I

Pg 88

 

12-13

End  of  term  two  exams  

 

SCHEME  OF  WORK                 FORM    ONE  GEOGRAPHY                TERM  THREE   2011  

 WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC  /

SUBTOPIC

LESSON  / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING
ACTIVITIES
MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.

1

1-2

Actual field study.

Conduct a field study. Identify the problem and objectives;

Prepare for the study;

Visit the area of study;

Gather data using suitable methods.

 

Questionnaires,

Cameras, labels, etc.

KLB BK I

Pg 88-92

 

3

Interpretation of data collected.

Analyse the collected data. Synthesise the data collected;

Plot relevant graphs;

Answer questions.

  KLB BK I

Pg 88-92

 

2

1

MINERALS AND ROCKS

 

Characteristics of minerals.

 

 

 

List down characteristics of minerals.

 

 

 

Q/A: list down examples of minerals.

Brief discussion of their general characteristics.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 94-96

 

2

Igneous rocks. Describe formation of igneous rocks.

Differentiate between intrusive and extrusive igneous rocks.

Give examples of igneous rocks.

 

Brief discussion.

 

 

Exposition & detailed discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 96-99

 

3

Sedimentary rocks.

State characteristics of sedimentary rocks.

Give examples of sedimentary rocks formed in different ways.

 

Exposition of factual information;

Detailed discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 99-100

 

3

1

Formation of sedimentary rocks.

Describe formation of sedimentary rocks.

 

    KLB BK I

Pg 100-2

 

2

Metamorphic rocks.

Describe forms of metamorphism that lead to formation of metamorphic rocks.

 

Exposition & detailed discussion. Chart: match original  and metamorphic rocks. KLB BK I

Pg 102

 

3

Distribution of rocks in Kenya.

Account for the distribution of rocks in Kenya.

 

 

 

Descriptive approach.

Examine a map showing distribution of rocks.

  KLB BK I

Pg 104-6

 

4

1

Significance of rocks and minerals.

Explain the significance of minerals and rocks to mankind.

 

Brain storming;

Q/A & brief discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 107-8

 

2,3

Fieldwork on rocks.

Carry out a fieldwork study on rocks. Collect, examine and classify rocks.

Answer related problems.

  KLB BK I

Pg 109-110

 

5

1

MINING

 

Occurrence of rocks.

 

 

Describe occurrence of minerals in various forms.

 

 

Exposition and descriptive approaches.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 110-111

 

2

Exploitation of minerals.

Explain factors affecting exploitation of minerals. Probing questions & brief discussion.   KLB BK I

Pg 111-2

 

3

Methods of mining.

Describe various methods of mining. Exposition of new concepts.

Brief discussion.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 112-3

 

6

 1

Methods of mining. (ontd)

Describe various methods of mining. Exposition of new concepts.

Brief discussion.

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 113-4

 

6

2

Types of minerals.

Give examples of metallic, non-metallic and energy minerals. Brief discussion.   KLB BK I

Pg 116

 

3

Distribution of minerals in East Africa.

Locate major mineral sites on the map of East Africa. Draw the map of East Africa and locate major mineral sites. Map of East Africa showing distribution of minerals.

 

KLB BK I

Pg 116-7

 

7

1

CAT.

         

2

Significance of minerals in Kenya.

Outline ways in which Kenya has benefited from exploitation of minerals.

 

 

Probing questions & brief discussion.   KLB BK I

Pg 115

 

3

Problems of mining in Kenya.

Identify problems facing mining industry in Kenya. Q/A & brief discussion.   KLB BK I

Pg 118

 

8

1

Effects of mining on the environment.

 

Explain adverse effects of mining on the environment. Q/A & brief open discussion   KLB BK I

Pg 118-9

 

2.3

Trona on Lake Magadi.

Describe the occurrence, exploitation and processing of trona on Lake Magadi.

 

 

Exposition & descriptive approaches.

 

Assignment.

 

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 120

 

9

1,2

Diamond in South Africa.

Describe distribution and exploitation of gold and diamond in South Africa.

 

 

Exposition & descriptive approaches.   KLB BK I

Pg 121

 

3

Gold in South Africa.

Describe distribution and exploitation of gold and diamond in South Africa.

Highlight problems encountered during exploitation of gold in South Africa.

 

 

Exposition;

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK I

Pg 123-4

 

10

1,

2

Petroleum in the Middle East.

-Iraq

&

Iran

Describe oil distribution and exploitation of petroleum in the middle East.

 

 

Exposition & descriptive approaches.

 

Assignment.

 

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 125

 

3

 

 

 

1

Petroleum in the Middle East.

-Kuwait

&

Saudi Arabia.

Describe oil distribution and exploitation of petroleum in the middle East.

 

 

Exposition & descriptive approaches.

 

Assignment.

 

 

  KLB BK I

Pg 126

 

11

2-3

Problems facing petroleum industry.

Highlight major problems facing petroleum industry.     KLB BK I

Pg 127

 

12-13

 

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT  TEST

 

 

Science and Technology Grade 6 CBC KPSEA Exams and Marking Schemes Free

 

 

Science and Technology

  1. Below is a simplified diagram of the circulatory system.

    Which pair of blood vessels carry blood with carbondioxide?

    1.  

      P, Q

    2. P, S
    3. R, S
    4. P,R
  2. The pie chart below shows the composition of gases that make up air.

    Which of the following statements is true about the composition of air represented above?

    1.  

      The gas marked W is used during germination.

    2. Gas X can be used to put out fire.
    3. The gas labelled Y is used to preserve soft drinks.
    4. Gas Z is used by legumes to make proteins.
  3. Which of the following parts of a computer displays the document being typed?
    1.  

      Keyboard.

    2. Monitor.
    3. Printer.
    4. Mouse.
  4. The diagram below represents classification of plants.

    Which of the following plants can be used to represent L and R respectively?

    1.  

      Mucor, bracket tree.

    2. Moss, grass.
    3. Cabbage, toadstool.
    4. Moulds, sugarcane.
  5. Which of the following statements is true?
    1.  

      A VDU is used to process data.

    2. A mouse has a space bar.
    3. A cursor shows the end of text being worked on.
    4. The monitor is used to produce hard copies.
  6. Use the diagram below to answer the following question,

    Which statement does not match with the parts represented by letters in the diagram above?

    1.  

      P- its volume decreases during exhalation.

    2. U – cleans and warms the air.
    3. R – helps the trachea to stay open.
    4. V – flattens during inhalation.
  7. Which of the following small animals are all invertebrates?
    1. Newt, cockroach, spider.
    2.  

      Snail, spider, mite.

    3. Slug, crab, frog.
    4. Centipede, snake, scorpion.
  8. Which of the following effects of heat on matter are as a result of increase in temperature?
    1.  

      Melting and expansion.

    2. Condensation and contraction.
    3. Freezing and evaporation.
    4. Evaporation and contraction.
  9. Which of the following is not a function of leaves?
    1. Photosynthesis.
    2.  

      Breathing.

    3. Transpiration.
    4. Absorption.
  10. The diagram below shows transfer of heat on matter.

    The type of heat transfer demonstrated  above is called

    1.  

      convection.

    2. radiation
    3. conduction.
    4. expansion
  11. The following are signs of a certain nutritional deficiency disease:
  1. Sores at the corners of the mouth.
  2. Protruding stomach
  • Swollen body parts.
  1. Brown hair.
    Which of the following foods can be recommended for a person suffering from the disease?
 
  • Beans, tomatoes, cabbages.
  1. Rice, ugali, liver.
  2. Meat, fish, groundnuts.
  3. Chips, sugarcane, bananas.
 
  • Candle wax is able to float on water because of its
    1. weight.
    2. material.
    3. size.
    4. shape.
  • Crops such as peas, greengrams and are called
    1.  

      cereals.

    2. legumes.
    3. tubers.
    4. vegetables.
  • Below is a chart showing farm animals  and their uses:

    Which products are represented by W, X  and Y respectively?

    1.  

      Milk, mutton, eggs. :

    2. Wool, mutton, eggs.
    3. Mutton, meat, mohair.
    4. Hide, eggs, meat.

___________________________________________________________________________________________

GRADE SIX TERM ASSESSMENT

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ACTIVITIES

ANSWERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Below is a simplified diagram of the circulatory system.

    Which pair of blood vessels carries blood with carbon dioxide?

    1. A

       

      P, Q

    2. P, S
    3. R, S
    4. P,R
  2. The pie chart below shows the composition of gases that make up air.

    Which of the following statements is true about the composition of air represented above?

    1. B

       

      The gas marked W is used during germination.

    2. Gas X can be used to put out fire.
    3. The gas labeled Y is used to preserve soft drinks.
    4. Gas Z is used by legumes to make proteins.
  3. Which of the following parts of a computer displays the document being typed?
    1. B

       

      Keyboard.

    2. Monitor.
    3. Printer.
    4. Mouse.
  4. The diagram below represents classification of plants.

    Which of the following plants can be used to represent L and R respectively?

    1. D

       

      Mucor, bracket tree.

    2. Moss, grass.
    3. Cabbage, toadstool.
    4. Moulds, sugarcane.
  5. Which of the following statements is true?
    1. C

       

      A VDU is used to process data.

    2. A mouse has a space bar.
    3. A cursor shows the end of text being worked on.
    4. The monitor is used to produce hard copies.
  6. Use the diagram below to answer the following question,

    Which statement does not match with the parts represented by letters in the diagram above?

    1. B

       

      P- its volume decreases during exhalation.

    2. U – cleans and warms the air.
    3. R – helps the trachea to stay open.
    4. V – flattens during inhalation.
  7. Which of the following small animals are all invertebrates?
    1. Newt, cockroach, spider.
    2. B

       

      Snail, spider, mite.

    3. Slug, crab, frog.
    4. Centipede, snake, scorpion.
  8. Which of the following effects of heat on matter are as a result of increase in temperature?
    1. A

       

      Melting and expansion.

    2. Condensation and contraction.
    3. Freezing and evaporation.
    4. Evaporation and contraction.
  9. Which of the following is not a function of leaves?
    1. Photosynthesis.
    2. D

       

      Breathing.

    3. Transpiration.
    4. Absorption.
  10. The diagram below shows transfer of heat on matter.

    The type of heat transfer demonstrated  above is called

    1. C

       

      Convection.

    2. Radiation
    3. Conduction.
    4. Expansion
  11. The following are signs of a certain nutritional deficiency disease:
  1. Sores at the corners of the mouth.
  2. Protruding stomach
  • Swollen body parts.
  1. Brown hair.
    Which of the following foods can be recommended for a person suffering from the disease?
C

 

  • Beans, tomatoes, cabbages.
  1. Rice, ugali, liver.
  2. Meat, fish, groundnuts.
  3. Chips, sugarcane, bananas.
B

 

  • Candle wax is able to float on water because of its
    1. Weight.
    2. Material.
    3. Size.
    4. Shape.
  • Crops such as peas, greengrams and are called
    1. B

       

      Cereals.

    2. Legumes.
    3. Tubers.
    4. Vegetables.
  • Below is a chart showing farm animals  and their uses:

    Which products are represented by W, X  and Y respectively?

    1. A

       

      Milk, mutton, eggs. :

    2. Wool, mutton, eggs.
    3. Mutton, meat, mohair.
    4. Hide, eggs, meat.

 

FORM 1-4 CHEMISTRY NOTES

UNIT 1: INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY.

Unit Checklist.

Meaning of chemistry

  • Matter
  • States of matter
  • Properties of the different states of matter.
  • Conductors and non-conductors.

DOWNLOAD FREE PDF NOTES HERE; Free Chemistry notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more

Role of chemistry in society.

Laboratory rules.

  • Necessity for laboratory rules.
  • The laboratory rules and regulations.
  • Laboratory safety symbols.

Common apparatus used in a chemistry laboratory.

The Bunsen burner.

  • Structure
  • Functions of the various parts.
  • Types of Bunsen burner flames.

Methods of gas collection.

  • Upward delivery
  • Downward delivery
  • Over water
  • Using a collecting syringe.

Drying of gases

  • Using concentrated sulphuric acid.
  • Using anhydrous calcium chloride
  • Using calcium oxide.

Drugs and drug abuse.

 

Meaning of chemistry.

– It is a branch of science which deals with the composition and properties of matter.

 

Matter

– Matter is anything that has mass and occupies space.

 

States of matter.

– Matter exists in three different states: solids, liquids and gases.

 

Properties of the different states of matter.

 

  Solid Liquids Gases
Mass Definite Definite Definite
Shape Definite Indefinite: they take the volume of the container in which they are in. Indefinite: they take the shape of the container in which they are.
Volume Definite Definite Indefinite: volume may increase with increase in temperature; and decrease with decrease in pressure

 

Note: Conductors and non-conductors:

– The flow of electric current through materials is called electrical conductivity.

– Solid substances which allow electric current to flow through them are called conductors.

– Solid substances that do not allow electric current to flow through them are called non-conductors.

 

Role of chemistry in a society.

– Chemistry has enabled extraction of chemicals from plants.

– It is used in the manufacture of substances such as soap, glass, plastics, medicine, rubber, textiles etc from naturally occurring substances.

– Purification of substances from natural raw materials.

– It forms a basis for entry into careers e.g. teaching, medicine, chemical engineering etc.

 

Laboratory rules and safety symbols.

Necessity of laboratory safety rules.

  1. To avoid accidents and injuries during practical experiments in the laboratory.
  2. To avoid damage to and breakage of apparatus and laboratory fittings.
  3. To avoid wastage of laboratory chemicals.

 

The laboratory safety rules and regulations.

– Never run while in the laboratory;

Reason: You may injure others or yourself in the laboratory.

– Never taste or eat something in the laboratory;

Reason: to avoid poisoning.

– Always consult your teacher before trying out any experiment; so as to avoid accidents.

– Label all chemicals in use so as to avoid confusion.

– Always use a clean spatula for scooping a substance from a container to minimize contamination.

– Always hold test-tubes and boiling tubes using test tube holder when heating; to avoid being burned.

– When heating a substance never let the open end of the tube face yourself or anybody else, because the liquid may spurt out and cause injury.

– Never look directly into flasks and test tubes where reactions are taking place, because the chemicals may spurt into your eyes and cause injury.

– Never smell gases directly. Instead, waft the gaseous fumes near your nose with your hand.

– Experiments in which poisonous gases and vapours are produced must be carried out in a fume cupboard or an open space outdoors.

– Always keep flammable substances away from flames because they easily catch fire.

– Always report any accidents to the teacher or the laboratory technician immediately for necessary action.

– In case of an accident do not scramble for the same exit, because it may hinder easy escape.

– Always put off flames that are not in use in order to avoid accidents and minimize fuel wastage.

– If a chemical gets on your skin or mouth rinse it immediately with a lot of water.

– Always dispose off the chemicals already used safely to avoid explosions and contaminations.

– Always work on a clean bench. After completing your experiment, clean all the pieces of apparatus you have used and return them to their correct storage places.

– Always read the label of the reagents before using them.

 

Safety symbols.

– These are signs found on the labels of bottles or cartons containing dangerous chemicals.

– The common safety symbols are as follows:

Symbols Meaning.
 

 

 

 

 

Toxic: are very poisonous and can easily kill if swallowed, inhaled or on contact with the skin.

Examples: Chlorine and mercury;

  Harmful: Less harmful (dangerous) than the toxic substances; are only likely to cause pain and discomfort.

Examples: copper (II) sulphate, lead (II) oxide

  Highly flammable: are substances that catch fire easily and must not be handled near open fire.

Examples: ethanol, hydrogen

  Oxidizing: rapidly provide oxygen and can cause fire to burn more fiercely.

Examples: potassium manganate (VII), hydrogen peroxide

  Corrosive: are substances that cause burns to skin and fabric; and can also react with other substances such as metals

Examples: nitric (V) acid, conc. sulphuric acid, bromine.

  Irritant: can cause blisters or reddening of the skin; usually irritate the respiratory tract, skin, eyes etc.

Examples: calcium chloride and zinc sulphate

Common Chemistry laboratory apparatus and their uses.            

 

Name of apparatus Diagram. Use.
Test tubes  

 

 

 

 

 

 

– General laboratory experiments; like heating solids; qualitative analysis etc
Boiling tubes

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Mainly used for heating small amounts of solids and liquids.
Test tube holder

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Used for holding test tubes and boiling tubes during heating experiments.
Measuring cylinder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Measuring accurate volumes of liquids in the laboratory
Beaker

– Lipped glass or plastic vessels of various capacities.

 

 

 

 

– Glass beakers are used for boiling liquid substances;

– Holding solutions during chemistry experiments.

Filtering funnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Directing liquids into containers with small narrow mouths;

– Holding filter papers during filtration;

Name of apparatus Diagram Use
Stirring rod

 

 

 

 

 

   
Watch glass

 

 

 

 

 

   
Thermometer

 

 

 

 

 

– Measuring temperatures during experiments.
Conical flask

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Normal laboratory experiments like titration.

– May be used for measuring volumes if graduated.

Round-bottomed flask

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Used when heating liquid substances because heat is supplied uniformly.
Flat-bottomed flask

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Used for general laboratory experiments.
Evaporating dish

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Used when evaporating liquids.
Name of apparatus Diagram Use
Crucible

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Use when heating solid substances that require strong heating.
Pestle and mortar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Crushing substances while the mortar holds the substances being crushed.
Pie clay (ceramic) triangle

 

 

 

 

 

  – Supporting crucibles during heating.
Tripod stand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Supporting beakers and flasks in which liquids are being heated.

 

Wire gauze

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Used when glass apparatus are being heated; to facilitate even distribution of heat when heating substances in beakers or flasks
Clamp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Supporting and holding pieces of apparatus during experiments.
Name of apparatus Diagram Use
Deflagrating spoon

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Holding burning substances.
Spatula

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Scooping solid substances from containers
Crucible tongs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Holding solid chemicals.
Condenser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
Separating funnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Separating immiscible liquids.
Thistle funnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Delivering liquid substances into other containers like flasks during reactions.
Name of apparatus Diagram Use
Wash bottle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Holding water for rinsing apparatus
Dropping funnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Test tube rack

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Holding boiling tubes and test tubes.
Teat pipette (dropper)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Sucking liquid chemicals and placing them in another container dropwise.
Burette

– It consists of a long narrow tube with a tap and a jet at the bottom.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Delivering accurate volumes of liquids
Name of apparatus Diagram Use
Pipette

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Delivering a specified volume of liquid accurately.
Gas jar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Gas collection.
Trough

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Holding some amount of water for some experiments e.g. gas preparation.
Reagent bottles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Storing chemicals in liquid state.
Desiccator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Drying substances or keeping substances free from moisture.
Name of apparatus Diagram Use
Spirit lamp

Note: less preferred for heating because their flames are not hot enough; and they deposit soot on apparatus making them dirty hence difficulty in observing changes during experiments

 

 

  – Heating substances in the laboratory.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kerosene stove

Note: less preferred for heating because their flames are not hot enough; and they deposit soot on apparatus making them dirty hence difficulty in observing changes during experiments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Heating substances in the laboratory.
Electric heater

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Heating substances in the laboratory.
Candles

Note: less preferred for heating because their flames are not hot enough; and they deposit soot on apparatus making them dirty hence difficulty in observing changes during experiments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Heating substances in the laboratory.
Bunsen burner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Heating substances in the laboratory.
Name of apparatus Diagram Use
Stop watch (clock)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – Measuring time particularly in determination of reaction rates.

 

 

 

Beam balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  – To take accurate weight measurements
Electronic balance  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Take accurate weight measurements; and can take extremely low weight measurements.
Volumetric flask

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note: most chemistry apparatus are made of glass:

Advantages of glassware:

– It does not react with most chemicals

– Glass is transparent and hence reactions can easily be observed as they progress.

– Glass materials are easy to wash and rinse after experiments.

– They can be used comfortable in heating experiments.

 

Disadvantages:

– Have higher chances of breakages in case they fall during experiments.

– They are comparatively expensive to plastics

 

 

 

– Some materials like beakers may however be made of plastics.

Advantages of plastic apparatus.

– Have lower chances of breaking.

– They are relatively cheaper to buy.

 

Disadvantages:

– Plastics tend to react with some laboratory chemicals

– may not be transparent and hence reactions cannot easily be observed as they progress.

– Glass materials are difficult to wash and rinse after experiments.

– They cannot be used in heating experiments.

 

The Bunsen burner.

– is the most common heating apparatus in the laboratory.

– Was invented by a German scientist known as Wilhelm Bunsen hence the name.

– It uses natural (cooking) gas for heating.

 

Parts of a bunsen burner

– Chimney

– The air hole

– Collar

– The jet

– Base

– Gas inlet

 

Diagram: structure of a bunsen burner.                                                                  Diagram: Bunsen burner-components detached

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Functions of the various parts:

  • The chimney:

– It is a hollow metallic cylinder with an air hole near its lower end.

Function:

– allows air and the laboratory gas from the jet mix before they start burning at the upper end of the chimney.

– Its upper opened end provided a site where the gas burns.

 

  • The air hole:

– Is a small aperture found at the lower end of the chimney and smaller than the collar.

– Its diameter (size) is regulated by the collar.

Function:

– Allows air (oxygen) to enter and mix with the laboratory gas in the chimney.

 

  • The collar:

– Is a metallic ring with an air hole whose diameter is the same size as that of the air hole in the chimney.

– It fits into the lower part of the chimney; and can rotate around the chimney opening or closing the air hole.

Function:

– Regulates the amount of air entering the chimney.

 

  • The jet:

– It is a very tiny opening just below the air hole, that connects the gas inlet to the chimney.

Function:

– allows the laboratory gas (methane) into the chimney at high pressure.

 

  • The gas inlet:

– It is a hollow metal connected to the base and extending into the jet.

– Its external opening is usually connected to a rubber tubing that is connected to a gas tap.

Function:

– Allows laboratory gas from the cylinders (reservoirs) in the lab; through the gas taps into the Bunsen burner.

 

  • The base:

– A thick heavy metal, that is usually circular or oval.

Function:

– It supports the Bunsen burner on the bench.

 

The Bunsen burner flames.

– A flame is a mass of burning gases.

– A bunsen burner can produce two types of flames depending on the size of the air hole and hence amount of air entering the chimney.

 

Types of flames.

  • Luminous flame.
  • Non-luminous flame.

 

(a). The luminous flame.

– It is a large bright yellow flame produced when the air hole is closed and hence no air enters the chimney.

 

Characteristics of a luminous flame.

– It is large, quiet and bright yellow.

– Colour is not uniform and it ahs four zones.

– It produces less heat.

– It gives a lot of light to the glow of unburnt hot carbon particles

– It produces soot.

 

 

Diagram: the luminous flame.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parts of a luminous flame.

  • The thin outer zone:

– Is a fairly visible, narrow zone on the outer surface of the flame.

– At this point methane (lab gas) mixes with sufficient air from the outside and burns completely to carbon (IV) oxide and water.

 

  • The inner bright yellow zone:

– It is a large bright yellow zone that lies beneath the thin outer zone.

– Here, air supply is insufficient resulting to incomplete combustion of the gas.

– Consequently the gas burns producing tiny carbon particles instead of carbon (IV) oxide.

– The white hot carbon particles glow brightly and are responsible for the yellow colour and the emission of light.

– On cooling the carbon particles form soot, which blackens the bottom of the apparatus being heated.

 

  • The almost colourless inner zone.

– Is found below the yellow inner zone; and consists mainly of unburnt gases.

 

  • The blue zone (region)

– Is found on the outer side of the base of the flame.

– Here, air near the flame rises rapidly due to convection currents and mixes with the burning gas.

– This makes burning more complete than in the two upper parts above it.

 

Advantages of the luminous flame:

– Can be used for lighting purposes; because it produces more light.

 

Disadvantages.

– Produces less heat hence inefficient in heating.

– Due to production of soot it blackens apparatus thus preventing better observations of experiments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b). The non-luminous flame.

– It is a small blue flame produced when the air hole is completely open and hence a lot of air enters the chimney.

 

Characteristics of a non-luminous flame.

– It is small, noisy and blue.

– Colour is uniform and it ahs three regions.

– It produces comparatively more (a lot of) heat.

– It does not produce soot, due to complete combustion hence no carbon particles remain.

– It produces less light due to lack of white-hot carbon particles.

 

Diagram: the luminous flame.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parts of a non-luminous flame.

  • The outer pale blue region.

– It is a large light blue zone.

– Here, there is a lot of air coming up the chimney from the air hole and from the outside.

– The air gas mixture thus burns completely to carbon (IV) oxide and water.

– No soot formation because there are no carbon particles.

 

  • The middle greenish blue region.

– consists of partially burnt gas-air mixture, due to insufficient air supply.

– However as the mixture rises up the pale blue region, it undergoes complete combustion due to plenty of air (from outside)

 

  • The inner almost colourless region.

– Is located at the base of the flame.

– It consists of unburnt gas-air mixture.

 

Advantages of a non-luminous flame.

– Gives out a lot of heat hence very efficient in hating.

– It does not form soot hence will leave apparatus clean even after experiment (heating).

 

Disadvantages:

– It uses a lot of laboratory gas in burning.

– cannot be used for lighting purposes since it produces very little light.

 

 

 

 

Differences between a luminous and a non-luminous flame.

 

Luminous flam Non-luminous flame
Bright yellow in colour Blue in colour
Produces a lot of light Produces a lot of light.
Large and unsteady Small and steady
Produces soot Does not produce soot
Has four zones Has three zones
Burns quietly Burns noisily
Moderately hot Very hot

 

Experiments on Bunsen burner flames.

  1. To investigate the heating effects of the luminous and non-luminous flames.

Apparatus:

– Bunsen burners, 250 ml beakers, lighter, stopwatch, tripod stand, wire gauze.

 

Procedure

– 100 cm3 of water is put into ach of the two 250 ml beakers.

– One beaker is put over a luminous flame while the other is simultaneously put over a luminous flame

– Time taken for water to boil is noted for each set up.

– The bottom of ach beaker is observed for any changes.

 

Apparatus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observations.

– Water heated over the non-luminous flame boiled ion a shorter time than the same amount of water heated over a non-luminous flame.

– The bottom of the beaker heated over the non-luminous flame remained clear but the one heated over the luminous flame was covered with black deposits of soot.

 

Explanations.

– The non-luminous flame is hotter than the luminous flame; hence boils the water faster

– The hottest part of the luminous flam is the outer blue zone.

– Incomplete combustion in the luminous flame leads to production of carbon particles, which when hot glow yellow and on cooling forms black soot on the beaker;

– Incomplete combustion in a non-luminous flame leads to production of carbon (IV) oxide and steam only, hence no soot formation.

 

Conclusions.

– The non-luminous flame is hotter than the luminous flame.

– The non-luminous flame is cleaner than the luminous flame.

 

  1. To investigate the hottest part of a non-luminous flame.

Requirements

– Bunsen burner, stiff white paper (cardboard), wooden splint.

 

Procedure

– A bunsen burner is ignited with the air hole open to get anon-luminous flame.

– A piece of white paper (cardboard) is slipped into the flame in region marked X as shown below.

– The piece of paper is removed quickly before it catches fire.

– A fresh piece of paper is then slipped into region marked Y as shown below; then again quickly removed before it catches fire.

– The experiment for each of the regions marked X and Y is then repeated using wooden splints.

– The splints should be held long enough for some of their parts to get charred

Apparatus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observations.

  • Using pieces of paper.

– In region X, the part of the paper that was in contact with the flame was charred uniformly as shown below.

– In region Y, the part of the paper in contact with the flame had a charred ring with an unburnt part in the middle of the ring as shown below

 

Diagrams

 

 

 

 

 

  • Using wooden splints.

– In region X, the part of the splint in contact with the flame was charred uniformly as shown below.

– In region Y, the part of the splint in contact with the flame had an unburnt part in between two charred regions as shown below.

 

Diagrams:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explanations.

– Regions which become charred indicate that they are the hottest part of the flame.

– Region X corresponds to the outermost blue region of a non-luminous flame.

– Region Y is the almost colourless region of the non-luminous flame, which is however surrounded by the middle greenish blue and the outer pale blue zones.

–  Thus in region X, the uniform charring of the paper and splint indicate that the outer pale blue zone is the hottest pat of the flame.

– Similarly the charred ring for experiment in region Y show that the parts in contact with the outer pale blue zone gets burnt faster before the parts in contact with the almost colourless or the greenish blue zones.

 

Conclusions.

– The hottest part of the non-luminous flame is the outermost pale blue zone.

– During heating the object being heated should not be placed nearer the chimney; these parts are less hot.

– For efficient heating the object being heated should be placed at the outermost region of the flame.

 

  1. To show the presence of unburnt gases in a Bunsen burner flame.

Apparatus:

– Bunsen burner, tongs, narrow hard glass tubing.

 

Procedure

– A bunsen burner is lit and adjusted to get a non-luminous flame.

– A narrow hard glass tubing is held with a pair of tongs and one of its end s is placed in the colourless zone of the flame.

– A match is lit and placed at the free end of the glass tubing.

 

Apparatus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observations.

– A flame is obtained at the free end of the glass tubing.

 

Explanations.

– The tubing trapped unburnt gases at the almost colourless zone of the flame.

– The trapped gases combined with atmospheric air (oxygen) at the other (free) end of the tubing hence the flame.

 

Conclusions.

– The almost colourless region contains unburnt gases.

 

 

 

 

  1. To show the hottest part of the flame.

Apparatus:

– Bunsen burner, match stick

 

Procedure

– A matchstick is placed at the top of the bunsen burner chimney using a pin.

– A bunsen burner is lit and adjusted to get a non-luminous flame.

– The match stick is observed fro sometime for any changes.

– If no observable changes are made, the matchstick is then slowly raised towards the blue zone and observed keenly.

 

Apparatus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observations.

– The matchstick did not ignite while it was at the bottom of the flame (resting on top of the chimney).

– It ignited as it was being raised towards the outer pale blue zone.

 

Explanations.

– The bottom of the flame (just on top of chimney) corresponds to the almost colourless zone.

– This zone contains unburnt gases, hence no burning occurs and is thus least hot to cause ignition of the matchstick.

– As the matchstick is raised upwards it moves past the greenish blue zone (where there is partial combustion) then to the outer pale blue zone where there is complete combustion and hence most heat.

– The heat in this region is adequate to cause ignition of the matchstick.

 

Conclusions.

– The outer pale blue zone is the hottest part of the non-luminous flame, and is thus the correct position to place an object during heating.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Methods of gas collection.

– Various chemical reactions produce gases; some of which are colourless while others are coloured.

– Additionally some gases are poisonous to the human body, while others are major causes of environmental pollution.

 

Examples:

  • Coloured gases:

Chlorine (green-yellow); nitrogen (IV) oxide (brown); bromine (red-brown)

 

  • Colourless gases:

Oxygen; carbon (II) oxide; carbon (IV) oxide; sulphur (IV) oxide; hydrogen; ammonia etc.

 

Factors affecting method used in collecting a gas.

– Density

– Solubility in water.

– Colour

– Toxicity

 

Summary on collection methods.

 

Method Apparatus Characteristic of gas
Upward delivery

– Also called downward displacement of air

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Must be less dense than air.

Examples: Hydrogen, ammonia gas.

Note: being lighter the gas is supported by the denser air from below;

– When used for colourless gases, it is not possible to know when the gas jar is full;

Downward delivery (upward displacement of air)   – Must be denser than air.

Examples: carbon (IV) oxide; nitrogen (IV) oxide; chlorine gas;

Note: – The gas displaces air and settle at the bottom of the collecting vessel

– Unless the gas is coloured, it is difficult to know when the container is full

Over water   – insoluble or only slightly soluble in water;

– does not react with water

Examples: carbon (IV) oxide; hydrogen; carbon (II) oxide;

Note: – with this method it is easy to tell when the gas jar or collecting tube is full of gas;

– This method cannot be used when the gas is required dry;

 

Collecting syringe

– the gas produced is collected in a syringe;

  – Mainly for poisonous gases; since the gases are confined and leakages are limited;

Note: this method allows collection of small volumes of gases;

– It also allows direct measurement of volume of gas produced;

Drying of gases.

– Is the process by which the moisture in a gas being prepared is removed prior to collection.

– This is done by passing the gas through chemicals that absorb moisture.

– Such chemicals are called drying agents.

– The drying agents should not react with the gases being dried.

 

Examples of drying agents.

– Anhydrous calcium chloride

– Concentrated sulphuric acid.

– Calcium oxide.

 

Apparatus and drying agents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collection and drying of some gases

 

Gas Collection method Drying agent
Oxygen Over water Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid; anhydrous calcium chloride.
Hydrogen Over water, upward delivery Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid; anhydrous calcium chloride
Nitrogen Over water Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid; anhydrous calcium chloride
Carbon (IV) oxide Over water, downward delivery Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid; anhydrous calcium chloride
Ammonia Upward delivery Calcium oxide

 

Drugs and drug abuse.

Drug: is a chemical substance that alters the functioning of the body.

 

Types of drugs

(i). Medicinal drugs (medicines):

– Are drugs mainly used for treatment and prevention of diseases.

– Are also classified into two: over the counter drugs and prescription drugs.

 

  • Over-the-counter drugs.

– Are medicinal drugs that can be bought at a pharmacy or retail shop without written instructions from a doctor.

Examples: Mild painkillers like aspirin, panadol, paracetamol, drugs for flu etc.

 

  • Prescription drugs:

– Are strong medicines which should only be taken upon a doctors instruction (prescription).

– In this prescription, the doctors give a dosage, which indicates the amount and the rate at which it should be taken.

 

(ii). Leisure drugs.

– Are drugs that are usually taken for pleasure.

– Are classified into two:

  • Mild drugs: alcohol, tobacco;
  • Narcotic drugs: marijuana, cocaine, heroin, mandrax etc.

 

 

Drug abuse:

– Is the indiscriminate use of a drug for purposes which it is meant for; or administration of an overdose or underdose of a drug; as well as use of drugs for leisure purposes.

Note:

– The worst form of drug abuse is the taking of drugs for leisure purposes; and the most commonly abused drugs are the leisure drugs.

 

Effects of commonly abused drugs.

  • Alcohol:

– Affects the brain and the nervous system

– Damages the liver, and is a common cause of liver cirrhosis.

– Poor health due to loss of appetite.

– Time for working is wasted in drinking and hence less productivity and even lose of jobs; which results to poverty and family disintegrations.

 

– Bad breath, discoloured fingers and teeth

– Cause diseases such as bronchitis and tuberculosis.

– damages the lungs and is a common cause of lung cancer due to chemicals found in the cigarettes.

– Smoking during pregnancy is a common cause of miscarriages or still births.

– It is expensive: money used for other better uses is wasted in cigarette smoking.

 

  • Narcotic drugs:

– Interferes with the functioning of the brain.

– Results to addiction and drug dependency.

– Some are administered directly into the blood through syringes and hence common routes of transmission of HIV/AIDS.

 

General effects of drug abuse on the society.

– Drug abuses spend most of their money on drugs and hence neglect their family leading to misery and societal breakdown.

– Drunk drivers cause accidents.

– People who are drunk with a drug are unreasonable and cannot make logical decisions; and hence cannot be productive at that time.

– Drug abuse has resulted into loss of morals leading to higher rates of rapes, violent crimes, murders, prostitution etc.

– Drug abuse has fueled the spread of sexually transmitted diseases and HIV/AIDS.

 

Note:

Drug addiction:

– Is a situation in which an individual becomes dependent on a particular drug such that he cannot function normally without it; and lack of it result to some discomfort.

UNIT 2: SIMPLE CLASSIFICATION OF SUBSTANCES

 

Unit Checklist:

  1. Elements compounds and mixtures.
  2. Mixtures
  • Types of mixtures
  • Separation of mixtures
  • Basic concepts
  • Method of separation of mixtures.
    • Decantation
    • Evaporation
    • Condensation
    • Filtration
    • Crystallization
    • Separating funnel separation
    • Distillation
    • Sublimation
    • Chromatography
    • Solvent extraction
  1. Criteria for purity
  • Effects of impurity on melting point
  • Effects of impurity on melting point
  1. Nature of matter and kinetic theory of matter.
  • Effects of heat on matter
    • Melting
    • Evaporation
    • Condensation
    • Freezing
    • Freezing
    • Sublimation
  1. Permanent and non-permanent changes
  2. Constituents of matter
  • Atoms
  • Elements
  • Molecules
  • Compounds
  1. Names and symbols of common elements
  2. Simple word equations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elements compound and mixtures.

(a). Element:

– Is a pure substance that cannot be split up into simpler substances by chemical means.

Examples: copper, hydrogen, carbon.

 

(b). Compound:

– A pure substance that consists of two or more elements that are chemically combined.

Examples:

 

Compound Elements in the compound
Calcium carbonate Calcium, carbon and oxygen
Sodium chloride Sodium and chlorine
Ammonium nitrate Nitrogen, hydrogen, oxygen
Iron (II) sulphate Iron, sulphur, oxygen

 

(c). Mixture:

– A substance that consists of two or more elements or compounds that are not chemically combined

– Some mixtures can be naturally occurring while some are artificial.

 

Examples

Naturally occurring mixtures.

 

Mixture Components
Air Nitrogen, oxygen, carbon (IV) oxide, water vapour, noble gases etc
Sea water Water and various salts like chlorides of sodium, potassium and magnesium
Crude oil A mixture of hydrocarbons like methane, petrol, bitumen, etc
Magadi soda Sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate and sodium chloride

 

Artificial mixtures.

 

Mixture Components
Soft drinks Water, citric acid, sugar, carbon (IV) oxide, stabilizers, sodium benzoate
Black ink Blue, black, yellow dyes and solvent
Cement Oxides of aluminium, iron, silicon, calcium and calcium carbonate.

 

Types of mixtures:

– There are two types of mixtures;

  • Homogenous mixtures
  • Heterogenous mixtures

 

(i). Homogenous mixtures.

– Is a mixture with a uniform composition and properties throughout its mass.

– The parts (components) of the mixture are uniformly distributed throughout the mixture

Examples:

Tea with sugar solution.

 

(ii). Heterogenous mixture:

Is a mixture without uniform composition throughout its mass.

Examples:

– Soil, rocks and sand mixture.

 

 

Separating mixtures.

A mixture can be separated into its various components (constituents) by appropriate physical means, depending on type of mixture.

 

Basic concepts:

Residue: solid that remains on the filter paper during filtration

 

Filtrate: liquid that passes past the filter paper during filtration

 

Solute: a solid that dissolves in a particular liquid

 

Solvent: the liquid in which a solute dissolves.

 

Saturated solution: a solution in which no more solute can dissolve at a particular temperature

 

Unsaturated solution: a solution that can take more of the solute (solute) at a particular temperature.

 

Miscible liquids: liquids that can mix together completely.

 

Immiscible liquids: liquids that cannot mix together completely.

 

There are various methods that can be used to separate mixtures.

These include:

  • Decantation
  • Evaporation
  • Condensation
  • Filtration
  • Crystallization
  • Separating funnel separation
  • Distillation (simple and fractional)
  • Sublimation
  • Chromatography
  • Solvent extraction
  1. Decantation:

– Is a method used to separate insoluble solids from liquids; a heterogenous mixture.

 

Procedure:

– The solid-liquid mixture is allowed to stand in a container.

– The insoluble solid settles at the bottom and the upper liquid portion poured out with care.

 

Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Examples:

– Separation of sand-water mixture

– Separation of maize flour-water mixture.

 

Limitations (disadvantages) of decantation.

– It is not efficient as some fine suspended solids may come long with the liquid during pouring.

 

  1. Filtration.

– Is the separation of an insoluble solid from a heterogenous mixture (liquid) using a porous filter that does not allow the solids to pass through.

– Upon filtration the undissolved solid is left on the filter paper and is called the residue.

– The liquid that passes the filter paper is called filtrate.

 

Examples: separation of sand from water.

(i). Procedure.

– The filter paper is folded into ¼ and opened to from a cone.

 

Diagram: folding a filter paper.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– It is carefully placed inside a filter funnel.

– The apparatus are then arranged as shown blow.

– The sand-water mixture is then poured into the filter paper in the filter funnel.

– The collecting liquid is directed into a conical flask.

 

(ii). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications of filtration.

– Filtration of domestic water.

– Extraction of medicinal substances from plants.

– Extraction of sugar from sugarcane.

– Operation of a vacuum cleaner.

– Fuel filters in automobile engines.

 

 

  1. Evaporation.

– Is used to separate a soluble solid from its solution.

– Such solutions are usually homogenous mixtures.

– The solid is called a solute while the liquid is called a solvent.

 

Example: separation of salt from salt solution.

(i). Procedure:

– The salt solution is poured in an evaporating dish.

– The set up is then arranged as in the apparatus shown below.

– The solution is boiled under steam or sand bath until all the water in the salt solution evaporates and salt crystals remain in the dish.

 

(ii). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii). Observations and explanations.

– Upon heating the solution, water evaporates because it has lower boiling point than the salt.

– The solution is boiled until salt crystals start appearing on a glass rid dipped into the solution.

– This shall indicate that the solution is saturated.

– The saturated solution is allowed to cool and crystallize.

– The mother liquor (liquid that remains with the crystals) is poured and the salt (solid) dried between absorbent papers.

 

Note:

A crystal: is a solid that consists of particles arranged in an orderly repetitive manner.

 

– It is advantageous to boil the solution under a steam or sand bath rather than directly.

Reason:

– The steam or sand bath prevents the mixture from splashing out (spitting) of the evaporating dish.

– It also reduces chances of the evaporating dish cracking.

 

Applications of evaporation:

– Extraction of soda ash from Lake Magadi.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Crystallization and recrystallization.

(a). Crystallization:

– is the process of formation of crystals from a solution.

– It involves evaporation of the solution to form a concentrated solution.

 

Example: crystallization of potassium nitrate from its solution.

(i). Procedure:

– About 5g of powdered potassium nitrate is added to 10cm3 of water in a boiling tube.

– The solution is heated until all the solid dissolves and then allowed to cool and crystallize.

Note:

– More potassium nitrate dissolves in hot water than in cold water.

– The resultant solution is then heated until crystals start appearing; and this can be confirmed by dipping a glass rod into the solution and feeling for crystals.

– This is called a saturated solution i.e. a solution that cannot take in any more of the solute at a given temperature.

– The saturated solution is then allowed to cool and crystallize.

 

(ii). Observations:

– The resultant solid particles have definite shapes.

– Some are needle-like while others are flat and sharp-edged.

– These are the potassium nitrate crystals.

 

(b). Recrystallization:

– Is used in obtaining pure crystals from a soluble solid containing impurities.

– Involves filtration and evaporation.

 

Examples:

Obtaining pure copper (II) sulphate crystals from impure copper (II) sulphate.

Purification of rock salt.

 

Note: The process can be enhanced by suspending a small piece of pure crystal into the saturated solution.

 

Diagram: recrystallization of copper (II) sulphate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications of crystallization.

– Separation of Trona from sodium chloride in Lake Magadi.

 

  1. Distillation.

– Is the vapourisation of a liquid from a mixture and then condensing the vapour.

– Is used in the purification of liquids and separation of liquids from a mixture.

– It utilizes the differences in boiling points of the components of the mixture.

– Are of two types:

 

  • Simple distillation
  • Fractional distillation.

(i). Simple distillation.

– Is mainly used for purification of liquids containing dissolved substances.

– It is also useful in separating two miscible liquids with widely differing boiling points

 

Note:

Miscible liquids: Liquids that mix to from a uniform a uniform homogenous solution

– The liquid with the lower boiling point usually distills over first, and is collected.

 

Example: To obtain pure water from sea water.

(i). Procedure:

– Salty sea water is poured into a distillation flask.

– A few pieces of pumice or porcelain is added to the solution.

Reason:

– To increase the surface area fro condensation and evaporation.

 

– The solution is heated until it starts boiling, then the burner removed so that the liquid boils gently.

– The boiling goes on until the liquid (distillate) starts collecting in the beaker.

 

(ii). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii). Observations and explanations:

– The water boils and the resultant steam is passed through the Liebig condenser.

– As the vapour passes through the condenser, it is cooled by circulating cold water through the jacket of the condenser.

– The cold water enters through the lower bottom and leaves through the top upper part.

Reason:

– To provide more time for the cold water to condense the vapours.

 

– The distillate is collected in the beaker while the residue remains in the distillation flask.

 

Applications of simple distillation.

– Manufacture of wins and spirits.

– Desalinization of sea water to obtain fresh water.

(ii). Fractional distillation:

– Is a method used fro the separation of miscible liquids with very close boiling points.

Examples:

Ethanol and water.

 

– It is a modification of simple distillation in which the fractionating column is inserted on top of the distillation flask.

– All the components must be volatile at different extents in order for separation to be possible.

 

The fractionating column.

– Is usually an elongated (glass) tube, packed with pieces of glass beads or pieces of broken glass.

 

Role of glass beads.

– To increase the surface area for vapourisation of the various components of the mixture and allow the separation of the vapours to occur.

– Thus the more the glass beads in the fractionating column, the higher the efficiency of separation.

Note:

– The efficiency of the fractional distillation so s to get more pure components can also be done by:

  1. Increasing the length of the fractionating column (making it longer)
  2. Making the fractionating column narrower (decreasing the diameter)

 

Volatile liquids:

– Are liquids with the ability to change into vapour.

– More volatile liquids vapourize and condense faster than the less volatile liquids.

 

Note:

– During fractional distillation, the components of a mixture are collected at intervals, one at a time with the most volatile (lowest boiling point) coming out first.

– Each component collected in the receiver is called a fraction.

 

Example: separation of ethanol and water.

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Water-ethanol mixture is poured into a round-bottomed flask.

– The apparatus is then connected and set up as shown below.

 

Note:

– The thermometer bulb must be at the vapour outlet to the condenser.

Reason:

– For accurate determination of the vapourisation temperature for each fraction.

 

– The mixture is then strongly heated until the first fraction comes out of the distillation flask into the conical flask.

– Collection of the fractions should be done in a conical flask other than in a beaker.

Reason:

– To reduce the rates of evaporation of the fractions, especially the highly volatile ones (in this case ethanol)

 

– For this particular separation the first temperatures recorded by the thermometer should not exceed 80oC; to ensure that the first fraction is only ethanol.

 

(iii). Discussion.

– Ethanol boils at 78oC and water boils at 100oC.

– When the mixture is heated, ethanol and water evaporate and pass through the fractionating column which is filled with glass beads to offer a large surface area

– The large surface area encourages evaporation of ethanol and condensation of water vapour.

– Water can be seen dropping back into the distillation flask.

-Ethanol vapour passes through the condenser and warm liquid ethanol is collected in the conical flask.

 

Note:

– The first portion is almost pure ethanol (about 97%) and burns quietly with a blue flame.

– It also has the characteristic smell of alcohols.

 

Industrial applications of fractional distillation.

– Separation of air into various components in BOC gases Kenya limited.

– Separation of crude oil into paraffin, petrol, kerosene diesel and other components in the Kenya oil refinery.

– Distillation of ethanol from molasses at Muhoroni Agro-chemicals company.

 

  1. Sublimation.

– Is the process by which a solid changes directly to gaseous state upon heating.

– It is used to separate a mixture in which one of the components sublimes on heating.

Note:

Solid                           Gas

 

Solids that sublime have very weak forces of attraction between the atoms and hence are easily broken on slight heating.

 

 

 

 

Examples of solids that sublime on heating.

– Iodine; sublimes to from a purple vapour.

– Ammonium chloride; sublimes to from dense white fumes;

– Solid carbon (IV) oxide (dry ice);

– Anhydrous iron (III) chloride; sublimes to give red brown fumes.

 

Examples: separation of iodine from sodium chloride.

(i). apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– The iodine-common salt mixture is poured into a beaker and placed in a tripod stand.

– A watch glass full of cold water is placed on the beaker.

– The beaker is heated gently until some dense purple fumes are observed.

 

(iii). Observations:

– A purple vapour appears in the beaker.

– A dark-grey shiny solid collects on the bottom of the watch-glass.

– White solid remains in the beaker.

 

(iv). Explanations:

– Upon heating the mixture iodine sublimes and condenses on the cold watch glass to form a sublimate of pure iodine.

Note:

– Solid carbon (IV) oxide (dry ice) is used a s refrigerant by ice cream and soft drink vendors.

Reason:

– It sublimes on heating; as it sublimes it takes latent heat from ice cream (soft drinks) thus leaving it cold.

– It is also advantageous as it does not turn into liquid, which could be cumbersome to carry and would mess up the ice cream.

 

  1. Chromatography.

– Is the separation of coloured substances using an eluting solvent.

– It is also used to identify the components of a coloured substance.

– It involves the use of a moving liquid (eluting solvent) on a material that absorbs the solvent.

– It involves two major processes:

  • Solubility:

The tendency of a substance to dissolve in a solvent.

  • Adsorption:

The tendency of a substance to stick on an adsorbent material.

Examples:

  1. Separation of components of black ink.

(i). Procedure:

– A filter paper is placed on the rim of an evaporating dish or a small beaker.

– A drop of the black ink is placed at the centre of the filter paper; allowed to spread out and dry.

– A drop of water (ethanol) is then added to the ink and allowed to spread.

– After complete spread of the drop, a second drop is added.

– Water drops are added continuously until the disc of coloured substances almost reaches the edge.

 

(ii). Observations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note: The dry filter paper showing the separated components of a mixture is called a chromatogram.

 

(iii). Explanations:

– Water is the eluting solvent since ink is soluble in it.

– The various dyes in the black ink move at different distances from the black spot hence the bands.

Reasons:

– The dyes have different solubilities in the solvent; the more soluble the dye, the further the distance it travels on the absorbent paper

– They have different rates of adsorption i.e. the tendency of the dyes to stick on the absorbent material; dyes with low rates of absorption travel far from the original spot.

 

Note:

Solvent front.

– Is the furthest distance reached by the eluting solvent on the filter paper.

 

Baseline:

– The point at which the dye to be separated is placed; i.e. it is the starting point of separation.

 

  1. To verify contents of red, black and blue inks.

(i). apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Observations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii). Explanations:

– The mixtures A to D have various components with varying solubilities in the solvent (ethanol)

– Mixture D is the most pure because it has only one spot.

– Mixture C is the least pure (most impure), as it has the highest number of spots indicating it is composed of so many dyes (four)

– Mixture C has the most soluble dye; its last component is the one nearest to the solvent front.

– Mixtures with similar dyes in their composition have spots at same levels; in this case A, B and D.

 

Applications of chromatography.

– Purification of natural products such as hormones, vitamins and natural pigments.

– Detection of food poisons e.g. in canned foods and soft drinks.

 

  1. Solvent extraction.

– Is the extraction of a solute from its original solvent by using a second solvent in which it has a higher solubility

 

Example: extraction of oil from nuts.

(i). Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Some nuts are crushed in a mortar using a pestle; to increase the surface area for solubility.

– A suitable solvent such as hexane or propanone (acetone) is added.

– The nuts are further crushed in the solvent.

– The resultant solution is decanted in an evaporating dish, and left in the sun to evaporate.

– The liquid remaining in the evaporating dish is smeared onto a clean filter paper.

 

(iv). Observations;

– A permanent translucent mark appears on the filter paper.

(v). Explanations:

– The nuts are crushed when in contact with the solvent to bring more of the oil in the nuts closer to the solvent.

– Upon evaporation oil is left behind because it has a higher boiling point than the solvent.

– A permanent translucent mark verifies the presence of oils.

 

Applications of solvent extraction.

– Used by dry-cleaners to remove dirt (grease) and stains from “dry-clean-only” clothes such as sweaters, suits, dresses etc.

 

  1. Separating funnel separation.

– Is used fro separating a mixture with two or more immiscible liquids.

– Such liquids do not mix but instead form layers based on their densities.

– The heaviest liquid layer is found at the bottom of the separating funnel; while the lightest liquid is found at the top of the separating funnel.

– The liquids are drained one after the other by opening and closing the tap of the separating funnel.

 

Example: Separation of oil from water

Apparatus:

Beakers, separating funnel, paraffin oil, distilled water, rubber stopper.

 

Apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Procedure.

– The tap of the separating funnel is closed.

– Equal volumes of water and paraffin are put in a separating funnel until it is half full.

– The mouth of the funnel is closed with a stopper and the mixture shaken.

– The mixture is allowed to stand until two distinct layers are formed.

– The stopper is removed and the tap opened to allow the bottom layer to drain into the beaker.

– The tap is closed after most of the bottom layer has drained off.

– The beaker is removed and the rest of the bottom layer is drained into a separate container and discarded; to ensure that no part of the top layer (paraffin) gets into the beaker containing the bottom (water) layer.

– The other (top) layer is then drained into another beaker.

 

Observations:

– After the mixture has settled oil and paraffin separate into two layers.

– The first beaker contains only water; while the second beaker contains only paraffin.

 

 

Conclusion.

– Paraffin and water are immiscible.

– The top layer contains water which is denser while the top layer contains oil (paraffin) which is lighter.

 

Practical application:

– Extraction of useful substances from complex mixtures.

 

Example: Separation of iodine from sodium chloride.

******************************

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Use of magnets.

– Is used to separate solid mixtures, one of which is magnetic (usually iron).

– The iron is picked with a magnet leaving the other components of the mixture behind.

 

Examples:

– Separation of powdered iron from iron powder-sulphur mixture.

 

Practical applications:

-In the extraction (mining of iron); where magnetic iron ore is separated from other materials in the crushed ore.

– Separation of scrap iron from non-magnetic materials like glass and plastics in recycling plants.

 

Criteria for purity.

  • Pure substance:

– Is a substance that contains only one type of compound or element.

 

Determination of purity

(a). Solids:

– Purity of solids is determined by measuring the melting point.

– Pure solids melt sharply over a narrow temperature range.

 

Examples:

– Naphthalene melts at 80oC – 81oC.

– Water melts at 0oC.

 

Effects of impurity on melting point.

– Impurities lower the melting point of a substance making it melt over a wide range of temperatures i.e. the melting point is not sharp.

 

Applications:

  1. Extraction of metals.

– Impurities are added to purified metal ores to lower their melting points, hence save energy and extraction costs.

  1. To prevent knocking of engines due to freezing of water in car radiators during cold seasons, impurities like ethylene glycol or salt (NaCl) is added.
  2. Defrosting of frozen roads and sidewalks in temperate countries, by sprinkling a salt such as sodium chloride.

 

(b). Liquids:

– Purity of a liquid is determined by measuring its boiling point.

– A pure liquid has a sharp boiling point.

 

Examples:

Pure water boils at 100oC at 1 atmospheric pressure.

Pure ethanol boils at 78oC.

 

 

 

 

Effect of impurity on boiling point.

– Impurities raise the boiling point of a liquid.

Example:

– Sea water boils at a higher temperature than pure water due to the presence of dissolved salts.

 

States of matter.

  • Matter:

– Matter is anything that occupies space and has mass.

– It is composed of either pure substances or a mixture of substances.

 

States of matter:

Matter exists in three states:

  • Solid
  • Liquid

 

Kinetic theory of matter:

– States that matter is made up of small particles which are in continuous random motion.

– The continuous random motion of particles in matter is called Brownian motion.

– The rate of movement of particles in matter depends on the state

 

(a). Solid state:

– Have closely packed particles held by strong forces of attraction.

– Particles do not move from one point to another but vibrate about a fixed position.

– Upon heating, they start to vibrate vigorously.

Reason:

– Due to increase in their kinetic energy.

 

(b). Liquid state:

– Particles are further apart from one another than those in the solid state

– Forces of attraction between the particles are weaker than those in the solid.

– The particles remain close, but are free to move from one position to another.

– On heating they gain energy and move rapidly.

 

(c). Gaseous state:

– The particles are far apart and free to move randomly in all directions.

– Consequently they lack definite shape and volume, but occupy the whole space within a container.

– Forces of attraction between the particles are very weak.

 

The effect of heat on substances.

– A substance can change from one state to another upon heating or cooling.

– These are physical changes and can be reversed.

– There are five processes involved in changes of state:

  • Melting
  • Evaporation
  • Condensation
  • Freezing
  • Sublimation

 

The processes involved in change of states of matter.

(i). Melting:

– Is a change of state from solid to liquid.

  • Melting point:

– Is the constant temperature at which the melting takes place.

 

Examples:
Ice melts at 0oC.

– Sodium chloride melts at 800oC.

 

– During melting the energy supplied to the particles is used to weaken the forces of attraction so that particles can move about.

 

(ii). Vapourisation (evaporation)

– Is change of state from liquid to gas.

  • Boiling point:

– Is the constant temperature at which a liquid changes from solid to a gas.

 

– During boiling, the energy supplied is used to break the forces of attraction in the liquid thus moving the particles far away from each other.

 

Examples:

Water boils at 100oC, while ethanol boils at 78oC at one atmospheric pressure.

Reason:

The forces of attraction between the water particles are stronger than those of ethanol.

 

(c). Condensation:

– Is the change of state from a gas to a liquid.

– Is a change due to decrease in temperature.

– When the temperature of gas is decreased, the particles lose kinetic energy to the surroundings to move slowly.

– The attractive forces become stronger, and the sample changes to a liquid.

Note:

– The temperature at which condensation occurs is the same as the boiling point.

 

(d). Freezing:

– Is the change from a liquid to a solid.

– It is also due to decrease in temperature.

– When a liquid is cooled, the particles lose energy and move very slowly.

– They attract one another strongly, and ultimately remain in fixed positions.

Note:

– The freezing point is the same as the melting point.

 

(e). Sublimation.

– Is the process whereby a solid does not melt when heated, but changes directly to the gaseous state.

 

Example:

– Iodine solid changes to purple vapour when heated to 70oC.

– Dry ice (solid CO2), used to cool ice cream, evaporates without leaving a liquid.

Note:

– The reverse of sublimation, whereby a gas changes directly to solid is called deposition.

 

Summary on changes of state.

E

 

Solid                           Liquid                         Gas

 

 

 

F

Key: A: melting; B: vapourisation; C: Freezing; D: Condensation; E: Sublimation; F: Deposition;

 

Experiment: Investigating changes in temperature when ice is heated.

(i). Procedure:

– A 250ml beaker is half-filled with dry ice, and the initial temperature recorded.

– The ice is heated, while stirring with a thermometer and the temperature recorded every 30 seconds.

– Heating and recording is done until the resultant water starts to boil.

– A graph of temperature against time is plotted.

 

(ii). Results:

 

Temperatures (oC) -10 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210
Time (seconds)                  

 

(iii). Graph:

Effect of heat on pure ice

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv). Explanations:

  • Point A-B:

– As the ice is heated the temperature rises steadily from -10oC to 0oC.

Reason:

– The heat supplied increases the kinetic energy of the ice (solid water) molecules; collisions between them hence increased temperature.

 

  • Point B-C:

-The temperature of the ice remains constant even as heat is applied.

Reason:

– Heat supplied is used to break the forces of attraction between the water molecules in ice.

– This is the melting point hence at B-C the ice melts.

  • Points C-D:

– At C, all the ice has already melted (turned to water).

– Between C and D, the temperature of the water increases as heating continues.

Reason:

– The heat supplied increases the kinetic energy of the water molecules; their rate of collision increases hence increased temperatures.

 

  • Points D-E:

– Temperature of the water remains constant even as heat is being supplied.

– Point D-E is the boiling point i.e. 100oC.

Reason:

– The heat supplied is used to break the forces of attraction between water molecules in the liquid.

 

  • Points E-F:

– At point E, all the liquid water has turned into vapour.

– Thus between E and F, the temperature of the vapour rises as heat is applied.

 

Note: Heating curve for an impure solid.

Effect of heat on impure ice

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The cooling curve.

– Is a curve that shows how the temperature of a substance changes with time as it is cooled from a gas into a solid.

– It is the opposite of a heating curve.

 

Example: the cooling curve of water

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explanations:

  • Points A-B:

– Gaseous state; temperature is declining.

– Heat loss results into decrease in kinetic energy of the gaseous molecules.

 

  • Points B-C:

– This is the condensation point;

– The water vapour condenses to the liquid state; bonds are formed as the hest is lost.

 

  • Points C-D;

– Temperature of the liquid water is declining;

– Heat loss results into decrease in kinetic energy of the liquid molecules.

 

  • Points D-E;

– This is the freezing point;

– The temperature remains constant as the heat is being lost;

– The heat being lost results into bond formation; as the liquid forms a solid.

 

  • Points E-F;

– The water is now in solid state.

– The temperature of the solid declines as heat is being lost.

 

Permanent and temporary changes.

– Heat causes matter to change.

– Changes due to heat can either be permanent or non-permanent (temporary).

 

(a). Permanent changes.

– Are also called chemical changes.

– Involves substances that are relatively less stable to heat.

 

Characteristics of permanent (chemical) changes.

(i). New substances are formed.

(ii). Involves considerable heat changes; energy is either given out or absorbed.

(iii). The mass of the substance changes.

 

Types of permanent (chemical) changes.

– Chemical changes are of two main types:

  • Reversible permanent changes.
  • Irreversible (non-reversible) permanent changes.

 

(i). Reversible permanent changes.

– Are chemical changes in which the final new products can recombine to form the original substance, under certain conditions.

 

Generally:

A + B                          C + D

 

Reactants                                         Products

 

 

Examples:

  1. Effect of heat on hydrated blue copper (II) sulphate.

(i). Apparatus:

– Test tubes, Bunsen burner, test tube holder

– Hydrated copper (II) sulphate

 

(ii). Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Procedure:

– Dry crystals of hydrated blue copper (II) sulphate are put in a clean dry test tube.

– The apparatus are arranged as above.

– The copper (II) sulphate is heated until no further change.

– The delivery tube is removed from the collected liquid while heating continues.

Reason:

– To avoid sucking back of the condensing liquid which would otherwise rehydrate the anhydrous copper (II) sulphate

 

– The test tube is allowed to cool and the remaining solid is divided into two portions.

– To one portion of the powder, add distilled water, while to the other potion add the condensed liquid.

 

(iii). Observations:
– A white solid/ powder remains in the test tube after heating.

– A colourless liquid condenses in the test tube dipped into the ice cold water.

– The colourless liquid turns the white solid into blue.

 

(iv). Explanations:
– Hydrated blue copper (II) sulphate have water of crystallization, giving it the characteristic blue colour.

– During heating, the heat energy supplied is used to drive out the water molecules (particles) out of the crystals;

– Without water, the copper (II) sulphate turns white and thus called anhydrous copper (II) sulphate;

– The water driven out of the crystals condenses in the test tube immersed in the ice cold water.

 

Heat

Equation

Cool

Hydrated copper (II) sulphate                                        anhydrous copper (II) sulphate + Water

                 Blue                                                                                                                  White

 

Heat

Cool

 

 

 

Chemically:
CuSO4.5H2O(s)            CuSO4(s) + 5H2O(g);

 

Confirmatory test for water.

  • It turns white anhydrous copper (II) sulphate to blue;
  • It changes blue cobalt chloride paper pink;

Confirmatory test that the water is pure:

  • It boils at 100oC;
  • It melts at 0oC;
  • It has a density of 1g cm-3;
  • It has a refractive index of 1.33;

 

 

Note:
– The delivery tube is removed from the collecting liquid while heating is continued; to ensure that no water condenses back into the copper (II) sulphate as this would cause rehydration;

– Addition of water to the anhydrous copper (III) sulphate changes its colour from white to blue;

 

Conclusion:

The effect of heat on copper (II) sulphate is a reversible chemical change;

 

  1. Effect of heat on ammonium chloride.

– When ammonium chloride is heated, it produces ammonia gas and hydrogen chloride gas.

– These are seen as dense white fumes.

– Reversible, when ammonia and hydrogen chloride are gases are reacted or allowed to cool, they produce ammonium chloride;

 

Heat

In summary:

Cool

Ammonium chloride solid                                        ammonium chloride + hydrogen chloride;

                         White                                                                                                                                 Dense white fumes

 

Heat

Cool

 

 

 

Chemically:
NH4Cl(s)                         NH3(g) + HCl(g);

     Ammonium chloride                        Ammonia gas       hydrogen chloride gas

 

  1. Decomposition of calcium carbonate.
Heat

In summary:

Cool

Calcium carbonate solid                               Calcium oxide + Carbon (IV) oxide;

 

(ii). Irreversible chemical change.

– Are chemical changes in which the resultant products cannot recombine to form the original substance (reactants);

– Majority of the chemical changes are irreversible;

 

Generally:
A + B                    C + D

Reactants                               Products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Examples:
1. Action of heat on potassium manganate (VII)

(i). Apparatus and chemicals.

– Bunsen burner, test tube, trough, wooden splint;

– Potassium managnate (VII);

 

(ii). Apparatus set up.

Heat
Potassium manganate (VII)

(iii). Procedure:
– 2 end-fulls of a spatula of potassium manganate (VII) are put in a hard glass test tube;

– The set up is assembled as shown above;

– The solid potassium manganate (VII) is heated, and the resultant gas collected over water;

– The resultant gas(es) is tested with a glowing splint;

 

(iv). Observations:

– The purple solid turns black;

– A colourless gas collects over water;

– The colourless relights a glowing splint;

 

(v). Explanations:
Potassium manganate (VII), a purple solid was decomposed (splint up) on heating to yield (give potassium manganate (III) and oxygen.

– The potassium manganate (III) is the black residue;

– The colourless gas is oxygen; and relighting a glowing splint is the confirmatory test;

 

In summary:
Potassium manganate (VII) → Potassium manganate (III) + oxygen

Purple solid                                                                       Black solid                                         Colourless gas

 

Note: It is not possible for oxygen and potassium manganate (III) to recombine back to potassium manganate (VII); hence the change is irreversible;

 

  1. Thermal decomposition of copper (II) nitrate.

– The blue solid decomposes to form a black solid; copper (II) oxide, red-brown fumes of nitrogen (IV) oxide and a colourless gas, oxygen;

 

In summary:
Copper (II) nitrate → Copper (II) oxide + Nitrogen (IV) oxide + oxygen

Blue solid                                           Black solid                          Brown (red-brown) fumes           Colourless gas

 

 

Note: Further examples of chemical changes

– The burning of any substance (except platinum);

– The rusting of iron;

– Addition of water to calcium oxide;

– Explosion of natural gas or hydrogen with air;

– Reacting of sodium in water;

 

Note: Exothermic and endothermic reactions:

(i). Exothermic reactions.

– Are reactions in which heat is released // given out to the surrounding;

– Usually the final temperature of the reaction vessel // mixture (e.g. beaker is higher than initially;

 

Examples:
– Freezing;

– Condensation;

– Deposition // sublimation of fumes to solid;

 

(ii). Endothermic reactions.

– Are chemical reactions in which heat is absorbed from the surrounding;

– The final temperature of the reaction vessel or reaction mixture is usually lower than the initial i.e. they are accompanied by a drop in temperature;

 

Examples.

– Melting;

– Vapourization;

– Sublimation (of solid to gas)

 

Summary on chemical changes.

Reaction Appearance of substance Changes during reaction New substance(s) Type of change
Heating hydrated copper (II) sulphate Blue Blue crystals turn into a white powder; colourless liquid condenses on cooling;

 

Anhydrous copper (II) sulphate and water Chemical
Heating potassium manganate (VII) Shiny purple crystals The purple solid turns black; evolution of a colourless gas;

 

Potassium manganate (III) and oxygen; Chemical;
Heating ammonium chloride White solid // powder; Dense white fumed that cools to a white solid;

 

Ammonia gas and hydrogen chloride gas; Chemical;
Heating lead (II) nitrate; White solid The white solid turns into a red solid during heating which on cooling turns yellow;

– Decrepitating sound;

– Brown fumes;

– colourless gas;

 

– Lead (II) oxide; nitrogen (IV) oxide and oxygen gas; Chemical;
Heating lead (II) nitrate; White solid The white solid turns into a yellow solid during heating which on cooling turns white;

– Decrepitating sound;

– Brown fumes;  colourless gas;

– Zinc (II) oxide; nitrogen (IV) oxide and oxygen gas; Chemical;
Heating copper turnings Brown turnings;

 

– Brown turnings // solid turn black; – Copper (II) oxide; Chemical;
Rusting of iron; Grey solid – Grey solid turns into a red brown solid;

 

– Hydrated iron (III) oxide; Chemical;
Heating Copper (II) nitrate; Blue solid The blue solid turns into a black solid;

– Brown fumes;

– colourless gas;

 

– Copper (II) oxide; nitrogen (IV) oxide and oxygen gas; Chemical;
Heating copper (II) carbonate Green solid The green solid turns into a black solid;

– colourless gas;

– copper (II) oxide and carbon (IV) oxide; Chemical;

 

(b). Temporary (non-permanent) changes.

– Are also called physical changes;

– They are changes that involve substances that are more stable to heat;

– On heating they do not decompose hence no new substances are formed;

 

Characteristics of permanent changes.

  1. All are reversible upon changes in temperature;
  2. No new substance is formed (instead there are only changes of state);
  3. The mass of the substances do not change;

 

Examples:

Solid Original appearance Observations during heating then cooling
1. Candle wax White sticky solid; – The solid melts into a colourless viscous liquid; and on cooling solidifies to the original solid wax again;
2. Iodine solid. Shiny dark-grey crystals; – The solid turns directly to purple vapour (sublimation);

– On cooling the purple iodine vapour (gas) changes directly to solid iodine (deposition);

 

ie. Iodine solid ═                iodine vapour;

Dark grey                          Purple

 

3. Zinc oxide White solid; – The white solid turns yellow on heating and upon cooling changes back to the original white colour;

 

ie. Zinc oxide ═                Zinc oxide;

White (cold)                          Yellow (hot)

 

4. Ice White – The solid water melts into liquid and on further heating the liquid vapourizes and turns into gas;

– On cooling the gas condenses to liquid which then freezes back into solid;

 

i.e Ice ═                  Water ═                  Gas

 

5. Platinum wire;   – A white glow of the metal is seen on heating, but on cooling the metal changes back to its original grey colour;

 

6. Lead (II) oxide; Yellow – The yellow solid turns red on heating and upon cooling changes back to the original yellow colour;

 

ie. Lead (II) oxide ═             Lead (II) oxide;

White (cold)                                   Yellow (hot)

 

Differences between Physical and Chemical changes.

 

Physical change Chemical change
1. Produces no new kind of substance; – Always produces a new kind of substance;
2. UIs usually (generally) irreversible; Are generally irreversible; with only few exceptions (i.e. most are irreversible);
3. The mass of the substance does not change; – The mass of the substance changes;
4. No energy is given out or absorbed i.e. are not accompanied by great heat changes; – Energy is usually given out or absorbed i.e are usually accompanied by great heat changes;

 

Constituents of matter

– A detailed examination of matter reveals that it is built of very tiny units called toms;

– Presently about 115 atoms have been identified;

– The arrangement and number of atoms in a substance will result into other much larger constituents of matter;

– These are:

  • Elements;
  • Molecules;
  • Compounds;
  • Mixtures;

 

  1. The atom;

– Is the smallest particle of matter that can take part in a chemical reaction;

– It is the smallest particle into which an element can be divided without losing the properties of the element;

– Atoms of various elements all differ from one another;

Examples:
– Copper is made up of many copper atoms;

– Sodium element is made up of many sodium atoms;

 

  1. Elements.

– An element is a substance that cannot be split into anything simple by any known chemical means;

– An element consists of a single type of atom;

– There are about 155 known elements, 90 of which occur naturally.

– Elements are classified into two main groups;

 

  • Metals:

– All are solids at room temperature (except mercury); and are good conductors of electricity;

 

  • Non-metals;

– Exists as solids and gases;

– All are poor electric conductors except graphite;

 

Examples of elements.

(i). Metals:

– Sodium, magnesium, potassium, aluminium, lead, iron, zinc, silver, gold, tin, platinum, uranium, calcium, manganese etc.

 

(ii). Non-elements.

– Carbon, nitrogen, sulphur, oxygen, chlorine, fluorine, argon, neon, bromine, iodine, silicon, boron, xenon, krypton.

  1. Molecule.

– Is the smallest particle of a substance that can exist independently;

– It is made when 2 or more atoms (similar or dissimilar) are chemically combined together;

– However atoms of noble/ inert gases exist as single atoms;

 

Note:

– Depending on number of atoms molecules can be categorized into:

(i). Monoatomic molecule;

– made up of only one atom;

Examples:
– Argon;

Argon atom     Argon molecule;

– Neon;

– Helium;

 

(ii). Diatomic molecules.

– Made up of 2 similar atoms; chemically combines;

Examples

– Oxygen gas;

  Oxygen atom                Oxygen molecule;

– Nitrogen gas;

– Hydrogen gas;

– Chlorine gas;

 

(ii). Triatomic molecules.

– Made up of 3 similar atoms; chemically combines;

Examples

– Ozone molecule;

 

  Oxygen atom                Ozone molecule;

 

Note:

– Other molecules are also made from atoms of different elements chemically combined together;

Examples:
(i). Hydrogen chloride;

+        →

Hydrogen   Chlorine        Hydrogen chloride molecule;

           Atom.        Atom;

 

(ii). Water molecule;

+        +                     →

               

          Hydrogen atoms     oxygen atom;                      Water molecule;

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Compounds.

– A compound is a pure substance consisting of two or more elements that are chemically combined.

– Compounds usually have different properties from those of its constituent elements;

– Properties of a compound are uniform throughout any given sample and from one sample to another;

 

Examples of compounds and their constituent elements.

 

Compound Constituent elements
Colourless water liquid; Oxygen and hydrogen;
Green copper (II) carbonate; Copper, carbon and oxygen;
White sodium nitrate; Sodium, nitrogen and oxygen;
Black copper (II) oxide; Copper and oxygen;
Blue copper (II) nitrate; Copper, nitrogen and oxygen;
Blue copper (II) sulphate; Copper, sulphur, oxygen and hydrogen;
Ammonium chloride; Nitrogen, hydrogen and chlorine;

 

Note:

– Carbonates are derivatives of (derived from or made of) carbon and oxygen;

– Nitrates are derivatives of nitrogen and oxygen;

– Sulphates are derivatives of sulphur and oxygen;

– Hydrogen carbonates are derivatives of hydrogen, carbon and oxygen;       

 

  1. Mixtures

– A substance that consists of two or more elements or compounds that are not chemically combined.

 

Characteristics of mixtures.

– It properties are the average of the properties of its elements;

– Its components can be separated by physical means e.g. filtration, magnetism, distillation etc.

– Its components are not necessarily if fixed positions;

– Are formed by physical means; i.e. there is usually no heat change during its formation.

 

Examples of mixtures:
1. Air:

– A mixture of oxygen, nitrogen, carbon (IV) oxide, water vapour, and noble gases.

 

  1. Sugar solution.

– A mixture of sugar and water.

 

  1. Sea water.

– Water, dissolved salts;

 

Experiment: To distinguish between an element and a compound.

(i). Apparatus.

– Watch glass, test tube, wooden splint, magnet, iron fillings, sulphur powder, dilute hydrochloric acid.

 

(ii). Procedure.

– Approximately 7g of iron fillings and 4g of sulphur are mixed in a test tube and the mixture strongly heated;

 

 

Observations:
– A red glow starts and spreads throughout the mixture forming a black solid.

– The black solid is iron (II) sulphide.

– The two products // substances in steps 1 and 2 are subjected to the following tests;

 

Test // Analysis Observations
Iron-sulphur mixture. Iron (II) sulphide
1. Colour: The colour of the substance is noted; – The resultant substance is yellow-grey due to the yellow sulphur and the grey iron powder; – The yellow-grey mixture changes to a black solid; iron (II) sulphide on heating;
2. Separation: A magnet is passed over the substances separately;

– Alternatively, water was added to each substance;

– Before heating the iron could be separated from sulphur by use of a magnet or sedimentation;

Note: These are physical methods;

– Magnetism and sedimentation have no effect on iron (II) sulphide;
3. Reaction with dilute hydrochloric acid: To each of the substances, a few drops of hydrochloric acid is added; – Iron reacted with dilute hydrochloric acid to form a colourless gas that burns with a pop sound.

– This is hydrogen gas;

– Sulphur is not affected;

– Iron (II) sulphide reacted with hydrochloric acid to produce a colourless gas with a characteristic pungent (rotten egg) smell;

– The gas is hydrogen sulphide;

4. Heat change. No heat was produced  or applied in mixing iron and sulphur; – After heating the mixture, the formation of the new substance, iron (II) sulphide produced enough heat hence the bright red glow;

 

Explanations:
– These four experiments summarize the four main differences between compounds and mixtures.

– From the results, iron and sulphur powder is a mixture; while iron (II) sulphide is a compound.

 

Differences between a mixture and a compound.

Compounds Mixtures
1. Components are in fixed positions; – Components are in any positions;
2. Components can only be separated by chemical means; which require large amounts of energy; – Components ca be separated by physical means;
3. The properties are different from those of the constituent substances; – The properties are the average of the properties of the constituent elements;
4. Are formed by chemical means // methods; i.e. a new substance is formed and there is evolution of heat; – Are formed by physical mans; no new substance is formed and there is no // negligible heat change;
5. Formation involves heat changes; either liberation or absorption; – No heat change in the formation of a mixture;

 

Names and symbols of common elements.

Chemical symbols.

– Are chemical short hands, written to refer to elements.

– They are usually based on the letters of the element;

– Chemical symbols consist of one or two letters which are usually derivatives of the Latin or English name of the element;

 

Rules in writing chemical symbols.

  1. The first letter must always be a capital letter;
  2. The letters should not be joined with each other, like in handwriting; they must be printed.
  3. If present, the second letter of a symbol must be a small letter;

 

Note: The abbreviations of the chemical symbols are mainly derivatives of English, Latin or German names.

Examples:

Copper is ymbolised as Cu; derived from Cuprum which is ltin;

  • Iron; → Fe (Ferrum –Latin)
  • Potassium; → K (Kalium –Latin)
  • Sodium; → Na (Natrium –Latin)
  • Lead; → Pb (Plumbum –Latin);

– The symbol of each element represents one atom of that element.

Example:
Ag represents one atom of silver;

– 2Ag represents 2 atoms of silver;

 

Some common elements and their symbols.

Element Latin // Greek // German name Symbol
Carbon

Fluorine

Hydrogen

Iodine

Nitrogen

Oxygen

Phosphorus

Sulphur

Aluminium

Argon

Barium

Calcium

Chlorine

Helium

Magnesium

Neon

Silicon

Zinc

Copper

Iron

Lead

Mercury

Potassium

Silver

Sodium

Gold

Tin

Manganese

Cuprum

Ferrum

Plumbum

Hydagyrum

Kalium

Argentum

Natrium

Aurum

C

F
H
I

N

O

P

S
Al

Ar

Ba

Ca
Cl

He

Mg

Ne

Si

Zn

Cu

Fe

Pb

Hg

K

Ag

Na

Au

Sn

Mn

 

Importance of chemical names and symbols over common names.

  1. Chemical names and symbols indicate the names in the compounds.

Examples:
– Compounds whose names end in  -ide; contains only two elements;

  • Iron (II) sulphide: iron and sulphur;
  • Magnesium nitride: magnesium and nitrogen;

– Compounds whose names end in –ate contain three elements and oe of them is oxygen;

  1. Chemical names are universally known and accepted; hence provide mean of easy communication among chemists all over the world;

Simple word equations.

Equations:

– Is a linear summary of a chemical reaction, showing the reactants and products.

Examples:
Copper (II) oxide + hydrogen → copper + water;

 

Explanations:
– Substances on the left hand side are called reactants;

– Substances on the right hand side are called products;

– The addition sign (+) on the left hand side means “reacts with”;

– The arrow (→) means to form;

– The addition sign (+) on the right hand side (products side) means “and”.

 

Conclusion:

Copper (II) oxide reacts with hydrogen to form copper and water;

 

Note:
– Some chemical reactions are reversible and hence have two opposite arrows (                  ) between reactants and products

– The arrows (                    ) in chemistry means a reversible chemical reaction;

 

Further examples:
1. Copper (II) carbonate → Copper (II) oxide + carbon (IV) oxide;

  1. Magnesium + oxygen → magnesium oxide;

 

 

UNIT 3: ACIDS BASES AND INDICATORS.

Unit checklist

  1. Acids:
  • Meaning of acids;
  • Organic acids
  • Mineral acids;
  1. Bases.
  • Meaning;
  1. Indicators.
  • Meaning;
  • Preparation of acid-base indicators;
  • Commercial acid-base indicators;
  • Colour of indicators in acids and bases;
  • Classifications of substances as acids or bases using acid base indicators;
  • The universal indicator;
  • The pH scale;
  • pH values of various solutions in universal indiactor;
  1. Properties of acids.
  • Physical properties;
    • Taste;
    • Effect on litmus papers;
    • Electrical conductivity;
  • Chemical properties.
    • Reaction with alkalis and bases;
    • Reaction with metals;
    • Reaction with carbonates and hydrogen carbonates;
  1. Properties of bases
  • Physical properties;
    • Taste;
    • Texture;
    • Effect on litmus papers;
    • Electrical conductivity;
  • Chemical properties.
    • Reaction with acids;
    • Precipitation of some hydroxides;
    • Effect of heat
  1. Uses of some acids and bases.

 

  1. Acids:

– Are substances that dissolve in water to release hydrogen ions.

– Acids can either be organic acids or mineral acids;

 

(i). Organic acids:

– Are acids found in plants and animals;

Examples:
– lactic acid in sour milk;

– Citric acid in citrus fruits like oranges;

– Ethanoic acid in vinegar;

– Tartaric acid in baking powder;

– Methanoic acid in bee and ant stings;

– Tannic acid in tea;

 

(ii). Mineral acids.

– Are acids made from minerals containing elements such as sulphur, chlorine, nitrogen etc.

– Are formed from reactions of chemicals;

– Main examples include:

  • Sulphuric (VI) acid (H2SO4); contains hydrogen, sulphur and oxygen;
  • Hydrochloric acid; contains hydrogen and chlorine;
  • Nitric (V) acid (HNO3); contains nitrogen, oxygen and hydrogen;

Note:
– Mineral acids are more powerful than organic acids; because they yield // release more hydrogen ions in water

– They are thus more corrosive.

  1. Bases.

– Are substances that dissolve in water to yield // release hydroxyl ions;

– Just like acids they are bitter to taste;

Examples:
– Sodium hydroxide;

– Ammonium hydroxide;

– Calcium hydroxide;

Note:
– Some bases insoluble in water while some are soluble in water;

– Soluble bases are called alkalis;

 

  1. Indicators.

– Are substances which give definite colours in acidic or basic solutions;

– Are substances which can be used to determine whether a substance is an acid or a base;

– Consequently they are called acid-base indicators;

– The determination is based on colour changes, where each indicator have particular colourations in acids and bases.

– Indicators can be commercially or locally prepared in the laboratory;

 

 

 

 

 

Indicators:

Experiment: preparation of simple acid-base indicators from flower extracts.

(i). Apparatus and chemicals.

– Test tubes;

– Pestle and mortar;

– Flower petals;

– Ethanol // propanone;

– Water;

– Various test solutions: sulphuric (VI) acid, hydrochloric acid, Ethanoic acid, sodium hydroxide, magadi soda, ammonia solution.

 

(ii). Procedure:
– Flowers from selected plants are collected and assembled e.g. bougainvillea, hibiscus etc;

– They are crushed in a mortar using a pestle and some ethanol added with continued crushing;

– The resultant liquid is decanted into a small beaker; and its colour recorded.

– Using a dropper, two to three drops of the resultant indicator are added to the test solutions.

 

(iii). Observations:
(a). Colour of extract in acids and bases

 

Plant extract Colour in hydrochloric acid Colour in dilute sodium hydroxide
1    
2    

 

(b). Result with various test solutions:

Test substance Colour (change) Type of substance (acid/base)
Lemon juice

Wood ash

Ammonia

Sour milk

Vinegar

Nitric (V) acid

Toothpaste

Lime water

Baking powder;

Sugar

Potassium hydroxide

   

 

Note:

– Plant extracts acid-base indicators are not normally preferred in Chemistry experiments.

Reason:

– They don’t give consistent (reproducible results because they are impure.

– Commercial indicators give more distinctive and reproducible results.

 

 

 

 

Commercial indicators.

– Are commercially prepared indicators which are sold in already purified forms.

 

Advantages of commercial indicators.

– They are relatively pure hence give consistent and reproducible results;

– They are readily available and easy to store in a Chemistry laboratory;

 

Main examples:
– Phenolpthalein;

– Methyl orange;

– Bromothymol blue;

– Litmus paper;

 

Note:
– Litmus is a blue vegetable compound which is extracted from “plants” called lichens;

– Litmus paper is an adsorbent paper which has been dipped in litmus indicator solution then dried;

 

Colours of various commercial indicators in acids and bases.

Indicator Colour in.
Neutral Base Acid
1. Litmus;

2. Phenolphthalein;

3. Methyl orange;

4. Bromothymol blue

Purple

Colourless;

Orange

Blue

Blue;

Pink;

Yellow

Blue

Red;

Colourless;

Pink;

Yellow;

 

Classification of various substances as acids or bases using indicators.

Substance Colour in Classification
Litmus Phenolphthalein Methyl orange Bromothymol blue
Hydrochloric acid

Sodium hydroxide

Omo (detergent)

Soda

Actal tablets

Lemon juice

Sour milk

Bleach (jik)

Fresh milk

Wood ash

         

 

The universal indicator.

– Is a full range indicator which gives range of colours depending on the strength of the acid or alkali.

– It is prepared by suitable mixing certain indicators;

– It gives a range of colour depending on the strength of acids and bases;

– Each universal indicator is supplied with a chart, to facilitate this classification.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The pH scale.

– Is a scale of numbers which shows the strength of acids or bases.

– It refers to the potential (power) of hydrogen;

– It ranges from 0 – 14;

– To determine the strength of an acid or base, the colour it gives in universal indicators solution is compared to the shades on the pH chart of the indicator;

 

Diagram: The pH scale.

 

 

 

 

 

Note:
– The strongest acid has a pH of 1;

– The strongest alkali has a pH of 14;

– Neutral substances have a pH of 7;

– Any pH less than 7 is acidic solution; while any pH above 7 is for a alkaline / basic solution;

 

Colour and pH of various solutions in universal indicator;

Substance Colour pH on chart Classification
Hydrochloric acid

Sodium hydroxide

Omo (detergent)

Soda

Actal tablets

Lemon juice

Sour milk

Bleach (jik)

Fresh milk

Wood ash

     

 

Properties of acids.

(a). Physical properties.

  1. They have a sour taste.

Examples:
– The sour taste of citric fruits is due to the citric acid in them.

– The sour taste in sour milk is due to lactic acid;

 

  1. They turn blue litmus to red;

– Red litmus will remain red in acidic solution; blue litmus will turn red;

 

  1. Electrical conductivity;

– Acids conduct electric current when dissolved in water;

– This is because they dissolve in water to release hydrogen ions; which are the ones that conduct electric current;

 

  1. Thy destroy clothing when strong; i.e. they at away clothing material leaving holes in it;

 

  1. Strong acids are corrosive; hence able to burn plant and animal tissues;

Chemical properties.

  1. Reaction with alkalis ad bases.

– Acids react with alkalis to form salt and water only;

– These types of reactions are called neutralization reactions;

– The hydrogen ions of the acid react with the hydroxyl ion of the alkali to form water;

– The name of the salt is usually derived from the acid;

Examples:

Acid Derivative salt
Sulphuric (VI) acid

Hydrochloric acid

Nitric (V) acid

Phosphoric acid

Sulphates;

Chlorides

Nitrates;

Phosphates;

 

Summary:

Acid + base (alkali) → salt + water; (a neutralization reaction);

Examples:
1. Sodium hydroxide + Hydrochloric acid → Sodium chloride + water;

  1. Calcium oxide + Sulphuric (VI) acid → calcium sulphate + water;

 

  1. Reaction with metals;

– Acids react with some metals to produce hydrogen;

 

Examples: Reaction with dilute hydrochloric acid and zinc metal;

Procedure:

– 2 cm3 of hydrochloric acid is put in a test tube;

– A spatula end-full of zinc powder is added.

– A burning splint is lowered in the test tube.

 

Observations.

– Effervescence of a colourless gas;

– The colourless gas burns with a pop sound;

 

Explanations.

– Zinc metal displaces the hydrogen ions in the acid which form the hydrogen gas;

– When a glowing splint is introduced into the hydrogen gas; it burns with a pop sound;

– This is the chemical test to confirm that a gas is hydrogen;

 

Conclusion;

– The gas produced is hydrogen gas;

– Thus, acids react with some metals to produce hydrogen gas, and a salt;

 

General equation:

Metal + Dilute acid → salt + Hydrogen gas;

 

Reaction equation:

Zinc + Hydrochloric acid → Zinc chloride + Hydrogen chloride;

 

Further examples:
i. Magnesium + Dilute sulphuric (VI) acid → magnesium sulphate + hydrogen gas;

  1. Magnesium + Dilute Hydrochloric acid → magnesium chloride + Hydrogen gas;

 

  1. Reaction with carbonates and hydrogen carbonates.

– Metal carbonates and hydrogen carbonates react with acids to form carbon (IV) oxide, water and a salt;

 

General equation:
Metal carbonate + Dilute acid → A salt + water + carbon (IV) oxide;

Metal hydrogen carbonate + Dilute acid → A salt + water + carbon (IV) oxide;

 

Examples: Reaction of sodium carbonate with dilute hydrochloric acid.

Procedure:

– About 2 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid is put in a test tube;

– A spatula end-full of sodium carbonate powder is then added;

– A burning splint is carefully lowered into the test tube.

 

Apparatus.

Observations.

– An effervescence occurs (bubbles); and a colourless gas is produced;

– The colourless gas does not relight a glowing splint; showing that it is carbon (IV) oxide;

 

Properties of bases.

Note:

– Bases are substances that release hydroxyl ions when added to water;

– Soluble bases are called alkalis;

 

Examples:
Sodium hydroxide + Water → Sodium ions + hydroxyl ions;

 

(a). Physical properties of bases

  1. They are bitter to taste;
  2. They are slippery or soapy to feel;
  3. They turn litmus blue;
  4. They conduct electricity / electric current. This is because when they are added to water they release hydroxyl ions which are the ones that conduct electricity;

 

(b). Chemical properties.

  1. Reaction with acids.

– They react with acids to form a salt and water as the only products;

– This is a neutralization reaction; and is used to cure indigestion;

 

Example:
– Actal tablets contain a base that neutralizes the stomach acid.

 

  1. They precipitate some metal hydroxides.

– Addition of some alkalis to salt solutions results in formation of solids;

– Most of these are normally hydroxides;

– A solid that is formed when two solutions are mixed is called a precipitate;

 

Example:

– Copper (II) sulphate + Sodium hydroxide → Copper (II) hydroxide + Sodium sulphate solution;

Blue solid;

 

  1. Effects of heat.

– Most metal hydroxides are decomposed by heat to form their oxides and water;

 

Heat

General equation:
Metal hydroxide                 Metal oxide + Water;

 

Example:
Zinc hydroxide → Zinc oxide + water;

 

Applications of acids and bases.

Application of acids

  1. Manufacture of aerated drinks;
  2. Cleaning metal surfaces to remove oxide layer;
  3. Sulphuric (VI) acid is used in car batteries to store and produce electricity;
  4. Treatment of some insect bites.

Examples:
– Wasp and bee stings can be treated by applying vinegar (Ethanoic acid) or lemon juice;

– These acidic substances neutralize the alkaline insect stings;

 

Uses of bases.

  1. Manufacture of anti-acid tablets to neutralize acid indigestions e.g. actal;
  2. Calcium oxide ad calcium chloride are used to dry gases in the laboratory;

 

UNIT 4: AIR AND COMBUSTION.

Checklist.

  1. Components
  2. Determination of percentage of the active part of air.
  • Burning candle.
  • Heating copper turnings;
  • Heating magnesium turnings.
  • Smouldering of white phosphorus.
  • Rusting of iron;
  1. Determination of presence of water and carbon (IV) oxide in water.
  2. Fractional distillation of liquid air.
  3. Rusting
  • Meaning and formula;
  • Conditions necessary for rusting;
  • Prevention of rusting;
  1. Oxygen
  • Laboratory preparation of oxygen gas;
  • Chemical test for oxygen gas;
  • Alternative methods of oxygen preparation;
    • Addition of water to solid sodium peroxide;
    • Heating potassium manganate (VII) solid.
  • Use of oxygen
  1. Burning substances in air;
  • Changes in mass;
  • Burning substances in oxygen;
    • Metals;
    • Non-metals;
  • Reactivity series;
  1. Competition for oxygen among metals;
  2. Applications for the competition for oxygen;
  3. Atmospheric pollution.

 

Introduction:

– Air is a gaseous mixture constituted of several gases, water vapour and pollutants.

 

Combustion:

– Is the burning of substances, usually in presence of air // oxygen;

– During combustion only the oxygen component of air is used; .e the active part of air.

 

Percentage composition of air.

Component Percentage volume.
Nitrogen 78%
Oxygen 21%
Carbon (IV) oxide 0.03%
Noble gases (argon) About 1%
Water vapour Variable
Smoke/dust particles Variable;
Others Trace

 

Note:

– From the noble gases argon is the most abundant, constituting about 0.93% of the entire 1%

 

Oxygen and combustion.

– When substances burn in air they consume oxygen.

– Thus the process of combustion utilizes mainly oxygen;

– The reactions in combustion are normally exothermic (give out heat) and often involve flame.

Note:

Combustion in which a flame is used is called burning;

– In combustion if all the oxygen in a given volume of air is used, the final volume of air reduces by about 21.0%;

– Since oxygen is the only constituent of air participating in combustion its termed the active part of air.

 

Experiments: Determination of the active part of air.

  1. Burning candle in air.

Apparatus and requirements.

– Candle;

– Cork / evaporating dish;

– Sodium hydroxide solution;

 

Procedure:

– A candle about 3cm long is put on a wide cork/ evaporating dish;

– It is then floated in a dilute solution of sodium hydroxide solution just above the beehive shelf;

– It is carefully covered with a dry 100cm3 measuring cylinder, during which the level of solution in the cylinder is noted and marked;

– The measuring cylinder is removed and the candle lit;

– The lighting candle is then covered with a measuring cylinder;

– The experiment is allowed to proceed until the candle goes off;

 

 

 

Observations:

– The candle went off after sometime;

– The sodium hydroxide level inside the gas jar rises;

– The sodium hydroxide level in the trough goes down;

 

Diagrams:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explanations:
– The candle wax is made up of hydrogen and carbon, hence called a hydrocarbon;

– During burning it melts in air consuming oxygen and producing carbon (IV) oxide and water vapour;

– The water vapour condenses giving a negligible volume of water;

– The resultant carbon (IV) oxide is absorbed by the sodium hydroxide;

– Absorption of carbon (IV) oxide in the gas jar creates a partial vacuum within it;

– The sodium hydroxide in the trough rises to fill the resultant space; and hence a drop in the sodium hydroxide level in the tough;

 

Conclusion.

– Oxygen is the active part of air that is utilized during burning;

– Air is basically made up of 2 parts; an active part that supports burning and an inactive part that does not support burning;

 

  1. Quantitative determination of percentage of oxygen in air.

Apparatus and chemicals.

– Tough;

– Beehive;

– Candle and gas jar;

– A 30ml ruler;

– Sodium hydroxide solution;

 

Procedure:

– The entire apparatus is arranged as shown below;

– An empty gas jar is inverted over the candle before lighting it;

– The initial height A, is measured and recorded;

– The gas jar is then removed; the candle lit and covered with the gas jar again;

– The set up is allowed to run till the candle extinguishes (goes off); and the final height (B) of the air column measured.

 

 

 

 

 

Diagrams

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculations:
– Amount of air in the gas jar initially = A cm3;

– Final amount of air remaining after burning; = Bcm3;

– Amount of oxygen used; = (A – B)

Thus;

Percentage of oxygen in air: = (A – B) x 10

A

= C%

Sample data:
Volume of air in the gas jar before burning =

Volume of air in the gas jar after burning =

Volume of air used during burning =

Percentage of air (by volume) used up = Volume used in burning x 100

Original (initial) volume

Substituting:

 

 

 

Conclusion:
– When candle burns in air, about 20% of air, which is oxygen used up;

 

  1. Determination of percentage of air used up in rusting.

Apparatus:
– Gas jar;

– Trough;

– Beehive;

– Iron fillings//powder

 

Procedure:
– The gas jar is divided into five equal portions by marking around it using a waterproof marker;

– The gas jar is wet near the bottom and some iron fillings sprinkled on it;

– Some water is put in a trough and the jar with iron fillings // wool // powder inverted over it;

– The initial colour of iron fillings is noted;

– The set up is left undisturbed for a few days until the water shows no further change in rising;

 

 

 

 

Diagrams of apparatus set up:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observations:
– The iron fillings change colour from a grey to form a brown solid;

– Water level in the gas jar rises // increases until the first mark in the gas jar;

– The water level in the trough decreases;

 

Explanations:
– The gas jar is moistened to make the iron fillings stick onto its surface so that the fillings do not fall in the water when the gas jar is inverted;

– The brown substance formed is called rust and its chemical name is hydrated iron (III) oxide;

– During rusting, oxygen is utilized, thus creating a partial vacuum in the gas jar;

– This causes the water level in the gas jar to rise up and the water level in the trough to go down;

– The rise in water level is equivalent to about 1/5 of the original air volume, which translates to about 20%;

 

Conclusion:
– When rusting occurs about 20% of air, which is oxygen, is used up;

 

  1. Determination of percentage of air used up when air is passed over heated copper.

Apparatus and chemicals.

– Two 100cm3 syringes labeled Y and Y;

– Hard glass test tube;

– Glass wool’;

– Bunsen burner;

– Copper turnings;

 

Procedure:

– A small amount of copper turnings is put in a hard glass tube and glass wool put at both ends of the tube;

– All the air in the syringe Y is removed by pushing the plunger inside, upon which the syringe is tightly fixed at one end of the tube// glass tube;

– The plunger of syringe Z is pulled out to the 100cm3 mark; to fill it with air.

The apparatus is arranged as below.

 

Diagram:

 

 

 

 

 

 

– The tube containing copper turnings is strongly heated;

– Air is then passed over the hot copper turnings by slowly pushing the plunger Z to and fro for several times.

Reason:

– Ensure complete reaction between the hot copper turnings and oxygen (air);

 

– When no further air change in volume of air in the syringe occurs, the apparatus is allowed to cool;

– The volume of air left in syringe Z is recorded;

 

Observations:
– The brown solid (copper) turns into a black solid (copper (II) oxide);

– The plunger of syringe Z moves inwards to approximately 80 cm3 mark;

 

Explanations:
– The heated copper reacted with oxygen in air to form black copper (II) oxide;

– The percentage of oxygen that was in the air is approximately 20%, causing the plunger to move inwards to the 80 cm3 mark;

 

Equation:

Copper + Oxygen → Copper (II) oxide;

 (Brown)          (Colourless)              (Black)

 

2Cu(s) + O2(g) → 2CuO(s)

Brown      (Colourless)    (Black)

 

Conclusion:

– Burning of copper in air utilizes oxygen and produces black copper (II) oxide.

 

Sample results and calculations:

– Initial air volume in syringe Z = cm3;

– Final air volume in syringe Z = cm3;

– Volume of air used = (100 – 80) = 20 cm3;

Percentage of oxygen in air = 20 x 100 = 20%;

100

 

  1. Determination of percentage of air used up when air is passed over heated Magnesium.

– When the same set up is used to investigate the percentage of air used up in combustion of magnesium the volume of air used up is relatively higher than the 20%.

Reason:

Magnesium produces a lot of heat during combustion and thus reacts with both oxygen and nitrogen to form two products; magnesium oxide and magnesium nitride respectively;

 

Observations:

– Magnesium glows giving a bright blinding flame;

– Formation of a mixture of two white powders.

 

 

 

 

Equations:

Reaction with oxygen:

Magnesium + Oxygen → Magnesium oxide;

       (Grey)                (Colourless)                      (White)

 

2Mg(s) + O2(g) → 2MgO(s)

(Grey)         (Colourless)      (White)

 

Reaction with nitrogen:

Magnesium + Nitrogen → Magnesium nitride;

       (Grey)                (Colourless)                      (White)

 

3Mg(s) + N2(g) → Mg3N2(s)

(Grey)         (Colourless)      (White)

 

Note:

– Sodium metal will also react with both oxygen and nitrogen during combustion; forming sodium oxide and sodium nitride respectively;

 

  1. Smouldering of white phosphorus.

Apparatus and requirements.

– Graduated measuring cylinder;

– Water tough // pneumatic trough;

– Copper wire;

– White phosphorus;

 

Procedure:
– An empty measuring cylinder is inverted in a water trough and the water level noted;

– A small piece of white phosphorus is attached to the end of a piece of copper wire then put // inserted into the inverted measuring cylinder ensuring it is above the water;

– The set up is left undisturbed for 24 hours;

 

Precaution:

– Avoid contact with the phosphorus;

– Avoid inhalation of the fumes;

 

Observations:

– White fumes inside the cylinder at the start of the experiment;

– After 24 hours:
– water level inside the measuring cylinder rises;

– Water level in the trough drops;

 

Explanations:
– Yellow or white phosphorus smoulders in air; due to the fact that phosphorus reacts with oxygen to form phosphorus oxides;

-The phosphorus oxides are the white fumes;

– The phosphorus oxides then dissolves in water; forming acidic solutions of phosphoric acids;

– The water level rises inside the cylinder to occupy the volume of oxygen used up in reaction with phosphorus;

 

Equations:

Phosphorus + Oxygen → Phosphorus (V) oxide

White // yellow            Colourless              White fumes

 

P4(s) + 5O2(g) → 2P2O5(g);

White   Colourless              White fumes

Yellow

 

Phosphorus + Oxygen → Phosphorus (III) oxide

White // yellow            Colourless              White fumes

 

P4(s) + 3O2(g) → 2P2O3(g);

White   Colourless              White fumes

Yellow

 

Conclusion:

– Phosphorus smolders easily in air, reacting with oxygen (active part of air) to form phosphorus (III) or phosphorus (V) oxide;

– For this reason phosphorus is stored under water; to prevent it from reacting with atmospheric oxygen;

 

Note:
– This reaction can be made much faster by heating the copper wire; which will transmit heat to the piece of phosphorus at the tip, causing rapid burning of phosphorus to give dense white fumes of phosphorus (V) oxide // phosphorus (III) oxides;

 

Test for evidence of some components of air.

  1. Water vapour.

(i). Formation of dew;

 

(ii). When white anhydrous copper (II) sulphate is left in the open overnight; it forms a blue solid of hydrated copper (II) sulphate;

Reason:
– The white anhydrous copper (II) sulphate absorbs atmospheric water vapour;

– Upon hydration the copper (II) sulphate turns blue;

 

(iii). Sodium hydroxide pellets form a colourless solution when left in the open air overnight.

Reason:

– The sodium hydroxide pellets absorbs atmospheric water vapour and dissolves in it forming sodium hydroxide solution;

 

(iv). When air is passed through anhydrous calcium hydroxide solid in a U-tube for sometime; there is formation of a colourless solution in the U-tube.

Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reason:

– The anhydrous calcium chloride absorbs atmospheric water vapour forming a colourless solution of calcium chloride;

 

Equation:

Calcium chloride + water → calcium chloride solution;

White                                                                     Colourless solution;

 

Note:
– Substances that absorb moisture from the air to form a colourless solution are called deliquescent substances.

– Other examples of deliquescent substances include: iron (III) chloride, magnesium chloride and zinc chloride;

 

  1. Carbon (IV) oxide.

(i). Glass stoppers of reagent bottles containing sodium hydroxide solution tend to stick when left on for sometime in the laboratory;

Reason:

– The sodium hydroxide solution at the edges of the stopper is exposed to air; and thus reacts with atmospheric carbon (IV) oxide forming white sodium carbonate solid.

 

Equation:
Sodium hydroxide + Carbon (IV) oxide → Sodium carbonate + Water;

2NaOH(aq) + CO2(g) → Na2CO3(s) + H2O(l);

 

(ii). Bubbling atmospheric air through lime water (calcium hydroxide) to form a white insoluble salt of calcium carbonate.

 

Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reason:

– Atmospheric carbon (IV) oxide reacts with limewater (calcium hydroxide) to form a white insoluble precipitate of calcium carbonate salt;

 

Equation:
Calcium hydroxide + Carbon (IV) oxide → Calcium carbonate + Water;

 

Ca(OH)2(aq) + CO2(g) → CaCO3(s) + H2O(l);

 

 

Note:

– When the air is bubbled on even after the formation of the white precipitate; the white precipitate dissolves after sometime to form a colourless solution;

Reason:

– Excess carbon (IV) oxide reacts with the calcium carbonate to form soluble calcium hydrogen carbonate.

 

Equation:

Calcium carbonate + Water + Carbon (IV) oxide → Calcium hydroxide solution;

CaCO3(s) + H2O(g) + CO2(g) → Ca(HCO3)2(aq);

 

Fractional distillation of Liquefied air.

– Air is a mixture of gases;

– It can be separated into its constituents by fractional distillation of liquid air.

– During the process air is passed through a series of steps during which it is purified, some components eliminated then it is compressed into liquid prior to fractional distillation.

– The process can be divided into two main stages;

Purification and liquefaction;

Fractional distillation of air;

 

(a). Purification and liquefaction.

Step 1: Purification:
– The air is purified by removal of dust particles ;

– This is done through the following ways:

  • Passage through filters; during which air is passed through a series of filters; the dust particles remain within the filters while dust free air passes on to the next stage;
  • Electrostatic precipitation where air is passed through charged electrodes which trap oppositely charged dust particles;

 

Step 2: Removal of carbon (IV) oxide.

– The dust-free air is passed through a chamber containing calcium hydroxide solution;

– The sodium hydroxide solution dissolves the carbon (IV) oxide present in the air;

– During the reaction, sodium carbonate and water are formed;

– Over a prolonged time; the sodium carbonate absorbs more (excess) carbon (IV) oxide forming sodium hydrogen carbonate;

 

Equations:

Sodium hydroxide + carbon (IV) oxide → Sodium carbonate + Water;

2NaOH(aq) + CO2(g) → Na2CO3(aq) + H2O(l);

 

In excess;

Sodium carbonate + Water + Carbon (IV) oxide → Sodium hydrogen carbonate;

Na2CO3(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g) → 2NaHCO3(aq);

 

 

 

 

 

Step 3: Removal of water vapour;

– The dust-free, CO2 – free air is then cooled to -25oC;

– This process solidifies the water vapour out as ice;

– This cooling process may be done at temperatures a s low as -80; so as to solidify any carbon (IV) oxide (freezing point -78oC) that may have escaped absorption by the sodium hydroxide;

– The removal of water vapour and carbon (IV) oxide are important because it prevents blockage of the pipes in the rest of the system;

 

Step 4: Liquefaction of air;

– The dry, dust-free and carbon (IV) oxide-free air is compressed to about 100 atmospheres of pressure; causing it to warm;

– The compressed air is cooled by refrigeration;

– The cold compressed air is made to expand rapidly by passage through a nozzle which cools it further;

– The repeated compression, cooling and expansion of air causes it to liquefy at about -200oC:

Note:
At this temperature only neon and helium whose boiling points re lower than -200oC remain in gaseous states;

 

(b). Fractional distillation;

– The liquid air now consists only of nitrogen, oxygen and noble gases (especially argon);

– The liquid air is fed at the bottom of a fractionating column;

– It is warmed to a temperature of -192oC;

-Nitrogen distils over fast at -196oC because it has a lower boiling point; and is collected at the top of the fractionating column;

Note:

– Any vapours of oxygen and argon which rise together with nitrogen vapour condense in the column and fall back as liquids;

– The nitrogen collected is 99% pure;

The small amounts of impurities include neon and helium;

– The liquids remaining at the bottom of the fractionating column after vaporization of all nitrogen is mainly oxygen and argon; with traces of krypton and xenon;

 

– The liquid is again warmed further to a temperature of -185oC; causing the vapourization of argon whose boiling point is -186oC;

– This is collected as a gas at the top of the fractionating column;

– The residue liquid is mainly oxygen with minute quantities of krypton and xenon which have even high boiling points;

– The oxygen is drained off and stored as pressurized oxygen in steel cylinders;

 

Uses of the products:

Oxygen;

– Used in hospitals with patients with breathing difficulties;

– It is used by mountain climbers and deep-sea divers for breathing;

– It is used to burn fuels;

– It is combined with acetylene to form oxy-acetylene flame which is used in welding;

– During steel making oxygen is used to remove carbon impurities;

 

 

Nitrogen:

– Manufacture of ammonia;

– Used in light bulbs; because of its inert nature it dies not react with the filament;

– As a refrigerant e.g. storage of semen for artificial insemination;

 

Rusting.

– Is the corrosion of iron in presence of oxygen and moisture to form brown hydrated iron (III) oxide;

– The chemical name rust is therefore hydrated iron (III) oxide with the formula Fe2O3.2H2O;

– Rust itself is a brown porous substance;

 

Disadvantage of rusting:

– It weakens the structure of the metal (iron) and hence eventually destroys them.

 

Experiment: To show the conditions necessary for rusting.

 

Experiment Procedure Observation Explanation
1 – Two clean iron nails are put inside the test tube;

– 10 cm3 of tap water are then added;

– Examine for two days;

 

– Iron nails turn brown implying there is rusting; – There is presence of both oxygen and water;
2 – Two clean iron nails are added to the test tube;

– 10 cm3 of boiled hot water is added followed by about 3 cm3 of oil;

– Examine for two days;

 

– No rusting occurs; – There is water but no oxygen so no rusting occur;

– Boiling the water removes any dissolved oxygen;

– Addition of the oil on top prevents dissolution // entry of any air containing oxygen into the water;

3 – Two clean iron nails are added to the test tube;

– Push a piece of cotton wool half way the test tube;

– Place some anhydrous calcium chloride on it and cork the tube tightly;

– Examine for two days;

 

– No rusting occurs; – There is no air // oxygen but no water;

– Anhydrous calcium chloride absorbs any moisture form the air in the test tube;

– Corking the tube tightly prevents more moisture from the atmosphere from getting into the tube as the calcium chloride may get saturated and allow moisture into the nails;

4 – Two clean iron nails are added to the test tube;

– Examine for two days;

 

– Some little rusting occurs; – Air contains and oxygen and some moisture that will facilitate rusting;
5 – Two clean iron nails are added to the test tube;

– Add salty water;

– Examine for two days;

Rusting occurs; and at a faster rate than the rest;

 

– Rusting occurs due to presence of both water and oxygen in the salty water;

– Rusting is faster because the salty water contains ions which gain electrons hence facilitate faster oxidation of iron;

 

 

 

 

 

Summary diagrams

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Further explanations:
During rusting the first step is the oxidation of iron b7y xygen (in the air) to form anhydrous iron (III) oxide;

Equation:

Iron + Oxygen → Iron (III) oxide;

 

4Fe(s) + 3O2(g) → 2Fe2O3(s);

 

– The anhydrous ion (III) oxide then undergoes hydration with water to form brown hydrated iron (III) oxide;

Equation:
Anhydrous iron (III) oxide + Water → Hydrated iron (III) oxide.

Black                                                                                Brown;

 

– Rusting occurs faster in salty conditions;

Reason:

– The initial step is the oxidation of iron, from iron (II) ions (Fe2+) to iron (III) ions (Fe3+);

– During oxidation iron (II) ions give out electrons to undergo oxidation and form iron (III) ions;

– Salty water contains several dissolved salts whose ions easily accept electrons from the iron (II) ions and thus accelerating the oxidation of iron and hence rusting;

 

Prevention of rusting.

Note:
– Rusting destroys materials; equipment and roofs made of iron;

– Rust is porous and thus allows air and water to reach the iron beneath.

– Thus if not removed iron will continue corroding until it is all eaten up.

 

Methods of preventing rusting.

  1. Galvanizing.

– Is the coating of iron with a small layer of zinc;

– Can be done by either dipping the iron object in molten zinc, spraying with a spray of molten zinc, or by electroplating (electrolytic deposition);

– On exposure to air the zinc acquires an inert layer of zinc oxide that is impervious to both air and water;

– The iron beneath is thus prevented from air and water and thus rusting.

 

 

Note:
– The iron is protected even if the zinc coating is scratched.

Reason:
– Upon scratching both the iron and zinc get into contact with air and water;

– Since zinc is more reactive than iron, air and water reacts with zinc at the expense (instead) of iron;

 

  1. Electroplating:
    – Refers to electrolytic coating of metals (iron) with less reactive (less corrosive metals);

– This is done through the process of electrolysis where floe of electric current causes the less reactive metal to coat the metal being protected from rusting;

 

Example:

– Most tin cans are in fact made yup of steel coated with a thin layer of tin.

– Other than being non-toxic tin is unreactive and rarely reacts with the contents of the can or air;

Note:

– Unlike in galvanizing, when an electroplated material gets scratched, the metal underneath (iron) rusts, and very fast;

Reason:

– Both iron and the electroplating metal (tin) are exposed to air and water;

– Since iron is more reactive than tin (the less reactive electroplating material) it reacts with oxygen and water in preference to tin;

 

– This explain why galvanization is more durable than electroplating;

– Other less reactive metals that are used to coat iron objects include chromium, silver and gold;

– Some electroplating metals such as gold and silver also increase the aesthetic value of the electroplated object;

 

  1. Sacrificial protection.

– Blocks of a more reactive metal such as zinc or magnesium are attached to the iron structure;

– The more reactive metal will be corroded in preference to iron;

– To keep the iron structure from rusting, the block of reactive metal has to be replaced regularly;

– This metal is used for the protection of underground water pipes as well as ship hulls;

– The blocks of reactive metal are either attached directly to the iron structure or connected to it by a wire.

 

Diagrams:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Painting.

– The paint coats the metal surface and thus prevents contact with air and water hence no rusting;

– However if the paint is scratched, rusting occurs quickly;

– It is used mainly in ion railings, gates, bridges, roofs, ships ad cars;

  1. Alloying.

– Alloys are mixtures of two or more metals;

– Thus to prevent iron from rusting it may be mixed with one o more metals resulting into a substance that does not rust;

Example:

– Stainless steel is an alloy of iron with chromium, nickel and manganese and it resistant to rusting.

 

  1. Oiling and greasing;

– Oil is used in moving engine parts while grease is used I other movable metal joints;

– The oil // grease forms a barrier that prevents water and air from coming into contact with the metal surface and hence preventing rusting;

– Oiling and greasing are unique in the sense that they are the only methods that can be used to prevent rusting in movable car parts;

 

Oxygen.

– A very important constituent of air;

– Lavoisier (1743 – 1794), A French Chemist showed that it is the component of air used in respiration and also in burning fuels;

– It is the most abundant of all elements; occurring both freely as well as in combination with other elements;

– Freely it constitutes about 21% by volume of atmospheric air;

 

Laboratory preparation of oxygen gas.

Apparatus.

– Zinc; round-bottomed // flask bottomed flask; thistle // dropping funnel; rubber stopper, deliver tubes, rubber tubings, beehive shelf, trough, gas jars, wooden splint, hydrogen peroxide (20% by volume), manganese (IV) oxide.

 

Diagram;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Procedure.

– Some manganese (IV) oxide is placed into a flat-bottomed flask;

– The apparatus is set up as shown in the diagram above;

– Add hydrogen peroxide from a thistle funnel into the flask dropwise;

– The gas is collected as shown;

 

 

Observations:

– Bubbles of a colourless gas are released from the flask through the water then into the gas jar;

– The colourless gas collects on top of the water;

 

Explanations:
– Hydrogen peroxide decomposes slowly to oxygen and water under normal conditions;

– This process is however slow to collect enough volumes of oxygen;

– On addition of manganese (IV) oxide the decomposition is speeded up;

– Thus manganese (IV) oxide speeds up the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide and thus acts a s a catalyst;

 

Equation:

  • Without a catalyst:

Hydrogen peroxide → Water + oxygen;

2H2O2(l) → 2H2O(l) + O2(g) (slow process)

 

  • With manganese (IV) oxide catalyst:
 Manganese (IV) oxide

 

 

Hydrogen peroxide                              Water + oxygen;

2H2O2(l) → 2H2O(l) + O2(g) (faster process)

 

Note:

The first few bubbles of oxygen gas are not collected.

Reason: The gas is mixed with air which was originally in air and hence impure.

 

Method of collection;

– Over water collection.

Reason:

– It is insoluble in water and less dense than water

 

Physical properties of oxygen gas.

– It is colourless;

– It is odourless;

– Has a low boiling point of about -183oC;

– Almost insoluble in water (hence collected over water);

 

Chemical test for oxygen gas.

– On inserting a glowing splint on a gas jar full of oxygen gas; it relights a glowing splint;

 

Drying of oxygen gas.

– The resultant oxygen is usually moist due to the fact that it is collected over water;

– If required dry the gas ca be died using either of the two methods:

(i). Using sulphuric (VI) acid.

– Bubbling the gas through a wash bottle containing concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid;

– The concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid absorbs moisture from the gas leaving it dry;

– The dry gas is then draw into collection syringe;

 

 

Diagram;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii). Using anhydrous calcium chloride.

– From the flask the gas is passed through a U-tube containing anhydrous calcium chloride;

– The anhydrous calcium chloride also absorbs moisture from the gas leaving it dry;

– The dry gas is then drawn into a collection syringe;

 

Diagram:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative methods of oxygen preparation.

  1. Addition of water to sodium peroxide.

Apparatus:
– Sodium peroxide; round-bottomed // flask bottomed flask; thistle // dropping funnel; rubber stopper, deliver tubes, rubber tubings, beehive shelf, trough, gas jars, wooden splint, water;

 

Diagram of apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Procedure.

– Some sodium peroxide is placed into a flat-bottomed flask;

– The apparatus is set up as shown in the diagram above;

– Add water from a thistle funnel into the flask dropwise;

– The gas is collected as shown;

 

Observations:

– Bubbles of a colourless gas are released from the flask through the water then into the gas jar;

– The colourless gas collects on top of the water;

 

Explanations:
– Sodium peroxide reacts with water to liberate oxygen;

– A solution of sodium hydroxide remains in the flask;

– This solution will turn litmus paper blue showing it is alkaline.

 

Equation:

Sodium peroxide + water → Sodium hydroxide + oxygen;

2Na2O2(l) + 2H2O(l) → 4NaOH(aq) + O2(g)

 

Note:

The first few bubbles of oxygen gas are not collected.

Reason: The gas is mixed with air which was originally in air and hence impure.

 

Method of collection;

– Over water collection;

Reason:

– It is insoluble in water and less dense than water;

 

Chemical test for oxygen gas.

– On inserting a glowing splint on a gas jar full of oxygen gas; it relights a glowing splint;

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Heating potassium manganate (VII) solid.

Apparatus:
– Ignition tube // boiling tube; means of heating; solid potassium manganate (VII); rubber stopper, deliver tubes, beehive shelf, trough, gas jars, wooden splint, water;

 

Diagram of apparatus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Procedure:

– The apparatus is set up as shown above.

– Some solid potassium manganate (VII) is put in a hard ignition// combustion tube and strongly heated as shown above.

– The resultant gas is collected over water as shown above.

Observations;

– The purple solid forms a black solid (potassium manganate (II) solid);

– Bubbles of a colourless gas are evolved and collect over water;

 

Explanations:
– Upon heating potassium manganate (VII) decompose to manganese (VI) oxide; potassium

 

Equation:
Potassium manganate (VII) → Potassium manganate (II) + Oxygen gas

KMnO4(s) → KMnO2(s) + O2(g);

 

Uses of oxygen.

  1. Used in hospitals for breathing by patients with breathing difficulties;
  2. It is used by mountain climbers and deep sea divers for breathing;
  3. It is used to burn fuels e.g. burning fuels for propelling rockets;
  4. Used in welding and cutting metals

Examples:
It combines with hydrogen to form a very hot oxy-hydrogen flame that is used in welding and cutting metals;

– It combines with acetylene to form oxy-acetylene flame which is also used in welding and cutting metals;

 

  1. During steel making, oxygen is used to remove iron impurities.

– During this process oxygen is blown over hot impure iron.

– The oxygen react with carbon impurities forming carbon (IV) oxide which escapes laving pure iron which is steel due to its higher purity;

 

Burning substances in air.

– When substances burn in air they mainly react mainly with oxygen (the active part of air);

– Some metals however also react with nitrogen;

– During burning there is usually change in mass;

 

Experiment: To investigate burning substances in air.

Requirements:
– Metal (magnesium ribbon); crucible; tripod stand; pipe clay triangle; means of heating;

 

Apparatus.

 

 

Procedure:

– About 1g of magnesium is put in the crucible;

– The crucible (with the magnesium is then weighed)

– The apparatus is set up as above;

– The crucible is heated with the lid lifted occasionally; so as to allow in air;

– No content of the crucible is allowed to escape; to ensure all products of the burning are retained;

– After all the magnesium has burned the crucible is allowed to cool;

– The crucible and its contents are weighed again;

 

Observations

Mass of crucible + magnesium before burning = xg

Mass of crucible + contents after burning = yg

Change in mass = (x –y) g;

Mass of product before burning is lower // less than the mass of the product after burning;

 

Explanations:

– When the magnesium is burned in a closed crucible in a closed container, most of the air is consumed;

– It is therefore necessary to allow in air so that the burning can continue;

– During burning the magnesium combines with air to form a new product;

– Magnesium combines with both oxygen and nitrogen in air to form magnesium nitride and magnesium oxide;

 

Equations

With oxygen:
Magnesium + oxygen → Magnesium oxide;

Mg(s) + O2(g) → MgO(s);

 

With nitrogen:

Magnesium + Nitrogen →Magnesium nitride;

3Mg(s) + N2(g) → Mg3N2(s);

 

Conclusion:

– Generally when metals burn in air, there is increase in mass;

– All metals react with oxygen to form metal oxides;

– Only more reactive metals react with nitrogen in air;

 

Note:

– During burning if the product(s) of the burning is gaseous, then there would be decrease in mass.

 

Examples:
Phosphorus → Phosphorus (V) oxide;

Lead (II) nitrate → Phosphorus (V) oxide + Nitrogen (IV) oxide + Oxygen gas;

Calcium carbonate → Calcium oxide + carbon (IV) oxide;

 

 

 

 

 

Burning metals in air and in oxygen.

Requirements:

– Metals; deflagrating spoon; gas jar; source of heat;

 

Diagram of apparatus;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Procedure:

– A piece of sodium is warmed on a deflagrating spoon until it begins to burn;

– It is then lowered into a gas jar of air as shown above;

– The flame colour is noted;

– The gas jar is allowed to cool; some water added to the product(s) in the gas jar and shook well;

– Any gases produced are tested by smell and also with litmus papers;

– The experiment is then repeated with pure oxygen;

– The whole procedure is repeated with other metals;

 

Observations;

– When substances burn in oxygen they form only oxides; as opposed to burning substances in air where some react with both air and nitrogen;

– Different substances produce different flame colours;

– Many metals burn in air and in oxygen at different speeds; with more reactive metals burning more vigorously than the less reactive metals;

– Burning is faster in oxygen than in air;

Reason:

– Oxygen is pure but in air there are other constituents such as nitrogen, carbon (IV) oxide and noble gases which slow down the burning;

– In air products are generally oxides and in some few cases (magnesium and sodium) nitrides as well;

– Metals that tend to be more reactive are the ones that react with both oxygen and nitrogen;

– In oxygen products are strictly oxides;

– Some of then products are soluble in water while others are not.

 

Sample equations:

Magnesium:

With oxygen:
Magnesium + oxygen → Magnesium oxide;

Mg(s) + O2(g) → MgO(s);

 

With nitrogen:

Magnesium + Nitrogen →Magnesium nitride;

3Mg(s) + N2(g) → Mg3N2(s);

Sodium:

With oxygen:
Sodium + oxygen → Sodium oxide;

4Na(s) + O2(g) → 2Na2O(s);

 

With nitrogen:

Sodium + Nitrogen →Magnesium nitride;

6Na(s) + N2(g) → 2Na3N(s);

 

Summary: burning metals in air.

Metal How it burns Appearance of product Name of products Solubility of product in water Effect of solution on litmus paper
Magnesium Burns with a bright white flame; White powder Magnesium oxide and magnesium nitride; Slightly soluble; alkaline gas (ammonia) is produced during the process; Turns blue;
Copper Burns with a blue flame; surface turns black; Black solid; Copper (II) oxide; Insoluble; No effect;
Iron. Glows to red hot; produces sparks; Brown black (dark brown) solid; Iron (II) oxide Insoluble; No effect;
Sodium Buns very vigorously with a golden yellow flame; White solid; Sodium oxide and sodium nitride Soluble; alkaline gas (ammonia) is produced in the process; Turns litmus blue;
Calcium Vigorous with a red flame; White solid; Calcium oxide and calcium nitride; Slightly soluble; alkaline gas evolved in the process; Turns blue;
Zinc   Yellow solid which cools to white; Zinc oxide Insoluble; No effect
Lead   Red solid which cools to yellow; Lead (II) oxide Insoluble; No effect;
Potassium Very vigorously with a lilac flame; White solid; Potassium oxide and potassium nitride; Soluble; alkaline gas evolved in the process; Turns blue;

 

Note:
– When metals combine with oxygen, it forms metal oxides. In these reactions oxygen is added to the metals; hence the reaction is called oxidation.

Oxidation refers to the addition of oxygen to a substance;

– The reactivity of various metals with oxygen differs.

– The arrangement of the metals in order of their activity forms the reactivity series;

– Metallic oxides generally turn litmus paper blue and are thus said to be basic oxides;

– Some metallic oxides however have both acidic and basic properties and are thus termed amphoteric oxides e.g. aluminium oxides;

 

 

 

 

 

The Reactivity series of metals;

Potassium;      Most reactive;

Sodium;

Calcium;

Aluminium;

Zinc;               increasing reactivity;

Iron;

Lead;

Copper;

Mercury;

Silver;

Gold;               Least reactive

 

Burning non-metals in oxygen

Requirements:

– Non-metals; deflagrating spoon; gas jar; source of heat;

 

Diagram of apparatus;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Procedure:

– A piece of sulphur is heated on a deflagrating spoon until it begins to burn;

– It is then lowered into a gas jar of oxygen as shown above;

– The flame colour is noted;

– The gas jar is allowed to cool; some water added to the product(s) in the gas jar and shook well;

– Any resultant solution is tested with litmus papers;

– Any gases produced are tested by smell and also with litmus papers;

– The experiment is then repeated with pure oxygen;

– The whole procedure is repeated with other non-metals such as carbon and phosphorus;

 

Explanations:
1. Sulphur.

– Burns in oxygen with a blue flame to give a colourless gas with a choking irritating smell;

– The gas is sulphur (IV) oxide;

Equation:
Sulphur + Oxygen → Sulphur (IV) oxide;

S + O2(g) → SO2(g);

– The sulphur (IV) oxide dissolves in water to form sulphurous acid, which turns litmus rd;

SO2(g) + H2O(l) → H2SO3(l);

 

  1. Carbon

– Glows red to give a colourless gas that forms a white precipitate in lime water;

– The gas is Carbon (IV) oxide;

Equation:
Carbon + Oxygen → Carbon (IV) oxide;

C + O2(g) → CO2(g);

– The Carbon (IV) oxide dissolves in water to form weak carbonic acid, which turns litmus rd;

CO2(g) + H2O(l) → H2CO3(l);

 

Note:
– In limited oxygen the carbon undergoes partial oxidation forming carbon (II) oxide;

Equation:
2C(s) + O2(g) → 2CO(g)

 

  1. Phosphorus.

– Burns in oxygen with a white flame to give dense white fumes;

– The white fumes are either phosphorus (V) oxide or phosphorus (III) oxide;

– Both solids // fumes dissolve in water to form phosphoric acid;

 

Equations:

With limited supply of oxygen:
Phosphorus + Oxygen → Phosphorus (III) oxide;

P4(s) + 3O2(g) →2P2O3(g);

 

With excess oxygen.

Phosphorus + Oxygen → Phosphorus (V) oxide;

P4(s) + 5O2(g) →P2O10(g);

 

Summary: effects of burning non-metals in air.

Non-metal How it burns in oxygen Name of products formed Appearance of the product Effect of solution on litmus paper
Sulphur Burns with a blue flame; Sulphur (IV) oxide White fumes; Turns ed
Carbon Glows red Carbon (IV) oxide Colourless gas; Turns red;
Phosphorus Burns with a white flame Phosphorus (V) oxide and phosphorus (III) oxide White fumes Turns red;

 

Precautions:
The experiment should be done in a fume cupboard.

Reason:
Products of burning sulphur and phosphorus in air are poisonous.

 

 

 

Note:
– Most non-metallic oxides are acidic in nature and therefore turn litmus red and are thus referred to as acidic oxides;

– Some non-metallic oxides form oxides which are neither acidic nor basic and are thus termed neutral oxides; e.g. carbon (II) oxide and water (hydrogen oxide);

 

Competition for combined oxygen among elements.

Apparatus:

– Metal oxides, source of heat, metals.

 

Procedure:

– A spatula end full of copper (II) oxide in a bottle top.

– Magnesium powder and mixed well;

– Record the observations;

– The experiment is repeated using other metal oxides with various other metals like zinc, iron etc.

 

Observations:

                Metal

Metal

oxide

Magnesium Zinc Iron Lead Copper
Magnesium oxide (white) No reaction No reaction No reaction No reaction No reaction
Zinc oxide (white) White magnesium oxide and grey zinc metal No reaction No reaction No reaction No reaction
Iron (III) oxide White magnesium oxide and grey iron metal;

 

White zinc oxide and iron; No reaction No reaction No reaction
Lead (II) oxide (yellow when White magnesium oxide and White zinc oxide and lead; Iron (III) oxide and lead; No reaction No reaction
Copper (II) oxide (Black White magnesium oxide and brown copper metal; White zinc oxide and brown copper metal; Brown iron (III) oxide and brown copper metal Yellow lead (II) oxide and brown copper metal No reaction

 

Explanations:

– A more reactive metal takes away oxygen from a less reactive metal;

– This is because a more reactive metal reacts more readily with a less reactive metal;

– These reactions are called displacement reactions;

– Some metals can displace other metals from their oxides upon heating;

– Metals which are higher in the reactivity series can displace metals which are lower in the reactivity series from their oxides;

– From the table none of the metals can displace magnesium from its oxide, while copper can be displaced from its oxides by all the metals.

– Thus from the list magnesium is the most reactive while copper is the least reactive.

– Such results of displacement reactions can also be used to develop a reactivity series of the metals (elements) concerned.

Selected equations:

  1. Copper (II) oxide + Magnesium → Magnesium oxide + Copper

CuO(s) + Mg(s) → MgO(s) + Cu(s);

       Black             Grey               White          Brown.

 

  1. Zinc (II) oxide + Magnesium → Magnesium oxide + Zinc

White when cold                           Grey                                  White                      Grey.

      Yellow when hot

ZnO(s) + Mg(s) → MgO(s) + Cu(s);

 

  1. Copper (II) oxide + Zinc → Zinc oxide + Copper

  Black                                       Grey          White when cold        Brown.

                                                                         Yellow when hot

CuO(s) + Mg(s) → MgO(s) + Cu(s);

 

  1. Lead (II) oxide + Magnesium → Magnesium oxide + Lead

Yellow when cold                           Grey                                  White                      Grey.

      Redwhen hot

CuO(s) + Mg(s) → MgO(s) + Cu(s);

 

  1. Copper (II) oxide + Zinc → Magnesium oxide + Copper

CuO(s) + Zn(s) → MgO(s) + Zn(s);

       Black             Grey               White         Brown.

 

Typical reactivity series from the results above:

Magnesium ↑ Most reactive

Zinc

Iron

Lead

Copper       ↓ Least reactive

 

Note:

– Removal of oxygen is called reduction;

– Addition of oxygen is called oxidation;

– A substance that loses oxygen during a reaction is said to be reduced while a substance that removes oxygen from another is called reducing agent;

– A substance that gains oxygen during a reaction is said to be oxidized while a substance that loses / donates oxygen to another is called an oxidizing agent;

 

Examples:

  1. Copper (II) oxide + Magnesium → Magnesium oxide + Copper

CuO(s) + Mg(s) → MgO(s) + Cu(s);

       Black             Grey               White          Brown.

 

Reducing agent: magnesium

Oxidizing agent: Copper (II) oxide

Oxidized species: Magnesium

Reduced species: Copper

 

 

 

 

  1. Copper (II) oxide + Zinc → Magnesium oxide + Copper

CuO(s) + Zn(s) → MgO(s) + Zn(s);

       Black             Grey               White         Brown.

Reducing agent: Zinc

Oxidizing agent: Copper (II) oxide

Oxidized species: Zinc

Reduced species: Copper

 

– In the above reactions both reduction and oxidation take place at the same time;

– A reaction in which both reduction and oxidation occur at the same time is called a redox reaction; “red” from reduction and “ox” from oxidation;

 

Application of Redox reactions:

  1. Extraction of metals;

– Ores of metals such as zinc, iron’ lead etc are roasted in air to form corresponding metal oxides;

– The metal oxides are then reduced to corresponding metals using common reducing agents like carbon and carbon (II) oxide.

 

Examples:

Zinc (II) oxide + Carbon (II) oxide → Zinc + carbon (IV) oxide;

 

Atmospheric pollution and percentage composition of air.

– Human activities have changes the normal composition of air in some places;

– This has not only altered the percentage composition of the main components but also added other components into the air.

 

Examples:

– Mining increases the amount of dust particles in the air;

– Geothermal power drilling may result into emission of gases like hydrogen sulphide, sulphur (IV) oxide into the air;

– Industrial processes like manufacture of nitric (V) acid, contact process etc may add gases ilke sulphur (IV) oxide, nitrogen oxides into the air;

 

These gases and emissions cause atmospheric pollution:

– Gases like sulphur (IV) oxide and nitrogen (IV) oxide dissolve I rain water to form acidic rain that causes corrosion of buildings, iron sheet roofing, bleaching of plants; irritation in bodies and respiratory surfaces in animals etc;

– Dust particles may block stomata in plants; cause smog formation hence reducing visibility (leading to more cases of road accidents).

 

Uses of oxygen:
1. Used for breathing in hospitals fro patients with breathing difficulties.

  1. Used for breathing by mountain climbers and deep sea divers.
  2. Used to burn fuels e.g. burning fuels to propel rockets.
  3. Manufacture of the oxy-acetylene flame that is used in welding and cutting of metals;
  4. Removal of iron impurities during steel making i.e. oxygen is blown through impure iron; the oxygen then reacts with carbon impurities forming carbon (IV) oxide which escapes leaving behind pure iron (steel).

 

UNIT 5: WATER AND HYDROGEN.

Checklist:
1. Introduction

  1. Burning candle wax in air.
  2. Reaction of water with metals
  • Sodium
  • Potassium
  • Calcium
  1. Reaction of metals with steam.
  • Calcium
  • Magnesium
  • Zinc
  • Iron
  • Aluminium
  1. Hydrogen
  • Hydrogen;
  • Reduction property of hydrogen
  • Burning hydrogen in air;
  1. Uses of hydrogen

 

Introduction:

– Water is the most abundant substances on earth;

– It covers about 71% of the earth’s surface;

– Main sources of water include seas, lakes, rivers, oceans.

 

Burning candle wax in air.

Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Procedure.

– The candle is lit under the funnel and the suction pump turned on.

– The set up is left undisturbed for about 15 minutes.

 

Observations;

– The candle continues to burn.

– Droplets of a colourless liquid in the tube A;

– The colourless liquid turns white anhydrous copper (II) sulphate to blue and blue anhydrous cobalt (II) chloride into pink;

– A white precipitate forms in the calcium hydroxide in tube B;

– Deposits of a black solid on the inner sides of the funnel;

 

Explanations;

– The suction pump ensures continuous supply of air hence the candle continues to burn;

– Candle wax buns in oxygen to form carbon (IV) oxide and steam;

– The carbon (IV) oxide is sucked out through the apparatus by the suction pump;

– Carbon (IV) oxide forms a white precipitate of calcium carbonate when bubbled through lime water (calcium hydroxide)

– Incomplete combustion of the carbon in the candle wax produces carbon particles which cools and deposits as black solids;

 

Equations:

As the candle burns:
Carbon + Oxygen → Carbon (IV) oxide;

C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g);

 

Hydrogen + Oxygen → Carbon (IV) oxide;

2H2(s) + O2(g) → 2H2O(g);

 

For the formation of the black deposits (soot)

Carbon + Oxygen → Carbon + Carbon (IV) oxide;

2C(s) + O2(g) → C(s) + CO2(g);

In the calcium hydroxide:

Carbon (IV) oxide + calcium hydroxide → Calcium carbonate + Water

Colourless                                                            Colourless                                        White precipitate                    Colourless

CO2(g) + Ca(OH)2(aq) → CaCO3(s) + H2O(l);

 

– The steam condenses into water in the boiling tube;

– Water turns white anhydrous copper (II) sulphate to blue and blue anhydrous cobalt chloride paper into pink;

 

General equation:
Hydrocarbon + Oxygen → Water + Carbon (IV) oxide;

 

Conclusion:

– Candle wax is a compound of carbon and hydrogen only; and such compounds are defined as hydrocarbons;

– When burned in air (oxygen) hydrocarbons produce carbon (IV) oxide ad steam (water);

– Other examples of hydrocarbons include: petrol; diesel; kerosene etc;

 

Note: Effects of repeating the same experiment without a suction pump.

Apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observations:
– The candle went off;

– Deposition of black solid on the inner sides of the funnel;

– No colourless liquid in tube A;

– No white precipitate in tube B;

 

Explanations:
– The carbon (IV) oxide and steam produced would accumulate in the filter funnel hence making the flame to go off;

– Incomplete combustion of the candle would produce carbon particles which cool as soot;

– Only negligible amount of water and carbon (IV) oxide would pass through the apparatus;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reactions of water with metals:
1. Potassium.

Procedure:
– A small piece of potassium metal is cut and dropped into a trough containing water;

– The resultant solution is tested with litmus paper;

 

Diagram of apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observations and explanations:

– The metal floats on the water surface; because it is less dense than water;

– A hissing sound is produced; due to production of hydrogen gas;

– It explosively melts into a silvery ball then disappears because reaction between water and sodium is exothermic (produces heat). The resultant heat melts the potassium due to its low melting point.

– It darts on the surface; due to propulsion by hydrogen;

– The metal bursts into a lilac flame; because hydrogen explodes into a flame which then burns the small quantities potassium vapour produced during the reaction;

– The resultant solution turns blue; because potassium hydroxide solution formed is a strong base;

 

(b). Reaction equations.

Equation I

2K(s) + 2H2O(l) → 2KOH(aq) + H2(g);

 

Equation II

4K(s) + O2 (g) → 2K2O(s);

 

Equation III:

K2O(s) + H2O(l) → 2KOH(aq)

 

Effect of resultant solution on litmus paper;

– Litmus paper turns blue; sodium hydroxide formed is highly soluble in water; releasing a large number of hydroxyl ions which result into alkaline conditions // high pH;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Sodium.

Procedure:
– A small piece of sodium metal is cut and dropped into a trough containing water;

– The resultant solution is tested with litmus paper;

 

Diagram of apparatus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observations and explanations:

– The metal floats on the water surface; because it is less dense than water;

– A hissing sound is produced; due to production of hydrogen gas;

– It vigorously melts into a silvery ball then disappears because reaction between water and sodium is exothermic (produces heat). The resultant heat melts the sodium due to its low melting point.

– It darts on the surface; due to propulsion by hydrogen;

– The metal may burst into a golden yellow flame; because hydrogen may explode into a flame which then burns the sodium;

– The resultant solution turns blue; because sodium hydroxide solution formed is a strong base;

 

(b). Reaction equations.

Equation I

2Na(s) + 2H2O(l) → 2NaOH(aq) + H2(g);

 

Equation II

4Na(s) + O2 (g) → 2Na2O(s);

 

Equation III:

Na2O(s) + H2O(l) → 2NaOH(aq)

 

Effect of resultant solution on litmus paper;

– Litmus paper turns blue; sodium hydroxide formed is highly soluble in water; releasing a large number of hydroxyl ions which result into alkaline conditions // high pH;

 

  1. Calcium.

Procedure:
– A small piece of calcium metal is cut and dropped into a trough containing water;

– A filter funnel is inverted over it;

– A test tube filled with water is then inverted over the funnel;

– The gas given out is collected as shown in the apparatus below.

– The resultant gas is then tested with a burning splint;

– The resultant solution in the trough is tested with litmus paper.

 

 

 

Diagram of apparatus:

Observations and explanations:

– Calcium sinks to the bottom of the beaker; because it is denser than water;

– Slow effervescence of a colourless gas; due to slow evolution of hydrogen gas;

– Soapy solution formed; due to formation of alkaline calcium hydroxide;

– A white suspension is formed; because calcium hydroxide is slightly soluble in water;

 

Reaction equation:

Ca(s) + H2O (l) → Ca (OH) 2(aq) + H2 (g);

 

Effect of resultant solution on litmus paper;

– Litmus paper slowly turns blue; calcium hydroxide formed is slightly soluble in water; releasing a small number of hydroxyl ions which result into alkaline conditions // high pH;

 

  1. Magnesium and other metals.

– Magnesium reacts with atmospheric oxygen to form magnesium oxide that coast the metal surface;

– Thus before reacting it with water this oxide layer has to be removed e.g. by polishing metal surface using sand paper;

– Reaction between magnesium and cold water is generally very slow; with very slow evolution of hydrogen gas;

– Zinc and iron metals do not react with cold water;

 

Reaction of metals with steam.

Note:

– Metals that react with cold water would react very explosively with steam and thus their reactions with steam should not be attempted in the laboratory;

– However some metals which react only sparingly with cold water or do not react with cold water at all react with steam to produce respective metal oxide and hydrogen gas;

 

  1. Magnesium

Procedure:
– A small amount of wet sand is put at the bottom of a boiling tube;

– A small piece of magnesium ribbon is cleaned and put in the middle of the combustion tube;

– The magnesium ribbon is heated strongly then the wet sand is warmed gently;

– The delivery tube is removed before heating stops; and the gas produced is tested using a burning splint;

 

 

 

 

Diagram of apparatus:

Observations and explanations.

– Magnesium burns with a bright blinding flame;

– Grey solid (magnesium) forms a white solid; due to formation of magnesium oxide;

– Evolution of a colourless gas that burns with a pop sound; confirming it is hydrogen;

 

Reaction equation.

Magnesium + Steam → Magnesium oxide + Hydrogen gas;

Mg(s) + H2O(g) → MgO(s) + H2(g);

 

  1. Zinc

Procedure:
– A small amount of wet sand is put at the bottom of a boiling tube;

– A small piece of zinc put in the middle of the combustion tube;

– The zinc is heated strongly then the wet sand is warmed gently;

– The delivery tube is removed before heating stops; and the gas produced is tested using a burning splint;

 

Diagram of apparatus:

Observations and explanations.

– Zinc metal does not burn but rather glows;

– Grey solid (zinc) forms a yellow solid which cools to a white solid (zinc oxide);

– Evolution of a colourless gas that produces a pop sound when exposed to a burning splint; confirming it is hydrogen;

 

Reaction equation.

Zinc + Steam → Zinc oxide + Hydrogen gas;

Grey        Colourless      Yellow when hot            Colourless

                                       White on cooling

Zn(s) + H2O(g) → ZnO(s) + H2(g);

 

 

 

  1. Iron

Procedure:
– A small amount of wet sand is put at the bottom of a boiling tube;

– A small piece of iron put in the middle of the combustion tube;

– The iron is heated strongly then the wet sand is warmed gently;

– The delivery tube is removed before heating stops; and the gas produced is tested using a burning splint;

 

Diagram of apparatus:

Observations and explanations.

– Iron metal does not burn but rather glows;

– Grey solid (zinc) forms a black solid; due to formation of tri-iron tetra-oxide;

– Evolution of a colourless gas that burns with a pop sound; confirming it is hydrogen;

 

Reaction equation.

Iron + Steam → Tri-iron tetra-oxide + Hydrogen gas;

Grey        Colourless                     Black                                     Colourless

 

3Fe(s) + 4H2O(g) → Fe3O4(s) + 4H2(g);

 

  1. Aluminium

Procedure:
– A small amount of wet sand is put at the bottom of a boiling tube;

– A small piece of aluminium put in the middle of the combustion tube;

– The aluminium is heated strongly then the wet sand is warmed gently;

– The delivery tube is removed before heating stops; and the gas produced is tested using a burning splint;

 

Diagram of apparatus:

Observations and explanations.

– Aluminium burns in steam but the reaction quickly stops; because the reaction forms a layer of aluminium oxide that coats the metal surface preventing further reaction;

– Grey solid (aluminium) forms a white solid of aluminium oxide;

– Slight evolution of a colourless gas that burns with a pop sound; confirming it is hydrogen;

– The production of the gas however stops soon after the reaction starts because the oxide layer stops further reaction;

 

Reaction equation.

Aluminium + Steam → Zinc oxide + Hydrogen gas;

Grey                        Colourless                White                    Colourless

 

2Al(s) + 3H2O(g) → Al2O3(s) + 3H2(g);

 

  1. Other metals.

– Lead and copper do not react with steam;

 

Summary of the reaction between metals with cold water and steam

Metal Action of metal on water Action of metal on steam
Potassium

Sodium

Calcium

Magnesium

Aluminium

Zinc

Iron

Lead

Copper

Violent

Violent

Moderate

Very slow

No reaction

No reaction

No reaction

No reaction

No reaction

Explosive

Explosive

Violent

Rapid

Slow

Slow

Slow

No reaction

No reaction

 

Note:

– Metals can thus be arranged in order of their reactivities with water; resulting to a reactivity series similar to that obtained form reaction between metals with oxygen;

 

Reactivity series of metals:

Potassium;           Most reactive;

Sodium;

Calcium;

Magnesium

Aluminium;

Zinc;                     increasing reactivity;

Iron;

Lead;

Copper;                Least reactive;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hydrogen

– An element that does not exist freely in nature;

– Generally exists in compounds such as water, sugars, fuels etc;

 

Laboratory preparation of hydrogen gas.

Note:

– Hydrogen gas is generally prepared by the reaction between dilute acids and metals;

– Most suitable acids are dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute sulphuric (VI) acid;

– Most suitable metal is zinc metal;

 

Apparatus:

Procedure:
– Zinc granules are added to dilute sulphuric (VI) acid;

– Small amounts of copper (II) sulphate are added to the zinc – acid mixture;

Reason: To act as a catalyst hence speed up the reaction;

– The resultant colourless gas is collected over water;

Reason: The gas is insoluble in water;

– If the gas is required dry, the gas is passed through concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid or a U-tube containing calcium chloride;

 

Diagrams for drying the gas:

             Zinc granules

– The dry gas is collected by upward delivery (downward displacement of air);

Reason: It is less dense than air (note that hydrogen is the lightest gas known);

 

 

 

 

 

Note:

– Nitric (V) acid is not used in preparation of hydrogen gas; except very dilute nitric (V) acid and magnesium

Reason: Nitric acid is a strong oxidizing agent hence the hydrogen formed is immediately oxidized to water
– Potassium, sodium, lithium and calcium are not used in laboratory preparation of hydrogen gas;
Reason: They react explosively with acids;

– Magnesium is not usually used for laboratory preparation of hydrogen;

Reason: It is expensive;

– Prior to using it for preparation of hydrogen; aluminium should be washed with concentrated hydrochloric acid;

Reason: To remove the protective oxide layer that usually forms on the aluminium surface on its exposure to air;

– Hydrogen gas produced from iron metal tends to have a foul smell;

Reason: Iron gives a mixture of gases due to impurities in the iron; the foul smell is usually due to production of hydrogen sulphide that results from sulphide impurities in the iron metal;

 

Reaction equations:

  1. Iron + Sulphuric (VI) acid → Iron (II) sulphate + Hydrogen gas;

Fe(s) + H2SO4(aq) → FeSO4(aq) + H2(g)

 

  1. Iron (II) sulphide + Sulphuric (VI) acid → Iron (II) sulphate + Hydrogen sulphide gas;

FeS(s) + H2SO4(aq) → FeSO4(aq) + H2S(g);

 

Other sources of hydrogen.

– Cracking of alkanes;

– Fractional distillation of petroleum;

 

Properties of Hydrogen gas;

Physical properties.

  1. Colourless and odourless;
  2. It is insoluble in water;
  3. It is less dense than air (it is the lightest gas known);

 

Chemical properties.

  1. It has no effect on litmus paper implying that it is neutral;
  2. It burns with a pop sound when mixed with air;
  3. Pure hydrogen burns quietly with a blue flame producing water;
  4. Hydrogen does not support combustion but it burns in air;
  5. It is a reducing agent;

 

Chemical test for hydrogen;

– When a burning splint is introduced into a gas jar full of hydrogen gas; the gas buns with a “pop sound”

Note:
– The intensity of the “pop sound” diminishes as the purity of hydrogen increases;

 

 

 

Reactions of hydrogen:

  1. Passing hydrogen over heated copper (II) oxide;

Requirements:

Copper (II) oxide; porcelain boat; mean of heating; combustion tube; dry hydrogen gas;

 

Diagram of apparatus.

Procedure:

– Apparatus are arranged as shown above;

– Dry hydrogen gas is passed through the combustion tube for sometime prior to heating the oxide;

Reason:

  • To drive out all the air from the apparatus which may otherwise re-oxidize the metal after reduction.
  • A mixture of hydrogen and air will explode when the combustion tube is heated;

– The gas is continuously collected at the jet and tested; until the gas burns smoothly without a “pop” sound;

– The gas is then lit at the jet and the copper oxide heated;

– This is done until no further change;

– The apparatus is allowed to cool as hydrogen is still continuously allowed to pass through;

Reason:

  • To prevent re-entry of atmospheric oxygen which will re-oxidize the hot metal back to the metal oxide;

– Excess hydrogen must be burnt at the jet so that excess gas is not allowed to escape into the air;

Reason:

  • The mixture of hydrogen and oxygen is explosive when ignited;

 

Observations and explanations

– The black solid turns into a brown solid;

– Droplets of a colourless liquid on the cooler parts of the combustion tube;

Reason:

The hot black copper (II) oxide is reduced by hydrogen gas into brown copper metal while hydrogen gas is oxidized to water;

– The colourless liquid is confirmed to be water by:

  • Adding drops of it to anhydrous copper (II) sulphate which forms a blue solid;
  • Adding drops of it onto blue anhydrous cobalt (II) chloride which turns pink;

 

Reaction equations:

In the combustion tube:

Copper (II) oxide + Hydrogen → Copper + Water;

Black solid                                   Colourless gas    Brown solid     Colourless liquid

CuO(s) + H2(g) → Cu(s) + H2O(l);

 

At the jet:

– Hydrogen burns with a blue flame producing water;

Equation:

2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(l);

 

Conclusion:

– Hydrogen is a reducing agent and thus reduces the copper (II) oxide to copper metals while hydrogen itself undergoes oxidation to form water;

– Hydrogen is the reducing agent;

– Copper (II) oxide is the oxidizing agent;

 

  1. Passing hydrogen over heated Lead (II) oxide;

Requirements:

Lead (II) oxide; porcelain boat; mean of heating; combustion tube; dry hydrogen gas;

 

Diagram of apparatus.

Procedure:

– Apparatus are arranged as shown above;

– Dry hydrogen gas is passed through the combustion tube for sometime prior to heating the oxide;

Reason:

  • To drive out all the air from the apparatus which may otherwise re-oxidize the metal after reduction.
  • A mixture of hydrogen and air will explode when the combustion tube is heated;

– The gas is continuously collected at the jet and tested; until the gas burns smoothly without a “pop” sound;

– The gas is then lit at the jet and the copper oxide heated;

– This is done until no further change;

– The apparatus is allowed to cool as hydrogen is still continuously allowed to pass through;

Reason:

  • To prevent re-entry of atmospheric oxygen which will re-oxidize the hot metal back to the metal oxide;

– Excess hydrogen must be burnt at the jet so that excess gas is not allowed to escape into the air;

Reason:

  • The mixture of hydrogen and oxygen is explosive when ignited;

 

Observations and explanations

– The yellow solid turns red on heating then finally into a grey solid;

– Droplets of a colourless liquid on the cooler parts of the combustion tube;

 

 

 

Reason:

The hot red lead (II) oxide is reduced by hydrogen gas into grey lead metal while hydrogen gas is oxidized to water;

– The colourless liquid is confirmed to be water by:

  • Adding drops of it to anhydrous copper (II) sulphate which forms a blue solid;
  • Adding drops of it onto blue anhydrous cobalt (II) chloride which turns pink;

 

Reaction equations:

In the combustion tube:

Lead (II) oxide + Hydrogen → Lead + Water;

Yellow-cold; red – hot        Colourless gas       Grey solid     Colourless liquid

PbO(s) + H2(g) → Pb(s) + H2O(l);

 

At the jet:

– Hydrogen burns with a blue flame producing water;

Equation:

2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(l);

 

Conclusion:

– Hydrogen is a reducing agent and thus reduces the lead (II) oxide to lead metals while hydrogen itself undergoes oxidation to form water;

– Hydrogen is the reducing agent;

– Lead (II) oxide is the oxidizing agent;

 

  1. Passing hydrogen over heated Iron (III) oxide;

Requirements:

Iron (III) oxide; porcelain boat; mean of heating; combustion tube; dry hydrogen gas;

 

Diagram of apparatus.

Procedure:

– Apparatus are arranged as shown above;

– Dry hydrogen gas is passed through the combustion tube for sometime prior to heating the oxide;

Reason:

  • To drive out all the air from the apparatus which may otherwise re-oxidize the metal after reduction.
  • A mixture of hydrogen and air will explode when the combustion tube is heated;

– The gas is continuously collected at the jet and tested; until the gas burns smoothly without a “pop” sound;

– The gas is then lit at the jet and the copper oxide heated;

– This is done until no further change;

– The apparatus is allowed to cool as hydrogen is still continuously allowed to pass through;

Reason:

  • To prevent re-entry of atmospheric oxygen which will re-oxidize the hot metal back to the metal oxide;

– Excess hydrogen must be burnt at the jet so that excess gas is not allowed to escape into the air;

Reason:

  • The mixture of hydrogen and oxygen is explosive when ignited;

 

Observations and explanations

– The Brown solid turns into a grey solid;

– Droplets of a colourless liquid on the cooler parts of the combustion tube;

 

Reason:

The hot brown iron (III) oxide is reduced by hydrogen gas into grey iron metal while hydrogen gas is oxidized to water;

– The colourless liquid is confirmed to be water by:

  • Adding drops of it to anhydrous copper (II) sulphate which forms a blue solid;
  • Adding drops of it onto blue anhydrous cobalt (II) chloride which turns pink;

 

Reaction equations:

In the combustion tube:

Iron (III) oxide + Hydrogen → Iron + Water;

Brown solid                     Colourless gas      Grey solid     Colourless liquid

Fe2O3(s) + 3H2(g) → 2Fe(s) + 3H2O(l);

 

At the jet:

– Hydrogen burns with a blue flame producing water;

Equation:

2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(l);

 

Conclusion:

– Hydrogen is a reducing agent and thus reduces the iron (III) oxide to iron metal while hydrogen itself undergoes oxidation to form water;

– Hydrogen is the reducing agent;

– Iron (III) oxide is the oxidizing agent;

 

Note:

– Hydrogen does not reduce (remove oxygen) from oxides of metals above it in the reactivity series;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products of burning hydrogen gas in air.

Apparatus and requirements:

– The apparatus is arranged as shown below.

Procedure:

– Apparatus is arranged as shown below.

– A stream of hydrogen is passed through anhydrous calcium chloride;

– The gas is tested for purity by collecting samples over the jet and testing with a burning splint.

Note: pure hydrogen gas should burn smoothly without the typical “pop sound”;

– The gas is then lit and the pump tuned on;

– The products of burning hydrogen is drown in through the apparatus using the pump for about 15 minutes;

– The product condensing in the test tube in cold water is tested with white anhydrous copper (II) sulphate and blue cobalt chloride paper;

 

Observations:
– Pure hydrogen burns with a blue flame;

– A colourless liquid condenses in the test tube immersed in cold water;

– The liquid turns white anhydrous copper (II) sulphate blue;

– The colourless liquid turns blue anhydrous cobalt chloride pink;

 

Explanations:

– The calcium chloride in the U-tube is used to dry the gas;

– The pure dry hydrogen gas burns with a blue flame to form steam which condenses into liquid water;

– Water turns anhydrous copper (II) chloride from white to blue; and turns blue anhydrous cobalt chloride paper into pink;

 

Reaction equations:

At the jet:

2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(g);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Uses of Hydrogen

  1. Large scale manufacture of ammonia in the Haber process;
  2. Hydrogenation for the manufacture of margarine.

– This refers to hardening of oils into fats.

– In this reaction Hydrogen gas is bubbled into liquid oil in presence o0f nickel catalyst;

– The oil takes up hydrogen and is converted into fat;

  1. Hydrogen is used in weather balloons because it is lighter than air;

– Usually a radio transmitter is connected to a weather balloon filled with air; as the balloon floats in air the transmitter collects information which is conveyed to weather stations for interpretation by meteorologists;

  1. A mixture of hydrogen and oxygen forms the very hot oxy-hydrogen flame (with temperatures up to 2000oC that is used in welding and cutting metals;
  2. It is used in rocket fuels for propulsion of rockets;
  3. Manufacture of hydrochloric acid; during which hydrogen is burnt in chlorine;

CURRENT ELECTRICITY (II) PHYSICS NOTES

CURRENT ELECTRICITY (II)

ELECTRIC CURRENT AND POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE

A basic electric circuit comprises electrical components, i.e., bulbs, cells, etc, connected together by copper wires to enable electric charges to flow from one terminal of the electrical source, through the components, to the other terminal. For proper working of electrical devices, specified currents and voltages are used and hence the need to measure them.

Electric Current

An electric current is the rate of flow of charge through a conductor. An instrument called an ammeter measures the electric current flowing through an electric device or a circuit. Figure shows common moving coil ammeters used in school laboratories.

The operation of a moving coil ammeter is based on the fact that a coil carrying current experiences a force when placed in a magnetic field. The deflection of the pointer attached to the coil is a measure of the current flow.

 

Using an Ammeter

 

  • Before connecting the ammeter in the circuit, ensure that the pointer is at zero mark on
    the scale. If this is not the case, use the zero adjusting screw to move it to the correct
    position, see figure 5.1 (b)
  • The ammeter is an instrument of low resistance. It is thus connected in series with other
    components in the circuit so that conventional current enters the ammeter through its
    positive terminal and exits through the negative terminal,

If the terminals are interchanged as in figure 5.2 (b), the pointer moves away from the scale in anticlockwise direction. This can damage the instrument.

An appropriate scale should be selected to safeguard the coil of the meter from blowing

  1. If, say, a scale of 5 A is selected, the meter can safely read up to a maximum of 5 A.

With such a scale, ten divisions represent 1 A. For a scale of2.5 A, ten divisions represent

0.5 A,

 

The readings on the ammeter are 2.45 A when using 0 – 5 A scale, or 1.225 A for 0 – 2.5 scale.
It should be noted that more accurate digital ammeters are available in the market.

 

Potential Difference

This is the work done in transferring the one coulomb of charge from one point to another

The potential difference between two points A and B (V) of a conductor is defined as the work done in moving a unit charge from point B to A of the conductor

It is the difference in electrical potential energy between the terminals of a cell that enables it to drive charges

 

Potential Difference= 

The SI unit of the potential difference is volt (V) and it is measured using voltmeter

Using a Voltmeter

(i) The pointer is adjusted to zero as with the ammeter.

(ii) A voltmeter is always connected across (in parallel to) the device across which the voltage is to be measured. This is because it is an instrument with high resistance to flow of current, hence takes little current in the circuit. Note that the positive terminal of the voltmeter is connected to the positive terminal of the electrical power source

(iii) The appropriate scale should be selected, and, when taking the reading, parallax error should be avoided

Free Chemistry notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more

Chemistry is one of the subjects offered as a Science in the Kenyan Education System. Testing of the subject during standard and national examinations comprises of three papers i.e Paper one and two (theory papers) and paper three which is practical based.

There are a number of resources that can be used to aid in teaching/ learning of this subject. These resources include: notes, KCSE Past Papers, Schemes of Work, Assignments, Termly examination papers, Marking schemes, lesson plans, charts, topical revision resources and many more. Are you a student who is preparing to sit the KCSE Examinations? Then, these resources would help a great deal during your revision and preparations.

Get unlimited resources for all subjects by clicking on this link; Teachers’ Resources Hub

Below is a collation of most of these digital resources resources that you can download/ print at no cost. Feel free to share this article. Click on the links below to access the materials:

Best KCSE Revision Booklets: Questions & Answers

Get the Latest and Best KCSE Revision Booklets for all subjects: Questions & Answers below:

KISWAHILI BOOKLET 1

BIOLOGY REVISION BOOKLET

CHEMISTRY TOPICAL QUESTIONS BOOKLET (2) ENGLISH_NOTES_FORM_1_4_BOOKLET_FINALESTY

BIOLOGY REVISION BOOKLET

4. CHEMISTRY TOPICAL QUESTIONS BOOKLET

COMPUTER NOTES FORM 1-4 BOOKLET-2

CHEMISTRY-FORM-1-REVISION-BOOKLET

MATHEMATICS BOOKLET 1

GEOGRAPHY REVISION BOOKLET

ENGLISH BOOKLET

DOWNLOAD FREE HIGH SCHOOL MATERIALS


FREE UPDATED NOTES

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM TWO NOTES

FORM THREE NOTES

FORM FOUR NOTES

FREE LATEST EXAMS WITH MARKING SCHEMES

FORM ONE EXAMS

FORM TWO EXAMS

FORM THREE EXAMS

FORM FOUR EXAMS

FORM 1-4 FREE EXAMS

SCHEMES OF WORK

KCSE REVISION MATERIALS

Free notes and Exams- Secondary

📲CRE Form 1-4 Notes and Exams (Free downloads) https://educationnewshub.co.ke/cre-form-1-4-notes-and-exams-free-downloads/
📲Geography Notes and Exams for F1-4 https://educationnewshub.co.ke/geography-notes-and-exams-for-f1-4/
📲Biology Free notes and Exams for Form one to Four https://educationnewshub.co.ke/biology-free-notes-and-exams-for-form-one-to-four/
📲Business studies free secondary school notes and exams (Form one to four) https://educationnewshub.co.ke/business-studies-free-secondary-school-notes-and-exams-form-one-to-four/

📲History & Government notes and exams for forms 1, 2, 3 and 4 free downloads
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/history-government-notes-and-exams-for-forms-1-2-3-and-4-free-downloads/
📲CRE Notes and Exams for Form one to Four; Free Downloads
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/cre-notes-and-exams-for-form-one-to-four-free-downloads/
📲Biology Form one to four exams, notes and revision materials
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/biology-form-one-to-four-exams-notes-and-revision-materials/
📲FORM 3 NOTES FOR ALL SUBJECTS; FREE PDF & WORD DOWNLOADS
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/form-3-notes-for-all-subjects-free-pdf-word-downloads/
📲Form 2 notes for all subjects free download
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/form-2-notes-for-all-subjects-free-download/
📲FREE FORM 1 NOTES DOWNLOADS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS: ALL SUBJECTS FREE EDITABLE NOTES
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-form-1-notes-downloads-for-secondary-schools-all-subjects-free-editable-notes/
📲Form one notes for all subjects free download
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/form-one-notes-for-all-subjects-free-download/

📲HISTORY NOTES FORM 1-4: COMPLETE HISTORY NOTES
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/history-notes-form-1-4-complete-history-notes/
📲CRE NOTES FOR FORM ONE TO FOUR BOOKLET
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/cre-notes-for-form-one-to-four-booklet/
📲COMPUTER STUDIES NOTES FORM 1-4
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/computer-studies-notes-form-1-4/
📲BUSINESS STUDIES NOTES FORM 1-4: UPDATED
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/business-studies-notes-form-1-4-updated/
📲MATHEMATICS NOTES: TOPICAL MATHS ASSIGNMENTS F1-4 WITH ANSWERS
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/mathematics-notes-topical-maths-assignments-f1-4-with-answers/
📲KIGOGO NOTES- MWONGOZO WA KIGOGO
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/kigogo-notes-mwongozo-wa-kigogo/
📲KISWAHILI USHAIRI NOTES WITH EXAMPLES AND GUIDES
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/kiswahili-ushairi-notes-with-examples-and-guides/
📲Biology notes form 1-4; Free KCSE downloads
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/biology-notes-form-1-4-free-kcse-downloads/
📲Free Kiswahili Fasihi notes, Ushairi notes, isimu Jamii notes and Many More: Mwongozo wa kigogo, Kidagaa, Tumbo lisiloshiba, Chozi..
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-kiswahili-fasihi-notes-ushairi-notes-isimu-jamii-notes-and-many-more-mwongozo-wa-kigogo-kidagaa-tumbo-lisiloshiba-chozi/
📲Free Set book notes, guides, English Literature notes, Poetry notes and Many More: A Doll’s House, Blossoms, The Pearl…
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-set-book-notes-guides-english-literature-notes-poetry-notes-and-many-more-a-dolls-house-blossoms-the-pearl/
📲Free Computer Studies notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-computer-studies-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free Agriculture notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-agriculture-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free Geography notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-geography-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free Business Studies notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-business-studies-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free Christian Religious Education (CRE) notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more Education resources: https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-christian-religious-education-cre-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free Business Studies notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-business-studies-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free Christian Religious Education (CRE) notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-christian-religious-education-cre-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free History & Government notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-history-government-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free Kiswahili notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-kiswahili-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free English notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-english-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free Mathematics notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-mathematics-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free Physics notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-physics-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/
📲Free Chemistry notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more
https://educationnewshub.co.ke/free-chemistry-notes-revision-questions-kcse-past-papers-exams-marking-schemes-topical-revision-materials-syllabus-and-many-more/

FORM ONE TO FOUR NOTES PER SUBJECT


Free Schemes of work- Secondary

📲Schemes of work for all subjects, free updated downloads- Secondary schools https://educationnewshub.co.ke/schemes-of-work-for-all-subjects-free-updated-downloads/

LATEST FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

IRE FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

HOME SCIENCE FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

PHYSICS HAND BOOK FOR FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

PHYSICS FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

KISWAHILI FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

GEOGRAPHY FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

ENGLISH FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

CRE FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

COMPUTER STUDIES FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

CHEMISTRY FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

BUSINESS STUDIES FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

BIOLOGY FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

AGRICULTURE FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

MATHEMATICS TUTORIAL FORM ONE FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

BIOLOGY FORM 2 FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

BIOLOGY FORM TWO FREE NOTES DOWNLOADS

CRE Form 1 Best Notes {Updated and Free)

FORM ONE

TOPIC ONE

 INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION

Learning outcomes

By the end of this topic, you should be able to:

1) Explain the importance of learning CRE

2) Explain the content outline of the bible and its major divisions

3) Explain the Bible as the word of God, its major divisions and its human authors.

4) Trace the major translation of the Bible from the original languages to local languages

5) Discuss the effects of Bible translations on African languages

 

LESSON ONE. THE IMPORTANCE OF LEARNING CRE

Definition of Christian Religious Education (CRE)

Christian Religious Education is the study of God’s revelation to human beings through scriptures, the persons of Jesus Christ and the Holy Spirit.

Why do schools study CRE?

There are many reasons why schools study CRE. Some of the reasons are to:

  1. a) Enable you to develop a personal relationship with God.
  2. a) Help you to acquire basic principles of Christian living.
  3. b) Help you to develop a sense of self-respect and respect for others.
  4. c) Help you to develop positive attitudes and values, which help you to cope with challenges of life.
  5. d) Contribute to the moral and spiritual development of students.
  6. e) Help you to contribute positively to the transformation of an individual and the society as whole.
  7. f) Help you to identify answers to situations of life, including death and Eternal life.
  8. g) Help learners to identify answers to life’s questions.
  9. h) Promotes international consciousness.
  10. i) Help you to understand yourself.
  11. j) Promote cultural integration.
  12. k) Enable you to acquire a better understanding of God.
  13. l) Unite people.
  14. m) Guide you in choosing a career
  15. n) Help you to appreciate African religious heritage and other religions.
  16. o) Promote living values such as honesty concern for others, kindness, love and unity.

 

The Bible.

The Bible is the sacred book containing God’s revelation to people. It is the inspired word of God. It isthe book through which God communicates with His people.

The Bible as the word of God.

The Bible is the word of God because

  1. a) The written scripture contain God’s word.
  2. b) Through the Bible God communicates his will to humans.
  3. c) It contains word written by inspired authors such as the prophets who were sent by God.
  4. d) God himself took part in the writing of the Bible. e.g. God is believed to have written the ten

commandments

  1. e) It contains the history of salvation realized through Jesus Christ.
  2. f) The Word gives revelation to mysteries.
  3. g) The Bible contains a message of hope and reconciliation.
  4. h) It reveals that God controlled what was being written and what He intended the writers to pass to thepeople.

 

The Bible as a library

The Bible is referred to as a library since it is a collection of inspired scriptures or books. The Biblecontains 66 books. The Bible is divided into the Old Testament and the New Testament. The OldTestament contains 39 books while the New Testament contains 27 books. However, the Roman

Catholic Church accepts 7 additional books referred to as Apocrypha or Deutero or canonical books. Theword Apocrypha means hidden or secret. They are Esdras (1,2), Tobit, Judith, Ecclesiaticus, Baarch andMaccabees.

 

Why the Bible is a library.

Several studies show that:

  1. a) The Bible contains (66) book just like a library has many books. The Bible is a collection of booksarranged in series.
  2. b) The Bible is a reference book for Christians. The authors of the Bible had a special spiritual guidance;hence each book was written for a purpose.
  3. c) The books were written at different times in history.
  4. d) The Bible has literary works.
  5. e) The Books written contain different topics.
  6. f) The Bible has different books written by different authors.
  7. g) The books of the Bible were written under different situations and circumstances.

 

LESSON TWO. THE BIBLE: MAJOR DIVISIONS AND ITS BOOKS

Learning outcomes.

By the end of the lesson you should be able to describe the major divisions of thebible

Major divisions of the Bible

The bible is divided into two major divisions. These are the Old Testament with (39 Books) and the NewTestament with (27 Books). The word Testament means covenant or agreement with God.

The Old Testament books are divided into:

  1. Books of the law or the Pentateuch or Torah.
  2. Historical books.
  3. Poetic Books
  4. Prophetic books.

Law books or the Pentateuch or Torah.

The books of law are (i) Genesis (ii) Exodus (iii) Leviticus (iv)

Numbers (v) Deuteronomy. Moses wrote these books. They contain the law of God as it was given to thepeople of Israel through Moses. They also contain the history of the Israelites from creation to the timethey entered the Promised Land. The author Moses is regarded as a lawgiver, teacher and prophet.

 

Historical books

There are the 12 consecutive books from (i) Joshua (ii) Judges (iii) Ruth (iv) 1, 2 Samuel (v) 1, 2 Kings (vi)

1, 2 Chronicles (vii) Ezra (viii) Nehemiah (ix) Esther. These 12 books record the history of the Israelites.

They also contain information about the life and achievements of some prophets for example the lifehistory of Elisha and Elijah.

Exercise 1 – Go through the 12 books and check page by page the names of other prophets.

Poetic Books

The books are poetic in nature. The poetic books contain wise sayings, songs, and prayers. The poeticbooks are (1) Psalms which was written by David (ii) Proverbs (iii) Ecclesiastes (iv) Song of Solomonwritten by Solomon and (v) Job.

 

  1. Prophetic books

These are divided into major and minor prophets. A prophet is a messenger of God, or God’s

spokesperson. A prophet is a mouthpiece of God. Prophets pass information and messages from God tothe people. They are messengers from God. Their messages from God concern the future.

  1. i. Five Major Prophetic Books. The major prophetic books are by (i) Isaiah (ii) Jeremiah (iii) Lamentations(iv) Ezekiel and (v) Daniel. The books are named after the prophets who prophesied and probably wrotethem. Jeremiah wrote lamentations. These prophets are called Major Prophets because they cover alonger period of time. Their prophecies are long, and they prophesied over a long period of time.
  2. Minor Prophets. There are 12 books of (1) Hosea (2 Joel (3) Amos (4) Obadiah (5) Jonah (6) Micah (7)Nahum (8) Habakkuk (9) Zephaniah (10) Haggai (11) Zechariah and (12) Malachi. These books are byMinor Prophets who are said to have prophesied over a shorter period of time if you compare themwith the Major Prophets.

New Testament books are:

  1. Biographical book or Gospels.
  2. Historical book (Acts of the apostles).
  3. The Epistles.
  4. Apocalyptic or Prophetic book

 

  1. a) Biographical book or Gospels.

 

Gospel means Good News. The disciples of Jesus wrote the biographical books. They contain

information about the birth, life, ministry, death, and resurrection of Jesus Christ. The biographicalbooks are four. (i) Mathew – Written by Mathew (ii) Mark – Written by Mark (iii) Luke – Written by Luke,the doctor and (iv) John – written by John (the beloved disciple of Jesus Christ)

 

  1. b) Historical books

There is one historical book, which is the Acts of the Apostles. Luke, the writer of the St. Luke’s Gospel,wrote it. The book of Acts tells us the history of the early church.

 

 

 

  1. c) The Epistles

There are two Epistles. Pauline Epistles and General Epistles

Pauline Epistles. These are letters written by Paul. They are 13 letters, that Paul wrote to (1) Romans(2,3) 1, 2 Corinthians (4) Galatians (5) Ephesians (6) Philippines (7) Colossians (8, 9) 1, 2 Thessalonians(10, 11) 1, 2 Timothy (12) Titus and (13) Philemon.

General Epistles are letters written to the church by other people. The letters are 8 in number. They (1)Hebrews (2) James (3,4) 1, 2 Peter (5,6,7) 1, 2, 3, John and (8) Jude

  1. d) Apocalyptic or Prophetic book. This is the book of Revelation. It is the last book in the NewTestament. It is different from other books. This is because it is prophetic of things to come. It is aboutthe future. It was written by John the beloved disciple of Jesus Christ.

 

LESSON THREE. MAJOR BIBLE TRANSLATIONS FROM THE ORIGINAL LANGUAGES TO LOCAL LANGUAGES

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should be able to: –

  1. Describe the major translations of the bible
  2. List the bible versions used in Kenya
  3. Describe the effects of translating the bible into African languages

 

These books of the Bible are accepted as the Canon of the Bible. The term Canon means Standard orguidance or rule. Translation means expression of books by words and pictures, poems and songs fromone language to another. The Old Testament was originally written in Hebrew, the language of theIsraelites. Then between 250 – 100 BC, it was translated to the Greek language. The Greek translation ofthe Bible was known as Septuagint. This term refers to 70 translators. The Jews in dispersion or Diasporaused this translation. These were the Jews living outside Palestine.

Between 386 – 420 A.D. Jerome, a great Christian Scholar, translated the entire bible from Greek intoLatin, the language of the Romans. This translation was called Vulgate. Christians used the Latintranslation of the Bible up to the 16th century. During the reformation in the 16th Century, Christianswere encouraged to use their own native languages in worship. From that time, the Bible was translatedinto English and German. As Christianity spread to different parts of the world, there was the need fortranslations of the Holy Bible into various languages. In 1804, the British formed the Foreign BibleSociety, which translated the Bible into many languages.

Johann Ludwig Krapf translated the New Testament into Kiswahili. This was the first Bible translation in East Africa. Since that time, the Bible Society of Kenya has translated the Bible into other languages such as Kikuyu in 1951, Kikamba in 1956, Kimeru in 1964, Kalenjin in 1968, and Luhya in 1974. By 1980 the

Bible had been translated into 29 Kenyan languages. To date (2010) the Bible has been translated into 42 languages of Kenya.

Translation and versions used in Kenya today

Besides bible translation into several languages, there are many English translation versions, which are commonly used in Kenya. These are (i) King James Version (ii) Jerusalem Bible (iii) New International version (iv) English Bible (v) The Authorized Version (vi) Good News (vii) Revised Standard Version (viii) New King James Version (ix) Amplified Bible (x) The living Bible (xi) The African Bible (xii) Common Bible (xiii) Today’s English Bible (xiv) American version among others. Writing of the Bible

By 2010, the Bible Society of Kenya had translated the Bible into 42 Kenyan languages. The need to read the Bible led to writing of Bible reading materials to teach literacy in local languages. Those who wrote the Bible used different styles, and figures of speech to make their message vivid and clear. Several literary forms were used in the writing of the Bible.

These are:

  1. a. Poetry in Psalms.

Activity

  1. a) Read Psalms and notice the poetry used by David when he wrote psalms
  2. b) Read Job. Notice the rhythm of the words
  3. c) Turn to your English textbook – the Integrated English. Read topic 4 on sound and pattern in poetry.
  4. d) Read any Psalm and any verse from Job. What do you notice? Other literary forms that are used in the Bible are:
  5. i) Prose in Leviticus, which is a Legislative text
  6. ii) Wise sayings in Proverbs

iii) Prophetic speeches by Jeremiah

  1. iv) Prayers by Nehemiah
  2. v) Love Songs for example the Songs of Solomon
  3. vi) Letters. Here see Pauline Epistles (Romans)

vii) Gospels for example. Mark’s Gospel

viii) Religious events for example Exodus

  1. ix) Narratives for example. Genesis
  2. x) Philosophical essays for example the book of Job. Here please notice the use of metaphors and similes in philosophical essays.

 

The effects of Bible translations on African languages

Bible translations:

  1. i) Increased and deepened African faith in God.
  2. ii) Led to increased literacy. After Africans acquired literacy skills, they read the Bible and improved their literacy skills. Christian missionaries established schools in order to teach literacy that helped African to read the Bible.
  3. ii) Made it easy for missionaries to spread the gospel to the African communities.

iii) Increased the demand for the Bible. This led to writing of Books and setting up of printing presses in African countries.

  1. iv) Made it easy for the expansion of the church i.e. more people became Christians.
  2. v) Led to the emergence of independent churches and schools.
  3. vi) The missionaries and colonialists learnt the African languages.

vii) The African converts realized that the missionaries were unfair to them. There was for example a different treatment of African by White missionaries. This was inequality of races, which was and is even now against Christian teachings.

viii) Helped Africans to re-discover their cultural identity. For example the use of African instruments, dressings, and practice of polygamy, which David and other kings in the Old Testament did.

  1. ix) Led to the writings and spread of African languages. The missionaries learnt local languages.
  2. x) Improved communications between missionaries and the local people because they could understandeach other.
  3. xi) Increased printing of reading materials

The effects of Bible translations on Africans communities

After the first Bible translations, there were immediate effects or influences on some communities. For example, some community leaders did not agree with the Christian teachings. Some wanted to retain aspects of their African religion. As a result, some communities who disagreed with Bible translations established their own Christian denominations in order to preach the Bible, as they understood it. This was the emergence of independent churches. Some African communities built independent schools where their children could learn how to read and write without being forced to practice all the Christian teachings.

 

Review questions

1) What is the importance of reading the Bible?

2) How is the Bible used in society today?

3) How does the Kenya Government use the Bible today?

4) Name the major divisions of the Bible in both the New Testament and the Old Testament

5) What are the effects of Bible translation on African languages?

6) Why is the Bible referred to as (a) a Library and (b) the Word of God

7) What is the meaning of the term inspiration?

Study activities

  1. Read the Bible quotations given above
  2. Carry out role plays e.g. the sacrifice of Isaac by Abraham
  3. Visit old people in your community and ask them about African religious traditional practices

 

TOPIC TWO: CREATION AND THE FALL OF MAN (GENESIS 1-3, 6-9, 11)

INTRODUCTION

In this topic, you shall learn about creation and the fall of man. This information is in Genesis LESSON one and two. Read Genesis 1-3, 6-9, 11).

 

Learning Outcomes. By the end of this topic, you should be able to:

a Describe the biblical accounts of creation.

b Identify the attributes of God from the Biblical creation accounts.

c Describe the traditional African understanding of creation.

d Explain the teachings from the Biblical creation accounts

e Explain the origin and consequences of sin according to the biblical accounts of the fall of man.

f Explain the traditional African concept of evil and draw similarities and differences with the Biblical concept of sin.

g Explain God’s plan of salvation.

 

LESSON ONE. BIBLICAL ACCOUNTS OF CREATION AND THEIR MEANINGS

Learning outcomes. By the end of this topic you should be able to:

  1. Narrate the two creation stories
  2. State the differences between the two creation stories
  3. Identify the similarities between the two accounts of creation

The book of Genesis begins with two creation stories. The first creation story is in Genesis chapter one.

The second creation story is in Genesis chapter two.

The two creation stories

The first creation story is in Genesis chapter one The second creation story is in Genesis chapter two. This story is like a song or poem. It’s written, “Let there be…” and God saw that it was good … toseparate”, and there was evening and morning on …”Each creation is taken as a day. The creation took place in the following order.

It is orderly

1st day – God created day and night (Light and darkness)

2nd day – The Heavens (sky)

3rd day – The Earth, Water / Sea, Vegetation (Plants, trees, grass)

4th day – Sun, Moon and Stars

5thday – Birds, Sea Creatures

6th day – Animals, Livestock, Man was the last creation (human beings)

7th day – God rested and blessed the 7th day and made it holy.

In this creation story, we see God creating things in an orderly manner, day after day until the 6th day. Itwas last in the first account.

God created man from dust and breathed into his nostrils before anything else is mentioned. God thenput man in the Garden of Eden, which He had made for him so that man could till and keep it. Thegarden was planted eastward in Eden. Out of the ground, God made every tree to grow. In the middle ofthe garden, there was the tree of knowledge of good and evil. Man was given the responsibility of tillingand conserving the garden. Man was commanded to eat of every tree in the garden except the tree ofknowledge of good and evil. A river flowed from the garden and then it separated into four tributaries.

God saw that man should not be alone hence he made him a helper/mate; a woman from one of theman’s ribs. Man was also given the responsibility of naming all the animals in the garden. There ismention of God resting after work

 

Differences between the two creation stories

Mentions what was created on which day. Each creation takes a day Doesn’t mention the daily activitiesof GOD

This story is like a song or a poem. Its written, Let there be…” and God saw that it was good … toseparate”, and there was evening and morning on The story is in prose. For example… and God said …and it was evening

It is orderly Not orderly was last in the first account

Mentions what was created on which day Doesn’t’ mention what was created on which day

Rivers and garden are not mentioned Mentions rivers, and garden for tilling

Man and woman were created together Woman was created from ribs of man

No mention of the knowledge Mention of the knowledge

Marriage is for procreation Marriage is for companionship

Sun, moon, stars, sky are mentioned Sun, moon, stars, sky are not mentioned

God rested on the seventh day hence the Sabbath day Mention of resting after work but Sabbath day isnot mentioned

 

Similarities between the two accounts of creation

In both creation accounts

  1. a) Men and women are created by God and are given special references. Man and woman are special toGod.
  2. b) God rested after creation.
  3. c) God provided the source of food.
  4. d) God is portrayed as the sole creator of the universe and everything in it.
  5. e) Man is given the responsibility of controlling animals, birds and plants that God created

Activity

Find out the differences between the two creation stories and write them down. Now compare themwith my answer.

 

LESSON TWO: ATTRIBUTES OF GOD FROM THE BIBLICAL CREATION ACCOUNTS

Learning outcomes

By the end of this lesson, you should be able to state what you have learnt aboutGOD.

The creation stories tell us that God is:

(i) The sole creator and the only source of life

(ii) Immortal and Eternal

(iii) He is self-existent

(iv) God of order

(v) Source of goodness and true happiness

(vi) Holy, merciful and just

(vii) Provider and sustainer of the universe and all that is in it

(viii) All knowing (Omniscient)

(ix) All powerful (Omnipotent)

(x) Everywhere (Omnipresent)

(xi) A personal God.

(xii) He has a mind and a will

(xiii) Moral God. He is interested in the behavior of man and woman. He commands her/him to do theright things.

 

LESSON THREE: TRADITIONAL AFRICAN UNDERSTANDING OF CREATION

Learning Outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should narrate your community creation storiesTraditional African view of creation is brought out through traditional stories of creation (Myths). TheAgikuyu, Akamba, Gusii and other Kenyan communities have stories explaining their origin. These storiesgive each community a sense of belonging, and identity. The stories explain the mysteries of life. Thesestories have common characteristics or teachings.

 

Thus all African communities believe that God: –

(i) Is the chief architect of the world

(ii) Existed from the very beginning of time.

(iii) Created everything out of nothing.

(iv) Provides for the needs of human beings.

(v) Was disobeyed by human beings who had lived in eternal bliss. This bliss came to an end whennhuman beings disobeyed God.

(vi) The African communities had different names to describe God. God was not known as God but asthe Creator of everything that existed on earth and skies. He was Mumbi and “Mungai” to Gikuyu. Hewas master of the universe. The Kamba called Him …NgaiwaMatu. They believed that God continues tocreate through human beings.

Examples of African creation stories

  1. The Kamba believed that God created man and woman then tossed them to the earth.
  2. The Bukusu say that God the creator (Were Khakaba) created the world alone.
  3. First God created heaven then created two assistants, Mukhaba and Murumwa. Were the God madethe sun, moon, stars, a big red cock which crows whenever it thunders, the rains, the rainbow,mountains, rivers, lakes, streams and all the other things on earth.
  4. Created a woman for the man.
  5. Created plants, animals, birds and other creatures.
  6. Creation work took six days. On the seventh day Were rested.

Activity. Ask your parents about your community creation story. Write the story and email or post tome.

 

LESSON FOUR: THE TEACHINGS FROM THE BIBLICAL CREATION ACCOUNTS

Learning Outcomes. After reading this lesson, you should:

  1. Explain the importance of God’s creation
  2. State responsibilities given to human beings by God in creation stories
  3. God is responsible for all creation. He is the sole creator. God’s creation was good. Everything Hecreated God said it was good. It was without flaws and mistakes. God is the provider. God createdeverything that man needs. He also created food for all animals and other creatures. God is orderly.
  4. Man has a special place in God’s creation. Man was made as the keeper of God creation. Man is a cocreatorand keeper of God’s creation since he was made in the image and likeness of God. Man wascommanded to work.

III. A woman was made from the man’s flesh. She joins man in marriage and they become one flesh. Godordains marriage. Human beings were created to socialize.

  1. Sin is a result of man and woman disobedience of God.

 

Responsibilities given to human beings by God in the Genesis stories of creation

After creating man and then woman, God asked man to:

  1. Reproduce and multiply.
  2. Rule over the rest of His creations.
  3. Be in charge of the fish, birds, and all the animals.
  4. Cultivate the garden and guard it.
  5. Eat from the fruits of the garden except from the tree of knowledge of good and evil.
  6. Name the animals.
  7. Subdue the earth
  8. Transform the creation that God has provided human beings with
  9. Use creation – forests, rivers, mountains with responsibility and respect.
  10. Be a steward of God’s creation
  11. Engineer God’s creation by creating things from the creation
  12. Dominate the earth

Group work. Work in twos or threes and answer these questions.

  1. How does man fulfil the command to subdue and fill the earth?
  2. How is man a co – creator with God?

 

LESSON FIVE: BIBLICAL TEACHING: THE FALL OF MAN, ORIGIN OF SIN AND THE CONSEQUENCES

Introduction

Man and woman fell from the Garden of Eden. This experience is explained in genesis chapter 3 verse 4;chapter 6 verse 9 and chapter 11. In these verses, the Bible is teaching about sin, which made Adam andEve fall

Learning Outcomes. After reading this lesson, you should be able to:

  1. Explain the origin of sin
  2. State the consequences of sin ex

Sin is defined as iniquity, and guilt. It is to miss a mark, to transgress. Sin is a rebellion or an offenceagainst God. Sin originated with the disobedience of Adam and Eve. They had been commanded not toeat of the fruits of the tree of knowledge of good and evil – the tree in the middle of the Garden ofEden. But Adam and Eve ate the fruit after being deceived by the serpent.Man had the power to resist temptation but instead he yielded. Genesis Chapter 3 verse 6 states thatman wanted to be wise and thought how wonderful it would be to become wise…” hence sin arises fromthe lack of knowledge of God, from the denial of trust of God.

The consequences of sinAfter sinning, we the human race and sinners:

1) Replaced friendship with God with fear of God.

2) Lost innocence. What had been innocent and good became shameful. Adam and Eve became

ashamed of their nakedness, something they had never felt before they sinned against God.

3) Lost good relationship with God. The good relationship between God and man was betrayed. Humanbeings – were alienated from God. “The Lord God sent him out of the Garden of Eden…”

4) Damaged the perfect relationship between man and woman. The Lord said to the woman “You willhave desire for your husband, yet you will be subject to him”.

5) Pain became part of human experience. “I will greatly multiply your pain in child bearing”.

6) Man began toiling and struggling to meet his needs… “You will have to work hard and sweat to makethe soil produce anything”

7) The home of man, and the earth itself was placed under a curse. “Cursed is the ground because ofyou.”Enmity between man and wild animals emerged.

9) Man began to die. Death sentence is passed upon all men. “You will return to the ground… you aredust”

10) Man began to hate. Man developed murderous feelings in his heart, for example Cain killed Abel, hisyounger brother.

11) Man changed and became prone to sin.

12) Life span of man was reduced (see Gen. 6:3)

” I will not allow people to live forever, they will live no longer than 120 years”

13) Man’s language was confused by God after the flood (read Gen.11: 7)

14) Sin led to embarrassment, mistrust, suffering, pain, pride, arrogance and death.

 

Summary

Disobedience of God by Adam and Eve brought serious sin consequences to human beings. Sin bringssadness and suffering to man even today.

Activity. In groups of two or three, discuss the origin and consequences of sin. Email or post youranswer to the writer

 

LESSON SIX: CONCEPT OF EVIL

Introduction

In this lesson, we shall discuss the concept of evil as told by the traditional African religion and the biblical writings. We shall study similarities and differences of evil from the two religions.

Learning outcomes

After reading this lesson, you should be able to:

  1. a) Explain concept of evil in society by the African traditional religion
  2. b) Draw similarities between the African knowledge of evil in society with the Biblical concept of sin.
  3. c) Show differences between the African knowledge of evil in society with the Biblical concept of sin.

What is evil?

In the traditional African society, evil was an offence against God, spirits and ancestors. It was also

viewed as an offence against another person or community. Evil was also a misfortune that can befall an

individual or a community.

What are the causes of evil?

Many of the traditional African societies do not associate God with evil. God is not the creator of evil.

Some communities believe that evil is an external power that exists on its own. Thus in the traditional

African society, evil was understood or explained as something mysterious that was caused by several

people and things. These were

  1. a) Evil spirits
  2. b) Ancestral spirits – due to disobedience to them
  3. c) Some animals like the chameleon are sources of evil. The Akamba believed that chameleons brought evil. Other communities believed that if an owl cries near one’s homestead, it is a sign of evil.
  4. d) People with mystical powers for example magic, sorcery, and witchcraft are evil
  5. e) If a member of a community breaks a taboos by disobedience, this action may bring evil spirits.
  6. f) The spirits of the dead; cause evil; if they are not remembered or respected. Evil spirits cause harm and violence.

Consequences of evil in tr

+aditional African society. These were many and ranged from

(a) Barrenness

(b) Drought

(c) Epidemics

(d) Madness

(e) Sickness

(f) Death

(g) Drowning

(h) Burning in a house

(i) War

(j)Physically and mentally handicapped children

(l) Rebellious children

 

LESSON SEVEN: GOD’S PLAN OF SALVATION

Learning Outcomes. After reading this lesson, you should be able to explain God’s plan of salvation

After the fall of man, God took steps to heal the damaged situation and relationship between Him and

Adam and Eve.

GOD

  1. Provided clothing of skin to Adam and Eve.
  2. Looked for Adam and Eve since they were hiding from His presence.
  3. Provided Adam and Eve with the knowledge to find different foods.
  4. Declared enmity between man and the snake.
  5. Hinted at the ultimate victory of man when He said that the seed of the woman would crush the

snake or serpent’s head. The serpent would attack the heel of man and woman.

All through the Old Testament, and the New Testament, we see God’s plan of salvation being

manifested. For instance, GOD chose and separated Abraham from other communities. The children of

Israel led by Moses (were delivered) from Egypt,. God sent prophets to teach and warn the Israelites of

the dangers of sin. Finally God sent his only son Jesus Christ to die on the cross to save human kind.

 

LESSON EIGHT. SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCES BETWEEN TRADITIONAL AFRICAN VIEW OF EVIL AND

BIBLICAL CONCEPT OF SIN

Learning Outcomes After reading similarities and differences between traditional African view of evil and biblical concept of sin, you should be able to:

  1. Point out similarities of the concept of sin as described by the Bible and African traditions
  2. State differences between the Biblical and traditional African concept of sin

 

Similarities

Both the Biblical and traditional African view or agree that

1) God is supreme. God is neither the creator nor author of evil

2) Sin comes from the disobedience of God by human beings

3) Evil and misfortune are God’s curse to man (Biblical) while the traditional African society sees evil as curses by ancestors, and elders. Both curses lead to misfortunes.

4) The result of sin and evil is human sufferings

5) Sin and evil lead to man being separated from God

6) God is the guardian of law and order

7) Human beings have the ability to overcome evil

 

Differences

1) Biblical account emphasizes personal nature of sin while in the African concept, sin is more social and communal

2) Biblical account attributes evil to disobedience while African concept attributes evil not only to disobediences but other external forces.

3) Biblical accounts offer a message of hope to overcome evil while African concept doesn’t offer a solution to sin and evil.

4) Traditional African concept all forms of suffering as a result of sin while in the Bible suffering is not always a result of sin.

 

Review questions

1) Explain the differences between the two creation stories

2) State the traditional African view of creation

3) Explain how human beings continue with the work of creation

4) What is the origin of sin and evil according to traditional African society?

5) Give three consequences of sin as stated in Genesis

6) State the consequences of evil according to African traditional societies

7) Trace God’s plan of salvation of human kind

Compare biblical and traditional African understanding of evil and sin.

9) What does the command “Subdue the earth” in Genesis 1 verse 28 mean?

 

TOPIC THREE FAITH AND GOD PROMISES TO ABRAHAM

Learning Outcomes By the end of this topic, you should be able to:

  1. Outline the background to the call of Abraham
  2. Define the term faith in God
  3. Explain how Abraham demonstrated his faith in God
  4. Describe relevance of faith to Christians today
  5. State the promises made by God to Abraham
  6. Explain relevance of God’s promises to Christians today
  7. Define the term covenant
  8. Explain the importance of Gods covenant with Abraham
  9. Identify covenants in modern life
  10. State the importance of circumcision to Abraham and his descendants
  11. Relate circumcision practices to the Christian African.

 

LESSON ONE. BACKGROUND TO THE CALL OF ABRAHAM (Genesis 11:24-32, 12)

Introduction

The background to the call of Abraham is found in the first book of the bible. This is Genesis which is a Greek word meaning “Beginning”. The relationship between Adam and God was good but after Adam disobeyed GOD, their relationship changed because of sin by Eve and Adam. After sometime, God repaired this relationship by calling Abraham and offering salvation.

Learning Outcomes After reading the knowledge in this lesson, you should be to

  1. a) Describe how God called Abraham
  2. b) Outline the background to the call of Abraham

 

Background

Abraham lived with his father Terah at a place called Ur. Abraham’s father lived among people who worshiped many gods. One of the god’s whom people of Ur worshipped was the moon. This worship of many gods is referred to as polytheism.

The family of Terah moved from Ur to Haran. While at Haran, God called Abraham at 75 years old. Hewas told to…..”Leave your country, your relatives and your father’s home and go to a land that I am going to show you”. Abraham obeyed God’s call. He left Haran for a land that was unknown to him. He took his property his wife Sarah and his nephew lot. At the time of the call of Abraham, he was known as Abram and his wife Sarai. God changed their names to Abraham and Sarah. Abraham means Father of many nations while Sarah means mother of nations.

On arrival in Canaan, he travelled and came to a place called Schechem. God appeared to him once more. Abraham built an altar for the lord at this place. Altars are places of worship. They were regarded as holy and were manifestations of God’s presence. An altar was made of stones.

After sometime, he separated with his nephew Lot due to their servants having strife over water for their livestock. Abraham left Canaan due to feminine. He went to Egypt.

 

Activity. 1. Where did Lot settle?

  1. Read GENESIS, chapter 11 (24 – 32) and chapter 12 (1 – 9)

LESSSON TWO: FAITH AND GOD’S PROMISES TO ABRAHAM (HEBREWS 11: 1 – 6)

Learning outcomes: when you read this lesson, you should:

  1. a) Define the term faith in God
  2. b) Explain how Abraham demonstrated his faith in God and its relevance to Christians today
  3. c) State the promises made by God to Abraham
  4. d) Explain the relevance of the promises made by God to Abraham to Christians today
  5. e) Define the term covenant
  6. f) Explain the importance of Gods covenant with Abraham
  7. g) Identify covenants in modern life
  8. h) Explain how Abraham’s faith was tested

 

  1. THE MEANING OF FAITH

Faith is a strong belief, a complete trust or confidence in someone or something. It is also a firm belief, which is not based on any scientific or logical proof. Faith in God is an attitude of complete trust in God.

It is not based on concrete or tangible objects. Faith is manifested in the ways of life of a believer.

Abraham is an example of someone who had faith in God. He showed his faith in action in several ways.

 

  1. HOW ABRAHAM DEMONSTRATED HIS FAITH IN GOD.
  2. Although Abraham was old, he left Haran to go to a strange unknown land of Canaan.
  3. After he settled in Canaan, Abraham was assured by God of his protection and was given other promises such as he will get a son, and Abraham believed God. Sarah gave birth to a son when she was 90 years old and Abraham was around 120 years old. This was as the lord had promised Abraham.
  4. The son was named Isaac that means “laughter” – because Sarah had laughed when she was told that she would have a child in her old age. The child Isaac was circumcised when he was eight (8) days old.
  5. Abraham was told by God to circumcise all males in his household including himself. He obeyed.
  6. When Abraham was asked to sacrifice his son Isaac to God, he was ready to do so.
  7. Abraham believed that God would fulfil all the promises he had given to him
  8. Abraham demonstrated his faith by building altars

 

  1. GOD’S PROMISES TO ABRAHAM (GENESIS 12:2-3, 15:1-21, 21, 17:1-8,17:15-18)

 

A promise is giving an assurance of something to someone. The promises God gave to Abraham were that:

  1. God told him he would give him a land. His descendants would be given the land of Canaan to dwell in
  2. His name would be made famous
  3. His descendants will be many. Abraham would be made a great nation.
  4. God would protect him
  5. He was promised a son of their own
  6. God would bless him
  7. God would bless those who bless him and curse those who curse him
  8. Abraham was promised that he would die in peace and in an old age
  9. His descendants would be strangers in a foreign land but afterwards would come out with great possessions.

 

  1. THE RELEVANCE OF THE PROMISES MADE BY GOD TO ABRAHAM TO CHRISTIANS TODAY (Gen. 12: 2 –

3, 15: 1 – 21, 21:1 – 7, 17: 15 – 18)

God called Abraham from idol worship in the same way God continues to call people to serve him.

1) Through Abraham, God had a plan to restore the relationship between man and God

2) Christians receive the promises of blessings from God through Abraham (Gods promises to Abraham fulfilled through Christians)

3) As Abraham left his own people, Christians should leave their sinful lives and put their whole trust in God.

4) Abraham is seen as the descendant not only of the Israelites but also of Christians

5) Christians have faith that God fulfils promises to them as he did to Abraham

6) Christians are assured of God’s protection

7) Through God’s dealing with Abraham, God shows that he values a personal relationship with human kind.

Through Jesus Christ Christians enter into an everlasting covenant with God. Just like Abraham entered into a covenant with God.

9) The promise to Abraham of Canaan promised land is to Christians the hope for new land – heaven

10) God continues to make promises to those who believe him

11) Abraham is the ancestor (Father) of all believers)

  1. DEFINE THE TERM COVENANT
  2. Definition.

A covenant is a solemn agreement between two persons or two groups of people. An agreement is between two separated parties. It’s a pact, a treaty. When it is a covenant, it conveys a union or partnership.

  1. Characteristics / components of a covenant

There are components or features that must be in a covenant. A covenant must have a ceremony, sign, witnesses, promises/vows/oaths, obligations / consequences, and participants. A covenant establishes a sacrificial bond between the parties involved. There are obligations or rules by which the parties must abide by, adhere to and observe in order to keep the covenant. A covenant is an agreement and if it is broken, there are consequences for breaking it. In the Bible, there are many covenants.

 

iii. Examples of covenants in the bible

  1. Adamic covenant – Agreement between God and Adam
  2. Noahlic Covenant – Gods covenant with Noah where God promised to preserve life of man and not to destroy it with water. The sign of the covenant is the rainbow. In Gen 9 verse 3, GOD told Noah

“Everything that lives and moves will be food for you…. Just as I gave you the green plants, I now give

you everything. Verse 4 says “ But you must not eat meat that has its lifeblood still in it”

  1. Abrahamic covenant – Gods covenant with Abraham. He promised to fulfill promises He gave to Abraham. These promises were (1) Increase numbers of descendant of Abraham. He will be father of

many nations, (2) Be GOD of his descendants (3) Abraham will have a son an heir, (4) Given land of

Canaan and other lands from the river of Egypt to River Euphrates, and all for heirs of Abraham (Gen.

15: 17 – 18) (5) Circumcision of all males at 8 days after birth even none Israelites living in their land (6)

Covenant with Isaac

  1. Mosaic Covenant – is a covenant between the Israelites and GOD. Moses led Israel to Mt. Sinai. God

promised to be their God. Israelites were given the law written by GOD in “tablets of stone, with law and

commands I have written for…. instruction”. (Read exodus 23).

  1. Davidic Covenant – covenant between David and God – God promised him that his dynasty would rule

forever.

  1. Messianic Covenant – new covenant between Christians and God through Jesus Christ.
  2. God’s covenant with Abraham and its importance (Genesis 15:1-19). The covenant was established

after God appeared to Abraham in a vision. During the visitation of God, Abraham was 100 years old and

Sarah 90 years. He was promised a son. Abraham wanted assurance from God. God told him to bring

him the following items for sacrifice.

  1. Items for sacrifice

 Three (3) years olds: heifer, goat, ram and a dove and a pigeon.

 Abraham then cut these animals into two halves and placed them opposite each other.

 The birds were not split.

 After it was dark, smoking fire and a flaming torch suddenly appeared and passed between the pieces

of animals.

 Towards evening, Abraham fell into a deep sleep. While he slept the Lord appeared to him and told

him that:

 His descendants will be strangers in a foreign land and be slaves for 400 years. But they will come out

of this land with a lot of wealth and God will punish the nation that will enslave Israelites.

 He, Abraham will live up to a ripe age, and die in peace. Then the Lord made a covenant with

Abraham and promised to give him and his descendants the land of Canaan. God himself passed through

the sacrifices and bound himself to keep the promises.

  1. f) IMPORTANCE OF THE COVENANT BETWEEN GOD AND ABRAHAM (GEN. 15: 1- 19)

 God bound himself in a personal relationship with a human being

 As God passed through the meat, he showed Abraham he would always protect him. This passed on

to the descendants of Abraham

 This covenant between God and Abraham begins a lasting relationship between God and all the

nations of the earth.

 Throughout this covenant God was initiating his plan of salvation for human kind

 The promises made to Abraham were fulfilled in New Testament blood of the lamb – death of Jesus

Christ

 It emphasized the importance of faith followed by obedience that Abraham shared.

  1. g) COVENANTS IN MODERN LIFE AND THEIR IMPORTANCE

Modern covenants are (a) Marriage (b) Baptism (c) Oath of loyalty and (d) Ordination of clergy

Marriage ceremony. In marriage, the bride, bridegroom and their families come together. When the two

families come together a relationship is developed. They make an agreement and both sides are

seriously involved in the ceremony, whether the marriage is civil or religious. During the marriage

ceremony the couple makes vows/promises to each other, before a priest/ pastor and the congregation.

Two officials witness these agreements. Rings are exchanged as a sign of a lasting relationship. A

certificate is given in some cases as a testimony (sign) of this agreement. There is eating and drinking.

Baptism. In a Christian baptism, a covenant is entered into between the believer and God. The believer

makes vows before God. The priest and the whole congregation witness this agreement. In some

churches, a card is issued to the person who has been baptized as a sign of Christian membership. The

baptized can now take the Holy Communion, which is a Christian Ceremony. But when an infant is

baptized, parents take the vows on behalf of the child.

Loyalty / oath. Leaders in public service for example the president, ministers, Members of Parliament,

and chief officers are sworn in before they take over their new responsibilities. They swear (take an

oath) and promise to carry out their duties firmly and without fear or favour.

Ordination of the clergy. Church leaders, nuns and priests take oaths and make vows to God and to the

congregation in a ceremony attended by worshippers.

The importance of modern day covenants

  • They bind different groups
  • They act as a security
  • They strengthen relationships
  • They unite people together
  • They create loyalty
  • They create peace, harmony and bring a sense of permanence
  1. h) THE TESTING OF ABRAHAM’S FAITH (GEN. 22: 1 – 18)

God tested Abraham’s faith by asking him to go and sacrifice his only son Isaac. This was the son he

loved so much. He was to travel to Mount Moniah. On reaching Mt. Moriah, he built an altar, and

arranged wood on it. He tied up his son Isaac and placed him on the altar on top of the wood. He lifted a

knife to kill him. “But the Angel of the Lord called out to him from heaven. Abraham! Abraham! Do not

lay a hand on the boy…Do not do anything to him. Now i know you that you fear God, because you have

not withheld from me your son, your only son” (v 11-12). Abraham had obedient reverence for God

became he did not keep back his only son from God.

God provided a ram for sacrifice. He named the mountain “the Lord provided” God was pleased with

Abraham and promised him blessings, many descendants’ victory, and protection.

Activity. Read Genesis 12:1 – 9, 15:1 – 6, 17:23 – 24, 21:1 – 7, 22:1-19

IMPORTANCE OF FAITH IN CHRISTIAN LIFE TODAY

  1. A Christian today is acceptable to God through his faith in God through Jesus Christ. Without faith it is

impossible to please God.

  1. A Christian can only serve God if he has faith in him. Faith enables a Christian to serve God
  2. Faith enables a Christian to accomplish what appears to be impossible
  3. Through faith, Christians are able to trust God to fulfil his promises to them
  4. Faith is the foundation of the Christians salvation
  5. Faith in God gives a Christian the power to overcome all temptations.
  6. Christians should expect to have their faith tested just like Abraham was.
  7. Faith enables Christians to patiently wait on God’s promises
  8. Christians through faith in God help the poor, make right decisions and are able to understand and

know God better.

LESSON THREE: JEWISH AND AFRICAN PRACTICES OF CIRCUMCISION

Learning Outcomes. After reading circumcision practices:

  1. State the importance of circumcision to Abraham and his descendants
  2. State Jewish and African practices of circumcision
  3. Identify common practices of circumcision by Jews and Africans
  4. IMPORTANCE OF CIRCUMCISION TO ABRAHAM AND HIS DESCENDANTS (GEN. 17: 1 – 16)

The rite of circumcision was started by Abraham and has been practiced by the Jews up to the present

times.

In the Old Testament, it was important because,

(i) Through circumcision: God assured Abraham that he would fulfil His promises to him.

(ii) Circumcision was a sign that Abraham and his descendants had entered into a covenant with God. It

was an outward sign of inner faith.

(iii) Circumcision was a mark of identity for the Jews

(iv) It was a sign of obedience to God

(v) It was an acceptance of God as the only true God and their willingness to remain faithful to him

In the New Testament,

(vi) Circumcision doesn’t qualify one to be a child of God. One is accepted as a Christian without

circumcision as long as they have faith in God.

(vii) A true descendant of Abraham is the Christian who truly believes in God and lives according to His

will regardless of colour, race or creed.

  1. CIRCUMCISION IN AFRICAN COMMUNITIES

Circumcision is one of the rites of passage among the African people. It marks the transition from one

stage to another. Many ethnic communities in Kenya still practice the rite of circumcision. During

circumcision ceremonies, prayers are offered to God for the well being of the initiates (those who are

being circumcised) and the prosperity of the whole community. Initiates learn secrets of their

community and society. They are taught myths, origin, religious beliefs, and sex education. In some

communities, initiates are given new names or ornaments to signify their new status.

  1. JEWISH AND AFRICAN PRACTICES OF CIRCUMCISION

Similarities. In both Jewish and African communities, circumcision: (a) is a mark of identity (b) provided a

sense of belonging (c) was observed as a religious experience (d) was compulsory (e) was a tradition

passed from one generation to another (f) is a time for shedding blood (g) was a time for offering

prayers to God for the well being of the initiates (h) was a time for giving gifts (i) was a ceremony for

initiation (j) was a time for giving the initiates names (k) took place in sacred places.

Differences

In Jewish community,

  1. Circumcision was a rite for boys while in African society it was for both boys and girls. But it was for

boys in a few communities.

  1. Boys were circumcised when aged 8 days while in the African society; it was between 15 to 25 years

old.

iii. Circumcision was for boy’s organ while in African societies several forms of initiation were done for

example, removal of teeth, and body piercing among others.

  1. Circumcision was a command from God while for the African communities it was in obedience to

customary law where ancestors were invoked to protect the initiates.

Among the African societies

  1. Circumcision was a rite of passage from childhood to adulthood while for the Jews it was not.
  2. The initiates were given specialized education while the Jews were not.

vii. The initiates were grouped into age groups, and were secluded from the community while among

the Jews it was not so.

viii. The rite of circumcision according to seasons while the Jews once a child is born, they are

circumcised on the 8th day.

  1. After circumcision, the initiates were allowed to marry, enter a warrior group, own property but for

the Jews the initiate was still a child.

Revision questions

1.Explain why Abraham is referred to as the father of faith

  1. Give five actions from the life of Abraham that shows his faith to God
  2. List some of the promises God gave to Abraham
  3. Compare and contrast the Jewish and traditional African practice of circumcision
  4. What is the importance of faith to Christians?
  5. State the elements of a covenant
  6. Give examples of covenants in the bible and the modern society
  7. Discuss the circumstances that led God to enter into a covenant relationship with Abraham

TOPIC FOUR: SINAI COVENANT

Learning Outcomes. After studying this topic,

  1. Describe the call of Moses
  2. Describe how God saved the Israelites from Egypt during the Passover
  3. Report on the attributes of God that we learn from the ten plagues
  4. Highlight how God cared for the Israelites in the wilderness
  5. Narrate how the Sinai covenant was made, broken and renewed
  6. State the ten commandments
  7. Explain how Christian apply the ten commandments in their daily life
  8. Describe how the Israelites worshipped God in the wilderness.
  9. Explain the new nature of God as understood by the Israelites
  10. Write about the birth and life of Moses as recorded in Exodus

LESSON ONE: THE CALL OF MOSES

Learning Outcomes. After studying this lesson, you should describe the call of Moses

One day, Moses was looking after or tending the flock of Jethro his father-in-law. Jethro was a priest of

Midian. When Moses came to mount Horeb, the mountain of God, the angel of the Lord appeared to

him in flames of fire from within a bush. Moses saw that although the bush was on fire, it was not

burning.

Moses went over to the burning bush to look. God called him out within the bush… “Moses! Moses!” He

replied, “Here I am”. God then told Moses not to come closer and to take off his sandals for the place

where he was standing was a holy ground.

God introduced himself as the God of his father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac and the God of

Jacob. God then said he had seen the misery and sufferings of the Israelites in Egypt. He had heard their

cry. God had come down to rescue Israelites from the hand of Egyptians. God was to take them to their

home, the land of the Canaanites, a land flowing with milk and honey.

God told Moses that He was sending him to go to Pharaoh and bring out the Israelites, the people of

God, from Egypt. Moses resisted the call. He asked God “Who am I, that is should go to Pharaoh and

bring the Israelites out of Egypt?” God promised to be with him. God said to Moses… Say to the

Israelites… the Lord. The God of their fathers, God of Abraham, God of Isaac and God of Jacob has sent

me to you.

Moses was told to assemble the elders of Israel and inform them that God was going to deliver them

from Egypt. Moses was then to go to the king of Egypt with the elders. He was to tell the king “the Lord,

the God of the Hebrews has met with us. (EXODUS 3:1 – 22)

God’s sign to Moses. Moses was given several signs by God In case the people of Israel did not believe in

him.

  1. a) First sign was his staff turning into a snake when he threw it down. When he touched the snake’s tail

it turned into his staff

  1. b) Second sign was God asked Moses to put his hand inside his cloak and it was as white as a snow –

leprous. He was asked to put it back into his cloak and it was restored.

  1. c) Moses further complained that he was a stammerer. God then appointed Aaron, his brother as his

spokesman.

Reasons Moses gave against the call

  1. He felt unworthy of the call.
  2. He wondered who he was to tell the Israelites that God had sent him
  3. Moses said that he was a stammerer so he let God choose a spokesperson.

Moses however heeded to the call and went back to Egypt together with his family. God promised to be

with him and perform signs before Pharaoh.

What does the name Moses mean? It means drawn out of water.

What did Moses learn about God from his Calling? Moses learnt that:

  1. God is caring, merciful and concerned about the welfare of his people – Israelites.
  2. God is transcendent – he is beyond human understanding. He cannot be limited to time and space.
  3. God chooses whomever he wills to carry out his plans. He chose Abraham an old man, a moon

worshipper and now Moses, a murderer, a fugitive and a stammer.

  1. God expects total obedience and faith from those that He chooses
  2. God is powerful, eternal and omnipresent
  3. God is holy.
  4. God is a God of history, which means He is concerned with His people’s welfare.
  5. God is mysterious – He manifested Himself in the burning bush that was not being consumed.

How did God prepare Moses to be the future leader of Israelites?

  1. His life was spared when he was rescued by Pharaoh’s daughter
  2. He was nursed by his own mother who taught him about Yahweh and his own true identity
  3. Life in the wilderness hardened him to be bold and to persevere hardships
  4. He learnt to be patient, keen, and responsible as a shepherd
  5. He acquired leadership skills while living at pharaoh’s palace
  6. He learnt literacy and numeracy skills (Educational skills) at the palace.
  7. He was not a stranger to Pharaoh hence he could approach him freely.

LESSON TWO: THE TEN PLAGUES EXODUS 7:14-11:10

Learning outcomes. After studying this lesson, you should

  1. Describe the ten plagues
  2. Give Attributes of God which we learn from the plagues

During the call of Moses at Mount Sinai, God gave Moses a rod with which he could perform mighty

signs before the Israelites and before Pharaoh. Aaron was to be his spokesman. Moses and Aaron

gathered the Israelite elders and leaders to tell them what God had said to them. After Moses had

performed the miracles that God had showed him; the Israelite leaders believed him.

They then approached Pharaoh so that he may release the Israelites. However instead of releasing the

Israelites, Pharaoh became crueler. He gave Israelites harder work.

When Pharaoh refused to release Israelites, God instructed Moses to bring ten plagues upon Egypt.

These plagues brought; great trouble and suffering to Israelites.

Ten plagues

1) The plague of blood (Exodus 7: 14 – 25)

Moses and Aaron used the rod. They struck the waters of the river as God instructed them. All the water

in the rivers, canals, and pools in Egypt turned into blood. All the fish died and there was no water to

drink. This situation lasted for seven days. However Pharaoh’s heart was hardened. He did not release

the Israelites.

2) The plague of frogs (Exodus 8:1 – 15)

God then sent Moses to tell Pharaoh that if he refused to release the Israelites the whole land would be

covered with frogs. At the command of Moses, Aaron held out the rod of Moses and frogs covered the

whole land. On seeing this, Pharaoh pleaded with Moses and Aaron to pray to the Lord to get rid of the

frogs and he would release them. They prayed and all the frogs died. Pharaoh, however, changed his

mind and refused to release the Israelites.

3) Plague of gnats (Exodus 8:16 – 19)

The lord instructed Moses to tell Aaron to strike the ground and Aaron did so and all the dust in Egypt

turned into gnats or small flies that bites. The magicians of Egypt could perform the first two plagues.

They could not bring the plague of gnats. Egyptians acknowledged that the presence of gnats or small

flies that bites was God’s work. But even with this information, Pharaoh still refused to release the

Israelites.

4) Plague of flies (Exodus 8:20 – 32)

The Lord warned Pharaoh through Moses once more. He was told that God would send swarms of flies

to the Egyptian houses. The Israelites houses would be spared. Even after bringing the plague of flies,

Pharaoh’s heart hardened even more

5) Death of cattle (Exodus 8:1 – 7)

A plague of disease befell the Egyptian cattle. Not a single Israelites’ animal died. Pharaoh was not

moved; and he refused to let Jews go home.

6) Plague of boils (Exodus 9:8 – 12)

Moses threw ashes into the air as God had instructed. This produced boils, which became open sores on

the skin of the Egyptians. Unmoved by the suffering of his people, Pharaoh still refused to let the

Israelites leave.

7) Plague of hail (Exodus 9:13 – 35)

Moses raised his rod and there was a hailstorm with lighting and thunder. The people, animals and

plants that were struck by the lightning died. Pharaoh then promised to let the Israelites go but as soon

as Moses prayed for the hailstorm to stop, pharaoh hardened his heart and refused to let the Israelites

leave.

Plague of Locusts (Exodus 19:1 – 20)

Locusts covered the whole land and ate all the crops in the fields. The locusts ate all that had not been

destroyed by the hailstorm. When Moses prayed to God, for locusts to leave; Pharaoh hardened his

heart and refused to let the Israelites leave.

9) Plague of darkness (Exodus 10: 21 – 29)

God then instructed Moses to stretch out his hand to heaven. There was total darkness in Egypt for

three days. But there was light where the Israelites they were living. Pharaoh remained unmoved and

would not release the Israelites out of Egypt.

10) Death of Egyptian first-born males (Exodus 11: 1 – 31).

After the plague of darkness, God sent Moses once more to Pharaoh. He was told that this time even his

family would be affected. The Lord would kill all the first-born Egyptian sons and first-born male animals

at midnight. This plague occurred during the night of Passover. Pharaoh was moved and allowed

Israelites to leave Egypt.

What do the plagues tell us about God’s attributes? GOD:

  1. Empowers His people to perform miracles and to do His work
  2. Is Almighty and more powerful than the Egyptian gods.
  3. Is determined to fulfil His plans.
  4. Is a God of justice. He protects the oppressed.
  5. Gives everyone a chance to repent. Notice that each time Pharaoh promised to release the Israelites;

God relieved the Egyptians from the plagues.

  1. Fulfils His promises – He had promised Abraham to deliver his descendants from foreign lands.
  2. Expects total obedience and faith.
  3. Communicates His will through natural events.
  4. Is caring and loving.

LESSON THREE: PASSOVER. (EXODUS 12:1-30, 19, 20, 34)

Learning Outcomes. After reading this lesson,

(a) Explain what happened to Egyptians

(b) Tell what Israelites were asked to do

(c) Explain actions of the angel of death

The tenth plague is called the Passover. It happened on the fourteenth day of the month. The Israelites

were to offer one-year-old lamb per family. If a family was too small, they were to share the lamb with

their neighbours. If a lamb was not available, a one-year-old goat could also be used. They were told to:

  1. Slaughter the lamb/goat; smear some of the blood on the sides and tops of the door- frames of their

houses.

  1. Roast the meat and eat it with bitter herbs and unleavened bread (bread without yeast). If there were

any leftovers they were to burn them with fire.

  1. Eat in a hurry while fully dressed and having packed their belongings. They were told borrow silver,

clothing’s jewellery, and gold from the Egyptians.

  1. That on the same night, the ‘angel of death’ would kill every first born both males and animals in the

houses without blood.

  1. The angel of death would pass over the houses with blood sparing them. The blood was a sign to

indicate this is a house of Israelites. When the Lord sees the blood, He will passed over that house (V.13)

  1. The Israelites were told to celebrate / commemorate from generation to generation the Passover as a

festival to the Lord.

  1. The Israelites were not allowed to come out of their houses on the night of Passover.
  2. At midnight, the Lord struck down all firstborn in Egypt from Pharaoh’s household to the firstborn of

the prisoners and firstborn of livestock.

  1. There was loud wailing over Egypt. Every house had someone dead.

Significance of items used during the Passover

1) Roasted Meat – this is the easiest method of preparing food since the Israelites were to leave in a

short time.

2) Bitter herbs – was a reminder of the suffering and hardships and slavery experienced in Egypt.

3) Eating while standing. Deliverance was near, hence the need to leave in a hurry.

4) Eating while fully dressed with their stuff at hand. This signified a quick deliverance; hence Israelites

should be ready to leave Egypt at once.

5) Eating unleavened bread – the bread was to be eaten and none left over hence there was no need to

add yeast for preservation.

6) Collecting Jewellery – God had promised Abraham that after slavery for four hundred and thirty years,

his descendants shall be freed with great possessions.

7) Remaining indoors – for security from death. Anyone outside was killed.

Blood on doorposts – a sign for deliverance. The angel of death would pass over doors with blood.

LESSON FOUR: THE EXODUS

Introduction

Exodus means movement of a large number of people.

Learning outcomes. After reading this lesson:

  1. Describe how the Israelites crossed the Red Sea
  2. Explain how God protected the Israelites during the Exodus
  3. Tell how God provided water in the wilderness
  4. Report how God provided manna and quails to Israelites in the wilderness

Crossing the red sea

During the night of the Passover, Pharaoh summoned Moses and Aaron and told them to leave, to go

and worship their Lord. All the Israelites, their flocks and herds were urged to leave in a hurry. Pharaoh

took his chariot army and followed the Israelites and found them camped by the Red Sea.

God led the Israelites over the desert towards the Red Sea. Moses took the body (bones) of Joseph, as

Joseph had requested the Israelites to do. “ when God rescues you, you must carry my body with you

from this place” (Ex 13 vs. 19)

During the day the Lord went in front of them in a pillar of cloud (angel of God) to show them the way,

and during the night the lord went in front in a pillar of fire to give them light, so that they could travel

night and day. This pillar of cloud led the Israelites by day and night.

The Egyptian army followed Israelites and caught up with them by the Red Sea where they had camped.

Moses asked the scared Israelites to move near the sea.

God told Moses to lift up his stick, and hold it over the sea. The waters of the Red Sea divided and the

Israelites crossed the sea on dry ground with walls of water on both sides. The angel of God, and the

pillar of cloud (who had been in front of the army of Israel) moved behind the Israelites and provided

light to them as they cross..

The Egyptians army pursued Israelites. The pillar of cloud made it dark for Egyptians who could not see

where they were going. Just before daylight, the Lord looked at the Egyptians from the pillar of cloud

and fire and God threw the army of the Egyptians into confusion. Moses was asked by the Lord to

stretch out his hand. He did so and waters returned to its normal level drowning Egyptian army and their

horses.

God protected the Israelites during the Exodus by:

1) Making them cross the red sea on dry ground.

2) Providing water in the wilderness.

3) Providing manna and quails.

4) Defeating Amalekites – their enemies.

5) Protecting them from snakes and diseases in the wilderness.

Provision of water in the wilderness

Israelites travelled in the desert for three days without water. The water, which they found at Marah

was bitter and could not be drunk. They called the place ‘Marah’ meaning ‘bitter’. This made them

complain. Moses prayed to the Lord.

The Lord showed Moses a piece of wood. Moses threw it into the water and it became fit to drink. God

continued providing Israelites with water.

Again the Israelites lacked water and complained bitterly (Ex.17:1 – 9). God instructed Moses to strike a

rock and water came out of it. Moses called that place ‘Massah’ – which means ‘testing ‘and ‘Meribah’ –

meaning ‘rebellion’. This was because the Israelites quarreled and tested God.

Provision of manna and quails (EX 16:1 – 35)

As the Israelites were travelling through the desert, they ran out of food. They were hungry and

complained to Moses. Their complaints displeased the Lord for they often told Moses they wished he

had let them die in Egypt instead of dying in the wilderness. This showed that the Israelites did not trust

God to provide for them.

In the morning, they were given Manna, which is a Hebrew word for the type of bread given to Israelites

by God. The bread looked like wafers or flakes and tasted like coriander seed.

In the evening, GOD provided Israelites with quail’s meat. The provision of manna and quails (meat)

lasted for 40 years.

On the 6th day of each week, God gave them food for two days one for the 6th day and the other for

the 7th day (Sabbath).

LESSON FIVE: DEFEAT OF THE AMALEKITES (Exodus 17: 8 – 16)

Learning outcomes

  1. Describe challenges faced by the Israelites during the Exodus
  2. Explain the importance of exodus in the history of the Israelites

Challenges faced by the Israelites during the Exodus

During the Exodus, the Israelites faced the challenge of the Amalekites. These were desert Nomads who

attacked the Israelites in the wilderness. When the Amalekite army came against Israelites, Moses

ordered Joshua to gather men and fight.

God promised to destroy the Amalekites forever. During the battle, Moses held up his rod. And each

time he raised his hands with the rod, the Amalekites were defeated. When he brought his hands down,

the Israelites were defeated. Because of this, Aaron and Hur supported Moses’ hands until the

Amalekites were defeated.

In the wilderness God protected the Israelites form snakebites.

He also used a cloud to protect the Israelites from the scorching heat during the day. At night, the pillar

of fire provided warmth to protect them from the harsh cold of the wilderness.

The importance of the exodus in the history of the Israelites

The exodus showed Israelites that:

1) God loves and tolerates His people.

2) God did not abandon the Israelites despite their lack of faith.

3) God gave the Israelites encouragement through his servant Moses.

4) It was the end of the oppression of Israelites in Egypt.

5) Moses was God’s chosen leader.

LESSON SIX: MAKING THE SINAI COVENANT (EXODUS 19: 24 1 –

Learning outcomes

  1. Describe the Sinai Covenant
  2. Sealing of the Covenant

The Sinai covenant

God and Israelites. God had specific instructions on how the Israelites were to prepare to make the new

covenant. Before making the covenant, God brought Israelites to the foot of Mt. Sinai and asked Moses

to ask them if they were willing to make the covenant with HIM. GOD asked them to enter into a

personal relationship as a community with HIM. The Israelites agreed to make a covenant. They agreed

to obey all God’s commands. God then promised to make them;

i His people

  1. A kingdom of priests

iii. A holy nation

God and Moses. God wanted to confirm that Moses was His true prophet. He therefore told Moses that

He would come in a thick cloud to meet Israelites. In preparation for God’s coming on Mt. Sinai the

Israelites were to:

  1. Make themselves holy by washing their clothes (garments)
  2. Mark the boundaries on the foot of the mountain to prevent any person or animal from climbing the

mountain.

III. To abstain from sexual relations

At Mt Sinai, God manifested His presence in the form of thunder, lightening, earthquake and a thick

cloud of smoke that covered the whole mountain. In addition, there was a loud trumpet blast that made

the people tremble. Moses climbed the mountain. God gave Moses the Ten Commandments after

sealing the covenant.

Sealing of the covenant. The Lord told Moses “Come up the mountain to me, you and Aaron, Nadab,

Abibu and 70 of Israel leaders. At a distance bow down in worship, and come alone to me..”

A ceremony was then prepared to seal the covenant. This is how it was sealed:

  1. Moses built an altar at the foot of the mountain.
  2. He set up twelve stones, which represented the twelve tribes of Israel.
  3. He then sent young men to burn sacrifices to the Lord and sacrificed some cattle as fellowship offering

and peace offerings to God (EX 24 vs. 5).

  1. Moses took half the blood of animals and poured it in bowls; and the other half he threw against the

altar (vs. 6). He then took the book of the covenant, and read it aloud to the Israelites who responded by

saying “all that the Lord has spoken we will do; and we shall be obedient”

  1. Moses then took the blood in the bowls and sprinkled it over the people; saying “ This is the blood

that seals the covenant which the Lord made with you when he gave all these commands.”

Theophany. God’s presence manifested itself in several ways such as:

 The burning bush (during the call of Moses)

 Pillar of fire and a pillar of cloud – Exodus story

 The mighty wind, earthquake, still small voice – story of Elijah

 Thunder, lighting, smoking mountain – Exodus of Israelites from the wilderness

These were physical manifestations of God’s presence

LESSON SEVEN: BREAKING THE SINAI COVENANT (Exodus 32:1 – 35; 34:6 –8).

Learning outcomes. After reading and discussing this lesson, you should explain why Israelites broke the

Sinai Covenant

Israelites dishonored their pledge to obey God upon sealing the covenant; Moses went back to talk to

God in the mountain. He left Aaron in charge of Israelites’ affairs. He stayed in the mountain for forty

days. The lord revealed His glory to Moses at Mt. Sinai and declared His character. ”The Lord the

compassionate and glorious God, slow to anger and forgiving wickedness, rebellion and sin (Ex 34:6 –

The Israelites urged Aaron to make them gods that they could see. Aaron agreed. He melted the rings of

gold and moulded a bull calf god. Israelites were happy and said “this is our god who took us out of

Egypt”. They offered burnt offerings and peace offerings to it and indulged themselves in eating,

drinking and sex. By accepting a bull calf as their god, the Israelites expected bull calf of gold to give

them the same strength and fertility like the Egyptian gods. Through this act, they broke their covenant

with God.

When Moses came down from the mountain, he found Israelites worshipping the gold bull calf. He got

annoyed. He threw down the stone tablets he was holding; on which the 10 commandments were

written. Moses then took the golden calf, and burnt it into powder and mixed it with water. He then

made those worshipping the calf to drink the mixture. Moses ordered those who had sinned to be killed.

LESSON EIGHT: RENEWAL OF THE COVENANT (Exodus 34:1 – 14).

Learning outcomes. After studying this lesson, describe conditions for the renewal of the covenant

The renewal of the covenant came after Moses pleaded with God not to destroy the Israelites after they

broke the covenant. God spared the Israelites. God agreed to renew the covenant with the Israelites. He

gave them several conditions for its renewal.

Conditions for the renewal of the covenant

The Israelites were:

  1. a) To obey God’s commandments
  2. b) Not to make any treaty with those who lived in the land where they were going.
  3. c) To break down their altar, smash their sacred stones and cut down their Asherah (Idols). Not to

worship any other god and not to make idols for worship.

  1. d) To keep the feast of unleavened bread (Passover).
  2. e) Not to marry people form other tribes.
  3. f) To rest on the Sabbath day.
  4. g) To sacrifice and offer their best produce and animals to God.

God in turn promised to

  1. a) Bless them. Protect and preserve the Israelites.
  2. b) Make them prosper so much that the surrounding nations would enquire about their source of

wealth and success.

With these conditions, the covenant between God and the Israelites was renewed. From the making and

renewal of the covenant, it is clear that:

(i) God expected the Israelites to obey and have faith in Him

(ii) God wanted a personal relationship with Israelites.

(iii) God is the only one to be worshipped.

(iv) God is powerful.

LESSON NINE: WORSHIPING GOD IN THE WILDERNESS

Learning outcomes. After reading this lesson

  1. Explain God’s purpose in delivering the Israelites from Egypt
  2. Describe features of worship
  3. God’s purpose in delivering the Israelites from Egypt was to worship and offer sacrifices to Him in the

wilderness. He also intended to fulfil his promises to Abraham.

  1. Features of worshipping God in the wilderness.

(i) The Israelites: Worshipped God through intermediaries. These were the priests who came from the

tribe of Levi.

(ii) The Israelites: Were guided in their worship and in daily living by the Ten Commandments and other

ordinances

(iii) The Ark of the Covenant was made in the wilderness. It was God’s dwelling place. It was a special

box put into the tabernacle. A tabernacle was a portable tent. The ark symbolized the presence of God

and the Israelites carried it wherever they went.

(iv) Offerings of farm products or agricultural produce were given to God. These included among other

farm products; vegetables, flour. Oil and fruits.

(v) Other offerings to God were drinks, and incense. The offerings could be burnt, baked, boiled or

roasted.

(vi) There were several Sacrifices. They included:

 Burnt offerings (Holocaust) – burning a whole animal completely

 Sin offering /atonement – sacrifice offered when one had sinned and wanted to have his sins

forgiven.

 Peace offering – part of an animal was offered, while the people ate part of the meat.

 Gift offering – the best animal was given to God. It was offered as a thanksgiving

 Animals such as sheep, goats, bulls and birds were sacrificed to God.

(vii) Festivals and feasts. Israelites observed several festivals and feasts. These included:

 Feast of Passover and unleavened bread.

 Harvest festival – feast of weeks or Pentecost. It marked the celebration of the harvest of wheat.

 Feast of gathering / shelters. It was celebrated during the season when the Israelites gathered the

fruits from the Orchards.

 Feast of tabernacles that was celebrated to remember when the Israelites dwelt in tents.

 The Israelites kept the Sabbath day. They worshipped God through singing, worship and dancing.

LESSON TEN: THE TEN COMMANDMENTS (Exodus. 20: 1 – 17)

Learning outcomes. After reading this lesson,

  1. Recite the ten commandments
  2. Apply the ten commandments in your life
  3. Describe Israelites new understanding of the nature of God
  4. Explain to yourself and others the nature of God
  5. The Ten Commandments

While on Mount Sinai, God gave Moses Ten Commandments written on a stone tablet. The first four

commandments deal with relationship between man and God. God said:

  1. You shall have no other gods but me.
  2. You shall not make yourself a graven image.
  3. You shall not mention Gods’ name in vain.
  4. Remember the Sabbath day and keep it holy.

The last six commandments give man’s relationship with fellow human beings. God said:

  1. Honor you father and mother that your days may be long on earth.
  2. You shall not kill.
  3. You shall not commit adultery.
  4. You shall not steal.
  5. You shall not bear false witness against your neighbour.
  6. You shall not covet your neighbor’s property.

These are my thoughts. (1) Worshipping God (2) Being faithful to God (3) Resting (4) respecting parental

authority (5) love humanity (6) Be faithful to your wife or husband (7) respect other people’s property

(8) be truthful always (9) be satisfied with what God has given you.

  1. Israelites understand the nature of god

The Israelites had a new and wider revelation about God. Besides GOD being a caring, loving, and a

provider, they learnt that:

  1. God is a jealous God. He does not allow the worship of others gods. He alone should be worshipped.
  2. God does not condone evil. He punishes those who cause/engage in it.
  3. God values a personal relationship with his people.
  4. God wants people to live in harmony among them.
  5. God forgives those who repent. He is loving, merciful and compassionate
  6. God is a healer – he healed Israelites in the wilderness when a snake attacked them
  7. God is a God of victory. He defeated the Amalekites, perizzites, and Hittites etc.
  8. God is faithful and can be depended upon.
  9. God is holy, slow to anger, powerful and just.
  10. God demands obedience to His commands.

Revision questions

  1. What are the qualities of Moses as a leader?

b (i). Describe the call of Moses (exodus 3:1-22)

(ii). Why was Moses hesitant to God’s call?

c (i). What is the significance of the items used for the Passover feast (similar to what is the meaning of

the Passover meal)

(ii). Compare the lord’s supper to the Passover feast

  1. Describe how the Sinai covenant was made
  2. Describe the circumstances that lead to the breaking of the Sinai covenant
  3. How was the broken covenant renewed?
  4. Describe how the Israelites worshipped God in the wilderness
  5. What is the relevance of the ten commandments?
  6. What did the Israelites learn about god in the wilderness?

TOPIC FIVE: LEADERSHIP IN ISRAEL: DAVID AND SOLOMON

Learning outcomes. By the end of this topic, you should be able to:

  1. Explain the reasons for and against kingship in Israel
  2. State king Saul’s achievements, failures and lessons learnt from Saul.
  3. Explain the importance of David as King of Israel and ancestor of Jesus Christ.
  4. Describe the qualities of a good leader drawn from King David’s leadership
  5. State King Solomon’s achievements and failures
  6. Explain the importance of the temple in Israel.

LESSON ONE: REASONS FOR AND AGAINST KINGSHIP IN ISRAEL

Introduction

Yahweh remained the God of Israel and the sovereign ruler of his people.

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should

  1. Define leadership
  2. Name Israel judges in Canaan

Leadership refers to the manner in which a community’s way of life is ruled or controlled. When

Israelites settled in Canaan, Judges ruled them for the first 200 years. Some of the judges were (i)

Othniel, (ii) Ehud (iii) Samson (iv) Deborah (v) Gideon

(vi) Shamgar (vii). Samuel (viii). Barak

Duties of judges

  1. Leading Israelites to war against their enemies
  2. Settling disputes among the people
  3. Acting as religious leaders and leading Israelites in worship –
  4. Offering sacrifices on behalf of the people.
  5. Some of the judges acted as God’s prophets
  6. They anointed kings, for example Samuel anointed King David.

Demands for a King in Israel

After Israelites settled in Canaan, the Promised Land, they started demanding for an earthly king to rule

over them. These demands for a king ruler were brought about by:

i Samuel’s sons Joel and Abijah were corrupt and took bribes. The sons of Samuel, who were judges,

lacked his good leadership qualities.

ii The Israelites wanted a warrior king who could lead them to war against their enemies.

iii The Israelites wanted to be like the other nations around them who had kings.

iv The Israelites wanted a human leader whom they could see, approach, and talk to him face to face.

v The Israelites wanted security, which could be provided by a stable political government ruled by law

and order.

vi They wanted a government that had a regular army,

vii They also wanted an established law court system.

Reasons against Kingship in Israel (Samuel 8:10 – 20)

By demanding for a king, the Israelites were seen as rejecting Yahweh – their unseen ruler. Two, there

would be danger of hereditary kingship which would lead to oppression / dictatorship. God told Samuel

to give Israelites strict warnings against Kingship by explaining how the king would treat them. A king

would: –

(a) Recruit Israelites sons forcefully into the army.

(b) Grab peoples land.

(c) Force people to pay taxes to the government

(d) Turn people into slaves.

(e) Introduce forced labour.

(f) Force their daughters to work for his wives, sons, and for the royal house in general.

The people of Israel were distinct from other nations. Asking for a king meant rejecting God as their

unseen king. Further to this, Israel could become like other nations, which did not worship Yahweh.

Then the covenant with God and the people of Israel would cease.

LESSON TWO: ACHIEVEMENTS AND FAILURES OF KING SAUL

(Israel 13:8 – 14; 15:7 – 25)

Learning outcomes. After reading about King Saul, you should

  1. State his achievements
  2. Identify his failures
  3. Suggest lesson we can learn from his failures

Samuel was directed by God to choose and anoint Saul as the king of Israel. Saul was from the tribe of

Benjamin. He became the first human king of the nation of Israel. He accomplished several things.

Successes of King Saul

1) He was anointed by God; as king to rule the Israelites

2) He was chosen even though it was not God’s idea for a king over his people.

3) He was a great warrior. He led the Israelites to war and defeated their enemies

Failures of King Saul

1) God told Saul through Samuel to destroy the Amalekites completely. Saul however disobeyed God. He

spared the king and the fat livestock. He claimed to have spared the fat animals for sacrifice to God.

Because of this disobedience, God rejected Saul as king.

2) The Israelites were faced with many enemies. The worst were the Philistines. It was a custom for the

king of Israel to enquire from God whether to go to the battle or not. The priest/prophet gave

permission to the king to go to war. When Saul was faced with the dilemma whether to fight or not,

Samuel enquired from God. Saul did not wait for permission to go to war from Samuel the priest. He

decided to bypass Samuel by offering a sacrifice to God before going to war. This action displeased God

because it was not his work to offer sacrifice to God. It was the work of priests.

3) After God rejected Saul as the king of Israel, Samuel was guided by God to go to Bethlehem. He was

asked to go to the home of Jesse who had eight (8) sons. In that home, God was to show Samuel the

next king of Israel. Samuel would then anoint the chosen son of Jesse. Seven of Jesse’s sons were

brought before Samuel one by one. God told Samuel that he had not chosen any of them. When David, a

shepherd, was brought before Samuel God said to him ’this is the one – anoint him!” (1 Samuel 16:12).

David was anointed (poured oil on) as the next king of Israel. However he had to wait until Saul died

before he could take over kingship.

4) After Samuel anointed David to become the next king of Israel, Saul was jealous and plotted many

times to kill him. David was employed to serve Saul. He played the harp, lyre wherever an evil spirit

possessed Saul.

5) When Samuel died; the Philistines gathered to fight Israel. Saul was filled with terror. Saul enquired

from God whether he should go to war, but did not get an answer. Saul disobeyed God by asking a

medium (witch) to consult the dead for him. This act led to the death of Saul together with his son

Jonathan in battle.

6) Saul was concerned with what people thought of him than pleasing God. He wanted to please people

and not God. He was disobedient with God (1 Samuel 15:24)

Lessons, which Christians can learn from King Saul’s failures

1) Value of being patient.

2) Christian should obey God, follow His commands and not be afraid of people.

3) Christian should obey religious leaders placed over them by God.

4) Christian leaders should be humble

5) It is against the teachings of God, against the will of God to consult the spirits of the dead through

mediums.

7) Without faith, it is impossible to please God.

God desires sincere worship.

9) Political leaders should consult and listen to religious leaders.

10) Christians should not turn against their enemies or rivals. They should not plot to have them

destroyed and killed.

LESSON THREE: IMPORTANCE OF DAVID (1 Samuel 16: 1 – 23, 2 Samuel 6:1 – 15)

Learning outcomes. After reading about King David, you should

  1. State his importance to God and the Israelites
  2. Analyse achievements and failures of King David
  3. Trace David lineage up to Jesus Christ
  4. Narrate fulfillment of the promises to David in the New Testament
  5. Give reasons why God rejected David’s offer to build him a temple

David took over kingship of Israel though some people resisted his rule. At first he ruled the house of

Judah. Later on the other tribes rallied behind him.

Importance of King David

David became king after the death of Saul. He ruled for over 40 years as king of Judah and Israel.

Achievements of David

1) He was a brilliant military commander

2) He captured the old fortress of Jerusalem from the Jebusites and made it his capital city.

3) He removed the ark of covenant from the house of Abinadab in Shiloh and brought it to Jerusalem.

4) He expressed great faith in God. Through his faith in God, he was able to kill Goliath, the great

Philistine warrior.

5) He was a skilled musician and composed marry psalms that were used and are still being used in

temple and church worship.

6) David respected the prophets of God and always consulted them whenever he wanted to do

anything.

7) He expanded the geographical boundaries of Israel through conquests.

He was a great diplomat and established good political relations with the neighboring kings.

9) He was a shrewd administrator who chose wise elders and counselors to advice him.

10) God promised to establish an everlasting kingdom for David

11) David ruled over Israel, administering law and justice to all people.

12) He took a census of the Israelites and used the information to (a) recruit young men into military

service and (2) decide on the policy of taxation.

13) David had remarkable leadership qualities. He was kind. He spared mephibosheth, Saul’s grandson.

14) David was humble. He was ready to accept sins he had committed and repent e.g. he repented after

committing adultery with Bathsheba.

David as an ancestor of Jesus Christ (2 Samuel 1 – 29, LK 1:26 – 33)

David intended to build a splendid temple for God in Jerusalem. He felt it was not fair for the Ark of the

Covenant to continue dwelling in a tent while he himself lived in a magnificent palace. To achieve this

goal, David consulted Nathan, the prophet on whether to build the temple. The prophet approved the

idea. But that night, Nathan received a revelation form God that stated that David was not to build a

house (temple) for God. David’s son would build the temple of God (2 Samuel 7:5 – 6). Prophet Nathan

gave David God’s message to David.

The message was that

  1. a) His son will build the temple
  2. b) God would give David’s descendants a place to settle
  3. c) God promised to raise up an heir from the house of David to sit on the throne
  4. d) God promised to make David’s name great or famous among all other leaders of the earth.

Reasons why God rejected David’s offer to build him a temple

Here are some of the reasons:

  1. David had been involved in a lot of wars with the Israelites’ enemies and had thus shed a lot of blood.
  2. God was a God of the people and could not be confined to a house.
  3. It was the will of God to establish the house of David (build David a house) rather than David builds a

house for him (God). The human body is the temple of God. God dwells in the hearts of people.

  1. David had grown old. God wanted him to rest.
  2. God had planned that David’s son would build a house for him – a place to house the Ark of the

Covenant. King Solomon, David’s son built the temple and fulfilled God’s promises to David. Solomon’s

rule was peaceful and prosperous.

The New Testament is a fulfillment of God’s promises to David

1) The gospel writers tell us that Jesus was born in the family of David (Luke 1:26 – 27)

2) The angel of God during the annunciation of the birth of Jesus said that He will be like his ancestor

David (Luke 1:32 – 33)

3) Jesus was born in Bethlehem which was also the birthplace of David (Luke 2:4)

4) Bartimaeus the blind man of Jericho hailed Jesus as the son of David

5) During his triumphal entry to Jerusalem, Jesus was hailed by the crowd as the messiah descended

from David.

6) In his genealogy, saint Mathew says that Jesus was a descendant of David (Matt.1: 1)

Failures of King David.

Although David had many virtues:

1) He ordered Uriah to be placed at the battle forefront so that he can be killed.

2) Uriah was the husband of Bathsheba. David had committed adultery with her.

3) He took Bathsheba as his wife

LESSON FOUR: LEADERSHIP OF KING DAVID

Lesson outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should assess leadership qualities demonstrated by king

David

David showed

1) Courage and bravery. David was courageous and brave. Modern leaders should be ready to die with

and for their subjects.

2) Gratitude – thankful and grateful. David always thanked God for any success or favors he received.

Good leaders should be thankful and grateful to God as well as to their fellow human beings.

3) Loyalty. David was loyal to God and to the Israelites. A good leader should be loyal, and never betray

his people.

4) Justice. David administered justice to all his subjects without favoring anyone. No tribalism or

nepotism. A leader should be fair to all (2 Samuel 8:15).

5) God – fearing, having faith. David was God fearing. He expressed his total trust in God. Modern

leaders need to emulate this quality.

6) Humility. A leader should be a humble person. Though David had been appointed as the king, he

continued to serve Saul until Saul died. He accepted his failures and asked for forgiveness

7) Kind. David was a kind leader. Leaders should be kind. David spared the life of Saul twice yet Saul

wanted to kill him.

Wisdom. David was careful when choosing legal advisors to assist him in his rule. He was also wise. He

reduced tribal jealousies by choosing Jerusalem; a neutral spot for administrative purposes.

9) Delegation – a shrewd administrator. A good elder should be able to delegate duties. David delegated

duties. He involved others in advising, and administering

LESSON FIVE: ACHIEVEMENTS AND FAILURES OF KING SOLOMON (1 KING 3 – 12)

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should:

  1. Analyse achievements of king Solomon
  2. State failures of king Solomon

After David died, his son Solomon became the next king. Kingship in Israel was hereditary. Solomon was

chosen by David to be his successor. He took over from David at a time of peace and security established

by David.

Achievements

1) He made Israel rich by establishing trade with other countries

2) He was a good trader and a successful merchant. He traded in copper, horses, timber, silver and gold.

He established international trade with the neighboring countries. For example, he traded with Tyre in

cedar and pine logs.

3) He established a well equipped large army for Israel

4) He was a builder. He built a magnificent temple for God in line with God’s promise to David. He also

constructed other cities (Megiddo) and a palace for himself.

5) He is remembered for his amazing administrative skills. He had 550 officials in charge of labour force.

6) He was a diplomatic ruler. He established friendly ties with his neighbours. This ensured continued

peace. For instance he married the daughters of the kings of Egypt, Moab, Eden and Sidon so as to

establish strong ties with those nations.

7) He had great wisdom. He judged a difficult case between two women who were claiming ownership

of the same child.

He composed many wise sayings known as the proverbs of Solomon. He also composed songs like Song

of Solomon and Song of Songs and poems in Ecclesiastes.

9) He dedicated the temple of God with great rejoicing.

10) He brought the Ark of the Covenant to the temple of Jerusalem.

Failures of King Solomon

1) He married women from many foreign countries. These actions made Solomon break the Torah as

Israelites were not supposed to marry foreigners. Through these marriages, idol worship started in

Israel. This was because he allowed his wives to worship their gods, build temples and altars for them.

This led to introduction of idolatry in Israel.

2) Solomon constructed his palace for 13 years. He then built God’s temple for 7 years. This showed that

he probably loved himself more than God.

3) He killed his own half brotherAdonija on suspicion that he could be a rival to the throne.

4) Solomon lived lavishly, and expensively. He thus burdened the Israelites with high taxes.

5) He used forced labour. This was the same as enslaving the Israelites.

6) He worshipped idols. Solomon’s heart was turned to such other gods as Ashtoreth / ashitarte –

goddess of Sidon and Molech – the god of the Ammonites. This was breaking God’s commandments

7) He sold part of Israelite territory to the king of Tyre

He used pagan skills when designing, decorating, and furnishing the temple.

9) He made treaties with other nations inspite of the fact that God had forbidden Israel from making

treaties

10) He was extravagant. He used a lot of state wealth to entertain and please his many wives and

concubines.

Activity. Many husbands in Kenya practice polygamy. I want you to find out from your neighbours what

are the advantages and disadvantages of polygamy. Then write a paper arguing either for polygamy or

monogamy.

LESSON SIX: IMPORTANCE OF THE TEMPLE IN ISRAEL

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should

  1. a) Define a temple
  2. b) State the importance of the temple to Israelites.

Definition of a temple

This is a building dedicated to the worship of God. Solomon built the temple as a fulfillment of the

promises that God gave to David, that his son would build a house for him.

Importance and uses of a temple

1) It was a centre of worship. Prayers and sacrifices were offered to God from the temple.

2) It symbolized the presence of God among the Israelites.

3) The Ark of the Covenant was kept in the temple as a symbol of God’s presence among his people.

4) The temple acted as a symbol of unity in Israel. Every year all the Israelites had to go to Jerusalem to

celebrate such feasts as the Passover, feast of tabernacles’ day of atonement. This led to the unity of the

Israelites.

5) Dedication of children and purification were done in the temple.

6) It was a residence for the priest.

7) It was a business centre where people bought and sold animals needed for sacrifice.

The temple acted as a school to the scribes, rabbis and others who studied and interpreted the Mosaic

Law.

9) The temple also acted as the judicial court of Israel. Judges worked from the temple

10) It is where religious ceremonies like naming and circumcision of baby boys took place.

11) It was a house of prayer.

Revision questions

  1. Explain the reasons against kingship in Israel 1 Sam 8: 10-20
  2. Explain the importance of David as king of Israel
  3. How did Jesus fulfil the prophecies of prophet Nathan as a descendant of David? (i.e. areas where

Jesus is mentioned as coming from David)

  1. What are the failures of king Solomon?
  2. Which leadership qualities can modern leaders learn from David?

TOPIC SIX: LOYALTY TO GOD – ELIJAH

LESSON ONE: EFFECTS OF IDOLATRY IN ISRAEL

Introduction

After the death of Solomon, the kingdom of Israel split into two countries. the southern kingdom called

Judah ruled by King Rehoboam and the Northern kingdom called Israel led by King Jeroboam. Other

kings who ruled these two nations were King Abijah, King Asa of Judah, and king Nadab, Baasha, Elah,

Zimri, Omri, and Ahab of Israel. During the time of Elijah king Ahab ruled – Israel.

Learning outcomes. After studying this lesson on idolatry, you should

  1. State factors that led to spread of idolatry in Israel
  2. Analyse religious schism between Judah and Israel
  3. Describe King Ahab’s marriage to the Phoenician princess (Tyre)
  4. Explain the failure to completely destroy temples, and places of worship
  5. State effects of idolatry in Israel
  6. Factors that led to spread of idolatry in Israel

When Israelites intermarried with other communities, they worshipped their gods. The Bible makes it

clear that

i There was a lot of influence by Canaanite religion

ii There was division /schism of Israel into 2 kingdoms

iii Ahab’s married the Phoenician princess

iv Israelites did not destroy all gods after settling in Canaan.

Influence of the local Canaanite religion

Idolatry is the worship of idols. An idol is an image representing a god made using precious materials

such as gold, bronze, stone, and hardwood images kept in the places of worship. God had forbidden

Israelites from bowing down to images and worshipping idols, intermarrying with non-Israelites, and

making treaties. When Israelites settled in Canaan, they forgot God’s commandments. They

intermarried and were greatly influenced by the local religion.

Israelites changed from being pastoralist to farmers. They therefore worshipped Baal the god of rain,

agricultural fertility, and storms. Israelites worshipped Baal, for rain for their crops. The Israelites were

also attracted to the visible gods of Canaan as opposed to the invisible Yahweh. This is how idolatry

spread in Israel. However some Israelites maintained worship of Yahweh only (monotheistic) while

others worshipped Yahweh and Baal (syncretism).

Characteristics of the Canaanite religion. Canaanite religion was:

  1. Polytheistic. They worshipped many gods. The Israelites religion was monotheistic. They worshipped

Yahweh and no other God. They abandoned their religion and worshipped many gods like Canaanite.

This influenced the Israelites.

  1. A nature religion. The gods were related with the forces of nature such as rain, sun, storms, drought,

famine, wind, water and death.

  1. Ensured continued fertility of land, people, animals
  2. Based on many families of gods. There was
  3. EL – Chief god – who was their father, king, creator
  4. Asherah – wife of El – the goddess of motherhood and fertility
  5. Baal – also referred to as Baal Hadad, son of El and Asherah – the god of rain, agricultural fertility,

storms

  1. Astarte – wife of Baal -the goddess of war
  2. Anat – sister of Baal – the goddess of war and love
  3. Maat – the goddess of love
  4. Mot – most feared. The god of drought, famine and death
  5. Free and temple of prostitution. Israelites turned to temple prostitution. Women who wanted to

increase vitality of their husbands had sexual relations with the male priests in the Baal temples.

  1. Had many places of worship. One could pray in the temple, under sacred trees, and on top of the hills

among others.

  1. Based on offerings and sacrifices of human beings.

Exercise. State differences between Israel and Canaanite religion

  1. Religious schism between Judah and Israel

Schism occurred among the Israelites because there were sharp differences within them. These

differences were religious, political and social. After the death of Solomon, the nation of Israel was split.

Rehoboam ruled one group while the other was ruled by Jeroboam. Because of this split, Jeroboam

could not go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple. He thus set up other places of worship one at

Bethel, and another at Dan. Jeroboam also set up images to represent Yahweh. Though he had no

intention of Idol worship, it turned out to be so because he made his subjects to offer sacrifices to these

golden calves, which he had designed as images representing Yahweh. He also built places of worship on

hilltops like the Canaanites. He chose priests from other families in addition to the Levite Family.

Furthermore, he organised religious festivals and feasts in the month of his choice. As it were, they

coincided with the Canaanites calendars. He then burnt incense at the altar of idols. Jeroboam therefore

started idol worship and gave room for idolatry. Kings who succeeded him followed this idol worship.

  1. King Ahab’s marriage to the Phoenician/Tyre princess

Ahab married Jezebel, the daughter of the King Ethbaal of Sidon (Tyre) to strengthen ties with

Tyre/Phoenicia. Queen Jezebel was ambitious, and a strong follower of Baal religion. Ahab allowed her

to bring her gods to Israel. She forced Israelites to worship Baal and not Yahweh. She imported 450

prophets of Baal and supported them using public treasury. Ahab built a temple to Baal In Samaria. He

also put up an image of goddess – Asherah.

  1. When Israelites settled in Canaan, they did not destroy temples, places of worship, idols, images that

they found there. As a result Canaanite’s religious practices influenced Israelites’ worship of Yahweh

leading to idolatry.

The effects of idolatry harmed Israelites as:

1) Syncretism developed. This was a process of mixing beliefs and practices from different religions.

Israelites worshipped Yahweh and the gods of Canaan.

2) Former places of worship for the Canaanite gods were used as places of worship for Yahweh

3) The Canaanite agricultural calendar was adopted by Israelites

4) Names of the Canaanite gods were used for Yahweh. For example, EL was referred to as Yahweh

5) Parents began naming their children after Baal.

6) Feasts and celebrations were changed to correspond with those of Canaanites when they celebrated

their feasts.

7) King Ahab declared worship of Baal as the state religion

Queen Jezebel ordered the destruction of the altars of Yahweh

9) Prophets of Yahweh were killed. Elijah went into hiding.

10) The 450 prophets of Baal were made the officials of the royal court in order to promote and protect

Baal religion

11) Israel started to experience long droughts because Yahweh withdrew his blessings. This made Israel

worshippers of El

LESSON TWO: ELIJAH’S FIGHT AGAINST CORRUPTION AND FALSE RELIGION IN ISRAEL

Learning outcomes. After studying Elijah, you should

  1. Describe the contest at Mount Carmel
  2. Explain how Elijah fought against corruption
  3. Explain the relationship between Ahab and Naboth
  4. Describe God’s sentence to Ahab.
  5. Relate Elijah’s encounter with Yahweh at Mt. Horeb
  6. Identify forms of corruption
  7. a) The contest at Mount Carmel (1 King 18:17 – 46). Carmel refers to the vineyard of the Lord. King Ahab

brought trouble to Israel because of worshipping the idols of Baal. Elijah told Ahab that the problems

Israel was facing were due to worship of Baal,

The decision. Elijah requested king Ahab to call a meeting at Mt Carmel. In attendance would be all

Israelites, 450 prophets of Baal, and 400 prophets of the goddess Asherah who were supported by

Queen Jezebel and Elijah

Elijah told Israelites it was decision time. They had to choose their God. Would it be Yahweh, the God of

Israel or Baal the god of Jezebel of Phoenician/Tyre. If it was to be Baal, then they were told to follow

him, if they select Yahweh as their God then they were to follow him (1 kings 18 vs. 21).

The choice. Elijah proposed a contest between him and Baal prophets. He asked for two bulls one for

him, the other for 450 prophets of Baal. The contest was who can light fire? Yahweh or Baal? He

proposed that Baal prophets and himself be given each a bullock. Both shall cut the bull into pieces and

put them on wood without lighting fire. The Baal prophets shall pray to their god and Elijah shall pray to

the Lord. The one who sends fire to consume the sacrifices .. he is God. The people of Israel accepted

Elijah’s proposal.

Actions. The prophets of Baal prayed first because they were many. They took the bull, prepared it and

prayed to Baal until noon (vs. 26). They prayed louder, and cut themselves with knives and daggers; but

there were no answer. The prophets of Baal kept on ranting and raving until evening but there was no

answer (vs. 29).

Elijah asked people to gather near him. He prepared the altar of the Lord to repair work. He took 12

stones representing the 12 tribes of Israel (who were named after the 12 sons of Jacob or Israel) and

used them to rebuild the altar. He then dug a trench around the altar. This trench could hold 14 litres of

water. He placed the wood on the altar; cut the bull into pieces and laid them on the wood. He asked for

four barrels of water and poured it on the offering and wood. He poured water on the altar three times

until the water overflowed, run around the altar and filled the trenches. Elijah then called on the Lord

“O Lord, the God of Abraham, …prove now that you are the God of Israel and that am your servant and

have done all this at your command” (vs. 29).

The Lord sent fire down and it burnt up the sacrifice, wood, stones, and dust and licked up the water

that was in the trench. When people saw this, they proclaimed ‘The Lord, is God; the Lord alone is God”.

Elijah asked people to arrest the prophets of Baal, led them down to the river Kishon and killed them.

And after this there was rain in Israel (vs.40).

Lessons learnt from Mt. Carmel. Israelites acknowledged that Yahweh is:

i Is their only God and that Baal was not God

ii Is powerful

iii Is a merciful God

iv Is a jealous God as He will have no other gods but him

v Is a God of justice who punishes idolaters and sinners

vi Answers prayer

vii Is a forgiving true God

viii Protects his servants

  1. b) Elijah’s fight against corruption (1 Kings 21: 1 – 29)

Corruption is defined as dishonesty. It’s a form of injustice when dealing with either an individual or the

community for selfish gain and benefit. In a corrupt society people in leadership or with wealth take

advantage of the weak, and the poor. The powerful exploit the poor and the powerless by denying them

their rights. An example of corruption in Israel is the story of the Naboth’s Vineyard.

Naboth’s vineyard. Ahab wanted Naboth to either sell to him his vineyard or exchange it with another

vineyard. Naboth refused to sell his inheritance. Jezebel, on seeing that Ahab was sorrowful told him

that she will get him Naboth’s vineyard. Jezebel sent out letters in Ahab’s name to the elders of the city.

She found two witnesses who could bear witness that Naboth had blasphemed God and king Ahab.

Witnesses testified that Naboth had blasphemed God. He was stoned to death. God then sent Elijah to

meet with Ahab as he went to possess the vineyard of Naboth.

God’s sentence to Ahab. God pronounced to Ahab through Elijah that (1) dogs shall lick his own blood

from the place where dogs licked the blood of Naboth (2) His sons shall be killed (3) Dogs shall eat

Jezebel by the wall of Jezreel (4) Evil shall be brought upon Ahab’s house.

This was because Ahab had broken these commandments:

 The 6th commandment – which forbids murder

 The 9th commandment which forbids bearing of false witness. Ahab allowed his wife to bear false

witness against Naboth

 10th Commandments – you shall not covet your neighbor’s property.

Elijah’s encounter with Yahweh at Mt. Horeb (Mr. Sinai) 1 Kings 19

After killing the prophets of Baal, Elijah was threatened by Jezebel. She vowed to kill him. Elijah ran

away to the wilderness. The angel of God fed him with a loaf of bread and a jar of water. After eating

and drinking Elijah walked to Mt. Sinai – the holy mountain of God. He stayed there for 40 days and 40

nights. In the mountain God appeared to him.

There was a strong wind, an earthquake, a fire but the Lord was not in them. Then the lord spoke to

Elijah in a still small voice. God told Elijah “ return and anoint Hazael as king of Syria, Jehu as king of

Israel, and anoint Elisha as a prophet and your successor.

Self-assessment question. How can Christians help reduce corruption in Kenya?

Answer

First is to recognize the various forms of corruption like: tribalism, bribery, cheating in business, stealing,

misuse of public funds, grabbing public land, robbery with violence and dishonesty

Self-assessment question. How can Christians fight corruption? Christians can fight corruption by:

a). Employing life skills

  1. a) Applying their critical thinking. This is the ability to make appropriate decisions; by weighing in the

consequences of actions before taking decisions.

  1. b) Creative thinking and being imaginative. This is the ability to explore new ways of handling issues,
  2. c) Decision making which is the ability to make the right choices
  3. d) Assertiveness. This is the ability to express ones opinion with confidence
  4. e) Praying for the corrupt to change their behaviour
  5. f) Setting a good example by acting as a good role model
  6. g) Educating people on the evils of corruption
  7. h) Reporting those who are engaged in corrupt dealings / practices to the relevant authorities.
  8. i) Obeying the laws of the society /country

Voting for morally upright leaders.

LESSON THREE: REASONS WHY ELIJAH FACED DANGER AND HOSTILITY AS A PROPHET OF GOD

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you shall

  1. Explain why Elijah, faced hostility
  2. Show relevance of Elijah’s prophetic mission to Christianity today

It’s not easy for a person to oppose the government and its policies. The person normally faces danger

and hatred. Elijah faced hostility from King Ahab, his wife Jezebel and the 450 prophets of Baal.

Elijah faced hostility because

  1. He pronounced a three years drought in Israel, which brought sufferings.
  2. He put to death 450 prophets of Baal
  3. He boldly condemned king Ahab for taking away Naboth’s vineyard
  4. He preached at a time when there was idolatry, and Baal was the official religion in Israel
  5. He identified himself with Yahweh in the midst of prosecution of God’s prophets by Jezebel.

Relevance of Elijah’s prophetic mission to Christians today

Lessons Christians learn from the life of Elijah

1) Elijah was courageous. Church leaders should remain courageous and condemn any form of social

injustice

2) Modern Christians learn to remain faithful to God through word and deed even if it would cost them

their lives

3) As God helped Elijah in difficult times he will also help the Christians hence they should not despair.

4) Elijah was a man of prayer Christians should pray to God always.

5) Christians should advocate for the rights of the poor and speak out against any form of oppression.

6) Christians should not give false evidence against their neighbours

7) Christians should be persistent like Elijah was in their struggle against injustice

God communicated with Elijah in a still small voice indicating his intimacy with the prophet. This means

that God is able to establish an intimate relationship with his faithful.

Review questions

  1. a) Describe the qualities of Elijah that led to his achievements
  2. b) What is schism and syncretism
  3. c) What are some of the characteristics of Elijah that a modern Christian should strive to emulate?
  4. d) What are the effects of idolatry in Israel today?
  5. e) Describe Elijah’s fight against false religion in Israel
  6. f) Describe Elijah’s fight against corruption 1 kings 21
  7. g) What can Christians learn from the teachings of Elijah?

TOPIC SEVEN: SELECTED ASPECTS OF AFRICAN RELIGIOUS HERITAGE.

Introduction

All Traditional African Communities believe in a Supreme Being who is the origin and sustainer of all

things: He is the creator of the university and all that it contains.

All Africans agree that nobody has ever seen God. Therefore, nobody can really describe Him, yet

through their religious insights, Africans have formulated ideal about the nature of God. These ideas

concern His real being and His activities.

“Traditional religion” refers to African culture that existed in the sub – Saharan Africa. African traditional

culture had no scriptures or texts because most of it was oral. It was preserved and handed down from

generation to generation-through oral traditions; ceremonies; rituals, and leading personalities.

Learning outcomes. By the end of this topic, you should be able to

  1. a) Explain and appreciate the African concept of God spirits and ancestors
  2. b) Identify attributes of God
  3. c) Explain the African understanding of the hierarchy of beings
  4. d) Describe the role of God, spirits and ancestors
  5. e) Explain the responsibilities of the living towards God, spirits and ancestors
  6. f) Describe the traditional African way of worshipping God, venerating and communicating with the

ancestors and spirits.

LESSON ONE: AFRICAN CONCEPT OF GOD, SPIRITS AND ANCESTORS

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson, you should

  1. Describe the African concept of his/her religion
  2. State attributes of God
  3. Draw a diagram showing hierarchy of beings

Africans believed in existence of a supreme being who lived in mountains, clouds and the sky. God was

the creator of the universe. In African traditions, religion was integrated in every aspect of life and daily

activities. For example, farming activities involved God, spirits and ancestors. People would pray to God,

spirits ancestors so as to ask for blessings in order to have a good harvest. Livestock keepers believed

that fertility of their animals is a result of the blessings of God. If God was appeased, animals would

increase.

Natural phenomena such as thunder, lightning, rain; good harvest, and birth were linked to the Supreme

Being and the invisible world. If there were calamities such as drought, disease, famine, and death, it

was an indication that God, spirits and ancestors were displeased with humankind. Many communities

have invocations uttered through out the day

Nature or Attributes of god

God is described with many names, which are God’s attributes. These are among others:

  1. a) God is Good – Nearly all-African communities describe God as being good to all people and things. He

gives rain, sunshine and life among many other gifts.

  1. b) God is merciful. The Akamba refer to God as “God of pity”, the ‘merciful one’. God shows mercy in

times of danger, illness, difficulty or anxiety.

  1. c) God is holy. He is pure, holy and does not make mistakes. Yoruba call him God who is pure, without

blemish. The Kikuyu say God is “Possessor of whiteness” and the Bukusu – ‘master whitewash’. African

traditions all approach God with reverence, fear, respect and honor. For example when offering

sacrifices, they would offer a one-colour animal either white, black, or brown and not a spotted animal.

  1. d) God is powerful i.e. Omnipotent. God is described as almighty. His power is expressed in natural

occurrences like thunder, lighting, earthquakes, rains, and floods.

  1. e) God is all knowing (Omniscient). God knew all things; nothing can be hidden from him. He discerns

hearts.

  1. f) God is all present (Omnipresent).He is present everywhere in the universe
  2. g) God is limitless. God has no limit. He is both very far and very near, beyond and within.
  3. h) God is transcendent .God cannot be exhausted by human imagination. He is unexplainable, beyond

human experience and understanding.

  1. i) God is all understanding
  2. j) God is self – existent .He made all things but he himself is not made. He exists on his own. Zulu explain

that God is ‘he who is of himself.

  1. k) God is a spirit He is invisible, and everlasting.. Shilluk of Sudan refer to him as ‘great spirit’ ‘the

formless spirit.

  1. l) God is everlasting. God is eternal, never changes, and never dies. The Yoruba call him ”the mighty

immovable rock that never dies.

  1. m) God is God created the creator .The world Kikuyu call him “Mumbi”
  2. n) God is just. Kikuyu refer to God as “Mugai” meaning “divider”. ‘One who shares out’. God judges

fairly, punishes those who do wrong and rewards the good with blessings.

  1. o) God is the provider. All communities acknowledge that God provides them with everything they have.

Africans built representation of the power of God. They identified sites, places and things that

represented the presence and power of God. For example things like big trees, thick forest, high

mountains, unique rock formations and large rivers and animals. In these places they built sites, and

shrines. Shrines were regarded as holy and people approached them with reverence

Spirits. They were believed to exist between God and human beings in the universe. Spirits were diverse

and created by God. Some spirits were dead human beings. Spirits were divided into nature, sky, earth

and human spirits that were either long dead (ghosts) or recently dead (ancestors).

There were different types of spirits. These were:

  1. Divinities. These are spirits created by God. They are close to God and act as his agents. They are in

charge of natural phenomena like the sun, moon and stars. They are intermediaries between God and

ancestral spirits, human beings and other creatures. They reveal God’s plans through diviners and

mediums

  1. Human spirits / common spirits. These are inferior to divinities but higher than human kind. They are

remains of human beings after their death. These spirits monitor human activities. Human spirits have

lost their names and are not longer remembered by the living. They are believed to live in the under

world, undergrounds, in thick bushes, forests, rivers, mountains, lakes, skies, and caves among other

places. These spirits can bring harm to the living if disrespected. They appear to people in dreams or in

form of shadows. They can also enter or possess a person and cause abnormalities.

  1. Ancestors / living dead

These are spirits of the recently dead. They are remembered by the living when children are named

after them. They are actively involved in the lives and activities of the living. Their offerings (food or

drink) are poured on the ground for them to receive.

Ancestors are in a period of transition between the living and the higher categories. They are believed to

know the problems of the living and therefore consulted constantly. They are also associated with evil

such as revenge for burying them without honor, or not following the instructions they gave before they

died or failing to pour them libations. When they are happy with the living, they are a source of

blessings. Ancestors who did evil things or committed suicide are forgotten and ignored.

Hierarchy of beings. Hierarchy means the order or ranking from the highest to the lowest of created

beings. At the top is

Divinities

Ancestors

Human Beings

Animals and Plants

Non-living Things

LESSON TWO: THE ROLE OF GOD, SPIRITS AND ANCESTORS

Learning outcomes. By the end of this lesson: –

  1. Write a description of God from an African perspective

God is the creator. The Akamba community believed that God whom they called Mulungu created man

and woman. He then tossed them to the earth. The Luhya claim God created them from the black

topsoil hence their skin complexion.

God is the source of life and giver of life. Barren women pray to God to ask for children. Human beings

depend on God for life, rain, air, and sunshine.

God is the provider. He gave domestic animals to human beings for their use. Domestic animals have

many uses such as repayment of dowry, food, and sacrifices to God, payment of a fine by an offender.

Many wild animals are used in folk songs and tales to discourage cowardice, and laziness

God is a protector of human beings from evil.

God is the giver of moral laws and a judge of people

God offers solutions to man’s problems through mediums, and prophets

God gives power to the specialists such as medicine men, women and priests.

God punishes people for wrongdoing

Wild animals such as hyena are used in folk stories to discourage cowardice. Stories of tortoise illustrate

the importance of being slow but sure. Snakes in some communities such as the Luhya were not killed.

The community believed snakes were immortal ancestors coming to visit the living.

Plants were used as food for people and animals. Trees were used for fuel and building materials. Some

trees were used as sacred places of worship.

Non-living things such as the rain, rocks, and rivers had a religious importance. Rain is seen as a blessing

from God. When rain fails, diviner/rain maker was consulted. Rocks, and mountains were believed to be

dwelling places for the living, the dead and the spirits.

The spirits were viewed as neither good nor evil. Human beings feared them. Their roles were many.

They;

i Appeared in dreams especially to diviners, priests, medicine men and women, and rain makers to relay

information

ii Were consulted by religious specialists to find the cause of a problem in a given situation.

iii Were bad (naughty) spirits, which disturbed people. African communities believed that bad sprits

could call out one’s name but on turning there’s no one.

iv Were manipulated by some human beings to cause harm to others

v Relayed God’s messages to human beings.

vi Sometimes possessed a person causing the person to be sent away from the village to the forest, or a

way from home.

vii Acted as intermediaries between humans,’ divinities and God.

Role of ancestors is to: –

1) Appear to families in dreams, and visions.

2) Give family instructions i.e. what should be done.

3) Rebuke those who fail to honor them and warn them of impending punishment

4) Act as mediators between the living and God.

5) Enquire about family affairs as they considered as members of the family

6) Request for sacrifice of an animal which is slaughtered for them

7) Cause illness or mental disturbance to members of a family if they are disregarded or disobeyed.

Preserve the culture of a community

9) Welcome those who die to the spirit world.

LESSON THREE: RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LIVING TOWARDS GOD, SPIRITS, AND ANCESTORS

Learning outcome. After studying this lesson, you should

  1. State responsibilities of the living to God, spirits, and ancestors
  2. Explain the various forms of worship

Responsibilities of living include

Human beings are expected to worship God, spirits and ancestors and show (i) reverence and respect or

veneration to God. They are also expected to (i) pray (ii) sing and (iii) dance.

Worship. This is our major responsibility as God expects us to meet and communicate with the spiritual

world and God. There are several ways of worshipping God. These include among others:

(a) Sacrifices and offerings. Sacrifices include shedding of blood of animals and birds. Offerings are in the

form of foodstuffs, milk, water and honey. God was worshipped because He is recognized as the

absolute owner of life and property. We also worship God in order to (i) invoke Him for special blessings

(ii) thank Him (iii) express our personal fellowship and communion with God (iv) avert or prevent evil.

Evils bring about epidemics, famine, floods, and drought.

(b) Singing and dancing. Africans worshipped God through singing, dancing, clapping of hands,

drumming, and use of musical instruments.

(c)Prayers, invocations and blessings.

Prayers were accompanied with sacrifices or offerings. Community leaders prayed to God, spirits and

ancestors.

(d) Invocations are shortened form of prayers e.g. “Help me oh God” ‘Oh great God”. These are prayers

at the spur of the moment. They are few words full of meaning and calling for help form God.

(e) Formal blessings. An elder or older person gave blessings. It is believed that the person blessing the

other one is doing so on behalf of God.

(f) Venerations. Africans treated their ancestors with great respect and honor. They for example

worshiped ancestors daily. Worshipping included placing food or pouring libation of beer, milk, water

and honey for the spirits. As this act was done, they uttered words to accompany the offerings. Libations

were done daily by some communities.

(g). Ancestors were honored by:

 Mentioning their names at prayers was offered to God.

 Naming children after them.

 Inviting them to participate in family ceremonies and rituals. For example during birth, and initiation.

 Maintaining their graves well.

 Giving the dead a decent burial

Communication with spirits

Diviners and mediums talk with ‘spirits”. To do so, they sit quietly in a place; singing, dancing and

clapping their hands. As they dance, sit and sing, diviners lose their senses and get possessed by the

spirit. The spirits speak give them messages for individuals and communities. Spirits communicate on

issues such as (i) lost property (ii) revealing by name the enemy in the society (iii) making demands on

the living (iv) giving advice (v) giving warnings on impending danger and (vi) making promises to bless a

family or clan. Spirits that possess mediums are not harmful.

There are bad evil spirits harmful to people whom they possess. Some evil spirits cut themselves; others

throw themselves into a fire, river, and lake.

Revision questions

  1. a) Explain African beliefs about god ( or qualities)
  2. b) Describe the African understanding of the hierarchy of being
  3. c) Describe the role of the ancestors to the living
  4. d) What was the responsibility of the living towards God?
  5. e) Describe the T.A. ways of worshipping God.

TOPIC EIGHT: AFRICAN MORAL AND CULTURAL VALUES

Learning Outcomes

By the end of the topic, you should be able to

a Explain the meaning of life and its wholeness in the traditional African society

b Explain the African concept of community and kingship system

c Outline the factors contributing to harmony and mutual responsibility in the African communities

d Describe rites of passage and their role inculcating moral values in the traditional African society

e Explain the role of religious specialist and their relevance in modern society

f Explain the African moral values

g Discuss and evaluate continuity and change in the African understanding of leisure, dress, old age,

widows, orphans, dowry, community, land, medicine, worship and property.

LESSON ONE: MEANING OF LIFE AND ITS WHOLENESS IN THE TRADITIONAL AFRICAN SOCIETY

Learning outcomes. By the end of the lesson you should be able to:-

  1. Describe the meaning and wholeness of life in the traditional African society
  2. Describe the African understanding of a community

Life originates from God and it progress from one stage to another with a certain rhythm each person

has to follow. Each stage of life is marked by rites of passage. Life is continuous and unending. Each

person is expected to value life and to be responsible. Life involves sharing. It is immoral to be greedy

and self centred. People are to be hospitable, warm and caring toward other people. Unity and harmony

are to be upheld. Life is viewed as whole only if a person went through all the stages or rites of passage

Life was propagated through bearing children. Life cannot be divided into religious and secular. Every

element of life has a religious meaning. Life is communal. Life was celebrated at every stage. Everyone

depends on others. Labour was divided. There were duties for men, children and women.

In African traditional society, human life is precious. Murder was condemned harshly. Suicide was

considered the worst thing anyone could do. It was seen as a curse on the family. If one died at

childhood, it was regarded as abortion. Death did not mark the end of life. Death is referred to as ‘saying

goodbye to food”, “sleeping,” “going home”, “being called by the ancestors”.

African concept of a community

A community is a group of people who share a common language, religion, and culture and may live in

the same geographical location. This group of people or an ethnic group shares common interests and

characteristics. For example, African communities:

 Share common features, and interests

 Have the same origin and are likely to be related by blood.

 Share a common language.

 Live together and inhabit the same geographical location.

 Are divided into smaller units called clans

A clan is made up of people who have the same forefather. A clan is composed of families. A family is

made up of members (living or dead) who are related by blood and marriage. Family members therefore

include the ancestors and the unborn.

LESSON TWO: KINSHIP SYSTEM IN AFRICAN COMMUNITIES

Learning outcomes. After studying African kinship system in African communities, you should be able to:

  1. Explain the importance of kinship system
  2. Give factors that contribute to harmony and mutual responsibility

Kinship refers to the relationships between people. These can be by blood, marriage or adoption. People

that belong to the same kinship system are referred to as kin.

Importance of kinship system and ties

Kinship relationships were and still are important among African communities. This is because these

ties:

i Provided company. This ensured that people were not lonely.

ii Provided a sense of belonging which one of the human needs. We all want to belong

iii Controlled social relationships between people related by blood or marriage.

iv Promoted mutual responsibility and help

v Enhanced a sense of security which is a human need

vi Regulated marital customs, rules and regulations.

vii Enabled people to live peacefully and in harmony.

viii Bind the community together enhancing social cohesion and loyalty to each other

ix Facilitated care for the disadvantaged members of community.

x Ensured that all members of the community are have knowledge of community beliefs and practices

xi Provided a peaceful way of settling disputes.

xii Provided mechanisms for proper inheritance of property for example land.

Factors contributing to harmony and mutual responsibility in African communities. These are many.

Some of them are (i) rites of passage (2) good morals (3) participation in communal activities such as

ceremonies, work, leisure activities and worship (4) sharing of property and ideas (5) division of labour.

Tasks were distributed according to one’s age, gender and status. (6) rules/social norms regulated how

people grew up; knowing what is wrong and right. Good morals help people to live in peace and

harmony

LESSON THREE: RITES OF PASSAGE

Learning outcomes. I expect you to read this lesson and

  1. Name the main stages of human life
  2. Explain the rite of circumcision in your community
  3. Narrate initiation rituals
  4. Discuss the importance of marriage in your community with peers
  5. State the importance of funeral and burial rites.

In traditional African society, there were four main stages of life. These were (i) birth and naming (ii)

initiation (iii) marriage and (iv) old age and death

Birth and naming

When a woman conceived, and pregnancy was visible, she was treated specially. She wore charms to

keep away evil eyes. She ate special food and avoided sexual relations. The family and husband did not

expect her to perform heavy task. When she was ready to deliver, mid wives helped in delivery. After

delivery, the placenta was seen as a sign of fertility hence it was buried in the fertile land such as a

banana plantation. Some communities preserved placenta while others threw it into a running stream.

Birth

The arrival of a baby and its sex was announced through ululations or shouts. The placenta was disposed

off ceremoniously. The mother was purified and baby protection rites were conducted. Once purified, a

mother could wear charms to protect herself and the baby from malicious spirits, sorcery, witchcraft,

and evil eyes.

Thanksgiving ceremonies were performed to show gratitude to God. The hair of the mother and child

was shaved as a sign of purification and newness of life.

Naming

Naming of babies was carefully chosen. A baby could be named after either a season, weather,

ancestors, place or time of delivery, occasion, experience of mother during delivery, significance events

such as war, and drought, personality of the child, and names of heroes and gods. A good example is the

name ‘Were’ amongst the Luhya.

Twins had special names.

Initiation – the second rite of passage.

There were different types of initiations such as circumcision for boys and clitorisdectomy for girls,

excision of teeth and body marks. Initiation rites were important and every individual was expected to

go through them or be rendered an outcast. Initiation practices were seen as tests for courage and

bravery. They helped the communities when identifying future leaders and warriors.

Initiation was very important in communities where it was practiced. Initiation marked a transition from

childhood to adulthood. In this transition, the initiate acquired new rights, new status in life, and

privileges. For example the new initiates were allowed to marry, own property, and inherit the father’s

property. In addition the initiates received specialized education. They were taught how to behave as

adults, warriors, future husbands and parents.

The education brought families, relatives and friends together. This act strengthened kinship ties. It also

prepared the initiates to face the difficulties and challenges of adult life. In addition, initiation helped to

structure the community. Initiation was programmed to fit an age set; and it marked passage of specific

time. Thus each initiation ceremony was held regularly, normally between 16 – 21 years of age. If you

calculate, you can see that 16 to 21 years introduced a new age set or group of young people. The age

set held power for 16 to 21 years and handed over to the new generation. Initiation was therefore a

mark of identity. It gave the initiate a sense of belonging. It bonded the initiates together with the

ancestors.

Initiation rituals are not popular today as they were in the past. This is because many communities have

undergone social and cultural changes because of modern education. As a result some families take

their sons to hospitals to be circumcised to prevent HIV/AIDs and to avoid infections because of

unhygienic traditional initiation practices.

Other reasons are (i) urbanization and migration, (ii) individualization (iii) Christians religious values.

These have made some communities abandon some rites e.g. clitorisdectomy and (iv) some countries

have made girl’s circumcision illegal and an issue of human and health rights.

Attitude to birth and naming

There has been a change in attitude to birth and naming. This is because initiation is no longer a

community but a family affair. In addition, pregnant women attend antenatal clinics. Majority of

pregnant women give birth in hospitals and health centres. Thus a doctor and not a midwife announce

the sex of the baby. In modern society, the mother and child are no longer secluded. Lastly most parents

prefer western names for their babies.

Marriage was a requirement for all members of the community. It was a source of status in the

community. Since a leader had to be married.

Young men and women married after initiation. Marriage was a happy occasion and a source of wealth.

The father gave young initiates some animals for dowry. Fathers of girls received dowry payments, as

bride price was mandatory. It was given to the parents of the girl in form of (a) Cows (b) Goats (c)

Camels (d) Jewellery (e) Poultry. The young men inherited the father’s property.

Importance of dowry. Dowry unified the community. When young women were married, their parents

lost their labour. Dowry payments compensated for this loss. Men paid dowry as a sign of commitment

to their wife and parents.

Importance of marriage

Marriage was sacred. It was and ordained by God. Marriage created new social relationships and

expanded web of kinships. During the marriage ceremonies the whole community rejoiced, and feasted

together. The newly married couple learnt new knowledge and skills. The community and society

respected the newly married couple. Children born from this union propagated and ensured continuity

of family, and the community.

Modern community and marriage. There has been a change in attitude towards marriage. As a result:

marriage is no longer seen as sacred and divorce is common. In addition, dowry has been

commercialized, as it is no longer seen as important. Some young men do not pay dowry. In fact

marriage is no longer seen as a sign of status

Children were important in marriage. Barren women were frowned upon. Polygamy solved issues of

childlessness. Couples without children can now adopt them from the Child Welfare society.

Divorce. This was very rare. It happened only if the girl (i) was not a virgin (ii) practiced witchcraft (iii)

and did not show respect towards her husband.

Old age and death. This is the age of wisdom. Old people were respected. Grey hair was a sign of respect

and wisdom. In all culture, the elders were the custodians of the law, norms and regulations. Social and

religious specialists were seers, rainmakers, priests, diviners, and medicine men among others

Death. Old age is followed by death. It was seen as a transition into the spiritual life. Besides old age,

many cultures believed that death was due to either breaking of the traditional customs and taboos,

curses, evil spirits, witchcraft, war, diseases and epidemics. Burial rites were performed in many African

communities.

Disposing of the dead body. Several methods were used to dispose the body. These were burials, leaving

bodies in the forest, and throwing body to animals or placing the body in an abandoned house. African

communities believed that animals carried the spirit of the dead person to the next life. Burial rites were

performed by the bereaved. They buried the body with ones person belongings and tools. Thus if a

person was a great warrior, he was buried with a war coat. Celebrations accompanied funeral rites.

Funeral songs (dirges) were performed. There was drinking and eating.

Importance of funeral and burial rites

Burial rites created a good relationship between the dead and the living. They were therefore given to

appease the world of spirits, express unity in the society, cleanse the remaining relatives and obey the

customs of the community. Rituals that were performed depended on the community. Some of the

rituals for the dead included.

  1. a) Shaving of heads. Some mourners shaved their hair completely, while others shaved in a specific

pattern.

  1. b) Dancing and singing, and giving gifts to the bereaved family
  2. c) Mourning (d) Drum beating (e) Horn blowing 9f) Grave side fires

Here are some questions to make you think about marriages

  1. In your opinion, what has brought changes in modern marriages?
  2. Explain why divorce is rising in Kenya and Africa.
  3. What changes do we see in contemporary marriages?
  4. What has brought about these changes?
  5. What are the major causes of death in Kenya today?

LESSON FOUR: RELIGIOUS SPECIALISTS AND THEIR RELEVANCE IN MODERN SOCIETY

Learning outcome. After studying this lesson,

  1. Identify religious specialists
  2. State the role of medicine men, priests, mediums, prophets, diviners, and seers
  3. Describe roles of herbalists, elders, and rainmakers
  4. Explain the role of religious specialists in your culture

Religious specialists include Medicine men / healers, Herbalists, Diviners, Mediums, Prophets / Seers,

Rainmakers, Priests and Elders. Religious specialists were given power by their parents who taught them

religious duties. Others received divine call through dreams and visions. A few learnt from experts via

apprenticeship. This is learning by observing and practicing what one sees the master teacher doing.

Roles of the medicine women/men in the Community. Medicine women/men are healers who were and

are respected by the community. This is because they were and are able to:

1) Treat and heal the sick

2) Solve serious and complicated chronic illnesses

3) Give medicine in form of powder, herbs, minerals or liquid form and observed patients swallowing,

drinking, sniffing, and applying on the skin.

4) Offer prayers and sacrifices to God

5) Give charms to protect individual persons from evil spirits.

6) Perform specialized medical roles in some communities in spite of the fact that we have modern

hospitals, counselors and psychologists.

Elders were and still are community leaders. They were not religious specialists but the community gave

elders duties, which made them close to religious leaders.

Herbalists and their relevance. Herbalists were synonymous with witch doctors. They cured people

through herbs just like the medicine women/men. Communities’ belief: that herbalists are witchdoctors

and possess magical powers. Herbalists continue to be consulted as ‘witch doctors’ or “waganga”. Today

herbalists do religious tasks that were traditionally done by diviners.

Diviners were able to find hidden secrets and knowledge; reveal witches and thieves. They

communicated with spirits and enhanced the work of healers and medicine people. They worked as

medicine people and were healers of people. They used magic powers and predicted future

occurrences. They used items such as pebbles, water, bones or gourds in divination. They also warned of

future calamities. They were mediators between God, ancestors and the people. To be a diviner, one

had to be trained. There was a specialized curriculum prepared by diviners.

Relevance of diviners in modern society. Diviners (‘witchdoctor’ “mganga”) are not popular today and

are hardly consulted. But the unfortunate Kenyans consult them who: need a job, promotion, and

children. This consultation is secret.

Mediums were channels of communication between the living and the spirits of people’s ancestors. The

ancestor spirits possessed mediums and through them ancestors gave information and messages to

their relatives.

Priests were religious leaders and functionaries. They were intermediaries between people, ancestors,

spirits and God. Their work was to make sacrifices and give offerings on behalf of the people. They

officiated during planting and harvesting rituals. They offered prayers and blessed the needy. They cared

for the shrines and poured libations to the ancestors. They led the community in public worship. They

were political heads and judges. Today, traditional priests are not relevant since most Kenyans follow

several religious practices like Christianity, Hindus, Islam and many others. But there are however, a few

traditional priests who take care of community shrines.

Prophets / Seers predicted the future. They foretold events such as invasions, wars, drought, and

epidemics. They gave advice. They also performed religious duties. They could bless and curse. Religious

prophets are common today but traditional prophets are not common.

Rainmakers were responsible for bringing or withholding rain to a community. They interpreted weather

conditions. They performed certain rituals like asking God for rains. They were highly respected in the

society. Modern science has replaced rainmakers

Meteorological departments have made the rainmakers redundant.

Elders were custodians of community values and secrets. They acted as educators. They gave

punishment to offenders of social norms/rules. They acted as counselors and guided the youth on

matters of sex and marriage. They helped in maintaining roles for important religious functions, such as

rites of passage. They were political leaders in the community. They were negotiators and solved

conflicts since they settled family disputes especially agreements concerning land. They were custodians

of the traditional values, customs and history of the people.

Relevance. Elders are relevant in modern society. They are referred to as village elders and are

recognized by the government of Kenya.

LESSON FIVE: AFRICAN MORAL VALUES

Introduction. African communities were regulated by a strict code of laws and moral values. In this

lesson we shall study moral values, which regulated individual members of society as well as the

community itself.

Learning outcomes. After reading this lesson, you should

  1. Give examples of cultural values
  2. Define moral values
  3. Identify forms of misconduct
  4. State a punishment for each misconduct

What is a cultural value? These are community practices and beliefs. Each community has cultural values

that it accepts and upholds. These cultural values are laws, customs, and forms of behaviour,

regulations, rules, observances and taboos. The cultural values form a moral code, which regulates the

community. For example, if the culture, values private property, it will have laws that forbid theft of

property. These laws are cultural values. Cultural values influence the social order and peace. God gives

peace and harmony. God is seen as the giver and guardian of the law. Disobedience was and still is

regarded as evil, wrong and was and still is punishable by law.

What is a moral value? Moral values are standards of behaviour towards others. They are based on what

is valued by the community. Moral values are also positive attitudes. Each community decided what is

important to it and what is desirable for its members to practice and uphold.

The moral values that communities observed were many. They included amongst others:

  1. Hospitality and Love for self and others. This is the habit of welcoming all people, treating oneself and

others well. Members of the community were taught how to be hospitable to visitors, strangers and

how to assist the needy.

  1. Honesty. This is developing good habits like telling the truth, Loyalty, Respect, Co – operation with all.
  2. Obedience to parents, elders, community leaders and elders. Cultural regulations were followed and

adhered to leading

  1. Caring for others. This is being responsible to members of the community
  2. Developing social moral behaviour like Humility, Sharing, Responsibility, Chastity, Integrity, Tolerance,

Perseverance, and Courtesy

  1. Working Hard. Do chores. These were according to sex, age and social-economic status.
  2. Cooperation. Members cooperated and worked together with others.

Moral values were learnt in the process of socialization. Leisure activities helped in acquisition of moral

values. Learning moral values was a lifelong process. The most valued behaviour was obedience.

Children were to obey their parents; wives obey their husbands; community obeys their leaders, and

elders.

Learning to obey was a life long process. An obedient person was respected and rewarded.

Misconducts. There were taboos that the community observed. Failure to obey community laws

resulted in punishments. The community did not allow stealing of livestock. Domestic animals were the

most valued private property. Individuals owned livestock while land ownership was communal. There

were many forms of punishment for stealing livestock and committing other crimes. For example

  1. Payment of heavy fines to replace stolen livestock
  2. Being beaten in a sack
  3. Thrown down a hill
  4. Cast out of community. Thieves and murders built their homes at the outskirts of the community.

They were not allowed to interact anymore with the members of the community.

  1. Being covered with dry banana leaves and then set on fire.

LESSON SIX: CONTINUITY AND CHANGE

Introduction

Learning outcome. From this lesson, you should be able to:

  1. Compare traditional and modern way of life
  2. Trace property ownership in traditional and modern communities
  3. Explain how money economy has affected the traditional way of life
  4. State how communities can look after orphans, widows, and old people

Community. Formal education introduced the western way of life. Employment and trade forced

Africans to leave their villages to look for employment and markets in towns. These actions led to

urbanization and pluralism. As a result different communities came to towns and lived together.

  1. Paid employment. Workers were paid by money. The concept of money changed community life.

Individualism ownership of money replaced communalism

  1. Land used to be communal. There was plenty of land for everyone. But changes were brought by

modern life. For example, health improved and people lived longer. There were fewer deaths and

population increased. With money, there was an expansion of trade. Individuals started buying land

with money instead of clearing forests.

Modern life changed the concept of land. Individual started owning land. The colonial governments

introduced policies about land ownership in different African countries. In communities where

education was accepted and money economy took over from livestock economy, communal land

disappeared.

Parents did not have land for inheritance. As a result, people moved and bought land away from their

ancestral birthplaces. This resulted in both migrations and immigrations.

  1. Property. Traditionally property included land, cattle (Livestock), women/ wives, and children. In

African traditional culture, this property belonged to men or the first-born son in paternal societies. In

maternal communities, it belonged to wives and daughters.

Today property or wealth is in different forms such as money, buildings, vehicles, land, shares, stock,

jewels, insurance, and others. Women, men and children own property. Because of this, the status of a

person is measured by property.

Dowry – Bride price / bride wealth

In African societies, bride price was very important. It was given in various forms. For example cows,

animals skin, and camels. Today dowry is commercialized. It’s mainly in form of cash money. This has

made marriage costly for the poor. Some young people are staying together without a formal wedding

in church or in the community. Others do not want to pay dowry. Young couples are living together in

what is called – come – we – stay arrangements.

  1. Health Medicine

In traditional society, Illness was caused by witchcraft, sorcery, bad omen, or curses. Diviners, herbalists,

and healers treated the sick people.

Today bacterial, viruses, or environmental factors, cause illnesses. These are treated by nurses, and

doctors; in hospitals and health centres. There is however a craze for herbalists. The communities are

consulting herbalists and are taking herbal tea, and medicine

  1. Dress

Mode of dressing varied between countries. It was dependent on the type of climate. African

communities were clothes made from skins or hides, leaves of bananas and trees. Women wore beads,

and necklaces for decoration.

Modern mode of dressing is a mixture of African, Asian and European wear. There are clothes for men,

women, and unisex. African and western ornaments are worn for beauty and style.

  1. Worship. Worship is an important activity in African communities. There are different forms of

worship, which are done in various places. Those who were converted to Islam worship in Mosques.

Those converted to Hinduism worship in temples. Christians worship in churches. The few traditional

African communities continue to worship their ancestors in shrines. These are very few.

But a few groups are turning back to traditional worship and reviving worship of ancestors and spirits,

and their traditional God. For example “Mungiki” a cult in Kenya, made up of young people, worship the

traditional Ngai and practice traditional culture.

Traditional religions have many offerings such as foodstuffs and sacrifices such as goats, cows, sheep

and chicken. Human sacrifice has been discarded.

It is illegal, and it is murder. In the news, we have heard of cases of body parts being stolen from a dead

body in mortuary probably for religious rituals. This is illegal and a criminal offence.

Modern offerings in most religious institutions consist of money.

  1. Death changes immediately the status of families. Mothers and fathers become widows and

widowers. Children become orphans. Many parents, wives and husbands have died because of HIV /

AIDS, road accidents, diseases and other modern calamities. They have left orphans, widows and

widowers.

Orphans used to be looked after by grandmothers, brothers and uncles. Today government, churches,

charities, NGOs, well-wishers, and guardians, the elder sibling looks after orphans. Some orphan sisters

and brothers drop out of school to look after the rest. Some orphans have ended up in the streets

because there is no one to look after them

Widows. Traditionally brothers inherited widows. However, widow inheritance is being discouraged to

prevent HIV / AIDS. But on the other hand, widows are encouraged to remarry as society has become

individualistic and no longer assists community members as an obligation.

Widowers are not inherited and many of them remarry soon after the death of their wives.

  1. Old age. In traditional African communities, old people were respected. But now old age is not

respected. The aged are seen as a burden to their children. This is because the need medical care, food,

and other forms of care to meet their needs. Most of them are neglected and mistreated. In traditional

communities, children took care of their aged parents. Today some children care for their parents.

Fortunately, churches have set up homes for the aged. An example is “Nyumbazawazee”. A few old

people can look after themselves since they have pension schemes, life insurance policies, income

generating projects, investments and bank deposits. They can care for themselves.

Revision questions

  1. a) What is the significance of the kingship system
  2. b) Outline and explain factors contributing to harmony and mutual responsibility in the traditional

African society

  1. c) What was the purpose of the bride wealth in the traditional African society?
  2. d) Explain the role of medicine men in the African communities and their relevance today.

STUDY ACTIVITIES

Read the Bible quotations given

Carry out role-plays e.g. the sacrifice of Isaac by Abraham

Consult the aged to assist in the understanding of African traditional practices

Form one answers

Topic: one

1.What is the importance of reading the Bible?

 Strengthens people’s faith.

 Helps in spreading the gospel.

 Helps in composition of songs and hymns.

 Acts as a reference when we write its translations and other books.

 Promotes good relationship between God and man.

  1. In society, people in schools, crusades, churches, lodgings, homes, and hospitals read the Bible.

3.In the government, the Bible is used for swearing in the Courts, Parliament and Cabinet when

members of parliament are nominated to become ministers of the government.

4.The major divisions of the Bible are the old and the new testaments.

Read 1.3.4. Above for more information

  1. What are the effects of Bible translation on African languages?

The Effects of Bible translation into African languages

The translations increased and deepened people’s faith in God. They also led to the establishment of

schools. The Gospel spread to local communities and many of them became Christians. The missionaries

and colonialists learnt African Languages. This led to the promotion of African languages. This helped the

African converts to judge when the missionaries were unfair or when they practiced inequality of races.

  1. Why is the Bible referred to as (a) a Library and (b) the Word of God

(a) The Bible is referred to as a Library because its:

  1. Books are arranged in a series and in order.
  2. A reference book
  3. Is a book of literary works
  4. Books were written under different situations and circumstances
  5. Books are many
  6. Inspiration is a process through which God took the initiative to prompt and enlighten the writers of

the Bible its Godly influence.

TOPIC TWO: CREATION AND THE FALL OF MAN

  1. Find answers on the differences between the two creation stories in lesson four
  2. Traditional African view of creation is in lesson four. Africans’ view was that:

 God is the architect of the world

 God existed from the very beginning of time

 God created everything from nothing

 God provides for the needs of human beings, animals, and all creation

 God continues to create through human beings

  1. Human beings continue with the work of creation in lesson four
  2. The origin of sin and evil read again lesson five
  3. Consequences of sin in lesson five

When Adam and Eve sinned

 Man’s friendship with God changed to fear of GOD

 What had been innocent and good became shameful

 Relationship between GOD and man was damaged and became spoilt

 Man began to toil for food, safety and other basic needs

 Pain became part of human experience

 Death sentence was passed

  1. Consequences of evil are in lesson six

Africans understand evil as barrenness, war, drought, epidemics, madness, sickness, death, burning in a

house and others

  1. God’s plan of salvation is lesson seven. The lesson tells us that GOD saved human kind by providing:

 Clothing for Adam and Eve

 Means to find food

 A decree to defeat serpent through the seed of the woman

 A solution in which he choose Abraham and separated him from others

 A delivery of Israelites from Egypt

 Prophets with messages for Israelites

 The Messiah to die on the Cross to save humankind

  1. Compare the biblical concept of sin and the African concept of evil.

Similarities:

 Both agree that God is good and did not create evil.

 In both, sin is a result of disobedience, greed and selfishness of humankind.

 In both cases, sin leads to human suffering.

 Both hold the view that sin/evil befalls humankind in the form of a curse.

 Sin brings separation between God and man.

 In both, there is reconciliation and forgiveness between God and man. Thus sin does not end a

relationship.

Differences

 In the bible, the serpent is seen as the cause of sin whereas in many Traditional African communities,

the spirits of the dead causes evil.

 In the bible, there is external punishment (hell) for sinners while the African communities believe that

punishment is here on earth.

 Biblically, human beings are born sinners because they are descendants of Adam (1st parents’ sin). In

Traditional African Community, a child is born free of evil.

 Biblically had taken the initiative to end sin but in Traditional African Community, man does through

sacrifice to the ancestral spirits.

  1. Subdue the earth in genesis 1 verse 28

TOPIC THREE: FAITH AND GOD’S PROMISES TO ABRAHAM.

Qn 1. Explain why Abraham is referred to as the Father of Faith

Faith is complete trust in somebody or something. This is because he demonstrated faith in his life’s

actions.

 Accepting to move from his homeland to an unknown land.

 By accepting circumcision at an old age and change of name.

 Being ready to sacrifice his only son – Isaac.

 He made altars for the worship of God at Bethel etc.

 He believed in a God he did not know/see.

 By accepting to enter into a covenant relationship with God where he gave his best animals as a

sacrifice.

Qn 2. Give five (5) actions from the life of Abraham that shows his faith in God

 Abraham obeyed God’s call and left his homeland Haran to go to an unknown land.

 He believed in the promises God gave him.

 Build altars for the worship of God, one at Schecher and the other at Bethel.

 Covenant – accepted to make a covenant with God where he sacrificed the best of his animals.

 Circumcision – accepting the command to circumcise himself and all male children in his household.

 Sacrifice of son – willing to offer his only son Isaac as a burnt offering to God.

Qn 3. List some of the promises God gave to Abraham.

 Abraham and his wife Sarah would have a son.

 Abraham would be famous.

 He would become the father of a great nation.

 God would curse those who cursed him and bless those who blessed him.

 God assured Abraham of a personal protection.

 Many descendants – like stars on the sky.

 The descendants would be slaves in a foreign land but God would deliver them.

 He would live to a ripe old age and die in peace.

 God would establish an everlasting covenant with him and his descendants.

 Some of his descendants would be kings.

 God would give him and his descendants land.

Qn 4. Compare and contrast Jewish and Traditional African practice of circumcision

  1. Similarities

 In both communities, circumcision is taken as a physical sign of membership to the community.

 It involves the cutting of the foreskin.

 Members who refuse to be circumcised are treated as outcasts in the community.

 The shedding of blood is symbolic as it binds the people with God and ancestors.

 It has a religious significance.

 Special people in both do circumcision.

 The occasions are accompanied by a ceremony which being kinsmen together.

 The rite is compulsory for males.

 The practice is handed down from one generation to the next.

 Names are given during the occasion.

 In both cases, it is done in special or religious places e.g. temple/under mugumo tree/ shrine etc.

 It is a command from God/ancestors.

Differences

 For African, initiation leads to adult responsibilities such as marriage, becoming a warrior, decisionmaking

and property ownership. In Jewish community, the boys are too young to take up responsibility.

 In the Jewish community, only males are circumcised while in the Traditional African Community,

both boys and girls are.

 For Jews, one remains a child while in the Traditional African Community, they move from childhood

to adulthood.

 Jewish community circumcise at the age of eight days while in the Traditional African Community, it is

at puberty.

 Among the Jews, it is a sign that they have become God’s people, but in Traditional African

Community, one is bound to the ancestors.

 The Jewish circumcision is a command from God as a sign of their covenant with him while Traditional

African Communities do it in obedience to the customs and traditions of their duty.

 The rite, taken place on the 8th day of both in Jewish community while in the Traditional African

Communities, it occurs after every four – six years.

 Done to individuals in Jewish community while it is done to a group of age mates in the Traditional

African Communities.

 No seclusion period among Jews as is the case in most African communities.

 In African communities, the ceremony enables them to choose future leaders, which is not the case

with the Jews.

 Helps one endure suffering (pain) in future in the African communities unlike in the Jewish

communities.

 Only one form of initiation (cutting of foreskin) is done. Various forms are practiced in the Traditional

African communities. These include:

 Cutting of foreskin

 Lib/ear piercing

 Removal of lower teeth

 Scarification (putting marks on face/body)

Qn 5. What is the importance of faith to Christians?

 Faith is the foundation of Christian life today. It makes Christians part of the great nation of God.

 Through faith in Jesus, Christians became the chosen people of God.

 Faith enables Christians make correct choices in life e.g. When choosing a career, marriage partners

etc.

 Faiths help them to face temptations and challenges in their lives and are able to overcome them.

 It gives them perseverance in prayer as they wait for God’s answer.

 It gives them the courage to commit their lives to God totally.

 It is through faith that Christians obey God.

 They are able to achieve impossible things through faith.

 They are able to believe what they have not seen through faith.

 They are able to serve the world, help the needy because of their faith in Christ.

Qn 6. State the elements of a covenant

 Partners two or more partners are involved.

 A physical reminder – a certificate/sign.

 Promises: – given by both partners.

 Ceremony – whose blood seals it or an oath taken.

 Witnesses – must be present

 It requires faithfulness, obedience and loyalty to the regulations

 It spells out serious consequences for those who break it.

Qn 7. Give examples of covenant in the bible and the modern society

The Bible

 God’s covenant with Noah: where he promised never to destroy the earth with flood – rainbow is the

sign of the covenant (Gen 9).

 God’s covenant with Abraham: God promised to fulfil the promises he made to Abraham. The sign

was circumcision (Gen 15 & 17).

 The covenant between God and the Israelites on Mt Sinai – sign was the Law – 10 commandments

(Exd 24).

 The covenant between God and King David – promise to David’s kingdom would last forever (2

Sam:7).

 Jeremiah’s covenant: The new covenant with God’s people (Jr 31: 31 – 34).

Modern Society

  • Baptism
  • Marriage
  • Oath of allegiance/loyalty
  • Ordination
  • The National Anthem binds all
  • The loyalty pledge
  • Employment contract

Qn 9. Discuss the circumstances that led God to enter into a covenant relationship with Abraham

 To seal the promises given unto Abraham e.g. a great nation, son, many descendants.

 It was an assurance of the fulfillment of God’s promises to Abraham.

 It was to unite God and the Israelites.

 It was to be a source of blessings to all.

 A starting point for the salvation of mankind, whereby he would renew the relationship between

himself and man after the separation by the 1st parents.

TOPIC FOUR: SINAI COVENANT.

Qn a. What are the qualities of Moses as a leader?

 Education: he received education while in the pharaoh’s palace where he grew up.

 Jewish religion knowledge: his own mother who was his maid taught him the history of Israel.

 He learned leadership skills from the King as he grew up.

 Shepherd: herding the father-in-law’s herds made him gain experience of shepherding people.

 Life in the wilderness where he lived after killing an Egyptian gave him experience in desert life

through where he would lead the Israelites.

 Father/parent: his marriage to Zipporah helped him learn family leadership. Later he applied this to

his work.

 Prophet: Enabled him to foresee the future and inform the community.

 Miracle-maker: helped him solve problem facing his people in the wilderness e.g. lack of food, water.

 Lawgiver: gave laws that were used to govern the community of Israel i.e. the Ten Commandments.

 Hard work: worked for his father-in-law serving the family e.g. fetching water. Later he was able to

serve the Jews.

Qn b (i) Describe the call of Moses: Exodus 3: 1 – 22

 God called Moses as he herded his father-in-law’s flock at Mt Sinai.

 Moses saw a burning bush, which was not consumed. He drew nearer to get a better look.

 God called Moses by name from the middle of the burning bush and told him to remove his shoes

because he was standing on holy ground.

 God told Moses that he had seen the suffering of his people in Egypt and heard their cry.

 He told Moses that he had chosen him to go to Pharaoh and release them from bondage.

 Moses objected to the task because he felt inadequate.

 God promised to be with Moses and to protect him.

 Moses asked for the name of God so that he would have a point of reference when asked who sent

him.

 God revealed himself to Moses saying, “IAM WHO I AM”

 God gave Moses power to perform miracles that he would use as proof of his work.

 Moses protested further saying he was a stammerer.

 God commissioned Aaron, Moses’ brother as his spokesman.

 Moses then told God he was afraid to go to Egypt.

 God assured him that the man he was afraid of was already dead.

Qn b (ii) Why was Moses hesitant to God’s call?

 It is because he was already a criminal and wanted in Egypt after having killed and Egyptian and ran

away.

 He was not a good speaker (stammerer).

 He did not know the name of God who was sending him.

Qn c (i) what is the significance of the items used for the Passover feast (similar to what is the meaning

of the Passover meal)?

 The Lamb: reminded the Israelite of the sacrificial lamb whose blood saved their 1st born from the

angel of death.

 The unleavened bread signified purity.

 It too signified the hurry they had to leave Egypt, as unleavened bread is easy to bake.

 Roasting the meat was the easiest method of cooking.

 Not breaking bones and spilt blood signified forgiveness.

 Bitter herbs symbolized the bitterness of slavery in Egypt.

Other Meanings:

 Eating while standing symbolized the haste with which the Israelites were to leave Egypt.

 They were not to leave any meal to avoid profanation in the form of flies. Burning was the simplest

way of disposal & sacred.

Qn c (ii) Compare the Lord’s Supper to the Passover feast

Similarities:

 Both are acts of salvation from suffering. Passover saved Israelites from slavery while the Lord’s

Supper saved people from bondage of sin.

 Both are celebrated in memory of a past event – suffering.

 Lambs offered in both Hebrews – the Passover lamb in the Lord’s Supper Jesus is the paschal lamb.

 In both a symbolic meal was taken.

 In both cases each group is saved through a mediator – Moses and Jesus respectfully.

 God’s covenant is remembered in both cases i.e. Old testament and new covenant respectfully.

 In both the religious significance of the feasts is taught and emphasized.

Differences:

 In the Passover feast, animal sacrifice is offered while in the Lord’s Supper, Jesus was the last sacrifice

and instead bread and wine are offered to represent his blood and body.

 Whereas the Jewish Passover was compulsory for every few, the Lord’s Supper is not compulsory in

all Christian churches.

 The blood shed in the Jewish Passover is for the salvation of the Jews only while the blood of Jesus

shed on the cross is for the salvation of the whole human race.

 Passover lamb offered in Hebrew while Jesus was the lamb offered in the Lord’s Supper.

Qn d. Describe how the Sinai covenant was made

 The Israelites arrived at Mt Sinai through God’s saving power.

 Moses was instructed by God to tell the elders to do the following in preparation for the making of

the covenant.

 All Israelites were to cleanse themselves and wash their garments.

 Mark the boundaries of the mountain and avoid going near or crossing the border.

 Avoid sexual relations between married couple.

Note: All these happened after Moses had gone up the mountain and God had promised to make the

Israelites the following if they obeyed him.

  1. His people
  2. A kingdom of priests

iii. A holy nation

 On the third day after cleansing, Moses took the Israelites to meet their God. God manifested himself

in the following forms: thunder, lightening, earthquake and a thick cloud that filled the mountain and a

loud trumpet blast.

 Moses came down and told people about the laws which was to guide them as a covenant people.

 The people agreed to obey all the words the Lord had spoken (Ex 24: 3 – 4)

 Thus the covenant was made.

Qn e. Describe the circumstances that led to the breaking of the Sinai covenant

 Moses went up the mountain to receive the stone tablets on which the Ten Commandments where

written. He delayed (40 days) thus forgetting God.

 The Israelites became impatient. They forgot the saving power of God that had delivered them from

Egypt.

 Aaron was a weak leader who failed to lead the people to uphold the covenant. He yielded to their

demands to make and worship idols.

 Availability of gold jewellery: used to make the calf image.

 Idolatry was a practice done while in Egypt so they copied/continued with it.

 They were used to God’s (idols). They could see while in Egypt unlike the Yahweh who was invisible.

Qn f. How was the broken covenant renewed?

 Moses pleaded to God not to destroy the Israelites.

 God spared them.

 God commanded the Israelites to cut two stone tablets where he would rewrite the commandments.

 God gave conditions to be fulfilled by the Israelites in the renewal of the covenant.

These were:

  1. a) To obey God’s command.
  2. b) Not to make treaties with other nations.
  3. c) To tear down the altars of the gods of other nations and temples.
  4. d) Not to worship idols.
  5. e) Not to make images to represent God.
  6. f) Not to marry foreign wives.
  7. g) To keep and celebrate the three festivals namely, Passover, feast of weeks and the feast of in

gathering.

  1. h) To keep the Sabbath day holy.
  2. i) Dedicate to God 1st born male children and animals.

 God promised that if they obeyed Him, He would:

  1. a) Protect and preserve them
  2. b) Bless them
  3. c) Make them prosper

 After this Moses was ordered by God to write a new set of Laws on the stone tablets.

 Thus the covenant was renewed.

Qn g. Describe how the Israelites worshipped God in the wilderness

 Worship is the practice of showing respect and love for God.

 The Israelites showed their respect and love for God in the wilderness in the following ways: –

1) The Ark and the Tabernacle: The Ark was a wooden box where the Ten Commandments were kept.

They signified the presence of God. The tabernacle was a portable tent for meeting between God and

the Israelites.

2) The Sabbath: They observed the Sabbath as a sacred day for resting and worshipping God.

3) Festivals: Celebrated many festivals as one way of worshipping God. E.g. Passover.

4) Altars – built them when there was need to worship God – meeting place between God and the

people and sacrifice to God.

5) Observance of the Ten Commandments. These guided them on how to live with God and man.

6) Religious leaders: God chose priest from the tribe of Levi to organize worship.

Qn h. What is the relevance of the Ten Commandments to Christian today?

 Christians learn that God is a jealous God. They avoid holding other things in their lives strong in the

place of God.

 Christians learn that God is unique and cannot be represented by visible man-made objects or

described in human terms.

 They are reminded to observe the Sabbath by worshipping God.

 They strive to have a good relationship with God.

 They are taught to respect other people and their property.

 They learn that long life is a result of honoring and respecting their parents.

 They strive to live upright and moral lives.

 They learn that lust for money and other property is sinful.

Qn i. What did the Israelites learn about God in the wilderness?

 They learned that God is faithful. He keeps promises.

 A provider – provided manna, water etc.

 God is the controller of natural forces e.g. Red sea, a pillar of cloud & fire, earthquakes etc.

 A jealous God – no worship of other gods.

 Just – forgave those who broke the covenant and punished those who refused to repent.

 Merciful and compassionate. Give them a 2nd chance after breaking the covenant.

 A God of victory – helped them defeat Amalekites.

God valued a personal relationship – commandments given.

TOPIC FIVE: LEADERSHIP IN ISRAEL

Qn a. Explain the reasons against Kingship in Israel (1 Sam 8:10 – 20)

 The King would force the sons of the Israelites to serve him as soldiers in the army.

 The King would create forced labour and enslavement by making the young men work in his farms

and in making weapons. Daughters would work in his house.

 He would also grab their land and give it to his loyal servants.

 He would overtax them in order to maintain his administration.

 It would be seen as a rejection of Yahweh as their King.

 Israel would be like other nations who did not know Yahweh.

 Yahweh would reject them when they cried to him.

Qn b. Explain the importance of David as King of Israel

 David was important because he was chosen by God and publicly anointed by elders in a religion

ceremony. He too became ancestor of many communities.

 David was a great musician and wrote many songs for promising God.

 He killed Goliath the philistine soldier.

 He conquered the enemies of Israel such as Amalekites, Ammonites etc.

 He expanded Israel through his military conquests and marked the boundaries of the nation.

 He captured Jerusalem from the Jebusites and made it a capital city.

 He too made it a religious centre by placing the Ark of the Covenant there, which had been housed –

Abidjab’s.

 He had good diplomatic relationship with other nations.

 He encouraged trade with other nations thus making Israel prosperous.

 He was a shrewd administrator who chose wise elders to advise him.

 He was filled with the Holy Spirit.

 He established the largest and most enduring dynasty that lasted 400 years.

 He composed the books of Psalms used to praise God.

 Whenever he wronged God, he genuinely repented and humbled himself before God.

 He was a just ruler.

 He respected the prophets of God and consulted them before making decisions.

 He was prayerful and consulted God in his undertakings.

 He united the twelve (12) tribes of Israel.

 He set a good example of faithfulness to Yahweh that he wanted all the Israelites to emulate.

Qn c. How did Jesus fulfil the prophecies of prophet Nathan as a descendant of David? (i.e. Areas where

Jesus is mentioned as coming from David)

 Angel Gabriel announced the birth of Jesus to Mary who was engaged to Joseph, a descendant of

David. The Angel referred to Jesus as the King whose wisdom would last forever (Lk 1:26-33).

 Jesus was born in Bethlehem – the birth place of David (Lk 2: 4 – 5)

 Abraham and David are mentioned as the ancestors of Jesus.

 During the triumphant entry into Jerusalem, the crowds who met him sang with joy and shouted

‘Hosanna to the son of David.’

 On the days of Pentecost when Peter addressed the crowd, he referred to Jesus as a descendant of

David (Acts:2 29-35).

 Zechariah in his Benedictus, says that God has promised a savior descended from the house of David

(Lk 1:69)

 The blind man at Jericho referred to Jesus as the son of David (Lk 18:38).

Qn d. What was the failure of King Solomon?

 Solomon was the 2nd King of Israel, succeeding his father King David. He failed to live according to

the covenant way of life in the following ways.

 He married foreign wives thus breaking the Toral that clearly stated that the Israelites should not

marry foreigners because they can come with their gods – idols.

 He allowed the wives to worship their gods (idols) thus leading to spread of idolatry in Israel.

 He not only worshipped the gods of his wives but also built temple for their worship.

 He, by worshipping the gods became a bad example to Israel, as King. They copied him.

 Although he built God’s temple, he erred in many ways:

  1. He built his palace for 13 years but took only 7 years to build God’s temple. Shows he loved himself

more the God.

  1. He used foreign designs and materials in the construction of the temple, ignoring God’s specifications

on how to build it.

iii. He liaised pagan craftsmen from Tyre to design, decorate and furnish the temple.

 He broke the sixth commandment by killing his half brother, Adonijah. He suspected that Adonijah

would become his rival to the throne.

 He spent a lot of Israel’s money on his lavish lifestyle. He had a large army and servants.

 He overtaxed the people to meet the amount.

 He used forced labour in his development projects.

 He enslaved young men and women who went to work in the palace as servants for the wives.

 He practiced nepotism. He exempted them from forced labour.

 He sold part of Israel – sold 20 towns of Galilee to King of Tyre as payment of a debt he could not pay

contrary to God’s command.

 He made treaties with other nations that were against the condition set during the renewal of the

Sinai covenant.

 In the above ways, he oppressed the people of God.

Qn e. Which leadership qualities can modern leaders learn from David?

 Justice: A good leader is one who does not favour some people like David (I Sam 24: 1 – 12).

 Courage: David showed this while fighting Goliath. Leaders need to be brave and courageous in their

work (I Sam 17:41 – 54).

 Fear of God and Faith: David consulted God before any undertaking. Leaders should do the same.

 Gratitude: David was thankful to blessings he received. Leaders should be happy and grateful to God.

 Loyalty: Modern leaders should remain loyal to their office. David was loyal to God and his people (2

Sam 2:7)

 Kindness: Good leaders should show mercy to their people like David did e.g. he forgave Saul twice (2

Sam 19: 9 – 39).

 Humility: Leaders should not hesitate to ask for forgiveness from God and people. David was humble

and asked for forgiveness any time he went wrong.

 Willingness to delegate: Learn to delegate future as David did (2 Sam 20: 23 – 26)

 Wisdom: Be wise in choosing legal advisers as David did.

 Respect: Leaders should show respect to God and preaches those they serve as David did to the

prophets and his people.

TOPIC SIX: LOYALTY TO GOD- ELIJAH.

Qn a. Qualities of Elijah that led to his achievements

  • Elijah was fearless and courageous. His courage helped him to face king Ahab and queen Jezebel and

condemn them for their wickedness such as corruption and idolatry

  • He was faithful to God. Yahweh guided him in his dealings with Baal prophets and king Ahab.
  • He lived a simple life. For example, he wore simple clothing made of carmel’s skin.
  • He stood for the covenant at a time when the religion of Yahweh was in danger
  • He had the power of God in him and was able to control rain.
  • He confirmed that Yahweh had authority over land and over the people.
  1. b) Schism is sharp religious, social, political differences within a group or organization

Syncretism is the process of mixing religious beliefs and practices

  1. c) Some characteristics of Elijah that a modern Christian should strive to emulate

1) Courage

2) Faithfulness

3) Zealousness for God

4) Concern for the needy / poor

5) Provision of social justice

6) Patience

Qn d. What were the effects of idolatry in Israel?

 Syncretism developed where the Israelites worshipped Yahweh alongside the gods of Canaan.

 The Israelites started calling Yahweh by the names used for Canaanites gods e.g. El.

 The Israelites started naming their children after Canaanite gods like Baal.

 They changed their religion calendar and celebration to correspond with their Canaanite celebrations

and feasts.

 They converted the high places used for worshipping Baal to Yahweh’s shrines without removing the

graven images of idols.

 The unity that existed between the two tribes of Israel was destroyed. They no longer treated one

another as brothers.

 The Kings of Israel behaved like the Canaanites leaders by oppressing the weak and grabbing other

people’s property.

 The people neglected Yahweh’s holy places.

 God’s prophets were mistreated, persecuted and even killed.

 God withdrew his blessings from the Israelites because they angered Him by worshipping other gods.

 They broke God’s commandments, which forbade worship of other god a part from Yahweh.

 The Israelites practiced temple prostitution and other Canaanites rituals and sacrifices.

Qn e. Describe Elijah’s fight against false religion in Israel

 Elijah rose to challenge false religion at a time when Baalism had become the official religion.

 He prophesied a three and a half years drought because the people had turned away from Yahweh.

 After the drought God appeared to Elijah and told him to go to King Ahab and tell him that the

drought was as a result of idolatry in Israel.

 Elijah requested the King to order all the people to meet at Mt Carmel to hold a contest.

 Elijah asked the King to invite the 400 prophets of Asherah and Baal’s 450, saw that they could prove

who the true God is.

 Elijah would sacrifice a bull and the false prophets would too sacrifice their own to call on their Gods

to send fire. The one who could send is the true God.

 The prophets of Baal were the 1st to pray to their god but he never sent fire.

 The prophets cut themselves with knives to please their god but he never sent it.

 Elijah then prepared the altar with 12 pillars representing the 12 tribes of Israel.

 He dug a trench around the altar, placed wood and put the cut bull on top of the wood.

 He ordered for water to be poured around the trenches until it flooded.

 Then in the evening Elijah prayed and called upon the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob to send fire.

 Fire came and consumed the whole sacrifice, including the water in the trenches.

 As a result, the Israelites bowed down and declared that Yahweh was the true God.

 Then Elijah ordered the killing of all the prophets of Baal and the prophetesses of Asherah.

 Elijah went to the top of the Mt Carmel and prayed for rain. Yahweh sent His servant to watch for the

sign of rain from the sea.

 The servant looked towards the sea seven times after, which he saw a small cloud forming.

 Then heavy rain fell, signaling end of drought.

Qn f. Describe Elijah’s fight against corruption – 1 Kings 21

 Corruption: Can be defined as dishonesty or misuse of power for personal gain.

 In a corrupt society, the rich and powerful people tend to take advantage of the weak/poor by

exploiting them and denying them their rights.

 King Ahab of Israel desired a fruitful vineyard owned by a man named Naboth.

 King Ahab approached Naboth to sell him the vineyard or exchange with another one.

 Naboth declined the offer because in Israel, selling ancestral land was against the covenant law. The

land belonged to God.

 Jezebel, Ahab’s wife, soon learned, Naboth’s refusal and she arranged Naboth’s murder through false

accusations.

 After Naboth was killed, Ahab possessed the vineyard.

 God commanded Elijah to go and declare His judgement on Ahab for committing such an evil act in

Israel.

 Elijah declared the following judgement on Ahab:

  1. Dogs would lick Ahab’s blood at the same place where they had licked Naboth’s.
  2. Ahab’s dynasty would fall kike those of the Kings before him who had disobeyed God.

iii. All family members of Ahab would face violent deaths.

 On hearing this, Ahab humbled himself before God and repented. God postponed Ahab’s punishment

to the days of his son.

Qn g. What can Christian learn from the teachings of Elijah?

 From the Mt Carmel incident, they learn that Yahweh controls the forces of nature – can bring rain or

stop it.

 Yahweh is the only true and living God – Mt Carmel.

 Yahweh is forgiving – pardoned those who repented on Mt Carmel.

 Yahweh is a jealous God. He will not share honor with any God – killed the 450 prophets worshipping

Baal.

 A prosecutor – protected Elijah.

 A provider – provided Elijah with food.

 Yahweh answers prayers. He is faithful.

 They also learn that church leaders should condemn evil like Elijah did in the case of Ahab and

Naboth.

 Christians should work to protect the poor from exploitation.

 They should be prayerful so that God can help them overcome difficulties like Elijah.

 They should strive to lead lives free from corruption.

 They should remain faithful even if it means costing their lives to Naboth.

 Leaders should realize authority comes from God and are accountable to Him.

 They should avoid idolatry, which Elijah condemned.

 Perform tasks given by God however had they may be as Elijah did – facing Ahab, killing the 450 false

prophets etc.

 Finally, they should invite sinners to repeat and bring them back to God.

TOPIC SEVEN: SELECTED ASPECTS OF AFRICAN RELIGIOUS HERITAGE

Question a: Explain African beliefs about God (or qualities)

 African beliefs about their God are found in their proverbs, myths, songs, prayers, narratives and

religious ceremonies.

 God was believed to be a supreme being who was beyond human understanding.

 The African communities believed that God was all-powerful – omnipotent.

 They believed that God’s power is expressed in natural occurrences such as thunder, earthquake

floods and volcanic eruptions.

 God is believed to be all-knowing omniscient.

 He is limitless and knows hears and sees everything.

 He is also omnipresent – meaning he is everywhere at all times.

 Transcendent – beyond human understanding. Because of the transcendent nature, Africans found it

impossible to represent him using physical representations. They viewed him as being far yet too near

them.

 He was seen as the provider and sustainer of creation.

 They believed that God is everlasting. He has no beginning or end.

 God is merciful.

 They believed he is incorruptible.

 African communities associated God with justice.

 Physical features were often seen as a representation of awesome power of God. This is why large

mountains, thick forest, unique rock formation were used as shrines.

 African viewed God to be mysterious.

Qb. Describe the African understanding of the Hierarchy of Beings

Hierarchy of Beings

Divinities

Ancestors

Human Beings

Animals and Plants

Non-living Things

 God as the creator occupies the highest rank in the hierarchy of being – creator.

 The Divinities: Came next and control natural forces in the universe, created by God.

 The Common Spirits: Comprise spirits of people who died long time ago.

 Ancestors: (living dead): Spirits of those who died recently and are still remembered by the living.

 Human Beings: Consist of the living and the unborn.

 Animals and Plants: Come next – for man’s use as food and sacrifice to God.

 Last (7th) are Non-living things: Such as mountains, rocks, rivers, caves, dwelling places of God and

Spirits.

Qc. Describe the Role of the ancestors to the living

 The ancestors acted as intermediaries between God and human beings.

 They communicated the problems and wishes of human beings to God.

 God and the spirits used the ancestors to express their wishes concerning human beings.

 The ancestors welcomed those who died to the spirit world.

 They helped to preserve the culture and standards of a community.

 The ancestors blessed the living and corrected them through punishment.

Qd. What was the responsibility of the living towards God?

 To show gratitude to God and give thanks to him as an acknowledgement that He is the giver of life.

 To honor, worship and adore God by praying to Him for their needs.

 To pray to Him during or before a war, before planting, etc.

 To obey and trust Him.

 To take care of God’s creation

 To teach children about God.

 Appease him through sacrifice.

Qe. Describe the Traditional African ways of worshipping God

 Sacrifice: They were used to ask God’s favour, thanksgiving, to avert evil and ask for forgiveness,

before planting and after harvest, epidemics, birth, naming, invitation, weddings, funerals etc for

different reasons.

 Offerings: Foodstuffs e.g. grain, honey, beer, milk was offered in recognition of God as owner of

property and provider.

 Prayers and invocations: Commonest act of worship. A continuation activity done anytime as the

need arises.

 Song and dance: People were involved both physically and spiritually. This brought the city together.

 Blessings and Salutations: Expressed in greetings and farewells e.g. “Go with God”, God be with you”.

Qf. What were the African ways of venerating and communicating with the spirits and ancestors?

 Venerating means showing respect to somebody.

 Spirits and ancestors were venerated because they were believed to be senior to human beings and

closer to God.

 Sacrifices were offered to them as the ways of venerating them.

 Pouring libation was done.

 The living invited them during ceremonies such as birth, invitation, marriage and burial.

 They consulted diviners, mediums and medicine men to keep in contact.

 The living named after them – thus they became immortal and members in the physical world again.

 Their names were mentioned during prayer.

 By maintaining their graves.

Giving them proper burial ceremonies.

TOPIC EIGHT: AFRICAN MORAL AND CULTURAL VALUES.

Qa. What is the significance of the kinship system?

 Kinship means being related either by blood or marriages.

 The kinship system was important in the traditional African society because of the following factors.

 The kinship system regulated people’s behavior towards each other. This promoted peaceful and

harmonious relationships.

 It promoted co-operation among community members especially in times of difficulty.

 It helped to ensure that the disadvantaged members of the community were taken care of.

 The living dead and the ancestors were part of the African kinship system. This showed concern or

the families or relatives they left behind.

 The kinship system led to the preservation of cultural identity.

 It provided a peaceful way of settling disputes with the elders acting as arbitrators.

 It ensured fairness and transparency in sharing out inheritance.

 The kinship system united the members of a family and clan by giving them a sense of belonging.

 It helped people to establish new relationship, especially through marriage.

 Kinship ties regulated marital customs rules and regulations. People who were related in any way

could not be allowed to marry.

Qb. Outline and explain factors contributing to harmony and mutual responsibility in the Traditional

African Society

 Good morals: Every member of the community was expected to do the right thing according to the

norms of the community.

 Participation in communal activities: Means of the community were expected to participate in

communal activities e.g. wrestling, dances and communal work.

 Sharing: People shared ideas and even property, which created harmony among the people.

 Division of labour: Tasks were distributed according to one’s age; gender to avoid conflicts in roles.

 Rules: In Traditional African Communities, elders, men youth, and women had their respective roles

to play that enhanced harmony in the community.

 Virtues: Virtues like generosity, obedience, kindness and honesty were encouraged since they

contributed towards harmonious living.

 Religious beliefs and practices: A common belief in God, the spirits and ancestors created a sense of

togetherness.

Qc. What was the purpose of bride wealth in the Traditional African Society?

 It was a way of thanking the bride’s family for taking good care of her.

 It was a form of compensation to the bride’s parents because the woman would now belong to

another family.

 It was a sign of contract that the man would marry the girl and they would live together until death.

 It represented evidence of the groom’s ability to take care of a wife and a family.

 It was a sign of generosity on the side of the man.

 It initiated a long-lasting friendship between the families of the groom and the bride.

 It cemented a marriage.

 It was a symbol of the marriage covenant between the bride and the groom.

 Bride wealth served as an outward seal of the marriage contract.

Qd. Explain the role of medicine-men in the African Communities and their relevant today

1) Medicine men

 They are also referred to as healers, herbalists or traditional doctors.

 They identified illness and their causes.

 They identified appropriate treatment and prevention measures for the illness.

 They averted the effects of a curse.

 They offered sacrifices and prayers to God and the ancestors.

 They prepared charms for protection against witchcraft and evil spirits.

 They gave medicine to increase fertility in both people and animals.

 They acted as counselors, guiding people on all issues of life.

2) Relevance of Modern Society

 Modern medicine has not fully displaced herbalists.

 Medical doctors and scientific researchers today work side by side with traditional healers since herbs

are used to make modern medicine.

 Some people still believe that there are some illnesses that cannot be treated in hospitals hence; they

turn to herbalists.

 Some people also believe that medicine people who practice magic have the power to change their

fate.

 

AGRICULTURE REVISION QUESTIONS PER TOPIC FORM 1-4

FORM ONE TOPICS.

  1. a). What is Agriculture?

The art and Science of crop and livestock production.

b).  State the roles played by agriculture in national development

  • Food supply
  • Source of raw materials for industries
  • Employment opportunities
  • Foreign exchange earnings
  • Source of capital for development
  • Market for industrial goods.

c).  State the forms of employment in Agriculture

  1. Primary employment

–    Working on farms

  1. Secondary employment

–     In agriculture – based industries

  • Tertiary employment
  • In distribution of farm produce.

d).  i)  Briefly outline the problems that have hindered agricultural development

      in Kenya.

  • Lack of capital for investment
  • Pests and diseases of crops and livestock
  • Unpredictable climatic conditions
  • Fluctuation of market prices
  • Inadequate or poor storage structure leading to heavy lose
  • Inadequate technical know-how
  • Population pressure hence over-use of land
  • Poor communication
  • Perishability
  • Bulky commodity prices

 

  1. ii) Suggest ways in which these problems can be alleviated
  • Proper food preservation
  • Improved communication network
  • Industries located near bulky products
  • Extension services/ advice
  • Provide good seeds
  • Credit facilities
  • Pest and disease control
  • Irrigation
  • Proper storage facilities
  • Government price control.

 

  1. a) i) What are the characteristics of shifting cultivation?
  • Limited capital for investment
  • Use of rudimentary tools and equipment
  • Small land usually cultivated
  • Slash and burn technique of clearing
  • Crops not properly managed.

 

  1. ii) State the problems associated with shifting cultivation.
  • A wasteful method of farming
  • Slow rate of regeneration of vegetation allowing soil erosion to take place
  • No incentive to develop land
  • No permanent structures are put up hence a lot of time wasted in moving or travelling to the homestead
  • A lot of time wasted in moving from one place to another.

 

  1. What is pastoralism?
  • A major system of keeping livestock and moving with them from place of search of better pasture and water for livestock.

 

  1. State the factors to consider in choosing a type of farm
  • Type of enterprise itself
  • Environmental factors
  • Knowledge and skills of the farmer about the enterprise
  • Available resources e.g labour and capital
  • Cultural factors/ social factors
  • Governmental policy
  • Type of market he is producing for.

 

  1. What is arable farming?
  • Growing of crops only.

 

  1. i) State the limitations of mixed farming
  • The farmer will obtain sustainable income throughout the year
  • The farmer will never experience total loss
  • Animals contribute manure to crops while crops contribute/ provide crop residues fed to animals.
  • Labour is utilized efficiently throughout the year
  • Animals can be used to do work in the farm e.g oxen ploughing

 

  1. ii) State the limitations of mixed farming
  • Lack of enough land for more enterprises
  • Lack of enough capital
  • Lack of specialisation.

 

  1. i) Give the types of farming practised by small scale farmers
  • Arable farming
  • Pastoralism
  • Mixed farming

 

  1. Name the types of large scale farming
  • Plantations
  • Ranching

 

  • Why does the Kenya government put a lot of emphasis on ranching?
  • Because arable land is becoming smaller
  • Ranching will lead to higher production of livestock to meet the high demand for meat

 

  • State the common features of ranching as a farming system:
  • Done in marginal areas with poor pasture
  • System is extensive
  • Extension services provided
  • Improved pastures
  • Selective livestock breeding
  • High level livestock management.

 

  1. i) State the advantages of plantation farming
  • Provision of employment
  • Revenue to government
  • High outputs
  • Foreign exchange earner
  • Economies of large scale production
  • Other activities done e.g processing.

 

  1. State the disadvantages of plantations.
  • Overdependence on one enterprise
  • High initial capital required.

 

  • State the major characteristics of plantation farming.
  • Most of the work is mechanised
  • Requires skilled and qualified personnel
  • Large tracts of land used
  • Sometimes run by a company or the government or individuals
  • The aim is to produce enough for local consumption and export market.
  • Provides a lot of employment
  • High output and quality of products
  • Enjoys the economies of large scale production
  • Scientific methods of farming used
  • High investments of capital.

 

  1. a) List the ecological factors affecting agriculture.
  • Rainfall
  • Humidity
  • Soil
  • Temperature
  • Wind
  • Light
  • Topography

 

  1. Mention the aspects of rainfall which are important in crop production
  • Reliability
  • Distribution
  • Intensity of rainfall
  • Amount of rainfall

 

  1. i) What is optimal temperature?
  • Temperature at which plant growth is at its best.

 

  1. ii) State the effects of temperature on crop production.
  • Photosynthesis
  • Respiration
  • Flowering and ripening
  • Quality of the products.

 

  1. State the effects of wind to crops.
  • Physical damage
  • Stress through evaporation / chilling
  • Spread of pests, weeds, diseases
  • Soil erosion
  • Increase of water and mineral uptake by increasing transpiration.

 

  1. a). i. Define the term soil.
  • A collection of natural unconsolidated body covering the earth’s crust, where plants grow

 

ii).  Name the ways in which soil is important to growing plants.

  • Provides enchorage/ support for the plant
  • Provides nutrients
  • Provides moisture

 

b).  i)  State the factors which influence the soil forming process

  • Climatic factors e.g rainfall
  • Biotic factors e.g plants
  • Type of parent materials
  • Topography of land
  • Time taken by the process.

 

ii).  What biological agents influence the speed of the soil forming process?

  • Movement of animals in large groups
  • Man’s activities e.g cultivation, mining, road and railway construction.
  • Micro-organisms ie. Decomposing plant and animal remains and adding to soil
  • Earth worms, termites, moles etc mix up soil
  • Roots of higher plants force their way through the rock cracks and further break them physically.

 

  1. i) Define the term soil Profile
  • The vertical arrangement of soil layers

 

 

  1. ii) How does soil profile influence plant growth?
  • Availability of plant nutrients
  • Anchorage of plant
  • Root penetration into soil
  • How long soil moisture/ its availability
  • Type of crop to be grown

 

 

  1. i) List the constituents of a fertile soil
  • Soil water
  • Soil air
  • Organic matter
  • Mineral salts
  • Living organisms.

 

  1. ii) What role do micro-organisms play in soil?
  • Decompose dead organic remains and convert them into humus, a source of plant nutrients
  • Add nitrogen through nitrogen fixation.

 

  1. i) What is soil structure?
  • Aggregation of soil particles.

 

  1. ii) State the farming practices that improve soil structure.
  • Addition of organic matter
  • Fallowing
  • Mixed cropping including cereals and legumes
  • Minimum tillage
  • Good crop rotation programme
  • Cultivation at right moisture content of soil

 

iii) Why is a good soil structure desireable for growing crops.

  • Improves drainage and water infiltration.
  • Improves aeration
  • Minimises buildup of carbondioxide in the soil which becomes toxic to crops and micro-organisms.
  • Facilitates better root penetration
  • Creates favourable conditions for activity of micro-organisms
  • Ensures adequate water retention for growing crops
  • It makes tillage easier.

 

  1. i) What is soil texture?
  • Proportion of different sizes of soil particles.

 

  1. State the properties of soil that are influenced by its texture.
  • Aeration/ porosity
  • Drainage
  • Water holding capacity/ capillarity
  • Stickiness/ consistency
  • Cation exchange capacity / PH/ availability of nutrients

 

  • Give the types of soil based on texture.
  • Sandy soils
  • Clay soils
  • Loam soils

 

 

 

  1. a) State the advantages of using farm tools.
  • They make work easier i.e increase working efficiency
  • Help to avoid drudgery
  • Timeliness of operations is achieved
  • Operations e.g spraying to control pests and diseases are more exact hence effective

 

  1. List the factors that determine a farmer’s choice of tools and equipment.
  • Nature of work to be done
  • The financial status
  • Type of power used on the farm
  • Condition of land where the tool will be used.

 

  1. i) Why should tools and equipment to maintained well?
  • To reduce cost of repair/ replacement
  • To increase their durability/ last long
  • To increase work efficiency
  • Ensure safety of the user
  • To remain in good working order.

 

  1. ii) How should tools and equipment be maintained?
  • Store in sheds and racks
  • Clean and oil moving parts
  • Regularly sharpen cutting edges
  • Clean tools thoroughly after use
  • Keep metal parts rust free
  • Replace or repair broken/ wornout parts
  • Ensure there are no loose parts
  • Use tool for its intended purpose
  • Buy good quality tools and equipment
  • Always keep tools in good working condition

 

  1. List the safety precautions necessary for tools and equipment
  • Use the tool for its intended purpose
  • Sharp points should always point away from user/ people
  • Use protective clothing when working with tools
  • Always replace/ repair broken parts/ keep handles smooth
  • Handle delicate tools carefully/ store them safely.

 

  1. How is friction reduces in moving parts?
  • Apply oil
  • Apply grease
  • Generally lubricate moving parts

 

  1. Name the categories of farm tools and equipment.
  • Garden tools
  • Workshop tools
  • Livestock production tools
  • Masonery and plumbing tools

 

 

 

  1. a) State the importance of land preparation.
  • Removal of weeds
  • Breaking the soil into smaller pieces
  • Mixing organic matter into soil/ bury crop aeration
  • Improve drainage/ water holding capacity
  • Destroy pests and disease causing organisms.

 

  1. b) i) What is primary cultivation?
  • All operations carried cut in opening up land for crop promotion.

 

  1. ii) Which factors influence choice of tools for primary cultivation.
  • Type of soil
  • Availability of implements
  • Depth of ploughing
  • Type of tilth required
  • Condition of the land
  • Type of crop to be growth
  • Topography of the area
  • Financial ability of the farmer
  • Time remaining before planting

 

  1. i) What is secondary cultivation?
  • Subsequent cultivation after primary cultivation to make seedbed fine and ready for planting.

 

  1. ii) Give reasons for secondary cultivation?
  • Removing weeds which have just germinated break soil into small clods
  • Make the field level
  • Mixing organic matter with soil
  • Make land ready for planting.

 

  1. i) Define minimum tillage
  • To maintain soil structure
  • To reduce soil erosion
  • To reduce cost of seedbed preparation
  • To conserve soil moisture
  • To avoid damage to roots.

 

iii)  State reasons for practising minimum tillage.

  • Saves time
  • Reduces cost of production
  • Maintains soil structure/ controls soil erosion
  • Maintains soil moisture

 

  1. Name the factors that determine the number of tillage operations during seedbed preparation.
  • Implement used/ type of machinery used
  • The crop to be planted
  • Soil moisture
  • Initial condition of the land
  • Soil type/ soil condition
  • Skill of operator
  • Liability of soil to erosion/ topography
  • Capital available/ cost of operation
  • Time available for other operations.

 

  1. a) List the sources of water on the farm.
  • Surface water
  • Rain water/ rainfall
  • Underground/ ground water

 

  1. How is water conveyed from one point to another?
  • Transporting in containers by vehicles/ animals/ human
  • Piping
  • Use of channels

 

  1. State how water is stored on a farm
  • Use of water tank/ container
  • Use of dam/ pond

 

  1. i) Name the types of water pipes.
  • Metal pipes
  • Plastic pipes
  • Hose pipe

 

  1. ii) Mention the types of metal pipe
  • Aluminium pipes
  • Galvanised iron pipes.

 

iii)  What features are considered when buying plastic pipes?

  • Quality of material used for making the pipes
  • Size of the pipes i.e diameter/ length
  • Working pressure of the pipes.

 

  1. Name the types of water pumps to be used on the farm.
  • Centrifugal / rotodynamic
  • Semi-rotary
  • Piston/ reciprocating pumps

 

  1. i) Why should water be treated before use?
  • Kill disease causing organisms
  • Remove chemical impurities
  • Remove bad smell and taste
  • Remove sediments and other solids.

 

  1. ii) State the methods of treating water on the farm.
  • Boiling
  • Chlorination/ chemicals
  • Aeration
  • Sedimentation/ decanting
  • Filtration

iii)  How is water used on the farm?

  • Domestic use e.g drinking, washing, cooking
  • Processing farm produce
  • Cooling farm engines
  • Solution of chemicals e.g
  • Livestock drinking
  • Washing animals and farm structures
  • Mixing with building materials e.g concrete, mud
  • Irrigation purposes
  • Operating grinding mill
  • Generating hydro-electric power

 

  1. a) i) What is irrigation?
  • Artificial application of water to the soil for the purpose of supplying sufficient amount to crops.

 

  1. ii) List the factors to consider in deciding to irrigate crops.
  • Type of soil
  • Capital availability
  • Types of crops to be grown
  • Source of water/ water availability/ rainfall pattern
  • Size o land to be irrigated
  • Profitability of irrigation.

 

  1. b) List the major types of irrigation
  • Overhead/ sprinkler
  • Sub-surface
  • Surface
  • Drip/ trickle

 

  1. a) What is land reclamation?
  • The practice of putting unusable land into a form that can be used for agricultural production.

 

  1. State the importance of land reclamation
  • To make land agriculturally productive
  • To increase food production
  • To reduce population pressure/ pressure on land
  • To make uninhabitable areas habitable

 

  1. List the methods re
  • Draining swampy land
  • Irrigating dry land
  • Terracing steep land/ soil erosion
  • Afforestation/ reafforestation/ planting trees in wasteland
  • Control of tsetseflies
  • Deforestation/ bush clearance/ clearing forests.

 

  1. a) i)  What are farm
  • For planning and making decision
  • Provide information for income tax assessment
  • To determine farmer’s credit worthiness/ for loans
  • Compare performance at different times
  • Compare performance of different enterprises
  • Compare performance of different farms
  • To solve disputes when farmer dies without a will
  • Provide history of the farm
  • Determine profits and losses
  • For partners to share profit losses or bonuses.

 

  1. List types of records kept on mixed farms.
  • Production records
  • Health records
  • Field operations
  • Feeding
  • Inventory
  • Breeding records

 

  1. List types of records kept by crop farmers.
  • Field operations
  • Marketing
  • Production
  • Labour

 

  1. a) i) What are livestock
  • domesticated animals

 

  1. ii) Give examples of livestock
  • Cattle, poultry, sheep, goat, pigs, bees, fish, donkey, camel

 

  1. b) i) Explain the role of livestock in human life food supply.
  • Source of income
  • Raw materials for industry
  • Source of employment
  • Cultural uses e.g dowry, sacrifices, etc
  • Biological cooks e.g cocks
  • For sports and recreation.

 

  1. ii) List factors that affect livestock industry in Kenya.
  • Tradition and belief
  • Product/ input prices
  • Management
  • Capital
  • Selling prices marketing
  • Climatic conditions
  • Communication/ transport
  • Diseases and parasites.

 

  1. c) i) List dairy breeds of cattle
  • Friesian, Ayrshire, Guernsey, Jersey

 

  1. ii) State their characteristics.
  • Triangular shaped

Well attached udder

  • Little flesh on the body

Short, well set legs

  • Ling, thin neck

Feminine appearance

  • Wide spring of ribs

Long, thin tail.

 

  1. i) Name beef cattle breeds.
  • Boran, Aberdean Angus, Hereford, Galloway, Charolais.

 

  1. ii) What are the characteristics of beef cattle.
  • Blocky/ squared/ rectangular shape
  • Low set/ have short legs
  • Have a fleshy body
  • Have short, thin necks
  • Smaller udders.

 

  1. Name the important rabbit breeds in Kenya.
  • Chinchilla, earlops, New Zealand, White, Kenya white, Californian Angora, Flemish giant.

 

  1. i) Which is the common species of camel in Kenya?
  • Single humped/ dromedary

 

  1. ii) State the uses of camels
  • Milk production
  • Meat production
  • Provide leather, wool and
  • Transport people/ loads

 

  1. ii) State the general characteristics of camels.
  • Beast of burden
  • Provides meat, wool, milk and leather
  • Adapted to life in dry regions
  • Drink a lot of water
  • Resistant to most diseases.

 

  1. i) What is the reasons for keeping poultry?
  • For meat and egg production.

 

  1. List the characteristics of broilers.
  • Have red waxy combs and wattles
  • Beak free from yellow pigmentation
  • Abdomen soft and pliable to touch
  • Good distance between pelvic bones and breastbone
  • Well developed bones
  • Bent is crescent shaped, moist and white in colour
  • Body is light

 

  • List the characteristics of broilers.
  • Heavier and bigger than layer
  • Grow very fast
  • Females lay very few eggs.

 

  1. Name the major breeds of sheep in Kenya and indicate the purpose they are kept for
  • Hampshire down for meat
  • Corriadace for multon and wool/ dual purpose
  • Romney Marsh which is dual purpose
  • Merino kept for wool
  • South Down for mutton
  • Locals e.g Black headed persia, Maasai sheep are kept for meat and skin production.

 

  1. Name important goat breeds and their uses
  • Dairy breeds are Toggenberg and saanen
  • Dual purpose are Boer, Nubian
  • Meat is Jamnapar
  • Meat and skin is small E. A goat
  • Wool/ fur is the Angora goat.

 

  1. Name important pig breeds kept in Kenya.
  • Large white
  • Saddleback
  • Landrace
  • Hampshire

 

  1. i) Give the meanings of exotic and to indigenous breeds.
  • Exotic means imported breeds while indigenous means local breeds.

 

  1. State the characteristics of exotic cattle that make them better suited to marginal areas than exotic cattle breeds.
  • Able to walk long distances in search of pasture and water
  • Tolerate high ambient temperatures
  • Tolerate tick-borne diseases.

 

  • What are the advantages of keeping a Jersey cow instead of Friesian for production of milk?
  • Can tolerate high temperatures
  • High butter fat content
  • Small size hence less food required
  • Can utilize poor pasture well.

 

  1. i) State the general characteristics of exotic cattle breeds.
  • No humps
  • Produce more milk
  • Easily attacked by tropical diseases
  • Susceptible to tropical heat
  • Cannot tolerate hardy areas
  • Early maturing

 

  1. ii) Give the characteristics of indigenous cattle
  • Are humped
  • Produce less milk
  • Good resistance to tropical diseases like East Coast Fever
  • Tolerate hardy areas
  • Can withstand tropical heat
  • Late maturing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM TWO TOPICS.

 

 

  1. a) i)  What is soil fertility?
  • The ability of a soil to provide all the required plant nutrients thereby producing and sustaining high crop yields.

 

  1. State the characteristics of a fertile soil.
  • Suitable PH
  • Good aeration
  • Deep soil
  • Good water holding capacity
  • Good drainage
  • Free from pests and diseases.

 

  • How can a fertile soil loss its fertility
  • Soil erosion
  • Weed infestation
  • Leaching of nutrients
  • Alteration of soil PH
  • Monocropping
  • Accumulation of undesirable salts/ salination
  • Burning the land
  • Soil capping/ formation of impervious layer.

 

iv).  State the ways of maintaining or improving soil fertility

  • Improving water retention
  • Crops rotation
  • Maintain right PH value
  • Erosion control
  • Drainage to remove water logging
  • Maintain adequate nutrient level
  • Weed control
  • Irrigation to add water

 

  1. i) What are plant nutrients?
  • Minerals which constitute plant food and help to sustain plant life
  • Mainly got from the soil

 

  1. ii) Name the major plant nutrients (macro-nutrients)
  • Nitrogen, phosphorous, potassium, calcium, magnesium, sulphur.

 

  1. State the roles and deficiency of the following nutrients in plants.
  2. i) Nitrogen uses.
  • Formation of proteins
  • Part of chlorophyll
  • Vegetative growth
  • Increase grain size.

 

 

Deficiency.

  • Chlorosis/ yellowing
  • Stunted growth
  • Premature leaf fall
  • Very short roots

 

Excessive supply

  • Excessive succulency in grains
  • Lodging
  • Weak stems
  • Delayed maturity

 

  1. Phosphorous used.
  • Protein and enzyme formation
  • Shoot growth
  • Root development
  • Synthesis of sugar
  • Seed formation

 

Deficiency

  • Purplish leaves
  • Less fruit/ grain/ low yield
  • Stunted/ slow growth
  • Delayed maturity
  • Poor root development
  • Weak/ slender stems

 

  • Potassium uses.
  • Carbohydrate formation
  • Uptake of nutrients
  • Resistance against diseases
  • Strengthen straw/ cell wall
  • Development of chlorophyll
  • Neutralise organic acids.

 

Deficiency.

  • Lodging/ weak stems
  • Chlorotic leaf surface
  • Scorching at tips and margin
  • Premature defoliation
  • Mottling/ brown spots on leaves
  • Stunted growth.

 

  1. i) What is soil sampling?
  • Taking a small representative quantity of soil from an area for testing.

 

  1. List the methods of soil sampling.
  • Traverse/ diagonal pattern
  • Zigzag / random collection.

 

 

  • State the reasons for soil testing:
  • To determine nutrient status of the soil
  • To determine soil PH.

 

  1. Explain the procedure of soil sampling:
  • Clear all vegetation
  • Make a vertical cut and scoop soil at 15-25 cm depth
  • Take soil from many places/ take representative sample
  • Mix all soils thoroughly
  • Break up soil clods.
  • Get a small representative sample by quartering.

 

  1. State precautions necessary during soils sampling
  • Avoid contamination e.g by cigarette ash
  • Avoid unused areas like ant-hill manure heaps etc
  • Avoid mixing top – soil with sub-soil.

 

  1. Name the methods of detecting nutrient deficiency in crops:
  • Soil analysis
  • Leaf analysis
  • Observation of deficiency symptoms

 

  1. State the importance of soil PH to a crop:
  • Determines availability of nutrients in a place
  • Determines presence / activity of micro-organisms in soil
  • Influences soil structure.

 

  1. a) i)  Differentiate between manure and fertilizer:
  • Manures are organic substances which contain plant nutrients
  • Fertilizers are inorganic manures usually prepared artificially and sold commercially.

 

  1. List the common organic manures
  • Farm yard manure
  • Green manure
  • Compost manure
  • Organic mulches.

 

b). i)  What is organic matter?

  • Part of soil formed from dead and decomposed plant and animal remains.

 

  1. State the importance of organic matter
  • Improves soil aeration
  • Improves soil structure
  • Improves water infiltration and retention in soil
  • Adds nutrients after decomposition
  • Reduces soil erosion
  • Modify soil temperature

 

  • How can organic matter be added to soil?
  • Incorporating crop remains, weeds, etc
  • Adding organic manure
  • Mulching using organic materials

 

  1. c) i) Describe how to make farm Yard manure:
  • Place plant materials in inside a shed on the floor
  • Animals defecate on it and mix it with urine and dung
  • Remove it from pen and heap it outside for 6 months
  • Cover the heap with soil and polythene sheet to prevent leaching of nutrients
  • Consolidate heap to prevent entry of water
  • Allow it to rot completely before being used.

 

  1. ii) State the factors determining quality of farm yard manure
  • Age of Farm Yard Manure
  • Age of animal producing the waste
  • Materials used for bedding
  • Methods of storage
  • Species of animal/ type
  • Type of feed given to animals

 

iii)  Give the advantages of using Farm Yard Manure over fertilizer:

  • Improves soil structure
  • Has longer residual effect
  • Supplies more than one plant nutrient
  • Promotes microbial activity in the soil
  • It is locally available
  • Imparts dark colour to the soil which raises / moderates soil temperature
  • It buffers soil PH increases cation exchange capacity

 

  1. Give the disadvantages of using farm yard manure
  • Is bulky hence difficult to apply / laborious
  • Has less nutrients for given volume
  • May spread weeds
  • Releases nutrients slowly
  • May spread diseases e.g black scurf disease in potatoes

 

  1. d) i) State the factors to consider when citing a compost pit.
  • Nearness to the place where compost will be used
  • Distance to the place where compost will be used
  • Direction of prevailing winds in relation to the position of homestead/ milking shed
  • In a well drained place
  • In a sheltered place
  • Accessibility to the site

 

  1. Describe how to make compost manure
  • Materials are put in a pit or pits 1.2 x 1.2 x 60cm depth
  • Chop large pieces into small pieces
  • Keep compost well moistened and well aerated
  • Add organic materials in layers
  • Add some soil to provide micro-organisms
  • Add ash to provide potash and sulphure
  • Insert a stick to allow free air circulation, test temperature and to test degree of decomposition.
  • Turn compost every two to three weeks to facilitate air
  • Add water whenever compost becomes dry
  • Keep the center warm
  • Avoid contraction or waterlogging
  • Do not use material infested with pests or disease
  • Protect from rain and sun
  • Materials include crop residues, animal waste, old manure, farm yard manure, inorganic fertilizers and top soil.

 

  1. i) How is green manuring done on the farm?
  • A crop is grown and then ploughed under to be incorporated in the soil while it is still green.

 

  1. List the characteristics of green manure crops:
  • Fast growth rate
  • Preferably a legume
  • Leafy / high foliage ratio
  • Ability to rot rapidly

 

  • What are the advantages of green manuring?
  • Fixation of atmospheric nitrogen into the soil
  • Improves soil aeration, water infiltration and absorption
  • Increases organic matter and humus content of the soil
  • Increases crop yields.

 

  1. a) Classify fertilizers by nutrient content.
  • Straight fertilizers contain one type of nutrient e.g nitrogenous, potassic or phosphatic
  • Compound contains two or more e.g DAP, MAP and NPK

 

  1. b) i) Name the common nitrogenous fertilizers.
  • They supply nitrogen and include sulphate of ammonia, ammonium sulphate nitrate, ammonium nitrate, urea and calcium ammonium nitrate.

 

  1. State properties of nitrogenous fertilizers/ (characteristics)
  • Highly soluble in water/ easily leached/ no residual effect
  • Have a scorching / burning effect on plants
  • They are volatile/ change into gaseous form
  • Hygroscopic/ absorb moisture from the atmosphere/ cake easily.

 

  • When are they applied and why at that time?
  • When the crop is already growing e.g for maize at 30-45 cm height
  • At this stage the crop has well developed roots to absorb dissolved nitrogen fertilizer.
  • The crop has well developed leaves for foliar feed
  • Crop is growing fast and required a lot of nitrogen.

 

  1. c) i) Name the common phosphatic fertilizers:
  • They supply phosphorous and include DSP, SSP and TSP

 

  1. When are they applied and why at the time?
  • Applied at planting time
  • Applied for formation, development and early establishment of roots.
  • Has long residual effect/ stays long in the soil
  • Have low mobility
  • Rather insoluble

 

  1. i) Name the common potassic fertilizers
  • supply potassium and include potassium chloride (kcl) and muriate of potash.

 

  1. Characteristics:
  • Easily soluble
  • Mobile
  • No fixation hence
  • Easily absorbed
  • Easily leached
  • Have searching effect.

 

  1. i) What is fertilizer application?
  • Restoring soil fertility by supplying growing plants with nutrients that may be lacking in the soil.

 

  1. List the methods of fertilizer application:
  • Broadcasting
  • Row application
  • Top dressing
  • Side dressing
  • Foliar spraying

 

  • What is top dressing?

 

  1. i) Calculate the amount of K2O (potassium chloride) contained in 400 kg of a compound fertilizer 25:10:5 – 5kg of K2O is contained in 100kg of 25:10:5

Therefore:       400kg of fertilizer contains (400 x 5) = 20kg of K2O

100

  1. A farmer is to apply a compound fertilizer 20:30:10 on a vegetable plot measuring 5 metres long by 4 metres wide, at the rate of 200kg per hectare.
  2. Calculate the amount of the fertilizer the farmer would require for the plot. (show your working)
  • 10,000 sq. m require 200kg of fertilizer
  • therefore 5 x 4 sq. m would require
  • 20 x 200 = 0.4 kg / 400gm

10,000

 

  1. What do the figures 20, 30 and 10 in the fertilizer stand for
  • 20 stands for the ratio of N2 (Nitrogen)
  • 30 stands for the ratio for phosphorous
  • 10 stands for the ratio of potassium

 

  • How much of a fertilizer labeled (20:20:10) should be applied to a plot which requires 30 kg P2O5?
  • 20 kg P2O5 are contained in 100 kg NPK (20:20:10)
  • 30 kg P2O5 contain 100 x 30 = 150 kg NPK

20

  1. a) i) State the importance of the nitrogen cycle
  • Makes available compound nitrogen for use by plants
  • Improves soil fertility

 

  1. Describe the nitrogen cycle:
Nitrogen in atmosphere

 

 

 

Denitrifying

bacteria

 

Animals
Nitrate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Nitrogen is fixed by electrical charge into nitrates
  • Nitrogen dissolve and is absorbed by plants
  • Plants are fed on by animals and release ammonium compounds
  • Nitrifying bacteria/ nitrosmonas change ammonia into nitrite then into nitrate
  • Nitrite then into nitrate
  • The nitrate releases nitrogen into the air or is used up by plants.

 

  • What happens to nitrogen in the soil?
  • May evaporate / volatilize
  • Used up by micro-organisms
  • May be used up by plants
  • May be released into atmosphere by bacteria
  • In the process of denitrification
  • May be leached
  • May be eroded.

 

  1. b) i) State the importance of carbon cycle
  • Provides carbon dioxide for photosynthesis
  • Production of energy for plant and animal use.

 

  1. Describe the carbon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Compounds in plant residues digested/ oxidised to release carbon dioxide
  • Carbon dioxide in the soil produces carbonic acid, carbonates and bicarbonates.
  • Animals release carbon dioxide to the atmosphere during respiration
  • Plants also release carbon dioxide to the atmosphere during respiration.

 

  • How is carbon lost?
  • Leaching
  • Used by higher plants

 

  1. How can carbon be restored to the atmosphere?
  • Enhancing process of photosynthesis
  • Burning hydrocarbons
  • During plant and animal respiration.

 

  1. a) i) Define crop propagation.
  • Development and multiplication of new individual crops from existing ones.

 

  1. What are the methods of crop propagation?
  • Seeds
  • Vegetative materials

 

  1. b) i) List the different methods of vegetative propagation:
  • Use of cuttings
  • Layering
  • Grafting
  • Budding/ bud grafting
  • Use of storage organs

 

  1. State advantages of vegetative propagation.
  • Desirable characteristics reserved
  • Disease resistance imported from some crops
  • Short period to maturity
  • Quick way of multiplication of low viability plants
  • Gives more than one variety on one crop
  • Short period to maturity
  • Quick way of multiplication of low viability plants
  • Gives more than one variety on one crop.

 

  • State its disadvantages.
  • Cannot produce new varieties
  • Difficult to keep materials free from diseases
  • Vegetative materials cannot be stored for long.

 

  1. i) What are the advantages of seed propagation
  • Easy to store large number of seeds
  • Plant can produce large number of seeds
  • Can produce new plant varieties

 

 

 

 

  1. State the disadvantages of seed propagation
  • Do not breed true to type
  • Some seeds have long dormancy periods
  • Seed may spread undesirable genes quickly
  • Crops may take too long to produce fruits
  • Seeds may be attacked by pests/ diseases

 

  1. i) Give the advantages of early planting
  • Crops make good use of available rainfall
  • Establishment is early hence withstand competition from weeds
  • Crops escape attack by pests and diseases
  • Crops use nutrients well before leaching e.g nitrogen
  • Crops reach market early hence get good market
  • Reduces labour competition for various operations

 

  1. State the factors to consider when selecting seeds or other planting materials for planting
  • Quality of parent plant e.g high yielding, vigorous growth
  • Disease and pest resistance
  • Free from weeds and pest/ disease damage
  • Early maturing/ suitable to the area
  • High quality products/ good size and grade
  • Should be viable

 

  • What are the reasons for seed selection?
  • To obtain high crop yields
  • Reducing chances of disease / pest attack
  • Obtain viable seeds
  • Obtain high quality produce
  • To get seeds suitable to the area

 

  1. What practices are carried out for seeds to ensure that they germinate?
  • Proper seed selection
  • Planting at same depth
  • Proper seedbed preparation
  • Planting at proper moisture content
  • Treating seeds to break dormancy
  • Treating soil against pests and diseases
  • Plant at correct depth.

 

  1. i) List the methods of planting
  • Dibbling
  • Broadcasting
  • Row planting
  • Drilling

 

  1. State the advantages of row planting.
  • Saves on seeds/ economy on seeds
  • Easy to get correct spacing
  • Makes subsequent operations easier

 

  • State the factors which influence planting depth.
  • Soil moisture
  • Soil type
  • Size of seeds.

 

  1. What factors determine crop spacing?
  • Fertility status of soil
  • Moisture content of soil
  • Use to which crop is to be put
  • Machinery to be used in subsequent operations
  • Growth habit of crop
  • Number of seeds per hole
  • Prevalence of certain diseases/ pests
  • Method of planting

 

  1. State the advantages of correct spacing
  • Avoid competition for nutrients, light, water, space
  • Obtain adequate plant population
  • Controls spread of pests and diseases
  • Easy to carry out subsequent operations/ easy to mechanics

 

  1. Why is correct plant population necessary?
  • To obtain high quality crops
  • Helps a farmer to control weeds / pest/ diseases
  • Helps in soil and water conservation
  • To obtain high yields

 

  1. Name the treatments necessary on planting materials before planting?
  • Legume seed inoculation
  • Seed dressing
  • Breaking dormancy of seeds
  • Pre-conditioning seeds

 

  1. List the field practices on crops;
  • Thinning
  • Gapping
  • Pruning
  • Roguing
  • Staking/ training/ propping
  • Earthing

 

  1. i) What is crop rotation?
  • Growing of different crops in an orderly sequence on the same field/ seedbed

 

  1. Why is crop rotation important?
  • Maintains soil fertility/ improves soil structure, aeration, water infiltration, addition of nitrogen by legumes
  • Controls pests/ diseases
  • Makes maximum use of soil nutrients
  • Reduces chance of erosion
  • Controls weeds.

 

  • State the factors to consider when planning a crop rotation system:
  • Nutrient requirement of different crops in the sequence
  • The need to include grass loys in the programme
  • Prevalent pests and diseases
  • Types of crops in the sequence
  • Growth habit of the different crops included.

 

  1. Why is it important to include a grass loy in a rotation programme?
  • Grass loy improves soil structure/ maintains it
  • They add organic matter in the soil/ increase fertility.

 

  1. i) What factors influence the time and stage at which crops are harvested?
  • Purpose of the crop / intended use
  • Kind of storage facilities available
  • Method of harvesting the crop
  • Type of crop to be harvested
  • Moisture content e.g grains

 

  1. Mention the harvesting methods
  • Manual / by hand
  • Mechanical / using machines

 

  • How can crops be prepared before storage?
  • Processing / to put in usable/ acceptable form
  • Inspection and sorting out into grades
  • Hardening of fruits and root crops
  • Drying or freezing to reduce spoilage rate
  • Chemical treatment
  • Adding preservatives.

 

  1. Why dry grains before storage?
  • Prevents germination/ sprouting in storage
  • Reduces pests/ disease attack
  • Reduces attack by fungi.

 

  1. What factors are considered when grading crops for market?
  • Size
  • Colour
  • Shape
  • Dryness
  • Damages on crops

 

  1. i) List the various storage structures on farms
  • Traditional granaries
  • Maize crib
  • Bags
  • Bulk storage e.g silos

 

 

 

  1. State the problems farmers face in storage of produce from farms.
  • Vermin’s, insects and fungi
  • Dampness in stores causes rot
  • Storage facilities are poor
  • Little knowledge on treatment before storage
  • Lack of capital to construct good structures and buy chemicals.

 

  • List the features a good crop storage structure has
  • Raised from the ground adequately
  • Leak-proof roof/ water proof roof
  • Clean or easy to clean
  • Vermin proof
  • Strong enough to support the produce in store
  • Strong enough to keep away thieves
  • Well ventilated
  • Easy to load/ unload

 

  1. a) What is a nursery?
  • A place where seeds are grown to get special attention before being transferred into the main field/ seedbed

 

  1. State the reasons for using a nursery.
  • When seeds are too small
  • Easy to handle/ take care of seedlings
  • Easy to select seedlings
  • Some seeds are delicate hence not viable and require proper care
  • Pest control is easy
  • It is possible to carry out watering
  • Uniformity of plants in the field
  • For bulking up as in the case of sugarcane planting.

 

  1. State the nurseries management practices.
  • Proper watering
  • Hardening off
  • Controlling pests and diseases
  • Thinning or pricking out

 

  1. Explain the following nursery practices.
  2. i) Pricking out.
  • Done to enable seedling to grow vigorously and healthy/avoid overcrowding

 

  1. Hardening off.
  • Carried out to make the seedlings to get used to the actual field conditions.

 

  • Removal of diseased crop plants

 

  1. a) i)  What is health and  diseases
  • Health is the state of the body in which all body organs and systems are functioning normally and are normal.
  • Disease is any alteration in the state of the body or any organs or systems which would interfere with or interrupt the proper functioning.

 

  1. State the importance of keeping livestock healthy
  • To increase quantity of livestock products
  • To increase quality of livestock products
  • To increase profit level/ reduce cost of production
  • To prevent the spread of diseases
  • To increase productive life of an animal
  • To enable them to breed regularly.

 

  • State the signs of illness in cattle
  • Dullness
  • Abnormal urination e.g red water
  • Rough hair-coat / hair falls off
  • Abnormal respiration rate
  • Dry mucus membrane
  • Abnormally low or high temperature
  • Loss of appetite
  • Abnormal pulse rate
  • Decline in production
  • Abnormal defalcation e.g diarrhoea/ constipation
  • Aggressive when approached.

 

  1. List the causes of animal diseases:
  • nutritional cause
  • chemical causes
  • physical cause
  • living organisms.

 

  1. What are the categories of diseases?
  • Bacterial
  • Viral
  • Ricketsial
  • Fungal
  • Protozoan

 

  1. State the general methods of disease control.
  • Use of prophylactic drugs e.g antibiotics/ prophylaxis
  • Proper sanitation/ farm hygiene
  • Use of antiseptics and disinfectants for cleaning
  • Quarantine and isolation to reduce spread
  • Slaughtering, culling or killing affected animals
  • Routine vaccination to prevent infection
  • Killing vectors e.g ticks, tsetsefly, etc
  • Proper nutrition/ feed properly
  • Use proper technique of milking to control mastitis
  • Artificial insemination to avoid breeding disease e.g contagious abortion
  • Proper disposal of carcass e.g for Anthrax
  • Proper housing / avoid overcrowding
  • Treat affected animals to avoid infecting others
  • Avoid injuring animals
  • Rotational grazing to control parasites / internal parasites
  • Prevent / avoid factors causing stress.

 

  1. a) What is a parasite?
  • Any organism that depends on another organism, called host, for nutritional and protective purposes.

 

  1. i) What are external parasites?
  • Live on the host at lease for part of its life cycle.

 

  1. State examples of external parasites:
  • Ticks, tsetsefly, mites, lice, fleas, keds

 

  • State the signs of infestation by external parasites:
  • Anaemia
  • Irritation/ scratching
  • Loss of hair
  • Sores/ wounds on skin
  • Presence of parasites on animals body

 

  1. List the harmful effects of external parasites.
  • Transmit diseases/ cause diseases
  • Suck blood and cause anaemia
  • Irritation and discomfort
  • Poor quality hides and skins
  • Increase production costs.

 

  1. i) State the categories of tick.
  • One-host
  • Two-host
  • Three-host

 

  1. ii) Give the stage of tick’s life cycle in proper order
  • Egg, larva, nymph, adult.

 

iii)  How are ticks controlled?

  • Use of chemicals/ acarioides
  • Ploughing the pastures or crop
  • Burning infested pasture
  • Hand picking and killing
  • Rotational grazing
  • Fencing the farm

 

  1. i) What are internal parasites?
  • Stay inside body of host.

 

  1. Give examples of internal parasites
  • Round worms
  • Flukes/ liver fluke
  • Tapeworms
  • List the harmful effects of internal parasites:
  • Retarded growth/ malnutrition/ emaciation
  • Lower production rate
  • Diarrhoea/ constipation
  • Damage to the organs/ blindness/ pneumonia
  • Blockage of organs
  • Irritation / coughing
  • Anaemia
  • Death

 

  1. State the methods of controlling internal parasites of livestock.
  • Regular drenching / deworming
  • Rotational grazing
  • Draining of swampy areas
  • Proper sanitation in livestock houses
  • Spraying swampy areas with appropriate chemicals
  • Burning pastures t kill eggs
  • Plough the pastures to bury eggs

 

  1. a) Name intermediate hosts for:
  2. i) Tape worm
  • Pig/ cattle
  1. Liver fluke
  • Snail/ mud or vaster snail

 

  1. Why should drenching alone not be an affective control measure for livestock
  • It does not destroy intermediate hosts
  • It does not destroy other stages of the parasites

 

  1. a) What is nutrition?
  • Process by which an animal takes in, digests and assimilates food

 

  1. Describe the various nutritional elements:
  2. i) Carbohydrates
  • Are energy foods
  • Produces heat for all body processes
  • Produces energy for maintaining animal alive
  • Crude fibre in carbohydrates prevents constipation
  • Excess converted to fats and stored
  • Source includes roughage, cereals, tubers, lactose from milk.

 

  1. Proteins
  • Are body building feeds
  • Provides raw materials for synthesis of animal
  • Products e.g milk, eggs, etc
  • Used in synthesis/ growth of cells
  • Used to produce energy
  • For formation of enzymes and antibodies
  • Maintain body tissues/ repair and replacement
  • Deficiency leads to stunted growth, low fertility, low production, wearing out of body tissues and poor resistance to diseases.
  • Fats
  • Source of energy
  • Sources include sunflower, fish meal, seeds, etc

 

  • Classified as water soluble or fat soluble
  • Functions are to promote growth, help in blood clotting, bone formation, muscular activities, prevent diseases and act as catalysts.
  • Sources are most food eaten.

 

  • Maintain osmotic pressure, regulate metabolism, bone formation and development, teeth development, increase food conversion, increase in appetite.
  • Deficiency leads to reduced appetite, loss of weight, decrease in production, poor growth and loss of condition.
  • Sources include mineral supplements.

 

  1. Water

Functions:

  • Regulation of body temperature
  • Make cells turgid and maintain body shape
  • Transport of nutrients
  • Biochemical reactions
  • As a lubricant

 

  • Factors influencing intake.
  • Size of animal
  • Productivity e.g milk
  • Type of food given to animal
  • Physiological status of animal e.g pregnant
  • Ambient temperature
  • Species/ kind of animal

 

  1. Explain what the following means:
  2. i) Concentrates
  • A feed with high protein and/ or energy content but low in fibre
  • Have high available nutrients per unit weight
  • Compact in form mashes/ powder, granules, salt and mineral blocks, etc
  • Fed in small amounts.

 

  1. Roughage
  • A feed with high fibre contents and / or low energy
  • Are bulky, of low digestibility, low in protein, and of plant origin e.g pasture, hay, silage, fodder.

 

  1. What is a ration?
  • Amount of food that will produce essential nutrients to an animal to enable animal nest its nutritional requirements.

 

 

 

  1. Explain the meaning and importance of.
  2. i) Balanced ration
  • Contains all nutritional requirements of animals

 

  1. Production ration:
  • Feed given to an animal over and above the maintenance ration to produce a given product
  • Used for production of products like milk, meat, also for foetal development, work and growth of young animals.

 

  • Maintenance ration.
  • The portion of a feed required by an animal to continue with the vital body processes

 

  1. State the desirable characteristics of a livestock ration:
  • Balanced in terms of nutrients
  • Palatable to the animals
  • Highly digestible
  • Free from poisonous materials/ free of contamination

 

  1. a) i)  Outline the main differences between ruminants and non-ruminants
  • Ruminants have four stomach compartments while non-ruminants have only one.
  • Ruminants chew cud while non-ruminants do not chew cud
  • Absence of ptyalin in ruminant saliva and presence in non-ruminant saliva
  • Ruminant digest a lot of cellulose while non-ruminants digest only a little cellulose.

 

  1. Draw a ruminant stomach e.g cow and explain the functions of the four chambers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rumen:

  • First chamber
  • Stores and softens food
  • Microbial action of food takes places here

 

Reticulum

  • Separates coarse food from fine food particles

 

Omasum

  • Grinds food and reduces water content

 

Abomasum

  • Has enzymes which act on food thus causing food digestion

 

  1. How is grass digested in the rumen of an adult ruminant?
  • Food is stored in the rumen
  • Coarse grass is regurgitated from the rumen for further chewing in the mouth i.e chewing cud.
  • Saliva that is mixed with feed when chewing cud creates alkaline PH suitable for bacterial action in the rumen.
  • Food undergoes microbial fermentation in the rumen
  • In the rumen carbohydrates are broken down into volatile fatty acids/ acetic acid and butyric acid.
  • Gases like methane, carbon dioxide and hydrogen are released.
  • Proteins are broken down into peptides/ amino acids
  • Amino acids/ essential amino acids are synthesized from ammonia and other non-protein nitrogen by micro-organisms.
  • Micro-organisms also synthesize certain vitamins e.g vitamin B complex, vitamin K.
  • Much of the volatile fatty acids and ammonia are absorbed through bolching i.e carbon dioxide and methane.

 

  1. State the functions of the following parts of poultry digestive system.
  2. i) Crop
  • Softening food
  • Storage of food

 

  1. ii) Gizzard
  • Contains small stones which help to grind food and break down cellulose.

 

  1. a) i) Draw the reproductive system of a hen and explain the stage taken during

         the formation of an egg.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ovary

  • Produces ova

 

Infindibulum

  • Site of fertilization and storage of sperm calls
  • Yolk takes 15 minutes here

 

Magnum

  • Albumen is added
  • Egg takes 3 hours here

 

Isthmus

  • Secretes the shell membrane
  • Water, minerals and vitamins
  • Process takes 1 ¼ hours

 

Uterus/ shell gland
  • Has calcium deposits
  • Shell added round eggs
  • Completes the addition of albumen
  • Process takes 18 – 22 hours

 

Vagina
  • Pigmentation of egg takes place here
  • Socrates mucus which reduces friction and facilitates expulsion of the egg
  • Takes 1. 10 minutes

 

Cloaca
  • Delivers the egg out gently.

 

  • Draw a clearly labeled diagram to show the reproductive system of a cow and state the functions of the labeled parts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fallopian tube.

  • This is a passage through which ova pass from the ovary.
  • This is where fertilization takes place as the ovum passes to the uterus.

 

Ovary.

  • Produce ova
  • Produce sex hormones e.g oestrogen, progesterone

 

Uterus

  • After fertilization foetus develops until birth here.

 

Vagina and Vulva.

  • Receive male’s sperms
  • Aid in expulsion of young from the womb during birth

 

  1. b) i) What is selection in animal breeding?
  • The process of allowing certain animals to be parents of future generations.

 

  1. State the factors to consider during selection.
  • Increase in yield
  • Improved quality of products
  • Resistance against diseases
  • Resistance to heat or dry conditions
  • Reduced maturity age.

 

  1. i) What is breeding?
  • It involves mating of desirable males and females

 

  1. ii) State the importance of breeding.
  • To obtain high quality products
  • Increase production capacity
  • Import disease resistance
  • Increase tolerance to high ambient temperature
  • To reduce maturity age.

 

  • Give the methods of mating cattle
  • Artificial insemination / AI
  • Natural method

 

  1. i) What is natural mating?
  • Taking a bull to serve cow

 

  1. State its advantages
  • Heat detection by bull
  • Bull stays with cow on heat
  • No need for harder to detect heat.

 

  • State the disadvantages of natural mating?
  • May cause inbreeding if bull is not controlled
  • Expensive/ uneconomical to keep a bull
  • There is a risk of transmission of breeding diseases
  • A bull may cause physical injury to a cow/ handler
  • Only a limited number/ few cows can be mated by one bull within a given period of time.

 

  1. Explain the main systems of breeding.
  2. i) Grading up
  • The process of crossing until an animal having desirable characteristics is obtained.
  • Example is mating Boran bull to Friesian cow to obtain increased production and disease resistance.

 

  1. Line breeding
  • Is the mating of two individuals originating from one ancestor or same line of breeding.

 

  • Cross breeding

Meaning:

  • Mating two pure breeds belonging to different breeds/ mating a pure bred sire of one breed to a high quality grade female of another breed.

 

Reasons:

  • To produce a hybrid with hybrid vigour
  • Imparts desirable genes from either of the parents.

 

What is hybrid vigour?

  • The increased ability and performance of the offspring above the average of the two unrelated parents.

 

  1. Outcrossing
  • Mating two unrelated animals of the same breed

 

 

Meaning.

  • Mating of closely related animals

 

Aim

  • To retain/ preserve certain desirable qualities

 

Disadvantages

  • Increases embryonic mortality/ abortion
  • Reduces disease resistance ability
  • Reduces the vigour of the animal / causes weakness/ abnormality
  • Reduces yield.

 

  1. i) What is artificial insemination?
  • Obtaining semen from males and depositing it in female’s reproductive canal by artificial means.

 

  1. State its advantages.
  • Cheap / can be afforded by many farmers
  • Controls breeding diseases /
  • One male can serve many females
  • Makes use of good bulls/ quick way of improvement
  • Young/ small females not injured
  • Used to prevent inbreeding
  • Semen can be used in distant places

 

  • Give the disadvantages.
  • Can quickly spread undesirable genetic traits
  • Requires special equipment and good communication network
  • Timing of optimum period is difficult
  • Not readily available to small scale farmers.

 

  1. a) Discuss sheep management from selection of breeding stock to lambing.
  2. i) Selection of breeding stock.
  • High fertility and regular breeding
  • Good quality products
  • Fast growing/ early maturing
  • Healthy stock
  • Good mothering instinct
  • Good body conformation/ not physically deformed.

 

  1. Breeding
  • Flush owes by giving extra concentrates/ high plant nutrition
  • Flushing should be started about 3 weeks before mating and continued for three weeks after mating
  • Clip wool around vulva for easy mating/ do crouching
  • Raddling of rams before mating
  • Use one ram for 35 – 60 owes
  • Mating time for lambing to coincide with the season when there is enough pasture.
  • If more than one ram used, use different colour of paste for each ram.
  • Remove rams from owes after mating.

 

  • Management during gestation
  • Food owes on good pasture / concentrates 3 – 4 weeks before lambing / steam up
  • Move owes to clean pasture three weeks before lambing
  • Deworm owes 2 –3 weeks before lambing
  • Vaccinate owes 2 –3 weeks before lambing against common diseases
  • Provide clean water.

 

  1. Lambing management.
  • Observe signs of lambing and supervise/ assist when necessary
  • Disinfect navel cord immediately after lambing
  • Ensure lambs suckle within first 1-2 hours
  • Dagging / clipping of wool around teats after lambing
  • Owes that give birth to more than one lamb should be given extra feeding.

 

  1. Disease the management of lambs from birth upto and including weaning.
  • Weak lambs should be artificially reared
  • Rejected/ orphaned lambs should be given to faster mothers
  • Keep lambs and the owe on good pastures
  • Dock the lambs within the first 2 weeks
  • Castrate male lambs not needed for breeding within the first two weeks
  • Introduce creep feed to the lambs from 6 weeks
  • Dip/ spray / dust sheep as necessary against octoparasites
  • Treat sick animals
  • Wean lambs between 4 – 5 months or when 22kg live weight
  • Put identification marks before weaning
  • Trim hooves before mating
  • Deworm lambs before weaning
  • Keep records

 

  1. a) i) Describe the factors to consider when selecting a gilt for breeding.
  • Maturity ie. Proper age / 12 months or 90 –100 kg live weight
  • Good mothering instinct
  • Fast growth rate
  • Lack of physical defects
  • Healthy i.e lacking history of many diseases

 

 

  1. What characteristics should be considered when selecting a breeding boar?
  • Docile/ good temperament
  • Good body conformation for the breed
  • Lack of physical deformities
  • Strong back and legs
  • Fast growing/ early maturing

 

  1. What preparations should be carried out for a sow one weak before she farrows?
  • Clean and disinfect the farrowing pen
  • Wash / clean and disinfect the sow
  • Treat the sow against external parasites
  • Move the sow to farrowing pen/ orate within a week/ separate from the rest
  • Reduce sow’s ration a day before farrowing
  • Provide heat in the farrowing pen/ creep area
  • Provide clean bedding material
  • Provide bran to the sow as a laxative.

 

  1. Discuss the management of piglets from farrowing to weaning time.
  • Keep watch over farrowing process/ help in the farrowing process
  • Remove mucus and any foreign materials around piglet’s nostrils
  • Put piglet in a safe warm place
  • Tie/ out and disinfect umbilical cord
  • Dispose of afterbirth/ stillborns
  • Ensure piglets suckle colestrum/ piglets suckle immediately after birth
  • Got rid of excess piglets/ rear excess piglets artificially/ give excess piglets to a foster mother
  • Clip off the needle tooth
  • Give piglets iron injection or iron paste to control anaemia
  • Provide croop food to the piglets
  • Give sow extra food according to the number of piglets sucking it
  • Castrate male piglets not intended for breeding at about 3 weeks of age
  • Put identification marks on piglet/ identify piglets using appropriate method
  • Weigh piglets regularly weekly and later monthly
  • Remove sow from farrowing pen to wean piglets
  • Select the piglets to be used for breeding
  • Provide piglets with extra food and water at weaning
  • Keep farrowing pen clean throughout the rearing period
  • Wean between 4 – 8 weeks of age
  • Keep appropriate records
  • Deworm piglets at weaning time
  • Provide adequate water
  • Control diseases as necessary/ vaccination
  • Control external parasites

 

  1. How would you rear a gilt from weaning time to the time it farrows?
  • Food gilt on atleast 3 kg of sow and weaner meal daily
  • Provide clean drinking water
  • Vaccinate the gilt to control common diseases
  • Control external parasites by dusting with pesticides
  • Treat gilt of sick
  • House the gilt next to a boar at age of 12 months
  • Ready to be served/ serve it at right age and weight
  • Keep the pen clean by maintaining clean litter
  • Flush gilt 3-4 weeks before service by feed on high quality diet
  • Take gilt to the boars pen for service and let it stay for at least 12 hours.
  • Observe the return to heat, if any, after three weeks, and repeat the service if necessary.
  • Steaming up should start 1 ½ months before farrowing by giving 3-4 kg of feed
  • 7-10 days before farrowing, the gilt should be washed and moved into a clean and disinfected farrowing pen.
  • Sow and weaner meal should be reduced three days before farrowing
  • Observe the signs of farrowing, and supervise the farrowing process.
  • Deworm the gilt 7-10 days before farrowing.

 

  1. i) Give the reasons for culling a breeding boar.
  • When the boar is old
  • When the health of the boar is poor/ injury
  • When the offsprings are being used as replacement stock/ to stop inbreeding
  • When the bear is too fat and lazy/ back leg weakness
  • When the performance of offsprings is poor
  • When the bear lacks libido / infertile

 

  1. Why should a breeding sow be culled?
  • Goats are browsers/ require less food
  • They can do with little water
  • They are easy to manage
  • Less attack by diseases
  • Good walkers/ good climbers.

 

  1. a) Why are goats suited to most parts of Kenya?
  • Goats are browsers/ require less food
  • They can do with little water
  • They are easy to manage
  • Less attack by diseases
  • Good walkers/ good climbers

 

  1. What are the various management practices a goat farmer should carry out?
  • If goats are kept for milk, the kids should be removed from their mother and fed from a bucket or a bottle
  • The kid should be fed three times a day
  • Solid food should be introduces at 2-3 weeks old
  • Regular vaccination should be carried out after weaning
  • Hoof trimming
  • Confined meat producing goats may be fed on out forage
  • Food on sweet potato vines, napier grass or green maize
  • In addition to grazing, dairy goats food on roughage such as silage
  • Concentrates must be fed to lactating goats to correct any mineral deficiency in roughage / provide mineral lick
  • Proper records on various operations should be kept
  • Spraying against external parasites/ farm hygiene
  • Identification operations e.g tagging, branding, ear-notching tatooing
  • Castrate males not required for breeding

 

 

  1. Give the methods of improving dairy goats.
  • Proper selection/ bulling
  • Proper breeding upgrading/ cross breeding
  • Maintaining good health
  • Proper feeding
  • Proper milking methods
  • Proper housing.

 

  1. a) State the factors that should be considered when selecting rabbits for breeding.
  • Good body size
  • Breeding efficiency
  • Good body conformation
  • Growth rate
  • Good health
  • Freedom from physical deformities.

 

  1. Why is it important that rabbits are fed on a balanced diet?
  • For quick growth
  • To prevent mineral deficiency
  • To give good quality products
  • To give maximum yield
  • Prevention from diseases

 

  1. List the heat signs in a doe.
  • Restlessness
  • Rubs itself against any object
  • Vulva swells
  • Interested in other rabbits
  • May lie on her side

 

  1. Name the types of rabbits keeping.
  • Rabbitry and hutches
  • Mordant i.e movable rabbit house built of light materials
  • Warren
  • Colony system.

 

  1. State the general routine management practices necessary to protect rabbits from diseases and parasites.
  • Cleanliness in the housing units
  • Do not feed on contaminated food
  • Isolation and treatment of sick ones
  • Disinfect cages, water and feed troughs
  • Impose quarantine of two weeks on new rabbits.

 

  1. a) State the uses of bees on the farm.
  • Pollination of flowers
  • Production of honey and wax

 

 

 

  1. Give the functions of the various classes of bees found in a beehive.
  • Queen is fertile and lays egg
  • Drones are fertile males and mate with queen to fertilize the eggs
  • Works are sterile male who take care of all other bees and the hive, and also offer protection to the hive.

 

  1. How can bees be attracted to a hive?
  • Using honey
  • Smear sugar syrup on hive
  • Use of molasses.

 

  1. i) When is it recommended to harvest honey?
  • Late in the evening
  • Early in the morning

 

  1. State why smoke should be used when harvesting honey, but not fire.
  • Smoke makes bees loss aggressive/ less active
  • It does not kill bees/ breed
  • Quality of honey obtained is sufficiently high

 

  • What precautions are necessary when harvesting honey?
  • Avoid excess smoke getting into the hive
  • Prevent rain water from getting into hive
  • Use clean utensils to avoid contamination
  • Use of protective clothes

 

  1. i) Name diseases of bees.
  • Acorive disease
  • Foul breath disease

 

  1. Give examples of pests of bees.
  • Safari ants
  • Bee lose
  • Private wasps
  • Wax moth
  • Birds
  • Honey badger
  • Beetles
  • Robber bees

 

  1. What makes the camel suited to living and working in desert conditions?
  • Can tolerate high temperature
  • A browser which survives well on scanty vegetation
  • Travels long distance and for several days without water
  • Hooves are suited to walk on sand

 

  1. Mention the uses of donkeys.
  • Transportation
  • Work e.g pulling ox-ploughs for cultivation.

 

 

  1. b) What management practices are necessary to enable a donkey work

efficiently?

  • Proper harnessing to avoid injuries
  • Foot care and hoof trimming when necessary
  • Proper feeding
  • Enough rest after work
  • Treat when sick
  • Drenching using horse dewormer.

 

  1. a) i)  Explain cropping in fish farming.
  • The removal of marketable size of fish from the pond to provide more food for those left behind.

 

  1. What is fish harvesting?
  • Removal of all fish from the pond

 

  1. List the features that are necessary in fish-pond construction.
  • Inlet for fresh water
  • Spillway to remove excess/ overflow water
  • Outlet for drainage e.g when harvesting fish or replacing water
  • Fence to keep away predators/ thieves
  • Screen to prevent fish from escaping.

 

  1. Explain the maintenance practices necessary for a fish pond.
  • Maintain optimum level of water by regulating inflow and outflow of water
  • Immediate blockage of water leakages
  • Remove any debris
  • Out weeds or grass growing around pond
  • Fertilize pond regularly
  • Provide enough food to fish

 

  1. a) i)  How can skin of an animal be damaged while animal is still alive?
  • Poor branding
  • Scratching by sharp objects such as wires / whipping/ injury by other animals
  • Skin diseases
  • Bites by parasites.

 

  1. State the treatment given to hides and skins after flaying.
  • Washing
  • Trimming
  • Tanning
  • Draining and fleshing
  • Preserving by salting

 

  • What are the uses of hides and skins?
  • Source of revenue
  • Used to make items e.g shoes, etc

 

  1. b) i) Give reasons why honey harvesting at night is not encouraged.
  • To avoid bush fires
  • Because one may not distinguish between honey combs and brood combs
  • Loss damage to combs
  • Little contamination of honey
  • To avoid killing bees.

 

  1. Describe the procedure of harvesting honey.
  • Wear protective clothing
  • Approach beehive from behind
  • Move smoothly
  • Puff smoke, using smoker, into entrance holes
  • Inspect combs thoroughly
  • Harvest only where scaled combs
  • Leave enough combs with honey, especially in dry season, to avoid starving bees
  • Brush out bees from honey combs
  • Avoid crushing bees.

 

  • State the methods of extracting honey from honey combs
  • Using heat method
  • Crush and strain
  • Using of extraction.

 

  1. iv) What factors influence the quality of honey?
  • Presence of impurities/ foreign materials
  • Source of nectar / food type
  • Stage of ripening/ maturity / under 17% moisture content
  • Season of the year/ rainy season/ flowering
  • Method of extraction.

 

  1. c) Describe hoe to kill and prepare a rabbit carcass
  • Kill by dislocating the neck
  • Hold by back legs in the hand
  • Strike a sharp blow with edge of hand, at base of skull behind the ears
  • This causes bone separation and breaks blood vessels of the neck
  • Hook up rabbit immediately by one leg
  • Remove head to assist bleeding
  • Slit abdominal wall and eviscerate / remove visceran/ remove internal organs
  • Dry the skin using appropriate method
  • Sell meat locally.

 

  1. i) State the difference between wool and hair.
  • Wool is outer coat of sheep made of many fibres with crimp
  • Appearance that make the fibres elastic
  • Hair is smooth, lacks waviness and is inelastic

 

  1. What is fleece?
  • Wool which has been shorn/ out from sheep

 

  • Give the qualities of good wool.
  • Clean / loss
  • Long
  • Fine/soft/wool count
  • Be of pure colour/white
  • Strong
  • Elasticity/ crimpy.

 

  1. List the precautions to be taken during the sheep shearing process to ensure good quality wool
  • Shearing on dry and fine weather/ season
  • Use clean floor to avoid fouling of wool
  • Avoid half cut wool as this lowers quality

 

  1. How are fish processed before cooking?
  • Scaling
  • Removal of offal’s/ eviscerating
  • Sun drying or smoking to slow down deterioration

 

  1. ii) List the methods of preserving fish before sale to consumers
  • Splitting then drying in the sun
  • Smoking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM THREE TOPICS

 

  1. a) Define farm layout
  • refers to how land on the farm is allocated to various uses.

 

  1. What is a good layout
  • One which allows easy management of various enterprises on the farm
  • One which satisfies the farmer and give him comfort.

 

  1. State the factors to consider when planning the layout of a mixed farm.
  • Slope of land/ drainage / topography
  • Direction of prevailing winds
  • Type of soil
  • Type of enterprises required/ other enterprises on farm
  • Infrastructure/ accessibility/ other enterprises on farm
  • Government regulation
  • Existing permanent structures on the farm
  • Land size
  • Security of enterprises
  • Existing ammonites e.g electricity, water
  • Panoramic view

 

  1. a) List the common structures found on the farm.
  • Nursery beds –  Beehives
  • Crushes –  silo
  • Calf pens –  Compost heap/ pit
  • Fish ponds –  Store
  • Dairy shed / milking parlour –  rabbitry and hutches
  • Fences
  • Dips
  • Pig sty

 

  1. Explain the factors to be considered in constructing a farm structure
  2. i) Sitting
  • Sitting the structure in rotation to other buildings/ farm activities/ considering security/ accessibility/ topography/ drainage

 

  • Orientation of the building in relation to wind direction/ light/ topography

 

  • Design / purpose
  • Design of the structure to fit the intended purpose or use/ to fit the climate of the area/ size of enterprise.

 

  1. Materials
  • Choice of building materials considering type/ cost/ durability/ availability.
  • Cost of structure/ finances available to put up the structure.

 

 

  • Alternative uses of the structure

 

  • Construction skills
  • Availability of needed skills

 

  • Governments regulations
  • e follow the legal government regulations

 

  1. Type of building
  • Permanent or temporary

 

  1. Future expansion
  • Should consider space for future expansion.

 

  1. State the factors to consider when selecting materials to construct farm structures.
  • Durability of materials
  • Cost of materials
  • Availability of skilled labour for construction
  • Capital available
  • Availability of materials
  • Strength of materials

 

  1. i) Name the types of fences used on farms.
  • Barbed wire fence
  • Wooven wire/ wire knotting/ chicken wire fence
  • Electric fence
  • Pole fence/ timber / wooden/ post and rail fence
  • Wall fence/ stone fence
  • Plain wire fence
  • Hedges/ live fence.

 

  1. State the advantages of barbed wire fence and any of its disadvantages in livestock farming.

Advantages

  • Effective in stopping animals from forcing their way out.

Disadvantages.

  • May injure animals
  • Expensive per unit weight or per given gauge

 

  • How are fences constructed?
  • Locate the corners
  • Clear the fencing area
  • Make corners, strainers and passes
  • Dig holes to specified depths
  • Firm the posts by use of concrete mixtures
  • Drill holes on the posts and fix the wires
  • Strain the wires and fix onto the posts
  • Fix the droppers to reinforce the wires.

 

 

  1. Describe the uses of farm fences.
  • Provide security from thieves, wildlife/ control trespassers
  • Enable paddocking/ rotational grazing/ mixed farming
  • Control pests and diseases by keeping away other animals from the farm
  • Demarcate boundaries
  • Live fences act as windbreaks/shelter belts
  • Provide aesthotic value to the farm
  • Increase farm/ land value
  • Help n soil and water observation in case of hedges
  • Hedges may be a source of fruits and their trimmings may be a source of fodder or firewood or compost manure
  • Isolate animals for different purposes e.g sick, bulls, calves, pregnant etc.
  • Provide privacy.

 

  1. What maintenance practices are carried out on farm fences?
  • Replacing broken posts, droppers etc
  • Replacing / tightening loose wires
  • Control termites and fungi from causing damage
  • Replace struts if broken.

 

  1. State the uses of a crush.
  • Hand spraying or hand dressing to control ticks
  • Drenching or deworming against internal parasites
  • Artificial insemination
  • Applying identification marks
  • Taking temperature
  • Pregnancy diagnosis
  • Milking
  • Dehorning
  • Castration

 

  1. (i) Name the main sections of a cattle dip stating its functions.
  • Assembly yard is a waiting area for holding the animals before dipping
  • Footbath for washing mud from cattle hooves to prevent dip contamination’s
  • Dip tank which contains dip wash into which cattle got immersed
  • Draining race/ drying race for holding animals after dipping to let the dip wash drip.

 

  1. State the main use of a dip.
  • Where animals are immersed in a solution of acaricide and water/ dipwash to control external parasites e.g ticks.

 

  1. State the factors to consider when planning to construct a grain store.
  • Sited on a well-drained ground
  • Free ventilation without draughts
  • Rainproof/ leakproof
  • Adequate floor space
  • Easy to clean
  • Vermin/ pest proof/ have rat guards
  • Keep away thieves/ predators.

 

 

  1. i) State the features of an ideal calf porn
  • Well ventilated
  • Leakproof
  • Well drained floor
  • Clean
  • Draught free
  • Enough space for calf

 

  1. What facts influence siting of calf pens?
  • Topography / drainage of land
  • Accessibility of pen
  • Location of existing farm structures/ amenities
  • Wind direction
  • security

 

  • Give the maintenance practices of a permanent calf pen.
  • Repair / replace worn-out parts
  • Whitewash walls of calf pens
  • Regularly clean and disinfect the calf pen
  • Ensure that the drainage system is working.

 

  1. Name the types of calf pens.
  • Movable pen
  • Permanent

 

  1. i) What are the requirements for constructing a poultry house for deep litter   system?
  • Roof to discourage insects
  • Properly managed litter
  • Enough space at food and water troughs
  • Provide nests
  • Provide perch.

 

  1. Give the maintenance practices necessary in a dip litter poultry house.
  • Repair broken parts of the house
  • Clean and remove the cobwebs and any dirt
  • Improve drainage
  • Fumigate against pests and diseases
  • Paint some parts of the house.

 

  1. i) State the factors to consider in siting a rabbit hutch.
  • The site should be safe and secure especially in or near a homestead
  • It should be sized in an accessible place
  • The place should be sheltered from strong prevailing winds
  • The area should be well drained
  • It should be located on the leeward side of the farm to avoid bad smell

 

  1. What factors should be considered in selecting the construction materials?
  • Consider availability or materials
  • Durable materials are preferred
  • Consider cost of the material to use
  • Select roofing materials that can keep off rain
  • Some materials for the walls should allow enough light and ventilation
  • Select some materials for the floor that will allow drainage of urine and from passage of droppings.

 

  • Give the environment of a rabbit hutch.
  • Lack proof
  • Easy to clean
  • Free from strong wind/ draught
  • Safe from prodiors/ raised above ground level
  • Floor to allow from drainage of urine and droppings
  • Well ventilated
  • Adequate space.

 

  1. State the reasons for raising rabbit hutches above ground level.
  • To ensure security from attack by dogs, cats, etc
  • To hasten drying of bedding
  • To avoid dampness from the ground

 

  1. i) State the factors to consider when designing a piggery to ensure good health of pigs.
  • Ventilation
  • Space requirements according to recommended stocking rate
  • Basking/ exercise area
  • Security of piglets e.g constructing guard rails
  • Drainage
  • Position of food troughs and water troughs in relation to dunging area.

 

  1. a) State the reasons why maintenance of farm structures is important.
  • Avoid accidents when using them
  • Ensure efficiency of usage of structure
  • Prolong the life of the structure/ farm

 

  1. a) i)  What is land tenure?
  • Ownership of rights to the use of land

 

  1. List the land tenure
  • Collective e.g communal and cooperative tenure
  • Individual e.g owner-occupier, company and tenancy and landlordism/ lease held system

 

  1. i) What is land refers?
  • Any organised action taken to improve the structure of land tenure and land use/ deliberate change in the land tenure system

 

  1. State the methods of land refers.
  • Land consolidation
  • Land subdivision/ fragmentation
  • Land adjudication and registration/ demarcation
  • Settlement and resettlement

 

 

  1. i) Distinguish between settlement and resettlement.
  • Settlement is planned transfer of population from one area to another
  • Resettlement is transferring population from more densely populated area to less populated one.

 

  1. State the objectives of settlement and resettlement
  • To settle the land lost
  • To make use of idle land
  • To create self employment
  • To relieve population pressure
  • To increase agricultural population.

 

  • What were the contributions of settlement schemes?
  • Have increased production
  • Better use of extension services
  • Increased agricultural credit
  • Marketing cooperatives are being used
  • There are more improved livestock
  • Acceleration in development of infrastructure

 

  1. a) i)  What is soil erosion?
  • Detachment and carrying away of top soil by wind and water.

 

  1. Name the types of soil erosion.
  • Splash/ raindrop erosion
  • Gully erosion
  • Streambank erosion
  • Rill erosion
  • Shoot erosion

 

  • State the factors which influence the rate of soil erosion.
  • Amount and intensity of rainfall
  • Slope/ topography
  • Vegetation cover
  • Ploughing up and down the slope
  • Soil type
  • Soil depth

 

  1. i) What is soil conservation
  • The use of resource without rendering them unproductive due to erosion or depletion of plant nutrients.

 

  1. State the reasons for soil conservation
  • Prevent loss of plant nutrients from the soil/ to maintain the soil fertility
  • Maintain soil structure.

 

  1. List the methods of soil and water conservation.
  • Filter strips
  • Out-off drains
  • Grassed waterways
  • Mulching
  • Trash/ stone lines
  • Ridging
  • Terraces
  • Diversion waterways
  • Contour farming
  • Forests/ afforestation
  • Gabbions/ check dams/ porous dams
  • Dams and reservoirs
  • Bunds

 

  1. a) What is a weed?
  • Any plant growing where it is not required and has more disadvantages than advantages

 

  1. How are weed classified?
  • Life cycle
  • Morphology
  • Habitat

 

  1. List the economic classes caused by weeds.
  • Compete with crops are nutrients, space, light, water
  • Reduce quality of products
  • Some are
  • Some block irrigation channels and deprive fish of oxygen
  • Some lower quality of pasture
  • They increase production costs

 

  1. Describe the wed control methods
  2. Cultural

Includes mulching, cover cropping, field hygiene, timely planting, crop rotation, using clean planting materials, etc.

 

  1. Mechanical:
  • By use of tillage, cultivation, slashing / defoliation and uprooting weeds

 

  • Biological
  • Deliberate use of a biological agent e.g insect, virus, fungi animal to reduce the population of a target weed.

 

  • Use of herbicides to kill weeds
  • Herbicides are chemicals which kill plants.

 

  1. a) i)  What is a crop pest?
  • Any organism that destroys/ is a nuisance to crops, either directly xxxxx, by feeding on tem or introducing disease causing

 

  1. ii) Name the categories of crop pest?
  • Insects –  Micro-organisms
  • Mites –  Higher animals
  • Birds –  Molasses
  • Nematodes –  Rodents
  • How can pests be controlled on the farm?
  • By use of chemical e.g pesticides
  • Early planting of crops
  • Field hygiene e.g destruction of affected crop residues
  • Use of trap crops, trap cropping
  • Close season
  • Crop rotation
  • Growing resistant varieties
  • Trapping and killing pest.

 

  1. What is integrated pest management?
  • The use of a combination of various control methods

 

  1. i) What is a plant disease.
  • Any alteration in the state of a plant or of its parts, which interrupts or disturbs the proper performance of functions of its parts.

 

  1. Name the disease causing factors in crops.
  • Viruses
  • Mineral deficiency / nutritional in balance
  • Bacterial
  • Fungi
  • Physiological disorders

 

  • List the various practices carried out in the field to control crop diseases.
  • Crop rotation
  • Close season
  • Roguing/ destroying infected
  • Planting disease free plants/ use of certified seeds
  • Early planting/ timely planting
  • Pruning/ proper spacing
  • Weed control
  • Use of resistance varieties
  • Quarantine
  • Application of appropriate chemicals
  • Use of clean equipment
  • Heat treatment.

 

  1. Discuss the growing of the following crops.
  2. Sorghum
  3. i) Seedbed preparation
  • Clearing land
  • Cultivating the land to get rid of perennial weeds
  • Harrow the land to fine tilth

 

  1. Planting
  • Planting at beginning of rains
  • Plant in rows/ broadcast seeds
  • Spacing 60 x 1 cm
  • 3 – 5 seeds per hole
  • depth 2-5-5 cm
  • seedrate 2-15 kg per hectare
  • apply phosphatic fertilizers at planting at a rate of 20-40 kg per hectare

 

  • Weeding
  • Keep them weed free from early stages
  • Cultivate regularly to control weeds
  • Apply herbicides especially on breed leafed weeds

 

  1. Field management practices
  • Thinning/ thin and leave two vigorous plants
  • Thin when 5 cm long/ tall

 

  1. Pests and diseases.
  • Scare the birds
  • Apply appropriate insecticides to control stalk bearer
  • Fungal disease control/ use resistant varieties, plant certified seeds

 

  1. Harvesting
  • Ready 3-9 months depending on variety
  • Cut head/ panicle

 

  1. Maize
  2. i) Seedbed preparation
  • Clear land early before the rains
  • Harrow the land to medium tilth
  • Cultivate land to get rid of parannial weeds and allow vegetation to rot.

 

  1. Planting
  • Done at the beginning of rains
  • Dry planting is recommended
  • Spacing varies with variety i.e 23-30 cm x 57 – 90 cm
  • Plant seed at 2.5 – 10 cm deep
  • Planting manually or mechanically
  • Apply DAP at 100 – 150 kg/ hectare in planting hole
  • Top dress with CAN at 200kg / hectare

 

  • Weeding
  • Weed at early stage to reduce competition for moisture
  • Hand weeding done
  • Herbicides sometimes used e.g simazine/ artrazine before germination and MCPA / 2,40 after germination.

 

  1. Field management
  • Thinning done early to get consistent growth
  • Gapping done early

 

  1. Pests control
  • Scare birds e.g quellea and weaver birds
  • Use appropriate control of pests e.g aphids, army worm e.g insecticides.

 

 

  1. Disease control
  • Use appropriate control e.g fungicides for smut, rust and maize stork

 

  • Harvesting
  • Depending on altitude and variety
  • Stock out maize or harvest cabs when dry in field

 

  1. Cassava
  2. i) Basic requirements
  • Requires altitude of below 1500m.
  • Moderate rainfall/ drought resistant
  • Sandy soils / free draining soils

 

  1. Seedbed preparation and planting
  • Deep ploughing recommended/ prepare ridges
  • Plant stem cuttings 40cm long at 45o or less
  • Spacing is 1.5m x 0.9m
  • Bury half stem in soil.

 

  • Field management
  • Control weeds at early stages of growth.

 

  1. Pest control
  • White scale controlled by clean planting materials.

 

  • Mosaic disease causes melting of leaves and deformed tubers
  • Control by planting resistant varieties.

 

  1. Harvesting
  • Remove individual tubers or uproot whole plant
  • Use stick or forked jembes to harvest
  • Yields about 7-10 tons per hectare

 

  1. Millet
  2. i) Basic requirements
  • Altitude from 0-1200m
  • Rainfall of 500-600mm per annum
  • Light sandy soils

 

  1. Seedbed preparation and planting
  • Prepare seedbed of fine tilth
  • Spacing is 60 x 30 cm
  • Sometimes interplanted with other crops

 

  • Field management
  • Top dress with nitrogenous fertilizer when 30cm long
  • Weeding done upto tillering stage

 

 

 

  1. Pest control
  • Quelea birds cat seeds at miling stage
  • Controlled by scaring

 

  1. Disease control
  • Dowry mildow control using fungicides and crop rotation
  1. Harvesting
  • Individual heads out using knife or sickle

 

  1. Sweet potatoes
  2. i) Basic requirements
  • Altitude of C-2400m
  • 750 mm of rainfall per year / drought resistant
  • wide variety of soils
  • warm to cool climate

 

  1. Seedbed preparation and planting
  • Prepare flat seedbed/ ridges
  • Plant cutting in form of apical pieces of vines
  • Bury atleast half of vine.

 

  • Field management
  • Gives good yield with farm yard manure
  • Weeding in early stages only as later covers soil

 

  1. Pest and disease control
  • Control sweet potato weevils with insecticides and crop rotation
  • Virus B transmitted by white flies causes stunting
  • Control by planting resistant varieties

 

  • Harvest few tubers at a time because of storage problem
  • Use sticks for harvesting
  • Good yield is 38 tones per hectare.

 

  1. i) Areas where grown
  • Kano plains (Ahero), Mwea Tabere, Bunyala Irrigation Scheme.

 

  1. Conditions necessary for growing rice.
  • Availability of water for irrigation
  • Topography flat land
  • Good soil type – with good water holding
  • Favourable temperature/ warm and humid
  • Availability of labour.

 

  • Planting / transplanting.
  • In flooded field
  • Flood 1/3 of height of seedlings
  • Spacing 10 x 10 cm or 10 x 20 cm or 20 x 10cm
  • Seedlings 15 – 20cm in height/ after 1 – 1 ½ months
  1. Fertilizers
  • Phosphates at planting at 55kg/ ha P2O5
  • Nitrogen at planting at 15 kg/ha N
  • Top dress 3 weeks after applying N at rate of 15kg/ ha N.

 

  1. Weeds
  • Uproot woods
  • Use chemical herbicides (2,4 – N)
  • Start with clean field

 

Pests Control
–     Birds –     Scaring
–     Rice hispid, stem –     Spray with BHC, DDT dimention
–     Field rats –     Field rat poison
   

 

Diseases Control
–   Rice blast –     Use loss nitrogen
–     Use resistant varieties
–   yellow mottling –     Quarantine.

 

  • Water regulation.
  • Maintain water depth at 1/3 height of plant throughout growing period
  • Ensure fresh water supply
  • Drain off water 3 weeks before harvesting.

 

  1. Harvesting
  • Rice reaches maturity at 4-5 months/ harvest when dry
  • Out stem at base/ any correct method
  • Dry to 12-14% moisture content
  • Bag for dispatch.

 

  1. a) What do the following terms mean?
  2. i) Pasture
  • A cover of grass or legume or grass and legume used for feeding livestock.

 

  1. Forage Crop
  • A plant which either grows naturally or is cultivated by farmers and used for feeding livestock.

 

  • A forage plant that is grown, harvested and given to livestock when ready.

 

  1. Outline the methods that can be used to improve permanent potatoes.
  • Irrigation
  • Control weeds
  • Top dress with N-fertilizers to avoid denudation
  • Reseeding
  • Out back dry and unpalatable atoms with tractor mower to encourage fresh regrowth after grazing cycle
  • Controlled grazing.

 

  1. What factors determine the forage crop species to be established at a place?
  • Yield of forage species in terms of herbage is quantity per unit of land
  • Resistance to pests and diseases
  • Adaptability to the area where it is established
  • Ease with which it can be established and eradicated
  • Whether pure or mixed stand
  • Growth rate and fast establishment

 

  1. i) In which form can pasture be considered?
  • Silage
  • Hay
  • Standing hay

 

  1. Why is it important to conserve pasture?
  • To distribute available forage for livestock throughout the year
  • To provide feed for dry season
  • To ensure better and full utilization of the available land
  • Conserved forage can be sold for money.

 

  1. a) List the routes though which pathogens can enter the body of an animal.
  • Skin, eye, nose, mouth, anus, ear, genital organs, mammary glands, navel cord.

 

  1. i) What is immunity?
  • The ability of an animal to resist infection by disease

 

  1. Name the types of immunity.
  • Natural immunity
  • Artificial immunity

 

  • What is a vector?
  • A carrier of disease from one organism to another. It does not cause disease itself.

 

  1. Explain the term incubation in livestock diseases
  • Period between infection by pathogen and showing of symptoms of the disease.

 

  1. Discuss the following diseases under appropriate sub-headings.
  2. Red water
  3. i) Causal agent
  • Protozoa / bibesia bigomina

 

  1. Symptoms
  • Red urine
  • Fever/ high temperature
  • Loss of appetite
  • Anaemia
  • Loss of production
  • Jaundice
  • Swollen lymph glands
  • Licking soil
  • Increased breathing

 

  • Control measures
  • Tick control e.g spraying, dipping, fencing, etc

 

  1. Anthrax
  2. i) Causal agent
  • Bacteria / bacillus enthracis

 

  1. Symptoms
  • Sudden death
  • Bleeding form external crifices
  • Bleated carcass
  • High temperature/ shivering
  • Dullness
  • Bloody diarrhoea / milk ha blood stains
  • Non-clotting blood
  • Lack of rigor nortis
  • Loss of appetite

 

  • Control measures
  • Vaccination
  • Quarantine/ isolation
  • Treatment of the herd/ tread early with antibiotics
  • Proper disposal/ burying/ burning
  • Public education

 

  1. Newcastle
  2. i) Causal agent
  • Virus

 

  1. Symptoms
  • Watery diarrhoea
  • Staggering with dreeping wings and bent neck
  • Soft-shelled eggs
  • Sneezing
  • Sudden death
  • Nervousness/ restlessness
  • Loss of production
  • Thick mucus discharge from nostrils/ difficulty in breathing.

 

  • Control measures.
  • Vaccination
  • Disinfection/ proper hygiene
  • Quarantine
  • Proper disposal / killing the flock
  • Use birds that are certified to be clean
  • Examination and treatment of suspected birds.
  1. East Cost Fever (ECF)
  2. i) Causal organism
  • Protozoa/ theilleria parva

 

  1. Symptoms
  • Loss of appetite
  • Fever/ high temperature
  • Loss of production
  • Loss of condition
  • Small hemorrhages in vulva
  • Oral mucus discharge
  • Swelling of lymph glands/ nodes
  • Coughing
  • Dullness
  • Lachrimation/ running eyes/ tears
  • Diarrhoae
  • Partial blindness

 

  • Control
  • Use appropriate drugs e.g clexen
  • Control ticks

 

  1. Foot and Mouth Disease (FMD)
  2. i) Causal agent
  • Virus

 

  1. Symptoms
  • Dullness
  • Loss of appetite / difficulty in eating
  • Profuse and continous salivation
  • Lameness / wounds on heaves
  • Loss of milk
  • Wounds/ blisters on tongue, gums and udder
  • Snacking of mouth
  • Loss of condition

 

  • Control
  • Slaughter affected animals
  • Quarantine/ isolation
  • Regular vaccination

 

  1. Foot rot disease
  2. i) Cause
  • A bacterium or virus/ fusifermis SPP

 

  1. Symptoms
  • Lameness/ inability to walk
  • Selling of affected feet
  • Wound and ulcers/ pus/ foul smelling in affected feet
  • Anorexia/ loss of appetite
  • Loss of weight/ emaciation
  • Control
  • Trim heaves regularly
  • Keep grazing land free from sharp objects
  • Avoid grazing sheep in swampy areas
  • Apply feet bath using a disinfectant e.g copper sulphate solution
  • Isolate sick ones from healthy ones
  • Treat affected sheep to avoid spread

 

  1. Brucellesis (contagious abortion)
  2. i) Cause
  • Bacterial (Brucella abortus)

 

  1. Symptoms
  • Premature birth of young
  • Abortion at 5-7 months
  • Retained placenta
  • Placenta when left will show aedema, necrosis and appears bloody
  • Barrenness
  • Yellow and brown sticky odourless discharge from vulva

 

  • Control
  • Use of artificial insemination
  • Vaccination
  • Test culling and slaughter infected females
  • Clean animal dwelling houses
  • Boil milk
  • Aborted foetuses should not be touched using bare hands

 

  1. a) i)  Name the sources of farm power
  • Human power
  • Wind power
  • Animal power
  • Oil/ fuel power/ gas/ paraffin
  • Electricity
  • Solar energy
  • Wood/ charcoal
  • Biogas power
  • Nuclear energy

 

  1. Mention the ways in which solar energy is used on the farm.
  • Production of electric energy by use of photo-electric cell panel
  • Electricity used for lighting, pumping water, healing etc
  • Direct drying of crops
  • Water heating
  • Cooking

 

  • Give the disadvantages of using wood fuel or charcoal as a source of power.
  • Inefficient use of energy
  • Leads to destruction of environment through indiscriminate felling of trees
  • Snake produced pollutes environment
  • Exhaustible source of power
  1. i) What are the requirements for animals used as a source of farm power?
  • Good health/ healthy
  • Fully grown/ maturing
  • Well fed.

 

  1. Give the benefits of using animal power on the farm.
  • Cheaper t buy than machines
  • Loss time used than using human power
  • Wider range of relief than tractor e.g hills
  • Loss maintenance cost e.g no fuel needed
  • Does more work than human power
  • Not much skill and training needed to operate them
  • Animals can provide manure

 

  • State the limitations of using animal power
  • Low work output than tractor power
  • Extra piece of land required to grow forage for them
  • Animals cannot be used in use tsetsefly infested areas
  • Animals tire quickly
  • Tiresome since it also requires two handlers
  • Requires time to train animals and handlers
  • Theft and production problems
  • Slower rate of work therefore not suitable in large scale farming
  • Cause damage to crops when used in weeding.

 

  1. i) State the advantages of farm mechanization.
  • The rate at which a job can be completed is increased/ improves efficiency
  • Number of man-days involved is reduces/ labour saving
  • Products harvested mechanically are more uniform
  • Uniformly harvested products are more acceptable to consumers
  • Timeliness of operations
  • Contributes to increased farm production
  • Contributes to increased farm productivity
  • Uniformity of operations e.g ploughing, planting
  • Less labour / easy

 

  1. What are its disadvantages?
  • Capital outlay on machinery is high
  • May lead to problem of soil capping
  • Mechanization is more worthwhile in large scale farming enterprises
  • Maintenance is expensive
  • May create an unemployment problem
  • Requires skilled manpower
  • Requires uniform produce
  • Tractors and ox-ploughs can not be used on steep land

 

  • Why is mechanisation on small scale farming not worthwhile?
  • Low level of capital investment
  • Use of machinery is uneconomical
  • No efficiency in farm operations.

 

  1. i) Name the tractor drawn implements.
  • Trailers, ploughs (disc and mouldboard), harrows and mowers

 

  1. Name the animal drawn implements.
  • Ox – plough, ox-time cultivator, ex-cart

 

  1. State the functions of the following parts of a mouldboard plough.
  2. i) Landside
  • Stabilises the plough/ absorbs side thrust caused by furrow slice

 

  1. Mouldboard
  • Inverts furrow slice/ buries woods/ trash

 

  • Coulter
  • Vertically cuts the soil or trash

 

  1. Share point.
  • Digs/ opens/ cuts or breaks the ground

 

  1. Frog
  • Holds the frame onto the moldboard, landslide and share.

 

  1. State the functions of the following principal parts of a disc plough.
  2. i)
  • Part of the plough on which all parts are joined

 

  1. Hitch most.
  • Point at which the top link is connected to tractor

 

  • Scrapper
  • Inverting furrow slice/ cleans disc

 

  • Cutting the ground/ ploughing/ inverting/ overturning

 

  1. Hub
  • Contains roller bearings that allow the disc to roll while in operation.

 

  1. Standard
  • Holds the discs

 

  • Springs
  • Absorbs vertical shock of plough

 

  • Furrow wheel
  • Absorbs side thrust/ used for adjusting the depth of ploughing.

 

  1. Crossbar
  • Attachment for left and right arm
  1. Hitch point
  • Where plough is attached to tractor.
  1. i) State the sources of tractor hire services
  • Government hire services
  • Private contractors
  • Individual farmers
  • Some cooperatives

 

  1. Give the advantages of tractor hire services.
  • A farmer does not incur cost of buying tractor
  • No cost of maintenance by farmer
  • No risks of owning a tractor
  • The farmer is able to carry out the task faster

 

  • What are its disadvantages?
  • May not be available when required
  • May be very expensive to hire
  • Some operators can produce poor quality work.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORM FOUR TOPICS.

 

  1. a) Discuss the management of dairy cattle to ensure high milk production.
  2. i) Selection
  • Select good animals on the basis of high yield
  • Select healthy animals
  • Select animals with good body conformation
  • Should be of high fertility level
  • To have good temperament it docile cattle
  • Poor animals should be coulled
  • Selecting and culling should be a continous exercise

 

  1. Breeding management
  • Use superior bulls or semen from superior bulls
  • Breed heifers when fully mature i.e right age and size
  • Breed cows 60-90 days after calving to maintain a calving internal of 1 year.

 

  • Feeding management.
  • Feed on a balanced diet, water, minerals, vitamins
  • Give adequate fee
  • Feed should be clean and free from contamination.

 

  1. Housing
  • Provide proper housing i.e well drained, clean, well ventilated, well lit
  • Avoid overcrowding it provide enough space.

 

  1. Disease and parasite control
  • Keep animals healthy by routine vaccination
  • Control external parasites by spraying using appropriate drugs e.g acaricides
  • Control internal parasites by routines drenching using appropriate drugs
  • Treat sick animals
  • Isolate and put new animals under quarantine
  • Avoid physical injuries to animals by avoiding sharp objects or holes and using plain wires, not barbed
  • Improve sanitation i.e hygiene or cleanliness in the farm

 

  1. General management practices.
  • Milk at regular intervals
  • Use proper milking techniques
  • Observe heat signs and signs of disease closely
  • Handle animals properly
  • Keep proper and good records and use them to evaluate the herd.

 

  1. Describe the management of a dairy cow from the time of conception until calving (gestation period)
  • Small breeds like Jersey and Guernsey should be served at 15-18 months of age having attained 250-270 kgs
  • Large breeds at 18-20 months of age or 280 –320kg live weight
  • Milking is done for 7 months after conception
  • Pregnancy diagnosis ie. Checking conception is carried out in the fourth month after insemination.
  • Drying off of incalf cow at 2 months before calving i.e in 7th month of gestation by skip milking or partial milking
  • Mastities control antibiotics applied into feat canal i.e carry out dry cow therapy
  • Drying up build body reserves hence increases milk production in the next location period
  • The foetus also gets sufficient food hence born strong and healthy
  • Food reserves are used to synthesize colostrum
  • Initiate steaming up in order to give dam enough energy during calving
  • Steaming up should include high quality pastures, concentrates and minerals
  • Do not dip incalf cow in plunge dip to avoid abortion due to shock.
  • Spraying the incalf cow
  • Avoid drenching toward the end of gestation as this may be dangerous to foetus
  • In preparation for parturition, the incalf should be taken to a parturition pen next to homestead and wait for parturition signs
  • Parturition signs include disterned udder, enlarged vulva, clear mucus discharge from vulva, slackening of pelvic girdle muscles i.e relaxing of hip muscles, sometimes colostrum drips out of teats and dam frequently bellows
  • Leave the cow to calve undisturbed
  • Watch for malpresention, if present seek assistance of veterinarian
  • Allow the dam to lick its calf clean of mucus or wipe mucus from nostril and mouth to allow it breath
  • Artificial respiration may be performed when breathing is delayed
  • The naval cord is out and tied and wound sterilized using iodine or methylated spirit to avoid infection.
  • Separate the calf from the dam after it has been licked and take to a warm calf pen
  • Check and ensure that the placenta comes out a few hours after birth but if not, consult a veterinarian.

 

  1. Explain the management practices of a dairy calf from birth until it is ready for the first service.
  • Clean mucus from the calf as soon as it is born or ensure cow licks its calf dry
  • Ensure the calf is breathing or administer artificial respiration if necessary
  • Cut and disinfect umbilical cord
  • Ensure the calf suckles the mother within the first 8 hours to get colostrum
  • Feed the calf on colostrum for the first 4-7days
  • Keep records on the performance of the calf
  • Introduce feeding of whole milk or milk replacer from the 4th day
  • Feed the calf with warm milk upto weaning time
  • Observe strict hygiene in the calf pen
  • Protect the calf against adverse weather conditions e.g wind by providing housing
  • Provide adequate clean water from the third week
  • Introduce palatable dry foods e.g concentrates and good quality out grass from the third week
  • Provide mineral supplements
  • Keep calf in individual pens until it is 3-4 months
  • Spray or dip the calf against external parasites
  • Release the calf occasionally for exercise
  • Wean the calf at 8 weeks or late weaning at 16 weeks
  • Drench or deworm the calf against internal parasites
  • Vaccinate calf against prevalent diseases
  • Release the calf occasionally for exercise
  • Wean the calf at 8 weeks or late weaning at 16 weeks
  • Dehorn the calf using appropriate method
  • Graze the calf on good quality pasture, preferably ahead of mature animals
  • Separate heifer calves from bull calves at puberty to avoid inbreeding
  • Remove extra teats if necessary
  • Any change of feeding should be done gradually to avoid feeding disorders
  • Serve at the right age i.e at 15-20 months of 250-280 kg live weight
  • Treat against disease when sick
  • Weigh the calf regularly

 

  1. Describe the procedure of training a calf to drink milk from a bucked after separating it from its mother.
  • Put 3 –4 fingers in the calf’s mouth]
  • Let the calf suck the fingers
  • Place a bucket of milk at a convenient raised position
  • Gently lower the fingers into the bucket of milk while the calf is still sucking the milk
  • Repeat the procedure until the calf is able to drink from the bucket on its own.

 

  1. What is zero grazing?
  • The practice of rearing animals under confinement in stalls whereby food and water are brought to the animals.

 

  1. State the advantages of zero grazing
  • Easy to control livestock diseases
  • High production per unit area of land
  • Proper utilization of pasture i.e no trampling or fouling
  • Animals do not waste a lot of energy in walking
  • Good method of accumulation and collection of farm yard manure for plant and dung for biogas
  • Possible to keep livestock where there is bad terrain eg. Swampy, stony or steep slopes.
  • Possible to keep livestock where land is limited
  • High level of stocking rate achieved.

 

  • List the limitation of zero grazing
  • Expensive as it requires high initial capital
  • Labour intensive i.e a lot of labour required
  • May not be possible where there is in adequate water
  • Requires a lot of technical sills to manage well.

 

  1. Discuss the management of beef cattle from birth until it is ready to be sold as steer.
  • As soon as the calf is born ensure that it is breathing e.g by tickling the nose with straw
  • If not, help the calf to start breathing by applying artificial respiration method
  • Remove any foreign bodies from the mouth and nostrils e.g mucus and phlegm
  • Disinfect to avoid infection
  • Ensure that the calf is licked dry by mother or wipe the calf clean
  • Ensure that the suckles colostrum within the first 12 hours of birth by helping weak ones
  • Leave the calf to stay with its dam to suckle milk at will
  • Ensure that disowned calves are given to foster mothers or prepare artificial colostrum where a foster mother is not producing colostrum
  • Wean the calf when 6-8 months old
  • Separate weaners to graze on good quality pasture after weaning
  • Spray calves up to weaning time after which they can be dipped to control external parasites
  • Dehorn calves within first two weeks to 4 months
  • Castrate bull calves not intended for breeding at weaning time i.e 6-8 months age
  • Identify calves as early as possible after birth
  • Separate castrated bulls from heifers at weaning time
  • Give mineral supplements when necessary
  • Deworm ewaners regularly to control internal parasites
  • Give supplementary feed in dry seasons
  • Provide adequate clean water
  • Vaccinate calves and weaners against prevalent diseases
  • Observe and treat sick animals
  • Animals should be ready for market between 12-30 months depending on breed
  • Keep appropriate records.

 

  1. a) Describe the preparations one would make before the arrival of day old chicks on the farm.
  • A poultry house should be constructed
  • The house should be well ventilated and should not allow draught inside
  • A brooder should be ready 2-3 days before chicks arrive
  • A coccidiostat should be bought ready for use in case acoccidiosis attacks chicks
  • Put newspapers on the floor of the brooder to prevent chicks from eating litter e.g saw dust.
  • Spread food on the newspapers and some on feeders
  • Avail proteins (DCP) and vitamins A and B.
  • The protein and vitamin A encourage faster growth rate/ provide chick starter mash
  • Provide feeders and waterers
  • The farmer should ensure that the poultry house has a door to keep of predators like wild cats, jackals and foxes
  • The door also keeps of cold wind entering the house.

 

  1. Discuss the artificial rearing of layer chicks from day old upto the end of brooding.
  • This is between hatching time upto 3 weeks old
  • Ensure brooder corners are rounded
  • Provide enough brooding space according to the number and age of the chicks
  • Clean and disinfect the brooder and house
  • Provide proper litter on the floor e.g wood shavings
  • Maintain appropriate range of temperatures according to the age of the chicks
  • Temperature during the first week should be 32 – 35oC then reduce accordingly
  • Provide fresh, adequate and quality feed e.g chick mash
  • Provide brood with reliable and appropriate lighting
  • Provide adequate and appropriate waterers according to age.
  • Control diseases using appropriate methods e.g vaccination against Newcastle, fowl pox and marcocks diseases.
  • Isolate and treat the sick chicks immediately
  • Keep proper records
  • Debeaking should be done 8 – 10 days towards the end of breeding

 

 

  1. i) What are growers?
  • These are chicks that are between 9 – 22 weeks old

 

  1. Discuss briefly the rearing of growers upto the point of lay
  • Provide adequate floor space i.e 18 – 20 cm sq per 100 birds
  • Provide enough space at water and feed throughs and at roosts
  • The house should be disinfected
  • Provide enough clean litter on the floor
  • Provide growers mash ( 16 – 17% protein)
  • Provide insoluble grit for digestion
  • Hang green vegetables e.g cabbage leaves to keep birds busy
  • Provide plenty of clean water
  • Vaccinate against fowl typhoid, newcastle diseases when necessary
  • Keep a high level of hygiene
  • Keep litter dry to avoid disease out break and change as necessary
  • Control external parasites

 

  1. Describe the management of layers in deep litter system starting from the point of lay.
  • The space in the house should be adequate for the number of layers kept
  • This should range from 0.3 – 0.5 sq. m per layer or at least 0.2 – 0.3m 1 ½
  • The litter should be kept dry i.e avoid dampness and dust by turning the litter adding unhydrated lime and providing movable perches
  • Perches or roosters should be adequate and well spaced in the house
  • Provide enough waterers which should be well distributed in the house
  • Always provide clean and adequate water
  • Keep the waterers and all the other equipment clean
  • Replenish soft litter in the nests to prevent egg breakages
  • Ensure the nest is dark enough to avoid cannibalism.
  • Collect eggs frequently, atleast twice a day
  • Provide atleast 20g of layers mash per bird per day
  • Ensure the birds have enough calcium by providing oyster shell
  • Supply some grits to help in digestion
  • Ensure enough supply of grits or vitamins
  • Cull poor layers and diseased birds
  • Debeak birds to prevent cannibalism or egg eating if necessary
  • Vaccinate birds regularly against predominant diseases or give prophylactic drugs
  • Check birds for disease symptoms
  • Check for occurrence of pests and apply appropriate pesticides.
  • Avoid stress factors e.g noise, disturbance, etc
  • Discourage broodiness among a the layers
  • Maintain and repair the house and equipment as the need arises
  • Provide enough feed throughs
  • Provide grains in the litter to keep birds busy
  • Isolate and treat sick birds
  • Keep appropriate records
  • Dispose off the dead birds by burying or burning and also dispose off broken eggs or shells
  • Maintain correct concentration of disinfectant at foot bath.

 

 

  1. a) State the tests that should be carried out to determine the quality of fresh eggs.
  • Candling
  • Physical observation
  • Floatation
  • Shaking lightly.

 

  1. List the factors that should be considered when grading eggs for marketing.
  • Size, weight or volume of egg
  • Colour
  • Shell quality e.g rough or broken
  • Shape of egg

 

  1. i) What is candling?
  • Examining an egg for abnormalities by looking at it against a strong source of light.

 

  1. Describe how to candle an egg
  • Put a strong light under the egg and look at it contents
  • Look at the external and internal contents
  • If abnormalities are seen discord the egg

 

  • State the reasons for candling an egg
  • To check for fertility
  • To confirm presence of chick during incubation

 

  1. Explain the occurrence of double yolked eggs
  • A yolk delays in the infindibulum and is joined by the next yolk
  • The two yolks travel together to the magnum
  • They are then enclosed by one albumen and one shell

 

  1. a) What is milk?
  • The white substance secreted in the mammary system of female mammals.

 

  1. Draw a well labelled diagram of a mammary glad.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. What is milk let-down?
  • The flow of milk from the upper region of the udder (alveolar region) to the gland and test cistern.

 

  1. State the essentials of clean milk production.
  • The milkmen should be clean
  • Test for mastitis before milking
  • Ensure clean milking utensils and equipment
  • Have a clean milking parlour i.e shed
  • Ensure the cows are free from diseases e.g T.B.
  • Cows with mastitis should be milked last
  • Clean the udder
  • Sieve the milk

 

  • Explain the procedure of hand milking
  • Collect all milking equipment around so that you do not need to move unnecessarily once milking has started
  • Restrain the cow
  • Give some feeds
  • Clean the udder with a clean towel
  • Squeeze test to extract milk within 7 –8 minutes
  • Strip the udder dry
  • Apply milking jelly
  • Dip the test in anti-mastitis solution
  • Release the cow
  • Weigh the milk
  • Filtering and sieving
  • Cooling or storage in cool place.

 

  1. e) State the factors which influence the amount of milk produced by a cow.
  • Breed of animal
  • Age of animal
  • Period of lactation
  • Health of the animal
  • Temperament of the cow
  • Feed and water supply
  • Season of the year
  • Animal handling during milking

 

  1. Discuss the field production of the following crops.
  2. Tea
  3. i) Biological requirements
  • At least 1400mm rainfall per annum
  • Altitude of 1900 – 2200m
  • Soils should be well drained, fertile, deep slighly acidic.
  1. Land preparation
  • Clear land well
  • Remove all tree stumps to prevent almillaria
  • Remove all parannial weeds
  • Make cut off drains to divert storm water
  • Terrace where land is steep
  • Ring back trees six months before cutting

 

 

 

 

  • Transplanting
  • Dig holes 30 x 45cm
  • Spacing of 1.2 x 0.9 m or 1.5 x 0.75m or 1.2 x 0.7m
  • Plant when there is enough moisture in soil
  • Apply phosphatic fertilizer in planting hole
  • Apply shade when necessary
  • Water when necessary
  • Avoid planting in unusual places.

 

  1. Field management.
  • Establish plucking table by frame formation or pegging
  • Cutting back done after 4 years

 

  1. Pests and diseases control
  • Control pests e.g. black tea thrips using insecticides
  • Control armillaria root not by proper seedbed preparation

 

  1. Harvesting
  • By plucking two leaves and a bud every 10 days
  • Keep plucked tea in the shade
  • Take to factory on the same day.

 

  1. Cotton
  2. i) Ecological requirements
  • Requires 500 – 100mm, well distributed rainfall
  • Altitude of 0-1500m
  • Temperature above 15.5co but below 30oc
  • Soils well drained with PH above 5 i.e alkalinic
  • Black cotton soil or clay soil preferable

 

  1. Land preparation
  • Clear the site of vegetation
  • Remove all stumps and roots
  • Remove all perennial or grass weeds
  • Planting holes spaced at 30 x 90cm or 45 x 90cm-

 

  • Plant early in the main rainy season
  • Put one seed in spacing of 30 x 90 cm or two seeds in a spacing of 45 x 90 cm
  • Apply DAP fertilizer at planting time at the recommended rate
  • Initially plant 20 seeds per hole.

 

  1. Field management
  • Keep field weed free
  • Thin out plants not required

 

  1. Pests include cotton stainers, American Bellworm, pink bellworms and cotton lygus.
  • They are controlled by using insecticides
  • Control bacterial blight by using cultural means and jusarium with disease by using appropriate fungicides.
  • Pick cotton in dry season when lint is dry
  • Sort out into grade A and B
  • Use clean hands when harvesting
  • Pick only clean cotton
  • Avoid sisal bags and any form of contamination.

 

  • Ecological requirements
  • Rainfall of 1500 – 2000 mm per year, which is well distributed
  • Well drained, fertile, deep volcanic soils having 5.3 – 6.0 PH
  • Altitude of 1400 – 2000m
  • Prefers cloudy conditions so provide shade trees

 

  1. Land Preparation.
  • Prepare land six months early
  • Remove roots to prevent armillarial disease
  • Carry out soil conservation e.g terracing
  • Holes dug 3 months early
  • Dimensions of holes are 60 x 60 x 60 cm
  • Spacing at 2. X 2.7m or 1.3 x 1.3 m depending on a variety

 

  • Transplanting
  • Coffee is first planted in nurseries
  • Transplant at onset of rains
  • Holes reopened immediately before transplanting
  • Spread roots well and place at same depth like in nursery or sleeves
  • Apply mulch and fertilizers
  • Water well after planting
  • Provide shade.

 

  1. Field management
  • Mulching at all stages to control weeds and water conservation
  • Proper weed control by slashing, mechanically and use of herbicides
  • Pruning by single or multiple stem facilitates picking, disease and pest disease and pest control, spraying of chemicals, avoids overbearing and die – back of roots and lateral buds.

 

  1. Pests and diseases
  • Major pests are leaf miner and antestia bug both controlled chemically and culturally
  • Major coffee diseases are coffee berry disease (CBD) and leaf rust both controlled by applying fungicides and planting resistant varieties.

 

  • Done by hand
  • Pick only crops berries or cherries
  • Deliver to factory some day
  • Harvest early to avoid loss of fruit through pests and over-ripening (overripe as” MBUNI”)

 

 

  1. i) Biological factors
  • At least 1000mm rainfall yearly
  • Short period of dry weather for high quality
  • Altitude of 1500 – 3000m
  • Temperature of 15.5oC
  • Fertile, well drained soils with good water retention and PH of 5.6

 

  1. Land preparation
  • Early land preparation
  • Eradication of perennial weeds e.g grasses
  • Dig deep
  • Make ridges 60 – 90cm apart
  • Spacing of 90 x 60cm on ridges

 

  • Selection of planting materials
  • From high yielding mother plant
  • Pest free
  • Disease free
  • Vigorous
  • Use splits instead of roots

 

  1. Transplanting
  • At the onset of the rains
  • Dig holes 10 – 15 cm deep
  • Add 1 teaspoonful of TSP i.e 15gm or 30g DSP
  • Mix fertiliser with soil
  • Place splits as they were in the nursery
  • Fill soil bit by bit
  • Firm the soil around the roots

 

  1. Field practices.
  • Weed using forked jembe
  • Cutting back at end of dry period using sickle
  • Crop rotation improves yield and prevents diseases

 

  1. Pests and diseases control
  • Control root knot nematodes by crop rotation, soil fumigation, field hygiene and use of clean planting materials.
  • Control pyrethrum thrips by insecticide spray
  • Control red spider mites using appropriate chemicals

 

  • Harvesting
  • Starts 3 –4 months after transplanting
  • Pick only flowers with horizontal ray forests
  • Pick at intervals of 14-21 days
  • Twist the flowers with fingers
  • Use open or wooven baskets which are well ventilated to avoid fermentation
  • Wet heads should not be picked
  • Pick when the weather is dry
  • Dry immediately after picking
  • Do not press in the basket

 

  1. Coconut
  2. i) Ecology
  • Altitude of 0-1000
  • 1250mm – 2500mm annual rainfall
  • deep, fertile, well drained soils with 5.0 – 8.0 PH

 

  1. Land preparation and planting
  • Seeds first planted in nursery for 9 – 12 months
  • Transplanting at ouset of rains
  • Dig holes 60 x 60 x 60 cm in advance
  • Plant nuts 30 – 40cm deep
  • Spacing is 8 x 8m or 9 x 9m depending on variety

 

  • Field Management
  • Good fertilizer application to encourage growth
  • Weeding in the first few years

 

  1. Pests and Diseases
  • Rhinocerous beetle destroys growing points and can be controlled by field hygiene
  • Bole rot causes wilting and is controlled by careful cultivation to avoid root damage.
  • Coveid bug attacks young nuts and has no effective control
  • Termites controlled by applying insecticides

 

  1. Harvesting
  • Matures from 5 – 10 years after transplanting
  • Nuts picked 7 – 10 months after flowering

 

  1. Citrus
  2. i) Ecology
  • Altitude of 0 – 2000m
  • Atleast 900mm, well distributed rainfall annually
  • Deep, well drained soils with PH 5.0 – 7.0

 

  1. Land preparation and planting
  • Plant by budding
  • Buds mature early, are less thorny, seedless
  • Rough lemon commonly used as root stock
  • Nursery managed for 12 – 18 months before transplanting
  • Holes are 60 x 60 x 60cm
  • Refill holes with top soil, farm yard manure, and add phosphate fertilizer
  • Spacing is 6 x 4 m

 

  • Field Management
  • Control weeds by mulching, chemicals, mechanically
  • Apply compound fertilizers at recommended rate
  • Mulch young plants
  • Remove any flower appearing upto 2 yars
  • After transplanting
  • Remove suckers.

 

  1. Pests and Diseases
  • Citrus aphids, false codling moth, fruit flies, scale, insects and mites are controlled using appropriate chemicals
  • Gummosis and citrus tristeza controlled by use of resistant rootstock

 

  1. Harvesting
  • Harvest by picking the fruits by hand
  • Harvesting starts after 2 ½ years
  • Avoid damage by bruising
  • Pack fruits well.

 

  1. a) What do the following terms mean?
  2. i) Total digestible nutrients (T.D.N)
  • The sum of all digestible organic nutrients i.e carbohydrates, proteins and fats in a feed.

 

  1. Starch Equivalent (S.E)
  • Amount of pure starch which has the same energy as 100kg of that feed

 

  • Digestible crude protein (DCP)
  • Sum of all nitrogenous compounds in feed or total amount of proteins in a feed

 

  1. Dry matter (DM)
  • Also called digestible matter
  • This is the actual percentage of proteins, carbohydrates and minerals in a feed

 

  1. Crude fibre
  • Cellulose and other carbohydrates resistant and insoluble that are not dissolved by weak acids and alkalis

 

  1. State the factors that would affect the degree to which a given foodstuff would be digested by a
  • Chemical composition of feed e.g celluse, lignin
  • Physical form of food e.g crushing of food, etc
  • Amount of food an animal has eaten
  • Rate of feeding
  • Method of preparing the food i.e quality of food ratio of energy to protein (more energy loss digestibility)

 

  1. State the factors to consider when preparing foodstuffs for livestock
  • Weight of the animals
  • Age of the animal
  • Level of production
  • Availability of various food components
  • Species of animals
  • Cost of food
  • Physical and processing characteristics.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A foodstuff contains 7% digestible crude protein (DCP) while another contains 62% D.C.P. Calculate the amount of foodstuff, in kilograms required to prepare 100kg of poultry feed containing 20% D.C.P by using the pearson square method

7                                             42

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • 13

55

Quantity of first foodstuff – 42/55 x 100 = 76.4kg

Quantity of second foodstuff = 13/55 x 100 = 23.6 kg

Total = 76.4 + 23.6 = 100kg.

 

  1. a) i)  What is agricultural economics?
  • The art and science of organising limited resources to achieve maximum returns

 

  1. Explain the meaning of scarcity and chice
  • Productive resources are scarce in relation to demand i.e goods and services produced are not enough to satisfy human wants
  • Therefore, a choice has to be made on which goods and services should be produced using the limited resources.

 

  1. Explain how the house hold and firm are both producers and consumers.
  • The household demands goods and services and supplies labour and raw materials to firms
  • Firms convert the raw materials and supplies finished goods to households.
  • The relationship generates money to both sides therefore both are producers and consumers.

 

  1. What do the following terms mean?
  2. i) Gross domestic product (G.D.P)
  • The sum total of goods and services produced by a country within one year.

 

  1. Gross national product (GNP)
  • Total output from resources owned by the nationals of a country both within and outside the country within a year.

 

  • Per capital income
  • Gross national income divided by total population

 

  1. i) What does the term opportunity cost in farming mean?
  • Cost of the foregone alternative when we make a choice.
  • Example is choosing to grow maize instead of wheat.
  • Opportunity cost is the value of wheat
  • Opportunity cost only exists where there are alternatives.

 

 

  1. State the main implications of opportunity cost in farming.
  • Poor decision leads to losses
  • Correct decision leads to good profits

 

  • When is opportunity cost nil or zero?
  • When supply is unlimited
  • When goods are free
  • When there are no alternatives

 

  1. a) i)  What is production?
  • The process of transforming productive resources e.g land, labour and capital into consumption resources e.g potatoes, maize and milk over a period of time.

 

  1. State the factors of production.
  • Land (provides space for production)
  • Labour (human effort)
  • Capital (man made to assist other factors)
  • Management (organises other factors)

 

  1. i) Name the sources of capital for farming.
  • Leading a genoies
  • Personal savings and earnings
  • Inherited property.

 

  1. How is labour classified?
  • Permanent
  • Casual
  • Family

 

  • State the functions of farm manager
  • Planning
  • Gathering information
  • Comparing levels of production with those of neighbouring farms
  • Detecting weaknesses and constraints and finding ways and means of overcoming them
  • Keeping up to date farm records
  • Implementing farm management decisions
  • Taking responsibilities

 

  1. i) State the law of diminishing returns
  • In a production process, if variable additional units of an input are increased while all other factors are held constant, there will be an increase in additional output until a point is reached when the additional output per additional units of input declines.

 

  1. State agricultural examples of this law.
  • Use of varying units of labour on a fixed unit of land
  • Feeding dairy cattle with varying units of feed for milk production
  • Using varying units of fertilizer in the production of a given crop

 

 

 

 

  1. i) What is production function?
  • The relationship between the units of input that a farmer employs in production and the corresponding units of output
  • The out put depends on inputs hence output is a function inputs.

 

  1. Name the types of production function?
  • Increasing returns
  • Constant returns
  • Decreasing returns

 

  • What is a decreasing returns to a production function?
  • A production function where each additional unit of input results into a smaller increase in output than the proceeding unit of input.

 

  1. State the ways in which farmers may improve the production efficiency in farming.
  • Following proper livestock production practices
  • Efficient use of labour
  • Following proper crop rotation practices e.g spacing and control of pests and diseases
  • Mechanization of farm operations
  • Adoption of new techniques and methods of production
  • Organising marketing activities to realize high prices as possible
  • Revising farm plans when necessary
  • Proper enterprise selection

 

  1. i) State the risks and uncertainties in farming
  • Weather changes
  • Disease and pest outbreaks
  • Natural calamities e.g earthquakes
  • Obsolescence (becoming out of date) g farm machinery
  • New production techniques
  • Changing prices of commodities
  • Low or high yields of production
  • Theft cases
  • Change in government policy
  • Fire outbreaks
  • Sickness, injury or death.

 

  1. Give the ways through which farmers may adjust to risks and uncertainties.
  • Diversification
  • Selecting a more certain (promising) enterprise
  • Contracting (giving contracts)
  • Insurance e.g crops and livestock
  • Input rationing
  • Adopting modern methods of production
  • Flexibility in production methods

 

  • State how the government helps farmers to overcome risks and uncertainties
  • Weather forecasts
  • Providing extension services and advice
  • Adjusting future commodity prices
  • Giving farmers loans
  • Price stabilization to avoid price fluctuation
  • Research in crops and livestock
  • Provide and subsidise agricultural inputs

 

  1. i) What is gross margin?
  • Total output (income) less variable costs

 

  1. Use the information provided below to calculate the gross margin of beans per hectare.
–   Crop yields 20 bags
–   Price per bag Shs. 2000
–   Casual labour Shs. 1,000
–   Purchase of seeds Shs. 3,000
–   Purchase of fertilizers Shs. 1,200
–   Ploughing Shs. 1,000
–   Purchase of gunny bags Shs.    300

 

Gross margin = gross output – variable costs

 

Gross output = yield x price

20 bags x shs. 2000/=

= shs. 40,000

 

Total variable costs = shs. (1000 + 3000 + 1200 + 1000 + 300 = 6,500)

Gross margin  =  shs. 40,000 – 6,500 = 33,500/=

 

  • What are the uses of gross margin analysis?
  • To compare performance of one farm and another
  • To compare the performance of the farm between one season and another
  • To compare the contribution of one enterprise and another in the same farm
  • To act as a measure of profit in a farm.

 

  1. i) What is budgeting?
  • The estimation of inputs and outputs both physically and financially, in a production process.

 

  1. Name the types of farm budgets.
  • Complete budget prepared for each enterprise on the farm
  • Partial budget prepared for specific enterprises when there is a minor change required.

 

  • State the importance of budgeting in farming
  • Assists the farmer to estimate the required production resources e.g labour, capital etc
  • Assists in making farm management decisions when comparing alternative
  • Helps to reduce uncertainty in the farming process
  • Encourage farmers to be efficient with the hope of meeting the project targets
  • Show progress or lack of progress in the farm business i.e focus profit or foresee losses

 

  1. What factors should be considered when selecting a farm enterprise?
  • Availability of market for the produce
  • Prevailing climate
  • Size of land available for the enterprise
  • Common pests and diseases that may hinder implementation
  • Technical skills that may be required to manage the enterprise
  • Profit margin in relation to price fluctuation at different times of the season
  • Availability of infrastructure to allow good communication
  • Availability of labour according to requirements of the enterprise
  • Availability of enough security
  • Suitability of soil to the enterprise
  • Socio-cultural factors.

 

  1. Name the sources of agricultural support services available to farmers.
  • Extension services
  • Research services
  • Training services
  • Veterinary services
  • Artificial insemination services / bull camps
  • Credit services
  • Marketing services
  • Tractor hire services
  • Banking
  • Farm input supplies
  • Insurance services

 

  1. i) What is agricultural credit?
  • Borrowed capital resources to be invested in agricultural projects

 

  1. Name types of agricultural credit and state their uses.

 SHORT TERM

  • A credit for seasonal purchases of seed, fertilizers, chemicals, livestock feeds, fuel, etc
  • Usually repaid within one year.

 

MEDIUM TERM.

  • Used for the purpose of minor land improvement e.g fencing and purchase of machinery
  • Repaid in 2-5 years

 

LONG TERM

  • Used for long lasting projects like land purchase, and major improvement within the farm e.g soil conservation and irrigation.
  • Repaid in 6-15 or more years.

 

  1. a) State the uses of the following financial documents
  2. i) Invoices
  • A document issued by a seller to a buyer for goods taken on credit

 

  1. Receipts
  • A document issued as evidence when goods and services rendered are paid for

 

  • Delivery notes
  • A financial document given by the seller to the buyer as an evidence of goods supplied.

 

 

  1. Purchase order
  • A document issued for requesting for the supply of goods or services on credit.

 

  1. What are the uses of the following financial books?
  2. i) Ledger
  • The principal book of account where all entries contained in other books are recorded.

 

  1. Journal
  • A financial book in which daily farm transactions are entered as they occur

 

  • Inventory
  • A financial book which shows all assets of the farm at a particular time
  • It gives an estimated value of all farm assets and also enables him to know that is missing, stolen or lost

 

  1. Cash book
  • A financial book where all transaction which involve cash receipts and payments are recorded.

 

  1. List the financial statements which are usually prepared on a farm.
  • Balance sheet
  • Profit and loss account or a training account
  • Cash analysis

 

  1. i) What is a balance sheet?
  • A statement which shows the financial position of the farm at a given date and is made at the end of the year.

 

  1. State the uses of a balance sheet
  • Shows farm assets and liabilities
  • Shows farm network and can therefore be used to negotiate for a loan or for correct income tax assessment.
  • Can be used for decision making concerning the farm

 

  1. i) State the uses of a profit and loss account
  • It shows all purchases and receipts made during a particular accounting period

 

  1. What is opening valuation in profit and loss account?
  • A financial statement showing the worth of all assets one has at the beginning of the accounting period.

 

  1. Name the various columns that should be shown in a cash analysis.
  • Sales and receipts
  • Purchases and expenses
  • Details or particulars
  • Types of enterprises
  • Money value

 

  1. i) What is a statement in financial accounts
  • Document issued by a supplier to a buyer which summarises all transactions that have taken place and not yet paid for in a certain period e.g end of month.
  1. Explain the meaning of solvent and insolvent in a farming situation
  • Solvent means the farm is able to pay up all its debts
  • Insolvent means the farm is unable to pay up all debts owed by it to other people or farms.

 

  1. a) Explain the following terms.
  2. i) Market
  • Market is a place where buyers and sellers meet to sell and buy goods
  • Performance of business activities that direct the flow of goods and services from producers and consumers.

 

  1. State the following laws.
  2. i) Law of demand
  • States that as price increases quantity of a good bought declines and as price decreases the quantity of goods bought increases.

 

  1. Law of supply
  • At higher prices more quantity of goods are supplied and at lower prices less quantity is supplied.

 

  1. State the factors which affect price of goods
  • Demand
  • Cost of production
  • Supply
  • Government control policies
  • Quality of the produce

 

  1. What is equilibrium price?
  • A point at which quantity of demand equals quantity of supply

 

  1. State the various marketing functions
  • Buying
  • Selling
  • Assembling by traders or middlemen
  • Transportation i.e distribution
  • Standardization by grading and sorting out
  • Storage facilities
  • Processing
  • Packing or packaging
  • Advertising i.e sales promotion
  • Financing i.e provide credit to farmers
  • Risk bearing
  • Market research

 

  1. List the problems of marketing agricultural goods
  • Perishability of agricultural products
  • Bulkiness hence storage problems
  • Poor transport network
  • Seasonality of production
  • Difficulty in storage and handling
  1. Name the agents and institutions that are involved in marketing agricultural products.
  • Itinerant traders or middlemen
  • Processors or manufacturing companies buy produce to process
  • Wholesalers buy produce in bulk from farmers or processors and resell
  • Brokers or commission agents act on behalf of other businessmen for a fee called commission
  • Cooperative societies and unions buy farm produce locally
  • Marketing boards created by acts of parliament to promote production and marketing of agricultural produce i.e buy produce from farmers

 

  1. a) i)   what is a cooperative?
  • An organisation of people with a common aim who pool their resources together to achieve a common objective e.g to market or purchase agricultural goods and services

 

  1. Outline the procedure of forming a cooperative society
  • People or a person put the idea to others and they discuss
  • Meetings are held and interim committee formed
  • Committee draws up a constitution
  • Committee registers cooperative with commissioner of cooperatives through local cooperative officer
  • Minimum number is ten adult members.

 

  • State the principles that govern the operations of farmers cooperative societies.
  • Open membership which voluntary
  • Equal rights e.g one person, one vote
  • Share buying is limited
  • Dividends distributed according to contribution
  • Withdrawal is voluntary
  • Sale of produce only through cooperative
  • Total loyalty of members to the cooperative
  • Education to members
  • Non-profit motive by cooperative
  • Cooperation with other cooperative organizations
  • Only cash sale of produce
  • Continous expansion
  • Neutrality e.g in religion, politics or language

 

  1. State the functions of cooperative societies
  • Marketing facilities
  • Provision of inputs on credits
  • Provide expert advice
  • Storage of inputs and produce
  • Giving loans all credit to farmers
  • Educating for fair prices of inputs and produce
  • Keep proper records of all activities
  • Provide banking services to members.

 

 

 

 

  1. What problems are faced by cooperative societies?
  • Poor management i.e administrative problems
  • Shortage of capital
  • Disloyalty of members
  • Political interference.

 

  1. i) What is a statutory board?
  • An organisation established by an act of parliament to run or manage an industry e.g KTDA, NCPB, CBK, etc

 

  1. State the functions of statutory boards
  • Promote and regulate production of crops
  • Carry out research
  • Provide bulk planting materials
  • Marketing i.e selling crops for farmers
  • Represents government in international issues
  • Provide licences for crops and processing factories
  • Provide inputs
  • Regulate prices of farm produce
  • Quality control e.g inspect and maintain quality
  • Provide storage facilities
  • Risk bearing by sharing overhead costs
  • Provide market information
  • Provide credit to farmers
  • Process farm produce
  • Grade and standardize farm produce
  • Storage of farm produce
  • Packaging function
  • Invest profits for benefit of farmers
  • Advertisement i.e sales promotion

 

  1. State the functions of each of the following farmers organisations
  2. i) Kenya farmers National Union (KNFU)
  • Better prices of farm produce
  • Adequate supply of farm inputs at reasonable prices
  • Better terms of loans
  • Good roads and infrastructure to improve farming
  • Adequate control of livestock and crop pests and diseases
  • Education to farmers

 

  1. Agricultural society of Kenya (ASK)
  • Organise agricultural shows and exhibitions
  • Assist in administration of milk records schemes
  • Publishes Kenya Study book and the Kenya Farmers magazine
  • Organise national ploughing completion.

 

  • 4 – K CLUBS
  • Means Kuungana, Kuanya, Kusaidia Kenya
  • Teaching youth to like agriculture
  • Showing youth new techniques of farming

 

  • Teaching youth on leadership qualities
  • Participation in competitive shows
  1. Young farmers Clubs (YFC)
  • Participating in shows and competitions
  • Hold workshops and seminars in agriculture
  • Organise youth exchange programmes
  • Develop sense of self reliance and individual responsibility in the youth.

List of teachers who have not filled 2019 Wealth Declaration form- Homa Bay County

Close to 46,000 teachers are yet to declare their wealth online ahead of the deadline slated for 31/12/2019. All teachers in employment under TSC are required to declare their Income, Assets and Liabilities

The online portal has been open since 1st November 2019.

FOR A COMPLETE GUIDE TO ALL SCHOOLS IN KENYA CLICK ON THE LINK BELOW;

Here are links to the most important news portals:

The Kenyan law requires all public officers to declare their wealth; periodically. This declaration is made online and there are hefty penalties for officers who fail to declare their income, assets and liabilities within the stipulated time. According to the Public Ethics Act of 2003, It is mandatory for all public officers to declare their income, assets and liabilities once in every two years.

Any teacher in TSC employment who fails to submit a Declaration or gives false or misleading information is liable to a fine of Kshs. 1,000,000 or imprisonment for a term not exceeding (1) one year or both upon conviction.

Here is the list of non-compliant teachers in this county:

COUNTY SUB COUNTY SCHOOL NAME FIRST NAME MIDDLE NAME LAST NAME
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ACHEGO PRI SCH David Odoyo Anuro
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ACHEGO S S Anthony Rwenyo Singombe
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ACHEGO S S Eric Maragia Olango
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ACHEGO S S Mark Otieno Ogola
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ACHEGO S S Sylvester Obiero Ouma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ADONGO PRI SCH Daniel Bernard Omondi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ADONGO PRI SCH Kennedy Ochieng Opondo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY AIMO PRI SCH Antonine Achieng Ochieng
HOMABAY HOMA BAY AIMO PRI SCH Rose Akinyi Odira
HOMABAY HOMA BAY AKELE PRIMARY SCHOOL Jackson Auko Opondo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY AKELE PRIMARY SCHOOL Molly Anyango Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY AMOSO PRI SCH George Bwana Onjwayo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY AMOSO PRI SCH Jacob Odoyo Okech
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ANGIRO PRI SCH Atieno Margaret Ongode
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ANGIRO PRI SCH Charles Apollos Oluoch
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ANGIRO PRI SCH Edinah Kemuma Bota
HOMABAY HOMA BAY AOCH MUGA PRI SCH Gerald Oluoch Onyango
HOMABAY HOMA BAY AOCH MUGA PRI SCH Maureen Akoth Oguma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ARUJO Caroline “Atieno Dorah” Nyambok
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ARUJO Jacinter Auma Ogada
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ARUJO Marren Awuor Miyare
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ASEGO PRY SCHOOL Elsa Makogilo Anyango
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ASUMBI GIRLS  S.S. Dorothy “Night Odera” Apollo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ASUMBI GIRLS  S.S. Eliud Nyongo Onyango
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ASUMBI GIRLS  S.S. John Odhiambo Gumbe
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ASUMBI GIRLS  S.S. Philip Odhiambo Omolo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ASUMBI GIRLS PRI SCH Ronald Juma Ouma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ASUMBI MIXED PRI SCH Peter Ouma Nyang’oro
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ASUMBI MIXED PRI SCH Wilfridah Apondi Odero
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Asumbi Ttc Andrew Nyabaro Otara
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Asumbi Ttc Bradox “Joseph Onditi” Ayogo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Asumbi Ttc Christine Awour Odero
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Asumbi Ttc Dedan Ochieng Wakiaga
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Asumbi Ttc Gregory Jagero
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Asumbi Ttc Jennifer Atieno Ouma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Asumbi Ttc Kennedy Kaunda Motuka
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Asumbi Ttc Laban Nyambane Bosire
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Asumbi Ttc Reuben Ombura Oloo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ATILI PRI SCH Mary Kerongo Mohoni
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ATILI PRI SCH Nancy Achieng Omondi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY AYUYU PRI SCH Judith Akinyi Miruka
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Bishop Ochiel Otaro Mixed Sec School Mildred Awuor Opondo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Bishop Ochiel Otaro Mixed Sec School Nicholas Odila
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Bondo Secondary School Deborah Kwamboka Moracha
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Bondo Secondary School Edward Otieno Nyamwaya
HOMABAY HOMA BAY CHIEPE PRI SCH Albert Ochieng Owuor
HOMABAY HOMA BAY CHIEPE PRI SCH Julius Okoth Mawan’g
HOMABAY HOMA BAY CHIEPE PRI SCH Margaret Abiero
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Chiga Mixed Secondary School Obed Ouko Osoro
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Chiga Mixed Secondary School Stephen Ouko Anyona
HOMABAY HOMA BAY DISI KOCHIA  PRI SCH Edward Oyier Oyier
HOMABAY HOMA BAY DISII SEC SCH Alfred Ouma Olonde
HOMABAY HOMA BAY DISII SEC SCH Augustine Neto Maigo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY DISII SEC SCH Calvin Okoth Odhiambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY DISII SEC SCH Josephine Anyango Nyamuga
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Dr. Mbai Mixed Secondary School Joseph Mochobe Mwebi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY FR.SCHEFFER ASUMBI Jack Otieno Ochieng
HOMABAY HOMA BAY FR.SCHEFFER ASUMBI Phoebe Adoyo Obondo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOD- BONDO PRI SCH Caren Aoko
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOD KADO PRI SCH Daniel Odhiambo Omanya
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOD KADO PRI SCH Leah Leo Okoth
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOD KADO PRI SCH Ruth Awino Odero
HOMABAY HOMA BAY God Marera Mixed Secondary School Dororty Alexia Ongere
HOMABAY HOMA BAY God Marera Mixed Secondary School Nicholas Oluoch Oyugi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOD NDIRU PRIMARY SCHOOL Bonface Onyango Adede
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOD NDIRU PRIMARY SCHOOL Emily Obiero
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOD PONGE Maurice Ogutu Othim
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOD PURO PRI SCH Frankline Ochieng Apamo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOGO- KATUMA PRI SCH Philip Oduor Odhiambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Gogo Katuma Secondary School Eliazar Keya Ogol
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Gogo Katuma Secondary School Felix Otieno Gworo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOT – KABOK PRI SCH Elly Nyabondo Kisulu
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOT – KABOK PRI SCH Lilian Awuonda Gor
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOT – NYALGOSI PRI SCH Albert Onyango Abuka
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOT – NYALGOSI PRI SCH Tobias Otieno Ojuondo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOT KOCHUNGO PRIMARY Hellen Juma Ataka
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOT RABUOR PRI SCH Grace Achieng Oluoch
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOT RABUOR PRI SCH Leonard Adika Ouma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GOT RABUOR PRI SCH William Nyowino Dwalo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Gul Kagembe Mixed Secondary School Tobias Ogweno Gor
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GUL KAGEMBE PRI SCH Hellen “Anyango Batila” Akech
HOMABAY HOMA BAY GUL KAGEMBE PRI SCH Peninah Achieng Owour
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA  BAY  S.S. Agneta Atieno Okach
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA  BAY  S.S. Christine “Apiyo Ochola” Ouma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA  BAY  S.S. Diana Akinyi Kanu
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA  BAY  S.S. Elvis Karume Ayaga
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA  BAY  S.S. Esther Atieno Saramba
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA  BAY  S.S. Fred Odhiambo Onyango
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA  BAY  S.S. Herine Anyango Opudo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA  BAY  S.S. Josephine Mabera Mogaka
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA  BAY  S.S. Stanislaus Khaemba Maasai
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA-BAY PRI SCH Andrew Mbeya Ngolo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA-BAY PRI SCH Caroline JumaOdero Ndinya
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA-BAY PRI SCH Emmerencia Akinyi Okatch
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA-BAY PRI SCH Erica Adhiambo Ogana
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA-BAY PRI SCH Esther Adhiambo Odede
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA-BAY PRI SCH Gaudence Obondo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA-BAY PRI SCH Gesare Valentain Okibo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HOMA-BAY PRI SCH Rose Adhiambo Omondi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY HON KALUMA KOTEWA Erick Ojungu Omondi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KACHAR PRI SCH Anthony Nyabuto Nyakundi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KAWIYA PRI SCH Stella Akinyi Nyamiwa
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KIMANYI PRI SCH Dismas Akumu Akumu
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KIMANYI PRI SCH Elly Awino Gaga
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KIMANYI PRI SCH Geofrey Omondi Panyako
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KIMANYI PRI SCH Walter “Ouma Kako” Migwambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KOGA PRIMARY SCHOOL Irene Achieng Ondigo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KOGELO KALANYA PRI SCH Angela Akello Nyamunga
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KOGELO KALANYA PRI SCH Lilian M. Sinzole
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KOPIYO  PRIMARY Lilian Atieno Ogutu
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KOPIYO  PRIMARY Richard Victor Nyanjong
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KOYOO SEC SCH Ishmael Odhiambo Oloo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Kuja Mixed Secondary School Tabman Oti Ogalo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KUJA PRI SCH Jacob Okech Okelloh
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KUOYO  KOCHIA  S.S. Jared Were Odhiambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KWOYO KAURA  PRI SCH Jared Ochieng Odhiambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KWOYO KOCHIA  PRI SCH Eunice Akinyi Amayo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KWOYO KOCHIA  PRI SCH John Barack Ouko
HOMABAY HOMA BAY KWOYO KOCHIA  PRI SCH Thabita Mosoba Maroa
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LAKE PRI SCH Jane Mboya Akumu
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LAKE PRI SCH Joyce Adhiambo Ayieyo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LALA MIXED S.S Hannington Otieno Opollo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LALA PRI SCH Bernadatte Kerubo Nyambuti
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LANDA  PRIMARY SCHOOL James Erick Abon’go
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LANDA  PRIMARY SCHOOL Linet Adhiambo Oluoch
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LANDA  PRIMARY SCHOOL Nancy Amondi Aliet
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LANDA  PRIMARY SCHOOL William Otieno Okello
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LANG OROMO PRI SCH Anne Auma Ofuya
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LANG OROMO PRI SCH Kenneth Ouma Oyunge
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LANG OROMO PRI SCH Paul Olwal Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Langoromo Mixed Secondary School Elijah Ongow Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LIETA PRIMARY SCHOOL Beatrice Auma Odhiambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LIETA PRIMARY SCHOOL Sarah Chacha Mogore
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LIGISA PRI SCH Anne Monica Obuya
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LUDHE  DONGO  SEC Peter Bunde Saoke
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LUORA PRI SCH Aloyce Ochieng Oluoch
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LUORA PRI SCH Joan Adhiambo Odhiambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LUORA PRI SCH Lameck Odhiambo Awuor
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LUORA PRI SCH Samson Akuki Ondago
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Luora Secondary School Hezron “Otieno Richard” Ngicho
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Luora Secondary School Luke Odhiambo Odingo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Luora Secondary School Victoria Akinyi Rabong’o
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Lwaho Mixed Secondary School Peter Sterling Ouma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LWAHO PRI SCH Bob Adongo Ouma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LWAHO PRI SCH Christine Anyango Bonyo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY LWAHO PRI SCH Esther Amondi Oduor
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MAGUJE  PRI  SCH Peter Wasonga Ochieng
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MAGUTI MIXED SEC John Olwero Nyadongo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MAGWAR PRI SCH Erick Otieno Ochieng
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MAGWAR PRI SCH Everlyne Achieng Okoth
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MAJIWA PRI SCH Ruth Akinyi Ogutu
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MARIENGA PRI SCH Joseph Ochuoga Okelo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MARIENGA PRI SCH Nancy Achieng Okeyo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MARIENGA SECONDARY SCHOOL Elijah Nyasenye Mosioma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MARINDI PRI SCH Jenipher Akeyo Oluoch
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MARINDI PRI SCH Lawrence Opondo Ondiek
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MASAKLA PRI SCH Jactone Osewe Ochieng
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MASAKLA PRI SCH Rose Achieng Olal
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MUCHE PRI SCH Collince Otieno Abuka
HOMABAY HOMA BAY MUCHE PRI SCH John Omondi Asiyo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NDIRU PRI SCH Andretar Chana Oswerah
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NDIRU PRI SCH Benter Adhiambo Ondiwa
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NDIRU PRI SCH Maurice Onyango Okumu
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NDIRU PRI SCH Noreen Adhiambo Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NDIRU PRI SCH Rose Akomo Okeyo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NDUTA PRI SCH Mary Grena Ogucha
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NGULU PRIMARY Alphone Oyaro Ochieng
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NGULU PRIMARY Samson Ochieng’ Ogana
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NGULU PRIMARY Tom Oluoch Omolo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYACHAR PRI SCH George Onyango
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYACHAR PRI SCH Leonard Onyango Mbogo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAGIDHA PRI SCH Abigael Anyango Omollo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAJANJA  M  SEC SCH Erick Owaja Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAJANJA  M  SEC SCH Holyvance Odhiambo Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAJANJA  M  SEC SCH Queenter Amondi Manyala
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAJANJA PRI SCH Debora Akoko Amayo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAKAHIA PRI SCH George Owano Aluoch
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAKUNE PRI SCH Mary Atieno Wasonga
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAKWADHA PRI SCH Alice Akoth Oindo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAKWADHA PRI SCH Jacktone Opiyo Ouko
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYALIENG’A Eunice Atieno Asugo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYALIENG’A Patricia Nelly Auma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYALIENG’A Peter Majiwa Onyango
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYALKINYI  SEC SCH Charles Owino Ober
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYALKINYI  SEC SCH John Oketch Rabongo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYALKINYI  SEC SCH Nicholus Okoth Ouma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYALKINYI PRI SCH Edwins Malachi Okech
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYALKINYI PRI SCH Mercy Adoyo Oyier
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYALUYA PRI SCH John Onyango Nyoware
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYANDEMA PRI SCH Roda Adhiambo Ochola
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYANDIERE  PRI SCH Onyango Bernard Odiko
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYANDIWA   PRI  SCH Gabriel Okoth Owuor
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYANDIWA   PRI  SCH Henry George Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY nyandiwa mixed sec Jesca Auma Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYANDO PRI SCH Boaz Ochola Onguka
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYANGUU PRI SCH Ibrahim Peter Okech
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYANGUU PRI SCH Maureen Akinyi Akiri
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYANGUU PRI SCH Mereza “Adhiambo E.” Okoyo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYANGWESO  SCH FOR THE DEAF Atieno Caroline Omiti
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYANGWESO  SCH FOR THE DEAF Joan Akumu Ondiwa
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYANGWESO  SCH FOR THE DEAF Salome Juma Saka
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAUNDHO PRI SCH David Owayo Okoth
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAUNDHO PRI SCH Margaret Achieng Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAUU PRI SCH Francis George Okeyo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAWAWA PRI SCH George Otieno Ogindi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAWAWA PRI SCH Gladys Achieng Onyango
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAWAWA PRI SCH James Ochieng Adongo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYAWITA PRI SCH James Ochieng Sitera
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYOPUNGE PRI SCH Maureen Auma Omollo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYOPUNGE PRI SCH Michael Odhiambo Odote
HOMABAY HOMA BAY NYOPUNGE PRI SCH Peter Odondi Kawah
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OBENGLE PRI SCH Anne Ombeng Okundi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OBUNGA PRI SCH John Buong Ochiel
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OBUYA PRI SCH David Okech Okwany
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OBUYA PRI SCH Petronillah Khavetsa Musine
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OBWANDA Lavera Davoli Ayoo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ODIENYA PRI SCH Benter Achieng Nyamori
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ODIENYA PRI SCH Charles Ogalo Odhiambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ODIENYA PRI SCH Dorice Nekesa Malaba
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ODIENYA PRI SCH Erick Ochieng Aoko
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ODIENYA PRI SCH Tom Auko Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OGANDE GIRLS S. S. Beatrice Akinyi Otina
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OGANDE GIRLS S. S. Betty “Jeruto Tollim” Biwott
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OGANDE GIRLS S. S. Caroline Achieng Okech
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OGANDE GIRLS S. S. Joseph Otieno Owiti
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OGANDE GIRLS S. S. Pamela Atieno Okul
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OGANDE GIRLS S. S. Queenter Akoth
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Ogande Sch For Mentall Handicapped Ruth Adhiambo Okoto
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OJUNGE PRI SCH Bernard Nyamuche Ngala
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OLARE   S.S. dancan ouma OCHUODHO
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OLARE   S.S. Isaiah Otieno Juma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OLARE   S.S. Nancy Magutu Otachi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OLODO PRI SCHOOL Samuel Doe Obwana
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Oluso Mixed Secondary School Anne Adhiambo Owino
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Oluso Mixed Secondary School Petronilla Auma Okwany
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OLUSO PRI SCH Josphine Akoth Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OLUSO PRI SCH Joyce Awiti Onditi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OLUSO PRI SCH Rose Nyansiaboka Oirere
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OLUSO PRI SCH Tom Mboya Rabongo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OMOCHE PRI SCH Jackline Akoth Owiti
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ONDICHE PRI SCH Dorcas Kemunto Kionga
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ONDICHE PRI SCH Tom Obor Ogwang
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ONGANGA PRY SCH Julius Ouma Adumbo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ONGANGA PRY SCH Maryanne Achieng Ojijo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ONGORO PRI SCH Samuel Ooko Oyugi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ONGORO PRI SCH Wilson Mwai
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ONYEGE PRI SCH Bonfas Owino Nyambocha
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ONYEGE PRI SCH Chris Robert Shimba
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ONYEGE PRI SCH Isaiah Cheluget Ogwang
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Opinde Mixed Secondary School Brian Otieno Odhiambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Opinde Mixed Secondary School Nelson Yogo Oloo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OPINDE PRI SCH Maurice Ogillo Odongo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ORERO  S.S. Clifton Otieno Awiti
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ORERO  S.S. Enock Otieno Mbogo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ORERO  S.S. Jabes Okal Omogi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ORERO  S.S. Kennedy Ochieng Odoyo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ORERO PRI SCH Ismael Odoyo Auka
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ORERO PRI SCH Joanes Phelix Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ORERO PRI SCH Rodgers Oburu Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OTARO PRI SCH Denis Odongo Opere
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OTHORO PRI SCH Rose “Nancy Akoth” Ouma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OTOLO PRI SCH George Kibwage Ombongi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OTOLO PRI SCH George Gisiora Gitaga
HOMABAY HOMA BAY OTOLO PRI SCH Nelly Aran Juma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY PALA MASANGO PRI SCH George Ouma Ojwang
HOMABAY HOMA BAY PALA MASANGO PRI SCH Nelly Akinyi Owaka
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Pala Masogo Mixed Secondary School Dalmas Omonyi Keuya
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Pala Masogo Mixed Secondary School Vincent Oguna Odhiambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY PAP ALARA PRI SCH Caroline Akinyi Odongo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY PAP ALARA PRI SCH Francis Ogwang Ongaro
HOMABAY HOMA BAY PAP KAMATHAYO PRI SCH Hassan Nyangau Osero
HOMABAY HOMA BAY PEDO PRI SCH Amos Kiche Ongoto
HOMABAY HOMA BAY PEDO PRI SCH Evalyne Achieng Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY PUNDO KALANYA PRI SCH Benson Oyoyo Awita
HOMABAY HOMA BAY PUNDO KALANYA PRI SCH Michael Anyango Okelo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RABUOR KAURA PRIMAY SCHOOL Monica Atieno Owidi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RABUOR MASAWA PRI SCH Herine Akinyi Owuor
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RABUOR MASAWA PRI SCH Joyce Achieng Aoko
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Rabuor Masawa sec sch Daniel Omondi Ongoro
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RADIRO PRI SCH Carolyne Kutteh Onyango
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RANDUNG primary Caren Akinyi Okong’o
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RANGII PRI SCH Doreen Aoko Auma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RANGII PRI SCH Veronicah Nyaminsa Orang’i
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Rangwe Girls Secondary School Evans Oluoch Onyango
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RANGWE PRI SCH Rosyline Nanyama Wakoli
HOMABAY HOMA BAY Riwa Mixed Day Secondary School Mercy Akinyi Okeyo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ROBA  PRI SCH Jacob Ochieng Omollo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ROBA  PRI SCH Michael Osewe Nyabala
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RODI KOPANY PRI SCH Dorothy Awour Atanga
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RODI KOPANY PRI SCH Linet “Adhiambo Ochola” Ogwe
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RODI KOPANY PRI SCH Odhiambo Lucas Ndong
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RUGA PRI SCH Dancan Omondi Auma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY RUGA PRI SCH Rose Adoyo Odhiambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY SANGO GEM PRI SCH Nancy Achieng Nyandega
HOMABAY HOMA BAY SERO MIXED DAY Huldah Atieno Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY SHAURI YAKO PRI SCH Alice Ayoma Gai
HOMABAY HOMA BAY SHAURI YAKO PRI SCH Elizabeth Oywera Okoro
HOMABAY HOMA BAY SHAURI YAKO PRI SCH Eunice Adoyo Orawo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY SHAURI YAKO PRI SCH Turphenah Lenza Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY SINOGO PRI SCH Bernadette Onditi Aloo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY SOTA KOCHIA PRI SCH James Onyango Aloo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ST  DOMINIC RABANGO SEC Charles Mkei Onguka
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ST AMBROSE GOT RABUOR SEC Lenox Ratula Odhiambo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ST DOMINIC WIGA SEC Godfrey Alele Onyuna
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ST DOMINIC WIGA SEC Julius Otieno Opole
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ST PAULS LIGISA SEC Anyuor Samantha Akoth
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ST PAULS LIGISA SEC John “Joseph O.” Ondiany
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ST PAULS LIGISA SEC Johnstone Isaac Khaemba
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ST PAULS LIGISA SEC Vincent Ochieng Odero
HOMABAY HOMA BAY St. Albert Chepe Mixed Secondary School Everlyne Akinyi Opiyo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY St. Albert Chepe Mixed Secondary School Martin Barasa Wanyonyi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY St. John’s Got Kabok Mixed Sec. School Verah Akinyi Auma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY St. Josephine Bakhita Girls Sec. School Bornface Owino Ogada
HOMABAY HOMA BAY St. Josephine Bakhita Girls Sec. School Evance Mzee Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY St. Mary’s Kachar Girls Secondary School Joel Kevin
HOMABAY HOMA BAY St. Mary’s Kachar Girls Secondary School Salome Achieng Rariwi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY St. Mathew’s Godbondo Mixed Sec Sch Everlyne Mengo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY St. Pauls Oach Muga Mixed Sec. School Albert Akech Ocholi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY St. Pauls Oach Muga Mixed Sec. School Lilian Nakhumicha Makokha
HOMABAY HOMA BAY St. Pauls Oach Muga Mixed Sec. School Zachary Philips Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY ST. THERESA’S NYAUU Willis Okoth Owidi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY TAR PRI SCH Beatrice Auma
HOMABAY HOMA BAY WAHAMBLA PRIMARY SCHOOL Sarah Awour Ojwang
HOMABAY HOMA BAY WANGAPALA  KOBUOLA Jacob Ogolla Oyango
HOMABAY HOMA BAY WANGAPALA  KOBUOLA Thomas Mboya Omune
HOMABAY HOMA BAY WIGA PRIMARY SCHOOL Anthony Odhiambo Okoth
HOMABAY HOMA BAY WIGA PRIMARY SCHOOL Susan Akoth Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY wikoteng mixed sec Consolata Auma Abok
HOMABAY HOMA BAY wikoteng mixed sec John N Kimuto
HOMABAY HOMA BAY wikoteng mixed sec Yvonne Alouch Otieno
HOMABAY HOMA BAY WIOBIERO PRI SCH Josephine Akinyi Ochumba
HOMABAY HOMA BAY WIOBIERO PRI SCH Lydia Atieno Opiyo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY WIOBIERO PRI SCH Pilly Anyango Onditi
HOMABAY HOMA BAY WIOBIERO SEC Calvince Okoth Okombo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY YAWO PRI SCH Benta Akoth Ayoo
HOMABAY HOMA BAY YOGO PRI SCH Geoffrey Ojwang Omollo
HOMABAY MBITA Ambassador Pamela Mboya Secondary School Pamela Akinyi Otieno
HOMABAY MBITA ARINGO Dickson Ojiayo Omondi
HOMABAY MBITA ARINGO Moses Odhiambo Mambo
HOMABAY MBITA BEDIE Calleb Odhiambo Otoo
HOMABAY MBITA BEDIE Denish Ochieng Ochuodho
HOMABAY MBITA BONDO TOWNSHIP Samuel Ochieng Okal
HOMABAY MBITA CHAMAKOWA Felistus Moraa Makori
HOMABAY MBITA DR WILLIAMS PRI SCH Joram Owour Malombo
HOMABAY MBITA DR WILLIAMS PRI SCH Peter Oburu
HOMABAY MBITA EDDIE MEMORIAL Benter Akinyi Ajuma
HOMABAY MBITA Father Tillen Mixed Day Secondary Sch Edgar Kadieda Oluoch
HOMABAY MBITA Father Tillen Mixed Day Secondary Sch Samwel Odiwuor Otuoma
HOMABAY MBITA GENGE Samson Onyango Kalima
HOMABAY MBITA GOD-JOPE Marsela Atieno Oyoko
HOMABAY MBITA GOT- AWENDO Tiberius Odhiambo Okal
HOMABAY MBITA GOT NYASUMBI John Otieno Owino
HOMABAY MBITA Hope Special School For The M.H. Wando Benedict Odhiambo Opar
HOMABAY MBITA Hope Special School For The M.H. Wando Michael Oketch Keta
HOMABAY MBITA Hope Special School For The M.H. Wando Peter Onyango Okinyi
HOMABAY MBITA KAGUNGU PRI SCHOOL Isaiah Omondi Ogwel
HOMABAY MBITA KAGUNGU PRI SCHOOL Lucas Ochieng Rowa
HOMABAY MBITA KAKIIMBA Chardwick Akoko Maranda
HOMABAY MBITA KAKIIMBA Kennedy Oluoch Fungo
HOMABAY MBITA KAKIIMBA Raymond Otieno Aloise
HOMABAY MBITA KAKIIMBA  S.S. Josiah Angutsa Alusa
HOMABAY MBITA Kakrigu – Mfangano Primary School Wilson Okandah Okal
HOMABAY MBITA KAKRIGU PRI SCHOOL Jacktone Okach Karowa
HOMABAY MBITA KAKRIGU PRI SCHOOL Samuel Oking Okomo
HOMABAY MBITA KAMASENGRE SEC SCHOOL Jason Ombaki Omabene
HOMABAY MBITA KAMATO Elizabeth Andere Omugah
HOMABAY MBITA Kamato Secondary School Lorine Adhiambo Ouma
HOMABAY MBITA KAMGERE Julia Achieng Owuor
HOMABAY MBITA KAMSAMA Stephen Michieka Omenya
HOMABAY MBITA Kaswanga Girls Secondary School Susan Kisia
HOMABAY MBITA KIRINDO PRIMARY SCHOOL Beatrice Adhiambo Keta
HOMABAY MBITA KISAKA Oliver Okwayo Omondi
HOMABAY MBITA KISUI Nancy Akinyi Ochieng
HOMABAY MBITA KISUI Ruth Mwake Mwamboa
HOMABAY MBITA KITENYI Isaac Samwel Nyakwada
HOMABAY MBITA KIWARI PRI Ezekiel “W Ouma” Odhiambo
HOMABAY MBITA KIWARI PRI John Agar Okoth
HOMABAY MBITA KIWARI PRI Maurice Ochieng Oduk
HOMABAY MBITA KOMBE PRIMARY SCHOOL Maureen Aoko Odira
HOMABAY MBITA LAMBWE Eunice Onyango
HOMABAY MBITA LAMBWE Ruth Achieng Oloo
HOMABAY MBITA LAMBWE  S.S. Bertha Auma Odero
HOMABAY MBITA LAMBWE  S.S. Eunice Atieno Rayuoyi
HOMABAY MBITA LAMBWE  S.S. Judith Awuor Makogilo
HOMABAY MBITA M.P.I.S. Elga Akinyi Onyango
HOMABAY MBITA MASISI Eunice Adhiambo Anyango
HOMABAY MBITA MASISI Kennedy Daniel Ochola
HOMABAY MBITA MAUTA  SEC SCH George Oluoch Doosoh
HOMABAY MBITA Mauta Primary School Chris Patrick Omore
HOMABAY MBITA Mauta Primary School Robert Asan
HOMABAY MBITA MBITA PRIMARY Nicholas Ochieng Sila
HOMABAY MBITA MBITA PRIMARY Norah Shibia Nandi
HOMABAY MBITA MBITA S. S. Beatrice Ouma Akumu
HOMABAY MBITA MBITA S. S. caroline “Jecinter Dulo” Okatch
HOMABAY MBITA MBITA S. S. Dorcus Ayoo Ajuoga
HOMABAY MBITA MBITA S. S. Elkana On’gwena Mak’aol
HOMABAY MBITA MBITA S. S. Isaiah Orina Moseti
HOMABAY MBITA MBITA S. S. Ochanda Roy
HOMABAY MBITA MBITA S. S. Philip Onyango Omanya
HOMABAY MBITA MBITA S. S. Racham Otange Emmanuel
HOMABAY MBITA MBITA S. S. Samson Nyachiro Mogire
HOMABAY MBITA MISORI Julius Orony Owuor
HOMABAY MBITA NGODHE  SEC  SCH Seth _ Ooko
HOMABAY MBITA NGODHE D.S.C PRIMARY SCHOOL Nicholas Omudhe Ochieng
HOMABAY MBITA NGODHE D.S.C PRIMARY SCHOOL Willis Otieno Nyakoko
HOMABAY MBITA NGODHE SDA James Otieno Wadeya
HOMABAY MBITA NYAHERA Consolata Adhiambo Odanya
HOMABAY MBITA NYAHERA Domnick Otieno Okello
HOMABAY MBITA NYAHERA Kennedy Ondigo Olero
HOMABAY MBITA NYAKWERI Christopher Onyango Tembu
HOMABAY MBITA NYAKWERI Elgona Anyango Ongele
HOMABAY MBITA NYAKWERI George “Benson Oluoch” Dianga
HOMABAY MBITA NYAKWERI Joseph Obugo
HOMABAY MBITA NYAMANGA Norah Atieno Bango
HOMABAY MBITA NYAMASARE GIRLS SEC Beryl Achieng Ouko
HOMABAY MBITA NYAMASARE GIRLS SEC Caroline Atieno Makolwal
HOMABAY MBITA NYAMASARE GIRLS SEC Dennis Bwire Akhinda
HOMABAY MBITA NYAMASARE GIRLS SEC Ray Ouko Odipo
HOMABAY MBITA NYAMUGA Salmon Ojwang Tambo
HOMABAY MBITA Nyamuga Small Home For The P.H. Pri School Monica Atieno Okumu
HOMABAY MBITA Nyandeng’a Mixed Secondary School Christine Achieng Owade
HOMABAY MBITA Nyandeng’a Mixed Secondary School Gabriel “Ochillo Willy” Ngira
HOMABAY MBITA Nyandeng’a Mixed Secondary School Valeria Anyango Obando
HOMABAY MBITA NYASANJA Erick Omondi Amayo
HOMABAY MBITA NYASUMBI George Odhiambo Otieno
HOMABAY MBITA NYASUMBI Martha Moraa Ondieki
HOMABAY MBITA OBALWANDA PRIMARY Magogo Omare
HOMABAY MBITA OBAMBO Dorothy Akinyi Abuon
HOMABAY MBITA OBAMBO Michael Omboga Adiang
HOMABAY MBITA Ochieng Odiere Pri Nemwel Bikondo
HOMABAY MBITA OGANDO Isaak Obare Ogao
HOMABAY MBITA OGONGO MIXED  SCHOOL Norman Onyango Ondiek
HOMABAY MBITA OGUTA MBARE WARIGA Linet Night Oyawo
HOMABAY MBITA Oseno Primary School Akinyi Otieno Mbilia
HOMABAY MBITA Oseno Primary School Mildred Akinyi Ochieng
HOMABAY MBITA Oseno Primary School Samuel Ogutu Ochola
HOMABAY MBITA Otieno Kajwang Nyamaji Secondary School Mmbone Roselyne Vodohi
HOMABAY MBITA OWICH David Otieno Osewe
HOMABAY MBITA OWICH Joseph Ngare Kongere
HOMABAY MBITA Ponge Shem Odoyo Mwaya
HOMABAY MBITA POWO Mary Adhiambo Anindo
HOMABAY MBITA POWO Paul Mogendi
HOMABAY MBITA POWO Sospeter J Ombura
HOMABAY MBITA POWO Stellah Achieng Atieno
HOMABAY MBITA RAMBA PRIMARY SCHOOL Lameck Odiwuor Nyangori
HOMABAY MBITA RAMBA PRIMARY SCHOOL Morrison Njagi Njeru
HOMABAY MBITA RAMBA PRIMARY SCHOOL Paskal Ochieng Ongenyo
HOMABAY MBITA Rambim Primary School Lucas Ogolla Ajwang
HOMABAY MBITA REMBA PRI SCH Godfrey Omondi Rachuonyo
HOMABAY MBITA REMBA PRI SCH Jared Abeka Osingo
HOMABAY MBITA REMBA PRI SCH Kenneth Odhiambo Ochieng
HOMABAY MBITA REMBA PRI SCH Leonard Ogweno Kidera
HOMABAY MBITA RINYA PRIMARY SCH June Akoth Ondiek
HOMABAY MBITA SENA Jane Odira Ogada
HOMABAY MBITA Senetor Otieno Kajwang High School- Gera Clements Swean Magonya
HOMABAY MBITA Senetor Otieno Kajwang High School- Gera Cliff Sunday Okello
HOMABAY MBITA Senetor Otieno Kajwang High School- Gera Patrick Nyamanga Amollo
HOMABAY MBITA Senetor Otieno Kajwang High School- Gera Stephen Onyango Ochieng
HOMABAY MBITA SIKRI-JERUSALEMU Oscar Ojwando Nyambuga
HOMABAY MBITA SOKO ABALA Joan Achieng Onyino
HOMABAY MBITA St. Philips Ndhuru Mixed Sec. School Volgat Odhiambo Odiaga
HOMABAY MBITA ST. WILLIAMS OSODO SEC SCH Everlyne Atieno Owuor
HOMABAY MBITA SULWE Christine Auma Onyango
HOMABAY MBITA SULWE Moses Oyugi Otieno
HOMABAY MBITA Takawiri Primary School Gideon Okoth Oyuko
HOMABAY MBITA TOM  MBOYA  S.S. Christopher Henry Okulu
HOMABAY MBITA TOM  MBOYA  S.S. Jacob Otieno Oluck
HOMABAY MBITA TOM  MBOYA  S.S. Thomas Ongadi Otieno
HOMABAY MBITA UGINA Sarah Majani Nyaura
HOMABAY MBITA UOZI Gilack Ayot Ouma
HOMABAY MBITA UOZI Victor Oluoch Agwaro
HOMABAY MBITA UOZI MIXED DAY SEC Maurice Ogutu Nzugua
HOMABAY MBITA URINDA PRIMARY SCHOOL John Marongo Gwala
HOMABAY MBITA URINDA PRIMARY SCHOOL Mary Achieng Thomas
HOMABAY MBITA USAO PRIMARY George “Odongo Peter” Ondiek
HOMABAY MBITA USARE Iscah Aoko Okombo
HOMABAY MBITA USARE Simeon Wasonga Opiyo
HOMABAY MBITA UWI Bernard Opande Okumu
HOMABAY MBITA UWI Daniel Ochieng Juma
HOMABAY MBITA UWI Fredrick Monari Maisiba
HOMABAY MBITA UWI Lillian Akoth Ondiek
HOMABAY MBITA UYA Odhiambo Ochome Okongo
HOMABAY MBITA WAKIANGATA Josephine Jeremiah Opere
HOMABAY MBITA WAKIANGATA Saline Adhiambo Ogoma
HOMABAY MBITA WAKONDO Florence Ndunge Musyoka
HOMABAY MBITA WAKONDO Robert Okoth Kamau
HOMABAY MBITA WAKULA Israel Ochieng Okal
HOMABAY MBITA Wakula Mixed Secondary School Rebecca Atieno Okumu
HOMABAY MBITA Wakula Mixed Secondary School Thomas Mboya Onyango
HOMABAY MBITA WAMAI Monica “Chacha Maswi” Matunga
HOMABAY MBITA WAMWANGA Fredrick Odira Riako
HOMABAY MBITA WANDIJI Ben Muranga Evans
HOMABAY MBITA WANDIJI Rose Atieno Wagambo
HOMABAY MBITA Wanga Pri Alloys Obunga Ajwang
HOMABAY MBITA WANYAMA PRI Shem Omondi Odoyo
HOMABAY MBITA WAONDO S.S Elijah Wafula Matisi
HOMABAY MBITA WAONDO S.S Jafeth Odayo Ochieng
HOMABAY MBITA WAONDO S.S Sarah Achieng Otieno
HOMABAY MBITA WAONDO S.S William Obongo Odoyo
HOMABAY MBITA WAREGI Quinter Atieno Ouso
HOMABAY MBITA WARINGA Henry Langa Sako
HOMABAY MBITA WARINGA Joe Oduya Okuro
HOMABAY MBITA WARINGA Philip Odera Gadi
HOMABAY MBITA Wasamo Girls Secondary School Leah Adongo Otieno
HOMABAY MBITA WASARIA Charles “Johnson Uhuru” Oganda
HOMABAY MBITA WASARIA Gabriel Otunga Osodo
HOMABAY MBITA WASARIA Ogunda Joyce Aoko
HOMABAY MBITA WAWARE  SEC SCH James Agwanda Akello
HOMABAY MBITA WAWARE  SEC SCH Nickson Ongoya Odundo
HOMABAY NDHIWA ABURA PRIMARY Ruth Adoyo Ochola
HOMABAY NDHIWA AKALA PRI SCH Jeddy Awuor
HOMABAY NDHIWA ALUOR  PRI SCH Macborran M Ooga
HOMABAY NDHIWA ALUOR MIXED  SEC Dennis Odero Oguta
HOMABAY NDHIWA ALUOR MIXED  SEC Grace Auma Otieno
HOMABAY NDHIWA ALUOR MIXED  SEC Marceline Atieno
HOMABAY NDHIWA ANDINGO PALA PRI SCH Pius Gichere Thomas
HOMABAY NDHIWA ANDIWO MIXED SEC SCH Daniel Waga Osanya
HOMABAY NDHIWA ANGIYA  PRI SCH Dorothy Akoth Oloo
HOMABAY NDHIWA Apuoche Mixed Secondary School Juliet Adhiambo Otiku
HOMABAY NDHIWA AREMBE Elly Ocholla Odero
HOMABAY NDHIWA AREMBE Everlyne Achieng Mboga
HOMABAY NDHIWA ARINA PRI SCH Hazel Atieno Okoth
HOMABAY NDHIWA Bishop Ochiel Nyagidha Secondary School Emmanuel Crispo Oduol
HOMABAY NDHIWA BONGU PRI SCH Dorothy Akoth Akumu
HOMABAY NDHIWA BWANDA PRI SCH Jackline A+tieno Oywer
HOMABAY NDHIWA DUNGA PRI SCH Bolden Ochieng Abuto
HOMABAY NDHIWA DUNGA PRI SCH Joshua Amuka Ochieng
HOMABAY NDHIWA GINA MIXED SEC Fidelis Ondeng Omondi
HOMABAY NDHIWA GINA PRI SCH Alice Bitutu Bundi
HOMABAY NDHIWA GINA PRI SCH Henry Okeyo Abade
HOMABAY NDHIWA GOD POKO PRI SCH Polycarp Odhiambo Kitembe
HOMABAY NDHIWA GOT KOJOWI PRI SCH Vincent Okinyi Okelo
HOMABAY NDHIWA GOT KOJOWI SEC SCH Kenedy Ouma Misia
HOMABAY NDHIWA GOYO PRI SCH Boniface Kun’gu Okinyi
HOMABAY NDHIWA JABAGRE PRI SCH Walter Omondi Obonyo
HOMABAY NDHIWA Kaguria Mixed Secondary School Kennedy Otieno Ondiek
HOMABAY NDHIWA KAMASI PRI SCH Pamela Nanjala Omolo
HOMABAY NDHIWA KAMENYA PRI SCH Phautinus Aete Gor
HOMABAY NDHIWA KAUMO PRI SCH Gordon Opiyo Okello
HOMABAY NDHIWA KODUOGO PRI SCH Bilha Akinyi Orony
HOMABAY NDHIWA KODUOL PRI SCH Christine Anyango Oguta
HOMABAY NDHIWA KODUOL PRI SCH Richard Otieno Oguta
HOMABAY NDHIWA KOGA PRI SCH Martin Oduogi Gunga
HOMABAY NDHIWA KOGUTA PRI SCH Elizabeth Waciaya Okumu
HOMABAY NDHIWA KOGUTA PRI SCH Eucabeth Adhiambo Omeny
HOMABAY NDHIWA KOLWALO PRI SCH Monica Achieng Nyangor
HOMABAY NDHIWA Kome Mixed Sec Sch SETH ODIWUOR OGWENO
HOMABAY NDHIWA KOME PRI SCH Peter Aluoch Lumumba
HOMABAY NDHIWA KONGO  PRI  SCH Martha Awuor Midigo
HOMABAY NDHIWA KONGO  PRI  SCH Peter Onyango Osewe
HOMABAY NDHIWA LANGI  MIXED  SEC Peter Otieno Jaleny
HOMABAY NDHIWA LANGI  MIXED  SEC Thomas Opondo Oyamo
HOMABAY NDHIWA LIGEGA PRY SCH Joram Onditi Ganda
HOMABAY NDHIWA LWANDA KAWOUR MIXED SEC SCH Daniel Odoyo Obanda
HOMABAY NDHIWA LWANDA KAWOUR PRI SCH Moses Katito Ochola
HOMABAY NDHIWA LWANDA KAWOUR PRI SCH Quinter Adhiambo Owi
HOMABAY NDHIWA MAGINA PRI SCH Christine Achieng Omondi
HOMABAY NDHIWA MAGINA PRI SCH Lilian Onyango Akech
HOMABAY NDHIWA MAGINA SEC SCH Benard Kereu
HOMABAY NDHIWA MAGINA SEC SCH Benard Ochieng Onyango
HOMABAY NDHIWA MAGINA SEC SCH Cecilia Kemunto Isanda
HOMABAY NDHIWA MAGINA SEC SCH Wycliff Bosire Omanga
HOMABAY NDHIWA MALELA PRI SCH Owino Philip
HOMABAY NDHIWA MANERA PRI SCH Michael Odiwuor Opollo
HOMABAY NDHIWA MARANYONA PRI SCH David Omondi Oluoch
HOMABAY NDHIWA MARIRI PRI SCH James Odhiambo Okoth
HOMABAY NDHIWA MARIRI PRI SCH Thomas Aluoch Obondo
HOMABAY NDHIWA MARIWA PRI SCH Nicholas Otieno Omondi
HOMABAY NDHIWA MARIWA PRI SCH Shadrack Okongo Onganyi
HOMABAY NDHIWA MAROO PRI SCH Esther Achieng Omondi
HOMABAY NDHIWA MAROO PRI SCH Joseph Aloma Ndulu
HOMABAY NDHIWA MAWEGA PRIMARY George Awiti Odhiambo
HOMABAY NDHIWA Mbani Mixed Day Secondary School Isaiah Odhiambo Ogalo
HOMABAY NDHIWA Mbani Mixed Day Secondary School Maurice Otieno Munga
HOMABAY NDHIWA Mbani Mixed Day Secondary School Phiona Achieng Boi
HOMABAY NDHIWA MBANI PRI SCH Robert Ochieng Ojwaka
HOMABAY NDHIWA MINYA PRI SCH Ezra Oloo Ogwel
HOMABAY NDHIWA MIROGI  BOYS S.S. Calvince Otieno Odhiambo
HOMABAY NDHIWA MIROGI  BOYS S.S. Felix Oloo Ochieng
HOMABAY NDHIWA MIROGI  BOYS S.S. James Okuku Kadunga
HOMABAY NDHIWA MIROGI  BOYS S.S. Jared Otieno Audi
HOMABAY NDHIWA MIROGI  GIRLS  S.S. Akoth Dorcas Stephen
HOMABAY NDHIWA MIROGI  GIRLS  S.S. Bramwel Olando Wesonga
HOMABAY NDHIWA MIROGI  GIRLS  S.S. Samuel “A. Otieno” Onyango
HOMABAY NDHIWA MISANI PRI SCH Charles Odhiambo Ayodo
HOMABAY NDHIWA MISANI PRI SCH Julius “Ben Omollo” Disi
HOMABAY NDHIWA Misita Primary School Charles Orawo Nyamboga
HOMABAY NDHIWA Misita Primary School Monica Paulo Akelo
HOMABAY NDHIWA NDERE PRI SCH Charles Ojwang Onyango
HOMABAY NDHIWA Ndhiwa Hospital Primary School Abdul Nassir Sat
HOMABAY NDHIWA Ndhiwa Hospital Primary School Brenda Anyango Matete
HOMABAY NDHIWA NDHIWA PRI SCH Jedidah Wamalwa
HOMABAY NDHIWA NDHIWA PRI SCH Lindah Adhiambo Okello
HOMABAY NDHIWA NDIRA KOKOTH PRI SCH Saraphine Akinyi Okemba
HOMABAY NDHIWA NDISI PRI SCH Jackline Adoyo Anyoso
HOMABAY NDHIWA NDISI PRI SCH Ochupe Charles Onyango
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYAMANGA PRI SCH Argwings Watta Nyakiti
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYAMANGA PRI SCH Lameck Otieno Okeyo
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYAMANGA PRI SCH Margaret Bosibori Okinyi
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYAMOGO PRI SCH Lavender Anyango Otieno
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYAMOS PRI SCH George Ouma Odida
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYAMWARE PRI SCH William Agawo Aketch
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYANDOTO  PRI SCH Caroline Akinyi Oganga
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYANDOTO  PRI SCH Diana Atieno Owuor
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYARANDI PRI SCH Roberts Maiko Jackoyo
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYARANDI PRI SCH Ronard Ondiek Ragot
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYARATH PRI SCH Alfred Mumbo Okoth
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYARATH PRI SCH Dorothy Amolo Ombwa
HOMABAY NDHIWA Nyarongi Mixed Secondary School Benedict Reagan Lang’o
HOMABAY NDHIWA Nyarongi Mixed Secondary School Evernce Otieno Adero
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYARONGI PRI SCH Jacob Owuoyo Ochieng
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYARONGI PRI SCH Lilian Anyango Asewe
HOMABAY NDHIWA NYARONGI PRI SCH Maurine Akinyi Mboji
HOMABAY NDHIWA OBERA  S.S. Gudylean Atieno Achere
HOMABAY NDHIWA OBERA  S.S. Zachariah Makokhah
HOMABAY NDHIWA OCHOL PRI SCH John Kapoka Oloo
HOMABAY NDHIWA ODHIAMBO RAMBO PRI SCH Phoebe Toto Emaset
HOMABAY NDHIWA OGADA PRI SCH Anne Awuor Khagol
HOMABAY NDHIWA OGADI PRI SCH Alice Adhiambo Otieno
HOMABAY NDHIWA OGADI PRI SCH Walter Bando Odongo
HOMABAY NDHIWA Ojode Pala Mixed Day Secondary School Edwin Ouma Owino
HOMABAY NDHIWA Ojode Pala Mixed Day Secondary School Ernest Ambogah Otecko
HOMABAY NDHIWA Ojode Pala Mixed Day Secondary School Godwins Odhiambo Ayany
HOMABAY NDHIWA Ojode Pala Mixed Day Secondary School Hayo Vienna Daisy
HOMABAY NDHIWA Ojode Pala Mixed Day Secondary School Judith Anyango Omboto
HOMABAY NDHIWA OKOK MIXED SEC Janet Atieno Ang’ila
HOMABAY NDHIWA OKOK MIXED SEC Kennedy Odhiambo Akuku
HOMABAY NDHIWA OKOK PRI SCH Silas Otieno Okello
HOMABAY NDHIWA OKOK PRI SCH Sylvester Onyango Were
HOMABAY NDHIWA OKOTA PRI SCH Jane Muthoni Muriuki
HOMABAY NDHIWA Ondati Girls Secondary School Erick Okumu Otieno
HOMABAY NDHIWA Ondati Girls Secondary School Mary Atieno Awino
HOMABAY NDHIWA ONDATI PRI SCH Jacqueline “Atieno Lilian” Ochiel
HOMABAY NDHIWA ONDATI PRI SCH Washington Orada Ngutu
HOMABAY NDHIWA Ongako Mixed Secondary School Josephat Moreka Masenge
HOMABAY NDHIWA Ongako Mixed Secondary School Samwel Orima Onyango
HOMABAY NDHIWA ONGENG PRI SCH Lorna Akoth Ouma
HOMABAY NDHIWA OPANGA PRY SCH James Otieno Odingo
HOMABAY NDHIWA OPANGA PRY SCH Richard Ouko Ogolla
HOMABAY NDHIWA Oridi Girls Secondary School Lydia Muhonja Buresa
HOMABAY NDHIWA ORIDI PRI SCH Job Omango Okoth
HOMABAY NDHIWA OSANI PRI SCH Erick Otieno Gwoma
HOMABAY NDHIWA OSURE PRI SCH Wilson Otieno Otieno
HOMABAY NDHIWA OTANGRE PRIMARY SCHOOL Aquinous Onyango Ochieng
HOMABAY NDHIWA OTANGRE PRIMARY SCHOOL Japhet Bosire Onchonga
HOMABAY NDHIWA OTANGRE PRIMARY SCHOOL Patrick Keru Machuka
HOMABAY NDHIWA OTOTO (BISHOP OKOK)  MIXED SEC Cyphas Odhiambo Onyango
HOMABAY NDHIWA OTOTO PRI SCH Jackline Undisa Ochieng
HOMABAY NDHIWA PALA BOYA PRI SCH Ascah Akinyi Orwa
HOMABAY NDHIWA RAIRI PRI  SCH Malaki Otieno Odhiambo
HOMABAY NDHIWA RAKORO PRI SCH Lucy Adhiambo Ogallo
HOMABAY NDHIWA RAMOYA PRI SCH Charles Otieno Orwa
HOMABAY NDHIWA RAMOYA PRI SCH Hillary Willys Ochieng’
HOMABAY NDHIWA RANDHORE PRI SCH Ritah Nasimiyu Fwamba
HOMABAY NDHIWA RANEN MIKUMU  PRI SCH Samson Obuya Oer
HOMABAY NDHIWA RANGENYA PRI SCH Doreen Naa Onyuka
HOMABAY NDHIWA RANGENYA PRI SCH Simon Otieno Ong’udi
HOMABAY NDHIWA RANGENYA PRI SCH Tom Aggrey Oloo
HOMABAY NDHIWA RAPEDHI  MIXED SEC John Otieno Okumu
HOMABAY NDHIWA RAPEDHI PRI SCH Beldin Akinyi Nyariang
HOMABAY NDHIWA RAPEDHI PRI SCH Janet Night Wasonga
HOMABAY NDHIWA RARAGE SECONDARY James Nyaruhucha Mosabi
HOMABAY NDHIWA RATIL PRI SCH Evans Juma Obila
HOMABAY NDHIWA ROTA PRI SCH Wilson Okinyi Aroko
HOMABAY NDHIWA SASI PRI SCH Aloice Akama Odhiambo
HOMABAY NDHIWA SASI PRI SCH Mathew Ouyu Opiyo
HOMABAY NDHIWA Sigama Mixed Secondary School Kevin Ouma Aoko
HOMABAY NDHIWA Sigama Mixed Secondary School Stephen Omondi Nyangawa
HOMABAY NDHIWA SIGAMA PRI SCH Jane Adhiambo Otieno
HOMABAY NDHIWA SIGAMA PRI SCH Lonah Ajayo Nyunga
HOMABAY NDHIWA Singenge Primary School Esther Adongo Juma
HOMABAY NDHIWA ST JOHN’S NYANDIWA PRI Tecler Adhiambo Okumu
HOMABAY NDHIWA ST MARYS NYAMOGO  SEC Dorine Adhiambo Juma
HOMABAY NDHIWA ST NICANSIUS MARANYONA M SEC Andrew Kenedy Odera
HOMABAY NDHIWA St. Felix Nyarath Secondary School Wycliffe Nyandieka Moseti
HOMABAY NDHIWA St. Lucy Odhiambo Rambo Girls Sec.School Brian Sidandi Okoth
HOMABAY NDHIWA St. Patrick Ogango Secondary School Daniel Aluoch Achola
HOMABAY NDHIWA St. Patrick Ogango Secondary School Isaac Ombongi Morata
HOMABAY NDHIWA St. Peter’s Rambusi Secondary School Mark Okoth Ouko
HOMABAY NDHIWA St. Peter’s Rambusi Secondary School Queenter Atieno Onyango
HOMABAY NDHIWA UNGA PRI SCH Steven Osodo Oduwo
HOMABAY NDHIWA WACHARA KWABAI PRI SCH Dorothy Akinyi Mado
HOMABAY NDHIWA WAYAGA PRI SCH Jacob Ohuru Omolo
HOMABAY NDHIWA Wayara Mixed Secondary School Stephene Otieno Odhiambo
HOMABAY NDHIWA WI-KOONJE PRI SCH Erick Odhiambo Okeyo
HOMABAY NDHIWA WIRAKUOM PRI SCH Tobias Mboya Oliech
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ABUNDU PRI  SCH Justus Edward Keragia
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ABUNDU PRI  SCH Peterson Achola Odemba
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Achuth Primary School Rachuonyo Benjamin Gari
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Achuth Primary School Roselyne Achieng Okano
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ADHIRO PRI SCH Kennedy Odhiambo Ogaye
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Adiedo Mixed Secondary School Bernard Omondi Tilla
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Adiedo Mixed Secondary School Hellen Hildah Anguche
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Adiedo Mixed Secondary School Jacob Mboya Malit
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Adiedo Mixed Secondary School Moses Omware
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Adiedo Mixed Secondary School Wycliffe Bonyo Arum
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH AJIGO PRI SCH Everline Auma Owuor
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH AJIGO PRI SCH Molly Awuor Ouma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ALARA PRI  SCH Joseph Ogawo Obisa
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Alaru Central Mixed Secondary School Austine _ Ochina
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Alego Primary Perez Awuor Owiti
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ANDUU PRI SCH Alfreda Akoth Odera
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ANDUU PRI SCH Joseph Oreta Awuonda
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Apuko Sda Sch Jack Okoth Akumu
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Apuko Sda Sch James Magata Ratemo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Awach  Pri Sch Dorine Atieno Miganda
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Awach  Pri Sch Peter “Odongo Awuor” Odinda
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH BALA PRI  SCH Teddy Ochieng Okal
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Burlum Pri Sch David Odhiambo Oore
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Bware Mixed Secondary School Naomy “Adhiambo Oyare” Ndiege
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH BWARE PRYMARY Alfred Elisha Amolo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH BWARE PRYMARY Dona Mbayachi Agawo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH CHULA PRI SCH Elizabeth Akinyi Obonyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH CHULA PRI SCH Fidel Castro Olweny
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Daraja Pri Sch Grace Auma Odak
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Daraja Pri Sch Joseph Odhiambo Opere
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH DENGA PRI SCH Benard Ongachi Akama
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH DENGA PRI SCH Jobidant Omondi Owino
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Gendia  Pri Sch Joram Okeng’o Nyandoro
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Gendia  Pri Sch Maureen Akinyi Ondiek
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GENDIA HIGH SCHOOL Jesse Masiga Kisaka
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GENDIA HIGH SCHOOL Owaga Laureen Atieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GENDIA HIGH SCHOOL Paul Abundu Omondi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GENDIA HIGH SCHOOL Sharon Heri Kadhuwa
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GENDIA HIGH SCHOOL Yuanita Agola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GEORGE AGOLA OWUOR SEC Thomas Otieno Adede
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GOGO MIXED Eliud Oure Oyoo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GOGO MIXED Jack “Ombado Raduwa” Anyango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GOGO MIXED Tom Ogalo Ajwang
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GOGO PRI SCH Jane Atieno Mcrege
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GOGO PRI SCH Moses Otolo Onyango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GOT OKII PRIMARY Everlyne Adhiambo Ojuok
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GOT OKII PRIMARY Jackline Ayuma Agonda
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH GOT OKII PRIMARY John Orinda Osumba
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH HAGGAI KOYIER PRIMARY John Kennedy Awino
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH HOMA HILLS PRI SCH Roy Okoth Wamoya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH HOMA LIME  PRI SCH Charles Ochieng Owino
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH HOMA LIME  PRI SCH Grace Adoyo Nyabwa
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH HOMA LIME  PRI SCH Janet Atieno Ogolla
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH HOMA LIME  PRI SCH Polycarp Adoyo Omondi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH JONYO PRIMARY Evelyne Mahiri Otaigo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH JONYO PRIMARY William Oduor Owenda
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KAGAI PRI SCH Juliet Kwamboka Kombo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kajiei Dorna Atieno Akendo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kajiei Josinter Auma Nyunja
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KAJIEI  S.S. Maurice Ouma Ondijo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KAJIEI  S.S. Rose Anyango Apondi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KAJIEI  S.S. Victor Maziga Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kambusi Primary School Mariner Akinyi Nyawallow
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kambusi Primary School Moses Odongo Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kamser   Pri Sch Francis Moko Njeje
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kamser   Pri Sch George Odhiambo Olala
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kamser   Pri Sch Wilfred Maragia Ochwoto
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kamser Mixed Secondary School Naom Moraa Moturi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kamwala Secondary School Evans Omondi Arogo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KANAM PRI SCH Samuel Alal Ngoje
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KANDIEGE MIXED DAY SEC Janet Awino Nyaoke
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KANDIEGE MIXED DAY SEC Michael Odiwuor Ayoo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KANDIEGE PRI. school Caroline Akinyi Odhier
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KANDIEGE PRI. school Kennedy Ouma Owallah
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KANJIRA PRI SCH Benter Anyango Ayoro
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KANJIRA PRI SCH Hezekia Onyango Rachuonyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KANJIRA PRI SCH James Omondi Kabasa
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kanyadhiang  Pri Sch Kenneth Kaunda Osewe
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kanyadhiang  Pri Sch Peter Ochieng Awiti
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kanyadhiang  Pri Sch Sharon Achieng Opwapo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KANYAMFWA PRI SCH Nixon Oduor Opiyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kanyangwena Pri Sch Lilian Akinyi Oyuko
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kanyangwena Pri Sch Titus Ndege Pala
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kanyangwena Pri Sch Violet Anyango Atieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KARABONDI BIDII MIXED SEC George Odhiambo Ojwang’
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KARABONDI BIDII MIXED SEC Mercy Aoko Ogada
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KARABONDI GIRLS  SEC  SCH Rose Aloo Ochola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Karabondi Pri Sch Maxwell Kolingo Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Karabondi Pri Sch Shelamiah Onditi Ochuma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KASIBOS PRI SCH Judith Atieno Omuga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KASIBOS PRI SCH Onyango Patrick Apindi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KAWITI PRI SCH Ben Ochieng Owenga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kendu Muslim Primary School Ramadhan Ochien’g Ogada
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KENDU-MUSLIM Hassan Mazoud Mohammed
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KENDU-MUSLIM Moses Ochieng Amuom
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kibaga Pri  Sch Darius Nyangwara Mogoi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kibaga Pri  Sch Godfrey Binaisha Oloo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kibugu Primary George Ochieng Onduto
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kibugu Primary Mark Oyoo Kopiyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kimira Primary School Patroba Bala Odewa
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KISINDI PRI SCH Alfred Opade Odidi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KITAL PRIMARY Francis Omollo Oballah
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KITAL PRIMARY Solomon “Gogo Owango” Wadira
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KOBALA MIXED SEC Beatrice Achieng Ochieng
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KOBALA MIXED SEC Kevin Omondi Oyieke
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kobala Primary School Goffrey Odwar Okoth
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kobala Primary School Jones M Weira
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KOBILA PRIMARY Maurice Ocham Adero
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KOBOO PRI SCH Maurice “Edward Ouma” Ochola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kodhoch Mixed Secondary School Stephen Otieno Owino
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KODHOCH PRI SCH Evans Ogembo Ochieng
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kogana Pri Sch Asha Julie Ochillo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kogana Pri Sch Grace Auma Osano
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kogana Pri Sch Rosemary Lugano Lime
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Konyach Pri Sch Jecinter Atieno Auma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Koredo Mixed Secondary School Timothy Nyamongo Kobe
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kotonje Mixed Day Secondary School Harriet Akoth Ongete
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Kotonje Mixed Day Secondary School John Okumu Okwanyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KOWUOR PRI SCH Kepha Chianda Mbuga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH KOWUOR PRI SCH Maurine Atieno Olima
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Liera Primary Beatrice “Alice Atieno” Mwaga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH LIETA MIXED SCH Leah Akinyi Anyango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH LO-RATENG’  PRI SCH Leah Achieng Obuya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Lower Kamuga Primary School Roselyne Akinyi Osano
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH LWANDA PRI SCH Aphine Awino Onditi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH LWANDA PRI SCH Maurice Odhiambo Obisa
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mango Primary Mary Auma Mollo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mariwa Pri Christine Atieno Ouma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Masogo Mixed Secondary School Daniel Hardon Arego
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH MASOGO PRI SCH Emmanuel Tindi Ochieng
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Girls Primary School Everline Adhiambo Abudho
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Girls Primary School John Were Deya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Girls Primary School Michael Nabutola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Girls Secondary School Margaret Kabach
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Girls Secondary School Noel Chelangat Kesembe
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Girls Secondary School Roseline Akinyi Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Mixed Primary School Sakwa Masika
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Technical Institute Bernard Tinga Ogweno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Technical Institute Charles Ooko Odero
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Technical Institute Charles “Jonathan Odongo” Obongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Technical Institute Michael Ndege Odongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Technical Institute samuel Otieno ayugi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mawego Technical Institute Vitalis Agutu Akongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Migingo Agnes “Cynthia Achieng” Nyang’
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Migingo Alfred Onyango Onguru
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH MIGUNDE PRI SCH Philip Ochieng Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mirembe Pri  Sch Daniel Olang Obuya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Mirembe Pri  Sch Martha Bonareri Atandi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Miyuga Mixed Secondary School Anyango Kennedy Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Miyuga Mixed Secondary School Yvonne Apondi Okeyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NDERE PRI SCH David Ouma Osumba
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NDERE PRI SCH Klaus Opino Ogutu
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NDERE PRI SCH Octave “Tobias  Omolo” Ayieko
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NDHOLE PRI SCH Kiseloh Nyerere Kawene
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NDHOLE PRI SCH Maeri Benard
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NDHOLE PRI SCH Samwel Ogembo Ojwang
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NGETA John Ochieng Adede
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NG’OU PRIMARY SCHOOL Dan Otieno Bala
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NG’OU PRIMARY SCHOOL Florence Akoth Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NG’OU PRIMARY SCHOOL Peter Gumbo Oluoch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH N’GURA PRI SCH Pamela Akinyi Ogola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NYAKANGO PRIMARY SCHOOL Tom Oluoch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Nyakech David Oluoch Midamba
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Nyakech Hillary Ocholla Ochieng
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Nyakech Margaret Wachia Ochola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NYAMWALA  PRI SCH Gire Otieno Elisha
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Nyangajo Pri Sch Eunice Ochieng Odoyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Nyangajo Pri Sch Samuel Omondi Auka
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NYANGAO  PRI SCH Benard Otieno Oginga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Nyanja Rateng Primary School Eunice Akeyo Gor
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Nyanja Rateng Primary School Samson Onyango Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NYAOLA PRI SCH Grace Kwamboka Amenya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NYASANJA  PRI SCH Mildred Akoth Adika
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NYATIR PRI SCH Judith Akoth Ochieng
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NYATIR PRI SCH Naaman Ligawa
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NYATIR PRI SCH Rose Ouko
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH NYAWINO PRIMARY SCHOOL Amos Wako Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Obangla Primary School Richard Ouma Maragwa
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OBILO PRI SCH Lucy Kemunto Omwenga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Ochuoga Primary School Emmanuel Rabago Member
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OINDO PRI SCH Erasto Omullo Ouma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Ojijo Oteko Secondary School Karim “Oloo Abdul” Opiyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OMBOGA SECONDARY Zablon Okoth Onyango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OMBUJO PRI  SCH Andrew Oluoch Odongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OMBUJO PRI  SCH Perscilah Awuor Gor
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OMOLO AGAR  PRI SCH Beatrice Anita Nyabwanda
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OMUGA PRIMARY Collins Onyango Odero
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OMUGA PRIMARY Ishmael Were Odeny
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Onenonam Pri Sch Josephine Atieno Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Ongalo Thomas Odongo Okombo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Ongalo Secondary School Elvis Otieno Mwango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Ongalo Secondary School Leonard Okoth Apaka
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Ongalo Secondary School Titus Opon Gedah
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ONG’ANG PRIMARY SCHOOL Lorna Nyonje Adoyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ONGANG SEC SCHOOL Winnie Owino Akinyi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ONYANDO PRI SCH Alice Adhiambo Atorey
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ONYANDO PRI SCH Joseph Nyanswi Nkonya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIRE PRIMARY SCHOOL Beth “Catherine  O” Atieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO BOYS HIGH SCHOOL Clifford Kasera Ajwang
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO BOYS HIGH SCHOOL Cliford Raila Atito
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO BOYS HIGH SCHOOL Dancan Ochieng Onguru
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO BOYS HIGH SCHOOL Dickens Obura Agunga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO BOYS HIGH SCHOOL Gideon Onyango Oloo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO BOYS HIGH SCHOOL John Odhiambo Onywera
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO BOYS HIGH SCHOOL Martins Ouma Kopiyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO BOYS HIGH SCHOOL Mathews Odera Mutula
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO BOYS HIGH SCHOOL Wycliff Omondi Awino
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO PRI SCH Erick Owino Pire
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO PRI SCH Erick Odhiambo Ayieta
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO PRI SCH Joseph Otunnue Ougo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ORIWO PRI SCH Julian Ochieng Ogola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OSAKWE PRI  SCH Debra Benta Odero
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OSAKWE PRI  SCH Kennedy Omondi Osing
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Osika Stephen Wanga Mboya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OTOK SECONDARY Evans Omondi Owino
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OTOK SECONDARY Maureen Auma Olango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OTOK SECONDARY Seth Oluoch Adede
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OTOK SECONDARY Silas Owiti Adoyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OYOMBE PRIMARY SCHOOL Faith Atieno Nyanginja
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH OYOMBE PRIMARY SCHOOL Sylvia Luseno Vuhya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH RABUOR PRI  SCH David Juma Owade
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH RABWARE PRIMARY SCHOOL Jacob Odiwuor Magicho
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Rakwaro Kamwala Pry Sch Daniel Modi Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Rakwaro Kamwala Pry Sch Josephine Naliaka Wanjala
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH RAONGO PRIMARY SCHOOL Rhodah Anyango Ojwang
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SAMANGA  PRI /SPECIAL UNIT Clement Roberts Lando
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SAMANGA LUTHERAN MIXED Maureen Aluoch Okello
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SAMBA PRIMARY SCHOOL Jared Onyango Osano
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SANDA PRI SCH Dancun Daniel Ombat
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SANDA PRI SCH Francis Otieno Njira
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SANDA PRI SCH Ruth Auma Opiyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SANGLA PRI  SCH John Odhiambo Abiero
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Siburi Mixed Secondary School Job Charles Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Simbi Mixed Secondary School Moses Owili Abila
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Simbi Primary Enosh Onyango Ang’iro
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Simbi Primary Eudiah Kibuye Wandiga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Simbi Primary Joyce Akeyo Osika
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Simbi Primary Washington Akuno Chora
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SOKO KOGIRA Elijah Obango Yoya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SOKO KOGIRA Fredrick Ombongi Makori
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SOKO KOGIRA Joab Ogaga Oguta
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SOKO KOGIRA Nicholas Matiko Mwita
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SOMBRO PRI SCH Carolyne Agoi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SOMBRO PRI SCH Dancan Ooko Oriche
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH SOMBRO PRI SCH Selestine Akinyi Kwelllo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ST  JOSEPH KOBUYA  SEC James Oduor Ogutah
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ST BERNARD’S OTARO MIXED SECONDARY Cosnissen Okungu Ombim
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ST BERNARD’S OTARO MIXED SECONDARY Erick Okoth Amuti
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ST BERNARD’S OTARO MIXED SECONDARY Geoffrey Obongo Oyoo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ST BERNARD’S OTARO MIXED SECONDARY Robert Ogolla Owino
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ST DOUGLAS WETA Everlyne Atieno Kwama
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ST INNOCENT JONYO SEC Calisto Ochieng Odindo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ST INNOCENT JONYO SEC James Odhiambo Omwono
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH ST INNOCENT JONYO SEC Timothy Okumu Oloo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH St. Alfred Alara Lydia Akoth Opondo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH St. Alfred Alara Paul Otieno Benjamin
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH St. John Seka Mixed Secondary School Agnes Achieng Ogwenya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH St. John Seka Mixed Secondary School Jacob Akuno Atieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH St. Joseph Miranga Secondary School Oketch Daniel Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Wagwe Mixed Secondary School Maurice Otieno Okello
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Wagwe Mixed Secondary School Sarah Anduru Adhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH WAGWE PRI SCH Everlyne Atieno Onyango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH WAGWE PRI SCH Ismael Obiero
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH WANG’ GOT Dinah Kerubo Twara
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Warao Pri Antony Ochieng Karogu
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Warao Pri Faith Bitonga Manyange
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH Warao Pri Felix Ronald Odondi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH WIKONDIEK SECONDARY SCHOOL Eunice Moraa Oganga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH WIKONDIEK SECONDARY SCHOOL Festus Meja Ogot
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH YAWOKOMOLO Erick Odhiambo Ogallo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO NORTH YAWOKOMOLO Okumu Yoga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ABUOYE PRI SCH Caroline Atieno Ndiege
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ABUOYE PRI SCH Samson Onyango Rapemo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ADEGA  PRI SCH Cyprian Kerubo Omwoyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ADEGA  PRI SCH James Juma Masoro
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ADEGA MIXED HIGH Carringtone Omiti Oyoo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ADEGA MIXED HIGH Erick Okoth Obuya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ADEGA MIXED HIGH Gladys Ngesa Malla
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ADEGA MIXED HIGH Perez Akumu Inda
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGAWO PRI SCH Calvin Omondi Oluoch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE  PRI SCH Beatrice Atieno Juma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE  PRI SCH David Otieno Oketch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE  PRI SCH Everlyne Atieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE  PRI SCH Fridah Nyanchera Orare
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Agoro Sare Mixed Secondary School Florence Atieno Ochola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Agoro Sare Mixed Secondary School Fredrick Odhiambo Aboma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Agoro Sare Mixed Secondary School Maurine Awuor Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Agoro Sare Mixed Secondary School Tobias Otieno Ouma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE SEC Charles Ochieng Odongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE SEC Elizabeth Kageha
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE SEC Fred Ouma Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE SEC Fredrick Odhiambo Achida
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE SEC Fredrick Juma Anyange
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE SEC James Maronda Momanyi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE SEC Kistus Sakayo Onditi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE SEC Mary Awino Lumumba
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE SEC Moses Akuno Opana
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE SEC Polycap Okoth Adicka
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AGORO SARE SEC Wycleff Olang’ Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ALARO PRI SCH Edwin Omondi Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ALARO PRI SCH Josiah Ochieng Seda
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ALARO PRI SCH Judith Atieno Kung’a
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ALERO NANGA  PRI SCH Paul Ounda Kongeche
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ALERO NANGA  PRI SCH Stephen Odhiambo Ogolla
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ANDIN’GO PRI SCH Charles Ogweno Gigo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ANDIN’GO PRI SCH James Koi Omolo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ANDIN’GO PRI SCH Teresa Adhiambo Akech
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ANGENO PRI SCH Boaz Ochieng’ Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ANGINO  MIXED  S.S. Judith Akinyi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ANYONA PRI SCH Benard Odero Adera
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AOLO  PRI SCH Molly Achieng Okello
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Aolo Girls Secondary School Harrison Nyagowa Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH APONDO PRI SCH Boaz Ouma Oyoo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH APONDO PRI SCH Patrick Ouma Ondiwa
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH APONDO PRI SCH Theopista Nyabiage Makori
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH APONDO SECONDARY Victor Kegicha Mboga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ATEMO MIXED SS Nimrod Otieno Oloo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ATEMO MIXED SS Victor Barongo Makori
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AWOUR  PRI SCH Jacob Ondiala Olwa
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AWOUR  PRI SCH Kennedy Ouma Octaph
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH AWUORO PRI SCH Benta Adhiambo Okati
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH BISHOP LINUS OKOK Alphonce Baraka Abayo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH BISHOP LINUS OKOK Edwin Omondi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH BISHOP LINUS OKOK Gordon Stanley Onyango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH BISHOP LINUS OKOK Peter Ogweno Ogolla
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH BISHOP LINUS OKOK Tom Ouma Amollo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH CHAGERE PRI SCH Jacob Ochieng Juma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH CHAGERE PRI SCH Lois Nyarangi Olruria
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Danis Obara Secondary school Duncan Odhiambo Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Dol Kodera Primary School Harrison Machayo Jumba
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Dol Kodera Primary School Kennedy Otieno Nyando
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Dol Kodera Primary School Nicholas Ochieng Odieny
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Dol Kodera Primary School Otieno Edwine Ouma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Dol Mixed Secondary School Helida Auma Nyakeno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH DUDI  PRI SCH Jack Ogweno Kolweny
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH DUDI GIRLS SEC Daniel Oburu
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH DUDI GIRLS SEC Debora Auma Maklago
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH DUDI GIRLS SEC Stephen Okech Kwaro
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH DUDU  PRI SCH Everlyne Achieng Owiyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GANGRE  PRI SCH David Otieno Ouma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GANGRE  PRI SCH Harrison “Charles Onyango” Ojijo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GANGRE  PRI SCH Isaac Owino Ochola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GANGRE  PRI SCH Judith Awour Ombogo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GANGRE  PRI SCH Stephen Ochieng’ Othuro
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD AGAK PRI SCH John Achok Koindo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD AGAK PRI SCH Lilian Makokha
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD AGULU PRI SCH Alfred Kidura Idalia
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD AGULU PRI SCH Faith Awuor Owiso
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD AGULU SEC Elizabeth Adongo Ogutu
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD BER  PRI SCH Alice Kemunto Tori
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH God Ber Secondary School Emmaculate Akinyi Aluoch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH God Ber Secondary School Irene Auma Juma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH God Ber Secondary School Joseph Okok Osir
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH God Ber Secondary School Phenny Akinyi Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH God Ber Secondary School Stephen Ouno Omondi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH God Ber Secondary School Victor Ngwijo Kibwana
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD KWACH PRI SCH Michael Onyango Abongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD KWACH PRI SCH Mildred Akoth Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD KWACH PRI SCH Wilfred Kebaki Miruka
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD MIAHA  PRI SCH Judith Awuor Ngoko
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD MIAHA  PRI SCH Kenrick Nyagowa Ochieng
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD MIAHA  PRI SCH Moses Okech Kembo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD NYANGO PRI SCH Derick Omondi Onyango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOD NYANGO PRI SCH Richard Ogembo Onwong’a
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOT  RATENG  S.S. Barnaba Okoth Okindo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOT  RATENG  S.S. Jared Otieno Ogolla
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOT  RATENG  S.S. Joel Odidi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOT  RATENG  S.S. John Titus Obonyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOT  RATENG  S.S. Maxwell Omondi Ochola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOT  RATENG  S.S. Tabither Sheunda Katiko
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOT KAGUMBO PRI SCH Anjeline Pamba
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOT KAGUMBO PRI SCH Cosmas Oruji Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOT KAGUMBO PRI SCH Dickson Okoth Adoo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOT KAGUMBO PRI SCH Shem Njuguna Keari
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH GOT RATENG Ojijo Agnes Juma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH HARAMBEE PRI SCH Caroline Adhiambo Madongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH HARAMBEE PRI SCH Lawrence Otieno Omiti
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Jwelu Primary School Benson Otieno Obonyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Jwelu Primary School Hezbon Ojwang Ademba
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Jwelu Primary School Tobias Okoth Okongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KABONGO  PRI SCH Naban Osoro Nyabaro
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KACHIENG  MIXED  SEC SCH Kenneth Oliver Onuonga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KADIJU PRI SCH George Ochieng Airo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KADIJU PRI SCH George Oloto Owidi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KADIJU PRI SCH Jared Omondi Ooko
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KADIJU PRI SCH Mary Atieno Nyakomita
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KADITON’GE  PRI CH Elijah Omondi Asiso
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KADITON’GE  PRI CH Rose Nyamoita Kengere
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KAKELO MIXED SEC SCHOOL George Sitati Rapongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KAKELO MIXED SEC SCHOOL George Okeyo Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KALANDING  PRI SCH Duncan Ochieng Aketch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KALANDING  PRI SCH Martha Auma Nyakoe
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Kalanding Girls Secondary School Antony _ Ogudi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Kalanding Girls Secondary School Moses Otieno Ogollah
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Kalanding Girls Secondary School Naomy Akinyi Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KALANDO MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL Melvin Awino Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KALANDO PRI SCH George Onyango Magak
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KALANDO PRI SCH Josephat Otieno Nashon
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KALANDO PRI SCH Lilian Odhiambo Ambonya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KALANDO PRI SCH Millicent Awour Odera
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KALANDO PRI SCH Philisters Oketch Anyango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KALANDO PRI SCH Remgius Odhiambo Okech
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KALELO  PRI SCH Janet Ayoo Lusi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KAMUGA PRIMARY AND SPECIAL UNIT FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED  SCH Kephas Otieno Manyala
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Kanga Omuga  PRI SCH Erastus Otieno Oruro
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Kanga Omuga  PRI SCH Frederick Ochiel Okidi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KANGO PRI SCH Harrison Aseno Omia
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KANGO PRI SCH Kaiser Ohuru Mwita
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KANYANGWARA PRI SCH Quinter Atieno Ochuka
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KARABOK SEC SCH Jared Okinyi Oongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KARABOK SEC SCH Judith Akoth Nyaji
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KAROKO PRI SCH William Odiwuor Agoro
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KASIMBA PRI SCH David Ochieng Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KASIMBA PRI SCH Hellen Ngeso Aura
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KATANGA PRI SCH Henry Ochieng Kobe
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KATANGA PRI SCH James Ouko Oyoo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KAUMA PRI SCH Maurice Otieno Aluoch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Kisuri  Primary School Rael Adhiambo Ochieng
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KITARE  PRI SCH Isaac Mogaka Okindo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KITARE  PRI SCH Raymond Odhiambo Ogweno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOGALO PRI SCH Jael Apondi Oketch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOGOLA RPI SCH Leonard Otieno Kisege
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOGOLA RPI SCH Rebecca Bisieri Ongaki
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Kogwang Primary School Philip Owino Omboche
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Kogwang Primary School Rose Auma Okuma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH kokwanyo mixed sec Bernard Oluoch Ogembo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH kokwanyo mixed sec Innocent Abongo Muga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH kokwanyo mixed sec Lucy Awuor Olang
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOKWANYO PRI SCH Daniel Dans Orinda
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOKWANYO PRI SCH Dorcas Akinyi Achiando
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOKWANYO PRI SCH Dorine Aoko Omondi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOKWANYO PRI SCH Gordon Okoth Awino
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Kolwa Pri. Sch. Charles Onyango Apunda
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOMBAKA  PRI SCH Nixon Omondi Lusi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOMOLO  PRI SCH Caroline “Akoth Chelangat” Jaoko
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOMOLO  PRI SCH Enock Ochieng Oketch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOSELE  PRI CH Duncan Odhiambo Ombuor
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOSELE  PRI CH Moline Omollo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOSIRA  PRI SCH Beatrice Anyango Ketch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOSIRA  PRI SCH Consalata Akinyi Asoma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOTIENDITI MIXED S.S. Daniel Opiyo Ondiek
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOTIENDITI MIXED S.S. Eunice Kemuma Onyoni
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOTIENDITI PRI SCH Lorene Apondi Nyagah
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOTIENDITI PRI SCH Stephen Okeyo Othira
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOTIENO PRI SCH Elizabeth Ombogo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KOWIDI MIXED SEC Paul Otieno Okombo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KWOYO OYUGIS  SEC Dancun Peter Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KWOYO OYUGIS  SEC Daniel Odhiambo Rapada
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH KWOYO OYUGIS  SEC Steve _ Omondi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH LWANDA LUTHERAN  SEC Amos “Otieno Abonyo” Okongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH LWANDA LUTHERAN  SEC Hermmerson Omiti Owuor
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH LWANDA LUTHERAN  SEC James Ponti Otwere
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH LWANDA RPI SCH Dannish Otieno Ojwang
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH LWANDA RPI SCH Denis Okumu Obunde
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH MANGA Monicah Akinyi Ojwang
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH MANG’ANGA  RPI SCH Monica Atieno Okoth
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH MASANGA PRI SCH Erick Odhiambo Oswago
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH MASOGO  PRI SCH Gideon Oddhiambo Ongidi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH MAWIRA PRI SCH Arthur Oluoch Odero
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Migwa Primary School Daniel Otieno Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH mithui mixed  sec sch Justus Ngala Maganga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH MITHUI PRI SCH Okeo “Godfrey Edward” Obonyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH MITITI  SEC  SCH. Jeremiah Ojala Olumo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH MUMBO  PRI SCH Dorothy Omollo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Mwamba Primary School Benter Adhiambo Ondigo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Nandi Primary School Jackson Osodo Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NJURA  PRI SCH Monica Akinyi Ochilo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NJURA  PRI SCH Naomi Nthenya Koi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYABOLA Isaiah Odiwuor Ongiyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Nyabondo Milimani Primary School Hesborn Onyango Aroko
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Nyabondo Milimani Primary School Thabita Koroboi Gitura
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAGOWA  LUTHERAN  MIXED Calvine Otieno Ambwara
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAGOWA  LUTHERAN  MIXED Celestine Damar Ogollah
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAGOWA  LUTHERAN  MIXED Charles Ochieng Asugo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAGOWA  LUTHERAN  MIXED Isaac Jelick Owuor
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAGOWA PRIMARY SCHOOL Eunice Atieno Nashon
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAHERA GIRLS David Odima Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAHERA GIRLS James Opere Ochieng
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAHERA GIRLS Joaness Obunga Oyieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAHERA PRI SCH Jane Akinyi Obiero
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAKIYA MODEL SECONDARY Sylvia Moraa Momanyi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAKIYA PRI SCH Charles Odongo Omwaga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAKIYA PRI SCH Nahashon Julu Aguk
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Nyakwaka Primary School Carlyle “Juma Thomas” Ochieng
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYALENDA  PRI SCH Lameck “Ouma Omollo” Agiro
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYALENDA MIXED SEC Enock Amollo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYALENDA MIXED SEC Winfred Akoth Ayanga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Nyambare Mixed Secondary School Alex Omondi Arocho
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Nyambori Primary School Hilda Apiyo Apolo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Nyamwaga ELCK Econdary School Johanes Kenyatta Ochiewo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAMWAGA PRI SCH Charles Juma Sengre
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAMWAGA PRI SCH Jacinta Awino Juma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAMWAGA PRI SCH Reuben Apaka Abutoh
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYANDIWA  PRI SCH Thomas Otina Ogal
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYANDIWA MIXED SEC SCH CATHERINE REBAH WANYAMA
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYANDOLO PRI SCH Shem Ochieng Ota
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYANDUMA PRI  SCH Jane Achieng Okidi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYANGIELA Elly Omondi Lusi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYANGIELA George Nyongesa Obonyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYANGIELA Mary “C Boaz” Obonyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYANGIELA Shadrack David Osodo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYANGIELA Sipora Atieno Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYARABI Robina “N. Ouima” Nafungo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYASORE MIXED DAY Godfrey Ochieng Ouma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYASORE MIXED DAY Peter Otieno Oketch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYASORE PRI SCH Carren Atieno Okuku
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYATINDO MIXED SEC Lameck Ochieng Omollo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYATINDO MIXED SEC Wenslaus Oduor Ojiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYATINDO PRI SCH David Opiyo Achola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYATINDO PRI SCH Pamela Atieno Oluoch
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAWANGO PRI SCH James Odiwuor Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH NYAWANGO PRI SCH Robert Mboya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OBER BOYS PRI SCH Dorothy Achieng Ouma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OBER BOYS PRI SCH Noah Otieno Okoth
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OBER MIXED PRI SCH Job Otieno Ondiek
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OBER MIXED PRI SCH Sophy Achieng Opiyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OBER MIXED PRI SCH Stanley Okoth Odera
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OBER SECONDARY SCHOOL Effie “Awino Njoga” Odede
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OBER SECONDARY SCHOOL Judith Aoko Okong’o
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OBER SECONDARY SCHOOL Nancy Sasati Mwendi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OBER SECONDARY SCHOOL Verah Anyango Koloo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Odirno Pri Mecheo Abuga Jared
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OGENGA  PRI SCH Josephine Mokeira Mwencha
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OGERA  PRI CH Joyce Adhiambo Oude
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OGILO MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Maurine N Simiyu
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OGILO MIXED DAY SECONDARY SCHOOL Nancy Akoth Ogallo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OJWANDO PRI SCH Jenipher Atieno Masanga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OMBEK  PRI SCH Fredrick Eliazar Odhimbo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OMBEK  PRI SCH George Ogira Okech
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OMBEK  PRI SCH John Odhiambo Ojunga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Ombek Lutheran Secondary School Walter Ochieng Ooga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OMIRO S S Jacqeen Vider Koyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Omolo Mado Primary School David Okello Arogo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Omolo Mado Primary School Kenneth Odhiambo Deya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OMUGA PRI SCH Joshua Onyango Ogika
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ONDIKO  PRI SCH Dorothy Achieng Opiyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ONDIWA GAMBA PRI  SCH Mark Nyabengi Ongera
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Ongoro Mixed Secondary School Aggrey Ilavonga Magwaga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OOGO  PRI SCH Lovingtone Adongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ORERA  PRI SCH Vincent Sule Olweny
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ORERA MIXED SEC Judith Adhiambo Aron
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ORIANG PRI SCH Christine Akinyi Ouko
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ORIRI  PRIMARY SCHOOL George Owuor Kitondo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ORIRI  PRIMARY SCHOOL Jacob Onyango Owuor
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ORIRI  PRIMARY SCHOOL Mary Adhiambo Nyambok
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ORIRI  PRIMARY SCHOOL Milton Otieno Oduor
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OSURI PRI SCH Collins Ouma Onyango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OTEL  PRI SCH Jane Nechesa Werimo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Otel Mixed Secondary School Erick Otieno Mwalo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OTHORO PRI SCH Allan Okeyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OTHORO PRI SCH Douglas Ongeri Mwamba
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OTHORO PRI SCH Grace Akinyi Ogola
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Otondo Mixed Secondary School Esther Awuor Odhiala
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OTULA PRI SCH Norah Achieng Erick
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OWIRO PRI SCH Samuel Otieno Odera
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH OYUGIS PRI SCH Edith Modi Ndiege
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH PALA MIXED SCH Julius Napali Imbenzi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH PALA PRI  SCH Elly Odhiambo Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Pany Komolo Primary School Reuben Isaiah Kambuni
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Pany Komolo Primary School Tom Mboya Okwanyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RADIENYA PRI SCH Josphine Adhiambo Oliech
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RAGOGO PRIMARY SCHOOL Jackline Chepkemei
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RAGOGO PRIMARY SCHOOL Kennedy Owour
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RAGOGO PRIMARY SCHOOL Thomas Juma Oguok
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RAWINJI PRI SCH Ben Obonyo Owade
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RAWINJI PRI SCH Linet Adhiambo Agele
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RINGA  RPI SCH Moses Ochola Ouma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RINGA  RPI SCH Rose Anyango Okeyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RINGA  RPI SCH Theophilus Ogola Nyaoke
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RINGA SEC SCHOOL Austine Muma Okello
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RINGA SEC SCHOOL Benard Omondi Andedo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RINGA SEC SCHOOL Divinah Morangi Omwenga
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RINGA SEC SCHOOL Evans Ndhiwa Ogongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RINGA SEC SCHOOL Lazarus Ombayi Rimba
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RINGA SEC SCHOOL Michael Olual Onyango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RINGA SEC SCHOOL Tolbart Forssels Osiare
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Rongo Primary School Jackline Barongo Okworo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH RUNGU PRI SCH Roseline Akumu Odipo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SARAMBA PRI SCH Caleb Otieno Okul
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SARAMBA PRI SCH Collins Onyango Arogo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SARAMBA PRI SCH Dorothy Adhiambo Odongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SARAMBA PRI SCH Rose Atieno Akongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SAYE   MIXED SEC Barnard Otieno Opiyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SAYE   MIXED SEC Cythia Akinyi Odongo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SAYE   MIXED SEC Jacob Ochieng Ogony
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Siany Lutheran Mixed Secondary School Alice Akoth Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SIANY PRI SCH Alloyce O Olale
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH Sikri Vocational Tr. Ctre Philip Onyango Were
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SIMBIRI PRI SCH Asenath Awour Kung’a
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SIMBIRI PRI SCH Edinah Obisi Getuno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SIMBIRI PRI SCH Jane “N. Bichang’a” Nyaata
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SIMBIRI PRI SCH William Otieno Auma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SINO D.O.H PRI SCH Eunice Soona Juma
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SINO D.O.H PRI SCH George Odede Ochieng
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SINO S.D.A PRI SCH Edwin Odhiambo Akello
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH SINO SDA MIXED SECONDARY SCHOOL Mabel Minayo Aludira
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST PAUL ORIANG SEC Syoma Reuben Odhiambo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST, TERESA’S OPANGA SECONDARY Cherine Lando Yugi
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST, TERESA’S OPANGA SECONDARY Cyprian A Songa
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST, TERESA’S OPANGA SECONDARY Fredrick Ochieng Okeyo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST, TERESA’S OPANGA SECONDARY Joseph Odhiambo Ombai
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST, TERESA’S OPANGA SECONDARY Kevin Onyango Odero
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH St. Anne’s Ojwando Girls Seco School Snighter Akinyi Onyango
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST. PETER KEGONGA Beryl Akinyi Nyaoke
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST. PETER KEGONGA Danice Otieno Awinda
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST. PETER KEGONGA John Onyango Odoro
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST. PETER KEGONGA Peter Olaaba Owuori
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH St. Peters God Agak Mixed Sec. School Odundo Odhiambo Tobias
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST. PETERS KOTIENO MIXED George Ouma Ong’wen
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH ST. PETERS KOTIENO MIXED Lucy Ochieng Ngwena
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH St. Philips Nyabondo Secondary School Beatrice Akoth Ambonya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH St. Philips Nyabondo Secondary School Nicholas Ogada Owang’
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH St. Philips Nyabondo Secondary School Peter Ouma Obuor
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH UMAI PRI SCH Cyprine Mboya
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH UMAI PRI SCH George Otieno Bande
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH UMAI PRI SCH Margaret Nyamboche Atieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH WIRE MIXED Kenneth Ouko Ndede
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH WIRE PRI SCH Kennedy Okoth Oindo
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH WIRE PRI SCH Scholastica Moraa Mose
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH wire special sch Ezekiel Kobe Kobe
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH YALA KOTIENO SEC Churchil Omondi Otieno
HOMABAY RACHUONYO SOUTH YALA KOTIENO SEC Jorim Omondi Okeyo
HOMABAY SUBA GENDO Halmad Odhiambo Ming’awo
HOMABAY SUBA GINGO  SEC SCH Clarice _ Awuor
HOMABAY SUBA God Bura Primary School Pheobe Akoth Gor
HOMABAY SUBA God Oloo Mixed Secondary School Enock Omondi Ooko
HOMABAY SUBA God Oloo Primary School John Kogembo Okoth
HOMABAY SUBA God Oloo Primary School Maurice Oyugi Onyango
HOMABAY SUBA Got Adundo Primary School Barrack Okoth Odundo
HOMABAY SUBA Got Adundo Primary School John Kamala Odoyo
HOMABAY SUBA Got Adundo Primary School Maurice Ogalo Ng’ongo
HOMABAY SUBA Got Adundo Primary School Willice Vincent Ongang’a
HOMABAY SUBA Governor Awiti Kisenye pri sch Cecilia Apiyo Okumu
HOMABAY SUBA John Mbadi Oma Mixed Secodary School Sara Naswa Khamala
HOMABAY SUBA KIANYUMBA Steve Omondi Ogejo
HOMABAY SUBA KIBUOGI PRIMARY SCHOOL Nehemiah Onyango
HOMABAY SUBA KIBUOGI PRIMARY SCHOOL Vincent Okomo Otieno
HOMABAY SUBA Kichare Primary School Jacktone Otieno Oyier
HOMABAY SUBA Kiembe Mixed Day Secondary School David Ouma Ochola
HOMABAY SUBA Kiembe Mixed Day Secondary School Gift Ochieng OLOO
HOMABAY SUBA Kimange Primary School Loisa Osure Akeyo
HOMABAY SUBA Kimoro Primary School Ambaso Benta Adhiambo
HOMABAY SUBA Kimoro Primary School Jacqueline Achieng’ Abuto
HOMABAY SUBA Kinchororio Primary School Kennedy Matiku Odero
HOMABAY SUBA Kirambo Primary School Dorothy Akumu Magware
HOMABAY SUBA Kisaku Mixed Secondary School Thadeus Odoyo Osewe
HOMABAY SUBA Kisegi Primary School Johnson Omwity Wasyongoh
HOMABAY SUBA Kitawa Primary School Brendah Anyango Ochieng
HOMABAY SUBA Kithereka Primary School Isaac Tinega Ombwori
HOMABAY SUBA KIWA Fredrick Seko Kinyagah
HOMABAY SUBA KOYOMBE Fredrick Oyuga Opiyo
HOMABAY SUBA KUMUINDA  PR.SCH. Fellix Mahaya Madiva
HOMABAY SUBA Lwanda Primary School Amos Magembe Machogu
HOMABAY SUBA Lwanda Primary School Jane Ochieng Achola
HOMABAY SUBA Magunga Primary School Irene Akoth Molo
HOMABAY SUBA MANYALA Lillianne Muyogah Nyando
HOMABAY SUBA Mark Matunga Secondary School DAVID OKELLO ONGORO
HOMABAY SUBA Mark Matunga Secondary School Samuel Owino Achar
HOMABAY SUBA Matunga Primary School Julius Kabinga Nyakeriga
HOMABAY SUBA Miramba Primary School Gladys Akoth Oyier
HOMABAY SUBA Miriya Primary School Tom Oduor Owili
HOMABAY SUBA MOI GIRLS SECONDARY – SINDO William Outa Ogola
HOMABAY SUBA MSARE  primary Pamela Achieng Orao
HOMABAY SUBA MSARE SEC SCH Austine Odhiambo Ojwang
HOMABAY SUBA MSARE SEC SCH Phelix Otieno Odenyo
HOMABAY SUBA MSARE SEC SCH Winstone Churchil Otieno
HOMABAY SUBA MUKUYU PRIMARY SCHOOL Iscah Akinyi Ochieng
HOMABAY SUBA MUKUYU PRIMARY SCHOOL Jac Angira Okomboh
HOMABAY SUBA MWIREGWA Amos Okwiri
HOMABAY SUBA MWIRENDIA PRI Jamhuri Ouma Kotieno
HOMABAY SUBA MWIYOYO Emmanuel Mahegere Otaigo
HOMABAY SUBA MWIYOYO Simon Sagini Matikou
HOMABAY SUBA NGERI Melky Mbogo K’odwar
HOMABAY SUBA NYABERA Beatrice Akech Ooro
HOMABAY SUBA Nyabera Girls Secondary School George Oluoch Ogaolla
HOMABAY SUBA Nyaburu Primary School Everlyne Kerubo Seme
HOMABAY SUBA Nyaburu Primary School Fredrick Akunga Ongera
HOMABAY SUBA NYAGWETHE  SEC SCH Elisha Omondi Miyawa
HOMABAY SUBA NYAGWETHE  SEC SCH Joel Oduk Okuku
HOMABAY SUBA NYAGWETHE  SEC SCH Kevince Owino Magolloh
HOMABAY SUBA NYAGWETHE  SEC SCH Peter Owaga Owino
HOMABAY SUBA NYAKASERA PRIMARY Daniel Ochieng Oragi
HOMABAY SUBA NYAMADEDE Phelix Odhiambo Magoma
HOMABAY SUBA Nyandiwa Primary School Jared Ochola Magaro
HOMABAY SUBA Nyandiwa Primary School Peter Okeyo Ngure
HOMABAY SUBA Nyandiwa Primary School Romanus Odero Odoyo
HOMABAY SUBA Nyandiwa Primary School Wilfred Jumbe Owiso
HOMABAY SUBA Nyandiwa Primary School William Ouke Ayiera
HOMABAY SUBA Nyatambe Primary School Evance Omondi Sila
HOMABAY SUBA NYATAMBE SEC John Ochieng Odingo
HOMABAY SUBA NYATOTO MIXED SEC Belinda Auma Ongoro
HOMABAY SUBA Nyenga Primary School William Odhiambo Obeto
HOMABAY SUBA OBANGA MIXED SEC Joel Ochieng Omullo
HOMABAY SUBA Obanga Primary School Harrison Okoth Akech
HOMABAY SUBA Ogaka Primary School Meshack Ogutu Opiyo
HOMABAY SUBA Ogaka Primary School Thomas John Wamoh
HOMABAY SUBA OLANDO PRIMARY SCHOOL Faith Akinyi Otieno
HOMABAY SUBA Ongalo Primary School George Okello Odhiambo
HOMABAY SUBA Ongalo Primary School Jared Otieno Akoth
HOMABAY SUBA ONGAYO Rebecca Phares Ojanga
HOMABAY SUBA ONGAYO Susan Akinyi Otunga
HOMABAY SUBA ONGONGO PRIMARY SCHOOL Tobias Nyango’r Kobondi
HOMABAY SUBA ONYWERA Joshua Ogoya Okanya
HOMABAY SUBA ONYWERA Maurice Saka Otieno
HOMABAY SUBA ONYWERA SEC SCHOOL Shadrack Oula Awino
HOMABAY SUBA Osiri Primary School George Okelo Ng’ongo
HOMABAY SUBA Osiri Primary School Raphael Ongonga Mwasi
HOMABAY SUBA Osiri Primary School Samuel Omolo Owiti
HOMABAY SUBA RAGWE Bernard Odekah Nyamory
HOMABAY SUBA RAGWE VINCENT MAGWARO ONSARE
HOMABAY SUBA RAMULA PRIMARY SCHOOL Eunice Kwamboka Okinyi
HOMABAY SUBA SANJWERU Elisha Otieno Ong’ado
HOMABAY SUBA Seka Mixed Secondary School Vincent Okeyo Magwal
HOMABAY SUBA SINDO Richard Ngongo Obilo
HOMABAY SUBA Sokoni Primary School George “Justus Onuko” Olumo
HOMABAY SUBA ST. GABRIEL’S GWASSI SEC Patrick Odero Aura
HOMABAY SUBA St. Joseph Olando Secondary School Dennis Moseti Bogonko
HOMABAY SUBA ST. JOSEPH’S MUKIUNDU PRI Christine Akinyi Otieno
HOMABAY SUBA St. Marcellin Kigoto Secondary School Phelix Ochieng Owiti
HOMABAY SUBA St. Marcellin Kigoto Secondary School Victor Achuodho Omondi
HOMABAY SUBA St. Peter Kibura Primary School Phinehas Otieno Kirina
HOMABAY SUBA ST.CHARLES WIGA SEC SCHOOL Aloice Obunga Oyuga
HOMABAY SUBA TONGA  S.S. Christopher Gabby Oyundi
HOMABAY SUBA TONGA  S.S. Paul Junior Obiero
HOMABAY SUBA VICTOR MUSOGA Jared Magara Matoke
HOMABAY SUBA WIGA Fredrick Omutto Obunga
HOMABAY SUBA YONGO PRI SCHOOL Abel Moranga Matundura
HOMABAY Tsc County Office-Homabay Tsc County Office-Homabay Amos Otieno Nyakwaka
HOMABAY Tsc County Office-Homabay Tsc County Office-Homabay Faith Chepngeno Mutai
HOMABAY Tsc County Office-Homabay Joseph Ombati Mageto
HOMABAY TSC Unit – Rachuonyo South Paul Were

CBC Upper Primary Subjects (Grade 4, 5, 6)

Upper Primary Subjects (Grade 4, 5, 6)

CBC Middle School Education/Photo Source

Upper primary is part of middle school. Upper primary has Grade 4, 5, 6. Subjects taught in upper primary include:

  •  English
  • Kiswahili or Kenya Sign Language
  • Home Science
  • Agriculture
  • Science and Technology
  • Mathematics
  • Religious Education (CRE or IRE or HRE)
  • Creative Arts
  • Physical and Health Education
  • Social Studies

Optional subjects taught in upper primary include;

Foreign Languages (Arabic, French, German, Mandarin)

  • Indigenous languages
  • Kenyan Sign Language
  • Braille literacy

NB: ICT should be included in all learning areasThere should also be pastoral program once in a week.

HISTORY SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (EDITABLE)

WEEK

LESSON

TOPIC

SUB-TOPIC

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

TEACHING/LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

TEACHING/LEARNING

RESOURCES

REFERENCES

REMARKS

SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORY FORM ONE

TERM I

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Introduction to History and Government

 

 

 

–         Meaning of history

–         Meaning of Government

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define the term history

(b)    Explain the meaning of the term government

 

·        Explaining the meaning of the terms history and government

·        Student writing down important points

·        Asking questions

·        Answering questions

·        Note taking by the teacher on the chalk board

 

·        Chalk board

·        Students book

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Handouts

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government page 1-2

·     Evolving world Bk 21 page 1-2

·     K.I.E Bk 1 page 1-2

·     K.L.B Bk 1 page 1-2

·     Gateway page 1

 
   

2

 

Introduction to history and government

 

Sources of information on history and Government

–        Unwritten source

–        Oral tradition

–        Limitations of oral tradition

–        Archeology

–        Paleontology

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify the source of information on history and Government. Oral traditions and its limitations

(b)    Archeology

(c)     Paleontology

 

·        Explanation

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Giving assignment

·        Note taking

 

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Maps

·        Picture

·        Handouts

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government page 2-4

·     Evolving world Bk 21 page 1-2

·     K.I.E Bk 1 page 6-15

·     K.L.B Bk 1 page 2-6

·     Gateway Revision page 1

 
  3  

Introduction to History and Government

 

Anthropology

Geology

Genetics

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain anthropology, Geology and Genetics as sources of information on History and Government

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Answering questions

·        Asking questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Text book

·        Hand outs

·        Picture maps

·        Realia

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government page 26-27

·     Evolving world Bk 21 page 1-2

·     K.I.E Bk 1 page 8-10

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 4

·     Gateway Revision page 2-3

 

 
 

5

 

1

 

Introduction to History and Government

 

–        Linguistics

–        Ethnology

–        Resources person

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain linguistics ethnology and resource persons

(b)    A source of information on History and Government

(c)     State advantages and limitations of linguistics

 

·        Explanations on content

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Chart

·        Realia

·        Hand outs

·        Students book

·        Audio Visual Radio

 

·     Milestone in History and Government page 6-7

·     Milestone Teachers guide 226

·     Evolving world Bk 21 page 12-15

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 2-6

·     Gateway Revision page 3-4

 

 
   

2

 

Introduction to History and Government

 

–        Mass media

–        Written sources and their limitations

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

(a)    Explain mass media and written sources of information on History

(b)    State the limitations of written sources

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Students book

·        Audio visual radio

 

·     Milestone in History and Government page 6-7

·     Milestone Teachers guide 226

·     Evolving world Bk 21 page 12-15

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 2-6

·     Gateway Revision page 3-4

 

 
   

3

 

Introduction to History and Government

 

–        Importance of studying history

–        Importance of studying Government

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the importance of studying History and Government

 

–        Explaining the importance of studying history and Government

–        Note taking

–        Discussions

–        Asking questions

–        Answering questions

 

·        Picture

·        Handouts

·        Teachers book

·        Students book

·        Charts

·        Realia

 

 

·     Milestone in History and Government page 6-7

·     Milestone Teachers guide 26

·     Evolving world Bk 21 page 4-5

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 6-7

·     Gateway Revision page 3-4

 

 
 

6

 

1

 

Early Man

 

The origin of early man

–        Mythical theory

–        Creation theory

–        Evolution theory

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin of man as given in the mythical theory, creation and evolution theory

 

·        Discussions on the origin of man

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Teachers guide book

·        Charts

·        maps

 

·     Milestone in History and Government page 8-9

·     Milestone Teachers guide 26

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 16

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 8-9

·     Gateway Revision page 3-4

 

 
   

2

 

Early man

 

Evolution of Man

–        Meaning of evolution

–        Stages in the evolution of man

–        Aegyptopitism

–        Dryopitr

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    explain and identify the stages through which a man evolved

(b)    Aegytopithecus

(c)     Dryopithecus

·        Explaining the stages of evolution

·        Discussing time different features of man at each stage

·        Asking and answering question

·        Note taking

 

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Hand outs

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government page 9-11

·     Milestone Teachers guide 26

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 17-29

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 9-21

·     Gateway Revision page 5

 

 
   

3

 

Early man

 

Kenyapithecus (Kenya ape) and Ramapithecus (Asian Ape)

Australopithecus

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify and explain the stages through which man evolved i.e

–        kenyapithecus

–        Ramapithecus

–        Australopithecus

 

·        Explaining the stages of evolution

·        Discussing

·        Describing

·        Answering questions

·        Asking questions

 

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·        Pictures

·        Hand outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page 11-12

·     Milestone Teachers guide 31

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 19-22

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 11-16

 

 
 

7

 

1

 

Early man

 

Evolution of man

Homohabilis (handy man)

Homo Erectures (upright man)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the stages through which man evolved i.e homohabilis and erectus

 

·        Explanation

·        Discussing

·        Describing

·        Questions and answers

 

·        Chart

·        Pictures

·        Students book

·        Teachers book

·        Realia

·        Hand outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page 13-14

·     Milestone Teachers guide 31

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 11-14

 

 
   

2

 

Early Man

 

Homo Sapies( intelligent man

Rhodesium man

Neanderthan man

Cro-magnion

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    State characteristics of Homo sapies, Rhodesium, cro-magnon

(b)    Explain the stages through which man evolved

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Questions and answers

 

·        Text book

·        Maps

·        Pictures/photographs

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page 13-14

·     Milestone Teachers guide 31

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 22-23

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 14-16

·     Gateway Revision page 7

 

 
   

3

 

Early man

 

Evolution of man

Homo sapiens

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the stages through which man evolved 1.e Homo Sapiens, Sapiens

(b)    State the characteristics of Homo Sapiens-Sapiens

 

·        Drawing a picture of Homo sapiens sapiens

·        Note taking

·        Explaining the characteristics of Homo Sapiens Sapiens

 

 

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Revision

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page 14-15

·     Milestone Teachers guide 31

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 23-24

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 16

·     Gateway Revision page 7

 

 
 

8

 

1

 

Early man

 

Cultural and economic practices of early man

Early stone age/ lower paleolithition and 2nd phase

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the cultural and economic practices of man during the milestone age

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Documentaries

·        Gateway revision

·        Resource person

·        Views pages

·        Cuttings

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page 14-15

·     Milestone Teachers guide 31

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 24-28

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 16-20

·     Gateway Revision page 7

 

 
   

2

 

Early man

 

Middle stone age/middle Paleolithic use and 2nd phases

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the cultural and economic practices of man during the late stone age

(b)    Explain the economic practices of man during their stage

 

·        Explaining the cultural and economic practices of early man in middle stone age

·        Discussions

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Realie

·        Resource person

·        Documentary

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Hand outs

·        pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page 17-18

·     Milestone Teachers guide 31

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 24-28

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 18-19

·     Gateway Revision page 8-9

 

 
   

3

 

Early man

 

The late stone age/upper Paleolithic 15,000-8,000 years ago

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the cultural and economic practices of man during the late stone age

(b)    Explain the economic practices of man during their stage

 

·        Explanation

·        Discussions

·        Note taking

·        Asking questions and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Realie

·        Resource person

·        Documentary

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Hand outs

·        Pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page 18-19

·     Milestone Teachers guide 31

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 27

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 19-21

·     Gateway Revision page 9-10

 

 
 

9

 

1

 

Development of Agriculture

 

–        Development of early Agriculture

–        Beginning of crop growing

–        The beginning of animal domestication

 

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    State factors that contribute to the beginning of crop growing

(b)    State factors that led to domestication of animals

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Demonstrations

·        Drawing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Hand outs

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Teacher’s guide

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page 20-21

·     Milestone Teachers guide 35-36

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 30-33

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 22-24

·     Gateway Revision page 11-12

 

 

 
   

2

 

Development of Agriculture

 

–        Early Agriculture in Egypt

–        Characteristics of early Agriculture

–        Impact of Early Agriculture in Egypt

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    State the characteristics of early Agriculture

(b)    Explain the impact of early Agriculture in Egypt

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Drawing map of Egypt

·        Note taking

 

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Picture

·        Hand outs

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page 21-23

·     Milestone Teachers guide 36

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 36-38

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 24-26

 

 
   

3

 

Development of Agriculture

 

–        Early Agriculture in Mesopotamian

–        Characteristic of early Agriculture in Mesopotamia

–        Impacts of early Agriculture in Mesopotamia

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify the characteristics of early Agriculture in Mesopotamia

(b)    Explain the impacts of early Agriculture in Mesopotamia

 

·        Explanation

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Resource person

·        documents

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page 23-25, 24-26

·     Milestone Teachers guide 36

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 34-35

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 25-26

 

 
 

10

 

1

 

Development of Early Agriculture

 

The Agricultural Revolution

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define the term Agrarian Revolution

(b)    Explain the farming methods in Britain after the Agrarian Revolution

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Writing down important points

·        Demonstrating

 

·        Photographs

·        Text book

·        Teachers guide

·        Hand-outs

·        Charts

·        Map

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

·        News paper cutting

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page 26-27,

·     Milestone Teachers guide 36-37

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 39-41

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 25-26

·     Gateway Revision Page 14-15

 

 

 

 
   

2

 

Development of Agriculture

 

Farming methods after Agrarian Revolution

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the farming methods in Britain after the Agrarian Revolution

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Hand-outs

·        Picture

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Resource person

·        documents

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  26-28

·     Milestone Teachers guide 36-37

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 40-42

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 28-30

·     Gateway Revision Page 14-15

 

 
   

3

 

Development of Agriculture

 

–        Effects of Agrarian Revolution in Britain

–        Agrarian Revolution in U.S.A

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the effects of the Agrarian Revolution in Britain

(b)    Explain the factors that contributed to Agrarian Revolution in U.S.A

 

·        Explaining the effects of Agrarian Revolution in Britain and factors contributing to Agrarian Revolution in U.S.A

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Picture

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Charts

·        Resource person

·        documents

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  28-33

·     Milestone Teachers guide 36-37

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 42-44

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 30-33

·     Gateway Revision Page 15-17

 

 
 

11

 

1

 

Development of Agriculture

 

–        Effects of Agrarian Revolution in U.S.A

–        Food situation in Africa and the role of the world

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    State the effects of Agrarian period from U.S.A

(b)    Explain the food situation in Africa and the rest of the world

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  32-34

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 45-46

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 33

 

 
   

2

 

Development of Agriculture

 

–        Factors contributing to food shortage in Africa

–        Remedies of food shortage

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify the factors contributing to food shortage in Africa and the rest of the world

(b)    Identify effects of food shortage

(c)     Explain the remedies to food shortage in Africa and the rest of the world

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Drawings

 

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  29-33

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 45-50

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 33-36

·     Gateway Revision Page 17-19

 

 
   

3

 

The people of Kenya up to the 19th Century

 

–        Early inhabitants

–        Origin, migration and settlement of people of Kenya

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Trace the origin, migration and settlement of the people of Kenya

 

·        Discussions

·        Drawing the map of Kenya showing the early inhabitants

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Maps

·        Chart

·        Pattern

·        handouts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  39-40

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42-43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 51-52

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 38-39

 

 
 

12

 

1

 

The people of Kenya up to the 19th Century

 

Origin, migration and settlement of the Eastern cushites

–        Rendile

–        Somali

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin, migration and settlement of the Eastern Cushites i.e Rendile and Somali

(b)    State factors and reasons for their migrations

(c)     State results of their migration of settlement

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Hand-outs

·        pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  39-40

·     Milestone 40-41 Teachers guide 43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 52-53

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 48

·     Gateway Revision page

 

 
   

2

 

The people of Kenya up to 19th Century

 

Origin, migration and settlement of Bantu

Factors that led to the migration of the Western Bantu

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    State the reasons for the migration of the Bantus

(b)    Explain the reasons of their settlements

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Writing down important points

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        handouts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  41

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 52-53

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 48-49

 

 
   

3

 

The people of Kenya up to the 19th Century

 

Origin, migration and settlement of Bantu

Factors that led to the migration if the western Bantu

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    State the reasons for the migration of the Bantus

(b)    Explain the reasons for their settlements

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Demonstration

 

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·        Hand-outs

·        pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  41-42

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42-43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 53-56

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 40-42

 

 

 
 

13

 

1-3

 

Revision and Exams

 

Revision and Exams

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Revise the terms work and be in a position to answer the questions asked in the exam

 

·        Revising for exams 1

 

·        Exam papers

·        Pens

·        Text book

 

·     Question papers

·     Revision books

·     Text books

·     notes

 
END OF TERM ONE EXAMINATIONS
SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORYY FORM ONE

TERM II

 

1

 

1

 

The people of  Kenya up to 19th century

 

Origin, migration and settlement of

–   Abaluhya

–   Abagusii

–   Abakuria

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    State the causes of migration of Abaluhya, Abagusiii and Abakuria

(b)    Explain the origin and settlement of Abaluhya, Abagusii and Abakuria

 

·        explaining the origin, migration and settlement of Abagusii, Abaluhya and Abakuria

·        discussions

·        demonstrating

·        drawing of maps showing migration patterns

 

·        students book

·        teachers guide

·        maps

·        charts

·        pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  42-44

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42-43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 55-56

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 40-42

·     High flyer page 10

 

 

 
   

2

 

The people of Kenya up to 19th Century

 

Origin, migration and settlement of the Eastern Bantu

–        Mt. Kenya Bantus e.g Aembu, Ameru, Akamba, Agikuyu

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin, migration and settlement of Eastern Bantu i.e Mt. Kenya Bantu e.g

–        Aembu

–        Ameru

–        Akamba

–        Agikuyu

(b)    Explain the results of Eastern Bantu migration

 

·        Drawing

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        demonstrating

 

·        students book

·        teachers guide

·        maps

·        charts

·        pictures

·        handouts

·        realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  44-45

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42-43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 56-58

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 43

·     Golden Tips pages 21-22

·     High Flyer page 10

 

 

 
   

3

 

The people of Kenya up to 19th Century

 

Origin, migration and settlement of

–        Costal bantu

–        Taita

–        Pokomo

–        Mijikende

–        Waswahili

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    explain the origin, migration and settlement of the Costal Bantu

 

 

·        discussions

·        explanations

·        asking and answering questions

 

·        maps

·        students book

·        teachers guide

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  46-47

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42-43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 56-58

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 43-44

·     Golden Tips pages 21

·     High Flyer page 10-11

 
 

2

 

1

 

The People of Kenya up to the 19th Century

 

Origin, migration and settlement of the River lake nilotes

–        luo

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    explain the origin, migration of the river lake nilotes

(b)    – luo

(c)     Explain the causes and results of migration

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  47-48

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42-43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 58-59

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 45-47

·     Golden Tips pages 22

·     High Flyer page 11

 

 
   

2

 

The people of Kenya up to the 19th Century

 

Origin, migration and settlement of the highland nilotes

–        Nandi

–        Kipsigis

–        Tugen

–        Pokot

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin, migration and settlement of the Nandi, Kipsigis, Tugen, Pokot

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photos

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  48-49

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42-43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 47-48

·     Golden Tips pages 23

 
   

3

 

The people of Kenya up to 19th Century

 

Origin, migration and settlement of the highlands Nilotes

–        The maasai

–        The Iteso

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    State the causes of Highland Nilotes migrations

(b)    Explain the origin, migration and settlement of the maasai and Iteso

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanation

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Drawing maps

 

·        Photos

·        Students books

·        Teachers Guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  49-51

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42-43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 61-62

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 47-48

·     Golden Tips pages 23

 

 
 

3

 

1

 

The People of Kenya up to the 19th Century

 

Results of the migration and settlement of the Bantu

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the results of the migration and settlement of the Bantu

 

·        Explaining

·        Asking and answering questions

·        discussions

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers Guide

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  51

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42-43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 58

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 49-51

·     Golden Tips pages 24

 

 
   

2

 

The people of Kenya up to the 19th Century

 

Results of the migration and settlement of the plain Nilotes

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the results of migration and settlement of the Plan Nilotes

 

·        Explaining results of the migration and settlement of the Plain Nilotes

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Hand outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  51-52

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 60-61

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 47-51

·     Golden Tips pages 23

·     High Flyer page 11

 

 
   

3

 

The people of Kenya up to the 19th Century

 

Results of the migration and settlement of the highland Nilotes

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

9a) explain the results of the migration and settlement of the highland Nilotes

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Answering and asking questions

 

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Charts

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  52-53

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 61

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 48-51

·     Golden Tips pages 24

·     High Flyer page 11

 

 
 

4

 

1

 

The people of Kenya up to the 19th Century

 

Results of the migration and settlement of the Cushites

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the results of the migration and settlement of the Cushites

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Answering and asking questions

 

 

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  53

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 53

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 48-51

·     Golden Tips pages 24

 

 
   

2

 

Social Economic and political organization of Kenya societies in 19th Century

 

–        Bantu

–        Agikuyu social economic organization

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the social economic organization of the Agikuyu

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Drawing maps

 

·        Charts

·        Photographs

·        Students books

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  54-55

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 63

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 52

·     Golden Tips pages 26

·     High Flyer page 12

 

 
   

3

 

Social, economics and Political origins of Kenyan societies in the 19th century

 

–        Bantus

–        Politics of the Agikuyu

–        Social and economic organization of the Ameru

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political organization of the Agikuyu

(b)    Discuss the social and economics organization of the Ameru

 

·        Explaining the political organization of the Agikuyu

·        Discussing the social and economic organization of the Ameru

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Maps

·        Hand-outs

·        charts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  55-56

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 66-68

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 52-54

·     Golden Tips pages 26

·     High Flyer page 12-13

 

 
 

5

 

1

 

Social economic and political organization of Kenya societies in the 19th century

 

The political organization of the Ameru

The political social and economic organization of Akamba

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political organization of the Ameru

(b)    The political, social, and economics organization of the Akamba

 

·        Explaining the political organization of the ameru

·        Political, social and economic organization of the Akamba

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  56-58

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 68-69

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 53-55

·     Golden Tips pages 27

 

 
   

2

 

Social, Economic and political organization of Kenyan societies in the 19th century

 

The social, economic and political organization of the Abagusii

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the social, economics and political organization of the Abagusii

 

·        Explaining the social, economic and political organization

·        Discussion

·        Asking and answering questions on the content cover

 

·        Photos

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers Guide

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  58-59

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 70-71

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 56

·     Golden Tips pages 27

 

 
   

3

 

Social economic and political organization of Kenyan societies in the 19th Century

 

The social, economic, political organization of the Mijikenda

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the social economic and political organization of the Mijikenda

 

·        Discussing the social, economic and political organization of the Mijikenda

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers Guide

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  59-60

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 71-72

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 56-57

 

 
 

6

 

1

 

Social economic and Political organization of Kenyan societies in the 19th Century

 

Nilotes

Luo

The social, economic and political organization of the luo

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the social, political and economic organization of the luo

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Drawing of the maps

·        demonstrating

 

·        students book

·        teachers guide

·        charts

·        maps

·        hand-outs

·        realia

·        pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  61-62

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 76-77

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 59

·     Golden Tips pages 28

·     High Flyer page 14

 

 
   

2

 

Social economics and political organization of Kenyan societies in 19th Century

 

Nilotes

Nandi

Social and economic organization of the Nandi

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able o

(a)    Explain the social, economic organization of the Nandi

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Pictures

·        Chart

·        Map

·        Handouts

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  62-63

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 73-74

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 60-61

 

 
   

3

 

Social economic and political organization of Kenya societies in 19th century

 

Nilotes

Nandi

Political organization of the Maasai

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political organization of the Nandi

(b)    Explain the social organization of the Maasai

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Demonstrations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students books

·        Teachers Guide

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Charts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  62-63

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 74-75

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 60-61

·     Golden Tips pages 29

 

 
 

7

 

1

 

Social, economic and political organization of Kenyan societies in the 19th century

 

Nilotes

–        Economic organization of the Maasai

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the economic organization of the Maasai

 

·        Explaining the economic organization of the Maasai

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Student books

·        Hand outs

·        Teachers guide

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Maps

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  63-64

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 75

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 61

 

 
   

2

 

Social, economic and political organization of Kenyan societies in the 19th century

 

Nilotes

Economic organization of the Maasai

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political organization of the Maasai

 

·        Explaining the political organization of the Maasai

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Photos

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Handout

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  64

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 76

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 61

 

 
   

3

 

Social, economic and political organization of Kenyan societies in the 19th century

 

 

Cushites

–        Boranna

The social and economic organization of borana

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the social and economic organization of the Borana

(b)    Explain the eleven gada of the Boranna Kinship system

 

·        Discussing the organization of the Boranna

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Hand-outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  64-65

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 80-81

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 62-63

·     Golden Tips page 30

 
 

8

 

1

 

Social, economic and political organization of Kenyan societies in the 19th century

 

 

The Political organization of the Boranna

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political organization of the Boranna

 

·        Discussing the political organization of the Boranna

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Demonstration using gestures

 

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·        Teachers guide

·        Hand-outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  66

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 80-81

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 62-63

·     Golden Tips page 30-31

·     High Flyer page 15

 

 
   

2

Social, economic and political organization of Kenyan societies in the 19th century

 

 

 

Somali

The social and economic organization of the Somali

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the social and economic organization of the Somali

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Hand-outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  66

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 80

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 63-65

·     Golden Tips page 30-31

·     High Flyer page 15

 

 
   

3

 

Social economic and political organization of Kenya

 

The political organization of the Somali

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the political organization of the Somali

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students books

·        Teachers guide

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Hand-out

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  66-67

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 80

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 64

·     Golden Tips page 30-31

·     High Flyer page 15

 

 
 

9

 

1

 

Contacts between East Africa and the outside world up to the 19th century

 

The early history of the East African Coast

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the early history of the East African Coast

 

·        Discussing the source of information of early African Coast

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Hand-outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  66-67

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 80

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 64

·     Golden Tips page 30-31

·     High Flyer page 21

 

 
   

2

 

Contacts between East Africa and the outside world up to the 19th century

 

Sources of information on the early History of East Africa Coast

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the sources of information on the early history of the East African Coast

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Hand outs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  68-69

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 84-85

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 66

·     High Flyer page 21

 
   

3

Contacts between East Africa and the outside world up to the 19th century  

The early visitors to the East African Coast up to 1500

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify the origin of the early visitors to the East African Coast up to 1500

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Hand out

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  69-70

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 85

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 67,85

 

 
 

10

 

1

 

Contacts between East Africa and the outside world up to the 19th century

 

The early visitors to the East African coast up to 1500

Romanian

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify the origin of early visitors to the East African coast up to 1500 i.e Romans

 

·        Identifying

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Charts

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  69-70

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 85

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 67

 

 
   

2

 

Contacts between East African Coast and outside world up to 19th century

 

–        Chinese

–        Persians

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify the origin of the early visitors to the east African Coast i.e Chinese and persians

 

·        Identifying

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Charts

·        Hand-outs

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  70

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 85-86

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 67

 

 
   

3

 

Contacts between East African Coast and outside world up to 19th century

 

Arabs

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify the orign of the early visitors to the East African coast i.e Arabs

 

·        Identifying

·        Demonstrations

·        Explanations

·        Discussing

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Hand outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  70

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 85-86

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 68

·     Gateway Revision page 23

 

 
 

11

 

1

 

Contacts between East African Coast and outside world up to 19th century

 

Trade between the East-coast of Africa and outside world

Organization of the trade

Factors which facilitated trade

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the development of trade between the East African Coast and outside world

(b)    Explaining factors that facilitated the trade

 

·        Discussing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Explanations

·        Demonstrating

·        Identifying

 

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Maps

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  70-71

·     Milestone Teachers guide 54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 87-89

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 68

·     Gateway Revision page 22

 

 
   

2

 

Contacts between East African Coast and outside world up to 19th century

 

Impacts of trade on the people of East Africa

–        Inter marriages

–        Kiswahili language

–        Swahili culture

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the extract of trade between the East African Coast and the outside world

 

·        Drawings

·        Identifying

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Teachers guide

·        Hand- outs

·        Students book

·        maps

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  72

·     Milestone Teachers guide 54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 89-90

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 69

·     Gateway Revision page 22

 

 
   

3

 

Contacts between East African Coast and outside world up to 19th century

 

The spread of Islam

Factors that facilitated the spread of Islam

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain factors that led to the spread of Islam

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Identifying

·        Stating

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Student book

·        Hand-outs

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Personal experience

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  72-73

·     Milestone Teachers guide 54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 86-87

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 69

 

 
 

12

 

1

 

Contacts between East African Coast and outside world up to 19th century

 

 

The characteristics of the Coastal city states

Reasons for Decline

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the characteristics of the coastal city states

(b)    Explain reasons for decline of the coast of city states

 

·        explaining

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photos

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource persons

·        Discussions

·        Realia

 

 

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  72-73

·     Milestone Teachers guide 54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 86-87

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 69

 

 
   

2

 

Contacts between East African Coast and outside world up to 19th century

 

 

The growing of city states

Factors that contributed to the rise and growth of the coastal city states

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the factors that contributed to the growth of the coastal city state

 

·        Discussing

·        Explaining

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        demonstrations

 

·        photos

·        maps

·        students book

·        teachers guide

·        documents

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  73-74

·     Milestone Teachers guide 54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 86-87

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 69

·     Gateway Revision page 21-23

·     High Flyer page 17

·     Golden Tips pages 37

 

 
   

3

Contacts between East African Coast and outside world up to 19th century

 

 

 

·        The growth of a class of wealth merchants

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the growth of wealth merchants

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Demonstrating

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Pictures

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·        Resource persons

·        Realia

·        Document

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  73-74

·     Milestone Teachers guide 54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 86-87

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 69

·     Gateway Revision page 21-23

·     High Flyer page 17

·     Golden Tips pages 37

 

 
 

13

 

1-3

 

Revision and Exams

 

 

 

Revision and Exams

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Revise the terms work and be able to answer the questions asked in the exams

 

·        Revision of Exams

 

 

·        Exam papers

·        Pens

·        Others

·        Relevance stationery

 

·     Question papers

·     Revision books

·     Text books

·     Notes

 
END OF TERM TWO EXAMINATIONS
SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORY FORM ONE

TERM III

 

1

 

1

 

Contacts between East African and outside world up to 19th Century

 

The coming of Portuguese

Reasons for coming of Portuguese

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify the reasons for the coming of the Portuguese to the East African Coast

 

·        Discussing

·        Explanations

·        Identifying

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photos

·        Resource persons

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  73-74

·     Milestone Teachers guide 54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 86-87

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 69

·     Gateway Revision page 21-23

·     High Flyer page 17

·     Golden Tips pages 37

 

 
   

2

 

Contacts between East African and outside world up to 19th Century

 

 

Their consequences and rules

–      States in the Portuguese

–      Conquest of the east African Coast

–      Reasons for their success

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Trace the Portuguese conquest of East Africa

(b)    Discuss factors that led to the success of the Portuguese conquest

 

–        Explaining

–        Discussions

–        Tracing

–        Identifying

–        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Hand-outs

·        Students books

·        Documents

·        Resource persons

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  76-78

·     Milestone Teachers guide 54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 91-93

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 70-71

·     Gateway Revision page 24-25

·

 
   

3

 

Contacts between East African and outside world up to 19th Century

 

 

Portuguese rule

–      Decline of Portuguese power

–      Factors that contributed to the decline of the Portuguese power

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the factors that contributed to the decline of the Portuguese power

(b)    Discuss the impact of Portuguese rule

 

·        Discussing

·        Explaining

·        Illustrating

·        Identifying

·        Asking and answering question

 

·        Resource persons

·        Students book

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

·        Documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  77-81

·     Milestone Teachers guide 54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 93-95

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 71-73

·

 
 

2

 

1

 

Contacts between East African and outside world up to 19th Century

 

 

–      Establishment and impact of Oman Rule

–      Factors that influenced Seyyid Said to transfer his capital from Oman to Zanzibar in 1840

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that influenced Seyyid Said to transfer his capital from Oman to Zanzibar in 1840

 

·        Discussing

·        Explanations

·        Drawing maps

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Hand-outs

·        Resource person

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  81-83

·     Milestone Teachers guide 54-55

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 91-93

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 73-75

·     Gateway Revision page 24-25

·

 
   

2

 

Contacts between East African and outside world up to 19th Century

 

 

Seyyid Said the development of plantation Agriculture

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain how Seyyid Said developed plant from Agriculture

 

·        Explaining

·        Discussing

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers Gide

·        Map

·        Charts

·        Resource person

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  83

·     Milestone Teachers guide 55

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 91-93

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 73-74

·     Gateway Revision page 24-25

·

 
   

3

 

Contacts between East African and outside world up to 19th Century

 

 

 

·     International Trade

·     Organization and development

·     Consequences to long distance and international trade

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the organization and development of international trade

(b)    Explain the consequences of long distance and international trade

 

·        Explaining

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers Guide

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Hand-outs

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  86-87

Milestone Teachers guide 55

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 103-105

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 76-77

·     Gateway Revision page 28-29

 

 
 

4

 

1

 

Contacts between East African and outside world up to 19th Century

 

 

 

·     The spread of Christianity

·     Reasons for the coming of Christian missionary

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reasons for coming of Christian missionaries and missionary attributes in East African

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Demonstration

 

·        Photos

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  88-90

·     Milestone Teachers guide 54

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 105-107

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 77-79

·     Gateway Revision page 29

·

 
   

2

 

Contacts between East African and outside world up to 19th Century

 

 

 

·     Factors that contributed to the spread of Christianity

·               Challenges that the Christian missionaries Faced

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that contributed to the spread of Christianity and challenges that the Christian missionary faced

 

·        Explaining

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photos

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  90-91

·     Milestone Teachers guide 55

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 108-109

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 77-79

·     Gateway Revision page 29-30

·

 
   

3

 

Contacts between East African and outside world up to 19th Century

 

 

 

 

Effects of missionary activities in East Africa

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the effects of missionary activities in East Africa

 

·        Explaining

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Hand-outs

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        charts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  91

·     Milestone Teachers guide 55

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 109-111

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 80-81

 

 
 

5

 

1

 

Citizenship

 

·     Meaning of citizenship

·     Kenyan citizenship

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the meaning of citizenship and where Kenyan Citizenship entails

 

·        Explaining

·        Discussing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Illustrations

·        drawing

 

·        students book

·        teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Hand-outs

·        Charts

·        Maps

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  93

·     Milestone Teachers guide 61

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 113-114

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 83-84

 

 
   

2

 

Citizenship

 

Deprivation of Citizenship

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the circumstances under which citizenship can be withdrawn

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers Guide

·        Pictures

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  93-94

·     Milestone Teachers guide 61

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 113-114

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 84

 

 
   

3

 

Citizenship

 

Rights of a citizen

Right to life

Right to liberty

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the rights of Kenyan Citizen

(b)    Right to Life

(c)     Right to Liberty

 

·        Discussing

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Photos

·        Newspaper

·        Cuttings

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Hand-outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  94-94

·     Milestone Teachers guide 61

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 114-118

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 84-86

 

 
 

6

 

1-2

 

Citizenship

 

·     Rights to the child

·     Protection from slavery and forced labour

·     Protection from torture

·     Right of property

·     Freedom of movement

·     Freedom of assembly

·     Freedom of expression

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the rights of child and other rights of a citizen e.g

·        Protection of slavery and forced labour

·        Protection from torture

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Illustrations

·        Demonstrating

·        Identifying

 

·        Documents

·        Resource persons

·        Charts

·        Realin

·        News paper cuttings

·        Pictures

·        Student book

·        Teachers Guide

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  94-94

·     Milestone Teachers guide 61

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 114-118

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 84-86

 

 
   

3

 

Citizenship

 

·     Responsibilities of Kenyan Citizen

·     Personal and civic responsibility

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the civic and personal responsibilities of citizens

 

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        discussions

 

·        News cutting

·        Documents

·        Students book

·        Teachers Guide

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Picture

·        Handouts

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  97-100

·     Milestone Teachers guide 61

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 117-119

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 86-87

 
 

7

 

1 to 2

 

Citizenship

 

·     Civic Responsibilities

·     Limitation to rights of citizens

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the civic responsibilities of a citizen

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Discussing

 

·        Documents

·        Hand-outs

·        Resource persons

·        Student book

·        Realia

·        Personal experience

·        News papers cuttings

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  97-100

·     Milestone Teachers guide 61-62

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 117-119

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 86-88

 
   

3

 

Citizenship

 

Elements of good citizenship

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the elements of good citizenship

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Documents

·        Teachers book

·        Students book

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        News cuttings

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  100-102

·     Milestone Teachers guide 62-63

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 118-119

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 86-87

 

 
 

8

 

1

 

National Integrations

 

Meaning of national integration

Importance of national integration

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the meaning and importance of national integration

 

·        Documents

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers Guide

·        Documents

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        charts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  103-104

·     Milestone Teachers guide 65-68

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 120-121

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 89-90

 
   

2

 

National Integration

 

Factors promoting National unity

·     The constitution

·     National mottos

·     National language

·     National political parties

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that promote national unity

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Document

·        Charts

·        Teachers guide

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  104-105

·     Milestone Teachers guide 65-68

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 121-124

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 90-91

 

 
   

3

 

National Integration

 

Parliament Education

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that promote national unity

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students books

·        Teachers Guide

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Resource person

·        Charts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  105-106

·     Milestone Teachers guide 65-68

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 122

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 90

 

 
 

9

 

1 to 2

 

National Integration

 

·     Equitable distribution of resources

·     Social economic interaction

·     Factors limiting national unity i.e tribalism, nepotism, racism

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that promote National unity

(b)    Explain factors that limit National unity

 

·        Discussions

·        Identifying

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Resource person

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Realia

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Hand outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  105-106

·     Milestone Teachers guide 65-68

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 121-126

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 90

 

 
   

3

 

National Integration

·

·     Factors limiting National Unity i.e

·     Religious rivalry

·     Uneven economic development

·     Corruption

·     Divisible politics

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that limit national unity

 

·        Identifying

·        Discussing

·        Explanations

·        Listening

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Teachers Guide

·        Pictures

·        Student book

·        Teachers experience

·        Resource person

·        Hand outs

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  106-107

·     Milestone Teachers guide 65-68

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 124-126

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 91-93

·

 
 

10

 

1 to 2

 

National Integration

 

Conflict Resolution

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the meaning of conflict

(b)    Explain the causes of conflicts at individual level and national level

(c)     Explain methods of conflict resolution

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Listening

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  107-110

·     Milestone Teachers guide 65-68

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 126-129

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 93-97

·

·

 
   

3

 

Revision of Work

 

The process of conflict, resolution/resolving

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the process of conflict resolution/resolving

 

·        Explaining

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Revising questions

·        illustrating

 

·        photos

·        students book

·        teachers Guide

·        hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Resource person

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form 1 page  110-111

·     Milestone Teachers guide 65-68

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 126-129

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 93-97

·

 
 

11

 

1-3

 

Revision and Exams

 

Revision of topics covered from term I to III

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Revise the terms work and answer the questions asked in the exam

 

·        Revising of questions

·        Sitting for exams

·        Answering questions by writing

 

·        Exam papers

·        Pens

·        Other relevant stationery

·

·     Question papers

·     Revision book

·     Text books

·     notes

 
END OF TERM ONE EXAMINATIONS
SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORY FORM TWO

TERM I

 

1

 

1

 

Trade

 

Definition of trade

Methods of trade

Barter trade

Currency trade

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)     define the tem trade

(b)    Identify the methods of trade

 

·        Defining terms

·        Identifying

·        Explaining

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Student’s book

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  1-3

·     Milestone Teachers guide 65-68

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 126-129

·     K.L.B History and Government Bk 1 page 93-97

 

 
   

2 to 3

 

trade

 

Types of trade

Origin and development

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    State types of trade

(b)    Explain the origin, development, organization and the impact of local trade

(c)     Explain the origin, development and trade goods during the trans-saharan trade

 

·        Discussions

·        Identifying

·        Describing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        illustrations

 

·        hand-outs

·        Realia

·        documents

·        Resource persons

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Gateway Revision

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  3-6

·     Milestone Teachers guide 32-34

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 4-7

·     History and Government pages 32-33

·     Golden tips page 65

 
 

2

 

1

 

Trade

 

Trans-Saharan Trade

Organization of the Trade

Trade Routes

Problems faced by trades

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define the term Trans-Saharan Trade

(b)    Explain the organization trade routes of the trade

(c)     Explain the problems faced by the traders during the Trans-Saharan trade

 

·        Discussions

·        Identifying trade routes

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Defining terms

 

·        Student book

·        Teachers book or guide

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        News paper cuttings

·        Gateway Revision

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  6-8

·     Milestone Teachers guide 32-38

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 6-9

·     Gateway Secondary Revision

·     History and Government pages 32-33

·     Golden tips page 65-66

 
   

2

 

Trade

 

Decline of the trans-Saharan

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the decline of the Trans-Saharan trade

 

·        Discussing the decline of trans-saharan trade

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Gateway Revision

·        Teachers Guide

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Hand-outs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  8-9

·     Milestone Teachers guide 32-38

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 10

·     Gateway Secondary Revision               pg 34

·

·

·

 
   

3

 

Trade

 

Impact of the trans-Saharan trade

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the impact of the trans-Saharan trade

 

·        Discussing

·        Making and taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Gateway Revision

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Hand outs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  9-10

·     Milestone Teachers guide 32-34

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 9-10

·     Gateway Secondary Revision               pg 34

·

 
 

3

 

1

 

Trade

 

International Trade

·     Trans-Atlantic trade

·     Origin and development

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    State the origin of the Trans-Atlantic trade

(b)    Discuss the development of the trans-Atlantic trade

(c)     Define the term international trade

 

·        Defining international    trade

·        Discussing the origin and development of Trans-  Atlantic trade

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students  book

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Gateway revision

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·        Resource person

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  10-12

·     Milestone Teachers guide 32-34

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 11-14

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 34-35

·     History and Government pages 11-14

·     Golden tips page 67-68

 
   

2

 

Trade

 

·     Organization of the trans-Atlantic Trade

·     Methods used to obtain slaves

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(A)     Explain the organization of trans-Atlantic trade

(B)     Describe the methods used to obtain slaves

 

·        Explaining

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Gateway Revision

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  12-13

·     Milestone Teachers guide 32-34

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 11-14

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 35

·     History and Government pages 14-16

·     Golden tips page 68

 
   

3

 

Trade

 

·     Decline of Trans-Atlantic of trade

·     Impact of Trans- Atlantic trade

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the decline of Trans-Atlantic trade

(b)    Discuss the impact of the trans-Atlantic trade

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Pictures

·        Teachers

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Resource person

·        Gateway Revision

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  13-16

·     Milestone Teachers guide 32-34

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 16-19

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 36-37

·

·

 
 

4

 

1

 

Transport

 

·     Definition of transport

·     Traditional forms of transport

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define the term “transport”

(b)    Identify traditional forms of transport

(c)     Explain land transport and human and animal transport

 

·        Explaining meaning of the terms transport

·        Discussions

·        Asking questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Pictures

·        Teachers

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Resource person

·        Gateway revision

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  18-21

·     Milestone Teachers guide 36-37

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 16-19

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 38

·     History and Government pages 20-23

·     Golden tips page 70

 
   

2 to 3

 

Transport

 

·        Wheel vehicles

·        Use of the wheels in Mesopotamia

·        China

·        Africa

·        Europe

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Describe the development of the wheel in Mesopotamia, china, Africa and Europe

(b)    Describe wheeless vehicle or a form of land transport

 

·        Discussing

·        Explanations

·        Describing

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Gateway Revision

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  21-24

·     Milestone Teachers guide 36-37

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 21-22

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 38

·     History and Government pages 14-16

·     Golden tips page 73

 
 

5

 

1

 

Transport

 

Water Transport

·        Boats

·        Dug-out boats

·        Rafts

·        Camoes

·        Sailing ships

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain water as a means of transport

 

·        Explaining

·        Drawing pictures

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  35

·     Milestone Teachers guide 36-37

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 21-22

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 41

·

 
   

2

 

Development of Transport and communication

 

Development in modern means of Transport

·        Road transport

·        Roman roads

·        Modern roads

·        Bicycle

·        Motor vehicle

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain road transport as a means of transport i.e explain how Mac. Adam roads were made

(b)    Trace the development of the bicycle and motor vehicle

 

·        Discussing how the Mac. Adam roads were made

·        Explaining the difference between the Adam and modern tarmac roads

·        Discussing the development in bicycle and explaining the development of the motor vehicle

 

·        Students book

·        Photos

·        Teachers guide

·        Photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  26-31

·     Milestone Teachers guide 36-37

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 26-29

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 39

·

 
   

3

 

Development of transport and communication

 

·        Rail transport

·        Electric engine

·        Trans-Sahara railway

·        Great American Railway

·        The Canadian-pacific railway

·        The Ugandan railway

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the development of the railway from the invention of steam engine locomotive

(b)    Discuss the advantages of the great American Railway

(c)     Discuss the advantages of the Canadian pacific and Ugandan railway

 

·        Discussing the great railway

·        Illustrating their advantages and disadvantages

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Photos

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  31-35

·     Milestone Teachers guide 36-38

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 21-22

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 40

·     Golden tips page 77

·     High Flyer page 31

·

 
 

6

 

1

 

Development of air transport and communication

 

·        Transport

·        Development of air transport, space exploration

·        Origin of space exploration

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss each attempted of inventing, the aero plane and explaining the impact of air transport today

(b)    Discuss space frame today

 

·        Discussing the impact of air travel

·        Discussing early attempts to invent aeroplane

·        Discussing impacts of air transport and space exploration

 

 

·        Photos

·        Students books

·        Gateway Revision

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  38-40

·     Milestone Teachers guide 38

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 21-22

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 40

·     Golden tips page 80-87

·     High Flyer page 32

·

 
   

2

 

Development of  transport and communication

 

·        Air transport

·        Development of air transport

·        Space exploration

·        Origin of space exploration

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain how the steam power shout is passed to drive steam ships

(b)    Name three pioneers in the world of steamships and explain their contribution in this area

 

 

·        Explain how steam power works

·        Identifying three power in steamship explaining their contributions in the area

·        Naming

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Resource persons

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  36-38

·     Milestone Teachers guide 36-38

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 42

·     Golden tips page 82

·     High Flyer page 32

·

 
   

3

 

Development of transport and communication

 

·        Impact of modern means of transport

·        Impact of road transport

·        Impact of rail transport

·        Impact of space exploration/travel

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the achievements of space exploration

(b)    Discuss the impact of road, railway and water transport

(c)     Discuss the impact of air transport and space exploration travel

 

·        Revising and achievements of space exploration

·        Explaining the impact of railway and water transport

·        Discussing the impact of air transport and space explorations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Gateway Revision

·        photos

·        Students books

·        Documents

·        Teachers Guide

·        Realia

·        Hand-outs

·        Resource person

·

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  41-44

·     Milestone Teachers guide 38

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 43-44

·     Golden tips page 82-83

·

 
 

7

 

1

 

Development of transport and communication

 

·        Traditional forms of communication

·        Smoke signals

·        Drum beats

·        Messengers

·        Horn blowing

·        Written messages

·        Stone tables

·        Scrolls

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the traditional forms of communication

 

·        Discussing the traditional forms of communication

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Explanations

 

·        Photos

·        Students books

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Gateway Revision

·        Realia

·        Resource person

·

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  45-47

·     Milestone Teachers guide 38

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 45

·     Golden tips page 83

·     High Flyer page 33

·

 
   

2

 

Development of transport and communication

 

·        Development in modern forms of communication

·        Telegraph

·        E-mail

·        Fax (Facsimile)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify the modern means of communication

(b)    Explain the use of telephone, cell phones, television and radio

 

·        Discussing the modern forms of communication

·        Telecommunication

·        Telephones & cell phones

·        Television

·        Radio

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway revision

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  43-50

·     Milestone Teachers guide 39

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 57-61

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 45-49

·     Golden tips page 86-89

·     High Flyer page 32

·

 
   

3

 

Development of transport and communication

 

·        Development in modern terms of communications

·        Telegraph

·        E-mail

·        Fax (Facsimile)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the use of telegraph, E-mail and Fax (Facsimile )

 

·        Discussing the use of telegraph, E-mail and fax

·        Explanations

·        Drawing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Resource persons

·        Personal experience

·

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  43-50

·     Milestone Teachers guide 39

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 60

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 47

·     Golden tips page 87-88

·     High Flyer page 34-35

·

 
 

8

 

1

 

Development of transport and communication

 

·        Telex

·        Pager

·        Internet

·        Satellites rockets

·        Impacts of telecommunication services

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the use of the telex, pager, the internet and satellite of rockets

(b)    Discuss the impact of telecommunication services

 

·        Discussing the use of telex, pager, internet and the satellites of rockets

·        Discussing the impact of telecommunication resources

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway revision

·        Chart

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Personal experience

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  52-55

·     Milestone Teachers guide 39

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 60

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 47-48

·     Golden tips page 88-89

·     High Flyer page 35

·     Evolving world page 61-64

·

 
   

2

 

Development of transport and communication

 

·        Development in modern means of communication

·        Print media

·        Newspapers

·        magazines

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    explain the role of the media in national development and discuss positive and negative impacts of the print medias

 

·        discussing the role of the print media in national development

·        explanations

·        illustrating

·        asking and answering questions

·        note taking

 

·        photos

·        Newspapers

·        Magazines

·        Students books

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  55-59

·     Milestone Teachers guide 39

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 49-50

·     Golden tips page 89-90

·     High Flyer page 34

·

 
   

3

 

Development of communication

 

·        Journals

·        Periodicals

·        Positive impact of point media

·        Negative impact of print media

·        Newspapers

·        Magazines

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the role of the print media national development and discuss the positive and negative impacts of print media

 

 

·        Discussing the use of print media

·        Explaining the effects of print media (both positive and negative effects)

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students books

·        Photos

·        Video films and documentations

·        Resource person

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Gateway revision

·

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  59-60

·     Milestone Teachers guide 39

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 60

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 50

·     Golden tips page 90

·     High Flyer page 34

·     Evolving world page 65-68

·

 
 

9

 

1

 

Development in industry

 

Definition of

·        Industry

·        Early sources of energy

·        Wood

·        Water

·        Wind

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define the term industry and identify the early sources of energy i.e wind, water and wood

 

·        Defining the term industry

·        Discussing the early sources of energy

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Gateway revision

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Resource persons

 

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  62-63

·     Milestone Teachers guide 41-42

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 69-70

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 51

·     Golden tips page 92

·     High Flyer page 36

·     Evolving world page 61-64

·

 
   

2

 

Development industry

 

Uses of metals in Africa

·        Bronze

·        Gold

·        Copper

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the uses of bronze, gold and copper

 

·        Explaining the uses of bronze, gold and copper

·        Notes taking

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Discussing

 

·        Pictures

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway revision

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  63

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 71-72

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 51

·     Golden tips page 93

·     High Flyer page 37

·     Evolving world page 71-72

 

 
   

3

 

Development of  industry

 

Iron

·        Consequences of iron working

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the uses of iron and the consequences of iron working

 

·        Discussing the uses of iron

·        Explaining the consequences of iron working

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers book

·        Revision

·        Hand-outs

·        Scrolls

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Maps

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  64-65

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 73

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 51-52

·     Golden tips page 94

·     High Flyer page 37

·     Evolving world page 61-64

 

 
 

10

 

1

 

Development of industry

 

Industrial Revolution in Europe

·        Uses of various sources of energy

–        Coal

–        Petroleum

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the uses of various source of energy i.e cool and petroleum

 

·        Discussing the uses of iron

·        Explaining the consequences of iron working

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers book

·        Revision

·        Hand-outs

·        Scrolls

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        maps

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  65-66

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 73

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 52-53

·     Golden tips page 94-96

·     High Flyer page 38-39

·     Evolving world page 74-80

 

 
   

2-3

 

Development of Industry

 

Industrial Revolution in Europe

·        Steam and its uses

·        Electricity

·        Uses of iron & steel

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the uses of various sources of energy i.e steam & electricity

(b)    Explain the uses of iron and steel

 

·        Revising on the uses of various sources of energy i.e coal and petroleum

·        Explain uses of steam and electricity

·        Discussing the uses of iron and steel

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Charts

·        Maps

 

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  67-69

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 73

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 53

·     Golden tips page 95-96

·     High Flyer page 38-39

·     Evolving world page 77-80

 

 
 

11

 

1

 

Development of industry

 

Industrialization in Britain

·        Characteristics of industrial revolution

·        The textile industry in Britain

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the characteristics of the industrial revolution

·        Describe the textile industry in Britain

 

·        Explaining the characteristics of industrial Revolution

·        Describe the textile industry in Britain

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Charts

·        Maps

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  69-71

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 73

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 54

·     Golden tips page 96-97

·     High Flyer page 39-40

·     Evolving world page 80-81

 
   

2

 

Development of Industry

 

Industrialization in Continental Europe

·        Reasons why continental Europe countries lagged behind in industrial take off

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain why continental European countries lagged in industrial take off

 

·        Explaining why continental Europe lagged behind in industrial take off

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  72-73

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 73

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 55-56

·     Golden tips page 97

·     High Flyer page 40

·     Evolving world page 80-81

 
   

3

 

Development of Industry

 

Factors contributing to Britain’s Industrialization

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain factors contributing to Britain Industrialization

 

·        Explaining the factors that contributed to industrial revolution in Britain

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway revision

·        Resource persons

·        Charts

·        Map

·        Hand outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  71-72

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 80

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 54

·     Golden tips page 96

·     High Flyer page 39

·     Evolving world page 80-81

 
 

12

 

1

 

Development of industry

 

Effects of industrial Revolution in Europe

·        Political effects

·        Economic effects

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the effect of industrial revolution

 

·        Discussing the effects of industrial Revolution i.e Political and economic effects

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  73-74

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 73

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 55-56

·     Golden tips page 97

·     High Flyer page 40

·     Evolving world page 82

 
   

2

 

Development of industry

 

Social effects of industrial revolution in Europe

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the social effects of industrial revolution in Europe

 

·        Explaining the social effects of industrial revolution in Europe

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Hand-out

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  74-76

·     Milestone Teachers guide 42

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 73

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 56

·     Golden tips page 97

·     High Flyer page 40

·     Evolving world page 83

 
   

3

 

Development of industry

 

Scientific Revolution

·        Scientific inventions

·        Medicine

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the scientific inventions made in medicine

 

·        Explaining the scientific inventions made in medicine

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Videos

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  76-79

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 73

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 56

·     Golden tips page 97

·     High Flyer page 41

 

 
 

13

 

1-3

 

Revision of the topics covered

 

Revision of the work covered

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Revise the work covered

 

·        Asking  questions

·        Answering questions

·        Writing

 

 

·        Marking scheme

·        Pens

·        Exam papers

 

·     Teachers Guide page 43

·     Text books

·     Marking schemes

·     Notes

·     Revision books

 
END OF TERM ONE EXAMINATIONS
SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORY FORM TWO

TERM II

 

1

 

1

 

Development of Industry

 

·   Scientific inventions

·   Physics

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the inventions made in Physics

(b)    State and explain two inventors and their inventions in the field of physics

 

·        Discussing the inventions made in physics

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Stating various inventors and their invention

·        explanations

 

·        pictures

·        students book

·        teachers guide

·        charts

·        maps

·        Realia

·        Resource Person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  79-80

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Evolving world Bk 2 page 84-85

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 57-58

·     Golden tips page 98

·     High Flyer page 41

 

 
   

2

 

Development of Industry

 

Chemistry

Biology

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    State the inventors and their inventions in chemistry and Biology

(b)    Discuss the inventions made in chemistry and Biology

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

·        Illustrations

·        Drawings

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Resource person

·        Photos

·        Hand-outs

·        Documents

·        Students book

·        Teachers Guide

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  80-81

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 58-59

·     Golden tips page 97

·     Evolving world History and Government page 85

 

 
   

3

 

Development of Industry

 

·        Impact of scientific inventions

·        Agriculture

·        Industry

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the impact of scientific inventions in Agriculture and industry

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

·        Asking questions for clarifications

·        Answering questions

·        Demonstrations

 

·        Teachers Guide

·        Students book

·        Documents

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  81-84

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 59-60

·     Golden tips page 97

·     High Flyer page 40

·     Evolving world page 90-91

 

 
 

2

 

1

 

Development  of Industry

 

·        Impact on scientific inventions on medicine

·        Factors undermining scientific revolution countries

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the impact of scientific inventions in medicine

(b)    Explain factors undermining the scientific revolution in developing countries

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Making and taking notes

·        Demonstrating

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Resource persons

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Discussions

·        Teachers notes

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  85-86

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 60

·     Golden tips page 100

·     High Flyer page 42

·     Evolving world page 92

 

 
   

2

 

Developing of industry

 

·        Emerging of the worlds industrial world powers

·        United states of America (USA)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the factors that let or contributed to

industrialization in the U.S.A

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Making and taking notes

·        Drawing maps

·        Asking and answering  questions

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway revision

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  87-89

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 61

·     Golden tips page 100-101

·     High Flyer page 42

·     Evolving world page 93-94

 
   

3

 

Development of Industry

 

·        Germany

·        Factors that facilitated industrialization in Germany

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discus the factors that led to industrialization in Germany

(b)    Discuss factors that enabled Germany to recover after the two wars

 

·        Discussing

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Drawing maps

 

·        Pictures

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

·        Charts

·        Maps

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  89-91

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 61

·     Golden tips page 101

·     Evolving world History and Government page 92

 
 

3

 

1

 

Development of Industry

 

·        Japan

·        Factors that contributed to industrialization in Japan

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that contributed to industrialization in Japan

 

·        Explaining the factors that contributed to industrialization in Japan

 

·        Charts

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  91-93

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 62

·     Golden tips page 101-102

·     High Flyer page 43

·     Evolving world History and Government page 99-100

 

 
   

2

 

Development in industry

 

·        Industrialization in the third world countries

·        South Africa

Factors that facilitated the growth of industry in South Africa

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define the term third world and explain the factors that facilitated the growth of industry in south Africa

 

·        Defining term third world countries

·        Explaining the factors that led to growth of industry in South Africa

 

·        Charts

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  93-95

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 62

·     Golden tips page 101-102

·     High Flyer page 43

·     Evolving world History and Government page 99-100

 

 
   

3

 

Development in industry

 

Brazil

·        Factors that have promoted industrial growth in Brazil

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the factors that led to industrial growth in Brazil

 

·        Explaining the factors that led to industrial growth in Brazil

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

·        Resource persons

·        Realia

·        Hand-outs

·        Charts

·        Maps

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  97-98

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 63

·     Golden tips page 102

·     High Flyer page 44

·     Evolving world History and Government page 100-102

 

 
 

4

 

1

 

Development of industry

 

India

·        Factors that contributed growth in India

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that have contributed to industrial growth in India

 

·        Discussing the factors leading to industrial growth in India

·        Note taking

·        Questions and answers

 

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Hand-outs

·        Scrolls

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  98-99

·     Milestone Teachers guide 43

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 63

·     Golden tips page 103

·     High Flyer page 44

·     Evolving world History and Government page 104-106

 

 
   

2

 

Urbanization

 

Meaning of urbanization

·        Early urbanization in Africa

·        Factors that facilitated early urbanization in Africa and Europe

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define the term urbanization

(b)    Describe the factors that facilitated urbanization in Africa and Europe

 

·        Defining urbanization

·        Discussing the factors that facilitated early urbanization in Africa and Europe

 

·        Maps

·        Newspapers cuttings

·        Photos

·        Graphs

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  101

·     Milestone Teachers guide 45-47

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 64

·     Golden tips page 105

·     High Flyer page 46

·     Evolving world History and Government page 108-109

 

 
   

3

 

Urbanization

 

Early urbanization in Cairo

·        Factors that facilitated urbanization in Cairo

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that facilitated urbanization

 

·        Discussing factors that facilitated urbanization in Cairo

 

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Text books

 

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  101

·     Milestone Teachers guide 45-47

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 64

·     Golden tips page 105

·     High Flyer page 46

·     Evolving world History and Government page 108-109

 

 
 

5

 

1

 

urbanization

 

Early urbanization consequences of urbanization

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the consequences of urbanization in Cairo

 

·        Discussing the consequences of urbanization in Cairo

·        Drawing maps

 

·        Student books

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Newspapers cuttings

·        Hand-outs

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  101-103

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 65

·     Golden tips page 105

·     High Flyer page 46

·     Evolving world History and Government page 109-110

 

 
   

2

 

Urbanization

·        Early urbanization

·        Merowe/Meroe

·        Kilwa

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the early urbanization in Merowe or Meroe and Kilwa

 

·        Discussing the early urbanization in Meroe and Kilwa

·        Drawing maps

 

·        Photos

·        Students books

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Handouts

·        Newspapers cuttings

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  104

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 65

·     Golden tips page 105

·     High Flyer page 47

·     Evolving world History and Government page 107-108

 
   

3

 

Urbanization

 

Early urbanization in Europe

·        Factors that contributed to early urbanization in Europe and London

 

By the end  of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that contributed to early urbanization in London

 

·        Explaining the factors that contributed to early urbanization in London

 

·        Maps

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Charts

·        Newspaper cuttings

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  105-106

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 65

·     Golden tips page 108

·     High Flyer page 48

·     Evolving world History and Government page 113-116

 
 

6

 

1

 

Urbanization

 

Early urbanization in Athens

·        Consequences of early urbanization

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the early urbanization in Anthens and consequences of early urbanization

 

·        Discussing early urbanization in Athens

·        Explaining the consequences of early urbanization

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Photos

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Resource person

·        Videos

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  106-109

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 65-66

·     Golden tips page 109-110

·     Evolving world History and Government page 113-114

 
   

2-3

 

urbanization

 

Emergences of modern urban, countries in Africa

·        Nairobi

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that contributed to development and growth of Nairobi

 

·        Discussing the factors that facilitated urbanization in Nairobi

·        Listening to a resource person

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Atlas

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Handouts

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  109-111

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 66

·     Golden tips page 110

·     High Flyer page 49-50

·     Evolving world History and Government page 116-117

 
 

7

 

1

 

Urbanization

 

Consequences of urbanization in Nairobi

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain consequences of urbanization in Nairobi

 

·        Discussing the effects of urbanization in Nairobi

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Photos

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Hand-outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  111-112

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 66-67

·     Golden tips page 111

·     High Flyer page 50

·     Evolving world History and Government page 117-118

 
   

2

 

Urbanization

 

Johannesburg

·        Consequences of modern urbanization in Africa

–        Johannesburg

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the consequences of urbanization in Africa

(b)    Explain factors influencing growth of Johannesburg

(c)     State the functions of Johannesburg

(d)    State the problems facing Johannesburg or an urban centre and state solution to the problems

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Hand-outs

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  112-114

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 67

·     Golden tips page 111

·     High Flyer page 50

·     Evolving world History and Government page 118-120

 
   

3

 

urbanization

 

Impact of Agrarian and industrial development and urbanization

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the consequences of Agrarian and industrial development and urbanization

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Hand-outs

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  114-115

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 67-68

·     Golden tips page 112

·     Evolving world History and Government page 120-121

 
 

8

 

1

 

Social, Economic and political organization of African Societies in the 19th Century

 

·        Buganda kingdom

·        Origin of Buganda Kingdom

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin of Buganda Kingdom

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Resource persons

·        Charts

·        Hand-outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  116-117

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 69

·     Golden tips page 111

·     Evolving world History and Government page 122

 
   

2

 

Social, Economic and political organization of African Societies to the 19th Century

 

·        Factors that contributed to the rise and expansion of Buganda

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that contributed to the risk and expansion of Buganda Kingdom

 

·        Discussing

·        Explanation

·        Drawing maps

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Gateway revision

·        Realia

·        Hand-outs

·        Documents

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  117

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 69

·     Golden tips page 113

·     High Flyer page 52

·     Evolving world History and Government page 123-124

 
   

3

 

Social, Economic and political organization of African Societies to the 19th Century

 

·        The social organization of Buganda Kingdom

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the social organization of the Buganda Kingdom

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Note taking

·        Answering questions

·        Asking questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Gateway Revision

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

·        Documents

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  117-118

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 69

·     Golden tips page 113

·     High Flyer page 52

·     Evolving world History and Government page 126

 
 

9

 

1 to 2

 

Social Economic and political organization of African Societies to the 19th Century

 

·        Economic organization of the Buganda Kingdom

·        Political organization of the Buganda kingdom

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the economic organization of the Buganda Kingdom

(b)    Explain the political-organization of the Buganda Kingdom

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Drawing maps

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers Guide

·        Hand-outs

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Gateway Revision

·        News paper cuttings

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  118-119

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 70

·     Golden tips page 113

·     High Flyer page 53

·     Evolving world History and Government page 125-127

 
   

3

 

Social Economic and political organization of African societies in the 19th Century

 

·        The shona

·        The origin and development of the Shona

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors leading to the origin and development of the Shona

 

·        Explaining the origin of the Shona

·        Explaining the development of the Shona

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Scrolls

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Hand-outs

·        Video

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  119-120

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 70

·     Golden tips page 114

·     High Flyer page 53

·     Evolving world History and Government page 127

 
 

10

 

1

 

Social, Economic and political organization of African Societies in the 19th Century

 

Factors leading to the rise and expansion of the Shona tribe

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that led to the rise and expansion of the Shona tribe

 

·        Discussing the rise and expansion of the Shona tribe/States

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Hand-outs

·        Videos

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  121

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 70

·     Golden tips page 114-115

·     High Flyer page 52-53

·     Evolving world History and Government page 128

 
   

2

 

Social economic, and political organization of African societies in the 19th century

 

Social organization of the Shona

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the social organization of the Shona

 

·        Discussing the social organization of the Shona

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Resource persons

·        Realia

·        Hand-outs

·        Pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  121

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 70-71

·     Golden tips page 114-115

·     High Flyer page 52-53

 

 
   

3

 

Social Economic and political organization of African societies in the 19th Century

 

Economic organization of Shona

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the economic organization of the Shona

 

·        Discussing the economic organization of the Shona

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Photos

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

·        Videos

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  121-122

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 77

·     Golden tips page 115

·     High Flyer page 53

·     Evolving world History and Government page 129

 
 

11

 

1

 

Social Economic and political organization of African Societies in the 19th century

 

Political organization of the Shona

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the political organization of the Shona

 

·        Discussing the political organization of the shona

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Photos

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Videos

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  122-123

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 71

·     Golden tips page 114

·     High Flyer page 52

·     Evolving world History and Government page 128

 
   

2

 

Social Economic and political organization of African Societies in the 19th century

 

The origin of Asante

·        Factors that led to rise and expansion of Asante/Ashanti

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin of Asante

(b)    Explain the rise and expansion of the Asante/Ashanti

 

·        Explaining the origin of the Asante

·        Discussing the factors that led to rise and expansion of the Asante/Ashanti

 

·        Photos

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  122-123

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 71

·     Golden tips page 115

·     High Flyer page 53

·     Evolving world History and Government page 128

 
   

3

 

Social Economic and political organization of African Societies in the 19th century

 

 

Social organization of the Asante

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the social organization of the Asante

 

·        Discussing the social organization of the Asante

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking and making of notes

 

·        Teachers guide

·        Photos

·        Students guide

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  123

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 71-72

·     Golden tips page 116

·     High Flyer page 53

·     Evolving world History and Government page 133

 
 

12

 

1

 

Social Economic and political organization of African Societies in the 19th century

 

 

Economic organization of Asante

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the economic organization of the Asante

 

·        Discussing the economic organization of the Asante

·        Drawing maps

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Photos

·        Hand-outs

·        Pictures

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  124

·     Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 72

·     Golden tips page 116

·     High Flyer page 53

·     Evolving world History and Government page 133

 
   

2

 

Social Economic and political organization of African Societies in the 19th century

 

 

The political organization of the Asante Empire

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political organization of the Asante

 

·        Discussing the political organization of the Asante

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Hand-outs

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  124

Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·     Gateway Secondary Revision 72

·     Golden tips page 116

·     High Flyer page 53

·     Evolving world History and Government page 137

 
   

3

 

Social Economic and political organization of African Societies in the 19th century

 

 

Social economic and political organization of the Asante (Revision)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political, social and economic organization of the Asante

 

·        Revising on the political, social and economic organization of the Asante

·        Drawing maps

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway revision

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Hand-outs

·        Revision papers

·

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page  122-125

·   Milestone Teachers guide 49-51

·   Gateway Secondary Revision 72

·   Golden tips page 115-116

·   High Flyer page 53

·   Revision books of papers

·   Marking schemes

 
 

13

14

   

Revision and Examinations

 

Revision and Examinations

 

The learner should be able to

·        Revise the terms work and answer questions asked in the exam papers

 

·        Revising questions

·        Sitting for exams

·        Answer questions by writing

 

·        Exam papers

·        Pens

·        Other relevant stationery

·

·   Question papers

·   Revision books

·   Text books

·   Notes

 
END OF TERM TWO EXAMINATIONS
SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORY FORM TWO

TERM III

 

1

 

1

 

Constitution and constitution making

 

Definition of the term constitution

·   Functions of the constitution

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define the term constitution and outline dysfunction

 

·        Defining the term constitution

·        Discuss the function of the constitution

 

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Resource person

·        Constitution of Kenya

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page  126

·   Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·   Gateway Secondary Revision

·   Golden tips page 117

·   High Flyer page 54

·   Evolving world History and Government page 135

 
   

2

 

Constitution & constitution making

 

Types of constitution

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the types of constitution

 

·        Discussing the types of constitution

·        Listening to resource person

 

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Picture

·        Constitution

·

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page  126-127

·   Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·   Gateway Secondary Revision

·   Golden tips page 117

·   High Flyer page 54

·   Evolving world History and Government page 136-137

 
   

3

 

Constitution and  constitution making

 

Written constitution

Unwritten constitution

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the types of constitution

(b)    Explain the advantages and disadvantages of written and unwritten constitution

 

·        Discussing the advantages and disadvantages of written and unwritten constitution

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Resource person

·

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page  127

·   Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·   Gateway Secondary Revision

·   Golden tips page 117-118

·   High Flyer page 54

·   Evolving world History and Government page 136-137

 
 

2

 

1

 

Constitution and constitution making

 

The independence of a constitution and its provision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the independence of a constitution and its provisions

 

·        Discussing the independence of constitution and explaining its provisions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers book

·        Charts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  127-130

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Gateway Secondary Revision

·     Golden tips page 118

·     High Flyer page 55

·     Evolving world History and Government page 139

 
   

2

 

Constitution and constitution making

 

The (11) Chapters of the Kenya constitution

The republic of Kenya

The executive

The Parliament

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the (11) eleven chapters of the Kenya Constitution

 

·        Discussing the chapters of the Kenyan constitution

 

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Gateway Revision

·        Documents

 

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  131

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Gateway Secondary Revision

·     Golden tips page 118-119

·     High Flyer page 55

·     Evolving world History and Government page 149-150

 
   

3

 

Constitution and constitution making

 

The Kenyan constitution

·        Principles of the Kenyan constitution

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the principles of Kenyan Constitution

 

·        Discussing the chapters of the Kenyan Constitution

 

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Gateway Revision

·        Documents

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  131

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Gateway Secondary Revision

·     Golden tips page 119

·     High Flyer page 56

·     Evolving world History and Government page 141

 
 

3

 

1

 

Constitution and constitution making

 

The (11) chapters of the Kenyan constitution

·        The judiciary

·        Citizenship

·        Protection from fundamental human rights and freedom

·        Bill of rights

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the eleven chapters of the constitution

 

·        Discussing the chapters of the Kenyan constitution

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Gateway Revision

·        Documents

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  132

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Gateway Secondary Revision

·     Golden tips page 120

·     High Flyer page 56

·     Evolving world History and Government page 140

 
   

2

Constitution and constitution making  

·        Finance

·        The Public Service

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the (11) chapters of the Kenyan constitution

 

·        Discussing the chapters of the Kenyan constitution

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway Revision

·        Documents

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  132

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Gateway Secondary Revision

·     Golden tips page 119-120

·     High Flyer page 54-56

·     Evolving world History and Government page 146

 
   

3

 

Constitution and constitution making

   

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the process of constitution making

 

·        Discussing the process of constitution making

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers Guide

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  135

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Gateway Secondary Revision

·     Golden tips page 120

·     High Flyer page 54-56

·     Evolving world History and Government page 141

 
 

4

 

1

 

Constitution and constitution making

 

Constitution making

·        Process of constitution making in Kenya

·        Civic education

·        Debating the recommendations

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explaining the process of constitution making

 

·        Discussing the process of constitution making

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Photos

·        Gateway Revision

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  132-133

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Gateway Secondary Revision

·     Golden tips page 119

·     High Flyer page 55

 

 
   

2

To

3

 

Constitution and constitution making

 

·        National constitution conference

·        The Referendum

·        Enactment by National assembly

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the process of constitution making

 

·        Discussing the process of constitution making

·        Explanation

·        Note making

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Revision papers

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  135

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Gateway Secondary Revision

·     Golden tips page 119

·     High Flyer page 55

·     Evolving world History and Government page 141-150

 
 

5

 

1 – 3

 

Constitution and constitution making

 

Constitution amendments since independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the main amendments to the Kenyan

(b)    Constitution since independence

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Gateway Revision

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  135-139

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Golden tips page 120-122

·     High Flyer page 55-56

·     Evolving world History and Government page 152

 
 

6

 

1

 

Democracy and Human Rights

 

·        Democracy

·        Meaning of democracy

·        Types of democracy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define democracy

(b)    Discuss types of democracy

 

·        Defining democracy

·        Discussions

·        Listening to resource person

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Constitution of Kenya

·        Charts

·        Pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page  141-142

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Golden tips page 124

·     High Flyer page 57

·     Evolving world History and Government page 162-163

 
 

7

 

1

 

Democracy and Human Rights

 

·        Principles of democracy

·        Citizen participation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the principles of democracy

 

·        Discussing the principles of democracy (Citizen participation)

·        Listening to a resource person

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        handouts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page 142-143

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-57

·     Golden tips page 124

·     High Flyer page 57

·     Evolving world History and Government page 162-163

 
   

2

 

Democracy and Human Rights

 

Regular free and fair elections

·        Political tolerance

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the principles of democracy

 

·        Discussing the principles of democracy

·        Listening to resource persons

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource persons

·        Photos

·        Gateway revision

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form II page 144

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-57

·     Golden tips page 124

·     High Flyer page 57

·     Evolving world History and Government page 162-163

 
   

3

 

Democracy and Human rights

 

Transparency and accountability

·        Control of abuse of power

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the principles of democracy

 

·        Discussing the principles of democracy

·        Taking and making notes

 

·        Gateway Revision

·        Students book

·        Photos

·        Charts

·        Constitution of Kenya

·        Revision

·        Handouts

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page 144-145

·   Milestone Teachers guide 58

·   Golden tips page 124

·   High Flyer page 57

·   Evolving world History and Government page 162-163

 
 

8

 

1

 

Democracy and Human Rights

 

·        Principles of democracy

·        Multi-party

·        Equality

·        Economic freedom

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the principles of democracy

 

·        Explaining the principles of democracy

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Photos

·        Gateway Revision

·        Students book

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page 145-146

·   Milestone Teachers guide 58

·   Golden tips page 124

·   High Flyer page 57

·   Evolving world History and Government page 162-163

 
   

2

 

Democracy and Human Rights

 

Principles of democracy

·        Bill of human rights

·        Human rights

·        Rule of law

·        Fair procedures

·        The ombuds person

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the principles of democracy

 

·        Explaining the principles of democracy

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Drawings

·        Realia

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page 145-146

·   Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·   Golden tips page 124-125

·   High Flyer page 57

·   Evolving world History and Government page 163-165

 
   

3

 

Democracy and Human Rights

 

Human rights

·        The concept of human rights

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the meaning of human rights

(b)    Explain the concept of human rights

 

·        Defining and explaining the concept of Human rights

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Student’s book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page 147

·   Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·   Golden tips page 125

·   High Flyer page 57

·   Evolving world History and Government page 163

 
 

9

 

1

 

Democracy and Human Rights

 

The bill f rights

The concept of the bill of rights

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the concept of the Bill of Rights and their sources

 

·        Discussing the concept of the Bill of Rights

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students guide

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Videos

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page 147-148

·   Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·   Golden tips page 125

·   High Flyer page 57

·   Evolving world History and Government page 165

 
   

2

 

Democracy and Human Rights

 

The UN character on human rights

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin and practice of UN charter in relation to the Human Rights

 

·        Explaining the origin and practice of the UN Charter on human rights

·        Asking and answering of questions

·        Listening to a resource person

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Charter

·        Videos

·        Resource person

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page 142

·   Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·   Golden tips page 126

·   High Flyer page 57

·   Evolving world History and Government page 168

 
   

3

 

Democracy and Human rights

 

The rights of the child

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the rights of the child

 

·        Explaining the rights of the child

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Taking and making notes

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Photos

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Videos

·        Pictures

 

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page 152-153

·   Milestone Teachers guide 57-58

·   Golden tips page 126

·   High Flyer page 58

·   Evolving world History and Government page 170

 
 

10

 

1

 

Democracy and Human rights

 

Classification of human rights

·        Political rights

·        Social rights

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political and social rights e.g human beings

 

·        Discussing

·        Political and social rights of human beings

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Photos

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Videos

 

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page 152-153

·   Milestone Teachers guide 57-58

·   Golden tips page 126

·   High Flyer page 57

·   Evolving world History and Government page 163-164

 
   

2

 

Democracy and Human Rights

 

·        Economic rights

·        Environmental rights

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the economic environmental and developmental rights

 

·        Discussing the economic, environmental and developmental rights of citizens

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Photos

·        Gateway Revision

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Videos

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form II page 153-154

·   Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·   Golden tips page 126

·   High Flyer page 57

·   Evolving world History and Government page 164

 
 

11-13

   

Revision of all work covered

 

Revision of all work covered

Sitting for examination

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Revise the previous work and be ready for exams

 

·        Revising exams

 

·        Papers

·        Pens

·        Other relevant stationery

 

·   Exam papers

·   Marking scheme

·   Text books

 
END OF TERM THREE EXAMINATIONS
SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORY FORM THREE

TERM I

 

1

 

1

 

European invasion of African and the process of colonization

 

The scramble for and partition of Africa

·        Defining scramble, Partition

·        Methods used by European to acquire colon

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the meaning of scramble and partition

(b)    Explain how European countries were involved in the struggle and partition of Africa

(c)     Explain the methods used by the Europeans to acquire colonies in Africa

 

·        Defining the terms scramble and partition

·        Discussing how European nation were involved in the scramble and partition of Africa

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Taking and making notes

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Charts

·        maps

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form III page 1-3

Milestone Teachers guide 34-36

·   Golden tips page 129

·   High Flyer page 58-59

·   Evolving world History and Government page 1-2

·   Gateway paper 2

 
   

2

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of Colonization

 

Factors that led to scramble for colonies in Africa

·        Economic

·        Political

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the economic and political factors that led to the scramble for colonies in Africa

 

·        Discussing the factors leading to the scramble for colonies

·        Economic factors

·        Political factors

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Taking and making notes

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Demonstrating

·

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Videos

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Teachers guide

·        Pictures

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form III page 3-4

·   Milestone Teachers guide 35-36

·   Golden tips page 129-130

·   High Flyer page 59

·   Evolving world History and Government page 3-8

·   Gateway paper 2

 
   

3

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of colonization

 

The factors that led to scramble for colonies in Africa

·        Strategic

·        Social

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the strategic and social factors that led to the scramble for colonies in Africa

 

·        Discussing the factors that led to the scramble for colonies

·        Strategic and social factors

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Explanation

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Handouts

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Maps

·        Videos

·        Film

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form III page 5-8

·   Milestone Teachers guide 35-36

·   Golden tips page 130

·   High Flyer page 59

·   Evolving world History and Government page 5-7

·   Gateway paper 2 73-74

 
   

4

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of colonization

 

The process of partition

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Describe the process of partition

 

·        Describing the process of partition

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Taking and making notes

·        Demonstrating

·        Illustration

·        drawing

 

·        maps

·        charts

·        textbooks

·        revision materials

·        resource person

·        realia

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Gateway Revision

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form III page 8-9

·   Milestone Teachers guide 35-36

·   Golden tips page 130

·   High Flyer page 60

·   Evolving world History and Government page 8-9

·   Gateway paper 2 page 74

 
 

2

 

1

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of colonization

 

The process of partition

·        The Berlin conference of 1884-1885

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the participation of European powers in Berlin conference and the resolutions that were passed during the conference

 

·        Explaining the process of African in the Berlin conference of 1884-1885

·        Demonstrating

·        Illustrating

·        Taking and making notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Gateway revision

·        Pictures

·        Videos

 

·   Milestone in History and Government form III page 10-12

·   Milestone Teachers guide 35-36

·   Golden tips page 130-131

·   High Flyer page 60

·   Evolving world History and Government page 8-9

·   Gateway paper 2 page 74

 
   

2

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of colonization

 

The methods used by Europeans to acquire colonies in Africa

The impact of partition in Africa

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the methods that the Europeans used to acquire colonies and the impact of partition of Africa

 

·        Discussing the methods used by the Europeans to acquire colonies in Africa

·        Explaining the partitions of Africa

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Demonstrating

·        illustrations

 

·        students book

·        teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Gateway Revision

·        Pictures

·        Videos

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 10-12

·     Milestone Teachers guide 35-36

·     Golden tips page 130-131

·     High Flyer page 60

·     Evolving world History and Government page 8-9

·     Gateway paper 2 page 74

 
   

3

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of colonization

 

African Reaction to European Colonization resistance

·        Maji maji uprising 1905-1907

·        The courses of uprising

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify the different types of reaction to European colonization and the causes of Maji Maji uprising of 1905-1907

 

·        Explaining Maji Maji uprising

·        Discussing the causes of maji maji uprising

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Videos

·        Documents

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Pictures

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 14-16

·     Milestone Teachers guide 35-37

·     Golden tips page 131-132

·     High Flyer page 61-62

·     Evolving world History and Government page 11-13

·     Gateway paper 2 page 75

 
   

4

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of colonization

 

The causes of uprising

·        Results of the uprising

·        Reasons for the defeat

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the results of and reasons of the uprising to fail

 

·        Describe the course of the uprising

·        Giving results and reasons why the uprising failed

·        Taking and making notes

·        Answering and asking questions

·        Demonstrating

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Charts

·        Teachers Guide

·        Handouts

·        Maps

·        Videos

·        Films

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 16-19

·     Milestone Teachers guide 75-77

·     High Flyer page 62

·     Evolving world History and Government page 14-15

·     Gateway paper 2 page 75-77

 
 

3

 

1

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of colonization

 

African reaction to European colonization

·        Resistance

·        Samoure Toure of Mandinka empire

·        The reasons why Samoure Toure resisted French colonization

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the rise of Samoure Toure to power and the reasons that made Samoure Toure to resist the French colonization

 

·        Explaining the reasons for the rise of Samoure Toure

·        Discussing the reasons why Samoure Toure resisted

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Demonstration

·        Illustrations

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Photographs

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Films

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 19-22

·     Milestone Teachers guide 35-37

·     Golden tips page 133

·     High Flyer page 62-63

·     Evolving world History and Government page 16-17

·     Gateway paper 2 page 76

 
   

2

 

European invasion of African and the process of colonization

 

The reasons that made Samoure Toure to resist the French for a long time

·        Reasons why samoure Toure was Defeated by the French

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reasons that made Samoure Toure to resist for long

(b)    Explain the reasons why Samoure Toure was defeated by the French

 

·        Explaining reasons why Samoure Toure resisted for long

·        Discussing reasons why Samoure Toure was defeated by the French

·        Illustrations

·        Taking and making notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Videos

·        Films

·        News paper cuttings

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 22-23

·     Milestone Teachers guide 35-37

·     Golden tips page 133

·     High Flyer page 63

·     Evolving world History and Government page 19-20

·     Gateway paper 2 page 77-78

 
   

3

 

European invasion of Africa and process of Colonization

 

·        Lobengula of the Ndebele

·        Reasons for the conquest of Ndebele land

·        The Rudd concession and its term

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reasons why the British were determined to conquer Ndebele land and the terms of Rudd Concession of 1888

 

·        Discussing why the British conquered Ndebele land

·        Discussing the terms of the Rudd Concession of 1888

·        Illustrations

·        Demonstrations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Charts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 23-25

·     Milestone Teachers guide 35-38

·     Golden tips page 134

·     High Flyer page 63-64

·     Evolving world History and Government page 20-21

·     Gateway paper 2 page 78-79

 
   

4

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of colonization

 

·        African Reaction to European colonization

·        Reasons for the defeat of the Ndebele

·        Effects of the Ndebele war of 1893

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain why the Ndebele were defeated by the British in 1893 and the effects of the Ndebele war of 1893

 

·        Discussing the reasons for the defeat of Ndebele

·        Explaining the effects of Ndebele war of 1893

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Taking and making notes

 

·        Students guide

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Revision materials

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Charts

·        News paper

·        Documents

·        maps

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 25-26

·     Milestone Teachers guide 35-38

·     Golden tips page 135

·     High Flyer page 65

·     Evolving world History and Government page 25

·     Gateway paper 2 page 78

 
 

4

 

1

 

European invasion of Africa and the Process of Colonization

 

·        The causes of Shona- Ndebele or chimusenga wars of 1896-1897

·        Results of Chimurenga wars

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the causes and results of Chimurenga wars of 1896-1897

 

·        Discussing the causes and courses of the Chimurenga wars

·        Explaining the results of Chimurenga wars

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Taking and making notes

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Revision materials

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Films

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 26-27

·     Milestone Teachers guide 35-38

·     Golden tips page 134

·     High Flyer page 64

·     Evolving world History and Government page 22-25

·     Gateway paper 2 page 79

 
   

2

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of colonization

 

·        Reasons why some leaders collaborated

·        Buganda – reasons why Kabaka Mutesa collaborated with the British

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reasons why some African leaders collaborated with the Europeans

(b)    Explain why Kabaka Mutesa collaborated with the British

 

·        Explaining the meaning of collaboration

·        Discussing reasons why Kabaka Mutesa collaborated

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Taking and making notes

·        Illustrating

 

·        Students book

·        Charts

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Revision materials

·        Documents

·        Pictures

·        Photos

·        Videos

·        Teachers guide

 

 

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 27-29

·     Milestone Teachers guide 35-38

·     Golden tips page 135-136

·     High Flyer page 65

·     Evolving world History and Government page 28-31

·     Gateway paper 2 page 79

·

 
   

3

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of Colonization

 

·        Reasons why Kabaka Mwanga collaborated with the British

·        The terms of Buganda Agreement of 1900

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain why Kabaka Mwanga collaborated with the Brititsh and the terms of Buganda Agreement of 1900

 

·        Discussing reasons why Kabaka Mwanga collaborated

·        Explaining terms of the Buganda Agreement of 1900

 

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Extracts of Buganda Agreement

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 30-31

·     Milestone Teachers guide 35-38

·     Golden tips page 135-136

·     High Flyer page 66

·     Evolving world History and Government page 28-31

·     Gateway paper 2 page 81-82

·

 
   

4

 

European invasion of Africa and the process of Colonization

 

Collaboration

·        Lewanika of Lozi Kingdom

·        Reasons why Lewanika collaborated with the Europeans

·        The result of Lewanika’s collaboration

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain why Lewanika collaborated with the Europeans

(b)    Explain the results of Lewanika’s collaboration

 

·        Discussing reasons why Lewanika collaborated

·        Explain the results of the collaboration

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Making and taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

·        discussions

 

·        students book

·        resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Scrolls

·        Pictures

·        Text books

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 31-32

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-41

·     Golden tips page 137

·     High Flyer page

·     Evolving world History and Government page 26-27

·     Gateway paper 2 page 38

·

 
 

5

 

1

 

Establishment of Colonial Rule in Kenya

 

The background to the Scramble and partition of East Africa

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the early contacts between East Africa and Europe

 

·        Explaining the early contacts between Africa and Europe

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Class discussion

·        Illustrations

·        Demonstrations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        News paper cuttings

·        Text books

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 34

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-41

·     Golden tips page 135-136

·     High Flyer page 67

·     Evolving world History and Government page 33

·     Gateway paper 1 page 38

·

 
   

2

 

Establishment of colonial Rule in Kenya

 

·        Reasons for the scramble and partition of East Africa

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reasons for the scramble for colonies in East Africa

 

·        Discussing the reasons for Colonies in East Africa

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Handouts

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Documents

·        Scrolls

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 34-35

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-41

·     Golden tips page 139

·     High Flyer page 67-68

·     Evolving world History and Government page 33-34

·     Gateway paper 2 page 38

·

 
   

3

 

Establishment of Colonial Rule in Kenya

 

The process of partition

·        The Anglo-German agreement of 1886

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the Anglo-German Agreement of 1886 and Helgoland treaty of 1890

 

·        Discussing the terms of Anglo-German Agreement and the Helgoland treaty of 1890

·        Explanations

·        Illustrating

·        Demonstrating

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Scrolls

·        Charts

·        Text books

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Students books

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 35-38

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-41

·     Golden tips page 139-138

·     High Flyer page 68

·     Evolving world History and Government page 34

·     Gateway paper 1 page 38-39

·

 
   

4

 

Establishment of Colonial Rule in Kenya

 

The British occupation of Kenya

·        The methods used to establish colonial rule in Kenya

·        The problems faced by I.B.E.A.co

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the methods used to establish colonial rule in Kenya and the problems that the I.B.E.A Co. faced

 

·        Illustrations

·        Explaining the problems that the I.B,A co. faced

·        Describing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Discussing the methods used to establish colonial rule in Kenya

 

 

·        Scrolls

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 38-40

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-41

·     Golden tips page 140

·     High Flyer page 68-69

·     Evolving world History and Government page 35-37

·     Gateway paper 1 page 39

·

 
 

6

 

1

 

Establishment of colonial rule in Kenya

 

·        Response of the people of Kenya to British invasion

·         resistance (Nandi)

·        The factors responsible for the rise of Nandi power

·        Reasons fir the Nandi Resistance to colonial rule

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors responsible for the rise of Nandi power and why Nandi resisted

 

·        Explain the factors responsible for the factors for the rise of Nandi power

·        Discussing reasons for the Nandi resistance

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Making and taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Scrolls

·        Documents

·        Textbooks

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 38-40

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-41

·     Golden tips page 140

·     High Flyer page 68-69

·     Evolving world History and Government page 35-37

·     Gateway paper 1 page 39

 
   

2

 

Establishment of Colonial Rule in Kenya

 

·        The course of Nandi Resistance

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the course of the Nandi resistance

 

·        Discussing the course of the Nandi resistance

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Documents

·        Films

·        Handouts

·        Textbooks

·        Maps

·        Videos

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Resource person

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 43-44

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-42

·     Golden tips page 141

·     High Flyer page 70

·     Evolving world History and Government page 38-39

·     Gateway paper 1 page 40

·

 
   

3

 

Establishment of colonial Rule in Kenya

 

·        The factors that enabled the Nandi to resist the British for a long period

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that enabled the Nandi to resist for a long period

 

·        Describing

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Making and taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Discussing the reasons for the long Nandi Resistance

·        Listening to a resource person

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Teachers guide

·        Revision books

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Charts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 44-45

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-42

·     Golden tips page 141-142

·     High Flyer page 70

·     Evolving world History and Government page 39-40

·     Gateway paper 1 page 40

 

 
   

4

 

Establishment of colonial rule in Kenya

 

·        Reasons why the Nandi were defeated

·        The effects of Nandi resistance

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reasons that made the Nandi to be defeated and the effects of the Nandi resistance

 

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Discussing the reasons why Nandi were defeated

·        Discussing the effects of the Nandi resistance

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Making and taking notes

·        Explanations

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Gateway Revision

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 45

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-42

·     Golden tips page 141

·     High Flyer page 70

·     Evolving world History and Government page 40

·     Gateway paper 1 page 40-41

 

 
 

7

 

1

 

Establishment of colonial Rule in Kenya

 

The Agyriania resistance

·        Reasons for Agririnian resistance

·        The cause for resistance

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain why the Agriama resulted and discuss the course of the resistance

 

·        Explaining why the Agriama resisted

·        Discuss their cause of resistance

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

·        Describing

·        Illustrating

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Text books

·        Revision books

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Teachers guide

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 45

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-42

·     Golden tips page 141

·     High Flyer page 70

·     Evolving world History and Government page 40

·     Gateway paper 1 page 40-41

 

 
   

2

 

Establishment of colonial rule in Kenya

 

The effects of Agriama resistance

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the effects of the Agriama resistance

 

·        Discussing the effects of the Agriama resistance

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Listening to a resource person

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

 

·        Students books

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Revision books

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 47

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-42

·     Golden tips page 142

·     High Flyer page 70

·     Evolving world History and Government page 42

·     Gateway paper 1 page 41

 

 
   

3

 

Establishment of colonial Rule in Kenya

 

·        Bukusu

·        Causes of the Bukusu resistance

·        Causes of the resistance

·        Effects of Bukusu resistance

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the causes and effects of the Bukusu resistance

 

·        Discussing the causes of Bukusu resistance

·        Explaining the course and effects of the resistance

·        Illustrations

·        Note taking

·        Demonstration

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Scrolls

·        Videos

·        Film

·        Teachers guide

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 48

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-42

·     Golden tips page 142

·     High Flyer page 70-71

·     Evolving world History and Government page 42

·     Gateway paper 1 page 40-41

 

 
   

4

 

Establishment of colonial rule in Kenya

 

Somali

·        Causes of the Somali resistance

·        Course of the wars

·        Effects of the Somali war

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the causes course and the effects of the Somali’s resistance

 

·        Discussing the causes of the Somali resistance

·        Explain the course of resistance

·        Discussing the effects of Somali resistance

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Teachers guide

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Scrolls

 

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 48-49

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-42

·     Golden tips page 142

·     High Flyer page 71

·     Evolving world History and Government page 43

·     Gateway paper 1 page 42

 
 

8

 

1

 

Establishment of colonial rule in Kenya

 

Collaboration

–        Maasai

–        Reasons why the Maasai collaborated with the British

–        The results of the Maasai collaboration

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain why the Maasai collaborated with the British and the effects of the collaboration

 

·        Explaining why the Maasai Collaborated

·        Discussing the effects of the collaboration

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Illustration

·        Demonstrations

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 49-51

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-42

·     Golden tips page 142

·     High Flyer page 71

·     Evolving world History and Government page 43-45

·     Gateway paper 1 page 42-45

 

 
   

2

 

Establishment of colonial Rule in Kenya

Wanga

·        Reasons why Nabanga mumia of wanga collaborated with the British

·        Results of Wanga’s collaboration

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain why Nabongo mumia of Wanga collaborated with the British and the results of Wanga collaboration

 

·        Discussing why Nabango collaborated

·        Explaining the results of the collaboration

·        Illustrations

·        Demonstrations

·        Drawings

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Realia

·        Teachers guide

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Scrolls

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 51-53

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-42

·     Golden tips page 144

·     High Flyer page 72

·     Evolving world History and Government page 46-47

·     Gateway paper 1 page 43

 
   

3

 

Establishment of colonial rule in Kenya

 

Mixed reaction

·        The Agikuyu reaction and its effects

·        The Akamba reaction and its effects

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the Agikuyu and Akamba reactions to colonial rule and their effects

 

·        Explanations

·        Demonstration

·        Illustrations

·        Discuss the reaction of Agikuyu & effects

·        Explain Akamba reaction and its effects

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking of notes

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Videos

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Scrolls

·        Handouts

·        Revision book

·        Documents

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 53-57

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-42

·     Golden tips page 144-145

·     High Flyer page 72-74

·     Evolving world History and Government page 47-51

·     Gateway paper 1 page 43-44

 

 
   

4

 

Establishment of colonial rule in Kenya

 

Mixed reaction

·        The Agikuyu reaction and its effects

·        The Akamba reaction on and its effects

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the Luo reaction and its effects

(b)    Explain reasons why armed resistance by Kenyan communities Failed

 

·        Discussing the Luo reaction and its effects

·        Explaining why armed resistance by Kenyan communities failed

·        Demonstrations

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

·        Class discussions

 

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Scrolls

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 53-57

·     Milestone Teachers guide 40-42

·     Golden tips page 144-145

·     High Flyer page 72-74

·     Evolving world History and Government page 47-51

·     Gateway paper 1 page 44-45

 

 
 

9

 

1

 

Colonial Administration

 

Indirect rule

·        The British in Kenya

·        The British in Kenya and the methods used to administrate Kenya

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the meaning of indirect rule and how British used indirect rule to administrate Kenya

 

·        Explain the meaning of indirect rule and how it was used by the British to administrate Kenya

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking of notes

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Scrolls

·        Documents

·        textbooks

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 61-63

·     Milestone Teachers guide 44-45

·     Golden tips page 149

·     High Flyer page 76

·     Evolving world History and Government page 56-58

·     Gateway paper 2 page 82

 
   

2

 

Colonial Administration

 

The British in Nigeria and use of indirect rule

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the meaning o indirect rule and how the British used indirect rule to administrate Nigeria

 

·        Discussing the use of indirect rule in Nigeria by the British

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Explanations

·        Illustration

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Scrolls

·        Realia

·        Teachers guide

·        Scrolls

·        Documents

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 63-64

·     Milestone Teachers guide 44-45

·     Golden tips page 149-150

·     High Flyer page 76-77

·     Evolving world History and Government page 58-59

·     Gateway paper 2 page 82-83

 
   

3

 

Colonial Administration

 

Reasons why the British adopted indirect rule in Nigeria

Reasons for the failure of indirect rule in southern Nigeria

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the effects of indirect rule in Nigeria

 

·        Discussing the effects of indirect rule in Nigeria

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Illustrations

·        Demonstrations

·        Note taking

·        Drawing

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Revision materials

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Charts

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Gateway Revisions

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 67-68

·     Milestone Teachers guide 44-45

·     Golden tips page 150

·     High Flyer page 77

·     Evolving world History and Government page 61

·     Gateway paper 2 page83

 
 

10

 

1-2

 

Colonial Administration

 

Direct rule

·        The British rule Zimbabwe (southern Rhodesia)

·        Reasons why the British adopted direct rule in Zimbabwe

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain reasons why direct rule was adopted in Zimbabwe

 

·        Explaining why direct rule was adopted Zimbabwe

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Drawing

·        Demonstrating

·        Illustrations

·        Explanations

·        Class discussions

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Revision materials

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Handouts

·        Teachers own collection

·        Realia

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 68-69

·     Milestone Teachers guide 44-45

·     Golden tips page 151

·     High Flyer page 77

·     Evolving world History and Government page 61-62

·     Gateway paper 2 page83-84

 
   

3

 

Colonial Administration

 

The Application of direct rule in Zimbabwe

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain how direct rule was applied in Zimbabwe

 

·        Discussing how direct rule was used in Zimbabwe

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Illustrations

·        Drawing

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Revision materials

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Teachers guide

·        Scrolls

·        Newspaper cuttings

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 70

·     Milestone Teachers guide 44-45

·     Golden tips page 151

·     High Flyer page 77-78

·     Evolving world History and Government page 63-67

·     Gateway paper 2 page 84

 
   

4

 

Colonial Administration

 

Assimilation

·        The meaning of Assimilation policy and its Structure

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the meaning of assimilation policy and its structure and use in the French colonies

 

·        Explaining the meaning of assimilation policy and ilts structure

·        Discussing the use of assimilation policy in the French colonies

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Revision materials

·        Charts

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Teachers guide

·        Scrolls

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Maps

·

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 71-72

·     Milestone Teachers guide 44-45

·     Golden tips page 151

·     High Flyer page 77-78

·     Evolving world History and Government page 63-67

·     Gateway paper 2 page 84

 
 

11

 

1-2

 

Colonial Administration

 

The French in Senegal

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain how assimilation policy was applied in Senegal

 

·        Discussing how assimilation policy was used in Senegal

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

·        illustrations

 

·        students book

·        resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Teachers’ guide

·        Documents

·        Pictures

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Teachers own collection

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 71-72

·     Milestone Teachers guide 44-45

·     Golden tips page 151

·     High Flyer page 79

·     Evolving world History and Government page 67

·     Gateway paper 2 page 84-85

·

 
   

3

 

Colonial Administration

 

Reasons for the failure of Assimilation policy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain why the policy of assimilation failed

 

·        Describing

·        Class discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

·        Discussing why the assimilation policy failed

 

·        Text books

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Documents

·        Scrolls

·        Teachers own collection

·        Personal experience

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Films

·        Revision materials

·        handouts

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 73-74

·     Milestone Teachers guide 44-45

·     Golden tips page 153

·     High Flyer page 80

·     Evolving world History and Government page 69-70

·     Gateway paper 2 page 84-85

 
   

4

 

Colonial Administration

 

The policy of Association

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the use of the policy association

 

·        Discussing the use of policy of association

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students books

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Revision materials

·        Teachers guide

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Films

·        Documents

·        Resource person

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 75

·     Milestone Teachers guide 45

·     Golden tips page 153-154

·     High Flyer page 80

·     Evolving world History and Government page 70-71

·     Gateway paper 2 page 85

 

 
 

12-13

 

 

 

Revision and Exams

 

Revision of topics covered

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Revise the terms work and answer the questions asked in the exam papers

 

·        Revising of questions

·        Sitting for the exam

·        Answering questions by writing

 

·        Exam papers

·        Pens

·        Chalk board

·        Other relevant stationery

 

·     Questions papers

·     Revision books

·     Text books

·     Notes

 
END OF TERM THREE EXAMINATIONS
SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORY FORM THREE

TERM II

 

1

 

1

 

Economic and social development during the colonial period in Kenya

 

The Uganda Railway

·        Reasons for the building of the Uganda Railway

·        Problems encountered during the building of the Uganda Railway

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reasons for the constructing the Uganda Railway and problems that wer encountered during the construction

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Resource person

·        Document

·        Hand outs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 76-78

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-48

·     Golden tips page 151

·     High Flyer page 81

·     Evolving world History and Government page 73

·     Gateway paper 2 page 84-85

·

 
   

2

 

Economic and social developments during the colonial period in Kenya

 

Effects of the Uganda Railway

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the effects of the construction of the Uganda Railway

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note making

·        illustrations

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 78-79

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-48

·     Golden tips page 151

·     High Flyer page 81-82

·     Evolving world History and Government page 74

·     Gateway paper 1 page 46-47

·

 
   

3

 

Economic and social development during the colonial period in Kenya

 

Colonial land policies

·        The land ordinances (Laws) that were passed to govern the distribution and use of land

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the land laws that were passed to govern the distribution and use of land

 

·        Discussing the laws that were passed to govern the distribution and use of land

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Hand outs

·        Documents

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 80

·     Milestone Teachers guide 48-49

·     Golden tips page 157-158

·     High Flyer page 81-82

·     Evolving world History and Government page

·     Gateway paper 1 page 47

·

 
   

4

 

Economic and social developments during the colonial period in Kenya

 

The effects of colonial land policies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the effects of colonial land policies

 

·        Explaining the effects of colonial land policies

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Illustrations

·        Describing

·        drawing

 

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Teachers guide

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Textbooks

·        Scrolls

·        videos

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 81-82

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 157-158

·     High Flyer page 81-82

·     Evolving world History and Government page 78-80

·     Gateway paper 1 page 47-50

 
 

2

 

1

 

Economic and social Developments during the colonial period in Kenya

 

The effects of colonial land policies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the effects of colonial land policies

 

·        Explaining effects of colonial land policies

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Pictures

·        Films

·        Pictures

·        Scrolls

·        Revision books

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 82-85

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 157-158

·     High Flyer page

·     Evolving world History and Government page 80

·     Gateway paper 1 page 47-50

·

 
   

2-3

 

Economic and social developments during the colonial period in Kenya

 

Stages which cattle farming went through

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Trace the development stages of cattle farming

 

·        Explaining the development stages of cattle farming

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

·        Class discussions

 

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Pictures

·        Teachers guide

·        Videos

·        Film

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Photographs

 

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 82-85

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 156-157

·     High Flyer page 82

·     Evolving world History and Government page 75

·     Gateway paper 1 page 47-50

 
   

4

 

Economic and social Development during the colonial period in Kenya

 

The Devonshire white paper 1923

·        The terms of Devonshire white paper

·        The results of the Devonshire white paper

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the background of the Devonshire white paper, the terms and results of DWP

 

·        Explaining the background of the Devonshire white paper

·        Discussing the terms and the results of the Devonshire white paper

 

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 85-87

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 158-159

·     High Flyer page 84

·     Evolving world History and Government page 80-82

·     Gateway paper 1 page50

 
 

3

 

1

 

Economic and social development during the colonial period in Kenya

 

Urbanization

·        Factors that determined the development of town in Kenya during the colonial period

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that determined the development of town in Kenya during the colonial periods

 

·        Explaining the factors that determined the development of towns in Kenya during the colonial period

·        Making and taking of notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Resource person

·        Scrolls

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 86-87

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 159

·     High Flyer page 84

·     Evolving world History and Government page 82

·     Gateway paper 1 page50-51

·

 
   

2

 

Economic and Social developments during the colonial period in Kenya

 

The effect of urbanization

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the effects of urbanization

 

·        Discussing the effects of urbanization

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking of notes

·        illustrations

 

·        students book

·        photographs

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Resource person

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Teachers guide

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 87-88

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 159-160

·     High Flyer page 84

·     Evolving world History and Government page 83-84

·     Gateway paper 1 page 51

 
   

3

 

Economic and social developments during the colonial period in Kenya

 

Education

·        Characteristics of colonial education

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the characteristics of colonial education

 

·        Discussing the characters of colonial education

·        Asking and answering of questions

·        Making and taking notes

·        Class discussions

 

·        Students book

·        Resource persons

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Teachers guide

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 89-90

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 160

·     High Flyer page 85

·     Evolving world History and Government page 84-86

·     Gateway paper 1 page 51-52

 
   

4

 

Economic and social developments during the colonial period in Kenya

 

Developments in primary education

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the developments of education i.e primary education in Kenya

 

·        Explaining the developments in primary education in Kenya

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Class discussions

 

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·        Resource person

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Pictures

·        Text books

·        videos

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 91-92

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 161

·     High Flyer page 85

·     Evolving world History and Government page 85-86

·     Gateway paper 1 page 52-53

 
 

4

 

1

 

Economic and social developments during the colonial period in Kenya

 

Development sin University education

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the developments of secondary education in Kenya

 

·        Discussing the developments of secondary education in Kenya

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking of notes

 

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Videos

·        Textbook

·        Teachers guide

·        films

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 92

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 161

·     High Flyer page 86

·     Evolving world History and Government page 86-87

·     Gateway paper 1 page 52-53

 
   

2

 

Economic and social developments during the colonial period in Kenya

 

Developments in university education

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the developments of university education in Kenya

 

·        Discussing the developments of university education in Kenya

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Resource persons

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 92-93

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 161

·     High Flyer page 86

·     Evolving world History and Government page 86-87

·     Gateway paper 1 page 52-53

 
   

3

 

Economic and social developments during the colonial period in Kenya

 

Health

·        Developments in missionary health

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the trends in the development of Health care i.e Missionary Health

 

·        Explaining the developments of Health care i.e missionary health

 

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·        Textbooks

·        handouts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 93-94

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 161

·     High Flyer page 86

·     Evolving world History and Government page 87-89

·     Gateway paper 1 page 53

 
   

4

 

Economic and social developments during the colonial period in Kenya

 

Development in Government health

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the developments in Government Health Care

 

·        Explaining the developments in Government health care

·        Illustrations

·        Describing

·        Class discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·        Resource person

·        Teachers guide

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Revision books

·        Textbooks

·        Maps

·        Charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 94-95

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     Golden tips page 161-162

·     High Flyer page 86

·     Evolving world History and Government page 87-89

·     Gateway paper 1 page 53-54

 
 

5

 

1

 

Political Developments and struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963)

 

Early, political organization in Kenya up to 1939

·        Factors that influenced political opinion among Africans

 

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origins and organization of political movements in Kenya up to 1939

(b)    The factors that influenced political opinion among Africans

 

·        Discussing the origins, developments, organizations of political movements in Kenya up to 1939

·        Explaining the factors that have influenced political opinion among Africans

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Diagrams

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Textbooks

·        Pictures

·

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 96

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-53

·     Golden tips page 163

·     High Flyer page 87-88

·     Evolving world History and Government page 90-91

·     Gateway paper 1 page 55

 
   

2

 

Political Developments and struggled for independence in Kenya *1919-1963)

 

The East African Association (E.A.A)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the issues raised by the E.A.A to the colonial government

(b)    The achievements of E.A.A

 

·        Discussing he issues raised by E.A.A

·        Explaining the achievement of E.A.A

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking of notes

·        Class discussions

·        Drawings

·        demonstrations

 

·        students book

·        resource person

·        Documents

·        Photographs

·        Teachers Guide

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        videos

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 96-98

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-53

·     Golden tips page 163

·     High Flyer page 88

·     Evolving world History and Government page 91-93

·     Gateway paper 1 page 55

 
   

3

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963)

 

The kikuyu Central Association (K.C.A)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the memorandum pressed to the Hilton Young Commission

 

·        Discussing the memorandum present to Hilton Young commission

·        Making and taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Demonstrations

·        illustrations

 

·        students book

·        Resource Person

·        Documents

·        Photographs

·        Handouts

·        Charts

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 98-99

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     Golden tips page 163

·     High Flyer page 88

·     Evolving world History and Government page 94-95

·     Gateway paper 1 page 56

 
   

4

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963)

 

Karironda Tax payers welfare Associations (Grievances)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the memorandum of the Young Karironda Tax payers welfare Association to the chief native commissioner

 

·        Discussing the memorandum of the YKTPW

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Illustrations

·        Demonstrations

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Photographs

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Textbooks

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 99-100

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-53

·     Golden tips page 164

·     High Flyer page 88

·     Evolving world History and Government page 96-97

·     Gateway paper 1 page 56

 
 

6

 

1

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963)

 

Ukamba Members Association (U.M.A)

Taita Hills Association (T.HA)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the grievances of U.M.A and T.H.A

 

·        Discussing the grievances of UMA & THA

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Discussing the grievances of C.A.A

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Resource persons

·        Realia

·        Textbooks

·        Maps

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 100-101

·     Milestone Teachers guide 52-53

·     Golden tips page 165

·     High Flyer page 89-90

·     Evolving world History and Government page 97-99

·     Gateway paper 1 page 56

 
   

2

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963)

 

Coastal African Association

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the grievances of C.A.A

 

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Illustrations

·        Demonstrations

·        Making and taking of notes

·        Class discussions

 

·        Resource persons

·        Photographs

·        Documents

·        Students books

·        Teachers guide

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Films

·        Videos

·        Scrolls

·        Realia

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 101-102

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-53

·     Golden tips page 165

·     High Flyer page 90

·     Evolving world History and Government page 98

·     Gateway paper 1 page 57

 
   

3

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

The origin of independent churches and schools

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Trace the origins of the independence churches and schools

 

·        Illustrations

·        Making and taking of notes

·        Class discussions

·        Asking and answering of questions

·        Discussing the origin of the independent churches and schools

 

 

·        Resource persons

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Scrolls

·        Realia

·        Video

·        Films

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 102-103

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 166

·     High Flyer page 90

·     Evolving world History and Government page 100

·     Gateway paper 1 page 57

·

 
   

4

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

The reasons for the establishment of independent churches and schools

 

 

 

·        Discussing the reasons for the establishment of independent churches and schools

·        Explaining the major independent churches in Kenya and their characteristics

 

·        Resource person

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 103-104

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 166

·     High Flyer page 90

·     Evolving world History and Government page 101

·     Gateway paper 1 page 57-58

·

 
 

7

 

1

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

Trade union movements

·        Demands made by the trade unions

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the demands made by trade union in colonial Kenya

 

·        Discussing the demands made by Trade union in colonial Kenya

·        Illustrating

·        Demonstrations

·        Making and taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Teachers guide

·        Handouts

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 103-104

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 166

·     High Flyer page 90

·     Evolving world History and Government page 101

·     Gateway paper 1 page 57-58

·

 
   

2

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

Development of trade unions movement in the struggle for independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain duties of the trade union movements in Kenya in the struggle for independence

 

·        Discussing developments of trade union movements in Kenya in the struggle for independence

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Demonstrating

·        Note taking

·        Illustrations

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 105-106

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 171

·     High Flyer page 93

·     Evolving world History and Government page 101

·     Gateway paper 1 page 62

 
   

3

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

Contributions of the trade union movement in the struggle for independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain contribution of trade union movements in the struggle for independence

 

·        Explain the contribution of the trade union movements in the struggle for independence

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Demonstration

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Pictures

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 105-106

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 171

·     High Flyer page 93

·     Evolving world History and Government page 122

·     Gateway paper 1 page 62

·

 
   

4

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

·        Political organizations and movements in Kenya after 1945

·        Factors that contributed to the formation of political movements after 1945

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political organization and movements in Kenya after 1945

(b)    Explain the factors that contributed to the formation of political movements after 1945

 

·        Discussing the political organizations and movements in Kenya after 1945

·        Explaining the factors that contributed to the formations of political movements after 1945

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Photographs

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 107-108

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 163

·     High Flyer page 87

·     Evolving world History and Government page 90-91

·     Gateway paper 1 page 62

·

 
 

8

 

1

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

The Kenya African Union (K.A.U)

The Kenya African study

The objectives and demands of K.A.U

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain demands of K.A.U

(b)    Discuss the objectives and demands of K.A.U

(c)     Describe K.A.S.U

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

·        illustrations

 

·        pictures

·        students book

·        teachers Guide

·        Realia

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Maps

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 108-110

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 169

·     High Flyer page 94

·     Evolving world History and Government page 90-91

·     Gateway paper 1 page 59

·

 
   

2-3

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

The Mau Mau movement

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the causes of Mau Mau war

(b)    Describe the courses of the Mau Mau war

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Describing

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Teachers guide

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Charts

·        Maps

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 110-112

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 168

·     High Flyer page 94

·     Evolving world History and Government page 110

·     Gateway paper 1 page 60

·

 
   

4

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

The results of Mau Mau war

The Kenya National African (KANU) and Kenya African Democratic Union (KADU)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the results of the Mau Mau wars

(b)    Discuss the origin and activities of KANU and KADU

(c)     Discuss the origin and activities of KANU and KADU

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

·        illustrations

 

·        resource person

·        documents

·        pictures

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 112-116

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 168

·     High Flyer page 96

·     Evolving world History and Government page 115

·     Gateway paper 1 page 61

·

 
 

9

 

1

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

The Africa People’s party

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin and activities of A.P.P

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Videos

·        pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 116

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 169-170

·     High Flyer page 95

·     Evolving world History and Government page 118

·     Gateway paper 1 page 62

 
   

2

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

 

The role of women in the struggle for independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the role of women in the struggle for independence

 

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 117-119

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 171

·     High Flyer page 96-97

·     Evolving world History and Government page 123

·     Gateway paper 1 page 63

 
   

3

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

Constitutional changes leading to independence

The African representatives in the Legco

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the constitutional changes leading to independence i.e African representatives in the Legco

 

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        explanations

 

·        students book

·        teachers guide

·        documents

·        Resource person

·        Videos

·        Handouts

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Revision papers

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 119

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-54

·     Golden tips page 172

·     High Flyer page 97

·     Evolving world History and Government page 123

·     Gateway paper 1 page 63-64

·

 
   

4

 

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

·        The Littleton Constitution

·        Reforms that resulted from the Lyttelton constitution

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reforms that resulted from Lyttelton Constitution

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Videos

·        Resource person

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 120-121

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-55

·     Golden tips page 173

·     High Flyer page 173

·     Evolving world History and Government page 127

·     Gateway paper 1 page 63-64

·

 
 

10

 

1

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

Constitutional changes

The Lennox-Boyd constitution

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the results of the lennox-Boyd constitution

 

·        Discussing the results of Lennox-Boyd constitution

·        Note taking

·        Answering and asking questions

 

·        Students book

·        Documents

·        Resource person

·        Teachers guide

·        Photographs

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        maps

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 121

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-55

·     Golden tips page 173

·     High Flyer page 97

·     Evolving world History and Government page 128

·

 
   

2-3

Political Developments and the struggle for independence in Kenya (1919-1963

 

 

 

The first Lancaster house conference (1960)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the first and second Lancaster House conference and the results

 

·        Discussing the First Lancaster House Conference of 1960 and its results

·        Explaining the 2nd Lancaster House Conference

 

·        Documents

·        Resource persons

·        Photographs

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 121-123

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-55

·     Golden tips page 173

·     High Flyer page 97

·     Evolving world History and Government page 129

·

 
   

4

 

The Rise of African Nationalism

 

Introduction

·        Factors that have favoured rise and development of African nationalism

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the factors that favored the rise and development of African Nationalism

 

·        Discussing the factors that favored the rise and development of African Nationalism

 

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·        Resource person

·        Handouts

·        Charts

·        Videos

·        Pictures

 

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 125-126

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 173

·     High Flyer page 98-99

·     Evolving world History and Government page 133-135

·     Gateway paper 2 page 86

 
 

11

 

1

 

The Rise of African Nationalism

 

–        The factors that strengthened the development of Africa nationalism

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the factors that strengthened the development of African Nationalism

 

·        Discussing the factors that have strengthened nationalism

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Videos

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Photographs

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 126-127

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 133

·     High Flyer page 98-99

·     Evolving world History and Government page 133

·     Gateway paper 2 page 86-87

·

 
   

2

The rise of African Nationalism  

Nationalism in Ghana

–        The background to the development of African Nationalism in Ghana

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the background to the development of Nationalism in Ghana

 

·        Explaining the background to the development of nationalism in Ghana

·        Class discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Teachers guide

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 127-129

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 175

·     High Flyer page 99

·     Evolving world History and Government page 135-136

·     Gateway paper 2 page 87-88

·

 
   

3

 

The Rise of African Nationalism

 

–        The factors that favored the growth of African Nationalism in Ghana

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that favoured growth of African nationalism in Ghana

 

·        Discussing the factors that favored the growth of African Nationalism in Ghana

·        Charts

·        Discussions

·        Note taking

 

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Videos

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 129

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 175

·     High Flyer page 99

·     Evolving world History and Government page 136-137

·     Gateway paper 2 page 87-88

·

 
   

4

 

The riles of African Nationalism

 

The role of African Nationalist leaders in Ghana i.e Kwame Nkurumah

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the role of Kwame Nkurumah in the Nationalist Activities of Ghana

 

·        Explaining the role of Kwame Nkurumah in the nationalist activities in Ghana

·        Class discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Films

·        Videos

·        Textbooks

·        Teachers guide

·        Photographs

·        Teachers guide

 

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 129

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 175-176

·     High Flyer page 99

·     Evolving world History and Government page 137-138

·     Gateway paper 2 page 87-88

·

 
 

12

 

1

 

The Rise of African Nationalism

 

Nationalism in Mozambique

–        The background to nationalism in Mozambique

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be ableto

(a)    Explain the background to African Nationalism in mozambique

 

·        Discussing the background to African Nationalism

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Taking and making notes

 

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Resource person

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 129-130

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 176-177

·     High Flyer page 100

·     Evolving world History and Government page 139

·     Gateway paper 2 page 88

·

 
   

2

 

The rise of African Nationalism

 

The factors that favored the development of African Nationalism in Mozambique

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Identify and explain the unique factors that favored growth and development of African Nationalism in Mozambique

 

·        Discussing the unique factors that favored the growth and development of African nationalism in Mozambique

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·        Resource persons

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Textbooks

·

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 130

·     Milestone Teachers guide 88-89

·     Golden tips page 176-177

·     High Flyer page 100

·     Evolving world History and Government page 140

·     Gateway paper 2 page 88

·

 
   

3

 

The rise of African Nationalism

 

–        The contribution of Eduardo Mondlance and Somara Machel in Mozambique’s Nationalism

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the contribution of Eduardo Mondlane and Samora Machel in Mozambique’s Nationalism

 

·        Discussing the contribution of Eduardo Mondlane and Samora Machel in Mozambiques Nationalism

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Textbooks

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 131-133

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 176-177

·     High Flyer page 100-101

·     Evolving world History and Government page 140-143

·     Gateway paper 2 page 89

·

 
   

4

 

The rise of Nationalism

 

Nationalism in South Africa

–        Background and Development of African Nationalism in south Africa

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the background and development of African Nationalism in South Africa

 

·        Discussing African Nationalism in south Africa i.e the background and development

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Documents

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 133-134

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 178

·     High Flyer page 101-102

·     Evolving world History and Government page 143

·     Gateway paper 2 page 89-90

 

 
 

13-14

 

 

 

Revision and Exams

 

Revision of Topics covered

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Revise the terms work and answer the questions asked in the exam papers

 

·        Revising of questions

·        Sitting for the exams

·        Answering questions by writing

 

·        Films

·        Videos

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Exam papers

·        Pens

 

·     Question papers

·     Revision books

·     Text books

·     Notes

 
END OF TERM TWO EXAMINATIONS
SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORY FORM THREE

TERM III

 

1

 

1

 

The Rise of African Nationalism

 

–   Nationalism in south Africa

–   The factors that favored the development of African Nationalism in South Africa

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the factors that favored the developments of Nationalism in South Africa

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

·        Revision materials

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 133-135

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 178-179

·     High Flyer page 101-102

·     Evolving world History and Government page 144

·     Gateway paper 2 page 89-90

 
   

2

 

The Rise of African Nationalism

 

The African nationalist activities in South Africa

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the African Nationalist activities in South Africa

 

·        Discussing the factors that favored African nationalist activities in South Africa

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

·        Teachers guide

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Charts

·        Maps

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 135-136

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 178-179

·     High Flyer page 102

·     Evolving world History and Government page 145-153

·     Gateway paper 2 page 90

 
   

3

 

The Rise of Africa Nationalism

 

The African National congress (ANC)

–   objectives

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    explain the role of the African National Congress in the struggle for independence in South Africa

 

·        discussing the  role of Africa in the struggle for independence in South Africa

·        asking and answering questions

 

·        photographs

·        students book

·        resource person

·        pictures

·        handouts

·        Realia

·        Video

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 136-137

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 178

·     High Flyer page 102

·     Evolving world History and Government page 145

·     Gateway paper 2 page 90

 
   

4

 

The Rise of African Nationalism

 

The methods used by the African Nationalists to articulate their grievances

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain methods used by the African Nationalists to articulate their grievances

 

·        Discussions of methods used

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Illustrations

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·        Videos

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 138-140

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 179

·     High Flyer page 103

·     Evolving world History and Government page 152

·     Gateway paper 2 page 90

 
 

2

 

1-4

 

The Rise of African Nationalism

 

The contribution of Nelson Mandela in growth of Nationalism in south Africa

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the role of Mandela in the growth of Nationalism in south Africa

 

·        Discussing role of Nelson Mandela in growth of nationalism in south Africa

·        Making and taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Films

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Handouts

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 142

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     Golden tips page 179

·     High Flyer page 102

·     Evolving world History and Government page 150

·     Gateway paper 2 page 90

·

 
 

3

 

1

 

The lives and contributions of Kenyan Leaders

 

Jomo Kenyatta 1892-1978

Early life of Jomo Kenyatta

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain early life of Jomo Kenyatta

 

·        Discussing the early life of Mzee Jomo Kenyatta in Kenya

·        Making and taking of notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Realia

·        Text books

·        Maps

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Resource person

·        Students book

·        Photographs

 

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 145-146

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60

·     Golden tips page 181

·     High Flyer page 104

·     Evolving world History and Government page 155

·     Gateway paper 2 page 65

·

 
   

2-3

 

The lives and contributions of Kenya leaders

 

Kenyatta’s contribution in the struggle for independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain Kenyatta’s contribution in struggle for independence

 

·        Explaining and discussing the contribution in the struggle for independence

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking of notes

 

·        Photographs

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Maps

·        Resource person

·        Students books

·        Films

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 147

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 181-182

·     High Flyer page 104

·     Evolving world History and Government page 156-158

·     Gateway paper 2 page 65-66

·

 
   

4

 

The lives and contributions of Kenyan leaders

 

Kenyatta’s achievements in past independence Kenya

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the achievements of Kenyatta in post-independent Kenya

 

·        Explaining Kenyatta’s Achievements in Post independent Kenya

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Videos

·        Maps

·        Films

·        Text books

·        Resource person

·        Photograph

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 148

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 182

·     High Flyer page 105

·     Evolving world History and Government page 156-158

·     Gateway paper 2 page 66-67

 
 

4

 

1

 

The lives and contributions of  Kenyan leaders

 

Tom Mboya – the early live of Tom mboya

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the early life of Tom Mboya

 

·        Discussing the early life of Tom Mboya

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking of notes

·        Class discussions

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Films

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Text book

·        Scrolls

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 149

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 182

·     High Flyer page 105

·     Evolving world History and Government page 160

·     Gateway paper 2 page 67-68

·

 
   

2

 

The lives and contribution of Kenyan Leaders

 

The Role of Tom Mboya in Trade Unions

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain role of Tom Mboya in unionism

 

·        Discussions on role of Mboya in trade

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Class discussions making and taking of notes

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Student book

·        Class discussions

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 149-150

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 184

·     High Flyer page 107

·     Evolving world History and Government page 160-161

·     Gateway paper 2 page 67-68

·

 
   

3

 

The lives and contributions of Kenyan leaders

 

The role of Tom Mboya in the struggle for independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain Tom Mboya’s contributions in the struggle for independence

 

·        Explaining the role of Mboya in the struggle for independence

·        Class discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Text books

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Videos

·        Films

·        photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 150-151

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 184

·     High Flyer page 107

·     Evolving world History and Government page 161-162

·     Gateway paper 2 page 67-68

 
   

4

 

The lives and contribution of Kenyan Leaders

 

The role of Tom Mboya in the struggle for Independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain Tom Mboya’s achievements in education, global trade unions and other fields

 

·        Discussing Tom Mboya’s achievements in education and global trade unionism plus other fields

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking of notes

 

·        Photographs

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Resource person

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 152-153

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 184

·     High Flyer page 107

·     Evolving world History and Government page 162

·     Gateway paper 2 page 69-70

·

 
 

5

 

1

The lives and contributions of Kenyan Leaders  

Ronald Gideon Ngala

–   The early life of Ngala

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

–        Explain the early life of Ngala

 

·        Explaining early life of Ngala

·        Asking and answering questions

Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 152-153

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 184

·     High Flyer page 108

·     Evolving world History and Government page 162

·     Gateway paper 2 page 70-71

 
   

2-3

 

The lives and contribution of Kenyan Leaders

 

The role of Ronald Ngala in the struggle for independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the contributions of Ronald in the struggle for independence

 

·        Discussing the contributions of Ronald Ngala in the struggle for independence

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Explanations

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Films

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 153-154

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 185

·     High Flyer page 108

·     Evolving world History and Government page 163-165

·     Gateway paper 2 page 70-71

·

 
   

4

 

The lives and contributions of Kenyan leaders

 

The role of Ronald Ngala in struggle for independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain contributions of Ronald in the struggle for independence

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Class discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking of notes

 

·        Resource person

·        Text books

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Textbooks

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        chart

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 154

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 185

·     High Flyer page 108

·     Evolving world History and Government page 163-164

·     Gateway paper 2 page 71

·

 
 

6

 

1

 

The lives and contributions of Kenyan leaders

 

Jaramogi Oginga Odinga

–   Early life of Oginga Odinga

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the early life of Jaramogi Oginga Odinga

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Demonstrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Students books

·        Resource person

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 155-156

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 185

·     High Flyer page 106

·     Evolving world History and Government page 165

·     Gateway paper 2 page 72

·

 
   

2-3

 

The lives and contributions of Kenyan Leaders

 

The role of Jaramogi in the struggle for independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the role of Jaramogi Oginga Odinga in the struggle for independence

 

·        Disusing the role of Jaramogi Oginga Odinga in the struggle for independence

·        Drawings

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 158

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 183

·     High Flyer page 107

·     Evolving world History and Government page 166

·     Gateway paper 2 page 72

·

 
   

4

 

The lives and contributions of Kenyan Leaders

 

The role of Jaramogi in the birth of multi- patriotism

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain role of Oginga Odinga in the birth of Multi-patriotism

 

·        Class discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Explaining roles of Oginga in birth of multi-patriotism

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Text books

·        Pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 158-159

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 183

·     High Flyer page 107

·     Evolving world History and Government page 169

·     Gateway paper 2 page 73

·

 
 

7

 

1

 

The lives and contributions of Kenyan leaders

 

Daniel Arap Moi

–        Early Life

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the early life of Daniel Arap Moi

 

·        Describing the early life of Moi

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Class discussions

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Films

·        Pictures

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 159-160

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 73-74

·     High Flyer page 105

·     Evolving world History and Government page 170

·     Gateway paper 2 page 73-74

·

 
   

2

 

The lives and contributions of Kenyan leaders

 

The role of Moi in the struggle of independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain role of Moi in struggle for independence

 

·        Discussing the role of Moi in the struggle for independence

·        Explanation

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

·        Class discussions

 

·        Photographs

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

·        Student book

·        Videos

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Documents

·        handouts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 160-161

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 182

·     High Flyer page 105

·     Evolving world History and Government page 170

·     Gateway paper 2 page 74

·

 
   

3-4

 

The lives and contributions of Kenyan leaders

 

The contributions of Moi in post independent Kenya

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the contributions and achievement of Daniel Arap Moi in post independent in Kenya

 

·        Explanation

·        Discussing the contributions and achievement of Daniel Arap Moi in post independent Kenya

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Textbooks

·        Documents

·        Scrolls

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Revision books

·        Charts

·        Maps

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 161-162

·     Milestone Teachers guide 60-61

·     Golden tips page 182

·     High Flyer page 105

·     Evolving world History and Government page 172

·     Gateway paper 2 page 74-75

 
 

8

 

1

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

Electoral  process

–   Stages of Electoral process

–   Dissolution of parliament

–   Registration of voters

 

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

(a)    Describe the Electoral process in Kenya i.e dissolutions of parliament, registration of voters and nominations

 

·        Discussing the electro process in Kenya i.e dissolution of parliament, registration of voters and nominations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Teachers guide

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Films

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 163-164

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 186

·     High Flyer page 109

·     Evolving world History and Government page 174

·     Gateway paper 2 page 76

·

 
   

2

 

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

Nominations

–   Qualifications for nominations

–   A president

–   A parliamentary candidate

–   A civic candidate

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain qualification for nominations of

A president

A parliamentary candidate and civic candidate

 

·        Discussing qualifications for nominations of a president, a parliamentary and civic candidate in Kenya

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Videos

·        Realia

·        Teachers guide

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Videos

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 165-166

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 186

·     High Flyer page 109

·     Evolving world History and Government page 174

·     Gateway paper 2 page 76-77

 
   

3

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

Electoral process

–   Presentation of nomination papers

–   Campaigns

–   polling

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    explain the remaining stages in the electoral process i.e presentation of nomination papers, campaigns and polling

 

·        Discussing the remaining stages in the electoral process in Kenya

·        Explanations

·        asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        photographs

·        students book

·        Resource person

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 166-168

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 186-188

·     High Flyer page 109

·     Evolving world History and Government page 174-177

·     Gateway paper 2 page 78

 
   

4

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

Circumstances that can lead to a by election

The importance of election

Functions of electro commission of Kenya

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the circumstances that can lead to a by-election

(b)    Importance of elections and the functions of the electro commission of Kenya

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Videos

·        Resource person

·        Videos

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 168-170

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 187

·     High Flyer page 109

·     Evolving world History and Government page 177

·     Gateway paper 2 page 77-79

·

 
 

9

 

1

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

The formation of government

–   The process of formations of a government

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain process of formation of a government

 

·        Explanations

·        Listening to resource person

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Revision books

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 170-171

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 188

·     High Flyer page 110

·     Evolving world History and Government page 179

·     Gateway paper 2 page 79

·

 
   

2

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

The structure and functions of the Government of Kenya

–   Legislature

–   The composition

–   The functions of legislature

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Describe the structure and function of the legislature

 

·        Description

·        Explanations

·        Listening to resource person

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Revision books

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 171-174

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 188

·     High Flyer page 110

·     Evolving world History and Government page 180

·     Gateway paper 2 page 79-80

·

 
   

3

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

The law of making process

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the process of making law

 

·        Explanations

·        Note making and taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Videos

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 174-175

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 188-189

·     High Flyer page 117

·     Evolving world History and Government page 185

·     Gateway paper 2 page 79-80

 
   

4

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

Parliamentary Supremacy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the parliamentary supremacy

 

·        Note taking

·        Demonstrations

·        Illustrations

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Constitution

·        Picture

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 174-175

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 189

·     High Flyer page 118

·     Evolving world History and Government page 185

·     Gateway paper 2 page 79-80

·

 
 

10

 

1

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

The executive

–   The powers and functions of the president

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the power and functions of president

 

·        Explanations

·        Descriptions

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Constitution

·        Revision text books

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 175-176

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 189

·     High Flyer page 110

·     Evolving world History and Government page 189

·     Gateway paper 2 page 81-82

 
   

2

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

The composition and functions of cabinet

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain composition and function of the cabinet

 

·        Explaining composition of cabinet

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Constitution

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Resource person

·        Student book

·        photograph

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 177

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 190

·     High Flyer page 111

·     Evolving world History and Government page 192

·     Gateway paper 2 page 82

·

 
   

3

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

The composition and functions of civil service i.e PC, DC

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the composition and functions of the cabinet

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking of notes

 

·        Resource person

·        Constitution

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Videos

·        Constitution of Kenya

·        Charts

·        Maps

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 178-180

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 190

·     High Flyer page 112

·     Evolving world History and Government page 193

·     Gateway paper 2 page 82

·

 
   

4

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya  

Parliamentary Supremacy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain parliamentary supremacy

 

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource person

·        Photographs

·        Students books

·        Resource person

·        Constitution of Kenya

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Charts

·        Maps

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 175

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 189

·     High Flyer page 118

·     Evolving world History and Government page 187

·     Gateway paper 2 page 81

·

 
 

11

 

1

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

The executive

–   The powers and functions of the president

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the powers and functions of the president

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        descriptions

 

·        photographs

·        students book

·        Resource person

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Constitution of Kenya

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 175-176

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 189

·     High Flyer page 110

·     Evolving world History and Government page 189

·     Gateway paper 2 page 81-82

·

 
   

2-4

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya  

The composition and functions of cabinet

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain composition and functions of cabinet

 

·        Explaining the composition and functions of the cabinet

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

·        Constitution of Kenya

·        Charts

·        Videos

·        photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 177

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 190

·     High Flyer page 111

·     Evolving world History and Government page 192

·     Gateway paper 2 page 82-84

·

 
 

12

 

1

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya  

The Armed forces

–   Composition of armed forces

–   Functions of the armed forces

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the composition and the functions of the armed forces

 

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering of questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Constitution of Kenya

·        Revision book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 182-183

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 190

·     High Flyer page 113

·     Evolving world History and Government page 191-192

·     Gateway paper 2 page 82-84

 
   

2

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

 

The Police

–   The composition of police force

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    List the compositions of the police force

 

·        Identifying the police force

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource person

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Constitution of Kenya

·        photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 184

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-65

·     Golden tips page 192

·     High Flyer page 114

·     Evolving world History and Government page 199

·     Gateway paper 2 page 84-85

 
   

3

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

 

The functions of the police force

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the functions of the police force

(b)    Explain the challenges facing the police force

 

·        Discussing the functions of the police force

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Constitution of Kenya

·        Handouts

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 184

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-66

·     Golden tips page 192

·     High Flyer page 114

·     Evolving world History and Government page 199-200

·     Gateway paper  page 85

 
   

4

 

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

 

The prisons department

–   Functions

–   challenges

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    explain the functions of prisons and challenges facing the prisons department

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Documents

·        Resource person

·        Handouts

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Constitution of Kenya

·        Charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 184-185

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-66

·     Golden tips page 193

·     High Flyer page 115

·     Evolving world History and Government page 202-204

·     Gateway paper  page 85-86

 
 

13

 

1

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

 

The challenges facing the police departments

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the challenges facing the police department

 

·        Explaining

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Demonstrating

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 184-185

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-66

·     Golden tips page 192

·     High Flyer page 114

·     Evolving world History and Government page 200-201

·     Gateway paper  page 86

 
   

2

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

 

The Judiciary

–   The functions of the Chief Justice

–   The functions of the attorney General

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the functions of Chief Justice and the Attorney General

 

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Explaining

 

·        Pictures

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 188-190

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-66

·     Golden tips page 194

·     High Flyer page 119

·     Evolving world History and Government page 204-208

·     Gateway paper  page 86

 
   

3

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

 

The structure and functions of the Court system in Kenya

The court of appeal

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the functions of the court Appeal and the High court

 

·        Explaining the functions

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Resource person

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 190-193

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-66

·     Golden tips page 194

·     High Flyer page 120

·     Evolving world History and Government page 200-211

·     Gateway paper  page 88

 
   

4

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

 

The functions of the Chief Magistrate’s court

The resident magistrates court

The district magistrate’s court

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the functions of the Chief Magistrate’s court, the resident magistrates, the district magistrates Court

 

·        Discussing functions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Photographs

·        Teachers guide

·

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 193-194

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-66

·     Golden tips page 195

·     High Flyer page 121

·     Evolving world History and Government page 212-211

·     Gateway paper  page 88-89

 
 

14

 

1

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

 

 

The functions of

–   The Kadhis court

–   The court martial

–   Industrial court

–   Special tribunal

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the functions of Kadhi’s court, the court martial, industrial court and special tribunals

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 194-195

·     Milestone Teachers guide 63-66

·     Golden tips page 195

·     High Flyer page 121-122

·     Evolving world History and Government page 213-217

·     Gateway paper  page 88-89

 
   

2

The formation structure and functions of the government of Kenya

 

 

The development of the Judiciary

–   The rule of law

–   The concept of National Justice

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Analyze the independence of the judiciary and the concept of rule of law and national Justice

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Teachers guide

·        charts

·

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form III page 195-197

·     Milestone Teachers guide 64-66

·     Golden tips page 195

·     High Flyer page 122-123

·     Evolving world History and Government page 217-221

·     Gateway paper  page 88-89

 
END OF TERM THREE EXAMINATIONS
SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORY FORM FOR

TERM I

 

1

 

1

 

World Wars

 

–   The first world war (1914-1918)

–   Causes of the first world war

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the causes of the first world war

 

·        Discussing the causes of the first world war

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource persons

 

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 1-7

·     Milestone Teachers guide 29-30

·     High Flyer series page 125

·     Evolving world History and Government page 1-7

·     Gateway paper 2 page 92

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 1-10

·     Golden tips pages 197

·

 
   

2-3

 

World wars

 

The cause of the war

–   The western front

–   Eastern front

–   The war at sea

–   The peace treaties

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Describe the course of the first world war in the western front, Eastern Front , at sea and the peace treaties entered into

 

·        Discussing the course of the war on the Eastern and western fronts, wars at the sea and the peace treaties entered into

 

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Resource persons

·        Students book

·        Photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 7-14

·     Milestone Teachers guide 29-31

·     High Flyer series page 126-127

·     Evolving world History and Government page 1-7

·     Gateway paper 2 page 92-94

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 11-19

·     Golden tips pages 197-198

·

·
   

4

 

World Wars

 

Results of the first world war

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reasons for the formation of league of Nations

(b)    Describe the covenant and organization of the league of Nations

 

·        Discussing the results of the first world war

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Maps

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 14-16

·     Milestone Teachers guide 29-31

·     High Flyer series page 127-128

·     Evolving world History and Government page 16-17

·     Gateway paper 2 page 94-95

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 19-22

·     Golden tips pages 198

·

·
 

2

 

1

 

World Wars

 

The League of nations

–   Formation

–   The covenant of the league

–   Organization of the league

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reasons for the formation of League of Nations

(b)    Describe the covenant and organizations of the league of nations

 

·        Discussing the formation, covenant and organization of the league of nations

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photos

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Charts

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 16-18

·     Milestone Teachers guide 29-31

·     High Flyer series page 127-128

·     Evolving world History and Government page 17-20

·     Gateway paper 2 page 95

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 23-27

·     Golden tips pages 198-199

·

 
   

2

 

World wars

 

–   Performance of the league of nations

–   The failures of the leagues of Nations

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Analyse the performance of the league of Nations

(b)    Analyse the failures of the league of Nations

 

·        Discussing the performance and failures of the league of Nations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Documents

·        Student book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 18-20

·     Milestone Teachers guide 29-31

·     High Flyer series page 128-129

·     Evolving world History and Government page 20-23

·     Gateway paper 2 page 95-96

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 27-31

·     Golden tips pages 199-200

·

 
   

3-4

 

World wars

 

The second world war

–   The causes of the second world war

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the cause of the second world war

 

·        Discussing the causes of the second world war

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Films

·        Videos

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 18-20

·     Milestone Teachers guide 29-31

·     High Flyer series page 128-129

·     Evolving world History and Government page 23-27

·     Gateway paper 2 page 95-96

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 27-31

·     Golden tips pages 200

·

 
 

3

 

1

 

World Wars

 

The course of the second world war

–   Invasion of Denmark and Norway

–   The fall of France

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Describe the cause of the second world war i.e invasion of Denmark and Norway and fall of France

 

·        Discussing the cause of the second world war i.e invasion of Denmark and Norway and the fall of France

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Films

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 26-28

·     Milestone Teachers guide 29-31

·     High Flyer series page 129

·     Evolving world History and Government page 27-30

·     Gateway paper 2 page 97

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 35-37

·     Golden tips pages 200

·

 
   

2

 

World wars

 

–   The battle of Britain

–   War in the Balkans

–   War in North Africa

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Describe the course of the second world war i.e the battle of Britain war in the Balkans and North Africa

 

·        Explaining the battle of Britain and North Africa

·        Describing war in Balkans

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Films

·        Videos

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 28-30

·     Milestone Teachers guide 29-31

·     High Flyer series page 129

·     Evolving world History and Government page 31-32

·     Gateway paper 2 page 97-98

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 37-38

·     Golden tips pages 200

·

 
   

3

 

World Wars

 

–   The invasion of the USSR operations (Barbarossa)

–   The defeat of Germany

–   The Nazi rule in Europe

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the invasion of USSR

(b)    Explain the defeat of Germany

(c)     Describe the Nazi rule in Europe

 

·        Discussing the invasion of USSR and factors leading to German’s defeat

·        Discussing the Nazi rule in Europe

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Films

·        Video

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 30-31

·     Milestone Teachers guide 29-31

·     High Flyer series page 130

·     Evolving world History and Government page 32-33

·     Gateway paper 2 page 98

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 39-40

·     Golden tips pages 200

·

 
   

4

 

World Wars

 

–   War with Japan

–   Effects of the second world war

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss war with Japan

(b)    Explain the results of the second world war

 

·        Discussing war with japan

·        Explaining effects of second world war

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Maps

·        Videos

·        Students book

·        Charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 32-35

·     Milestone Teachers guide 29-31

·     High Flyer series page 130-131

·     Evolving world History and Government page 33-37

·     Gateway paper 2 page 98-100

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 41-43

·     Golden tips pages 201

·

 
 

4

 

1

 

International Relations

 

International organizations

–   The united nations organization (UNO)

–   Formation

–   The UNO charter

–   The UNO membership

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reasons for the formation of the United Nations

(b)    Explain the UN charter and its membership

 

·        Discussing the formation and membership of the UN

·        Explaining the UN charter and its membership

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 37-40

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-34

·     High Flyer series page 131

·     Evolving world History and Government page 39-44

·     Gateway paper 2 page 101

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 44-47

·     Golden tips pages 202-203

·

 
   

2

 

International Relations

 

–   The objectives of the UN

–   Organization of the UN

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the organization of the UN

(b)    Explain the objectives of the UN

 

·        Explaining the objectives and the organizations of the UN

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 40-43

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-34

·     High Flyer series page 131-132

·     Evolving world History and Government page 39-44

·     Gateway paper 2 page 101-102

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 47-54

·     Golden tips pages 203

·

 
 

4

 

3

 

International Relations

 

The performance of the UN

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the performance of the UN

 

·        Discussing the performance of the UN

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Films

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 43-45

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 132-133

·     Evolving world History and Government page 50-55

·     Gateway paper 2 page 102-103

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 54-56

·     Golden tips pages 204

·

 
   

4

 

International Relations

 

The challenges that the UN faces

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the challenges that the UN faces

 

·        Explain the challenges facing theUN

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Films

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 45-46

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 133

·     Evolving world History and Government page 55-56

·     Gateway paper 2 page 102-103

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 56-57

·     Golden tips pages 204

·

 
 

5

 

1

 

International Relations

 

The commonwealth

–   Formations

–   Membership and their characteristics

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the formation of the commonwealth

(b)    Explain the membership of the commonwealth

(c)     Describe the characteristics of member states

 

·        Explaining the formation and membership of commonwealth

·        Discussing the characteristics of member states of the commonwealth

 

 

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Films

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 46-48

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 133-134

·     Evolving world History and Government page 56-60

·     Gateway paper 2 page 104-105

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 58-60

·     Golden tips pages 204-205

 
   

2

 

International Relations

 

–   The functions of the commonwealth

–   Challenges that the commonwealth faces

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the functions of the commonwealth

(b)    Explain the challenges commonwealth faces

 

·        Explaining the functions and challenges of the commonwealth

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Films

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 48-49

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 134

·     Evolving world History and Government page 56-60

·     Gateway paper 2 page 104-105

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 60-62

·     Golden tips pages 204-205

 
   

3

 

International Relations

 

Non-Aligned movement

–   The formation

–   Reasons for the formation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the formation of non-aligned movement giving reasons for its formation

 

·        The reasons for the formation of Non-aligned movement

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Films

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 49-51

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 136-137

·     Evolving world History and Government page 62-70

·     Gateway paper 2 page 106-107

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 64-68

·     Golden tips pages 205-206

·

 
   

4

 

International Relations

 

The performance of the Non-aligned movement

The challenges of the Non-Aligned movement

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the performance of the Non-Aligned movement

(b)    Describe the challenges facing the non-Aligned movement

 

·        Discussing the Performance of the non-Aligned movement

·        Describe the challenges facing the Non-Aligned movements

 

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Films

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 51-52

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 137-138

·     Evolving world History and Government page 70-74

·     Gateway paper 2 page 106-107

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 68-69

·     Golden tips pages 206

·

 
 

6

 

1

 

International Relations

 

The cold war

–   Causes of cold war

–   Characteristics of cold war

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the causes of the cold war

(b)    Explain the characteristics of cold war

 

·        Discussing the cold war

·        Explaining the causes and characteristics of the cold war

 

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 52-54

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 134-135

·     Evolving world History and Government page 74-79

·     Gateway paper 2 page 107-109

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 70-71

·     Golden tips pages 206-207

·

 
   

2-3

 

International Relations

 

The steps that USA took to strengthen ties with Allies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the steps that USA took to strengthen ties with allies

 

·        Discussing and explaining the steps the USA took in order to strengthen ties with allied nations

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 54

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 135

·     Evolving world History and Government page 79-84

·     Gateway paper 2 page 109

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 72

·     Golden tips pages 207

 
   

4

 

International Relations

 

–   Steps taken by USA to strengthen ties with Allies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the steps that USSR took to strengthen ties with Allies

 

·        Discussing and explaining the steps taken by USSR to strengthen ties with allied nations

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 55

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 135

·     Evolving world History and Government page 81-82

·     Gateway paper 2 page 109-110

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 75

·     Golden tips pages 207

 
 

7

 

1

 

International Relations

 

The causes of the cold war

–   War in Vietnam and Cuba

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the causes of the cold war in Vietnam and Cuba

 

·        Discussing and explaining the causes of cold war in Vietnam and Cuba

 

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Student book

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 55-56

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page

·     Evolving world History and Government page 83

·     Gateway paper 2 page 109-110

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 73-74

·     Golden tips pages 207

 
   

2

 

International Relations

 

War in Europe and Angola

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the course of cold war in Europe and Angola

 

·        Discussing the case of cold war in Europe and Angola

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 56-57

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 136

·     Evolving world History and Government page 83

·     Gateway paper 2 page 135

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 76-

·     Golden tips pages 207

·

 
   

3

 

International Relations

 

–   Decline of the cold war

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the main events that led to the decline and end of the Cold war

 

·        Explaining the main events that led to the decline and the end of the cold war

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 57-58

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 136

·     Evolving world History and Government page 83

·     Gateway paper 2 page 111

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 76-79

·     Golden tips pages 207-208

 
   

4

 

International Relations

 

Effects of the cold war

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the effects of cold war

 

·        Discussing the effects of cold war

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Gateway revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 58-59

·     Milestone Teachers guide 33-35

·     High Flyer series page 136

·     Evolving world History and Government page 83-85

·     Gateway paper 2 page 111

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 79-80

·     Golden tips pages 208

 
 

8

 

1

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

Pan-Africanism

–   The origin of Pan-Africanism

–   Aims of Pan-Africanism

–   Development of Pan-Africanism

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin and aims of Pan-Africanism

(b)    Discuss the development of Pan-Africanism

 

·        Explaining the meaning of co-operation in Africa

·        Discussing the origin of Pan-Africanism

·        Explaining the aims and development of Pan-Africanism

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 60-62

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-38

·     High Flyer series page 138-139

·     Evolving world History and Government page 86-92

·     Gateway paper 2 page 112-114

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 81-82

·     Golden tips pages 209

·

 
   

2-3

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

–   Pan-Africanism after 1945

–   The south pan-African conference (1945)

–   The Africa pan-African conference (1958)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the activities of Pan-Africanism after 1945 i.e the sixth and Accra Pan-African Conference

 

·        Explaining the activities of Pan-Africanism after 1945 i.e the sixth pan-African conference and Accra Pan-African Conference (1958)

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision paper 2

·

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 62-64

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-38

·     High Flyer series page 139-140

·     Evolving world History and Government page 92-94

·     Gateway paper 2 page 114

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 83

·     Golden tips pages 210

·

 
   

4

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

–   Addis Ababa pan-African Conference (1960-1963)

–   The performance of Pan-Africanism

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the activities of Pan-Africanism after 1945

(b)    Discuss the performance of pan-Africanism

 

·        Explaining the activities of Pan-Africanism after 1945

·        Discussing the performance of Pan-Africanism

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 64

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-38

·     High Flyer series page 140

·     Evolving world History and Government page 95-98

·     Gateway paper 2 page 114

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 83-84

·     Golden tips pages 210

 
 

9

 

1

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

–   Organization of African Unity OAU

–   Formation of OAU

–   Objectives of OAU

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the formation of OAU

(b)    Describe its membership and objectives

 

·        Explaining formation of OAU

·        Discussing its membership and objectives

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 64-67

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-38

·     High Flyer series page 140

·     Evolving world History and Government page 98-100

·     Gateway paper 2 page 114-115

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 85-87

·     Golden tips pages 210-211

 
   

2

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

–   Structure of OAU

–   Performance of OAU

–   Challenges facing OAU

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Describe the structure and performance of OAU

(b)    Explain the challenges facing the OAU

 

·        Discussing the structure and performance of OAU

·        Explaining the challenges facing OAU

·        Asking and answering of Questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 67-70

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-38

·     High Flyer series page 140

·     Evolving world History and Government page 101-104

·     Gateway paper 2 page 115-116

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 87-88

·     Golden tips pages 211-212

·

 
   

3

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

 

The African Union

–   Formation of African Union

–   Objectives of the African Union

–   The Structure of African Union

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the formation, objectives and the structure of the African Union

 

·        Explaining formation and objectives of African Union

·        Discussing the structure of the African Union

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 70-72

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-38

·     High Flyer series page 141-142

·     Evolving world History and Government page 104-109

·     Gateway paper 2 page 116-118

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 88-93

·     Golden tips pages 212-213

 
   

4

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

The east African Community (EAC)

–   The formation of the EAC

–   The objectives of the EAC

–   The organizations of the EAC

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)e explain the formation, objectives and the organization of the EAC

 

·        Discussing the formation of EAC

·        Explaining the objectives and organization of the East African Community

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 72-74

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-39

·     High Flyer series page 143-144

·     Evolving world History and Government page 109-109

·     Gateway paper 2 page 118-112

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 94-95

·     Golden tips pages 214

 
 

10

 

1

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

 

The challenges facing the EAC

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the challenges facing the EAC up to 1977

 

·        Discussing and explaining the EAC up to 1977

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 74-76

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-39

·     High Flyer series page 144

·     Evolving world History and Government page 112-113

·     Gateway paper 2 page 119-120

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 95-96

·     Golden tips pages 214

 
   

2

Co-operation in Africa

 

 

The rebirth of EAC in 2001

–   Formation

–   Objectives of EAC

–   Principles of EAC after rebirth

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the rebirth and objectives of EAC

(b)    Describe the principles of EAC after rebirth

 

·        Explaining the rebirth and objectives of EAC

·        Describing the principles of EAC after rebirth

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 76

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-39

·     High Flyer series page143- 144

·     Evolving world History and Government page 113-115

·     Gateway paper 2 page 120

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 96-99

·     Golden tips pages 214-215

·

 
   

3

Co-operation in Africa

 

 

Organization of EAC

–   Performance

–   Challenges facing EAC

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the organization, challenges and performance of EAC

 

·        Discussing the organization of EAC, its challenges and performance

 

·        Photographs

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Gateway revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 77-78

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-39

·     High Flyer series page144

·     Evolving world History and Government page 115-117

·     Gateway paper 2 page 120-121

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 99-101

·     Golden tips pages 215

·

 
   

4

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

 

ECOWAS

–   Formation of ECOWAS

–   Aims of its formation

–   Organizations of ECOWAS

 

By the end of the lesson ,the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the formation, objectives and organization of ECOWAS

 

·        Explaining the formation of ECOWAS

·        Discussing the aims of ECOWAS

·        Explaining the organization of ECOWAS

 

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 78-79

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-39

·     High Flyer series page145

·     Evolving world History and Government page 115-117

·     Gateway paper 2 page 121-122

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 102-104

·     Golden tips pages 216

 
 

11

 

1

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

–   Performance of ECOWAS

–   Challenges facing ECOWAS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the performance of ECOWAS

(b)    Explain the challenges facing ECOWAS

 

·        Discussing the performance of ECOWAS

·        Explaining the challenges facing ECOWAS

 

·        Charts photographs

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 79-80

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-39

·     High Flyer series page145

·     Evolving world History and Government page 118-120

·     Gateway paper 2 page 123

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 104-106

·     Golden tips pages 216

·

 
   

2

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

COMESA

–   Formation of COMESA

–   The organization of COMESA

–   Functions of COMESA

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the formation and organization of COMESA

(b)    State the functions of COMESA

 

·        Discussing the formation of COMESA

·        Explaining the organization of COMESA

·        Stating its functions

 

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Gateway revision paper 2

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 80-83

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-39

·     High Flyer series page145-146

·     Evolving world History and Government page 120-124

·     Gateway paper 2 page 123

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 107-108

·     Golden tips pages 217

 
   

3

 

Co-operation in Africa

 

–   Performance of COMESA

–   Achievements of COMESA

–   Challenges of COMESA

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the performance, achievements and challenges facing COMESA

 

·        Explaining the performance of COMESA

·        Explaining the achievements of COMESA

·        Discussing the challenges facing COMESA

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision

·        Charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 83

·     Milestone Teachers guide 37-39

·     High Flyer series page147

·     Evolving world History and Government page 124-127

·     Gateway paper 2 page 124

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 109-110

·     Golden tips pages 218-219

 
   

4

 

National Philosophies (Kenya

 

African socialism

–   Origin of African Socialism

–   Development of African socialism

–   The aims and principles of African socialism

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin of socialism

(b)    Explain the development, aims and principles of African Socialism

 

·        Explaining the origin of African socialism

·        Discussing the development, aims and principles of African Socialism

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Gateway Revision paper 2

·        charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 85-86

·     Milestone Teachers guide High Flyer series page147-148

·     Evolving world History and Government page 128-132

·     Gateway paper  page 92-94

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 111-115

·     Golden tips pages 220

 
 

12

 

1

 

National Philosophies (Kenya

 

Harambee Philosophy

–   The origin of Harambee philosophy

–   The development of Harambee philosophy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin and development of Harambee philosophy

 

·        Explaining the origin and development of Harambee philosophy

 

·        Students book

·        Gateway revision paper 1

·        Photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 86-87

·     Milestone Teachers guide  41-42

·     High Flyer series page 148-149

·     Evolving world History and Government page 133-136

·     Gateway paper  1page 94-95

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 116-1159

·     Golden tips pages 220

 
   

2

 

National Philosophies (Kenya

 

Nyayo Philosophy

–   Origin of Nyayo Philosophy

–   Development of the Nyayo Philosophy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin and the development of the Nyayo Philosophy

 

·        Explaining the origin and development of the Nyayo Philosophy

 

·        Students book

·        Gateway revision paper 1

·        Photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 87

·     Milestone Teachers guide  41-42

·     High Flyer series page 149

·     Evolving world History and Government page 136-139

·     Gateway paper  1page 94-95

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 120-124

·     Golden tips pages 221

 
   

3

 

National Philosophies (Kenya

 

The impact of National Philosophies

–   African socialism

–   Harambee and Nyayo philosophies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the impact of National Philosophies

 

·        Discussing the impact of National philosophies

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 88-90

·     Milestone Teachers guide  41-42

·     High Flyer series page 149

·     Evolving world History and Government page 139-141

·     Gateway paper  1page 96

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 125-126

·     Golden tips pages 222

·

 
   

4

 

National Philosophies (Kenya

 

The impact of National Philosophies

–   African socialism

–   Harambee

–   Nyayo Philosophies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the impact of National Philosophies

 

·        Discussing the impact of National Philosophies

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 88-90

·     Milestone Teachers guide  41-42

·     High Flyer series page 149-150

·     Evolving world History and Government page 139-141

·     Gateway paper  1page 96

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 127-128

·     Golden tips pages 222

·

 
 

13-14

 

1-4

 

Revision and Examinations

 

Revision and Examinations

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Revise the terms work and answer the questions asked in the exam papers

 

·        Revising questions

·        Sitting for the exam

·        Answering questions by writing

 

·        Exam papers

·        – pens

·        Rulers

·        Other relevant stationery

 

·     Questions papers

·     Revision books

·     Text books

 
END OF TERM TWO EXAMINATIONS
SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORY FORM FOUR

TERM II

 

1

 

1-2

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

Political development from 1963-1991

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political development from 1963-1991 in Kenya

 

·        Explaining the political developments in Kenya from 1963-1991

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Pictures

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Teachers guide

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 91-98

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-45

·     High Flyer series page 150

·     Evolving world History and Government page 142-143

·     Gateway paper  1page 98

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 129-131

·     Golden tips pages 222

·

 
   

3

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

–   Political assassination between 1965-1990

–   Multiparty democracy in Kenya

–   Challenge of multiparty democracy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss political assassination between 1965-1990

(b)    Explain the status of multiparty politics after independence

(c)     Explain challenges of multiparty democracy

 

–        Discussing political assassination between 1965-1990

–        Explanations

–        Illustrations

–        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 93-94

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-45

·     High Flyer series page 150

·     Evolving world History and Government page 143-148

·     Gateway paper  1page 102

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 130

·     Golden tips pages 222

 
   

4

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

–   Multiparty democracy in Kenya

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin and growth of multiparty politics in Kenya after 1990

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·         Newspaper cuttings

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Photographs

·        Students book

·        Resource person

·        Realia

 

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 98-101

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-45

·     High Flyer series page 151

·     Evolving world History and Government page 148-151

·     Gateway paper  1page 101-103

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 132-133

·     Golden tips pages 222

 
 

2

 

1

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

Challenges of Multiparty democracy in Kenya

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the challenges facing multiparty elections and democracy in Kenya

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Videos

 

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 101

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-45

·     High Flyer series page 151

·     Evolving world History and Government page 151-152

·     Gateway paper  1page 103

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 136-137

·     Golden tips pages 222

 
   

2

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

The role of Political organization or parties in government and nations building

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the role of political parties I the government and nation building

 

·        Explanation

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Charts

·        Videos

·        Documents

·        Resource persons

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 102

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-45

·     High Flyer series page 151

·     Evolving world History and Government page 151-152

·     Gateway paper  1page 103

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 136-137

·     Golden tips pages 222

 
   

3

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

 

–   Economic development and challenges

–   Land policies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the land policies and land use re nations that developed after independence

 

·        Discussing

·        Explaining

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource persons

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 102-106

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-45

·     High Flyer series page 152

·     Evolving world History and Government page 154

·     Gateway paper  1page 105-106

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 139

 
   

4

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

–   Economic development and challenges

–   Land policies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the policies and land use reforms that developed after independence

 

·        Explaining land policies

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

 

 

·        Student book

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 102-106

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-45

·     High Flyer series page 152

·     Evolving world History and Government page 154-155

·     Gateway paper  1page 105-106

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 139-141

 
 

3

 

1-2

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

 

–   Economic developments and challenges of land politics on land

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the challenges of land policies on land

(b)    Explain the challenges facing land policies

(c)     State benefits of land reforms to Kenya

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Illustrations

 

·        Students book

·        Documents

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Resource person

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 106-108

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-45

·     High Flyer series page 152-153

·     Evolving world History and Government page 154-155

·     Gateway paper  1page 105-106

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 139-141

 
   

3

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

–   Industry

–   Developments in industry

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the role of industries in national developments

 

·        Discussing the role of industry in national development

 

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Resource person

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 108

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-45

·     High Flyer series page 153

·     Evolving world History and Government page 157-158

·     Gateway paper  1page 105-106

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 141-142

 
   

4

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

–   Developments in Industry

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the industrial development ventures after independence

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Handouts

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 108

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-45

·     High Flyer series page 153

·     Evolving world History and Government page 157-160

·     Gateway paper  1page 107-108

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 141-142

 
 

4

 

1-3

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

Economic developments

–   Challenges on Industry

–   Social developments and challenges

–   industrialization

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    explain the economic challenges Kenya faces on industry

(b)    explain the development in education since independence

 

·        explanations

·        Education

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Resource persons

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 109-113

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-46

·     High Flyer series page 153

·     Evolving world History and Government page 161-166

·     Gateway paper  1page 108-112

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 143-146

 
   

4

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

–   Challenges in provision of education

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the challenges that Kenya has faced in the provision of education

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Realia

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Handouts

·        Charts

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 113-115

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-46

·     High Flyer series page 154-155

·     Evolving world History and Government page 163

·     Gateway paper  1page 112-113

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 145

 
 

5

 

1

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

–   Social development and challenges

–   Health services

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the measures undertaken by the Government to improve health care services

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Handouts

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Realia

·        Resource person

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 115-117

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-46

·     High Flyer series page 155

·     Evolving world History and Government page 165-166

·     Gateway paper  1page 113-114

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 145-146

 
   

2

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

–   The challenges that faces the provision of health care services in Kenya

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the challenges Kenya faces in the provision of Health care services

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Demonstration

·        Illustrations

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers book

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Videos

·        Resource persons

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 117-119

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-46

·     High Flyer series page 155

·     Evolving world History and Government page 166

·     Gateway paper  1page 114-115

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 146

 
   

3

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

Culture and sports

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the developments in culture and sports in since independence

 

·        Demonstration

·        Illustrations

·        Drawing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Discussing

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Videos

·        Resource person

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 119-122

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-46

·     High Flyer series page 155-156

·     Evolving world History and Government page 166-169

·     Gateway paper  1page 115-117

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 146-148

·

 
   

4

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

Challenges in culture and sports

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the challenges Kenya faces in culture and sports

 

·        Demonstrating

·        Illustration

·        Drawing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        discussion

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Realia

·        Videos

·        Resource person

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Handouts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 122-123

·     Milestone Teachers guide  44-46

·     High Flyer series page 155-156

·     Evolving world History and Government page 166-169

·     Gateway paper  1page 117-118

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 146-149

·

 
 

6

 

1

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Kenya since independence

 

Social, economic and political developments in DRC

Political developments

The political situation in DRC at Independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political situation in DRC at independence and the major political developments in DRC between 1960-1065

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Demonstrating

·        Drawing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Pictures

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Films

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 125-128

·     Milestone Teachers guide  47-49

·     High Flyer series page 155-156

·     Evolving world History and Government page 172-175

·     Gateway paper  1page 125-126

·     Explore History, Students book 4 page 150-155

 
 

 

 

2

 

Social economic and potential Development and the changes in Africa since Independence

 

The contributions of Mobutu to the history of the DRC

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the contributions of Mobutu to the History of DRC i.e political and economics

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

·        Illustrating

·        Demonstrating

·        Drawing

 

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Teachers Guide

·        Maps

·        News paper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 125-128

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     High Flyer page 151

·     Evolving world History and Government page

·     Gateway paper1page 126

·     Explore, Students book 4 page

 
   

3

 

Social, Economic and political Development and the changes in Africa since independence

 

·     The economic development in DRC between 1960-1994

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the economic development in DRC between 1960-1994

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Illustrating

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Teachers book

·        Real objects

·        Newspaper cuttings

 

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 129-131

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     High Flyer page 157

·     Evolving world History and Government page 176

·     Gateway paper 2 page 126

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 157-158

·

 
   

4

 

Social, Economic and Political Development and changes in Africa since independence

 

·     Social development in DRC sicne independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the social development in DRC since independence

 

·        Discussing

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

·        Drawing maps

 

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Realia

·        Maps

·        Teachers guide

·        Real objects

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 131

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     High Flyer page 157-158

·     Evolving world History and Government page 176-177

·     Gateway paper 2 page 126-127

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 156-157

 
 

7

 

1

 

Social Economic and political Development and challenges in Africa since independence

 

Tanzania

·     The major political development in Tanzania between 1961-1985

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the political development in Tanzania between 1961-1987

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Teachers book/guide

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·        News paper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 131-133

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     High Flyer page 158

·     Evolving world History and Government page 181-183

·     Gateway paper 2 page 127

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 159-160

·

 
   

2

 

Social Economic and Political Developments and challenges in Africa since independence

 

The contributions of Mwalimu Julius Nyerere to the History of Tanzania

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define Ujamaa and analyse the contribution of Mwalimu Julius Nyerere to the History of Tanzania

 

·        Defining meaning of Ujamaa

·        Discussion

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Maps

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Teachers guide

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 133

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     High Flyer page 159

·     Evolving world History and Government page 181-183

·     Gateway paper 2 page 127

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 159

 
   

3

 

Social, Economic and political Development and challenges in Africa since independence

 

·     The economic development in Tanzania since independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the economic developments in Tanzania since independence

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Students book

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Realia

·        Pictures

·        Teachers guide

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 135

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-49

·     High Flyer page 158

·     Evolving world History and Government page 183-184

·     Gateway paper 2 page 127-128

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 169

 
   

4

 

Social, Economic and Political development and challenges in Africa since independence

 

·     Social development in Tanzania since independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able

(a)    Explain the social developments in Tanzania since independence

 

·        Explaining

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making notes

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Realia

·        Teachers guide

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 135-136

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-48

·     High Flyer page 159

·     Evolving world History and Government page 184-185

·     Gateway paper 2 page 128

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 160-161

 
 

8

 

1

 

Social, Economic and political challenges in Africa since independence

 

Social, political and economic challenges in Africa since independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Outline the promises the African leader made to their people at independence

(b)    Explain the Political challenges in Africa since independence

 

·        Identifying

·        Outlining on board

·        Explaining

·        Discussions

·        Illustrating

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Pictures

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Newspaper

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Resource person

 

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 136-138

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-48

·     High Flyer page 159

·     Evolving world History and Government page 188-191

·     Gateway paper 2 page 128-130

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 162-167

 
   

2-4

 

Local Authorities in Kenya

 

·     Economic challenges in Africa since independence

·     Social challenges these people have experienced since independence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the economic challenges in Africa since independence

 

–        Discussing

–        Illustration

–        Explaining

–        Note taking

–        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Resource person

·        Newspaper

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 138-140

·     Milestone Teachers guide 47-50

·     High Flyer page 159

·     Evolving world History and Government page 188-189

·     Gateway paper 2 page 130-131

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 162-165

·

 
 

9

 

1

 

Local authorities in Kenya

 

Origin of the local authorities

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the origin of the local authorities

(b)    Explain the meaning of the terms local authority

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·        photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 142

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-52

·     High Flyer page 160

·     Evolving world History and Government page 193-194

·     Gateway paper 2 page 119

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 168

·

 
   

2

 

Local authorities in Kenya

 

The types of local authorities

–   City council

–   The municipal council

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Describe the types of local authorities (the city council and municipal council

 

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Taking and making notes

·        Illustrating

 

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Resource persons

·        Newspapers

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·        Teachers book

·        Students book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 142-143

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-52

·     High Flyer page 160

·     Evolving world History and Government page 194-196

·     Gateway paper 2 page 119

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 169

 
   

3

 

Local authorities in Kenya

 

–   County council

–   Town councils

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the types of local authorities

 

–        Discussing

–        Asking and answering questions

–        Taking and making notes

 

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Resource persons

·        Newspapers cuttings

·        Resource persons

·        Realia

·        charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 142

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-52

·     High Flyer page 160-161

·     Evolving world History and Government page 194-195

·     Gateway paper 2 page 119

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 167-168

·

 
   

4

 

Local authorities in Kenya

 

–   The urban and area councils

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Describe the types of local authorities

 

·        Discussing

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Illustrating

·        Questions and answers

 

·        Realia

·        Charts

·        Documents

·        Teachers guide

·        Students book

·        Maps

·        Resource person

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Personal experience

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 142

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-52

·     High Flyer page 160-161

·     Evolving world History and Government page 194-195

·     Gateway paper 2 page 119

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 169

·

 
 

10

 

1

 

Local authorities in Kenya

 

–   Functions of local authorities

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the functions of local authorities

 

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Explanations

·        Taking and making notes

 

·        Photographs

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Resource persons

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Textbooks

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 143-144

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-52

·     High Flyer page 161

·     Evolving world History and Government page 195-196

·     Gateway paper 2 page 119

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 171-173

 
   

2

 

Local authorities in Kenya

 

–   The sources of revenue for local authorities

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the sources of revenue for local authorities

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Maps

·        Resource persons

·        Newspaper

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Newspaper

·        Students book

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 143

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-52

·     High Flyer page 161

·     Evolving world History and Government page 196

·     Gateway paper 2 page 119-120

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 174

 
   

3-4

 

Local Authorities in Kenya

 

The relationship between local authorities and the central

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the relationship between the local authorities and the central government

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Note taking

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Illustrations

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Resource persons

·        Realia

·        Maps

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 144-145

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-52

·     High Flyer page 161

·     Evolving world History and Government page 197-198

·     Gateway paper 2 page 120

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 173

·

 
 

11

 

1-2

 

Local Authorities in Kenya

 

–   Challenges facing local authorities in Kenya

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the challenges facing local authorities in Kenya

 

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Demonstrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Photographs

·        Pictures

·        Maps

·        Textbooks

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        News paper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 145-146

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-52

·     High Flyer page 161

·     Evolving world History and Government page 197-198

·     Gateway paper 2 page 120-121

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 174-176

·

 
   

3

 

Local authorities in Kenya

 

How some of the local authorities have tried to solve their problems

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss how the authorities sole there problems

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Making and taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Photographs

·        Handouts

·        Newspaper

·        Resource person

·        Text books

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 51-52

·     Milestone Teachers guide 51-52

·     High Flyer page 162

·     Evolving world History and Government page 199

·     Gateway paper 2 page 120

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 175

·

 
   

4

 

Revision

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Give correct answers to the oral questions asked by the teacher

 

·        Reading questions

·        Discussions

·        Writing the answers

 

·        Resource persons

·        Documents

·        Text books

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Textbooks

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·

·     Revising books

·     Marking schemes

 
 

12

 

1

 

Government Revenue and expenditure in Kenya

 

–   National budget

–   Definition of budget

–   Explanations, meaning of national budget

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Define the term budget

(b)    Discuss the meaning of a national budget

 

·        Define the term budget

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        handouts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 148-149

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     High Flyer page 162

·     Evolving world History and Government page 177-178

·     Gateway paper 2 page 122

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 201

·

 
   

2

 

Government Revenue and Expenditure in Kenya

 

–   Reasons for the preparation of a national budget in Kenya

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the reasons for preparing a national budget in Kenya

 

·        Explaining

·        Discussions

·        Drawings

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Teachers guide

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Realia

·        Students book

·        Pictures

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 149

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     High Flyer page 162

·     Evolving world History and Government page 202

·     Gateway paper 2 page 122

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 178-179

·

 
   

3-4

 

Government Revenue and Expenditure in Kenya

 

–   Sources of Government revenue in Kenya

–   Taxes

–   Direct taxes

–   Indirect taxes

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain how taxes are a source of government revenue through direct and indirect taxes

 

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Explanations

·        Making and taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Teachers guide

·        Textbooks

·        Pictures

·        Realia

·        Documents

·        Personal experience

·        Revision book

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 149-150

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     High Flyer page 162

·     Evolving world History and Government page 203-204

·     Gateway paper 2 page 122

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 180-181

 

 
END OF TERM TWO EXAMINATIONS
SCHEMES OF WORK

HISTORY FORM FOUR

TERM III

 

1

 

1

 

Government Revenue and expenditure in Kenya

 

–   Government borrowing from internal bodies

–   Loan Repayments

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss government borrowing from internal bodies and loan repayment as a source of government revenue

 

·        Explanation

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Drawing

·        Maps

·        Making and taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Resource persons

·        Teachers guide

·        Revision books

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Pictures

·        Text books

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 150-151

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     High Flyer page 163-164

·     Evolving world History and Government page 203-204

·     Gateway paper 2 page 122

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 180-181

·

 
   

2

 

Government, Revenue and Expenditure in Kenya

 

–   Charges from provision of Government Services

–   Fees

–   Foreign aid

–   Profiles from Parastatals

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    discuss the following as source of government revenue

(b)    foreign aid

(c)     state the government characters in raising revenue

 

·        discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrating

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Pictures

·        Text books

·        Revision books

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Realia

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Resource persons

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 151

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     High Flyer page 163

·     Evolving world History and Government page 204

·     Gateway paper 2 page 123

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 180-181

·

 
   

3

 

Government Revenue and expenditure in Kenya

 

–   Government expenditure

–   Capital expenditure and revenue expenditure

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss capital expenditure and revenue expenditure as types of government expenditure

 

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Expenditures

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Resource persons

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Documents

·        Textbooks

·        Gateway Revision

·        Charts

·        maps

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 152

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     High Flyer page 163

·     Evolving world History and Government page 205-206

·     Gateway paper 2 page 123

·

 
   

4

 

Government Revenue and Expenditure in Kenya

 

–   Payments of subscriptions

–   Expenditure on emerging need said

–   Assistance to other countries or form of government expenditure

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss payment of subscriptions, expenditure on emerging need said assistance to other countries as forms of government expenditure

 

·        Discussions

·        Expenditure

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Note taking

·        Drawing maps

 

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Textbooks

·        Pictures

·        Revision book

·        Text book

·        Pictures

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Photographs

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 152

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     High Flyer page 163

·     Evolving world History and Government page 205-206

·     Gateway paper 2 page 123

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 183

·

 
 

2

 

1

 

Government Revenue and expenditure in Kenya

 

Control of Public Finance

–   National budget

–   committees

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    describe how the government controls public expenditures through the national budget and communities

 

·        Describing

·        Illustrating

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Text books

·        Pictures

·        Revision book

·        Photographs

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Treatment

·        Own collection

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 152-153

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     High Flyer page 163

·     Evolving world History and Government page 207-209

·     Gateway paper 2 page 123-124

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 187-188

·

 
   

2

 

Government Revenue and Expenditure in Kenya

 

Control of Public Finance

–   Auditing of public expenditure

–   Anti-corruption units

–   Arid organizations

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Describe the control of public finance through auditing of public expenditure and anti-corruption in units and organizations

 

·        Describing

·        Explanations

·        Making and taking of notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Teachers guide

·        Videos

·        Handouts

·        Teachers own collection

·        Realia

·        Students book

·        Text book

·        Revision books

·        Documents

·        Pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 154

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     High Flyer page 163-164

·     Evolving world History and Government page 207-208

·     Gateway paper 2 page 123-124

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 187-188

·

 
   

3

 

Government Revenue and Expenditure in Kenya

 

Control of Public Finance

–   Ministerial internal audit

–   Control of tendering office of the permanent secretary

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the control of public finance through ministerial internal audit units, control of tendering and office of the permanent secretary

 

·        Discussions

·        Illustrating

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking of notes

 

·        Photos

·        Students book

·        Videos

·        Resource persons

·        Teachers own connection

·        Teachers guide

·        Documents handouts

·        Realia

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 154-155

·     Milestone Teachers guide 53-54

·     High Flyer page 164

·     Evolving world History and Government page 208

·     Gateway paper 2 page 123-124

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 187-188

·

 
   

4

 

Government Revenue and Expenditure in Kenya

 

Revision of topics covered

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Answer questions asked on government expenditure and Revenue

 

·        Explaining the answers

·        Discussing the points raised by students

·        Asking and answering of questions

 

·        Students book

·        Gateway papers

·        Videos

·        Teachers own collection

·        Realia

·        Text books

·        Resource person

·

·     Gateway paper page 124

·     Text books

·     Question paper

 
 

3

 

1

 

The Electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

The United States of America

The history of the united of America

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain a brief history of the U.S.A and the birth of the federal system

(b)    Explain the functions of the government to citizens

(c)     Explain the political features of political systems in U.S.A and Britain

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Describing

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Resource person

·        Text books

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway

·        Teachers own collection

·        Handouts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 155

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-57

·     High Flyer page 164-165

·     Evolving world History and Government page 207-208

·     Gateway paper 2 page 133

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 189

·

 
   

2

 

The Electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

The parts of National convention

–   The electoral change

–   Voter registration

–   Explain the types of elections in Britain

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the electro process in the U.S.A i.e voters registration and nomination of candidates to the house representatives

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Describing

·        Making and taking notes

·

 

·        Resource person

·        Text books

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Gateway

·        Teachers own collection

·        Handouts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 156-158

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-57

·     High Flyer page 165

·     Evolving world History and Government page 207-208

·     Gateway paper 2 page 133

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 193-194

·

 
 

 

 

3

 

The Electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

The nature of campaigns in the Animation electro process

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the nature of campaigns in U.S.A

(b)    Explain the types of elections in U.S.A and the qualifications for being a president

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Videos

·        Teacher own collection

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Resource person

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 158-160

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-57

·     Evolving world History and Government page 211-212

·     Gateway paper 2 page 133

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 193-194

·

 
   

4

 

The Electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

Congressional elections

–   Selecting of candidates for congressional elections (Nominations

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the election of candidates to various  primates in the U.S.A

(b)    Explain the qualification for nomination of presidential candidates

 

·        Explanations

·        Discussions

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Maps

·        Charts

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Videos

·        Teachers collection

·        Realia

·        Handouts

·        Resource person

·        documents

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 160-161

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-57

·     High Flyer page 165

·     Evolving world History and Government page 211-212

·     Gateway paper 2 page 131-136

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 190-192

·

 
 

4

 

1

 

The Electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

Functions of the U.S.A government

–   legislation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    state the functions of the congress

(b)    explain the functions of the U.S.A government i.e the legislature

 

·        drawings

·        illustrations

·        asking and answering questions

·        making and taking notes

·        illustrations

 

·        students book

·        teachers guide

·        videos

·        pictures

·        Films

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Teachers own collection

·        Photographs

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 161-162

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-57

·     High Flyer page 165

·     Evolving world History and Government page 207-208

·     Gateway paper 2 page 133

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 193-194

·

 
   

2

 

The electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

The executive

–   Functions of the Executive i.e the president

–   Legislative

–   Executive

–   Judicial and foreign affairs

–   functions

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    explain the functions of the executive i.e the president in U.S.A

(b)    Explain the functions that are used to check the conduct of the U.S.A president

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Demonstrating

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Realia

·        Teachers personal experience

·        News paper cuttings

·        Videos

·        pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 163-164

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-57

·     High Flyer page 166

·     Evolving world History and Government page 223-224

·     Gateway paper 2 page 133

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 198-200

·

 
   

3

 

The Electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

–   The vice presidents

–   Functions of the cabinet

–   Civic and public services

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the functions of the vice president, the cabinet and the civic and public service

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Handouts

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Pictures

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 164-165

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-57

·     High Flyer page 167

·     Evolving world History and Government page 224

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 199-200

·

 
   

4

 

The Electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

Functions of the Federal Judicial

–   The supreme course and its functions

–   The federal court of appeal

–   The federal district courts

–   State courts

–   Special federal courts

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the functions of the federal judicial system

(b)    Explain the merits and demerits of federal government

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students book

·        Videos

·        Photographs

·        Resource people

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Teachers guide

·        Teachers own collections

·        Maps

·        Charts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 165-167

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-57

·     High Flyer page 167

·     Evolving world History and Government page 224-225

·     Gateway paper 2 page 137-139

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 199-200

·

 
 

5

 

1-2

 

The electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the word

 

Britain

–   The electro process in Britain

–   Introduction

–   General elections

–   Voter registration

–   Nomination of candidates

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the Historical background of Britain

(b)    Explain the British parliamentary democracy and how voter registration and nomination of parliamentary candidate is done

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Describing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Videos

·        Photographs

·        Resource people

·        Teachers guide

·        Pictures

·        Documents

·        Photographs

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 167-170

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-57

·     High Flyer page 168

·     Evolving world History and Government page 210-211

·     Gateway paper 2 page 138-140

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 200-202

·

 
   

3

 

The Electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

–   Campaigns

–    Polling

–   Local elections

–   Elections

–   Function of government in Britain

–   Functions of the monarchy

–   Functions of the executive

–   Functions of the legislature

–   Functions of the cabinet

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain how camp rights and polling is done in Britain

(b)    Explain the functions of the monarchy executive, prime minister and cabinet in Britain

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Illustrations

·        Describing

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Realia

·        Resource person

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Documents

·        Pictures

·        Videos

 

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 170-174

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     High Flyer page 168-169

·     Evolving world History and Government page 211-214

·     Gateway paper 1 page 140-142

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 203-208

·

 
   

4

 

The Electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

–   Functions of civil service

–   The public boards

–   The Judiciary

–   The structure of the British court system,

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the functions of the civil service public board and the judiciary

(b)    Describe the structure of the British court system

 

·        Discussions

·        Describing

·        Illustrations

·        Explanations

·        Taking notes

·        demonstrating

 

·        students book

·        news paper cuttings

·        videos

·        Pictures

·        Teachers guide

·        Handouts

·        Documents

·        Realia

·        Revision books

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 175-178

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     High Flyer page 169-170

·     Evolving world History and Government page 214-218

·     Gateway paper 1 page 141-142

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 205-208

·

 
 

6

 

1-2

 

The Electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

India

–   Electoral process in India

–   Introduction

–   Constituencies and reformation of seats

–   Independence electro commission

–   Dissolving of parliament and scheduling of elections

–   Voters registrations

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Provide a back ground to the history of India

 

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

·        Describing

·        Illustrating

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Students book

·        Videos

·        Photographs

·        Resource person

·        Documents

·        Handouts

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Teachers guide

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 175-178

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     High Flyer page 169-170

·     Evolving world History and Government page 214-218

·     Gateway paper 1 page 141-142

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 205-208

·

 
  3 The electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world  

–   Nominations

–   Campaigns

–   polling’s

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    explain the electro process in India i.e nominations

(b)    campaigns and polling

 

·        discussions

·        Explanations

·        Making and taking notes

·        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Videos

·        Photographs

·        Resource person

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Documents

·        Charts

·        Handouts

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 182-185

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     High Flyer page 169-170

·     Evolving world History and Government page 226-227

·     Gateway paper 1 page 144

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 210-213

·

 
   

4

 

The electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

–   Role of political parties in elections

–   System in elections

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the role of political parties in elections

(b)    Discuss systems in elections in India

 

·        Explaining role of political parties in India and discussing the system in election

·        Illustrating

·        Asking and answering questions

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Handouts

·        Pictures

·        Charts

·        Maps

·        Students book

·        Teachers guide

·        Realia

·        Videos

·        Films

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 185-187

·     Milestone Teachers guide 56-58

·     High Flyer page 170

·     Evolving world History and Government page 226

·     Gateway paper 1 page 144

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 214

 
 

7

 

1-2

 

The Electoral process and functions of Government in other parts of the world

 

Functions of the Government in India

–   Legislature

–   The Lok Sablia (Lower house)

–   Rajya Satilia (upper house)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Explain the functions of government in India i.e Legislature

 

·        Discussing the functions of the government in India

·        Explanation

·        Asking and answering questions

·        demonstrations

 

·        students book

·        videos

·        photographs

·        resource people

·        pictures

·        documents

·        Realia

·        Photos

·        Teachers guide

·        Newspaper cuttings

·

·     Milestone in History and Government form IV page 187-192

·     Milestone Teachers guide 58

·     High Flyer page 171

·     Evolving world History and Government page 227

·     Gateway paper 1 page 144-146

·     Explore, Students book 4 page 216-217

 
 

8

 

1-4

 

K.C.S.E exams Revision sample papers

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

(a)    Discuss the questions and get the correct Answers

 

–        Asking and answering questions

 

·        Students book

·        Videos

·        Pictures

·        Resource people

·        Revision books i.e Gateway

·        Revision papers

·

·     Gateway secondary Revision History and Government paper 1 and  2

·     High Flyer

·     revision

 
                 

 

Jesma exams class 8 Free download 2023/2024

Jesma exams class 8 Free downloads

Here is a collection of the latest Mentor Series Exams with Marking Schemes for Class 8 KCPE Revision Exams. Remember to download more free secondary and primary teachers’ resources here; TEACHERS’ RESOURCES PORTAL.

CLASS 8 FREE MENTOR SERIES KCPE REVISION EXAMS

ENGLISH MENTOR SERIES EXAMS PAPER IN PDF.

MATHEMATICS MENTOR SERIES EXAMS PAPER IN PDF.

KISWAHILI MENTOR SERIES EXAMS PAPER IN PDF.

SOCIAL STUDIES AND RELIGION MENTOR SERIES EXAMS PAPER IN PDF.

MATHS MENTOR SERIES EXAMS PAPER IN PDF.

MENTOR SERIES EXAMS MARKING SCHEMES IN PDF.

SCIENCE MENTOR SERIES EXAMS PAPER IN PDF

ALSO DOWNLOAD;

CLASS 8 KCPE REVISION PAPERS; FREE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS DOWNLOADS

Free KCPE past papers, class 8 exams and revision materials

Class 8 free notes and exams (KCPE)

Class 8 free latest schemes of work downloads

Schemes of work class 5, 6, 7, and 8 term 1 to 3

Targeter series class 8 exams

Targeter series class 8 exams

Targeter series 2 class 8 exams

Class 8 Targeter, Jesma free exams with marking schemes

Jesma exams class 8 pdf

CBC Grade 6 CRE Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

CBC Grade 6 Physical and Health Education Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

GRADE 6 KLB PHYSICAL AND HEALTH EDUCATION

SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 3

Week Lesson  Strand Sub strand Specific learning outcomes Learning experiences Key inquiry questions  Learning resources Assessment Reflection
1 1 Gymnastics Elbow stand By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Use digital device to watch a video clip on elbow stand and observe the placement of the hands.

·        Draw the picture on learner’s book that show the elbow stand.

·        Discuss the benefits of an elbow.

·        Appreciate the benefits of an elbow.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Use digital device to watch a video clip on elbow stand and observe the placement of the hands.

-Draw the picture on learner’s book that show the elbow stand.

-Discuss the benefits of an elbow.

What is an elbow? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 198-199 Value based sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
2 Gymnastics Elbow stand By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify warm up activities.

·        Practice warm up and cool down activities such as bear crawl and Cross-Body shoulder stretch.

 

·        Appreciate the spirit of sports through dedication and commitment

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Identify warm up activities.

-Practice warm up and cool down activities such as bear crawl and Cross-Body shoulder stretch.

How do you perform warm up activity in elbow stand? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 199-201 Value based sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  3 Gymnastics Elbow stand By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the placement of the forearm during the elbow stand.
  • Demonstrate the elbow stand balance
  • Practice elbow stand kicks.
  • Have fun practising elbow stand.
The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Describe the placement of the forearm during the elbow stand.

 

-Demonstrate the elbow stand balance.

 

-Practice elbow stand kicks.

What is the other name for the elbow stand? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 201-204 Value based sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  4 Gymnastics Dive forward roll into squat stand By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the meaning of dive forward roll into squat stand.

 

·        Use digital device to watch a video clip and observe the body position, arm and leg movement.

 

·        Practice warm up activities.

 

·        Appreciate feedback from the teacher and others

 

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Explain the meaning of dive forward roll into squat stand.

 

-Use digital device to watch a video clip and observe the body position, arm and leg movement.

 

-Practice warm up activities

 

What is dive  forward roll into squat stand? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 205-207 Value based sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  5 Gymnastics Dive forward roll into squat stand By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the dive forward roll squat stand.

 

  • Demonstrate a dive forward roll into squat stand.

 

  • Practice dive roll, tuck forward roll and handstand forward roll.

 

  • Have a desire to uphold integrity during sporting competitions.

 

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Describe the dive forward roll squat stand.

 

-Demonstrate a dive forward roll into squat stand.

 

-Practice dive roll, tuck forward roll and handstand forward roll.

When can you use the dive forward roll in real life situations? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 207-209 Value based sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
2 1 Gymnastics Fence vault By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define a fence vault.

·        Use digital device to watch a video clip on fence vault and observe the body position, arm and leg movement.

·        Practice the warm up and cool down activities.

·        Appreciate the importance of following safety instructions.

 

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define a fence vault.

 

-Use digital device to watch a video clip on fence vault and observe the body position, arm and leg movement.

 

-Practice the warm up and cool down activities.

 

 

What is a fence vault? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 210-211 Value based sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
2 Gymnastics Fence vault By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Outline the drills used to practice the fence vault.

·        Demonstrate the fence vault.

·        Practice side vault, box top and fence vault.

·        Have fun and enjoy practising the fence vault gymnastic movement.

 

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Outline the drills used to practice the fence vault.

 

-Demonstrate the fence vault.

 

-Practice side vault, box top and fence vault.

When can you use a fence vault in everyday life? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 212-214 Value based sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  3 Gymnastics Partner balances By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the meaning of partner balances.

  • Describe the physical activities taking place on learner’s book.

 

  • Use digital device to watch a video clip on partner balances and observe the different types of partner balances.

·        Display the character of a sport person.

 

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Explain the meaning of partner balances.

 

-Describe the physical activities taking place on learner’s book.

 

-Use digital device to watch a video clip on partner balances and observe the different types of partner balances.

 

What is partner balance? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 214-215 Value based sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  4 Gymnastics Partner balances By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the meaning of counter balance.

  • Practice warm up and cool down activities such as side reach and torso twists.
  • Display an attitude of receiving feedback positively from teachers and peers.
The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Explain the meaning of counter balance.

 

-Practice warm up and cool down activities such as side reach and torso twists.

 

 

What is counter balance? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 216-217 Sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  5 Gymnastics Partner balances By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the safety measures to observe when performing the counter balance and the counter tension.

·        Demonstrate pair and trio balances.

·        Practise trio partner balances.

 

·       Display an attitude to work in a team

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-State the safety measures to observe when performing the counter balance and the counter tension.

 

-Demonstrate pair and trio balances.

 

-Practise trio partner balances

What is counter tension? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 218-220 Sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
3 1 Gymnastics Six action sequence By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe each of the six actions in the sequence on learner’s book.

  • Use digital device to watch a video clip on gymnastic sequences and observe the sequence of several gymnastics’ actions.
  • Practice warm up and cool down activities.
  • Appreciate feedback from their partner
The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Describe each of the six actions in the sequence on learner’s book.

 

-Use digital device to watch a video clip on gymnastic sequences and observe the sequence of several gymnastics’ actions.

 

-Practice warm up and cool down activities.

 

What is six  action sequence? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 220-222 Sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  2 Gymnastics Six action sequence By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Outline the drills to perform six action sequence.

  • Demonstrate a six action sequence.
  • Have fun and enjoy practicing six action sequence.

 

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Outline the drills to perform six action sequence.

 

-Demonstrate a six action sequence.

 

Which gymnastics actions are combined to come up with a six action sequence? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 222-223 sports channels,Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  3 Health and Fitness Speed By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define speed.

  • Use digital device to watch a video clip on how to improve speed.
  • Practice warm up and cool down activities such as collect tails.
  • Appreciate the benefits of speed.

 

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define speed.

 

-Use digital device to watch a video clip on how to improve speed.

 

-Practice warm up and cool down activities such as collect tails.

What is speed? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 226-227 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  4 Health and Fitness Speed By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Name the components of health fitness that are taken care of by activities for developing speed.

  • Demonstrate the drills to perform to enhance speed.
  • Have fun and enjoy performing different drills.
  • Display the character of a sport person.
The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Name the components of health fitness that are taken care of by activities for developing speed.

 

-Demonstrate the drills to perform to enhance speed.

 

Why is speed important in games? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 227-229 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  5 Health and Fitness Speed By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        List games and sports in which speed is very important.

·        Perform the interval sprints, jumping jacks and weight running.

·        Have fun and enjoy performing speed drill games.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-List games and sports in which speed is very important.

 

-Perform the interval sprints, jumping jacks and weight running.

 

 

How do you improve speed? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 229-232 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
4 1 Health and Fitness Power By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define power.

·        State the importance of power in games and sports.

·        Practice warm up and cool down activities.

·        Appreciate the importance of power in games and sports.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define power

State the importance of power in games and sports.

 

-Practice warm up and cool down activities.

 

What is power?

 

What is the importance of power in games and sports?

KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 232-233 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  2 Health and Fitness Power By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        List three sports where athletes need a lot of power.

·        Create drills that improve power.

·        Practice and perform physical exercise to enhance muscular strength.

·        Appreciate the importance being physically fit.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-List three sports where athletes need a lot of power.

 

-Create drills that improve power.

 

-Practice and perform physical exercise to enhance muscular strength.

Which activities can help you develop power at home? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 233-238 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  3 Health and Fitness Co-ordination By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define co-ordination.

·        Discuss ways to improve co-ordination.

·        Practice warm up and cool down activities.

·        Respect each other’s opinion.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define co-ordination.

 

-Discuss ways to improve co-ordination.

 

-Practice warm up and cool down activities.

What is co-ordination? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 238-239 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  4 Health and Fitness Co-ordination By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Outline the drills to practice to improve co-ordination.

·        Practice and perform different drills that help improve co-ordination.

·        Appreciate feedback from the teacher and others.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Outline the drills to practice to improve co-ordination.

 

-Practice and perform different drills that help improve co-ordination.

Why does an athlete need to be agile? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 239-240 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
5 1 Outdoor Activities Leadership styles By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify types of leadership styles in sports.

 

·        State the qualities of a good leader.

 

·        Role play the scenario on learner’s book.

 

·        Appreciate different kinds of leadership.

 

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Identify types of leadership styles in sports.

 

-State the qualities of a good leader.

 

-Role play the scenario on learner’s book.

 

What are the qualities of a good leader? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 244-247 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  2 Outdoor Activities Lightning the camp fire By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define firewood.

·        Discuss importance of stones around a fire place.

·        State the precautions to observe when starting a camp fire.

·        Draw the picture on learner’s book.

·        Appreciate importance of observing precautions when starting a camp fire.

 

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define firewood.

 

-Discuss importance of stones around a fire place.

 

-State the precautions to observe when starting a camp fire.

 

-Draw the picture on learner’s book.

What precautions should you take when starting a camp fire? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 247-248 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  3 Outdoor Activities Lightning the camp fire By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the materials that can be used to light a camp fire.

·        Demonstrate how to arrange firewood for a better camp fire during a camping activity.

·        Appreciate the importance of lightning a camp fire.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Identify the materials that can be used to light a camp fire.

 

-Demonstrate how to arrange firewood for a better camp fire during a camping activity.

 

How can you manage a camp fire during an outdoor activity? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 248-250 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  4 Outdoor Activities Choosing and constructing shelter By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define shelter.

 

·        Discuss why it is necessary to know how to make a shelter during an outdoor activity.

·        Practice warm up and cool down activities such as jog on the spot.

·        Appreciate the importance of making a shelter during an outdoor activity.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define shelter.

 

-Discuss why it is necessary to know how to make a shelter during an outdoor activity.

-Practice warm up and cool down activities such as jog on the spot.

 

What is a shelter?

Why is it  necessary to know how to make a shelter during an outdoor activity?

KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 251-252 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  5 Outdoor Activities Choosing and constructing shelter By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the factors needed to consider when choosing a site for setting up a shelter.

·        Model a simple shelter they would use in a camp.

·        Have fun and enjoy modelling a simple shelter.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Explain the factors needed to consider when choosing a site for setting up a shelter.

-Model a simple shelter they would use in a camp.

 

What are the factors to consider when choosing a site for setting up a shelter? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 252-255 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
6 1 Sports related injuries Fainting By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define fainting.

·        Identify causes of fainting.

·        Practise warm up and cool down activities.

·        Appreciate positive ways of coping with stress in daily life.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define fainting.

 

-Identify causes of fainting.

 

-Practise warm up and cool down activities.

Have you ever felt dizzy?

 

What are the causes of fainting?

KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 256-257 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  2 Sports related injuries Fainting By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the safety procedures to observe when attending to a person who has fainted.

·        Practise how to assist a person who has fainted.

·        Appreciate the importance of learning first aid of fainting.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-State the safety procedures to observe when attending to a person who has fainted.

 

-Practise how to assist a person who has fainted.

 

What should you do if you start experiencing the signs and symptoms of fainting? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 257-259 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  3 Sports related injuries Insect bites and stings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain how an insect bite occurs.

·        Practice the warm up and cool down activities of an insect bites and stings.

·        Appreciate the teacher’s feedback.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Explain how an insect bite occurs.

 

-Practice the warm up and cool down activities of an insect bites and stings.

 

How does an insect bite occurs? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 259-260 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  4 Sports related injuries Insect bites and stings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the signs and symptoms of insect bites and sting.

·        Draw insects that are common in their locality.

·        Have fun discussing the observations with their classmates.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Identify the signs and symptoms of insect bites and sting.

 

-Draw insects that are common in their locality.

 

What are the signs and symptoms of insects bites and stings? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 260-262 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  5 Sports related injuries Insect bites and stings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the difference between an insect bite and a sting.

·        Demonstrate how to take care of an insect bite.

·        Practise first aid procedure for insect bite and stings.

·        Appreciate importance of learning first aid of bites and stings.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-State the difference between an insect bite and a sting.

 

-Demonstrate how to take care of an insect bite.

 

-Practise first aid procedure for insect bite and stings.

 

What is the difference between an insect bite and a sting? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 269-263 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
7 1 Sports related injuries Snake bite By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define poisonous and non-poisonous snakes.

·        List down traditional ways in their locality that were used to care for snakes.

·        Demonstrate how to care for a snake bite.

·        Practise how to assist a casualty of a snake bite.

·        Advocate the importance of learning first-aid.

 

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define poisonous and non-poisonous snakes.

 

-List down traditional ways in their locality that were used to care for snakes.

 

-Demonstrate how to care for a snake bite.

 

-Practise how to assist a casualty of a snake bite.

How would you tell if you have been bitten by a snake? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 263-265 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  2 Sports related injuries Bandages and dressings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the meaning of dressing a wound.

·        Define bandage.

·        Identify the different types of bandages and dressing first aid.

·        Draw the things found in a first aid box.

·        Appreciate the use of a first aid box.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Explain the meaning of dressing a wound.

-Define bandage.

-Identify the different types of bandages and dressing first aid.

 

-Draw the things found in a first aid box.

What is a bandage?

 

How to identify different types of bandages?

KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 266-267 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  3 Sports related injuries Bandages and dressings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define a triangular bandage.

·        List the materials used to make a triangular bandage.

·        Practice how to use the triangular bandage.

·        Appreciate the importance of using a triangular bandage.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define a triangular bandage.

 

-List the materials used to make a triangular bandage.

 

-Practice how to use the triangular bandage.

How do you use a triangular bandage? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 268-270 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  4 Sports related injuries Slings and splints By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define slings and splints.

·        State the functions of a splints and a sling in first aid.

·        Practice warm up and cool down activities.

·        Appreciate the functions of a splints and a sling in first aid.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define slings and splints.

 

-State the functions of a splints and a sling in first aid.

 

-Practice warm up and cool down activities.

 

 

What are the functions of a  splints and a sling in first aid? KLB Visionary Physical and HealthEducation Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 270-271 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  5 Sports related injuries Slings and splints By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        List the materials required to improvise a sling.

 

·        Practise how to tie the reef knot on a triangular bandage.

·        Have fun and enjoy practising tie the reef knot.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-List the materials required to improvise a sling.

 

-Practise how to tie the reef knot on a triangular bandage.

 

What materials do you require to improvise a sling at home? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 272-273 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
8 1 Sports related injuries Two and four-handed seat By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain two-handed seat carry.

·        Differentiate between the two-handed seat carry and four handed seat carry.

·        Demonstrate the two and four handed seat carry method.

·        Display positivity in accepting feedback from the teacher.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Explain two-handed seat carry.

 

-Differentiate between the two-handed seat carry and four handed seat carry.

 

-Demonstrate the two and four handed seat carry method.

What is two and four handed seat carry? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 274-276 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  2 Sports related injuries Two and four-handed seat By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify situations whereby the two-handed seat carry may be used.

·        Outline the steps to carry two and four-handed seat.

·        Practise the four handed seat carry.

·        Advocate social justice by respecting and appreciating the abilities of others.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Identify situations whereby the two-handed seat carry may be used.

 

-Outline the steps to carry two and four-handed seat.

 

-Practise the four handed seat carry.

How do you perform two-and four handed seat? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 276-278 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  3 Sports related injuries Bone fractures and dislocation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define a bone fracture.

·        Identify causes of fractures.

·        Practice warm up and cool down activities such as tag game.

·        Display respect for others opinion when discussing bone fractures and dislocation.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define a bone fracture.

 

-Identify causes of fractures.

 

-Practice warm up and cool down activities such as tag game.

 

What is a bone fracture?

 

How do you identify a broken bone?

KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 279-280 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  4 Sports related injuries Bone fractures and dislocation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the signs and symptoms of fractures.

·        Draw human skeleton and the areas prone to dislocation.

·        Appreciate the teacher’s feedback

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

 

-Identify the signs and symptoms of fractures.

-Draw human skeleton and the areas prone to dislocation.

Where do dislocation occur in the human body? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 280-282 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
  5 Sports related injuries Bone fractures and dislocation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define dislocation.

·        Identify symptoms of dislocation.

·        Demonstrate how to splint a fractures arm for first aid.

·        Appreciate the importance of learning bone fracture and dislocation first aid.

The learner is guided individually or in groups to:

-Define dislocation

Identify symptoms of dislocation.

 

-Demonstrate how to splint a fractures arm for first aid.

What is the difference between a fracture and a dislocation? KLB Visionary Physical and Health Education Learner’s Book 6 Pg. 282-284 Observation Peer assessment and feedback Self – assessment and feedback

Practical’s  Written Tests Portfolio

 
9                  ASSESSMENT          

 

 

Preprimary 1 (PP1) Free Lesson Plans

Preprimary 1 (PP1) Free Lesson Plans free downloads:

pp1-rationalised-mathematics-lesson-plans-term-2

pre-priamry-1-moran-langauge-activities-lesson-plans-term-2

pre-primary-1-mathematics-activities-lesson-plan-term-2

pp1-rationalised-creative-arts-schemes-of-work-term-2

pp1-rationalised-creative-arts-schemes-of-work-term-2-1

pp1-longhorn-art-and-craft-schemes-of-work-term-2

longhorn-pp1-environmental-activities-schemes-of-work-term-2

pp1-art-and-craft-schemes-of-work-work-term-2

lognhorn-2-pp1-environmental-activities-lesson-plans-16-30-term-1

pp1-klb-language-activities-schemes-of-work-term-2

longhorn-pp1-psychomotor-schemes-of-work-term-2

pp1-creative-activities-lesson-plans-term-3

pp1-klb-rationalised-language-activities-schemes-of-work-term-2

 

ENGLISH LISTENING AND SPEAKING NOTES FOR FORM FOUR

LISTENING AND SPEAKING FOR FORM FOUR

LISTENING & SPEAKING

LISTENING COMPREHENSION AND NOTE-TAKING

FEATURES OF ORAL POETRY

  • Oral poetry refers to the verbal expression of feelings, ideas and thoughts using words arranged in their best possible order.
  • If sung, it is a song.

Features of Oral Poetry

Oral poetry has the following features:

  1. It is composed and delivered by word of mouth.
  2. Linguistic aspects such as tone and pitch are crucial in oral poetry in varying the meaning and the mood .
  3. There is often solo and chorus pattern especially in sung poetry.
  4. Accompanied with movement and dance.
  5. The performer dresses in costumes in some sung poetry.
  6. Musical instruments such as drums, horn can accompany the performance of poetry.
  7. Rhythm or beat. It is a regular repeated pattern of sounds. It can be slow, fast, moderate, monotonous, or disjointed.
  8. This refers to whether the song/poetry should be loud or soft. A lullaby should be sung softly while war song should be sung loudly as it engenders courage and aggression.

Features of Proverbs

  • Proverbs have features such as:
  1. They are brief.
  2. They contain wisdom.
  • Proverbs also have stylistic qualities.

Stylistic Qualities of Proverbs

Proverbs possess unique stylitic qualities like:

  • Mnemonic features such as alliteration, assonance and consonance.
  • Paradox

Let’s learn these from the example of proverbs :

  • Alliteration, example

Forgive and forget

  • Consonance, example,

Practice makes perfect.

  • Assonance, for example,

Upendapo, uendapo.
Where you like it, is where you must go.

This is a balance between two similar words, phrases, or clauses.

Examples

  1. Nothing ventured, nothing gained.
  2. Easy come, easy go.

 

  • Ellipsis

Some words are omitted.

Unneeded words are left out in order for us to fill what is missing.

Examples

  1. Once bitten, twice shy.
  2. Penny wise, pound foolish.
  • Hyperbole

An idea is exaggerated in order to evoke strong feelings, or to create a strong impression.

Example

The half is more than the whole.

  • Paradox

It is an apparently true statement that leads to, or intentionally expresses a contradiction or situation, which defies intuition.

Examples

  1. The longest way is the shortest way home.
  2. Absence make the heart grow fonder.
  • Personification , examples,
  1. Hunger is the best cook.
  2. Love is blind.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ETIQUETTE

TURN-TAKING

Being a cyclical process, turn taking starts with one person speaking, and continues as the speaker gives control to the next individual. This is then offered to another person and then back to the original speaker. Orderly conversation has to take place.

A turn is a crucial element within turn taking. Each person takes turn within the conversation – either in person or on phone.

Achieving Smooth Turn Taking

It is achieved with:

  1. Using specific polite phrases, for example, those for,
  • Interrupting
  • Accepting the turn when offered it
  • Keeping your turn
  • Getting other people speaking, etc.
  1. Using gestures to indicate you have completed what you are saying or that you want to say something. You drop your arm when you have completed and raise it when you want to say something.
  2. Varying the intonation to show you have or have not finished speaking.
  3. Use noises like ‘uming’ and ‘ahing’ while thinking so as not to lose your turn.

Turn Taking Cues

There are various ways of signaling a finished turn. They might be indicated when the current speaker:

  1. Asks a question, for example, ‘ Did you want to add anything?’
  2. Trails off (his/her voice becomes weaker to the extent you may not hear his words)
  3. Indicates they are done speaking with a closing statement, for example, ‘That’s all I wanted to say.’or ’I think I have made my point.
  4. Uses marker words (those that allow the other a chance to speak), for example, ‘well…’ or ‘so…’
  5. Drops the pitch or volume of their voice at the end of their utterance. This is the use of falling intonation.
  6. Uses gestures to signal that another can contribute.

Violations in Turn-Taking

There are five well known turn-taking violations in a conversation. They are: interruptions, overlaps, grabbing the floor, hogging the floor, and silence. Do you know what they really are? If you don’t, read the explanations for the violations in that order.

  1. Inhibiting the speaker from finishing their sentences during their turn.
  2. Talking at the same time as the current speaker. This is interruptive overlap. However, cooperative overlap is encouraged as it shows you are interested in the message.
  3. Interrupting and then taking over the turn before being offered it.
  4. Taking over the floor and ignoring other people’s attempt to take the floor.
  5. Remaining without saying anything for quite some time.

The List of Turn-Taking Phrase

To interrupt;

  • Before I forget, …
  • I don’t like to interrupt, but ….
  • I wouldn’t usually interrupt, but …
  • I’m afraid I have to stop you there.
  • I will let you finish in a minute/second/moment ….
  • May I interrupt?

To accept the turn when offered it;

  • I won’t take long.
  • What I wanted to say was …

To stop other people from interrupting you during your turn use;

  • I have just one more point to make
  • I have nearly finished
  • Before you have your say …
  • I haven’t quite finished my point yet
  • I know you’re dying to jump in, but….

To offer the turn to another use;

  • …., right?
  • But that’s enough from me.
  • Can you give me your thoughts on …?
  • Does anyone want to say anything before I move on?
  • How about you?

To take the turn back after being interrupted;

  • As I was saying (before I was interrupted)
  • To get back on topic…
  • Carrying on from where we left on…

Note: The list is endless, and you can come up with other appropriate phrases.

 

INTERRUPTING AND DISAGREEING POLITELY

  • English is a polite language. For this reason, it is advisable to indirectly contradict a person. It is rude to do it directly.
  • Although conversation is a two way street, interrupting a speaker is usually regarded as rude. However, at times you need to interrupt. When then can one interrupt?
  • You can only interrupt to:
  • Ask a question;
  • Make a correction;
  • Offer an opinion; and
  • Ask for clarification.

In this section, we shall learn how to interrupt and disagree politely.

Steps to Interrupting

It is important to take note of the following steps when interrupting a speaker during a conversation or during a discussion:

  1. Signal to the speaker that you have something to contribute by implementing the body language such as:
  • Making eye contact;
  • Slightly raising your hand;
  • Sitting forward on your seat;
  • Quietly clearing your throat; or
  • Coughing quietly.
  1. Wait patiently until the speaker pauses or incase of a lull in the conversation.
  2. Speak clearly using polite phrases. These phrases will be learnt later.
  3. Wait for the speaker to acknowledge your request to speak before you do so.
  4. After you have spoken, thank the speaker and allow them continue.
  5. Take a deep breath and calm yourself before interrupting when you feel angry or annoyed.
  6. Take care to use low tone of voice.

Avoid:

  1. Unnecessary interruptions.
  2. Finishing speaker’s sentences.
  3. Interrupting to correct the speaker unnecessarily.
  4. Speaking harshly or using disparaging comments.

Phrases used in Interruption

Below is the list of phrases which you can use to politely interrupt someone:

  • May I say something here?
  • I am sorry to interrupt, but …
  • Excuse me, may I add to that…?
  • Do you mind if I jump in here?
  • Before we move on to the next point, may I add …?
  • Sorry, I didn’t catch that, is it possible to repeat the last point?
  • I don’t mean to intrude ….
  • Sorry to butt in, but …
  • Would this be a good time to ….?
  • Excuse the interruption, but …
  • I hate to interrupt, but …
  • I know it is rude to interrupt, but …

How to Disagree Politely

The tips that follow will help you handle disagreements without annoying the other person in a discussion or discussion:

  1. Actively listen to the other person’s point of view. This helps in showing respect and understanding of the other person’s perspective.
  2. Stay calm even if you feel angry.
  3. Acknowledge the other person’s point of view before the buts.
  4. Disagree only with the person’s idea but not he person.
  5. Use polite phrases to respectfully disagree.
  6. Speak in a low tone.
  7. Give some credence to the other person’s point of view before challenging it. For example, say: It’s partly true that I bought this phone at a cheap price, but …

Disagreeing Politely Expressions

  • I agree up to a point, but …
  • I see your point, but …
  • That’s partly true, but …
  • I’m not so sure about that.
  • That’s not entirely true
  • I am sorry to disagree with you, but …
  • I’m afraid I have to disagree
  • I must take issue with you on that
  • It’s unjustifiable to say that..

 

 

 

 

NEGOTIATION SKILLS

  • This is the process of discussion between towo or more disputants, aimed at finding the solution to a common problem.
  • It is a method by which people settle their differences.
  • It is also the process by which a compromise or agreement is reached while avoiding arguiment.
  • There could be a difference between people with different aims or intentions, especially in business or politics. When this happens, they have to reach an agreement.
  • Negotiation skills will be helpful when:
  • Haggling over the price of something;
  • Negotiating with your employer e.g. for higher salary;
  • Negotiating for peace/ solving conflict;
  • Negotiating for better services; etc.

Stages Of Negotiation

  1. Preparation comes first. During this time, ensure all the pertinent facts of the situation is known in order to clarify your own position. It will help in avoiding wasting time unnecessarily.
  2. Discussion then follows. This is the time to ask questions, listen and make things easier to understand. At times, it is helpful to take notes to record all points put forward.
  3. Negotiate towards a win-win outcome. Each party has to be satisfied at the end of the process.
  4. Agreement comes after understanding both sides’ viewpoints and considering them.
  5. Implement the course of action. If for example, paying the amount, it has to be paid.

Points Every Negotiator Should Consider

  1. Ask questions, confirm and summarise. These three activities ensure that there is no confusion on what each party wants.
  2. Acknowledge each other’s point of view. Show that you have listened to and understood their perspective. Show appreciation of the other person’s point of view.
  3. Listen attentively to the other person.
  4. Respond to negative comments and complaints. Avoid confrontational language.
  5. Behave in a confident way, but don’t be rude. Make polite but firm requests.
  6. Give options/alternatives. You can both win if you recognise that you share a common ground.

Exercise

You are planning to buy a new model car.

  • Write down three relevant facts you would want to know before going to buy the car.
  • State any three hints for the negotiators you would consider when haggling over the price of that car.

 

 

PAYING ATTENTION (LISTENING)

Listening is different from hearing. When you listen, you understand both the verbal and non verbal information.

Why should you listen? You listen:

  • To obtain information
  • To understand the message
  • For enjoyment
  • To learn

In this section, we shall learn the techniques of active listening.

Techniques of Paying Attention

In order to benefit from a talk as the listener, you should take note of the following key tips:

  1. keep an open mind. Listen without judging the speaker or mentally criticizing their message they pass. You just have to hold your criticism and withhold judgment.
  2. Familiarize yourself with the topic under discussion. Audience tend to listen more if they have idea of the topic being discussed. How then can one familiarize himself/ herself with the subject? They can do this by:
  • Reading from the books.
  • Reading from the internet.
  • Asking for ideas from those who know.
  1. Use the speaker responses to encourage the speaker to continue speaking. You will also get the information you need if you do so. Some of the speaker responses we use include:
  • Slightly nodding the head, but occasionally.
  • Smile occasionally.
  • Using small verbal comments like yes, uh huh, mmmh, I see, etc.
  • Reflecting back e.g. you said …
  1. Take notes on the important points. This can in itself be a distractor. You should therefore know when to and when not to take notes.
  2. Listen for the main ideas. These are the most important points the speaker wants to get across and are repeated several times.
  3. Wait for the speaker to pause before asking a clarifying question. Just hold back.
  4. Avoid distractions. Don’t let your mind wander or be distracted by other people’s activities. If the room is too cold or too hot get the solution to that situation if possible.
  5. Sit properly. Sit upright
  6. Make eye contact with the speaker. when you do this you will be able to understand the non verbal messages too.

Signs of Inactive Audience

You can easily tell whether  your audience listens or not. The inattentive listeners tend to posses the following characteristics:

  • Fidgeting
  • Doodling
  • Playing with their hair
  • Looking at a clock or watch
  • Picking their fingernails
  • Passing small pieces of paper to one another
  • Shifting from seat to seat
  • Yawning

Barriers to Effective Listening

There are many things that get in the way of listening and you should avoid these bad habits so as to become a more effective listener. These factors that inhibit active listening include;

  1. Lack of interest in the topic being discussed.
  2. Unfamiliarity with the topic under discussion.
  3. One might fear being asked a question and in the process fail to look at the speaker.
  4. In case of noise the listeners might not get what the speaker is saying.

Exercise 1

MwangiMwaniki, the author of one of the set text you study, is coming to your school to give a talk on the themes in his novel.

  • How would you prepare for this big day?
  • State what you would do to ensure you benefit from the talk during the presentation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MASTERY OF CONTENT

ORAL REPORTS

  • From the heading, an oral report is spoken, not written.
  • Being oral, it doesn’t mean writing is not involved. As part of preparation, you have to write notes on the topic or at least an outline of points.
  • When asked to present an oral report you get the opportunity to practice your speaking skills.
  • A spoken report has various elements including an introduction, body and conclusion.

Preparation for Oral Reports

You can prepare by:

  1. Researching on the topic. Get all the facts about what is known and unknown by your audience.
  2. Take notes on the facts about the topic. Choose your words appropriately in the process.
  3. Practice the report before presenting it. You may
  • Practice in front of a mirror.
  • Practice in front of friends or relatives.
  • Videotape your rehearsals.

More practice is required if it has to be memorized.

  1. Plan on how to dress and groom.
  2. Prepare the visual aids if you plan to use the them. Select the appropriate chart, picture, etc. that will make abstract ideas concrete.

Reporting

  1. Stand up straight. Your upper body should be held straight, but not stiff. Do not fidget.
  2. Make eye contact in order to look surer of yourself and to ensure your audience listens better.
  3. Vary your tone appropriately and speak clearly.
  4. Use gestures to make your points well understood and to keep the audience interested.
  5. Pause at key points to let the point sick.
  6. Speak loud enough for everyone to hear you.
  7. If you have visual aids use them appropriately.

Exercise

You have seen thieves robbing your neighbor’s house. During this time you have your phone that you have used to capture one of the two robbers. The next day you are called at the police station to report on what occurred.

  • State any three ways you would prepare to deliver this oral report.
  • What three details would you include in your report?
  • How would you deliver the report to ensure the information is understood?

 

READING FOR FORM FOUR

READING SKILLS

NOTE-MAKING

How to Make Notes

The following tips will come in handy when making notes:

  1. Read the material carefully and thoroughly.
  2. Underline the key sentences as you read. This will help in forming the title.
  3. Make a rough note of the main points in a logical sequence.
  4. Write the final notes.

You should have in mind that a note:

  1. Should be short and to the point.
  2. Contain all the important and relevant information.
  3. Should have information systematically divided and subdivided.
  4. Should have a short title. Avoid long sentences as titles.
  5. Must be written in points only.

Notes Template

TITLE …………………….

  • ………………………………………….
  • …………………………………………
  • ………………………………………..
  • ………………………………………..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STUDY READING

  • Reading for study is a detailed reading that requires the reading speed to be slowed down.
  • You may have to fracture a single idea or concept in a sentence at a time, and you may need to go back over the text several times.
  • Some sections of material may require that you understand every sentence and that you know how each sentence, and sometimes each equation, relates to the next..
  • You could also try the following when reading for study:
  • Mark the text as you go. Highlight key concepts, and try to sort out which information will be critical to the lesson and assignment questions on which you will be working.
  • Use visual images.
  • When you try to visualize as you read a material you will understand what you read more.
  • If there are diagrams or illustrations in your study materials, learn to use them to complement the text.
  • When there is no diagram to illustrate a process or idea, make your own. Your own diagram will stick in your mind long after the descriptive words are forgotten.
  • Note new terms. Trying memorizing and finding their meanings.

SQ3R – Reading/Study System

  • SQ3R is a reading comprehension technique named for its five steps: survey, question, read, recite/recall, and review.
  • Follow the steps below to learn how to gather as much information as possible from the text requirements from any class.

1)     SURVEY

  • Read the title to help your mind prepare to receive the subject matter at hand.
  • Read the introduction and/or summary..
  • Observe each boldface heading and subheading. This helps systematize your mind before you begin to read and build a structure for the thoughts and details to come.
  • Check for any graphics, for example, charts, maps, diagrams, which are meant to make a point. Don’t ignore them.
  • Notice reading aids like italics, bold face print, chapter objective, and end-of -chapter questions are all included to help you sort, comprehend, and remember.

2)     QUESTION

  • This is where you assist your mind to engage and concentrate
  • Turn the boldface heading for each section into as many questions as you think will be answered in that section. The better the questions, the better your comprehension is likely to be. You may always add further questions as you proceed. When your mind is actively searching for answers to questions it becomes engaged in learning.

3)     READ

Read one section at a time with your questions in mind and look for the answers. Recognize when you need to make up some new questions.

4)     RECITE

  • After each part, stop and recall your questions and see if you can answer them from memory.
  • If you are unable to remember, look back at the text again , but don’t move to the next section until you can recite the answers from the previous one.

5)     REVIEW

Once you’ve finished the entire chapter using the preceding steps, go back over the questions you create for every heading. See if you can still answer them. If not, look back and refresh your memory and then continue.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRITICAL READING

  • Critical reading is an investigative activity.
  • The reader rereads a text to identify patterns of elements such as information, values, assumptions, and language usage throughout the discussion.
  • The above elements are tied together in an interpretation, a claim of an underlying meaning of the text as a whole.

Why Critical Reading?

We critically read so as to:

  •  recognize an author’s purpose
  •  understand tone and persuasive elements
  •  recognize bias

INTERPRETIVE READING

  • In Interpretive reading, you read a selection of passages from a book, poem, or other piece of literature that have a similar theme.
  • One of the objectives is to read with feeling and energy, bringing out the emotion written into the passage. You begin with an intro and intersperse transitions and end with a conclusion.
  • Read the poem below from America and about an American woman. After it is the interpretation.

 

 

Mother to Son by Langston Hughes

Well, son, I’ll tell you:
Life for me hasn’t been no crystal stair.
It’s had tacks in it,
And splinters,
And boards torn up,
And places with no carpet on the floor —
Bare.

But all the time
I’ve been a-climbing’ on,
And reaching’ landings,
And turning’ corners,
And sometimes going’ in the dark
Where there hasn’t been no light.

So boy, don’t you turn back.
Don’t you set down on the steps
‘Cause you find it’s kinder hard.
Don’t you fall now —
For I’se still going’, honey,
I’se still climbin’,
And life for me ain’t been no crystal stair.

Interpretation

There are no one escapes in life without challenges that bring sadness and suffering. The woman was obviously poor and not as well educated.  Suffering and perseverance appear to know no boundaries of race or class.

Ø  Now try interpreting the message in the poem that follow.

SEE IT THROUGH by Edgar Guest

When you’re up against a trouble,
Meet it squarely, face to face;
Lift your chin and set your shoulders,
Plant your feet and take a brace.
When it’s vain to try to dodge it,
Do the best that you can do;
You may fail, but you may conquer,
See it through!

Black may be the clouds about you
And your future may seem grim,
But don’t let your nerve desert you;
Keep yourself in fighting trim.
If the worst is bound to happen,
Spite of all that you can do,
Running from it will not save you,
See it through!

Even hope may seem but futile,
When with troubles you’re beset,
But remember you are facing
Just what other men have met.
You may fail, but fall still fighting;
Don’t give up, whate’er you do;
Eyes front, head high to the finish.
See it through!

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RECOGNIZING ATTITUDE AND TONE

  • Attitude is the author’s personal feelings about a subject.
  • Tone refers to how the author, narrator or speaker feels or conveys information about the subject
  • Tone is the use of stylistic devices to reveal that personal feeling.

Whether it is for the analysis of literature or historical essays, recognition of tone and its associated words is vital for effective understanding of the text.

Tone is the key to understanding the author’s attitude and developing the intended mood. All students respond to the tone of the text, whether they realize it or not.

Tone/Attitude Words

They can be categorized as:

  • Positive
  • Negative
  • Neutral
  • Ironic

POSITIVE

 

  • amiable
  • brave
  • calm
  • cheery
  • complimentary
  • confident
  • considerate
  • consoling
  • diplomatic
  • ecstatic
  • elated
  • elevated
  • encouraging
  • enthusiastic
  • grand
  • helpful
  • joyful
  • kind
  • learned
  • loving
  • optimistic
  • passionate
  • soothing

 

NEGATIVE

 

  • aggravated
  • agitated
  • angry
  • apprehensive
  • bitter
  • brash
  • caustic
  • disgusted
  • flippant
  • foreboding
  • furious
  • gloomy
  • grave
  • hopeless
  • indignant
  • inflammatory
  • insolent
  • insulting
  • irritated
  • malicious
  • melancholy
  • morose
  • mournful
  • obnoxious
  • quarrelsome
  • resigned
  • sad
  • sardonic
  • surly
  • testy
  • threatening
  • wrathful

 

NEUTRAL

 

  • authoritative
  • candid
  • clinical
  • conventional
  • didactic
  • factual
  • formal
  • forthright
  • informative
  • instructive
  • objective
  • restrained
  • sincere
  • standard
  • typical
  • usual

 

IRONIC

 

  • caustic
  • condescending
  • contemptuous
  • droll
  • facetious
  • indifferently
  • insolent
  • irreverent
  • patronizing
  • petty
  • whimsical
  • wry

 

Sample Passage

“Fifteen years ago I came here with Lily,” he thought. “We sat somewhere over there by a lake and I begged her to marry me all through the hot afternoon. How the dragonfly kept circling round us: how clearly I see the dragonfly and her shoe with the square silver buckle at the toe. All the time I spoke I saw her shoe and when it moved impatiently I knew without looking up what she was going to say: the whole of her seemed to be in her shoe. And my love, my desire, were in the dragonfly; for some reason I thought that if it settled there, on that leaf, she would say ‘Yes’ at once. But the dragonfly went round and round: it never settled anywhere — of course not, happily not, or I shouldn’t be walking here with Eleanor and the children.”

The speaker’s attitude may be described as nostalgic. The speaker looks at the past, remembering an afternoon when he “begged” a woman to accept his marriage proposal. He has nostalgic –feeling pleasure and longing for something in the past.

 

 DISTINGUISHING FACTS FROM OPINIONS

  •   Facts are statements that can be checked or proved.
  •  Opinions are statements that cannot be proved.  They tell what someone thinks or feels.
  •  Opinions often contain clue words such as think, feel, believe, and seem.  Other common clue words are always, never, all, none, most, least, greatest, best, and worst.
  • A fact is something that is true.
  • An opinion tells how a person feels about something.
  •  Facts can be proven.  Opinions cannot.   

Are the following statements opinions or facts?

  1. Giraffe is the tallest animal.
  2. Uhuru Kenyatta is the best president ever.
  3. We use pens to write.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTENSIVE READING

 ORAL LITERATURE

ORAL POETRY

  • Oral poetry refers to the verbal expression of feelings, ideas and thoughts using words arranged in their best possible order.
  • If sung, it is a song.

Features of Oral Poetry

Oral poetry has the following features:

  • It is composed and delivered by word of mouth.
  • Linguistic aspects such as tone and pitch are crucial in oral poetry in varying the meaning and the mood .
  • There is often solo and chorus pattern especially in sung poetry.
  • Accompanied with movement and dance.
  • The performer dresses in costumes in some sung poetry.
  • Musical instruments such as drums, horn can accompany the performance of poetry.
  • Rhythm or beat. It is a regular repeated pattern of sounds. It can be slow, fast, moderate, monotonous, or disjointed.
  • This refers to whether the song/poetry should be loud or soft. A lullaby should be sung softly while war song should be sung loudly as it engenders courage and aggression.

Classification of Oral Poetry

For purposes of study, oral poetry can be classified based on criteria that follow:

  1. The performer of the poetry, for example, children’s songs
  2. The theme, examples
  • Love poetry
  • Play songs
  • War songs
  • Initiation songs
  1. Context of performance, examples
  • Dirges
  • Wedding songs
  • War poetry
  1. Function, examples,
  • Praise songs/poetry
  • Teasing songs
  • lullabies
  • LULLABIES
  • they are sung by a nanny, sibling, aunty, etc.in order to:
  1. Send the baby to sleep.
  2. Calm the crying baby.
  3. Give promise to the crying baby. The promise can be that one of the parents is coming back.
  • They are normally sung softly so as to lull the baby.
  • If you have to clap, or hum, or whistle to the rhythm, do it softly and slowly.
  • In the case where a child cries, rock the baby as you sing.
  • You can also gently tap the back of the baby.
  • They are normally short.
  • They are also repetitive.
  • Read the song below and then attempt the questions that follow.

Sleep baby sleep

Sleep baby sleep

Your father tends the sheep

Your mother shakes the dreamland tree.

  1. Identify two features of lullabies in the above song.
  2. Give the main reason for singing the above song.
  • How would you do the following as you sing the song:
  1. Clap to the rhythm of the song.
  2. Rock the baby as you sing.
  • children songs
  • They are sung by children during their playtime.
  • Also referred to as play songs.

Features of Children Songs

  1. Repetition is used. A word, sentence, and even a whole stanza can be repeated.
  2. They are often short.

Functions of Children’s  Songs

  1. They help in developing children’s language skills as they listen to familiar words in the songs.
  2. Help develop children’s listen skills, thus concentrate.
  3. Encourage creativity in children. At times you find children adding words that were not initially mentioned in the original versions of the songs.
  4. Some teaching counting of numbers.
  • Now read the song below. You can practice singing it.

In and out the bamboo forest

In and out the bamboo forest

In and out the bamboo forest

You are my partner.

Beat a beat on my shoulder

Beat a beat on my shoulder

Beat a beat on my shoulder

You are my partner.

 

 

  • Teasing Songs
  • Sung to make fun of someone.
  • Religious Poetry
  • Sung and performed during religious occasions.
  • Sung mostly at places considered holy grounds.
  • Sung softly and slowly.
  • Love Poetry/Songs
  • They are based on romance.
  • Sung by one to the loved one.
  • They are sung softly and slowly as they should present romantic elements.
  • They are sung to:
  1. Express romance.
  2. Mend the damaged relationship between lovers.

 

  • Cradle Songs/Poetry
  • Performed to mark the birth of a child.
  • In most cases, a child is wished a successful life in future.
  • Mostly performed by women and girls.
  • During this time, a child or child’s mother is presented with gifts.
  • War Poetry
  • Performed by warriors during war.
  • Sung loudly to show bravery.
  • During the singing, weapons are held in the hands of the performers.

 

  • Hunting Songs
  • Hunters perform hunting songs.
  • Sung on the way to and from hunting trip.
  • Hunting tools carried in the process.
  • Just like war songs, they are sung loudly.
  • They are on the way to hunt to encourage themselves on the possibility of killing fatter and enough animals.
  • Also to pass time on their way.

 

  • Satirical Poetry
  • One’s folly is criticized in this song.
  • They are meant to help the wicked in some areas to change.
  • Epics/Heroic Poetry
  • They are elaborate and talk about the lives of heroes known to the community.
  • The heroic deeds of the heroes are mentioned.
  • Dirges
  • Also referred to as funeral songs or funeral poems.
  • They are sung after learning about the death of someone.
  • Can also be sung during the funeral ceremony.
  • Should also be sung softly to show the sadness that result from losing someone’s beloved one.
  • In some cases, weapons are held during the performance.
  • There is the use of apostrophe. This is style of addressing an object or a death as if it is alive and can respond.
  • While women sing, men chant.
  • Panegyrics
  • In its specialized form panegyric is a type of oral poetry and one meant to praise someone.
  • The praise song can be sung by someone else or sung by one for self praises. Sometimes these are self-praises
  • Formalized praises are directed publicly to kings, chiefs, and leaders, composed and recited by members of a king’s official entourage.
  • One can be praised in case of:
  1. personal achievement in war ; or
  2. Achievement in hunting.

What else is praised in a Panegyric?

  1. In eastern and southern Africa cattle form a popular subject in praise poetry, and inanimate things like divining implements or even a train or bicycle are also praised.
  2. In West Africa, apparently unlike other areas, formal praises are addressed to supernatural beings.
  • Look at the panegyric below.

Ogun kills on the right and destroys on the right.
Ogun kills on the left and destroys on the left.
Ogun kills suddenly in the house and suddenly in the field.
Ogun kills the child with the iron with which it plays.

Ogun kills in silence.
Ogun kills the thief and the owner of the stolen goods.
Ogun-kills the owner of the slave—and the slave runs away.
Ogun kills the owner of thirty ’iwofa’ [pawns]—and his money, wealth and children disappear.
Ogun kills the owner of the house and paints the hearth with his blood.
Ogun is the death who pursues a child until it runs into the bush.
Ogun is the needle that pricks at both ends.
Ogun has water but he washes in blood.

Ogun do not fight me. I belong only to you.
The wife of Ogun is like a tim tim [decorated leather cushion].
She does not like two people to rest on her.

Ogun has many gowns. He gives them all to the beggars.
He gives one to the woodcock—the woodcock dyes it indigo.
He gives one to the coucal—the coucal dyes it in camwood.
He gives one to the cattle egret—the cattle egret leaves it white.

Ogun is not like pounded yam:
Do you think you can knead him in your hand
And eat of him until you are satisfied?
Ogun is not like maize gruel:
Do you think you can knead him in your hand
And eat of him until you are satisfied?
Ogun is not like something you can throw in your cap:
Do you think you can put on your cap and walk away with him?

Ogun scatters his enemies.
When the butterflies arrive at the place where the cheetah excretes,
They scatter in all directions.

The light shining on Ogun’s face is not easy to behold.
Ogun, let me not see the red of your eye.

Ogun sacrifices an elephant to his head.
Master of iron, head of warriors,
Ogun, great chief of robbers.
Ogun wears a bloody cap.
Ogun has four hundred wives and one thousand four hundred children.
Ogun, the fire that sweeps the forest.
Ogun’s laughter is no joke.
Ogun eats two hundred earthworms and does not vomit.
Ogun is a crazy orisha [deity] who still asks questions after 780 years.
Whether I can reply, or whether I cannot reply,
Ogun please don’t ask me anything.

The lion never allows anybody to play with his cub.
Ogun will never allow his child to be punished.

Ogun do not reject me!
Does the woman who spins ever reject a spindle?
Does the woman who dyes ever reject a cloth?
Does the eye that sees ever reject a sight?
Ogun, do not reject me! [Ogun needs his worshippers]. (Gbadamosi and Beier 1959: 21–2)

, like the personal recitations of the Hima noble class of Ankole in which a man celebrates his military achievements, building his poem on a sequence of praise names:

I Who Am Praised thus held out in battle among foreigners along with The Overthrower;
I Who Ravish Spear In Each Hand stood resplendent in my cotton cloth;
I Who Am Quick was drawn from afar by lust for the fight … (Morris 1964: 42)

5Praises of kings are the most formal and public of all, ranging from the relatively simple Ganda praise of the powerful nineteenth-century king Mutesa cited by the Chadwicks:

Thy feet are hammers,
Son of the forest [a comparison with a lion]
Great is the fear of thee;
Great is thy wrath;
Great is thy peace;
Great is thy power

Look not with too friendly eyes upon the world,
Pass your hand over your face in meditation,
Not from the heat of the sun.
The bull elephant is wise and lives long.

Stylistic Devices in Oral Poetry/Songs

  • Here, we shall discuss two areas of performance:
  1. The context of performance. Key here are:
  • Where the song is performed.
  • The occasion when the song is performed.
  • Target audience.
  • The performer of the poetry.
  1. What the performer is doing as he/she performs the song.
  • The singer/performer can do the following as he/she performs the song/oral poetry:
  1. Use facial expressions to depict the emotion in the poem or song.
  2. Vary the tone to show the enotion in the poem. Also to show the speed of events.
  3. Use gestures to reinforce the what is being said.
  4. Accompanying instruments and costume.

Stylistic Devices in Oral Poetry

An oral poetry can have textual poetic techniques like:

  1. Satire
  2. Irony
  3. Sarcasm
  4. Figures of speech such as imagery, symbolism, etc.
  5. Humour
  6. Suspense
  7. Allusion
  8. Mnemonic features such as rhyme, assonance, alliteration, consonance, etc,

PROVERBS

  • A proverb is a brief statement full of hidden meaning and which expresses wisdom and truth.
  • The term adage, or wise saying, is sometimes used to mean the same thing as a proverb.
  • It is one of the short forms of oral literature. Other short forms are tongue twisters, riddles, and puns.

Classification of Proverbs

  • There are three approaches to classifying proverbs.
  • Proverbs are classified according to:
  • The theme
  • Alphabetical letters
  • Function served.
  • Styles used
  • According to the Theme

Thematically, proverbs can be classified as:

  1. Proverbs on fate
  2. Proverbs on authority
  • Proverbs on greed
  1. Proverbs on love
  2. Proverbs on marriage
  3. Proverbs on co-operation
  • Proverbs on arrogance
  • Proverbs on communal life, etc.
  • According to the Alphabetical Letters

Alphabetically, proverbs can be categorized as:

  1. “A” proverbs if the first words begin with letter “A”.
  2. “B” proverbs
  • “K” proverbs, etc.
  • According to the Function served by the Proverb

Functionally, proverbs can be classified as:

  1. Cautionary proverbs, which warn against what is undesirable.
  2. Normative proverbs, which reinforce what the community considers acceptable and desirable.
  • Summative proverbs. They summarize issues and even narratives.
  • According to Styles Used

Stylistically, classify proverbs as:

  1. Alliterative proverbs
  2. Onomatopoeic proverbs
  • Repetitive proverbs
  1. Epigrammatic proverbs if they are longer, and consist of two parts.

Proverb Classified

Wajua tamu yaua sumu umenipiani?

You know that sweetness kills, why have you given me poison?

Classifying the Proverb

Alphabetically Stylistically  Thematically Functionally
“W” Proverb Interrogative love Normative

 

 

Features of Proverbs

  • Proverbs have features such as:
  1. They are brief.
  2. They contain wisdom.
  • Proverbs also have stylistic qualities.

Stylistic Qualities of Proverbs

Proverbs possess unique stylitic qualities like:

  • Mnemonic features such as alliteration, assonance and consonance.
  • Paradox

Let’s learn these from the example of proverbs :

  • Alliteration, example

Forgive and forget

  • Consonance, example,

Practice makes perfect.

  • Assonance, for example,

Upendapo, uendapo.
Where you like it, is where you must go.

This is a balance between two similar words, phrases, or clauses.

Examples

  • Nothing ventured, nothing gained.
  1. Easy come, easy go.

 

  • Ellipsis

Some words are omitted.

Unneeded words are left out in order for us to fill what is missing.

Examples

  • Once bitten, twice shy.
  1. Penny wise, pound foolish.
  • Hyperbole

An idea is exaggerated in order to evoke strong feelings, or to create a strong impression.

Example

The half is more than the whole.

  • Paradox

It is an apparently true statement that leads to, or intentionally expresses a contradiction or situation, which defies intuition.

Examples

  • The longest way is the shortest way home.
  1. Absence make the heart grow fonder.
  • Personification , examples,
  • Hunger is the best cook.
  1. Love is blind.

Functions of Proverbs

Proverbs play the following roles:

  1. Normative functions. Proverbs:
  2. Congratulate
  3. Give suggestions
  • Warn
  1. Advise
  2. Request, etc
  3. Aesthetic functions. When we use proverbs in speech, we make it more appealing.
  4. Convey wisdom.
  5. Summarize experiences.

Activities

The following are Swahili proverbs. Classify them according to the criteria learnt earlier.

Adui mpende, kumchukia ni kumchukia ndugu yako.
Love [your] enemy, your hating is like having your own brother.

Adui mpende leo, yawezekana mkawa rafiki kesho. 
Love an enemy today; it is possible that you might become friends tomorrow.

Aliyekunyoa shungi kakupunguzia kuchana.
The one who cut your curls took away your need of combing.

Nampenda mtu pindi anipendapo.
I love someone when that person loves me.

Asio adui si mtu.
A person who has no enemies is not a human being.

 Asiyekuridhi mridhi.
Please the one who does not please you.

Aliyekuridhi nawe umridhi.
The one who agrees with you, agree with that person.

Chako kikioza hakikunukii.
Even if your sore is putrefied, you don’t smell the bad odor.
You don’t see your own bad behavior or that of your family and if you see it you don’t hate is as other people do.

Mkono wenye uchafu husafishwa, haukatwi. 
A dirty hand is cleaned, not cut.

 Chozi la akupendaye hutoka kwenye chongo.
The tears of one who loves you will come even from a bad eye.

 Chuki humchoma anayeihifadhi. 
Hate burns its preserver.
Do not nurse hatred, it will hurt you.

Dawa ya meno ni meno.
The remedy for teeth is teeth.
Tit for tat; a tooth for a tooth

Sumu ya neno ni neno.
The poison of a word is

Dawa ya moto ni moto.
The cure against fire is fire.
Fight fire with fire.

 Fitina ikidhihiri ubaya hukithiri. 
When the quarrel gets in the open, evil will grow.

Hasikii la mwadhini wala la mtia maji msikitini. 
So and So does not listen to the muezzin nor to the one who puts water [for the ritual ablutions] in the mosque.
Heri moyo mkubwa kuliko akili kubwa.
A big heart is better than a big brain.

Heshima ni moyo.
Respect is of the heart.

Humpendaje mtu kwa kwambiwa penda?
How is one to love a person by being told [to] love someone.

 Huwezi kurudisha mahaba na maisha.

You cannot bring back love or life.
Understood: Once they have gone.

 Inyeshapo mvua, aliye ndani hajali.
When it rains, the one inside does not worry.

Ikiwa unawapenda watoto wa wengine, utawapenda wako zaidi.
If you love other people’s children, you will love your own even more.

Kipendacho moyo ni dawa.
What the heart desires is like medicine to it.

Mkono wako ukichafuka, huukati. 
If your hand gets soiled, you do not cut it off.

Wema hauwezi kuepuka meno ya kusudi.
Goodness cannot escape the teeth of envy.

 Ya kale hayapo.
The ancient things are with us no longer.
Let bygones be bygones.

 Ya mahaba ndio maradhi upeo.
The intoxication of love is the worst disease.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RIDDLES

  • A riddle is a short saying intended to make one to use his wits in discovering the hidden meaning.
  • Familiar objects or situations are referred to in a figurative terms for us to figure out what is meant.

Classification of Riddles

Riddles are classified according to the criteria below:

  1. Simplicity or complexity of the riddle
  2. Objects mentioned in the riddle
  3. Style and structure of the riddle
  • Simplicity or Complexity
  • A simple riddle is brief and straightforward.
  • A riddle is complex when it is long and is presented in a series of puzzles.
  • According to Objects Mentioned
  • A riddle can be classified according to the object referred to in that riddle.
  • A riddle can therefore be classified as:
  • Riddle on people
  • Riddle on waste product, e.g. human waste
  • Riddles on cultural objects
  • Natural phenomena, like rocks
  • Domestic animals
  • Plants
  • Birds
  • Parts of the body
  • And others
  • Style and Structure
  • A style is also crucial in classifying riddles.
  • According to the style and structure, riddles can be classified as:
  • Declarative riddles are presented as direct descriptions.
  • Epigrammatic riddles, which are presented as series of puzzles.
  • Idiophonic riddles use idiophones.
  • Interrogative riddles are posed as questions.

Characteristics of Riddles

  1. They are short and brief.
  2. Use personification.
  3. Use of metaphor.
  4. Use of idiophones.
  5. Use of onomatopoeic words.
  6. Use repetition

Riddling Process

  • There are two parties involved: the audience (respondents) and the challenger(or the riddler).
  • There are basically four stages of a riddling process, but at times six.
  • The parts of the riddling process are:
  • The riddler challenges the audience. The challenge differs from community to community. Some phrases used here include: riddle riddle!, I have a riddle! Etc.
  • The respondents accept the challenge. The invitations include: riddle come! Throw it! Etc.
  • The riddler then poses the riddle.
  • The guess or guesses. The audience tries to come up with the solution. If they are unable, then the next part follows.
  • The challenger asks for a prize. The prize can be a town or city, or any other thing. The challenger accepts the prize.
  • Then the solution is given by the challenger.

Functions of Riddles

  1. They entertain. Entertainment arises from the objects they refer to.
  2. They educate. Language is taught. The environment is also understood better.
  3. They teach values.
  4. Help develop the ability to think faster.
  5. Logical reasoning of participants are improved.
Sample Maasai Riddles

Riddle

 

Answer

Kidung’ ang’ata bkira aare nimiking’amaro?
The two of us cross the wilderness without talking to each other.
Iyie oloip lino
You and your shadow.
Edung’ ng’utunyi olosinko erumisho enebanji?
Your mother walks across the village with something issuing out (of her body)?
Enkeju enkerai
The leg of a baby
(you’ll often see a baby’s leg protruding from the cloth sling or swaddle with which mothers tie their young children to their back)
Anaa ipi nabaa o nabaa nimintieu atakedo enkashe e kikoris enkoriong?
Why are you so brave yet you cannot sit on the back of the heifer from Kilgoris?
Eremet
Because it is a spear. (there may have been some blacksmiths who lived at Kilgoris in the old days, so the spear may have been made and brought from there).
Mugie ai naten ilasho?
My brown one with speedy calves?
Enkawuo o mbaa
The bow and arrows
Ting’iria maaishaki?
Will you observe while I put it all inside you?
Olalem opiki enchashur
The sword that is being put into the sheath
(an obvious sexual pun)
Anaa ipi nabaa o nabaa nimitonie enetonie entito nayok?
Why are you so brave yet you cannot sit at the place where the little black girl sits?
Emoti
Because it is the fire
(the little black girl is the pot which has turned black with soot)
Anaa keidurraki neini nanyokie?
They moved homes and the red one was born?
Enkima
The fire
(the Maasai often burn up the old village when they move)
Tamanai teidia alo oldoinyio matamanu tena nimikitumo aikata
Go round one side of the mountain while I go round the other side, but we shall never meet.
Nkiyiaa
The ears
(ears do not move)
Or nememanyi, ore pee emanyi neishiri?
There is a bare place where no one ever settles, and if one did so, there would be crying. What is it?
Enkong’u
The eye
Olkiteng’ lai otii erishata oolmang’ati?
I have an ox that lives in the midst of enemies?
Olng’ejep
The tongue
Anaa iten nabaa o nabaa niminepu kapironto etagore?
Why are you such a fast runner yet you cannot catch up with the Kavirondo (Luo) when he is annoyed?
Olojong’ani
Because he is the fly
Anaa aidorrop enkanashe ino nemeeta olng’anayioi oing’ataa?
Why is your sister so very short yet there is no fruit that is beyond her reach?
Entaritiki
A bird

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PUNS/WORD PLAY

A pun is a form of word play that suggests several meanings, by either exploiting the multiple meanings of a word, or substituting a word for another similar sounding word, the result of which is humorous.

A pun is also known as paronomasia.

There are two main types of puns:

  • Homophonic puns

This is where a word is substituted for another similar sounding word or word pronounced almost in the same way . For example,

Fishermen are reel men.

Explanation: There is a twist on the word ‘reel’ which is originally supposed to be spelt ‘real’.

Can you now explain the pun in the following homophonic puns?

  1. What do sea monsters eat for lunch? Fish and ships.
  2. I am on a seafood diet. Every time I see food, I eat it.
  3. Did you about the Italian chef with terminal illness? He past away.
  4. Beauty is in the eye of the beer holder.
  5. What tea do hockey players drink? Penalttea
  6. What do ghosts serve for dessert? I scream.
  7. What did the tree sya to the autumn? Leaf me alone.
  8. What did the boy cat say to the girl cat on valentine’s day? You’re purr-fect for me.
  9. What day does an Easter egg hate the most? Fry-days.
  10. Why did the scientist install a knocker on his door? He wanted to win the No-bell prize!

 

  • Homographic puns

Homographic pun is formed by using a word that has multiple meanings. You might not tell what exactly what the speaker means.

For example;

Rose is the flower of my life.

Explanation: The word ‘Rose’ is a female name. it could be the person the speaker loves.

It  is also a type of flower.

The other examples are;

  1. My math teacher called me average. How mean!
  2. What do prisoners use to call each other? Cell phones.
  3. No matter how much you push the envelope, it’ll remain stationery.
  4. Have you ever tried to eat a clock? It’s very time consuming.
  5. A waist is a terrible thing to mind.
  6. I am reading a book about anti-gravity. It’s impossible to put down.
  7. What part of football ground is never the same? The changing room.
  8. I want to tell you a chemistry joke but I know I will not get a reaction.
  9. Why did the bee get married? Because he found his honey.
  10. Did you hear about the guy who got hit in the head with a can of soda? He was lucky it was a soft drink.

Features of Puns

Puns are characterized by;

  1. They are short.
  2. They are humorous.

Functions of Puns

They serve functions such as:

  • Teaching pronunciation. For example, homophones.
  • Enhancing creativity. One has to think in order to form their puns.
  • When said one wonders what the speaker intends, the audience will laugh.

Exercise

Explain the pun in:

  • I used to be a banker but I lost interest.
  • A bicycle can’t stand on its own because it is two-tired.
  • I don’t trust these stairs because they are always up to something.
  • Santa’s helpers are known as subordinate clauses.
  • The man who drank battery acid got charged.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TONGUE TWISTERS

  • A phrase or a sentence which is hard to speak fast because of alliteration or a sequence of nearly similar sounds is the tongue twister.
  • It is worth noting that there is usually the use of mnemonic feature (sound devices or sound patterns) in the tongue twisters.
  • Let us read the following tongue twisters fast.
  • She sells sea shells on the sea shore.
  • Any noise annoys an oyster but noisy noise annoys an oyster more.
  • Kindly kittens knitting mittens keep kazooing in the king’s kitchen.

Sound Patterns in Tongue Twisters

  1. Read the tongue twister below fast.

She saw a fish on the seashore and I am sure the fish she saw on the sea shore was a saw-fish.

In the words: she, shore and sure, there is the repetition of the consonant sound /ᶴ/ at the beginning of the words. This is alliteration.

Alliteration is the repetition of the initial consonant sound in the nearby words.

Can you identify any other instance of alliteration in the above tongue twister?

  1. Read this other tongue twister and take note of the highlighted letters.

A skunk sat on a stump and thank the stump stunk, but the stump thank the skunk stunk.

The sound pattern here is consonance.

Consonance is the repetition of the inner consonant sound in the nearby words. An inner sound is that which comes after the first.

There is another instance of consonance. Can you illustrate it?

  1. Repetition
  • In most tongue twisters, there is repetition of words or phrases. In (1) above, the words ‘saw’, ‘fish’, etc. have been repeated.
  • Now pick out the words and phrases repeated in these tongue twisters.
  • If you tell Tom to tell a tongue twister, his tongue will be twisted as tongue twister twists tongues.
  • The sixth sick Sheik’s sixth sheep’s sick.
  1. Assonance

Let’s look at:

How much wood could a wood chopper chop, if a wood chopper could chop wood?

There is repetition of the /u:/ in the words; wood,could. This is assonance.

Assonance is the repetition of vowel sounds in the nearby words.

Features of Tongue Twisters

A tongue twister will have the following features:

  • it is short and brief.
  • It is alliterative.

Functions of Tongue Twisters

  1. They entertain. When one confuses the pronunciation of sounds, the audience will laugh.
  2. They teach pronunciation. We can, for example, learn the pronunciation of the sounds /f/ and /v/, /s/ and /ᶴ/ etc.
  3. Enhance creativity.

Exercise 1

With illustrations, identify the sound patterns in:

  • It’s not the cough that carries you off, it’s the coffin they carry you off in!
  • If two witches were watching two watches, which witch would watch which watch?
  • If a black bug bleeds black blood, what colour of blood does a blue bug bleed?
  • I wish to wash my Irish watch.

Exercise 2

Read the item below and then answer questions after it:

We surely shall see the sun shine soon.

  • Identify the genre.
  • Which two sounds has the item been used to teach?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRAMMAR FOR FORM FOUR

PARTS OF SPEECH

NOUNS

FUNCTIONS OF NOUNS IN SENTENCES

The noun functions in a sentence are:

  • It can be the subject of a verb. Examples,
  • My niece chairs the meetings.

“My niece” is the subject of the verb “chairs”.

  • The deer ate all my flowers.
  • The students are doing assignment.
  • Jane is washing my clothes.
  • It can be the direct object of a verb. Examples,
  • I will buy bread.

“Bread” is the direct object of the verb”buy”.

  • I like you.
  • The dog bit the postman.
  • It can be an Indirect object of a verb, for example,
  • He called me Helen.

“me” is the indirect object.

  • Timothy bought Kamjesh

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRONOUNS

  • INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS
  • We use interrogative pronouns to ask questions.
  • An interrogative pronoun represents that thing we don’t know and that is why we ask question about it.
  • There are four main interrogative pronouns:
  • Who
  • Whom
  • What
  • Which
  • It worth noting that the possessive “whose” can also be used as an interrogative pronoun – commonly known as an interrogative possessive pronoun.
  • “who”, “whom”, and “whose” are used to represent a human being.
  • “What” represents a thing , but sometimes, a person.

Interrogative Pronouns and Case

  • An interrogative pronoun can either be in the subjective case or in the objective case.
  • When the pronoun is in the subjective case we use the forms,
  1. Who
  2. What
  • Which

Who came last?

Domnic came last.

Which pleases you?

Horror movie pleases me?

The nouns represented by such pronouns are the subjects in the response.

  • “What” and “which” can also be in the objective case. Consider:
  1. What have you seen?

I have seen a new towel.

“A new towel” is the object of the verb “seen”. “What” that is representing it in the first sentence is also the object.

  1. Which did you see first?

I saw the black car first.

  • “Whom” is the correct form when the pronoun is the object of the verb. For example,
  1. Whom did you meet?

I met Abraham.

“Whom” represents “Abraham”, which is the object of the verb “meet”

  1. Whom do you like?

 

 

 

  • RELATIVE PRONOUNS
  • A relative pronoun introduces a relative clause.
  • A relative pronoun relates to the word it modifies. For example,

The man who died last night is my neighbour.

In this example, the relative pronoun “who” relates to the noun “man” which it modifies.

It also introduces the relative clause “who died last night”

  • There are five main relative pronouns. They are:
  • Who
  • Whom
  • Whose
  • Which
  • That
  • Who (subject) and whom (object) are used for people.
  • Whose is for possession.
  • Which is for things. That is also for things.

 

Examples in Sentences

  1. The car, which the terrorists used, exploded.
  2. The driver whom I called yesterday will be here soon.
  • Patients whose relatives are wealthy pay extra.
  1. The car that left she drives is new.
  2. The doctor whose phone is switched off has left.
  3. The teacher, who is tall, is my class teacher.
  • My cousin, whose car has been washed, is an engineer.
  • Whose can be used with things. Of which can be a substitute. For example,

The security officer is looking for the phone whose owner is complaining.

The security officer is looking for the phone of which the owner is complaining.

Exercise

Fill in the correct relative pronoun.

  1. I am talking to the boy _____________ bike is missing.
  2. The lady, ______________ Jonathan married, is seeking my guidance.
  3. Joel, ______________ is the new school principal, has bought a secondhand car.
  4. The truck __________ carried the garbage was white.
  5. This is the girl ____________ comes from Moyale.
  6. The teacher, _____________ every student likes, is really kind.
  7. We often visit our uncle in Garbatula ______________ is in Isiolo.
  8. The car, ______________ driver is a young man, is from Kitui.
  9. What did you do with the money ____________ your mother gave you?
  10. The children, ________________ shouted in the street, are not from Mwingi.
  11. Look at the donkeys _________________ are grazing in the field.
  12. Thank you for sending me the letter ________________ was very interesting.
  13. I am the girl _________ George dated for years.
  14. That is Peter, the priest __________ has just been ordained bishop.
  15. I put my pencils in my bag, ___________ is on the chair.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VERBS

  • PARTICIPLE PHRASES
  • A participle with one or more objects or modifiers forms a participle phrase. The sentence below illustrates this.

The cat eating meat and fish belongs to me.

In the sentence, underlined phrase is the participle phrase.

The participle in this phrase is “eating

Meat and fish are the objects.

  • A participle phrase modifies nouns. In the examples below, the participle phrases are underlined while the words modified are in boldface.
  1. Washed with soap and water, the skirt looked bright.
  2. The house, painted yellow and white, appeared new.
  • Participle phrases function as adjectives in a sentence.
  • A participle phrase is used to combine sentences two or more sentences, or to shorten them. For example,
  • The teacher sat in his office. He sent the secretary to call Jonathan.

Sitting in his office, the principal sent the secretary to call Jonathan.

  • I forgot my pen at home. I borrowed a pen from Elianto.

Having forgotten my pen at home, I borrowed one from Elianto.

  • The author is being interviewed. The author is a Caribbean.

The author being interviewed is a Caribbean.

  • Have you read this novel? It was written by Margaret Ogola.

Have you read this poem written by Margaret Ogola?

  • I am a vegetarian. I don’t eat meat.

Being a vegetarian, I don’t eat meat.

Exercise

Combine the pair of sentences using a participle phrase. The first one has been done for you.

  • The students worked around the clock. They completed the project.

Working around the clock, the students completed the project.

  • The student was frustrated by lack of progress. The student dropped out of school.
  • The dog was wounded. The dog stumbled through the muddy field.
  • The man threw out the television. The television was broken.
  • Martha was listening to loud music. Martha could not hear her parent calling.
  • The man was sitting in the library. He was reading a newspaper.
  • She walked home. She met an old friend.
  • The dog wagged its tail. It bit the thief.
  • The technician was working in the lab. He cut his finger.
  • Njoroge was relaxing on his chair. Njoroge fell asleep.
  • The man was disappointed. He stomped his foot and left angrily.

 

  • GERUNDS
  • A gerund is a noun formed by adding “-ing” to a base form of a verb. For example,

Reading

Smoking

Drinking

Swimming etc

  • A gerund can be used as the subject or the complement of a sentence. For example,
  • Learning is important. “Learning” is the subject.
  • The most important thing is learning. “Learning” here is the complement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADJECTIVES

  • TYPICAL ENDINGS OF ADJECTIVES
  • Adjectives end in various suffixes. These suffixes include:
  1. –able or –ible, for example,

 

  • Achievable
  • Capable
  • Illegible
  • Incredible
  • Remarkable
  • Understandable, etc

 

  1. –al, for example,

 

  • Functional
  • Internal
  • Influential
  • Logical
  • Beneficial
  • Mathematical
  • Chemical
  • Physical, etc

 

  1. –ic, for example,

 

  • Manic
  • Terrific
  • Historic
  • Cubic
  • Rustic
  • Artistic, etc

 

  1. –ful, for example,

 

  • Careful
  • Hopeful
  • Helpful
  • Bashful
  • Beautiful
  • Grateful
  • Harmful, etc

 

  1. –less , for example,

 

  • Harmless
  • Fearless
  • Careless
  • Jobless
  • Ruthless
  • Breathless
  • Groundless
  • Restless, etc

 

  1. –ive , for example,

 

  • Dismissive
  • Attractive
  • Submissive
  • Persuasive
  • Inventive
  • Intuitive, etc

 

  1. –ous , for example,

 

  • Dangerous
  • Disastrous
  • Fabulous
  • Gorgeous
  • Mysterious
  • Courageous
  • Adventurous, etc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

Fill in the correct form of word in brackets to complete the sentence.

  1. They live in a ________________ town. (beauty)
  2. She is wearing a ___________ shirt today. (sleeve)
  3. Gloria and the driver are ____________ individuals. (talk)
  4. The doll has ____________ arms. (move)
  5. We had to be _______________ not to be seen. (care)
  6. The woman went to a ___________ restaurant. (fashion)
  7. She is a very _____________ woman. (attract)
  8. That is a ______________ issue. (content)
  9. Do you remember ___________ visit in Kenya? (pope)
  10. how she landed the job remains _____________ . (question)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • FUNCTIONS OF ADJECTIVES

Adjectives perform the following functions in sentences:

  1. They modify noun phrases.
  2. They function as subject complements.
  • They also function as object complements.
  1. Function as appositives.

Adjectives as noun, Pronoun,Noun Phrase Modifiers

An adjective can describe a noun, pronoun, or a noun phrase. For example,

  1. My niece brought yellow
  2. The tiny cat ate all the meat.
  • The students picked someone stupid to lead them.
  1. The cook served us bland African salad.

Adjectives as Subject Complements

  • A subject complement is a word, phrase, or a clause that follows a linking verb (copular verb like is, are, appears, etc), and describes the subject.
  • Adjective phrases that function as subject complements are also known as predicate adjectives.
  • The underlined words are the adjectives describing the subjects in boldface:
  1. The bread tastes
  2. She is tall.
  • My coat is black.

Adjectives as Object Complements

  • An object complement is a word, phrase, or a clause that directly follows and modifies the direct object.
  • In the sentences that follow, the direct objects have been underlined, while the adjectives are in boldface.
  1. The carpenter painted the table red.
  2. Catholics consider saints holy.
  • You make them sad.

Adjectives as Appositives

  • An appositive is a word, phrase, or a clause that supports another word, phrase, or clause by describing that word, phrase, or clause.
  • In the sentences that follow, appositives have been italicized.
  1. The boy, hungry and exhausted, passed out.
  2. Aware of our approach, the terrorist flee.
  • The lady, rich and kind, cleared my bill.

Can you tell what they modify? They modify “the boy”, “the terrorist”, and “the lady”, respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADVERBS

  • POSITION OF ADVERBS IN SENTENCES
  • There are three normal positions for adverbs in a sentence:
  1. Initial position – before the subject
  2. Mid position – between the subject and the verb
  3. End position – after the verb
  • Notice that different types of adverbs favour different positions.

Initial Position

Adverbs that favour this position are:

  1. Adverbs of time, when contrasting with a previous reference of time, for example,

The pastor arrived early today, but tomorrow he will be late.

“Tomorrow” precedes the subject “he”

  1. Comment and viewpoint adverbs like officially, luckily, presumably, etc.

Officially, Mr. Brown is the new school security guard.

 

Mid Position

Some adverbs used in this position are:

  • Focusing adverbs like just, even
  • Adverbs of indefinite frequency like often, never, always, etc
  • Adverbs of certainty, for example, obviously, probably, etc
  • Adverbs of degree such as clearly

Examples in Sentences

  1. Jane has just been to Kericho.
  2. I am obviously the tallest girl here.
  • I am almost

 

End Position

  • Adverbs of time and those of definite frequency favour this position. They are like every month, last year, etc. for example
  1. I watched the game last week.
  2. They travel to Nairobi often.
  • Adverbs of manner such as quickly, well, etc, also favour this position.
  1. She drove the car
  2. The athlete ran fast.

 

Exercise 1

Rewrite the complete sentence using the adverb in brackets in its correct position.

  1. Charles must travel. (also)
  2. She was kidding. (only)
  3. Did you do the assignment? (both)
  4. The priest sees movies. (hardly)
  5. He talks to them. (carefully)
  6. The bag was hidden. (under the bed)
  7. They left the school. (yesterday)
  8. Samantha fell off the bike. (almost)
  9. Her teacher will reward her hard work. (probably)
  10. Daniel is getting transferred this month. (definitely)

Exercise 2

The sentences below are jumbled up. Arrange the words to make correct sentences.

  1. Haven’t lately him talked to I
  2. I’ll him soon see
  3. She help asked immediately for
  4. You where now are?
  5. Loudly barks the dog
  6. She secretly him met
  7. Out sneaked house of they quietly out
  8. Won hasn’t my lately club
  9. Carefully plays piano the brother my
  10. Speaks well English Njeri

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • TYPICAL ENDINGS OF ADVERBS
  • Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives,, or other adverbs.
  • Adverbs often tell how, when, where, why, or under what conditions things happen.

Adverb Endings

  • Most adverbs end in “-ly”. They are formed by adding –ly to an adjective. For example,
  1. Softly
  2. Quickly
  • Slowly
  1. Gradually
  2. Electronically
  3. Carefully
  • Horribly etc

 

  • In comparative and superlative forms, some adverbs change their endings. For example
  • Run faster if you if you don’t want to be late.
  • The student who runs fastest will be the one to receive the award.
  • There are those adverbs that end in –wards, for example,
  • Towards
  • Homewards
  • Downwards
  • Backwards etc
  • There are adverbs that end in –wise, for example,
  • Likewise
  • Otherwise
  • Clockwise
  • Lengthwise etc
  • There are those that end in –where, for example,
  • Nowhere
  • Everywhere
  • Somewhere, etc

Examples in Sentences

  1. I am going nowhere.
  2. He drove

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

Complete the following sentences using the correct forms of words in brackets.

  1. She laughed _______________ . (happy)
  2. Jane is always _____________ dressed. (smart)
  3. There is ___________ no water left in the basin. (near)
  4. The cow could ____________ walk after the bus knocked it. (hard)
  5. We are going for break ___________ . (short)
  6. I ran _________ . (quick)
  7. The wind is blowing __________ . (east)
  8. That was the _______________ done performance I have seen I seen in years. (skill)
  9. Edith did the assignment ___________ . (easy)
  10. Can you turn __________ ? (clock)
  11. Helen spoke about her teacher ____________ . (dramatic)
  12. His temperature went up ________ . (fast)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PREPOSITIONS

FUNCTIONS OF PREPOSITIONS IN SENTENCES

Prepositions as Adjectives

Prepositional phrases modify the nouns. For example,

  1. Give me the pencil next to the book.

The prepositional phrase “next to the book” modifies the noun “pencil”. We know which pencil that is needed.

  1. Park the car behind the house

Prepositions as Adverbs

A prepositional phrase modifies a verb. For example,

  1. The cheetah runs after the antelope.
  2. The team won without their captain.

Prepositions as Nominals

  1. The church is before the hospital.
  2. The school is adjacent the supermarket.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLAUSES

  • INVERSIONS
  • Inversion in a sentence happens when the subject-verb order is reversed.
  • When the order is reversed, the verb comes before the subject.
  • To achieve inversion, we use:
  • Time adverbials, like
  • Never
  • Never before
  • Rarely
  • Scarcely (barely, hadly) …when/before
  • No sooner ….than

For example

  1. Hardly had I begun to speak when she interrupted me.
  2. No sooner had I arrived than they started to cry.
  • After exclamations with here and there, for example,
  • Here comes the teacher!
  • There goes the woman.
  • After adverbial expressions beginning with only and not only
  • Only after I met her did I realise I knew her.
  • Only when the bus stopped did he calm down.
  • To ask questions, for example,

Did you see her?

  • After so, neither, nor
  • Daniel has never been to China, neither do I.

 

More Examples in Sentences

  • Not until you grow up will you be allowed in here.
  • Under no circumstance can you smoke here.
  • Little does she realise how beautiful she is.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUBSTITUTION

  • This is the replacement of a word, or group of words in a sentence in order to aviod repetion.
  • To do this, we use the fillers or proforms.

Proforms used in Substitution

There are different words and phrases used in substitution:

  • Neither
  • Less
  • Some
  • Many
  • Both
  • Little
  • So
  • Do
  • One
  • Ones etc

Examples in Sentences

  1. I don’t like it, neither does Dorcas.
  2. Salim has been to Eldoret, so have I.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • SENTENCE CONNECTORS
  • A sentence connector links ideas from one sentence to the next.
  • Sentence connectors give paragraphs coherence.
  • The sentence connectors are used to:
  1. Sequence ideas. The connectors used here are:
  • Firstly, thirdly, etc
  • In addition/ additionally
  • Furthermore
  • Also
  • Afterwards
  • Presently/at present
  • Next, last, finally, etc
  1. Contrast ideas, for example,
  • However
  • On the contrary
  • In(by) comparison
  • In contrast
  • On the other hand, etc
  1. State results, for example,
  • As a consequence
  • As a result
  • Therefore
  • Thus
  • Hence
  • Consequently
  1. Compare ideas, for example,
  • Likewise
  • Similarly
  • Also
  1. Give order of importance, for example,
  • Most significantly
  • More/most importantly
  • Above all
  • Primarily
  • Essentially
  1. Give reason, for example,
  • The cause of
  • The reason for

 

 

Examples in Sentences

  1. My brother works eight hours a day. However, he doesn’t earn much money.
  2. This hotel has the best décor. Moreover, their chefs are lively.
  • The student failed to do the assignment. As a result, the teacher punished him.
  1. The public refused to pay for the entry fee. Consequently, the show was cancelled.
  2. The house had seven rooms, each with a bathroom. Additionally, there was a large swimming pool.

Exercise

 

Fill in the blanks with appropriate sentence connectors. Choose the connector from the ones given.

 

Similarly

On the contrary

Presently

However

Otherwise

Likewise

Therefore

Eventually

Afterwards

 

  1. There are no red biros left. __________________ , there are black ones.
  2. The white car has carried many passengers. _______________ , the white car has carried many passengers.
  3. Clean the room first. _____________ , you can go out to play.
  4. Let us work hard. _____________ we may receive bad grades.
  5. I worked in Narok for ten years. _____________ , I work at home.
  6. She loves John. ___________ , John loves someone else.
  7. He has been looking for her. ________________ , he found her at the restaurant.
  8. The final exams are coming soon. ____________ , it would be advisable to start revising.

 

GRAMMAR ANSWERS

  • RELATIVE PRONOUNS

 

  1. Whose
  2. Whom
  3. Who
  4. That/which
  5. Who
  6. Whom
  7. Which
  8. Whose
  9. Which/That
  10. Who
  11. which
  12. Which
  13. Whom
  14. Who

 

  1. Which

 

ADJECTIVES

TYPICAL ENDINGS OF ADJECTIVES

  1. beautiful
  2. sleeveless
  3. talkative
  4. movable/immovable
  5. careful
  6. fashionable
  7. attractive
  8. contentious
  9. papal
  10. questionable

 

ADVERBS

POSITION OF ADVERBS IN SENTENCES

Exercise 1

  1. Charles must also travel.
  2. She was only kidding.
  3. Did you both do the assignment?
  4. The priest hardly sees movies.
  5. He talks to them carefully.
  6. The bag was hidden under the bed.
  7. They left the school yesterday.
  8. Samantha almost fell off the bike.
  9. Her teacher will probably reward her hard work.
  10. Daniel is definitely getting transferred this month.

 

Exercise 2

  • Haven’t lately him talked to

I haven’t talked to him lately.

  • I’ll him soon see

I’ll see him soon.

  • She help asked immediately for

She asked for help immediately.

  • You where now are?

Where are you now?

  • Loudly barks the dog

The dog barks loudly.

  • She secretly him met

She met him secretly.

  • Out sneaked house of they quietly out

They sneaked out of the house quietly.

  • Won hasn’t my lately club

My club hasn’t won lately.

  • Carefully plays piano the brother my

My brother plays the piano carefully.

  • Speaks well English Njeri

Njeri speaks English well.

 

  • TYPICAL ENDINGS OF ADVERBS

 

  1. Happily
  2. Smartly
  3. Nearly
  4. Hardly
  5. Shortly
  6. Quick
  7. Eastwards
  8. Least skillfully
  9. Easily
  10. Clockwise
  11. Dramatically
  12. Faster

 

SENTENCE CONNECTORS

  • However
  • Likewise/similarly
  • Afterwards
  • Otherwise
  • Presently
  • On the contrary
  • Eventually
  • Therefore

 

 

WRITING FOR FORM FOUR

  1. PERSONAL WRITING
  • Recipes
  • A recipe is a set of steps that lead to a delicious food.
  • It is a set of directions that describes how to prepare a culinary dish.
  • With the recipe, one is unlikely to be involved in culinary disaster.
  • The common terms used in a recipe are:

 

  • Bake
  • Baste
  • Blend
  • Beat
  • Boil
  • Braise
  • Brine
  • Chop
  • Crush
  • Dip
  • Dissolve
  • Drawn
  • Pound
  • Mix
  • Stir
  • Spread

Format of a Recipe

  1. Title your recipe. For example,

Fried Chicken Recipe

  • Ingredient List. It is advisable to list the ingredients in the order of their use. This helps the reader to keep track of the ingredients that have been used. Give the quantity of each ingredient. Examples:

4 whole chicken breasts

½ cup bread crumbs

  • How the meal is prepared is listed here. The steps should be easier to understand and follow. The steps are usually numbered.
  • List how many people to be served and what to serve with. For example,

Serve with …… or

Top with …..

  • Preparation time

 

 

 

Sample Recipe

RECIPE FOR COOKING WHITE RICE

 

Ingredients

1 cup of white rice

2 cups of water

½ teaspoon salt

I tablespoon oil

 

Preparation Time: 20 minutes

Preparation

1.      Rinse the rice in a strainer.

2.      Bring the water to a boil.

3.      Add the rice to boiled water.

4.      Stir in the rice, salt and oil and bring it back to a gentle simmer.

5.      Start checking the rice around 18 minutes.

6.      Turn off the heat when the rice is tender.

7.      Remove the lid and fluff the rice.

Service

 

1.      Serve when hot.

2.      Serve with fried meat.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. SOCIAL WRITING
  • E-Mails
  • Short for electronic
  • They are messages sent via a computer connected to internet.
  • Emails must be short and precise.

Email Address

  • An email address is what identifies an electronic post office box on a network where email can be sent.
  • Usually, there is no capitalization or spacing between the characters.

 

Component of Email Address

  • All email addresses have three parts:
  • Username;
  • @ symbol; and
  • The domain
  • Username is the unique name that you select. It can be your real name or nickname. Example: sumudawa
  • @ symbol separates the username from the domain. When you insert this symbol, your email program recognizes the character and sends the email to the domain name that follows it.
  • Domain is broken into parts: the mail server and the top-level domain.

The mail server is the server hosting the email account. There are such mail servers as yahoo, hotmail and gmail.

Examples of top-level domains include: com, net, org, edu, etc

Example of email address: sumudawa@yahoo.com

Email Format

Email consists of:

  1. “FROM” Field. Write your email address.
  2. Date .
  • “TO” Field. The recipient’s address is written here.
  1. “Cc” Field. Add the email address of other people whose copy of the message should reach.
  2. Subject. Write short but accurate subject header.
  3. Attachments. Include the document that should be attached if required.
  • Salutation. Use proper salutation beginning with ‘dear’, etc.
  • Message body. Get your point across without rambling.
  1. Leave-taking. Depending on your level of intimacy with the recipient, you can use phrases and words like:
  • Yours sincerely,
  • Yours faithfully,
  • Yours cordially,
  • Best,
  • Your loving daughter/son/mum/dad/sister/brother,
  • Respectfully,
  • Your student, etc
  1. Signing. Write your full name.

Sample Email

FROM: kanayokanyo@gmail.com

DATE:  13th June, 2015

TO: zimamoto@yahoo.com

Cc: mbwakali@hotmail.com; rosekate@email.com

SUBJECT: Chemistry/Physics Teaching Position

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

I am writing this email in response to your advertisement listed in The Standard Newspaper on 11th June 2016 for the vacancy of teaching Chemistry and Physics that has arisen with your school.

 

I am a degree holder from Kilgoris University. I have taught for three years now. While teaching at Ungwana Secondary school, I developed my teaching skills.

 

I have a strong communication and interpersonal skills, and have the ability to make students understand my two subjects properly. I can help students with their decision making.

 

I desire to be part of the teaching team at Naikuma School where I could nourish the minds of young students. I will be highly obliged if you could go through my curriculum vitae attached herewith.

 

Yours faithfully,

Shuruti K. Hassan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • FAX
  • Fax is short for facsimile.
  • Also known as telefax or telecopying.
  • It is the telephonic transmission of scanned printed material usually to a telephone number which is connected to a printer.

How it Works

To transmit the material, the process to follow include:

  • Scanning of the original material using a fax machine(telecopier).
  • Telecopier processes the content and converts it into a bitmap.
  • The content is then transmitted through the telephone system to the receiver .
  • The receiving telecopier interpretes the message and reconstruct it.

How to Write Notes and Fax Cover Sheet

  • Add a letter head to the top of the fax cover sheet. It can either be for a company or an individual. The letter head can include the name of the company or individual’s name, address, telephone number, fax number and email address.
  • Write “TO” followed by a colon some lines down. Fill in the name of the person who should receive the fax.
  • Write “COMPANY” and fill in the name of the company where you are sending the fax.
  • Write “FROM” and the colon on the next line. List the sender’s name.
  • List the date.
  • Write the recipient’s fax number.
  • Write “NUMBER OF PAGES”. Enter this number including the cover page to help the recipient make sure no page is missing.
  • Write “RE” followed by a colon. Enter the subject of what you are writing under notes.
  • Write “NOTES” and then a colon. Enter additional information here. Write the message.
  • An institution can design a facsimile Transmittal Sheet depending on their taste. Below is an example of a facsimile transmittal sheet.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                  FACSIMILE TRANSMITTAL SHEET

TO: ……………………………………………………………………….. FROM: ……………………………………………………………………..

COMPANY: ………………………………………………………….. DATE: ……………………………………………………..

FAX NUMBER: ……………………………………………………. PAGE TOTAL INCLUDING COVER: …………………………….

PHONE NUMBER: ………………………………………………

 

RE: _______________________________________________________________

 

URGENT   PLEASE COMMENT  
PLEASE REPLY   PLEASE RECYCLE  
FOR REVIEW      

 

NOTES:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • INSTRUCTIONS TO FAMILY AND FRIENDS
  • To give instructions is to let others know how to do something or reach somewhere.
  • Instructions when written, can take the form of letters, notes, e-mails, and many others. Be careful on which to use and which will work well with your recipient.
  • We give instructions to family and friends:
  • To help us do something in our absence.
  • On how to use a newly bought garget.
  • On how to prepare some meals.
  • On how to how to write their exams.
  • On how to be successful individuals. Etc.

What to Do

When writing instructions:

  • Use simple words. Save the verbatim words.
  • Use imperative form of sentences.
  • Give one instruction at a time. Numbered.

Here, we have a sample of note with instruction

INSTRUCTION ON WHAT TO DO WHILE I AM WAY

 

Dear Kish,

 

I have left for work. I will not come back as usually. After you wake up help do the following:

·        Clean your bedroom.

·        Wash the utensils.

·        Mow the lawn.

·        Cook your lunch.

·        Go out and play after doing all the above.

·        Get back to the house before 6.

·        Close the gate until I come back.

I hope you will not forget any of the above. When mum comes back she will bring you the fruits you asked for.

 

Your loving mum,

Aoko

 

Exercise

Your cousin has bought a mobile phone but she doesn’t know how to type text message and send it. In a letter, give her instructions that will help her do that with ease.

 

  1. PUBLIC WRITING
  • LETTERS OF INQUIRY
  • Sent to explore possibilities in employment, admission to college, etc when you are interested in working or learning, etc for a particular institution, but you do not know if an opening or vacancy exists.
  • A letter of inquiry is when you are approaching an organization/company/institution speculatively. This means you are making an approach without their having advertised or announced a vacancy.

How to Write a Letter of Inquiry

The steps that follow will help you write a good letter of inquiry:

  1. Resolve to follow all the rules for business letter writing. Begin with your address, then the date, followed by the addressee’s address, moving on to the greeting(salutation) , and lastly, in regard to(written “RE:”)
  2. Write about four paragraphs. The paragraphs can be divided into:
  • First Paragraph
  • Introduce yourself and concisely explain why you are writing.
  • Tell the recipient how you heard of the organization.
  • Let the recipient, if need be, know the result you will receive or received, and the school or college you are attending or attended.
  • Second Paragraph
  • Describe your interest in the organization.
  • Make it clear why you think you think you are qualified, for example for the job, or admission to the college, etc.
  • Third Paragraph
  • Talk about yourself. Highlight your relevant experience, achievements, and qualifications.
  • Include two or three skills that relate to the positions within.
  • Fourth Paragraph
  • Thank the recipient for their time.
  • Include your phone number or email address.
  • Note that you have included your CV. If admission to college, you may mention that you have included your academic certificate or any document.
  1. Close your letter.
  • Write yours faithfully, if you do not know the name of the person.
  • Yours sincerely. If you know the person’s name, end the letter this way.
  • Add your signature. Sign your name.

 

 

 

Sample Letter of Enquiry

 

KANYE MIRACLE SCHOOL

P.O. BOX 333 – 22020

CHEM – KENYA

 

14TH MAY, 2016

 

THE PRINCIPAL

JOSEM COLLEGE

P.O. BOX 3456 – 12340

KILGORIS

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

 

RE: NEXT INTAKE

 

I am a 2014 form four leaver from Kanye Miracle School. I received grade B- at KCSE. I am writing to express my interest in joining your college in September incase there is an intake. I have always heard a lot about your college. Last week, I saw the picture of your college in the newspaper and that attracted me more.

 

I am now thinking only about Josem College. It has become part of my dream and I would love to study my course there. I know the course I would like to pursue is one of the numerous courses offered there. I would like to study Journalism. I received grade B+ IN English and Kiswahili and I hope that is enough to qualify me for the course of my childhood dreams.

 

While in high school, I used to be a member of journalism club. It is I who could write all the news to be read on Fridays by fellow club members. I was also involved in broadcasting during the parents’ day and through that my confidence was boosted. I no longer suffer from anxiety when speaking before a large group.

 

Thank you for your time you have you have taken to consider this letter of inquiry. Would you please contact me on 07000000 when there will be next intake? Attached are my documents.

 

Yours Faithfully,

[sign]

Salome Mtakatifu

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • LETTERS OF REQUEST
  • Written to request a company/firm/institution to provide complete information regarding a product/service/course, etc.
  • One expresses their interest towards the course/product, etc in this letter.
  • The following points will help in writing an effective letter of request:
  • Clearly state the reason of seeking detailed information.
  • Use formal tone when writing.
  • Be polite.
  • Recheck for misspellings.

Sample Letter of Request

 

Nyamirogi Secondary School,

P.O. Box 111—40020,

MLANGO – KENYA.

 

24th April, 2015

 

The Principal,

Nyamoro College,

P.O. Box 222 – 34200,

DIRISHA – KENYA.

 

Dear Mr. Bacuna:

 

RE: INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR COLLEGE

 

I am a parent of one of the students who received admission letters from your college. He is very much interested in joining the college.

 

We have read your admission letter and are very much interested in getting admission in your college. I  need, however, the answers to the following questions before I could join the college:

·        Is fee paid in installment or paid at once?

·        Can accommodation be offered in college?

·        Other than the courses offered, are there non academic ones like driving?

I would be glad to receive the answers to these questions. Could you please contact me on dennism@yahoo.com or 0797878787?

 

Yours Faithfully,

[sign]

Dennis Mnyweso

 

 

 

 

  1. STUDY WRITING
  • REVIEWS
  • A review of a novel, play, short story or even a poem is written to give the reader a concise summary of its content. This includes relevant description of the topic as well as its overall message.

 

How to Write A Book Review

The steps below are normally followed when reviewing a book (say a novel):

  • Describe what the novel is about in a couple of sentences. No spoilers should be given here.
  • Discuss what in particular you liked about the book. Your thoughts and feelings about the novel are the main focus when doing this. The questions suggested below when answered will help you to a great extent:
  • Who was your favourite character? Why?
  • Did the characters feel real to you?
  • Did the story keep you guessing what to happen next, and next?
  • Which part of the book was your favourite? Why?
  • Did the novel make you laugh, smile, or cry?
  • Mention what you disliked about the novel. Discuss why you think it didn’t work for you. Some questions to help you are:
  • Was the ending frustrating?
  • Was the story scary for your feeling?
  • Summarize some of your thoughts on the novel, suggesting the type of reader you would recommend the novel for. For example would you recommend it for young readers, fans of crime, high school students, etc.
  • At times, you can rate the novel, for example a mark out of ten, etc.

 

 

Sample Book Review Template

 

Book Review

Picture of the book here

Title:

Author:                                 

Publisher:

Reviewer:

 

The novel is about a baby girl who is the source of the river. She becomes the first born girl in a family full of boys. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPOSITORY ESSAYS

  • Exposition is explanatory communication, whether in speech or writing.
  • An expository essay is an organized piece of prose which explains a specific topic or set of ideas to a defined audience.
  • Expository essays provide information and analysis.

Elements of Expository Essays

  • A clear thesis or controlling idea that establishes and sustains your focus.
  • An opening paragraph that introduces the thesis.
  • Body paragraphs (4 0r 5) that use specific evidence to illustrate your informative or analytic points.
  • Smooth transitions that connect the ideas of adjoining paragraphs in specific, interesting ways.
  • A conclusion that emphasizes your central idea without being repetitive.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • QUESTIONNAIRES
  • It is a research instrument containing several questions and other prompts for the purpose of gathering information from the respondents.
  • The questions are aimed at collecting facts or opinions about something.

Outline and Format of the Questionnaire

FORMAT ELEMENTS
Introduction ·        Title of the study

·        Purpose of the study

·        Duration of the survey

·        Guarantee of confidentiality

·        Brief information about the organization

·        If any, incentive Information

 

Demographic Data ·        Respondent’s name(could be optional)

·        Age, gender, religion, marital status, etc.

Questions ·        Closed-ended questions answerable by Yes/No first. This is for faster response rate.

·        Questions arranged from general to specific.

·        Sensitive questions at the end.

·        Group related questions together.

·        Always number questions.

·        The instructions on how questions are answered placed before the questions.

·        Response questions placed vertically except for tabulated options.

End ·        Expression of gratitude to the respondent for attempting questions e.g. “Thank You”

·        Information on knowing the outcome of the survey.

 

Sample Questionnaire

 

                                                  THE ALL TIME HOTEL

                           (email: alltme@gmail.com, P.O. Box 43 – Nairobi Kenya)

                 CUSTOMER SATISFACTION ON THE ALL TIME HOTEL QUESTIONNAIRE

      I.          INTRODUCTION

Dear Esteemed Customer,

We are dedicated to improving the customer satisfaction. Through answering questions in this questionnaire survey, we will be able to analyse the data that will help us enhance our services and meeting your needs.

Your response will only be used for survey purposes and your confidentiality is highly guaranteed.

After you answer all the questions, you will be presented meals of your taste as a token of our good will. We thank you in advance for your time.

    II.          QUESTIONS

 

Instructions:

Please indicate your level of agreement or disagreement with each of these statements regarding our hotel. TICK in the box of your answer.

1.      How many times do you visit The All Time Hotel per month?

___________________________________________________________________________

2.      Do you visit The All Time Hotel with Family or Friends?

  Yes   No

 

3.      For question (3) answer with:

Agree

  Strongly Agree

Neutrally agree

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

 

(a)   The hotel is accessibly located.    

____________________________________________________

(b)   Hotel hours are convenient for my dining needs.

____________________________________________________

(c)    Advertised meals are in stock.

____________________________________________________

(d)   A good selection of meals was available.

_____________________________________________________

(e)    The meals sold are an equal value for the money.

_____________________________________________________

(f)    Meals sold here are of the highest quality.

_____________________________________________________

(g)   The hotel has the lowest prices in the estate.

_____________________________________________________

(h)   The  hotel atmosphere and décor are appealing.

______________________________________________________

  III.          DEMOGRAPHIC DATA

Name

(optional): ______________________________________________________

Age:  ________________________

Gender: ______________________

Number of Family Members: (Tick appropriate)

  1-3
  4-6
  7-9
  More than 10
   

Phone (optional): ____________________________________

  IV.          Thank you for sharing your feelings and thoughts with The All Time. Enjoy dining at the best Hotel in town!

 

  1. INSTITUTIONAL WRITING
  • CURRICULUM VITAE
  • This is a written overview of a person’s experience as well as their qualifications.
  • It brings out a person’s life accomplishments, especially those related to academic realm.
  • Try to present all the relevant information that you can.
  • The CV need to reflect your abilities within your discipline.

Sample Curriculum Vitae

 

DON MICHAEL  OTIENO’S CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal Details

Date of Birth: 8th April, 1989

Sex: Male

Nationality: Kenyan

Religion: Christian

Marital Status: Married

ID Number: 28724770

Address: 924-40400 Suna-Migori

Email: duncanomondi227@gmail.com

Phone Number: 0716602808 or 0764602808

Languages: English and Kiswahili

Personal Profile

A highly motivated, enthusiastic and dedicated teacher of English who has been praised for hard work and perseverance. Committed to creating classroom atmosphere that stimulates and encourage learners. Has the passion to work under minimum or no supervision at all.

Educational Background

YEAR INSTITUTION QUALIFICATION
2011-2013 Utumishi University Bachelors of Education (First class honors)
2005-2008 Kafira Secondary School

 

KCSE {52 Points(C+)}
1996-2004 Kafira Primary School

 

KCPE(304 Marks)

 

Work Experience

FROM-TO INSTITUTION RESPONSIBILITIES
September 2015-December 2015 Joy  Girls’ Secondary 1.      Guiding candidate class in revision.

2.      Offering guidance and counseling to my class.

3.      Coaching students in soccer.

 

June 2015-August 2015 Kisimani Secondary School 1.      Chairing guidance and counseling meetings.

2.      Coaching students in soccer and volleyball.

3.      In charge of discipline.

4.      Chairing languages department’s meetings.

January 2014-June 2015 Right There Muslim Girls’ 1.      Guiding and counseling students.

2.      Training the students both in the classroom and in the field.

3.      Preparing programmes for various activites held at the school.

4.      Heading languages department.

     

 

Achievements

YEAR INSTITUTION ACHIEVEMENT
2014-2015 Right There Muslim Girls’ 1.      Appointed head of departments: Languages and Games.

2.      Appointed member of the disciplinary committee.

3.      Patron of clubs(Debate and Journalism)

4.      Class teacher.

 

  Right There Muslim Girls’ KCSE 2014:

·        ENGLISH MEAN SCORE: 5.667 up from 3.5.

·        HISTORY MEAN SCORE: 7.6

2015 Kisimani Secondary School ·        Head of both Games and Languages Departments.

·        Form 2 class teacher.

·        Acting as Deputy Principla.

2015 Joy Girls’ Secondary ·        Assistant Head of Department, Games.

·        Class teacher

2015   Written manuscripts in areas such as:

·        Grammar in English.

·        Oral Skills in English.

 

SKILLS

·        Strong personal skills.

·        Problem solving skills.

Hobbies and Interests

·        Reading novels, journals and plays.

·        Playing soccer and volleyball.

·        Writing manuscripts.

Referees

NAME POSITION INSTITUTION          PHONE NUMBER
Mr. Mfupi Mbilikimo Head of English Department Joy Girls’ Secondary 0711223344
Mr. Issa Abdikadir Deputy Principal Right There  Muslim Girls’ 0722334455
Mr. Kimoke  M. English Department Utumishi University 0733445566

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • SPEECHES
  • Speech delivery requires adequate preparation. Writing itself is part of that preparation.
  • To write a good speech:
  • Select a topic that you enjoy talking about.
  • Compose your specific purpose statement.
  • Compose your Thesis statement or central idea. This is the most important part of your speech.
  • writing your thesis statement is a four step process:
  • choose your topic
  • Determine your general purpose. For example, to persuade, entertain, educate, etc.
  • Write your specific purpose statement. This is what the speaker wants to accomplish.
  • Tie it all together by composing a clear concise thesis statement.

Sample Speech

KCSE TARGET

“The principal, deputy principal, teachers, and my fellow students, good morning? I am grateful for being offered this rare chance to address this large crowd. Thank you for this great opportunity. Today I want to particularly address form fours who are only 3 months away from reaping the hard work.

Dear candidates, where are you going to be in three months? What will you be doing from the time you wake up to day fall each day? What will you achieve when KCSE Results are announced? In other words, what is your target? Some of you might be thinking that three months is a lot of time to first waste and only revise with one week left. They might be thinking it is too early to revise. Let me assure you that it is high time you decide on doubling your effort.

In fact, with my one year experience since I left this school, I can suggest you two alternatives. Either you think about your future after form four – now! – or you leave this a frustrated individual, and regret later in life. Not encouraging at all to depend completely on your parents.  I like the proverb: You reap what you sow. Remember no one reaps beans when he plants potato. Only if you work hard that work of your hands will handsomely be rewarded.

[Paragraph]

According to my deepest conviction, happy person is the person who always brings his own sunshine, wherever he goes and whatever the weather. Hope to see these sparks in you in you next year March when the results will be announced. Thanking for you listening to me.  ”

 

 

 

 

 

BUILDING SENTENCE SKILLS AND PARAGRAPHING

PARAPHRASING

  • To paraphrase simply means “put in your own words.”
  • It is one’s own interpretation of essential information and ideas expressed by someone else, presented in a new form.
  • It is a more detailed restatement than a summary, which focuses concisely on a single main idea.

Steps to Effective Paraphrasing

  1. Reread the original passage until you understand its full meaning.
  2. Set the original aside, and write your paraphrase on a note book.
  3. Jot down a few words below your paraphrase to remind you later how you imagine using this material.
  4. Check your version with the original to make sure that yours  accurately expresses all the essential information in a new form.
  5. Use quotation marks to identify any unique term or phraseology you have borrowed exactly from the source.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CREATIVE WRITING

 BIOGRAPHIES

Kim Kardashian

Born: 21 October 1980

Birthplace: Los Angeles, California

Best known as: The alpha-sister star of Keeping Up With the Kardashians

Kimberly Kardashian is a Los Angeles socialite, businesswoman and first among equals on the long-running reality TV show Keeping Up With the Kardashians. Kim Kardashian first came to wide public attention through her friendship with socialite Paris Hilton; Kim is the daughter of attorney Robert Kardashian (1944-2003), who became famous in 1994 when his friend and client O.J. Simpson was arrested and tried for murder. Kim Kardashian became one of Paris Hilton’s party pals and then in 2007 boosted her profile by taking legal action to prevent the distribution of a naughty home video she had made with then-boyfriend Ray J (born William Ray Norwood, Jr., the brother of singer Brandy). The tape was widely distributed on the Internet, despite (or because of) Kardashian’s attempts to quash it, and she was launched into Hilton-like celebrity. That led to the 2007 launch of the TV reality show Keeping Up With the Kardashians, which starred Kim and her sisters Kourtney and Khloe and made their extended family synonymous with celebrity for its own sake. Kim appeared on Dancing With the Stars (2008) and made various appearances on other TV shows. She and her sisters opened a chain of dress boutiques called Dash, and together they published a memoir, Kardashian Konfidential, in 2010. Married at one time to music producer Damon Thomas (2000-04), Kim Kardashian was later romantically linked to a number of male celebrities, including Jessica Simpson‘s ex-husband Nick Lachey and Heisman Trophy winner Reggie Bush. She married NBA basketball player Kris Humphries in August of 2011, but filed for divorce 72 days later, citing “irreconcilable differences.” (The divorce became final on June 3, 2013.) She became pregnant by the rapper Kanye West in 2012; their daughter, named North West, was born on 15 June 2013. Kardashian and West were married in Florence, Italy on 24 May 2014, and their second child, a son named Saint, was born on 5 December 2015. Kim Kardashian published a 352-page book of selfies, titled Selfish, in 2015.

 

Revising KCPE- All KNEC Past Papers and Marking Schemes Free

REVISING KCPE

KNEC PAST PAPERS

TOPICALLY ANALYSED PRACTICE

QUESTIONS FOR ALL SUBJECTS

CONTENTS

SUBJECT

TOPICS

PAGE
MATHEMATICS
1.Numbers 6 –8
2.Operation on numbers 8 – 12
3.Measurement (length ,area ,volume) 12 –16
4.Weight/Mass 16 – 18
5.Money 18-22
6.Postal Charges 23-24
7.Time And Speed 25-27
8.Geometry 27-36
9. Algebra 37-39
10.Tables and graphs 39-47
11.scale drawing 47-48
12.Ratio and proportion 48-49
ENGLISH

1. Topics Analysis table 50-51
2.ALL QUESTIONS & BEST compositions 2003-2010 52-117
KISWAHILI
1.Ubashiri wa maswali ya KCPE 2003-2010 199-120
2.Insha bora, Maswali yote ya KCPE 2003-2010 121-186
SCIENCE
1.Weather and astronomy 188-189
2.Human body 190-191
3.Plants 191-193
4.Animals 193-194
5.Health Education 195-196

6.Environment 196-197
7.Soil 197-199
8.water 199-200
9.Food and Nutrition 200-201
10 Properties of matter 202-207
11.Energy 207-213
12.Making work easier 213-216

SOCIAL STUDIES
Physical Environment 218-232
People and Population 233-235
Social and Cultural Activities 236-238
Resources & Economic Activities 239-247
Political development 248-254
Law peace & Reconciliation 255-256
Democracy &Human rights 256-257
Government of Kenya 257-259
CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION
Creation 260
God speaks to us in the old Testament 261-264
Jesus and the New Testament 265-268
The early church & the Christian community 269-270
African Traditional religious heritage 271-272
Contemporary Christian living 273-275
Bible library 275

K.C.P.E 2011 276- 316
MARKING SCHEMES 317 –325

 

 

 

K.C.P.E

K.N.E.C.

MATHEMATICS

2000-2011

K.C.P.E REVISION 5
TOPICALLY ANALLYSED

MATHEMATICS
NUMBERS
Place value and Total value
1. Which one of the following numbers has the smallest value?
A. 111010 B.101101 C.110110
D.101011 Q2,2000

2. What is the number 29 853 when rounded to the nearest thousand?
A. 29,000
B, 29,850
C. 29,900
D. 30,000 Q4,2000

3. What is the place value digit 5 in the number 1050067?
A. Thousands
B. Ten thousands
C. Fifty thousands
D. Hundred thousands Q5,2000
4. What is 4990678 rounded off to the nearest thousand?
A. 4990000

B. 4990700

C. 4991000

D. 5000000 Q2,2001

5. What is the place value of the digit 5 in the number 4 573 261?
A. Hundred thousands

B. Five hundred thousands

C. Millions

D. Five millions Q8,2001

6. How many times is the value of the digit 8 more
K.C.P.E REVISION

than the value of digit 2 in the number 850 265? A. 799 800
B. 4 000

C. 1 000

D. 4 Q28,2002

7. What is 899 470 rounded off to the nearest ten thousand?
A. 890 000

B. 899 000

C. 900 000

D. 900 470 Q35,2002

 

8. What is the place value of 3 in the number 7830402? A.Hundreds thousands
B.Ten thousands C.Thousands
D.Hundreds Q1,2003

9. What is 468.3894 rounded off to the nearest tenth? 470
468.3

468.39

468.4 Q8,2003

10. What is 399.90485 rounded off to the nearest hundredth?

A. 400

B. 399.905

C. 399.90

D. 399.9 Q1,2004

 

6

11. What is the place value of the digit 7 in the number 3470268?

A. Thousands

B. Ten thousands

C. Seventy thousands

D. Hundred thousands Q5,2004

12. Which one of the following is 50205082 in words?

A. Fifty million two hundred and fifty thousand and eighty two.
B. Fifty million twenty five thousand and eighty two.
C. Fifty million two hundred thousand five hundred and eighty two.
D. Fifty million two hundred and five thousand and eighty two. Q2 2005

13. What is the number 29.34046 rounded off to the nearest thousandth?
A. 29.3

B. 29.34

C. 29.340

D. 29.341 3,2005

114. What is the sum of the total values of the digits in the hundreds and ten thousands positions in the

number 693582?

A. 95 000

B. 90 500

C. 10 100

D. 9 500 Q 5,2006

15. What is the place value of the digit 7 obtained after

working out 0.2016 ÷ 28? A Tenths.
B Hundredths. C Thousandths.
D Ten thousandths.
Q2,2007

16. What is the total value of digit 6 in the number

40607580?

A Six million,

B Six hundred thousand C Sixty thousand.
D Hundred thousand.
Q5,2008

 

17. What is the difference between the total value of digit 3 and digit 9 in the number 6803901 ?

A. 6

B. 2 100

C. 3 000

D. 3 900 Q10, 2009

 

18. What is the place value of digit 6 in the number 706053?

A. Six hundreds

B. Hundreds

C. Six thousands

D. Thousands Q4,2010

K.C.P.E REVISION 7

Reading and writing numbers in symbols and words
19. Which one of the following is 3200104 in words?
A. Thirty two thousand one hundred and four.
B. Three million two thousand one hundred and four.
C. Three hundred and twenty thousand one hundred and four.
D. Three million two hundred thousand one hundred and four. Q1,2000
20. Which one of the following is six million, eighty five thousand, three hundred and seven?
A. 6085037

B. 6805037

C. 6085307

D. 6850307 Q1,2001

21. Which of the following is 5505055 in words?

A. Five million, fifty five thousand and fifty five

B. Five million, five hundred thousand, five hundred and fifty five
C. Five million, five hundred and five thousand and fifty five
D. Five million, five hundred and fifty thousand and fifty five. Q1,2002

22. Which of the following is 30030030 in words? A.Thirty million three hundred and thirty.
B. Thirty million three thousand and thirty.

C. Thirty million thirty thousand and thirty.

D. Thirty million three hundred thousand and thirty.
Q5,2003

23. What is three million six thousand four hundred and seventy two less one thousand written in symbols?

A. 3599472

B. 3005472

C. 3007472

D. 3059472 Q3,2004

24. Which one of the following is 50205082 in words?

A. Fifty million two hundred and fifty thousand and eighty two.
B. Fifty million twenty five thousand and eighty two.
C. Fifty million two hundred thousand five hundred and eighty two.
D. Fifty million two hundred and five thousand and eighty two. Q1 ,2005
25. What is 73121025 written in words?

A. Seven million three hundred and twelve thousand one hundred and twenty five.
B. Seventy three million one hundred and twenty one thousand and twenty five.
C. Seven hundred and thirty one million two hundred and ten thousand and twenty five.
D. Seventy three million twelve thousand one

hundred and twenty five.
Q1,2006

26. Which one of the following is 1100000.001 written in words?
A One million one hundred thousand and one hundredth.

B One million one thousand and one thousandth.

C One million one hundred thousand one tenth.

D One million one hundred thousand and one thousandth
Q1,2007

K.C.P.E REVISION 8

27. Which one of the following numbers is one million five thousand three hundred and eight?

A 1005308

B 1050308

C 1500308

D 1005038 Q1,2008

 

28. Which one of the following numbers is twenty-six million, four hundred and thirty thousand, two hundred and nine in symbols?

A. 26432009

B. 2643209

C. 26430209

D. 264302009 Q1 2009

 

29. Which one of the following is 60400502 in words?

A. Six million four hundred thousand five hundred and two.
B. Sixty million four thousand five hundred and two.
C. Sixty million forty thousand five hundred and two.
D. Sixty million four hundred thousand five hundred and two.
Q1 2010

Squares and square roots GCD and LCM
30 .What is the L.C.M. of 15, 20 and 30?
A. 120
B. 60
C. 15
D. 5 Q10,2000

31. What is the square root of 7 9/16? A. 2 3/4
B. 1 3/8

C. 11/16

D. 7 3/4 Q19,2001

32. In a school, one bell rings after every 30 minutes while the other rings after every 35 minutes. If the two bells rang together at 8.15 a.m., at what time did they ring together next?
A. 11.45 a.m.

B. 3.30 a.m.

C. 9.20 a.m.

D. 1.45 a.m. Q43,2001

33. A rectangular plot measures 64 m by 16 m. What would be the length of the side of a square plot
with

the same area?

A. 32 m

B. 40 m

C. 512 m

D. 1 024 m Q50,2002

 

34. What is the difference in value between the LCM of 8 and 12, and the GCD of 36 and 54?
A.104 B.84 C.14
D. 6 Q 11,2003

35. The floor of a square room is covered completely by four equal carpets. The area of each carpet is 322∕49m2.
What is the length of one side of the room in metres?
A.644∕9 B.73∕7 C.35∕7
D.16∕7 Q48,2003

36.. What is the Greatest Common Divisor (GCD) of the numbers 32, 48 and 56?
A. 8

B. 168

C. 672

D. 86016 Q2,2004

37. What is the square root of 17/ 9? A. 4/9
B. 8/9

C. 11/3

D. 3 13/81 Q24,2004

38. What is the smallest number that can be divided by 12,

18 and 27 without a remainder?

A. 108

B. 36
C. 3

D. 5832 Q4,2005

39.. What is the square root of 0.0576?

A. 0.0024

B. 0.024

C. 0.24

D. 2.4 Q23, 2006

40. By how much is the LCM of 40 and 60 more than their GCD?
A 20

B 100

C 120

D 140 Q9,2007

41. What is the value of √4.2849 ? A. 0.207
B. 2.07

C. 2.7

D. 207 Q19,2007

42. What is the square of 6 1/4 ?

A 39 1/16

B 36 1/16

C. 12 1/2

D. 2 1/2 Q4,2008

43. What is the Greatest Common Divisor of 120 and 270?

A 3

B 10

C 30

D 1 080 Q8,2008

44. What is the difference between the L.C.M. and the
G.C.D. of the numbers 24, 32, 40?

A. 8

B. 160

C. 400

D. 80 Q38 2009

45.What is the value of √21/4 ÷ 27/9 × (2/3)2 ?

A. 6/25

B. 11/9

Conversion of fractions to percentages and vice versa
49. In a certain school, the fractions of boys in classes 5,6,7 and 8 are as follows: class 5 is 12/16, class 6

C. 11/5

is 13/

26, class 7 is 10/25

and class 8 is 10/

18.

D. 2/5 Q47,2009

46. Which one of the numbers below is the square of 2 4/5
A. 72 21/25

B. 41 16/25

C. 39 1/5

D. 5 3/5 Q8,2010

47. Three bells are set to ring out at intervals of 4 minutes, 6 minutes and 9 minutes respectively. If they all ring together now, after how many minutes will they ring together next?

A. 12

B. 18

C. 36

D. 216 Q16, 2010

 

Conversion of decimals and fraction and vice versa

48. What is 1. 28978 correct to three decimal places? A. 1.28.
B. 1.289

C. 1.29

D. 1.290 Q2,2006

Which class has the least number of boys if all the classes have the same number of pupils?
A. Class 5

B. Class 6

C. Class 7

D. Class 8 Q 20,2007

OPERATION ON NUMBERS
Operation involving whole numbers

1. 23. In 1998, Wanja harvested 4 676 bags of maize. This was 168 bags more than those she harvested in 1997. How many bags of maize did she harvest in 1997?
A. 177
B. 513 C.4508
D.5021 Q23,2000
2. Muyaka had money as follows: 4 notes of sh 1000 3 notes of sh. 500 16 notes of sh. 200 11 notes of sh. 100 9 notes of sh. 50
She changed all the money into five – shilling coins. How many five- shilling coins did she get?
A. 51 250
B. 10250 .
C. 2050
D. 370 Q40,2000
3. Moki had 190 fifty shilling-notes. He changed

sh. 6000 into one thousand shilling-notes and the rest into five hundred shilling-notes.
How many five hundred shilling-notes did he get?

A. 9500

B. 19

C. 3500

D. 7 Q23,2001

cost of the sweets in each carton?

4. Cheptoo was hired for 8 hours a day from Monday to Friday and 5 hours on Saturday. She was paid
sh 5 850 per week. Cheptoo now works 10 hours a day from Monday to Friday and is free on Saturday.
What is her weekly pay if she is paid at the same rate per hour as before?
A. sh 4 500

B. sh 5 265

C. sh 5 300

D. sh 6 500 Q18,2002

5. A vendor kept money in a box and in a tin. In the box there were:
15 ten-shilling coins

23 twenty-shilling coins

36 five-shilling coins

In the tin there was an equal number of ten-shilling

and five-shilling coins and no twenty-shilling coin.

The total amount of money in both, the box and
tin,

was sh 1 000.

How many five-shilling coins were in the tin?

A. 14

B. 21

C. 28

D. 70 Q22,2002

6. A factory produced 65 160 sweets. The sweets were packed in packets each holding 24 sweets. The cost of each packet was sh 72. All the packets
were then equally put in 15 cartons. What was the

A. sh 181

B. sh 13 032

C. sh 195 480

D. sh 312 768 Q29,2002

7. Kamau wants to get change for a sh. 1000 note. The change is to consist of sh 500, sh 200, sh 100 and sh 50 notes. What is the smallest number of notes he can get?

A.4

B.5

C.6

D. 7 Q9,2003

8. Twenty members of a group contributed sh. 80 000 each to buy a piece of land. They already had sh. 120 000 in a bank out of which sh. 20 000 was the remain in the bank and the rest spent in buying the piece of land.

How much did the land cost?

A.Sh. 1 720 000

B.Sh. 1 700 000

C.Sh. 1 600 000

D.Sh. 180 000 Q31,2330

9. The number of children at a film show was 49 more than that of adults. The entry fee for each child was sh. 15 while that of each adult was sh. 30. The total amount of money paid by the children was sh. 2
055. How much money was paid by the children and the adults’ altogether?

A.Sh. 7 635

B.sh. 4 695

C.sh.3 375

D.sh.2 640 Q36,2003

10. Omala and Mwite had packets of tea to be packed into cartons. Each carton holds 46 packets. Omala packed 63 cartons and remained with 24 packets while Mwite packed 54 cartons and remained with

19 packets. How many more packets of tea had Omala than Mwite?

A. 419

B. 414

C. 409

D. 5 425 Q45,2005

11. A youth group organised a film show to raise funds. Two hundred and eighty men attended the film
show. The number of women who attended was half the number of men, while the number of youths was three times the number of both men and women. The charges were sh 50 per adult and sh 20 per youth. How much money was raised?

A. Sh 46 200

B. Sh 37 800

C. Sh 25 200

D. Sh 21 000 Q30,2006

12. In a certain village the total number of women and

children was 34 603. The number of women and men was 18 623. If the number of men was 5 984, what was the number of children in that village?

A 12 639

B 15 980

C 28 619

D 21 964 Q17,2007

13. Ahmed earns sh 560 500 per year. Oloo earns three times as much as Alice. Alice earns twice as much as Ahmed.
How much money, altogether, do they all earn in a year?

A. sh 1 121 000

B. sh 3 363 000

C. sh 4 484 000

D. sh 5 044 500 Q28,2008

14. During an election there were four candidates K, L, M and N. Candidate M received 3 421 votes which was 1 677 votes more than N received and 4 147 votes less than L received. The total number of valid votes cast was 23 406.

How many votes did K receive? A 10 673
B 12 733

C 14 161

D 7 319 Q49,2008

15. Mwende had mangoes. She ate 5 and shared the remaining among her 6 friends. She however found that she needed 2 more mangoes if each of the friends was to get 4 mangoes. How many mangoes had she at the beginning?

A. 22
B. 27
C. 29
D. 31 Q6,2009
16.A school contributed money for a project as follows:
Pupils in class 1-4 contributed sh 10 each Pupils in class 5 –8 contributed sh 20 each Teachers contributed sh 200 each
The Headteacher contributed sh 500

Each class in the school was double streamed with 30 pupils per stream. The number of teachers including the headteacher was 26. how much money was contributed all together?

A. sh 12 700

B. sh 15 100

C. sh 19 900

D. sh 20 100 Q22,2009

17. At a sports meeting the number of men was 200. The number of girls was three times that of men and 120 more than that of women. The number of boys was 30 more than that of girls. What was the total number of people at the meeting?

A. 719

B. 1 850

C. 1 910

D. 2 150 Q30,2010

 

Operation involving fractions

*18. . Onacha spent V9 of his salary on food, % of the remainder on school fees and the rest on leisure. If his salary was sh. 5 400, how much money did he spend on leisure?
A. sh. 4200
B. sh. 1800
C. sh. 1200
D. sh. 750 Q28,2000
19. Sara and Lucia shared a piece of cloth such that Lucia got three times as much as Sara. What fraction of the cloth did Sara get?
A. 3/4
B. 2/3
C. 1/3
D. ¼ Q5,2001
20. The fractions 2/ , 5/ , 3/ and 7/ are to be
arranged from the largest to the smallest. Which
of

the following is in the correct order?

21. What is the value of 11/2 – 1/4 × 11/3
11/3 + 1/6 ÷ 1/2
A. 1 17/18
B. 7/18
C. 1
D. 7/10 Q36,2002

22. What is the value of 7⁄8 of (4⁄5 + 1⁄2) ÷ 1⁄4?

A…91⁄320
B.27⁄10 C. 411⁄20,
D.44 ⁄5 Q12,2003

23. Kaole, Mwasi and Mbithe shared some money.
Mwasi got 2⁄7 of the money and Mbithe got 2⁄3 of the remainder. What fraction of the money did Kaole receive?
A.16⁄26 B.11⁄21 C. 5⁄21
D.1⁄21 Q39,2003

24. Which is the correct order of writing the fractions 3/8, 5/16
,11/32 ,3/48 from the largest to the smallest? A. 13/48 , 11/32 , 5/16 , 3/8
B. 3/8 , 5/16 , 11/32 , 13/48

C. 13/48 ,5/16 , 11/32 , 3/8

D. 3/8 , 11/32 , 5/16 , 13/48 Q4,2004

 

25. What is the value of 5/8 + 1/8 ÷ 2/3 – 3/8 ?

A. 13/56

A. 7/

5 3
6 , 4

, 2/

B. 3/4

B. 5/ 3

2 7
3 , 12

C. 7/16

7 3 5 2
12, 4 6 , 3

D. 7/ 2/ 3/ , 5/ Q2,2002

D. 1/3 Q12,2004

26. Muli spent 3/10 of his salary on food and 2/5 on rent. he was left with sh 2100. What was his salary?

A. sh 3 000

B. sh 3 675

C. sh 4 900

D. sh 7 000 Q42,2004

27. Amina shared money among her three children. The first got 1/3 while the second got ¼ of the money.
The third got ½ of what remained. Amina was left with sh 1500. How much money had she before it was shared?

A. sh 3 000

B. sh 5 700

C. sh 7 200 Q27,2005

28.. Which is the correct order of writing the fractions

3/4, 7/9, 4/5 and 9/11 from the largest to the smallest? A. 3/4, 4/5, 7/9, 9/11
B. 9/11, 7/9, 4/5, 3/4

C. 9/11, 7/9, 3/4, 4/5

D. 9/11, 4/5, 7/9, 3/4 Q49,2005
pupil intends to add the fractions 2/7 , 3/8 and 5/6 . Which one of the following numbers should she choose as the least common denominator?
A. 56
B. 48
C. 168
D. 336 Q13,2006
30.What is the value of 11/6 ÷ 1/4 × 2/3 + 5/8 ?

A. 59/72

B. 3 1/72

C. 3 53/72

D. 7 5/8 Q37,2006

31.Moraa shared money among her four children, Muta, Somo, Nduta and Aroya. Muta got 1/3 of the
money while Somo got 1/2 of the remainder. The rest
was shared equally between Nduta and Aroya. What fraction of the money did Aroya get?
A. 1/12
B. 1/6
C. 1/3
D. 1/2 Q48,2006

32.What is the value of 32/5 – 2 1/4 × 11/3 + 1/6 of 1 5/7 ?

A. 2 32/35

B. 1 86/105

C. 24/35

D. 4/35 Q4,2007

33.A farmer used ½ of her land for planting maize 1∕5 for

planting beans, 1/3 of the remainder for grazing and the rest for horticulture. If the farmer used 10 ha for grazing, how much land does she have?

A 100 ha

B 33 1/3 ha C 30 ha
D 11 1/30 ha Q28,2007

34. At a film show 1/5 of the attendants were boys while 1/4 were girls. Two fifths of the remainder were men and the rest were women
What fraction of the total attendants were women?

A. 11/20

B. 11/50

C. 3/20

D. 33/100 Q18,2008

35. What is the value of

 

 

A B C
D 111/25 Q44,2008

36. In a meeting 3/5 of the attendants were women, 1/4 of the reminder were men and the rest were children. There were 80 men in that meeting. How many children were there?

A. 120

B. 240

C. 480

D. 800 Q19,2009

37. What is the value of 2/5 ÷ 1 2/3 of 3/4?

A. 8/9

B. 1/2

C. 9/50

D. 8/25 Q14,2010

38. The fractions 3/7, 2/5, 5/8, 1/2 are to be arranged from the smallest to the largest. Which one of the following is the correct order?

A. 1/2, 2/5, 3/7, 5/8

B. 2/5, 3/7, 1/2, 5/8

C. 3/7, 2/5, 1/2, 5/8

D. 5/8, 1/2, 3/7, 2/5 Q18,2010

39.A teacher had a certain number of books. She gave
1 3 of the books to John and ¼ to Lucy. She also

gave 1/10 of the remaining books to Patel. If the teacher was left with 18 books, how many books had she given to Lucy?

 

 

 

Operations involving decimals.
40. What is 23.1408 correct to three decimal places? A. 23.0
B. 23.1
C. 23.140
D. 23.141 Q8,2000
41. What is the value of
0.3 x 0.94 + (0.304 + 0.123 – 0.4)?
A. 1.3495
B. 1.7725
C. 0.8935
D. 0.60225 Q15,2000
42. What is the value of 0.499 + 12.3 correct to 2 decimal places?
A. 13.00

B. 12.80

C. 12.79

D. 12.799 Q4,2001

43. What is the value of

0.48 × 0.0135

0.016

A. 40.5

B. 4.05

C. 0.405

D. 0.0405 Q14,2001

44. What is the value of 5.0 – 2.65 × 0.001? A. 4.999735
B. 4.99735

C. 4.9735

D. 0.00235 Q11,2002

45. What is the value of 21 ÷ 8 correct to two decimal places?
A. 2.6

B. 2.62

C. 2.625

D. 2.63 Q19,2002

 

46. What is the value of ?
A.263.5 B.2.635 C.0.2635

D.0.02635 Q6,2003

47. What is the value of 8 ÷ 0.02 + 1.35 x 0.4?

A. 400.54

B. 40.54

C. 160.54

D. 405.4 Q6,2005
48. During an election the winning candidate got 0.425 of the votes cast while the other two candidates
got 0.39 and 0.183 respectively. There were 48 spoilt votes.How many votes did the winning candidate

get?

A. 24 000

B. 10 200

C. 9 360

D. 4 392 Q39,2005

 

49.The decimals 0.09402, 0.09042, 0.09024, 0.09204
are to be written from the largest to the smallest. Which one of the following is the correct order?

A. 0.09204, 0.09402, 0.09042, 0.09024

B. 0.09402, 0.09042, 0.09204, 0.09024

C. 0.09402, 0.09204, 0.09042, 0.09024

D. 0.09024, 0.09042, 0.09204, 0.09402
Q10,2006

50.What is the value of 0.6 – 0.4 × 0.23 – 0.01?

A. 0.036

B. 0.044

C. 0.498

D. 0.518 Q20,2006

 

51. What is 6.0947 rounded off correct to two decimal places?
A 6.15

B 6.10

C 6.095

D 6.09 Q3,2007

52. In a certain school, the fractions of boys in classes 5,6,7 and 8 are as follows: class 5 is 12/16, class 6 is 13/26, class 7 is 10/25 and class 8 is 10/18.
Which class has the least number of boys if all the classes have the same number of pupils?

A. Class 5

B. Class 6

C. Class 7

D. Class 8 Q20,2007

53. What is the number 21.046 rounded off to 2 decimal

places?

A 21.46

B 21.04

C 21.00

D 21.05 Q3,2008

54. What is the value of

A. 9

B. 90

C. 27.7

D. 23.61 Q20,2008

55. Bongo gave 0.12 of his land to his wife, 0.25 to his son and 0.3 to his daughter. If he had 2.4 hectares of land, how many hectares was he left

D. 25.9 Q32,2009

57.A school offers only 4 games. Each pupil was asked to choose one favourite game out of the 4.
0.4 of the pupils chose football

of the pupils chose netball

of the remaining pupils chose basketball. The rest who were 112 pupils, chose hockey

What was the total number of pupils who chose football and netball ?

A. 240

B. 160

C. 400

D. 80 Q39,2009

58.What is the number 5826.3407 rounded off to 3 decimal places?

with? A. 5826.34
A. 0.72 B. 5826.340
B 0.288 C. 5826.341
C 0.6 D. 5826.3410 Q2,2010

D 0.792 Q38,2008

40.What is the number 15.76 rounded off to the nearest tenth?

A. 15.7

B. 15.8

C. 16

D. 20 Q20,2009

56.What is the value of 2.8 – 0.5 × 3.2 + 3 ?

59. Sera shared part of her land among her four children. Their shares were 0.29, 0.26, 0.21 and 0.14 of the land. If the part that was shared was 36
hectares, how many hectares of the land remained?

A. 3.6

B. 40

C. 0.1

D. 4 Q43,2010

 

A. 4.2

B. 1.8

C. 10.5

Combined operations

60. What is the value of 24 (72 — 69) + 6 x 4 ? 12
A. 8
B. 26
C. 30
D. 74 Q6,2000
61. What is the value of 82(92 — 32) ? 42×62

66. What is the value of 7(82 – 72) + 63 ÷ 7?

A. 16 .

B. 23

C. 24

D. 114 Q16,2006

67. What is the value of

A. 4B. 8 A 5
C. 2
D. 2/3
Q7,2000 B 11
62. What is the value of C 13

3/4 (1/2+ 2/5 ÷ 1/3) – 1/5 × 3/8 ?

A. 2/5
B. 37/40
C. 11/5
D. 119/20 Q6,2001
63. What is the value of 3(52-42) + 51 ÷ 17?

A.410⁄17 B.9 C.30
D.62 Q2, 2003

64. What is the value of 0.5 + 0.2 × 4.1– 0.31
0.02

A. 128

B. 60

C. 132.65

D. 50.5 Q9,2004

65.What is the value of 24 ÷ 3 + 4 × 5 – 8 ÷ 4 × 10 + 1?

A. 7

B. 9

C. 41

D. 131 Q17,2004

D 31 Q2, 2008

 

68. What is the value of 6(24-18) + 6 × 4 ?

6

A. 30

B. 25

C. 10

D. 28 Q11, 2009

69.What is the value of 4/5 + 3/5 of (2/3 -1/5) + 3/4 × 2/5?

A. 119/50
B. 1143/150
C. 13/10

D. 123/150 Q21,2009

70. What is the value of 3(42 + 22) – 5 x 6 ÷ 2

3 x 5

A. 59

B. 17

C. 11

D. 3 Q5,2010

71. What is the value of

0.77 + 5.00 of (0.57 – 0.33) + 0.88 x 0.4 ?

A. 2.322

B. 1.7368

C. 1.140

D. 0.90592 Q33,2010

 

Percentage increase and decrease
72. The marked price of a pair of shoes was sh.250. During a sale the price was reduced to sh.200. What was the percentage decrease in price?
A. 80%
B. 50%
C. 25%
D .20% Q9,2000
73. Flour is packed in 2.5 kg packets. If the weight of flour in the packets is increased by 25%, what would be the new weight of the packet?
A. 3.125 kg
B. 2 kg
C. 1.875 kg
D. 0.625 kg Q21,2001
74. The bus fare from one town to another was decreased by 20% and later increased by 20%. If the original fare was sh. 50, what is the new fare?
A. sh 32
B. sh 40
C. sh 48
D. sh 50 Q49,2002
75. In one year the population of Gazelles in a park was 3 400. In the following year, the population reduced by 25%. What was the size of the population of gazelles after the reduction?

A.850

B.4 250

C.3 375

D.2 550 Q23,2003

76. Cherono spent sh 8 100 on food in May. In the month of June she spent 10 % less on food than in May. How much money did she spend on food in June?

A. sh 810
B. sh 7 290
C. sh 9 000
D. sh 8 910 Q26,2005
77. In the year 2002, the number of pupils in a school was 800. In 2003 the number of pupils increased by 40%. How many pupils were there in 2003?
A. 320
B. 480
C. 840
D. 1 120 Q12,2006
78.A playing field measured 50 m by 30 m. The measurements of the sides of the field were
later increased to 80 m by 60 m. What was the percentage increase of the area of the field?
A 4 800
B 3 300
C 900
D 220 Q40, 2007
79. The length of a rectangular plot is 30 m and the width is
20 m. Each side of the plot is increased by 10%. What is the increase in the area of the plot?
A 6 m2

B 126m2 C. 600 m2
D 140 m2 Q35, 2008

80. In year 2005, enrolment in a school was 450. In the year 2006, the enrollment decreased by 10% from that of year 2005. The enrollment increased by 20% in year 2007. What will be the enrollment in the year 2007?

A. 396

B. 486

C. 495

D. 584 Q48,2009

81. At the beginning of year 2005, there were 800 pupils in a school of whom 55% were boys. At the end of the year the number of girls had increased by 20% and that of boys had decreased by 10%. What was the total number of pupils in the school at the end of the year?

A. 828

B. 916

C. 826

D. 880 Q37, 2010

 

Number sequence

82. What is the next number in the sequence 7, 16, 32, 57,—-
A.93
B. 89
C. 82
D 63 Q20,2000
83. What is the next number in the pattern 2, 6, 11,17, ,

….?

A. 28

B. 24

C. 23

D. 21 Q3,2001

84. What is the next number in the pattern 84, 62, 43, 27, ?
A. 16

B. 14

C. 13

D. 11 Q41,2002

85. What is the next number in the pattern 3, 4, 7, 11, 18, , ?
A. 19

B. 25

C. 43

D. 29 Q20,2004

86. What is the next number in the pattern 1, 3, 7, 15 . .
. ?

A. 22

B. 23

C. 25

D. 31 Q21,2005

 

87. What is the next number in the pattern: 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, ——, …?
A. 6.0

B. 7.2

C. 8.4

D. 9.6 Q9,2006

89. What is the next number in the pattern 16, 44, 82, 130,…?

A 188

B 212

C 178

D 140 Q16,2007

90. What is the next number in the pattern

1, 4, 10, 19…?

A 28

B 29

C 31

D. 34 Q11,2008

91. What is the next number in the sequence 6, 13, 24, 37, ?
A. 58

B. 56

C. 54

D. 52 Q28, 2009

92. What is the next number in the pattern 10, 11, 15, 24, 40, 65, ?
A. 105

B. 101

C. 90

D. 74 Q9,2010

 

MEASUREMENT ;
LENGTH, AREA & VOLUME
Problems involving conversion units of length

1. Twenty litres of milk was given to a class of 50 pupils to share equally. How many decilitres of milk did each pupil get?
A. 0.4

B. 4

C. 40

D. 400 Q19,2006
2. A tailor had 17.5 m of cloth material. From this material she made 2 dresses each requiring 3.75 m
of material, and 3 jackets each requiring 2.4 m of material. What length of material remained?
A. 1.4 m
B. 2.8 m
C. 11.35 m
D. 14.7 m Q49, 2006

3. A fruit vendor prepared juice which filled eight 3-litre containers. He later put the juice in 2-decilitre bottles for

sale. How many such bottles of juice did he get? A 12
B 120

C 1 200

D 12 000 Q13, 2007

Perimeter and circumference
4. The figure below represents a design of a window. The design consists of a square of sides 5 cm, a circle of diameter 7 cm and a rectangular frame measuring 26 cm by 15 cm. The square and the circle are joined to each other and to the frame by lines each 4 cm long.

 

What is the total length, in cm of the metal needed to make the design? (Take n =22/?)
A. 42
B. 82
C. 124
D. 152 Q31,2000
5. A triangular plot measuring 7.5 metres by 12.5

metres by 15 metres is to be fenced. If the posts are to be 2.5 metres apart, how many

posts are needed?

A. 35

B. 17

C. 15

D. 14 Q11,2001

6. The figure below is made up of two semi-circles joined by straight lines.

 

What is the perimeter of the figure? (Take п = 22/7)
A. 18 cm

B. 22 cm

C. 29 cm

D. 51 cm Q29,2001

7. A rectangular plot measuring 46 m by 38 m is to be fenced all round. If three strands of wire are to be used, what would be the total length of wire required in metres?
A. 168

B. 252

C. 504

D. 5 244 Q3,2002

8. The length of a rectangle is represented by the expression (2x + 8) cm and its width by the expression (x – 6) cm.

the rectangle?

A. 3 cm

B. 9 cm

C. 26 cm

D. 451/3 cm Q17,2002

9. Pupils in a school prepared a circular flower garden of diameter 28m. They dug holes each 4m apart along the circumference for planting flowers.

How many holes were dug? (Take π = ) A.154
B.88 C.11
D.22 Q33,2003

10. The figure below represents a vegetable garden bounded by two semi-circles, 5 m apart. The diameter of the larger semi-circle is 30 m.

What is the perimeter of the garden? (Take π = 3.14)

A. 78.50 m

B. 88.50 m

C. 83.50 m

D. 96.35 m Q22,2004

 

If the perimeter is 58 cm, what is the actual length
of

5m 5m

11.A square of side 2 cm is cut from each corner of a rectangular paper measuring 8 cm by 12 cm. Which one of the following statements is true?

13. The figure below represents a plot of land bounded by three straight edges and a semi-circle. Three strands of wire are used to fence the plot.

A. The perimeter of the remaining paper is greater than the perimeter of the rectangular paper by

150 m

150 m

16 cm.

B. The perimeter of the remaining paper is less than
the perimeter of the rectangular paper by 16 cm.

C. The perimeter of the rectangular paper is

reduced by 8 cm.

D. The perimeter of the remaining paper is equal
to

140 m

What is the length, in metres, of the wire used? (Take π = 22/7)
A 660

B 1 980

C 2 640

D 24 420 Q46 ,2007

the perimeter of the rectangular paper.

Q34, 2005

 

12. A rectangular plot of land measures 40m by 30m. There is a wall on one of the longer sides. Four strands of wire are to be used to fence the three
remaining sides of the plot. What length of wire is required?

A. 4 800 m

B. 560 m

C. 400 m

D. 100 m Q11,2006

14. A circular plot was fenced by two equal strands of wire whose total length was 440 m. What was the radius of the plot ? (Take π = 22/7)
A 17 1/2 m
B 35 m
C 70 m
D 140m Q37, 2008
15. The perimeter of a rectangular plot of land is 280

metres. The width of the plot is 60 metres. What is the length of the plot?
A. 70 m

B. 80 m

C. 110 m

D. 160 m Q12,2010

Area of triangles,quadrilaterals, circles, combined shapes and boarders
16. In the figure below, angle BAF is a right angle. Line CB ii parallel to EF and CB = EF =7cm. Line BA = 4cm and AF = 3cm. EDC is a semi-circle of diameter 5 cm.

What is the area of the figure in square centimeters? (Taken; = 3.14)
A. 50.8125
B. 56.8125
C. 60.6250
D. 80:2500 Q42,2000
17. A plot of land is in the shape of a right angled triangle. The length of the longest side measures
26 metres while one of the shorter sides measures
10 metres. What is the area of the plot in square metres?
A. 60
B. 120
C. 130
D. 240 Q45,2001
18. A plot of land is made up of a semi-circle and a rectangle measures 20m by 5m. what is the area of the plot?

(Take π = ) A.122m2 B.177m2 C.254m2
D.408m Q16, 2003

19. The two parallel sides of a trapezium measure 16cm and 12cm. the perpendicular distance between the parallel sides is 8cm What is the area of the trapezium?

A. 2cm2 B.768cm2 C.224cm2
D.160cm2 Q24,2003

20. The diagram below represents triangle EFG in which line FG = 15cm line EG = 17cm and angle EGF
= 90°?

 

E

 

 

 

 

F 15cm G

 

What is the area of the triangle?

A.60 cm2 B.68cm2 C.120cm2
D.127.5cm2 Q32,2003

21. The figure below shows a rectangular lawn ABCD in which AB = 12 m and AC = 15 m.

 

 

 

What is the area of the lawn? A. 180 m2
B. 108 m2

C. 54 m2

D. 36 m2 Q19, 2004

22. The figure below represents a quarter of a circle centre O. The radius of the circle is 7 cm.

 

 

 

 

 

What is the area of the shaded part? (Take п = 22/7 ) A. 24.5 cm2
B. 14 cm2

C. 28.5 cm2

D. 63 cm2 Q46,2004

23. The figure below is a trapezium. Lines HG = 11cm, GF = 5 cm, EF = 15 cm and HE = 3 cm. Line EF is parallel to HG and Angle FEH = angle EHG = 90⁰.

What is the area of the figure?

A. 78 cm2

B. 39 cm2

C. 65 cm2

D. 75 cm2 Q23,2005

24. The figure below represents a table mat made up of

a rectangle and four semi – circles. The rectangle measures 14 cm y 7 cm.

 

 

 

 

 

What is the area of the table mat? ( Take π = 22/7 )

A. 192 ½ cm2

B. 868 cm2

C. 290 ½ cm2

D. 194 ¼ cm2

Q43,2005

25. The figure shown below, is formed by two right- angled triangles ABD and BCD.

 

What is the area of the triangle BCD?

C 160 2/7

D 28 2/7 Q14,2007

28. The diagram below represents a flower garden.

10 m
What is the area of the flower garden in m2?

A. 300 cm2 A 36
B. 180 cm2 B 60
C. 84 cm2 C 65
D. 150 cm2 Q46,2005 D 120

26.A flower garden is made up of a semicircle of

diameter 14 m, a rectangle measuring 20 metres long and 14 metres wide and a quarter of a circle of radius 14 m.
What is the area of the flower garden in m2? (Take = 22/7 )
A. 742

B. 665

C. 511

D. 395½ Q46,2006

27.A lawn is in the form of a rectangle and two semicircles.

The rectangle is 22 m long and 6 m wide. The widths of the rectangle are also the diameters of the semicircles.
What is the area of the lawn in m2? (Take π = 22/7). A 2451/7
B 188 4/7

Q24, 2007

29. The diagram below represents a door which was painted on the outside.

 

 

 

m

 

 

What was the area painted, in square metres?

A 1.17

B 2.16

C 2.34

D 2.52 Q25, 2007

30. In a trapezium, the two parallel sides are 6 cm and 8 cm

long. The perpendicular distance between the parallel sides is 4 cm. What is the area of the trapezium?

A 24 cm2
B 28 cm2
C 32 cm2
D 56 cm2 Q16, 2008

31. The shaded figure below was obtained from a rectangular piece of paper from which a semicircle of diameter 14cm was removed and another semicircle of diameter 7 cm added.

 

What is the area of the shaded figure? (Take π = 22/7)
A 2291/4 cm2 B 3061/4 cm2 C 1521/4 cm2
D 1133/4 cm2 Q47 , 2008

32. What is the area of a square garden whose perimeter is 116 metres?

A. 29 m2

B. 58 m2

C. 841 m2

D. 3 364 m2 Q12, 2009

33 The figure below represents a vegetable garden consisting of a square and four semicircles each of

 

 

 

 

 

 

What is the area of the garden in square metres? (Take π = 22/7)
A. 69.6

B. 225

C. 252.72

D. 355.88 Q37, 2009

34.. In triangle PQR below, PQ = 8 cm, PM = MQ and
PR = RQ = 5cm.

 

What is the area of triangle PQR? A. 7 1/2 cm2
B. 6 cm2

C. 12 1/2 cm2

D. 12 cm2 Q43,2009

rectangle 25 cm long and 12 cm wide has the

same area as a triangle whose height is 10 cm.
What

is the length of the base of the triangle?

A. 15 cm

B. 30 cm

C. 60 cm

D. 300 cm Q32, 2010

36. The height of an isosceles triangle is 4 cm. Each of the two equal sides measures 5 cm. What is the area of the triangle?

A. 6 cm2

B. 12 cm2

C. 15 cm2

D. 24 cm2 Q38,2010

30. The perimeter of a rectangle is 24 cm. The length of the rectangle is 2 cm more than the width. What is the area of the rectangle?
A. 15 cm2

B. 20 cm2

C. 35 cm2

D. 143 cm2 Q41, 2010

WEIGHT,MASS,VOLUME
Surface area of cuboids ,cylinders, and triangular prisms
1. A cylinder which is open at one end has a radius of
6.3 cm and a height of 25 cm. What is the surface area of the cylinder in square centimeters?
{Take n = 22/7)
A. 1114.74 B. 1239.48
C. 3118.50 D. 619.74 Q17,2000
2. A closed cylindrical tank has a radius of 1.05 m and a height of 2 m. What is the surface area of the tank?

(Take π = 22/7)

A. 20.13 m2

B. 16.665 m2

C. 13.2 m2

D. 6.93 m2 Q38,2001

3. A closed cylindrical container has a radius of

1.4 cm and a height of 4 cm. What is its surface area in cm2? (Take π = 22/7 )
A. 47.52

B. 4.136

C. 24.64

D. 20.68 Q37,2002

 

4. An open cylinder has a radius of 3 cm and a height of 10 cm. What is the surface area?

(Take π = ) A.385cm2
A.220 cm2

C.258 1⁄2 cm2

D.297 cm2 Q41 ,2003

5. The area of the curved surface of a cylinder is 6160cm2. The height of the cylinder is 10 cm.
What is the radius of the cylinder in centimetres? (Take п = 22/7)
A. 98

B. 14

C. 196

D. 968 Q31,2004

6. The base of a closed cuboid measures 4 cm by 5 cm

and the height is 7 cm. The base and the top parts of the cuboid are painted. What is the total surface area of the parts which are not painted?

A. 166 cm2

B. 126 cm2

C. 63 cm2

D. 40 cm2 Q38, 2005

7. An open cylindrical tin of diameter 14 cm and

height 21 cm was painted on the outside. What was the area painted? (Take π = 22/7 )
A. 3 234 cm2

B. 2 464 cm2

C. 1 232 cm2

D. 1 078 cm2 Q34,2006

8. The volume of an open rectangular tank is 24.3 m3. The tank has a square base. The height of the tank is 2.7 metres. What is the surface area of the tank in square metres?

A 32.4
B 41.4
C 50.4
D 178.2 Q49,2007

9. An open cylindrical tin has a diameter of 14cm and a height of 10cm. What is the surface area of the tin
in

cm2? (Take π = 22/7) A. 1 540
B. 1 496

C. 748

D. 594 Q26,2008

10. The figure below represents a half of a cylindrical piece of wood of diameter 28 cm and a length of 30 cm.

 

What is the surface area of the solid in cm2? (Take π = 22/7)
A 4096

B. 2776

C. 2468

D. 1936 Q48,2010

Volume of cubes, cuboids and cylinders

11. A cylinder has a volume of 550 cm3. If the height of the cylinder is 7 cm, what is its diameter?

(Take π = 22/7)

A. 50 cm

B. 25 cm

C. 10 cm

D. 5 cm Q21,2002

12. A cylindrical block has a diameter of 14cm and a height of 10cm while, a rectangular block measures 15cm by 10cm by 5cm. What is the difference in their volumes?

(Take π = ) A.310cm3 B.790cm3
C.2 290cm3

D.5 410cm3 Q37,2003

13. One cuboid measures 2 m by 4 m by 3 m. Another cuboid measures 10 cm by 8 cm by 5 cm.
What is the difference in their volumes in cubic metres?
A. 23.6
B. 23.96
C. 23.996
D. 23.9996 Q44, 2004
14. What is the volume, in cm3, of a cylinder whose
diameter is 14 cm and height 10 cm? (Take π = 22/7) A. 6 160
B. 1 540
C. 748
D. 440 Q24,2006

15. What is the volume of a cylindrical tank of diameter 5 m and height 6 m? (Take π = 22/7).
A. 471 3/7 m3 B . 133 4/7 m3 C . 117 6/7 m3 D 94 2/7 m3

C 50
D 60 Q41,2007
17. A cylindrical solid of height 20 cm and radius 7 cm is cut into two equal parts along the diameter. What is the volume of each part in cm3? (Take π =
22/7)

A 3 080
B 440
C 1 540
D 385 Q33,2007
18. A rectangular container is 80 cm long, 50 cm wide and 40 cm high. The container is filled with water to a level 30 cm high. What is the volume of the empty space in the container?

A. 180 000 cm3

B. 160 000 cm3

C. 120 000 cm3

D. 40 000 cm3 Q29, 2009

19. How many blocks can he used to make the pile shown in the diagram below?

A. 63

B. 60

C. 54

D. 36

Q5, 2007
16. How many more cubes are needed to fill the box below?

 

 

A 10
B 22

Capacity of cubes,cuboids and cylinder
20. Boxes measuring 10cm by 6cm by 4 cm were to be packed in a carton measuring 1.5m by 1m by 0.4m. How many boxes were needed to fill the carton?
A. 25000 B. 2500
C. 250 D. 25 Q16,2000
21. A family consumes 6 litres of milk every day. How

many litres altogether did the family consume in the months of March, April and May?

A. 540 l

B. 546 l

C. 552 l

D. 558 l Q33,2002

22. One hundred and twenty litres of juice is packed in two decilitre packets. How many packets are needed?
A. 60

B. 600

C. 6000

D. 60000 Q15,2004

23. A sales lady had 2 240 liters of juice which she packed in 500 ml and 250 ml packets. Three – quarters of the juice was packed in 500 ml packets and the rest in 250 ml packets. What was the total number of packets used?

A. 56

B. 560

C. 5600

D. 56000 Q40,2009

Relationship between capacity and volume

24..A rectangular water tank is 6 metres long, 4 metres wide and 3 metres high. How many litres of water does the tank hold when full?
A. 721

B. 7,200/
C. 72,000/
D. 72,000,000/ Q3,2000
25. A shopkeeper bought 10 cartons of milk. A carton had 72 packets each of 500 ml.
How many litres of milk were bought by the shopkeeper?
A. 360 000 l

B. 36 000 l

C. 3 600 l

D. 360 l Q7,2001

26. A rectangular tank is filled with 6 000 litres of water. The base area of the tank is 30 000 square centimetres. What is the height of the tank in metres?

A. 0.2

B. 2

C. 20

D. 200 Q31,2001

27. A circular tank of radius 1.4 metres and height 2 metres is full of water. How much water, in litres, is in the tank?
(Take п = 22/7) A. 17 600
B. 12 320

C. 6 160

D. 12.32 Q44,2001

 

28. A cylindrical tank of diameter 1.4 m and a height of

1.6 m is 3/4 full of water. How many more litres are needed to fill it?

K.C.P.E REVISION 32

(Take п = 22/7) A. 2 464 l
B. 1 848 l

C. 1 760 l

D. 616 l Q42,2002

29. A rectangular container measures 75cm by 50 cm by 1m. What is the capacity of the container in litres?

A.3750 l

B.375 l

C.37.5 l

D.3.75 l Q13, 2003

30. A container of volume 1 cubic metre is full of juice. The juice is then poured into five-litre containers How many such containers are used?
A. 2
B. 200
C. 2000
D. 200 000 Q12, 2005

31. A rectangular container 45 cm long and 25 cm wide was full of water. After removing 22.5 litres of the water, the level of water became 4 cm high. What was the height of the container?

A. 24 cm

B. 20 cm

C. 16 cm

D. 6 cm Q24, 2005

32.A cylindrical container has an internal radius of 7 cm and a height of 5 cm. What is its capacity in litres?
(Take π = 22/7) A 0.77
B 7.7

C 77

D 770 Q27, 2007

33. What is the capacity of a container which measures1.5 m

by 1.0 m by 0.5 m in litres? A 7 500
B 750

C 75

D 7.5 Q9, 2008

34. A rectangular tank whose base measures 1.2 m by 80 cm contains water to a height of 1.5 m. How much water, in litres, is in the tank?

A. 14.4

B. 144

C. 1 440

D. 14 400 Q36,2008

35. A cylindrical tank of diameter 105 cm contains
litres of water. What is the height of the water in the tank?

(Take π = 22/7)

A. 5.6 cm

B. 56 cm

C. 224 cm

D. 1470 cm. Q49,
2009

36. A rectangular container is 2 m long, 0.9 m wide and 2.5 m high. The container has water to a
height of 1.5 m. How much more water in litres is needed to fill the container?

A. 1 800

B. 2 700

C. 4 500

D. 1 000 Q17, 2010

37. A rectangular water tank whose base is 1.5 m by
0.5 m is to be filled with water using 50 litre

containers. How many such containers will be required to fill the tank to a height of 1 metre?

A. 15

B. 1.5

C. 150

D. 1500 Q45, 2010

 

MONEY
Working out problems involving conversion of units of mass, grams,kg and tones
38. Kiprono hired two Mikokoteni to transport items to his kiosk in the market. Each Mkokoteni carried the following items:
1 bag of onions weighing 141.7 kg;
2 bags of fresh peas each weighing 51.3 kg;
3 bags of green maize each weighing 114.6 kg.

What was the total weight, in kilograms of all the items transported?
A. 1176.2
B. 615.2
C. 307.6
D. 588.1
Q25,2000
39. Three factories Buka, Sakono and Rama produce sugar in one hundred kilogramme bags daily. Buka produces three times as much as Rama. Sakono produced two times as much as Rama.
If Sakono produces 500 bags, how many tonnes altogether do the three factories produce daily?
A. 50

B. 75

C. 150

D. 300 Q25,2001

40. An empty box weighed 2.5 kg. Kombe packed books in the box until the total weight was 9.5 kg. If each book weighed 250 g, how many books were packed?
A. 10

B. 28

C. 38

D. 280 Q4,2002

41. A shopkeeper bought cooking fat in 30 one kilogram packets and 20 five hundred packets. She repacked the fat in packets of 125 grams each. How many packets did she get?

A.400 B.320 C.104
D. 32 Q20,2003

42. A company sold 2.5 tonnes of rice in 2-kg packets. How many packets were sold?
A. 125

B. 1 250

C. 2 500

D. 5 000 Q7,2004

43. A bag of sugar weighed 108.5 kg. Mwangi bought

16 bags. He then removed 0.3 kg of sugar from each

bag. What total weight of sugar remained?

A. 1736 kg

B. 108.2 kg

C. 1731.2 kg

D. 1735.7 kg Q13,2004

44.. A machine packs 250 two – kilogram packets of sugar
while another packs 375 one-kilogram packets each

day. How many tonnes of sugar altogether, do the two

machines pack in five days? A. 0.875
B. 3.125

C. 4.375

D. 6.25 Q33,2005

45.A pick-up whose mass is one tonne when empty was loaded with 40 bags of sugar each weighing 50 kg and three bags of maize each weighing 65 kg. What was the total mass, in tonnes, of the loaded pick-up?
A. 3.195
B. 3.065
C. 3.0
D. 2.195 Q38,2006
46. A lorry has mass of 7 .7 tonnes when loaded with 75 bags of rice. There are 33 bags each with mass of 85 kg and the rest have mass of 45 kg each. What is the mass of the lorry, in tonnes, when empty?

A 3.005

B 4.695

C 4.850

D 12.395 Q34,2007

47. John bought 50 kg of sugar which he packed in packets as follows:
One quarter of the sugar in 125 g packets; One half of the sugar in 250 g packets; The remainder in 500 g packets.
How many packets, altogether, of sugar did he get? A 225

B 100
C 125
D 2 250 Q46,2007
48. A storekeeper donated 5 tonnes of sugar to families in a village. Each family received 2.5 kg of sugar. How many families benefited?
A. 20 000
B. 2 000
C. 200
D. 20 Q3,2009
49. A pickup truck was loaded with 4 cartons of fat and
60 bales of flour. Each carton contained twenty four 250 g packets of fat. The mass of each carton empty carton was 500 g. Each bale contained twelve 2 kg packets of flour. What is the total load, in tonnes

A. 1466

B. 146.6

C. 14.66

D. 1.466 Q26,2010

Profit and mass
50. Florence brought 18 bags of fruits at sh.300 per bag. She spent sh.700 on transport. The fruits in two bags got spoilt and sold the rest at sh.520 per bag. How much profit did she make?

A.Sh.8 320

B..sh.3 260

C.sh.2 920

D.sh.2 220 Q4,2003

51. Mula sold an item for sh 9 900 and made a loss of 10%. What was the cost price of the item?

A. sh 11 000

B. sh 9 910

C. sh 9 000

D. sh 8 910 Q18,2006

52. A shopkeeper spent sh 880 to buy 16 plates and then sold them making a profit of 20%. For how much did the shopkeeper sell each plate?
A sh 44
B sh 55
C. sh 66
D. sh 1 056 Q15,2008
53. If a shopkeeper sells a basin for sh 72, he would make a loss of 10%. At what price must he sell the basin so that he makes a profit of 20%?
A. sh 96

B. sh 86.40

C. sh 80

D. sh 79.20 Q16, 2009

 

Percentage profit and loss
54. A fruit vendor spent sh. 160 to buy 28 bananas, 60 tomatoes and 14 oranges. He paid sh. 40 for transport. During the transportation, 9 tomatoes and 1 banana got spoilt. He then sold the remaining fruits as follows: 1 banana for sh. 3 3 tomatoes for sh. 5 1 orange for sh. 6

What was the percentage profit? A. 56%%’
B. 34%
C. 25%
D. 20% Q37,2000
55. Kantai bought 200 chicken whose average weight was 1.5 kg. The buying price per kilogram was
sh. 150. He then sold each chicken for sh. 250. What percentage profit, to the nearest whole number, did he make?
A. 10%

B. 11%

C. 67%

D. 90% Q41,2001

56.A shopkeeper bought 5 trays of eggs at sh 120 per tray. Ten eggs broke and she sold the rest at sh 6 per egg.

If a tray holds 30 eggs, what percentage profit did she make?

A. 50%

B. 40%

C. 28 4/7%

D. 240% Q41, 2004

57. Mambo took 30 minutes to cycle from home to the market at an average speed of 5 metres per second. After staying at the market for 20 minutes, he cycled back and took 25 minutes to reach home.

What was the average speed, in metres per second,
for the whole journey?

A. 5 5/11 metres per second

B. 4 metres per second

C. 2 metres per second

D. 6 metres per second Q45, 2004

58. A shopkeeper bought 30 eggs. He then sold each egg at sh 6, making a profit of 20%. How much had he paid for the eggs?

A. sh 144

B. sh 150

C. sh 180

D. sh 216 Q5,2005

K.C.P.E REVISION 36

59. There is a 25% loss when an article is sold at

sh 225. At what price should it be sold in order to make a profit of 5%?
A sh 315.00

B sh 300.00

C sh 295.31

D sh 236.25 Q39,2007

60. Kamau bought a piece of land for 2 million shillings. He subdivided it into 25 plots of equal area. He then sold all the plots and made a 20% profit. What was the selling price for each plot?
A. sh 400 000
B. sh 96 000
C. sh 80 000
D. sh 16 000 Q27,2010

Bills
61. Wangui bought the following items from a shop; 2kg cooking fat @ sh. 100 2 loaves of bread @ sh.20 2kg packet of unga for sh. 55; 1/2 kg tea leaves for sh. 100
What balance did she receive from the shopkeeper if she gave a sh. 500 note?
A. Sh. 395
B. Sh. 100
C. Sh. 225
D. Sh. 105 Q26,2000
62. Atieno bought

2 kg meat @ sh. 135,

1 kg sugar for sh. 48, 3 kg rice @ sh. 42 and 1/2 kg salt for sh. 12.
She paid for the items with a sh. 500 note. What balance did she get?
A. sh. 456
B. sh. 263
C. sh. 50

D. sh. 44 Q37,2001
63. Peter bought the following items from a shop:

3 rolls of toilet paper @ sh 17

3/4 of salt @ sh 30 per kg

2 kg packet of rice for sh 70 2 bottles of juice @ sh 70
What balance did he receive if he paid for the items using a sh 500 note?
A. sh 313.00

B. sh 283.50

C. sh 216.50

D. sh 146.50 Q7,2002
64. Wasilwa bought the following items from a shop:
6kg of sugar @ sh 45∙00 1⁄2 kg of tea for sh 90∙00 3 kg of rice @ sh 30∙00
2 kg of cooking fat @ sh 70∙00

If he used a one thousand shillings note to pay for the items, what balance should he receive?
A. sh 410

B. sh 455

C. sh 590

D.sh 765 Q5, 2003

65. Musa bought the following items from a kiosk:

3 kg of tomatoes @ sh 25

1/2 kg of onions @ sh 30

2 kg packet of maize flour for sh 38

1/2 kg of sugar @ sh 44

He paid for the items using a sh 200 note. How much balance did he get?

A. sh 50

B. sh 150

C. sh 63

D. sh 12 Q16, 2004

shopkeeper bought sodas as follows:

Two crates of 300 ml @ sh 415 Three crates of 500 ml @ sh 563 Five crates of one litre @ sh 415.

He then spent sh 50 on transport.

If he had five thousand shillings, how much money did he remain with?
A. sh 356

B. sh 406

C. sh 3 557

D. sh 4 644 Q48, 2004

 

67. Katua bought the following items from a kiosk:

2kg of rice for sh 152 1 ½ of meat @ sh 160
2 loaves of bread @ sh 23

 

What balance did he receive if he paid for the items using a sh 1000 note?
A. sh 438

B. sh 562

C. sh 410

D. sh 665 Q8,2005

68. Mukami had 135 two hundred shillings notes which

she changed as follows:

sh 21 000 into one thousand shillings notes sh 3 000 into five hundred shillings notes
sh 2 000 into one hundred shillings notes and

the remaining amount of money into fifty shillings notes.
How many notes did she get altogether?

A. 67

B. 54

C. 47

D. 20 Q14,2006

69. Samira bought the following items: Five half-litre packets of milk @ sh 30 Two crates of soda @ sh 320
Twenty five loaves of bread @ sh 23 A bottle of water for sh 25
If she had sh 2000, how much money did she remain with?
A. sh 1 602

B. sh 1 390

C. sh 635

D. sh 610 Q28,2006

 

70. Mariam bought the following items:

3 kg flour @ sh 55

2 kg packet of sugar for sh 115 2 bars of soap @ sh 42
3 litres of milk @ sh 25

1 1/2 litres of kerosene @ sh 45

If she gave the shopkeeper a sh 1 000 note, how much balance did she receive?

A sh 378.50

B sh 493.50

C sh 718.00

D sh 506.50 Q7,2007

71. Mwende bought the following items to make a dress:

5 players each took ugali with chicken 3 players each took chips with fish
The remaining players each took rice with beef

Musa gave a one-thousand shilling note to pay for the lunch of all the players.

What balance did he get?

A. sh 55

B. sh 115

2 1/2m of dress material @ sh 275 6 buttons @ sh 7.50 Three reels of thread for sh 70
She also paid sh 450 for making the dress. If she had sh 1 500, how much money was she left with?
A sh 247.50

B sh 1 252.50

C sh 107.50

D sh 697.50 Q39, 2008

 

72. A team of eleven players took lunch in a hotel, which offered food prices as shown in the table below.

C. sh 310

D. sh 885 Q30,2009

 

73. Teckla bought the following items from a shop.

3 kg of sugar @ sh 68

250 g of tea leaves for sh 85 2 bars of soap @ sh 38
1 kg of cooking fat for sh 109 2 kg parket of rice for sh 149.

Teckla paid for the items using a sh 1 000 note. How much balance did she receive?
A. sh 228

B. sh 377

C. sh 551

D. sh 623 Q6,2010

Commissions and percentages commissions

74. A salesperson earns a salary of sh. 2000 plus a 5% commission on sales above sh. 10, 000. In one month the Salesperson sold goods worth sh. 25, 000. How much money did the salesperson receive that month?
A. sh.3250
B. sh. 2750
C. sh.2500 Q43,2000
75. A dealer paid sh. 15 000 to an agent as commission for the sale of a car. The commission was 2% of the price.
How much money did the dealer remain with from the sale of the car?

 

 

Q26,2001

76. In one month an agent sold 5 plots at sh 250 000.
She

charged a 5% commission for the sale of plots and paid 15% of the commission to her workers.
How much money did she remain with? A. sh 53 125
B. sh 9 375

C. sh 6 250

D. sh 10 625 Q25,2002

77. A sales lady earns a basic salary of sh. 10 000, she is also paid a commission. In one month she sold items worth sh. 40 000 and earned a total of sh. 4 900. What was the commission?

A.21⁄4%

B. 3%

C.16 1⁄3%

D.221⁄2 % Q29,2003

78. A saleswoman was paid a monthly salary of sh 9000. She was also paid a commission of 10% for all the goods she sold above sh 10 000. In one month she sold goods worth sh 25 000.

What did she earn at the end of that month? A. sh 11 500
B. sh 12 500

C. sh 10 500

D. sh 1 500 Q26, 2004

79. A salesman is paid a salary of sh 1500 per month

plus a commission of 2 1/2% on the sale of goods above sh 10 000. In one month he was paid a total of sh 1 800. How much was the sale of the goods?

A. sh 300

B. sh 12 000

C. sh 22 000

D. sh 82 000 Q35 ,2005

80.. Asha and Musa are salespersons employed by two different companies. Asha’s company pays her a monthly salary of sh 1 500 and a 2½% commission on goods she sells above sh 10 000.

Musa’s company only gives him a 6% commission on all goods he sells.
On a certain month Asha and Musa each sold goods worth sh 40 000. How much more money was Musa paid than Asha?
A. sh 2 400

B. sh 2 250

C. sh 900

D. sh 150 Q36,2006

81. A saleslady earns a salary of sh 25 000 per month. She also gets a 4% commission on goods sold above a total of sh 150 000. In one month she sold goods worth

sh 350 000. How much money altogether did she earn that month?
A. sh 8 000

B. sh 39 000

C. sh 31 000

D. sh 33 000
Q13,2008

82. Sera sells goods for a company. She is paid a salary of sh 84 000 per month plus a commission of 20% for the sale of goods worth above sh 10 000. In one month her total earnings were sh 150 000. What was the value of the goods she sold?

A. sh 760 000

B. sh 340 000

C. sh 330 000

D. sh 244 000
Q33,2009

 

83. A salesman is paid a salary of sh 5 000 per month. He is also paid a 2.5% commission on the sales above sh 100 000.

If the salesman sold goods worth sh 500 000 in a certain month. What was his total earnings?

A sh 10 000

B. sh 12 500

C. sh 15 000

D. sh 17 500 Q34,2010

Discounts and percentage discounts
84. The price of a radio was reduced by sh. 630. This represented a 30% discount. What was the price of the radio after the discount?
A. sh. 441
B. sh. 1470
C. sh. 2100
D. sh. 2730 Q19,2000
85. Ali paid sh. 3700 for a radio after getting a discount of 7 1/2%. How much more would he have paid had he been given a discount of 5%?
A. sh. 100

B. sh. 200

C. sh. 3800

D. sh. 4000 Q33,2001

 

86. Olwena bought goods worth sh 450 from a shop. He gave the shopkeeper a sh 1 000 note and was given a balance of sh 600.
What percentage discount was he allowed for the goods bought?
A. 11 1/9%

B. 12 1/2%

C. 50%

D. 88 8/9% Q39,2002

87. Amina paid sh. 24 000 for a TV set after getting a 20% discount. What was the marked price of the TV set?

A.Sh. 30 000

B.Sh. 28 800

C.Sh. 19200

D.Sh. 20 000 Q26,2003

88. The marked price of an article was sh 300. Ali paid sh 260 for the article after being given a discount. What percentage discount did he get?

A. 862/3%

B. 40%

C. 15 5/ %

D. 13 1/3% Q21,2004.

89. The marked price of a blouse was sh. 750. Halima bought five such blouses after being given a 10% discount. How much did she pay for the five blouses?

A. sh 3675

B. sh 675

C. sh 3375

D. sh 3700 Q7,2005

65. Onyango paid sh 950 for an item after getting a

discount of sh 50. What percentage discount did he get?

A. 5%

B. 55/9%

C. 55/19%

D. 95% Q26,2006

90.. Karim paid sh 950 for an item after getting a discount of 5%. What would have been the percentage discount, if Karim had paid sh 925 for the item?

blouse,what was the marked price for the shirt? A sh 324
B sh 360

C sh 396

D sh 400 Q45,2008

92. Matu paid sh 7 600 for a radio after getting a 5%, discount on the marked price. How much would he have paid if he had been given a 15% discount?

A. sh 8 000

B. sh 6 800

C. sh 6 480

D. sh 6 460 Q25,2009

 

93. Tumbo paid sh 10 200 for a cupboard after getting a discount of 15%. What was the marked price of thecupboard?
A. sh 1 530

B. sh 8 670

C. sh 11730

D. sh 12 000 Q15,2010

Hire purchase
94. The hire purchase terms of a cupboard is a deposit of sh. 4 400 and six monthly installments of sh. 900

A 2 12/

19%

each. The hire purchase is 175% of the cost price while the cash price is 25% more than the cost price.

B 7 1/2%

C 7 17/19%

What is the cash price of the cupboard? A.Sh. 9 800

D 8 4/

% Q44,2007

37
91. Juma bought a blouse and a shirt from a shop which allowed a 10% discount on the marked price of each item.
He paid a total of sh 630, If he paid sh 270 for the

B.Sh. 5 600

C.Sh. 7 840

D.Sh. 7 000 Q49,3003

95. The cash price of a tractor is 1.8 million shillings. Rotich bought it on hire purchase terms. The total amount he paid was 30% more than the cash price.
He paid a deposit of

sh 660 000 and the remainder in 24 equal monthly instalments. How much was each instalment?
A. sh 70 000

B. sh 97 500

C. sh 47 500

D. sh 25 000 Q44,2004

 

96. The hire purchase price for a wall cabinet is 25% more than the cash price. Kalulu bought the cabinet on hire purchase terms by paying a de posit of Sh 13 200 and the remaining amount in 12 equal monthly instalments. If the cash price was sh 24 000, how much was each

monthly instalment?

A. sh 400

B. sh 900

C. sh 1 400

D. sh 2 500 Q45,2006

97. The hire purchase price of a cupboard was 25% more than the marked price. Karani bought the cupboard on hire purchase terms.

He paid a deposit of sh 2 000 and eight equal monthly installments of sh 650. What was the marked price of the cupboard?

A sh 4 160

B sh 5 400

C sh 5 760

D sh 9 000 Q32,2007

98. Mary bought a T.V set on higher purchase terms. She paid a deposit of sh. 800 and 15 equal monthly instalments of sh. 700 each. The higher purchase price was 25% higher than the cash price. Amina bought the same type of T.V set on cash. How much more than Amina did Mary pay for the T.V set?

A. sh. 2 260

B. sh. 2 825

C. sh. 9 040

D. sh. 11 300
Q42,2009.

99. The cash price of a radio was sh 4 500. The hire purchase price of the radio was 60% more than the cash price. Muya bought the radio on hire purchase terms. He paid a deposit and 12 equal monthly instalments of sh 540 each. How much did he pay as deposit?

A. sh 720

B. sh 6 480

C. sh 6 660

D. sh 7 200 Q31,2010

100. The cash price of a bed is sh. 11 700. The hire purchase price is 20% more than the cash price. Mbugua bought a bed on hire purchase terms. He paid a deposit of sh. 2808 and 12 equal monthly installments. How much was each monthly installment?
A. sh. 1404
B. sh 1170
C. sh 936
D. sh. 546 Q30,2000
101. Mwamburi bought a T.V. set on hire purchase terms. He paid a deposit of sh. 2000. The remaining amount was paid in 5 equal monthly instalments. He paid a total of sh. 9200. How much was each monthly instalment?

A. sh. 2240

B. sh. 1840

C. sh. 1440

D. sh. 400 Q13,2001

102. Kazungu bought a radio on hire purchase terms. He paid a deposit of sh 900 and 9 equal monthly

instalments of sh 300. The hire purchase price was 20% more than the marked price.
What was the marked price of the radio?

A. sh 720

B. sh 2 880

C. sh 3 000

D. sh 3 600 Q16,2002

 

Simple interest
103.

Q48,2000

104. Asha deposited sh. 4800 in a bank which paid interest at the rate of 12% p.a. How much did she have in the bank after six months?

A. sh. 288

B. sh. 5088

C. sh. 5376

D. sh. 8256 Q28,2002

105. Sotsi borrowed sh 20 000 from a money lender at a
simple interest rate of 5% per month. How much did he pay back altogether at the end of one year?

A. Sh 32 000

B. Sh 21 000

C. Sh 20 060

D. Sh 12 000 Q7 ,2006

106. Janet borrowed some money at a simple interest of 12% p.a. After 18 months, she had paid a total interest of sh 5 400. How much money had she paid altogether?

A sh 35 400

B sh 30 000

C sh 24 600

D sh 7 900 Q50,2007

107. Maloba deposited sh 8 000 in a financial institution that paid simple interest. At the end of 3 years this money had amounted to sh 9 200. At what rate per annum was the simple interest awarded?

A. 5 %

B. 15 %

C. 38 1/2 %

D. 4 8/23 % Q7,2009

108. Irimu deposited sh 10 000 in a financial institution that offered simple interest at the rate of 5% per annum. Ndege deposited sh 10 000 in a bank that offered compound interest at the rate of 5% per annum. How much more interest had Ndege’s money earned than Irimu’s after 2 years?

A. sh 25

B. sh 1 000

C. sh 1 025

D. sh 2 025 Q29,2010

Compound interest
109. Maria agreed to loan Luvisia sh 10 000 at a compound interest of 15% per annum. How much money altogether did Luvisia pay Maria after two years?
A. sh 13 225
B. sh 13 000
C. sh 11 500
D. sh 3 225 Q8,2002

110. Jane deposited sh. 1 000 in a bank that paid compound interest at the rate of 12% p.a. How much money was in her account at the end of two years?

A.Sh. 2 508.80

B. sh. 2 480

C.sh. 2 240

D.sh. 508. Q34,2003

111. Asha was given a loan of sh 48 000. She repaid the loan after two years with compound interest at the rate of 25% p.a.

How much money did she pay altogether? A. sh 60 000
B. sh 63 000

C. sh 72 000

D. sh 75 000 Q23,2004

 

112. Waithera borrowed sh 10 000 for a period of two years. She was charged compound interest at the rate of 15% per year. How much interest did she pay altogether?

A. sh. 1 500

B. sh. 3 000

C sh. 3 225

D. sh . 1 725 Q42,2005

113. Mwasi borrowed sh 50 000 from a bank that charged compound interest at the rate of 25% p.a. How much should he pay the bank at the end of two years?

A. sh78 125

B. sh 75 000

C. sh 62 500

D. sh28 125 Q23,2008

114. Irimu deposited sh 10 000 in a financial institution

that offered simple interest at the rate of 5% per annum. Ndege deposited sh 10 000 in a bank that offered compound interest at the rate of 5% per annum. How much more interest had Ndege’s money earned than Irimu’s after 2 years?

A. sh 25

B. sh 1 000

C. sh 1 025

D. sh 2 025 Q29,2010

POSTAL CHARGES
Inland and international postal charges

115.

Q46,2000

116. The table below shows the rates for sending letters and post cards through a post office in 1998.

Type of Article Weight Charge

shs. cts.
Letters Not over 20 g

„ 50 g

„ 100 g

„ 250 g

„ 500 g

„ 1kg

„ 2kg 14 00
(Limit of weight 2 17 00
kg) 18 00
28 • 00
46 • 00
75 • 00
110 00
Post cards Each 12 – 00

Amina sent the following letters and post cards: Three letters each weighing 49 g
One letter weighing 150 g Five letters each weighing 800 g
One letter weighing 1.5 kg Q40,2001

 

 

117. The table below shows the cost in shillings of
sending parcels through the post office.

Asif sent one parcel weighing 2 kg to Africa and another weighing 3 kg 600 g to Near East.

How

much did he spend?

A. sh 3075

B. sh 1335 C sh 3030
D. sh 2380

Q18,2004

 

 

 

 

Surface Mail
Type of Article Weight steps East African Zone The rest of Africa Zone Europe, Middle & Near East Australia,

America & Far East
LETTERS Sh cts Sh cts Sh cts Sh cts
Max. weight 2kg
40 00 45 00 50 00 60 00
Up to 20 g 80 00 90 00 51 00 130 00
Over 20 g to 100 g
135
00 160 00 52 00 131 00
Over 100 g to 250 136 00 161 00 53 00 132 00
g 400 00 162 00 54 00 133 00
Over 250 g to 500 g 650 00 760 00 860 00 1 095 00
Over 500 g to 1k g
Over 1k g to2 k
g
POSTCARDS Standard size 20 00 20 00 25 00 35 00
Large size 40 00 45 00 50 00 70 00

118. The table below shows the rates of sending letters and postcards through a post office in year 2004.

Makena sent the following letters and postcards: Two letters each weighing 21 g; one to
Tanzania and another to Australia. Four letters each weighing 280 g;
one to Europe, two to America and one to Nigeria. Three large postcards; one to Australia, one to Far East and one to America.
How much did she pay for postage altogether?

A sh 1 840.00

B sh 1 730.00

C sh 1 820.00

How much money did he pay at the post office altogether?

A. Sh. 736

B.sh. 27 500

C.sh. 28 236

D.sh. 28 117

Money and postal orders
120.The table below shows the postal rates for sending a money order.

D sh 1 430.00

Q48,2007

119.The table below shows the postal rates for sending money order

 

VALUE OF ORDER IN
sh COMMISSION
Not exceeding 500 Sh. 42
501-1 000 Sh. 114
1 001-3 000 Sh. 174
3 001-5 000 Sh. 209
5 001-10 000 Sh. 295
10 001-20 000 Sh. 441
20 001-30 000 Sh. 617

Mambo sent two money orders, one for sh. 17 500 and the other sh. 10 000.

 

 

 

 

School fees for two children in the same school was

sh 9 400 and sh 11 800. The father bought one money order to pay the total amount of fees. How much more would he have spent had he bought two separate money orders for the fees?

A. sh 119

B. sh 146

C. sh 736

D. sh 617 Q20, 2005

121. The following table shows the commission charged

when one buys postal orders.

 

VALUE OF ORDER

(sh) COMMISSION

(sh)
100.00 11.00
200.00 12.00
300.00 23.00
400.00 39.00

Wangeci wanted to send sh 700 by postal orders. Which one of the postal order combinations given below should she buy in order to pay the least commission?
A. sh 400 + sh 300

B. sh 400 + sh 100 + sh 100 + sh 100

C. sh 300 + sh 300 + sh 100

D. sh 200 + sh 200 + sh 200 + sh 100 Q33,
2007

 

Writing telegrams and working out telegram charges
122. The charges for sending an inland telegram were as follows:
The first 10 words or part thereof sh. 10. All extra words sh. 1 each.
A commission of 15% on the total was charged.

What was the cost of sending the following telegram?
GAD KILOVI BOX 200 MALABA COME NAKURU URGENTLY NEKESA
A. sh. 12.65

B. sh. 11.50

C. sh. 10.35

D. sh. 10 Q16,2001

123. The telegram charges were sh 13.50 for the first 10
words. Every additional word was charged sh 2.75.

The total amount was then rounded up to the nearest

fifty cents. Otieno sent the following telegram:

 

PAUL OCHIENG BOX 120 OYUGIS

GO VISIT ATIENO BOARDING SCHOOL KISII THIRD OCTOBER
OTIENO PETER

 

How much did he pay for it? A. sh 14.00
B. sh 16.50

C. sh 27.00

D. sh 27.50 Q48,2002

124. The charges for sending a telegram were as follows:

The first 10 words or less sh 15. Any additional words sh 1. 50 each.

K.C.P.E REVISION 49

Abbreviations and punctuation marks are counted as words.
A tax of 20% is charged on the amount.

The total amount to be paid is rounded off to the

nearest 50 cents. What was the cost of sending the following telegram?
JOHN MLAMA P.O. BOX 360 NYERI GOING TO KISUMU AFTER THE EXAMINATION KOIGI
A. sh 25

B. sh 24

C. sh 28.80

D. sh 29.00 Q30, 2005

TIME AND SPEED
Operations involving units of time

1. A motorist left home at 10:00 am and travelled to Nairobi, a distance of 225 km. He traveled at an average speed of 90 km/h. At what time did he reach Nairobi?

A. 12:30 p.m.
B. 12:50 p.m.
C. 2:30 p.m.
D. 12:30 a.m. Q27,2000
3. A plane left Nairobi at 23 50 hr on Monday and took 1 hr 45 minutes to reach Mombasa where it stopped for 50 minutes. It then left Mombasa and took 40 minutes to reach Zanzibar.At what time in a.m/pm system did it reach Zanzibar?

A. 2.15a.m.
B. 3.05 a.m.
C. 2.15a.m.
D. 3.05p.m.
Q34,2000
4. Oloo slept at 2315h on Sunday and woke up six hours later. On what day and time did he wake up?
A. Sunday 5∙15 am
B. Monday 5∙15 pm
C. Monday 5∙15 am
D. Sunday 5∙15 pm Q10,2003

5. A clock gains 12.5 seconds every hour. If it was set correctly at 8.00 am Sunday, what time will it show when the correct time is 8.00 am on Thursday?

A.8.25 am

B.8.20 am

C.8.05 am

D.8.10 am Q38,2003

6. A bus left Migori town for Nairobi at 19 00 h. It arrived in Nairobi 9 hours later. At what time did the bus arrive in Nairobi?

A. 3.00 p.m.

B. 3.00 a.m.

C. 4.00 p.m.

D. 4.00 a.m. Q33,2004

7. A clock was set on Monday at 8.30 a.m. On Tuesday, the following day, the clock showed
8.45 p.m. when the correct time was 8.30 p.m. How many minutes was the clock gaining in every 24 hours?

A. 10 minutes

B. 7 ½ minutes

C. 15 minutes

D. 30 minutes Q37,2005

8. A motorist started on a journey of 250 km at 6.30
a.m. travelling at an average speed of 100 km/h. After travelling for 150 km, the car got a puncture and it took him 30 minutes to change the wheel. He then continued with the rest of the journey at an average speed of 80 km/h. At what time did he reach his destination?

A. 9.15 a.m.

B. 9.45 a.m.

C. 9.30 a.m.

D. 9.55 a.m.

Q40,2005

9. An aeroplane left town F at 22 30 h on Monday. It took 8 ¾ hours to reach town K. When did it reach town K?
A. Tuesday 7.15 a.m.

B. Tuesday 7.15 p.m.

C. Monday 7.15 a.m.

D. Monday 7.15 p.m.
Q22,2006

10. Juma slept at 2130 h. After sleeping for 8 h 45 min he woke up. At what time, in am/pm, did he wake up?
A. 6.15 am
B. 12.15 pm
C. 12.15 am
D. 6.15 pm Q13,2009
11. A small aircraft took 6 hours 30 minutes to travel from Pretoria to Mombasa. It reached Mombasa at 04 00 h on Wednesday. At what time and day did it depart from Pretoria?
A 09 30 h on Wednesday
B 09 30 h on Tuesday
C 21 30 h on Wednesday
D 21 30 h on Tuesday Q23,2007
12. How many days are there between 15th July and 15th September?
A. 60
B. 61
C. 62
D. 63 Q3,2010
13. A cyclist took 15 minutes to travel from his home to town at a speed of 18 km/h. He took 24 minutes to travel back from town to his home. What was his speed, in km/h, from town to his home?

A. 1 4/5

B. 4 1/2

C. 11 1/4

D. 14 8/13 Q42,2010

14.. A watch loses 30 seconds every hour. If the watch was set right on Sunday at 11.30 p.m. What day and time did it show after 10 hours?

A. Monday 9. 25 a.m.

B. Monday 9. 30 a.m.

C. Monday 9. 35 a.m

D. Monday 9. 25 p.m.
Q46,2010

Air flight, Bus Train. Tables involving time fare and distance
15. In the year 2000, February 19th was a Saturday.
What day was March 6th the same year?
A. Sunday
B. Monday
C. Tuesday
D. Wednesday Q14,2000
16. The table below represents arrival and departure times of buses from a company serving Isiolo – Nairobi route

How long does a bus take to travel from Nanyuki to Sagana?

A. 3 h 50 min

B. 3 h 40 min

C. 3 h 20 min

D. 3 h 10 min Q10,2001
17. A motorist covers 3 km in every 13/4 minutes. How many kilometres will he have covered from 8.19
am

to 9.08 am?

A. 28

B. 84

C. 147

D. 2571/4 Q9,2002

16. In a certain leap year, 16th February was Wednesday. What day was 1st May the same year?
A. Saturday

B. Sunday

C. Monday

D. Tuesday Q31,2002

17. The table below shows matatu fares to different towns in shillings.

A teacher and 2 pupils left town E for town L. They stopped at town G and then continued with the journey to town L in another matatu.
If the fare for children is half that of adults, how much did they pay altogether?
A. sh 480

B. sh 320

C. sh 300

D. sh 240 Q44,2002

18. The table below shows Sagana – Nanyuki train fares

for adults.

STATION NANYUKI NARO – MORU KIGA NJO KARATINA SAGANA
NANYUKI —— 20 35 55 70
NARO -MORU 20 —— 20 35 50
KIGANJO 35 20 ——— 20 35
KARATINA 50 35 20 ——— 20
SAGANA 70 50 35 20 ——
The fare for children is half that of adults. Taipei and his two children travelled from Nanyuki to Sagana. On their return journey they first paid the fare to Karatina. They later paid the fare to Nanyuki. How much more money did they spend on travel for their return journey?

A. sh 150

B. sh 140

C. sh 15

D. sh 10 Q22’ 2005

19. The table below shows the second class train fare from station M to P through station N. The pupils paid fare as children.

DESCRIPTION

SECOND CLASS

STATION

FARE ONLY

FARE & BEDDING

ALL INCLUSIVE
M-P
ADULT………. 1 000.00 1 275.00 2 275.00
CHILD……….. 500.00 775.00 1 475.00
M-N
ADULT……… 695.00 970.00 1 570.00
CHILD………. 350.00 625.00 1 045.00

Three teachers accompanied 45 pupils in the train. The pupils paid fare only, from station M to P. Two of the teachers paid all inclusive rate from station M to P. One teacher who alighted at station N paid for fare and

bedding. How much money did they pay altogether?

A sh 25 195

B sh 28 020

C sh 28 325

D sh 50 520 Q
31,2007

20..Musa left home at 11.45 am and took 1 h 20 min to travel to town. After staying in town for one hour, he travelled back home. The time taken to travel to town was twice that taken for the return journey. At what time did he reach home?

A 3.25pm

B 2.45 pm

C 4.45 pm

D 1.45pm Q29,2008

 

21. Murage left town Q at 8.15 am for town R travelling at a speed of 90 km/h, Mwebi left town R at 9.00 am for town Q travelling at a speed of 120 km/h. The two met at a place 180 km away from Q.

What was the distance between towns Q and R?

A. 330 km

B. 150 km

C. 300 km

D. 276 km Q48
,2008

 

22. December the twelfth of 1999 was a Sunday. What day of the week was twelfth April 2000? A Monday
B Tuesday
C Wednesday D Thursday
Q50,2008

23. Below is a bus timetable from town J to town P.

TOWN ARRIVAL TIME DEPARTURE

TIME
J 7.00 a.m.
K 9.30 a.m. 10.00 a.m.
L 11.15 a.m. 11.30 a.m.
M 12.15 p.m. 12.25 p.m.
N 1. 10 p.m. 1.20 p.m.
P 1.50 p.m. 2.00 p.m.

How long did the bus take to travel from town K to town N?
A. 3h 10 min
B. 3 h 20 min
C. 3 h 40 min
D. 8 h 50 min Q11,2010
Conversions involving units of speed
23. A car travelling from town A to town B at an average speed of 80 km/h took 54 minutes. Another car took 40 minutes to travel the same distance. What was the difference in their speeds in km/h?

A. 8
B. 28
C. 36
D. 108 Q48,2001
24. A motorist left town A at 8.15 am for town B, a distance of 330 km. He covered the first 112 km in 1 1/3 hours and stopped for 20 minutes to fuel. He continued with the journey arriving in town B at 11.55am.
What was the average speed for the whole journey?

A. 109 km/h

B. 99 km/h

C. 90 km/h

D. 84 km/h Q45,2002

25. Mambo took 30 minutes to cycle from home to the market at an average speed of 5 metres per second. After staying at the market for 20 minutes, he cycled back and took 25 minutes to reach home.What was the average speed, in metres per second, for the whole journey?

A. 5 5/11 metres per second

B. 4 metres per second

C. 2 metres per second

D. 6 metres per second
Q43,2004

motorist travelling at an average speed of 84 km/h took 2 hours and 30 minutes to travel from town M to town N. She then took 3 hours and 20 minutes to travel back to town M. What was the average speed for the whole journey?

A. 36 km/h

B. 63 km/h

C. 731/2 km/h

D. 72 km/h
Q28,2005

27. In a relay race Obong’o ran 600 m, which is 2∕5 of the race, in 3 minutes. Kyalo took 5 minutes to complete the rest of the race.

What was the average speed for the whole race in m/s?
A. 3

B. 31/8

C. 31/6

D. 31/3 Q39, 2006

28.A motorist driving at 60 km/h was expected to arrive on time in town A, 200 km away. After driving for one hour, the car got a puncture and it took 20 minutes to change the wheel.

At what speed in km/h did he drive after repairing the puncture if he had to arrive at the expected time?

A 105

B 100

C 70

D 52½ Q45, 2007

29. Adhiambo left home and cycled for 11/2 hours at an

average speed of 8 km/h. She rested for 30 minutes and continued with the journey for 2 hours at an average speed of 71/2 km/h.
What was the average speed for the whole journey?

A. 27 km/h

B. 7 5/7 km/h

C. 7 3/4 km/h

D. 6 3/4 km/h Q8,
2009

 

Temperature in degrees celcius(oc)

29. Water gained heat at the rate of 12° C per minute for

5 minutes. It was then allowed to lose heat at 4° C per
minute. If the temperature before heating was 22°
C,

what was its temperature after 81/2 minutes?

A. 46° C

B. 48° C

C. 60° C

D. 68° C Q43.2002

GEOMETRY

Construction of triangles and angles
1. The figure below shows a construction of angle XYS
= 105°.

Which group of points shows the order of construction?
A. Q,P,T,S,R
B. Q, P, R, S, T
C. Q, P,R,T, S
D. Q,P,T,R,S Q24,2000
2. In the figure below, line MN = NR = RM = RQ. NRQ is a straight line and line NP = PQ. Angle NPQ = 68°

What is the size of Angle PQM? A. 56°
B. 116°
C. 86°
D. 98° Q35,2000

3. The diagram below shows three lines which

intersect to form triangle ABC.

What is the value of x? A. 50°
B. 60°

C. 70°

D. 130° Q9,2001

 

4. In the figure below, lines PQ and RS are parallel. Lines EJF and EHG are straight. Lines EJ and EH are equal. Angle FHJ = 35° and angle HGS = 130°

What is the size of angle JFH? A. 80°
B. 50°

C. 45°

D. 15° Q15,2001

6. Triangle ABC, shown below, has been drawn accurately.

 

What is the size of angle CAB? A. 35°
B. 44°

C. 79°

D. 101° Q35,2001

7. In the figure below lines JK and LM are parallel. Line NP is a transversal.

Which of the statements below is NOT always true? What is the size of angle QST?

A. g + e = a + d A. 145°
B. e+ f = c + d B. 130°
C. a + e = 180° C. 110°
D. b = g Q6,2002 D. 160° Q34,2002

8. The diagram below shows part of two sides of triangle RST. Angle SRT = 60°. Complete the diagram to form triangle RST such that RS = 8 cm and ST = 9 cm. Construct the bisector of angle TRS to meet side ST at V.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9. In the figure below PQ = QR = RS. Angle PQR = 40°.

10. The figure below shows lines AE, BF, CG and DH which intersect at point O.

 

 

 

 

 

11. What is the measure of the interior angle XYZ of the quadrilateral WXYZ constructed below?

A. 0°

B. 0°

C.25°

D.20° Q14, 2003

12. In the figure below, line EF is parallel to the line GH. Lines JK and LM intersect at N. Angle NQH = 120° and angle NRF = 160°

What is the size of angle PST?

A. 135°

B. 121°

C. 118°

D. 62° Q6 ,
J M 2004

P R
160 F

15. In triangle EFG line EF = EG, angle EFG = 4X° and angle EGH =5X°.

N

G S Q
G

L

120 H

K

What is the size of angle PNS?

A.100° B.80° C.60°
D.20° Q27, 2003
13.. Construct triangle PQR such that line QR = 8 cm, angle PQR = 45° and angle RPQ = 55°. What is the length of line PQ?
A. 6.8 cm

B. 6.6 cm

C. 13.7cm

D. 9.6 cm
Q28,2003

14. In the figure below lines ST and SR are equal. Angle RPQ = 45° and angle PQR = 76°.

What is the value of angle FEG? A. 20°
B. 80°

C. 100°

D. 120° Q27,
2004

16. Construct the triangle JKL such that JK = JL = 5.5 cm and KL = 7 cm. Draw the bisector of angle KJL to meet line KL at M.

Which one of the following statements is correct from the construction?
A. Triangle JML is an isosceles triangle.

B. Triangle JKL is right angled.

C Line JM is perpendicular to KL.

A.
8.1 cm Measure angle SQR.

What is the size of angle SQR?
B. 10.4 cm A. 63°
C. 4.6 cm B. 114°
D. 3.4 cm C. 117°

Q38,2004

 

18. In the figure below, RPQ is a triangle. Point O is inside

the triangle. Join RO, PO and QO.

What is the size of the obtuse angle POQ? A. 54°
B. 114°

C. 120°

D. 126° Q9,2005
19. In the figure below lines PQ, RQ and SQ have been constructed to meet at Q.

D. 129° Q4, 2006

 

20. In the figure below lines AB, AC, BC and BD are equal. BDF and CDE are straight lines and angle ABD is

 

 

 

 

E
What is the size of angle EDF? A. 30°
B. 45°

C. 60°

D. 75° Q42,2006

21.. The figure below shows angles formed by a pair of

parallel lines and a transversal

In which group below, are each of the angles equal to n?

A. p,g,f

B. p,m,f

C. p,q,f

D. p,h,f Q18,2007

 

22. Which one of the triangles below has two of its sides measuring 5 cm and 7 cm while one of its angles measures 75°?

 

A Triangle KEF. B Triangle JEF. C Triangle HEF.
D Triangle GEF. Q29,2007

 

23. Which two of the following statements are true
about all triangles?

(i) All angles are equal.

(ii) Sum of interior angles is 180°.

(iii) One angle is 90°.

(iv) Sum of exterior angles is 360°.

 

A (i) and (ii)

B (i) and (iii)

C (ii) and (iv)

D (iii) and (iv) Q38,2007

24.. In the figure below, PS is parallel to VU, angle TRS = 75° and angle TUV = 130°.

What is the size of angle RTQ?

A 25°

B 55°

C 50°

D 105° Q7,2008

25. In the figure below, GFB and GHJ are straight lines. Line GF = FH = HJ and angle FGH = 50°.

 

What is the measure of angle EFJ? A 130°
B 75° .

C 80°

D 105° Q31,2008

26. Construct triangle EFG with EF = 6.2 cm, angle FFG
= 60° and angle FEG = 40°. Draw a perpendicular from G to meet line EF at H. What is the measure of line EH?

A 5.4 cm

B 3.5 cm

C 4.1 cm

D 2.1 cm Q34,2008

What is the size of angle EPF? A. 1130
B. 67°

C. 480

D. 200

 

 

 

 

 

Q46,2009

27. on the diagram below EF is parallel to GH and JK is a transversal. Which one of the angles is equal to KRH?

 

A. SRH

B. GRK

C. ESJ

D. JSF Q5,2009

28. On the triangle EFG below, construct the bisector of angle EFG to meet the line EG at M. Construct the bisector of angle FEG to meet the line FG at N. Mark P at the point where the two bisectors intersect.

29. In the figure below, lines EF and GH are parallel. Lines JK and MN are transversals which intersect at V.

Angle MQF = 50° and angle HSK = 30°.

What is the size of angle QVS?

A. 1500

B. 1300

C. 1000

D. 800 Q7,2010

30.. Construct a triangle XYZ in which XY = 7.2 cm, YZ = 5.8 cm and ZX = 6.2 cm.
What is the size of angle XYZ? A. 1250
B. 750

C. 550

D. 500 Q21,2010

61

31. On the line QR given below, construct a triangle PQR such that PQ = PR = 7 cm. Construct a bisector of angle PQR to meet line PR at X.

 

 

What is the size of angle QXR?

A. 780

B. 440

C. 680

D. 1020 Q49,210

 

Perpendicular lines (from a point to a line)
32. Which one of the following diagrams shows arcs that lead to the construction of a perpendicular from point P to line XY?

Q27,2001

 

33. In the triangle KLM drawn below, construct the

perpendicular bisector of line KM to cut line KM at N and line KL at P.

What is the size of the acute angle KPN? A. 145°
B. 90°

C. 55°

D. 35° Q14,2005

34. On the figure below, draw perpendicular bisectors of lines PQ and QR to meet at a point X.

 

 

What is the length of QX?

A. 5-2 cm B 4.4 cm C 7.0 cm
D 5.5 cm Q10,2008

35. On the diagram below construct a perpendicular from R to cut PQ at S. What is the length of RS?

Constructing circles

 

A. 4.9 cm

B. 4.1cm

C. 5.2 cm

D. 5.8 cm Q4 ,2009

36. Point S and line QR are shown in the space below. Using a pair of compasses, drop a perpendicular from point S to meet line QR at T.

 

What is the length of line ST?

A. 2.8 cm

B. 3.5 cm

C. 4.5 cm

D. 5.5 cm Q13,2010

1. Construct the circle that touches the sides of triangle TUV below.

What is the radius of the circle?

A. 7 cm

B. 6.3 cm

C. 3.3 cm

D. 5.8 cm Q40,2004

2. On line YZ given below, complete the construction of the isosceles triangle XYZ where XY = XZ =
8 cm. Construct a circle centre O which touches the sides of the triangle.

Z

 

What is the radius of the circle?

A. 2 cm

B. 3.6 cm

C. 4.3 cm

D. 5.4 cm Q44, 2006

 

3. Construct a semi-circle whose diameter EF is given below. Construct a line from E to meet the semi-

circle at G such that angle FEG is 30°. Construct a line from F to meet the semi-circle at H such that angle EFH is 20°. Join points E to H, H to G and G to F.

E F

What is the length of line GH? A 3.0cm
B 3.9 cm

C 5.3 cm

D 5.7 cm Q33,2007

 

4. Draw the circle that passes through the points X, Y and Z of the triangle below.

What is the measure of the radius of the circle?

A. 2.0 cm

B. 4.3 cm

C. 5.0 cm

D. 3.0 cm Q24,2008

Pythagorean relationships
3-4 –5, 5-12-13, 7-24-25
1. Kirwa used a ladder to paint the top of a wall. He placed the bottom of the ladder 4 1/2 metres away from the wall. The ladder touched the wall at a height of 6 metres. What was the length of the ladder?
A. 7 1/2 m
B. 10 1/2m
C. 15m
D. 561/4m Q29,2000

2. The top of a 25 m ladder leans on a vertical wall with

its lower end touching the ground.
Which one of the following sets of measurements represents the height of the wall and the
horizontal

distance of the ladder from the wall?

A. 12 m and 13 m

B. 3 m and 4 m

C. 5 m and 12 m

D. 7 m and 24 m Q15,2002

3. Which of the following sets of measurements can be used to construct a right-angled triangle?

A. 1⁄2cm, 6cm, 9cm

B.33⁄4cm, 51⁄4cm, 6cm

C.21⁄4cm, 3cm, 33⁄4cm

D.51⁄4cm, 9cm, 111⁄4cm Q22,2003

4. The top of a ladder, 26 metres long, leans on a vertical wall. The ladder touches the wall at a height of 10 metres. What is the horizontal distance from the bottom of the ladder to the wall?

A. 16 m

B. 18 m

C. 24 m

D. 576 m Q19,2005

5. In the figure below, JK =JL = 25 cm and KM = ML. The perimeter of triangle JKL = 98 cm.

What is the length of the perpendicular line JM in centimetres?
A. 25

B. 24

C. 12

D. 7 Q31,2006

 

6. The figure below is part of a rhombus EFGH. Complete the rhombus.

A 24m

B 26m

C 12m

D 34m Q43, 2008

8. A rectangular plot of of land has a perimeter of 35
m. The longer side is 10 m. A wall is to be constructed along one of the diagonals of the plot. What would be the length of the wall? A. 78 1/8 m
B. 17 1/2 m
C. 7 1/2 m
D. 12 1/2 m Q41,2009
9. Which one of the following sets of measurements will form a right angled triangle when drawn?

A. 9 cm, 16 cm, 25 cm

B. 10 cm, 24 cm, 26 cm

C. 5 cm, 12 cm, 17 cm

D. 7 cm, 2.4 cm, 2.5 cm Q25,2010

Constracting parallelograms,

rhombuses&quadrilaterals
1.

 

 

 

What is the length of half the longer diagonal?

A. 3 cm

B. 4 cm

C. 6 cm

D. 8 cm Q26, 2007

7. The area of a right-angled triangular plot is 120 m2. The length of the shortest side is 10m.
What is the length of the longest side?

 

 

 

 

 

Q47,2000

2. Below is part of the construction of a trapezium PQRS. Complete the construction such that angle PQR = 56°.

 

 

 

 

 

What is the length of the side RS?

X Y

What is the length of the diagonal XZ?

A. 5 cm

A. 8.0cm B. 6.3 cm
B. 7.3 cm C. 7 cm
C. 4.5 cm D. 10.5 cm Q5,2002
D. 3.5 cm Q42,2001

3. The diagram below is an incomplete parallellogram PQRS. Complete the parallelogram and draw diagonals QS and PR to intersect at T.

What is the size of angle PTQ? A. 31°
B. 43°

C. 106°

D. 137° Q47,2001

4. The diagram below represents two sides of a parallelogram WXYZ. Complete the parallelogram.

5. Below is part of the construction of a quadrilateral KLMN with diagonals meting at the centre O. complete the construction and draw a perpendicular from L to meet KN at P

 

 

L M

What is the length of LP?

7.8 cm

6.7 cm

4.6 cm

4.4 cm Q43,2003

What is the length of half the longer diagonal?

6. Complete the construction of a parallelogram
PQRS, where line PR is a diagonal.

R

 

 

P Q

What is the length of line QS?

A. 6.7 cm

B. 7.0 cm

C. 3.8 cm

D. 9.1 cm Q48, 2005

7. A certain quadrilateral has the following properties:

Has two sets of parallel sides Has all sides equal
Diagonals bisect each other Some angles are equal
Which quadrilateral has the above properties?

A. Parallelogram

B. Rhombus

C. Square

D. Trapezium
Q21,2006

8. The figure below is part of a rhombus EFGH. Complete the rhombus.

A. 3 cm

B. 4 cm

C. 6 cm

D. 8 cm Q27,2006

9. Which one of the following quadrilaterals has only one pair of parallel lines?

A. Rhombus.

B. Trapezium.

C. Parallelogram.

D. Rectangle. Q12,2007

 

10. Line PQ below is the base of the parallelogram PQRS: Complete the parallelogram in which, angle QPS = 60° and line PS = 4.5 cm.

 

 

P Q

What is the height of the parallelogram in cm? A 3.9
B 5.4

C 6.0

D 9.1 Q43,2007

11. On the line MN drawn below, complete the quadrilateral MNPQ in which lines NP = 3 cm and QM = 7 cm.
Angle QMN = 60° and angle MNP = 90°. What is the length of diagonal MP?

 

 

 

 

A 3.4 cm
B 6.2 cm
C 5.0 cm
D 5.8 cm Q14 2008
12. Using line PQ below, construct a parallelogram PQRS in which QR = 7.5 cm and angle SPQ = 60°. Join PR.

 

 

 

 

 

 

What is the size of angle PRS? A. 120°
B. 40°

C. 30°

D. 20° Q14,2009

Which of the following statements is true for triangle MRN?

A. All sides are equal.

B. All angles are equal. C One angle is 60°.
D One angle is a right angle.
Q15,2009

 

14. Which one of the following properties is TRUE for both a square and a rhombus?

A. Diagonals are equal.

B. All angles are equal.

C. Opposite angles add up to two right angles.

D. Diagonals bisect at right angles.

Q 19 ,2010

Face,edges and vertices of trianglar and square based pyramid and prisms
1. Which is the correct order of writing the fractions 3/8, 5/16
,11/32 ,3/48 from the largest to the smallest?

 

A. 13/48 , 11/32 , 5/16 , 3/8

B. 3/8 , 5/16 , 11/32 , 13/48

C. 13/48 ,5/16 , 11/32 , 3/8

13. The figure below is a square in which the

D. 3/

11 5 13
32 16 48

Q 11,2004

diagonals intersect at R.

2. How many vertices does a triangular prism have?

A. 2

B. 5

C. 6

D. 9 Q
6,2006

K.C.P.E REVISION 68

3. How many faces (F), vertices (V) and edges (E) does a triangular prism have?

 

 

 

Q

6. A cuboid measures 6cm long, 5cm wide and 4 cm high.
What is the total length of the edges inCentimeters?
A. 30
B. 60
C. 90
D. 120 Q18,2000

Net of triangular, square

27,2008

4. A packet is in the form of a pyramid with a square base. Which one of the following statements is TRUE of the number of faces, edges and vertices the packet has?
A. 4 faces, 6 edges and 4 vertices
B. 2 faces, 1 edge and 1 vertex

C. 5 faces, 9 edges and 6 vertices

D. 5 faces, 8 edges and 5 vertices. Q23,2010

 

5. A stack of cubes as shown in the figure below was painted on all faces.

How many cubes were painted on three faces?

A. 10

B. 9

C. 12

D. 14 Q46,2002

Based pyramids and prism

1. A pupil arranged matchsticks to form squares as shown below

How many squares were formed altogether? A. 14 B. 13
C. 10 D. 9 Q33,2000
2. The figure below shows a net made up of a square and four equilateral triangles.

Q16, 2005

Q20,2001

 

3. The figure below shows a net made up of three rectangles and two triangles

Which one of the following solids can be formed from this net?

A. Rectangular prism

B. Triangular pyramid

C. Rectangular pyramid

D. Triangular prism Q15,2003

4. Which one of the following is the correct net for an open cube?

5. Below is a net of a solid. The shaded parts are the flaps.

 

 

Which one of the following solids can be formed from the net?

A Rectangular prism. B Triangular pyramid.
C Rectangular pyramid.

D. Triangular prism. Q11, 2007

 

6. The diagram below is a net of a solid.

If the net is folded which one of the following diagrams represents the solid formed?

 

MAKING PATTERNS USING QUADRILATERALS,TRIANGLE AND CIRCLES.
1. Which one of the following shapes can complete the pattern above?

 

 

Q50, 2003

 

2. Which one of the shapes below should be drawn in the blank box to continue with the pattern above?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

 

 

B

 

 

 

 

 

C

4. An incomplete pattern is shown below.

Which one of the shapes below will complete the pattern above? Q50,2006

D Q50,2004

3. Which one of the shapes below would fit in the dotted space in the pattern above?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. The figures below show a pattern of shapes.

Which one of the shapes below should be drawn in the blank box to continue with the pattern?

 

6.

Q50,2000

ALGEBRA

FORMATION AND SIMPLIFICATION OF ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

C. 43 1/3

D. 36 2/3 Q32,2005

5. Which one of the following expressions is equal to

1. . What in the value of

m+r2

5(2a – 3b) + 5(a + 5b) ?

3(4a – 3b) + 3(a + 4b)

p + r given that

m = 2p, p = n + 5, n = 3r and r = 5? A. 21/5
B. 23/5
C. 3 1/4
D. 2 Q36,2000
2. What is the value of 2s + r, if q = 4, r = 2q + 1 and s = r + 2? q

A. 5

B. 6 3/4

C. 7

D. 7 ¾ Q22,2001

3. What is the value of the expression

P2 (n – r2) , given that p = 4, n = 6, r = 2?

A. 15a + 10b

15a + 3b

 

B. 5 + 25b

6 + 12b

 

C. 15a + 40b

15a + 21b

D. 15a + 2b 15a + b
Q32,2006

nr

A. 2 2/3

B. 21 1/3

C. 32

D. 1 1/3 Q32,2002

4. What is the value of 1/3 (2x + 4y2) + 5p – 8 when p = 6,

x = 2p and y = ½ x – 1?

 

A. 130

B. 63 1/3
K.C.P.E REVISION

6. There were m men in a bus. The number of children in the bus was three times that of men but eleven more than that of women. The total number of women, men and children in the bus was 45. Which one of the equations below can be used to find the number of men that were in the bus?

A 5 m – 11 = 45

B 4 m + 11 = 45

C 7 m + 11 = 45

D 7 m – 11 = 45 Q35,2007

75

7. Which one of the following expressions is the simplest form of

7(2r + 3) + 4r – 3 ?

2 ( r + 1) + 4r + 7

10. A father shared money among his three children
A 6r + 6 Mulwa, Wangare and Achesa. Wangare received
sh 10 more than Achesa, while Mulwa got twice
2r + 3 the amount Wangare got. If Achesa received sh x,
which one of the following expressions represents

B 6r + 8 the total amount of money given to the three children?
2r + 3 A. 4x + 30
B. 4x + 10
C 9r C. 2x + 20
3r + 4 D. 3x + 30 Q34,2009

D 2 1/2
Q47,2007
11. What is the simplified form of 5x + 1/4 (8x-2y)?

8. Bongo gave 0.12 of his land to his wife, 0.25 to his son and 0.3 to his daughter. If he had 2.4 hectares of land, how many hectares was he left with?

A. 0.72

B 0.288

C 0.6

D 0.792 Q32,2008

 

 

9. On a farm there are cows, goats and sheep. The number of goats is twice the number of cows while the number of sheep is 25 less than the number of goats. If the number of goats is g, how many animals are on the farm?

A 21/2g – 25
K.C.P.E REVISION 76

A. 37x -8y

B. 7x – 1/2y

C. 28x – 2y

D. 7x — 2y Q10,2010

 

FORMING AND SOLVING EQUATIONS

1. What is the value of x in the equation 2(x —6) = 2 ?
5 3

A.72/3

B. 7

C. 22/3

D. 11 Q21,2000

2. A fundraising meeting for Jako, Kabula, Masindu and Buko raised sh. 108, 000. Jako got three times as much as Buko. Masindu got two – thirds of Jako’s share while Kabula got half as much as Jako. How much did Kabula receive?
A. sh.43,200
B. sh.28, 800
C. sh. 21,600
D. sh. 14,400 Q41,2000
3.

Q49,2000

4. Musa, Tom and Sam scored goals for their team during a football match. Musa scored n goals while Sam scored twice as many goals as Musa. Tom
scored two goals less than Sam. What was their total

score?

A. 5n – 2

B. 2n – 2

C. 3n – 2

D. 3n + 2 Q18,2001

5. In a function, the number of women was twice that of men. The number of children was half the total number of men and women. The function was attended by 270 people. How many children attended the function?
A. 90

B. 120

C. 180

D. 60 Q46,2001
K.C.P.E REVISION

6. Fundi, Halima and Gitonga are employed in a firm. Fundi’s monthly salary is sh 50 more than
that of Gitonga. Halima’s monthly salary is sh 90 more than half of the total amount earned by Fundi and Gitonga.

If Fundi’s salary is sh n, which one of the expressions below represents the total monthly income of the three employees?
A. sh 3n + 165

B. sh 4n – 10

C. sh 3n – 30

D. sh 3n + 15 Q26,2002

7. Agola bought n oranges and Mwangi bought n+1 oranges. Mueni bought twice as many oranges as both Agola and Mwangi. Which one of the following expressions shows the total number of oranges brought?

A.A.6n+3

B. 5n+2 D.2n+3 2
C.4n+ Q30,2003

8. What is the value of x in the equation?

3⁄5 (x-5) + 2⁄5 (3x+5) = 10

A.61⁄9 B.55⁄5 C.5
D.12⁄3 Q35,2003

9. Three pupils Furaha, Gitahi and Komen contributed a total of sh. 400 for a party. Furaha contributed

77

sh. 30 more than Gitahi while, Komen contributed three times as much as Furaha.
If Komen contributed sh x, which one of the
equations below can be used to find Komen’s contribution?
A.5x-90 = 1 200

B.5x – 90 = 400

C.5x+ 90 = 1 200

D.7x – 30 = 400 Q45,2003

 

10. Given that MK = and K = 16.5, what is the value of M?

A.0.1 B.1 C.0.01
D.10 Q47,2003

 

11. Kigen bought goods worth sh 2400. He gave the shopkeeper three sh 1000 notes. He received the balance in equal numbers of sh 200 and sh 100 notes.
What total number of notes did he receive?

A. 6

B. 5

C. 4

D. 3 Q28,2004

12. The number of patients who visited a health centre on Monday was 125, on Tuesday was 163 and on

Wednesday was 210.

On Thursday the number was 15 less than those who visited on Wednesday. Equal number of patients visited the centre on Friday and on

Saturday. The total number of patients who visited the centre in the six days was 1089

How many patients visited the centre on Friday? A. 396
B. 288

C. 183

D. 198 Q30,2004

13. Sara bought pawpaws, oranges and mangoes. The number of pawpaws bought was 8 more than the number of oranges. The number of mangoes was twice the total number of oranges and pawpaws.

The total number of fruits bought was 48.

 

If the number of oranges was x, which of the

equations below can be used to find the number of

oranges bought? A. 3x + 24 = 48
B. 6x + 16 = 48

C. 6x + 24 = 48

D. 4x + 16 = 48 Q47,2004

14. What is the value of x in 3(2x + 1) + 5(x + 4) = 61? A. 3 5/11

B. 5 1/11

C. 7 7/11

D. 81 1/11 Q15,2005

K.C.P.E REVISION 78

15. What is the value of x in the equation 1¼ x + 4 = 13 – x?
A. 68

B. 36

C. 75/9

D. 4 Q17,2006

 

16. The number of women passengers in a bus was W. The number of children in the bus was three times that of men passengers but was 6 more than that of women.

Which one of the following expressions shows the total number of passengers in the bus?

A. 21/3 W + 8

B. 21/3W – 8

C. 21/3W + 12

D. 5W + 24
Q41,2006

17. Kamau, Wasike and Omollo sell newspapers. One day Omollo sold 20 newspapers more than Wasike who sold 10 newspapers more than Kamau.
The total number of newspapers they sold that day
was 140.
If Wasike sold y newspapers, which one of the following equations can be used to find the
number
of newspapers sold by Wasike?

A. 3y+10=140
B. 3y + 30=140
C. 3y + 20=140
D. y + 30=140 Q47,2006

18. What is the value of x in the equation

 

2x – 3 + 2x = 6

3

A. 1 1/8

B. 5 7/8

C. 1 7/8

D. 2 5/8 Q21,2007

19. Otieno, Leila, Rotich and Furaha shared sh 840. Otieno got twice as much as Leila. Leila got three times as much as Rotich while Rotich got half of what Furaha got. What was the difference between Otieno’s share and Furaha’s share?

A. sh 350

B. sh 420

C. sh 210

D. sh 280 Q22,2008

20. What is the value of y in the equation

 

2/3 (6y – 2) = 2y + 4 ?

A 22/3

B 3

C 8/9

D 11/3 Q42,2008

21. A rectangular container is 80 cm long, 50 cm wide and 40 cm high. The container is filled with water to a level 30 cm high. What is the volume of the

K.C.P.E REVISION 79

empty space in the container? A. 180 000 cm3

p + r given that

m+r2

B. 160 000 cm3

C. 120 000 cm3

D. 40 000 cm3 Q26,2009

22. What is the value of x in the equation

 

½ (x + 1) + 1/3 (2x – 1) = 5

A. 4 1/

B. 4 2/7

C. 4 3/7

D. 4/7 Q22,2010

23. Three schools Mwangaza, Kivuli and Nuru received a total donation of 165 textbooks. Kivuli got 8 books more than Mwangaza, while Nuru got half the total of what Mwangaza and Kivuli got. If the number of books donated to Mwangaza is represented by the letter m, which one of the following equations can be used to get the value of m?

A. 6 m + 24 = 165

B. 1 1/2 m + 12 = 165

C. 3 m + 12 = 165

D. 3 m – 12 = 165 Q36,2010

 

SUBSTITUTION IN ALGERAIC
EXPRESSIONS

1. What in the value of

m = 2p, p = n + 5, n = 3r and r = 5? A. 21/5
B. 23/5
C. 3 1/4
D. 2 Q36,2000
2. What is the value of 2s + r, if q = 4, r = 2q + 1 and s = r + 2? q

A. 5

B. 6 3/4

C. 7

D. 7 ¾ Q22,2001

3. What is the value of the expression

P2 (n – r2) , given that p = 4, n = 6, r = 2?
nr

A. 2 2/3

B. 21 1/3

C. 32

D. 1 1/3 Q32,2002

4. What is the value of 1/3 (2x + 4y2) + 5p – 8 when p = 6,

x = 2p and y = ½ x – 1?

 

A. 130

B. 63 1/3

C. 43 1/3

D. 36 2/3 Q32,2005

5. What is the value of given that r =6,

p = r + 2 and q = p – 3? A. 568/11
B. 386/11

C. 306/11

D. 204/5 Q35, 2005

6. What is the value of + n where n = 5, y = 2n ,

 

q = n + 9 and r = q – 6 ? A 7
B 2 1/2

C 6 1/5

D 11 Q25,2008

 

7. What is the value of 2w (x -2)2 when x = 5, y = x + 3

A. 12

B. 24

C. 36

D. 144 Q17,2009

 

SIMPLIFYING INEQUALIITIES IN ONE UNKNOWN

1. Which me of the following statement is correct? A. 3/4 > 0.75
B. 1/9 < 0.1

C. 4/3 < 1.3

D. 2/5 < 0.5 Q2,2009

y + 1

and w = 2x + 3y

TABLES AND GRAPHS

 

DRAWING TABLES AND GRAPHS.

1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Soda E F G H J
Number of pupils 12 18 15 24 21

Which one of the pie charts below correctly represents this information?

 

 

 

Q10,2002

 

4. The table below shows Mwasi’s income from the sale of farm produce, during one year. The information on the
income for potatoes is not given.

 

A pie-chart was drawn to represent the information

above. If the angle representing the income for beans was 63°, what was the income for potatoes?

A. sh 120 000

B. sh 18 000

C. sh 17 850

D. sh 102 000 Q 32 ,
2004

 

5. A cyclist rode for two hours at an average speed of 12 km/h. He rested for 30 minutes and continued for one hour at an average speed of 8 km/h.

Which one of the graphs below represents the cyclist’s journey?

Q49,2005

Produce Wheat Maize Beans Potatoes
Income sh 45
000 sh 36
000 sh 21
000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6. The graph below shows Midi’s journey from town X to town Y.

 

 

 

Distance in

 

Town X 7.30 8.30 9.30 10.30 11.30 12.30

What was the average speed, in km/h, for the whole journey?
A. 721/2
B. 70
C. 644/9
D. 444/9 Q43,2006

7. The graph below shows part of the journeys made by Chebet and Keya on the same road.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chebet travelled from town Y to town X at a constant speed. Keya travelled from town X and to town Y. After covering 20 km he rested for 30 minutes. He then continued at an average speed of 40 km/h.
Complete the graphs of the journeys. At what time did they meet?
K.C.P.E RAE.V9I.S0I0OaN.m 85
B. 8.40 a.m
C. 9.10 a.m
D. 8. 50 a.m Q42,2007

8. The table below shows the number of 90 kg bags of maize that Mutiso sold to a miller in the years 1998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11. A kiosk sold soda, juice, porridge and tea. A pie- chart was drawn to represent the number of people who took each drink. Those who took juice were represented by 140° and porridge by 40°. The size of the angle of those who took tea was twice the angle for soda. Twenty people took porridge.

How many more people took juice than those who took tea?

A 10

B 60

C 70

D 130 Q30,2008

 

Interplating tables and graphs
1. The table below shows the maximum and minimum temperatures, in degrees Celsius, recordedin different cities on one day..

City Maximum °C Minimum °C
Dar- es- Salaam .33 22
Khartoum 31 16
Accra 32 24
Entebbe 30 18
In which city was the mean temperature highest that day?
A. Dar-es-Salam.
B. Khartoum.
C. Entebbe.
D. Accra. Q11,2000

2. A farm produced oranges (O), Pawpaws (P), guavas (G), bananas (B) and lemons (L). The pie -chart below represents quantities of each type of fruit produced in one week.

 

Which one of the bar graphs below represents the information obtained from the pie-chart above?

Q32,2000

3. The bar graph below shows the number of eggs sold

by Mutiso in six days. The highest number of eggs sold was 75.

 

Wambua and Otieno.

 

In which three consecutive days was the total number of eggs sold the highest?
A. Tue, Wed, Thur

B. Mon, Tue, Wed

C. Thur, Fri, Sat

D. Wed, Thur, Fri Q32,2001
4. The incomplete table below shows the numbers of people who attended a football match and the
gate

charges. The number of children is not shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the total amount collected was ksh. 60 000, how many people altogether attended the match?
A. 200

B. 1000

C. 1540

D. 1740 Q49,2001

 

 

5. The graph below shows journeys of two cyclists,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At what time was Otieno 10 km ahead of Wambua? A. 10.30 a.m.
B. 9.27 a.m.

C. 9.00 a.m.

D. 7.12 a.m. Q50,2001

6. The graph below represents the journey of a car travelling from town S to town T.

9. The graph below shows a school advisor’s journey from schools W to P through schools L, K and M

 

What was the average speed for the journey? A. 56 1/4 km/h
B. 57 1/2 km/h

C. 65 km/h

D. 65 5/7 km/h Q47,2002

7. The table below shows the number of times the

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
7.00

 

 

 

 

8.00

 

 

 

 

9.00 10.00 11.00 noon

teams Simba, Moto and Dawa won drew or lost in a competition. Three points were awarded for each game won, one point for each game drawn

am am

am am am

and no points for a game lost.

Which of the following is the order in which the teams were ranked?

 

 

 

Q19,2003

 

8. The total number of pupils enrolled in schools in a district was 48 000. In a pie chart the number enrolled in secondary schools was represented by an angle of 120° while, that in the primary schools was represented by 150°. The rest were enrolled in the pre-primary schools. What was the number in the pre-primary schools?

A.36 000

B.20 000

C.16 000

D.12 000 Q21,2003

Between which two schools was she travelling at

SIMBA MOTO DAWA
WON 2 4 3
DRAWN 5 1 5
LOST 3 5 2
the highest speed?

A.M and P

B.K and M

C.L and K

D.W and L Q40, 2003

10. The table below shows the number of tonnes of sugar produced and sold by a factory in 6 days.

Days Mon Tue Wed Thur Fri Sat
Tones produced 60 25 30 20 25 15
Tones sold 40 70 40 30 50 25

On which day was the number of tonnes of sugar sold one and a half times the number of tonnes produced?
A. Thur

B. Mon

C. Wed

D. Sat Q29 2004

 

 

11. The table below represents the sales of milk in litres by a vendor in five days. The sale for Thursday is not shown.
One litre of milk was sold for sh 25. The vendor got

a total of sh 2 925 for the sale of milk during the five

days.

How many more litres of milk did the vendor sell on Thursday than on Tuesday?

 

 

A. 9

B. 28

C. 47

D. 117 Q17, 2005

12. Below is a travel graph showing the journey of a motorist travelling from town L to town K and back, and that of a cyclist travelling from town L to town K.

How far from town L was the cyclist when he met the

motorist travelling back to town L?

A. 40 km
B. 32 km
C. 20 km
D. 8 km Q31
,2005
13. The population of a village is represented by the pie chart below.

If there were 300 girls, how many more boys than men were there?
A. 80
B. 100
C. 180
D. 50 Q47, 2005

14. The bar graph below shows the number of kilograms of sugar consumed by a school in five days.

DAYS

In which pair of consecutive days was the total consumption the highest?
A. Mon and Tue

B. Tue and Wed

C. Wed and Thur

D. Thur and Fri Q29, 2006

15. The table below shows the number of vehicles that passed near a school in one week. The average number of vehicles per day was 116. The number of vehicles that passed near the school on Friday is not shown.

 

MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN
125 75 112 100 …….. 148 112

How many more vehicles passed near the school on Friday than on Tuesday?
A 595

B 215

C 140

D 65 Q22,
2007

 

16. The pie-chart below shows how Kesenet spent her salary.

How much more did she spend on loan than on rent if she spent sh 4 000 on food?

A sh 5 000

B sh 3 000

C sh 2 000

D sh 1 000 Q37, 2007

 

17. The bar graph below shows, the number and sizes of pairs of shoes, sold in one week.

Which size of shoe was bought most?

A. 12 Fourteen passengers boarded the matatu at
B. 11 Nairobi.
C. 8 Seven of the passengers alighted at Gilgil while

D. 7
Q9, five
2009 others boarded at Gilgil for Nakuru.
How much money altogether did the driver
collect?

18. Below are two graphs. One graph shows the
journey by a bus from Nairobi to Nakuru. The other shows the journey by a car from Nakuru to Nairobi.

 

How far from Nakuru was the bus when the car reached Nairobi?

A. 115 km

B. 90 km

C. 60 km

D. 35 km. Q18, 2009

13. The table below shows the fare in shillings for a matatu travelling from Nairobi to Nakuru.

A. sh 3 650

B. sh 3 500

C. sh 3 150

D. sh 1 900
Q23,2009

14. The table below shows the number of pupils who were in standard 1 to 4 in a certain school from 2001 to 2004.

 

How many pupils of the class which was in Std 1 in 2001 had dropped out of that class by 2004?

A. 24

B. 16

C. 10

D. 8 Q24,2009

15. The table below shows how Kigen utilizes his piece of land.

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 92

Purpose Homestea d Maize Cultivatio n Tea Cultivatio n Grazin g
Number 3/
4 11/4 1
of 11/2
Hectare
s

Which one of the bar graphs below correctly represents the

information above. Q28, 2010 16. The graph below shows the journeys of two
motorists Karimi and Nzomo.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. The mean of six numbers is 4 2/3. Five of these

How far from town X was Nzomo when Karimi stopped to rest?

A. 60 km

B. 185 km

C. 215 km

D. 250 km Q47 ,2010

 

Median as a value in a set of ordered data
1. A teacher measured the heights of nine pupils in a class. The heights of eight of the pupils were 167 cm, 170 cm, 167 cm, 175 cm, 170 cm, 172 cm, 167 cm and 168 cm. The total height of the eight pupils was 1356 cm. If the mean height of the nine pupils was 169 cm, what was the median height?
A. 170cm, B. 168cm
C. 167cm D. 165cm
Q39,2000
2. Maria sat for ten subjects in an examination. Her marks in nine subjects, excluding science, was as follows:

numbers are 5, 3, 7, 8 and 3. What is the median of the six numbers?
A. 5

B. 4

C. 3

D. 2 Q40,2002

 

4.The heights of six pupils were recorded as 1.35m, 1.42m, 1.40m, 1.50m, 1.35m and 1.35m. What was the median height?

1.35m

m

m

1.45m Q3, 2003

 

Working out problems involving mean, mode and median

 

60,

Mathematics 78, Kiswahili 81, GHC 77, Religious Education 69, English 73, Art and Craft

Agriculture 52, Business Education 60, and

Home Science 55.

 

If her total marks in the ten subjects was 680, what was her median mark?
A. 60

B. 68

C. 71

D. 75 Q36,2001

18. Below is the number of tree seedlings planted by each pupil on a tree planting day:

8 15 11 9 17 14 12 14 13

10 18 8 9 16 13 13 10 12

What was the mean number of seedlings planted by each pupil?

A. 12 1/

B. 222

C. 12 1/

D. 13 Q8, 2004

19. The ages, in years, of 10 pupils in a class are: 16, 18, 15, 14, 17, 16, 14, 13, 19 and 14. What is the median age of the pupils?

A. 16.5

B. 15.6

C. 14

D. 15.5
Q10,2005

20. The heights in centimetres of 10 pupils are given below:
169, 173, 158, 170, 159, 171, 163, 159, 180, 167
What is the mean height of the pupils?
A. 159 cm
B. 166.9 cm
C. 168 cm
D. 1 669 cm Q8,2006
21. Ali and Maingi sat for five subjects in an examination. The total marks for Maingi were 15 less than those of Ali.The mean mark for Ali was
65. What was the mean mark for Maingi? A 50
B 62
C 68
D 310 Q15,2007
22. The mean of 7 numbers is 4. Six of the numbers are: 2, 3, 1, 2, 7, 8. What is the median of the seven numbers?
A. 2
B. 2.5
C. 3
D. 5 Q19, 2008
23. The bar graph below shows the number of pupils in six classes in a school.

What is the mean number of pupils per class?

A. 26

B. 38

C. 41

D. 246 Q27, 2009

 

23. The number of birds observed in a certain area during certain months of the year are as shown in the table below.

MONTHS APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST
NUMBER OF BIRDS 96 104 80 118 94

Which one of the following numbers is the highest mean of the birds recorded into two consecutive months?
A. 106
B. 99
C. 111
D. 100 Q20, 2010
24. The table below shows the number of crates of soda Mutuma sold in one week. The number of crates sold on Friday was not recorded.

 

DAY OF WEEK MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN
NUMBER OF CRATES
8
10
11
18


16
8

If the total number of crates of soda sold in seven days was 84. What was the median sale?

A. 13

B. 12

C. 11

D. 8 Q39, 2010

 

SCALE DRAWING
Reading and interpreting scale diagrams

 

1. The scale on a map is 1:200. What length on the map would rep resent a distance of 50 metres?

A . 0.25 cm

B. 25cm

C. 4 cm

D. 2.5 cm Q21, 2008

Linear scale in ratio form drawing

1. A road measuring 3 cm on a map has an actual

length of 12 kilometres. What is the scale used on
the

map? A. 1 : 4
B. 1 : 400

C. 1 : 4 000

D. 1 : 400 000 Q23,2002

2. A distance of 480m is represented on a scale drawing by a line measuring 2.4 cm. what is the scale used?

A.1:20 B.1:200 C. 1:2000
D.1:20000 Q17
2003

3. A length of 4.6 cm on a scale drawing represents an actual length of 9200 m. What is the scale used?

A. 1 : 200

B. 1: 2000

C. 1 : 20000

D. 1 : 200000 Q10, 2004

 

4. A distance of 5 kilometres is represented on a map

by a length of 4 centimetres. What is the scale used? A. 1:125

B. 1:1 250

C. 1:12 500

D. 1:125 000 Q15,
2006

Working out problems involving scale

5. A rectangular field measuring 560 m by 800 m is to be represented on a scale drawing using the scale 1:20 000. What is the area of the scale drawing in square centimeters?
A. 1120
B. 22.4
C. 11.2
D. 2240 Q38,2000
6. On a map drawn to the scale 1:500 is a plot of land in the shape of a trapezium whose parallel sides measure 5 cm and 2 cm. The perpendicular distance between the parallel sides is 4 cm.
What is the actual area of the plot in square metres?
A. 35 000

B. 3 500

C. 350

D. 35 Q24,2001

7. A map is drawn to a scale of 1:20 000. What is the

distance, in kilometres, of a road which is 25 cm on the map?

A 5

B 50

C 500

D 5000 Q8, 2007

8. The scale drawing below represents four towns U, V, W and X. The shortest distance from town V to W is 450 km.

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 97

What is the distance from town U to town X through town V and W?

A 100 km

B 1 350 km

C 2 480 km

D 1 130 km Q40, 2008

 

9. The diagram below is a scale drawing of a plot of land drawn to the scale 1:1 500.

What is the actual area of the plot, in m2?

A. 600 000

B. 90 000

C. 3 500

D. 510 Q31, 2009

 

10. On a map whose scale is 1:50 000 a piece of land is represented by a rectangle measuring 3 cm by 2
cm. What is the actual size of this land in hectares?
A. 15
B. 150
C. 1 500
D. 15 000 Q35, 2010

 

RATIO AND PROPORTION
Comparison using ratio

five minutes whereas four are born every minute. What is the difference between the number of antelopes that are born and those that die in one day?

A. 4396

B. 1440

C. 5 Q34,2004

2. In a group of 126 spectators the ratio of men to women was 3:4. What is the new ratio if 2 more men and 8 more women joined the group of spectators?

A. 7:10

B. 5:12

C. 13:16

D. 1:4
Q36,2005

3. Mbogo and Kihara shared some money such that Mbogo got ¾ of the money shared out. What was
the ratio of Mbogo’s share to that of Kihara? A. 4:3
B. 3:1

C. 3:4

D. 1:3 Q36,2006

Sharing using ratio
1. Auma and Maina shared the profit from the sale of fish in the ratio 3:4. If the profit was sh 8 400, how much money did Auma get?

A sh 3 600

B sh 4 800

C sh 6 300

D sh 11 200
Q6,2007

1. According to a survey, three antelopes die every

sh 21 000 into one thousand shillings notes

Increasing and decreasing quantities using ratio

 

1..A rectangular water tank whose base is 1.5 m by
0.5 m is to be filled with water using 50 litre containers. How many such containers will be required to fill the tank to a height of 1 metre?

A. 15

B. 1.5

C. 150

D. 1500
Q44,2010

 

Ratio as a fraction ,decimal and percentage and vice versa
1. . What is the ratio 3 : 5 expressed as a decimal? A. 1.6
B. 0.625
C. 0.6
D. 0.375 Q12,2000
2. Which one of the ratios below represents 0.75? A. 3 : 40
B. 3 : 7

C. 4 : 3

D. 3 : 4 Q27,2002

3. Which of the following represents the ratio 4 : 5 expressed as a percentage?

A.444/9% B.555/9% C. 80%
D.125% Q18,2003

4. Mukami had 135 two hundred shillings notes which she changed as follows:

sh 3 000 into five hundred shillings notes

sh 2 000 into one hundred shillings notes and

the remaining amount of money into fifty shillings notes.

How many notes did she get altogether?

A. 67

B. 54

C. 47

D. 20 Q14,2006

 

5. In a class the ratio of the number of boys to girls is 2:3 What is the percentage of the number of boys in the class?
A. 311/3%

B. 40%

C. 60%

D. 662/3% Q35,2009

Direct and indirect proportion; solving problems

1. Fifteen people working at the same rate would complete some work in 10 days. How many days would 6 people . need to complete the same work?
A. 4 B. 9
C. 25 D. 150 Q22,2000
2. A factory hired 48 labourers to complete a job in 24 hours. If 12 labourers failed to turn up for the job, how many more hours did those who turned up take to complete the job?
A. 8

B. 32

C. 48

D. 72 Q34,2001

3. Muya earns sh. 5 400 after working for 24 days. How much money should he receive if he is absent for 6 days?

D. 91 Q40,2006

7. Four workers take 10 hours to complete a certain

 

 

 

 

4. Katana ‘s car uses 1 litre of petrol to cover 12.5 km while simiyu’s car uses 1 litre to cover 9.6km.
If each car covers 60km, how much more petrol does Simiyu’s car use than Katana’s?

A.11.05l B.6.25l C.4.80l
D.1.45l Q46,2003
5. Sixteen workers can dig a field in 12 days. How many more workers are required so as to do the work in 8 days?
A. 40

B. 24

C. 8

D. 10 Q18,2005

6 Forty two men were hired to repair a stretch of road

in 14 days. How many more men should be hired if the work was to be finished in 12 days?
A. 6

B. 7

C. 49

D 1 Q36,2007

8. Eighteen people can take 72 days to complete a piece of work. If 2 of the people did not turn up for the work, how many more days would the remaining number of people, working at the same rate, take to complete the work?

A. 9

B. 81

C. 153

D. 575 Q44,2009

9. A factory hired 9 people to complete a piece of work in 15 hours. How many more hours did it take them to complete the work if 3 people did not turn up?
A. 30 hours

B. 22 1/2 hours

C. 5 hours

D. 7 ½ hours Q24,2010

 

TOPIC 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
Parts of speech

 

5

10,11

1

17,9
-Nouns 6,15 9,12 11 6 1,5,12 10, 8 4, 6,
3,4,14
-Verbs 6 1,9,11, 13,24
2
-Conjunctions 2, 13 13 1 3 25
10,1
-Adverbs 10 1, 14 4, 16, 14 7, 4 5
8
-Preposition 4, 8, 3 6 12 7, 4 15, 11, 22, 2
5
-Adjective 1 3 8 9, 8 23 7, 10, 37
-Interjections 6,7 5 15 2, 11 14, 37, 34,

-Pronouns
30
2,10 2, 7 2
Tenses 9, 13 11, 14 7, 32 11, 5 26, 27, 28 5 14
Direct/ indirect speech 22
Active/ passive voice
Synonyms 30, 40 27, 31, 32,
44 21, 22,28 19, 23, 44 21, 23, 24,
25, 27 19, 20, 21, 28, 33 19, 20, 27, 31
Antonyms 20, 21
Vocabulary 31, 34, 36,
42, 49 26,36, 42 33, 35, 43 27, 35, 43 32, 40, 45,
48 41, 28, 42 27,41, 42,

47 3,4,7,8,15,4 3
Question tags 23
Phrasal verbs 21, 22, 14, 19, 20, 15, 20, 21 37 3 22, 21 14, 48
23 34

Punctuation 21, 22 24, 25 24, 25

Sensible paragraphing 19, 20 24, 25 24, 25 16, 17 22, 23
Common errors in English
Facts and opinions 26, 27, 37,
41 23, 24, 25,
40 20, 49, 5O 28, 30,

39, 41 5,46,
47, 50 26, 27, 29,
31,32 16, 17, 18, 26. 32,
43, 35, 33, 39, 40,
48 26,27,30,31
,32,34,39,4
1,44,45,49
Use of the right word given 6, 11, 12,
15 4, 15, 12 11, 12, 13 6,7, 13, 14,
18, 45 12, 15 9 8, 12, 3, 36,
45,44 2,6,28,12,2
9,3336,
37,38,42,46
Giving a story a title 38 50 38 50 50 38, 50 38, 50 50
Proverbs / meaning 38 38
Sentence patterns 16, 17, 18 19, 20 16, 18, 47 16, 17, 18 19
Use of key word (bold) 50 50 35, 42; 46 40, 47, 36, 30 37, 46, 3 18,40,47
Formation of a word (noun, adjective ) etc
General terms 24, 25 16,17, 18 39, 40, 43, 29, 46
Homophones/Atomonyms
Articles 13
Conditionals

g 16

 

 

 

K.C.P.E

K.N.E.C.

ENGLISH

2000-2011

WITH BEST COMPOSITIONS

AND

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2003

ENGLISH SECTION B: COMPOSITION
Time: 40 minutes

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

1. In the spaces provided above write your full Index Number, your Name and the Name of your School.

2. Now open this paper, read the composition subject carefully and write your composition on the lines provided.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

You have 40 minutes to write your composition.

The following is the beginning of a story. Write and complete the story. Make your story as interesting as you can.

The occasion was very different from what we had expected. Even before we entered the room, we could hear some noises . . .

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2003

ENGLISH SECTION A: LANGUAGE
Questions 1 to 15

 

Read the passage below. It contains blank spaces numbered 1 to 15. For each blank space, choose the best
answer from the choices given.

No pork or beef was 1 eaten at my grandmother’s house, 2 rarely was there meat of any kind. We occasionally ate fish, but only those that had scales. Baking powder was never 3 ; it was 4 to contain a chemical 5 to the body. For all the 6 – breakfast, lunch and supper – we ate porridge and a mixture of mashed potatoes and vegetables. Grandmother put very little salt 7 she claimed it was bad 8 the heart. I am sure you 9 guess that the food was tasteless. 10 we ate it for we had no 11 .

The food and her 12 discipline made life in my grandmother’s house miserable. You 13 not shout or even disagree with another person. She was deeply religious and wanted total harmony in her household. I did not really disagree with what she 14 , but I felt like a prisoner, without any 15 to do what I wanted.

 

1. A. hardly B. never C. ever D. usually
2. A. and B. but C. for D. as
3. A. allowed B. known C. found D. used
4. A. said B. considered C. meant D. felt
5. A. bad B. harmful C. offensive D. hostile
6. A. dishes B. meals C. foods D. menus
7. A. and B. which C. because D. so

8. A. for B. in C. to D. on
9. A. could B. should C. can D. will
10. A. Moreover B. So C. Furthermore D. Nevertheless
11. A. alternative B. otherwise C. nothing D. other
12. A. serious B. strict C. severe D. harsh
13. A. will B. should C. shall D. could

14. A. stood for B.believed about C. wanted D. required

15. A. space B. freedom C. choice D. chance

In questions 16 to 18, choose the best
alternative to complete the sentences.

16. It was not until five o’clock

A. and the game ended

B. when the game ended

C. that the game ended

D. then the game ended.

17. Some people prefer walking

A. than driving

B. to driving

C. not driving

D. besides driving.

18. The athlete is too slow

A. to win the race

B. for winning the race

C. he can’t win the race

D. that he can’t win the race.

For questions 19 and 20, arrange the sentences given to form a sensible paragraph.

19. (i) She had such perfect features that the hunter could not quite believe she was real.
(ii) A hunter sat by a river to rest.

(iii) The woman was as beautiful as a gazelle.

(iv) He noticed a faint ripple in the water and when he looked more closely, he saw that it was a woman swimming.
A. (ii) (iv) (iii) (i)

B. (ii) (i) (iii) (iv)

C. (ii) (iii) (i) (iv)

D. (ii) (i) (iv) (iii)

20. (i) The town was slowly waking to life.

(ii) It was six fifteen, and the sun was rising.

(iii) He looked at the cheap alarm clock on the chair by his bedside.
(iv) Kyalo stirred for a while and then sat up.

A. (iv) (i) (ii) (iii)

B. (iv) (ii) (iii) (i)

C. (iv) (i) (iii) (ii)

D. (iv) (iii) (ii) (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For questions 21 to 23, select the alternative that can best replace the underlined words.

K.C.P.E REVISION 108

21. After a hard day’s work, she was very exhausted.
A. bored

B. worn-out

C. extremely weak

D. finished

 

 

22. They welcomed the guest with open arms.

D. jog

25. A. stationery

B. equipment

C. cupboard

D. luggage.

A. happily

B. excitedly

C. willingly

D. warmly

23. Kambo called on his old friend last week.

 

A. visited

B. rang

C. checked

D. saw

In questions 24 and 25, select the alternative that does not fit in the group.

24. A. walk

B. crawl

C. run

Read the following passage and then answer questions 26 to 38.

Grandmother had always warned us against being rude to people, especially those older than ourselves. She said rude children were a shame to their parents, and could bring ill-fortune to
themselves. She insisted that adults had to be addressed with respect as “mother” of “father of so and so”, “uncle” or “aunt” as appropriate. We never took her seriously until one of us learnt a lesson the hard way.

One day my brother Tope, three of my cousins and I were playing our favorite game of hide and seek. Everybody else had been discovered easily except Tope. We had totally failed to locate him until a stranger came along. To our amazement, he stopped and seemed to be talking to a big tree by the path. We moved closer and heard him say, “Please show me where the shopping centre is.”

It was then that we heard Tope tell the stranger, “Ssshh! Go away. You’ll make them discover where I am.”
We all started shouting, “Tope, we have found you at last!”

Tope angrily sprang out of his hiding place. The stranger was now confused. “Where is the shopping centre?” he asked.

Tope gave him an angry look and shouted, “Crooked legs, the shopping centre is up here in my nostrils.”
My cousins burst out laughing while the stranger stood there shocked at such misconduct. It was then that Grandmother’s words came to my mind. Not sure of what my playmates would say, I hesitantly gave the stranger the direction to the shopping centre.

“Thank you very much,” he said and walked away.

A week later, Tope and his friends went to pick mangoes. They had collected some when they realised that the biggest and ripest were at the topmost part of one of the trees. None of the children was willing to climb upto this part; the height was simply scaring. They tried to bring down the mangoes by hitting them with stones but they kept missing. They had almost given up when Tope volunteered to climb up the tree. The others watched in disbelief as their hero climbed higher and higher. As soon as he got to the top of the tree, he started throwing down the juicy mangoes to the excited children.

26. What do we learn about “Grandmother” from the first paragraph?
A. She hated rude children.

B. She feared ill-fortune.

C. She was concerned about her grandchildren.
D. She was harsh to her grandchildren.

27. The children were amazed because

A. they saw a stranger talking to Tope

B. they had totally failed to locate Tope

C. the stranger didn’t know where the shopping centre was
D. the stranger seemed to be talking to no one.

28. Why did Tope angrily spring out of his hiding place?
A The stranger had discovered him.

B. The children were moving closer and closer.
C. The stranger had ruined the game for him.

D. The children started shouting.

29. Why was the writer hesitant about giving the stranger directions.
A. He feared that his playmates would beat him.
B. He didn’t know the direction very well.

C. He had been warned about talking to strangers.

D. He feared that the other children might disapprove of his action.

30. “. . . that my Grandmother’s words came to mind ” What words were these?
A. That we should only respect older people.

B. That we should address people appropriately.
C. That we should help all people.

D. That we should respect all people.

31. Which of the following does NOT describe the writer?
A. obedient

B. cowardly

C. kind

D. Polite

32. The words “given up” can best be replaced by

A. surrendered

B. despaired

C. become hopeless

D. become impatient

 

 

33. There was total confusion after Tope fell because
A. he fell with a thud

K.C.P.E REVISION 111

B. he broke his leg

C. the children could only watch helplessly

D. the children didn’t know what to do.

 

 

 

34. The word “mimicking” as used in the passage means
A. imitating

B. copying

C. repeating

D. mocking

35. The shock that made Tope pass out was caused by
A. the pain in the leg

B. his learning the truth

C. his recognition of the doctor

D. the presence of the doctor.

36. Tope could best be described as

A. heroic

B. naughty

C. fearful

D. amusing

37. The doctor’s behaviour teaches us that we

A. shouldn’t take revenge

B. shouldn’t ask for directions

C. should give treatment to our enemies

D. should always be thankful.

38. An appropriate title for this story would be:

A. Grandmother’s words of wisdom

B. Tope’s dangerous adventures

C. Tope learns an important lesson

D. The kind and forgiving doctor

Read the following passage and then answer questions 39 to 50.

 

Many people take sodas and yet have never stopped to think what is in them. Well, maybe they
should.

The manufacturers of soft drinks use little quantities of a chemical – ethylene glycol, popularly known as anti-freeze in the drinks. This chemical prevents water from freezing at the normal temperature of 0° C. This in effect means that the drink can remain liquid even down to levels of -4° C or -5° C. They refer to this as “really chill.”

The chemical, ethylene glycol, is a slow poison. If a person drinks four litres of soda, this could be their last drink.

Furthermore, manufacturers use carbon dioxide in liquid form to preserve the drinks. After a soda drinking contest at a University in India, the winner, who had downed eight bottles, fainted on the spot. The reason was that there was too much carbon dioxide in his blood. Needless to say, sodas were banned in that particular institution as a result. No one would advise anybody to drink carbon dioxide.

For most soft drinks the acid level measures around 3-4 on the acidity scale. This amount of acidity is strong enough to dissolve bones and teeth. In one experiment, a famous brand of cola dissolved a whole broken tooth after ten days!

Soft drinks contain no nutritional value. On the contrary, they have a high sugar content, carbonic and phosphoric acid, a variety of chemicals, flavourings and colourings.

The practice of taking cold drinks after a meal is particularly not advisable. Our body needs at least a temperature of 37° C for the digestive enzymes to function. The temperature of cold drinks is close to 0° C. This will reduce the effectiveness of the enzymes, thus making digestion difficult. Instead of the food getting digested, it becomes fermented. The fermented food produces gases, decays and becomes toxic. It is absorbed by the intestines, circulates in the blood stream and is carried to the whole body.
Hence toxic substances collect in other parts of the body, causing a variety of diseases.

People may not stop drinking sodas altogether but they can reduce the amount they take or switch to alternatives. Fresh juices and plain water are healthful and people should be encouraged to get used to them early in life. By the way, the artificial juices (squashes) found in shops are no better than

39. The first paragraph suggests that people should
A. think seriously as they drink sodas

B. think about the contents of sodas

C. drink sodas as they think

D. drink sodas and think.

40. “… this could be their last drink” means the person may
A. die as a result

B. be poisoned slowly

C. be very full

D. not want another soda.

41. Manufacturers of soft drinks use ethylene glycol to keep the drinks
A. from getting chilly

B. liquid below 0° C

C. for a long time

D. soft and chilly.

42. The word “downed” as used in the passage means:
A. drank

B. knocked down

C. finished

D. put down

43. The University in India banned sodas in

the institution because they did not want students to
A. take sodas

B. have soda drinking contests

C. faint after drinking

D. take carbon dioxide.

44. The broken tooth dissolved because

A. this was only an experiment

B it had stayed in the cola for ten days

C. the acidity in the cola was very high

D. it was too weak to stay in the cola.

45. Which of the following statements is not true
about soft drinks? They have

A. a variety of acids

B. nutritional value

C. flavourings and colourings

D. many chemicals.

 

 

 

 

 

 

46. Why is it not advisable to take cold drinks after meals?
A. Digestive enzymes can only function at

K.C.P.E REVISION 114

37° C.

B. They ferment the food.

C. They disturb the process of digestion.

D. The body temperature is lowered.

 

 

 

 

47. What major problem does fermented food cause in the body?
A. It produces various gases.

B. It goes to all parts of the body.

C. It affects the circulation of blood.

D. It leads to poor health.

48. The writer suggests that artificial juices are

A. worse than sodas

B. made from special fruits

C. also to be avoided

D. found only in shops.

49. What does the word “courage” as used in the passage mean?
A. bravery

B. strength

C. determination

D. capability

50. According to the writer

A. we cannot stop drinking soda even if we wanted to
B. fresh juices and plain water are good when used early in life
C. a little soda is not completely bad for health
D. people should stop drinking soda altogether.

YOUR INDEX NUMBER YOUR NAME
NAME OF YOUR SCHOOL

 

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMANTION COUNCIL

 

KCPE 2004

ENGLISH SECTION B: COMPOSITION
Time: 40 minutes

 

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

1. In the spaces provided above write your full Index Number, your Name and the Name of your School.

2. Now open this paper, read the composition subject carefully and write your composition on the lines provided.

 

The candidate has potential, the account reads better and punctuation and paragraphing are good. Has a variety of sentence structures and good sentence and paragraph connectors, the candidates confuses
“block” with ‘bloke” that is slang for “man” and which almost always collocates with “old” In “old bloke” with the Idiom “chip off the old block” that is applied to a son that exhibits similar characteristics as those of the father, teachers need to teach the differences especially in homonym and homophones,
Mark awarded; 38

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2004

ENGLISH SECTION A: LANGUAGE

Questions 1 to 15

For questions 1 to 15, select the best alternative to fill the blank spaces.

Our future diet 1 this small planet 2 contain a lot less meat, and a lot of new foods we haven’t even heard of 3 . If we think of the produce people grow and eat, we think of only a few 4 of grains or fruits, or vegetables, and probably we 5 those are the only ones that are available around the world. 6 Kenyans today only eat food taken from about twenty different crops, yet there are at 7 twenty thousand edible kinds of plants in the world. Many of 8 offer alternatives that are better for our health than a lot of the meals we eat now.
Most of us, for 9 , have eaten only one or two varieties of potatoes, 10 Latin American farmers grow up to fifty different types. Many are 11 suitable for our 12 and offer good nutrition.

Scientists are working to develop new food crops to 13 new needs. Some of these new crops 14 developed because they are easier to grow than existing ones, 15 because they are more resistant to disease.

 

1. A. in B. on C. at D. over
2. A. must B. would C. should D. will
3. A. yet B. ever C. still D. anyway
4. A. variety B. kinds C. type D. numbers
5. A. suppose B. suspect C. guess D. trust

For questions 16 to 18, choose the word that
least fits into the group.

16. A. cutlery

B. crockery

C. bedding

D. shirts

17. A. glance

B. gaze

C. stare

D. glare

18. A. grab

B. hold

C. touch

D. seize

For each of questions 19 and 20, choose the alternative which best completes the statement given.

19. Only after everyone has paid the fare

A. the bus will leave.

B. then the bus will leave.

C. and the bus will leave.

D. will the bus leave.

20. Musa asked her

A. where are you going.

B. where was she going.

C. where she was going.

D. where she is going.

In questions 21 and 22, choose the sentence that is correctly punctuated.

21. A. You don’t believe that. Do you?

B. I don’t like it’s colour.

C. Jane said, “The young man is my brother.”

D. She is asking whether you are hungry?

22. A. Your’s was accepted.

B. “Do you like travelling?” She asked.

C. Ipu bought the following items: sugar, flour, bread and honey.
D. What a surprise?

 

 

 

 

 

Read the information below and use it to answer questions 23 to 25.

 

K.C.P.E REVISION

120

There are six rooms arranged in a row and

numbered 1 to 6. Since the walls separating the rooms are weak, smells and noise can pass from one room to the one immediately next to it. Now, there are six girls who will get one room each. Those with the same hobbies will get rooms next to each other.
Wakesho likes painting. Auma and Nyaboke like baking. Chepkirui likes reading and must get room number 5 because it has book shelves. Wambui, Rahma and Auma like singing and practice quite often. Chepkirui requires silence in order to do her reading. Rahma hates the smell of baking and fresh paint.

23. Which of the rooms should be allocated to those who like singing?
A. 1, 3, 6

B. 2, 4, 6

C. 1, 2, 3

D. 2, 3, 4

24. Which room should Nyaboke get?

A. No. 1

B. No. 2

C. No. 3

D. No. 4

25. Who should occupy room number 6?

A. Wakesho

B. Auma

C. Rahma

D. Wambui

Read the following passage and then answer questions 26 to 38.

Marioshoni, as Waiyaki’s school was called, was well known in the country. Already it had a history. It had been Waiyaki’s idea and even now he could not understand fully how his idea had borne fruit so quickly. He saw it as something beyond himself, something arranged by fate. Event had followed event in quick succession, quickening the rhythm of life in the hills.

His father’s death had almost numbed him. He could not tell why, but Chege’s death, though not unexpected, came as a shock to him. It seemed unfair that Chege should have died at that particular time. He should have lived longer. And Waiyaki had gone on like a man drugged, not knowing what to think or do. He had all of a sudden become a grown man. He was now on his own. It was while he was in this mood that the idea of schools had come to him. But what could he do, he being so young? And what had happened meant that he would never go back to school himself. His time to work and serve the people had come.

Waiyaki regarded starting schools through self-help efforts as a kind of mission. It was a vision which he followed with hope and passion. He travelled from ridge to ridge, all over the country of the sleeping lions. He found a willing people. Yes, the ridges were beginning to awake. The trees, the birds and the paths he trod, all knew him, knew a man determined to serve his country.

Schools sprang up like mushrooms. Often a school was nothing more than a shed hurriedly thatched with grass. This work of building together was a tribute to the people’s way of co-operation. It was a determination to have something of their own making, fired by their own imagination.

The schools were overflowing with children, hungry for education. A class held many children crammed together. Their teachers, any who could be grabbed from Siriana, sat in front and the expectant little eyes looked up to them, wanting to drink in this learning. And mothers and fathers waited, expecting their children to come home full of learning and wisdom. People would feel proud, very proud, when a son or daughter came in the evening clutching exercise books and pencils.

The children caught the enthusiasm of their parents. Perhaps they saw they were the hope and the glory of the society.

Waiyaki was the headteacher of Marioshoni. He went there in the morning and went back home in the
evening. It was nearly always like that. He liked it. The walk gave him time to think about many of the

26. From the first sentence we can tell that Waiyaki’s school was
A. popular.

B. special.

C. famous.

D. historical.

27. What was surprising about Marioshoni?

A. What began as an idea soon became a reality.
B. Waiyaki saw it as something difficult to understand.
C. It became known as Waiyaki’s school.

D. Everything happened quite unexpectedly.

28. The expression “in quick succession” means

A. many events were quickly witnessed.

B. the rhythm of life changed suddenly.

C. an event taking place before another ends.
D. things happening rapidly one after the other.

29. Which of the following statements best explains how Waiyaki felt after his father’s death?
A. shocked and angry

B. confused and angry

C. fatherless and anxious

D. sad and unhappy

30. Why was Waiyaki at first hesitant to begin a school?
A. He did not know what people would think.
B. It was only an idea after all.

C. He thought he was too young.

D. It was something no one else had done.

31. Which of the following is closest in meaning to “the ridges were beginning to awake”?
A. People realised they should not continue sleeping.
B. People saw the need to build schools.

C. People accepted Waiyaki’s message willingly.
D. People woke up when they heard the news.

3 2.Why is the starting of schools compared to mushrooms?
A. It shows that many schools were soon built.
B. Maybe some had the shape of mushrooms.

C. It means that schools were everywhere.

D. Maybe they were roughly constructed.

 

33. The people were eager to co-operate because

A. Waiyaki had explained to them about the need for schools.

K.C.P.E REVISION 123

B. it was not possible to get help from other sources.
C. Waiyaki had found them a willing people.

D. it was a way of starting something of their own

34. Which of the following is not true about Waiyaki?
A. He had greatly depended on his father.

B. He did not want to go back to school.

C. He convinced people to work together.

D. He was committed to serving his community.

35. How do we know that teachers were difficult to get?
A. Schools were just being established.

B. Very few had been trained at that time.

C. They employed any they could get from Siriana.
D. Too many children were crammed together.

36. The children could best be described as

A. very enthusiastic.

B. very curious.

C. extremely knowledgeable.

D. extremely delighted.

37. In what way was walking to and from school

useful to Waiyaki?

A. He was used to walking from ridge to ridge.

B. He had time to think about how to solve problems.
C. He did not have other means of transport.

D. He probably enjoyed walking as an exercise.

38. Which of the following would be the best
summary for this passage?

A. Actions speak louder than words.

B. Unity and strength.

C. Where there is a will there is a way.

D. The pen is mightier than the sword.

Read the passage below and then answer questions 39 to 50.

The children’s Act seeks to cater for children’s interests by making provisions for their protection by parents. This, however, is only one among the objectives of the Act. In the Act, parents are expected to exercise parental responsibility. This means all the duties, rights, powers and authority which a parent has over a child.

Who, according to the Act, has parental responsibility? More than one person may have parental responsibility for the same child at the same time. But a person who acquires that responsibility for a child at anytime, shall not cease to have it. The responsibility cannot be surrendered or transferred to another individual. The Act, however; allows for some or all the parental responsibility to be exercised by another person on the parent’s behalf.

Parental responsibility can, in some cases be withdrawn by an order of court. A child can apply to have parental responsibility terminated. This could be in cases of child abuse including sexual abuse, physical violence and denial of basic human needs.

All parents have a duty to maintain a child and in particular to provide the children with a balanced diet in order to ensure that they grow up healthy and strong and do not succumb to illness. Children are also entitled to adequate shelter, clothing and medical care. Knowledge is the key to success and parents should make sure their children attend school.

It is possible for a person to have the care and control of a child without legal parental responsibility. Such a person is expected to do what is reasonable in order to safeguard and promote the child’s welfare.

The Act has reserved some basic rights to parents, these include the right to give parental guidance in religious, moral, social and cultural values. The way a child is brought up will to a large extent depend on what the parents believe in. They must ensure that their beliefs are in the best interests of the child. Parents have the right to determine the name of a child. While different cultures ascribe to a variety of naming methods, a parent has the final say on the name of a child.

39. What is the purpose of the Children’s Act?

A. It protects both children and their parents.
B. It tells parents exactly what they ought to do.
C. It is to ensure that children’s rights are known and protected.
D. It encourages people to take interest in children’s welfare.

40. According to the Children’s Act, parents

A. should exercise parental responsibility.

B. may exercise parental responsibility.

C. will exercise parental responsibility.

D. shall exercise parental responsibility.

41. Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A. No more than one person can exercise parental responsibility.
B. Only one’s own parents can have parental responsibility.
C. Parents have authority, duties and powers over others.
D. One who gets parental responsibility cannot surrender or transfer it.

42. Which of the following can replace the word “cease”?
A. lose

B. stop

C. end

D. deny

43. The Children’s Act allows parents to ask other people to
A. look after their children on their behalf.

B. look up to their children on their behalf.

C. take up some of the responsibilities.

D. take over some of their children.

44. Parental responsibility can, in some cases, be withdrawn by an order of a court. This implies that
A. courts do not favour parents.

B. parents can take their children to court.

C. parents can easily get a court hearing.

D. courts can take away the rights of irresponsible parents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

45. What can children do if parents mistreat them?
A. They can take them to court.

B. They can stop being their children.

K.C.P.E REVISION 126

C. They can run away from home.

D. They can go to other relatives.

46. What would happen if children were denied a balanced diet?
A. They would grow thin.

B. They would get sick easily.

C. They would accuse their parents.

D. They would constantly be hungry.

 

47. Which of the following constitute basic needs?
A. Food, family, education and medical care.

B. Clothes, air, doctors and teachers.

C. Food, medicine, health and housing.

D. Clothes, food, medical care and housing.

48. “Knowledge is the key to success” means

A. Education makes people powerful.

B. Educated people do well in life.

C. Education can make you get a job.

D. Educated people can open doors easily.

49. Why is parental guidance important in a child’s upbringing?
A. It is a right parents have been given.

B. It is important for a child to have moral values.

C. It means that a child will have good beliefs.
D. It determines the kind of person the child becomes.

50. Which of the following is the best title for this passage?
A. Protection of children’s rights.

B. Parental responsibility.

C. The basic needs of children.

D. The interests of children.

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2005

ENGLISH SECTION B: COMPOSITION

 

 

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

1. In the spaces provided above write your full Index Number, your Name and the Name of your School.

2. Now open this paper, read the composition subject carefully and write your composition on the lines provided.

 

 

 

 

 

You have 40 minutes to write your composition.

 

 

 

 

I had never been told such a story before. I laughed until tears came to my eyes. This is the story

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 129

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATION COUNCIL

KCPE 2005

ENGLISH SECTION A: LANGUAGE
Questions 1 to 15

Fill each blank space in the following passage with the best
alternative.

Every day you make hundreds of decisions. Today you decided 1 to get up, what to wear, what to eat and whether or not to talk to a 2 person. You started 3 decision-making pattern when you were young and 4 use that same pattern today. 5 most people, this decision-making pattern is successful.
Poor decision-makers, 6 , usually do not realise that their decision-making process 7 inadequate.
Every time we have to make a decision, we must 8 understand why the decision is necessary. We 9 then consider the possible alternatives and select the 10 one. Our 11 in solving problems also increases if we include the opinions of others.
Some people 12 making decisions because they are afraid they will 13 a mistake. Their goal is to make the perfect decision, 14 there is no such thing as the perfect decision. Every decision is a risk. Good decision-makers know that almost 15 decision can be changed.

1. A. if B. whether C. when D. why
2. A particular B. another C. different D. special
3. A any B. some C. this D. a
4. A usually B. probably C. certainly D. rarely
5. A. For B. In C. To D. With
6. A. therefore B. thus C. moreover D. however
7. A. may be B. must be C. would be D. will be
8. A really B. quite C. fully D. somehow
9. A must B. might C. can D. could

In questions 16 to 18, choose the correct alternative to fill the blank space in each sentence.

16. The food was delicious that we asked for more.
A. quite

B. too

C. so

D. very

17. My grandfather never tires of reading his
book.

A. black big old

B. black old big

C. big black old

D. big old black

18. Hard though he hit the coconut, he not break it.
A. could

B. would

C. might

D. should

In questions 19 to 21, choose the alternative that
means the same as the underlined words.

19. The boxer gave in in the final round.

A. won

B. surrendered

C. fell

D. struggled

20. Where did you put up last night?

A. reside

B. live

C. stay

D. dwell

21. They made away with a lot of goods.

A. stole

B. took

C. bought

D. Carried

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In questions 22 and 23, choose the alternative that means the same as the given sentence.

K.C.P.E REVISION 132

22. I asked her, “What are you doing now?”

A. I asked her what are you doing now?

B. I asked her what she was doing now.

C. I asked her what was she doing then?

D. I asked her what she was doing then.

23. I hardly slept last night.

A. I did not sleep last night.

B. I had little sleep last night.

C. I could not sleep last night.

D. I had a little sleep last night

For questions 24 and 25, arrange the sentences given to form a sensible paragraph.

24. (i) It is unusual for one to talk to such people using complicated language.
(ii) These should also be the features of a letter to a relative or friend.
(iii) Writing a letter to a relative or friend is like conversing with them.
(iv) In a conversation, one uses friendly and simple language.
A. (iii) (ii) (iv) (i)

B. (iii) (i) (iv) (ii)

C. (iii) (iv) (ii) (i)

D. (iii) (ii) (i) (iv)

25. (i) A lot of young players unfortunately do not know that team work is important.
(ii) It is important for young players to accept the advice of their coach.
(iii) They must, however, learn that “I” has to be replaced by “we”.
(iv) Often the things pointed out during practice affect the outcome of the game.

A. (ii) (iv) (i) (iii)

B. (ii) (iii) (i) (iv)

C. (ii) (i) (iii) (iv) D (ii) (iv) (iii) (i)

Read the passage below and answer questions 26 to 38.

In the middle of a great jungle, there lived a great lion who was also a great king. He ruled the jungle so wisely that all the animals loved and obeyed him. That’s why at the beginning of every year, they all came to him to pay their rent. They came from the rocks, caves, trees, holes, rivers, nests, mountains and valleys. They paraded before the king as he decided how much rent each would pay. The amount was always fair and no one ever complained – no one but the crocodile who brought nothing but his bad temper.
A new year was here and the animals of the jungle all came to pay their rent. As usual the crocodile was unwilling to comply, but the king was unwilling to relent and insisted that the crocodile pay the ten shillings due for living in the water. Since the king was kind he gave the crocodile until later in the year to pay his rent. The crocodile then went on his way, grumbling. The last animal to come before the king was the tiniest monkey, whom the king required to pay ten cents for living in the tallest tree. The monkey paid his rent promptly and was soon on his way home.
When he reached the end of the path near his palm tree by the river, he had an awful feeling in the pit of his stomach. He was about to scamper up his tree when he was overcome by a great sense of fear. “Is anyone there?” he timidly asked, hoping that no one would answer. He peered into the dark grass and there, peering back, were the two most dreadful eyes in the jungle.
Just then, the crocodile responded, “It’s your friend the crocodile. I have been waiting for you as I want to give you a ride across the river. I have something nice to show you.” The monkey’s mind went blank and before it began working again he was hunched wetly on the crocodile’s back, floating out into the wide river. His teeth were chattering and his tail was tangled in three big knots. Near the middle of the river, the crocodile began to submerge himself into the water. The only dry place left for the poor frightened monkey to sit was on the crocodile’s head, right around the corner of his mouth. It was at this moment that the crocodile demanded ten shillings for the ride, knowing very well that the monkey could not raise it. The monkey informed the crocodile that he had just paid his last ten cents as rent. The crocodile was adamant. He threatened that if the monkey did not pay, he would eat him up.
The monkey then had a brilliant idea. He remembered just how much crocodiles love to eat kidneys. He giggled in excitement and told the crocodile, “Oh, what a shame! It just goes to show how little you know about monkeys.” When the crocodile inquired what he meant, the monkey asked, “Do you really want to eat me without my kidneys? Don’t you know that Mondays are monkeys’ washing day, and as such, I have washed and polished my kidneys and left them in the sun to dry?” He further explained that he had been about to go up his tree to pop them back in when he encountered the crocodile. The monkey went on to add that if the crocodile returned him to his tree, he would get the kidneys.
The crocodile, though large in body, was small in brain. When he thought of the newly washed monkey kidneys – all pink, fresh, shiny and tasty looking, he could not resist. He therefore agreed to the monkey’s request. After getting back to his tree, the monkey sweetly told the crocodile, “Before I come down, open your mouth wide to receive my kidneys. They will give you appetite to eat the rest of me.” The crocodile obliged and the monkey threw down the biggest and hardest coconut he

26. Which of the following statements best summarises the information about king lion in the first paragraph?

A. The king ruled the animals of the jungle with great wisdom.
B. The king was only interested in the rent paid by the animals.
C. The king ruled so well that all the animals lived in harmony.
D. The king was loved by all the animals of the jungle.

27. The crocodile usually paid his rent

A. at the beginning of the year.

B. at the end of the year.

C. at no time in the year.

D. at a different time in the year.

28. What is the similarity between the lion and the crocodile?
A. Both are unwilling to give in to each other’s wishes.
B. The crocodile is as fierce as the lion.

C. Both accept that the crocodile should pay 10 shillings rent.
D. The lion and the crocodile are both big animals.

A. No animal ever complained about the rent.
B. He was loved by all the animals.

C. He allowed the crocodile more time to pay his rent.
D. He was a great wise king.

30. Why do you think the monkey’s mind went blank?
A. He was confused.

B. He was terrified.

C. He was excited

D. He was troubled.

31. The crocodile submerged himself in the water because he wanted to
A. scare the monkey.

B. be paid for the ride.

C. eat the monkey.

D. drown the monkey.

 

 

32. The monkey giggled in excitement because he
A. realised the crocodile knew little about monkeys.
B. knew he was safe without his kidneys.

 

29. Which of the following statements shows that the king was kind?
K.C.P.E REVISION

 

135

C. remembered how crocodiles love kidneys. D had discovered a way to save himself.

37. What is the lesson learnt from this story?

33. What does the phrase “small in brain” as used in the passage mean?
A. ignorant

B. foolish

C. innocent

D. forgetful

34. The words “he could not resist” suggest that the crocodile was
A. anxious.

B. weak.

C. hungry

D. greedy.

35. Which of the following best describes the monkey?
A. He was clever.

B. He was trusting.

C. He was dishonest.

D. He was cruel.

36. On which day of the week was the crocodile unable to swallow anything?
A. Sunday

B. Monday

C. Tuesday

D. Wednesday

A. We should always pay our rent.

B. We should forgive others.

C. We should use our brains.

D. We reap what we sow.

38. What would be the most appropriate title of this passage?
A. A false friendship.

B. The crocodile meets his match.

C. Monkey’s tempting kidneys.

D. Ride across the river.

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 136

39. Why do people love gifts?

A. Gifts make people excited.

B. They make people know they are appreciated
C. They make people important.

D. Gifts are used to mark important occasions.

40. The expression “those close to us” means

A. our relatives and friends.

B. those who live very near our homes.

C. people we meet every day.

D. people who are very interested in us.

41. Passing an examination is given as an example of
A. a great achievement through effort.

B. things that motivate people to celebrate.

C. what happens when people are rewarded.

D. occasions when one may receive gifts.

42. Which of the following best summarises the information in the second paragraph?
A. Boys and girls should not accept free things.
B. It is important to find out why someone is giving us gifts.
C. Some people give gifts with good intentions.

D. Wicked people use gifts as a way of exploiting children.

43. Which of the following words is closest in meaning to “lure”?
A. attract

B. trap

C. cheat

D. confuse

44. Which of the following statements is true according to the third paragraph?
A Kind and generous people can pretend.

B. Some people can strike mercilessly.

C. Anyone can be deceived through gifts.

D. Expensive gifts are very dangerous.

45. Why do needy people easily become victims of abuse?
A. They may assume that those willing to meet their needs are really concerned about them.
B. They become very grateful and do not ask questions.
C. It is wrong to disobey someone who has been so good to you.
D. It is not always easy to know what they should do.

46. Which of the following is not true about the principal’s wife?

K.C.P.E REVISION 137

A. She was not sure why the man was bringing them gifts.
B. She knew the man had some evil intentions.
C. She did not want free things from strangers.
D. She gave her husband very good advice.

47. How can we best complete the sentence beginning,
“If he had accepted the gifts….”

A. he would have saved his money.

B. he would have hurt his wife.

C. he would have been found guilty of corruption.
D. he would have found it difficult not to admit the girl.

48. Why does the writer advise people to be contented?
A. Those who are not can be misled easily.

B. They can never have everything they want.
C. Being discontented can make one unhappy.
D. It is the only way to enjoy life.

49. We should reject gifts given with bad intentions politely because

A. we might get into trouble if we don’t.

B. it is important to practise good manners.

C. some people could harm us if we are rude.

D. the giver may have good intentions after all.

50. Why does the writer suggest that we should consult other people when in doubt?
A. It is very important to know what others think.
B. Other people may sometimes help us to think.
C. It is never easy to know what to do.

D. Other people may have useful knowledge and experience.

Read the passage below and then answer questions 39 to 50.

Can you recall the last time you received a gift? How did you feel? We all love gifts and it is exciting to give or receive one. Gifts motivate us and remind us that there are still people who care about us.
Parents, relatives and friends give us presents on important occasions. When we pass an examination, for example, those close to us may want to reward our efforts by showering us with gifts. Gifts strengthen relationships and encourage people to do well.
Gifts take many forms. Someone could offer to give you a ride to school or buy you lunch. Another may give you a watch, a goat or clothes. There have been cases of school boys and school girls being allowed to travel free of charge in buses and matatus. All these are examples of gifts and they may be given out of pure motives. However, some people often give gifts with evil intentions. Wicked people have used gifts to lure children whom they have then sexually abused or exploited in other ways.
Young people as well as adults can be deceived by those who pretend to be kind and generous. Such people may give expensive gifts intending to win the trust and friendship of those they are planning to exploit. Then, when they think they can get what they have been waiting for, they strike mercilessly.
Those who easily become victims are the poor and needy. Such people become very grateful when someone shows them concern and offers to provide what they need most. Feelings of gratitude may make a person do regrettable things. For example, if someone who has shown you great kindness asks you to do something which you know is wrong, you may find it very difficult to refuse. If a person pays your school fees and buys you clothes, you may find it impossible to resist his sexual advances. So when a person is too good to you, ask yourself what his or her motives are.
A principal of a certain college began receiving a very generous visitor in his house. The visitor was very frequent and would come loaded with gifts. After some time, the principal’s wife started
becoming suspicious. Why does this person give us so many things, yet we don’t know each other well? She asked herself. She suggested to her husband that every time the person brought them things, they should calculate their value and send somebody to pay for them the following day. The man had a shop near the college. He would take the money reluctantly. After three months, he came to the principal’s house accompanied by his daughter. He wanted the daughter admitted but she did not qualify. The principal explained why he could not admit her. If he had accepted the “gifts”,….
Be careful. Many people have got into trouble because they accepted gifts without considering who the giver was or what he or she wanted in return. If we are careful, we can save ourselves a lot of heartaches. If you are not sure why someone is giving you a present, reject it politely. You can also consult your parents or older brothers or sisters if you find it difficult to decide. Many people will want to tempt you to accept favours from them. Say “No!” Be contented with what you have. Many of those who go astray want to have things they cannot afford and when someone comes and promises to provide what they long for, they fall in to the trap.

 

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2006

ENGLISH SECTION B: COMPOSITION

 

 

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

1. In the spaces provided above write your full Index Number, your Name and the Name of your School.

2. Now open this paper, read the composition subject carefully and write your composition on the lines provided.

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2006

ENGLISH SECTION A: LANGUAGE

Questions 1 to 15

Read the passage below. It contains blank spaces numbered 1 to 15. For each blank space, choose the best

alternative from the choices given.

 

When some people shower us with praise, we feel very flattered 1 we? In our delight, we forget that 2
people may have bad intentions 3 us. Take the story of the crow 4 the fox, for example. The

hardworking crow had managed to snatch a piece of roast meat from the butcher’s. Up she 5 with it into

the branches of a tall tree, intending to enjoy her 6 .

The fox had been watching all this with a watering mouth for he really wanted the 7 piece for

himself. He therefore planned his approach very 8 . “Oh crow,” he said, “your eyes shine 9 than all

the stars. And your neck is 10 beautifully long. Your wings, my friend 11 be more graceful!” The fox continued, “But alas! How unfortunate 12 you were born dumb. I am sure yours would have been a

melodious 13 .” The crow was pleased with the flattery. However, she was annoyed that the fox thought

she could not sing. She therefore wanted to 14 the fox. She opened her mouth to sing and the meat dropped right 15 the waiting mouth of the fox.

 

1. A. do B. don’t C. are D. aren’t

2. A. some B. many C. most D. such

3. A. towards B. to C. against D. for

For questions 16 to 18, select the alternative that best
completes the sentence.

 

16. Kemboi chose to walk the three kilometres to the market it was very hot.

A. because

B. but

C. while

D. though

 

17. “Come first December this year and my sister
two years old.”

A. shall be

B. will be

C. could be

D. should be

 

18. The teacher was very with the pupils who had not done their homework.

A. sad

B. annoyed

C. disturbed

D. sorry

 

For questions 19 to 21, select the alternative that
means the same as the underlined expression.

 

19. Njeri works very hard in spite of the fact that she is very old.

A. although

B. but

C. moreover

D. despite

 

20. Wanyama wanted to make up for the time he had lost.
A. create

B. restore

C. replace

D. recover

 

21. Abdi was in a hurry to wind up the meeting.

A. postpone

B. end

C. leave

D. Stop

 

In questions 22 and 23, choose the alternative that
means the same as the underlined sentence.

 

22. Had it not been for the quick response of the ambulance team, the patient would not have survived.

A. The ambulance team responded quickly and the patient survived.

B. If the ambulance team had responded quickly the patient would have survived.
C. Because the ambulance team responded quickly the patient survived.

D. If the ambulance team responded quickly the

patient would not have survived.

 

23. In a court of law people who have broken the law without knowing it still get punished for the offence.

A. People get punished in a court of law only for breaking the law, deliberately.
B. Whether people break the law or not, they are punished in a court of law.
C. People get punished in a court of law whether or not they were aware of the law they broke.
D. People who get punished in a court of law

neither have broken a law nor are they aware of it.

For questions 24 and 25, choose the best arrangement of the given sentences to make a sensible paragraph.

24. (i) People with diabetes are advised to eat a special diet that will either increase or reduce the sugar levels.

(ii) In one there is excess sugar in the bloodstream while in the other there isn’t enough.

(iii) The disease appears in two different forms.

(iv) Diabetes has become a serious world problem.

A. (iv) (i) (iii) (ii)

B. (iv) (iii) (i) (ii)

C. (iv) (ii) (i) (iii)

D. (iv) (iii) (ii) (i)

 

25. (i) Pupils who pass examinations are those who

are both diligent and disciplined.

(ii) Studying involves both discipline and diligence.
(iii) Discipline, on the other hand, requires planned, regular and persistent preparation for lessons as well as continuous revision of work covered.

(iv) Diligence refers to the care, determination and hard work a pupil puts into the study.

A. (ii) (iii) (i) (iv)

B. (ii) (i) (iii) (iv)

C. (ii) (iv) (iii) (i)

D. (ii) (i) (iv) (iii)

Read the following passage and answer questions 26 to 38.

Last December, Fulora and her brother Jakobo spent the holidays at their uncle’s home. One thing they loved here was the large space in which they could play as much as they wished. Furthermore, Uncle Samba did not mind their playing all day; much of the housework was done by the househelp.
It was the last day of the holidays and the two had decided to enjoy themselves as much as possible in the little time left. They were too busy playing with a ball to notice the mother hen together with her seven chicks feeding nearby. Suddenly, one of the chicks let out a feeble squeak and lay lifeless. Fulora had thrown the ball which had hit the young bird rather hard.
“Fulora, you have killed it! What will you say?” whispered Jakobo after looking in all directions to ensure no one was watching. Fulora, who was trembling with fear, said she would explain everything to Uncle Samba and apologise. But Jakobo would hear none of it. “If you do that, we shall never be allowed to set foot here again. The best thing to do is hide the chick and pretend nothing has happened.” Fulora nodded in agreement and a deal was sealed. Not a word was to be spoken to anyone about the ball and chick incident.
Little did Fulora realise that she had sold herself into slavery. Whenever Jakobo had any task he did not feel like performing, he demanded that Fulora do it. Any protests from her were met by the words: “The ball and the chick, remember?” Fearing that her shameful act would be exposed, she would carry out the task without further complaint.
Soon Fulora was doing almost all of Jakobo’s work at school and at home. When he saw her doing her own work, he assumed she was idle and immediately came up with a task she had to do. Fed up with this arrangement, Fulora one day made up her mind to free herself from the chains of guilt. She chose a moment when her brother was away and her mother seemed to be in high spirits, and told her everything.
“My dear, I already know about the incident. Uncle Samba told me all about it. He saw everything happen from his bedroom window. I have been waiting to see whether you are as honest as you claim to be.
Now I’m glad you’ve confessed,” Mother said sweetly. “What has upset me, however, is the fact that you have allowed your brother to blackmail you for all this time.” After apologising and thanking her mother for understanding, Fulora felt as if she had suddenly been relieved of a heavy load.
That evening Jakobo came home and demanded that Fulora take off his shoes from his feet. He claimed he had walked for a long distance and was dog-tired. Fulora ignored him. He began his usual threats but this fell on deaf ears.
“Mummy will know today that you murdered Uncle Samba’s chick!” he thundered, walking out of the room.
Seething with anger, Jakobo stormed into the living room where his mother was reading. He tried

D. He was full of fear.

26. What did the children like most about Uncle Samba’s home?
A. All the housework was done by the househelp.
B. They liked spending their holidays there.

C. Uncle Samba did not mind them playing there.
D. It had a large playing space.

27. Why didn’t the children notice the mother hen and her chicks?
A. They were too involved in their game.

B. There was little time left.

C. They had decided to enjoy themselves thoroughly.
D. It was the last day of the holiday.

28. The word “feeble” as used in the passage means
A. dying.

B. soft.

C. weak.

D. slow.

29. Why do you think Jakobo whispered?

A. He could not talk aloud.

B. He thought someone might hear them.

C. He did not want to frighten Fulora.

30. According to the fourth paragraph

A. Fulora sometimes refused to do Jakobo’s work.
B. Jakobo sometimes did his work himself.

C. Fulora became a slave unconsciously.

D. Jakobo met Fulora whenever she protested.

31. Why did Fulora decide to expose the incident?
A. Her mother was in high spirits.

B. Her brother was away.

C. She wanted to reveal everything.

D. She was tired of being blackmailed by Jakobo.

32. Jakobo came up with a task for Fulora when

A. she appeared idle.

B. she tried to do her own work.

C. he had work at school or at home.

D. he saw her working.

had confessed?

A. She had been waiting for a long time for Fulora to confess.
B. She now knew that Fulora was as honest as she had claimed to be.
C. She already knew the whole truth.

D. She now knew Fulora would not be blackmailed anymore.

 

 

34. Why did Fulora ignore Jakobo when asked to remove his shoes?
A. She knew he was not dog-tired.

B. She was now fed up with his threats.

C. She knew he had no power over her.

D. She was used to his usual threats.

35. Jakobo uses the word “murdered” to suggest that Fulora killed the chick
A. and kept quiet.

B. deliberately.

C. with the bail.

D. carelessly.

36. Which of the following best explains why Jakobo was seething with anger?
A. His sister had betrayed him.

B. He tried to speak but words deserted him.

C. He thundered out of the room.

D. His sister had refused to carry out his instructions.

37. In the last paragraph, why didn’t Jakobo’s mother “know what to say”? She knew
A. Jakobo was blackmailing his sister.

B. she hadn’t done any work.

C. Jakobo’s performance hadn’t really improved.
D. that the classteacher was ignorant.

38. The most important lesson we learn from this story is that
A. it is always good to be honest.

B. blackmailing others is wrong.

C. mistreating one’s sister is unfair.

D. it is always wrong to hide things.

Read the passage below and then answer questions 39 to 50.

There is no doubt that the taste, flavour and appearance of food have great influence on our desire for the food, or appetite. Most foods can be made more attractive by adding a wide range of spices, which also stimulate the flow of digestive juices and consequently improve digestion.
In many communities today, spices are used in much smaller quantities and are not considered as important as they were a hundred years ago.
Back then, most people did not have as wide a range of food as we have today. For this reason, large quantities of spices were essential to give variety to the monotonous salty flavour of food. In addition, spices were also used for medicinal purposes. Common ailments such as influenza and mild stomach upsets were dealt with using different kinds of those food additives.
Spices were probably first introduced to different parts of the world by Arab merchants; indeed Arabia was for a long time regarded as the home of spices. However, in actual sense, most of the spices first came from Southern India and the Moluccas or Spice Islands.
Spices originate from plants and can be classified according to the part of the plant from which they are derived. We have fruit spices, of which pepper is the most widely-used. Most of us probably associate pepper with that hot, stinging feeling which some people love, It is, however, important to note that there are different varieties of this spice, some of which have no “hotness” at all. Seed spices are made from ground plant seeds. These kinds normally add more colour than flavour to food, the best known being mustard.
The buds and stigmas of certain plants can be dried and ground to give us flower spices. These give our food a strong aroma and a desirable taste. Cloves are the best known in this category. The bark of some plants is removed and prepared to make bark spices such as cinnamon which is used to flavour cakes. Lastly, the lowest part of the plant, the root also contributes to the world of spices by giving us root spices. These are also known for their medicinal value. Ginger is the best-known root spice.
Today, spices are packed and sold under different trade names, and some are mixed to come up with a blend. It is therefore advisable to know the ingredients of that packet of spices you want to buy to avoid wasting your money on a spice you did not intend to have on your table.

39. Digestive juices are important because they improve our
A. appetite.

B. digestion.

C. range of spices.

D. desire for food.

40. From the passage we learn that the taste, flavour and appearance of food
A. make it more attractive to us.

B. determine our choice of spices.

C. influence our appetite.

D. are important aspects in our diet.

41. Which of the following does not explain why spices were used more frequently a hundred years ago?
A. The food was monotonous then.

B. People had a limited variety of food.

C. Spices were also used for medicinal purposes.
D. Spices added a new taste to common food.

42. According to the passage, Arab merchants

A. traded in spices.

B. came from Southern India.

C. stored and blended spices.

43. “Derived” as used in the passage means:

A. found.

B. removed.

C. obtained.

D. produced.

44. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “monotonous” as used in the passage?
A. unpleasant.

B. boring.

C. common.

D. tasteless.

45. Pepper is given as an example of a

A. hot stinging feeling.

B. fruit spice.

C. widely-used spice.

D. spice some people love.

B. They do not add flavour to food.

C. They can be found on the ground.

D. They make food more attractive.

47. How are cloves similar to cinnamon?

A. They are both from buds and stigmas.

B. They are used to flavour cakes.

C. They are the best-known spices.

D. They both add flavour to food.

48. Which of the following is true of root spices? They
A. are the lowest part of the plant.

B. must be dried first.

C. can cure some illnesses.

D. are a type of ginger.

49. Why is it necessary to know the ingredients of packed spices before buying them?
A. You might waste your money.

B. You need to know if they are mixed.

C. Spices are sold under different trade names.
D. To avoid purchasing what you did not intend to.

50. What do we learn about spices from this passage?
A. Some do not change the taste of food.
K.C.P.E REVISION 151

B. Most of them are blends.

C. Most of them are grown outside Africa.

D. Some are made from plants.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2007

ENGLISH S

 

As soon as the bell for break rang ,I rushed out of the classroom to look for my friends. I was eager to tell them the story

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The candidate displays some mastery of the language. The account is generally captivating to read and the plot is well execut ed.

Yet there are glaring flaws in the composition. The take-off is faulty. The candidate addresses the reader rather than the friends. There is no mention of the friends reaction. I t i s assumed the story we are reading is what was told to the friends at some other time. This is not correct.
The candidate has not quite mastered the use of direct speech and fails in the perennial trap of misusing English idioms. Some spelling and punctuation errors are also evident.
Mark awarded, 34.

 

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATION COUNCIL

KCPE 2007

ENGLISH SECTION A: LANGUAGE
Questions 1 to 15

 

Read the passage below. It contains blank spaces numbered 1 to 15. For each blank space, choose the
best alternative from the choices given.

Few people would 1 that physical exercise is important for 2 health. It is not only those who 3 part in competitive sports and games who need to exercise 4 . Our bodies are 5 in such a way that we tend to become weak and lazy 6 we remain inactive over long periods of time. The benefits of exercising are 7 . First, we feel a sense of freshness and fitness as we move 8 doing our daily duties. In addition, the circulation of blood 9 our bodies is improved. Our immune system is boosted so we don’t get ill very often. 10 , we are able to endure longer periods of 11 work without feeling exhausted. Our digestive system is also improved hence our bodies get maximum 12 from the food we eat. Vigorous exercise done at least twice a week will enable us to enjoy these benefits. 13 , there is need to consult a doctor 14 a person who is experienced in physical training before starting an exercise 15 since our bodies differ in the type of activities each of us can comfortably do.

 

1. A. reject B. oppose C. refuse D. deny

2. A. proper B. nice C. good D. full
K.C.P.E REVISION 155
3. A. take B. get C. play D. have

In questions 16 and 17, choose the best arrangement of the given sentences to make sensible paragraphs.

18. Atieno has been married a long time. She got

16. (i) They found it hard to survive.

(ii) Mr. and Mrs. Onyancha were poor and humble.
(iii) A little cassava and some porridge was their staple diet.
(iv) There was hardly ever enough food in their home.

married years old.
A. because

B. as

C. when

D. since

she was twenty-three

A. (ii) (iii) (i) (iv)

B. (ii) (i) (iv) (iii)

C. (ii) (i) (iii) (iv)

D. (ii) (iv) (iii) (i)

17. (i) She told of how people first came onto the Earth.
(ii) We really enjoyed listening to her.

(iii) She also told stories about giants and strange creatures.
(iv) Ahmed’s grandmother loved to tell stories

A. (iv) (ii) (iii) (i)

B. (iv) (ii) (i) (iii)

C. (iv) (iii) (ii) (i)

D. (iv) (i) (iii) (ii)

In questions 18 to 20, choose the alternative that
best fits in the blank space.

19. I could not sleep I was very tired.

A. although

B. but

C. also

D. and

20. They are very kind to me. They treat me
their own child.

A. like I was

B. like I were

C. as if I were

D. as if 1 was.

 

 

 

For questions 21 and 22 choose the alternative that means the same as the underlined sentences.

K.C.P.E REVISION 156

21. Not only did they come late, but they were also untidy.
A. They were either late or untidy.

B. They were late and untidy too.

C. They were untidy because they were late.

D. They were neither punctual nor untidy

22. Lydia said she would soon be fourteen.

25. Our teacher told us never to despair.

A. give out

B. give up

C. give in

D. give way

A. Lydia said ‘she would soon be fourteen’.

B. ‘I will soon be fourteen, Lydia said’.

C. Lydia said, ‘I would soon be fourteen’.

D. ‘I will soon be fourteen,’ Lydia said.

In questions 23 to 25, choose the alternative that means the same as the underlined word.

23. We were astonished by his wisdom.

A. amazed

B. amused

C. excited

D. shocked

24. The orphaned child acquired a new home.

A. discovered

B. received

C. sought

D. found

Read the passage below and then answer questions 26 to 38.

 

Maina’s friend, Odhiambo, began to teach him how to ride a bicycle during the holidays.
Odhiambo

himself had no bicycle, but he could easily borrow one from a mechanic. This mechanic lived in one of
the

rental rooms owned by Odhiambo’s father. During the day, he worked under a tree in front of the house.
Many people brought their bicycles to him to be repaired. Sometimes they wanted the brakes mended or a
punctured tube repaired. Whatever it was, the mechanic was equal to the job. If you passed by any time of the day, you would see him in his brown greasy work clothes putting life into a damaged bicycle. Usually, he

turned the bicycle upside-down with its wheels in the air while he worked on it. A signboard with his nickname, DOCTOR OF BICYCLES, was nailed to the tree.
Besides the bicycles which came to him for repairs, the mechanic also had about five or six of his

own which he hired out for ten shillings an hour. It was one of these Odhiambo borrowed. He did not tell the

mechanic that a learner was going to ride it.

The bicycle was meant for adults and was too high for Maina but he made rapid progress. If he
sat on

the saddle, his feet would not reach the pedals. So he adopted what was called the monkey-style; he rode

standing on the pedals on one side of the triangular frame.

After about one week of practice, Maina was able to ride long distances without falling off. He
was

even able to whistle a song as he rode along. Odhiambo was impressed with Maina’s progress and suggested

that it was time he tried riding on the main road instead of the playing field.

Maina was a little doubtful at first, but he agreed in the end to try one of the less busy roads. To
his

26. From the first paragraph, we can tell that Odhiambo
A. came from a poor family

B. was easy to get along with

C. liked teaching people things

D. lived near the mechanic.

27. The expression “the mechanic was equal to the job” means that the mechanic was
A. willing to do the job

B. the same as other mechanics

C. better than other mechanics

D. highly skilled at the job.

28. Which of the following does not explain why the mechanic was nicknamed ‘Doctor of
Bicycles’?

A. He turned bicycles upside-down.

B. He put life into damaged bicycles.

C. He mended punctures and brakes.

D. He repaired bicycles for many people.

29. If the mechanic had known that his bicycle would be ridden by a learner, he would probably have
A. charged more than ten shillings

B. accompanied the learner

C. refused to lend it out

D. warned the learner.

30. Odhiambo used to get a bicycle without paying any money because
A. he was trusted by the mechanic

B. the mechanic was his father’s tenant

C. he hid information from the mechanic

D. the mechanic had several bicycles.

31. According to the passage, a good rider is one who is able to
A. ride on the main road

B. whistle while riding along

C. use the monkey-style

D. ride over long distances.

32. Which of the following best describes Maina’s attitude as he rode on the main road?
A. pleased

B. proud

C. excited

D. overconfident.

 

 

 

33. The actual cause of Maina’s accident was

A. the fact that he panicked

B. his swerving the bicycle

K.C.P.E REVISION 159

C. his hitting the electricity pole

D. the car that was heading towards him.

34. Odhiambo and Maina decided to report the matter to the mechanic only after
A. they knew they could not escape

B. three spokes were broken

C. failing to mend the wheel

D. the front wheel failed to roll.

35. Maina led the mechanic round and round because he did not
A. know the actual street

B. want his uncle to know the truth

C. know the number of their house

D. want to be taken to the police station.

36. What do the mechanic and the woman in the story have in common? They both
A. have their rights

B. are abusive

C. are ready to fight

D. are unforgiving.

37. The words ‘melted away’ suggest that Maina disappeared from the scene
A. without being noticed

B. very quickly

C. very confidently

D. without making noise.

38. What is the most important lesson to be learnt
from this passage?

A. Pride goes before a fall.

B. Look before you leap.

C. Hurry, hurry has no blessing.

D. Treat others as you would want to be treated.

Read the passage below and then answer questions 39 to 50.

 

The way we relate with other people determines whether our lives will be happy or not.
Therefore it is important to choose our friends carefully. If you have the wrong kind of friends, your life could be miserable, full of pain and disappointment. You need to associate with those who love and accept you just as you are. They are likely to bring joy into your life. People who possess the following qualities are the right ones to befriend.

First of all, go for those who respect you. Those who allow you to be yourself, listen to you and care about your feelings. Such people do not do or say things that make you feel small or useless. You see, certain people are so full of themselves that they do not value anyone else’s opinion. They think they are always right. They ridicule and belittle the contributions of others. Keep away from such characters. They are not good for you.

Another characteristic to look for in a friend is trust. Relate with people you can rely on. Such people keep their promises. When you live with others at home, community or school, you soon discover that many of them keep letting you down. I have known people who pretend to be my friends, only to realize later that they were not sincere. They just wanted to use me for their own gain. They took advantage of our relationship. I have occasionally shared some personal information with friends and I have expected them to keep it secret. But the very following day, the story is on everybody’s lips. At such times, I have felt so embarrassed that I have wished the earth would open up and swallow me. So a friend you can depend on is a gem, a rare treasure.

Thirdly, in a world where people are so rude and inconsiderate, you should look for people with good manners. Life is much more enjoyable when we are thoughtful and courteous towards each other. Saying ‘thank you’, ‘sorry’ sounds very simple. However, these wonderful expressions do not exist in many people’s vocabulary. Associate with people who show gratitude and who remember to apologise when they offend you. Avoid the bad-mannered because they will only cause you heartaches.

There is another quality that few people seem to possess. This is a sense of humour. Many of us take life too seriously and focus on the negative side of things. Do not be like that. Gather around you friends with whom you can enjoy a hearty belly laugh, those who can even point out things about you that you can laugh at. Of course you should not laugh at others. No, no! That is unkind. But befriend people who help you to notice the funny side of life.

39. Why should you pick friends wisely?

A. Not everyone can be your friend.

B. They make your life happy or unhappy.

C. Wrong friends can easily mislead you.

D. You cannot blame anyone if you choose unwisely.

40. When you ridicule what others say, you

A. oppose it

B. refuse to listen

C. completely ignore it

D. make fun of it.

41. People who do not respect you may

A. show little concern about your feelings

B. make you small and useless

C. not want to be near you

D. not want to talk to you.

42. Which of the following best explains the meaning of the expression ‘so full of
themselves’?

A. satisfied

B. unkind

C. arrogant

D. unfriendly

43. The writer has been embarrassed by people who
K.C.P.E REVISION

A. share personal information

B. cannot be relied on

C. reveal other people’s secrets

D. always let others down.

44. The writer suggests that many people do not

A. use wonderful expressions

B. know polite words

C. have words like ‘sorry’ in their dictionaries

D. apologise or express gratitude.

45. Laughter in the passage is associated with

A. enjoying life always

B. a sense of humour

C. a life that is not serious

D. amusing yourself occasionally.

46. If you and your friends have different interests, you are likely to
A find the relationship less fulfilling.

B. forget some of your goals.

C. find everything you do boring.

D. stop dreaming about the future.

 

 

47. Why does the writer suggest that we should not laugh at others?

162

A. It may not be funny at all.

B. We should take life more seriously.

C. We should only laugh at ourselves.

D. It may cause embarrassment.

48. Which of the following words can best replace realise as used in the last paragraph?
A. experience

B. have

C. achieve

D. gain.

49. Choose the combination that best describes a
good friend.

A. loving, respectful, reliable

B. reliable, respectable, courteous

C. loving, respectable, funny

D. courteous, funny, respectful

50. Which of the following is the best summary of this passage?
A. People who do not love you should be avoided.
B. You should be very careful when choosing friends.
C. People who respect you will always be helpful.

D. You should only relate closely with those who accept you.

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2008

ENGLISH SECTION B: COMPOSITION

 

 

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

1. In the spaces provided above write your full Index Number, your Name and the Name of your School.

2. Now open this paper, read the composition subject carefully and write your composition on the lines provided.

 

 

 

 

 

You have 40 minutes to write your composition.

BEST COMPOSITION 2008

When we arrived in the school at 3,oclock from the standard eight educational tour, we were surprised to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This is one of the pieces that merits the highest honours in this year’s composition writing. It is well conceived and well executed The take off from the given sentence is superb. It involves the reader from the beginning to the end, and one can feel and share the enthusiasm of the candidate and feel that they are present at the venue of the action described. The language is good and apt. In fact such vagueness as “radiants of joy” is likely-to be missed because of the involvement of the reader!
Marks awarded 38

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATION COUNCIL

KCPE 2008

ENGLISH SECTION A: LANGUAGE
Questions 1 to 15

 

Read the passage below. It contains blank spaces numbered 1 to 15. For each blank space, choose the best
alternative

from the choices given.

 

Police officers raided a home on _1_ outskirts of town yesterday and seized an assortment of electronic
goods.

The men _2_ the police found during the early evening raid were arrested and _3_ in police cells. _4_ suspects
are

being sought.

The police spokesperson told the press that the goods _5_ suspected to have been _6_ from a neighbouring country. Investigations have _7_ started in order to establish the nationalities of the suspects as they have no identification _8_.

It is not clear _9_ the goods were destined for another country, or were to be sold locally. On the local
_10_ the

goods are estimated _11_ten million shillings. The head of the area Criminal Investigation Unit said that the suspects

would soon be _12 _ in a court of law but declined to give further details.

The police _13_ the home following a tip off from _14 _caller who had been suspicious of the people living in
the

home. He told the police that the men stayed indoors _15_ daytime and only went out late in the night.

For questions 16 to 18 choose the alternative that best completes the statement given.

16. The Mutukus are so kind

A. because they always help people

B. as they always help people

C. that they always help people

D. since they always help people.

17. Have they been forbidden

A. to go to town?

B. from going to town?

C. not to go to town?

D. against going to town?

18. Would you have done that job if you

A. had been paid well?

B. were paid well?

C. could have been paid well?

D. would be paid well?

For questions 19 to 21, choose the word that means the same as the underlined words.

19. Most fresh flowers have a delightful fragrance.

C. smell

D. odour

20. Children should not wander in the streets.

A. walk

B. stroll

C. loiter

D. roam

21. She deserved that reward

A. got

B. won

C. earned

D. gained

A. aroma

B. scent
K.C.P.E REVISION

169

For questions 22 and 23 choose the alternative that best completes the sentence.

22. Since Rehema could not get a matatu she travelled home a bus.
A. by

B. on

C. in

D. with

23. When do you expect to in Mombasa?
A. get

B. go

C. reach

D. arrive

For questions 24 and 25, choose the sentence that is correctly punctuated.

24. A. “That is a very hardworking pupil,” the teacher said.
B. “That is a very hardworking pupil,” the teacher said.
C. “That is a very hardworking pupil, “the teacher said.
D. “That is a very hardworking pupil, The teacher said.”

25. A. What long hair you have!

B. He went home early, Didn’t he?

C. Our science teacher sent us to look for grasshoppers flowers frogs and green leaves.
D. Its good to always drink clean water.

Read the passage below and then answer questions 26 to 38.

Murimi drove slowly down the Government Road eager to attend the celebration. Everyone in the car was quiet , thinking about the people who had sacrificed their lives so that Harry Thuku, the freedom fighter, could be set free. Little Naiku was fascinated by Nyanjiru, the woman who had led men, women and children in fighting for freedom, so long ago.
“Papa,” she called her father, “when we gain independence tonight and the white men are gone, who shall lead us then?”
“Ah, a good question, my child,” Murimi replied. “We shall have our own government. A government of Kenyans and by Kenyans. We shall elect our own leaders.”
Naiku asked again, “Will ‘mamas’ lead us too?”

“NO!” Njoroge shouted. “This will be a government of black men. Our government”. “Why men?” Naiku cried angrily.
“When did you ever hear of a black ‘mama’ leading men?” Njoroge asked. “Mama Nyanjiru was a leader of men,” Naiku protested.
“You are right, Naiku,” said Grandpa.

“Even in the forest where we fought the white man, women fought just as bravely. General Muthoni was one of the bravest warriors I ever met – braver than most men I know. Only a fool or a coward says that a woman cannot lead. Of course, they can and will lead.”
At that moment a car with a white driver overtook them and Njoroge shouted, “Settler, settler go home!” Murimi was furious.
“Njoroge!” he said, “how dare you misbehave like that? You will have to answer for it when we get home!”
“Does independence day make you lose your manners? That man is a grown-up, older than even your father”
added Grandpa.
“We did not fight the white men for our independence so that our children can behave like them. You were never brought up to abuse people,” Murimi said angrily. Njoroge was quiet for a long time.
He thought long and hard about his Grandpa’s words. He was sorry for the way he had acted.

26. What celebrations are the people in the car going to attend?
A. The release of Harry Thuku. B The end of the war.
C. The Independence celebrations.

D. The victory over the white men.

27. How many people are traveling in the car?

A. Three.

B. Four.

C. Five.

D. Six.

28. The word ‘fascinated’ as used in the passage means:
A. surprised

B. excited

C. amazed

D. amused.

29. In the passage it is stated that

A. women are not as brave as men

B. some women are braver than some men

C. women are as brave as some men

D. women are braver than men.

30. Choose the alternative that best describes the character of Naiku.
A. inquisitive, respectful and kind
K.C.P.E REVISION

B. inquisitive, cheerful and intelligent

C. respectful, observant and intelligent

D. inquisitive, respectful and intelligent

31. The sentence ‘Only a fool or a coward says that a woman cannot lead’ implies
A. women can lead

B. women should lead

C. women cannot lead

D. women shouldn’t lead

32. What in the passage shows that Grandpa supports women leadership?
A. He tells Naiku the story of Nyanjiru.

B. He praises General Muthoni.

C. He fought alongside women in the forest.

D. He says women have the ability to lead.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33. Which of the following can best replace word

furious?

172

A. upset

B. enraged

C. annoyed

D. irritated.

34. It is correct to say that Murimi is

A. inconsiderate B strict
C. unkind

D. authoritative.

35. What did Independence mean to Njoroge?

A. People should do whatever they wanted.

B. All white men should go back to their country.
C. Africans could behave like white men.

D. White men did not deserve respect any more.

36. Which of the following is true about the settlers according to the passage?
A. They abused Africans.

B. They beat up Africans.

C. They forced Africans to work

D. They imprisoned Africans.

37. From the last paragraph what is the effect of

Grandpa’s words on Njoroge?

A. He is annoyed.

B. He is thoughtful.

C. He is quiet.

D. He is remorseful.

38. Which of the following would be the best title for this passage?
A. Women in the struggle for independence

B. Naiku and her family

C. Njoroge and the white man

D. Celebrating Independence.

Read the passage below and then answer questions 39 to 50.

Many people all over the world still smoke although it is common knowledge that smoking is dangerous to health. This is because the nicotine found in cigarettes has been proved to be addictive. Many young people get introduced to this habit through peer pressure, by aping their parents or the celebrities they watch on TV advertisements.
Today, smokers give various reasons for maintaining this habit. They say cigarettes are useful stimulants and that they give the smokers something to do with their hands. Perhaps the most important cause for the increase in smoking is that it provides shared experience among the peer group and this continues even after it becomes a settled habit. At what point it actually becomes a habit difficult to shake off, is not possible to tell.
The aggressive campaign through advertisements and advocacy by manufacturers has made things worse. Manufacturers argue that smoking provides employment through tobacco farming, manufacturing industries and contributes directly to the economy through payment of taxes. However, the government spends three times as much for the treatment of smoking related ailments and on rehabilitation of smokers.
The arguments against smoking are very valid. It can at times be very expensive for smokers and has no social advantage. The smoke from smokers is harmful and offensive to those around them (secondary smokers). It also interferes with teamwork since those who smoke keep excusing themselves to go and smoke. We know that tobacco stains the hands of smokers and makes the smokers have bad breath. In addition, it shortens one’s breath, making it difficult for one to participate in activities which demand a lot of energy, such as athletics. But these are minor objections when we consider the damage it can do to one’s health. There is enough evidence that smoking causes bronchitis and heart diseases, both of which can be fatal. It is, therefore, advisable for the young people to distance themselves from this habit if they want to live a healthy life.

39. Why do people continue smoking even when they know it is dangerous?
A. They are addicted to the nicotine.

B. They are introduced to smoking by peers.

C. They want to ape their parents.

D. They want to be like celebrities.

40. Which of the following is not a reason for smoking as given by smokers?
A. It is a useful stimulant

B. It keeps the hands busy.

C. It contributes to the economy.

D. It provides a shared experience.

41. Which of the following can best replace the word ‘aggressive’?
A. tough

B strict

C. offensive

D. serious

42. The word ‘fatal’ as used in the passage means

A. dangerous

B. bad

C. painful

D. deadly.
43. though cigarette manufacturers contribute a lot to the economy through payment of taxes,
A. they spend much more on advertising cigarettes
B. they should consider the damage smoking causes
C the government spends much more treating smokers
D. the government can look for other sources of money.

44. The phrase “smoking has no social advantage’ means it does not
A. give smokers any advantage in the society
B. make smokers popular

C. promote the smoker

D. contribute anything positive to the society.

A. Smokers have bad breath.

B. Smokers have stained hands.

C. Smokers cannot concentrate.

D. Smokers are usually weak.

46. Why is it difficult for smokers to participate in activities like athletics?
A. They have poor health.

B. Athletics is not for smokers

C. They cannot breathe properly.

D. They lack the required energy.

47. Which of the following is true about smokers?

A. They are a burden to the government.

B. They pay taxes to the government.

C. They are employed by the manufacturers.
D. They carry out aggressive campaigns.

48. How does the writer feel about smoking?

A. He hates it.

B. He considers it expensive.

C. He thinks it is harmful.

D. He dislikes it.

49. The last sentence in the passage implies that young people
A. should stay away from smokers

B. will have poor health if they smoke

C. will die early if they smoke

D. will suffer from heart diseases if they smoke

50. Which of the following best summarizes the passage?
A. Smokers do not get along with others.

B. People smoke for different reasons.

C. Smoking should be avoided at all costs.

D. Cigarette manufacturers contribute a lot to the economy.

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2009

ENGLISH SECTION B: COMPOSITION

 

 

 

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

1. In the spaces provided above write your full index Number, your Name and the Name of your School.

2. Now open this paper, read the composition on the lines provided and write your composition on the lines provided.

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATION COUNCIL

KCPE 2009

ENGLISH SECTION A: LANGUAGE

 

Questions 1 to 15

Rend the passage below. it contains blank spaces numbered 1 to 15. for each blank space choose the best alternative from the choices given.

 

I was sitting on a beach one day, 1 two children, a boy and a girl, playing 2 the sand. They were hard at work, building 3 beautiful sand castle by the water’s 4 . It had gates and towers and internal passages. 5 when they had nearly finished their 6 a big wave came along and knocked it down, reducing it to a heap of 7 sand. I expected the children to burst into tears, disappointed by what had happened 8 , they ran up the shore away from the water, laughing while 9 hands and sat down to build another castle. I realised that they had taught me 10 lesson. All the things in our lives, all the complicated structures we 11 so much time and energy creating are built on sand. Only our 12 with other people endure. Sooner or later, the wave 13 come along and knock down what we 14 so hard to build up. 15 that happens, only the person who has
somebody’s hand to hold will be able to laugh.

 

 

1. A. seeing B. viewing C. watching D. inspeeling
2. A. on B. over C. in D. about

D. Nakuru, Nyeri and Mumias

Use the informal below to answer questions
16 to 18

Okeyo, Mbura, Karani and Jebet were discussing towns in Kenya which they had visited. Okeyo, Mbura and Karani had visited Nakuru, Mombasa and Mwingi. Jebet and Okeyo had visited Athi River and Mumias. All the children, except Mbura, had visited Nyeri. Only Jebet and Okeyo had not been to Wajir where Mbura comes from.

16. Which one of the following has visited most towns
A. Jebet

B. Karani

C. Mbura

D. Okeyo.

17. Alhi River has been visited by

A. Okeyo and Jebel

B. Okeyo and Mbura

C. Jebet and Karani

D. Jebet and Mbura

18. Which towns has Mbura visited apart from Wajir?
A. Nakuru. Mwingi and Mumias

B. Nakuru, Athi River and Mombasa

C. Nakuru, Mombasa and Mwingi

For questions 19 to 22, choose the alternative that means the same as the underlined word.

19. Nafula quit her job to go to America.

A. abandoned

B. descried

C. ignored

D. left

20. He has been acquitted of a1l the charges.

A. freed

B. forgiven

C. discharged

D. Released

21. The neighbours managed to put out the tire.

A. cool

B. extinguish

C. defeat

D. cover

 

 

 

22. They called off the concert.

A. slopped

K.C.P.E REVISION 179

B. cancelled

C. postponed

D. abandoned

 

For questions 23 to 25 choose the alternative that best completes the sentence.

23. She passed her exams very well, ?

A. is it

B. did she

C. didn’t she

D. isn’t it

24. He may not come, but we will get ready in case he

A. will.

B. does.

C. may.

D. comes.

25. Mwikali is an intelligent pupil, she is a talented singer.
A. nevertheless

B. although

C. moreover

D. and

Read the passage below and then answer questions 26 to 38.

 

The day before Jennifer Bell had made a solemn vow that was going to change her life forever, no one else knew about it yet, but people were going to notice sooner or later. Right then it was a kind of a secret and she loved secrets. Grover Middle School was her sixth new school in eight years. If you are as shy as she was, it was tough to be the new kid all the time. But it was not going to be tough anymore because she had read a book called Instant ways to instant friends. She was starting with lesson number one that day. It said “Change your whole attitude. Think of yourself as somebody that everyone wants to get to know!”

That was right and she was going to have fun and lots of it! Jennifer, aged twelve and a half, had decided to break out of her old, shy nature at last.

Her mother was driving her to school the first day. “Scared?” she asked.
“No way,” she answered, wondering if she had time to lake her mirror out of her purse for one last peek at her hair. She was a little nervous, hut she wasn’t going to admit that to her mum.
“Ihat is the right spirit,” her mother said. “Remember, this may be a new school, but you’ve got a head start on the problem this time.”

Her mother wasn’t thinking about Jennifer’s solemn vow and her book on making friends. Those were the secrets and there was no way Jennifer was going to tell her mother, they were too personal and who tells the secrets to their mothers, anyway?

“I know. I know.” she said. “This is the school where you were a pom pom girl and Dad was in the math club, and you fell in love in the eighth class.”

“Don’t forget your dad was the chairman of the Maths club,” her mother said with a laugh.

 

Jennifer loved to listen to her mum’s bubbly laugh. In fact she decided to imitate it as a part of the new
her.

 

“My mum, the pom pom queen,” Jennifer said, imitating her mum’s laugh. She wondered if it sounded okay, or if it sounded fake. She decided she would have to work on it. “Do you think there is anyone :who still remembers you and Dad?”

26. How many schools had Jennifer attended in the last eight years?
A. Eight

B. Five

C. Twelve

D. Six

27. The phrase “a solemn vow” means

A. serious promise

B. change for better

C. Great step

D. Big decision.

28. Why did Jennifer find it tough to be the new kid all the time?
A. She loved secrets.

B. She was young

C. She was shy

D. She would be noticed.

29. What was Jennifer’s secret?

A. To change her attitude.

B. To make friends with everyone.

C. To practice all the lessons.

D. The special book she had read.

personal.

B. She didn’t want her mother to pick her up.

C. Nobody is really open with their mothers.

D. No one else could know her secrets.

31. What word would best replace the word “attitude” in the passage.
A. Thoughts

B. Views

C. Feelings

D. Behavior

32. the phrase “you’ve got a head start on the problem this time” means
A. She already knows how to behave

B. Her parents had learnt there

C. She had decided to imitate her mother

D. She had acquired the right spirit

33. According to the passage it is correct to say that
A. Jennifer was more prepared for her new school than before:
B. Jennifer wanted to be exactly like her Mum;

 

30. What in the passage shows that Jennifer was not really open with her mum?
A. She thought her secrets were too
K.C.P.E REVISION

 

 

182

C. Jennifer’s Mum got married at a very young age;
D. Jennifer was going to use the Bell family

charm.

34. Why was Jennifer’s mum’s laugh important to Jennifer?
A. It wax going to he part of her new self

B. It made Jennifer’s Mum a queen.

C. It sounded funny to listen to.

D. It made Jennifer as important as her mum.

35. In your own opinion, why did Jennifer change schools?
A. She was too indiscipline to stay in one school.
B. She wanted to go where she was not known.
C. Her parents wanted her to be in their old school.
D. Her parents never stayed in one place for long.

36. Jennifer’s Mum said thev never went to school in the Dark Ages. This implies that
A. they never liked being thought of as old

B. they were not very old

C. they were very young

D. they were known by everyone in the school.

37. Which one of the following best describes

Jennifer’s character?

A. shy, disrespectful, determined

B. intelligent, determined, proud

C. shy, determined, cheerful

D. cheerful, proud, disrespectful

38. Which of the following best summarises the passage?
A. The journey to a new school.

B. Jennifer the new girl.

C. Jennifer’s new school.

D. Jennifer and her mum.

Read the passage below and then answer questions 39 to 50.

Why do we go to school? Why do we strive to get an education? Well, perhaps you will say that we spend so much time and resources in the classroom so as to acquire skills for which society will be willing to pay. This will enable us to earn a living and eventually improve our standard of living. While it is definitely true that education arms us with the necessary tools to be able to put bread on our tables, there are more benefits that come from education.

Education makes you a better person in many ways. It broadens your understanding of various issues that are likely to affect your life. These include health, economic, social and political matters. An educated person is able to independently access information on how to live a healthier life. Similarly, the educated person is empowered to make sound economic and political decisions based on ideas obtained through different channels of information.

Your thinking abilities are also sharpened through education. With the rapid development of technology today it is easier to get information. There is always so much information that it is often difficult to distinguish between the true and the false; the important and the trivial; the relevant and the irrelevant. An educated mind is, however, able to critically examine the information and decide what to make of it.

Society too reaps benefits when its individuals are educated. Where would society be without doctors, teachers, engineers, drivers or lawyers? People in different occupations have their roles to play in making society a belter place to live. Indeed, many inventions that have improved society have sprung from the minds of educated individuals. A truly educated person is always thinking of how to make society better by introducing more effective and efficient ways of doing things.

What of peace and harmony? When we get educated, we learn about other people and their cultures. This makes us understand and accept them as part of our society. In this way, unnecessary conflict is avoided and we become willing to join hands with others in order to achieve certain goals for the good of us all. Evidently, there is so much to be gained from education. It is therefore not surprising that governments and households put aside substantial amounts of their income to spend on books and other support materials, teachers and development of educational facilities.

39. According to the first paragraph, education

A. gives us higher standards of living

B. provides us with our daily food

C. helps us to gain more benefits in life

D. equips us with skills to live better lives.

40. How does education enable an individual to live a healthy life?
A. There is enough in formation on healthy living.
B. One can distinguish between important and trivial things.
C. One can examine the available information properly.
D. There is enough money to go to hospital.

41. The expression “put bread on our tables” implies
A. enjoying life in the society

B. meeting our basic needs

C. providing food for ourselves

D. earning enough money.

42. The word “sound” as used in the passage means:
A. clear

B. perfect

C. clever

D. informed.

43. A sharpened thinking ability enables one to

A. get information more easily

B. get a lot of information

C. choose information wisely

D. decide what to do with information.

44. In society, truly educated individuals

A. are more efficient and effective

B. always think of improving society

C. reap benefits from society

D. invent things from their minds.

45. Peace and harmony are achieved when we

A. understand and accept others

B. avoid unnecessary conflict

C. achieve certain goals

D. join hands with others.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46. Which of the following is not a result of higher levels of technology according to the third Paragraph?

K.C.P.E REVISION 185

A. Our dunking ability is improved.

B. There is more knowledge available.

C. Getting information is quite simple.

D. Selecting information is more challenging.

 

47. The word “substantial” as used in the passage means
A. large

B. meaningful

C. important

D. reasonable.

48. Educated people

A. are always independent

B. are healthier than others

C. understand things more widely

D. make wiser decisions.

49. From the passage, it is evident that education

A. satisfies our needs

B. is the key to improved life

C. gives us information

D. prevents conflict in society.

50. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A. Education and Society.

B. Books and Teachers.

C. Education for a Better Society.

D. The Benefits of Education.

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2010

ENGLISH
SECTION B: COMPOSITION

 

 

 

 

Time: 40 minutes

 

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

1. In the spaces provided above write your full Index Number, your Name and the Name of your School.

2. Now open this paper, read the composition subject carefully and write your composition on the lines provided.

Read the passage below . It contains blank spaces numbered 1 to 15. For each blank space, choose the
best alternative from the choices given.

 

Laughter is part of everyday human communication. We can 1 think of a day in our lives that 2 without us laughing or hearing someone laugh. Research has shown that human beings are
3 of laughing even before they are born. 4 , pictures have shown unborn babies smiling

in their mothers’ wombs. Smiling 5

be thought of as the first 6 of laughter.

Humans are not the only 7 capable of laughing. It is 8 that chimpanzees and
gorillas also make sounds and facial expressions that resemble those made by humans 9 laughing. The major difference, 10 , is that human beings can laugh at jokes, it is doubtful
11 animals can see the funny 12 of life. It should, however, be noted that laughter is
not always 13 expression of happiness. Sometimes we laugh to 14 up embarrassment or hide our fears. We may even laugh to 15 annoyance.

1. A. hardly

2. A. comes

3. A. capable

4. A. Really

5. A. must

6. A. sign

7. A. people

8. A. felt

9. A. during

B usually

B. begins

B. thought

B. So

B. should

B. step

B. things

B. assumed

B. while

B. moreover

B. whether

C. never

C. sets

C. fond

C. Truly

C. can

C. attempt

C. creatures

C. imagined

C. through

D. even

D. passes

D. suspected

D. Indeed

D. would

D. display

D. persons

D. known

D. from

K.C.P.E REVISION 188

10. A. nevertheless

B. things

C. anyway

D. however

For questions 16 and 17 choose the option which best fills the blank space in the sentences below.
16. If only I had known I have come to visit you.
A. would
B. could
C. should
D. may.

17. She wrote the report _ ink.
A. in
B. of
C. with
D. by

For questions 18 and 19 choose the sentence that means the same as the underlined one.

18. You should listen to your teachers.
A. You will listen to your teachers.

B. You have to listen to your teachers.

C. You may listen to your teachers.
D. You ought to listen to your teachers.

19. No sooner had we sat than she gave us the news
A. As soon as we sat she gave us the news.
B. The news was given to us after we sat.
C. As soon as she gave us the news, we sat.
D. She gave us the news as we sat.

In questions 20 and 21 choose the best alternative that means the opposite of the underlined word.

20. My grandmother was generous.
A. mean
B. greedy
C. thrifty
D. unkind

21. The pencil is sharp.
A. dull
B. flat
C. blunt
D. smooth

 

 

 

 

 

 

In questions 22 and 23, choose the best arrangement of the given sentences to make sensible paragraphs.
22. (i) All living things depend on energy from it.
(ii) It is the closest star to the earth.

(iii) Life on earth would not be possible without the sun.
(iv) The sun is one among millions of stars.

A. (iv) (ii) (i) (iii)
B. (i) (iv) (ii) (iii)
C. (iv) (i) (iii) (ii)
D. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)

23. (i) The bride and the bridegroom were on their way.
(ii) The invited guests were chatting excitedly.
(iii) The big wedding was about to begin.

K.C.P.E REVISION 189

(iv) The blaring of vehicle horns was heard from afar.
A. (iv) (i) (iii) (iv)
B. (iii) (i) (ii) (iv)

C. (ii) (iv) (i) (iii)

D. (iii) (ii) (iv) (i)

For questions 24 and 25 choose the sentence which is correctly punctuated.

24. A. “Come here,” she ordered.

B. “Come here, she ordered.”

C. “Come here!” she ordered.

D. “Come here?” she ordered.

25. A. How best can the Environment be conserved.
B. How best can the environment be con served?
C. How best can the environment be conserved!
D. How best can the Environment be conserved?

Read the passage below and then answer questions 26 to 38.

All his life Charles Dickens, one of the greatest novelists in the world, would remember a particular day when he was nine years old, and something his father said. They were out walking together and had stopped, as they often did, to admire a handsome brick house. With its lovely windows and neat lawn, it seemed as grand as a palace.
Then John Dickens told his son that if he worked very hard, someday he might live in that house. The thought took Charles’ breath away. The sort of person who would live in that house would be a distinguished man of taste and education. His father believed that Charles could someday be like that. All he had to do was work hard.
He could not have known on that day how far he would fall and how high he would rise, and that he really would live in that house, and that he would die there.
When Charles looked back on his childhood, these were happy years. They lived in a small house which had a little garden and, across the road, there was a playground for the children. He had a nursemaid, Mary, who comforted his childish sorrows. She also terrified him with blood-curdling horror stories that he adored, though they gave him nightmares. He spent wonderful hours in his tiny room reading from his father set of novels. He went for days imagining himself to be one of his storybook heroes.
But when Charles was ten, his father was transferred to London, and his happy childhood came to sudden end. His father had many wonderful qualities. He worked hard at his job and was loving to his wife and children. He had many friends and loved to invite them to the house in the evening for a bowl of steaming porridge and lively conversation. But he had one terrible fault: he spent more money than he made.

In the ten years of Charles’ life, the family had lived in six different houses, each poorer than the one before. And as the number of mouths to feed kept growing, the family fell deeper and deeper into debt.
When they reached London, Charles was shocked to learn that he would not be sent to school – they couldn’t afford it. He stayed at home and made himself useful by cleaning his father’s boots and minding the younger siblings. His parents seemed to have forgotten him and all his ambitions.
Two days after his twelfth birthday, Charles was sent to work at a factory. From eight in the morning till eight at night, he worked in a dark room, covering pots of boot polish and pasting on labels. Other children worked there, too, but they were not like his old friends. They were poor boys with rough manners who referred to him scornfully as the “young gentleman.”
Worse still, two weeks later his father was arrested for debt and sent to prison, where he had to stay until his debts were paid. His wife and children were allowed to join him there, the whole family living in one room- everyone, that is, except Charles. The factory was too far from the prison for him to get back before the gates were shut at night. So he lived in a cheap boarding house. From Monday morning to Saturday night he was on his own with “no advice, no counsel, no encouragement, no consolation, no support from anyone”.

At night he wandered through the dark city. His clothes were shabby. He had no friends. Instead of growing into a fine gentleman, he had descended to the streets.
The memory of that time was so painful that, even as a grown man, Charles could not walk through those streets without the sting of tears coming to his eyes. And years later, when he became a famous writer, his stories were filled with orphaned and abandoned children, debtors’ prisons, factories, and the grim and degrading lives of the poor.
(Adapted from Charles Dickens, the Man who had Great Expectations by Diane Stanley and Peter
Vennema. Published by Morrow Junior Books: New York, 1993)0501

26. The fact that Charles never forgot what his father told him when he was only nine shows that he
A. had a good memory

B. respected his father

C. took his father’s words seriously

D. was a very good child.

27. From the first paragraph we can conclude that palaces are
A. magnificent buildings

B. places young boys admire

C. homes for special people
D. unique homes.

28. Why did John Dickens tell his son he could live in “that house” one day?
A. To encourage him to think big.
B. He really liked the house.
C. He knew the future was bright.
D. To motivate him to work hard.

29. “The thought took Charles’ breath away” means A. he was unable to breathe
B. he was greatly surprised
C. his father had frightened him
D. his father made him feel sick.

30. What do we learn about Charles’ life from the third paragraph?
A. He fell down and then rose up again.
B. He suffered a lot but later succeeded.
C. He had high hopes in spite of hardships.
D. He lived a life full of disappointments.

31. Which of the following statements is not

true?

A. The stories by Mary were interesting but scaring.
B. Charles did not mind listening to horror stories.
C. The stories Mary told truly fascinated Charles.
D. Perhaps Charles merely pretended to be frightened.

32. How do we know that moving to London affected Charles’ life drastically?
A. Life suddenly become more difficult and

miserable.
B. His father brought friends who ate all the

porridge.
C. There was no time for him to play any

more.
D. He had been very happy in his previous home.

33. Which of the following best describes Charles Dickens’ father’s character?
A. Wonderful, hardworking, loving and friendly.
B. Friendly, caring, hardworking but extravagant.
C. Sociable, lively, generous and loving.
D. Hardworking, jolly, hospitable and carefree.

34. We can tell that Charles loved school because he

K.C.P.E REVISION 192

A. was very disappointed when he wasn’t sent to school
B. enjoyed reading novels in his father’s collection
C. had dreams of becoming a great writer
D. knew it was the only way to achieve fame.

35 How did that society violate children’s rights’? A. By not doing enough to meet their needs.
B. By making them look after young siblings.
C. By making them work in factories.
D. By not punishing irresponsible parents.

36. “Rough manners” means that the boys at the factory
A. did not impress Charles at all
B. were probably naughty and rude
C. did not know how to behave properly
D. made Charles rather uncomfortable.

37. Which one of these pairs of words accurately describe Charles’ feelings when his family moved to the debtors’ prison?
A. unhappy and angry
B. hurt and miserable
C. helpless and desperate
D. lonely and hopeless

38. What would be the best summary of this passage?
A. Accumulating debts is a dangerous habit.
B. Suffering does not mean we cannot succeed.

C. No experience in life is useless.
D. A careless father can cause untold heart aches.

Read the passage below and then answer questions 39 to 50.

Laziness can be defined as a state of idleness and unwillingness to spend energy. When we feel lazy, we do not want to do any work. We want to let things stay as they are. Well, sometimes we all enjoy being a little lazy such as on a very cold or hot day. However, if this occurs too often, we need to do something about it. This is not to say that we should always be working so as not to be thought as lazy. We need to rest to refresh our bodies and minds after working for long hours. For us to do our work efficiently and eventually have a successful life, we must learn how to overcome laziness.
How can this monster be overcome? If you feel you have a lot to do, you will probably feel overwhelmed and let laziness overcome you instead of you overcoming laziness. The solution is to break down the huge task into small manageable parts which makes you feel you do not require too much effort. In some cases, the cause of laziness is lack of motivation. This means you simply do not see the reason for carrying out a task. In such cases, it is necessary to think about or visualize the importance of performing your task and achieving your goals. Think about the benefits you will reap if you overcome laziness and take action instead of thinking about difficulties or obstacles. Your imagination has a great influence on your mind, habits and actions. When tempted to be lazy, imagine yourself performing the task easily and energetically. Do this before starting a task or when your mind tells you to abandon what you are doing.
Sometimes laziness leads to procrastination. This is the act of postponing tasks without good reasons. If there is something you have to do now, and you can actually do it, why not just do it and get it over with? An old saying goes, ‘Do not put off until tomorrow what you can do today’.
All in all you need to realize that overcoming laziness is achieved through a series of daily actions and activities. Every time you overcome laziness, you get stronger, more able to achieve your goals and improve your life.
Adapted from ‘Tips to overcome laziness by Remez Sasson. Success consciousness.com

 

 

39. Which one of the following is a sign of laziness?
A. Lacking energy to spend.
B. Wanting to be idle.
C. Refreshing your minds.
D. Enjoying ourselves.

40. Rest differs from laziness in that it
A. does not happen often
B. comes after working for long
C. refreshes our minds and bodies
D. makes us not to be thought lazy.

41. Laziness overcomes you when you
A. feel cold or hot
B. take time to rest
C. you have too much to do
D. feel overwhelmed.

42. Why should we break down huge tasks into small parts?
A. So as to be motivated.
B. In order to use less effort.
C. So as to make tasks manageable.
D. In order to solve our problems.

43. The word monster as used in the passage refers to something that
A. is frightening
B. is discouraging
C. makes life difficult
D. makes us successful.

44. Which of the following statements is not true
according to the passage?
A. Your imagination influences your actions.
B. Obstacles can make you feel lazy.
C. You should not think of difficulties.
D. Habits can influence your imagination.

45. When your mind tells you to abandon what you are doing
A. do not be tempted to be lazy
B. perform the task easily and energetically
C. see yourself performing the task with ease
D. take action that will influence your mind.

46. Refreshing your mind and body means
A. improving your life
B. achieving your goals
C. being able to work for long
D. regaining your lost energy.

 

 

47. Which of the following statements is an example of procrastination?
A. failing to do your assignment
B. being reminded to do your assignment
C. completing your assignment late
D. doing your assignment slowly.

48. The phrase “put off” as used in the passage means
A. discourage
B. postpone
C. cancel
D. refuse.

K.C.P.E REVISION 196

49. Which of the following is the best lesson drawn from the story?
A. Laziness should be overcome.
B. Laziness must be avoided.
C. Laziness ought to be punished.
D. Laziness hinders progress.

50. A suitable title for this passage would be
A. Consequences of laziness.
B. How to overcome laziness.
C. Problems of laziness.
D. All about laziness.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 197

K.C.P.E

K.N.E.C.

KISWAHILI

2003-2010

IKO NA INSHA BORA

K.C.P.E REVISION 198

UBASHIRI WA MASWALI . 2003- 2010. KISWAHILI

2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 20
MADA HUSIKA
• Adabu na
maamkizi 22
• Akisami 24
• Asilimia
• -Amba- 8 6
• Barua
• Dira (u) (p)
• Mambo/umbo 25 26 28
• Enye/-we
• Kiulizi
• Kukanasha 29 18 11,17
• Viambishi vivumishi 16. 25,26 20 23 20,25,27
• kinyume 19,21
• Kiunganishi 8,20 1,22 9,11,29 1,17,24 4,10 5
• Vitenzi 22 30 22
• Kimilikishi 15 14 15
• Kielezi/Vionyeshi 30 21 14,19 25 3 8,1
• Watu/Kazi/Malipo 10,27(malipo)30(watu)
• Hali uk/undogo/kawaida (ukumbwa) (undogo)

• Makundi 28 16,13 27 10
• Mwiri(sehemu) 30 18 2 25
• Maana zaidi 18,
28 28,40
• Mkazo/visisitizi/radidi
• Methali 16,11 20(maana)38 (kisawe) 28 maana) 38, 40 20 24 36,
• Sentensi paraganya 27 27 21
• Msamiati 18,27 14,40 1,23,6,39 2,5 14,15 8,15,23,42,39 2,3,
• Nyakati 13,21 2 4 2,7,9,12 14 1,6,
• Ote-o-o-te 9 8 23,13 13
• Pakamu 27 26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

• Rangi
• Sifa VIVUMISHI 23 20
• Saa 44 7,45 22
• Semi/Taashbihi 17 9,50,39 38,49 9,25,42 48,33 32,35,39
• Siku

• Tanakali 23
• Tarakimu 41
• Tashbihi
• Ufuposho 16
• Usemi/H(T.F)Taarifa (TF)22 (T.F)19 29(H) 23(H) 16,T.F 19, T.F 28, T.F
• Ukoo 24 29 26
• Vitendawili 24 24 26 30 29
• Uakifishi 20 25 30
• Vikembe 26
• Wingi 17 29 18 17
• Umoja 23
• Nomino /majina 21dhahania 28 22 19
• NGE-Ngali 21
• Kamusi 30
• Sent-sahihihi 19 17 18 16,33
• Matumizi-kwa/ki 23 22 16(ka)
• Ki ya mashahiri 19 1,28 16
• Mnyaburiko 23,29 3 6 17(tendesha) 7
• Matumizi ya-ji- 3,5
• Vihusishi 27 4,6 2 27
• Vihisishi 30
• Visawe 25 19 26,18

• “a”-unganifu 7
• Matumizi ya –ngi na ingine 10
• Viwakilishi 20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAMBA YAKO YA MTIHANI

 

JINA LAKO

 

JINA LA SHULE YAKO

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 202
THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2003

KISWAHILI
SEHEMU YA KWANZA: LUGHA
Maswali 1 mpaka 15.

 

Soma vifungu vifuatavyo. Vina nafasi 1 mpaka 15. Kwa kila nafasi umepewa majibu manne hapo. Chagua jibu lifaalo zaidi kati ya yale uliyopewa.

Tulikaa mkabala wa kidimbwi 1 upepo na kutazama runinga. Kipindi tulichokitazama kilifanya nyoyo zetu kuatuka 2 jitimai. Tuliona watoto wadogo ambao hali zao 3 . Vifupa vya mbavu 4
viliweza kuhesabiwa na matumbo yao yalikuwa 5 viriba. “Kwa nini watoto hawa kuwa hivi?” Baraza 6 . Maganga akajibu, “Watoto hawa wanaugua ugonjwa wa utapiamlo. Utapiamlo ni
7 wa lishe bora mwilini. Tukila chakula 8 mahitaji yetu ya mwili, tutashikwa na ugonjwa huu.

 

1. A.

2. A.

3. A. tukifunga
na zilihuzunisha B.

B.

B. tukipunguza
kwa zilihuzunika C.

C.

C. tukipunga
katika zilihuzunishana D.

D.

D. tukifungia
kwenye zilihuzunikia
4. A. vyao B. zao C. lao D. yao
5. A. mithili za B. mithili wa C. mithili na D. mithili ya

6. A. alishauri B. alijisailiC. alisaili D. alijiuliza

7. A. upungufu B. upunguzaji C. kupunguza D. kupungua

8. A. kisichotoshana B. kisichotoshekaC. kisichotoshewa D. kisichotosheleza

Kutoka swali la 16 mpaka 30, chagua jibu lililo sahihi.

16. Chagua kivumishi katika sentensi ifuatayo Mtoto mtiifu haonywi mara nyingi.
A. haonywi

B. mtoto

C. mtiifu

D. mara nyingi

17. Ni msemo upi unaotoa maana ya: Kumpa mtu sifa asizostahili?
A. Kumwonea kijicho

B. Kumlilia ngoa

C. Kumbwagia zani

D. Kumvika kilemba cha ukoka

18. Jengo la kuhifadhia nafaka huitwa

A. ngome

B. ghala

C. ufuo

D. maktaba

19. Chagua sentensi iliyo sahihi

A. Vikombe ambavyo vilinunuliwa ni visafi

B. Vikombe ambavyo vilivyonunuliwa ni visafi

C. Vikombe ambavyo vilinunuliwa ni safi

D. Vikombe ambavyo vilivyonunuliwa ni safi

20. Chagua sentensi iliyoakifishwa ipasavyo

A. Alitumwa kununua vitu vifuatavyo: sukari, vitunguu, mchele, na ngano
B. Alitumwa kununua vitu vifuatavyo, sukari, vitunguu, mchele na ngano.
C. Alitumwa kununua vitu vifuatavyo: sukari, vitunguu, mchele na ngano.
D. Alitumwa kununua vitu vifuatavyo, sukari, vitunguu, mchele, na ngano.

21. Ukubwa wa sentensi

Ndege mkubwa alipaa angani ni:

A. Ndege kubwa alipaa angani.

B. Dege kubwa lilipaa angani.

C. Dege kubwa alipaa angani.

D. Ndege kubwa lilipaa angani.

22. Kitenzi kinachoweza kuundwa kutokana na jina mshindani ni
A. shinda

B. mshinde

C. kishindo

D. shindano

 

23. Ni sentensi ipi kati ya hizi iliyo na kwa ya kuonyesha sababu?
A. Alitembea kwa maringo

K.C.P.E REVISION 205

B. Alilima kwa jembe

C. Alialikwa kwa mwalimu mkuu.

D. Aliadhibiwa kwa utundu wake

24. Juma aligawa robo ya muwa sawasawa kwa wanawe wawili. Kila mmoja alipata
A. sudusi

B. robo mbili

C. thumuni

D. nusu

25. Hili ni umbo gani?

 

 

 

A. Mraba

B. Mche

C. Pia

D. Mstatili

26. Mwana wa simba huitwa

A. mtoto simba

B. simba marara

C. kinengwe

D. shibli

C. kombamwiko

D. samaki

28. Chagua kikundi cha wadudu

A. Mchwa, Nzige, Panzi, Mkizi

B. Nge, Tai, Mbu, Kiroboto

C. Shore, Njiwa, Mende, Konokono

D. Sisimizi, Chungu, Nzige, Kumbikumbi

29. Kanusha:

Ndege akijenga kiota huishi humo.

A. Ndege anapojenga kiota haishi humo

B. Ndege akijenga kiota hataishi humo

C. Ndege asipojenga kiota haishi humo

D. Ndege ajengapo kiota hataishi humo

30. Onyesha kielezi katika sentensi hii: Wazee wengi walitembea polepole
A. Wazee

B. Polepole

C. Walitembea

D. Wengi

Soma kifungu kifuatacho, kisha ujibu maswali 31 mpak
27. Mdomo ni kwa binadamu, kidona ni kwa

A. ndege

B. ndovu

Bwana Limbuka alikuwa amekuzwa katika mazingira ya akifunzwa kazi mapema, atakuwa mkakamavu maishan

K.C.P.E REVISION 206

Kimoyomoyo, alijiapia kuwa akipata kazi na aoe, kisha a

na akapita mitihani yake ya viwango vya juu. Baadaye, a
milima hadi huko ughaibuni kuongezea masomo.

31. Wazazi wa Limbuka

A. waliuwahi udongo ungali maji

B. hawakujali maslahi ya mwana wao

C. walimpa Limbuka fursa ya kujiamulia

D. walikuwa watesi na wasumbufu

32. Limbuka alianza kuwa na mtazamo tofauti na makuzi yake
A. wakati alioa

B. alipopata watoto

C. alipokuwa akiongezea masomo

D. akiwa nyumbani kwa wazazi wake

33. Maana ya “kwake Limbuka alichukulia kinyume” ni kusema;
A. Kufunzwa kazi mapema kunasaidia mtu na familia yake
B. Kufunzwa kazi nyingi ni msingi wa bidii maishani
C. Kufunzwa kazi mapema hakuleti faida yoyote maishani
D. Kufunzwa kazi mapema ni kinyume cha sheria

34. Ni mambo gani yanayoonyesha kuwa Limbuka ni mwacha mila?
A. Kutopenda kazi nyingi, kwenda ng’ambo na kuvutiwa na makuzi ya kigeni.
B. Kuvutiwa na familia za ng’ambo, kupuuza makuzi ya jadi na kuwaonea watoto fahari hata wakiropokwa.

C. Kutowakaripia watoto, kuwanunulia bidhaa ghali na kuwaonea fahari.
D. Kuwaonea watoto fahari hata wakiropokwa, kuwapa mitaji na kupuuza malezi ya jadi.

35. Ni zipi kati ya hizi hazikuwa tabia za watoto wa Limbuka?
A. Kuwaauni wazazi na kutia bidii shuleni.

B. Kulewa na kudharau watu.

C. Kuvuta sigara, kuropokwa na kupenda makuu.
D. Kuiga, kutojali hisia za watu na kuwaaibisha.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36. Walipokwenda kuchukuliwa shuleni kwa
gari walilolipuuza, walijificha na kusema. “Hilo ni gari la sokoni, halitufai”. Hali hii inamaanisha kuwa
A. wenzao shuleni walikuwa na magari bora zaidi

K.C.P.E REVISION 207

B. hawakupenda kwenda sokoni kwa gari lisilofaa
C. hawakupenda vigari vya supana mikononi

D. nyumbani kulikuwa na gari bora kuliko hilo

37. “Mchelea mwana kulia, hulia yeye.” Limbuka na mkewe walilia kwa:
A. kuwapatia watoto wao mitaji na mali

B. kutolinda watoto wao wakati wakiwa Wazee
C. kukosa mtu wa kuwasaidia wakiwa wazee

D. kusumbuliwa na ukosefu wa mali nyingi.

38. Maana ya kuukabili ulimwengu bila ya kutegemea nundu ni

40. Ughaibuni ni

A. nchi za uzunguni

B. nchi za masomo ya juu

C. nchi zilizoendelea

D. nchi za mbali

A. mtu kuweza kujikimu bila ya kutarajia misaada

B. kuuingilia ulimwengu kwa kushauriwa na wazazi
C. kuuingilia ulimwengu bila kujali matokeo

Soma kifungu hiki kisha ujibu maswali 41-50.

D. mtu kupambana na maisha kwa

Masikio ni sehemu muhimu sana ya mwili. Viumbe wengi

kutegemea wengine

Masikio hutakiwa kusafishwa vizuri wakati wowote mtu a

kuondolewa kwa uangalifu. Baadhi ya watu huyaharibu viberiti. Badala ya kuutoa uchafu huo vizuri, wanaukanda
39. Msimamo wa mwandishi ni kuwa vingine visivyofaa wanapopatwa na mwasho masikioni. Je

A. makuzi ya kigeni ni bora kuliko ya kijadi

B. watoto wakilelewa bila kufunzwa maadili hupotoka
C. watoto wakipata elimu ya juu huharibika

D. watoto wanapopotoka wapewe mitaji

kilichotokomezwa na kudidimia sikioni, kinavyoweza kug kubwa? Idhihirike kuwa, kuingiza vijidude kama hivyo ma Kuzibuliwa kwa masikio hayo huweza kugeuka kuwa ngo kujitakia ni kama mtu kujipalia makaa.

Baadhi ya masikio huharibiwa na sauti kubwa kama ya m

na mali

sauti za wastani. Sauti kubwa za kushtua moyo hazidhuru

wagonjwa wenye maradhi ya moyo. Ni vyema kuyajali ma

K.C.P.E REVISION

fahari hali hiyo ya kupandisha sana sauti za redio majumb

208
huwadhuru hata wahusika wenyewe bila kujua. Isitoshe,
Uangushaji wa vyombo kama sahani na vyuma sakafu mikutanoni nazo hazifai. Kulitesatesa sikio kwa kulitogato

41. Masikio ni sehemu ya

A. kiwiliwili

B. ndewe

C. kichwa

D. shavu

42. Uchafu hukandamizwa masikioni kwa

A. kutotolewa kwa njia inayofaa

B. kuziba kwa masikio

C. kuingiza vitu visivyofaa

D. kuwa na kidonda sikioni

43. Ni hali gani inayofanya watu kuchokorachokora masikio?
A. yanapouma

B. yanapotoa usaha

C. yanapovimba

D. yanapowasha

44. Sauti kubwa za kushtua

A. zinasababisha ugonjwa wa moyo

B. zinaweza kudhuru wagonjwa wa moyo

C. hazitolewi palipo na wagonjwa wa moyo

D. zinadhuru tu wagonjwa wa moyo

45. Ni mambo gani yanayofaa kuepukwa majumbani ili kuzuia watu wasiharibike masikio?
A. Kupandisha sauti kwenye matatu
K.C.P.E REVISION

nakuingiza vitu masikioni.

B. Kutoga masikio, kuweka kemikali nakumwona daktari.
C. Kuangusha vyombo, kupiga kelele na kuvuta masikio.
D. Kuongeza sauti, kutotoga masikio nakutovuta masikio.

46. Kwa nini tabia ya kupandisha sauti za redio majumbani huweza kuleta uhasama kwa majirani?
A. Majirani huenda hawapendi kupigiwa kelele.
B. Kwa sababu majirani hawana redio zao.

C. Majirani wana ugonjwa wa masikio na moyo.
D. Ni kawaida ya majirani kupenda uhasama.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47. Maana ya kidonda kisichofaa kutafutiwa dawa za kiholela ni
A. kidonda kinachohitaji dawa za kiasili

B. kidonda kisichoweza kupona kamwe

209

C. kidonda kinachohitaji matibabu ya haraka zaidi
D. kidonda kinachohitaji matibabu yenye uangalifu zaidi

48. Kujipalia makaa ni

A. kujisababishia jambo

B. kujiletea madhara

C. kujiwekea makaa

D. kujiletea jambo

49. Chagua methali mwafaka inayoweza kutumika kueleza kifungu hiki
A. Kipendacho moyo ni dawa

B. Heri kufa jicho kuliko kufa moyo

C. Usipoziba ufa utajenga ukuta

D. Sikio la kufa halisikii dawa.

50. Fundisho la habari hii ni

A. Kutunza masikio

B. Kumwona daktari

C. Kutocheza na vitu masikioni

D. Kutopandisha sauti za redio

 

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2004

KISWAHILI SEHEMU YA PILI: INSHA

 

Muda: Dakika 40

 

 

SOMA MAAGIZO HAYA KWA MAKINI

 

 

1. Kwenye nafasi zilizoachwa hapo juu andika Namba Yako kamili ya mtihani, Jina la Shule yako.

1. Sasa fungua karatasi hii, soma kichwa cha insha kwa makini na uandike insha yako kwenye nafasi uliyoachiwa.

INSHA BORA 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 212

(

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alama iliyotunzwa 31)

Huyu mwandishi ameielewa mada aliyopewa.ametumiasemi n methali na Kiswahili chake kina ufasaha mwingihati yake pia ni nzurina amepanga kazi yake vizuri.hata hivyo
,amefanya makosa ya sarufina hijai hapa na pale.

Mfano;
-’familia mpoja ambaye’,badala ya‘familia moja ambayo’
-’alisomo’,badala ya alisoma’
-’kufuvu’,badala ya ‘kkufuzu’

-’anaye-ngojea’ badala ya’anayengojea’

KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2004

KISWAHILI
SEHEMU YA KWANZA: LUGHA

Maswali 1 mpaka 15.

Soma vifungu vifuatavyo. Vina nafasi 1 mpaka 15. Kwa kila nafasi umepewa majibu manne hapo. Chagua jibu lifaalo zaidi kati ya yale uliyopewa.
Kristina alijiangalia tena kiooni. Akauona uso wake uliosawijika na kujaa mabaka ya kila aina. 1 vimbe lililosimama kwa 2 kwenye paji la uso wake kana kwamba lilitaka kumkumbusha jambo ambalo daima alitaka 3 . Kwa mbali akaanza kujiwa na kumbukizi. Akayakunjua maisha yake ya
4 . Akavuta fikira tena na kuona jinsi 5 mjini na kuingilia anasa za mji bila tahadhari. Akajiangalia tena asiweze kuamini macho yake, kakonda ghaya ya kukonda, kabaki 6 . Machozi 7 njia mbili mbili. Akalia kwa kite na imani, akililia ujana wake, akililia maisha yake; 8
angalijua! “Lakini, ah!” 9 . “Ya kumwagika yamemwagika. 10 . Niliufaidi uhondo wa mji, kwa nini nijute? Hawakusema wasemao kuwa 11 ?”

1. A. Akalitazama B. Akavitazama C. Akazitazama D. Akaitazama
2. A. imara B. dharau C. thabiti D. dhahiri
3. A. kujitambulisha B. kujiondoa C. kujisahaulisha D. kujiandaa
4. A. baadaye B. usoni C. kisasa D. kisogoni
5. A. alivyojihamisha B. alivyojichomoa C. alivyojitoma D. alivyojinasua
6. A. pandikizi la mtu B. gofu la mtu C. fuvu la mtu D. nofu la mtu
7. A. yakambubujika B. yakamlengalenga C. yakamwagika D. yakamsonga
8. A. sembuse B. maadamu C. minghairi D. laiti

Kutoka swali la 16 mpaka 30, chagua jibu lililo sahihi.

 

16. Ni methali ipi inayoafikiana na maelezo kuwa:

Haifai kuwadharau watu waliokusaidia hapo awali, huenda ukahitaji msaada wao tena?

A. Ganda la muwa la jana chungu kaona kivuno
B. Usione kwenda mbele kurudi nyuma si kazi

C. Mwenda tezi na omo marejeo ni ngamani

D. Usitukane wakunga na uzazi ungalipo

 

17. Chagua wingi wa sentensi: Hukujua kuwa ningekutembelea?

A. Hawakujua kuwa tungewatembelea?

B. Hamkujua kuwa tungewatembelea?

C. Hamkujua kuwa ningewatembelea?

D. Hawakujua kuwa ningewatembelea?

 

18. “Shinda” ni kuwa wa kwanza katika jambo. Maana nyingine ni:

A. Bila kujaa

B. Jambo kuwa gumu

C. Kutofanikiwa

D. Kaa macho usiku kucha

 

19. Kiambishi ki kimetumiwa kuleta maana gani katika sentensi ifuatayo?

Wanacheka wakiimba

C. Kuonyesha vitendo viwili vinafanyika kimoja baada ya kingine.
D. Kuonyesha vitendo viwili vinafanyika wakati mmoja.
20. Chagua sentensi mwafaka inayounganisha hizi: Fatma alituzwa. Fatma hakufurahi.
A. Lau Fatma alituzwa hakufurahi

B. Fatma hakufurahi aghalabu alituzwa

C. Fatma hakufurahi licha ya kutuzwa

D. Maadamu Fatma hakufurahi alituzwa

 

21. Tunaitaje wakati kati ya saa sita na saa nane mchana?
A. Adhuhuri

B. Alasiri

C. Jua la utosi

D. Jua la matlai

 

22. Chagua usemi wa taarifa ufaao wa: “Nitasoma kwa bidii ili nifaulu”. akasema.

A. Anasema kuwa anasoma kwa bidii ili afaulu

B. Alisema kuwa atasoma kwa bidii ili afaulu

C. Anasema kuwa angesoma kwa bidii ili afaulu
D. Alisema kuwa angesoma kwa bidii ili afaulu

A. Kuonyesha kutegemeana kwa vitendo.
B. Kuonyesha vitendo viwili vinafanyika baada ya muda.

B. hatari, wanne

C. waliwafukuza, vijana

D. waliopita, hapo.

 

27. Chagua kihusishi katika sentensi:

Kiboko mkali alimvamia mvuvi aliyesimama

23. Chagua hali ya kutendewa ya sentensi ifuatayo: Mganga alinigangua kwa miti-shamba

A. Aliganguliwa na mganga kwa miti-shamba.

B. Niliganguliwa mganga kwa miti-shamba.

C. Niliganguliwa na mganga kwa miti-shamba.

D. Aliganguliwa mganga kwa miti-shamba.

24. Tegua kitendawili

Juu ya mlima kuna msitu mweusi

A. Chungu

B. Nywele

C. Mpingo

D. Makaa

 

25. Chagua kiwakilishi katika sentensi ifuatayo: Niitie Juma nimtume, huyu amekataa kuenda.
A. Juma

B. Nimtume

C. Kuenda

D. Huyu

 

26. Ni maneno yapi ambayo ni vivumishi katika sentensi hii? Mbwa hatari waliwafukuza vijana wanne waliopita hapo.

A. vijana, wanne

kando ya mto

A. kando ya

B. mkali

C. mvuvi

D. aliyesimama

 

28. Sentensi “Stella amekwenda kwao” ina maana mbili. Zichague

A. (i) Amekwenda alikozaliwa

(ii) Amekwenda mbali na kwao

B. (i) Amekwenda kwa mtu mwingine

(ii) Amekwenda mbali na kwao

C. (i) Amekwenda alikozaliwa

(ii) Amekwenda kwa watu wengine

D. (i) Amekwenda kwa watu wengine

(ii) Amekwenda mbali na kwao

 

29. Chagua sentensi yenye “na” ya kuonyesha mtendaji

A. Rosa ameandikiwa barua na Rahma

B. Akida na Anasa ni wanafunzi wazuri

C. Tamaa na ubinafsi ni chanzo cha uovu

D. Ninunulie matunda na mboga

30. Jina kutokana na kitenzi hama ni:

A. Amehama

B. Hamishwa

C. Hamia

D. Mahame

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Soma taarifa hii kisha ujibu maswali.

Katika kijiji kimoja kijulikanacho kwa jina Makanyo, kuliondokea kijana mmoja ambaye Mungu alimtu-nukia bongo. Kijana huyu alijulikana kwa jina Tumaini. Darasani alikuwa hawezekani. Akasoma kwa bidii ya mchwa hadi akafika chuo kikuu na kuivunja rekodi kwa kukwangura alama nzuri ajabu. Baadaye akaoa mke kufu yake na kuwapata watoto ambao nao vilevile walizifuata nyayo za wazazi wao.

 

Jambo lililokuwa linaikera familia ya kina Tumaini lilikuwa ni ukosefu wa kuwajibika kwa ndugu.
Kaka zake walikuwa wazembe na butu shuleni. Kila walipokanywa na kushauriwa kuwa wasome vyema kama ndugu yao Tumaini, walipuuza na kucheka, wakashindwa hata kuchungulia yale vidato vya sekondari vifunguavyo vijana macho na akili zaidi. Tabia zao zikazorota, wakawa wanapiga mtindi tu na kuzurura.

Ingawa tabia za ndugu hawa ziliendelea kuwa mbaya. Tumaini hakukata tamaa kabisa. Mara kwa mara aliwaita kuwashika sikio na kuwapa mawaidha. Alijitolea kuwalipia ada za kwenda kujisomea masomo ya ngumbaru ili angalau waweze kujishikiza katika sekta ya “Jua-Kali” lakini wapi! Walianza masomo na kuyaachia njiani.

Wazazi walipokaribia kuwapungia mikono wana wao humu duniani, waliwaita kwa pamoja na kutoa wasia na hata kuwapa urithi wa mashamba. Tumaini akawaambia ndugu zake kuwa kwa kuwa anao uwezo yeye atawaachia hayo mashamba ili wayalime na kuweza kujiinua. Wazee wakafurahi kuona kuwa Tumaini alijali maslahi ya wadogo zake.

Baada ya vifo vya wazazi hao, wadogo hao hawakuchelea kuipiga mali shoka mara moja. Tumaini aliwaonya lakini aliambulia nunge. Maonyo hayo yote yaliingilia sikio moja na kutokea lile jingine, huku yakipurukia hewani.

Siku moja, ajali mbaya ya barabarani ikaamua kuyakatisha maisha mema ya Tumaini na mkewe. Huzuni iliwakumbatia wana wao lakini majirani na marafiki wakaingilia shughuli za mazishi na kuzimaliza. Wakaanza kuwatunza watoto ambao wakati huo walikuwa wakimalizia elimu ya shule ya msingi.

Nduguze Tumaini walikuwa wakidhani wamepata vya bwerere na kujiona wakifaidi mali ya Tumaini na mkewe kama tu ile ya wazazi. Hata hivyo, juhudi si pato. waliyoyataka hayakuwa. Marafiki wa Tumaini waliyatilia guu matendo ya ndugu hawa ambao walikuwa wameanza kuinyemelea mali ya
K.CT.uPm.EaRinEVi.ISWIOaNlijaribu kwa udi na uvumba kuzuia dhulu2m19a hii na walipoona mambo yatachacha

31. Tumaini alithibitisha werevu wake kwa

A. kupita mitihani yote, kuonya ndugu, kutii
wazazi, kuacha urithi wake

B. kupita mitihani yote, kupenda majirani, kuwaachia wanawe urithi chini ya wakili
C. kupita mitihani yote, kuonya ndugu, kuwaachia wanawe urithi chini ya wakili
D. kupita mitihani yote, kupenda ndugu, kuwaachia urithi chini ya wakili.

32. Wazazi wa Tumaini walikuwa na busara kwani
A. waliwapa wasia wana wao wamtii Tumaini

B. waliwaachia wana wao urithi

C. walikuwa na maonyo mengi

D. waliwaonya wana wao wakasikia

33. Ndugu wa Tumaini waliposhauriwa wasome walicheka kwa sababu
A Tumaini hakuwa tajiri ijapokuwa alisoma
B. walitarajia kufaidi mali ya ndugu yao

C. huwakuona haja ya masomo

D. walishindwa kuendelea na masomo

C. walifundishwa kazi za jua kali wakashindwa
D. walisoma ngumbaru wakakosa kupata kazi

35. Maana ya mke kufu yake ni

A. mke wa jamii yake

B. mke aliyelingana naye

C. mke wa kijiji chake

D. mke aliyesoma naye

36. Baada ya vifo vya wazazi wao, nduguze Tumaini,
A. walidhani watafaidi mali

B. waligawiwa mali wengine wakaifuja

C. walimnyima Tumaini urithi wote

D. walianza kuifuja mali mara moja

kuzimaliza”. Hali ya huu msaada inaweza kuelezewa kwa methali:
A. Damu ni nzito kuliko maji

B. Akufaaye kwa dhiki ndiye rafiki

C. Kenda ni bora kuliko kumi nenda rudi

D. Ndugu mui heri kuwa naye

38. Haki za watoto zilitimizwa kwa

A kusomeshwa, kuonywa, kusaidiwa, kuishi
na ndugu wakiwa mayatima

B. kulindiwa urithi wao na ndugu, kugawiwa urithi na kusaidiwa na majirani
C. kusomeshwa, kusaidiwa walipofiwa, kupewa
urithi na kuelekezwa kushtaki maonevu

D. kutomruhusu yeyote kuwanyang’anya mali,
kuelekezwa kwa mashtaka na kuruhusiwa
kuuza mali

39. Kulingana na kifungu, kuipiga mali shoka ni:

A. hakikuwafunikia aibu

B. hakikuwakamilisha

C. hakikuwatamanisha

D. hakikuwatosheleza

A. kutumia mali vibaya

B. kugawanya mali yote

C. kuhifadhi mali yote

D. kupiga mali bei

40. Neno hakikuwasitiri kama lilivyotumika katika
kifungu linamaanisha

Soma taarifa hii kisha ujibu maswali. 41-50

 

Usafiri katika nchi nyingi za Kiafrika ni tatizo sugu. Baadhi ya watu hutembea kwa muda mrefu kwa miguu kwa kuukosa usafiri wa haraka. Wengine hupanda hata ngamia ili wapige hatua. Pia, punda hutumiwa kusafirisha mizigo. Kwa wale waliodiriki kujinunulia magari, muda haupiti kabla ya ukarabati kuhitajika. Mamilioni ya magari ya aina hiyo huwa tu ni ya kubebewa nyundo na parafujo kila wakati. Hali hii imezidishwa na barabara ambazo hazijatiwa lami au hata zikiwa zimetiwa, hupachikwa kiholela tu. Mashimo barabarani yanaharibu magurudumu na hata magari yenyewe. Isitoshe, ukata katika jamii unachangia uhaba wa magari mazuri na hata ubovu wa hayo machache. Hii ni kwa sababu watu hawana ngwenje za kununulia vipuri vifaavyo au kujinunulia magari mapya.

Wengine hujikidhia mahitaji yao ya usafiri kwa kutumia baiskeli. Hizi zina nafuu kifedha kuliko magari, lakini haziwezi kubeba mizigo mingi na mizito. Wachache sana hutumia eropleni na meli ambapo wengi huweza kuyatumia magari moshi. Magari moshi hubeba watu na vitu kwa wingi. Gharama za ukarabati wa reli, mabehewa ya magari hayo na injini zao, zimesababisha ongezeko kubwa la nauli katika miaka ya hivi karibuni. Watu wengi wanashindwa kuulipia usafiri huu. Baadhi yao huyadandiadandia magari hayo hadi paani mwa mabehewa na mabogi ili tu wakwepe kulipa nauli. Mtindo huu hautatizi tu shirika la reli bali huzua hatari kwa wasafiri. Baadhi ya wadandiaji huporomoka na kujivunjia viungo, jambo ambalo huongeza idadi ya walemavu bure bilashi.

 

Matatu na mabasi ni aina ya uchukuzi ambao ni maarufu nchini Kenya. Uchukuzi huu umekuwa ukiwafaa watu wengi sana kwa miaka na dahari, hasa wale wa kima cha chini na cha wastani. Jambo linalowaudhi abiria zaidi ni ukosefu wa kudhibiti mambo mengi yanayohusiana na aina hiyo ya usafiri. Mathalani, kudhibiti mwendo wa magari hayo, tabia za utingo na madereva na kujaza watu garini kama makopa. Zaidi ya hayo, imekuwa ni shida kuzidhibiti tabia za wale wapendao kurambishwa asali katika sekta hii.

 

Hivi majuzi, waziri wa usafiri na mawasiliano alifanya juu chini akaibuka na mikakati kabambe ya kuondoa udhia mwingi katika sekta ya usafiri. Aliwataka wenye magari kuweka vidhibiti mwendo, abiria kuitumia mikanda ya usalama, utingo na madereva kuvaa sare na magari kutobeba abiria kupita kiasi. Kwa kuwa wenye magari wengi hawakuweza kutimiza masharti hayo kwa muda uliowekwa, ilibidi magari mengi yasitumike kwa muda.

Abiria ambao walikuwa wamechoshwa na vituko barabarani walipiga moyo konde na kujisemea. “Si hoja, hata kama itabidi tutembee kwa miguu kwa muda ni sawa, mradi tupate suluhisho la kudumu”.

Kulingana na matokeo ya uchunguzi uliofanywa muda mfupi uliopita, imegunduliwa kuwa tayari ajali zimepungua, usafiri umekuwa wa utulivu na nidhamu ya utingo na madereva imeimarika. Zogo la “kama hutaki kubinywa nunua lako” limekwisha kabisa.

C. uhaba wa magari, ukosefu wa kuwadhibiti

41. Mwandishi amezitaja aina zifuatazo za usafiri:

A. miguu, wanyama, udandiaji, gari moshi.

B. gari moshi, gari, miguu, baiskeli.

abiria, ukwepaji wa nauli

D. mashimo barabarani, ukarabati na

C. wanyama, pikipiki, udandiaji, ndege.

D. miguu, baiskeli, ndege, pikipiki.

42. Kulingana na kifungu watu hudandia magari ya moshi kwa sababu
A. usafiri ni wa bei nafuu

B. wanataka kuepuka udhia wa usafiri

C. usafiri wa magari ni ghali

D. wanataka kuepuka kulipa nauli

43. Kifungu kinasema kuwa njia ya usafiri inayotumika sana ni
A. barabara

B. eropleni

C. baiskeli

D. gari moshi

44. Mambo yanayochangia katika kuzorotesha uchukuzi ni

A. umaskini, njia mbaya za uchukuzi na ukosefu wa vidhibiti
B. ukosefu wa lami, kudandia magari na
kutokarabati magari

uendeshaji kasi

45. Magari ya kubebewa nyundo na parafujo kila wakati ni magari
A. mabovu

B. mapya

C. ya uchukuzi

D. ya wakarabati

46. Kujivunjia viungo kwa mujibu wa kifungu ni

A. kuvunja viungo bila usaidizi

B. kujisababishia kuvunjika kwa viungo

C. kuvunja viungo bila sababu

D. kujivunjia viungo kwa makusudi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47. Suluhisho kuu la usafiri wa barabarani ni:

A. Kuwazungumzia polisi, madereva na wenye

K.C.P.E REVISION 223

magari

B. Kuwazungumzia na kuwadhibiti wasafiri

C. Kuwafuta wasiotimiza masharti

D. Kudhibiti kila kitu kibaya kinachohusu usafiri

48. Abiria walisema . . . “si hoja, hata kama itatubidi tutembee . . .” kwa sababu
A. walikuwa wamechoka kulipa nauli za juu na kudandia
B. walikuwa wamechoshwa na magari ya moshi
C. walikuwa wakitaka mikanda ya usafiri na
vidhibiti mwendo

D. walikuwa wameudhishwa na shida za usafiri

49. Mabadiliko yaliyowekwa katika sekta ya usafiri hivi majuzi yamesababisha
A. usafiri kuwa wa utulivu, utingo kuwa nadhifu zaidi
B. kuimarika kwa nidhamu ya utingo na madereva na zogo kupungua
C. kupungua kwa ajali, nidhamu ya utingo na madereva kuimarika, usafiri kuwa wa utulivu
D. kuimarika kwa vidhibiti mwendo na nidhamu ya utingo na madereva

50. Maana ya wapendao kurambishwa asali ni

A. wapendao kula vitamu

B. wapendao kula hongo

C. wapendao anasa nyingi

D. wapendao vya bure

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2005

KISWAHILI SEHEMU YA PILI: INSHA

 

Muda: Dakika 40

 

 

SOMA MAAGIZO HAYA KWA MAKINI

 

 

1. Kwenye nafasi zilizoachwa hapo juu andika Namba Yako Kamili ya mtihani, Jina lako na Jina la shule yako.

2. Sasa fungua karatasi hii, soma kichwa cha insha kwa makini na uandike insha yako kwenye nafasi uliyoachiwa.

INSHA BORA 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 227

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alama iliyotunzwa 37

K.C.P.E REVISION 228

Maswali 1 mpaka 15.

Soma vifungu vifuatavyo. Vina nafasi 1 mpaka I5. Kwa kila nafasi umepewa majibu manne hapo.
Chagua jibu lifaalo zaidi kati ya yale uliyopewa.

Malkia alivua 1 wake kichwani akamtazama kitwana huyo kwa hasira asijue la kufanya. Hakuweza kuamini _2_ . “Si huyu aliyekuwa mtumishi wangu mwaminifu?” _3_ kimoyomoyo. “Kwa nini akanifanyia hivyo licha
ya 4 niliyomtendea?” Alikumbuka alivyomwokota kijana huyo akichumia chungu mekoni hana hali wala mali, akifanya vibarua 5 , 6 mpaka akaonekana nadhifu; akampa kazi, tegemeo na usalama. “Leo hii anathubutu 7 kiasi hiki? Ama kweli ivushayo ni mbovu.”

 

1. A. ukanda B. utaji C. utepe D. ukosi
2.
3. A. aliyoyasikia B. aliyasikia C. aliyeyasikia D. aliosikia
4.
5. A. Akajisema B. Akamsema C. Akamsemea D. Akajisemea
6.
7. A. mingi B. wengi C. mengi D. nyingi
8.
9. A. vidogovidogo B. ndogo C. kidogokidogo D. dogo

10.
11. A. akamtuza B. akamtunza C. akamtunzia D. akamtuzia
12.
13. A. kumdhulumu B. kudhulumu C. kuwadhulumu D. kunidhulumu
14.
K.C.P.E REVISION 229
Uhifadhi wa mazingira ni jambo 8 sharti lishughulikiwe 9 . Kwa kuwa mazingira ni uhai, hatuwezi kamwe 10 wito wa 11 . 12 mitaa yetu imesheheni 13 ya taka za kila aina. Miti imekatwa

Kutoka swali la 16 mpaka 30, chagua jibu lililo sahihi.

 

16. Baba, mama, wifi, shangazi ni majina ya jamii.
Shungi la nywele, halaiki ya watu ni majina ya

A. makundi

B. pekee

C. wingi

D. dhahania

 

17. Chagua neno ambalo halipaswi kuwapo katika kundi hili.

A. kasuku

B. Njiwa

C. Korongo

D. Siafu

 

18. Kukanusha kwa sentensi:

Maria ameingia darasani akanipata. ni:
A. Maria hakuingia darasani wala hakunipata

B. Maria hajaingia darasani wala hajanipata

C. Maria haingii darasani wala hanipati.

D. Maria ameingia darasani wala hakunipata

B. Fatu alimwambia kuwa akija mapema ataweza kumtembeza humu mwao.
C. Fatu alimwambia kuwa angekuja mapema angeweza kumtembeza humo mwao.

D. Fatu alimwambia kuwa akija mapema ataweza kumtembeza humo mwao.

20. Bainisha matumizi ya maneno yaliyopigiwa mstari katika sentensi:

Mwanafunzi huyu ni wangu, yule pale ni wako

A. Kivumishi, kiwakilishi

B. Kielezi, kiwakilishi

C. Kivumishi, kielezi

D. Kiwakilishi, kivumishi

 

21. Tofauti ya maana kati ya wanne na wa nne ni:

A. Wanne ni idadi ya jumla na wa nne ni idadi kamili katika orodha.

B. Wanne ni kuonyesha sifa na wa nne ni kuonyesha idadi.
C. Wanne ni kuonyesha idadi kamili na wa nne ni anayechukua nafasi your nne katika orodha.
D. Wanne ni idadi kamili na wa nne ni idadi katika orodha.

 

19. Chagua usemi wa taarifa ufaao wa: “Ukija mapema

nitaweza kukutembeza humu mwetu,” Fatu akamwambia.

A. Fatu alimwambia kuwa angekuja mapema angeweza kumtembeza humu mwao.
K.C.P.E REVISION

 

 

 

 

230

22. Chagua sentensi inayoonyesha kwa ya matumizi

A. Ameenda kwa haraka

B. Amealikwa harusini kwa Hamisi

C. Tulikula wali kwa mchuzi

D. Alienda Ulaya kwa ndege

 

23. Mahali gerezani anapowekwa mshukiwa akingojea kesi kumalizika huitwa

A. kizimba

B. rumande

C. jela

D. mahakama

24. Jibu la kitendawili ‘Hushindana wakifuatana’ ni

A. kivuli

B. mawingu

C. miguu

D. magurudumu

 

25. Chagua uakifishi ufaao wa:

Musa alishangaa lo leo umepatikana

A. Musa alishangaa “lo leo umepatikana!”

B. Musa alishangaa lo! leo umepatikana!

C. Musa alishangaa, “Lo! Leo umepatikana!”

D. Musa alishangaa, Lo leo umepatikana!

 

26. Njuga ni kwa mguu. Zulia ni kwa

A. sakafu

B. dari

C. kiambaza

D. dirisha

27. Panga vifungu vifuatavyo kuunda sentensi yenye maana kamili
(i) Yanayohusu maisha yao

(ii) Vijana wa hirimu

(iii) Huwa na mazungumzo

(iv) Kuhusu mambo

 

A. (iv) (iii) (i) (ii)

B. (ii) (iii) (iv) (i)

C. (ii) (iv) (iii) (i)

D. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)

 

28. Chagua sentensi yenye ki ya kuonyesha udogo

A. Kikoba kile kimejaa pesa

B. Kiambaza kile kitapakwa rangi

C. Akija kule atampata

D. Mtoto yule amevaa Kiafrika

 

29. Wingi wa sentensi: Seremala aliitengeneza meza nzuri
akamuuzia mteja ni:

A. Seremala walizitengeneza meza nzuri wakamuuzia mteja
B. Seremala walizitengeneza meza nzuri wakawauzia wateja.

C. Maseremala walizitengeneza meza nzuri wakaziuzia wateja.
D. Maseremala walizitengeneza meza nzuri wakawauzia wateja.

30. Utosi ni kwa kichwa.

Kisigino ni kwa

A. mtulinga

B. mkono

C. wayo

D. goti

Soma kifungu kifuatacho kisha ujibu maswali 31-40.

Faraja alikuwa kainamia mashine yake ya kompyuta akifanya kazi kwa furaha. Ilikuwa siku yake ya pili katika ofisi hii kubwa. Kwa kweli, hakuna aliyeweza kufikiria kuwa kijana huyu angepata kazi nzuri kama hii. Wazazi wake, Bwana Chakavu na Bi. Tabu hawakuweza kupata elimu ya kisasa ambayo iliwawezesha marika zao kupata kazi za ajira ofisini. Wazazi hao wakabakia kufanya kazi katika mashamba na majumba ya matajiri.

Ingawa Bwana na Bi. Chakavu walijitahidi kufanya kazi, pato walilopata halikuweza kutosheleza mahitaji ya watoto wao. Licha ya kushindwa kuwapa watoto hao lishe bora, wazazi hawa waliona vigumu sana kuwanunulia mavazi mazuri na hata kuwalipia karo ya shule, Maisha kwa Faraja na ndugu zake yakawa ya taabu na mashaka.

Ni kweli kuwa Faraja na ndugu zake walikuwa maskini wa mali. Hata hivyo, vijana hawa walikuwa matajiri wa akili. Akili zao zilikuwa kama visu vikali vinavyokata kwa ncha zote. Kila mara Faraja aliliongoza darasa lake. Ndugu zake pia walipata alama nzuri. Jambo hili liliwatia wazazi wao moyo, wakafanya kila juhudi kuwalipia karo. Hata hivyo Faraja na ndugu zake walikuwa wakifukuzwa kuleta karo. Wanafunzi waliosoma na Faraja walipogundua kipawa chake, walianza kumheshimu na kumpenda. Hata wale waliomdharau kwa uhitaji wake walinong’onezana kisirisiri wasije wakamuudhi. Kwa hakika, licha ya Faraja
kuwa hodari masomoni, alikuwa karimu na mnyenyekevu. Hakusita kuwasaidia wale ambao walikuwa visu
butu katika masomo mbalimbali. Jambo hili lilimfanya aendelee kupendwa na wanafunzi na hata walimu.

 

Wahenga walisema kuwa chanda chema huvikwa pete. Juhudi za Faraja shuleni zilimpa pato. Akawa

mwanafunzi bora katika mtihani wa darasa la nane na kujiunga na shule moja your kitaifa nchini.

Haukupita muda kabla ya shida ya ukosefu wa karo kujidhihirisha. Bwana Chakavu akatafuta usaidizi asiupate.
Faraja akaanza kuona kwamba kamba yake ya matumaini inatishia kukatika.

 

K.C.HP.aEtRaEhViIvSyIOo,Nwaliosema kuwa wema hauozi hawakuk2o3s3ea. Katika shule ya Faraja kulikuwa na mwanafunzi mmoja aliyewahi kusaidiwa na Faraja masomoni wakiwa shule ya msingi. Mwanafunzi huyu
kwa jina Tegemeo, alikuwa na wazazi waliojiweza. Aliwaomba wazazi wake wamsaidie Faraja, nao, kwa kujua umuhimu wa kuwaelimisha vijana, walijitolea mara moja kumlipia Faraja karo hadi kidato cha

31. Watu hawakufikiria Faraja angepata kazi nzuri kwa kuwa
A. wazazi wake hawakupata elimu ya marika zao
B. wazazi wake walikuwa maskini

C. wazazi wake hawakupata kazi yoyote kama wengine
D. wazazi wake walikuwa na watoto wengi.

32. Mambo yanayoooyesha matatizo ya akina Faraja ni
A. kutopata chakula na shida ya karo

B. shida ya karo na kutopata chakula bora

C. kutopata chakula bora na ukosefu wa mavazi
D. ukosefu wa mavazi na wazazi kuwa na pato duni.

33. Wanafunzi walimpenda Faraja kwa sababu

A. hakuwalaumu walipomsema kisirisiri

B. aliwasaidia ndugu zake na wazazi

C. alikuwa karimu na mnyamavu

D. alikuwa karimu na mnyenyekevu

34. Kitendo kisichoonyesha ukweli wa methali Chanda chema huvikwa pete ni

A. Faraja kuwa mwanafunzi bora katika mtihani.
B. Faraja kulipiwa karo na Bwana na Bi Karimu
C. Wazazi kusaidiwa na Faraja.

D. Faraja kufanya bidii kazini

35. Wazazi wa Tegemeo walimsaidia Faraja kwa kuwa
A walijua umuhimu wa kusaidia

B. walijua umuhimu wa urafiki

C. walijua umuhimu wa kuwaelimisha vijana D walijua umuhimu wa wema wa vijana.

36. Chagua jawabu lililo sahihi zaidi:

Faraja alijitahidi zaidi masomoni ili

A. kuwashukuru wazazi kwa kuwasaidia nduguze
B. kuwashukuru wafadhili kwa kumsaidia

C. kuwashukuru wazazi na wafadhili

D. kuwashukuru wafadhili na kuwasaidia wazazi

K.C.P.E REVISION 234

37. Kulingana na kifungu matendo yanayoonyesha A. Faraja hupata shida
kushughulikiwa kwa watoto ni B. Ni muhimu kusaidia
C. Tusikate tamaa
A. kutowafukuza shule na kujitahidi D. Umaskini huumiza
kuwasomesha

B. kujitahidi kuwasomesha na kuwalipia karo

C. kuwalipia karo na kuwasaidia katika masomo
D. kuwasaidia katika masomo na kuwapa lishe bora.

38. akaanza kuona kwamba kamba yake ya

matumaini inatishia kukatika inamaanisha.

 

A.. amelikosa alilotumainia

B. alilotegemea huenda asilipate

C. alilotarajia halipatikani kabisa

D. aliloazimia halitakuja

39. Kulingana na taarifa hii, maana ya visu butu ni

A. wanafunzi wasiofanya vyema masomoni

B. visu visivyokata

C. wanafunzi wasiotia bidii masomoni

D. visu visivyopata makali.

40. Kichwa kinachofaa zaidi kwa taarifa hii ni

K.C.P.E REVISION 235

Soma kifungu hiki kisha ujibu maswali 41-50.
Hivi majuzi palizuka patashika katika vituo viwili vya polisi. Watoto wanaojulikana kama chokora
waliwaonyesha polisi kisanga. Walipanga njama za kutapakaza vinyesi katika vituo hivyo vya polisi.
Kisanga hiki kilichukuliwa na wengi kama ujinga, kichekesho na uchafu. Hata hivyo, tendo hilo likipigwa darubini linaweza kuzua mambo mengi ambayo yanapaswa kumulikwa. Hebu tujiulize kwanza: Ni nani aliye na akili timamu ambaye angeenda haja kubwa, kisha achukue kinyesi hicho na kukishika na kukitumia apendavyo bila kuhisi kinyaa? Bila shaka jibu la swali hili unalijua fika.

Kisanga kama hicho huwa na chanzo chenye kina kirefu ambacho kisipochunguzwa kwa undani kinaweza hata kuangamiza nchi. Ajabu ni kuwa jamii yetu imejaa mapuuza kuhusu maswala ya watoto. Watoto wanachukuliwa kuwa hawana uwezo wa kujiamulia, kwa hivyo hawashirikishwi katika maswala mengi yanayohusu maisha yao. Kutokana na hali hii jamii imeshindwa kutambua shida za watoto hawa Watoto wanapoona kuwa wanapuuzwa huamua kuchukua hatua mbalimbali kuishinikiza jamii kuwashughulikia. Kisanga kilichotokea katika vituo vya polisi ni njia mojawapo tu ya kuonyesha uchungu mkubwa walionao watoto hawa. Jambo la kusikitisha ni kwamba wengi wetu hatujatafakari na kuvivumbua vilio vya watoto hawa. Badala yake, tunawachukua kama punguani, wachafu, wezi . . . .
Wengi wapitapo karibu nao hufunga pua zao na kuchepukia mbali wakiwaambaa kama wagonjvva wa ukoma. Ni binadamu wachache sana ambao huthubutu kuwakaribia na kuwapa rnsaada. Hakuna wengi wanaosutwa na nafsi zao na kujishughulisha kusugua bongo na kujiuliza kwa nini watoto hawa wakageuka kuwa hivyo. Ukweli ni kuwa, hawa ni binadamu wenzetu. Kila binadamu anapaswa kujaliwa maslahi yake. Watoto wana haki ya kuishi hata kama ni maskini. Wanastahili kupendwa na kutimiziwa mahitaji yao ya kimsingi.

Jamii ina jukumu la kutafuta suluhisho la kudumu kuhusiana na hali ya watoto hawa. Kuna haja ya kuwa na mpango kabambe ya kukabiliana na tatizo hili sugu. Kwanza itabidi waketishwe kitako na kuhojiwa ili chanzo cha matatizo yao kijulikane. Huenda baadhi ya matatizo yao yanayowafanya wawe mitaani ni kukosana tu na wazazi, ndugu au walimu. Wengi wao wakipata washauri watakaowapa nafasi ya kujieleza, wataweza kukubali kurejea makwao. La sivyo wakiachwa waendelee kuzurura mitaani watakutana na ‘walimu’ wabaya wa kuwapotosha zaidi. Ikumbukwe kuwa baadhi ya watoto wanaotoroka kwao, wafikapo mijini hukumbana na matatizo makubwa zaidi ya yale yaliyowatoa nyumbani. Ingawa wengi wao wangependa kurudi kwao, hawafanyi hivyo kutokana na woga na aibu. Watoto hawa wakiwahiwa mapema watarudi nyumbani na kuishi vyema. Chuma kiwahi kingali moto.
K.C.P.E REVISION 236
Aidha, watoto wanaopelekwa kwenye vituo vya kurekebishia tabia hawafai kuachwa kukaa bure.

41. Kisanga kinachozungumziwa hapa ni

A. watoto kufungiwa kwa sababu ya kutapakaza kinyesi
B. jamii yetu kupuuza shida za watoto

C. kutapakaza kinyesi katika vituo viwili vya polisi
D. jamii kuona kitendo cha watoto kama kichekesho.

42. Bila shaka jibu la swali hili unalijua fika ina maana
A. watu wenye akili punguani hujitapakaza uchafu.
B. mtu mwenye akili timamu hawezi kujitapakaza uchafu.
C. kuna wapendao kushika uchafu bila kuhisi kinyaa.
D. hakuna punguani apendaye kushika uchafu.

43. Kulingana na kifungu, mambo makuu yanayowaathiri watoto ni
A shida zao kutotambuliwa, kutoshauriwa, kutoshirikishwa katika maamuzi
B. kujiamulia mambo, kupuuzwa, kunyanyaswa.
C. kuwaambaa, kuwazibia pua, kuyajali

maslahi yao

D. kutowasomesha, kutoyajali matakwa yao, kuwaona kama punguani

44. Vitendo vya watoto havipaswi kudharauliwa kwa kuwa
A. ni njia ya kuondoa hasira zao

B. ni kuonyesha kuwa wameonewa makaoni

C. ni kuonyesha kuwa wanadharauliwa nyumbani
D. ni njia ya kutaka kuelezea matatizo yao

45. Kulingana na kifungu hiki, ni sentensi ipi ambayo si sahihi?
A. Wachache hujisuta nafsi na kutafuta chanzo cha shida za watoto
B. Wachache huwafungia pua na kuchepuka

C. Kuzurura mitaani kutasababisha watoto kupotoshana
D. Watoto wakiwa pamoja wanaweza kufanya makubwa.

 

 

 

 

46. Kwa mujibu wa taarifa hii, suluhisho la tatizo la

K.C.P.E REVISION 237

watoto wa mitaani ni

A. kusaidiwa ili waweze kujirekebisha

B. kupewa kila wakitakacho

C. kupewa makao na kusomeshwa

D. kusaidiwa kila wanapotaka msaada.

47. Maana ya tusije tukayaona ya Firauni ni

B. Utatuzi wa visanga nchini

C. Usipoziba ufa utajenga ukuta

D. Akumulikaye mchana usiku hukuchoma.

A. mambo mengi zaidi yanaweza kuonekana

B. mambo yaliyotarajiwa yanaweza kutokea

C. mambo ya kusisimua yanaweza kuonekana

D. mambo makubwa zaidi yanaweza kutokea

48. Neno kina kama lilivyotumiwa katika kifungu ni

A. chenye shida

B. chenye uzito

C. cha kutisha

D. cha muda

49. Patashika maana yake ni

A. kupata na kushika

B. kuaibishana

C. kuvurugana

D. kupakazwa uchafu

50. Anwani inayofaa zaidi kuelezea kifungu hiki ni

A. Shida katika vituo vya polisi

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2006

KISWAHILI SEHEMU YA PILI: INSHA

 

Muda: Dakika 40

 

 

SOMA MAAGIZO HAYA KWA MAKINI

 

 

1. Kwenye nafasi zilizoachwa hapo juu andika Namba Yako Kamili ya mtihani, Jina lako na Jina la Shule yako.

2. Sasa fungua karatasi hii, soma kichwa cha insha kwa makini na uandike insha yako kwenye nafasi uliyoachiwa.

INSHA BORA 2006

Malizia kwa;,

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 241 Alama iliyotunzwa 38

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2006

KISWAHILI

Maswali 1 mpaka 15.

Soma vifungu vifuatavyo. Vina nafasi 1 mpaka 15. Kwa kila nafasi umepewa majibu manne hapo.
Chagua jibu lifaalo zaidi kati ya yale uliyopewa.

Kandamiza hakujua thamani 1 watoto 2 siku moja 3 na ulimwengu. Alizoea kuwatumikisha watoto wadogo kwa 4 kuwaajiri watu wazima asije akajiumiza kwa kuwalipa mishahara mikubwa. Siku moja mwanawe mmoja ambaye 5 kuyamudu masomo aliamua kuondoka nyumbani bila kuaga. Kandamiza alipogundua kuwa mwanawe 6 mjini alihuzunika mno. Moyoni Kandamiza alijua kuwa mtoto huyo 7 jinsi yeye alivyowafanya watoto wa wengine.

 

1. A. wa B. la C. za D. ya

2. A. sasa B. hadi C. tangu D. lau

3. A. alipofunzwa B. alikofunzwa C. aliofunzwa D. aliyefunzwa

4. A. kuchelewa B. kupenda C. kuchelea D. kupendelea

5. A. hawezi B. hakuweza C. hataweza D. hajaweza

6. A. ametoroka B. ametoroshwa C. ametorokea D. ametorosha

K.C7..P.AE.REaVnIgSeIOteNsa B. angemtesa C.24a2ngewatesa D. angeteswa

D. Viwakilishi

Kutoka swali la 16 mpaka 30, chagua jibu lililo sahihi.

20. Methali inayotoa funzo kuwa: Jambo

16. “Ki” imetumiwaje katika sentensi: Mweni alipokuja alinipata nikifyeka.
A. Kuonyesha hali ya masharti

B. Kuonyesha hali ya kukanusha

C. Kuonyesha hali ya kuendelea

D. Kuonyesha hali ya udogo

 

17. Ni sentensi ipi sahihi?

A. Ndizi lililoletwa ni langu

B. Miti zilizopandwa zimeota

C. Zulia iliyonunuliwa ni zuri

D. Wema unaozungumziwa ni huu

 

18. Miongoni mwa sehemu hizi za mwili, ni sehemu ipi iliyo tofauti na zingine?
A. Paja

B. Kiganja

C. Pafu

D. Goti

 

19. Polepole, Vibaya, Alasiri, Njiani, ni

A. Vielezi

B. Vivumishi

C. Nomino

linaloonekana zito kwa mwingine laweza kuwa rahisi kwako, ni:
A. Bahati ya mwenzio usiilalie mlango wazi
B. Mzigo wa mwenzio ni kanda la usufi
C. Kila mwamba ngoma ngozi huvutia kwake
D. Ganda la muwa la jana chungu kaona kivuno.

21. Sentensi “Asingalikwenda kwake asubuhi asingalimkuta” ina maana kuwa:

A. Hakuenda kwake asubuhi lakini alimkuta

B. Alienda kwake asubuhi lakini hakumkuta

C. Alienda kwake asubuhi na akamkuta

D. Hakuenda kwake asubuhi wala hakumkuta

 

22. Ni maneno yapi ambayo yote ni viunganishi?

A. ila, ingawa, lakini, maadamu

B. huyu, hao, ovyo, na

C. ila, lakini, vizuri, wima

D. ingawa, isipokuwa, zuri, safi.

 

23. Kivumishi cha sifa kutokana na kitenzi angaa Ni:
A. Angaza
B. Angazia
C. Angavu
D. Angalau.

K.C.P.E REVISION 243

 

 

 

 

 

 

24. ⅞ kwa maneno ni:

A. Subui nane

B. Thumuni saba

C. Subui

D. Thumuni

 

25. Kisawe cha neno barobaro ni

A. Pesa

B. Funguo

C. Ndizi

D. Ngozi

 

28. Haya ni maumbo gani?

 

 

A. Pembe tatu, Mche, Duara

B. Pia, Mcheduara, Nusuduara

C. Pia, Mchemraba, Mcheduara

D. Pembe tatu, Pia, Nusuduara

A. Banati

B. Kijana

C. Mvulana

D. Shaibu

 

26. Nomino habari iko katika ngeli ya:

A. U – Zi

B. I –I

C. U -I

D. I – Zi

 

27. Tano ni kwa Chokaa. Kitita ni kwa

29. Chagua usemi halisi ufaao wa:

Bahati alisema kuwa angeenda nyumbani kupumzika
A. “Nimeenda nyumbani kupumzika”, Bahati alisema
B. “Niende nyumbani kupumzika”, Bahati alisema
C. “Nitaenda nyumbani kupumzika”, Bahati alisema
D. “Nilienda nyumbani kupumzika”, Bahati Alisema

30. Yapange maneno yafuatayo kulingana na jinsi yanavyotokea katika kamusi:
(i) Bandika (ii) Beua

(iii) Birika (iv) Baidika

A. (i) (iv) (ii) (iii)

B. (iv) (ii) (iii) (i)

C. (ii) (i) (iii) (iv)

D. (iv) (i) (ii) (iii)

Soma taarifa hii kisha ujibu maswali 31 mpaka 40.

Huko Tujueni aliishi mtu kwa jina Mkazeni. Mkazeni alikuwa maarufu katika kutabiri ndoto. Alijulikana pia kwa kuyadadisi mambo yaliyozuka humo kijijini mwao. Kwake kulifurika watu ambao aliwahudumia bila malipo.

Wakati fulani Mkazeni alioteshwa kuwa kulikuwa na magari na matrela ambayo yalikuwa yakisimamishwa humo kijijini. Madereva wake walikuwa watu waliojaa wadudu tele mwilini. Madereva hao walikuwa wakiwalaghai vijana kijijini huku wakiwaachia “zawadi” zilizoleta “vilio”. Alipowaeleza wanakijiji wakamcheka na kumwambia, “Sasa nguvu zako za utabiri zinapotea. Utawezaje kufikiria kuwa magari hayo yataleta balaa?

Magari hubeba mali!”

Ingawa maneno hayo yalisemwa kiutaniutani, yalimchoma maini, akaamua kufyata ulimi na kukaza nia yake.
Alijitahidi kuihimiza aila yake kuhusu umuhimu wa tabia njema.

Siku nyingine tena akaota ndoto kuwa huko Tujueni kumeingia joka kubwa lililowameza vijana wengi. Ingawa wanakijiji walikuwa wamempuuza hapo awali; aliwafafanulia ndoto hiyo nao wakazidi kumcheka. “Sasa tena utabiri umeleta mambo ya nyoka? Tangu uzaliwe umewahi kumwona nyoka kama huyo?” Hapo Mkazeni akaona amedharauliwa kupita kiasi, akaamua “kujimezea” utabiri wake mwenyewe, lake liwe jicho tu. Watu ambao waliamua kutojihadhari kabla ya hatari, angewafanya nini? Kidole kimoja kingevunjaje chawa?

Miaka michache ikapita, nayo magari na matrela ya kikweli yakafika pale na kupafanya kituo cha mapumziko. Madereva wakaiona sehemu hiyo ikiwa na starehe nyingi. Tujueni ikajulikana. Biashara madukani na kwenye masoko zikaongezeka.

Baadhi ya watu waliokuwa wamempuuza Mkazeni wakasema, “Oneni mtabiri yule na ndoto zake. Maafa

aliyoyatabiri ni hizi pesa tunazozipata? Alitaka tufe maskini? Muone sasa, amenyamaza jii kama maji ya mtungi. Anasema anaihubiria familia yake isijihusishe na biashara haramu. Biashara gani haramu hapa? Cha kupata si cha kuiba.”

Baada ya muda, familia nyingi zikaanza kulia. Utabiri ukaja kutokea kweli. Wadudu walikuwa ni UKIMWI na joka likawa maangamizi yaliyoletwa na madhara ya UKIMWI. Wanakijiji waliathirika na kujuta. Kituo hicho cha biashara kikawa na sifa mbaya. Watu wengi wakafa na biashara ikazidi kufifia.

Mkazeni akawa anasikitishwa na matokeo ya mapuuza na tamaa za wanadamu. Kwake yeye na familia yake

K.Cw.aPl.iEenRdEeVlIeSaIOkNuishi vyema kinidhamu.

246

31. Mkazeni alikuwa karimu kwa sababu

A. alitabiri mambo mengi bila chuki

B. aliwatabiria watu inambo bila kuwalipisha

C. watu wengi walimwendea kwa utabiri

D. watu wengi walimdharau lakini hakulipiza

32. UKIMWI ndotoni unaweza kulinganishwa na:

A. wadudu na joka kubwa

B. matrela na madereva

C. madereva wenye wadudu

D. vijana wenye wadudu

33. Wanakijiji wanaposema, “Sasa nguvu zako za utabiri zinapotea” wanamaanisha:
A. Mkazeni si mtabiri tena

B. wanaushuku utabiri wa Mkazeni

C. hawautaki utabiri wa Mkazeni

D. Mkazeni hutabiri yasiyo ya kweli

34. Biashara madukani ziliongezeka kwa sababu

A. watu wengi walikuja kutafuta utabiri wa Mkazeni
B. kulikuwa na starehe nyingi katika masoko

C. Tujueni ilikuwa kituo cha mapumziko cha madereva wa matrela
D. Tujueni ilijulikana na madereva wa matrela

makubwa.

35. Watu wengi wa Tujueni walikuwa ni:

A. wenye tamaa na watabiri

B. wapuuzaji na watabiri

C. wenye tamaa na malezi bora

D. wapuuzaji na wenye tamaa

36. Kulingana na taarifa hii, UKIMWI uliendelezwa sana na:
A. madereva wa magari na matrela

B. wafanyibiashara wenye matrela na magari

C. madereva wapitiao katika vituo vya biashara
D. wazazi wenye tamaa ya kupata mali

37. Baada ya Mkazeni kupuuzwa tena alichukua hatua zipi?
A. Alitabiri mara ya pili na kungojea matokeo

B. Alibishana na wapuuzaji na kuwapa matokeo
C. Aliwaangalia tu waliompuuza na kuendelea kutabiri
D. Alinyamaza, akaongoza familia na kungoja matokeo.

 

38. Kutojihadhari kabla ya hatari ni sawa na:

A. kutojitayarisha kukabiliana na tatizo

B. kutoshughulika na hatari

C. kutoshughulikia matatizo yajapo

D. kutoogopa madhara ya tatizo.

39. Familia ya Mkazeni ilinusurika kwa kuwa:

A. ilikuwa ikifundishwa kuhusu utabiri

B. haikufanya biashara na madereva

C. ilizingatia maadili na mashauri

D. Mkazeni alikuwa mtabiri

40. Kichwa kifaacho zaidi kuelezea kifungu hiki ni:

A. Mkazeni wa Tujueni na utabiri wake

B. Asiyesikia la mkuu huvunjika guu

C. UKIMWI utaangamiza watu wengi

D. Mchelea mwana kulia hulia mwenyewe

 

 

 

 

 

 

Soma taarifa hii kisha ujibu maswali 41 mpaka 50.

 

Maendeleo ya nchi hutegemea mchango na juhudi za kila mwananchi. Hata hivyo ni jambo la kusikitisha kuona kuwa baadhi yetu tuna fikira zisizo za kizalendo kuwa wengine ndio wanaopasa kuiendeleza nchi. Watu wa aina hii hutarajia serikali kuwafanyia hili na lile. Hawathubutu kujiuliza, je, mimi nimeifanyia nini nchi
yangu?

Inafaa tukumbuke kwamba nchi ni kama chombo cha usafiri na kila mtu ana wajibu wa kuhakikisha kwamba chombo hicho kimekwenda ipasavyo. Tunahitaji kuwa na bidii za mchwa za kujenga kichuguu. Tuwe na umoja wa nyuki ambao, japo ni viumbe wadogo hudiriki kutengeneza asali ambayo huwafaa wao na
kuwalisha binadamu. Ikiwa vidudu hivi vinaweza kuilisha jumuiya, sembuse sisi?

 

Mungu amemtunukia kila mmoja wetu vipawa anuwai. Ni juu yetu kuvitumia vipawa hivi kuinua uchumi wa nchi. Tukijitahidi pamoja tutaweza kutatua matatizo mengi yanayoikumba nchi. Tukumbuke kwamba kinga na kinga ndipo moto uwakapo. Wananchi katika nyanja mbalimbali hawana budi kuziimarisha nyanja hizi ili kuinua hali zao za maisha. Mathalani, wakulima watumie njia za kisasa za ukulima ili kuzalisha mazao mengi. Wakifanya hivyo, tutaweza kukabiliana na baa la njaa ambalo linawadhuru wananchi wengi.

Vijana nao wana jukumu lao kwa taifa. Wewe kama mwanafunzi, unaweza kuchangia maendeleo ya nchi hii kwa kushiriki kikamilifu katika shughuli zote za shule. Ujibidiishe vilivyo, si katika masomo pekee, lakini pia katika michezo. Kwa kuiendeleza michezo ya riadha na hata ya kuigiza, utakuwa umeiendeleza nchi kwa kuukuza utamaduni wako. Isitoshe, unaweza kushiriki katika shughuli za kuzoa taka katika mtaa ulio karibu na shule yako. Ukifanya hivyo utakuwa umeitikia wito wa serikali wa kuhifadhi mazingira.

Sehemu za mashambani zinahitaji kushughulikiwa kimaendeleo. Licha ya kuwa sehemu nyingi zina rutuba, vijana wengi baada ya kupata masomo huhiari kuhamia mijini kutafuta kazi zenye hadhi.
Mashamba yameachiwa wazee na bila shaka mazao yamekuwa haba. Hebu tujiulize, je, ikiwa sisi vijana
tutaziacha sehemu zetu na kuhamia kwingine, nani atakayeziauni? Je, hatujui kuwa chetu ni chetu na
K.Cn.gPu.EoRyEaVkISuIOazNima haifai chochote? Ni vyema tukumbu2k4e9 kuwa ikiwa tunataka kusaidiwa kuendeleza sehemu zetu, ni lazima sisi wenyewe tuwe tayari kuzitumikia kwani abebwaye hujikaza. Mapenzi kwa nchi ni muhimu mno. Shime tuungane kuijenga nchi yetu.

C. wakiwa na umoja na bidii wanaweza

41. Maendeleo ya nchi yanahitaji

A. kushughulika kila mara katika kilimo

B. ushirikiano wa kila mwananchi

C. kutotarajia serikali kufanya lolote

D. watu wengine kuendeleza nchi

42. Watu walio na fikira za kizalendo ni wale:

A. wanaotarajia kusaidiwa kila mara

B. wanaowataka wengine kushughulikia miradi ya maendeleo
C. wasiojua wameifanyia nini nchi

D. wasiopuuza wajibu wao katika kuendeleza nchi

43. Nchi ni kama chombo cha usafiri kwa sababu:

A. wananchi wasipoiendeleza nchi itazorota

B. bila chombo usafiri haufanikiwi

C. wananchi wasiporudi mashambani nchi itazorota
D. bila wasafiri nchi haifanikiwi

44. Binadamu wanalinganishwa na nyuki kwani

A. wakiwa na bidii nyingi wanaweza kujifaidi wao na wengine
B. nyuki wana umoja japo ni viumbe wadogo

kujifaidi wao na wengine

D. nyuki na mchwa wana bidii za kujenga.

45. Katika kifungu, matendo yanayoonyesha ukweli wa methali, “Kinga na kinga ndipo moto uwakapo” ni:
A. vijana kuzoa taka na sote kushiriki katika michezo
B. wote kurudi mashambani na kulima kwa bidii
C. vijana kudumisha utamaduni na kuimarisha elimu
D. ushirikiano wa nyuki na wananchi kujitahidi pamoja

46. Kulingana na kifungu, matatizo mengi yatatatuliwa iwapo
A. tutafanya kazi kwa pamoja bila kuzingatia tofauti zetu
B. sote tutakuwa na vipawa tofauti tofauti

C. sote tutajibidiisha katika masomo yetu

D. tutatarajia misaada kuinua hali za maisha yetu.

50. Ikiwa vidudu hivi vinaweza kulisha jumuiya,

sembuse sisi? maana yake ni

47. Vijana

A. wanapaswa tu kushughulikia masomo

B. wanapaswa kusoma ili kukuza utamaduni

C. wanapaswa kushiriki kuiimarisha nchi katika nyanja mbalimbali
D. wanapaswa kushirikiana wao kwa wao kujiinua na kuimarisha kilimo

48. Kulingana na kifungu maana ya kazi zenye

A. nyuki wanaweza kulisha watu wengi

B. binadamu ana uwezo wa kushirikiana

C. nyuki wana ushirikiano kuliko binadamu

D. binadamu wana nguvu za kuzalisha kuliko nyuki

hadhi ni:

A. kazi zinazolipa mishahara mikubwa

B. kazi zinazofikiriwa kuwa bora kuliko za shambani
C. kazi zenye marupurupu mengi kuliko za shambani
D. kazi za walio na elimu ya juu

49. Kulingana na kifungu hiki, abebwaye hujikaza

ina maana:

A. unaposaidiwa lazima nawe pia ujitahidi

B. ukibebwa mgongoni usilegee kamwe

C. tusitarajie kusaidiwa bila kusaidia

D. tukiwasaidia wengine lazima tujitahidi

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2007

KISWAHILI SEHEMU YA PILI: INSHA

 

Muda: Dakika 40

 

 

SOMA MAAGIZO HAYA KWA MAKINI

 

 

1. Kwenye nafasi zilizoachwa hapo juu andika Namba Yako Kamili ya mtihani, Jina lako na Jina la Shule yako.

2. Sasa fungua karatasi hii, soma kichwa cha insha kwa makini na uandike insha yako kwenye nafasi uliyoachiwa.

INSHA BORA 2007

 

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 254

Alama iliyotunzwa , 38.

Maswali 1 mpaka 15.

Soma vifungu vifuatavyo. Vina nafasi 1 mpaka 15. Kwa kila nafasi umepewa majibu manne hapo. Chagua jibu lifaalo zaidi kati ya yale uliyopewa.

Kilimo ni sekta muhimu 1 . Baada ya mimea kuchipuka, mkulima hana budi 2 ili kuikinga dhidi ya magugu na vimelea vingine ambavyo 3 vikawa hatari kwa mimea. 4 pia huendelezwa katika sehemunyingine. Wanyama hawa huogeshwa ndani ya 5 ili kuwaua wadudu waharibifu.
Kilimo kikiendelezwa sehemu za mashambani tutapunguza 6 mijini wa watu wanaotafuta kazi. Vijana wanaokipuuza kilimo watiwe 7 kuzistawisha sehemu zao.

 

 

1. A. kati ya nchi B. katika nchini C. katika nchi D. kati ya nchini

2. A. kuipogoa B. kuipalilia C. kuipura D. kuipulizia

3. A. huja B. vimekuja C. vimeenda D. huenda

4. A. Ufugaji B. Ufungaji C. Uwekaji D. Uwekezaji

5. A. vidimbwi B. majosho C. mito D. maziwa

6. A. uhamaji B. uhamishaji C. uhamishwaji D. uhamiaji

7. A. hima B. hamnazo C. shime D. kapuni

Msichana alikuwa amechoshwa na vitimbi vya kasri 8 shangazi yake ambaye alikuwa amemtoa
K.C.P.E REVISION 255
kijijini kuja kumpeleka shule. 9 alikuwa na nia ya kumfanya 10 . Hakujua amlaumu shangazi yake
huyu, 11 majaliwa 12 wazazi wake na kumwacha yatima. Alikumbuka jinsi 13 na matumaini ya kusoma kwa bidii ili kuiokoa jamii 14 kutokana na umaskini 15 hali zao.

Kutoka swali la 16 mpaka 30, chagua jibu lililo sahihi.

16. Ni tashbihi ipi inayoafikiana na maelezo:

“Kutokeza na kuendelea vizuri kwa haraka”?

A. Chipuka kama majani

B. Chanua kama waridi

C. Chanua kama mgomba

D. Chipuka kama uyoga

 

17. Kitenzi nawa katika kauli ya kutendesha ni:

A. nawika

B. nawia

C. navya

D. nawishwa

 

18. Chagua wingi wa:

Baharia huyu hodari ni mgeni huku kwangu.

A. Baharia hawa hodari ni wageni huku kwetu.

B. Mabaharia hawa hodari ni wageni huku kwetu.

C. Mabaharia hawa hodari ni wageni huku kwangu.

D. Baharia hawa hodari ni wageni huku kwangu.

 

19. Chagua maneno ambayo yote ni vihisishi.

A. Ala, Ee, Wee, Lo

B. Vile, Lo, Simile, Mashalla

C. Jamani, Huree, Ingawa, Isipokuwa

D. Vyema, Ila, Inshalla, Aaa

20. Chagua sentensi iliyo na kivumishi cha sifa.

A. Mwanafunzi ameandika insha nyingine.

B. Daktari amewatibu wagonjwa watatu.

C. Mpishi amepika chakuia kibichi.

D. Mtoto yule anaweza kukimbia.

 

21. Chagua jibu ambalo ni nomino ya dhahania

A. Wayo

B. Umati

C. Mate

D. Wema

22. Salamu “Alamsiki” hujibiwaje?

A. Bi nuru

B. Subahalkheri

C. Salama

D. Masalkheri

 

23. Chagua usemi halisi wa:

Mwalimu aliwauliza kama wangeandika insha siku hiyo jioni.
A. “Mtaandika insha kesho jioni?” Mwalimu aliwauliza.
B. “Kesho jioni mngeandika insha?” Mwalimu aliwauliza.
C. “Mtaandika insha leo jioni?” Mwalimu aliwauliza.

D. “Leo jioni mngeandika insha?” Mwalimu aliwauliza.

 

24. Jina wanaloitana ndugu wa kike na wa kiume ni

A. somo

B. umbu

C. mnuna

D. kaka

 

25. Chagua vielezi katika sentensi: Alisimama wima na kumwita kwa sauti
A. Alisimama, kumwita

B. na, kumwita

C. wima, kwa sauti

D. kumwita, sauti

 

26. Tegua kitendawili

Baba akipiga mbizi huibuka na ndevu nyeupe.

A. Muwa

B. Kinu

C. Mbegu

D. Mwiko

 

27. Pesa za ziada anazolipwa mkopeshaji ni:

A. riba

B. ada

C. mshahara

D. ridhaa

 

28. Maana ya methali:

“Ganda la muwa la jana chungu kaona kivuno” ni:
A. Jambo ambalo unaliona rahisi kwako kwa mwenzako huenda likawa gumu.
B. Haifai kudharau kitu chako duni kwa kutamani cha mwenzako.
C. Haifai kuwadharau watu waliokusaidia hapo awali, huenda ukawahitaji baadaye.
D. Kitu unachokiona duni kwako, huenda kikawa na manufaa kwa mtu mwingine.

29. Jaza pengo kwa kiunganishi kifaacho. Nitakusaidia utahitaji msaada wangu.
A. lakini

B. ingawa

C. iwapo

D. japo

 

30. Mtu anayeihama nchi yake na kununua ardhi na kuishi nchi nyingine ni:
A. mkimbizi

B. mlowezi

C. mtoro

D. msaliti

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Soma kifungu kifuatacho kisha ujibu maswali 31 – 40.

 

Nilizaliwa na kulelewa katika familia iliyotajika. Baba yangu Mlajasho alikuwa tajiri wa mali na moyo. Mimi na ndugu yangu mdogo hatukujua maana ya uhitaji kwani baba alitukidhia mahitaji yetu yote. Nyumbani mwetu kila siku mlishiba na kutapika watu wa kila sampuli waliokuja kulilia hali kwa baba. Baba aliwasabilia kwa mengi. Kuna waliopewa ruzuku mbalimbali za vyakula, kuna waliopewa vibarua mashambani na waliofanya kazi pale nyumbani. Almuradi kila mwana kijiji alifaidika kutokana na mkono wazi wa baba. Ndugu yangu mdogo hakuisha kuwabughudhi waja hawa na kuwaita waegemea nundu.

 

Siku zilisonga na kupita kama maji ya mto; hata nikajipata katika shule ya msingi. Niliyakumbatia masomo yangu kwa hamu kubwa. Sikuwa na wakati wa kufanya ajizi, kwani baba, pamoja na pato lake nono, hakuwahi kudekeza hisia za ugoigoi. Nasi ilibidi tufuate nyayo zake; kwani mwana akibebwa hutazama kisogo cha nina. Nilifanya mtihani wangu wa darasa la nane na kuvuna nilichopanda. Asubuhi baada ya kutangazwa kwa matokeo ya mtihani huo, niliamshwa na sauti ya, “pongezi mwanangu,” kutoka kwa baba. Baba alikuwa amebeba gazeti la siku hiyo, usoni amevaa tabasamu kubwa. Sikuamini maneno yake. Nilimnyang’anya gazeti na ikawa kweli mwenye macho haambiwi tazama. Nilikuwa mwanafunzi bora nchini. Nilijiunga na shule mojawapo ya kitaifa.

Siku nilipokivuka kizingiti cha lango la shule ya kitaifa ya Tindi ndipo maisha yangu yalipoanza kuingia ufa.
Nilikutana na Tamasha, mwanafunzi mchangamfu na mcheshi. Alijitambulisha kuwa alisomea shule iliyokuwa jirani na ile yangu ya msingi. Urafiki shakiki ukazaliwa kati yake nami. Tukawa daima tunaandamana. Hayo hayakunitia shaka, kwani Tamasha alinihimiza kila mara nitie bidii masomoni. Hata hivyo, siku zilivyosonga ndivyo tabia yake halisi ilivyonibainikia.

Jioni moja Tamasha alikuja chumbani mwangu akiwa amebeba unga aliouita dawa ya homa. Aliniambia nijaribu kutibu homa ambayo ilikuwa imenikaba kwa siku ayami. Nami, kwa kutotaka kumvunja rafiki yangu, nikachukua unga huo na kuutia kinywani; ingawa kwa kweli mwalimu wetu alikuwa ametuonya dhidi ya kutumia dawa zozote bila maelekezo ya daktari. Unga huu haukuitibu homa yangu, ila ulinipa utulivu mkubwa wa akili, utulivu ambao sikuwa nimewahi kuushuhudia maishani.

Tamasha alifika chumbani mwangu usiku kunijulia hali. Alinipata nimejituliza juu ya kitanda changu. Alinisalimu na kukenua kama aliyetarajia jawabu fulani kutoka kwangu. Nilimweleza hali yangu naye akaniambia kuwa hivyo ndivyo dawa hiyo ifanyavyo kazi; kwamba amekuwa akiitumia kwa muda, hata nyakati za mtihani; naye hupata nguvu za kukabiliana na majabali yote. Alinielekeza kwa Mzee Kamaliza ambaye ndiye aliyekuwa akimuuzia unga huo. Kuanzia siku hiyo nikawa mteja mwaminifu wa Kamaliza. Nilitumia unga huu bila fikira nikidhani kuwa ilikuwa dawa ya homa tu! Sikujua ilikuwa dawa ya kulevya; na Tamasha alikuwa mraibu sugu wa dawa hiyo na nyingine nyingi! “Uzuri wake huu ni wa mkakasi tu?” Nilijiuliza. “Laiti ningalijua”. Hata hivyo maswali yote haya hayakuwa na faida tena. Nilikuwa tayari nimezama katika tatizo sugu la

Km.Ca.tPu.mE RizEi VyaISdIOaNwa za kulevya.

259

Nilijisuta moyoni kwa matumizi ya dawa za kulevya ambayo yalielekea kuyagongesha mwamba maisha yangu

31. Mambo yanayoonyesha kuwa Mlajasho alikuwa tajiri wa mali na moyo ni:
A. Kukidhi mahitaji ya wana, watu kumlilia hali.

B. Kukidhi mahitaji ya wana, kuwapa watu riziki.
C. Kukidhi mahitaji ya wana, kumkanya mwanawe.
D. Kukidhi mahitaji ya wana, watu kumfuata kwake.

32. “Ndugu yangu mdogo hakuisha kuwabughudhi waja hawa na kuwaita waegemea nundu”,

B. maisha ya msimulizi yaliporomoka.

C. maisha ya msimulizi yalianza kubadilika

D. maisha ya msimulizi yaliharibika

35. Msimulizi hakutaka kuacha “unga” kwa sababu:

A. alikuwa amezoea uraibu wa Kamaliza

B. hakutaka kumuudhi Tamasha

C. alichelea kuondolewa kundini na wenzake

D. alichelea kudunishwa na wenzake.

inaonyesha kuwa ndugu mdogo alikuwa

A. mwenye uzushi

B. mwenye kujisifu

C. mwenye mapuuza

D. mwenye uchoyo

33. Msimulizi alisoma kwa hamu kwa kuwa

A. alipenda masomo yake

B. baba yake alikuwa mkali

C. baba yake alikuwa mwenye bidii

D. alitaka kufuata nyayo za ndugu yake.

 

34. Kifungu “ndipo maisha yangu yalipoanza kuingia ufa” kinamaanisha:
A. maisha ya msimulizi yalianza kupata matatizo
K.C.P.E REVISION 260

36. Mambo yanayoonyesha kuwa kifungu hiki kinapinga matumizi ya dawa za kulevya ni:

A. msimulizi kufukuzwa shule, msimulizi kujiunga na wanaopinga matumizi mabaya ya dawa shuleni.
B. walimu kumshauri msimulizi, mama pamoja na
mwalimu mkuu kumwonya msimulizi shuleni.

C. Kamaliza kuacha kuuza dawa, mama kumshauri msimulizi.
D. walimu kugundua tatizo la msimulizi, msimulizi
kuaibika shuleni.

37. Kulingana na kifungu hiki, jamii inakabiliana na tatizo la matumizi mabaya ya dawa kwa:
A. kuwapeleka watoto shuleni, matajiri kuwasaidia watu
B. ushirikiano kati ya wazazi na walimu, kuwajibika kwa vijana
C. ushirikiano kati ya wazazi na walimu, kuaibika kwa vijana
D. wazazi kwenda shuleni wanapoitwa, kuwajibika kwa vijana

38. Methali ambayo haifai kujumlisha ujumbe wa taarifa hii ni:
A. nazi mbovu harabu ya nzima

B. mchezea tope humrukia

C. mwegemea nundu haachi kunona

D. mchovya asali hachovyi mara moja
K.C.P.E REVISION 261

39. “Uzuri wake huu ni wa mkakasi tu?” ina maana Tamasha:
A. alikuwa mcheshi

B. alikuwa mnafiki

C. hakuweza kuaminika

D. hakuweza kutegemewa

40. Msimulizi alikuwa “sikio la kufa” kwa sababu:

A. hakupona homa baada ya kutumia unga

B. hakuacha uraibu wake baada ya kuonywa na baba na mwalimu
C. alifumaniwa na naibu wa mwalimu mkuu akipiga maji
D. alipata adhabu aliyotarajia baada ya kupiga maji

Soma taarifa hii kisha ujibu maswali 41 mpaka 50.

Mafunzo ya kuimarisha maadili katika jamii ni muhimu. Kinyume na hapo awali, sasa maadili ya jamii zetu yanazoroteka kwa kasi sana kiasi cha kushangaza. Mwingiliano mwingi kati ya mataifa ya Kiafrika na ya kigeni unaweza kuleta upungufu wa maadili. Watu wengi hufikiria kuwa upotovu wa maadili ndio ustaarabu ufaao. Kusifu na kuziiga nyendo mbaya huchangia upalilizi wa uozo wa tabia. Hali hii inaweza kuzifuja nchi hizi.

Ni dhahiri shahiri kuwa umaskini wa nchi umewafanya vijana kwa wazee kutamani na kuzitafuta njia za mkato za kujitajirisha. Kwa kuingiwa na tamaa nyingi, wao huanzisha miradi ya kifisadi. Watu hao hufanya juu chini kutafuta mianya ya kujipenyezea fedha. Wao hufanya haya bila ya kujali madhara yanayoletwa na hizo pilkapilka zao. Hongo huzidi kuendelezwa ili kuficha hizo njama ambazo huwa hatari kwa usalama wa nchi na watu wake.

Tamaa ikikithiri mpaka, bongo za fisadi hao hazitulii bali huenda kwa haraka isiyomithilika. Watu hujikweza wakitaka kuwafikia na kuwapita waliowatangulia kiuchumi. Mathalani, watu ambao hivi majuzi walionekana hoi ama watu wa kawaida, ghafla huonekana watu wa kuishi kitajiri huku wakijijengea majumba ya ghorofa katika mitaa ya kifahari. Kama hali hiyo ingeletwa na kushukiwa na nyota ya jaha, ungeelewa. Lakini kama utajiri huo unatokana na kufurisha mifuko kwa kuleta shoti ofisini, wakitumia wizi wa kalamu au kula mlungula, itabidi utiliwe shaka na kulaaniwa. Vijana ambao ndio wajenzi wa taifa wa leo na kesho wanapaswa kuvipuuza vitendo hivyo kwa sababu vinadhalilisha utu wa jamii.

Serikali nyingi za Kiafrika hutafuta mikakati ya kukabiliana na ufisadi ili ziimarishe maadili.
Mojawapo ya hiyo mikakati ni hatua ya serikali ya kuwahimiza wananchi kujaza fomu kuonyesha jumla ya rasilimali zao. Hata hivyo wahusika katika ufisadi hutafuta vizingiti vya kuzizuia juhudi hizo za serikali.

Ni bayana kuwa mtu hawezi kushindana na mkono mrefu wa serikali. Juhudi za kukomesha vituko vya ufisadi zimeanza kuzaa matunda. Tayari vielelezo vya kupambana na ufisadi vimeanza kujidhihirisha vyenyewe. Hivi majuzi vituko vya kujenga nyumba hafifu hapa nchini vilifuatiliwa unyounyo na wahusika kufunguliwa mashtaka; hasa baada ya watu kupoteza maisha yao na wengine kulemazwa walipoangukiwa na nyumba hizo. Kwa mfano, watu waliodai kuwa watajenga ghorofa tatu, walibadili nia na kujenga ghorofa zaidi. Walifanya hivyo baada ya kupata vibali vya pembe za chaki. Isitoshe, kwa kutaka kutajirika haraka walinunua na kuvitumia vifaa duni kinyume na kanuni za uhandisi. Mambo kama
haya hujitokeza katika nchi nyingi barani Afrika. Nchi hizi sasa zimeamka na kukaza kamba katika

Kk.Cu.Pu.pEinRgEaVISIONufisadi huu.

262

44. Utajiri unaotiliwa shaka ni ule:

41. Nchi zetu zinazidi kuharibiwa na:

A. kufuata ustaarabu wa kigeni na kupuuza maadili
B. wananchi wapendao maadili ya mataifa yao

C. vijana wanaoigiza maadili yafaayo

D. kutoelewa vizuri maana ya maadili

42. Chagua maelezo yaliyo sawa kulingana na aya ya pili.
A. Njama za ufisadi zinailetea nchi matatizo.

B. Usalama wa nchi hautegemei pilkapilka za fisadi.
C. Maskini wote wanatafuta njama za kujitajirisha
kifisadi.

D. Njia za mkato zatajirisha nchi upesi

43. Ushahidi kuwa ufisadi upo ni:

A. kuwapo na kuziiga nyendo za kigeni

B. kupatikana kwa haraka kwa mambo ya kifahari
C. kujenga majumba makubwa na ya kifahari katika
mitaa bora

A. wa kuigwa na watu wote

B. usio na wizi wa kalamu

C. wa njama za uharibifu

D. upendwao na vijana nchini

45. Kushukiwa na nvota ya jaha ni sawa na:

A. mchezo wa bahati nasibu

B. kupewa zawadi kwa kushinda

C. kupata kwa haraka

D. kubahatika kihalali

46. Kulingana na taarifa hii, mawazo ya fisadi:

A. yanaimarisha nchi kiuchumi kwa kutajirika

B. hayazingatii utamaduni wa wote

C. hutafuta njia mbalimbali za kujitajirisha

D. yanatamani maadili ya watangulizi wao

47. Upalilizi wa uozo wa tabia huendelezwa kwa:

A. kupenda na kuzifuata tabia za kifisadi

B. kufikiria tu juu ya upotovu wa maadili

C. kusifu na kuzifuata nyendo zote za kigeni

D. mwingiliano wa binadamu katika ustaarabu

48. Madhara makuu yanayoweza kupata jamii ya kifungu ni:
A. vijana kuupenda na kuuiga utamaduni wa kigeni
B. umaskini mkubwa unaorudisha nchi nyuma kiuchumi
C. watu kuingilia njama za kifisadi kwa kutaka kutajirika
D. maangamizi yanayoletwa na watu wenye njama za kifisadi

49. Mwandishi wa taarifa hii ana msimamo kuwa:
A. ustaarabu wote wa kigeni unapotosha maadili
B. maadili yatafaulishwa na vijana na serikali husika
C. uigaji wa nyendo za kigeni unapaswa kuzuiwa
D. ujenzi wa ghorofa duni na njama za kifisadi zimezidi

50. Kifungu hiki kinaweza kufupishwa kwa kutumia methali:

A. mwacha mila ni mtumwa

B. mla nawe hafi nawe ila mzaliwa nawe

C. tamaa mbele mauti nyuma

D. vyote ving’aavyo si dhahabu

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2008

KISWAHILI SEHEMU YA PILI: INSHA

 

Muda: Dakika 40

 

 

SOMA MAAGIZO HAYA KWA MAKINI

 

 

1. Kwenye nafasi zilizoachwa hapo juu andika Namba Yako Kamili ya mtihani, Jina lako na Jina la shule yako.

2. Sasa fungua karatasi hii, soma kichwa cha insha kwa makini na uandike insha yako kwenye nafasi uliyoachiwa.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 266

Alama iliyotunzwa 33

KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2008

KISWAHILI
SEHEMU YA KWANZA: LUGHA

Maswali 1 mpaka 15.

 

Soma vifungu vifuatavyo. Vina nafasi 1 mpaka 15. Kwa kila nafasi umepewa majibu manne hapo. Chagua jibu lifaalo zaidi kati ya yale uliyopewa.

Kwa _1_Kiswahili ni lugha ya Kiafrika ambayo imeenea kote. Wenyeji asilia _2_wakiongea lugha hii_3 _
awali ni

Waswahili. Waswahili wanapatikana kote katika upwa mzima _4_ pwani ya Afrika Mashariki. Kwa muda mrefu

Kiswahili _5 _ humu nchini lakini mambo yamebadilika. Lugha hii sasa imepewa hadhi kubwa _6_ nyanja mbalimbali
nchini. Lugha hii _ 7_ pakubwa kuwaunganisha wananchi na kudumisha amani. Wakenya wengi wamejitolea kuikuza

lugha hii yao na hawataki tena _8_.

 

1. A. sababu B. hivyo C. hakika D. vile

 

2. A. wamekuwa B. waliokuwa C. watakaokuwa D. wangekuwa

 

3. A. tangu B. hadi C. hata D. mpaka

Kutoka swali la 16 mpaka 30, chagua jibu lililo sahihi.

19. Chagua kinyume cha sentensi:

16. Chagua usemi wa taarifa ulio sahihi wa “Kilele cha Mlima Kenya kina theluji nyingi.” Fatuma akasema.
A Fatuma alisema kwamba kilele cha Mlima Kenya kilikuwa na theluji nyingi.
B. Fatuma anasema kwamba kilele cha Mlima Kenya

Musa alisifiwa kwa utiifu wake.

A. Musa hakusifiwa kwa utiifu wake.

B. Musa alikashifiwa kwa utundu wake.

C. Musa alikashifiwa kwa ukaidi wake.

D. Musa hakukashifiwa kwa ukaidi wake.

 

20. Methali yenye maana sawa na

huwa na theluji nyingi.

C. Fatuma akasema kwamba kilele cha Mlima Kenya
kimekuwa na theluji nyingi.

D. Fatuma alisema kwamba kilele cha Mlima Kenya kingekuwa na theluji nyingi.

17. Ni sentensi ipi inayoonyesha matumizi sahihi ya
Lau?

A. Lau mwanafunzi anapopita mtihani hutuzwa.

B. Lau ungekuja ningekusaidia.

C. Nipe lau kitabu kimoja nisome.

D. Nitakujuza Iau hutaki kujua.

 

18. Chagua jibu linaloonyesha aina za mashairi.

A. Tarbia, Takhmisa

B. Tarbia, Mizani

C. Vina, Takhmisa

D. Takhmisa, Mishororo

“usiache mbachao kwa msala upitao” ni

A. usione kwenda mbele kurudi nyuma si kazi

B. bahati ya mwenzio usiilalie mlango wazi

C. usipoziba ufa utajenga ukuta

D. bura yangu siibadili na rehani.

 

21 .Jogoo in kwa koo, fahali ni kwa

A. ndama

B. kipora .

C. tembe

D. Mtamba

 

22. Chagua aina ya pambo ambalo huvaliwa miguuni.

A. Kipete

B. Kidani

C. Kikuku

D. Kikuba

K.C.P.E REVISION 269

23. Umoja wa sentensi “Waungwana wowote hawawezi

kutufanyia fujo” ni

A. Muungwana yeyote hawezi kutufanyia fujo.

B. Muungwana yeyote hawezi kunifanyia fujo.

C. Muungwana yoyote hawezi kunifanyia fujo.

D. Muungwana yoyote hawezi kutufanyia fujo.

 

 

 

 

 

 

24. Chagua sentensi ambayo ni muungano sahihi wa hizi:

Mburukenge aliingia uwanjani. Mburukenge aliwafadhaisha wanafunzi.
A. Mburukenge aliingia uwanjani na kuwafadhaisha

wanafunzi.

B. Mburukenge aliingia uwanjani kwa kuwafadhaisha wanafunzi.
C. Mburukenge aliingia uwanjani lakini aliwafadhaisha wanafunzi.
D. Mburukenge aliingia uwanjani kwani aliwafadhaisha wanafunzi.

25. Kumpiga mtu vijembe ni

A. kumpa sifa asizostahili

B. kumsema kwa mafumbo

C. kumchafulia mtu jina

D. kumfanyia ishara ya dharau.

 

26. Ugonjwa wa ukambi pia huitwa

A. surua

B. safura

C. ndui

D. tetewanga

 

27. Sahihisha: Kule mlikolima hamna rutuba

A. Kule mlipolima hamna rutuba

B. Pale mlipolima hamna rutuba

C. Kule mlikolima hakuna rutuba.

D. Mle mlimolima hakuna rutuba

 

28. Chagua nomino kutokana na kitenzi kumbuka

A. Kumbukika

B. Kumbukwa

C. Kumbusha

D. Kumbusho.

 

29. Umbu, mkoi, halati, wote ni

A. jamii

B. wakwe

C. jamaa

D. marafiki.

 

30. Kitendawili “Nikitembea yuko nikikimbia yuko, nikiingia ndani hayuko,” jibu lake ni
A. mwanga

B. kivuli

C. mwangwi

D. upepo

Soma kifungu kifuatacho kisha ujibu maswali 31 – 40.

Uamuzi uliofanywa na serikali wa kuhimiza watoto wote warudi shuleni ni jambo mwafaka.
Watoto walifurika furifuri shuleni ili kusajiliwa. Wale waliokuwa wakirandaranda mitaani walifuatilizwa himahima na kupelekwa shule.
Waliokuwa wakubwa ki-umri walipelekwa kwenye shule za ufundi. Wakatabasamu kwa furaha kama mzazi aliyepata salama.

Kwa miaka mingi, baadhi ya wazazi walikuwa wameshindwa kuwasomesha wana wao. Hii ni kutokana na umaskini uliokithiri mipaka. Hali hiyo ilichangia huzuni kuu miongoni mwa familia. Pengo la waliosoma na wasiosoma lilizidi kuwa pana kielimu na kiuchumi. Uadui ukaingilia jamii. Ujambazi nao ukazidi.

Sasa watu wote wakipewa haki sawa ya kusoma, hata wale watoto wa maskini watamanio masomo watakinaisha kiu yao. Pia mengi ya matatizo yatapungua. Si kweli kuwa tajiri ni mwerevu kuliko mkata. Kila mwanajamii akipewa nafasi na asome kwa bidii atafua dafu maishani.

Vijana watakaofuzu katika shule za kiufundi wataweza kuajiriwa katika sekta mbalimbali.
Mwishowe wakipata mtaji watajiendeleza kwa kuanzisha miradi midogomidogo ya kujitegemea. Hali kama hii ikienea kote nchini viwanda vidogovidogo vitaanzishwa na ajira itapatikana. Hiyo itakuwa njia mojawapo kuu ya kuuinua uchumi na kuzalisha nafasi nyingi za kazi. Kitaaluma, hawa vijana wataweza kuwa madaktari, wasanii, walimu … na kazi zingine nyingi. Kisomo ni kitamu. Hakifai kutiliwa nanga.

31. Uamuzi uliofanywa na serikali

A. ulisababisha kufurika kwa watoto shuleni na kupita mitihani.
B. ulisababisha kuchipuka kwa vyuo vya ufundi na kuondoa umaskini.
C. ulisababisha kuongezeka kwa watoto shuleni na kupata nafasi ya kujiendeleza.
D. ulisababisha kupungua kwa umaskini na kuwapa watoto nafasi ya kujiendeleza

32. ….baadhi ya wazazi walikuwa wameshindwa kuwasomesha wana wao.
Chagua methali inayoweza kuelezea hali hii.

A. Maskini kupata ni mwenye nguvu kupenda.

B. Dau la mnyonge haliendi joshi.

C. Ngombe wa maskini hazai pacha.

D. Maskini halali mchana.

33. Ukosefu wa elimu unasababisha

A. umaskini, uadui, huzuni na ujambazi

B. wivu, ujambazi, kukosa kiu ya kusoma na uadui
C. utajiri, ukosefu wa kazi, huzuni na ujambazi

D. ujambazi, wivu, utajiri na kiu ya kusoma.

34. Kulingana na kifungu, pengo kubwa la kiuchumi limesababishwa na
A. watoto kutopata kisomo kwa sababu ya umaskini
B. uadui na ujambazi ulioikumba jamii maskini

C. watoto kutopelekwa shule za ufundi kwa sababu ya umaskini
D. wazazi kushindwa kupambana na umaskini.

35. Ni kweli kuwa watu wote wakipewa nafasi sawa
A. watoto wa maskini watakuwa werevu

B. watoto maskini na tajiri watakuwa sawa

C. watoto wote wapendao kusoma watakuwa matajiri
D. watoto wote wapendao kusoma watapata kisomo.

 

 

 

 

36. Vijana wote wakipata mtaji:

A. wataanzisha miradi ya kiufundi

B. wataweza hata kuwa wataalamu

C. wataanzisha shughuli za kujikimu

D. watakitilia kisomo chao makini.

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 273

37. Kisomo hakifai kutiliwa nanga kwa sababu

A. watu watakuwa wataalamu

B. kina manufaa mengi

C. shule zitapanuka

D. serikali itakigharamia.

38. Maana ya kusajiliwa ni:

A. kurekebishwa

B. kunufaishwa

C. kuandikishwa

D. kufundishwa.

39. Watakinaisha kiu yao ina maana ya:

A. watapunguza tamaa yao

B. wataacha hofu yao.

C. watafurahia hali yao.

D. watatosheleza hamu yao.

40. Kichwa kinachofaa zaidi kwa taarifa hii ni:

A. Ukarimu wa serikali.

B. Kupunguza ujinga.

C. Masomo ya kiufundi.

D. Serikali kupanua masomo.

K.C.P.E REVISION 274

Soma taarifa hii kisha ujibu maswali 41 mpaka 50.

Wanafunzi wa shule ya Mtepetevu walitembelewa na wazazi. Kabla ya kuruhusiwa kukutana na watoto wao, wazazi waliingia kwenye mkutano. Takriban kila mzazi alimbebea mwanawe furushi la chakula, licha ya kuwa watoto wao walikuwa wamerudi kutoka nyumbani majuma mawili tu yaliyopita.

Mkutanoni wazazi walizozana kuhusu maakuli shuleni, mavazi na mitindo ya nywele ya watoto hao. Baadhi walitaka watoto wao wapewe mapochopocho na matunda ghalighali. Wengine wao siku hiyo hawakufikiria sana kuhusu juhudi za watoto masomoni, kinyume na kawaida yao. Hata hivyo, wengi wao waliona mbele, wakapinga udekezaji huo.

Mzozo ulipokuwa ukipamba moto, kijana mmoja wa karibu miaka ishirini na minne, aliyekuwa amevalia kilalahoi, akaingia mkutanoni. Baadhi ya wazazi waliomuona walishindwa kwani mkutano
ulikuwa ni wa wazazi. Kijana akaketi na kutega sikio. Mzazi mmoja alisimama na kusema, “Nimeitazama orodha hii ya vyakula na nimesikitika. Kwa nini hawa watoto hawapewi chapati kwa kima, pilau na
“matoke”? Tunalipa! Sasa kwa nini wanakula ugali na “githeri”.

Kijana yule alikereketwa, akaunyoosha mkono juu sana na alipoona anapuuzwa, akasimama na kuanza kusema,
“Hoja mnazotoa si ” Baadhi ya wazazi wakamdakia na kusema, “We! Nyamaza. U mtoto! U mkwe
wetu “. Kijana akazidi kukakawana na kutaka kupewa nafasi lakini wale waliokuwa karibu naye
wakamlazimisha kuketi. Mwenyekiti

akasema, “Huu ni mkutano wa wazazi. Jukumu lako kijana ni kunyamaza na kusikiliza kwa makini, kisha uwapelekee
wazazi ujumbe.”

Kijana alikazana, “Tafadhali nipeni ruhusa. Kitanda msichokilalia, hamuwajui kunguni wake.” Akaulizwa walikokuwa wazazi wake kwani ndio waliotakiwa mkutanoni. Akajibu, “Bwana Mwenyekiti, sina wazazi! Mimi ni mlezi wa wadogo zangu, nina mdogo wangu hapa. Nimetoka mbali huko kote kuja kuwawakilisha,marehemu wazazi wangu. Mimi si mlevi, si mhuni au mkwe wenu. Nina akili razini. Kuwa kijana si dhambi. Nimemaliza chuo kikuu. Nina kazi lakini mshahara wote unaishia kwenye malezi na sasa mnanikataza kusema lolote. Je, kijana hana haki? Ninajua kuwa maji mengi hayazuiliki lakini tushirikianeni kwani penye wengi hapaharibiki neno”.
K.C.P.E REVISION 275

Mwenyekiti akampa nafasi ya kujieleza. Kijana akaendelea, “Mimi kama kijana mlezi,
nimewasikiliza kwa makini. Ninapinga hoja ya mavazi ya nyumbani na mapochopocho kama chapati….

C. umri wake

41. Ni jambo gani linaloonyesha kuwa hawa watoto wanadekezwa?
A. Ingawa walikuwa hawajakaa sana shuleni, wazazi waliwabebea mafurushi ya vyakula.
B. Walikuwa wametoka nyumbani na mafurushi ya vyakula.
C. Wazazi walikuwa wanataka watoto wale mapochopocho, sio tu kuvaa kifahari.
D. Wazazi walikuja mpaka shuleni kuwaona watoto hao na vyakula.

42. Ukipamba moto maana yake ni:

A. ukiwa na joto jingi

B. ukizidi kuendelea

C. ukiharibika

D. ukihimizwa

43. Mkutanoni kulikuwa na:

A. wapinzani, mwenyekiti na kijana

B. waungaji mkono, kijana na mwenyekiti

C. Wageni, kijana na mwenyekiti

D. wadekezaji, waona mbele na mwenyekiti

44. Kijana alipuuzwa kwa sababu ya

D. kutaka kuongea.

45. Kwa nini kijana alikazana kunyoosha mkono?

A. Alitaka kuondoa shaka ya wazazi na kutoa hoja zake.
B. Alitaka kusema kuwa yeye ni mlezi si mkwe.

C. Alikasirika na kutaka kupingana na wazazi.

D. Alikasirika kwa kudharauliwa akataka ajitambulishe.

46. Hoja za kijana zilionyesha

A. ukaidi wake

B. ulala hoi wake

C. ukomavu wake

D. ujana wake

hamuwajui kunguni wake ina maana

A. wazazi hawajajua matatizo ya watoto

B. wazazi hawakujua hali ya kijana

C. wazazi hawakuamini hoja za kijana

D. wazazi hawakuamini maoni ya watoto.

48. Kulingana na taarifa hii wazazi walipaswa

A. kujadili jinsi watoto wao walivyokula, walivyovaa na kuwa na mandari shuleni
B. kuzungumzia nidhamu na jinsi ya kuwahimiza walimu kuwapa watoto chakula cha kifahari
C. wakomeshe udekezaji, wahimize nidhamu na kuacha kutaka kugeuza shule kuwa ni mandari
D. kuondoa udekezaji na raha zote zilizokuwapo shuleni kama mavazi ya kifahari na lishe bora.

49. Mpangilio bora wa matukio ya siku hiyo huko Mtepetevu ulikuwa

A. kuwasili, kuingia mkutanoni, kuzozana, kuelewana na kuomba msamaha
B. kuwasili, kuzozana, kuomba msamaha, kuingia mkutanoni na kuelewana
C. kuwasili, kuingia mkutanoni, kuelewana,

kuzozana na kuomba msamaha

D. kuwasili, kuzozana, kuingia mkutanoni, kuomba msamaha na kuelewana.

50. Kichwa mwafaka kinachofaa kuelezea taarifa hii ni:
A. Dhifa ya wazazi shuleni.

B. Ujana shuleni si hoja.

C. Mzozo na mapatano shuleni.

D. Kudunishwa kwa vijana shuleni.

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2009

KISWAHILI SEHEMU YA PILI: INSHA

 

Muda: Dakika 40

 

 

SOMA MAAGIZO HAYA KWA MAKINI

 

 

1. Kwenye nafasi zilizoachwa hapo juu andika Namba Yako Kamilin ya mitihani, Jina la shule yako.

2. Sasa fungua karatasi hii, soma kichwa cha insha kwa makini na uandike insha yako kwenye nafasi iliyoachwa.

KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2009

KISWAHILI
SEHEMU YA KWANZA: LUGHA

Maswali 1 mpaka 15

Sonma vifungu vifuatuvyo. Vina nafasi 1 mpaka 15. Kwa kila nafasi umepewa majibu manne hapo.
Chagua jibu lifaalo zaidi kati ya yale uliyopewa.

Kipepesi ni njia mojawapo 1 sana siku hizi 2 mawasiliano. Njia 3 hutumika zaidi ofisini. 4 ni kali ya matokeo ya maendeleo ya kiteknolojia 5 dunia kuwa duara ndogo 6 walimwengu huweza 7 kwa njia rahisi.

 

 

 

1. A. zilizotumika B. zinazotumika C. inayotumika D. iliyotumika
2. A. katika B. kuhusu C . ndani ya D. mbali na
3. A. hiyo B. hizi C. hizo D. hii
4. A. Ama B. Aidha C. Na D. Au

5. A. iliyoiwezesha B.yaliyoliwezesha C. iliyoliwezesha D. yaliyojwezesha

6. A. ambayo B. ambao C. ambapo D. ambalo

K.7C..P.E REAV.ISION kuwasiliana B. kuwasilisha C2. 79

kuwasilishwa D. kuwasilishiana

Kutoja swali la 16 mpaka 30, chagua jibu lililo sahihi.

16. “Ka” imetumiwaje kalika sentensi:

Mvulana aliwasili nyumbani, akavua nguo, akafululiza jikoni, akala?

A. kuonyesha hali ya kuendelea kwa matukio.

B. kuunyesha hali ya kufuatana kwa matukio.

C. kuonyesha hali ya masharti.

D. kuonyesha hali ya wakati uliopita.

 

17. kanusha sentesi hii:

Mahali kuliko na gharika kwahitaji msaada.

A. Mahali kuliko na kiangazi hakuhitaji msaada.

B. Mahali kuliko na kiangazi kwahitaji msaada.

C. Mahali kusiko na gharika kwahitaji msaada.

D. Mahali kusiko na gharika hakuhitaji msaada.

 

18. Chagua jawabu lisilo sahihi.

A. Paa ni mnyama.

B. Paa ni kwenda juu.

C. Paa ni sehemu ya mbele ya uso.

D. Paa ni sehemu ya juu ya nyumba.

 

19. Geuza katika usemi wa taarifa:

Mwalimu aliwaambia wanafunzi, “Tutakamilisha shughuli ya kudurusu kwa kufanya mtihani muhula huu.”

A. Mwalimu aliwaarifu wanafunzi kuwa

wangekamilisha shughuli ya kudurusu kwa kufanya mithani muhula huu.
B. Mwalimu aliwaarifu wanafunzi kuwa wangekamillisha shughuli ya kudurusu kwa kufanya mitihani muhula huu.

C. Mwalimu aliwaarifu wanafunzi kuwa watakamilisha shughuli ya kudurusu kwa kufanya mitihani muhula huu.

D. Mwaliinu aliwaaritu wanafunzi kuwa watakamilisha shughuli ya kudurusu kwa kufanya mtihani muhula huo.

20. “Wa” umetumikaje katika sentensi:

Uzi mweupe wa kushonea umenunuliwa?

 

A. kuonyesha kumiliki.

B. Kuowesha matumizi.

C. Kuonyesha kitenzi.

D. kuonyesha hali.

 

21. Panga vifungu vifuatavyo kuunda sentensi sahihi.

(i) huyafukua

(ii) kila tukipanda

(iii) mahindi

(iv) na kuyala

(v) kuchakulo

 

A. (ii), (iii), (v), (i), (iv)

B. (i), (iv), (iii), (v), (ii)

C. (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (i)

D. (i), (v), (ii), (iii), (iv)

25. Chagua kiwakilishi katika sentensi. Huyu anaupinga vikali ufisadi.
A. ufisadi

B. vikali

C. anaupinga

D. huyu.

 

22. Nomino kutokana na kitenzi ‘nyamaa’ ni:

A. nyamazia

B. Kunyamavu

C. Nyamaza

D. Unyamavu

 

23. Zabuni ni:

A. kuuza kwa kuongezea bei

B. kuuza kwa kushindania bei

C. kuuza kwa rejareja

D. kuuza kwa kukopesha

 

24. Ni methali ipi iliyo na maana tofauti

maelezo haya? Ukisoma ukurasa mmoja mmoja utakamilisha kitabu chote

A. Bandu handu huisha gogo.

B. Chovya chovya humaliza buyu la asali.

C. Tone na tone habari hujaa.

D. Chururu si ndo ndo ndo.

26. Mazingira, machozi na mate ni nomino katika ngeli ya

A. YA-YA

B. I-ZI

C. Ll-YA

D. U-YA

 

27. Chagua kiambishi kifaacho kuchazia pengo: Farasi hata shinda nyumbu
A. i

B. li

C. m

D. zi

 

28. Chagua neno Ienye maana sawa na minghairi ya:

A. mradi

B. pasipo

C. isipokuwa

D. bali.

29. Jibu la kitendawili:

Afahamu kuchora lakini hajui achoracho ni:

A. mjusi

B. kobe

C. Konokono

D. nyoka.

 

30. Chagua sentensi ambayo imetumia kihisishi kifaacho.

A. Simile! Mpishe mwenye mzigo.

B. Pole jamani! Mmepata afueni nyote.

C. Alhamdulilahi! Mali yote imeporwa

D. Pakachaka! Amependekeza suluhisho nzuri.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Soma kifungu kifuatacho kisha ujibu maswali 31– 40

Jamii thabiti huhitaji misingi madhubuti ya makuzi ya watoto. Hoja ya wazazi isiwe tu kujitafutia mali kiholela bali iwe ni kuwatambua warithi wa mali inayotafutwa. Hii ndiyo maana wazazi wengi leo hujikusuru kuisimamisha misingi ya malezi bora ya watoto kwa kuwasomesha.

Kumsomesha mototo tu bila msingi wa nidhamu ni kama kulijenga jumba la ghorofa bila msingi imara na kuporomoka kwake ni ajabu.Vijana wanapaswa kuelewa umuhimu huu ili wawe tayari kuupokea uongozi urathi wa jamii.

Msingi madhubuti ya kinidhamu hujengwa tangu watoto wakianza kutambua mambo. Kungoja mpaka mtoto awe mkubwa ndipo aanze kufunza maadili ni kama kujaribu kumkunja samaki akiwa tayari amekomaa na kuwa mkavu; udongo tuuwahi uli maji.

Hapo kale mambo yalikuwa tofauti mtoto aliweza kosolewa na mtu yeyote yule hata kama alikuwa ni mpita njia. Watoto walikuwa ni wa jamii, hulka zao zilionekana mapema kama vile nyota njema zionekanavyo alfajiri. Watoto walikuwa wakitenda mambo huku waijihisi kuwa wanakondolewa macho na jamii. Hisia hizo ziliwafanya watoto kujichunguza, kujiasa, na kutenda kila jambo kwa tahathari.
Watoto waliheshimu watu wazima bila kushuruishwa, hali ambayo ilijenga uhusiano mzuri katika jamii.

Mtoto afunzwe adabu ipasavyo kawaida hawezi kutetereka popote alipo, iwe shuleni au nyumbani. Mtoto kama huyo kufanya zumbukuku na watovu wa nidhamu sio rahisi, bali hataweza kuchukua nafasi ya walimu na wazazi kuyapitisha maadili mwafaka kwa wenzake. Mtoto huyo hukuza mbegu bora katika jamii. Yeye hujistahi, huwa na bidii na uvumilivu mwingi. Wazazi wakilea watoto wa aina hii na wawaongezee mafunzo ya kidini, jamii itakuwa na uhakika wa kuwa na warithi bora. Watoto hao wataweza kuchangia katika pakubwa katika maendeloe ya nchi kwa jumla.

Ipo haja kubwa sasa ya kuacha kung’ang’ania kasumba na tamaduni za kigeni katika malezi. Tuache ubaguzi, uvivu na ubinafsi ili kuwapa watoto mfano bora na miangaza ya kuwakuza kifikira, kielimu, kiuchumi na kitamaduni. Jamii isipuuze kutoa mchango yakc katika urekebishaji wa watoto. Mathalani, ni makosa mtu kuacha kumkosoa mtoto atendaye mambo ya kuyahatarisha maisha yake na ya wenzake.

 

Watoto hata nao wana jukumu katika kuyaimarisha maisha yao. Wanapaswa kuziepuka tabia
K.Cm.Pb.EaRyaEVhISaItOaNikiwa wapewi misingi makwao. Wanawe2z8a3kuziiga jamii nyofu kinidhamu hata ikiwa sio wazazi wao na kuyatupilia mbali mambo maovu ambayo yanawazunguka katika jamii. Ni vizuri wajue

31. Kulingana na kifungu, misingi bora ya watoto hukuzwa kwa:

A. wazazi kutafuta mali na kuwasomesha warithi
B. kuujua umuhimu wao na kuwapa maelekezi

C. kuwa na misingi madhubuti shuleni

D. kufunza watoto kujikusuru kiuchumi.

32. Maana ya “kuporomoka kwake si ajabu” ni:

A. haishangazi ikiwa ghorofa itaanguka

B. malezi ya watoto kuharibika si kazi

C. wazazi kushindwa malezi si ajabu

D. ni rahisi jamii kupoteza warithi.

33. Amekomaa na kuwa mkavu: huweza kulinganishwa na:
A. ugumu wa malezi bora

B. madhara ya ucheleweshaji wa kufunza nidhamu
C. adhara ya ucheleweshaji wa masomo ya watoto
D. ugumu wa kuwakosoa watoto.

34. Watoto wa zamani:

A. walilelewa kwa ugumu

B. waliwaogopa wazazi waliowalea

C. walikomaa kwa haraka

D. walilelewa kwa ushirikiano.

35. Watoto kuhisi kuwa wanatazamwa na jamii kuliwafanya waweze:
A. kuithamini jamii zaidi

B. kuiogopa jamii majumbani

C. kuwajibika katika jamii

D. kurekebisha tabia katika jamii.

36. Kulingana na kifungu. ubaguzi katika malezi hutokea:
A. wazazi wanapopuuza kurekebisha makosa ya watoto wengine
B. wazazi wanapoanza kuwasomesha watoto wao tu
C. jamii inapoanza kuwakodolea watoto macho bila kuwasaidia
D. vijana wanapopuuza ushauri wa wanajamii wengine.

37. Watoto hata nao wana jukumu katika kuyaimarisha maisha yao. Methali inayoweza kutumiwa kujumuisha maneno haya ni:

A. mtoto umleavyo ndivyo akuavyo

B. ukishikwa shikamana

C. ukibebwa usilevyelevye miguu

D. mlolo akibebwa hutazama kisogo cha nina.

 

38. Warithi bora katika jamii hukuzwa kwa:

A. malezi bora na e1imu

B. kuheshimiwa na wakubwa

C. malezi ya kizamani

D. kuamimwa na jamii.

 

39. Maana ya “hawezi kutetereka” ni:

C. Hujiamini

D. Hujiheshimu.

A. hawezi kubabaika

B. hawezi kupotoka

C. hawezi kushawishika

D. hawezi kutetemeka

40. Chagua neno lenye maana sawa na hujistahi kama lilivyotumiwa katika kifungu.
A. Hujisifu

B. Hujipenda

Soma taarifa ifuatayo kisha ujibu maswali 41 mpaka 50.

Asubuhi hiyo Tundu aliamka akiwa mehovu wa mwili na roho. Ulikuwa mwanzo wa siku ambayo kwake Tundu ilifanana na zingine za awali kama shilingi kwa ya pili. Katu haingempa matumaini mapya. Usiku uliopita ulizongwa na hamaniko na mavune makubwa kutokana na shughuli za kutwa shuleni.
Kutwa hii alikuwa amepewa adhabu ya kupalilia shamba la shule baada ya kukosa kufanya zoezi la hesabu. Ingawa kufanya adhabu kulikuwa mazoea yake Tundu, hii ya leo ilikuwa ya kipekee kwani hata baada va kuikamilisha, mwalimu mkuu alimpa nyongeza; alihitajika kuyafanya mazoezi mengine mawili zaidi na kumkabidhi mwalimu kesho yake asubuhi.

Tundu alijikokota kutoka kitandani kwa maumivu. Alijua kwamba hakuwa ameikamilisha kazi aliyopewa na mwalimu mkuu. Fikira ya kumkabili mwalimu mkuu ilimtia fadhaa ya ajabu, ila alifahamu sababu ya fadhaa yake. Vituko vyake vilikuwa vimewakaba walimu koo. Alikuwa hahudhurii madarasa yake kwa desturi. Mara nyingi alitoka nyumbani alfajiri na mapema. Hata hivyo hakudiriki kufika shuleni; japo kwa kweli alikuwa akivaa sare za shule kuwasadikisha wazazi kuwa anaenda shuleni. Wazazi wake walipojuzwa na walimu kuhusu tabia hii, walipigwa na butwaa wasijue la kusema. Waliwaambia walimu kwamba kila siku Tundu alikuwa akiondoka akiwa amevaa sare kamili ya shule, na aliporejea nyumbani magharibi alifululiza chumbani kudurusu kazi yake. Laiti wangalijua kwamba Tundu alikuwa akivaa
magwanda yake ya ‘kazi’ ndani ya sare za shule na pindi tu apoteapo kwenye upeo wa macho ya wazazi, alikuwa akijitoma kwenye mashamba ya majirani kujichumia!

Baada ya kupata staftahi yake ambayo kwa kweli ilikuwa chai ya mkandaa, alivaa mavazi yake ya kawaida na kujiambia kwamba leo atamngojea mwenzakc njiani waucheze ‘mchezo’ wake wa kawaida. Alipofika kwenye njia panda alivua sare yake ya shule na kubaki na vazi la ‘kazi’. Mwanafunzi mwenzake kwa jina Karaha alijiunga naye na baada ya Tundu kumwelezea kuwa alichelea kuongezewa adhabu na mwalimu mkuu, walikata shauri kulitembelea shamba la mwalimu mkuu ambalo lilikuwa mkabala na shule yao.

Shamba hili lilikuwa limeshiba miti iliyozaa matunda ya kila aina. Tundu, mate yalimdondoka alipokuwa akiyatundulia macho matunda haya. Umaskini wa familia yake ulisahaulika machoni pa utajiri huu asioulalia wala kuuamkia. Walinyata kimya kimya katikati ya miti hii, manyezi yakimkumbatia Tundu kwa nguvu. Hii haikuwa mara yake ya kwanza kufaidi jasho la wengine, hivyo hakusita kujiuliza sababu ya uoga huo. Jambo ambalo Tundu hakutambua ni kwamba siku yake ya arubaini ilikuwa inabisha hodi.

Haukupita muda mrefu baada ya kuanza kuyatunda matunda kabla ya kusikia mrindimo wa nyayo.
KK.aCr.Pa.hEaR, EaVmISbIOayNe hakuwa mzoefu wa vitimbi vya Tundu2, 8a6litoa macho pima kwa uoga. Tundu aliendelea kufurahia kiamsha kinywa chake hadi pale alipotahamaki kuguswa begani. Alipogeuka alijikuta

41. Siku hii ilifanana na zingine za awali kwa sahabu:

A. Tundu aliamka akiwa mchovu

B. usiku uliotangulia ulikima na mambo mengi

C. usiku uliotangulia hakuepuka adhabu

D. Tundu hakutarajia kupata lolote jema.

B. alikuwa mtovu wa nidhamu

C. aliogopa kuongezewa kazi na mwalimu mkuu

D. hakuwa mwenye adabu hivyo aliogopa kuadhibiwa na mwalimu mkuu.

45. “…alivaa mavazi yake ya kawaida” ina maana

A. alivaa nguo na magwanda yake ndani

42. Maana ya neno ‘ulizongwa’ ni A ulijawa
B. uliingiwa

C. ulishikwa

D. ulivamiwa.

43. Kulingana na kifungu:

A. aliyekosa kufanya mazoezi kila mara alipata adhabu mbili
B. kuilikuwa na wanafunzi wachache mno wenye tabia kama ya Tundu
C. Tundu hakupenda kufanva kazi yake shuleni

D. adhabu aliyopewa Tundu siku hii alikuwa ameizoea.

44. Tundu alichelea kutoka kitandani kwa sababu

A. hakuwa amekamilisha kazi hivyo alimwogopa mwalimu mkuu

B. alivaa nguo na magwanda ya kawaida

C. alivaa sare na magwanda yake ndani

D. alivaa sare na nguo za nyumbani.

46. Maana y a “waucheze ‘mchezo’ wake wa kawaida” ni:
A. wavae magwanda yao ya kawaida

B. waibe katika mashamba ya majirani

C. Watoroke tena kutoka shuleni

D. Walivamie shamba la mwalimu mkuu.

 

 

 

 

 

 

47. Siku hii Tundu hakwenda shuleni kwa sababu

K.C.P.E REVISION 287

A. hakutaka kupewa adhabu nyingine na mkuu wa shule
B. hakutaka kupigiwa kelele na mwalimu

C. alitaka kulipiza kisasi kwa mkuu wa shule

D. mkuu wa shule alikuwa ameyaingilia mambo yake.

48. “Siku yakc ya arubaini ilikuwa inabisha hodi” ina maana:
A. uvivu wake ulikuwa karibu kugunduliwa

B. mkuu wa shule alikuwa karibu

C. mkuu wa shule alikuwa karibu kumpa onyo la mwisho
D. uovu wake ulikuwa karibu kugunduliwa

49. Matendo yanayoonycsha kuwajibika kwa mwalimu ni

A. kumrudisha Tundu shuleni, kumgusa begani, kumpa mashauri
B. Kumtimizia Tundu mahiiaji, kumwadhibu, kumfumania
C. kutoa adhabu, kutoa ushauri, kumrudisha Tundu shuleni
D. kumsikitikia Tundu, kumrekebisha tabia, kumwonya.

50. Kulingana na kifungu

A. Karaha ana mazoea ya wizi

B. Karaha hana msimamo

C . Karaha aliadhibiwa na mwalimu

D. Karaha alirekebisha tabia.

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

 

KCPE 2010
KISWAHILI
SEHEMU YA PILI: INSHA

Muda: Dakika 40

SOMA MAAGIZO HAYA KWA MAKINI

Kwenye nafasi zilizoachwa hapo juu andika Namba Yako kamili ya mtihani, Jina lako na Jina la Shule yako.

Sasa fungua karatasi hii, soma kichwa cha insha kwa makini na uandike insha yako kwenye nafasi uliyoachiwa.

 

 

 

 

Insha

Andika insha isiyopungua ukurasa mmoja na nusu juu ya kichwa kifuatacho:

 

Umeshinda shilingi milioni moja katika mchezo wa bahati nasibu. Eleza utakavyozitumia pesa hizo.

Soma vifungu vifuatavyo. Vina nafasi 1 mpaka 15. Kwa kila nafasi umepewa majibu manne hapo. Chagua jibu lifaalo zaidi kati ya yale uliyopewa.

 

 

Nilikimbia kadiri 1 nikiacha 2 ya jasho kudondoka kipajini. Sikujua kilichonipeleka
3 humo. Daima babu yangu alikuwa 4 dhidi ya kucheza karibu na mabaki ya nyumba

zili1zo. bAo. mnionkgae.weza

B. nilivyoweza

C. niliweza

D. niliyoweza

5 niliyapuuza maneno yake. Sasa 6 na hatari ya kuwa kitoweo 7
mnyama 8 .

2. A. matone

3. A. kambini

4. A. amenishauri

B. michirizi

B. handakini

B. ameniambia

C. mitiririko

C. mashambani

C. amenikanya

D. mafunda

D. magofuni

D. ameniarifu

D. Ijapokuwa

 

 

 

9. A. kuwanyima

10. A. nyingi

11. A. kuliko

12. A. lilipaswa

B. kuwapendelea

B. wengi

B. kama

B. litapaswa

C. kuwanyakua

C. wowote

C. kwa

C. linapaswa

D. kuwabagua

D. zozote

D. badala

D. limepaswa

Kutoka swali la 16 mpaka 30, chagua jibu lililo sahihi.
16. Chagua sentensi sahihi kisarufi.
A. Msichana amenunua rinda nyingine nyeusi.
B. Msichana amenunua rinda nyingine jeusi.

C. Msichana amenunua rinda ingine nyeusi

D. Msichana amenunua rinda lingine jeusi

17. Chagua wingi wa sentensi hii: Ua ulizungushiwa waya.
A. Maua yalizungushiwa waya.

B. Maua yalizungushiwa nyaya.
C. Nyua zilizungushiwa waya.
D. Nyua zilizungushiwa nyaya.

18. Chagua kundi lenye vielezi pekee.

A. Jabali, shujaa, mkakamavu, msomi.

B. Mweupe, mdogo, mrembo, mnene.

C. Ovyo, ghafla, kisiri, kwa gari.

D. Omba, inua, osha, funga.

19. Nomino dhahania kutokana na kivumishi ‘bora’ ni:
A. boreka

B. uboreshaji

C. kuboreka

D. boresha.

20. Chagua kiwakilishi katika sentensi hii: Wao hucheka hadi wakalia.
A. wao

B. wakalia

C. hucheka

D. hadi.

21. Buibui ni kwa utando, ni kwa mchwa.

A. kichuguu

B. kizimba

C. tundu

D. mchangani.

22. Jua kuwa mtikati ni wakati wa:

A. mchana

B. macheo

C. alasiri

D. adhuhuri.

23. Kamilisha: Matunda yamejaa sokoni

A. chepechepe

B. pomoni

C. nomi

D. tiki.

24. Chagua neno lisiloafikiana na mengine.

B. mende

C. utitiri

D. kunguni.

25. Meno hushikiliwa na nyama zinazoitwa:

A. taya

B. shavu

C. kaakaa

D. ufizi.

26. Mtoto wa umbu huitwa:

A. mpwa

B. mkoi

C. ndugu

D. binamu.

27. Chagua kihusishi katika sentensi hii.

Najua tofauti baina ya mandari na mandhari.

A. najua

B. na mandhari

C. tofauti

D. baina ya

28. Geuza katika kauli ya taarifa: Baba aliwaambia wanawe, “Viwekeni vyumba vyenu safi kila siku.”

A. Baba aliwaambia wanawe kuwa anataka waviweke vyumba vyao safi kila siku.
B. Baba aliwaambia wanawe kuwa angetaka waviweke vyumba vyao safi siku zote.
C. Baba aliwaamuru wanawe kuviweka vyumba vyao safi kila siku.
D. Baba aliwaambia wanawe kuwa yeye hutaka waviweke vyumba vyao safi kila siku.

29. Chagua sentensi iliyo katika wakati uliopo hali isiyodhihirika.
A. Mimi hupika chakula.

B. Mimi nimepika chakula.

C. Mimi ninapika chakula.

D. Mimi napika chakula.

30. Chagua sentensi iliyoakifishwa vyema.

A. Ah! Umeanguka? Pole sana.

B. Ah, Umeanguka, pole sana!

C. Ah, Umeanguka? pole sana

D. Ah! Umeanguka Pole sana.

Soma kifungu kifuatacho kisha ujibu maswali 31 — 40.

“Mgeni mheshimiwa, Daktari Busara, Mwalimu wetu Mkuu, walimu, wanafunzi wezangu, h a m j a m b o ! Kama mlivyotajiwa, mimi ni Kiranja Mkuu wa shule hii. Kwa niaba ya wanafunzi wa darasa la nane ningependa kuchukua fursa hii kuwashukuru walimu wetu kwa kutuletea mhadhiri ambaye ametupa mawaidha ya kutufaa. Bila shaka tukiyatilia maanani yote aliyoyanena yatatujenga maishani.

Mhadhiri ametukumbusha kuhusu umuhimu wa nidhamu. Ametilia mkazo matendo ya heshima na
u t i i f u . Ametuhimiza kuyachuja mema na mabaya na kuzifuata kanuni zote muhimu. maishani. Aidha
ametuhimza tutende mambo kwa wakati ufaao. Amesisitiza pia kuwa, tukifanya lolote tulitende kwa hadhari, mahali, pafaapo. Yatupasa tuepuke njia zitakazotutumbukiza gizani.

Daktari Busara ametuzungumzia kuhusu mwingiliano mbaya kati ya marafiki shuleni na hata nyumbani. Ni muhimu kuyaepuka makundi yanayoshinikiza utendaji maovu. Tuhimizane kusoma katika m ak undi na kubadilishana mawazo bora. Amesema kuwa michezo ni muhimu kwani ina faida nyingi. Miongoni mwa faida hizo ni kuijenga miili na kuchangamsha akili. Hata hivyo, amesisitiza tena kuwa, k i la jambo l i n a
kipimo. Kucheza sana bila kusoma, kutayaathiri matokeo ya mitihani.

Bwana Busara amesema kuwa, maisha ya kesho hujengwa na maisha ya leo. Ni vyema k u j i ul i za, “kweli nimejenga nini leo? Je, nimekuwa nikijipakatia mikono siku hizo zote, nikijua kuwa muda upo na hapana haja ya kujisaga sana na vitabu?” Jamani wenzangu, tuamke sote kwa pamoja kama tulivyoshauriwa, Tusome kwa bidii kama mchwa wafanyavyo kazi zao. Tusitegemee kubebwa na wazazi, ndugu na marafiki. Tukumbuke kuwa, mtegemea cha nduguye …”

Nimefurahi mhadhiri aliposema kuwa, miaka kadhaa ijayo huenda tukajikuta kuwa viongozi. Viongozi wa kesho hujengwa leo. Nikajiuliza tena, “mimi nitaweza hata kuwa mhadhiri kama yeye?” Alipoendelea kusema kuwa maisha ya uzeeni huanzia utotoni, nilijua kuwa, huo ndio uhalisia wa mambo. J i ns i tunavyosoma sasa ndivyo tutakavyojiokoa kesho. Tukiuendekeza ugoigoi hatutafua dafu abadan! T uk um b uk e tuki lima pantosha, tutavuna pankwisha. Tuamke! Tuamke kwa nia moja ya kujiimarisha maishani.

Mhadhiri ametuhimiza tuwe na malengo. Tujue tunataka nini maishani. Tuibuni mikakati
ya k u k i p a t a k i le tukitakacho. Ametuambia pia kuwa, mumu humu darasani, mtatoka madaktari, walimu, wahandisi na hata matopasi! Sasa uteuzi ni wetu. Utahisije kujikuta duni kazini, ukiwa na mwenzako
mliyesoma pamoja katika mazingira sawa, sasa ndiye mkurugenzi wako? Tusome sote tuimarike, tupite kwenda shule bora za sekondari na huko uzi uwe ule ule kama tulivyoshauriwa. Tukaze kamba hadi chuo kikuu, tutakapokutana na Daktari Busara. Inawezekana! Muda ni huu! Tutie bidii.

Mimi nimepata mwamko. Kuanzia leo sitafikiria kuwa mchuuzi kama wazazi wangu. La! hasha! Ingawa kazi ni kazi na uchuuzi huo umenipa riziki tangu utotoni, sasa nataka nisome sana hatimaye niwe mhandisi kuunda hata ndege.

Jamani, furaha iliyoje hiyo kama sote tutajikuta katika baadhi ya nyadhifa na kazi bora z i l i z o ta j w a? Tutafanyaje tupige hatua hizo? Tujifunge vibwebwe kwani mchumia juani hulia kivulini.

Namalizia kwa kuwashukuru tena kwa kunisikiliza na kuzidi kumshukuru mhadhiri wetu wa leo na walimu. Nanyi wenzangu, tumepewa motisha leo. Natumai tumeamka kutoka katika usingizi wetu wa pono. Tuahidi kukazana kama nyuki. Asanteni.”0504

C. maisha ya leo ni sawa na maisha ya kesho

31. Kwa mujibu wa aya ya pili nidhamu huhusu mambo yafuatayo Ila:
A. kuogopa mabaya yanapotujia

B. kutenda mambo mema kwa tahadhari

C. kutenda mambo yanayokubalika

D. kuwa mahali pafaapo ikihitajika.

32. Maana ya “zitakazotutumbukiza gizani” ni:

A. zitakazotuathiri

B. zitakazotupotosha

C. zitakazotukosesha hadhari

D. zitakazotukosesha mwanga.

33. Kulingana na kifungu, umuhimu wa michezo ni:

A. kuhimiza mwingiliano wa makundi

B. kuhimiza kufanya mambo kwa kipimo

C. kutuliza akili na kuimarisha miili

D. huleta tahadhari na kuimarisha matokeo.

34. Maisha ya kesho hujengwa na maisha ya leo inamaanisha
A. ukitaka kuishi vyema baadaye sharti uweke msingi sasa
B. maisha mema ya baadaye sharti yawekewe

D. ukitaka kuishi kesho lazima uishi vizuri leo.

35. Maana ya nikijipakatia mikono ni

A. kutofanya chochote

B. kutotazamia chochote

C. kubaki ukishangaa

D. kukaa ukihuzunika.

36. Kwa mujibu wa kifungu Tukilima pantosha tutavuna pankwisha ina maana
A tukilima shamba dogo hatutapata mavuno mengi
B. tukiridhika na kidogo hatutatamani vingi

C. tukitosheka na shamba dogo hatutatafuta kubwa
D. tukitia bidii kidogo tutapata mafanikio haba.

C. awali kiranja hakuwa na malengo

37. Kulingana na kifungu hiki, lengo kuu la kupata elimu ni:
A. kujipatia sifa kubwa

B. kujiimarisha na kuimarisha jamii

C. kuweza kujiteulia mambo maishani

D. kupata vyeo vikubwa na utajiri.

38. Katika aya ya sita maoni ya mhadhiri ni kwamba
A. kusomea katika mazingira sawa huwahakikishia wanafunzi nafasi sawa baadaye
B. wanafunzi waliosomea katika mazingira sawa wana hakikisho la kuwa na mitazamo sawa
C. wanafunzi waliosomea katika mazingira sawa wanatakiwa wajitofautishe kitaaluma
D. kusomea katika mazingira sawa huweza kujenga watu wa taaluma tofauti.

39. Mimi nimepata mwamko ina maana

makubwa maishani

D. awali kiranja alikuwa hajui kazi nyingine.

40. Kwa mujibu wa kifungu, kupata baadhi ya nyadhifa na kazi bora kunahitaji
A. kuwa na tumaini na motisha

B. kujitahidi kwa vyovyote vile

C. kuamka kutoka usingizini

D. kufanya kazi tangu utotoni.

A. awali kiranja alikuwa hajui umuhimu wa elimu
B. awali kiranja hakuwa ameyawekea maisha yake malengo

Soma taarifa ifuatayo kisha ujibu maswali 41 mpaka 50

Bara_la Afrika lina takriban mataifa hamsini na manne. Kila taifa limetengwa na kubainishwa kwa mipaka yake ya kitaifa iliyopangwa kwa sababu za kisiasa zinazohusisha misingi ya utawala. Kutokana na mipaka hii, mataifa mengine ni madogo kama vile Rwanda na Burundi na mengine ni makubwa kama Tanzania, Kongo na Kameruni. Ifahamike kwamba ukubwa au udogo si hoja kwa taifa ikiwa linaweza kujisimamia. Bora tu pawe na serikali inayotekeleza majukumu yake.

Kwa ajili ya tofauti za kitaifa, yamkinika ingekuwa vigumu sana kwa utawala mmoja kuweza kumiliki na kudhibiti eneo lote la Afrika mashariki na kati. Fikiria jinsi serikaii moja inavyoweza kutawala kuanzia visiwa vya Lamu kule upwa wa pwani hadi kufikia Kameruni, upande wa Afrika Magharibi.

Kuna umuhimu wa kuweka mipaka ya kitaifa. Jambo la kwanza ni kurahisisha utawala . Kwayo serikali huweza kutekeleza miradi yake kwa urahisi katika eneo lake. Hali kadhalika, watu wanaoishi katika eneo moja hujenga uhusiano wa karibu na kufahamiana vyema. Hali hii hukuza ushirikiano zaidi. Umuhimu mwingine hujitokeza kwa upande wa kujenga hisia za umoja miongoni mwa wote wanaoishi katika eneo moja. Umoja huu huwa na mvuto wa kidugu unaotia watu ari ya kutaka kujitambulisha kama raia wa sehemu moja. Bila hisia za umoja na udugu_kwa hakika haingewezekana kuwa na taifa madhubuti.

Mbali na mipaka, kuna tamaduni na mila za kiasili zinazozibainisha jamii mbalimbali.Tukiangazia upande wa vyakula itadhihirika kuwa, vile vilivyozoeleka eneo moja ni tofauti na vyakuia vya kawaida vya eneo lingine. Kwa mfano katika mataifa ya Afrika Magharibi hasa Nigeria, chakula chao mahsusi huitwa ‘foo foo’. Nchini Kenya ugali ndicho chakula cha muhimu miongoni mwa jamii nyingi. Waganda hupendelea ‘matoke’ zaidi. Mazoea yana taabu. Mtu huenda asitosheke na mapochopocho ya biriani na pilau mfululizo bila kuonja chakula chao asilia.

Mavazi pia ni mojawapo ya vitambulisho vya tamaduni za jamii mbalimbali. Mathalan Afrika Magharibi ni maarufu sana kwa mavazi yao ya aina ya vitenge vilivyotiwa nakshi na kushonwa kwa umaridadi. Nyuzi za rangi ali ali hutumiwa kuongezea urembo wa vitenge kuthibitisha kwamba ukiviona vinaelea jua vimeundwa. Mavazi haya huvaliwa na wanaume na wanawake, tofauti zikijitokeza kwenye mitindo na mishono. La ziada, wanaume hukamilisha vazi lao kwa kuvaa kofia maalum. Wanawake nao hujifunga kitambaa kichwani kila mmoja kwa ufundi wake.

Kila taifa lina lugha yake maalum ambayo hujulikana na kutumiwa na raia wake wote kama lugha unganishi. Lugha h i i teule huitwa lugha ya taifa na inatumika katika shughuli za serikali, biashara na mawasiliano ya kila siku miongoni mwa wanajamii.

Katika mataifa ya Kenya na Tanzania, Kiswahili kimetumiwa kwa miaka mingi kama lugha ya ta i fa . Kwa upande mwingine, Luganda ndiyo lugha iliyopewa kipaumbele huko Uganda japo Kiswahili hutumiwa pia. Nchini Kongo kuna baadhi ya lugha teule za taifa zikiwemo Lingala na Kingwana.

Ni kweli kuwa nchi za kiafrika zina mengi yanayofanana kama vile kuwa na historia ya kutawaliwa na wakoloni, mali ya asili kama vile machimbo ya migodi, sherehe za kitamaduni zikiwemo ndoa na posa. Hata hivyo ibainike kuwa kila jamii ina tamaduni zake mahsusi zinazoitofautisha na nyingine. Ni muhimu kujivunia tamaduni hizo kwani mwacha mila ni mtumwa.

41. Bara la Afrika lina takriban mataifa hamsini na manne inamaanisha:
A. lina karibu mataifa hamsini na manne

B. lina zaidi ya mataifa hamsini na manne

C. lina mataifa hamsini na manne

D. lina chini ya mataifa hamsini na manne.

42. Kulingana na taarifa, ubora wa taifa hupimwa kwa:
A. utamaduni wake

B. uwezo wa kujitegemea

48. Lugha unganishi:

A. ni ile inayounganisha mataifa

B. ni ile inayofahamika na kutumiwa na wote

C. ni ile inayotumiwa katika biashara

D. ni ile inayojumuisha watu wa jamii zote.

49. Kifungu kinasema kwamba Kiswahili kimetumika kama kitambulisho:
A. Tanzania na Kenya

B. Afrika Mashariki

C. Kenya na Uganda

D. Tanzania na Uganda.

 

50. Kichwa kinachofaa zaidi taarifa hii ni:
A. mwacha mila ni mtumwa

B. tofauti kati ya Africa Mashariki na Magharibi
C. vitambulisho vya jamii

D. vitambulisho vya tamaduni.

K.C.P.E

K.N.E.C.

 

SCIENCE

2003-2010

K.C.P.E SCIENCE 2003-2010

TOPICALL ANALLYSED

 

WEATHER AND ASTRONOMY

 

Weather conditions,instrument & the solar system

jar used for measuring rainfall should be
A. narrow
B. wide
C. short
D. Long Q3, 2004
2. One evening, a pupil noticed a bright heavenly body that was

not twinkling. The heavenly body was most likely

A. Saturn

B. Uranus

C. Venus

D. Neptune. Q8, 2006

3. The reason for using a biro pen cap as a pivot in the construction of an improvised wind vane is to make the arrow
A. rotate freely

B. balance on the stand

C. tail show the direction of wind

D. head heavy. Q9, 2006

4. Which one of the following statements is TRUE about the

planet Mars? It is

A. nearest to the sun

B. the brightest planet

C. nearest to the earth

D. the smallest planet. Q10, 2006
5. Planets appear bright because they

A. reflect light

B. produce light

C. all twinkle

D. are large. Q10, 2007

6. The reason why coloured water is used in the construction of a liquid thermometer is to

A. make it visible

B. make it expand faster

C. make it absorb more heat

D. increase its density Q49, 2007

7. Which one of the following is the largest planet?

A. Mercury.

B. Saturn.

C. Jupiter.

D. Earth. Q50, 2007

 

 

 

8. The presence of thick white and mountain shaped clouds are a sign of

A. heavy rain falling soon

B. low temperatures

C. fine weather

D. strong winds blowing. Q47, 2008

9. Which one of the following statements is NOT CORRECT about a windsock?
A windsock

A. is open at both ends

B. gets filled with air and rises

C. points to the direction from which wind blows

D. should be placed in the open field. Q40, 2008

10. Which one of the following shows the 4th and 7th planets
from the Sun?

A. Venus, Neptune.

B. Jupiter, Saturn.

C. Mars, Uranus.

D. Jupiter, Uranus.

11. The following are features of certain types of clouds:

(i) white in colour

(ii) appear like bundles of cotton

(iii) dark grey in colour

(iv) mountainous in shape.

 

Which pair of features are for nimbus clouds?

A. (i) and (ii).

B. (i) and (iv).

C. (ii) and (iii).

D. (iii) and (iv). Q33,2009

12. The diagram below represents a windsock constructed by pupils.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A suitable material that can be used to make the part labeled Q is

A. sheet of metal

B. manilla paper

C. polythene sheet

D. Piece of mosquito net. Q29, 2009

13. The following are activities carried out when modeling the solar system, but not in their correct order.

(i) draw circles on a manila paper to show orbits.

(ii) model the planets and the sun using clay.

(iii) put name tags on models of planets the sun.

(iv) fix model of planets to orbits and the model of the sun at the sun at the centre
(v) paste manila paper on soft board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which one of the following is the CORRECT order in which the activities are carried out?

A. (i), (iii), (ii), (iv), (v)

B. (i), (iii), (ii), (v), (iv)

C. (ii), (iv), (iii), (i), (v)

D. (ii), (v), (i), (iv), (iii). Q15, 2009

14. The diagram below represents a windsock that was constructed by pupils.

Which one of the following is a reason why the

instrument could not work?
A. The sock is made up of a strong polythene sheet.
B. End Q is larger than end P
C. A strong wire was used to make end P.
D. A long, strong wooden pole was used to suspend the sock.
15. The chart below represents a weather record for five days.
Which one of the following statements is
TRUE about the weather chart?

Whenever it was
A. sunny in the morning, it was windy in the afternoon
B. cloudy in the morning, it was sunny in the afternoon

C. calm in the morning, it was sunny in the afternoon
D. windy in the morning, it rained in the afternoon.
Q14, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16. Which of the following planets are in the fifth and seventh positions from the sun respectively?

K.C.P.E REVISION 302

A. Mars and Saturn.

B. Jupiter and Uranus.

C. Jupiter and Saturn.

D. Mars and Uranus. QI7,2010

 

17. Which one of the following weather instruments DOES NOT work on the fact that matter occupies space?

A. Rain gauge

B.Air thermometer C.Windsock
D.Wind vane Q15,2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HUMAN BODY
Digestive system,Reproductive system Respiratory system, Adolescence,circuratory system & excretory system

1. Sweat glands in the skin of a human body are located in the
A. epidermis

B. dermis

C. pores

D. oil glands. Q1, 2006

2. Which one of the following parts of a human body produces urine?

A. Bladder.

B. Ureter.

C. Kidney.

D. Urethra. Q2,2006

 

3. Which one of the following is NOT CORRECTLY

matched with its function?

Part Function

A. Oesophagus Passage of food.

A. stomach

B. duodenum

C. small intestines

D. large intestines. Q2,2008

5. In the human body water is absorbed in the

A. large intestines

B. small intestines

C. stomach

D. rectum. Q18, 2010

 

6. The diagram below represents the reproductive system in the female human body.

B. Stomach Mixes food with enzymes.

C. Small intestine Completes digestion of food

D. Large intestine Absorbs digested food.

Q1,2007

4.Absorption of water in the alimentary canal of human beings takes place in the
K.C.P.E REVISION

 

 

 

 

305

Fertilization takes place in the part labelled

A. K

B. L

C. M

D. N Q3,2006

7. Which one of the following is NOT A CORRECT

statement about reproduction in human beings?

A. Fertilization takes place in the uterus.

B. The zygote gets implanted in the wall of the uterus.
C. The blood of the mother and foetus do not mix.

D. Menstruation stops during pregnancy.

Q2, 2007

8. The blood vessel through which deoxygenated blood flows to the heart is the

A. aorta

B. pulmonary artery

C. vena cava

D. pulmonary vein. Q3, 2007

 

9. Which one of the following changes takes place during

adolescence in boys only?

A. Fast body growth.

B. Growth of pubic hair.

C. Chest and shoulders become broader.

D. Releasing of sex cells. Q4,2007

 

10. When breathing in, the

A. diaphragm flattens

B. lungs shrink

C. diaphragm becomes dome shaped

D. volume of the chest decreases.
Q17,2008

 

11. Which one of the following is NOT an excretory organ?
A. Skin.

B. Lung.

C. Kidney.

D. Rectum. Q8, 2008

12. Which one of the following is NOT a CORRECT
statement about a foetus?

A. Receives oxygen through placenta.

B. The blood of the mother and that of the foetus mix.

C. Receives food substances from the Mother’s blood.
D. Waste products are removed through the placenta.

Q5, 2009

13. Which one of the following components of blood is involved in clotting after an injury?
A. Plasma.

B. White blood cells.

C. Red blood cells.

D. Platelets. Q1, 2009

14. Which one of the following shows the CORRECT
order of blood flow in the heart?

A. Vena cava —> pulmonary artery—>

B. pulmonary vein —> aorta.

K.C.P.E REVISION 306

B. Pulmonary artery —-> vena cava —> pulmonary vein —>aorta.

C. Pulmonary vein —> aorta —>pulmonary artery
—> vena cava.

D. Aorta —> pulmonary vein —> vena cava —> pulmonary artery. Q2,2009

 

 

15. Which of the following organs in the human body both produce sex cells?

A. Ovary and uterus.

B. Testis and penis.

C. Ovary and testis.

D. Penis and Vagina. Q22, 2010

PLANTS

Classification of plants

1. Which one of the following is a leguminous plant?

A. Cabbage.

B. Maize.

C. Groundnut.

D. Tomato. Q11,2006

2. Which one of the following plants is green and non- flowering?
A. Mould.

B. Onion.

cash crops?

A. Maize, tea, yams.

B. Arrow roots, groundnuts, cotton.

C. Bananas, Irish potatoes, sorghum.

D. Sunflower, sisal, coffee. Q47, 2009

 

5. Fertilization in plants takes place when

A. a pollen tube enters the ovule

B. reproductive cells in pollen grain and ovule fuse

C. a pollen grain falls on the stigma and germinates
D. a pollen tube enters the ovary.
Q12,2006

 

6. Which of the following groups only consists of non- flowering plants?

A. Pine, Cedar, Cypress.

B. Sugar cane, Sisal, Onion.

C. Cedar, Moss, Kale.

D. Carrot, Cassava, Cactus. Q13,206

 

7. Which of the following groups of plants have the same type of root system?

A. Tomato, Maize, Peas.

B. Bean, Black jack, Cabbage.

C. Groundnuts, Rice, Sugar cane.

D. Millet, Cassava, Carrot. Q14,2006

8. The diagram below represents a certain weed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The weed is

A. Pigweed

B. Mexican marigold

C. Blackjack

D. Oxalis. Q50,2006

9. Which one of the following plants is a cereal?

A. Millet.

B. Coffee.

C. Sunflower.

D. Peas. Q38,2007

10. Which one of the following consists of a pair of plants that CANNOT make their own food?
A. Fern and pine.

B. Toadstool and moss.

C. Puffballs and mould.

D. Cedar and yeast.
Q39,2007

11. Which one of the following groups consists of non-flowering plants only?
A. Moss, grass, pine,

B. Fern, algae, pine.

C. Moss, algae, cabbage.

D. Cabbage, grass, fern.
Q4,2008

 

12. The following are tuber crops EXCEPT:

A. onion

B. cassava

C. arrowroot

D. carrot.
Q21,2008

 

13. The diagram below shows parts of a flower.

Which one of the labelled parts is NOT CORRECTLY
matched with its function?

Part Function

A. W Receives pollen grains.

B. X Produces pollen grains.

C. Y Develops into a seed after fertilization.

D. Z Protects inner parts of a flower.

Q6, 2008

 

 

14. Which one of the following parts of a maize grain is

CORRECTLY matched with its function?

Part Function
A. Cotyledon Protects inner parts.
B Plumule Develops into roots.
C. Endosperm Stores food.
D. Radicle Develops into shoot. Q7,
2008

 

15. The embryo of a seed is made up of

A. plumule and testa

B. cotyledon and plumule

C. radicle and plumule

D. cotyledon and radicle. Q11, 2009

 

16. Which one of the following consists of only characteristics of insect pollinated flowers?

A. Sweet scented, large number of pollen grains.

B. Brightly coloured petals, sticky pollen grains.

C. Light pollen grains, sweet scented.

D. Brightly coloured petals, light pollen grains

Q25, 2008

 

17. The MAIN reason why black jack weed should be uprooted from a vegetable farm when they are still young is

A. because it is easy to uproot the weed

B. to avoid loss of soil nutrients

C. to reduce loss of water

D. to control the spread of the weed. Q44, 2009

18. Which one of the following is a storage pest?

A. Weaverbird.

B. White ant.

C. Cutworm.

D. Aphid. Q9, 2009

19. Which one of the following pests attack seedlings?

A. Stalk borers.

B. Aphids.

C. Cut worms.

D. Weaver birds. Q1,2010

20. Which one of the following statements about a bean seed is NOT CORRECT?

A. The radicle develops into a shoot and plumule into a root.
B. The micropyle allows air and water to enter seed.

C. The hilum is a scar where the seed was attached to
the fruit wall.

D. The radicle emerges from the seed before

the plumule during germination. Q4, 2010

21. The following are some characteristics of flowers:
(i) small in size

(ii) scented

(iii) long feathery stigma

(iv) produce fewer and large sticky pollen grains.

 

Which one of the following pairs of characteristics is for a wind pollinated flower?
A. (i) and (iv).

B. (ii) and (iv).

C. (ii) and (iii).

D. (i) and (iii). Q5,2010

 

22. Which one of the following is a CORRECT Food

chain?

A. Grass —> Rabbit —> Eagle —> leopard

B. Maize —> Grasshopper —> Lizard —> Snake

C. Grass —> Grasshopper —> Eagle —> Rabbit

D. Kales —> Aphids —> Weaverbird —> Rabbit

Q19 2009

23. Which one of the following is an adaptation of plants in wet areas?
A. Freshy leaves.

B. Fewer leaves.
C. Thick barks.
D. Broad leaves. Q8, 2010

24. The diagrams below represent a set up used by pupils to investigate conditions necessary for seed germination.

 

 

 

 

 

Germination occurred in

 

A. Q, S and T

B. P and Q

C. R and T

D. R and S. Q7 , 2010

 

25. The following are functions of stems

i) support the shoot (ii)storage of food
(iii)transport water to the leaves (iv)manufacture food for the plant

Which function is performed by all stems?

A.(i) and (iii)

B.(iii) and (iv)

C.(i) and (ii)

D.(ii) and (iv) Q45,2003

D. Cockroach. Q17, 2006

 

4.Which one of the following is a filter feeder?

 

ANIMALS

Classification of animals
1. Standard five pupils observed and grouped some small animals. Which one of the following animals were CORECTLY grouped?
A. Ant, tick, spider.

B. Beetle, moth, ant.

C. Spider, weevil, beetle.

D. Tick, moth, weevil. Q3, 2008

 

2. Which one of the following animals belongs to the same group as a weevil?
A. Crab.

B. Mite.

C. Spider.

D. Termite. Q39,
2008

 

3. Which one of the following animals has the same number of legs as the tick?

A. Weevil.

B. Crab.

C. Scorpion.

A. Kingfisher.

B. Hawk.

C. Duck.

D. Sunbird. Q18, 2006

 

5. Which one of the following is TRUE for both chickens and frogs? Both

A. have a constant body temperature

B. have scales

C. breath by lungs

D. feed on insects only. Q20, 2007

6. Birds which feed on nectar have

A. short pointed beaks

B. strong curved beaks

C. long slender pointed beaks

D. long slender curved beaks. Q22, 2007

 

7. The following arc some characteristics of certain animals:
Which one of the following pairs of animals has
ALL the characteristics listed?

A. Turtle and shark.

B. Lizard and tortoise.

C. Tilapia and frog.

D. Crocodile and platypus. Q12, 2009

 

8. Which one of the following pairs consists of only animals that have webbed feet?

A. Turkey and crocodile.

B. Kingfisher and flamingo.

C. Hippopotamus and toad.

D. Frog and duck. Q42, 2009

 

 

 

 

9. The table below shows characteristics of some invertebrates

 

Name Number of body parts Number of legs
Weevil 3 X
Y 2 8
Wasp Z 6

X Y and Z represent

X Y Z

A.8 cockroach 3

B.6 spider 2
C.6 tick 3

D.8 crab 2 Q10,2003

 

Feeding in animals

9. The toothless gap in the lower jaw of herbivores is for

A. turning plant material in the mouth for proper chewing
B. holding food material

C. allowing space for more food

D. preventing the animals from biting their tongues.

Q16, 2006

pupil gave the following reasons as to why dairy cattle are given commercial feeds.
(i) To increase milk production.

(ii) Given only to cattle under zero grazing.

(iii) To supplement other feeds.

(iv) Only when fodder crops and pasture are not available.
Which two reasons are CORRECT?

A. (i) and (iii).

B. (ii) and (iv).

C. (i) and (iv).

D. (ii) and (iii). Q11, 2007

 

11. Which one of the following is NOT a rotational

B. Paddocking

method of grazing?

A. Paddocking.

B. Herding.

C. Tethering.

D. Strip. Q21, 2007

 

12. Which one of the following is NOT an essential constituent of commercial animal feeds?
A. Water.

B. Vitamins.

C. Proteins.

D. Carbohydrates. Q31, 2008

 

13. Which one of the following is the main constituent of a balanced diet obtained by animals when they feed on lucern?
A. Carbohydrates.

B. Protein.

C. Vitamins.

D. Minerals. Q13, 2009

C. Tethering

D. Herding Q14,2009

 

15. Which one of the following statements is NOT TRUE
about commercial feeds for animals?

A. They are given mainly for protection against diseases.

B. Some are given as the only feed.

C. They are given mainly to increase production.
D. Some are given together with other feed.

Q34, 2010

16. Which one of the following animal feeds provide a diet of proteins and carbohydrates?
A. Clover and lucerne.

B. Sunflower seeds and barley grains

C. Sunflower seeds and maize grains.

D. Lucerne and maize grain. Q37, 2010

 

Livestock Diseases and parasites

 

17. Which one of the following parasites destroys wool in sheep?

18. Which one of the following is NOT an immediate sign of ill health in livestock?

A. Coughing.

B. Blood in stool.

C. Rough coat.

D. Loss of weight. Q19, 2006

 

19. Which one of the following pairs of parasites can be controlled by spraying?
A. Ticks and fleas.

B. Liver flukes and tsetse flies.

C. Fleas and liver flukes.

D. Ticks and tapeworms. Q40, 2007

 

20. Which one of the following pairs of parasites attacks both poultry and rabbits?

A. Mites and lice.

B. Lice and ticks.

C. Mites and fleas.

D. Ticks and mites. Q3, 2010

 

21. Tapeworms in livestock arc found in the

A. large intestines

B. stomach

C. lungs

D. small intestines. Q23, 2010

Adaptation in animals

22. Which one of the following descriptions of beaks would be for a bird that most likely feeds on nectar?
A. Short and curved.

B. Long and curved.

C. Short, and strong.

D. Long and straight. Q38, 2008

 

23. Which one of the following pairs of birds have their beaks adapted to the same type of feeding?

A. Chicken and duck.

B. Sunbird and chicken.

C. Eagle and hawk.

D. Hawk and duck. Q31, 2010

 

24. During the growth of a tadpole, the following parts develop in stages

(i) Hind limbs

(ii) Lungs

(iii) Front limbs

iv) External gills

(v) Tail

The correct order in which the stages occur is A (iv)(i)(ii)(iii)
B (iii) (i)(ii)(iv)(v)

C (v) (iv)(ii)(i)(iii)

D (ii) (iii)(iv)(i)(v) Q35,2003

HEALTH EDUCATION

Medicine & chemicals at home

 

1. Which one of the following groups consists of only diseases that are immunisable?

A. Whooping Cough, Tuberculosis, Tetanus.

B. Measles, Malaria, Diphtheria.

C. Dysentary, Hepatitis B, Poliomyelitis.

D. Bilharzia, Yellow Fever, Cholera. Q5, 2006

 

2. Which one of the following is NOT a communicable disease?
A. Whooping cough.

B. Tetanus,

C. Tuberculosis.

D. Measles. Q6, 2007

 

3. Which one of the following statements is CORRECT

according to immunization schedule of infants?

A. The first dose of polio is given at 6 weeks.

B. DPT vaccine is given at birth and at 10 weeks.
C. DPT and measles vaccines are given at 14 weeks.
D. Polio and BCG vaccines are given at birth.

Q9, 2007

4. Which one of the following is NOT important to consider when taking medicine?

A. The dose.

B. The date of manufacture.

C. Duration to complete dose.

D. How to store the medicine.
Q44,2004

 

5. Which one of the following is NOT a reason why drugs should be stored in their properly labelled

container? To avoid

A. contamination

B. getting expired

C. getting spoiled

D. wrong usage. Q46,
2005

 

6. Which one of the following pairs of drugs consists of a
stimulant and a depressant?

A. Khat and tobacco

B. Cocaine and alcohol

C. Cobbler’s glue and heroin

D. Bhang and caffeine Q47, 2003

7. Which one of the following substances is prohibited in Kenya when used as a drug?
A. Beer B Khat

C. Tobacco

D. Cobbler’s glue Q48, 2003

8. Which one of the following statements is NOT true about bhang and Khat? Both
A. Are addictive drugs

B. Are from plant material

C. Are prohibited drugs

D. Affect the nervous system Q51, 2003

9. Which one of the following drugs causes drowsiness when abused?
A. Cocaine.

B. Heroine.

C. Tobacco.

D. Khat. Q20, 2004

10. Which one of the following lists consists of only drugs of abuse that are prohibited in Kenya?
A. Khat, tobacco, cocaine.

B. Cocaine, heroin, mandrax.

C. Bhang, beer, tobacco.

D. Cobblers’ glue, khat, beer. Q37, 2005

11. Which of the following information is usually given when obtaining medicine from a pharmacy?

A. Expiry date.

B. Disposal method of containers.

C. The dose.

D. How to store the medicine. Q20, 2008

12. If medicine remains after taking the prescribed dose, it is advisable to

A. keep and use it later

B. dispose of the medicine

C. continue taking until it is finished

D. give it to someone with the same sickness

Q42, 2010

13. The following are effects of drug abuse:

(i) Rape.

(ii) Addiction.

(iii) Lack of concentration.

(iv) Truancy.

(v) Impaired judgement.

 

Which of them are all health effects?

A. (i) (ii) (iii).

B. (ii) (iii) (iv).

C. (i) (iv) (v).

D. (ii) (iii) (v). Q7, 2006

 

14 Which one of the following effects of drug abuse consists of only social effects?

A. Theft and lack of concentration.

B. Drug induced accidents and truancy.

C. Rape and withdrawal symptoms.

D. Drug addiction and loss of consciousness.

46 ,2008

15. Which one of the following pairs consists only of social effects of drug abuse?
A. Rape and truancy.

B. Lack of concentration and addiction.

C. Accidents and withdrawal.

D. Impaired judgment and loss of consciousness.

Q3, 2008

16. Which one of the following pairs of diseases are infants immunised against at the 9th month after birth?
A. Tuberculosis and polio.
B. Tetanus and whooping cough.
C. Hepatitis B and diphtheria.
D. Measles and yellow fever.
Q13,2010

HIV AND AIDS

 

17. The following are stages of HIV infection:

(i) Window stage.

(ii) Symptoms.

(iii) Fullblown.

(iv) Incubation.

Which one of the following is the CORRECT order of the stages?

A. (ii) (i) (iii) (iv).

B. (iv) (ii) (iii) (i).

C. (i) (iv) (ii) (iii).

D. (i) (iii) (iv) (ii). Q6 ,2006

 

19. Which one of the following statements is TRUE
about HIV and AIDS?

A. All HIV positive people have AIDS.

B. During the window stage a person may test negative.
C. It can be transmitted by sharing utensils.

D. It is not spread during the asymptomatic phase.

Q5, 2007

 

20. Which one of the following statements is NOT TRUE
about HIV/AIDS? HIV /AIDS may be spread by

A. sharing of unsterilised razor blades

B. coming in contact with other people’s body fluids
C. shaking hands and hugging infected persons

D. transfusing unscreened blood.

Q16, 2010

 

21. Which one of the following statements is TRUE
about the incubation stage of HIV infection?

A. If HIV test is carried out, the result is negative.

B. This is the first stage of infection.

C. There are no visible signs.

D. The body cannot fight diseases. Q4, 2009
22. Which one of the following statements about HIV

and AIDS is TRUE?

A. People living with HIV and AIDS are thin.

B. HIV and AIDS is a curse

C. Premarital sex is the only mode of transmission of HIV and AIDS.
D. People living with HIV and AIDS are advised to eat small amount of food at a time.
Q30, 2008

 

23. Which one of the following pairs of infections consists only of those that are sexually transmitted?

A. Chancroid and HIV.

B. Gonorrhoea and Bilharzia.

C. Syphilis and Typhoid.

D. Gonorrhoea and Tuberculosis. Q6,2009

1. Which one of the following components is found in all environments?
A. Plants.

B. Soil.

C. Air.

D. Water. Q43,2007

Water,air and soil pollution

 

 

ENVIRONMENT

Meaning of environment

1. Which one of the following BEST describes the term environment?

A. The surrounding of a living organism.

B. Where a living organism obtains food from.

C. Where a human being lives.

D. The home of a living organism.
Q50,2008

 

Components of environments

1. Which one of the following DOES NOT pollute the air?

A. Exhaust gases from aeroplanes.

B. Smoke from burning charcoal.

C. Smoke from burning domestic wastes.

D. Gases from decaying animals. Q39, 2006

2. Which one of the following sources of electricity pollutes the environment?

A. Geothermal.

B. Wind-driven generators.

C. Hydro-electric generators.

D. Petrol-driven generators.
Q41,2007

 

3. The chart below represents a simple characteristics of pollutants.
Pollutants

 

 

Fertilizers X
Soil pollutants

River water

Sewage Y

come into contact with

A. oil spills

B. herbicides

C. industrial gases

D. dust. Q43,2009

6. Which one of the following is the BEST method of managing Plastic wastes?

A. Burning

B. Burrying

C. Recycling

 

The pollutants represented by X and Y are

X Y

A. Factory waste Acid rain.

B. Herbicides Oil spillage.

C. Oil spillage Acid rain.

D. Herbicides Factory waste.
Q27,2008

 

 

4. Which one of the following is a way of controlling water pollution?

A. Recycling sewage water.

B. Reusing domestic water for irrigation.

C. Storing water in dams.

D. Using water sparingly.
Q31,2009

 

5. Corrugated iron sheets can be damaged when they

D. Reusing Q23,2009

 

7. Which one of the following pairs of components of the environment do all animals depend on directly?

A. Soil and plants.

B. Air and water.

C. Soil and air.

D. Mineral salts and water.

8. Which one of the following practices pollute soil, air and water?

A. Use of all farm chemicals.

B. Burning of tyres and plastics.

C. Dumping of industrial waste.

D. Use of artificial fertilisers.

 

9. The MAIN reason why it is advisable to spray crops in the direction of the wind is to avoid

A. the chemicals getting into contact with the skin

B. wastage of chemicals

C. polluting the air

D. inhaling the chemicals. Q40, 2006

 

 

 

Environment conversation

1. Which on of the following materials can be recycled?

A.Ash B.Cow dung
C.Coffee husks

D.Scrap metals Q13,2003

1. Which one of the fo0llowing will NOT change when loam soil is added to sandy soil?

A. Texture B.Capillarity C.Colour
D.Fertility Q29,2003

2. Which one of the following NEED NOT be the
same when investigating drainage in different types of soil?

A. Amount of soil in the funnels.

B. Size of funnels.

C. Size of bottles collecting the draining water.

D. Amount of water added to the funnels.
Q22, 2006

 

3. The texture of a soil type depends on the
A. amount of water in the soil

B. organic matter in the soil

C. amount of mineral particles in the soil

D. size of soil particles. Q24, 2007

 

4. Standard five pupils added equal amounts of water to three equal amounts of soil samples J, K and L in funnels as shown in the diagrams below.

 

2009

 

 

 

 

After 10 minutes the pupils measured the amount
of

water that had drained through each soil sample.

 

 

Soil sample

J

K

L
Amount of water

collected (cm3) 28 19 33

Which one of the following statements is a

CORRECT conclusion from the results obtained?

A. J has larger particles than L.

B. K has larger particles than L.

C. K has larger particles than J and L.

D. L has larger particles than J and K. Q15, 2008

 

5. Pupils felt a sample of soil with their fingers. This activity was done to investigate

A. soil texture

B. presence of water in the soil

C. soil capillarity

D. presence of small animals in the soil. Q39,

D.low capillarity Q16,2003

6. Pupils investigated capillarity in different type of soil. Their results were as shown in the diagram below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From the results the soil samples X, Y and Z are most likely to be
X Y Z

A. Clay Loam Sand

B. Sand Clay Loam

C. Clay Sand Loam

D. Sand Loam Clay Q20, 2010

 

7. The soil that can be used to make long ribbons has A.Cracks when dry
B.large air spaces

C.rough texture

8. Which one of the following properties of clay soil would greatly contribute to flooding in an area?
A. High capillarity.
B. Poor drainage.
C. Fine texture.
D. Stickiness. Q10, 2004

9. The main reason why sandy soil is mixed with cement in building is because it
A. drains well
B. has large air spaces
C. has large particles
D. mixes easily with cement Q11,2004

10. The table below shows observations made when four soil samples P, Q, R and S were mixed with water and then rolled out to make ribbons.

Soil sample Characteristic

P Held its shape.

Q Cracked.

R Could not be rolled.

S Could not hold its shape.

 

Which one of the samples has the lowest capillarity?

A. P.

B. Q.

C. R.

D. S. Q19,2004

B. Water.

C. Organic matter.

D. Mineral salts. Q41,2005

 

 

Components of soil

 

1.The component of soil that improves its water

 

11. Which one of the following characteristics of sandy soil DOES NOT explain why water drains through it easily?
A. Rough texture.

B. Large particles.

C. Large air spaces.

D. Shiny particles. Q32,2005

 

12. Which one of the following NEED NOT be the same when comparing capillarity in different types of soil?

A. Diameter of the tubes.

B. Amount of each type of soil.

C. Time allowed for the experiment.

D. Amount of water used. Q31,2005

 

13. Which one of the following soil components is
LEAST affected when soil in a container is heated?

A. Air.

holding capacity is

A. mineral salts

B. air

C. organic matter

D. living organisms Q49 2008

 

2. In an experiment to investigate a certain component of soil, water was added to garden soil in a glass container. The component of soil investigated was

A. air

B. mineral particles

C. living organisms

D. organic matter. Q21, 2010

 

 

Soil erosion

1. The following are effects of soil erosion:
(i) Small holes in the ground.

(ii) Top layer of soil missing.

(iii) Small and shallow channels in the ground.

(iv) V-shaped trenches in the ground.

 

Which effects are as a result of splash and rill types of erosion?
A. (i) and (iv).

B. (i) and (iii).

C. (ii) and (iii).

D. (ii) and (iv). Q23, 2006

farmer noticed small and shallow channels forming in the soil in the garden due to running water. This type of soil erosion is called

A. splash

B. rill

C. sheet

D. gulley. Q37 ,2007

3. Which one of the following LEAST conserves soil?
A. Mulching.

B. Planting cover crops.

C. Contour ploughing.

D. Terracing. Q18, 2008

 

4. Which one of the following activities can be used to demonstrate rill erosion? Pouring water
A. at different positions of a slanting soil surface

B. in channels of soil on a slanting surface

C. on a flat surface of soil

D. on a flat surface using a tin with any holes.

Q35, 2009

5. Which one of the following practices is an advantage to the soil?

A. Ploughing across the contours.

B. Disposal of vegetable refuse.

C. Burning of crop remains.

D. Use of herbicides. Q25, 2009

 

Soil Fertility

1. Which one of the following statements is NOT TRUE
about manures? They

A. improve the ability of the soil to hold water

B. bind soil particles

C. release nutrients very fast to the soil

D. improve air circulation in the soil. Q34, 2008

2. Which one of the following ways of improving soil fertility will take the longest time for plants to get nutrients?

When using

A. compost manure

B. compound fertilizer

C. farm yard manure

D. green manure. Q38,
2009

3. The diagram below represents an arrangement materials in a compost manure heap.

In the diagram the layer of ash is represented by

A. K

3.Draining of stagnant water can prevent the spread of

B. L
C. M A. cholera and typhoid

B. bilharzia and malaria
D. N Q9,2010 C. typhoid and malaria
D. cholera and bilharzia. Q36,2008

 

 

WATER

Water borne diseases

1. Which one of the following practices will help to prevent the spread of cholera?
A. Spraying chemicals in stagnant water.

B. Wearing protective shoes when passing through water.

C. Drinking filtered water.

D. Covering pit latrines after use.
Q21,2006

 

2. Wearing protective clothing while walking in stagnant water can prevent one from contracting

A. bilharzia

B. typhoid

C. typhoid and cholera

D. bilharzia and cholera. Q8,2007

4. which one of the following diseases can be prevented by wearing gumboots and gloves?

A. Typhoid.

B. Malaria.

C. Bilharzias.

D. Cholera. Q24,2009

 

5. Presence of blood in urine and faeces in human beings may be a sign of
A. typhoid

B. bilharzia

C. malaria

D. cholera. Q30,2010

 

6. Which one of the following diseases CANNOT be prevented by maintaining proper hygiene?

A. Typhoid.

B. Biharzia.

C. Cholera.

D. Malaria. Q44,2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Water pollution

1. Which one of the following. is likely to cause an increased growth of water plants in a nearby river? The presence of a
A. market centre

B. factory

C. garage

D. tea farm. Q32,2008

 

Water conservation

1. Which one of the following statements about water is
TRUE?

A. Water mixes with all liquids

B. Water has definite size

C. Water has definite shape

D. Water is a good conductor of heat. Q27, 2005

2. Which one of the following is a method of softening hard water?

A. Filtering.

B. Boiling.

C. Decanting.

D. Sieving. Q20,2006

1. In which one of the following practices is water re-used?
A. Using dirty water from the kitchen for watering plants.
B. Collecting rainwater from the roof for domestic uses.
C. Getting clean water from dirty water by boiling and cooling the steam.
D. Storing water in dams to be used in irrigation. Q23,2007

 

Hard and soft water

4.Which one of the following foods is CORRECTLY
matched to its group?

 

 

FOOD AND NUTRITION
Types of foods

child suffering from kwashiorkor should be given a diet rich in
A. carbohydrates

B. fats

C. vitamins

D. proteins. Q7,2007

 

2. The function of fibre in the human diet is to

A. provide the body with nutrients

B. transport digested food

C. prevent constipation

D. help in digestion of food Q35,2007

 

3. Which one of the following is a function of fibre in the diet?

A. Helps in getting rid of undigested food.

B. Helps in absorption of digested food.

C. Adds nutrients to the body.

D. Helps in digestion of food. Q35,2008

Food Food group

A. Groundnuts Energy giving.

B. Eggs Protective.

C. Carrots Energy giving.

D. Bananas Body building.
Q36,2010

 

 

Balanced diet

. 1.The following signs and symptoms were observed in a certain child:
(i) Thin and weak.

(ii) Wrinkled face.

(iii) Pot bellied.

(iv) Hungry and crying a lot.

 

The child was most likely suffering from

A. anaemia

B. rickets

C. kwashiorkor

D. marasmus. Q41,2006

2. Which one of the following groups consists only of foodstuffs that protect the body against diseases?

A. Lemon, cabbage, carrot.

B. Beans, groundnuts, fish.

C. Maize, potatoes, rice.

D. Meat, orange, spinach. Q42,2006

3. The most likely reason why some expectant mothers crave for soil is to

A. increase breast milk production after delivery

B. increase appetite

C. help in digestion of food

D. provide sufficient mineral nutrients
Q44,2006

4. Which one of the following groups consists of only foodstuffs that are used for body building and
repair?

A. Rice, oranges, meat.

B. Wheat, fish, maize.

C. Beans, potatoes, groundnuts.

D. Eggs, peas, milk. Q34,2007

 

child with thin and brown hair, swollen hands, feel and face is also likely to
A. have knock knees

B. appear weak and inactive

C. have a face like an old person

D. have faster heart beats.
Q33,2008

 

6. Which one of the following groups of foodstuffs constitutes a balanced diet?
A. Potatoes, beans, eggs

B. Chicken, cabbage, beans

C. Rice, chapatti, beef

D. Peas, ugali, spinach Q28,2009

 

 

Methods of preserving food

1. The purpose of salt in food preservation is to

A. remove water

B. add flavour

C. remove air

D. lower the temperature.
Q43,2006

2. The following are some methods of preserving foods:

(i) smoking

(ii) drying

(iii) freezing

(iv) salting

(v) canning

 

Which methods are traditional?

A. (ii), (iv) and (v).

B. (ii), (iii) and (v).

C. (i), (iii) and (iv).

D. (i), (ii) and (iv). Q13,2007

3. Which one of the following is a modern method of preserving food?

A. Canning.

B. Salting.

C. Smoking.

D. Drying. Q45,2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. Which one of the following methods of preserving food is both modern and traditional

A. Salting.

B. Using honey.

C. Smoking.

D. Drying. Q32,2010

 

 

Food for special groups of people in the society

C. to increase milk production

D. to replace blood lost during birth.
Q48,2008

 

2. The MAIN reason why a baby needs to be breast fed by the mother is that the milk produced

A. helps to build the baby’s immunity

B. helps the baby to grow fast

C. hclps the baby’s bones to be strong

D. is easily digested. Q32,2009

 

3. Which one of the following deficiency diseases is caused by lack of calcium in the diet?

A. Anaemia.

B. Kwashiorkor.

C. Rickets.

D. Marasmus. Q33,2010

lactating mother needs foods rich in iron

A. to protect the baby against diseases

B. for the formation of strong bones in the baby

PROPERTIES OF MATTER

Characteristics of matter

plastic cup was inverted over in a basin as shown in the diagram below. It was observed that the water did not enter the cup

 

Which one of the following could be done to make water enter the cup?

A. Pushing the cup to the bottom

B. Adding more water to the basin

C. Reducing the size of the cup by cutting

D. Making a hole at the bottom of the cup
Q36,2003

2. A change in the force of gravity on an object will change its

A. mass

B. weight

C. volume

D. Density Q7,2004

3. Which one of the following is NOT definite for liquids?
A. Shape.

B. Volume.
C. Mass.
D. Density. Q13, 2004

4.. Which one of the following is NOT required when finding the density of a regular solid?

A. Spring balance.

B. Ruler.

C. Overflow can.

D. String.
Q26,2005

5. Which one of the following statements about water is
TRUE?

A. Water mixes with all liquids

B. Water has definite size

C. Water has definite shape

D. Water is a good conductor of heat.
Q27,2005

 

6. Which of the following processes involve loss of heat to the surroundings?
A. Melting and freezing.

B. Evaporation and condensation.

C. Freezing and condensation.

D. Melting and evaporation.
Q38,2005

 

7. The mass of1cm3 of a substance is its

A. Volume

B. Density

C. Weight

D. surface area Q11, 2003

 

8. The diagram below represents a setup that can be used to demonstrate a certain property of metals.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which property of metals was being demonstrated?

A. Metals expand when heated.

B. Metals bend when heated.

C. Solids conduct heat.

D. Hot metals are pulled down by weight.
Q25,2006

 

pupil investigating a certain aspect of pressure in a liquid used a setup shown in the diagram below.

 

 

 

 

 

What conclusion could the pupil make from the investigation?
A. Air exerts pressure on the surface of a liquid.

B. Pressure in a liquid increases with depth.

C. Pressure in a liquid is equal at the same depth.

D. Pressure in a liquid is exerted on the sides only.

Q26,2006

7. The temperature at which a substance freezes is the same temperature at which the substance
A. condenses

B. evaporates

C. boils

D. melts. Q27,2006

8. Which one of the following consists only of substances that have no definite shape but have definite volume?
A. Stone, kerosene, carbon dioxide.

B. Oil, toothpaste, glue.

C. Clay, flour, cement.

D. Nitrogen, oxygen, water vapour.
Q28,2006

 

9. The diagram below represents a setup that can be used to

 

For the demonstration to work a burning candle must be placed at
A. P

B. Q

C. R

D. S Q29,2006

 

10. The diagram below shows a set up that was used to demonstrate a certain property of matter.

 

 

 

d

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The coloured water rises up the straw because

A. liquids expand when heated

B. liquids occupy space

C. air occupies space

D. air expands when heated. Q27,2007

 

11. Which of the following materials will NOT be required in an experiment to show that pressure in a liquid increases with depth?

A. Tin can.

B. Water.

C. Nail.

D. Collecting jar. Q29,2007

 

12.. The diagram below shows a set-up that was used to

investigate a certain property of air.

 

 

 

 

 

Which one of the following would NOT

observed if the tin can was heated gently?

A. Bubbles in the basin.

B. Drop of ink moving towards water in the basin.

C. Water level in the basin decreasing when

heating is stopped.

D. Water level in the glass tube decreasing when heating is stopped. Q11,2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13. The diagram below represents a set-up that can be used to demonstrate a certain aspect of heat.

 

A. solids melt when heated

B. metals expand when heated

C. solids conduct heat

D. metals bend when heated. Q8,2009

 

14. The diagram below represents a set-up that was used to demonstrate a certain property of matter.

 

 

 

 

The property demonstrated was

A. Air occupies space.

B. Water exerts pressure.

C. Air has mass.

D. Water occupies space. Q21,2009

 

15. The diagram below represents a set-up that can be used to demonstrate certain processes involved in change of state of matter.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The process that takes place at point labelled Q is

A. boiling

B. condensation

C. Evaporation

D. freezing. Q34,2009

 

16. Which one of the following pairs consists only of substances that are in the same state of matter?

A. Oil and water vapour.

B. Wax and glue.

C. Ice and water.

D. Air and water vapour.
Q19,2010

 

17. The diagram below represents a set up that is used to demonstrate a certain process.

The process investigated is

A. evaporation

B. freezing

C. condensation

D. convection.
Q27,2010

Floating and sinking

1. Which one of the following DOES NOT affect floating and sinking of an object?
A. Size.

B. Shape.

C. Density.

D. Weight. Q40,2005

 

2.A sufuria made up of steel weighing 1000 g floats on

water while a nail made of iron weighing 50 g sinks. This is because of difference in

A. type of material

B. shape

C. volume

D. mass. Q28,2007

 

3. Which one of the following factors will NOT affect sinking and floating of a material in water? The
A. mass of the material

B. type of the material

C. shape of the material

D. size of the material.
Q12,2008

 

4. Which one of the following activities will make an aluminium foil that was floating on water sink?

A. Increasing amount of water.

B. Rolling the aluminium foil into a tube.

C. Making holes on the aluminium foil.

D. Crushing the aluminium foil into a ball.
Q37,2009

5. Which one of the following pairs consists only
of materials that would not sink in water even when their shape is changed?
A. Wax and wood.
B. Wood and aluminium.
C. Aluminium andglass.
D. Glass and wax. Q11,2010

Composition of air
1.. The diagram below represents a set up that can be used to demonstrate a certain property of air.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which property of air is demonstrated by the set up?

A. Air exerts pressure in all directions.

B. Air occupies space.

C. Part of air is used in burning.

D. Air expands when heated. Q12, 2005

 

glass containing ice cubes was placed in the open. After some time the outer surface of the glass

became wet. This shows that

A. air contains water vapor

B. ice melts to form water

C. air is a mixture of gases

D. air can be cooled. Q25, 22005

 

3. The component of air used in making plant food is A. 0.03%
B. 0.97%

C. 21%

D. 78%. Q36, 2005

4. The percentage of the component of air that is fixed by bacteria in root nodules to make nutrients for the plant is

A. 0.03%

B. 0.97%

C. 21%

D. 78%. Q30,2006

 

5. The component that makes up 0.97% of air is used in

A. rusting

B. preservation of soft drinks

C. electric bulbs

D. making proteins. Q25,2007

 

6. Which one of the following are the percentages of carbon dioxide and nitrogen in the air?
A. 1% and 21%.

B. 0.03% and 78%.

C. 21% and 78%.

D. 0.03% and 1%. Q9,2008

 

7. In which one of the following processes is oxygen

NOT used?

A. Making plant food.

B. Burning

C. Breathing.

D. Germination of seed Q29,2008

8. The following are some uses of components of air:

(i) manufacture of electric bulbs

(ii) supporting burning

(iii) manufacture of soft drinks

(iv) germination of seeds

(v) putting out fires

Which one of the uses are for carbon dioxide?

A. (i) and (ii)

B. (ii) and (iv)

C. (iii) and (v)

D. (iii) and (iv) Q16,209

 

9. Which one of the following components of air is
NOT CORRECTLY matched with its use’?
Component of air Use of air
A. Nitrogen Used by plants to make
proteins.
B. Carbon dioxide Manufacture of soft drinks.
C. Oxygen Manufacture of plant food.
D. Inert gases In electric bulbs.
Q12,2010

 

Making mixtures

1. When lime water was mixed with juice obtained from hibiscus flower, it changed colour. Which of the following substances WOULD NOT make hibiscus flower juice change to the same colour?

A,Wet wood ash

B. Sour milk

C. Baking powder

D. Chalk dust Q40,2003

 

2. Which of the following liquids mix?

A. Kerosene and water.

B. Water and milk.

C. Milk and kerosene.

D. Cooking oil and milk. Q24,2006

 

Magnetism

3. Which one of the following pairs consists only of materials that are non-magnetic?

A. Copper and aluminium.

B. Steel and zinc.

C. Silver and steel.

D. Iron and aluminium. Q36,2009

 

4. Which one of the following groups consists of materials that are ALL magnetic?
A. Staple pins, scissors, metallic bottle top.

B. Silver coin, knife, marble balls.

C. Ball bearing, copper coin, razor blade.

D. Hack-saw, steel wool, aluminium plate.
Q40,2010

 

1. Which one of the following consists of only materials

that are ALL non-magnetic?

A. Aluminium foil, a shilling coin.

B. Iron nails, staple pins.

C. Metal scissors, steel wool.

D Piece of glass, sewing needle. Q48,2007

 

2. Which one of the following consists of magnetic materials only?
A. Tin, aluminium, copper.

B. Iron, steel, cobalt.

C. Tin, iron, copper.

D. Aluminium, steel, cobalt. Q16,2008

Separation of mixitures

1. Sifting, picking and sieving are some methods of separating mixtures. Which one of the following mixtures can be separated by all the three methods?

A. Maize and beans.

B. Sand and rice.

C. Maize flour and small pieces of iron.

D. Sugar and tiny pieces of glass. Q45, 2005

 

2. Which one of the following materials is magnetic?

A. Aluminium plate.

B. Steel razor blade.

C. Silver coin.

D. Copper ring. Q47, 2005

3. In which one of the following methods of separation would be recovered from a mixture of two subtances?

A.Evaporation B.Filtration C.Decanting
D.Distillation Q12, 2003

 

 

4. Which one of the following is the last step when separating a mixture of sand and salt?
A. Dissolving.

B. Filtering

C. Evaporating.

D. Decanting. Q31,2006

 

5. The following are liquids added together in glass bottles labelled P, Q, R and S by some pupils.

P – kerosene and cooking oil

Q – water and cooking oil

Which glass bottle contains liquids that cannot be separated by decanting?
A. P.

B. Q.

C. R.

D. S. Q16,2007

 

6. Which one of the following groups of methods can be used to separate solid mixtures only?

A. Sieving, picking, winnowing.

B. Picking, use of magnet, decanting.

C. Winnowing, sieving, filtration.

D. Use of magnet, filtration, decanting.
Q44,2007

 

7. The MOST appropriate method of separating a mixture of sand and salt after addition of water is A decanting
B. filtering

C. sieving

D. evaporating.
Q28,2008

 

8. The chart below represents a simple classification of liquids.

10. The following are some liquids:

(i) Water

(ii) Kerosene

(iii) Fresh milk

(iv) Cooking oil.

 

Which liquids are represented by P and Q?

P Q

A. Methylated spirit Milk.

B. Engine oil Methylated spirit

C. Cooking oil Milk

D. Turpentine Engine oil.
Q50,2009

 

9. The following are methods of separating mixtures:

(i) picking

(ii) filtering

(iii) decanting

(iv) sieving

Which two liquids will mix when put in a container?
A. (i) and (iv).

B. (ii) and (iii).

C. (iii) and (iv).

D. (ii) and (iv). Q39,2010

 

11. Which one of the following mixtures can separated by winnowing?

A. Flour and husks.

B. Maize and millet.

C. Rice and sand.

D. Millet and husks Q24,2010

Which two methods are suitable for separating a mixture of water and sand?

A. (i) and (iii)

B. (i) and (iv)

C. (ii) and (iii)

D. (ii) and (iv) Q18,2009

12.

The activities below are carried out when separating a mixture of salt, iron fillings, and sand but not in the correct order.

Filter the mixture through a sieve Add water to the mixture
Leave the mixture in the sun

Pass a magnet through the magnet

A.(iv)(ii)(i)(iii)

B.(ii)(iii)(i)(iv)

C.(ii)(iii)(iv)(i)

D.(iv)(i)(ii)(iii Q49,2003

 

changes of states

 

1. Which one of the following is NOT TRUE about pressure exerted by liquids?

Pressure in liquids increases when the A Amount of liquid is increased
B Diameter of container is reduced C Depth of liquid is increased
D Container with liquid is raised
Q38,2003

2. The diagram below represents a straw fitted in an airtight glass bottle containing a liquid

 

 

 

 

 

 

The sucking of the liquid is difficult because A.The straw does no reach the bottom
B.The liquid does not fill the bottle

C.The air inside the straw prevents the liquid from rising
D.Air pressure does not act on the liquid
Q20,2003

 

3. The processes 1, II, III and IV in the chart below bring about changes in states of matter.

 

 

 

 

The processes that require increase in temperature are:
A. III, IV

B. I, II

C. II, IV

D. I, III. Q10,2008

 

Effects of heat on matter

1. In which of the following activities can CORRECT CONCLUSION be drawn about evaporation of equal amounts of water and spirit?

A. Putting the liquids in bottle tops and placing both in the sun

B. Putting one liquid in a bottle top and the other in a shoe polish tin lid then placing the two in the sun

C. Putting the liquids in bottle tops then placing one in the sun and heating the other with a candle

D. Putting one liquid in a bottle top and the other in a shoe polish tin lid then heating both of them with a candle
Q37,2003

2. Which one of the following pairs of processes is as a result of increase in temperature?
A. Melting and evaporation.

B. Condensation and freezing.

C. Condensation and evaporation.

 

D. Melting and freezing. Q26,2007

 

3. Which one of the following is a reason why a glass container is likely to break if hot water is poured into it?
A. Sudden expansion of the inner side of the glass wall.

B. Sudden expansion of air in the container.

C. Sudden contraction of the outer side of the glass wall.
D. The fact that the heated wall had expanded.

Q48,2010

 

 

ENERGY
Heat energy

1. The diagram below represents a set up used by pupils to compare the rate at which heat is conducted in metals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pupils would make wrong conclusions if they used A Metals of different thickness
B Different types of pins

C Metals of different lengths

D Different types of metals Q19,2003

2. Which one of the following pairs of processes involves absorption of heat from the surroundings?

A. Condensation and evaporation.

B. Freezing and condensation.

C. Melting and freezing.

D. Evaporation and melting.
Q24,2004

 

3. The diagram below represents a set up that is used to demonstrate a certain property of air.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The demonstration shows that air

A. is dissolved in water

B. has weight

C. occupies space

D. exerts pressure Q35,2004

 

4. Which of the following processes involve loss of heat to the surroundings?

A. Melting and freezing.

B. Evaporation and condensation.

C. Freezing and condensation.

D. Melting and evaporation. Q38, 2005
5. Heat reaches the feet of a person seated by the side of a fire by
A. conduction and convection

B. radiation only

C. convection only

D. radiation and convection.
Q38,2006

 

6. The reason why an ordinary jiko without a clay lining is not recommended for use is because.

A. it pollutes the environment

B. of the large amounts of charcoal used

C. it takes a long time when cooking

D. it gets too hot to hold.
Q15,2007

 

plastic bottle was placed in a carton and insulating material put around the bottle as shown in the diagram below. The bottle was then filled with hot water.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which one of the following would help keep the water hot for a longer time?

A. Putting a lining of aluminum foil around the carton.

B. Using insulating material with large air spaces.

C. Using black insulating material.

D. Using a metal box instead of a carton.
Q3,2003

 

8. When sand particles are put in a glass of cold water and heated at the bottom, the particles are seen to rise and fall.This is because sand particles

A. are carried by hot water which comes down on cooling

B. rise when heated and come down on cooling

C. become lighter than water when heated

D. and water rise when heated and come down on cooling. Q22,2008

9. When pieces of paper are dropped above a fire they rise. This is because

A. heat makes the paper lighter than air

B. paper expands when heated

C. hot air carries the paper upwards

D. heat from the fire carries the paper upwards.
Q20,2009

10. Which one of the following is TRUE about heat transfer by convention? It takes place in
A. Solids only

B. Liquid and gases

C. Gases only

D. Solids and gases. Q49,2009

Sound energy

1. In a box guitar high sound can be produced without changing the tension of the strings by

A. plucking the strings hard

B. increasing the lengths of the strings

C. using thinner strings

D. increasing the size of the box.
Q4,2005

 

Light energy

1. The splitting of white light into its constituent colours is called?

A.Reflection B.diffraction C.refraction
D.Dispersion Q1,2003

2.A stone at the bottom of a pond appears nearer the surface due to

A. refraction

B. dispersion

C. diffraction

D. Reflection Q28,2004

 

3. If the size of the hole in the pinhole camera is increased, the image formed is

A. enlarged

B. blurred

C. upright

D. not real Q26,2004

 

4. Which one of the following is TRUE about the rainbow? It forms

A. before heavy rainfall

B. when it rains while the sun is shining

C. when the sky is covered with thick clouds

D. when it rains in the afternoon. Q35,2006

 

5.. Which one of the following is a natural way of lighting a

house? Using a

A. candle

B. torch

C. hurricane lamp

D. transparent roof. Q42,2007

6.A card with the word BRICK written on it was placed in front of a mirror. Which one of the following shows how the word would appear in the mirror?

 

 

 

7. Which one of the following is NOT a source of light?

A. Moon.

B. Firefly.

C. Star.

D. Sun. Q26,2008

 

8. The diagram below represents a set-up that is used to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The property investigated is that light

A. is refracted

B. travels in a straight line

C. is dispersed

D. does not pass through opaque materials.
Q42,2008

 

9. Which one of the following is NOT a reason for lighting a house?

A. For safety purposes.

B. To discourage pests.

C. To feel warm.

D. To read comfortably.
Q43,2008

 

ruler placed slanting and partially immersed in water appears bent because light
A. from that part of the ruler under water is reflected
B. from that part of the ruler under water is refracted

C. from that part of the ruler under water is scattered
D. travels in a straight line in the same medium.
Q7,2009

11.. Which one of the following materials allows light to pass through it clearly?

A. Frosted glass.

B. Mirror.

C. Clean water.

D. Milk. Q22,2009

 

12.. The following are activities involved in

demonstrating that light travels in a straight line:

(i) Light a candle and place if at the opposite end of the cardboards

(ii) Thread a string through the holes

(iii) Observe the candle through the holes

(iv) Make a hole at the same level in the three cardboards

(v) cut three similar squares of cardboard and fix each cardboard to a piece of wood.

Which one of the following is the correct order of activities?
A. (v), (i), (iv), (iii), (ii)

B. (v), (iv), (ii), (i), (iii)

C. (v), (i), (iv), (ii), (iii)

D. (v), (iii). (iv), (ii), (i). Q46,2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13. The diagram below represents a set up that is used to investigate a certain aspect of light.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The aspect investigated is

A. light travels in a straight line

B. refraction

C. reflection

D. passage of light through materials.
Q29,2010

14. The diagram below represents a set up used to investigate a certain aspect of light.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The aspect being investigated

A. reflection of light

B. making a rainbow

C. refraction of light

D. how light travels Q47,2010

Electricity

1. The diagram below represents a circuit

 

Which one of the following statements is TRUE about the circuit? The

A. Bulb uses power from three cells

B. Bulb uses power from one cell

C. Cells are connected in series

D. Cells are connected in parallel
Q17,2003

 

2. Tall buildings are fitted with sharp pointed metal

rods at their tops and connected to the ground. The rods are for

A. protecting the buildings against lightning

B. protecting electricity users from being electrocuted

C. fixing aerials for radios and televisions

D. allowing expansion of walls during hot weather.

Q34,2006

3. Which one of the following DOES NOT function the same way as a bicycle dynamo when used to produce electricity?
A. Hydro-electric generator.

B. Car battery.

C. Diesel generator.

D. Wind driven turbines. Q45,2007

 

4. In which one of the following circuit diagrams will the bulb not light?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. The diagram below represents a set up that can be used to investigate good and poor conductors of electricity.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which one of the following materials when used to connect wires at position K would make the bulb light?
A. Piece of thread.

B. Razor blade.

C. Piece of glass.

D. Cello tape. Q6,2010

 

6. The diagram below represents a safety sign when dealing with electricity.

 

 

 

 

The sign means
A. do not insert objects into electric socket

B. do not use appliances with damaged plugs or wires
C. do not plug in many electrical appliances

D. do not get near. Q46,2010

 

 

Forms of energy
1. Which one of the following pairs of renewable sources of energy?

A.Firewood and kerosene B.Waterfall and petrol C.Biogas and charcoal
D.Wind and coal Q18, 2003

2. Which one of the following sources of energy is non- renewable?

A. Kerosene.

B. Firewood.

C. Solar.

D. Biogas. Q27, 2004

3. Which one of the following sources of energy is renewable?
A. Kerosene.

B. Biogas from cow dung.

C. Coal.

D. Cooking gas from crude oil. Q1, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. Steam can be used to drive a wheel as in the set up shown in the diagram below

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which one of the following CANNOT increase the speed of the rotating wheel?

A. Using blades made from lighter material B.Increasing the size of the blades C.Increasing the size of the small hole D.Increasing the amount of heat

4. Which one of the following is an example of force?
A. Weight B,Energy C.Pressure
D.Work Q27,2003

5. Coins were arranged in a pile as shown in the diagram below.

When the coin at the bottom was knocked out suddenly using a ruler, it moved out leaving the pile intact.

The pile remained intact because of

A. friction.

B. gravity.

C. inertia.

D. weight. Q48,2004

6. When an object is thrown up in the air it falls because it
A. is pulled by the earth.

B. exerts pressure.

C. is resisted by air. Q15,2005

 

7..Which one of the following is CORRECT about a solar heater? A solar heater changes
A. heat energy to electrical energy

B. light energy to electrical energy

C. chemical energy to heat energy

D. light energy to heat energy. Q33,2006

K.C.P.E REVISION 360

 

8. Which one of the following sources of energy DOES NOT contain chemical energy?

A. Car battery.

B. Bicycle dynamo.

C. Food.

D. Firewood. Q37,2006

9. The following are forms of energy:

(i) heat

(ii) electricity

(iii) light

(iv) sound

The two forms of energy that DO NOT require a medium for transmission are
A. (ii) and (iv)

B. (i) and (iii)

C. (i) and (ii)

D. (iii) and (iv). Q31,2007

 

10. Which one of the following groups of sources of energy consists of only sources that have chemical energy?

A. Charcoal, kerosene, food.

B. Dynamo, drycell, firewood.

C. Biogas, hydroelectric power generator, matches.

D. Geothermal, generator, cooking gas, car battery.

Q25,2010

Energy changes

1. Below is an energy transformation:

Chemical electrical heat light.

 

In which one of the following does the energy transformation shown take place when used to produce light?
A. Geothermal.

B. Car battery.

C. Electric bulb.

D. Bicycle dynamo. Q5,2005

 

2. .Which one of the following energy transformations takes place when a radio that uses cells is operating?
A. Chemical —> electrical —> magnetic —> kinetic
—> sound

 

B. Magnetic —> electrical —> kinetic —> chemical

—> sound.

C. Electrical —> chemical —> kinetic —> magnetic

—> sound.

D. Kinetic —> chemical —> electrical —>magnetic —
> sound. Q36,2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. The diagram below shows a stone being thrown using a catapult.

 

The energy transformation that occurs at the section marked P is
A. electrical —» magnetic

B. chemical —» electrical

C. heat —» electricity

 

The form of energy in the rubber band before the stone is released is
A. kinetic

B. potential

C. chemical

D. sound. Q32,2006

 

4.. The diagram below represents a circuit that can be used to take a temporary magnet.

 

cells

D. chemical —» magnetic.
Q30,2007

 

5. Which one of the following shows the correct order of energy changes that take place when a bulb is connected to a dry cell to produce light?

A. Chemical —» heat —» electrical —» light.

B. Electrical —» chemical —» heat —» light.

C. Chemical —» electrical —» heat —» light.

D. Electrical —» heat —» chemical —» light.
Q24,2008

 

6. The beginning of energy transformations in radio that uses dry cells is

 

Copper wire

 

coil

Copper

A. electrical

B. magnetic

C. chemical

D. sound.
Q45,2010

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 363

3. The following practices help to conserve energy:

(i) using improved firewood jikos

(ii) switching off lights that use hydro-electric power when not needed
(iii) using public transport whenever possible

(iv) using biogas for cooking

 

Which two practices conserve non-renewable sources of energy?
A. (i) and (ii).

 

Conservation of energy

1. Which one of the following is the MAIN reason why the inside of a solar drier is painted black?

A. To prevent rusting.

B. To make it last longer.

C. To make it absorb heat.

D. To decorate it. Q2,2005

 

2. Which one of the following sources of energy is renewable?
A. Kerosene.

B. Biogas from cow dung.

C. Coal.

D. Cooking gas from crude oil. Q1,2005

B. (ii) and (iii).

C. (ii) and (iv).

D. (iii) and (iv). Q33,2007

 

4. Which one of the following groups of sources of energyconsists of only renewable sources?

A. Firewood, kerosene, waterfall.

B. Wind, charcoal, biogas.

C. Diesel, waterfall, wind.

D. Biogas, kerosene, firewood.
Q43,2008

 

5. The following are ways of maintaining tools

EXCEPT:

A. cleaning after use

B. greasing

C. sharpening

D. using them regularly. Q44,2008

6. Which one of the following DOES NOT explain why an improved jiko conserves energy? It has

A. A cone shape

B. Walls made of clay

C. A small space for holding charcoal

D. An outer cover made of metal.
Q26,2009

 

7. Which one of the following is NOT a method of conserving energy? Using

A. a wind mill to pump water

B. biogas for cooking

C. solar panels to produce electricity

D. a traditional jiko for cooking Q28,2010

8. The following are ways of maintaining tools

EXCEPT:

A. cleaning after use

B. greasing

C. sharpening

D. using them regularly. Q45,2008

When in use the fulcrum is at point

9. Which one of the following is NOT a practice tor maintaining simple tools?

A. Oiling.

B. Using them for the right purpose.

C. Sharpening.

D. Storing in a sale place. Q40,2009

 

 

 

MAKING WORK EASIER

Simple tools

A P

B. Q

C. R

D. S
Q18,2004

 

2. Which one of the following machines is the effort equal to the load and the effort distance equal to the load distance?
A. Inclined plane.
B. Wheel and axle.
C. Lever.
D. Single fixed pulley. Q8.,2004

3. The diagram below represents a simple machine in use.

1.The diagram below represents a fishing rod with points labelled P, Q, R and S.

 

 

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 366

A. Spade.

B. Wheelbarrow.

C. Claw hammer.

The machine is an example of

A. an inclined plane

B. a wheel and axle

C. a lever

D. a pulley Q16,2005

 

 

4. Which one of the following pairs of levers has the position of load, fulcrum and effort as a forearm?

A. Fishing rod and pliers.

B. Spade and tongs.

C. Bottle top opener and nutcracker.

D. Scissors and claw hammer. Q29,2005

 

5. The reason for using rollers when moving heavy objects on a floor is to
A. make objects lighter

B. avoid damaging the floor

C. increase speed of moving objects

D. reduce force that opposes movement.
Q17,2005

 

6. Which one of the following levers when in use has the position of the effort between the load and the fulcrum?

D. Crowbar. Q45,2006

 

7. The diagram below represents a simple machine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which of the positions labelled P, Q and R would represent the load, effort and fulcrum when the machine is in use?
Load Effort Fulcrum

A. P Q R

B. R P Q

C. Q P R

D. R Q P Q46,2007

8. The diagram below represents a block of wood being pushed along a surface towards point X.

 

 

 

L

 

J

Which one of the arrows represents the direction of the force of friction?
A J.

B. K.

C. L.

D. M. Q47,2007

 

9. The purpose of using rollers to move a load is to

A. increase the force required to push the load

B. reduce the force that hinders movement of the load

C. make the load lighter

D. control the direction of the movement of the load.

Q48, 2009

certain machine, when in use, can work with load, effort and fulcrum at different positions as shown in the diagrams I and II.

 

 

 

 

The machine is

A. wheelbarrow

B. Crowbar

C. Spade

D. claw hammer. Q17, 2009

 

 

Balancing

1. On a see-saw a small boy can lift a big boy when

A. the small boy stands on it

B. the big boy moves closer to the fulcrum

C. the two boys interchange positions

D. the two boys move equal distances away from the fulcrum. Q49,2010

2. The following activities are carried out when making a beam balance but not in the correct order:
(i) Suspend the arm to find balance point and mark.
(ii) Make a base, a stand and the arm. (iil) Fix the stand and the arm to the base.
(iv) Suspend tins on both sides of the arm.

 

Which one of the following is the CORRECT order in which the activities are carried out?
A. (iii) (i) (ii) (iv).

B. (ii) (i) (iii) (iv).

C. (iii) (ii) (iv) (i).

D. (ii) (i) (iv) (iii). Q48,2006

3. In which of the following is work made easier by changing the direction of force applied?

A. Ladder.

B. Flag post.

C. Staircase.

D. A road winding uphill. Q27, 2009

.4.On a see-saw a small boy can lift a big boy when

A. the small boy stands on it

B. the big boy moves closer to the fulcrum

C. the two boys interchange positions

D. the two boys move equal distances away from the fulcrum. Q49, 2010

 

Movement

1. Which one of the following statements is
CORRECT about a stone thrown a few metres

directly upwards by a passenger in a moving lorry? The stone will fall

A. in front of the person

B. behind the person

C. on the person

D. behind the lorry. Q49,2006

 

2. Which one of the following statements is NOT TRUE

about the force that opposes movement? The force

A. can be reduced by streamlining

B. makes the load heavier

C. increases effort required to move the load

D. produces heat. Q36,2007

 

Levers

1. Which one of the following pairs of machines consists of levers only?

A. Pliers and wedge.

B. Crowbar and nutcracker.

C. Screw and scissors.

D. Bottle opener and knife.
Q39,2004

2. Which one of the following statements is TRUE about some levers when in use?
A. In a crowbar, the load is between the effort and the fulcrum.
B. In a crowbar, the effort is between the load and the fulcrum.
C. In a wheelbarrow, the fulcrum is between the load and the effort.
D. In a spade, the effort is between the load

and the fulcrum. Q15, 2010

 

3. Which one of the following examples of levers has the position of effort between the positions of load and fulcrum when in use?
A. Spade.

B. Wheelbarrow.

C. Claw hammer.

D. Crow bar. Q41,2008

Friction force

1. In which of the following cases is friction both an advantage and a disadvantage?

A. Dragging a heavy box along the floor.

B. Moving parts of a machine.

C. Climbing up a hill.

D. Drawing water from a well using a rope.
Q47,2004

 

2.. The diagram below represents a tyre of a vehicle.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The purpose of treads in the vehicle tyre is to

A. make them last longer

B. increase grip on the road

C. reduce surface area

D. make them lighter.

Q47,2006

3. In which one of the following activities is friction

LEAST needed?

A. Writing.

B. Riding a bicycle.

C. Walking.

D. Using pulleys. Q13 ,2008

 

3. The diagram below represents a person pushing a heavy log of wood along a flat surface.
Which one of the following changes would make the person push the log more easily?

A. Smearing oil on the flat surface.

B. Wearing shoes with rough soles.

C. Smearing oil on the log of wood.

D. Placing rollers on the flat surface

 

 

 

 

Pulleys

1. Which one of the following machines is the effort equal to the load and the effort distance equal to the load distance?
A. Inclined plane.
B. Wheel and axle.
C. Lever.
D. Single fixed pulley. Q9,2004

 

 

 

 

 

To investigate the force required to lift the load

 

2. Which one of the following is a CORRECT statement about pulleys? Pulleys
A..Increase friction

B. Reduce the weight of the load

C. Change the direction of force

D. Increase speed Q26, 2003

 

single fixed pulley

A. changes direction of force

B. increases effort distance

C. reduces effort required

D. reduces load distance.
Q46,2006

 

4. The diagram below represents a set-up that is used to lift

a spring balance must be at

 

A. P

B. Q

C. R

D. S. Q12,2007

 

5. Which one of the following statements about a single fixed pulley is TRUE? The effort
A. moves a shorter distance than the load

B. and the load move the same distance

C. moves twice the distance the load moves

D. required is half the load. Q14, 2008

6. The following are steps followed when

Q investigating the force required to lift a load using a

K.C.P.E 373

p
Effort

Load

fixed pulley but not in their correct order:

(i) Tie the load with a string

(ii) Pass the string with the load through the pulley on the support
(iii) Pull the spring balance and measure

(iv) Fix the pullev on the support

(v) Tie the spring balance at the end of string.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 374

The CORRECT order of steps to be followed is
A. (ii), (i), (iv), (v), (iii)

B. (i), (ii), (iv), (v), (iii)

C. (v), (i), (ii), (iv), (iii)

D. (iv), (i). (ii), (v), (iii). Q50,2010

 

 

Inclined planes

1. An inclined plane makes work easier by

A. changing direction of effort.

B. increasing effort distance.

C. decreasing load distance.

D. decreasing the load Q49,2004

 

2. Which one of the following pairs of machines belongs to the same group as a ladder?

A. Claw hammer and bottle opener.

B. Spade and fishing rod.

C. Staircase and a road winding uphill.

D. Handcart and wheelbarrow.
Q14,2007

 

person intends to push a drum full of oil along an

inclined plane on to a platform, Decreasing the slope of the inclined plane would

A. decrease effort applied

B. decrease effort distance

C. decrease load distance

D. not affect the effort applied Q19, 2008

4. Which one of the following groups of machines consists of inclined planes only?
A. Ladder, spade, crowbar.

B. Staircase, ladder, a road winding up a hill.

C. Spade, staircase, ladder.

D. A road winding up a hill, craw hammer, crowbar.

Q26,2010

5. Which one of the following is NOT an example of an inclined plane?
A. Crowbar B.Staircase C.Wedge
D.Screw Q28,2003

K.C.P.E REVISION 375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

K.C.P.E.

K.N.E.C

 

 

SOCIAL STUDIES

2000-2011

 

TOPICALLY ANALLYSED

SOCIAL STUDIES 2000
1. PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

MAPWORK

Study the map of Bebe area and answer questions 1 to 7.
1. What is the direction of Kobo hill from Nama town?
A. North East.
B. South East.
C. NorthWest.
D. South West.
2. The physical feature which has been formed at the point where river Bebe enters lake Nama is called A a delta
B. an estuary C a tributary
K.C.P.E REVISION

D. a spring.
3. What evidence is there to show that most parts of Bebe area receive low rainfall?
A. Forest.
B. Scrub.
C. Swamps.
D. Hills.
4. According to the evidence in the map, the economic activities in Bebe area are fishing and
A. trading
B. cattle keeping
C. mining 381

D. saw-milling.
5. The headteacher of the school in Nama town wants to pass urgent information to the District Officer in Bebe town. The quickest means for passing the information would be by
A. sending a telegram
B. posting a letter
C. sending a messenger
D. making a telephone call.
6. Business people in Bebe area obtain their trading licences from the

A. chiefs camp
B. county council
C. post office
D. police post.
7. The length of the murram road from the shores of the lake to the junction in Nama town is
A. 13km
B. 16km
C. 15km
D. 10 km.
Q1-7 , 2003

SOCIAL STUDIES 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

shop in Kaka town. The correct action for them to take would be to

Study the map of Kaka area and answer questions 1 to 7.

1. What is the approximate length of the tarmac road

from the junction at Kaka town to the sawmill near river Kayo?
A. 6 km

B. 8 km

C. 10 km

D. 13 km.

 

2. Members of the public found a person breaking into a

A. beat up the person

B. take the person to the police post

C. take the person to the prison

D. run away for safety.

 

3. The highest point in Kaka area is likely to be around
A. Peya market

B. Peke market

C. Kaka town

D. Kuta market.

4. The climate of the area to the west of Kaka town can

6. What is the direction of Liba market from Peke

market?

be described as

A. hot and wet

B. hot and dry

C. cool and wet

D. cool and dry.

5. Which one of the following Local Authorities is in charge of Kaka town?
A. Municipal Council

B. County Council

C. City Council

A. North West

B. South West

C. South East

D. North East.

7. The two main economic activities carried out around Kuta market are

A. trading and mining

B. trading and cattle keeping

C. trading and manufacturing

D. trading and crop growing Q1-7 , 2001

D. Urban Council.

SOCIAL STUDIES 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Study the map of Sogo area and answer questions 1 to 7.

1. Sogo municipality is administered by a

A. District Officer

B. Mayor

C. Chief

D. Police Officer.

2. The length of the marram road from Rata market to the

junction in Sogo town is approximately

A. 12 kms

B. 15 kms

C. 18 kms

D. 8 km.

3. The shaded area marked S is set aside for

A. industries

B. landless people

C. wild animals

D. trees.

4. The main economic activity carried out in Sogo area

is

A. fishing

B. mining

C. cattle-keeping

D. trading.

 

5. The general direction of flow of river Sogo is from

A. South West to North East

B. North West to South West

C. North East to South West

K.C.P.E REVISION 385

D. North to South.

 

6. What evidence in the map shows that Sogo area receives low rainfall?

A. Existence of settlements.

B. Presence of scrub vegetation.

C. Existence of a quarry.

D. Presence of hills.

7. A Police Officer in Boro market wants an urgent message to reach the Police Station at Sogo town. The quickest way of passing the message would be to

A. send a letter to Sogo Police Station

B. send a messenger to Sogo Police Station

C. drive to Sogo Police Station

D. make a telephone call to Sogo Police Station.

Q1-7 , 2002

 

SOCIAL STUDIES 2003
1. PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

MAPWORK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Study the map of Tati area and answer questions 1 to 7.

1. What evidence in the map shows that Tusa location has cool climate? The presence of
A. a tea plantation

B. an airstrip

C. rivers

D. a market

 

2. People living in Tati area would have their land disputes solved by the

A. Police Officer

B. District Officer

C. Forest Officer

D. Agricultural Officer

3. The two main economic activities carried out in Tati
area are

A. quarrying and cattle keeping

B. trading and transportation

C. trading and lumbering

D. crop growing and quarrying

4. The approximate length of River Saku from the source up to the point where it joins River Kathi is

 

 

 

A. 9 km

B. 10 km

C. 12 km

D. 2 km

 

5. What is the direction of the maize farm from the forest?
A. North East.

B. South West.

C. North.

D. South

6. Which one of the following pairs of goods is not likely to be sold in the markets shown on the map?
A. Clothes and processed food.

B. Hoes and pangas

C. Aeroplane tickets and motorcycles.

D. Fertilisers and seeds.

7. Which one of the four locations of Tali area is
most

densely settled?

A. Ruta.

B. Gako.

C. Kara.

D. Tusa.

Q1-7 , 2003

KCPE 2004 MAPWORK

 

 

 

 

 

Study the map of Lofi area and answer questions 1 to 7.

1. The natural vegetation found in the south-western part of Lofi area is

A. scrub

B. forest

C. scattered trees

D. grass

 

2. Lofi town serves mainly as

A. an educational centre

B. a residential centre

C. an administrative centre

D. an industrial centre

 

3. What is the approximate length of the telephone line from the point where it crosses Lango Road to the south-eastern edge of the map?

A. 10 km

B. 7 km

C. 9 km

D. 12 km

4. What evidence on the map shows that there is likely to be security in Lofi town?

A. Post Office.

B. Police Station.

C. Permanent Buildings.

D. County Council Offices.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. According to the information on the map, three of the following statements are true. Which one is not?

A. The northern part of Lofi receives more rain than the southern part.

B. Cattle farming is one of the main agricultural activities in Lofi.

C. The people in Lofi have several sources of water.

D. A person travelling from Pewa to Pili has to pass through Lofi Town.

 

6. The main factor that may influence the setting up of a posho
mill at Pili market is the availability of

A. Water

B. Transport

C. Maize

D. Market

7. Which two religions are practised in Lofi area?

A. Christianity and Islam.

B. Islam and Buddhism.

C. Buddhism and Hinduism.

D. Hinduism and Christianity Q1-7, 2004

KCPE 2005 MAPWORK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Study the map of Ama Area and answer questions 1 to 7.
1. The general direction of the murram pit from the Chief’s Camp is

A. North-East.

B. North-west

C. South-East

D. South-West.

 

2. The length of the tarmac road from the junction at Ama town to the tea factory is approximately.

C. Town Council.

D. Urban Council.

 

5. The main source of water for the residents of Ama town is

A. the swamp

B. the borehole

C. the pond

D. the river.

6. Three of the following are economic activities

practised in Ama Area. Which one is not?

A. Farming.

B. Fishing.

C. Mining.

D. Trading.

7. A person has set fire to the Rest House in Ama town. The most appropriate action that the owner should take

is to report the incident to

A. the District Officer

B. the Chief’s Camp

C. the health centre

D. the police station.

 

Q1-7, 2005
KCPE 2006 MAPWORK

 

 

 

 

Study the map of Mula Area and answer questions 1 to 7.

1. The general direction of flow of river Mula is from

A. North to South-East.

B. North to South.

C. South-East to North.

D. South to North-East.

 

2. What is the approximate length in kilometres of the railway line shown on the map?

A. 14.5km.

B. 13.5 km.

C. 12.5 km.

D. 11.5 km.

 

3. The main economic activity carried out in Mula Area is

A. mining

B. farming

C. lumbering

D. trading.

 

4. Three of the following services are available in Mula town. Which one is not?

A. Health

B. Administration.

C. Recreation.

D. Security.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. The climate of the area between Muko and Wema markets is
likely to be

A. hot and dry

B. cool and dry

C. cool and wet

D. hot and wet.

 

6. The school in Mula town wishes to enlarge its compound. Which one of the following government offices should the

school approach for more land?

 

A. The District Education Office.

B. The Municipal Council Office.

C. The District Officer’s Office.

D. The Chiefs Office.

 

7. A trader in Wema market urgently wishes to order for goods from a supplier in Mula town. The

quickest means of placing the order would be

 

A. to post a letter to the supplier

B. to drive to Mula town

C. to make a telephone call to the supplier

D. to send a messenger to Mula town.

Q1-72006

 

2007 MAPWORK
D. 64 sq. kilometres.

3. Most of the settlements in Timo area are found

A. along the roads

B. near the quarry

C. near the cattle dip

D. along the river.

 

4. Which one of the following features would attract tourists in Zime Location?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6. Some cows have strayed into the maize plantation in Roti Location and destroyed the crop. The correct action for the owner of the plantation to take is to

A. poison the cows

B. arrest the herdsman

C. sell the cows in the nearby market

D. report the matter to the chief.

 

7. Which one of the following social services is not

available in Timo town?

A. Educational services.

B. Religious services.

C. Health services.

D. Recreational services. Q1-7, 2007

KCPE 2008 MAPWORK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Study the map of MINA area and answer questions 1 to 7.

1. The length of the railway from the level crossing to the edge of the map is approximately

A. 4km

B. 6 km

C. 9km

D. 13 km.

2. The general direction of flow of River Mina is

A. North-east to South-west

B. South-east to North-west

C. North to South

D. West to East.

 

3. Which one of the following types of soil is likely to be commonly found in Gola sub location?

A. Clay soil.

B. Sandy soil.

C. Alluvial soil.

D. Volcanic soil.

4. The main factor that may have influenced the setting up of a cattle ranch in Pone sub-location is the availability of

A. labour

B. space

C. transport

D. veterinary services.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. In Mina Area, there are permanent settlements in all the sub-locations except

A. Gola sub-location

B. Tosi sub-location

C. Pone sub-location

D. Waro sub-location.

 

6. What evidence in the map shows that Mina Town is an administrative centre? Presence of

A. a post office

B. a chief’s camp

C. a police post

D. a railway station

 

7. Which one of the following is the main source of revenue for Mina Urban Council?
A. Money paid by owners of businesses in the town.

B. Parking fees paid by vehicle owners.

C. Fees paid by people visiting the museum.

D. Fines paid by people who break the by-laws.

KCPE 2009 MAPWORK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Study the map of RAMALI area and answer questions 1 to 7.
1. The natural vegetation found around Kera market is

A. mangrove forest

B. scattered trees

C. papyrus

D. scrub

 

2. The approximate area of the cotton farm is

A. 4 km2

B. 8 km2

C. 12 km2

D. 14 km2.

 

3. River Ramali flows from

A. North-East to South-West

B. North-West to South-East

C. South-West to North-East

D. South-East to North-West

4. Which one of the following social services is provided at Pori market?

A . Health Services.

B. Religious Services.

C. Educational Services.

D. Postal Services.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. In which one of the following parts of Ramah area are most settlements found?

A. Along the Coast.

B. Along the tarmac road

C. Along the murram road.

D. Along the river.

6. The main economic activity carried out in Ramali area is

A. Salt mining

B. cattle keeping

C. fishing

D. trading.

7. The climate of Ramah area can be described as

A. hot and dry

B. hot and wet

C. cold and wet

D. cold and dry. Q1-7 ,2009

KCPE 2010 MAPWORK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Study the map of Molu area and answer questions 1 to 7.

1. The land in Molu area slopes from

A. fast to West

B. South to North

C. North-West to South-East

D. North-East to South-West.

 

2. What is the approximate area of the irrigation scheme?

A. 10 square kilometers.

B. 16 square kilometers.

C. 18 square kilometers.

D. 20 square kilometers.

 

3. A trader at Tau market has ordered for maize flour from a wholesale shop in Molu town. The appropriate means of transport to use to deliver the flour would be by

A. road transport

B. railway transport

C. water transport

D. air transport.

4. Three of the following economic activities are carried out in Molu area except

A. fishing

B. farming

C. trading

D. mining.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. If the area under the Game Reserve was to be converted into a farm, which one of the following crops would be suitable to plant?

A. Coffee.

B. Cotton.

C Pyrelhrum.

D. Tea.

 

6. Which hone of the following statements correctly describes the distribution of settlements in Molu area?

A. The settlements are evenly spread.

B. There are few settlements in the irrigation scheme.

C. There are some settlements along River Molu.

D. Settlements are concentrated where there are towns.

 

7. Three of the following social services are available in Molu

Town. Which one is not?

A. Health Services.

B. Recreation services.
C. Educational Services
D Religious Services. Q1-7,2010

Position size and shape

1. Which one of the following groups of countries are found in Eastern Africa?
A. Kenya, Uganda, Angola.

B. Kenya, Rwanda, Egypt.

C. Kenya. Somalia, Namibia.

D. Kenya, Tanzania. Sudan. Q13,2001

2. Which one of the following statements is true
about

the Rift Valley province of Kenya?

A. Most of the inhabitants in the province are Cushites.
B. Its provincial headquarters is Eldoret town.

C. Most of the province is covered by forests.

D. It borders two neighbouring countries.
Q29,2001

3. Which one of the following statements is true about

the position of Kenya?

A. It is to the South of the Equator.

B. It is to the East of the Prime Meridian.

C. It is to the North of Uganda.

D. It is to the West of Ethiopia. Q22,2002

4. Which one of the following statements is true about the location of the Sahara desert? It is located to the

A. South of the Mediterranean Sea.

B. East of the Red Sea.

C. South of the Equator.

D. East of the Congo Basin. Q8, 2003 5Which one of the following statements explains why
there are few natural harbours along the coast of Africa?

A. The coastline is regular.

B. The land along the coast is flat.

C. There are mangrove forests along the coast.

D. The coastline is made up of soft rocks.

Q13, 2003

6. Use the map of Africa below to answer questions 40 to 44.

 

 

 

(i) The Island marked P is

A. Zanzibar

B. Lamu

C. Madagascar

D. Comoros

 

(ii) The country marked S is

A. Nigeria

B. Ghana

C. Benin

D. Cameroon

 

7. Which one of the following countries is correctly matched with its capital city’?
Country Capital city

D receive most of the rain from the North East trade winds. Q11,2000
2. . Below are statements describing a region in Africa (i) it has very hot days and cold nights
(ii) it has cloudless nights
(iii) it has scanty vegetation
The region described above is the A.. Kalahari
B. Congo Basin
C. lake Victoria region
D. Coastal Plains of West Africa. Q14,2000
3. The shaded area marked U has low population because it
A. is frequently invaded by pests
B. is flooded regularly by water from the Red Sea
C. is occupied by many wild animals
D. receives inadequate rainfall. Q35,2000
4. The diagram below represents the climate of a station in Eastern Africa. Use it to answer question 22.

 

A. Mali – Bamako

B. Ghana – Dakar

C. Senegal – Ndjamena

D. Chad – Accra

Q29, 2009

 

Climate
1. Which one of the following is true about the climate of the Kenya highlands? The highlands
A. have one rainy season
B. are hot throughout the year
C. experience cool temperatures

22. Which one of the following statements correctly

describes the climate of the station?

A. Rainfall is evenly distributed throughout the year.
B. It is hot throughout the year.

C. Rainfall is low when temperatures are high.

D. The wettest months are between November and March. Q22,2001

question 51.

 

 

 

 

 

5. Study the map of Kenya below and answer 26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26. The district marked Z is sparsely populated because
A. it is set aside for cattle ranching
B. it has many wild animals
C. it receives little rainfall
D. it has poor soils. Q26,2001
6. The diagram below shows a type of rainfall experienced in some parts of Kenya. Use it to answer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51. In which one of the following towns is the type of rainfall shown in the diagram commonly experienced?
A. Nairobi.

B. Nyeri.

C. Marsabit.

D. Kisumu. Q51,2001

7. The climate of the Congo Basin is generally

A. cold and wet throughout the year

B. cold and dry for most of the year

C. hot and dry for most of the year

D. hot and wet throughout the year.

K.C.P.E REVISION 410

Q56,2001
Use the map of Africa below to answer questions
8

8. The climate of the area marked Z is

A. hot and wet

B. wet and cold

C. cold and dry

D. hot and dry. Q41,2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9. The diagram below shows an area where relief rainfall is experienced.

Which one of the areas marked A, B, C and D is in the rain shadow? Q20,2002
10. Which one of the following is a way of making arid
areas in Kenya productive?

A. By moving people from those areas.

B. By constructing roads in those areas.

C. By encouraging people to plant trees in those areas.

D. By encouraging people who live in those areas to practise shifting cultivation. Q45,2002
11. Which one of the following physical regions
of

Kenya is correctly matched with its climatic conditions?

K.C.P.E REVISION 411

Physical Region Climatic Condition

The diagram illustrates the formation of a

 

 

 

Q9, 2003

12. Meru town receives more rainfall than Nanyuki town because

A. Meru is on the windward side of Mount Kenya

B. Nanyuki is far from the Equator

C. Meru is near a forested area

D. Nanyuki is at a low altitude Q11,2004

 

 

 

14. The main economic activity of people living in cold deserts is
A. gathering

B. hunting

C. mining

D. Fishing Q56, 2004

15. The table below represents rainfall and temperature
figures for a station in Africa. Use it to answer question

Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
Temp in 0C 28 28 28 27 27 26 26 27 27 27 27 28
Rainfall in mm 41 69 150 201 206 114 66 84 193 226 150 40

16. Below are some characteristics of a type of climate experienced in Africa.
(i) Day temperatures are very high.

(ii) The rainfall received in a year is between 250 mm and 450 mm.
(iii) Skies are cloudless during the night.

(iv) Most of the winds experienced are generally dry.

The type of climate described above is

A. Tropical Continental climate

B. Mediterranean climate

C. Semi-desert climate

D. Warm temperate climate. Q47, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

17. The graph below represents the climate of a town in

Africa.

Which one of the following statements correctly

describes the climate of the town?

A. There is rainfall throughout the year.

B. The town has one dry season.

C. Temperatures are high throughout the year.

D. The town has two wet seasons. Q14, 2007
18.. Nairobi is cooler than Mombasa because

A. Mombasa is far from the equator

B. Nairobi is far from the sea

C. Mombasa experiences sea breezes

D. Nairobi is higher above sea level.
Q10,2008 19.

 

 

 

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 413

 

 

 

. Which one of the following statements explains why the shaded area marked J is densely populated?

 

The ocean current that influences the climate of the area marked Q is
A. Canary

B. Guinea

C. Mozambique

D. Benguela. Q24,2008

20. Below are characteristics of a type of climate in Africa

(i) Rain occurs mainly in the afternoon.

(ii) Annual range of temperature is low.

(iii) Rainfall is high throughout the year.

(iv) Temperatures are high throughout the year.

A. The area has sufficient land for settlement

B. The area receives high rainfall which encourages farming.
C. The area has volcanic soils suitable for growing a variety of crops.
D. The area experiences cool climate suitable for settlement.
Q18,2009

 

22. Use the diagram below to answer questions 22 & 23

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.

The climate described above is

A. Desert climate.

B. Equatorial climate.

C. Tropical climate.

D. Mediterranean climate. Q53,2008

Which of the following characteristics are true about the winds marked X?
A. They are cool and moist.

B. They are warm and dry.

C. They are cool and dry.

D. They are warm and moist.
Q13,2010

23. Which one of the following towns in Kenya

K.C.P.E REVISION 414

experiences the effects of winds similar to the ones marked X?

A. Nanyuki.

B. Nakuru.

C. Thika.

D. Eldoret. Q14,2010

 

Weather prediction and instruments

1. Three of the following instruments used for
measuring weather conditions are commonly found in

a school weather station. Which one is not?

A. Thermometer.

B. Rain gauge.

C. Barometer.

D. Wind vane.
Q10,2003

2. The best time to thresh millet is when the weather is

A. cool and calm

B. cloudy and rainy

C. sunny and windy

D. cool and rainy
18,2003

3. The diagram below represents an instrument that is used to measure an element of weather.

 

Which one of the following elements of weather is measured using the instrument shown in the diagram?

A. Air pressure.

B. Temperature.

C. Wind direction.

D. Rainfall. Q14,2005

4. The diagram below shows an instrument used for recording an element of weather.

 

 

 

 

 

The element of weather recorded using the instrument shown above is
A. rainfall

B. temperature

C. pressure

D. wind direction.

415

Q47,2006

5. Below are some ways used for predicting the coming of a rainy season.
(i) Observing the clouds.

(ii) Using air balloons.

(iii) Measuring the humidity of the air.

(iv) Observing the shape of the moon.

 

Which combination of the ways listed above consists of traditional methods of predicting weather?

A. (i) and (iv)

B. (i) and (ii)

C. (ii) and (iii)

D. (iii) and (iv). Q25,2009

6. In traditional African societies, the croaking of frogs was associated with

A. the coming of dry seasons

B. the coming of good harvest

C. the coming of rains

D. the coming of strong winds.
Q20,2010

7. The diagram below represents an instrument that is used to measure an element of weather.

The instrument is used to measure

A. direction of the wind

B. amount of rainfall

C. atmospheric pressure

D. temperature. Q25,2002

8. Which one of the following weather recording instruments is correctly matched with the element of weather it measures?
Instrument Element of weather
A. Thermometer Humidity
B. Rain gauge Temperature
C. Hygrometer Rainfall
D. Barometer Air pressure Q26,2000

10. Traditional African Societies predicted the coming of rains by

A. reading information received from balloons released into the air
B. bserving types and movements of clouds
C. listening to information about weather over the radio
D. reading weather charts showing the movement ofwinds. Q42,2000
Mountains

1. . Below are statements about a mountain in Africa
(i) it was formed as a result of volcanic activity
(ii) it is located near the boundary of two countries
(iii) it is covered by snow at the peak. The mountain described above is A.Elgon
B.Drakensberg C.Kilimanjaro
D.Atlas. Q41,2000
2. The diagram below represents a volcanic mountain

 

The physical feature marked Z in the above diagram is
A. lava
B. a crater
C. conelet
D. a fault. Q55,2000
3. The diagram below represents a landscape. Use it to answer question 39.

 

 

 

 

 

The landscape above was formed as a result of

A. deposition

B. folding

C. erosion

D. faulting. Q39,2001

4. Three of the following statements are true about Mount Kilimanjaro. Which one is not?
A. It is the highest mountain in Africa.

B. It is covered with snow at the top.

C. It is the source of River Tana.

D. It is located in Tanzania. Q55,2001

Use the map of Africa below to answer questions 5

 

5. The relief feature marked Q is the

A. Adamawa Highlands

B. Atlas Mountains

C. Ahaggar Plateau

D. Cameroun Mountains. Q43,2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6. Most mountains in Africa were formed as a result of

A. erosion

B. volcanicity

C. folding

D. Faulting Q12,2003

7. The floor of the Rift Valley in Kenya receives little rainfall because it
A. lies in between the eastern and western highlands
B. is located far from the Indian Ocean

C. is located near the Equator

D. has many salty lakes.
Q142003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The feature marked R is

A. Mount Kenya

B. Mount Elgon

C. Mount Marsabit

D. Mount Meru
Q32,2003

8. Mountains were useful to communities in traditional African societies because they
A. provided boundaries between communities

B. provided good areas for settlement

C. were used as places of worship

D. were used as administrative headquarters
Q40,200 3
9. Which one of the following mountains was formed as a result of faulting?

A. Mount Kenya.

B. Mount Kilimanjaro.

C. Atlas Mountains.

D. Ruwenzori Mountains.
Q14,2004

10. The diagram below represents a type of mountain. Use it to answer question 10.

 

 

 

 

11. The type of mountain represented in the diagram was formed as a result of

A. faulting

B. folding

C. volcanicity

D. erosion. Q10,2006

12. The Atlas mountains were formed as a result of

A. faulting

B. erosion

C. folding

D. volcanicity. Q56,2007

13. Which one of the following groups of mountains in Africa are block mountains?

A. Atlas, Ruwenzori and Pare.

B. Ruwenzori, Drakensburg and Usambara.

C. Atlas, Pare and Drakensburg.

D. Pare, Usambara and Ruwenzori.
Q43,2008

14. Which one of the following mountains in Africa was formed as a result of faulting
A. Mt Kenya.

B. Mt Kilimanjaro.

C. The Atlas Mountains.

D. The Ruwenzori Mountains.
Q37,2010

 

Latitudes, longtudes and time

1. The latitude marked B is

A. Greenwich Meridian

B. Tropic of Cancer

C. The Equator

D. Tropic of Capricorn. Q44,2002 2.What is the time in Kigali on longitude 30° E when
it is 10:00 am in Accra on longitude 0°?

A. 8:00 am

B. 6:00 am

C. 2:00 am

D. 12:00 noon
Q15,2003

3. In which two of the following months is the sun overhead at the Equator?
A. December and May.

B. June and November.

C. March and September.

D. June and December. Q13,2004

overhead at the Equator?

A. March and September

B. June and September.

C. March and December,

D. June and December Q13,2009

 

Lakes

1. Most lakes in the Rift Valley of Kenya are salty because they
A. experience high rate of evaporation

B. are narrow

The position of Khartoum is C, are found in basins formed through faulting

A. latitude 16°N and longitude 33°E

B. latitude I6°N and longitude 33⁰ W

C. latitude 10°N and longitude 33°E

D. latitude 20°N and longitude 33°W.

 

 

 

Q26,2004

D. have few water plants.
Q49,2000

2. Below are statements about a lake in Kenya.

(i) It is a fresh water lake.

(ii) It is a source of a river.

5. What is the time in Alexandria on longitude 30°E when it is 9.00 am in Oran on longitude 0°?
A. 7.00 am.

B. 9.00 pm.

C. 11.00 am.

D. 1.00 pm. Q22,2007

6. To make a complete rotation on its axis, the earth takes

(iii) It is a major source of fish. The lake described above is
A. Lake Victoria

B. Lake Magadi

C. Lake Turkana

D. Lake Naivasha. Q21,2002

3. The true statement about the lake marked N is that it is

The lake marked L is

A. Lake Kyoga

B. Lake Albert

C. Lake Tanganyika

D. Lake Malawi. Q24.2006 5.The diagram below represents a type of a lake.

 

A. a fresh water lake

B. found in the Great Rift Valley

C. a home for flamingoes

D. the source of River Nyando Q30,2003

 

 

4.

The type of lake shown is

A. a man-made lake

B. an ox-bow lake

C. a crater lake

D. an oasis. Q51,2006

6. Water pollution in Lake Victoria is caused mainly

by

A. plants growing in the water

B. waste from factories in the area

C. people bathing in the lake

 

D. waste from nearby homes. Q57,2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. The vegetation of the shaded area marked R consists of
A. tall evergreen trees and little grass

B. scattered trees and tall grass

C. short trees and short grass

D. thorny trees and short grass. Q42,2002 2.Equatorial forests are evergreen because
A. they are found in areas with few pests that eat their leaves
B. they grow in lowland areas within the tropics

C. they grow in areas which receive heavy rainfall

D. they are found in flat areas with fertile soils

Q35,2003

The major crop grown in the region marked Q is

A. groundnuts

B. maize

C. tea

D. citrus fruits Q41,2004 4.Below are some characteristics of a type of
vegetation found in Africa.

(i) The trees are medium height,

(ii) The trees shed their leaves during the dry seasons.
(iii) Some trees are umbrella-shaped.

(iv) The vegetation is a mixture of grass and trees.
422

This vegetation is most likely to be found in

A. steep mountain slopes

B. equatorial coast lands

C. the Sahara desert

D. the Nyika plateau Q13,2006

 

5. Your class went on a study tour of an area whose

vegetation had the following characteristics:

(i) Scattered umbrella-shaped trees.

(ii) Large areas covered with grass.

(iii) Some thorny bushes and shrubs.

The vegetation found in the area that your class visited is

A Equatorial forest

B. Desert vegetation

C. Savanna vegetation

D. Coniferous forest. Q18,2007 6.Which one of the following is the main effect of
destruction of forests on the slopes of Mt. Kenya?

A. Reduced supply of firewood.

B. Reduced volume of water in rivers.

C. Shortage of timber for building.

D. Shortage of herbal medicine.
Q21,2008

 

7.Which group of characteristics shown below describes the equatorial vegetation?
A B

Very tall trees Very tall trees Trees with straight Trees with straight

C D Q20,2009

 

8. Your class went on a study tour of an area whose vegetation had the following characteristics:
(i) Scattered umbrella-shaped trees.

(ii) Large areas covered with grass.

(iii) Some thorny bushes and shrubs.

The vegetation found in the area that your class visited is

A Equatorial forest

B. Desert vegetation

C. Savanna vegetation

D. Coniferous forest. Q18, 2008

 

Rivers
1. Study the map of Eastern Africa below and answer questions 1
KT.Cin.Py.tEhRoErnVyISbIOusNhes

Plants with thick barks Short grass

Health moorland 423

 

31. Which one of the following explains why navigation along the river marked P is difficult?
A. The amount of water in the river changes from season to season.
B. The river has crocodiles and hippopotamuses.
C. The river has many bends.
D. The river has waterfalls and floating vegetation.
Q31,2000

2. The rivers marked S and T are

(i) It passes through a desert.

(ii) Its source is a freshwater lake.

(iii) It has a delta.

(iv) It provides water for irrigation The river described above is?
A. River Volta.

B. River Tana.

C. River Nile.

D. River Limpopo. Q36,2001

4. The river marked Q is

A. Cunene

B. Orange

C. Limpopo

D. Zambezi. Q28,2005

5. River Nile and River Niger have a common characteristic. It is that both rivers
A. originate from the same highlands

B. end in the Mediterranean Sea

C are navigable throughout the course

D. have a delta at the mouth.
Q40,2010

6. Which one of the following statements is true about the river marked L?

K.C.P.E REVISION 424

 

 

 

 

 

 

A. It originates from Mau Hills.

B. It crosses five provinces.

C. It supplies water for irrigation.

D. It is seasonal. Q20,2009

7. Below are statements about a river in Africa.

(i) It is navigable for some distance.

(ii) It enters the Atlantic Ocean.

(iii) It has many tributaries.

(iv) It forms a boundary between two countries. The river described above is
A. River Zambezi

B. River Nile

C. River Senegal

D. River Congo Q12,2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

425

Islands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C. It is found to the east of Somalia.
D. It lies to the west of the prime meridian.
Q40,2007

1. The Island marked P is

A. Zanzibar

B. Lamu

C. Madagascar

D. Comoros Q40,2004

Countries of Africa

1. The main method used by the Africans in Zimbabwe to attain their independence was
A. boycotting work

B. seeking support from neighbours

C. fighting guerilla warfare

D. negotiating with the colonialists.

2. Which one of the following islands is the largest?
A. Zanzibar.
B. Madagascar.
C. Mauritius.
D. Seychelles. Q13,2000

Rift valley

Q26, 2007

Effects of physical features

1. The diagram below represents a physical feature.
Use it to answer the question that follows.

1. Which one of the following is the least important benefit of Mt. Kenya?
A. It provides stones for building houses.

B. Its slopes have fertile soils for farming.

C. It helps in the formation of relief rainfall.

D. It is a tourist attraction. Q11, 2006

 

Compass

1. Which one of the following statements is true about the geographical position of Kenya?

A. It borders the Atlantic ocean.

B. It lies south of Sudan.

Fault Fault

 

The feature marked X is

A. A block mountain

K.C.P.E REVISION 426

B. A rift valley

C. An escarpment

D. A crater Q10, 2009

 

Rotation and Revolution

5. Countries in North Africa experience winter season

during the months of

A. December to February

B. March to May

C. June to August

 

1. Which one of the following planets is farthest from the Earth?
A. Mercury.
B. Mars.
C. Jupiter.

D. September to November.

Q39, 2010

D. Pluto. Q58,2000

2. In which one of the following months is the sun

overhead at the Tropic of Capricorn?

A. March.

B. December.

C. June.

D. September. Q47,2001

3. Day and Night are caused by

A. revolution of the earth

B. movement of the moon

C. movement of the sun

D. rotation of the earth Q58,2002

4. Different parts of the earth experience day and night at different times. This is caused by

A. the movement of the moon around the arth

B. the revolution of the earth around the sun

C. the movement of the sun from east to west

D. The rotation of the earth on its axis.

Q19, 2010

PEOPLE AND POPURATION

Language groups
1. Which one of the following Kenyan communities belong to the same language group?

A. Abagusii, Iteso, Akamba.
B. Somali, Aembu, Turkana.
C. Samburu, Pokomo, Tugen.

D. Abaluyia, Ameru, Taita Q9,2000

2. The Eastern Africa communities in the boxes below share a common origin.

 

Which one of the following communities is represented by letter Y in the box above?
A. Chagga.
B. Acholi.
C. Amhara.
D. Somali. Q17,2000
3. Which one of the following groups of Kenyan communities share a common origin?

K.C.P.E REVISION 427

The true statement about the communities listed above is that they
A. were the last communities to settle in Eastern Africa
B. migrated into Eastern Africa from the

A. B.

 

 

 

 

C. D. Q8,2001

4. Below are four communities found in Kenya.

(i) Mijikenda

(ii) Abakuria

(iii) Abagusii

(iv) Akamba

 

Which one of the following statements is true
about the communities listed above?

A. They belong to the same language group.

B. They occupy the highland region in Kenya.

C. They traded with the Arabs.

D. They were ruled by Kings. Q8,2002 5.Below are three communities in Eastern Africa
(i) Boran

(ii) Somali

(iii) Rendille

North East

C. migrated from the Central African region

D. first settled around Lake Turkana. Q16, 2003

6. Which one of the following groups of communities migrated and settled in West Africa during the pre-colonial period?

 

 

 

A. B. C. D.

Q39, 2003

7. Which one of the following communities in Kenya make up the Plain Nilotes?
A. B. C. D.

 

 

K.C.P.E REVISION 428

Q8, 2004

8. Below are three communities in Kenya:

(i) Ameru

(ii) Wadawida

(iii) Abagusii

 

Which one of the following statements is true about

these communities?

A. They are mainly pastoralists.

B. They traded with the Abaluhya.

C. They occupy the highland regions in Kenya.

D. They were ruled by kings Q39, 2004

E.

9. The Tigre and Amhara Communities live mainly in

A. Tanzania

B. Somalia

C. Uganda

D. Ethiopia. Q37, 2006

1. The main economic activities of the Mijikenda during the pre-colonial period were farming and

A. basket weaving

B. trading

C. iron smelting

D. hunting. Q10,2000

2. . Which of the following ways of interaction was most common between the Akamba and the Agikuyu during the pre-colonial period?
A. Intermarrying.
B. Raiding.
C. Trading.
D. Sporting. Q15,2000
3. Which one of the following Kenyan communities is correctly matched with its main economic activity during the colonial period?
Community Economic activity

A. Rendille trading

B. Ameru livestock keeping

C. Nandi hunting

D. Abagusii crop growing

17,2001

4. Which one of the following groups of commodities

B. Development of Swahili culture.

C. Construction of the Uganda railway.

D. Introduction of the Kipande system.
Q10,2002

6. During the pre-colonial period trade between the Agikuyu and their neighbours was promoted mainly by

A. demand for goods

B. support from community leaders

C. friendly relations with their neighbours

D. existence of reliable means of transport.

Q17,2002

7. Three of the following are results of the settlement of
the Masai into Kenya, Which one is not?

A. They displaced some communities they found.

B. They traded with other communities.

C. They copied some customs from the other

communities.

D. They taught other communities bark cloth making. Q17, 2003
8. During the pre-colonial period, African communities protected their homes against enemies mainly by

A. building stone walls around the homesteads

B. positioning armed warriors around the homesteads

C. using thorn fences around the homesteads

D. digging trenches around the homesteads

Q36, 2004

A. Formation of Kingdoms in the area.

B. Displacement of the Dorobo from the area.

C. Introduction of cash crop farming in the area.

D. Outbreak of diseases in the area. Q15, 2005

Population growth and distribution

1. A common characteristic about the population of India and Kenya is that in both countries the
A. birth rate is low
B. majority of the people are young
C. death rate is low
D. majority of the people are old. Q56,2000
2. The Age-Sex pyramid below describes the population of a country in Eastern Africa.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which one of the following statements is true according to the information in the diagram above?
A. There are more males than females at all

9.Which one of the following was a result of the settlement of the Bantu in the area around Mount

ages.

B. The percentage of male and female at

Kenya during the pre-colonial period?

ages 46-60 is equal.

C. There are more male children being born than females.
D. A high percentage of the population is made up of young people Q50,2002
3. Registration of deaths of people in Kenya is important because
A. it enables the government to know the most

common diseases that kill people

B. it enables the government to have records
for

future planning

C. it enables doctors to know the medicines that are effective in controlling diseases
D. it enables people to know the hospitals that provide good services. Q59,2002
4. The population of Kenya is increasing at a high rate because
A. some men marry several wives

B. there is improved medical care

C. there is enough food in the country

D. having many children earns one respect

Q20, 2003

5. The main reason why people in Kenya are counted every ten years is to

A. find out the number of children who have been born
B. know the number of people living in different parts of the country

C. find out the number of people who have died

D. get information required for planning for the needs of the people
Q51, 2004

6. Which one of the following statements is true about the population of both Kenya and India?

A. It is mainly made up of old people.

B. The rate of population increase is low.

C. Most people live in towns.

D. It is mainly made up of young people.

Q35, 2005

7. The highland areas of Kenya have high population density because

A. there is enough pasture for livestock

B. there is enough space for settlement

C. the climate is warm

D. the soils are fertile. Q40, 2005

5. The Eastern Bantu dispersed from Shungwaya during the pre-colonial period mainly because
A. the area became dry

B. they fought among themselves

C. there was an outbreak of diseases

D. they were attacked by the Galla.
Q20,2008

 

8. Which one of the following statements explains why

there are few roads in the northern parts of Kenya?

A. The area has sparse population.

B. The area is generally rocky.

C. The area has many hills.

D. The area has many wild animals. Q48, 2006

9. Which one of the following factors has led to a decline in the rate of population growth in Kenya?

age

0-14 years.

A. Improved medical facilities.

B. Improved methods of food production.

C. Increase in the incidents of early marriages.
D. Increase in awareness of advantages of fewer children. Q50,
2006
10. The Age-sex pyramid below represents the population of Germany.
AGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which one of the following statements is true
about the population according to the pyramid?

A. Most of the population is over 55 years.

B. There are more males than females at all ages.

C. There are more female than male children at

D. The number of males and females who are over 85 years are equal.
Q39, 2007

 

11. The main problem resulting from rapid population growth in the rural areas in Kenya is that it has led to
A. shortage of land for agriculture

B. reduction of areas under forest

C. increased soil erosion

D. inadequate water for domestic use. Q57, 2007
12. Which one of the following would be the best way of controlling rapid population growth in towns in Kenya?

A. By improving social services in rural areas.

B. By creating employment opportunities in rural areas.

C. By setting up family planning clinics in towns.

D. By advising the youth in towns to avoid marrying early.
Q45, 2008

13. In Kenya, a national population census is carried out after a period of

A. 10 years

B. 8 years

C. 5 years

D. 1 year Q42, 2009

 

Migration

K.C.P.E REVISION 432

1. The people who migrated into Kenya from Southern Ethiopia using the route marked R are
A. Nilotes
B. Bantu
C. Cushites
D. Semites. Q32,2000
2. The main cause of rural-rural migration in Kenya is

A. lack of water

B. search for land for settlement

C. search for employment

D. outbreak of diseases. Q20,2001

3. Arabs came to the Kenyan coast before 1500 AD

mainly to

A. spread Islam

B. escape religious persecution

C. trade with the local people

D. explore the area. Q24,2001

4. Three of the following were results of the migration of the Cushites into Eastern Africa. Which one was not?
A. Movement of some communities out of the area.
B. Introduction of plantation farming in the area.

C. Intermarriage with other communities in the area.

D. Development of trade with the communities in the area. Q18,2002
5. One of the ways through which the Government
of Kenya is attempting to reduce rural-urban migration is by
A. discouraging people from moving to towns

B. improving education and health services in rural areas

C. encouraging the establishment of industries in the rural areas
D. restricting the establishment of new towns

in rural areas
Q27,2003

6. From which direction did the Bantu enter into Eastern Africa?
A. The South.

B. The North.

C. The East

D. The West. Q24, 2004

 

7. Which one of the following gives the correct order in which the ancestors of the Luo came to Kenya?

A. Joka-Jok, Joka-Omolo, Joka-Owiny.

B. Joka-Omolo, Joka-Jok, Joka-Owiny.

C. Joka-Owiny, Joka-Omolo, Joka-Jok.

D. Joka-Jok, Joka-Owiny, Joka-Omolo Q45, 2004.

8. Which one of the following is the main reason why the
Somali migrated into Kenya during the pre-colonial period?
A. For adventure.

B. To look for pasture for their animals.

C. To escape from external attacks.

D. To avoid family quarrels. Q9, 2005

9. Which one of the following Kenyan communities is
correctly matched with its place of origin?
Community Place of origin

K.C.P.E REVISION 433

A. Luo – Southern Sudan.
B. Marakwet – Ethiopian Highlands.
C. Rendille – Taita Hills.
D. Wadawida – Mount Elgon. Q21, 2005
10. Which one of the following would be the best way of

controlling rural-urban migration in Kenya?

A. Encouraging setting up of industries in the rural areas.
B. Advising the unemployed people to stay in the rural areas.
C. Providing free food to people in the rural areas

D. Providing free primary education in the rural areas. Q39, 2005

 

Which one of the following routes did the River- Lake Nilotes follow when they were migrating into Kenya during the pre-colonial period?
A. Route 1.

B. Route 2.

C. Route 3.

D. Route 4. Q22, 2006

11. Which one of the following factors least explains

why the Bantu migrated from their original homeland into Eastern Africa?

A. Spirit of adventure.

B. Search for fertile land.

C. Population pressure.

D. Attacks by other communities. Q8, 2007

12.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which one of the following language groups migrated into Kenya along the route marked H?

A. Bantus.

B. Cushites.

C. River-Lake Nilotes.

K.C.P.E REVISION 434

D. Plains Nilotes Q17, 2009 13.The original homeland of the Bantu was
A. The horn of Africa

B. Bah-el-Ghazal

C The Congo Basin

D. Arabian Peninsula Q8, 2010

14.

A. Homo Erectus —> Homo Habilis —> Homo Sapiens.
B. Homo Sapiens —> Homo Habilis —> Homo Erectus.

C. Homo Habilis —> Homo Erectus —» Homo Sapiens.
D. Homo Habilis —» Homo Sapiens —» Homo Erectus.

Q9, 2007

2. The pre-historic site marked R is

A. Koobi Fora

B. Olorgesailie

C. Fort Ternan

D. Kariandusi.
Q31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

The language group that entered Kenya from the direction the arrow marked S during the pre-colonial period was
A. Plains Nilotes

B. Cushitic speakers

C. River Lake Nilotes

D. Bantu speakers. Q32, 2010

 

Evolution of man
1.Which one of the following gives the correct order of the evolution of Early Man?

SOCIAL AND CULTURAL
ACTIVITIES
Cultural aspects
1. Below are some cultural practices of a community in Kenya.
(i) the people decorate themselves with red ochre
(ii) their main food consists of animal products
(iii) women build huts for the family The community whose culture practices are described above is the
A. Ameru
B. Abakuria

K.C.P.E REVISION 435

C. Giriama
D. Maasai. Q18,2000
2. Which one of the following was the main duty of diviners in Africa before the coming of Europeans?
A. Settling disputes among members of the community.

B. Allocating land to members of the community.

C. Leading the warriors to fight their enemies.

D. Telling the community what would happen in future.

Q22,2000

3. Initiations were important in traditional African societies mainly because they
A. marked the passage from one stage of life to another
B. brought people together to share ideas
C. gave people a chance to show their dancingskills
D. enabled the youth to choose their marriage partners.

C. Playing hide and seek.

D. Playing football. Q22, 2003

 

7. Which one of the following is not a reason why songs and stories were used to teach the youth in traditional African Communities?
A. To entertain them.

B. To help them remember what they had learnt.

C. To bring them together.

D. To make them develop interest in learning.

Q59, 2003

8. Which one of the following stages shows the correct order of becoming an elder in traditional African communities?

Q23,2000

4. In traditional African societies festivals and ceremonies were held mainly for people to
A. meet their friends

B. eat special food

C. mark major events

D. display their talents. Q9,2002

5. For a Masai youth to become a warrior he has to
A. undergo circumcision

B. be baptised

C. be married

D. own property Q21, 2003 6.Which one of the following is not a recreational
activity in traditional African communities?

A. Dancing.

B. Wrestling.

A. Initiation —> marriage —> warrior ——> elder.

B. Warrior —> marriage —>initiation —> elder.

C. Warrior —> initiation —> marriage —> elder.

D. Initiation —> warrior —> marriage —> elder.

Q18, 2004

 

9. Among the Agikuyu, people who were initiated together formed

A. a sub-tribe

B. a clan

C. a generation
D. an age-group Q33, 2004 10.The reason why naming ceremonies were held
among the traditional African communities was that they

A. provided an opportunity for clan members to eat together

B. provided an opportunity for people to dance

C. provided an opportunity for people to meet their friends

D. provided an opportunity for the baby to be received into the clan
Q37, 2004

11. During the pre-colonial period, the youth learnt to be good citizens mainly by

A. taking part in community affairs.

B. listening to stories.

C. imitating elders.

D. watching traditional ceremonies. Q49, 2004

12. In traditional African societies, the people who could foretell future events were called

A. witch-doctors

B. diviners

C. rainmakers

D. Sorcerers Q50,
2004

13. Traditional healers wore special charms in order to

A. display their skills to the customers

B. make themselves look beautiful

C. preserve rare items of the community.

D. protect themselves from danger. Q10, 2005

10. Which one of the following occasions brought people of different ages together in most African communities
during the pre-colonial period?

A. Burial ceremonies.

B. Cleansing ceremonies.

C. Marriage ceremonies.

D. Oathing ceremonies. Q9, 2005
14. In which one of the following ways is a person likely

to be infected with HIV and AIDS?

 

A. By sharing injection needles with an infected person.
B. By shaking hands with an infected person.

C. By sharing clothes with an infected person.

D. By playing games with an infected person.

Q14, 2006

15. Which one of the following statements is true
about

clans in traditional African societies?

A. They were headed by wealthy people.

B. They were formed by people from the same age group.
C. They were made up of people with a common ancestor.
D. They were made up of warriors.

Q27,
2006

 

16.. The main reason for teaching moral laws to the youth is to
A. encourage them to support one another

B. guide them on how to choose marriage partners
C. enable them to learn their traditions

D. enable them to acquire responsible behaviour. about

 

2007

Q11,

education in traditional African societies?

A. Learners read books about great people in the

17. The main reason why wife inheritance should be discouraged in Kenya is because it leads to
A. spread of HIV and AIDS

B. increased population

C. immoral behaviour

D. misuse of family resources. Q49, 2007

18. In traditional African societies, the youth were taught moral laws mainly to

A. promote unity among themselves

B. show kindness to other people

C. grow into respectable adults
D. become courageous Q8, 2009 19.Nzau, a primary school pupil assisted an elderly
lady to cross a busy road. The behaviour by Nzau should be encouraged in the society because it

A. promotes courage among children

B. shows that children love old people

C. makes old people live longer

D. is a sign of respect for old people. Q55, 2010

 

The school
1. The most effective way of ensuring discipline in a school is by
A. making rules to govern the school
B. promoting communication among people in the school
C. punishing those who break school rules
D. giving the pupils freedom to do what they wish.
Q47,2000

2. Which one of the following statements is true

society.

B. Learners were given written tests regularly.

C. Learning took place throughout a person’s life.

D. Learning took place in classrooms.

Q19,2001

3. Traditional education was important mainly
because

it enabled the youth to

A. interact with adult members of the society

B. learn about great people in the society

C. prepare for adult roles in the society

D. learn the secrets of the society Q19,2002

4. The best way to prepare pupils to be useful members of society is by
A. punishing them when they make mistakes

B. encouraging them to read many books

C. encouraging them to participate in community activities
D. involving them in sports and games.

Q51,2002

5. The best way to make pupils obey school rules is by
A. involving them in making school rules.

B. asking the parents to talk to pupils who break school rules.
C. encouraging pupils to talk to each other freely.

K.C.P.E REVISION 438

D. putting up the rules on the school noticeboard.

Q60, 2003

6. The main function of a school in Kenya is to

A. pass knowledge and skills to pupils

B. guide and counsel pupils

C. enable pupils to mix freely
D. prepare pupils for adulthood. Q36, 2004 7.The role of the headteacher in the school
committee is to

A. provide security during meetings of the committee

B. chair the meetings of the committee

C. write minutes when the committee is meeting

D. decide who should be a committee member

Q46, 2004

8. Three of the following are ways through which the

youth were taught in traditional Kenyan societies. Which one is not?
A. Reading and writing.

B. Singing and dancing.

C. Telling of stories and riddles.

D. Reciting poems and proverbs. Q25, 2006

9. One of the roles of prefects in school management is to

A. prepare the school timetable

B. keep pupils progress records

C. take part in school committee meetings
D. take care of school property. Q15, 2007 10.You have noticed that your friend Kefa has
started

smoking. What would be the best action for you
to

take in order to help him stop the behaviour?

A. Take away the cigarettes from him.

B. Talk to him about its effects.

C. Advise him to see a doctor.

D. Avoid his company. Q23 , 2007

Standard VIII prefect finds her two classmates

quarrelling in class. The right action for the prefect to take is to

A. ignore the pupils

B. punish the pupils

C. send the pupils out of class

D. discuss the issue with the pupils. Q30, 2008

12. The best way to ensure that the school is kept clean all the time is by

A. organizing weekly cleaning days

B. educating pupils on the importance of cleanliness.
C. providing dust bins for throwing rubbish.

D. Employing workers to collect waste papers.

 

Q21, 2009

13. Aku, your classmate, has been performing poorly in class because she learnt that her parents are HIV positive. Which one of the following is the best action for you to take to help Aku?

A. Advice her to seek counseling services.

B. Encourage her to work hard

C. Advise her to drop out of school.

D. Encourage her to pray about the problem.

Q30, 2009

 

14. Which one of the following is a role of the School

Management Committee in public primary schools in
Kenya?

A. To distribute text books to pupils.

B. To punish pupils tor missing school.

C. To supervise teachers.
D. To build classrooms Q49, 2009 15.The best way through which prefects can help the
other pupils to become responsible citizens is by

A. setting examples of good behaviour for others to copy

B. punishing those who misbehave in school

C. telling pupils to behave well

D. giving presents to those who behave well

Q57, 2009

16. Below are duties of a school administrator.

(i) To monitor teacher’s class attendance.

(ii) To write minutes during staff meetings.

(iii) To maintain discipline in the school. The duties described above are performed by
A. the school prefect

B. the headteacher

C. the deputy headteacher

D. the school committee chairperson.

Q11,2010

Family
1. In traditional Kenyan society polygamy was accepted because
A. it was a way of controlling population growth

B. it was a way of reducing immorality

C. it was a way of controlling infectious diseases

D. it was a sign of prestige Q12,2001

2. Drug abuse is discouraged mainly because it

A. leads to ill-health

B. promotes illegal trade

C. pollutes the environment

D. encourages corruption. Q23,2001

3. Which one of the following groups represents a single

parent family?

A. Father, daughter, son.

B. Father, mother, son.

C. Father, nephew, daughter.

D. Father, daughter, niece. Q8, 2005

4. Children are expected to take part in family duties because
A. it prepares them for future roles

B. it promotes their physical development

C. it is a sign of respect for their parents

D. it helps them develop courage Q30, 2006
3. Tamaru is a sister to Mbeya. Tamaru has a son called Ndavi while Mbeya has a daughter called Maria. To Ndavi, Maria is a

A. niece

B. cousin

C. nephew

D. sister. Q16, 2007

5. In traditional African communities, the basic unit of social organization was
A. the family

B. the clan

C. the age-group
D. the warriors. Q36, 2008 5.Which one of the following groups of people belong
to a nuclear family?

A. Father, daughter, son.

B. Mother, son. Grandfather

C. Father, son, uncle.

D. Grandmother, father, daughter. Q15, 2009

6. In Kenya, civil marriages are conducted by

A. A magistrate

B. A councilor

C. A clan elder

D. A religious leader Q54, 2009
7. Which one of the following marriages is presided over by the District Commissioner’?
A. Civil marriage.

B. Christian marriage.

C. Customary marriage.
D. Islamic marriage. Q34, 2010 8.Which one of the following groups of people
represent single parent family?

A. Mother, daughter, son.

B. Father, mother, son.

C. Mother, son, nephew.

D. Father, daughter, niece. Q52, 2010

 

Traditional education
1. Below are ways of acquiring skills of treating the sick:

(i) By getting information from books.

(ii) By observing how sick people are treated.

(iii) By learning how to make herbal medicine.

(iv) By practicing how to inject sick people.

(v) By working with experienced healers.

 

Which one of the following combinations is made up of ways that traditional healers acquired their skills.

A. (i) (ii) and (iii)

B. (ii) (iii) and (v)

C. (ii) (iv) and (v)

D. (i) (iii) and (iv). Q40, 2008

 

2. Which one of the following was the main reason why proverbs were used in teaching the youth in traditional African communities?
A. To guide the youth on how to behave.

B. To keep the youth busy during their free time.

C. To help the youth develop skills in speaking.

D. To teach the youth about past events.

Q46,2008

3. Three of the following skills were taught through apprenticeship in African traditional societies. Which one was not?

A Harvesting of honey.

B. Treating the sick.

C. Collecting firewood.

D. Hunting for wild animals. Q38, 2010

 

Clan system.

1. Which one of the following groups of people share a
common ancestor in traditional Agikuyu community?

A. Njau, his brothers, his sisters.

B. Njau, his mother, his father.

C. Njau, his wife, his brothers.

D. Njau, his uncle, his mother.
Q18,2001

2. In traditional African societies festivals and ceremonies were held mainly for people to
A. meet their friends

B. eat special food

C. mark major events

D. display their talents. Q9,2002

 

3. Which one of the following was a function of clan elders in traditional African Communities?

A. To provide food to needy families.

B. To treat the sick members of the community.

C. To educate the youth about their culture.
D. To protect the land against invaders.

Q53, 2010

 

RESOURCES AND ECONOMIC CTIVITIES

Development projects

1. . Which one of the following groups of rivers in Africa is used for the production of hydro-electric power?

Q19,2000

1. The most common problem facing dams in Africa is
A. frequent flooding

B. floating vegetation

C. collection of silt in the dams

D. concentration of settlements around the dams

Q11, 2003

2. The main reason for establishing the Volta River project in Ghana was to
A. produce hydro-electric power

B. improve transport

C. provide water for irrigation

D. promote fishing Q22, 2004 3.Which one of the following dams in Africa is

correctly matched with the river on which it is located?
Dam River

A. Kariba dam River Tana

B. Akosombo dam River Zambezi

C. Aswan High dam River Nile

D. Masinga dam River Volta Q55, 2006

4.

6. The multi-purpose project found in the place marked

L is the

A. Aswan High Dam

B. Owen falls Dam

C. Akosombo Dam

D. Karibama D. Q21 2007

7. Use the map of Africa below to answer questions 7

 

 

 

The dam marked P was built mainly to

A. provide water for irrigation

B. create a lake for fishing

C. provide hydro-electric power

D. control floods. Q23, 2008

5. Which one of the following dams in Africa is correctly matched with the river on which it is located?
Dam River

A. Kariba – Zambezi

B. Kindaruma – Nile
C. Aswan – Volta
D. Akosombo – Tana Q18, 2010

 

40. The development project marked A is

A. High Aswan Dam

B. River Tana Project

C. Volta River Scheme

D. Kerio Valley Project. Q402002

Irrigation farming

K.C.P.E REVISION 443

1. Which one of the following statements is true of rice growing in Kenya? Rice is
A. mainly grown under irrigation.
B. harvested by the use of machines.
C. mainly grown for export.
D. grown by large scale farmers. Q12,2000
2. Which one of the following is the main crop grown in the Ahero irrigation scheme?
A. Tomatoes.

B. Cotton.

C. Rice.

D. Onions. Q43,2000

3. Which one of the following statements is true about growing of bananas in Uganda? Bananas
A. are grown for subsistence.
B. were introduced by the British.
C. are mainly grown in the northern part of the country.
D. are mainly grown for export. Q25,2001
4. Mwea-Tebere and Ahero irrigation schemes have one factor in common. It is that they
A. were set up during the colonial days

B. are supplied with water from lakes

C. are used for rice growing

D. were used to settle freedom fighters.
Q12,2002

5. Which one of the following rivers in Kenya is correctly matched with the irrigation scheme to which it supplies water?
River Irrigation Scheme

A. River Nyamindi Mwea

B. River Turkwel Ahero
C. River Nyando Perkerra

D. River Yala Bura

Q23, 2003

6. Three of the following are benefits resulting from setting up of Perkerra Irrigation Scheme. Which one is not?

A. It has led to establishment of industries.

B. It has provided employment opportunities.

C. It has increased food production.

D. It has been used to settle the landless. Q50, 2008.
7. Three of the following are problems experienced by farmers in Mwea-Tebere irrigation Scheme. Which one is not?

A. Silting of canals.

B. Water-borne diseases.

C. Destruction of crops by birds.

D. Shortage of rice seeds. Q28, 2009

 

Livestock farming
1. The government of Kenya is promoting modern methods of livestock farming among pastoral communities mainly to
A. ensure proper use of available pastures
B. improve the standard of living of the people
C. increase the supply of meat in the country
D. improve the quality of livestock breeds.
Q21,2000

 

2. The main problem facing beef farming in Kenya is

A. inadequate market

B. scarcity of water

C. pests and diseases

D. attacks by wild animals. Q15,2001

K.C.P.E REVISION 444

3. Which one of the following factors explains why the Turkana practise nomadic pastoralism?
A. They own large numbers of animals.

B. They live in an area that receives little rainfall.

C. They have a liking for adventure.

D. They lack land for growing crops. Q37,2001

4. Which one of the following reasons best explains why the Fulani of Nigeria practise nomadic

pastoralism?

A. Availability of large tracts of land.

B. Search for pasture for their animals.

C. Need to control animal diseases.

D. Search for markets for their animals.

Q38,2002

5. Which one of the following is the main reason why the Fulani of Northern Nigeria keep large herds of cattle?
A. Large herds provide security against loss of cattle through disease.
B. The Fulani have extensive grazing lands in Northern Nigeria.
C. Cattle are the community’s source of food.

D. Cattle are regarded as a sign of wealth.

Q26, 2003

6. The central part of Tanzania is unsuitable for dairy farming mainly because the area

A. receives inadequate rainfall

B. is sparsely populated

C. has infertile soils

D. is infested with tsetse flies Q23, 2004

7. In which one of the following ways have the Maasai pastoralists benefited from government support?
A. They are given money to buy animal feeds during the dry season
B. Towns have been built in the grazing areas to provide market.
C. Wild animals have been removed to create more

land for grazing.

D. Bore holes have been drilled to provide water in the grazing areas. Q33, 2006

OO 30⁰ E
ORAN
ALEXANDRIA

 

 

 

OO 30⁰ E

 

 

 

 

 

 

The main economic activity carried out in the shaded area marked K is

A mining

K.C.P.E REVISION 445

B. tourism

C. crop growing

D. nomadic pastoralism. Q20, 2007

Crop farming
1. One of the problems facing coffee farming in Tanzania is
A. shortage of seedlings
B. lack of markets
C. frequent flooding
D. attacks by pests and diseases. Q16,2000
2. Which one of the following statements is true about growing of bananas in Uganda? Bananas
A. are grown for subsistence.
B. were introduced by the British.
C. are mainly grown in the northern part of the country.
D. are mainly grown for export.
Q25,2000
3. Which one of the following is the main problem facing sugarcane farmers in Western Kenya?
A. Lack of land to expand their farms.

B. Lack of labour during harvesting.

C. Delayed payment for sugarcane delivered to factories.
D. Lack of storage facilities for sugarcane in the factories. Q16,2001
4. Which one of the following statements explains why farmers in the Kenya highlands grow most of the tea in small scale farms?
A. There is a scarcity of land to establish large farms.
B. It is expensive to establish large farms.

C. There are too few labourers to work on large

farms.

D. There are too few factories to process tea from large farms. Q50,2001
5. Which one of the following statement is true about coffee growing in Kenya and Uganda? In both countries coffee is
A grown mainly through irrigation

B. grown mainly in lowland areas

C. grown mainly for export Q27,2002

6. Three of the following factors promote the growing of maize in Tran-Nzoia district. Which one does not?
A. Adequate means of transport.

B. Availability of water for irrigation.

C. Availability of market.

D. Adequate supply of labour. Q52,2002 7.Bananas are sometimes grown in the same farms
with coffee in Uganda because

A. there is little land for growing the crops separately
B. they provide shade for coffee trees

C. they make the soils more fertile

D. they reduce the pests that attack coffee trees

Q33,2003

8. Which one of the following statements is true about bananas in Somalia? They are

A. grown on small scale

B. an important export crop

C. the staple food

D. an indigenous crop Q21,2004

K.C.P.E REVISION 446

9. Flowers are exported by air mainly because they?

A. are light in weight

B. get spoilt easily

C. are in high demand

D. fetch high prices Q38,2004

 

10. The main problem that has contributed to the decline in coffee production in Kenya is

A. low payments to farmers

B. lack of domestic market

C. competition from other coffee growing countries
D. scarcity of land for growing the crop.

Q13,2005

11. The horticultural crops that are grown in Kenya
mainly for export are

A. bananas and oranges

B. flowers and French beans

C. mangoes and avocados
D. onions and pineapples. Q32,2005 12.Which one of the following statements is true
about

farming in Kenya during the pre-colonial period?

A. Fertilizer was used in the growing of crops.

B. Most crops were grown for sale.

C. Communities practised shifting cultivation.

A. It is cheap to produce.

B. It is exported to earn foreign exchange.

C. It is grown to feed animals.

D. It is the staple food for the people.
Q48,2005 14.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The cash crop grown in the shaded area marked K is

15. Which one of the following statements is true
about the areas where wheat is grown?

A. The areas have clay soils.

B. The areas have low altitude.

C. The areas experience high temperatures.

D. The areas receive moderate rainfall.
Q44,2006

16. Which one of the following methods of irrigation is used in the Ahero Irrigation Scheme?
A. Canal irrigation.

B. Overhead irrigation.

C. Sprinkler irrigation.

D. Trickle irrigation. Q13,2007.

17. Which one of the following groups consists of crops

grown in Kenya during the pre-colonial period?

A. Cassava and sorghum.

B. Rice and sisal.

C. Wheat and coffee.

D. Tea and sugarcane Q32,2007

18. The following are conditions necessary for growing a cash crop in Africa.
(i) High temperatures throughout the year.

(ii) Deep well-drained fertile soils.

(iii) Shelter from strong winds.

(iv) High rainfall throughout the year.

The crop that requires the conditions listed above is

A. cocoa

B. sisal

C. pyrethrum

D. tea. Q35,2007

19. The following are farming practices in Africa.

(i) Using the land communally

(ii) Use of simple tools

(iii) Ploughing along the contours

(iv) Leaving the land fallow

(v) Growing crops on large farms

Which one of the following combination of farming practices applies to shifting cultivation?

 

 

Q45,2007

20. Which one of the following statements is true
about

horticultural farming in both Kenya and the Netherlands? In both countries
A. crops are grown on plantations

B. farmers grow crops in green houses

C. crops are grown on reclaimed land

D. most of the work is done using machines. B

21. Which one of the following groups of crops in Kenya is grown mainly in plantations?

 

B

C D

K.C.P.E REVISION 448

C. Safe

D. Comfortable.
Q41,2009

 

Q38’2008

 

22. Most of the horticultural products from Kenya are exported by
A. air

B. water

C. road
D. railway. Q57,2008 23.Horticultural farming in Kenya is different from
that in the Netherlands in that

A. horticultural cooperatives are better organized in Kenya than in the Netherlands

B. Kenya has a wider local market than the Netherlands
C. Farming is less mechanized in Kenya than in the Netherlands
D. there are more horticultural farms in Kenya than in the Netherlands.

Q29,2009

24. Which one of the following cash crops is commonly grown in Zanzibar?

A. Cocoa.

B. Sugarcane.

C. Cloves.

D. Pyrethrum.
Q39,2009

25. Fresh flowers from Kenya are exported to Europe by air because air transport is

A. fast

B. Cheap
K.C.P.E REVISION

26.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The main economic activity carried out in the shaded area marked Q is

A. mining

C. bee keeping

B. pastoralism

D. crop farming Q30,2010

 

Trade

1. Countries of Eastern Africa have formed regional co-operations in order to
449

A. have one leader for the region

B. promote intermarriages in the region

C. have the same education system in the region

D. promote trade in the region.
Q36,2002
2. Which one of the following factors has greatly undermined trade between the countries of
Eastern

Africa?

A. Inadequate transport links.

B. Lack of a common language.

C. Use of different currencies.

D. Political instability in some countries.
Q53,2003

3. Which one of the following countries is a member of the Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA)?
A. Chad.

B. Ethiopia.

C. Libya.

D. Nigeria. Q55,2005

3. Which one of the following was the reason why COMESA was established?
A. To introduce a common currency for the member states.
B. To expand the border towns in the region.

C. To promote the use of a common language in the region.

4. Which one of the following is the main benefit the West African countries have gained as members of the Economic Community for West African States (ECOWAS)?

A. Expansion of trade.

B. Increased production of cash crops.

C. Promotion of free movement of people in the region.
D. Expansion of manufacturing industries in the region.

Q17,2007

 

5. The main problem limiting trade among African countries is that
A. they use different national languages

B. they have poor transport links

C. they use different currencies

D. they produce similar goods.
Q42,2008

6. Thika has grown to an important town mainly
because

A . it has tourist attractions

B. it has many industries

C. it has high population

D. it has a railway line. Q48,2008

 

7. Which one of the following communities is correctly matched with the commodity they traded in during the pre-colonial period?

D. To remove import duties on trade goods from member states.
Q58,2006.
K.C.P.E REVISION 450

Community Items of trade

A. Maasai Grains

B. Akamba Wood carvings

C. AgikuyuSoap stones

D. Abagusii Red ochre Q16,2009

 

8. The main reason why Common Market For Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA) was established was to

A. promote trade among member states

B. fight against the spread HIV and AIDS

C facilitate free movement of people within member states
D. expand transport network in the region

Q26,2010

 

 

 

 

CO-OPERATIVES
1. Which one of the following is the main function of agricultural co-operative societies in Kenya?
A. Marketing of produce for the members

B. Buying farm implements for the members.

C. Assisting the members to learn good farming methods.
D. Building schools for the members’ children.

Q14,2001

2. Which one of the following is the main problem facing co-operatives in Kenya?
A. Many people are unwilling to join the cooperatives.
B. A large number of members are illiterate.

C. Members contribute little amounts of money to
\

the co-operatives.

D. Money contributed by members is sometimes misused. Q54,2002
3. The main problem facing agricultural cooperative societies in Kenya is
A. lack of transport

B. shortage of land

C. pests and diseases

D. mismanagement of resources Q23,2003 2.Which one of the following is a function of Kenya
Cooperative Creameries (KCC)?

A. Training veterinary officers.

B. Marketing milk for farmers.

C. Treating dairy animals.

D. Licensing farmers to sell milk. Q25,2004 4.Which one of the following is a benefit of agricultural
cooperative societies to the members in Kenya?

A. Providing labour in the farms.

B. Licensing farmers to start businesses.

C. Marketing the farm produce.

D. Settling the farmers who are landless.
Q49,2005

5. The main problem experienced by agricultural cooperative societies in Kenya is
A. delays in the delivery of farm inputs

B. inadequate transport facilities

C. illiteracy among the members

D. mismanagement of funds. Q49,2006

K.C.P.E REVISION 451

Q60,2002

6. Which one of the following statements is true
about the areas where wheat is grown?

A. The areas have clay soils.

B. The areas have low altitude.

C. The areas experience high temperatures.

D. The areas receive moderate rainfall.
Q44,2007

 

Transport

1. Which one of the following is the safest point for a pedestrian to cross a busy road?
A. At a junction.

B. At a bend.

C. At a footbridge.

D. At a roundabout. Q52,2001

2. The most commonly used means of transport between Eastern African countries is

A. air transport

B. road transport

C. water transport

D. railway transport. Q30,2002

3. The main reasons why there are many accidents on Kenyan roads is because
A. there are many vehicles in the country

B. the roads are used by many pedestrians

C. many roads in the country are narrow

D. many drivers ignore traffic rules.

4. The green sign of a person on the traffic control lights indicate that
A. vehicles should continue moving

B. vehicles can get ready to move

C. pedestrians can cross the road

D. pedestrians should wait before crossing the road

Q24,2003

5. The best way of reducing road accidents in Kenya is by
A. building more roads to lessen traffic congestion

B. educating people continuously on how to use roads
C. punishing those who break traffic rules

D. putting up more road signs. Q30,2005

6. In traditional African societies, goods were transported using
A. vehicles

B. trains

C. animals

D. bicycles. Q49,2010

7. The main problem facing road transport in Kenya is that

A. the roads are costly to construct

B. vehicles cause air pollution

C. some roads are impassable during the wet season

D. vehicles are driven carelessly.
Q59,2010

8. Which one of the following was the main reason

why the British built the Uganda railway?

A. To stop slave trade in the interior.

B. To transport soldiers to the interior.

C. To transport goods to the coast.

D. To promote the spread of Christianity.
Q37,2008

 

Tourism and wildlife
1. What tourist attraction is common to the shaded areas
marked P and Q?

A. Sporting facilities

B. Wildlife

C. Historical sites

D. Mountains Q29,2003

 

2. The main tourist attraction along the coast of Kenya is
A. wildlife
B. sandy beaches
C. mangrove forests
D. peoples culture. Q24,2000
3. The main benefit of tourism to Kenya is that it

A. promotes good relations between Kenya other countries
B. earns foreign exchange for the country

C. encourages the improvement of roads

D. promotes the building of hotels. Q50,2000

4. The main tourist attraction in East African countries is
A. culture of the people

B. pre-historic sites

C. various types of wildlife

D. various types of landscape Q35,2002 5.The main benefit of tourism to Kenya is that it

A. encourages the development of industries in
the

country

B. earns the country foreign exchange

C. encourages conservation of the environment

D. provides employment opportunities.
Q47,2005

6.Which one of the following statements is true about Tourist attraction Country
Lake Bogoria? A. Pyramids – Egypt
A. It has hot springs. B. Gedi Ruins – South Africa
B. It is a source of minerals. C. Victoria Falls – Kenya
C. It provides water for irrigation. D. Sandy beaches – Zimbabwe
D. It is used for fishing. Q38,2006 Q48,2009

8. Which one of the following is the best way through which the Government of Kenya can attract more tourists into the country?
A. By training more tour guides.

B. By advertising the country abroad.

C. By establishing more game parks.

D. By passing strict laws against poaching.
Q52,2006

11. Tourism is important to Kenya mainly because it

A. earns foreign exchange for the country

B. promotes international understanding

C. leads to expansion of transport network

D. encourages protection of wildlife.
Q44,2010

 

 

2. Which one of the following minerals is correctly matched with the country in Africa where it is mined for export?
Mineral Country

A. Gold South Africa

B. Oil Tanzania

C. Copper Nigeria

D. Diamonds Uganda Q38,2001

3. One of the uses of Soda ash is to make
A. cement

B. washing soap

C. plastics

D. roofing materials. Q14,2002

4. Below are statements about a mineral mined in Tanzania
(i) It is used to make sharp instruments.

(ii) It is used to make ornaments.

(iii) it is one of the country’s major exports. The mineral described above is
A. copper

B. limestone

C. diatomite

D. diamond. Q28,2002

5. The mineral obtained from the area marked W is used for the manufacture of
A. cement

B. glass

C. soap

D. Salt Q31,2003

6. The mineral mined at the place marked T is

A. fluorspar

B. oil

C. gold

D. Copper Q44,2004

7. Below are statements about a mineral in Kenya

(i) it is white in appearance.

(ii) it is mined on the floor of the rift valley

(iii) it is used as a water filter.

The mineral described above is

A. diatomite

B. fluorspar

C. limestone

D. soda ash Q50,2005

8. Below are some minerals mined in Eastern Africa.

(i) Diatomite.

(ii) Copper.

(iii) Fluorspar.

(iv) Diamonds.

Which combination of the minerals listed above is mined in Kenya?
A. (i) and (ii).

B. (ii) and (iii).

C. (i) and (iii).

D. (ii) and (iv).

9. Below are some minerals mined in Eastern Africa.

(i) Diatomite.

(ii) Copper.

(iii) Fluorspar.

K.C.P.E REVISION 455

(iv) Diamonds.

Which combination of the minerals listed above is mined in Kenya?
A. (i) and (ii).

B. (ii) and (iii).

C. (i) and (iii).

D. (ii) and (iv). Q31,2006

9. Which one of the following methods is used to mine limestone in Kenya?
A. Deep shaft method.

B. Open cast method.

C. Panning.

D. Dredging. Q31,2007

10. Which one of the following minerals is used for making glass?
A. Limestone.

B. Soda ash.

C. Fluorspar.

D. Diatomite.
Q9,2008

11. The main contribution of petroleum to the economy of Nigeria is that it has led to

A. the development of the transport network.

B. an increase in energy supply

C. the creation of job opportunities

D. an increase in foreign exchange.
Q24,2009

12. In Kenya, fluorspar is mined through

A. deep shaft method

B. open cast method

C. panning

D. drilling. Q56,2008

13. Which one of the following minerals is correctly matched with the method used to mine it? Mineral Mining method

A. Soda Ash – Drilling

B. Diatomite – Opencast

C. Petroleum – Panning

D. Gold – Dredging
Q45,2010

 

Soil
1. The first step to take in controlling gully erosion is to
A. build gabions
B. plant cover crops
C. construct terraces
D. plant trees. Q57,2000 2.The best way to control gulley erosion is by
A. constructing gabbions

B. planting cover crops

C. strip cultivation

D. constructing cut-off drains
Q37,2003

 

3. Which one of the following is an economic use of the soil?
A. Making bricks.

B. Administering oaths.

C. Decorating the body.

K.C.P.E REVISION 456

D. Making traditional medicine.
Q27,2004

 

4. Below are some characteristics of a type of soil:

(i) It contains little humus.

(ii) It allows water to pass through easily.

(iii) Its particles do not hold together when wet. The type of soil described above is
A. black cotton soil

B. alluvial soil

C. sandy soil

D. loamy soil. Q20,2006

 

5. Which one of the following types of soil erosion is

correctly matched with the area where it commonly

occurs?

Type of erosion Area

A. Gully erosion – steep slopes

B. Rill erosion – flat ground

C. Sheet erosion – hill tops

D. Splash erosion – gentle slopes
Q54,2007

 

6. The best way to control sheet erosion is by

A. planting cover crop

B. building gabions

C. contour farming

D. crop rotation.
Q28,2008

7. The diagram below represents a method used to

conserve

 

 

 

 

The method represented in the diagram above is

A. contour ploughing

B. strip cropping

C. gabion building

D. Terracing Q31,2009

8. Three of the following are soil conservation measures. Which one is not?
A. Mono-cropping.

B. Crop rotation.

C. Contour ploughing

D. Building of gabions.
Q48,2010

 

Industries

1. Which one of the following is an example of a service industry?
A. Bicycle repair.

B. Fruit canning.

C. Bread making.

K.C.P.E REVISION 457

D. Milk processing. Q34,2003 2.Which one of the following economic activities in
Kenya is a major foreign exchange earner?

A. Sugarcane growing.

B. Maize farming.

C. Dairy farming.

D. Horticulture
Q35,2003

B. enables people to promote traditional crafts

C. encourages people to move to urban centres

D. encourages people to keep the environment clean. Q53,2002
7.Which one of the following groups of industries consists of service industries?

3. The location of Bamburi cement factory in A B Mombasa was influenced mainly by

A. presence of limestone in the area

B. existence of market in the area C D

C. availability of electricity in the area

D. nearness to the port of Mombasa Q44,2000

4. The main factor that determines the establishment of

a textile manufacturing industry is

A. availability of land

B. availability of workers

C. adequate market

D. adequate transport. Q45,2001

5. Which one of the following is an example of a traditional industry?
A. Paper making

B. Glass making

C. Tyre making

D. Wood-carving Q11,2002

6. The Jua Kali industry in Kenya is important because it
A. enables people to be self-reliant

Q11’2005

8. The government encourages the development of
Jua Kali industries in Kenya mainly to

A. make cheap goods from local raw materials

B. promote trade with other countries

C. enable people to acquire different skills

D. provide an opportunity for people to become self-employed. Q16,2005
9. Below are some factors which determine the location of industries:

(i) Nearness to raw materials.

(ii) Nearness to markets.

(iii) Availability of capital.

K.C.P.E REVISION 458

(iv) Availability of transport.

(v) Availability of land.
Which one of the following combinations of the factors above best determines the location of a

B. They promoted the development of roads.

C. They provided goods for export.

D. They encouraged the establishment of museums.

bakery?

A. (ii) (iii) (iv).

B. (i) (ii) (v).

C. (i) (iii) (iv).

D. (iii) (iv) (v). Q60,2006

10. The main factor that influences the location of a furniture making industry is

A. availability of transport

B. availability of power

C. availability of raw materials
D. availability of market. Q52,2007 11.Maina wishes to set up a Jua Kali industry. Which
one of the following is the main factor that would influence the choice of location?

A. Availability of capital.

B. Availability of labour.

C. Availability of power.

D. Availability of market. Q35,2008 12.Which one of the following is a service industry?
A. Banking.

B. Mining.

Q9,2009

14Which one of the following groups of industries consists of service industries.

 

A B

 

 

 

C D Q52,2009

Fishing

1. Fishing along the coast of Kenya has not been fully developed mainly due to
A. low demand for sea fish in the country
B. inadequate funds to buy modern fishing equipment
C. lack of adequate fishing skills
D. competition from foreign fishermen. Q27,2000
2. Three of the following are reasons why fish farms are

C. Brewing

D. Carving. Q54,2008

13. which one of the following statements is true about traditional industries during the pre- colonial period?
A. They provided the necessary household items.

started. Which one is not?

A. To make harvesting of fish easy.

B. To enable farmers to keep the type of fish they require.
C. To provide people with jobs.

D. To provide clean water for drinking.

K.C.P.E REVISION 459

Q43,2001

3. Three of the following methods of preserving fish were used in Kenya during the pre-colonial period. Which one was not?
A. Freezing.

B. Sun-drying.

C. Smoking.

D. Salting. Q16,2002

Below is a diagram showing a method of fishing. Use it to answer question 1.

Q56,2006

6. The diagram below shows a method of fishing.

 

 

 

 

 

The fishing method represented in the diagram is

A. purse-seining

B. drifting

C. gill net

D. trawling. Q25,2007

7. The diagram below represents a method of fishing.

The fishing method shown in the diagram is

A. basket method

B. purse seining

C. net drifting

D. trawling method.
Q12,2008

8. One of the problems affecting fishing in Lake Victoria is that

A. parts of the lake arc rocky

B. parts of the lake have water hyacinth

C. the lake level keeps changing

D. Sand from rivers is deposited in the lake.
Q45,2009

9. The cheapest method of preserving fish is by

A. freezing

B. salting

C. sun drying

D. deep frying. Q36,2005

 

Urbanisation.
1. Below are descriptions of a town in Kenya,
(i) it is a mining town
(ii) it is a railway terminus
(iii) it receives little rainfall The town described above is’
A. Nanyuki
B. Magadi
C. Athi River
D. Kitale. Q20,2000
2. Which one of the following is the main function of Thika town? It is
A. an administrative centre

B. an agricultural centre

C. a market centre

D. an industrial centre. Q21,2001

3. Nakuru town started as

A. an industrial centre

B. a communication centre

C. an agricultural centre

D. an educational centre. Q15,2002 4.Which one of the following towns in Kenya is an
important mining centre?

A. Eldoret.

B. Magadi.

C. Voi.

D. Nyeri. Q28,2004

5. Below are factors that influenced the origin of a town in Kenya.
(i) Availability of clean water

(ii) Central position along the Uganda railway

(iii) Existence of flat land

 

The town whose origin was influenced by the factors

listed above is

A. Nairobi

B. Kisumu

C. Eldoret

D. Thika. 4,2005

6. The statements below describe a town in Kenya.

(i) It began as a fish landing point.

(ii) A railway line reached the town in 1901.

(iii) It is an administrative centre.

(iv) It is a lake port.

The town described above is

A. Mombasa

B. Malindi

C. Kisumu

D. Nakuru.

7. Use the map of Eastern Africa below to answer questions 21

 

The town marked J is

A. Dodoma

B. Kigoma

C. Arusha

D. Dar-es-Salaam.
Q21,2006

8. The main problem resulting from rapid population growth in the rural areas in Kenya is that it has led to

A. shortage of land for agriculture

B. reduction of areas under forest

C. increased soil erosion

D. inadequate water for domestic use.
Q58,2007

 

Forestry

1. The most serious threat facing equitorial rain forest is
A. destruction of trees by fire
B. frequent cutting down of trees
C. destruction of trees by animals
D. unreliable rainfall.
Q48,2000
2. The government is conserving forests in the shaded areas marked W mainly to
A. protect indigenous species of trees

B. protect trees for their beauty

C. protect soil from erosion

D. protect habitat for wildlife.
Q28,2001

3 Which one of the following activities threatens the existence of natural forests in Kenya?
A. Settling of people around the forests.

B. Destruction of trees by wild animals.

C. Collection of herbs for making medicine.

D. Cutting trees for telephone poles.

Q46,2001

4. Which one of the following regions in Kenya has the largest area under forest?
A. the central highlands

B. the coastal plain

C. the lake region

D. the Nyika plateau Q13,2002

5. Conservation of forests in Kenya is important

mainly because it

A. makes the environment beautiful

B. provides sources of herbal medicine

C. protects water catchment areas

D. provides raw material for the paper industry
Q57,2002

6. Which one of the following statements is not true about planted forests in Kenya?
A. They provide raw materials for making paper.

B. They have straight trunks.

C. They are widespread in dry areas.

D. They provide timber. Q35,2004

 

7. In which one of the following areas in Kenya are mangrove forests found?
A. At the foot of mountains.

B. In the coastal lowlands.

C. In the Lake Victoria basin.

D. On the floor of the rift valley.
Q17,2005

 

8. Which one of the following statements is true about trees in the planted forests in Kenya?

A. The trees have thorns.

B. Most of the trees have climbers.

C. Most of the trees mature fast.

D. The trees are of different types.
Q42,2005

9. The main reason why the government encourages afforestation in Kenya is to
A. create employment opportunities

B. protect the sources of rivers

C. increase the supply of firewood

D. create more areas for wildlife to live in.
Q35,2006

10. Which two types of forests are found in the area marked T?

A. Temperate and Bamboo forests.

B. Tropical and Mangrove forests.

C. Temperate and Mangrove forests.

D. Tropical and Bamboo forests.
Q33,2010

11. In Kenya, forest areas are protected against destruction mainly because they
A. make the scenery beautiful

B. conserve water sources

C. are sources of timber

D. provide herbal medicine.
Q50,2010

 

Communication

1. Which one of the following means of communication

was not used in traditional African societies?

(i) Newspapers

(ii) Telephone

(iii) Television

(iv) Radio

Which one of the following combination is made up of electronic means of communication?
A. (i) (ii) and (iv)

B. (ii) (iii) and (iv)

C. (i)(iii) and (iv)
D. (i) (ii) and (iii). Q15,2008 3.The most widespread means of passing information
in the rural areas of Africa is by

A. radio

B. telegraph

C. television

D. newspapers. Q43,2007.

 

Road safety

 

1. Road safety education is taught in primary schools in Kenya in order to

 

Q11,2001

1. Which one of the following means of communication was used to pass information to distant places in traditional African societies?
A. Beating a drum.

B. Sending smoke signals.

C. Blowing a horn.
D. Sending a messenger. Q29,2004 2.Below are some modern means of communication:

A. prepare pupils to become traffic police officers

B. create awareness on careful use of roads

C. make learning more interesting

D. teach pupils how to drive vehicles
Q42,2007

2. Matatu accidents in Kenya have become fewer in recent years. This is mainly because of the introduction of

A. safety belts

B. speed governors

 

C. uniform for drivers
D. rules against overloading. Q28,2006 3.Which one of the following places is the safest for
pupils to cross the road?

A. Where there are bumps.

B. Where there are traffic light.

C. At a roundabout.

D. Where there is a road junction.
Q51,2009

 

4. The diagram below represents a road sign.

 

 

 

 

 

The road sign indicates that

A. pedestrians must stop

B. there is a roundabout ahead

C. there is danger ahead

D. motorists should avoid overtaking.
Q41,2010

FIRST AID
1. A vehicle has overturned near your school and the

driver has a deep cut on the leg. Which one of the

following would be the immediate action for you to take to help the driver?

A. Remove the driver from the scene.

B. Report the accident to the head teacher.

C. Remove the valuables of the driver for safe keeping.
D. Tie the drivers wound to control bleeding.
Q5,12008

 

pastoralism

1. Which one of the following statements is true of both the Tswana and the Fulani?
A. They earn their living through fishing.

B. They live in Southern Africa.

C. They belong to the same language group.

D. They keep large herds of livestock.
Q51,2008

2. Three of the following statements are true about the Tswana pastoralists. Which one is not?

A. They live in the wetter parts of their country

B. They keep large herd of livestock.

C. They use some of their animals to pay bride price.
D. They grow food crops around their temporary shelters

Q35,2009

3. Which one of the following statements is true
about pastoral farming among the Fulani?

A. They keep cattle mainly for sale.

B. They mainly keep dairy cattle.

C. They grow fodder crops for their cattle.

D. They migrate with their cattle according to seasons.

 

POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT
AND SYSTEMS
Traditional forms of government

B. the Baganda.

C. the Chagga.

D. the Somali. Q10,2001 4.Which one of the following is the main factor that
led to the growth of the kingdom of Old Ghana?

A. The kingdom acquired wealth from the Trans Saharan trade.
B. The kingdom was surrounded by weak neighbours.
C. The kingdom made iron weapons.

D. The kingdom had adequate food supply.
Q38,2003

 

5.Which one of the following statements is true about

1. Which one of the following communities in Eastern Africa was ruled by Kings during the pre-colonial period?
A. TheBaganda
B. The Wanyamwezi
C. TheNuer
D. TheOromo. Q8,2000
2. The empire of Mwenemutapa was ruled by

A. a king

B. a council of elders

C. a queen mother

D. a chief. Q9,2001

3. Below are statements about a community in

the

 

 

the

the functions of the Orkoiyot of the Nandi during

pre-colonial period?

A. He advised the council of elders.

B. He distributed land to the members of

community.

C. He organised initiation ceremonies.

D. He punished members of the community who broke the laws.
Q42.2003

Eastern Africa during the precolonial period.

(i) The community was ruled by hereditary kings.

(ii) The community traded with the coastal traders.

(iii) The community practised crop growing. The community described above is
A. the Dinka.

6. The Almoravids attacked the Kingdom of Old Ghana in order to

A. become the rulers of the Kingdom

B. obtain land for settlement

C. control the Trans-Saharan trade

D. assist the Europeans to colonise the area.
Q25,2005

period?

7. Use the map of Africa below to answer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7. The traditional kingdom that existed in the area marked R was founded by
A. the Khoi-san

B. the Soninke

C. the Nyamwezi

D. the Shona. Q29,2003

8. Which one of the following was a function of the Kabaka of Buganda during the pre-colonial

K.C.P.E REVISION

A. Controlling trade in the Kingdom.

B. Making the budget for the Kingdom.

C. Distributing land for farming.

D. Organising people for communal work.
Q33,2005

9. Which one of the following duties was performed by the Ntemi Chief among the Nyamwezi during the pre- colonial period?
A. Organizing marriage ceremonies.

B. Distributing land to farmers.

C. Controlling trade.

D. Leading hunting trips.
Q12,2007

10. Which one of the following was the title given to the ruler of Buganda Kingdom in the 19th century?

A. Saza.

B. Bataka.

C. Kabaka.

D. Katikiro. Q8,2008

11. Which one of the following was the function of the council of elders among the Ameru during the pre- colonial period?

A. Making laws.

B. Healing the sick

C. Carrying out raids.

D. Foretelling the future.
Q13,2008

12. Which one of the following statements correctly describes the social organization of the San during the pre-colonial period?

A. They lived in small groups of families.
467

B. They had a strong clan system.

C. They lived in permanent homes.

D. They practiced circumcision.
Q17,2008

13. In Old Ghana, the king was succeeded by

A. the Queen Mother

B. his sister’s son

C. his eldest son

D. his youngest brother.
Q27,2008

14. During the pre-colonial period, the Baganda were ruled by

A. A council of elders

B. A queen mother

C. A chief

D. A king Q11,2009

15. The following are functions that were performed by traditional leaders during the pre- colonial period.
(i) Settling deputes.

(ii) Treating the sick.

(iii) Blessing the warrior.

(iv) Allocating land to clan members.

iv) Foretelling the future.

14.Which one of the following functions above was performed by the council of elders in traditional African societies?

A. (i), (ii), (v)

B. (ii), (iii), (v)

C. (i), (iii), (iv)

D. (iii), (iv), (vi) Q14,2009

13. Which one of the following titles used in Buganda Kingdom during the pre-colonial period is correctly matched with its officer?

Title Officer
A. Katikiro ——– Prime Minister

B. Mtwale ——– Treasurer

C. Omuwanika Chief Justice

D. Omulamuzi ——– Army Officer

Q9,2010

14. Which one of the following communities was ruled by a king during the pre-colonial period?
A. The Khoikhoi.

B. The Wanyamwezi.

C. The Abawanga.

D. The Ameru. Q16,2010

 

African response to colonization

1. Sarnore Toure and Lobengula are remembered in the history of Africa because they
A. resisted the establishment of colonial rule in their countries
B. welcomed the Europeans into their countries
C. assisted the Europeans to conquer their neighbours
D. encouraged other African leaders to accept European colonisation. Q28,2000
2. African resistance against European colonisation failed mainly because the Africans
A. lacked modern weapons

B. were disunited

C. had small armies

D. had poor means of communication Q32,2001

3. Which one of the following is a result of colonial

K.C.P.E REVISION 468

rule in Africa?

A. Promotion of African traditional education.

B. Development of transport system.

C. Introduction of crop farming.

D. Promotion of African traditional religion.

Q24,2002

4. Three of the following are results of Maji Maji rebellion. Which one is not? It resulted in

A. loss of many lives in Southern Tanganyika

B. division of Tanganyika among different European Powers.
C. destruction of property of the local people

D. establishment of strict German control in some Areas Q26,2002
5. Europeans were unable to conquer Ethiopia during the scramble for Africa because the
A. Ethiopians were united under able rulers

B. Ethiopians were helped by their neighbours

C. Europeans lacked superior weapons

D. Europeans were divided among themselves
Q39,2002

6. Lobengula led the Ndebele against the British Colonial invasion because
A. the British refused to allow him make guns

B. he thought that the British were weak

C. he wanted to continue ruling his people

D. the British refused to let him travel to England

Q43, 2003

7. The African Communities that resisted European colonisation were defeated mainly because
A. the Europeans had superior weapons

B. some Africans assisted the Europeans

C. African leaders were cheated by the Europeans

D. African warriors were poorly trained.

Q31, 2005

8. Which one of the following is a reason why the Maasai collaborated with the British during the establishment of colonial rule?

A. They wanted to strengthen their trade links with

the British.

B. They wanted to get employment in the settler farms.
C. They wanted the support of the British against their enemies.
D. They wanted to get modern education.

Q34, 2005

9. Which one of the following African leaders collaborated with the Europeans during the establishment of Colonial rule?
A. Lewanika of the Lozi.

B. Samore Toure of the Mandinka.

C. Kabaka Mwanga of the Baganda.
D. Sakawa of the Abagusii. Q24, 2007 10.Who among the following traditional Kenyan
leaders collaborated with the British during the establishment of colonial rule?

A. Karuri wa Gakure.

B. Mekatilili.

C. Samoei.

K.C.P.E REVISION 469

D. Sakawa. Q11,
2008

11. Who among the following leaders in Tanganyika united the Africans during the Maji Maji rebellion?

A. Fundikira.

B. Mirambo.

C. Nyungu ya Mawe.
D. Kinjikitile Ngwale. Q29, 2008 12.The following statements describe a prominent
traditional Kenyan leader.

(i) He was a medicine man.

(ii) He disrupted the construction of Kenya- Uganda railway.

(iii) He was killed by the British. The leader described above is
A. Masaku

B. Sakawa

C. Koitalel arap Samoei

D. Waiyaki wa Hinga.
Q22,2009

13. Horticultural farming in Kenya is different from that in the Netherlands in that
A. horticultural cooperatives are better organized in Kenya than in the Netherlands
B. Kenya has a wider local market than the Netherlands

C. Farming is less mechanized in Kenya than in the Netherlands
D. there are more horticultural farms in Kenya than in the Netherlands.
Q26, 2009

 

African response to scramble of Africa

1. Samoei of the Nandi and Mekatilili of the Agiriama had one thing in common, It is that both

A. were opposed to the building of the railway

B. prophesied about the coming of the Europeans
C. foresaw defeat of Europeans by Africans

D. resisted the British colonial rule.

Q24 2010

 

2. Which one of the following explains why the people of Tanganyika were defeated by the Germans during the Maji Maji rebellion’?

A. The people of Tanganyika were attacked by their neighbours.

B. Tanganyika had few warriors.

C. The Germans were helped by the British.

D. The Germans had better weapons.

Q35,2010

 

Colonial administration in Africa

1. The system used by France to rule her colonies in Africa was known as
A, assimilation
B. direct rule
C. indirect rule
D. association. Q29,2000
2. Which one of the following was a result of British rule in Nigeria?
A. It encouraged African traditional religions.
B. It promoted unity among different African communities.
C. It led to the development of roads.
D. It promoted African traditional education.
Q30,2000
3. Three of the following are results of European

K.C.P.E REVISION 470

colonial rule in Eastern Africa. Which one is not?

A. Creation of reserves for Africans.

B. Promotion of African culture.

C. Introduction of modern health facilities.

D. Introduction of modern methods of farming
Q34,2001

4. Which one of the following was the main duty of diviners in Africa before the coming of Europeans?

A. Settling disputes among members of the community.

B. Allocating land to members of the community.

C. Leading the warriors to fight their enemies.

D. Telling the community what would happen in future.
Q22,2001

5. Which one of the following European countries used

indirect rule to administer their colonies in Africa?

A. Britain.

B. France.

C. Germany.

D. Portugal. Q33,2002

6. Which one of the following is a result of colonial rule in Africa?
A. Promotion of African traditional education.

B. Development of transport system.

C. Introduction of crop farming.

D. Promotion of African traditional religion.

Q34,2002

7. In which one of the following French colonies did the

policy of Assimilation succeed?

A. Chad.

B. Dahomey.

C. Senegal.

D. Guinea. Q43,2003

8. Below are historical events which took place in Kenya before 1918.
(i) Uganda railway reached Kisumu

(ii) The Giriama resistance broke out

(iii) The first European missionaries arrived at the coast.
(iv) Kenya became a British protectorate

What is the correct order in which the events occurred?

A. (iv), (ii), (iii), (i).

B. (iv), (iii), (ii), (iv).

C. (iii), (iv), (i), (ii).

D. (iv), (iii), (i), (ii). Q45,2003

9. Africans in Kenya were not allowed to grow some cash crops because they
A. were taking care of their animals

B. owned small pieces of land

C. were required to provide labour for settlers D lived in areas that had many crop diseases
Q46,2003

10. Which one of the following was a result of British colonial rule in Africa?
A. Promotion of African cultural practices.

B. Loss of fertile land by Africans.

K.C.P.E REVISION 471

C. Establishment of the same schools for children of different races.
D. Appointment of Africans to be in charge of the colonies. Q47,2003
11. Which one of the following activities of the European
colonial rulers had a good effect on Africans?

A. Marking of boundaries between colonies.

B. Creation of reserves for the Africans.

C. Assimilation

D. Association. Q39, 2008 15.One of the duties of African chiefs in Kenya during
the colonial period was to

A. organize for supply of labour to settler farms

B. provide food to freedom fighters

C. nominate people to the Native Councils

D. conduct oathing ceremonies. Q41, 2008

 

 

the

C. Imposing taxes on Africans.

D. Introduction of western education in

16. Which one of the following activities of European colonial rulers had positive effects on Africans?

A. Introduction of western education.

colonies. Q19,2005

12. Which one of the following Kenyan communities is

correctly matched with its traditional leader?

Community Leader

A. Akamba Sakawa

B. Agiriama Mekatilili

C. Nandi Masaku
D. Abagusii Samoei Q40, 2006 13.The Imperial British East Africa Company
stopped administering Kenya because

A. the settlers were against the company

B. the company mistreated Africans

C. the company lacked funds

D. the company was abolished. Q32, 2008
14. The method used by the Portuguese to administer Mozambique was

A. Direct rule

B. Indirect rule

B. Creation of reserves for Africans.

C. Making of boundaries between colonies.

D. Making Africans pay taxes. Q29, 2010

 

 

Scramble and partition in Africa
1. The countries marked S and T were ruled by
A. Britain
B. Portugal
C. Italy
D. Germany. Q33,2000
2. European nations established colonies in Africa during the nineteenth century in order to
A. promote good relations with African leaders

B. secure markets for manufactured goods from Europe
C. encourage Africans to grow cash crops

D. obtain land to settle European refugees.

Q31,2001

3. European countries scrambled for colonies in Africa

K.C.P.E REVISION 472

mainly to

A. obtain raw materials

B. settle their surplus population

C. spread Christianity

D. stop slave trade Q44, 2003

4. Which one of the following groups of countries was colonised by the British?
A. Libya, Egypt, Mozambique.

B. Lesotho, Zambia, Sierra Leone.

C. Ethiopia, Angola, Benin.

D. Senegal, Chad, Tunisia. Q45, 2006

5.

The country marked J was colonized by

A. France

B. Portugal

C. Italy

D. Belgium. Q19, 2007

6.

 

 

The countries marked R and S were colonized by

A. Britain

B. Germany

C. Portugal

D. Italy. Q25, 2008

7.Which one of the following methods of colonial administration was used by the British in Northern Nigeria?

B. Indirect rule.

C. Association.

D. Assimilation. Q12, 2009 8.Which one of the following groups of countries in
Africa was colonized by the French?
A. Mali, Namibia , Uganda
B. Senegal, Madagascar, Mali
C. Togo, Angola, Zambia
D. Tanganyika, Cameroon, Angola Q46, 2010

9. Which one of the following countries in Africa was colonised by the French?
A. Angola.

B. Chad.

C. Tanganyika.

D. Gambia. Q23,2005

A. The nationalists established bases in neighbouring

countries.

B. The nationalists organised guerrilla warfare.

C. The nationalists formed political parties.

D. The nationalists were helped by the OAU.

Q40,2001

2. The following events took place during the struggle for independence in Kenya. Which one came first?

A. Nomination of the first African to the Legislative Council.
B. The release of Jomo Kenyatta from detention.

C. The first Lancaster House Conference.

D. Declaration of the State of Emergency.

Q41,2001

3. Which one of the following events in Kenya took place first?
A. Formation of Kikuyu Central Association.

B. Election of eight African representatives to the Legislative Council.
C. Release of Jomo Kenyatta from detention.

D. Nomination of the second African to
the

Legislative Council. Q29,2002 4.Thomas Mboya is remembered in kenya because he

Struggle for independence
1. Which one of the following statements is true
about

the struggle for independence in Tanganyika?

A. promoted the Harambee spirit.

B. was the first African to join the legislative council (Leg Co)
C. led the Trade Union movement

D. was the first chairman of the Organisation of

African Unity (O.A.U.).

Q49, 2003

B. Tanzania – Benjamin Mkapa.

C. Mozambique – Joakim Chissano.

5. Which one of the following was an effect of the Second World War on African Nationalism in Kenya?

A. It made the Africans stop working in
the

European farms.

B. It increased the Africans’ desire for independence.
C. It led to the Africans being nominated to the Legislative Council.
D. It reduced the Africans’ dislike for the Europeans.
Q41, 2005

6. The political party which led Ghana to independence in 1957 was
A. the National Liberation Movement (NLM)

B. the Convention Peoples’ Party (CPP)

C. the Northern Peoples’ Party (NPP)

D. the United Gold Coast Convention (UGCC)
Q44,2005

7. In Kenya, 12th December 1964 is remembered as the day when the country became

A. a member of the United Nations

B. a member of the East African Community

C. a one-party state
D. a Republic. Q51, 2005 8.Which one of the following African countries is
correctly matched with its first president?

Country President

A. Zimbabwe – Robert Mugabe.

D. Somalia – Mohamed Abdullahi Yusufu.

Q52, 2005

9. Which one of the following was a reason why the Mau Mau uprising took place in Kenya?

A. The Africans were demanding the establishment

of schools.

B. The Africans were opposed to the construction of the railway.
C. The Africans were against the British Constitution.
D. The Africans were demanding the return of their
land. Q18, 2006

10. The main method used by the Africans in Zimbabwe to attain their independence was
A. boycotting work

B. seeking support from neighbours

C. fighting guerilla warfare

D. negotiating with the colonialists Q26, 2007

11. Which one of the following became the title of the Head of State in Kenya when the country was declared a republic?
A. The prime minister.

B. The governor.

C. The president.
D. The emperor. Q49, 2008 12.Which one of the following is the reason why
Madaraka day is celebrated in Kenya?

A. To remember the day when self government was attained.
B. To remember the day freedom fighters were arrested.

C. To remember the day when Mau Mau movement started.

D. To remember the day Kenya became a colony.

Q46, 2009

13. June 1st is important in Kenya because it is the day
A. freedom fighters were released from detention
B. Kenya got internal self government

C. the country became a republic

D. Kenya became a multi-party state. ( KADU ).

1. Which one of the following countries in Africa is a member
of the Commonwealth?
A. Lybia
B. Senegal,
C. Zambia.
D. Angola. Q53,2000

2. Which one of the following groups of countries are members of the Commonwealth?

 

Q12, 2010

14. Below are statements about a political party that was formed in Kenya during the colonial period.

(i) It supported a regional government.
(ii) It was formed by the smaller communities.
(iii) It was formed in 1960.
(iv) One of its founder members was Ronald Ngala.
The political party described above is

A. Kenya African Union (KAU)

B. Kenya People’s Union (KPU)

C. Kenya African National Union ( K ANU)

D. Kenya African Democratic Union
Q47,2010

 

International co-operations

 

C. D. Q32,2002

3. The organisation which brings together countries that were colonised by Britain is
A. East African Community

B. United Nations

C. Commonwealth of Nations

D. African Q51 ,2003

4. The United Nations Organisation was formed in 1945 mainly to

A. promote democracy in the world

B. promote economic cooperation among

nations

C. promote Human Rights in all the countries

D. promote peace in the world.
Q43,2005

5. Three of the following statements are true about the

8. Which one of the following groups of countries in Africa got assistance from the Organization of African Unity (OAU) to achieve independence?

Commonwealth. Which one is not?

A. It promotes uniform education systems in member states.
B. Most of its members are former British B
colonies.

C. It has its headquarters in London.

D. It is headed by the Queen of England.

Q46,2003

6. One of the reasons why African countries formed the African Union (AU) was to

A. fight against crime in the continent

B. assist in the election of leaders for member states
C. re-draw the boundaries of member states

D. bring greater economic cooperation in the continent. Q26,2006
7. Which one of the following organs of the United Nations (UN) is responsible for resolving disputes between member countries?
A. The Secretariat.

B. The Security Council.

C. The General Assembly.

D. The Economic and Social Council. Q51,2007

 

C D

Q47,2008

 

9. The main reason why the United Nations (UN) was Formed was to
A. promote Economic cooperation among nations
B. take care of the environment
C. promote peace in the world D take care of refugees.
Q34,2009

8. Which one of the following groups of countries formed the Eastern African Community in 1967?

A. Kenya, Uganda and Tanzania.

B. Kenya, Rwanda and Burundi.

C. Kenya, Tanzania and Rwanda.

D. Kenya, Uganda and Burundi.
Q38,2009

 

Present systems of governments

1. The head of government in Ethiopia is a

A. President

B. Prime Minister

C. King

D. Queen Q40,2000

2. The head of state in Uganda is

A. a King

B. a Prime Minister

C. a President

D. an Emperor
Q31,2002

1. The head of State in Swaziland is the

A. King

B. President

C. Chief

D. Prince Q58,2003

3. The governments of Kenya and Swaziland are similar in that
A. the winning party in elections forms the government
B. the queen mother influences government decisions

C. the parliaments have two houses

D. the head of state appoints the cabinet.
Q54,2006

 

4. The government of Swaziland is headed by

A. a Secretary General

B. a Prime Minister

C. a President

D. a King. Q36,2007

 

5. Which one of the following statements is true about the system of government of Swaziland?
A. Members of parliament elect the Prime Minister.

B. All members of parliament are elected by the people
C. The Head of State is the commander – in-chief of the armed forces.
D. The Queen Mother chairs cabinet meetings.

Q25,2010

 

Early visitors to Eastern Africa

1. Which one of the following was a result of the settlement of the Arabs along the coast of East Africa?

A. Emergence of Swahili culture.

B. Introduction of barter trade.

C. Introduction of maize growing.

D. Construction of hospitals.
Q17,2006

2. Which one of the following was a result of the coming of the Arabs to Eastern Africa?

A. Introduction of growing of cloves in Zanzibar.

B. Building of Fort Jesus at Mombasa.

C. Setting up of kingdoms in the interior.

D. Construction of the railway to the interior.

Q10,2007

3. Where was the first Christian mission station in Kenya established in the 19th century?

A. At Rabai.

B. At Kabaa.

C. At Mumias.

D. At Kibwezi. Q22,2008

4. Below are statements about the achievements of a missionary who came to Eastern Africa in the 19th Century

(i) He established a mission station at Rabai.
(ii) He wrote the first Kiswahili dictionary.

(iii) He taught Africans to read and write. The missionary described above is
A. David Livingstone

B. Ludwig Krapf

C. Jacob Erhardt

D. Johann Rebmann. Q17,2010

 

Contributions of important personalities

1.. One of the contributions of Jomo Kenyatta to the History of Kenya is that he
A. formed the first political party in the country B. was the first African member of the Legislative Council

C. promoted the Harambee spirit in the country

D. formed trade unions to fight for African workers.

Q38,2000

2. One of the achievements of Kwame Nkrumah of Ghana is that
A. he led the trade union movement in Ghana
during the colonial period

B. he abolished taxation in his country

C. he led the country to independence

D. he introduced large scale cocoa farming in Ghana. Q44,2001
3. Leopold Sedar Senghor contributed to democracy in Senegal by
A. introducing French culture in the country

B. allowing the formation of many political parties

C. introducing military skills learnt during the Second World War
D. forming a cabinet after becoming the first president.
Q12,2006

4. One of the achievements of Nelson Mandela is that

A. he took part in making the first constitution in South Africa
B. he was the first black president in South Africa

C. he formed the party that fought for South Africa’s independence
D. he led the demonstrations at Sharpeville town

in South Africa. Q15,2006

5. Which one of the following is an achievement of Daniel Arap Moi?

A. He promoted communal farming.

B. He was the first African representative to the Legislative Council.

C. He was a founder member of Kenya African Union.
D. He promoted soil conservation activities in the country Q46,2007
4. The following are some historical events that have taken place in Kenya since independence.
(i) Daniel Arap Moi retired as president

(ii) Section 2A of the constitution was amended

(iii) Kenya became a republic.

Which is the correct order in which the events took place?

A. (i), (iii), (ii)

B. (iii), (ii), (i)

C. (i), (ii), (iii)

D. (ii), (iii), (i) Q33,2009

5. Which one of the following statements is true of both Julius Nyerere of Tanzania and Haile Selassie of Ethiopia
A. They led their countries to independence.

B. They were founder members of the OAU.

C. They were forced out of the of the power by the army.

D. They introduced socialism in their countries.

Q47,2009

 

Political movements in Kenya before indipedence

1. Three of the following are roles played by the early

political associations in Kenya between 1914 and 1945.

Which one is not?

A. Defending African culture.

B. Fighting for better wages for workers.

C. Demanding for the release of Jomo Kenyatta.

D. Demanding that Africans be allowed to grow cash crops.
Q37,2007

2. The political associations formed in Kenya before 1939 had one factor in common. It was that they

A. had members from all communities in the country
B. were against female circumcision

C. demanded fair treatment for Africans

D. were supported by European missionaries
Q36,2000

3. Below are statements about a political party formed in Kenya during the colonial period.
(i) It was the first national party to be formed.

(ii) It collaborated with the Mau Mau freedom fighters.
(iii) Its first President was James Samuel Gichuru. The party described above is
A. Kenya African National Union (KANU).

B. Kenya African Union (KAU).

C. Kenya African Democratic Union (KADU).

D. Kenya Peoples’ Union (KPU). Q42,2001

LAW, PEACE
AND RECONCILIATION
1. Three of the following are symbols of national unity in Kenya. Which one is not?
A. National flag.

B. National Anthem.

C. Coat of Arms.

D. Armed forces. Q51,2000

2. The colour of the National flag of Kenya which represents peace is
A. white

B. green

C. black

D. red. Q59,2001

3. Two pupils are arguing about the ownership of a book. The best way for the teacher to resolve the conflict is by
A. encouraging the pupils to argue until one wins

B. withdrawing the book from the pupils

C. listening to the argument and advising the pupils

C. ensure that the stranger is arrested

D. take the pupil to the hospital.
Q29,2006

5. Which one of the following colours of the national flag of Kenya represents land of plenty?
A. Red.

B. Green.

C. White.

D. Black. Q36,2006

6. Ngao has been caught by his classmates stealing a bunch of ripe bananas from a farm near their school.

The most appropriate action for the pupils to take is to

A. report Ngao to the headteacher

B. ask Ngao to give the bananas to a poor family

C. share the bananas with Ngao

D. punish Ngao for this behaviour.
Q53,2006

 

7. Three of the following statements are true about Kenya’s National Anthem. Which one is not?

A. It is a form of entertainment.

D. advising the pupils against arguing over the
book
Q16,2006
4.A pupil has been sexually abused by a stranger on the way home from school. The immediate action

B. It unites the citizens.

C. It promotes patriotism.

D. It is a prayer.
Q56,2010

for

the parents to take is to

A. inform the school about the matter

B. advise the pupil to avoid talking to strangers

8. Which one of the following actions by the government would best promote national unity in Kenya?

A. Establishment of urban centres.

B. Construction of roads.

C. Provision of hospitals.

D. Provision of recreational facilities.
Q28,2003

9. Which one of the following statements is true

about the National Flag of Kenya?

A. It is a symbol of national unity.

B. It was given to Kenyans by the British.

C. Its colours represent the arms of Government.

D. It was inherited from freedom fighters.

Q58,2003

10. Three of the following are national philosophies in Kenya. Which one is not?
A. African Socialism

B. Harambee

C. Pan Africanism

D. Nyayoism. Q58,2005

Standard VIII prefect finds her two classmates

quarrelling in class. The right action for the prefect to take is to

A. ignore the pupils

B. punish the pupils

C. send the pupils out of class

D. discuss the issue with the pupils
Q30,2007

12. Which one of the following is a way of promoting peace in society?

A. Allowing many foreigners into the country.

B. Punishing suspected criminals.

C. Encouraging the spirit of forgiveness.

D. Reducing the number of political parties.

Q33,2007

13. In Kenya the national flag is raised in order to

A. display its beauty

B. promote the harambee spirit

C. promote loyalty among citizens

D. show the direction of the wind.
Q60,2007

 

14. Which one of the following cultural practices did the Abaluyia borrow from the Luo as they interacted during the pre-colonial period?

A. The removal of six lower teeth.

B. Respect for the spirit of the ancestors.

C. Use of herbs to treat diseases.

D. Marrying of many wives.
Q30,2008

 

15. The reason why the Kenya National Anthem is important is that

A. it was written when Kenya became independent

B. it creates unity among Kenya citizens

C. it is sung in all schools in Kenya

D. it is played during national celebrations.
Q,60,2008

 

16.. Three of the following are ways through which national unity can be promoted in Kenya.
Which one is not?

A. Encouraging people to listen to vernacular radio
stations.

K.C.P.E REVISION 482

B. Encouraging people to participate in national games.
C. Ensuring that people are free to settle in any part of the country.

D. Ensuring that people know how to sing the National Anthem.
Q59,2009

 

17. The best way of encouraging people in Kenya to be law abiding is by

A. employing more police officers to enforce the law
B. confining law breakers in prisons

C. educating people on the importance of observing the law
D. rewarding people who obey the law
Q57,2004.

 

18. Which one of the following reasons least explains why corruption should be wiped out in Kenya?

A. To promote peace.

B. To promote national unity.

C. To promote economic development.

D. To promote individual talents.
Q31,2004

 

Citizenship

1. A foreign lady who marries a Kenyan man may be allowed to become a citizen of Kenya only if she

A. shows respect to her husband

B. has children

C. has lived in Kenya for many years

D. applies to become a Kenyan. Q46,2000

2. A good citizen of Kenya is one who

A. attends prayer meetings regularly

B. obeys the laws of the land

C. attends political rallies regularly

D. owns a lot of property Q53,2001

3. One may become a Kenyan citizen through

A. registration

B. employment

C. migration

D. Marriage Q,47,2004

 

4. It is important for Kenya citizens to vote during the general elections because
A. it shows their loyalty to the president

B. it enables them to remove political leaders whose work is poor
C. it shows their obedience to the electoral commission
D. it enables the government to know people’s level
of education.
Q19,2006

 

5. Mutua, a football player who is representing Kenya in the Commonwealth Games is promised a lot of money by a Canadian Coach if he agrees to play for Canada. He refuses the offer. The action by Mutua shows that

A. he loves his country

B. he fears the Canadian

C. he has enough money

D. he is foolish
Q38,2007

 

6. David Smith, a former British citizen has acquired Kenyan Citizenship through naturalization. Smith may loose his Kenyan citizenship if he

A. destroys his national identity card

B. refuses to vote during general elections

C. visits a foreign country

D. is found with illegal drugs.
Q59,2007

 

foreigner who wishes to become a citizen of Kenya is

required to obtain

A. a school leaving certificate

B. a marriage certificate

C. a registration certificate

D. a birth certificate.
Q59,2007

 

8. The best way to stop drug abuse in schools is by

A. fencing school compounds to keep off peddlers

B. giving heavy punishments to drug users

C. arresting suspected drug dealers

D. educating pupils on dangers of using drugs.

Q15,2010

foreigner qualifies to apply for Kenyan citizenship after living in the country continuously for
A. two years

B. five years

C. seven years

D. ten years.
Q21,2010

 

10. Three of the following are actions which indicate that a person is a patriotic citizen. Which one is not?

A. Welcoming visitors at one’s home.

B. Participating in tree planting.

C. Contributing towards famine relief.
D. Attending rallies on national days.
Q42,2010

 

 

DEMOCRACY
AND HUMAN RIGHTS
1. Juma has written a letter to the editor of a local newspaper giving his opinion on the review of the Constitution of Kenya. Which one of the following freedoms is Juma exercising? Freedom of
A. expression.
B. worship.
C. movement.
D. association. Q52,2000

2. Kenya citizens are allowed to register as voters for parliamentary election when they
A. become members of political parties

B. have completed primary level of education

C. participate in development projects

D. have attained the age of 18 years.

Q48,2001

person who is under house arrest is denied the
Freedom of

A. Speech

B. Worship

C. Ownership of property

D. Movement
Q57,2003

4. Which one of the following events took place in Kenya in 1991?

A. General elections were held.

B. Section 2A of the constitution was repealed.

C. A new constitution was made.

D. Regional governments were established.

Q52,200
4

5. In Kenya, the rights of an individual are guaranteed by the

A. National Assembly

B. Constitution

C. Judiciary

D. Police Force
Q55,2004

 

6. Which one of the following Human Rights is enjoyed by Kenya citizens on attaining the age of 18 years?

A. The right to vote.

B. The right to worship.

C. The right to life.
K.C.P.E REVISION

D. The right to security.
Q32,2006

7. Below are statements about a political party in Kenya.

(i) Its chairman later became the country’s president.

(ii) It was once the official opposition party.

(iii) It joined with the other parties in 2002 to form NARC.

The political party described above is the

A. Democratic Party of Kenya

B. Ford People

C. Kenya Social Congress

D. Liberal Democratic Party.
Q57,2006

8. Three of the following are benefits of democracy.

Which one is not?

A. It allows equal distribution of land.

B. It allows formation of many political parties.

C. it allows citizens to choose their leaders.

D. It allows freedom of speech.
Q59,2006

 

9. Which one of the following is a benefit of a representative democracy?

A. People freely elect their leaders.

B. All citizens take part in decision-making.

C. All people obey the law.

D. Citizens are excused from paying taxes.
Q29,2007

10. The main role of the opposition parties in a democratic system of government is to
485

A. educate citizens on their rights

B. nominate members to parliament

C. promote development projects

D. ensure that the country is administered fairly.

Q41,2007

11. Lewa, a pupil at Chui Primary School has been

refused by his teacher to go for break for failing to

answer questions in class. Which one of the following child rights has Lewa been denied?

A. The right to privacy.

B. The right to leisure.

C. The right to education.

D. The right to security.
Q53,2007

 

12. Three of the following are benefits of democracy.
Which one is not?

A. Laws are applied fairly to all people.

B. People are made to join the ruling party.

C. People are free to elect their leaders.

D. People respect human rights.
Q56,2008

 

13. The reason why the Kenya National Anthem is important is that

A. it was written when Kenya became independent

B. it creates unity among Kenya citizens

C. it is sung in all schools in Kenya

D. it is played during national celebrations.
Q60,2008

14. Three of the following are roles of political parties in a

democracy. Which one is not?

A. They encourage citizens to take part in election.
B. They monitor activities of the government.

C. They campaign for equal rights for the citizens.

D. They approve bills to be debated in parliament.
Q40,2009

pupil has been told by the parents to help in fetching water for sale instead of attending school.
The best action for the pupil to take is to

A. ignore the parents

B. accept to do the work

C. run away from home

D. report the matter to the head teacher.
Q43,2009

foreigner living in Kenya may enjoy the following rights except
A. Right to life

B. Right to own property

C. Right to fair trial

D. Right to vote during general elections
Q55,2009

17. Maria was stopped from joining a women’s group by her husband. Which one of the following freedoms was she denied? Freedom of

A. expression

B. association

C. movement

D. worship. Q28,2010 17.Which one of the following is an economic right?

A. Right to life.

B. Right to education.

C. Right to work.

D. Right to privacy.
Q57,2010

 

GOVERNMENT
OF KENYA
Arms of government
1. One of the duties of a chief of a location in Kenya is to

A. appoint social development officers in the location

B. make laws for governing the location

C. supervise parliamentary elections in the location
D. maintain security in the location.

37,2000

2. Which one of the following officers is appointed by the Public Service Commission (PSC) of Kenya?
A. Chiefs to head locations.

B. Speaker of the National Assembly.

C. Headteachers of primary schools.

D. Judges of the high court. Q54,2001

3. Three of the following statements are true about the

not? The President

A. chairs cabinet meetings

B. is the Chancellor of Public Universities

C. clears candidates for general elections

D. is the head of the Central Government.

Q58,2001

3. A person becomes the Speaker of the National Assembly in Kenya through
A. nomination by the President

B. election by members of parliament

C. election by registered voters

D. nomination by the Electoral Commission

Q48,2002

5. In Kenya, a member of parliament may lose the parliamentary seat when the member
A. misses eight continuous sittings in parliament

B. is unpopular among parliamentarians

C. makes little contributions during parliamentary
debates

D. fails to visit the constituency regularly

Q49,2002

6. Which one of the following age conditions

is a requirement for those who wish to be elected President of Kenya? They must have attained the age of
A. 55 years.

B. 35 years.

C. 21 years.

functions of the President of Kenya. Which one is

D. 18 years.
Q50,2003

7. Who among the following leaders is responsible for keeping law and order in a location in Kenya?
A. The Chief.

B. The Religious leader.

C. The Councillor.

D. The Member of Parliament (M.P).
Q54,2003

 

8. The members of parliament in the Republic of Kenya are sworn in by the
A. Chief Justice

B. The Speaker of the National Assembly

C. Attorney-General

D. Chairman of the Electoral Commission

Q55,2003

9. The stages through which a bill passes before it becomes law are called

A. readings

B. sessions

C. discussions

D. Sittings Q53,2004

10. The most senior civil servant in a government ministry in Kenya is the
A. Under secretary

B. Auditor general

C. Director general

D. Permanent secretary
Q54,2004

11. Which one of the following officers advises

Government of Kenya on legal matters?

A. The Court Prosecutor.

B. The Chief Magistrate.

C. The Vice-President.

D. The Attorney-General.
Q59,2004

12. Three of the following are powers of the President of Kenya. Which one is not?

A. Dissolving parliament.

B. Pardoning criminals.

C. Supervising elections.

D. Appointing judges. Q60,2004 13.In Kenya, laws are made by
A. the High Court

B. the Judicial Service Commission

C. the National Assembly

D. the Public Service Commission. Q53,2005

 

14. One parliamentary duty of the president of Kenya is to

A. appoint the Speaker of the National Assembly

B. open parliamentary sessions

C. chair parliamentary meetings

D. swear in the members of parliament.

Q54,2005

15. The main source of revenue for the Government of Kenya is
A. fines

B. grants

C. loans

D. taxes. Q57,2005

16. Nomination of members of parliament in Kenya is done by

A. the Attorney-General

B. the constituency development committees

C. the Electoral Commission

D. the political parties. Q59,2005

 

17. Which one of the following courts in Kenya is the
lowest?

A. Chief Magistrate’s Court

B. District Magistrate’s Court

C. Principal Magistrate’s Court

D. Resident Magistrate’s Court Q60,2005 18.In Kenya, justice is administered by
A. the Armed Forces

B. the prisons

C. the Judiciary

D. the Cabinet. Q39,2006

19. Which one of the following is the correct order of the Provincial Administration in Kenya?

Q27,2007

20. The court system in Kenya is headed by the

A. Chief Magistrate

B. Chief Justice

C. Registrar of the High Court
D. Attorney General. Q34,2007 21.According to the laws of Kenya, amending
the constitution is the responsibility of

A. the High Court

B. the office of the President

C. the National Assembly

D. the Judicial Service Commission.
Q48,2007

22. In Kenya, a parliamentary bill becomes law only when it has been signed by
A. the Minister for Constitutional Affairs

B. the Registrar of the High Court

C. the Attorney General

D. the President
Q14,2008

23. Which one of the following government officers
A B
is

correctly matched with the right responsibility?

Government officer responsibilities
C D
A. Attorney General – to arrest criminals

B. Police Officer – to help law breakers to

reform

C. District Commissioner – to explain government
policy

D. Prison Officer – to advice government on legal matters

Q53,2009

24. Which one of the following is a function of parliament in Kenya?

A. Implementing laws.

B. Making laws.

C. Judging those who break the law.

D. Advising the president on matters of law.

Q60,2009

 

Local authorities

1. The Minister for Local Government has the powers to
A. supervise elections of councillors
B. prepare budgets for local authorities
C. appoint mayors of municipal councils
D. approve by-laws for local authorities. Q60,2000
2. Three of the following services are provided by town

councils in Kenya. Which one is not?

A. Medical facilities.

B. Religious facilities.

C. Sports and games facilities.
D. Educational facilities. Q56,2002 3.Below are some administrative units in Kenya.

The cabinet minister in charge of the above areas
is

the

A. Minister of Co-operative Development.

B. Minister of State for Provincial Administration and National Security.
C. Minister for Home Affairs and National Heritage.

D. Minister for Local Government.
Q56,2003

4. Who among the following Municipal Council officials is elected?

A. The Town Clerk.

B. The Treasurer.

C. The Mayor.

D. The Town Engineer. Q50,2007
5. Which one of the following courts in Kenya deals with cases involving people under 18 years of
age?

A. The Court of Appeal.

B. The High Court.

C. The Juvenile Court.

D. The Resident Magistrate’s Court.
Q52,2008

6. One of the functions of local authorities in Kenya is to

(i) County Council

(ii) Town Council

(iii) City Council

(iv) Municipal council

A. build places of worship

B. ensure that people pay taxes

C. issue trade licenses to traders

D. provide security to visitors.
Q58,2009

7. Zawadi is charged a fee every time she goes to the

air market near her home to sell her farm produce. The money she pays goes to

A. the chief of the area

B. the county council

C. the market attendant

D. the constituency development fund.

Q22,2010

8. Municipalities and County Councils are under the Ministry of

A. Home affairs

B. Education

C. Local Government

D. Finance.
Q43,2010

 

National Defence

3. Suspected criminals are kept in cells before being taken to court in order to
A. punish them for the offences they have committed
B. allow time for carrying out investigations

C. give them time to contact their relatives

D. make them clean up the cells. Q49,2001

4. Which one of the following groups of security departments is responsible for protecting Kenya against external attack?

A. B.

1. Traffic Police Officers wear clothes that reflect light at night in order to

A. keep themselves warm

B. warn motorists of dangerous sections of the road

C. protect themselves from lightning

D. make themselves visible to motorists.
Q45,2000

2. Which one of the following is a function of the police force in Kenya?
A. To punish suspected criminals.
B. To ensure that people attend public rallies.
C. To prevent people from committing crime.
D. To protect the country from external attacks.

Q59,2000

C. D.

Q60,2001

5. In Kenya, law and order is maintained by

A. the Police

B. the Army

C. the National Youth Service

D. the Prisons department Q55,2002

6. Which one of the following is the main function of the armed forces in Kenya?

A. Transporting relief food to famine stricken areas.

B. Protecting the country from external attacks.

C. Entertaining guests during national celebrations.

D. Constructing bridges across rivers.
Q48,2004

 

7. Which one of the following police units in Kenya is

correctly matched with its duty?

Police Unit Duty

A. General Service Unit — Assisting in stopping

riots.

B. Administrative Police — Guarding suspected

criminals in the cells.

C. Criminal Investigation — Providing security to Department government officers
D. Dog Handlers’ Unit — Recovering stolen

A. Creating new constituencies

B. Campaigning for candidates

C. Registering voters.

D. Announcing election results.
Q37,2009

3. Which one of the following is a requirement for a person who wishes to be elected as a member of parliament in Kenya?

The person should be

A. married and with children

B. a retired councillor

C. eighteen years and above

D. supported by one thousand registered voters.

Q50,2009

 

National Philosophies

animals.

 

Electoral process

Q46,2006

1. The Harambee movement in Kenya has led to

A. establishment of new towns

B. development of railway transport

C. the expansion of health services

 

1. A person who wishes to be elected the President of the Republic of Kenya must
A. have attained a minimum age of 35 years
B. have served as a member of parliament
C. be a founder member of a political party

 

Legislature

Q45,2009

D. come from a constituency with many voters.

Q54,2000

2. Which one of the following is not a function of the body in charge of elections in Kenya?

1. Which one of the following statements

correctly describes a parliamentary bill?

A It is a document containing names of members of parliament.

B. It is a document that shows how parliament operates.

C It is a proposed law waiting to be discussed in Parliament.

D. It is a law that has been passed by parliament.

Q27,2010

2. In Kenya, a person becomes the speaker of the National Assembly through

A. nomination by the president

B. election by members of parliament

C. nomination by the electoral body

D. election by voters.
Q54,2010

3. Three of the following are circumstances which may lead to a loss of parliamentary seat. Which one is not? When a member of parliament
A. is declared insane

B. B. visits another country

C. is jailed for over six months

D. is declared bankrupt by a court of law.
Q60,2010

Internal security

1. Which one of the following is a duty of the police force in Kenya?
A. To punish law breakers.

B. To judge cases.

C. To defend the country.

D. To arrest suspected criminals.
Q51,2010

 

Sources of government revenue

1. The Government of Kenya obtains revenue mainly through

A. licence fees paid by traders

B. taxes paid by citizens

C. grants given by foreign countries

D. sale of bonds
Q58,2010

 

 

K.C.P.E
C.R.E
2003-2010

TOPICALLY ANALYSED

 

TOPIC 1.

CREATION

5. Which one of the following statements from the stories of creation shows that marriage is permanent?

1. Which one of the following statements from the Bible shows that God wanted human beings to take care of the environment?
A. Let us make man in our own image.
B. Let the earth produce all kinds of animal life.
C. Have many children and fill the earth.
D. Live all over the earth and bring it under control.
Q 61,2000

2. What punishment did God give to Eve because of her disobedience?
A. Suffering while giving birth.
B. Putting on clothes.
C. Eating selected fruits.
D. Living with wild animals.
Q62,2000
3. Which one of the following duties was given to Adam and Eve when God created them?
A. To obey the ten commandments.

B. To offer sacrifice to God.

C. To take care of other living things.

D. To obey the prophets of God. Q61,2001

4. According to the Genesis stories of Creation, which one of the following statements best describes human beings as special? They were
A. moulded from clay

B. created in the image of God

C. created by God’s word of mouth

D. told to name the animals

Q61,2002

A. “The man and the woman were both naked but they were not embarrassed.”
B. “And now we will make human beings, they will be like us and resemble us.”
C. “A man leaves his father and mother and is united with his wife and they become one.”
D. “You listened to your wife and ate the fruit which I told you not to eat.”
Q61,2003

6. Which one of the following is the main reason why God created Eve?
He wanted her to

A. look after the animals

B. take care of the garden of Eden

C. be a companion to Adam

D. eat the fruits of the garden of Eden Q61,2004 7.Adam and Eve are the greatest in God’s creation because they
A. were the last to be created

B. named the animals

C. were made in His likeness

D. took care of the garden of Eden. Q61,2005 8.Which one of the following actions made God
chase Adam and Eve from the garden of Eden?

A. Speaking to the snake.

B. Eating of the forbidden fruit.

C. Destroying God’s creation.

D. Hiding from God. Q61,2006

9. The main teaching of the Genesis stories of creation is that

A. human beings were the last to be created

B. human beings were created to multiply

C. God is the creator of the universe

D. God blessed the day of rest. Q61,2007

B. Abraham.

C. Esau.

D. Joseph.

2. When Moses was called by God he was living in

A. Ur

B. Midian

C. Haran

10. Which one of the following was a result of the disobedience of D. Egypt.
human beings in the garden of Eden?

They were to

A. cultivate the land

B. fill the earth

C. face death

D. become old. Q61,2008

 

11. From the Biblical stories of creation in Genesis 1 and 2. God created Adam and Eve to

A. build places of worship

B. offer gifts to him

C. care for the environment

D. eat the fruits in the garden. Q61,2009

 

GOD SPEAKS TO US IN THE
OLD TESTAMENT

2000:-Q62-69

3. Which one of the following commandments teaches about
respect for human life?

A. ‘Do not commit murder’.

B. ‘Do not accuse anyone falsely’.

C. ‘Do not steal’.

D. ‘Do not desire another man’s house’.

4. Who among the following people was a judge in Israel?

A. Joshua.

 

B. Gideon.

C. Aaron.

D. Miriam.

5. Who among the following kings was punished by God because of performing the duty of a priest?

A. Jehu.

B. Ahab.

C. Saul.

D. Ahaz.

6. Who among the following kings is famous for being wise?
A. David.

 

1. Who among the following people is the father of the Jews?
A. Moses.

B. Jeroboam.

C. Rehoboam.

D. Solomon.

7. The boy raised to life by prophet Elijah was the son of the
A. Shunammite woman

B. Canaanite woman

C. widow of Zarephath

D. widow of Nain.

 

2001:-Q62-69

8. God changed the name of Abram to Abraham

mainly because he wanted to

A. make him a father of nations

B. give him a new land

C. make him rich

D. give him protection.

 

9. Joseph the son of Jacob was sold by his brothers because they
A. hoped to become rich

B. were jealous

C. needed food

D. wanted to visit Egypt.

 

10. Which one of the following qualities of God is shown on the night the Jews left Egypt?
A. He is the creator.

B. He is forgiving.

C. He is a saviour.

D. He is holy.

11. Who among the following people asked God to forgive the Israelites at Mount Sinai?
A. Moses.

B. Joshua.

C. Miriam.

D. Aaron.

 

12. David annoyed God when he

A. killed Goliath

B. killed Uriah

C. cried over the death of Saul

D. married many women.

 

13. ‘Give me the wisdom I need to rule your people with justice’ (1 Kings 3:9). These words were spoken by King
A. Ahaz

B. Solomon

C. Jeroboam

D. Ahab.

 

14. Who among the following prophets anointed Saul to be King of Israel?
A. Elisha.

B. Isaiah.

C. Nathan.

D. Samuel.

15. The prophets of Baal were put to test by Elijah on Mount Carmel to show that
A. God answers prayers

B. God is three in one

C. Baal was asleep

D. Baal was a coward.

 

2002:-Q62-69

16. Which one of the following activities shows Abraham’s obedience to God?
A. Moving from Haran to Canaan.

B. Visiting his cousin Lot.

C. Going to Egypt.

D. Marrying Sarah.

 

17. Joseph was able to overcome the temptations from the wife of Potipher because he
A. feared his father Jacob

B. was hardworking

C. was physically strong

D. believed in God.

 

18. Which one of the following activities was carried out by the Israelites on the night of the Passover in Egypt? They
A. worshipped the golden calf

B. offered their first borns to God

C. ate roast meat

D. drank wine.

65. ‘Do not desire another man’s house; do not desire his wife, his slaves, his cattle, his donkeys or anything else that he owns.’(Exodus 20:17)
Who among the following people broke this commandment?
A. Ahab.

B. Joshua.

C. Saul.

D. Moses.

 

19. Which one of the following values do Christians learn from the story of Gideon when he was led by the spirit to defeat the Midianites?
A. Courage.

B. Honesty.

C. Kindness.

D. Tolerance

 

20. Who among the following prophets challenged the worship of Baal on Mount Carmel?
A. Micah.

B. Samuel

C. Elijah.

D. Isaiah.

 

21. In which one of the following ways did King David

make Jerusalem a centre of worship?

A. Building the temple.

B. Defeating his enemies.

C. Appointing priests to serve in the temple.

D. Bringing in the ark of the covenant.

 

22. According to prophet Jeremiah the new covenant would be different from the old covenant because it will be
A. written in peoples’ hearts

B. written on stone tablets

C. for the Gentiles

D. sealed by animal blood

 

(2003:-Q62-69)

23. The sign of the covenant made between Noah and God was
A. water

B. rainbow

C. cloud

D. blood.

 

24. Joseph became a famous man in the land of Egypt

mainly because he was

A. courageous

B. forgiving

C. hardworking

D. faithful.

25. Which one of the following activities shows what the Israelites did with the blood of the lambs they killed on the Passover night? They
A. put it on their doorposts

B. poured it in their gardens

C. took it to Moses

D. poured it in the rivers of Egypt.

 

26. The main lesson the Israelites learnt about God when the Egyptians drowned in the Red sea was that. He is
A. jealous

B. powerful

C. holy

D. merciful.

 

5. Who among the following kings disobeyed God’s command to kill all the animals captured in war?
A. Saul.

B. Jeroboam.

C. Solomon.

D. Ahab.

 

27. Jesse, the father of David lived in

A. Bethlehem

B. Jerusalem

C. Samaria

D. Nazareth.

28. Who among the following people was thrown into the

lion’s den?

A. Darius.

B. Daniel.

C. Shadrack.

D. Nebuchadnezzar.

 

29. The prophet who anointed Solomon to be King of Israel was
A. Samuel

B. Gad

C. Nathan

D. Elijah.

 

(2004:-Q62-69)

30. Which one of the following is a lesson that Christians learn from the story of Joseph in prison?

A. God protects the innocent.

B. God forgives his people.

C. People should have dreams.

D. People should look after their parents.

 

31. God led the people of Israel through the wilderness to the promised land by use of

A. fire and smoke

B. fire and cloud

C. wind and rainfall

D. thunder and lightening

32. Which one among the following activities did Joshua carry out during the Exodus?

A. He led the Israelites out of Egypt.

B. He made the golden calf for the Israelites.

C. He received the ten commandments from God.

D. He led the Israelites in crossing river Jordan.

 

33. Which one of the following is the main reason why the Israelites celebrated the Passover? It reminded them of

A. their going to Egypt

B. God’s saving power in Egypt

C. the Manna they ate in the desert

D. their sufferings in the desert

 

34. David is remembered as a great king of Israel because he

A. killed Goliath

B. married many wives

C. built a palace for himself

D. killed wild animals

 

35. The main reason why King Solomon built the temple in Jerusalem was

A. to unite the people of Israel

B. have a place for offering sacrifices to God

C. have a place for keeping the Ark of the Covenant

D. to fulfil the prophecy of Nathan

36. Who among the following people was a priest when Samuel was called by God?

A. Elkana.

B. Elijah.

C. Aaron.

D. Eli.

 

37. Who among the following prophets refers to the Messiah. as “the Prince of Peace”?

A. Isaiah.

B. Jeremiah.

C. Amos.

D. Hosea.

 

(Q 62-69) 2005

38. Who among the following people was commanded by God to build an ark?

A. Noah.

B. Laban.

C. Isaac.

D. Joshua.

 

39. Which one of the following promises was made by God to Abraham during his call? He was promised that he would
A. become a priest

B. be blessed

C. rule forever

D. have a strong kingdom.

40. God said “I am who I am” (Exodus 3:14). These words were spoken to Moses when he was

A. crossing the Red Sea

B. given the Ten Commandments

C. looking after his father-in-law’s sheep

D. performing miracles in Egypt.

 

41. The main lesson the Israelites learnt about God when He gave them manna during the Exodus is that He is

A. everlasting

B. humble

C. holy

D. caring.

 

42. Moses poured blood on the Israelites during the Covenant at Mount Sinai because he wanted them to

A. be loyal to God

B. defeat their enemies

C. go to Canaan

D . forget about Egypt.

 

43. Who among the following people was a judge in Israel?
A. Ruth.

B. Hannah.

C. Deborah.

D. Zipporah.

 

44. Who among the following kings of Israel was a musician?

A. Saul.

B. David.

C. Ahaz.

D. Jeroboam.

 

45. The prophet who showed faith in God at Mount Carmel is
A. Hosea

B. Elisha

C. Amos

D. Elijah.

 

(Q62-69) 2006

46. Who among the following people was asked by God to give his son as a sacrifice?

A. Abraham.

B. Noah.

C. Moses.

D. Jacob.

 

47. From the incident when Joseph welcomed his brothers in Egypt Christians learn that they should be

A. courageous

B. obedient

C. kind

D. repentant.

 

48. The Jews celebrate the Passover feast to remember when

A. they were given the ten commandments

B. Moses was called by God

C. Noah built the Ark

D. they were delivered from Egypt.

 

49. Which one of the following commandments shows respect for human life?
A. “Do not steal.”

B. “Do not commit adultery.”

C. “Do not accuse anyone falsely.”

D. “Do not murder.”

 

50. Who among the following kings of Israel took Naboth’s vineyard?

A. Saul.

B. Ahab.

C. David.

D. Jeroboam.

51. From the story of King Solomon the best gift one can ask God for is
A. wisdom

B. riches

C. protection

D. courage.

 

52. Which one of the following statements is true about the teaching of Jeremiah on the New Covenant?
A. The laws will be written on people’s hearts.

B. The Israelites will serve God as priests.

C. God will punish children for the sins of their parents.
D. The Israelites will be given an everlasting kingdom.

53. Who among the following prophets foretold that the Messiah would be born in the town of Bethlehem?
A. Amos.

B. Micah.

C. Daniel.

D. Malachi.
(Q62-69) 2007

54. From the call of Abraham, Christians learn that they should
A. go to strange lands to preach the good news

B. travel in groups when going on a journey

C. believe in dreams

D. live in peace.

 

55. The father of Esau and Jacob was

A. Laban

B. Joseph

C. Noah

D. Isaac.

 

56. Moses was not willing to go back to Egypt when he was sent by God mainly because
A. the Israelites did not know him

B. he was afraid of the Egyptian Pharaoh

C. his family was in Midian

D. he was not good in speaking.

 

57. Which one of the following commandments teaches Christians to be satisfied with what they have?
A. Respect your father and mother.

B. Do not accuse anyone falsely.

C. Keep the Sabbath day holy.

D. Do not desire your neighbours’ property.

 

58. Which one of the following was an achievement of King David?
A. Writing the first books of the Bible.

B. Bringing the Ark of the covenant to Jerusalem.

C. Fighting against idol worship in Israel.

D. Judging cases in Israel.

 

59. “I inherited the vineyard from my ancestors”

Naboth replied. “The Lord forbid that I should let you have it” (I Kings 21:3).

From this incident of King

Ahab and Naboth, Christians learn that they should

A. work as a team

B. enjoy the fruits of their labour

C. look after their gardens

D. be fair in their dealings.

 

60. Prophet Elisha told the Shunamite woman that she was going to have a son because she

A. had asked for a miracle

B. was a hardworking woman

C. was a kind person

D. was a famous person.

 

61. Which one of the following was a prophecy of Isaiah about the Messiah? He would be

A. born of a virgin

B. born in Jerusalem

C. called a Nazarine

D. called out of Egypt.

 

(Q62-69) 2008

62. God punished the people during the time of Noah by sending
A. flood

B. fire

C. wind

D. earthquake.

 

63. The main lesson Christians learn from the call of Abraham by God is that they should be
A. tolerant

B. obedient

C. caring

D. merciful.

 

64. During the Passover night, the Israelites were to eat

bitter herbs to show

A. their painful life in Egypt

B. that they were God’s people

C. that God was with them

D. their readiness to leave Egypt.

 

65. A problem faced by the Israelites during the exodus was lack of

A. clothing

B. leaders

C. water

D. livestock.

 

 

66. Which one of the following qualities of leadership was
mainly shown by David when he fought Goliath?

A. Honesty.

B. Humility.

C. Faithfulness.

D. Courage.

 

67. Which one of the following sins was committed by King Solomon? He

A. took other people’s property

B. gave the Israelites land to foreigners

C. killed the prophets of God

D. married foreign wives.

 

68. Which one of the following miracles was performed by both prophet Elijah and Elisha?

A. Raising the son of the Shunammite woman.

B. Purification of the water.

C. Multiplication of oil.

D. Bringing fire from heaven

 

69. Jeremiah refused to accept the call to become a prophet of God because he felt he was

A. too young

B. too busy

C. physically weak

D. a sinful man.

 

(Q62-69) 2009

70. The main reason why Noah built an ark was to make him be able to
A. fulfill God’s wish

B. Worship God there

C. keep the animals

D. hide his family.

71. “Leave your country, your relatives and your father’s home and go to the land that I am going to show you.” (Genesis 12:1)

God spoke these words to

A. Abram

B. Joseph

C. Jacob

D. Elisha

72. Which one of the following happenings took place during the night marking the start of the Exodus?

A. Moses killed an Egyptian.

B. All first born sons of the Egyptians died.

C. Water in river Nile turned into blood.

D. Frogs filled the land of Egypt.

 

73. Which of the following commandments was broken by the Israelites when they worshipped the golden bull calf at Mount Sinai?

A. ‘Do not commit adultery.’

B. ‘Do not desire another person’s property.’

C. ‘Do not make for yourselves image.’

D. ‘Do not accuse anyone falsely.’

 

74. Who among the following people was anointed as the first King of Israel?

A. Saul

B. David

C. Solomon.

D. Ahab.

75. Jerusalem was considered a Jewish religious centre of worship because
A. many people lived there

B. it was built on a hill

C. it was in the middle of the kingdom

D. it had the Ark of the Covenant.

 

76. Who among the following couples were the parents of prophet Samuel?

A. Sarah and Abraham.

B. Rebecca and Isaac.

C. Hannah and Elkanah.

D. Ruth and Boaz.

 

78. But the Lord said to me, “Do not say you are too young, but go to the people I send you to…..” (Jeremiah 1:7)

The main lesson Christians learn from this is that

A. They should obey God’s command

B. They should be concerned about others

C. God cares for his people

D. God wants them to be holy.

 

(Q61-69) 2010

79. Which one of the following actions by Adam shows that he had power over the creation?

A. Tilling the land.

B. Naming the animals.

C. Marrying Eve

D. Eating the fruits.

 

80. The main reason why God asked Noah to build the ark was to

A. save Noah’s family.

B. store foodstuffs

C. separate the sinners from the righteous

D. assist him to move to the mountain.

 

81. The main virtue that the children of Israel were required to have when crossing the Red Sea was

A. honesty

B. holiness

C. tolerance

D. obedience.

82. Who among the following people is the father of faith?

A. Jacob.

B. Abraham.

C. Isaac.

D. Joseph.

 

83. When the Israelites went to receive the ten

commandment, God’s presence was shown through

A. fire

B. flaming torch

C. earthquake

D. strong wind.

 

84. Who among the following Kings of Israel annoyed God when he took Uriah’s wife?

A. Rehoboam.

B. Jeroboam.

C. David.

D. Solomon.

 

85. The main lesson Christians learn from the story of King Ahab and Naboth is that

A. one should be truthful.

B. land belongs to the community.

C. one should control his desires.

D. one should obey the laws of the land.

 

86. When David was anointed by Prophet Samuel he was

A. Going to fight with Goliath.

B. Taking food for his brothers.

C. Playing music for King Saul.

D. Herding the father’s sheep.

 

87. The prophet who was called by God when still young was

A. Jeremiah

B. Isaiah

C. Hosea

D. Amos.

 

JESUS
AND THE NEW TESTAMENT

1. (Q70-77) 2000

D. shepherd.

72. The main message of John the Baptist to the people was to A. become his disciples
B. repent their sins

C. love one another

D. feed one another.

73. ‘Worship the Lord your God and serve only him’ (Luke 4:8). These words were said by Jesus during his
A. temptation

B. baptism

C. crucifixion

D. transfiguration.

74. The main lesson Christians learn from the miracle of the feeding of the five thousand is to be
A. generous

B. courageous

C. obedient

D. honest.

75. Which one of the following parables of Jesus teaches about treating neighbours well? The parable of the

70. Which one of the following happenings took place when Jesus was born?

A. Mary visited Elizabeth.

B. Zechariah began to speak.

C. The angels sang.

A. rich fool.

B. sower.

C. sheep.

D. Samaritan.

D. There was an earthquake.

71. Joseph the husband of Mary worked as a

A. carpenter

B. fisherman

C. preacher

K.C.P.E REVISION

76. Who among the following disciples of Jesus broke the law of love because of his greed for money?
A. Peter.

B. John.

C. Judas.

D. James.
506

77. ‘Remember me, Jesus, when you come as King’

(Luke 23:42). These words were spoken by the thief on the
cross because he was

A. innocent
B. patient
C. repentant
D. tolerant.

(Q70-77) 2001

D. look for food when hungry.

 

73. A miracle of Jesus which shows His power over nature is the
A. healing of the paralysed man

B. walking on water

C. healing the blind man

D. raising of Jairus’ daughter.

70. When Jesus was born, the angel appeared to

the shepherds to

A. help them guard animals

B. tell them the good news

C. warn them about Herod

D. guide them to Bethlehem.

 

71. ‘Didn’t you know that I had to be in my father’s house?’ (Luke 2:49). When did Jesus say these words?
A. When he was found by his parents in the temple.
B. When he chased the traders from the temple.

C. During his baptism by John.

D. During his trial before the High Priest.

 

72. The temptation of Jesus in the desert teaches Christians that they should
A. seek earthly riches

B. run away from trials

C. do the will of God

74. Which one of the following is the main reason why Jesus mixed with sinners?
A. He came from a poor family.

B. Sinners were hated by other people.

C. He came to save all people.

D. Sinners were friendly to him.

 

75. Which one of the following actions of Mary and Martha best shows their love for their brother Lazarus?
A. Staying with the mourners.

B. Showing Jesus Lazarus’ grave.

C. Welcoming Jesus to their home.

D. Informing Jesus about Lazarus’ sickness.

 

76. ‘This is my body, which is given for you.’ (Luke 22:19). These words were said by Jesus during the
A. last supper

B. trial before Pilate

C. crucifixion on the cross

D. ascension into heaven.

 

77. Who among the following people helped Jesus to carry the cross?
A. Joseph of Arimathea.

B. Simon of Cyrene.

C. Peter.

D. Nicodemus.

 

(Q70-77) 2002

70. Through which one of the following ways did God tell Joseph to return to Israel with baby Jesus after the death of King Herod?
A. The shepherds.

B. The wisemen.

C. A dream.

D. Zechariah.

 

71. From the incident when Jesus went with his parents to the Temple at the age of twelve the main lesson Christians learn is that
A. parents should discipline their children

B. children should obey their parents

C. children should be concerned about their parents
D. parents should pray for their children.

 

72. When Jesus healed the leper he asked him to

present himself to the priest. This shows that Jesus

A. wanted to please the priest

B. wanted the man to respect him

C. wanted the man to be cured

D. had come to fulfil the law.

 

73. From the incident when Jesus calmed the storm, Christians learn that they should have
A. faith

B. honesty

C. obedience

D. humility.

 

74. The parable of the friend at midnight teaches Christians that they should
A. ask for advice from neighbours

B. be ready to forgive others

C. ask for food from neighbours

D. pray without giving up.

 

75. Which one of the following is a teaching of Jesus on the love of enemies?
A. Pray for those who mistreat you.

B. Curse those who curse you.

C. Love those who love you.

D. Lend and expect back.

 

76. ‘I find no reason to condemn this man.’ (Luke 23:4). Who among the following people said this during

the trial of Jesus?

A. Herod.

B. Pilate.

C. The High Priest.

D. Barabas.

 

77. In which one of the following ways did Jesus prove to the disciples that he had resurrected?
A. Baptising them.

B. Healing the sick.

C. Eating with them.

D. Washing their feet.

 

(Q70-77) 2003

 

1. When Jesus was presented in the temple, prophetess Anna described him as
A. Son of God

B. Lamb of God

C. Prince of peace

D. Savior of the Jews.

 

2. “Do not collect more than is legal” (Luke 3:13).

These words were said by John the Baptist to teach about

A. honesty

B. tolerance

C. humility

D. mercy.

3. The main lesson Christians learn from the parable of the rich man and Lazarus is that
A. the needy should be taken care of

B. those who enjoy now will suffer after death

C. one must suffer in order to enter heaven

D. one should know that this life is temporary.

 

4. Which one of the following actions of Jesus shows that a leader is a servant?
A. Washing the feet of his disciples.

B. Mixing with sinners.

C. Visiting Martha and Mary.

D. Riding on a donkey to Jerusalem.

 

5. Pilate washed his hands after trying Jesus to show that
A. Jesus was king of Jews

B. he was afraid of the Jews

C. he had nothing to do with the case

D. he was obedient to the Jewish laws.

 

6. Which one of the following reasons explains why the tomb of Jesus was protected?
A. The Jewish leaders feared that the body would be stolen.
B. The disciples wanted it to be guarded.

C. The crowd might want to visit the tomb.

D. The disciples feared that wild animals would

eat the body.

 

(Q70-77) 2004

7.. Who among the following people visited baby Jesus?

A. The Samaritans.

B. King Herod.

C. The Pharisees.

D. The Shepherds.

 

8. Who among the following people were in the temple when Jesus was dedicated to God?

A. Zachariah and Elizabeth.

B. Simeon and Anna.

C. Ananias and Saphira.

D. Lazarus and Martha.

 

9. During the baptism of Jesus, a voice was heard from heaven saying that

A. “There is the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world.”
B. “This is my own dear son with whom I am well pleased.”

C. “He will be called a Nazarene.”

D. “He will be called the wonderful counsellor.”

 

10. Which one of the following parables of Jesus teaches about forgiveness? The parable of the

A. sower

B. good Samaritan

C. prodigal son

D. rich man and Lazarus

11. Jesus performed miracles mainly to show that he had
A. come to conquer evil

B. love for the people

C. power over death

D. power over nature

12. “I promise you that today you will be in paradise with me.” (Luke 23: 43) Jesus said these words when he was

A. in the garden of Gethsamane

B. at the sea of Tiberias

C. on the way to Emmaus

D. on the cross

 

13. After the resurrection of Jesus, he told his disciples to wait in Jerusalem for the Holy Spirit who would help them to
A. become wealthy

B. conquer the Roman Empire

C. serve in the Jewish council

D. preach the good news

 

14. The resurrection of Jesus teaches Christians to be

A. tolerant

B. obedient

C. hopeful

D. Honest

 

(Q70-77) 2005
15. Which one of the following reasons best explains why angel Gabriel announced that Mary’s son was to be

holy? He was to

A. be great

B. rule forever

C. be conceived by the Holy Spirit

D. be born in Bethlehem.

 

16. King Herod wanted to know the place baby Jesus was born in order to go and

A. kill him

B. worship him

C. offer him gifts

D. meet his parents.

 

17. Which one of the following statements is a teaching of Jesus from the sermon on the Mount?
A. Let the children come to me.

B. Love your enemies and pray for them

C. You must be born of water and spirit.

D. Sell your property and have riches in heaven.

 

18. The Pharisees and the Scribes condemned Jesus for healing on the Sabbath because they thought that?
A. he was breaking the law

B. he was the son of a carpenter

C. the sick were sinners

D. he was seeking popularity.

 

19. Which one of the following parables of Jesus teaches about prayer? The parable of the

A prodigal son

B. great banquet

C. mustard seed

D. friend at midnight.

 

20. After Jesus healed the ten lepers, the one who went back to thank him was a
A. Jew

B. Cananite

C. Samaritan

D. Syrian.

 

21. Jesus asked his disciples to pray at the Mount of Olives because he wanted them to

A. stay awake

B. avoid falling into temptations

C. save him from his enemies

D. go with him to Pilate.

 

22. Who among the following people prepared the body of Jesus for burial?

A. Joseph of Arimathea.

B. Symon of Cyrene.

C. Cleopas.

D. Andrew.

23. “Unless I see the scars of the nails in his hands, and put my finger on those scars and my hand in his side, I will not believe.” (John 20:25) When did Thomas speak these words?

A. When Jesus was on the cross.

B. During the miraculous catch of fish.

C. During the journey to Emmaus.

D. When the disciples told him they had seen the risen 27. Which one of the following parables of Jesus teaches

Lord.

 

(Q70-78) 2006
24. After Angel Gabriel told Zechariah that his wife would bear him a son, Zechariah was unable to speak because he
A. was so shocked to hear the news

B. did not want anybody to know the message given
C. had been told not to tell anyone else

D. did not believe in the message.

 

25. Herod wanted to kill Jesus when he was born because he feared that Jesus would
A. stop people from paying taxes

B. convert the Jews to another religion

C. take over as ruler of the Jews

 

D. stop people from going to the synagogues.

26. “So when you give something to a needy person, do not make a big show of it” (Matthew 6: 2). Which one of the following values do Christians learn from this teaching?
A. Humility.

B. Patience.

C. Loyalty.

D. Obedience.

Christians to take care of people with special needs? The parable of the
A. sower

B. good Samaritan

C. talents

D. mustard seed.

 

28. The lesson Christians learn from the healing of the ten lepers is that they should
A. seek God in prayer

B. be righteous in their daily dealings

C. try to be happy in life

D. practise the art of thankfulness.

 

29. When Zacchaeus said that he would give half of his belongings to the poor it showed that he
A. had acquired a lot of wealth

B. had always wanted to help the needy

C. was sorry for having acquired wealth wrongly

D. wanted people to think that he was a good person.

30. In which one of the following occasions did Jesus identify the disciple who was going to betray him?
A. At the trial before Pilate.

B. During the last supper.

C. During the transfiguration.

D. When he was cleansing the temple.

 

31. The action of Jesus which teaches Christians that

there is life after death is

A. feeding the hungry

B. raising of Lazarus

C. healing the sick

D. driving out demons.

 

(Q70-77) 2007
32. The reason why Joseph and Mary went to Bethlehem the night Jesus was born is because they wanted to

A. meet their parents

B. meet king Herod

C. register in their home town

D. look for a place to deliver the baby.

talents is to

A. help their workmates

B. use their abilities well

C. love one another

D. get advice from the leaders.

 

36. Which one of the following miracles of Jesus shows that he was a universal saviour?

A. The healing of the centurion’s servant.

B. The healing of the blind Bartimaeus.

C. The cure of the paralysed man.

D. The feeding of the five thousand.

C. accepted to stay with them

D. explained to them the written word.

 

(Q70-77) 2008
40.70. Which one of the following activities is correctly matched with the people who performed it during the early life of Jesus?

Activity People

A. Visiting Elizabeth – Anna

B. Following a star – Simeon

C. Burning incense – Zechariah

D. Looking after the flock – wise men

 

71. Joseph and Mary took baby Jesus to Egypt because

A. the Pharaoh wanted to see him.

B. they were going for registration.

C. parents had to take their children there.

D. Herod wanted to kill him.

 

41. Which one of the following parables of Jesus encourages Christians to bring members back to church? The parable of the

A. good Samaritan

B. lost coin

C. sower

D. rich man and Lazarus.

 

42. “The son of man is the Lord of the Sabbath. ” (Luke 6:5).

Those words were spoken by Jesus when

A. he calmed the storm

B. he healed a paralysed man

C. his disciples picked ears of corn

D. he healed the woman with the flow of blood.

 

43. The main lesson Christians learn from the healing of the man with demons is that Jesus

A. forgives sins

B. is a provider

C. has power over nature

D. has power over evil.

 

44. The main lesson Christians learn from the teaching of Jesus on wealth is that it should be

A. used for personal requirements

B. shared with the needy

C. sold out to others

D. used to make profits.

 

45. Which one of the following events took place when Jesus was at the garden of Gethsemane? Jesus was
A. transfigured

B. arrested

C. lifted up to heaven

D. crucified on the Cross.

 

46. A lesson Christians learn about Jesus from Cleopas and his friend on their way to Emmaus is that Jesus

A. is the bread of life

B. will judge the world

K.C.P.E REVISION 514

C. brings salvation to people

D. is the light of the world.

 

(Q70-77) 2009
47. Which one of the following happenings took place on the eighth day after Jesus was born?

A. The angel appeared to Mary.

B. Jesus was circumcised.

C. The angel appeared to the shepherds.

D. Jesus was dedicated.

48. From the incident when King Herod failed to kill baby Jesus, Christians learn that

A. God loves honest people

B. they should be wise in their actions

C. God protects his people

D. they should forgive others.

 

49. Jesus was baptized in the river Jordan. The main
lesson Christians learn from this is to

A. obey the church leaders

B. identify with their church

C. keep away from sin

D. prepare for the work of God.

50. Which one of the following statements from the New Testament is a beatitude?
A. “The Lord is with you and has greatly blessed you.”

B. “Happy are those who believe without seeing me.”
C. “How happy you are to believe the Lord’s message.”

D. “Happy are those who are merciful to others, God will be merciful to them.”

51. The parable of the widow and the judge teaches Christians to
A. keep on praying

B. look for the lost

C. live in joy

D. be repentant.

 

52. The main lesson Christians learn from the miracle of the raising of Lazarus is to

A. look for help

B. have courage

C. be thankful

D. have faith.

 

53. The army officer who saw Jesus dying on the cross described him as
A. kind person

B. powerful man

C. humble person

D. good man.

54. The two disciples whom Jesus met after his resurrection were on their way to

A. Emmaus

B. Jerusalem

C. Jericho

D. Bethlehem.

K.C.P.E REVISION 515

(Q70-77) 2010
55. The main lesson Christians learn from the announcement of the births of John and Jesus is that they should

A. be ready to do God’s work

B. Trust in God’s power

C. be humble before God

D. be prayerful

 

56. King Herod wanted to kill baby Jesus because A Jesus was born in Bethlehem
B. Jesus was born in a poor family

C. he feared that Jesus would become famous

D. Jesus crime from the house of David.

 

57. Which one of the following parables of Jesus teaches on the value of the Kingdom of God? The parable of the

A. mustard seed

B. grest feast

C. coin

D. courageous

 

58. The story of the rich man and Lazarus teaches Christians to be

A. caring

B. holy

C. faithful

D. courageous.

A. calming the storm

B. raising the dead

C. feeding the five thousand

D. changing water into wine.

 

90. The main reason why the Jewish people opposed Jesus is because he

A. healed on a Sabbath

B. claimed to be the Messiah

C. mixed with sinners

D. ate with unclean hands.

 

91. “Unless I see the scars of the nails in his hands and put my fingers on those scars and my hands on his side, 1 will not believe” (John 20:25) These words were spoken by Thomas when Jesus

A. was on the cross

B. shared a meal with the disciples

C. appeared to the disciples

D. had ascended into heaven.

 

THE EARLY CHURCH AND THE
CHRISTIAN COMMUNITY

(Q78-81) 2000

 

59. Which one of the following miracles of Jesus was performed by Peter?

78. Who among the following people died because of cheating the apostles?
A. Stephen.

B. Ananias.

C. Cornelius.

D. Philip.

79. Paul was called by God mainly to

A. preach the gospel to the Gentiles

B. go to Damascus for baptism

C. stop persecuting Christians

D. heal the sick.

80. Which one of the following statements from the Apostles’ Creed teaches that Jesus is the Son of God? A. Descended into hell.
B. Suffered under Pontius Pilate.

C. Conceived by the Holy Spirit.

D. Crucified, died and was buried.

81. Which one of the following activities by the early Christians shows a fruit of the Holy Spirit?
A. Preached the gospel.

B. Lived in joy.

C. Performed miracles.

D. Spoke in tongues.

Q90,2000

The main reason why Christian missionaries came to Kenya was to
A. introduce western education

B. stop slave trade

C. spread the gospel

D. stop female circumcision

(Q78-79) 2001

On the day of Pentecost the Holy Spirit came down in the form of
A. a cloud

B. a dove

C. fire

D. water.

 

79. Who among the following people was the first Christian to be killed because of his faith?
A. Philip.

B. Paul.

C. James.

D. Stephen

Q90,2001

Which one of the following was the work of the early Christian missionaries in Kenya?
A. Building schools.

B. Appointing local rulers.

C. Setting boundaries for colonies.

D. Building the railway.

 

(Q78-80) 2002

78. ‘Jesus Christ makes you well. Get up and make you bed’. At once Aenas got up. (Acts of the Apostle 9:34) These words were spoken by Peter when he was in
A. Joppa

B. Lydda

C. Jerusalem

D. Antioch.

 

79. Who among the following people prayed for those who persecuted him?
A. Peter.

B. Thomas.

C. Stephen.

D. Andrew.

 

80. Who among the following people in the New Testament is referred to as the ‘Apostle to the Gentiles’?
A. James.

B. Matthew.

C. Paul.

D. John.

 

Q90,2002

The first mission school in Kenya was started in Rabai mainly because the Africans
A. needed to read the Bible

B. wanted to read in English

C. needed white collar jobs

D. wanted to trade.

 

(Q77-8O) 2003
1. Which one of the following activities by the early church best shows how their members lived in

unity?

A. Singing praises.

B. Baptising one another.

C. Reciting the Scriptures.

D. Sharing food.

2. Who among the following people offered money

to Peter and John so as to receive the Holy Spirit?

A. Joseph of Cyprus.

B. Simon of Samaria.

C. Cleopas.

D. James.

 

3. Who among following people baptised the Ethiopian eunuch?
A. Stephen.

B. Paul.

C. Philip.

D. Peter.

 

4. According to Saint Paul’s teaching a Christian should love his wife as much as
A. Christ loves the Church

B. he loves his friends

C. his wife loves him

D. Christ loves the world.

 

5. Which one of the following activities by Christians today is an example of the gifts of the Holy Spirit?
A. Reading the Bible.
B. Collecting offerings.

C. Cleaning the church.
D. Singing in the choir. Q85,2003

6. Heal the sick, bring the dead back to life, heal those who suffer from dreaded diseases …..

C. Freretown.

D. Kaimosi.

 

Q90,2004

” (Matthew 10:8). The early Christian missionaries to Kenya obeyed this command by
A. training teachers

B. teaching people hygiene

C. building the railway

D. training catechists. Q90,2003

7. Which one of the following is a reason why Stephen was stoned to death? He

A. wanted to lead a rebellion

B. refused to deny Jesus

C. refused to pay taxes

D. worked on the Sabbath day Q78,2004

10. Paul the apostle advises Christians to obey those in authority because
A. they are powerful

B. their rule is perfect

C. they are chosen by God

D. they are well to do.

Q79,2005

11. Which one of the following activities did Johann Ludwig Krapf involve himself in as a missionary in Kenya?

A. Building railway stations.

B. Appointing local chiefs.

C. Building mission stations.

 

8. Three of the following activities in the early church demonstrated unity among the believers. Which one does not?

D. Planting cash crops.

Q90,2005

A. Meeting in the temple for worship.

B. Helping the needy.

C. Breaking of the bread.

D. Speaking in tongues.

Q80,2004

9. Which one of the following mission stations in Kenya was started as a colony for freed slaves?
A. Maseno.

B. Kikuyu.

(Q78-81) 2006

12. Which one of the following beliefs about God is found in the Apostles Creed? He is
A. just

B. holy

C. loving

D. almighty.

 

13. Who among the following people was raised by Peter from the dead?

A. Tabitha.

B. Lydia.

C. Priscilla.

D. Aquilla.

 

14. The main lesson to be learnt from the story of Ananias and Sapphira is that Christians should

A. give out their property for sale

B. be honest in all that they do

C. punish those who tell lies

D. repent when they sin.

 

15. Which one of the following is a gift of the Holy Spirit?

A. Goodness.

B. Gentleness.

C. Self-control.

D. Prophecy.

 

16. Which one of the following activities best shows that Christians are disciples of Jesus Christ?

A. Laying of hands.

B. Giving offerings.

C. Speaking in tongues.

D. Preaching the gospel.

Q85,2006

 

(Q78-81) 2007

17. 78. From the Apostle’s creed we learn that God is

A. a saviour

B. a judge

C. our father

D. our Lord

 

18. Which one of the following happenings took place on the day of Pentecost?

A. Jesus ascended into heaven. B The rocks split apart.
C. A lame man was healed.

D. People spoke in many languages.

 

19. Which one of the following is a gift of the Holy Spirit

A. Wisdom.

B. Goodness.

C. Gentleness.

D. Humility.

 

20. The early Christians chose the seven deacons because they wanted them to

A. distribute food among the widows

B. help Christians sell their property

C. witness to the believers in prison

D. stop the persecution of believers

 

(Q78-81) 2008

21. On the day of Pentecost people spoke in many languages because they
A. were drunk

B. were filled with the Holy Spirit

C. were confused

D. came from different places.

22 Which one of the following statements is true about Ananias and Sapphira? They
A. were stoned to death

B. lived in Nazareth

C. performed miracles

D. were dishonest.

23. During the time of the early church, the apostles were assisted to share money among the believers by

A. pastors

B. priests

C. bishops

D. deacons.

 

24. Which one of the following acts of worship was done by Paul and Silas when they were in prison? They

A. took the Holy communion

B. sang hymns

C. repented their sins

D. read scriptures.

 

(Q78-81) 2009

26. Who among the following disciples was chosen to replace Judas as an apostle of Christ?

A. Matthias.

B. Barnabas.

C. Simeon of Cyrene

D. Joseph of Arimathea.

 

27. “I see heaven opened and the Son of Man standing at the right side of God.”

(Acts 7:56). These words were spoken by Stephen when he was
A. serving food

B. helping widows

C. performing miracles

D. preaching to the people.

 

28.. What was Saul going to do in Damascus when he was blinded by a strong light?
A. meet with Ananias

B. persecute the believers

C. be baptised

D. meet with the gentiles.

 

(Q77-81) 2010

 

25. Which one of the following events took place on the day of Pentecost?
A. The curtain of the Temple was torn in two.

B. The believers spoke in other languages.

C. Jesus was taken up to heaven

D. Saul became an apostle of Jesus.

29. Which one of the following took place on the day of Pentecost?

A. The believers spoke in different languages.

B. A crippled person was healed.

C. The disciples saw the risen Christ.

D. The disciples drunk wine.

30. Stephen met his death through being

A. burnt

B. crucified

C. beheaded

D. stoned.

 

31. Which one of the following events took place as Paul was on the way to Damascus?

A. Ananias came to baptize him.

B. A light from heaven struck him.

C. He lost the letters he had.

D. He spoke strange languages.

RELIGIOUS HERITAGE

(Q82-85) 2000
82. In some traditional African communities people worshipped under a tree because it
A. gave them fruits

B. was God’s dwelling place

C. protected them from the wind

D. was beautiful.

83. Which one of the following traditional African practices is found in Christianity?

32. Lydia welcomed the needy in her home. The fruit of the holy spirit which she showed is

A. peace

B. patience

C. joy

A. Making libation.

B. Tattooing of the body.

C. Marrying many wives.

D. Giving of new names.

D. kindness

84. Which one of the following rituals in traditional African communities was mainly carried out by a priest?

33. Who among the following, people were sent to
take money to help the believers in Judea?

A. Phillip and Mathew.

B. Andrew and Mathias.

C. Barnabas and Saul.

A. Burying the afterbirth.

B. Shaving the hair.

C. Circumcising.

D. Offering sacrifices.

D. Silas and James

 

 

AFRICAN TRADITIONAL

85. In some traditional African communities shedding of blood during circumcision showed that the initiates were
A. strong and healthy

B. united with the ancestors

C. ready to lead others in prayer

D. separated from the community.

(Q80-84) 2001
80. Which one of the following beliefs about God is found in both Christianity and traditional African communities?
A. God became man.

B. God raises the dead.

C. God is everywhere.

D. God is three in one.

 

81. Which one of the following acts were performed by elders in traditional African communities during worship?
A. Sacrificing animals.

B. Reciting the creed.

C. Baptising members.

D. Serving the Holy Communion.

 

82. Which one of the following is the best reason why people in traditional African communities were expected to marry?
A. To be respected.

B. To have a partner.

C. To get children.

D. To be accepted.

 

83. In traditional African communities ancestors were respected mainly because they
A. appeared to the living in a dream

B. united the living and the dead

C. reminded people of the past

D. were the dead relatives.

 

84. Who among the following people is found in Christianity and traditional African communities?
A. Herbalist.

B. Rainmaker.

C. Diviner.

D. Prophet.

 

(Q81-84) 2002
81. Which one of the following statements is true

about traditional African religion and Christianity?

A. The followers pray in sacred places.

B. The followers offer animal sacrifices to the ancestors.
C. Both religions have a founder.

D. Both religions have a holy book.

 

82. In which one of the following ways did people in traditional African society give thanks to God for the blessings?
A. Giving offerings.

B. Visiting others.

C. Sharing land with foreigners.

D. Shaking hands.

83. Which one of the following is a rite of passage in traditional African society?
A. Baptism.

B. Confirmation.

C. Pregnancy.

D. Marriage.

 

84. In some traditional African societies boys and girls were allowed to mix freely when
A. working

B. feasting

C. dancing

D. playing.

 

(Q81-84) 2003

1. In traditional African communities people showed that God is holy mainly by

A. punishing offenders

B. worshipping him

C. telling stories about him

D. obeying the religious specialists.

 

2. Which one of the following teachings from the creation stories is found in both Christianity and traditional African Communities? Human beings
A. were created on the sixth day

B. were created in the image of God

C. should hike care of creation

D. should offer sacrifices to God.

3. When people were wealthy in traditional African societies the main explanation given was that they

were

A. blessed by God

B. hardworking

C. generous

D. wise.

 

4. The main reason why people shared things in traditional African communities was because they

wanted to

A. become famous

B. show concern

C. show unity

D. obey the ancestors

 

(Q81-84) 2004

5.. During worship, offerings are given in both

Christianity and traditional African communities as a way of showing

A. thanksgiving

B. mercy

C. patience

D. justice

 

6. The main virtue expected of the youth after initiation in traditional African communities is

A. responsibility

B. honesty

C. obedience

D. humility

 

7. Which one of the following marriage practices is found both in Christianity and traditional African communities?

A. Polygamy.

B. Divorce.

C. Wedding.

D. Wife inheritance.

 

 

 

8. Which one of the following practices is carried

in traditional African communities to remember the dead?

A. Removal of teeth.

B. Drinking of beer.

C. Tatooing of bodies.

D. Naming of children

 

(Q81-84) 2005

9. Which one of the following acts was performed by Priests during worship in traditional African communities?
A. Making sacrifices .

B. Baptising people.

C. Confirming people.

D. Giving Holy Communion.

 

10. In traditional African communities, initiation ceremonies were held to show that the
A. community enjoyed leisure

B. community was wealthy

C. New Year had begun

D. young had become adults.

 

11. The living dead in traditional African communities were mainly remembered through

A. holding dancing ceremonies

B. composing songs for them

C. pouring libation

D. lighting fire.

 

12. Which one of the following rituals was performed when a baby was born in traditional African communities?

A. Paying dowry.

B. Tatooing the body.

C. Shaving the hair.

D. Baptising the baby.

 

(Q82-84) 2006
13. In traditional African communities people reconciled with God mainly by

A. naming children after the dead

B. respecting the aged

C. making sacrifices

D. visiting shrines.

 

14. Which one of the following marriage practices is found in both Christianity and traditional African communities?

A. Giving gifts.

B. Tattooing the body.

C. Going to church.

D. Making libation.

15. Which one of the following is the main reason why traditional African communities are against abortion?
It

A. may lead to infertility

B. is a destruction of life

C. annoys the ancestors

D. may cause hatred in the family.

 

(Q82-85) 2007
16.. In some traditional African communities people worship in a cave because it
A. is a place to hide

B. is God’s dwelling place

C. protects them from danger

D. is a quiet place.

A. Prayers are offered for the couple.

B. A certificate is given to the couple.

C. Sacrifices are made to thank God.

D. Holy communion is given to the couple.

 

18. In traditional African communities kinship ties are important mainly because they

A. make relatives stay together

B. give guidance in matters of the family

C. make clan members to respect one another

D. give relatives a sense of belonging.

 

19. The youth in traditional African societies are taught moral values by
A. seers

B. peers

C. elders

D. warriors.

 

(Q82-84) 2008
20. Which one of the following beliefs about God is found in both traditional African communities and in the Apostles’ Creed? God
A. is the creator

B. is three in one

C. lives in caves

D. is the father of Jesus.

17. Which one of the following wedding practices is found
in both Christian and traditional African communities? 21. Gifts are given to a couple during the wedding in

both traditional African communities and Christianity 25. In traditional African communities children are told
mainly to

A. make them feel important

B. show that the two are special

C. ensure they have property in their home

D. make them responsible.

 

22. Who among the following people were not specialist in traditional African communities?

A. Rainmakers.

B. Warriors.

C. Prophets.

D. Diviners.

 

(Q82-84) 2009
23. Which one of the following types of worship is common in both Christianity and traditional African religion?

A. Reading the Bible.

B. Reciting creeds.

C. Giving offerings.

D Celebrating the Lord’s supper.

 

24. Three of the following activities in traditional African

communities show that there is life after death. Which one does not?

A. Pouring libations.

B. Singing and dancing.

C. Slaughtering animals.

D. Giving bride price.

stories mainly to

A. teach them moral values

B. entertain them

C. keep them busy

D. pass on community history.

 

(Q82-84) 2010
26.. In some traditional African communities people are reconciled with the ancestors through

A. naming of children

B. protecting the aged

C. paying of dowry

D. drinking beer.

 

27. The main reason why sex before marriage is discouraged in both Christianity and traditional African communities is because it

A. encourages prostitution

B. is considered holy

C. can lead to diseases

D. can lead to unwanted children.

 

28. Which one of the following is the main role of grandparents in the bringing up of children in traditional African communities?
A. Passing on the moral values.

B. Correcting the wrong doers.

C. Providing food for them.

 

CONTEMPORARY CHRISTIAN LIVING
(Q86-89) 2000

86. Which one of the following activities best promotes love among Christians?
A. Going to church.

B. Praying with others.

C. Caring for the hungry.

D. Visiting one another.

87. Your classmate James takes away your lunch and eats it. As a Christian what would you do?
A. Ask him to pay for it.

B. Tell him not to do it again.
C. Report him to the class prefect.

D. Announce it to the class.

88. John, a standard eight pupil who comes from a rich family ; despises other members of the class. As a Christian the best advice you would give him is that he should be
A. trustworthy

B. brave

C. humble

D. a peace maker.

89. Rose, a standard six pupil finds out that her friend Jane has not been doing her morning duties. As a Christian what should Rose do about it?
A. Report her to the class teacher.

B. Report her to the parents.

C. Tell her to be responsible.

D. Do the work for her.

 

(Q85-89) 2001

85. According to Christian teaching the greatest fruit of the Holy Spirit is
A. joy

B. love

C. hope

D. faith.

 

86. Sarah is sent to buy a kilogram of sugar. The shop keeper gives her more change. As a Christian, Sarah should
A. return it to the shopkeeper

B. keep quiet about it

C. use it to buy sweets

D. take it home.

 

87. Your deskmate Simon, has told you that he is suffering from AIDS As a Christian, which one the following is the best action to take?
A. Report the matter to the class teacher.

B. Change your sitting place.

C. Advise him to seek medical help.

D. Inform your classmates about it.

 

88. Peter, who is a rich man is thinking of how to use

K.C.P.E REVISION 528

his extra money. As a Christian, what advice would you give him?
A. Go for trips abroad.

B. Pay school fees for orphans.

C. Build a bigger house for his family.

D. Buy a farm for his family.

 

89. Jane, a standard eight pupil has been asked by her class teacher to go to school on the day of worship. As a Christian, the best advice you would give Jane is

A. obey the class teacher

B. talk to the church leader

C. transfer to another school

D. go to church.

 

(Q85-89) 2002

85. The main reason why Christians should obey their leaders is because they
A. are God’s representatives on earth

B. are chosen to rule with justice

C. keep peace in the community

D. ask people to do good.

 

86. Which one of the following activities would best promote good relationship between Christian parents and their children?
A. children asking advice from their parents

B. children being allowed to visit their relatives

C. parents being role models to their children

D. parents paying fees for their children.

 

87. Your classmate Jane, has refused to lend you a pen. As a Christian, what action would you take?
A. Ask the class teacher to talk to her.

B. Report her to the class prefect.

C. Tell her to help others.

D. Take the pen from her.

 

88. David played the harp for King Saul. (1 Samuel 16:23). This teaches Christians that leisure time should best be used for
A. helping others

B. enjoying oneself

C. developing new skills

D. visiting places.

 

89. Your friend Peter, does not want to wash dishes at home because he says that it is a dirty job. As a Christian, what advice would you give him? I would advise him to
A. ask his parents to employ a house help

B. understand that such work is good

C. move out of the home

D. tell his uncle to talk to his parents.

 

(Q86-89) 2003

1. As a Christian which one of the following is the

best advice to give to a person living with HIV/AIDS?
A. Avoid sitting close to others.

B. Do not greet others.

C. Do not donate blood.

D. Avoid sharing food.

 

2. Agnes, a Standard Seven pupil finds two Standard Three pupils fighting on their way home. As Christian, what action should Agnes take?
A. Stop them from fighting.

B. Pass and leave them fighting.

C. Report the matter to the teacher.

D. Tell them to go home.

 

3. Christopher, your friend is given money to buy

a pen but he plans to buy sweets instead. As a Christian what is the best advice to give him? Tell him to
A. buy the sweets and share.

B. buy the sweets another time.

C. share the money with friends.

D. follow the instructions given.

 

4. A Class six teacher has asked the pupils to weed the Garden. John is not willing to do it because he feels it is manual work. As a Christian what is the best advice to give him? Tell him to
A. ask other pupils to help him

B. transfer to another school

C. do the work quickly

D. do the work as well as he can

 

(Q85-89) 2004
5. Which one of the following best shows how Christians are helping to reduce the spread of HIV and Aids?
A. Being role models.

B. Counselling the sick.

C. Teaching on behaviour changes.

D. Providing drugs.

 

6. Mark, your deskmate hides his Christian Religious Education textbook from you. As a Christian what action would you take?

A. Stop talking to him.

B. Report him to the teacher.

C. Teach him about sharing.

D. Move away from the desk.

 

7. Susan has been given a thousand shillings by her. father. As a Christian the best way to spend this money is to
A. organise a birthday party

B. buy food for orphans

C. go and watch a film

D. buy a dress

 

8. According to Christian teaching, leisure time can

best be spent

A. visiting the sick

B. reading story books

C. sleeping

D. playing

9. Tom, your classmate has a dirty uniform which he has refused to wash because he says that it is not his
duty. As a Christian what advice would you give him? Tell him

A. to ask his younger brother to wash it for him.

B. to find money and buy another uniform.

C. to pay a classmate to wash it for him.

D. work is duty and he should be proud of it.

 

(Q85-89) 2005
10. Peninah visits the sick and gives them food. The fruit of the Holy Spirit she demonstrates is

A. patience

B. kindness

C. joy

D. Peace.

 

11. Kelvin, your deskmate has lost your pencil. As a Christian you should

A. demand payment

B. report him to the teacher

C. report him to your parents

D. forgive him.

12. Mary is a rich lady who has poor neighbours. As a Christian, the best advice to give her is that she should
A. give jobs to the needy

B. move to a well to do area

C. donate her money to the church

D. keep her money in a safe place.

 

13. Margaret, a standard Eight pupil finds out that her

classmate is taking alcohol. What is the best action for her to take?
A. Tell the other members of the class.

B. Advise the classmate to see a counseller.

C. Report the matter to the nearest police station.

D. Avoid talking to the classmate.

 

14. Timothy, your deskmate tells you that he hates doing homework. As a Christian, what advice would you give him? Tell him to

A. copy from his friends

B. move to another class

C. ask his parents to do it for him

D. take his duties seriously.

 

(Q86-90) 2006
15. The main reason why Christians condemn prostitution is because it leads to
A. unwanted pregnancies

B. street children

C. misuse of sex

D. break-up of families.

 

16. The best use of leisure by Christian youths would be to

A. visit their friends

B. listen to music

C. help the elderly

D. play games.

 

17. You and your friend James are on duty to sweep the

class room. James has refused to sweep saying that there are workers employed to keep the school clean.
As a Christian what action would you take?

A. Tell him the advantages of learning to do various jobs.
B. Get the workers to come and sweep the classroom.

C. Report James to the class prefect.

D. Discuss James’ behaviour with your friends.

 

18. You have noticed that your friend Philip has been going out of school during class time and you would like him to stop. As a Christian you should
A. go and tell his parents about it

B. show him why it is important to respect school rules
C. threaten to end your relationship with him

when they

A. honour those in authority

B. tolerate those who mistreat them

C. obey rules of the society

D. care for the sick.

 

20. While playing in the school field with your friends

you pick a fifty Kenya shilling note, what would you do?

A. Keep the money to use later.

B. Take the money to the church.

C. Give it to a needy pupil.

D. Find out who the owner is.

 

21. The best way to spend leisure after sitting the Kenya Certificate of Primary Education examination is by
A. helping the old people

B. visiting former classmates

C. listening to Christian music

D. writing letters to former classmates.

 

22. Titus, a Standard Seven pupil does not want to help his brother in cleaning their compound because he feels it is a dirty job.

What advice would you give him? Tell him to

23. The parents of Anne a Standard Eight pupil, want her to get married to an old wealthy man hoping that this would improve their life. As a Christian what is the best action for her to take?

A. Run away from home.

B. Refuse and seek help from her teachers.

C. Report the matter to the local pastor.

D. Refuse and seek help from friends.

 

(Q85-90) 2008
24. The best way a Christian can show respect for authority is by
A. obeying the laws of the country

B. praying for the leaders

C. voting for the leaders

D. taking part in development projects.

 

25. Your desk mate tells you that he has a fifty shilling note which he picked from his friend’s school bag.

As a Christian what advice would you give him? Tell him to
A. buy for you some sweets

B. buy a ball for himself

C. give it to the classmates

D. return it to the owner.

 

26. After assisting his mother with kitchen work, Tom realizes that he has some extra time. As a Christian

the best way to spend it is by

A. visiting his friends

B. visiting an orphan

C. reading story books

D. watching films.

 

27. Nancy, a standard six pupil, is lazy and does not complete her class work. How best would you help her overcome this problem?

A. Tell her to ask her brother to do it for her.

B. Do the work for her.

C. Encourage her to do it.

D. Give her your work to copy.

 

28. Jane, a Standard Eight pupil, is being forced to get married by her parents before she sits for the Kenya Certificate of Primary Education examination. As a Christian what action should she take? She should

A. seek advise from her class teacher

B. keep it to herself

C. tell others about it

D. accept to get married.

 

29. Which one of the following actions does not lead to the spread of HIVAIDS?

A. Donating blood.

B. Sharing injection needles.

C. Sexual immorality.

D. Shaking hands.

K.C.P.E REVISION 533

(Q85-90) 2009

30. Which one of the following practices would best show how a Christian can care for the environment?

A. Burning rubbish.

B. Planting trees.

C. Sweeping the house.

D. Draining stagnant water.

 

31. Which one of the following ways shows the right use of wealth by Christians?

A. Going for tours.

B Saving in the bank.

C. Developing community projects.

D. Buying clothes.

 

32. Which one of the following activities by Christians best
shows how they can use their day of rest?

A. Helping the needy.

B. Singing in the choir.

C. Making new friends.

D. Reading story books.

34. While waiting for the Kenya Certificate of Primary Education examination results, Daniel is asked by an old lady for a hand in marriage. As a Christian the best action to take is to

A. tell his parents about it

B. seek advice from his friends

C. tell the pastor about it

D. tell her he is not ready for it.

 

35. After Agnes, a standard eight pupil, has bought a kilogram of sugar, the shopkeeper refuses to give her the correct change. As a Christian the best action for her to take is to

A. shout for help

B. ask for it

C. cry about it

D. forget about it.

 

(Q85-90) 2010

36. Your classmate Brian tells you he has been taking money from his parents without their permission. As a Christian what action would you take?

A Announce it to the class.

33. Which one of the following is a reason why a Christian should take part in group work? To

A. seek favours

B. become popular

C. make money

D. promote unity.

B. Avoid talking to him.

C. Report the mailer to the parents.

D. Tell him the dangers of such a habit.

37. Your deskmate tells you to go out of school so that you can visit a friend. As a Christian what would you do?

A. Inform the class teacher about it.

B. Tell her to obey the rules.

K.C.P.E REVISION 534

C. Ask advice from the classmates.

D. Keep off her company.

 

38. You have been asked by your church leader to plan for an activity for young people. What is the best leisure activity for them?

A. Playing games.

B. Reading story books.

C. Visiting a children’s home.

D. Watching Christian films.

 

39. Your neighbour tells you she no longer goes to school because she has to do some work for her parents. As a Christian what is the best action for her to take?

A. Ask a friend to help her do the work.

B. Ask her parents to employ a worker.

C. Run a way from home.

D. Report the matter to the chief

 

40. Your friend Daniel is not willing to take up a job he has been offered after sitting for the Kenya Certificate of Primary Education examination because he lacks the needed skills. As a Christian what advice would you give him’?

A. Tell him to give you the job.

B. Tell him seek help from friends.

C. Encourage him to go for training.

D. Encourage him to take up the job.

 

41. Which one of the following is the main reason why Christians are against drug abuse in Kenya? It leads to

A. crime in the community

B. disunity in the family

C. poverty

D. addiction.

 

 

BIBLE LIBRARY

1. Which one of the following New Testament books is a gospel?

A. Hebrews.

B. Galatians.

C. John.

D. James. Q79,2004

K.C.P.E REVISION 535

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS
Time: 2 hours

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2011

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES (Please read these instructions carefully)

1. You have been given this question booklet and a separate answer sheet. The question booklet contains 50 questions.
2. Do any necessary rough work in this booklet.

3. When you have chosen your answer, mark it on the ANSWER SHEET, not in this question booklet. HOW TO USE THE ANSWER SHEET
4. Use only an ordinary pencil

5. Make sure that you have written on the answer sheet:
YOUR INDEX NUMBER YOUR NAME
NAME OF YOUR SCHOOL

 

6. By drawing a dark line inside the correct numbered boxes mark your full Index Number (i.e. School Code Number and the three-figure Candidate’s Number) in the grid near the top of the answer sheet.
7. Do not make any marks outside the boxes.

8. Keep the sheet as clean as possible and do not fold it.

9. For each of the questions 1-50 four answers are given. The answers are lettered A, B, C and D. In each case only ONE of the four answers is correct. Choose the correct answer.
10. On the answer sheet the correct answer is to be shown by drawing a dark line inside the box in which the letter you have chosen is written.
Example

In the Question Booklet:

11 What is the value of 6(24-18)+ 6 ×4
6

A. 30

B. 25

C. 10

D. 28

The correct answer is C (10). On the answer sheet:

1. [A] [B] [C] [D] 11. [A] [B] [C] [D] 21. [A] [B] [c] [D] 31. [A] [B] [C] [D] 41. [A] [B] [C] [D|

 

In the set of boxes numbered 11, the box with the letter C printed in it is marked.

11. Your dark line MUST be within the box.
12. For each question ONLY ONE box is to be marked in each set of four boxes.

1. What is 9301854 written in words?
A. Nine million three thousand and one, eight hundred and fifty four.
B. Ninety three and one thousand, eight hundred and fifty four.
C. Nine million three hundred and one thousand eight hundred and fifty four.
D. Nine hundred and thirty thousand eighteen hundred and fifty four.

2. What is the value of

 

A. 2 B.14
C. 18

D. 24

3. What is 4.59954 written correct to three decimal places?
A. 4.599

B. 4.6

C. 4.60

D. 4.600

4. What is the L.C.M of 30, 45 and 60?
A. 15

B. 135

C. 180

D. 540

5. What is the place value of digit 2 in the product of the total value of digit 4 multiplied by the total value of digit 3 in the number 57438?
A. Ones

B. Tens

C. Hundreds

D. Thousands

6. Jebet bought the following items;
3 packets of maize flour at sh 90 each
2 kg of beans for sh 1 70 1/2 kg of potatoes at sh 40 per kg 2loaves of bread at sh 34 each.
If she had sh 800, how much money was she left with?
A. sh 62
B. sh232
C. sh466
D. sh568

7. What is the value of x in the equation

A. 14

B. 10

C. 8

D. 4

8. The area of a square is 3 844cm2. What is the length of each side of the square?
A. 1922cm

B. 961cm ,

C. 67cm

D. 62 cm

9. Which is the correct order of writing the fractions

2 4 1 1 2 starting from the smallest to

5, 15, 6, 2, 3

Largest

10. In the triangle PQR below, construct the bisector of angle PQR to cut line PR at M and the bisector of angle QPR to cut line QR at N. The two bisectors intersect at point X. Join RX. P

 

 

 

•r

What is the size of angle RXM? A. 58°
B. 60°
C. 65°
D. 117°

 

 

11. How many fencing posts, spaced 5m apart, are required to fence a rectangular plot measuring 745m by 230m?
A. 391

B. 390

C. 195

D. 196

12. Awinja bought a pair of shoes for sh 810 after getting a discount of 10%. What was the marked price of the pair of shoes?
A. sh 81

B. sh 729

C. sh 891

D. sh 900

13. The table below shows the amount of milk delivered by a farmer to the dairy in 6 days.

What was the median sale of milk, in litres, for the 6 days?
A. 18

B. 19

C. 20

D. 21

14. Mutiso and Oluoch shared the profit of their

business such that Mutiso got 3/5 of the profit. What was the ratio of Mutiso’s share to Oluoch’s share?
A. 3:2

B. 5:3

C. 3:5

D. 2:3

15. What is the value of

 

A. 14

B. 6.5

C. 4.5

D. 2.75

16. Mulwa had 5 one thousand shillings notes, 7 five hundred shillings notes, 10 two hundred shilling notes and 6 one hundred shillings notes. He then changed the money into fifty shillings notes.

How many notes altogether did he get?
A. 555000
B. 11100
C. 2220
D. 222

17. The figure below is a map of a village drawn to the scale 1:250 000

What is the perimeter of the village in

kilometres? A. 6000
B. 600

C. 60

D. 6

18. A cylindrical container has a circumference of 176cm and a height of 40cm. What is the volume of the container in cm2?

A. 394240

B. 98560

C. 7040

D. 3 520

which angle ZXY=50°, angle YZX=70° and line ZX=6cm.

 

 

Which one of the statements below leads to the correct construction of the triangle?
A. Use a ruler to draw line ZX=6cm long
and drop a perpendicular from Y to ZX. Then join Y to X and to Z.
B. Use a ruler to draw line ZX=6cm long and a pair of compasses to construct angle ZXY=50° and YZX=70°.

C. Measure and draw the angles ZXY=50° and YZX=70° using a protractor and draw line ZX = 6 cm long.
D. Use a ruler to draw line ZX=6cm long. Use a protractor to mark off an angle 70° at Z and angle of 50° at X. Let the lines
formed by the angles meet at Y.

21. Each of the diagonals of a rectangular flower garden is 65m. If one side of the garden measures 25m, what is the measurement of the other side?
A. 90m
B. 60m
C. 40m
D. 20m

22. A meeting was attended by 150 people. Out of these, 0,14 were men, 0.2 were women and the rest were children. How many more children than women were there?
A. 69

B. 78

C. 99

D. 129

23. The triangle PQR shown below has been drawn accurately.

What is the size of angle QPR? A. 95°
B. 85°

C. 50°

D. 45°

 

24. Mwaruwa is paid sh3 750 after working for 25 days. How much money would he be paid if he does not work for 4 days?

A. sh 600 B. sh 4464

C. sh 4350 D. sh 3150

25. A family uses 5 decilitres of milk each day. How many litres of milk altogether would the family use in the months of June and July?
A. 305 B. 30.5
C. 30.0 D. 3.05

26. In the triangle ABC below, construct a perpendicular from A to meet line BC at N.

Which one of the following statements is correct?
A. Line AN bisects line BC

B. Angle BAN is equal to angle CAN

C. Angle ANB is equal to angle ANC

D. Line AB is equal to line BN.

27. The graph below shows the journey made by a social worker on a certain day.

 

 

Between which two places was his speed the
highest?
A. Home and school
B. School and health centre
C. Health centre and the market

D. Market and home.

 

29. What is the surface area of a cylindrical rod of height 17cm and diameter 14cm?

 

A. 748cm2
B. 902cm2
C. 1056cm2
D. 2728cm2

31. Halima bought 50 bananas @ sh3 each. She spent sh. 75 for transportation. During transportation 5 bananas got spoilt but she sold the rest making a 20% profit. For how much did she sell each banana?
A. sh4.00

B. sh5.40

C. sh5.60

D. sh6.00

 

32. Two sides of a parallelogram EFGH have been drawn below. Complete the parallelogram EFGH. Draw diagonals EG and FH to intersect at J.

 

What is the length of line FJ?
A. 2.7cm
B. 3.5cm
C. 4.4cm
D. 6.5cm

 

33. Mutuma left Mombasa on Tuesday at 6.30
p.m. and took 8 hours 45 minutes to reach his home. On what day and at what time in a 24 hour system did he reach home?
A. Wednesday 0315 h

B. Wednesday 1515 h

C. Tuesday 1515 h

D. Tuesday 0315 h

34. The pie chart below represents the population of 1 800 animals in a farm.

35. A car travelled 216km at an average speed of 48km/h. On the return journey the average speed increased to 72 km/h. Calculate the average speed, in km/h, for the whole journey?

How many more chickens than goats are there in the farm?
A. 300

B. 900

C. 1200

D. 180

 

 

 

37. A mathematics text book has 97 sheets of paper and a cover. Each sheet of paper has a mass of 4 grams and the cover has a mass of

A. 57.6

C. 28.8

B. 60

D. 68.6

20 g. Find the mass of the book in kilograms.

36. Which one of the statements below is a property of a right angled triangle?
A. All sides are equal.
B. Adjacent angles are supplementary.
C. Two of its sides are perpendicular.
D. The longest side of the triangle is opposite the smallest angle.

A 0.408

B. 4.08

C. 40.8

D. 408

 

If the area of the trapezium is 198cm2, what is the length of RP?
A. 15cm
B. 18cm
C. 25cm
D. 32cm

39 Ali is now two years older than Martha. If Martha’s age is represented by x, what will be their total ages after 10 years?
A. 2x+ 22
B. 3x + 20
C. x + 22
D. 2x+18
40. A football match was attended by 42000 men. The number of women who attended was 27000 less than the number of men and 12000 more than the number of children. The entrance fee for adults was sh100 and for children was sh50. How much money was collected altogether?
A. sh 11 700 000

B. sh 7 500000

C. sh 7 050000

D. sh 5 850000

41. In the figure below EFG is a straight line. Lines GH and FH are equal and lines HI and FI are also equal. Angle GHF is a right angle and angle HIF is 32°.
What is the size of angle EFI?

A. 45° B. 61°
C. 74° D. 103°
42. The table below shows part of Tariff for Ordinary Money Order and Postapay.

 

Range Ordinary Money Order

(sh) Postapay (sh)
7501-10000 250 550
10001-20000 300 675
20001-35000 400 800
35001-50000 450 1200
50 001-75 000 550 1600

Karimi has two children in one school. To pay for their school fees he sent sh 8 900 by Ordinary Money Order and sh 15 400 by Postapay. How much money would he have saved had he bought one Ordinary Money Order to pay for all the fees?
A. sh 125
B. sh400
C. sh525
D. sh925
43. Nina is paid a basic salary of sh 8 000 as a sales agent. In addition she is paid a 5% commission for goods sold above sh15000.In one month she earned sh12000 altogether. What were the total sales?
A. sh 255 000
B. sh 95000
C. sh 80000
D. sh 65000

44. What is the next number in the pattern 4 4,9, 25, 49,121,169, ?

A.289 B.256 C.225 D.196
45. The marked price of a motorcycle was sh30000 but a discount of 5% was allowed for cash payment. Taabu bought the motorcycle on hire purchase terms by paying a deposit of sh8500 followed by ten equal monthly instalments of sh 2 400 each. How much money would Taabu have saved had she bought it for cash?

A. sh 4000
B. sh 2500
C. sh 1500
D. sh 28500
46. Figure ABCDE below represents a vegetable garden in which AE=12m, AB = 36m and CD=24m. Angle DEA is a right angle. The distance from A to D is 15m. A perpendicular distance from C to AB is 10m.

 

47. A tailor made 48 pieces of uniform. Half of the number of the uniforms was each made using 11/4 metres of material. A quarter of the remainder was each made using 11/2 metres of material and the rest was each made using 13/4 metres of material. The tailor also fixed a logo made using 1/16 metres of material on each uniform.

How many metres of material did the tailor use?
A. 73 1/2 metres
B. 72 metres

C. 70 9/16 metres
D. 70 1/2 metres

48. The table below shows the train fares for Nairobi-Mombasa route.

The following passengers travelled in the train:

23 pupils of age 12 years and above 12 pupils aged between 7 and 10 years
2 children below 3 years

3 parents

5 teachers

1 headteacher

The passengers occupied the following classes in the train:

1st class: Headteacher, 1 parent
2 class: 5 teachers, 2 parents and all pupils and children
How much money did they pay for the journey to Mombasa?
A. sh 119 560
B. sh 151300
C. sh 156 100
D. sh 164 080
49. A man deposited sh50000 in a bank for 2 years. The bank paid compound interest at the rate of 10% per annum. How much money was in his account at the end of the two years?
A. sh 10500

B. sh 55500

 

 

 

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

 

ENGLISH SECTION A: LANGUAGE

C. sh 60 000

D. sh 60 500

50. The figures below represent a pattern.

 

 

 

 

 

 

KCPE 2011

Time: 1 hour 40 minutes

READ THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

1. You have been given this question booklet and a separate answer sheet. The question booklet contains 50 questions.

2. When you have chosen your answer, mark it on the ANSWER SHEET, not in this question booklet.

HOW TO USE THE ANSWER SHEET

3. Use an ordinary pencil.

4. Make sure you have written on the answer sheet:
YOUR INDEX NUMBER YOUR NAME
NAME OF YOUR SCHOOL

5. By drawing a dark line inside the correct numbered boxes mark your full Index Number (i.e. School Code Number and the three-figure Candidate’s Number) in the grid near the top of the answer sheet.

6. Do not make any marks outside the boxes.

7. Keep the sheet as clean as possible and do not fold it.

8. For each of the questions 1 – 50 four answers are given. The answers are lettered A, B, C and D. In each case only
ONE of the four answers is correct. Choose the correct answer.

9. On the answer sheet the correct answer is to be shown by drawing a dark line inside the box in which the letter you have chosen is written.
Example

For questions 23 to 25, choose the alternative that best completes the sentence.

23. She passed her exams very well, ?
A. is it
B. did she
C. didn’t she
D. isn’t it
The correct answer is C.
On the answer sheet:

3. [A] [B] [C] [D] 13. [A] [B] [C] [D] 23. [A] [B] [c] [D] 33. [A] [B] [C] [D] 43. [A] [B] [C] [D|

In the set of boxes numbered 23, the box with the letter C printed in it is marked.

10. Your dark line MUST be within the box.

11. For each question ONLY ONE box is to be marked in each set of four boxes

This question paper consists of 7 printed pages and 1 blank page.

901501 © The Kenya National Examinations Council, 2011 TURN OVER

Questions 1 to 15
Read the passage below. It contains blank spaces numbered 1 to 15. For each blank space, choose the
best alternative from the choices given.

It is often 1 that all living things, plants and animals, have a 2 for existence. Each living organism plays an important role 3_it exists. However, there is one creature whose importance is 4 to see. This is the mosquito. What most people know 5 this tiny beast is that it is the major 6 by which Malaria is spread. It is therefore not 7 that some people have demanded the complete elimination of 8 species from the face of the earth.

It is interesting to note that the insect does not 9 to spread disease. It just wants to feed itself and to reproduce. Researchers have discovered that the female mosquito needs to feed on blood in order to lay eggs. As it moves from one source to another in 10 of blood, it ends up picking up and spreading the organisms that cause the disease. A common rule of nature is 11 at work here the survival of one creature means the death of another.
Some scientists have argued that the insect is not 12 useless. It serves as food for some other creatures such as lizards, geckos and birds. The lives of these predators 13 be at risk if there were no

1. A. seen

13. A. would

B. fully

 

2. A. part

3. A. wherever

4. A. hard

5. A. with

6. A. way

7. A. shocking

8. A. that

9. A. set off

10. A. search

11. A. seen

12. A. actually

14. A. lastly

15. A. for

B felt

B. reason

B. where

B. impossible

B. on

B. means

B. surprising

B. those

B. set about

B. need

B. found

B. must
B. eventually
B. on

C. thought

C. cause

C. whenever

C. easy

C. of

C. style

C. astonishing

C. this

C. set out

C. hunt

C. noticed

C. extremely

C. will

C. furthermore

C. in

D. said

D. purpose

D. when

D. clear

D. about

D. method

D. amazing

D. these

D. set forth

D. chase

D. observed

D. completely

D. may

D. therefore

D. against

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For questions 16 and 17 select the alternative that
best fills the blank space in the sentences below.

16. They had just finished reading the story

A. had they

B. did they

C. hadn’t they

D. didn’t they

17. She often sings in the choir,

C. said

D. imagined.

20. She complained that most of her classmates looked down on her.

A. rejected

B. despised

C. abused

D. hated

A. isn’t it

B. doesn’t she

C. does she

D. is it

For questions 18 to 20 choose the alternative that can best replace the underlined phrase.

18. The little boy decided he would no longer put up with the bullying.

 

A. accept.

B. receive.

C. take.

D. tolerate.

19. Tomno had not made up his mind where he would spend his holidays.

A. decided

B. planned

In questions 21 and 22 choose the alternative that is
correctly punctuated

21. A “Juma, the teacher asked, where have you been since yesterday?”.
B. “Juma?” the teacher asked, where have you been since yesterday.”
C. “Juma,” the teacher asked, “where,have you been since yesterday?”
D. “Juma, the teacher asked where has you been since yesterday?”
22. A. The doctor said, “Keep medicine out of children’s reach.”
B. The doctor said, keep medicine out of childrens’ reach.”
C. The doctor said, “keep medicine out of childrens’ reach.”
D. The doctor said, “keep medicine out of children’s reach.”

For questions 23 to 25, choose the alternative that means the opposite of the underlined word.

23. When I asked him why he had arrived late, I found his answer unsatisfactory.

A. sensible

B. reasonable

C. incorrect

D. unacceptable

24. It is risky to cross that bridge at night.

A. safe

B. dangerous

C. harmful

D. secure

25. The headteacher forbade the pupils to bring cooked food into the school compound.

A. told

B. encouraged

C. allowed

D. advised.

Read the passage below and then answer questions 26 to 38.

“I wonder what Aoko is doing at home,” Njeri said, looking at her friend Cherono. ” Why don’t we go and find out?”
The three were close friends, in fact inseparable. They spent most of the day together, especially during the school holidays like now. Nine o’clock always found the girls together, and they would not part till evening. Strangely today, Aoko was nowhere to be seen yet it was already 10 o’clock.
The two girls walked to Aoko’s home. As they neared the house, Njeri called out, “Aoko, you have visitors!” There was no response. Obviously, their friend was not in.

Outside the house was seated an old lady the two girls had never seen before. They went up to her and Cherono greeted her in Aoko’s mother tongue. Cherono spoke the language fluently, one could not tell she was from a different community. The old lady responded and smiled broadly, exposing toothless gums. Njeri guessed the old lady was probably a hundred years old. Cherono then asked her where Aoko was.

I sent her to the shops to buy something, just get in and wait. I’m sure she’s on her way back,” said the
lady.

Njeri did not understand a word. She just followed her friend into the house.

Half an hour later, the girls were still waiting. Impatience got the better of Njeri. She suggested that they go away and return later. Cherono on the other hand had a different idea. She was curious about the old lady seated outside.
“Why don’t we go out and chat with the lady, you know these old people usually have fascinating stories to tell,” she said.
“But I won’t understand a thing. For you, the language is not a problem, so you’ll probably enjoy the stories,” grumbled Njeri.
After a little persuasion, Njeri gave in on condition that Cherono would translate everything into English or Kiswahili. They went out and found the lady humming a tune. She was in a world of her own, her face a picture of happiness. She did not seem to notice the two girls, who also did not want to break in on her bliss.
“Oh!” she exclaimed when she realized she was being watched. “I really love singing. It is good for the soul.
Do you also sing?” She asked.

Njeri looked at Cherono expecting her to translate what the lady had just said. And she did.

“I see your friend does not understand our language. The lady commented in English. The two girls were taken aback. “I just wanted to find out whether you two also love to sing,” she said, looking at Njeri.
“Yes,” replied Njeri, “but I did not know you spoke English.”

The lady let out a hearty laugh, once again exposing her toothless gums. She then went on to explain that she was a retired teacher of English, having taught for forty years
“I was taught the language by its owners,” she boasted.

“Just as I learnt your language from its owners,” Cherono remarked proudly. It was the lady’s turn to be astonished. “You mean you do not come from our community yet you speak our language so well?”

Aoko arrived to find the three deep in conversation. She was holding a newspaper. She explained that she had to walk all the way to the shopping centre for it. “My great grandma loves reading and as soon as she arrived here this morning she asked for a newspaper.”
Soon afterwards the three girls skipped away leaving the old lady buried in the paper.

 

 

26. Njeri wondered what Aoko was doing at home because
A. it was already 10 o’clock.

B. she wanted to play with her.

C. they were close friends.

D. it was unusual for Aoko to be late.

27. During the school holidays, the girls

A. always met at nine o’clock

B. loved listening to stories

C. became close friends

D. spent the better part of the day together.

28. Why did Njeri suggest that they “go away and come back later”?
A. She was bored.

B. She was nervous.

C. She was impatient.

D. She was worried.

29. Which of the following statements best explains why Cherono greeted the old lady in Aoko’s mother tongue?

A. She knew the old lady did not know English.

B. She assumed the old lady was from Aoko’s community.
C. She knew the old lady could understand

” the language.

D. She wanted to surprise the old iady by speaking her language.
30. When Njeri did not understand what the old lady was saying, she must have felt
A. embarrassed

B. annoyed

C. frustrated

D. rejected.

31. Which of the following is not a possible

explanation why Cherono was curious about the old lady?

A. The old lady was about a hundred years old.

B. She had never seen the old lady before.

C. The old lady had toothless gums.

D. She had learnt the old lady’s language.

32. Njeri was reluctant to ‘go out and chat’ with the old lady because

A. only Cherono could understand the old lady’s language.
B. she did not enjoy stories in another language.
C. She thought the stones would not be in English.
D. the old lady was not from her community.

33. The phrase “buried in the paper” as used in the passage means

A. covered with the paper.

B. reading the paper keenly.

C. looking at the paper.

D. the old lady was dead.

34. The expression “taken aback” as used in the passage means
A. shocked.

B. surprised.

C. frightened.

D. excited.

35. Why do you think the old lady “let out a hearty laugh”?
A. She was amused by the girls’ ignorance.

B. She wanted to surprise the girls.

C. She wanted to show off that she knew English.

D. She was proud about her community.

36. The old lady was ‘astonished’ because Cherono

A. was not from her community B, had been taught her language
C. was a good interpreter

D. could speak her language fluently.

37. Which of the following statements is not true about Aoko?

A. She was shocked to find her friends with her great grandmother.
B. She had been away for over thirty minutes.
C. She was an obedient girl.

D. She loved being with her friends.

38. Which of the following sayings can best apply to this passage?

A. A stitch in time saves nine.

B. Do not judge a book by its cover.

C. Experience is the best teacher.

D. Better late than never.

Read the passage below and then answer questions 39 to 50.

One of the most amazing things about the discovery of a 2,000 year old cemetery in the Bahariyah Oasis in Egypt was that no one was looking for it. No one even knew it existed. It had been completely buried by sand.
In 1996, a donkey belonging to a guard at the nearby temple stumbled into a hole in the sand a mile from the temple. When the guard peered into the hole, he saw something shining brightly. He reported the discovery to Egyptian archaeologists right away.
However, the archaeologists did not begin serious digging immediately. They did not have the workers or the money. So they made a quick survey of the site, and then covered everything up again. They wanted to hide it from thieves and protect it from exposure to the sun and weather. Finally, in 1999, they had enough money to begin exploring the site.
On their very first.day of work, after digging only several feet into the sand, they found a lot of mummies. Mummies are dead bodies that have been preserved for a long time. They are mostly found in Egypt. One of them had an especially beautiful mask. It was not a pharaoh’s mummy, though. It turned out that none of the tombs in this cemetery belonged to royalty. Most of the people buried here came from families that grew rich by trading in wine.
The most spectacular of these mummies have masks made of plaster covered with a thin layer of gold. Many are in wonderful condition. And because grave robbers never found these tombs, everything that was buried with them is still there. Most of the mummies have been left where they were found, but a few of the best preserved ones are on display in the Bahariyah Museum, where the public can take a look at them.
Two mummies were found lying side by side and were probably a husband and a wife. His mask and chest plate were decorated with religious figures. Her head was turned in his direction, indicating that the husband had died first.
Two other mummies are of children. Archaeologists think they were brother and sister because they were found together. The boy was probably about five years old. His mask with its painted eyes and features are so real – he almost seems alive!
Did archaeologists find treasures in these tombs? It depends on what you mean by “treasures.” They have not found any solid gold, but they have discovered all sorts of objects. The people buried in the cemetery may have thought some of these items would be useful in the afterlife. Or some may have been intended as gifts to the gods. For example, archaeologists have unearthed small statues of various gods. They have found many pieces of jewelry – necklaces, bracelets and anklets – made of copper, glass, ivory and semi-precious stones.

 

They have also discovered many pottery pieces used for storing, cooking or serving food. There were some bronze Greek and Roman coins too. And in the children’s tombs, they found toys – carved animals for the children to play with in the afterlife.
Archaeologists will be able to learn more about these people and their way of life by further studying their mummies and the things buried with them. And so many mummies were buried in the Valley of the Golden Mummies that excavation and learning will continue at the site for years to come.

(Adapted from Secrets of the Past by World Book, Inc. 2002)

39. The discovery of the 2,000 year-old cemetery in Bahariyah was
A. very sudden

B. really surprising

C. quite accidental

D. extremely important.

40. Who actually discovered the cemetery?

A. The guard.

B. The donkey.

C. The archaeologists.

D. The Egyptians.

41. What can we tell about the archaeologists from the information in the third paragraph?
A. They did not do things in a hurry.

B. They had a lot of digging to do.

C. They received reports from guards.

D. They did not have much money.

42. Which of the following statements is not true
according to the passage?

A. Robbers can interfere with the mummies.

B. Thieves had also discovered the cemetery.

C. Exposure to the weather can affect the

mummies.

D. There was enough sand to cover the cemetery.
43. The first day of digging can be described as

A. very stressful.

B. quite amazing.

C. very successful.

D. quite interesting.

44. “None of the tombs in this cemetery belonged to royalty” means that

A. the royal family did not own that cemetery.
B. members of the royal family were not buried there.
C. it was not good enough for kings and queens.
D. you do not bury such important people anywhere.

45. What evidence is there that the people buried there were rich?
A. They traded in wine.

B. They were well-preserved.

C. Their bodies were beautifully decorated.

D. Their masks arc covered with a layer of gold.

46. What can we assume about the culture of the people buried in this cemetery?
A. Members of the same family were buried
together.

B. The people were buried side by side.

C. The woman was supposed to face her husband.
D. They used masks in their religious ceremonies.
47. According to the passage, the word “treasures”
A. means different things to different people

B. is an important word in the passage

C. refers to all sorts of objects

D. refers to items found in tombs.

48. It is obvious that the people in the community believed
A. they would meet some gods later.

B. the gods expected some gifts.

C. there was live after death.

D. they needed some items after dying.

49. The word unearthed means

A. removed

B. discovered

C. exposed

D. recovered.

50. Which of the following would be the best

title for this passage?

A. The Unusual Discovery.

B. The Mummies of Bahariyah.

C. The Wonders of Ancient Egypt.

D. The Work of Archaeologists.

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2011

KISWAHILI SEHEMU YA PILI: INSHA
Muda: Dakika 40

 

 

NAMBA YAKO YA MTIHANI
JINA LAKO
JINA LA SHULE YAKO

 

SOMA MAAGIZO HAYA KWA MAKINI

1. Kwenye nafasi zilizoachwa hapo juu andika Namba yako kamili ya mtihani, Jina lako na Jina la Shule yako.
2. Sasa fungua karatasi hii, soma kichwa cha insha kwa makini na uandike insha yako kwenye nafasi ulizoachiwa.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

560 REVISING KCPE

Kijitabu hiki kina kurasa 4 zilizopigwa chapa.

© The Kenya National Examinations Council, 2011 FUNGUA UKURASA

901505

Umepewa dakika 40 kuandika insha yako.

Andika insha isiyopungua ukurasa mmoja na nusu ukifuata maagizo uliyopewa.
Mwandikie rafiki yako barua ukimshauri kuhusu namna ya kujiandaa vyema kwa mtihani wa KCPE.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

KISWAHILI
SEHEMU YA KWANZA: LUGHA

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2011

Muda: Saa 1 dakika 40

MAAGIZO KWA WATAHINIWA

SOMA KWA MAKINI MAAGIZO YAFUATAYO:

1. Umepewa kijitabu hiki cha maswali na karatasi ya kujibia. Kijitabu hiki kina maswali 50.

2. Ukishachagua jibu lako lionyeshe katika KARATASI YA MAJIBU na wala sio katika kijitabu hiki cha maswali.

JINSI YA KUTUMIA KARATASI YA MAJIBU

3. Tumia penseli ya kawaida.

4. Hakikisha ya kwamba umeandika yafuatayo katika karatasi ya majibu:
NAMBA YAKO YA MTIHANI JINA LAKO
JINA LA SHULE YAKO
5. Kwa kuchora kistari katika visanduku vyenye namba zinazokuhusu, onyesha namba yako kamili ya mtihani (yaani namba ya shule, na zile namba tatu za mtahiniwa) katika sehemu iliyotengwa mwanzo wa karatasi ya majibu.

6. Usitie alama zozote nje ya visanduku.

7. Iweke safi karatasi yako ya majibu na usiikunje.

8. Kwa kila swali 1-50 umepewa majibu manne. Majibu hayo yameonyeshwa kwa herufi A, B, C, D. Nijibu MOJA tukati ya hayo manne ambalo ni sahihi. Chagua jibu hilo.

9. Kwenye karatasi ya majibu, jibu sahihi lionyeshwe kwa kuchora kistari katika kisanduku chenye herufi uliyochagua kuwandilojibu.
Mfano:
Katika kijitabu cha maswali:.
21. ‘Tunakimbiana’ maana yake ni:

A. Tunaogopana
B. Tunahepana
C. Tunasaidiana
D. Tunachukiana Jibu sahihi ni B
Katika karatasi ya majibu:

1. [A] [B] [C] [D] 11. [A] [B] [C] [D] 21. [A] [B] [C ] [D] 31. [A] [B] [C] [D] 41 [A] [B] [C] [D]

Katika visanduku vinavyoonyesha majibu ya swali namba 21, kisanduku chenye herufi B ndicho kilichochorwa kistari.
10. Chora kistari chako vizuri. Kistari chako kiwe cheusi na kisijitokeze nje ya kisanduku.

11. Kwa kila swali, chora kistari katika kisanduku kimoja tu kati ya visanduku vinne ulivyopewa.

Kijitabu hiki cha maswali kina kurasa 7 zilizopigwa chapa.

901504 © The Kenya National Examinations Council, 2011 FUNGUA UKURASA

Maswali 1 mpaka 15.

Soma vifungn vifuatavyo. Vina nafasi 1 mpaka 15. Kwa kila nqfasi umepewa majibu manne hapo. Chaguajibu lifaalo zaidi kati ya yale uliyopewa.

Wakazi wavitongoji duni 1 na matatizo mengi. Asiiimia kubwa ya waja hapa 2 3 aila. 4 katika mitaa ya mabwanyenye 5 na vitongoji hivi, hali ni tofauti; majumba yenye kuvutia yamepamba mazingira humo. Maisha ya makundi haya mawili 6 Wana wa matajiri hupata mahitaji 7 huku maskini 8 kwa ukosefu. Ama kwa kweli 9

 

1. A. wametwaliwa B. wamekabidhiwa C. ametengwa D. wametingwa

2. A. haiwezi B. hawawezi C. haziwezi D. hamuwezi

3. A. kumkimu B. kuzikimu C. kujikimu D. kuwakimu

4. A. Labda B. Kwa hivyo C. Hata hivyo D. Ingawa

5. A. waliyopakana B. iliyopakana C. uliyopakana D.yaliyopakana

6. A. yamebaidika kama ardhi na mbingu. B. yameadimika kama wali wa daku.

C. yameingia kati kama mchuzi wa ugali. D. yamejikaukia kama ukuni.

7. A. zote B. yote C. nyote D. sote

8. A. wakila mwata B. wakilamwande C. wakilayamini D. wakilahasara

9. A. dua la kuku halimpati mwewe B. bidii ya mja haiondoi kudura

C. dau la mnyonge haliendi joshi D. mtegemea nundu haachi kunona

Tina alijua kwamba alihitaji kutia bidii masoraoni asije 10 shule. Kijijini mwao ilikuwa kawaida wasichana 11 nafasi katika elimu. Palipotokea uhaba 12 karo, masomo ya msichana 13 huku mvulana akiendelea na elimu. Mara hii Tina aliamua kutia bidii ili angaa Mwalimu Mkuu amtafutie mhisani 14 Kwa niia hii Tina 15 namna fulani va kuliokoa tabaka lake.
10. A. akaachishwa B. akaachiwa C. akaachilia D. akaachia

11. A. kunyanyaswa B. kubadilishiwa C. kudhulumiwa D.kupunguzwa

12. A. ya B.kwa C. wa D. na

13. A. yangekatizwa B. yanakatizwa C. yakikatizwa D.yakakatizwa

14. A. ayathamini masomo yake B. amthamini masomo yake

C. amdhamini masomo yake D. ayadhamini masomo yake

15. A. alitarajia alipata B. alijihimu alipata C. alijihimu kupata D. alitarajia kupata

Kutoka swali la 16 mpaka 30, chaguajibu lililo sahihi.

16. Sentensi inayounganisha sentensi: “Juma ni mzee. Juma anasoma kitabu bila miwani”. kisahihi ni:
A. Juma ni mzee maadamu anasoma kitabu bila miwani.
B. Juma anasoma kitabu bila miwani licha ya kuwa yeye ni mzee.
C. Juma ni mzee madhali anasoma kitabu bila miwani.
D. Juma anasoma kitabu bila miwani minghairi ya yeye ni mzee.

17. Ki katika sentensi; “Mwanafunzi huyo akikuona atatembea kijeshi”, imetumiwa kuonyesha:
A. Masharti, nomino.

B. Wakati, nomino.

C. Masharti, narnna.

D. Wakati, namna.

18. Chagua neno ambalo limetumia silabi changamano:
A. Mbuga.

B. Kituta.

C. Ziwa.

D. Utulivu.

19. Kamilisha, ‘Fahamikiana kama

A. sahani na kawa

B. kinunamchi

C. puana mdorno

D. tui na maziwa.

20. Chagua sentensi yenye vivumishi:

A Mwashi amejenga nyumba juu ya mlima.

B. Yule ahimba vizuri mno akatuzwa

C. Nokoa atafika hapa hivi punde.

D. Wanafunzi wengi walifaulu mtihani huo.

21. Ni sentensi ipi ambayo imetumia ‘kwa’ kuonyesha sehemu ya kitu?
A. Alitembea moja kwa moja hadi shuleni.

B. Wazee kwa vijana walihudhuria sherehe hiyo.
C. Watu watatu kwa kumi huepuka mitego.

D. Monika alipongezewa kwa wazazi wake.

22. Mkono wazi ni kwa ukarimu ilhali ni kwa inda.

A. jicho lanje

B. joka la mdimu

C. kifauongo

D. kisebusebu.

23. Chagua kifaa cha uhunzi

A. fuawe

B. patasi

C. timazi

D. chetezo

24. Ni kundi lipi lenye sauti ghuna pekee?

A. p, t, z

B. v, th, n

C. sh, l, w

D. b, d, g.

25. Wingi wa, ‘Kiduka hicho kilifunguliwa jana’. ni:

A. Madukahizo ziliftmguliwajana.

B. Vidukahizozilifunguliwajana.

C. Viduka hivyo vilifunguliwa jana.

D. Maduka hayo yalifunguliwa jana.

26. Ni sentensi ipi sahihi?

A. Hewala! Nitakusaidia.

B. Kefule! Naombamaji.

C. Oyee! Tumeshindwa.

D. Hamadi! Amekuja.

27. Miaka mia ni kwa karne ilhali vitu ishirini ni kwa
A. kikwi

B. korija

C. mwongo

D. lukuki.

28. Chagua sentensi yenye kiwakilishi cha idadi:
A. Mwanafunzi aliyefika kwanza alimpata mwalimu wa pili darasani.
B. Mwalimu aliyetufunza mwanzoni alituuliza swali moja mara mbili.
C. Mwalimu aliyetufunza mwanzoni alitufafanulia mambo kadha ya kutufaa.
D. Mwanafunzi aliyefika kwanza alipewa medali na wa pili akapewa kitabu.

29. Ni sentensi ipi ambayo imetumia sitiari?

A. Mwakio ni sungura siku hizi.

B. Moyo wake ulimwambia asirudi nyuma.

C. Muuguzi alisema atajifungua salama.

D. Nyaboke ni mpole kama njiwa.

30. Ikiwa juzi ilikuwa Jumatatu, Jumamosi itakuwa:

A. Kesho

B. Mtondo

C. Mtondogoo

D. Keshokutwa.

Soma kifungu kijuatacho kisha ujibu maswali 31 – 40.

Mfumo wa elimu nchini unatilia mkazo mafunzo mengine ambayo, japo yamo nje ya masomo ya kawaida, yanahusiana na kwenda sambamba na masomo hayo ya kawaida. Vyama vya wanafunzi shuleni vinachangia pakubwa kupitisha mafunzo hayo ya ziada

Vyama vya wanafunzi hutofautiana kulingana na majukumu. Mathalani, vipo vyama vya kidini, vya kitaaluma na vya michezo. Pia, kuna vyama vya kijamii kama vile Chama cha Kupambana na Matumizi Mabaya ya Dawa na vya kiuchumi kama vile Chama cha Wakulima Chipukizi.

Imedhihirika kwamba vyama vya wanafunzi vina manufaa ya kuhusudiwa. Hii ndiyo sababu shuleni, kila mwanafunzi anahimizwa kujiunga na angaa vyama viwili. Vyama vya wanafunzi huwasaidia kukuza vipawa na kuimarisha stadi za kujieleza. Haya hufikiwa kupitia kwa shughuli za vyama kama vile ukariri wa mashairi, mijadala, utegaji na uteguaji

vitendawili, chemsha bongo na ulumbi. Aidha, vyama hivi huhimiza utangamano miongoni mwa wanachama kwani wao hujiona kuwa watu wenye mwelekeo mmoja. Vilevile utangamano wa kitaifa na kimataifa hujengeka.

Mwanafunzi arnbaye amejiunga na vyama vya wanafunzi huweza kukabiliana na changamoto za maisha kwa urahisi kuliko yule ambaye hajawahi kujiunga na chama chochote. Katika vyama hivi. wanafunzi hufunzana mikakati na maarifa ya kutatua matatizo na mbinu za kuepuka mitego ya ujana. Kupitia kwa ushauri wa marika kwa mfano, mwanafunzi hushauriwa kuhusu masuala kama vile uteuzi wa marafiki, kuratibu muda, kujikubali na kuwakubali wenzake.

Hali kadhalika, mwanafunzi hujifunza maadili ya kijamii na kidini. Kupitia kwa vyama vya kidini na vinginevyo, yeye hujifunza kujistahi na kuwa na stahamala ya kidini, kiitikadi na kikabiia. Kadhalika, majukumu ambayo mwanafunzi huenda akapewa hupalilia uwajibikaji, uaminifu na kipawa cha uongozi. Hata anapohitimu masomo yake, mwanafunzi huyu huendeleza sifa hizi.

Vijana wana nafasi kubwa katika kukabiliana na maovu ya kijamii kwani wao ndio wengi zaidi. Kupitia kwa vyama hivi, wanamnzi wanaweza kuwahamasisha wenzao dhidi ya tabia hasi kama vile kushiriki mapenzi kiholela, ulanguzi wa dawa za kulevya na kujiingiza katika burudani zisizofaa. Pia, shughuli na miradi ya vyama hivi huwawezesha wanafunzi kutumia nishati zao kwa njia ya kujinufaisha na kuepuka maovu. Kwa mfano, wanaweza kwenda kukwea milima, kufanya matembezi ya kukusanya pesa za kuwafadhili wahitaji, kuendeleza shughuli za kunadhifisha mazingira na kutembelea vituo vya mayatima na wazee.

Kushiriki katika vyama vya michezo hakumwezeshi mwanafunzi kuimarisha afya na kujenga misuli tu, bali pia huweza kuwa msingi wa kupata chanzo cha riziki baadaye. Wapo wachezaji maarufu ambao walitarnbua na kuviendeleza vipawa vyao kupitia kwa vyama vya aina hii, na hivi sasa wana uwezo wa kuyaendesha maisha yao na ya familia zao.

Ifahamike kuwa vyama vya wanafunzi vinapaswa kuwa msingi wa mshikamano na maridhiano. Visitumiwe kama vyombo vya kuwagawa wanafunzi kitabaka. Mwanafunzi hana budi kusawazisha muda anaotumia. Atenge muda wa shughuli za vyama na wa kudurusu masomo yake.

31. Kulingana na kifungu, mwanafunzi akiwa shuleni:

A. Hufunzwa mfumo sambamba, hufunzwa kupitisha mafunzo ya ziada
B. Hujiungana vyama, hujifunza mfumo sambamba
C. Huftmzwa mfumo sambamba, hufunzwa taaluma ya vyama
D. Hujiunga na vyama, hujifunza taaluma mbalimbali.

32. Katika aya ya pili, wazo kuu analozungumzia mwandishi ni:

A. Aina za vyama vya kijamii

B. Majukumu ya vyama vya wanafunzi

C. Aina za vyama vya wanafunzi

D. Majukumu ya vyama vya kijamii.

33. Chagua jibu lisilo sahihi kwa mujibu wa taarifa.

A. Vyama vya wanafimzi huchangia kukuza ubunifu wa wanafimzi.
B. Vyama vya wanafunzi huchangia kukuza uzalendo wa kimataifa.
C. Vyama vya wanafunzi huwasaidia kuimarisha uzalendo na mahusiano mema.
D. Vyama vya wanafunzi huwasaidia kuimarisha uhusiano na nchi nyingine.
34. Kifungu kinaonyesha kuwa ushauri na uelekezaji:

A. Humwezesha mwanafunzi kujithamini.
B. Humsaidia mwanafunzi kupata marafiki.
C. Humwandalia mwanafunzi mpangilio wa kazi.
D. Humwondolea mwanafunzi mitego.

35. Kwa mujibu wa taarifa, jibu linalodhihirisha maana ya methali, “Ukiona vyaelea vimeundwa,”

ni:

A. Wanafunzi wakipewa nafasi ya uongozi huheshimu mielekeo ya wengine.
B. Wanafunzi wakipewa nafasi ya uongozi hujistahiki na kustahimili wengine.
C. Wanafunzi wakipewa nafasi ya uongozi huhimiza stahamala ya kidini baadaye.
D. Wanafunzi wakipewa nafasi ya uongozi huwa wa kutegemewa baadaye.

36. Kulingana na kifungu, vijana wanaweza kudhihirisha uwajibikaji katika jamii kupitia:

A. Kuwapinga walanguzi wa dawa za kulevya na kuepuka burudani.
B. Kufanya matembezi anuwai ya kukusanya pesa.

C. Kushirtki katika miradi ya kuwaauni wanyonge.

D. Kuendeleza shughuli za kuhifadhi mazingira na kutembea milimani.
37. Kifungu kimebainisha kuwa:

A. Vijana ndio wanaoweza kushiriki mapenzi

kiholela.

B. Vijana wanaweza kutumiwa kama msingi wa

kustawisha vituo vya wahitaji.

C. Vijana wanaweza kutumiwa kama msingi wa kuadilisha jamii pana.
D. Vijana ndio wanaoweza kukabiliana na matatizo ya kijamii.

38. Chagua jibu sahihi kulingana na kifungu

A. Michezo huweza kumjengea mtu jina na kumwimarisha kiuchumi.
B. Wachezaji maarufu walianza kucheza walipojiunga na vyama.
C. Wachezaji maarufu walianza kugundua

vipawa vyao walipojiunga na vyama.

D. Michezo huweza kumjengea mtu uwezo na kumwimarisha kiuchumi

39. Maoni ya mwandishi katika aya ya mwisho ni kwamba:
A. Vyama vya wanafunzi vinaweza kuvuruga usawa katika jamii.
B. Vyama vya wanafunzi ndio msingi wa kumsaidia mwanafunzi kutumia muda wake darasani.
C. Vyama vya wanafunzi vinaweza kuvuruga masomo katika darasa.
D. Vyama vya wanafunzi ndio msingi wa kuimarisha umoja na maelewano katika jamii.
40. Kulingana na kifungu, ‘manufaayakuhusudiwa’

ni:

A. manufaa yanayowafaidi wengi

B. manufaa yanayowavutia wengi

C. manufaa yasiyosahaulika kwa urahisi

D. manufaa yasiyopatikana kwa urahisi.

Soma kifungu kifuatacho kisha ujibu maswali 41 mpaka 50.

Naikumbuka siku hiyo vizuri. Niliamka alfajiri mbichi tayari kuanza safari kutoka kijijini mwetu hadi Mji Mkuu. Hii ndiyo iliyokuwa mara yangu ya kwanza kuuzum mji huu. Moyoni nilikuwa na bashasha isiyokuwa ya kawaida kwa sababu siku hiyo ningeuona mji ambao sifa zake nilikuwa nikizisikia tu kutoka kwa wenzangu waliobahatika kuutembelea. Hamu ya kuona majengo marefu, barabara zilizosakifiwa, magari mengi, watu wa asili mbalimbali na mabustani ya starehe ilinigubika, nikawa sijifai kwa matumaini.

Tsilitembea hatua chache hadi kituo cha rnabasi, nikapata daladala moja ihyotoza nauli nafuu, nikaiabiria mpaka mji uliokuwa pua na mdomo kutoka kitongojini mwetu. Hapo nilitumaima kupata matwana ya kusafiria hadi Mji Mkuu. Kwenye stesheni kulikuwa na msongamano wa matwana na harakati za utingo waliokuwa waking’ang’ania abiria. Nikaingia katika matwana moja iliyoitwa Upepo. Nilikuwa abiria wa kumi na mbili kuingia. Baada ya dakika tano hivi, gari lilijaa abiria, wote kumi na wanne. Tukang’oa nanga. Mandhari ya kupendeza yalijikunjua mbele yangu. Upepo mwanana kupitia dirishani, mpito wa kasi wa miti, mazigazi ….vyote vilishirikiana kunipumbaza kiasi cha kunisahaulisha kufunga mkanda wa usalama.

Baada ya robo saa utingo alidai nauli. Nikapeleka mkono kwa tahadhari kwenye kibindo changu ambamo nilikuwa nimezifutika hela za usafiri na masurufu. Nikatoa noti ya shilingi mia mbili na kumkabidhi utingo huku nikitarajia baki. – Utingo alinikazia macho, akanyoosha mkono na kusema, “Mia zaidi!” Nikarudi tena kwenye kibindo, nikatoa noti mbili za shilingi hamsini na kumpa. Safari ikaendelea.

Tulipofika mji mdogo wa Pitia, matwana ilisimama. Utingo aliinama chini ya viti, akatoa vibao na kuviweka baina ya viti vya kawaida. Kisha akaanza kutangaza, “Wa Jiji na mia; mia hamsini”, Abiria walioonekana kuwa wachovu kwa kungojea na kupigwa na mzizimo wa kipupwe walipigana vikumbo kuingia, huku utingo akiwaelekeza kwenye vile vibao. Viti vilivyotengenezewa abiria watatu vikaishia kubeba abiria watano! Matwana nayo ikawa haina budi kustahimili uzito wa abiria ishirini na watatu. Tukawa tunabanana kweli kweli. Utingo naye alining’inia mlangoni, shati lake lapeperushwa na upepo. NUipojaribu kulalamikia hali hii nilinyamazishwa hata na abiria wenzangu.

Gari likaanza mwendo tena huku likiendeshwa kwa kasi ya umeme. Abiria waliokuwa wakizungumza sasa walinyamaza, kila mmoja roho i mkononi. Kimya cha kaburi kikatawala hadi pale utingo alipomwambia dereva, “Weka ngoma.” Muziki ukahanikiza hewani kwa fujo. Baadhi ya abiria wakaanza kuyumbisha vichwa kwa kufuata mdundo wa muziki ambao ulitishia kuvipasua viwambo vya masikio yangu.

Njiani tulikutana na walinda usalama ambao walitusimamisha. Utingo alishuka na kwenda chemba na mrnojawapo wa hao maafisa. kisha akarudi huku kipaji chake kirnenawiri kwa tabasamu. Akasema, “Nimempaka mafuta viganjani.” Baadhi ya abiria walitikisa vichwa, wengine wakacheka kama kwamba wameona kinyago. Mimi nilibaki kuduwaa tu. Gari liliongeza mwendo na baada ya muda mfupi tukafika kwenye mji mmoja ambao ulikuwa na majengo makubwa makubwa. Nikadhani tumefika Mji Mkuu. Nilipomuuliza abiria jirani aliniambia kuwa huu ulikuwa tu mji mkuu wa Jimbo la Buraha. Tukazidi kuyakunja masafa ya safari hii kwa kasi ya kuogofya huku dereva akitafuna majani aliyokuwa akiyatoa mfukoni mwa shati lake. Kadiri alivyoyatafuna ndivyo alivyozidisha kasi. Nikahisi kama gari linapaa juu angani. Nikataka kumwambia dereva jambo, lakini nikajiasa, “Ikiwa wengine wamenyamaza sembuse mimi?”

Baada ya kitambo kidogo mvua ilianza kunyesha. kukawa na ukungu na utelezi barabarani. Abiria mmoja alimsihi dereva kupunguza mwendo. Haya hayakumgusa dereva mshipa. Aliongeza kasi kana kwamba hajasikia lolote. Gari lilifika kwenye kuruba, dereva akawa haoni vizuri. Ghafla nikasikia, “Kirrr..!” Kisha/’Mungu wangu!” Halafu, ‘ngu!’ Kiza cha kaniki kikatanda.

41. Kulingana na kifungu;
A. Wenzake Msimulizi waliwahi kupata fursa ya kuishi katika Mji Mkuu.
B. Barabara za Mji Mkuu hazina mashimo.
C. Mji Mkuu una majumba mengi marefu.
D. Msimulizi ana mwao na hali ilivyo katika Mji Mkuu.
42. Chagua jibu sahihi kuhusu vituo vya raagari kwa mujibu wa aya ya pili:
A. Wasafiri wengi kushindania nafasi
B. Magari mengi kushindania wasafiri
C. Misongamano mingi ya kutangazia wasafari
D. Shughuli nyingi za kunadia nafasi.

43. Mazingira ya kuvutia yalimwathiri Msimulizi kwani:
A. Aliduwaanakujisahau.
B. Alifurahiaupeponakujisahau.
C. Alizubaa na kupuuza sheria za usafiri,
D. Alipumbaa na kupinga sheria za usafiri.

44. Msimulizi alikuwa amehifadhi pesa katika:
A. Mfuko mdogo ndani ya suruali.
B. Mfuko mdogo mbele ya suruali.
C. Mkunjo wa nguo iliyoshonwa kiunoni.
D. Mkunjo wa nguo uliofungwa kiunoni.

45. Katika mji wa Pitia abiria walipigana vikumbo kuingia garini kwa sababu:
A. Kulikuwa na uhaba wa magari.
B. Kulikuwa na uhaba wa viti.
C. Walikuwa wamechoka kungojea matwana Upepo.
D. Walikuwa wamepigwa na baridi na mvua.
46. Kulingana na kifungu, ajali barabarani husababishwa na:
A. ukosefu wa magari, kubeba abiria wetigi.
B. kiburi cha madereva, kutozingatia maelekezo barabarani.
C. ukosefu wa mikanda ya usalama, madereva kutowajibika.
D. muziki wa kupasua viwambo, madereva kutoona vizuri.

47. Msimulizi ni mkakamavu kwa vile:
A. Alishutumu hali ya gari kubeba abiria kuliko kiasi.
B. Alishutumu hali ya shati na utingo kuning’inia nje.
C. Alinyarnaza alipoona dereva akikaribia kurubakwakasi.
D. Alinyamaza alipoona utingo akienda chemba na afisa.

48. Chagua jibu lisilo sahihi kulingana na kifungu:
A. Abiria wengine waliufurahia muziki garini.
B. Ufisadi unaweza kusababisha ajali barabarani,
C. Abiria wanaweza kuzuia ajali barabarani.
D. Kuruba ndiyo iliyosababisha ajali garini.

49. Ni mfuatano upi wa matukio ufaao kwa mujibu wa kifungu?
A. Kucheza muziki, kukutana na polisi, kufikia kuruba, mvua kunyesha, kupata ajali
B. Kukutana na polisi, kuhonga, kucheza muziki,kufikia kuruba, kupata ajali
C. Kucheza muziki, kukutana na polisi, kuhonga,kufikia kuruba, kupata ajali.
D. Kukutana na polisi, gari kupaa juu, mvua kunyesha, kufikia-kuruba, kupata ajali.
50. ‘Kiza cha kauiki kikatanda’: kulingana na kifungu ina maana:
A. Msimulizi akapoteza fahamu.
B. Msimulizi akapoteza uwezo wa kuona.
C. Kukawa na weusi mkubwa.
D. Kukawa na giza totoro.

 

 

SCIENCE

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2011

Time: 1 hour 40 minutes

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES (Please read these instructions carefully)
1. You have been given this question booklet and a separate answer sheet. The question booklet contains 50 questions.
2. Do any necessary rough work in this booklet.

3. When you have chosen your answer, mark it on the ANSWER SHEET, not in this question booklet.

HOW TO USE THE ANSWER SHEET

4. Use an ordinary pencil only.

5. Make sure that you have written on the answer sheet:

YOUR INDEX NUMBER YOUR NAME
NAME OF YOUR SCHOOL

6. By drawing a dark line inside the correct numbered boxes mark your full Index Number (i.e. School Code Number and the three-figure Candidate’s Number) in the grid near the top of the answer sheet.
7. Do not make any marks outside the boxes.

8. Keep the sheet as clean as possible and do not fold it.

9. For each of the questions 1 – 50 four answers are given. The answers are lettered A, B, C and D. In each case only ONE of the four answers is correct. Choose the correct answer.

10. On the answer sheet, show the correct answer by drawing a dark line inside the box in which the letter you have chosen is written.

Example

In the Question Booklet

4. Which one of the following components of blood is involved in clotting after injury?
A. Plasma

B. White blood cells

C. Red blood cells

D. Platelets. The correct answer is D. On the answer sheet:
4. [A] [B] [C] [D] 14. [A] [B] [C] [D] 24. [A] [B] [C] [D] 34. [A] [B] [C] [D] 44. [A]
[B] [C] [D]
In the set of boxes numbered 4, the box with the letter D printed in it is marked.

11. Your dark line MUST be within the box.

12. For each question ONLY ONE box is to be marked in each set of four boxes.

 

This Question Paper consists of 7 printed pages.

© The Kenya National Examinations Council, 2011 TURN OVER

1. Which one of the following diseases is a child immunized against at birth, sixth week, tenth week and fourteenth week after birth?
A. Measles.

B. Yellow fever.

C. Tuberculosis.

D. Poliomyelitis.

2. Which one of the following is advisable when spraying with chemicals?

A. Spraying when the temperatures are very high.
B. Wearing a gas mask when spraying.

C. Spraying against the direction of wind.

D. Washing hands before spraying.

3. Which one of the following pairs consists only of omnivorous animals?

A. Chimpanzee and pig.
B. Chimpanzee and hyena.
C. Hippopotamus and crocodile.
D. Hippopotamus and pig.

4. The reason why some plants have thick waxy cuticle is to
A. store manufactured food
B. reduce water loss
C. allow breathing to take place
D. traps more sunlight.

5. Which one of the following consists of groups of food that mainly contains fats?
A. Avocado, groundnuts, coconut.
B. Maize, coconut, beans.
C. Irish potatoes, groundnuts, maize.
D. Irish potatoes, beans, avocado.

6. The first step in obtaining salt from a mixture of salt solution and pieces of copper
wire is

A. filtering

B. winnowing

C. using a magnet

D. evaporating to dryness.

7. Substances that have definite mass and volume are
A. solids only
B. solids and liquids
C. liquids only
D. liquids and gases.

8. A lactating mother should feed on a diet rich in calcium and phosphorous in order to
A. enables her to regain strength
B. replaces blood lost during birth
C. improve the immunity of the baby
D. strengthens the bones of the baby.
9. Which one of the following is the most effective preventive measure against the spread of sexually transmitted infections amongst the youth in schools?
A. Seeking medical attention.
B. Use of condoms.
C. Circumcision.
D. Abstinence.

10. Which one of the following pairs consists only of inclined planes?
A. Wheelbarrow and see-saw.
B. Road winding up a hill and staircase.
C. Ladder and see-saw.
D. Wheelbarrow and staircase.

11. The percentage of the component of air in the atmosphere used by legumes to make proteins is
A. 78%

B. 21%

C. 0.97%

D. 0.03%.

12. The following are signs and symptoms of anaemia
EXCEPT
A. breathlessness
B. pale white eyes
C. muscle wastage
D. tiredness.
13. Which one of the following consists only of a pair of animals that have constant body temperature?
A. Shark and whale.
B. Tortoise and ostrich.
C. Shark and bat.

D. Bat and ostrich.
14. The following are some activities carried out in an experiment to investigate drainage in soil.

 

(i) Put equal amounts of three types of soil in separate funnels,
(ii) Place the funnels on the mouth of each of the three plastic bottles.
(iii) Put cotton wool in the neck of each funnel,
(iv) Pour equal amounts of water on each type of soil at the same time.
Which one of the following is the CORRECT order of the activities?
A. (i),(ii),(iii),(iv).
B. (iii),(ii),(i),(iv).
C. (i),(iii),(ii),(iv).
D. (ii),(i),(iii),(iv).

15. Which one of the following methods of soil conservation can be used to control splash erosion?
A. Making terraces.
B. Building gabions.
C. Planting cover crops.
D. Practising contour farming.

16. The effects of heat on ice that make it change to gaseous form are
A. freezing and condensing
B. melting and evaporating
C. condensing and evaporating
D. freezing and melting.

Which one of the following is CORRECTLY

represented by K?
A. Frogs.
B. Snakes.
C. Weaverbirds.
D. Lizards.

19. Which one of the following pests is CORRECTLY
matched with the part of the crop it attacks?

Pest Part of crop attacked
A. Aphids Grains.
B. Stalkborer Leaves.
C. Cutworm Stems.
D. Weevils Leaves.

20. Which one of the following diagrams represents what is observed when water is poured into a tin can with holes of the same size at different depths?

 

From the thermometer, the temperature of the liquid is

A. 30°C

B. 27°C

C. 20°C

D. 10°C.

The aspect demonstrated was
A. conduction in different solids
B. convection in water
C. conduction in water

D. expansion indifferent solids.

 

23. To save a person who has touched an exposed electric wire, one should
A. push the person away using dry wood
B. pull the person from the wire
C. pour cold water on the person
D. shake the person vigorously.

24. In a certain investigation pupils heated different materials and recorded their findings.

Which one of the following CORRECTLY shows the pupils’ findings?

Materials that felt Materials that did hot quickly not feel hot quickly
A. Rubber Iron.

B. Copper Aluminium.
C. Plastic Glass.
D. Steel Wood.

25. Which one of the following statements is NOT TRUE about friction. Friction is a force that
A. makes work difficult
B. is reduced by treading tyres
C. can be used to produce fire
D. affect the speed of moving objects.

 

 

26. Which one of the following statements describe a human canine tooth?
A. Chisel shaped with one root.
B. Rough surface with two roots.
C. Rough surface with three roots.
D. Pointed tip with one root.

27. Which one of the following consists only of parts of the human body where digestion takes place?
A. Mouth and stomach.
B. Large intestines and mouth.
C. Liver and stomach.
D. Large intestines and liver.

28. Which one of the following statements about reproduction in human beings is CORRECT?
A. Fertilization takes place in the uterus.
B. Ovulation always takes place twice in a month.
C. Uterine wall contracts during birth.

D. The embryo develops into a zygote.

29. In which one of the following activities is water used for recreation?
A. Watering plants.
B. Cooking.
C. Washing clothes.
D. Swimming.

30. In which one of the following is water used sparingly?

A. Using domestic waste water to clean toilets.
B. Turning off water taps after use.

C. Recycling waste water from factories.

D. Using harvested rain water for animals to drink.
31. When constructing a windvane the

A. pointer should be fixed on a short stand

B. pointer should be firmly held to the stand

C. pointer should be made of cardboard

D. tail of the pointer should be larger than arrow head.

32. Which one of the following groups of planets are in the CORRECT order in terms of distance from the sun?

A. Venus, Mars, Earth.

B. Earth, Saturn, Jupiter.

C. Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus.

D. Mars, Neptune, Uranus.

 

 

 

33. The diagram below represents a weather chart prepared by pupils.

Which one of the following statements is
CORRECT about the weather chart?
A. Whenever it was sunny it was also calm at the same time.
B. It only rained after calm conditions.
C. Whenever it was rainy it was also windy at the same time.
D. It rained only in the afternoons.

34. Birds that have short, straight and thick beaks are
A. filter feeders
B. flesh eaters
C. nectar feeders
D. grain eaters.
35. In which one of the following does the load move through the same distance as the effort when in use?
A. Crowbar.
B. Flagpost.
C. Spade.
D. Clawhammer.

36. Which one of the following pairs of objects will float on water?
A. Coin and candlewax.
B. Bottle opener and needle.
C. Biro pen casing and rubber band.
D. Nail and bottle top.

37. During a demonstration to investigate a certain property of matter, soil was put in a small container and then dipped in water in a basin.
This was to show the presence of
A. air in water
B. water in soil
C. minerals in soil
D. air in soil.
38. Which one of the following pairs of materials are good conductors of electricity?
A. Steelwool and glass.
B. Coin and chalk.
C. Pins and dry wood.
D. Aluminium foil and razor blade.

39. Which one of the following statements about energy is TRUE? Energy is
A. a push or a pull
B. ability to do work
C. force that moves a load
D. force overcome by a machine.
40. Driving a motor vehicle with a well maintained engine will mainly control pollution in
A. air only
B. water only

C. soil and air
D. air and water.

41. A flower which has long feathery stigma and loosely held anthers is also likely to
A. have brightly coloured petals
B. have sweet scent
C. produce many pollen grains
D. produce nectar.

42. The chart below shows some farm animals and their products.

B. measure amount of force of different materials
C. show how different materials move up and down
D. compare the masses of different materials.

44. Which one of the following is TRUE about soil that has high water retention? It has
A. large air spaces
B. low capillarity
C. fine texture
D. large particles.

45. Which one of the following is an effect of soil pollution?
A. Formation of acid rain.
B. Death of small animals.
C. Interferes with photosynthesis.
D. Causes respiratory diseases.

46. Which one of the following groups consist only of external livestock parasites?
A. Fleas, mites, ticks.
B. Roundworms, lice, mites.
C. Fleas, tape worms, lice.
D. Mites, roundworms, ticks.

47. In which one of the following cases is friction a disadvantage?
A. Grinding maize.
B. Writing.
C. A bird flying.
D. Braking.

 

 

 

48. Which one of the following is a source of electricity?
A. Electromagnet.
B. Bulb.
C. Dynamo.
D. Dam.

49. Which one of the following are both reasons for lighting a house?
A. Safety and discouraging pests.
B. Drying and discouraging pests.
C. Warming and seeing clearly.
D. Safety and warming.

50. In a certain investigation on soil, pupils heated soil in a container until smoke was produced. This was to investigate presence of

A. air in soil
B. organic matter in soil
C. water in soil
D. living organisms in soil.

 

THE KENYA NATIONAL EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

KCPE 2011

SOCIAL STUDIES AND RELIGIOUS EDUCATION

Time: 2 hour 15 minutes

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES (Please read these instructions carefully)

1. You have been given this question booklet and a separate answer sheet. The question booklet contains 90 questions.

2. Do any necessary rough work hi this booklet.

3. When you have chosen your answer, mark it on the ANSWER SHEET, not in this question booklet.

HOWTOUSETHEANSWERSHEET

4. Use an ordinary pencil.

5. Make sure you have written on the answer sheet:

YOUR INDEX NUMBER YOUR NAME
NAME OF YOUR SCHOOL

6. By drawing a dark line inside the correct numbered boxes mark your full Index Number (i.e. School Code Number and the three-figure Candidate’s Number) in the grid near the top of the answer sheet.
7. Do not make any marks outside the boxes.

8. Keep the sheet as clean as possible and do not fold it.

9. For each of the questions 1-90 four answers are given. The answers are lettered A, B, C and D. In each case only ONE of the four answers is correct. Choose the correct answer.

10. On the answer sheet the correct answer is to be shown by drawing a dark line inside the box in which the letter you have chosen is written.

Example

584 REVISING KCPE

In the Question Booklet:

31. Which one of the following groups of people belong to a nuclear family?
A. Mother, Son, Grandfather.
B. Father, Son, Uncle.
C. Father, Daughter, Son.
D. Grandmother, Father, Daughter. The correct answer is “C”
On the answer sheet
31. [A] [B] [C] [D] 32. [A] [B] [C] [D] 33. [A] [B] [C] [D] 34. [A] [B] [C] [D] 35. [A] [B] [C] [D]
In the set of boxes numbered 31, the box with the letter C printed in it is marked.

11. Your dark line MUST be within the box.

12. For each question ONLY ONE box is to be marked in each set of four boxes.

This question paper consists of 12 printed pages.

© The Kenya National Examinations Council, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

585 REVISING KCPE

Study the map of Liki area and answer questions 1 to 7.

1. What is the direction of Loti hilt from the Mission Station?
A. North East.

B. NorthWest.

C. South East.

D. SouthWest.

2. The approximate length of the railway line shown on the map is
A. 10 kilometres
B. 12 kilometres
C. 13 kilometres
D. 18 kilometres.

3. The main type of natural vegetation in Liki area is
A. forest
B. swamp
C. scrub
D. scattered trees.

4. Which one of the following statements is true about river Li mar?
A. It is a seasonal river.
B. It has few meanders.
C. It flows westwards.
D. Tt is used for transport.

5. The following economic activities are carried out in Liki area except
A. fishing
B. mining
C. trading
D. cattle keeping.

6. The distribution of settlements in Liki area can mainly be described as
A. dispersed

B. clustered

C. linear

D. dense.

7. Which one of the following local authorities is in charge of Liki town?
A. City Council.
B. Municipal Council.

C. Urban Council.
D. County Council.

8. Which one of the following was a way of educating the youth in traditional African societies?
A. Using a fixed time table.

B. Attaching the learners to an expert.

C. Teaching boys and girls similar skills.

D. Asking the learners to write down points.

 

9. The migration of people into a country is called
A. immigration
B. emmigration
C. rural-urban migration
D. urban-urban migration.

 

10. Which one of the following is true about the interaction of Kenyan communities during the pre-colomaS period?
A. Having a common standing army.
B. Organizing common initiation ceremonies.
C. Carrying out trading activities.
D. Worshipping the same gods.

11. Who among the following explorers carried out activities along River Zambezi?
A. Dr. David Livingstone.
B. Dr. Ludwig Krapf.
C. Johann Rebmann.
D. Vasco da Gama.
12. Which one of the following was the reason for the coming of the Portuguese to the East African coast?
A. They wanted to build Fort Jesus.
B. They were looking for the source of river Nile.
C. They wanted to trade with people in the region.
D. The wanted to establish maize plantations in the region.

13. The revolution of the earth causes
A. changes in the direction of wind
B. day and night
C. formation of clouds
D. the four seasons.

14. The diagram below shows the structure of a type of mountain. Use it to answer the question that follows.

The type of mountain shown in the diagram was formed as a result of
A. faulting of the rocks
B. folding of the rocks
C. deposition of eroded materials
D. accumulation of lava on the earth’s surface.

15. Below are statements that describe the organization of traditional African Societies,
(i) They lived in caves,
(ii) They believed in a Supreme Being,
(iii) They practised the art of painting,
(iv) They were organized in clans,
(v) They were nomads.
Which one of the following combination of statements describes the social organization of the Khoikhoi.
A. (i), (ii) and (iv)
B. (i), (iii) and (v)
C. (ii), (iv) and (v)
D. (iii), (iv) and (v)

16. Which one of the following Kenyan communities belong to the same language group?
A. Nandi, Boran and Kipsigis.
B. Rendille, Galla and Nandi.
C. Kipsigis, Rendille and Orma.
D. Galla, Orma and Borana.

17. The diagram below shows an instrument used for measuring weather. Use it to answer the question that follows.

 

 

 

 

 

The community whose migration pattern is describe above is
A. Agikuyu
B. Luo
C. Abagusii
D. Iteso.
19. One of the causes of soil erosion is
A. terracing
B. contour ploughing
C. crop rotation
D. monocropping.

20. The reason why children should help parents in carrying out family responsibilities is to
A. enable them earn some money

B. improve their performance in school

C. enable them grow faster

 

 

 

 

 

18.

 

of L.

Which one of the following statements is true
about the instrument shown in the diagram?
It is used to
A. determine the direction of the wind
B. record the speed of the wind
C, determine the strength of the wind
D. record the distance moved by the wind.

Below are statements about the migration of a community into Kenya during the pre-colonial period,
(i) They migrated from the Congo Basin,

(ii) They travelled along the western shores

Victoria.

(ii) They entered Kenya through the Mt.
Elgon area.

(iii) They migrated further eastwards in

D. promote harmony in the family.

21. Which one of the following was the reason why European nations scrambled for colonies in Africa?
A. To acquire raw materials for their industries.
B. To promote the African culture.
C. To create job opportunities for the Africans.
D. To promote peace in the continent.

22. Three of the following are characteristics of the Mediterranean type of climate. Which one is NOT?
A. The annual range of temperature is
high.

B. Rain occurs throughout the year.

C. Summers are hot and dry.

search of

D. Dust storms are common.

agricultural land.

23. Which one of the following is a reason why Lewanika allowed Christian missionaries to establish stations in the Lozi Kingdom?
A. He desired to use them to fight his enemies.
B. He obeyed the advice of Khama of Ngwato.
C. He wanted them to spread Christianity.
D. He wanted them to assist him become wealthy.

24. The meaning of climate is
A. the daily weather condition of a given place
B. the average weather condition of a place over a long period of time
C. the daily temperature records of a given place
D. the amount of moisture in the atmosphere.

25. Below are some uses of soil
(i) Brick making,
(ii) Pottery making,
(iii) Building terraces,
(iv) Decorating walls,
(v) Decorating bodies.
Which one of the following combinations gives the traditional uses of soil?
A. (i), (ii) and (iv).
B. (i), (iii) and (iv).
C. (ii), (iii) and (v).
D. (ii), (iv) and (v).

26. Which one of the following factors led to the Hehe resistance of German occupation in Tanganyika?
A. They were influenced by the prophecy of Mkwawa.
B. They wanted to protect their cultural beliefs.
C. They had been promised support by the British.
D. They wanted to show their military power.

27. Which one of the following methods is used to catch fish in the deep sea?
A. Line fishing.

B. Trawling.
C. Basket fishing.
D. spearing.

28. Which one of the following pre-historic sites in Eastern Africa is correctly matched with the country where it is located?

Pre-historic site Country

A. Hadar Kenya.

B. Ishango Ethiopia.

C. Olduvai Gorge Tanzania.

D. Olorgesaille Uganda.

29. Which one of the following ways indicates how pupils may be abused white at school?
A. Asking them to clean the chalkboard.

B. Retaining them in class during break time.

C. Asking them to complete their home work.

D. Retaining them for extra teaching.

30. Which one of the following is the main effect of HIV and AIDS on population growth?
A. It lowers the life expectancy.
B. It reduces the fertility rates.
C. It leads to increased deaths.
D. It lowers the birth rates.

31. The main reason for establishing settlement schemes in Kenya after independence was to
A. improve standards of living in the rural areas
B. provide farms to the people who had no land
C. reduce pressure on land in densely populated areas
D. increase crop and livestock production.

32. Below are some conditions necessary for the growing, of a crop.

(i) Deep well drained soils which are slightly acidic.
(ii) Gently sloping land.
(iii) Well distributed rainfall throughout the year.

(i v) Temperatures of about 21 °C
The crop that grows under the condition listed above is
A. coffee
B. pyrethrum
C. tea
D. wheat.

33. Below are contributions of an African leader
towards the struggle for independence,
(i) Supported African Liberation Movements,
(ii) Organized non violent struggle,
(iii) Negotiated for independence from colonialist.

The leader referred to is
A. Leopold Senghor
B. Julius Nyerere
C. Camel Nasser
D. Haile Salasie.

34. The following are characteristics of a type of traditional farming in Kenya,
(i) Small portions of land are cultivated at a time,
(ii) Trees are cut and burnt,
(iii) Simple farming tools are used,
(iv) Loss of soil fertility leads to movement of people to new areas.
The characteristics listed above describe traditional type of farming known as
A. bush fallowing
B. rotational farming
C. shifting cultivation
D. crop rotation.
Use the map of Africa below to answer questions 35 to 38

 

591 REVISING KCPE

35. The relief feature marked J is
A. Ahaggar plateau
B. Adamawa Highlands
C. Atlas Mountains
D. Tibesti Mountains.

36. The multi-purpose river project marked K is
A. Aswan High Dam
B. Tana River project
C. Kariba Dam
D. Volta River Scheme.

37. The town marked M is
A. Eldoret
B. Nakuru
C. Nairobi
D. Thika.

38. Which one of the following colonial system of administration was applied in the country marked L?
A. Direct rule.
B. Indirect rule.
C. Association.
D. Assimilation.

39. The main contribution of sugar cane farming to the economy of Sudan is that it has led to the
A. development of social amenities
B. earning of foreign exchange
C. creation of job opportunities
D. development of transport network.

40. Below are statements about a mineral in Kenya,
(i) It is mined on the floor of the Rift Valley,
(ii) It is used for softening water,
(iii) It is the leading mineral export.

The mineral described above is
A. diatomite
B. flourspar
C. limestone
D. soda Ash.
41. Which one of the following groups of factors has favoured the growth of Nakuru town?

preserving facilities.

B. Fishing is carried out during particular seasons.
C. Fish is mainly for export market.
D. Fish is mainly transported by railway.

47. Which one of the following industries is correctly
matched with the main type of pollution it causes?

 

 

42. Three of the following are problems facing poultry farming in Kenya. Which one is not? .

Industry
A. Leather tanning
B. Saw milling
C. Cement manufacture
D. Vehicle assembly

Type of pollution Noise pollution Water pollution Air pollution Land

A. Diseases that kill the birds.

B. Shortage of workers.

C. Expensive poultry feeds.

D. Changes in the prices of poultry products.

43. John, a standard six pupil, notices an elderly person lying along the pathway. The best action for John to take to assist the person is to
A. try to talk to the person
B. call for help
C. let the person rest
D. try to move the person.

44. The main factor favouring large scale dairy farming in the Kenya highlands is
A. existence of cool climate
B. availability of veterinary services
C. availability of labour
D. existence of milk storage facilities.

45. The main reason why there are many road accidents in Kenya is that

A. roads are in poor condition
B. cyclists ride carelessly
C. roads lack road signs
D. drivers ignore traffic rules.

46. Which one of the following statements is true
about inland fishing in both Kenya and Tanzania?

A. Fishermen have inadequate modern fish

48. Below are some factors which are considered in the location of industries,
(i) availability of water,
(ii) nearness to the market,
(iii) availability of raw materials,
(iv) government policy,
(v) availability of labour.
Which one of the following combinations of factors could be considered when locating a basket weaving industry?
A. (i), (ii) and (v).
B. (i), (iii) and (v).
C. (ii), (iii) and (v)
D. (ii), (iv) and (v).

49. Kenya’s philosophy of African Socialism is important in that it

A. promotes traditional systems of government
B. encourages individuals to get wealth
C. encourages people to work as a team
D. promotes the use of different currencies.

50. Below are tourist attractions in Kenya and Switzerland,
(i) Coastal beaches,
(ii) Winter sports,
(iii) Varied glacial scenery,
(iv) Hot sunny climate throughout the year.

592 REVISING KCPE

Which one of the following combinations is made up of tourist attractions in Switzerland?
A. (i) and (ii)
B. (i)and(iv)
C. (ii) and (iii)
D. (iv) and (iii).

51. The Organisation of African Unity (OAU) had its members drawn from
A. independent states of Africa
B. English speaking states of Africa
C. states with similar systems of government
D. states with common currency.

52. Pupils should participate in school management so that they
A. ensure the teachers do their work effectively
B. prepare their class timetables
C. understand the rules that guide them
D. take care of the school money.

53. The following are statements about a type of democracy,
(i) Power is in the hands of citizen.
(ii) Citizens meet to make laws,
(iii) Citizens appoint officials to implement policies.

The type of democracy referred to is
A. direct democracy
B. indirect democracy
C. parliamentary democracy
D. civic democracy.

54. The reason why electric fences are constructed around some national parks is to
A. prevent wild animals from destroying crops
B. make the parks beautiful
C. mark migration routes of wild animals
D. enable people to visit the parks.

55. It is important for citizens to participate in General Elections in order to
A. choose responsible leaders
B. get a share of the national resources
C. assist their relatives to get jobs
D. settle their political differences.

56. One of the benefits of trade to Kenya’s economy is that it

A. encourages people to move to urban centres

B. makes people get to know each other
C. generates revenue for the government
D. reduces the importation of goods.

57. Which one of the following statements describes litigation as a way of resolving conflict in the society?
A. Taking the matter to court.
B. Asking for forgiveness.
C. Discussing with one another.
D. Involving a third party.
58 In Kenya, a councillor may lose a civic seat if he/she is A- unable to contribute in council meeting
B. admitted in hospital
C. declared bankrupt by a court of law
D. unable to use the allocated funds.

59. The work of the police force in Kenya is to
A. make laws
B. arrest low breakers
C. punish law breakers
D. protect the borders.

60. Two communities have disagreed over the ownership of a piece of grazing land.
The best way through which peace could be maintained is by
A. moving one of the communities to a new area
B. teaching the communities how to !ive together
C. negotiating over the matter
D. taking the matter to court.

PART II RELIGIOUS EDUCATION
SECTION A:
CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION
61. According to the stories of creation in Genesis chapter 1 and 2, human beings were to care for the environment by
A. naming the animals
B. tilling the land
C. building shelters
D. building shrines.

62. The story of Noah and the flood mainly teaches Christians that

A. they should protect their lives
B. families are important

C. they should protect the animals
D. those who sin are punished.

63. The promises that God made to Abraham mainly
teach Christians to be
A. faithful
B. courageous
C. humble
D. tolerant.

64. Who among the following people was the son of Isaac?
A. Joseph.
B. Joshua.
C. Jacob.
D. Jonah.

65. During their last night in Egypt, the Israelites put the blood on the door posts in order to
A. keep their enemies away
B. show their suffering
C. mark their houses
D. show that they were in a hurry.

66. Which one of the following actions was carried out by Moses at Mount Sinai?
A. Building an altar.
B. Removing water from the stone.
C. Feeding people with manna.
D. Performing miraculous deeds.

67. Who among the following people led the Israelites against the Midianites?
A. David.
B. Ahab.
C. Gideon.
D. Saul.

 

68. The Shunamite woman welcomed prophet Elijah into her house by
A. giving him clothes
B. giving him a place to stay
C. pouring oil on his feet
D. washing his clothes.

69. The prophet who foretold about the suffering servant is
A. Amos
B. Jeremiah
C. Micah
D. Isaiah.

70. Which one of the following was said about Jesus by Angel Gabriel? The child will
A. be mighty
B. be called Holy
C. not drink any wine
D. be a light to the Gentiles.

71. Which one of the following reasons explains why the shepherds visited baby Jesus? They
A. wanted to take gold to him
B. were sent by Herod
C. wanted to worship him
D. wanted to please his parents.

72. “Happy are those who work for peace; God will call them his children” (Matthew 5:9)
These words were spoken by Jesus
A. during the sermon on the mount
B. during his temptations
C. when choosing the disciples
D. when attending the wedding at Cana.

73. The main lesson Christians learn from the miracle of the miraculous catch offish is that they should
A. be committed to their work
B. be ready to serve God
C. work with others
D. obey God’s word.

74. A lesson that Christians learn from the raising of Jairus’ daughter is that they should
A. ask for help
B. protect themselves against evil
C. give out their belongings
D. repent their sins.

75. Which one of the following parables teaches Christians to accept others?
The parable of the
A. sower
B. mustard seed
C. lost son
D. rich man and lazarus.
76. Which one of the following statements was said by Jesus during the last super?

A. “This is my body which is given for you.”
B. “Do not worry about your life, what you will eat.”
C. “Father if you are willing, take this cup from me.”
D. “Do not put the Lord your God to the test.”

77. Judas Iscariot betrayed Jesus because he wanted to
A. please the Roman authorities
B. please the Jewish leaders
C. become famous
D. get riches.

78. Jesus made his eleven disciples to believe that He had resurrected by
A. healing them
B. washing their feet
C. breaking the bread
D. showing them the scars.

79. Which one of the following practices was carried out by believers in the early church?
A. Naming of the children.
B. Burning incense.
C. Sharing meals.
D. Pouring libations.

80. Who among the following people baptised the Ethiopian Eunuch?
A. Philip.
B. Peter.
C. Paul.
D. Ananias.

81. Which one of the following is a gift of the Holy Spirit?
A. Mercy.
B. Wisdom.
C. Kindness.
D. Self-control.

82. Which one of the following ways of worship is common to both the traditional African religion and Christianity?
A. Making sacrifices.
B. Reciting prayers.
C. Reading scriptures
D. Baptising believers.

83. The main reason why marriage is important in traditional African communities is
A. to get security

B. to improve one’s status
C. to provide companionship
D. for the continuity of the family line.

84. In traditional African communities children are taught their responsibilities by
A. brothers

B. friends

C. parents

D. sisters.

85. Which one of the following actions by Christians best show their respect for leaders?
A. Being obedient.
B. Paying visits.
C. Correcting the leaders.
D. Offering gifts.

86. Your classmate Tabitha makes a lot of noise during study time. This is affecting the performance of the class.
As a Christian what is the best action to take?
A. Inform her parents about it.
B. Inform the class teacher.
C. Advice her to stop the habit.
D. Tell others not to talk to her.

87. Which one of the following group of activities show
the Christian teaching on leisure activities?

 

88. Your classmate John has been asked by the mother to help in doing housework. He refuses because he feels that this is a dirty job. As a Christian, what advice would you give him?
Tell him
A. the benefit of working
B. to let the mother do it

595 REVISING KCPE

C. to ask the mother to employ a house help
D. to leave home.

89. Timothy a standard seven pupil has been asked to give money to the Captain so as to be allowed to play in the school football team. As a Christian, what action should he take?
A. Pay the money required.
B. Tell him it is wrong.
C. Announce it to the others.
D. Report the matter to the games master.

90. Which one of the following is a main reason why Christians condemn misuse of drugs?
A. It leads to fights.
B. It leads to poverty.
C. It defiles the body.
D. It causes insecurity.

64. A lesson that Muslims learn from Surah At- takathur is that they should
A. take care of orphans
B. worship only one God
C. keep away from worldly things
D. observe punctuality in salah.
65. The following are verses of Surah Al-khlas:
(i) “He begets not nor was He begotten”
(ii) “Say He is Allah the one”
(iii) “And there is none comparable to Him”
(iv) “Allah the self-sufficient master” The correct order of the above verses is
A. (iii)(iv)(ii)(i)
B. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
C. (ii) (iv)(i)(iii)
D. (iv) (i) (iii) (ii)

66. “If you want to do something ” Which one
of the following statements completes the quoted Hadith of the Prophet?
A. Think of its outcome.
B. Do it on your own.
C. Do it immediately.
D. Consult others.

67. Khamis, a standard five pupil was riding on a donkey when it suddenly stopped. According to the Hadith of the Prophet(P.b.u.h) Khamis should

A. feed the donkey
B. force the donkey to move
C. get off the donkey
D. beat up the donkey.

68. The first wife of the prophet (P.b.u.h.) was known as
A. Hafsa bint Umar-al-khattab
B. Khadija bint Khuwailid
C. Aisha bint Abubakar D, Safiya bint Huyay.
69. According to the Hadith of the Prophet (p.b.u.h), the best person is the one who acquires knowledge and
A. memorises it
B. preserves it
C. conceals it
D. teaches it.
70. Who among the following is not a prophet?
A. Zakariya.
B. Lukman.
597 REVISING KCPE

C. Yahya.
D. Yunus.
71. The main reason why hard work is important to
Muslims is because it
A. discourages laziness
B. discourages begging
C. is a way of earning lawfully
D. is a way of creating wealth.

72. Kassim’s mother overworks their maid Halima. The best course of action for Kassim to take is to
A. plead with his mother to be kind to Halima
B. advise his mother to increase Halima’s salary
C. ask Halima to quit her job
D. assist Halima in her duties.

73. According to the teachings of the Prophet (P.b.u.h.), jazakallah should be said when a person
A. becomes sick
B. completes a task
C. wakes up from sleep
D. performs a good deed.

74. Which one of the following Surahs is recited by Muslims when going to sleep?
A. An-Nas.
B. Al-Asr.
C. Al-Alaq.
D. An-Nasr.

 

75. Below are events in the history of Islam;
(i) treaty of Hudaibiya
(ii) farewell Hajj
(iii) battle of Badr
(iv) Hijra to Madina
(v) conquest of Makka
The correct order of the above events is
A. (iii)(iv)(v)(ii)(i)
B. (v) (iv) (ii) (i) (iii)
C. (iv) (iii) (i) (v) (ii)
D. (i) (ii) (iii) (v) (iv).

76. Fatma, a standard six pupil saw her classmate Zainab stealing some money. The right course of action for Fatma to take is to
A. advise Zainab to stop stealing
B. pretend that she did not see Zainab
C. tell other pupils about Zainab’s action
D. ask Zainab to share the money with her.

77. A lesson that Muslims learn from the treatment of prisoners of war in the battle of Badr is that prisoners should be

A. Sitta-tul-shawwal.
B. Ayyamul-beidh.
C. Yaumul ashura.
D. Yaumul arafa.

84. Which one of the following prophets is correctly matched with the scripture revealed to him?

A. set free
B. locked up

Prophet
A. Musa

Scripture
Injil.

C. denied food
D. treated kindly.

78. Your classmate tells you that she would like to buy a dress for Idd celebrations. As a Muslim, you would advise her to buy a dress that is
A. currently on fashion
B. shiny and attractive
C. very expensive
D. modest and covers nakedness.
79. The major activity performed Idd-Ul- on the day of Hajj is
A. visiting the sick
B. attending parties
C. slaughtering animals
D. visiting relatives.

80. The duty of Angel Isrqfil is
A. blowing the trumpet
B. removing the souls
C. recording deeds
D. bringing rain.

81. Which one of the following months is not
among the ash-hurul-hurum?
A. Muharram.
B. Ramadhan.
C. Dhulhijja.
D. Rajab.

82. When Muslims are in need they should seek for assistance from
A. Imam
B. Allah
C. Prophet
D. Jibril.
83. Which is the Sunnah fast observed on the 9th of Dhul-hijjal?

C. Tbrahim – Suhuf.
D. Issa Zabur.

85. The salah which is performed at dawn is known as
A. fajr
B. dhuhr
C. is hah
D. asr.

86. When Muslims perform halal acts, they are
A. protected by Allah
B. punished by Allah
C. rewarded by Allah
D. forgiven by Allah.
87. Muhammad a standard seven pupil forgot that he was fasting and ate a piece of cake. The right action for him to take is to
A. force himself to vomit
B. break the fast and repent
C. continue eating and fast later
D. stop eating and continue fasting.

88. Three of the following items are liable for Zakat
except
A. household furniture
B. clothes for sale
C. cash savings
D. farm produce.

89. A visit to the prophet’s mosque in Madina during Hajj is important because
A. it is a ritual of Hajj.
B. it is the second holiest mosque in Islam.
C. it is the first mosque in Islam.
D. it is where the Sahaba were buried.

90. Which one of the following factors contributed to the spread of Islam along the Kenyan Coast?
A. Colonisation.

B. Holy war.
C. Intermarriage.

D. Slavery.
ANSWERS TO THE 2003 KCPE OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

MATHEMATICS GHC QUESTIONS ENGLISH KISWAHILI SCIENCE CRE
1 C C B D A C C C 31 B A B D A
2 A B C B B B B B 32 B D A C C
3 D A B B B D D D 33 D C D A B
4 A B D D B A A A 34 A B A C A
5 B D C C B B B B 35 C A A D C
6 B C C B C A A A 36 B D B A D
7 C A A A D A A A 37 A C B D A
8 A D D D A B B B 38 C A B B A
9 C B C B C C C C 39 B B C B A
10 D D C A C D D D 40 B C C B C
11 A C D B C A A A 41 B C C B C
12 B B C D B A A A 42 A A C C A
13 D A B B A B B B 43 D D D B C
14 A D A D A A A A 44 C B D A A
15 B C B A D C C C 45 D C A D C
16 C C D D D A A A 46 C A D B C
17 B D D C D D D D 47 D D A D B
18 A A C A C B B B 48 C B C A D
19 A D D B C C C C 49 C C D A C

20 D C B D B A A A 50 D A A C B
21 B B B B A B B B 51 C
22 D A C C D C C C 52 A
23 A D D B A A A A 53 D
24 B C A C D B B B 54 A
25 C B C C C D D D 55 B
26 C D A A D C C C 56 D
27 D A B A C A A A 57 D
28 C D D B A D D D 58 A
29 D C B C B D D D 59 C
30 D B A A A B B B 60 A

 

ANSWERS TO THE 2004 KCPE OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

8 C D A D B D D D 38 C C B A B
9 A C D C A A A A 39 C A A B C
10 C A D B B D D D 40 A D C D C
11 C D A B A B B B 41 D B B C D
12 A B C D D B B B 42 B D D D B
13 A A C A C C C C 43 C A B C A
14 D C C C D B B B 44 D A D B C
15 B B B B C D D D 45 A A A D D
16 D D A A B D D D 46 B B B B C
17 A B B B A C C C 47 D D C A A
18 C A A D D B B B 48 B D A C B
19 D D B C A C A A 49 D C C B C
20 C C D B C D D D 50 A B B B B
21 C A D A B A A A 51 D
22 C D B C A A A A 52 B
23 C C D D D C C C 53 A
24 D B C D D D D D 54 D
25 A D C C B C C C 55 B
26 C B C A C C C C 56 D
27 A A A B A B B B 57 C
28 D C C A B A A A 58 A
29 A A A A D D D D 59 D
30 C D D C C C C C 60 C

ANSWERS TO THE 2005 KCPE OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

19 B C C C D C C C 49 B C D D C
20 C A A D B B B B 50 D C D A A
21 A C D A A A A A 51 D
22 D D D B D D D D 52 A
23 B B B D B C C C 53 C
24 C D A A A C C C 54 B
25 A C B A C B B B 55 B
26 A A B C A D D D 56 A
27 C B C B D A A A 57 D
28 A A D B B B B B 58 C
29 C D C D D D D D 59 D
30 B C D C B C C C 60 B
C. uwezo wa kuweka mipaka

D. serikali yake.

43. Mipaka ya Kitaifa:

A. hutambulisha watawala

B. huimarisha uzalendo

C. huimarisha ubunifu

D. hutambulisha utamaduni.

44. “Bila hisia za umoja na udugu kwa hakika haingewezekana kuwa na taifa madhubuti.” Methali inayoweza kujumuisha kauli hii ni:
A. Mla nawe hafi nawe ila mzaliwa nawe.

B. Papo kwa papo kamba hukata jiwe.

C Kinga na kinga ndipo moto uwakapo. D Udugu wa nazi hukutania chunguni.

45. Kulingana na kifungu, kuishi katika eneo moja husababisha

A. kutegemeana na kupendana

B. kutiana ari na kutambuana

C. kujenga taifa na kuelewana D kushirikiana na kufahamiana.

46. Kulingana na kifungu, ‘mazoea yana taabu’ inamaanisha:

A. mtu akizoea biriani hatatamani vyakula vingine
B. mtu akizoea chakula cha kienyeji hatatamani mapochopocho
C. mtu hutamani chakula alichozoea kuliko kizuri alichoandaliwa
D. mtu hutamani chakula mahsusi kuliko kizuri alichoandaliwa.

47. Huko Afrika Magharibi vitenge vilivyonakshiwa:

A. hupendelewa na wanawake wote

B. hutofautisha wanawake na wanaume

C. hupendelewa na wanajamii wote

D. hutofautisha jamii moja na nyingine.

1 B D B B C

B B B

31 D B

D C C

2 D B D C

B A A A

32 A A A B A

3 A A C

A D C C C

33 B B

D D D

4 C C

C D C

D D D

34 C C

D A C

5 D B

B A A

D D D

35 B

D A B B

6 B C C C

B B B B

36 D A

D A B

7 C D A D C

A A A

37 C D C B D

8 A A B C

D A A A

38 A A A B A

9 B D D A A B B B

39 B C

B D C

10 A C C C

C D D D

40 C B

B D B

11 D A C C

A C C C

41 A B

A D A

12 C

B D B

B A A A

42 A

D D A D

13 C

A C A D B B B

43 C A C A C

14 A

D A B

A D D D

44 B C

A D D

15 B B

D A B C C C

45 B D C A B

16 D C

D A C

B B B

46 D A C A A

17 B

D D C

A B C

D 47 D C

A B C

18 B C A C

D D D D

48 C B

B B A

19 A A B D B

A A A

49 D A B C D

20 D B C B C

B B B

50 A D A D D

21 B C

B D A

D D D 51 B

Control Africa SOLUTIONS

22 C

A A C

A C C C 52 B

606 STD 8 BOOSTER
23 C C C B D A A A 53 A

ANSWERS TO THE 2006 KCPE OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS ANSWERS TO THE 2007 KCPE OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

20 C C C C D A A A 50 B C A C C
21 B D D B A A A A 51 B
22 D A D D C B B B 52 D
23 A C D A B A A A 53 B
24 D B B D A D D D 54 A
25 B C C C D C C C 55 D
26 B D D A C B B B 56 C
27 D A A D D D D D 57 A
28 A D A B B A A A 58 B
29 C C D D A C C C 59 D
30 B B D A D B B B 60 C

ANSWERS TO THE 2008 KCPE OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
QUESTIONS
ENGLISH KISWAHILI MATHEMATICS
SCIENCE SOCIAL STUDIES
CRE
IRE
HRE
QUESTIONS
ENGLISH KISWAHILI MATHEMATICS
SCIENCE SOCIAL STUDIES
1 D C A C C C C C 31 A C B A A
2 C B C D A A B B 32 D B C D C
3 A A D B D B D D 33 B A C B D
4 A A A B B A A A 34 B A C C B
5 D D B D D C B B 35 B D B A D
6 B A B D B D A A 36 A C C B A
7 C C A C A D C D 37 D B B C C

8 B D C D C C D C 38 A C D B D
9 B B B B B A A A 39 A D A D C
10 A B D A D C C C 40 C A B C B
11 D A C D A D A B 41 D A A A A
12 C D B A C B A B 42 D B A B D
13 B C D D A C B A 43 C D B B D
14 B C D B D D D D 44 D C C C A
15 A D C D B B D C 45 C A D D B
16 C A B B D B A B 46 D C A B A
17 A B D A A C C C 47 A B C C D
18 A A D A C B A A 48 A C A D B
19 B C C A B D C D 49 B A A C C
20 D D B C D D C D 50 C C C A A
21 C D B A B B B B 51 D
22 B C D A A A A A 52 C
23 D B A C C C A A 53 B
24 A A C C D B C C 54 A
25 A B A B A A C D 55 D
26 C A D A C D A B 56 B
27 B C D D B B C C 57 A
28 C D D B A C B A 58 D
29 B C B A D A D D 59 C

30 D B A D A D C B 60 B

ANSWERS TO THE 2009 KCPE OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

QUESTIONS ENGLISH
KISWAHILI MATHEMATICS
SCIENCE CRE
IRE HRE QUESTIONS ENGLISH KISWAHILI MATHEMATICS
SCIENCE SOCIAL STUDIES
1 C C C D D C A A 31 D B C A D
2 C A D A B A B B 32 D D C A B
3 A D B A D A B B 33 A B B D B
4 D B B C C B D D 34 A D A B C
5 B D C B B C C C 35 D C B A A
6 B A B A D A A A 36 B A D A D
7 B A A B B D B B 37 C C C D B
8 D B D B C C C C 38 A A B A A
9 B B D B A A A A 39 D C A A C
10 C D B C B B A A 40 A D C D D
11 C A C C D C C C 41 B D D B A
12 C A C B B D B D 42 B A A D A
13 B C A B A D D D 43 D B D C D
14 C D B D C A A A 44 A A A D C
15 C D D D A A D D 45 A C D A B
16 D B A C B D D D 46 A B A B A
17 A D C B D A A A 47 D A D D B
18 C C D C B B B B 48 C D B B A

19 A A B B A A A A 49 B C B B D
20 A B B C C D B B 50 C B A A D
21 B A A A B B C C 51 B
22 B D A A C C B B 52 A
23 C B A C B D D D 53 C
24 B D D C D A A A 54 A
25 C D B B A B C C 55 D
26 D A A D C C A A 56 B
27 A C C B A A D D 57 A
28 C B C D D D C C 58 C
29 A C D C C D B B 59 A
30 A A B A A B A A 60 B

 

ANSWERS TO THE 2010 KCPE OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

 

QUESTIONS ENGLISH
KISWAHILI MATHEMATICS SCIENCE CRE IRE
HRE QUESTIONS ENGLISH KISWAHILI MATHEMATICS SCIENCE SOCIAL STUDIES
1. A B D C D B B B 31. D A A C B
2. D C C A C C C C 32. A A A D C
3. C D B C A C C C 33. B A A C C
4. D C D A D B B B 34. A C D B A

5. C A D D B C C C 35. C A B B D
6. A C B B D C C C 36. B D C A B
7. C D D C B C C C 37. B B A D D
8. D B A D C D D D 38. B D B D C
9. B D B A A A A 39 B C C D D
10. A B B B D B B B 40. B B C A D
11. D A A A C C C C 41. D A C A B
12. D C B C B D D D 42. C B C B A
13. B C C D B A A A 43. B B D A C
14. B B D A A B B B 44. D C B D A
15. A A C D D B B B 45. C D A C B
16. A D C C C C C C 46. D C A D B
17. C B A B B A A A 47. C C C C D
18. D C B A A D D D 48. B B C A A
19. A A C D D B B B 49. A A B C
20. A A A B C D D D 50. B A C D B
21. C A A C 51. D
22. A D A C B A A A 52. A
23. D A D A B B B 53. C
24. C C D D D A A A 54. B
25. B D A A C D D D 55. D
26. C B D B A B B B 56. A

27. A D B C C A A A 57. C
28. D B A D B D D D 58. B
29. B D A A A C C C 59. C
30. C A C B D A A A 60. B

ANSWERS TO THE 2011 KCPE OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

14. B A A B D A 44. B D A C D
15. C D B C C D 45. D A A B A
16. C B D B D A 46. A B C A C
17. B C C A B D 47. D A A C C
18. D A B B C D 48. D D A C C
19. A B A C D C 49. C C D A D
20. B D D A D A 50. A A D B A
21. C C B B A B 51. C
22. A B A* A B B 52. A
23. B A B A A D 53. A
24. A D D B* B C 54. A
25. C C B B D A 55. A
26. D A C D B C 56. C
27. D B B A B D 57. A
28. C B C C C A 58. C
29. B A C D B B 59. B
30. A B A B C C 60. B
NB: PLEASE, Teachers are requested to scrutinize this marking scheme before use.it is worth.

End of Term 1-3 Exams and Marking Schemes Form 3 & 4

End of Term 1-3 Exams & Marking Schemes for Form 3 & 4

Download thousands of official marking schemes and exam updates for Form 3 and 4 end-of-term exams at here. Boost your academic performance now!

[bsk-pdfm-pdfs-columns id=”2356,2357,2358,2359,2360,2361,2362,2363,2364,2365,2366,2367,2368,2369,2370,2371,2372,2373,2374,2375,2376,2377,2378,2379,2380,2381,2382,2383,2384,2385,2386,2387,2388,2389,2390″ columns=”3″ target=”_blank”]

 

 

Free Christian Religious Education (CRE) notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more

Christian Religious Education, CRE, is a subject that is examined by the Kenya National Examinations Council (Knec). It is an elective/ optional subject at high school and candidates sit two papers at the Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education, KCSE, examinations. The subject code assigned for CRE by Knec is 313.

A number of soft copy resources that can be of great help to teachers and students can be available for download; more so to those candidates preparing to sit the Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education, KCSE, examinations. In this post be sure to find a good number of such resources as: CRE Notes, KCSE Past Papers, Schemes of Work, Assignments, Termly examination papers, Marking schemes, lesson plans, charts, topical revision resources and many more. Download the resources at no charge by clicking each of the links below. Please note that you can also print and even share this article to benefit someone.

Join Telegram Group by using this link for a wide range of educational materials, at zero cost; TEACHERS’ SOFT COPY HUB- TELEGRAM

You can at the same time get unlimited resources for all subjects by clicking on this link; Teachers’ Resources Hub.

Here are links to the most important news portals:

CRE RESOURCES- FREE DOWNLOADS 

The links below contain unlimited C.R.E resources. Click on each link to access the resources:


SPONSORED LINKS; YOUR GUIDE TO HIGHER EDUCATION

For a complete guide to all universities and Colleges in the country (including their courses, requirements, contacts, portals, fees, admission lists and letters) visit the following, sponsored link:

SPONSORED IMPORTANT LINKS:

BUSINESS STUDIES FORM ONE TO FOUR NOTES BOOKLET

BUSINESS STUDIES FORM ONE NOTES

INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS STUDIES

Objectives: By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. Explain the meaning of Business studies
  2. Explain the importance of Business studies in society.
  3. Business: Any activity that is carried out by an individual or an organization concerning provision of goods and services with a view to making profit.
  4. Business studies: Is the study/examination of the business activities in society. These activities are related to the production of goods and provision of services.

It can also be defined as the study of activities that are carried out in and around production, distribution and consumption of goods and services.

       iii) Goods: These are items that are tangible .i.e. they can be touched and felt.

Activity 1: The students to list items in the classroom that can be touched and felt

Furniture, buildings, books, vehicles e.t.c

  1. iv) Services: These are efforts or acts/actions or activities that may be sold and are intangible (cannot be touched nor felt).

Activity 2: The students to list items that money is paid to get but they cannot touch.

  1. v) Production: Refers to the creation of goods and services or increasing their usefulness through activities such as transporting them to where they are required. People who are involved in production of goods and services are referred to as

Activity 3: Using the lists of goods and services above, the students to name those involved in their production.

  1. vi) Distribution: Refers to the movement of goods and services from producers to the users. Some activities that take place as goods and services all moved include transportation, storage, insurance, communication, advertising.e.t.c

vii) Consumption: Refers to the act of using the goods or services produced consumption is the ultimate goal of production. The persons who uses a good or a service is referred to as a consumer.

Activity 4: The students to list the consumers of the goods and services listed in activity (1) and (2) above.

Business studies as a subject is composed of topics drawn from various disciplines such as:

  1. Commerce
  2. Accounting
  3. Economics
  4. Office practice
  5. Entrepreneurship

Commerce

This is the study of trade and aids to trade. Trade refers to the exchange of goods and services for other goods and services or money.

Aids to trade are human activities (services) that assist trade to take place.

Economics

This is the study of how human beings strive to satisfy their endless wants using the available scarce resources.

Accounting

This refers to a systematic way of recording business activities which all used for decision making.

Office practice

This refers to all activities that are carried out in an office e.g. communication, filling, clerical work, reproduction of documents e.t.c

Entrepreneurship

This is the study of activities involved in the process of identifying a business opportunity and acquiring the necessary resources to start and run a business. The person who carries out these activities is refered to as an entrepreneur.

Importance of Business studies in society

Business studies is meant to prepare learners to function as informed consumers, producers and workers in the society.

Some of the benefits of learning business studies include:

  1. Assists the learners/members of the society to acquire knowledge and awareness of business terminologies which are necessary when discussing business issues such as profit and loss.
  2. Assists the individuals in appreciating the role of business in society/in provision of goods and services.
  • It enables the learners to acquire basic knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary for the development of self and the nation by starting and operating business.
  1. Equips the members of society with knowledge and skills necessary to start and run a business comfortably.
  2. Makes the members of society to appreciate the need for good business management practices
  3. Assists individual to acquire self-discipline and positive attitude towards work
  • Equips individual with abilities to promote co-operation in society through trade
  • Enables the individual to understand the role of government in business activities
  1. Equips individuals with abilities to understand the role of communication and information technology in modern business management
  2. Helps the individuals to develop positive attitudes towards the environment
  3. Equips the individual with knowledge and skills required to evaluate business performance
  • It helps individual to develop various intellectual abilities such as inquiry, critical thinking, analysis, interpretation, rational judgement, innovation and creativity.
  • It enables learners to acquire skills for wise buying and selling.
  • It creates a firm foundation for further education and training in business and other related fields.
  1. It enables one to understand and appreciate the basic economic issues that affect the society such as increase in prices of goods and services.

 

BUSINESS AND ITS ENVIRONMENT

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. Explain the meaning and purpose of a business
  2. Identify various business activities
  3. Identify various types of business environments
  4. Explain how the various business environments influence a business.

Meaning of a business

This refers to any activity carried out by an individual or by an organization with the aim of making a profit.

Profit is what the business earns above what it spends in providing goods and services to the people who need them.

The term business also refers to firms or organizations that provide goods and services to make a profit.

Purpose of business (Reasons for the existence of businesses)

Business is important in any society because it is not possible for people to provide themselves with all what they need without direct or indirect aid from others. Some of the main reasons why businesses exist are:

  1. To provide goods and services-Businesses exist to satisfy the needs and wants of buyers by providing them with goods and services. Buyers include individual consumers, other businesses and the government.
  2. To create employment-Businesses provide job opportunities through which members of society can earn money, which can be used to buy goods and services for the satisfaction of their needs.
  • To earn profit-Profit is the primary goal of carrying out business operations. It is earned by the people who put their resources and effort in business
  1. As an outlet of new innovation-Some businesses provide unique goods and services which may not be existing in society e.g. plastic fencing poles that are now replacing wooden poles.
  2. To be as own boss-Some people run businesses so as to be in full control of the operations and make all the decisions regarding the business without need of reference to people.
  3. To utilize extra resources-Some people go into business to make use of money or property which is not being put to profitably use at a given time.
  • To offer special services-Some businesses provide services that raise the living standard of people e.g. government enterprises that provide public utilities such as health care and water.
  • To utilize spare time-Some people run businesses in order to make use of extra time at their disposal and in the process make some extra money. A large number of formally employed people have small business which they run during their free time in order to earn more money.

NB: Whatever purpose a business fulfills, it has to earn a reasonable return on the invested money to survive.

 

TYPES OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

People carry out different business activities in order to earn income. Business activities are activities which involve the provision of goods or services with an aim of earning a profit.

Activities done without the intention of making profit are referred to as non-business activities. Business activities may be grouped into the following seven categories:

  1. Extraction

This involves obtaining goods from their natural setting e.g. mining, farming, lumbering, fishing, quarrying e.t.c

  1. Processing-This involves the conversion of raw materials into more useful products without combining it with other goods. Examples here include milling/grinding flour, refining oil, tanning of skins and hides, conversion of iron into steel e.t.c
  2. Manufacturing-This involves combining different raw materials to come up with one final product. Such activities include bread baking, making a table e.t.c
  3. Construction-This involves building of structures such as bridges,ships,aeroplanes,houses,roads,railways e.t.c
  4. Distribution of goods-This refers to the activities involved in moving goods from where they are produced to where they are needed. People who carry out distribution are called distributors. Examples of distributors are wholesalers and retailers.
  5. Trade-Activities in this category involve the buying and selling of goods with a view of making a profit. People involved in trade are called
  6. Provisions of services-Activities in this category involve human acts which could be mental or physical. These include activities such as hair-cutting, hair styling, car-washing, nursing, teaching, driving, and entertaining e.t.c.

NOTE: Students to give examples of activities they pay money for which are not goods.

 

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENTS AND THEIR EFFECTS ON THE BUSINESS

Business environment refers to conditions or factors which surround and affect business operations. These factors could be within the business (internal environment) or from outside the business (external environment).

These factors affect the decisions, strategies, processes and overall performance of the business.

Activity: Discuss some factors that have a strong influence on businesses within the immediate environment.

Internal Business Environment

This comprises factors that are within the business unit itself. These factors can be controlled fully by the business. Internal environmental conditions could be either strength or weaknesses. The strengths tend to improve the performance of the firm while weaknesses tend to affect the operations of the business negatively.

Internal environment is also referred to as: micro-environment. Micro environmental factors include:

  • Objectives of the business

These ate targets or goals that are set by the owners or managers of a business to be achieved. The objectives will influence the following;

  1. The strategies of a business-This is a plan of action which a business intends to follow so as to achieve its goals.
  2. The resources required-By studying the objectives set; a business can determine the resources required for its effective operation. These resources may be physical,financial,human e.t.c
  • Management policies and style

The management refers to the people who are responsible for directing the day-to-day operations of a business. It is the management that sets the objectives and policies of an organization.

A policy is a course of action of action for achieving set objectives, which is adopted by a business.(it is the established way of doing things in a business.

  1. The policies of a business-The policies adopted by a business may boost or hinder its growth and survival e.g. the management may decide that workers will not be allowed to join trade unions. This may make the workers feel locked out of the decision-making process, resulting in tension. This tension may interfere with the performance of the employees and result in inefficiency.
  2. The activities of a business – Management policies will determine the activities of a business i.e. the goods and services provided, location of business e.t.c.
  3. Management style-This refers to how managers conduct the daily operations of the business. This will determine how workers relate with their managers. The style adopted by the management will influence the workers performance positively or negatively thus affecting the overall performance of the business.

 

  • Business structure

This is the formal arrangement of activities that are carried out at various levels of the organization so that objectives of the business can be achieved.

Duties and responsibilities of all the workers are defined in the business structure. Their interrelationships are also defined.

A well laid out business structure is likely to lead to success of the business since:

  1. Each of the employees know what is expected from them
  2. There will be no conflicts or confusion among the workers
  • Team work is enhanced
  1. Ensures proper control which is turn promotes efficiency.

A poor business structure leads to business failure.

  • Business Resources

A resource refers to anything that can be used to achieve an objective. These resources include;

  1. Human resource-Human resource (personnel) refers to the employees working in an organization. Employees will only be useful if they have the necessary knowledge and skills to successfully carry out the assigned tasks. It is therefore necessary for the management to match the correct people with the correct job activities; this will ensure success for the business.
  2. Financial resource-Money is required in order to start and operate a business.A business with adequate finances that are property allocated to various activities and also monitored is likely to do better than the one lacking such aspects.
  3. Physical resources-These include tangible facilities which belong to the business such as buildings, machinery, furniture and stock. Availability of such facilities enables the business to operate.
  4. Technology-This refers to skills and methods used in production. Use of modern technology enhances production of goods and services.

5.)    Research and development

Research and development is an important factor for the success of a business. Research generates new ideas, skills and better methods of doing things.

A business has to do market and consumer research regularly to find out how the consumers perceive its goods and services, and how they can improve in order to outdo their competitors.

Research also assists in the development of new and unique goods and services that may attract new consumers or maintain the loyalty of the existing ones.

6.)  Business culture

This is a combination of employees expectations, beliefs and values within the business. It is normally passed on from one generation of employees to the next. Employees acquire norms and code of conduct that is acceptable to all from the general manager down to the sweeper. A business that has a culture of involving employees in decision-making may perform better than one that does not involve its employees.

  1. Owners

The owners of the business provide finances/resources to start and run the business. They also make decisions concerning operations of the business.

Appropriate decisions are likely to lead to well being of the business while poor decisions may adversely affect the business.

External Business Environment

This environment consists of all the factors which affect the operations of the business from the outside. Some of these factors offer business opportunities while others may create problems (threats).

Business have limited or no control over external environmental factors and should therefore try to do adjust in order to cope with them.

External environmental factors are also referred to as macro-environment i.e. environment that is in large scale.

External business environment can further be sub-divided into operating environment and remote environment, depending on whether the factors can be influenced to some extent or not. Those environments that can be influenced are referred to as operating environment while those that cannot be influenced are known as remote environment.

 

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. Explain the meaning of entrepreneurship
  2. Discuss the importance of entrepreneurship to an economy
  • Describe characteristics of an entrepreneur
  1. Generate business ideas
  2. Identify a business opportunity
  3. Evaluate a business opportunity
  • Explain the need for a business plan
  • Discuss factors that influence entrepreneurship practices in Kenya
  1. Discuss the causes of business success
  2. Recognize the need for ethical practices in business

Meaning of entrepreneurship

This is the process of identifying business opportunities and gathering the necessary resources to start and run a business.

An entrepreneur who identifies business opportunities and gets the necessary resources in order to start and run a business. The entrepreneur therefore creates new businesses or transform the existing ones in the face of risks and uncertainties in order to make profits.

An entrepreneur is therefore a business owner; he starts and organizes the business (the factors of production in appropriate combination)

Importance of entrepreneurship to an economy                                                                                                                                                                                               

  1. Creation of employment-Through entrepreneurship, jobs are created which help in absorbing people who would otherwise have been jobless e.g. people employed in the jua kali sector.
  2. Formation of capital-Profit earned by entrepreneurs may be used to expand the business or even to start other businesses. Wages and salaries paid to the employees is a source of capital to them.
  • Raising standards of living-Entrepreneurs pay wages and salaries to their employees which enable them to acquire goods and services they need to live comfortable lives. Entrepreneurs also provide a wide variety of goods and services to consumers hence leading to improved living standards.
  1. Encourages the use of local resources-Entrepreneurship makes it possible to use/exploit local resources. Idle resources such as scrap metal may be used to make jikos.
  2. Improving infrastructure-The existence of businesses in the economy makes the government establish or improve infrastructure such as roads, communication facilities and water. At other times, entrepreneurs may combine forces to improve infrastructure in their area of operation.
  3. Savings on imports-Local entrepreneurs are able to produce goods and services that are a substitute to imports. This helps the country to reduce the amount of money required to pay for such imports.
  • Reducing foreign dominance of the economy-Participation of local entrepreneurs in various business activities helps in reducing investments by foreigners in the particular area.
  • Promotion of technology/promotion of innovation, research and development-Entrepreneurs are creative and they come up with new and better ways of accomplishing tasks. Most of the inventions and innovations in our society have been developed by entrepreneurs.
  1. Promotion of entrepreneurial culture/helps in the creation of role models- Successful entrepreneurs/entrepreneurial ventures encourage other members of society to initiate their own businesses and hence act as role models in the business world.
  2. It contributes to government revenue-Taxes and fees paid by entrepreneurial ventures constitute part of government revenue / income that helps it to facilitate its operations.
  3. It promotes economic growth-Entrepreneurs produce goods and services. This increases the volume of goods and services in the economy leading to expansion of the economy.
  • It may promote self-actualization and esteem-By initiating busine-sses in which they are their own bosses, entrepreneurs pride is boosted and this may promote the overall productivity of the economy.

Characteristics of an entrepreneur

A good entrepreneur should have the following characteristics:

  1. Desire to achieve-An entrepreneur is a person who wishes to excel and has the drive to succeed while competing with others. He/she always tries to accomplish something new.
  • Ability to solve problems-An entrepreneur is expected to struggle with determination to get solutions even under difficult situation so that the business can succeed.
  1. Risk taker-Entrepreneurs take viable business ventures even when they are not sure of the returns. They assess situations and take calculated risks.
  • Initiative –An entrepreneur should be aggressive in implementing ideas well ahead of other businesses so that he/she can be ahead of them.
  • Time consciousness-An entrepreneur should be able to use time wisely and avoid wasting it. A wise and quickly implemented decision may mean success in business whereas time lost may mean failure.
  1. Creativity and innovation-An entrepreneur should be able to generate new ideas as well as think of the best ways of putting them into practice.
  2. Independence and self confidence-Entrepreneurs are their own bosses and should believe in their ability to do things and succeed.
  3. Persistence and patience-An entrepreneur should not give up when challenges arise. Sometimes, he/she takes time and make a repeated action or adopts a different course of action in order to overcome such challenges so as to reach the target
  4. Decisive-Entrepreneurs have strong problem, solving and decision making skills. The business environment is such that decision has to be made quickly to respond to any situation that may arise.
  5. Persuasive-Convincing people to believe in their ideas and buy their products keeps entrepreneurs in business
  6. Goal-oriented-Entrepreneurs are achievers who work towards set goals. They continually monitor progress to determine whether they are achieving the goals they have set and where improvements need to be made.
  7. Seek information-Entrepreneurs use various methods to get the relevant information that is necessary for the success of the business.
  • Concern for high quality products-An entrepreneur should strive to cope or beat the existing standards of quality. This will enable him/her succeed in a competitive market.
  1. Commitment to work-An entrepreneur places priority on getting tasks accomplished. To achieve this he/she may make extra ordinary personal sacrifice e.g. working until very late.
  2. Concern for customer satisfaction-An entrepreneur should ensure that customers are satisfied so as to continue being/remain loyal to the business.
  3. Desire to feedback-An entrepreneur should be interested in knowing how the business is performing.

Generating Business Ideas

For an entrepreneur, the first step in starting a business begins with an idea (business idea).

Business ideas are all about thoughts on possible businesses an entrepreneur can start or improve. It indicates among other things;

  1. The products to produce/sell
  2. Who the business will sell to (market)
  3. Where the business will be located
  4. How the will be run (management)
  5. Why the business is needed (objectives)

 

 

 

Sources of Business Ideas

  1. Newspapers-Local newspapers like the Daily Nation, East African e.t.c especially in the business and advertising sections have a lot of information about commercial opportunities as well as personal services.
  2. Shows and exhibition-Visiting shows and exhibitions organized by manufactures and distributors and asking questions from the sales Entrepreneurs can also get business ideas from products displayed in such shows.

iii. Magazines and journals-Reading magazines and journals with business information may equip an entrepreneur with new business ideas.

  1. Hobbies –These are activities pursued for pleasure but they can also serve as a source of business ideas e.g. photography.
  2. Vocational training and experience-A business idea may be developed from one’s own area of training or experience e.g. a teacher may use ideas from his/her training to start a private school.
  3. Surveys and market research-This involves conducting an investigation to gather information from consumers on what products they require.

vii. Recycling/using waste products-Some waste products could be converted into useful products e.g. scrap metal for making jikos,old tyres for making sandals e.t.c

viii. Listening to what people say-By listening keenly to what people say, one can identify unsatisfied needs e.g. complaints about goods and services in the market. These complaints may form a basis of a business idea for an entrepreneur.

  1. Identifying a market gap (niche)-An entrepreneur may try to identify/spot the needs of consumers which are not being met by the existing goods and services.
  2. Brain storming-An entrepreneur can engage other people in a discussion on how best to develop businesses.
  3. Listing attributes of a product-By listing the attributes of a product that is already existing in the market, one can find new use for the product.

xii. Copying/improving an existing business-This involves identifying the weaknesses of a business and trying to come up with solutions.

Business Opportunity

A good business plan is not necessarily a business opportunity. A business idea becomes a business opportunity if it is viable i.e. it can be developed into a successful/profitable business enterprise

A business opportunity is a favourable chance that an entrepreneur accepts for investment. It exists where there is a gap to be filled in the needs of the market. Examples of such gaps include:

  1. In availability of products-This is where goods and services needed by the consumers are not available at all in the market.
  2. Poor quality products-A business opportunity exists if one offers better quality goods and services than those of the existing businesses.
  3. Insufficient quantities-This is where the goods supplied are not enough to meet the demand/need of the consumers.
  4. Unaffordable prices-A business opportunity exists where one would charge affordable prices.
  5. Poor services-A business opportunity exists where customers are not served well.

Evaluating a business opportunity

This means assessing whether the identified opportunity is viable or not. This helps in arriving at the best decision concerning the business idea to implement

Evaluation should be done carefully, systematically and without emotions. Evaluation is necessary even where there is only one business idea. This will help in avoiding starting a business that cannot succeed.

Factors to consider when evaluating a business opportunity

The following are the factors to consider when evaluating a business opportunity.

  1. Personal consideration-These are the abilities and expectations of an entrepreneur. They include the following;
  • Objectives-The entrepreneur should evaluate the business idea to find out whether it is in line with his/her objectives.
  • Skills-Where a business requires certain specialized skills and those skills are lacking the idea may be dropped.
  • Commitments-Where the business is likely to interfere with the entrepreneurs other commitments it may fail.
  • Interest-It is necessary to check whether the intended business will interest the entrepreneur or not. If the entrepreneur will not enjoy running the business, the idea should be dropped.
  1. Business consideration-These are external factors that are likely to affect the operations of the business and they include;
  2. Availability of market for the product-An entrepreneur should assess the availability of customers before starting a business. Customers exist where there is a gap/nich in the market.
  3. Technology-The business should be evaluated in terms of whether there is an appropriate technology that can be used in production. Factors to be looked into include;
    1. -Appropriateness of the technology
    2. -The cost of the technology
    3. -The possibility of the business suffering in case the technology becomes outdated/obsolete.
  • Availability of raw materials and other resources-The raw materials and resources required should be within the reach and affordable to the entrepreneur.
  1. Government policy-An entrepreneur should consider the requirements of the government before starting a business e.g. the government may require certain businesses to be located in certain areas only.
  2. Amount of capital required-The capital required to run and maintain the business should be considered i.e the source of capital.
  3. Profitability of the business-Within a certain duration of time.
  • The break-even period-How long the business can take to support itself.
  • Possibility of expansion i.e. the potential for growth of the business.
  1. Impact of the business operations on the environments; some businesses lead to environmental degradation and should be located in appropriate places/effect on community and environmental health.
  2. Security-Availability of security should be considered.
  3. Level of competition-This will help determine whether the business will survive or not.
  • The risks that the business will face.

 

BUSINESS PLAN

This is a written document that highlights the objectives of the business and steps to be followed in order to achieve these objectives. It indicates where the business is, where it wants to move to, how and when.

Contents of a good business plan

  1. Name of the business
  2. The product to be sold or produced
  3. Personnel to manage the business
  4. Amount of finance and other resources required
  5. The market to be served (customers)
  6. Types of employees required
  7. Projection (level of achievement in future in terms of profit)
  8. Summary of the plan.

Need for the business plan

  1. A business plan is necessary to an entrepreneur for the following reasons:
  2. Avoiding mistakes-in the process of drawing a plan; mistakes that would take place in the business are identified and corrected in the plan. This helps in avoiding the occurrence of such mistakes in the business.
  • Identifying strength and weaknesses-A business plan helps in identifying strengths or weaknesses and where weaknesses are detected, remedial actions may be taken early enough.
  1. Requirement by financiers-Financial institutions such as banks may require a business plan before they can accept to finance the activities of the business.
  2. Allocation of resources-It helps to determine the resources required and plan on how and where to use them. This ensures that resources are neither underutilized nor used for the wrong purpose.
  3. Facilitates business evaluation-A business plan helps an entrepreneur to assess the progress of the business and any deviation (difference) from the intended plan can be corrected in good time.
  • It helps an entrepreneur outline competition-It helps the entrepreneur to be fully aware of the market she or he plans to operate in, understand important trends and know who her/his competitors are and their strengths and weaknesses. This information aids the entrepreneur to develop products that are better than those of the competitors.
  • A motivating factor-A business plan is communicated to all employees in the business. This makes them aware of the direction to be taken by the business. This motivates them to work towards that direction.
  1. Adaptability-Normally, not all events occur as predicted in the business plan. However, a well drawn business plan should give room to accommodate any changes that might occur in the future.
  2. Tool for control-Planning involves setting of standards against which performances can be assessed. In case of deviation corrective measures can be taken.

Factors that influence entrepreneurship practices

There are many conditions or factors which may encourage or discourage entrepreneurship. Some of these factors are:

  1. Government policy-Some government policies are favourable to the operations of the business and thus encourage people to go into business while other policies may be unfavourable and will discourage people from going into business. E.g. higher taxes are unfavourable hence discouraging.
  2. Infrastructure-infrastructure includes transport and communication networks, water, security e.t.c. Availability of good infrastructure in an area tends to encourage people to set up businesses while poor infrastructure tends to discourage them
  • Levels of education and skills-Relevant and appropriate knowledge and skills are necessary if the business has to succeed. These are acquired through education, training or experience.
  1. Availability of markets-Adequate markets encourages existing entrepreneurs to continue producing and also encourage/attract new ones to venture into business.
  2. Availability of resources-Appropriate resources are necessary for starting and smooth running of a business. These resources include physical, human, capital and technology.
  3. Cultural and social beliefs and attitudes-These are norms, values and beliefs of a given community. Culture helps determine the kind of goods and services that people consume. this in turn, dictates the type of businesses to be established in such communities.e.g Muslims do not take pork therefore businesses selling pork will not do well in such communities.
  • Competition-Businesses will do well if they are able to complete favourably. Others will avoid competition by establishing businesses where there is no competition.
  • Political stability-political stability gives conducive atmosphere for businesses to start and thrive on the other hands, where there is no political instability, businesses may not do well and entrepreneurs may close down businesses or new ones may not come up.
  1. Natural factors-natural factors such as rainfall, temperatures, earthquakes, pests, drought e.t.c. may influence the type of businesses that are carried out in an area, especially agricultural businesses.
  2. Presence of role models in the society-The presence of successful entrepreneurs acts as an encouragement to aspiring entrepreneurs.

Causes of Business success

A business is considered as being successful if it makes consistent profit and experiences progressive growth in the scale of its operations.

Some of the factors that lead to the success of business may include:

  • Right choice of business-A good business opportunity needs to be evaluated on the basis of ability to capture many customers, make reasonable profit for the owner(s) and provide an opportunity for growth. Making the right choice of a business or product ultimately contributes to the success of a business.
  • Proper managerial skills-An entrepreneur should be able to carry out management roles effectively. A good manager will carry out roles such as;
  1. Hiring staff-The process of acquiring new employees to take up new positions or to replace employees who have left the business.
  • Assigning duties-Allocating employees duties according to their qualifications.
  1. Supervising-Ensuring that employees carry out tasks that are assigned to them
  2. Training-Enabling employees to acquire knowledge and skills necessary to perform duties assigned to them.
  3. Motivating-giving employees inducement to perform their duties.
  • Proper location/availability of customers-The business should be situated in a place convenient for its operations e.g. where customers are easily available.
  • Adequate finance/capital-Money is needed to acquire other resources that are required by the business. A business that has adequate capital is likely to do well as it is able to finance all its operations.
  • Lack of competition-Most businesses are put out of operation by stiff competition. Therefore, a business operating in an area where there is little or no competition is likely to succeed.
  • Commitment to business
  • Proper financial management-Proper management of finances is necessary for the success of the business. It ensures that money is available and is used for the intended purpose.

Management of finances includes:

  1. Acquisition of finances-This involves raising of the required amounts of money. This can be done through a variety of ways such as loans from financial institutions and owner’s contributions.
  2. Managing cash-This ensures that the available money is only used for the activities that are beneficial to the well being of the business.
  3. Proper record keeping-This involves having a record of finances raised and how they are used.
  • Proper debt management-Care should be taken to ensure that credit is only extended to credit worthy customers (credit worthy customers are those whose chances of paying are high).Debt collection should also be carefully planned to ensure that they are collected when due.
  • Good public relations-This involves creating and improving a good relationship between the business and other people. Good relations are necessary for attracting and retention of customers.
  • Being creative and innovative-This involves finding new uses of a product, new channels of communication and new ways of doing things. This enables the entrepreneur to be ahead of others.
  • Proper market research-The business environment usually changes at a high rate. This makes it necessary for an entrepreneur to study his/her customer’s preferences, tastes, spending patterns, income levels, competitions, and behavior and substitute products.
  • Good/proper time management-Time management is the ability to carry out planned activities within the allocated period.
  • Proper skills and attitudes of employees-Employing qualified staff results in work being done in a professional manner. This enhances the performance of the business.
  • Proper pricing of goods and services-Pricing should be done appropriately. If the prices for the products are too high, the business will lose customers. Very low prices may attract customers but kill the business. It is therefore important to create a balance between price to charge and the profit margin to realize.

 

ETHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS

Ethics -refers to a set of values, principles and rules of acceptable behavior which influence how individuals, groups of people and the society in general behave.

Business ethics-refers to acceptable behavior that should be displayed by business people. Business ethics helps businesses in deciding what actions are right or wrong depending on circumstances.

Ethical issues-are the moral concerns that arise in the course of carrying out business.

Need for Ethical issues in Business

The need for ethical issues in business includes the following;

  1. Ensures no discrimination in business-Business ethics ensures there is no discrimination in areas such as recruitment (hiring), promotion, training, remuneration and assignment of duties. These processes should be objective and based on merit, qualification, experience and ability.

-It ensures that everybody is given an equal opportunity (has equal chance) and is not discriminated against because of their sex, religion, ethnicity, social background e.t.c.

  1. Ensures protection of the environment/Helps in avoiding environmental pollution-Business ethics prohibits business units from carrying out activities that may cause pollution and degradation of the environment. Environmental degradation may be caused by human activities such as logging and unplanned cultivation. Pollution may be caused by activities such as:
  2. Damping effluents from production units into water masses thereby causing water pollution. Water pollution is disastrous to human health and also to aquatic animals.
  3. Emitting carbon dioxide and other gases into the atmosphere causing air pollution
  4. Damping of waste material on the land surface causing solid waste pollution This creates terrible sites to watch and also breeding places for dangerous insects such as flies.
  • Ensures fair play in competition-Ethics ensures that businesses do not engage in unfair practices while competing with others. These practices may include:
  • Destroying a competitor’s product or promotional tools such as billboards
  • Buying and destroying competitor’s products before they reach the market
  • Giving false information about a competitor’s product
  • Helps in avoiding environmental degradation-Ethics ensures that the physical environment is not degraded through business activities. Such activities may include:
  • Deforestation through logging
  • Unplanned cultivation
  • Helps in avoiding environmental pollution-Environmental pollution may be caused by activities such as:
    • Releasing carbon dioxide and other gases into the atmosphere thereby causing air pollution
    • Channeling effluents from factories to water masses thereby causing water pollution. Such pollution can be harmful to human health and aquatic animals.
    • Disposing of waste material such as paper and scrap metal on the land surface thereby causing solid waste pollution.
    • Producing too loud noise which might be harmful to human beings hearings
    • Emitting too strong light that may be harmful to our eyesight
  1. Ensures rights of employees are upheld-Ethics ensures that the employer does not violate the rights of employees especially as laid out in their terms and conditions of employment. Such rights include payment of dues in time.
  2. Eliminates use of unfair means of achieving business objectives-Ethics ensures that the business operations are carried out in a professional way e.g. it is unethical to give or receive a bribe in order to win a business contract. Similarly, it is not ethical to hoard goods awaiting their prices to go up.
  3. Avoids consumer exploitation-Ethics ensures that consumers are not exploited by the business. Consumers may be exploited through practices such as:
  4. Overcharging them
  5. False advertisement
  6. Selling poor quality goods and services
  7. Selling wrong quantities
  8. Selling harmful commodities

 

THE OFFICE

  1. Define the term an office

An office is a building, room or a place set aside for administrative, communication or clerical work of an organization.

  1. Outline the functions of an office
  • Receiving of information in various forms such as calls, personal visits or documents such as letters
  • Recording and sorting of information received.
  • Storing of information for future reference
  • Distribution of information within and outside the organization to the various sections, departments or personnel for necessary action
  • Reproduction or making of copies of document by use of various methods, such as photocopying, duplicating and carbon copying
  • Protecting or safeguarding the organization’s property
  1. State the various reprographic techniques that can be carried out in an office
  • Carbon copying
  • Stencil duplication
  • Photocopying
  • Spirit duplicating
  • Ink duplicating
  1. Your school would wish to use photocopying as a method of making copies of exams. State the advantages and disadvantages of using this method

Advantages of photocopying

  • It is a fast method of reprography
  • It is a simple method and require little training of the users
  • One will obtain the exact copies of the original document
  • The method is not expensive if the copies to be made are few
  • It is environmental friendly

 Disadvantages of photocopying

  • The copies that are made fade in the cause of time
  • Photocopying can be costly if the copies being made are many
  • The employees may misuse the method due to its convenience
  • Photocopying machine requires electricity which may be expensive
  • Few colours in a document may be obtained by use of this method
  1. State the types of office layout
  • Enclosed office layout
  • Open office layout
  • Landscape office layout
  1. Suggest reasons why an organization should use landscape office layout
  • It creates a relaxed atmosphere for the workers
  • It is more attractive and beautiful
  • The image of the organization/firm is enhanced
  • It promotes good working relations and co-operation among the workers
  • Equipment and office facilities may be shared among the employees
  • The flowers or plants used break the monotony of open spaces
  1. State ways in which landscape office layout can be created
  • By placing plants/flowers in an office
  • By having paintings of animals or plants on the wall
  • By placing fish aquariums in an office
  • Through shaping of office furniture in form of animals, birds and concrete shapes
  • Creating miniature physical features such as waterfalls and mountains in the office
  1. State why you will advice an office manager to use an open office layout instead of an enclosed office layout
  • In an open office layout it is easier to supervise workers than in an enclosed office
  • An open office discourages absenteeism which may be common in an enclosed office
  • It is cheaper to maintain an open office than an enclosed office
  • Equipment, facilities and machines can be shared in an open office which may not be possible in an enclosed office
  • Floor space is saved in an open office than in an enclosed office
  • There is enhanced attraction and framework in open office
  • It is cheaper to light an open office than an enclosed office
  • It is easy to locate employees in an open office
  1. State the advantages of enclosed office layout
  • It is ideal for work that is confidential in nature
  • It is more secure than an open office layout
  • The office is ideal where high level of concentration is required
  • It is prestigious for the occupant of such an office as they are recognized
  • The worker is not disrupted by noise or movement of other employees
  1. Highlight the disadvantages of an open office layout
  • There is a lot of noise and disruption from other employees
  • Contagious diseases may spread easily among the employees
  • The top ranked workers may feel belittled being placed among other workers
  • It is not very conducive for work that is confidential or secretive in nature
  • Property within the office is not very safe
  • Due to use by many people the office may not be very tidy
  1. Outline the factors that have to be taken into consideration when deciding on a type of office layout to use
  • The cost of construction and maintenance
  • The number of staff to be accommodated in the office
  • The climatic condition of the area
  • Government directive if any
  • The nature of work to be carried out in that particular office
  • The nature and rank of staff to be accommodated in that particular office
  • The floor space available for the office
  • The need to maintain a good work flow among the workers
  1. State the disadvantages of an enclosed office layout
  • It can encourage absenteeism
  • It is not easy to supervise the employees
  • It is expensive to construct and maintain
  • Facilities and office equipment cannot be shared among the workers
  • Workers can misuse office equipment such as the telephone
  • The office layout takes up more space
  • A lot of time is wasted when moving from one office to another
  • It may promote individualism as some employees are isolated from others
  1. Enumerate the factors you will advice Mr.Mwajuma to consider when buying office machines for his company
  • The effect of the machine on the workers
  • The cost of the machine or equipment
  • The suitability of the machine for the task that is intended for
  • The availability of after sales services provide by the seller
  • Presence of office staff with the skills required to operate the machine
  • One has to consider space or room to keep the machine or equipment
  • The likelihood of the machine being outdated absolute or out of date
  • One has to consider whether that machine can adopt to future changes
  1. State the best type of machine one would use to perform the following tasks:
  Functions Type of machine
(a) To create postage impressions on envelopes Franking machine
(b) To fold documents put them in envelope and seal them Composite machine
(c) To destroy sensitive but unwanted documents Paper shredder
(d) To store large volumes of data Computer
(e) To run 300 copies of an exam for students in a school Printing machine
(f) To make exam copies of a certain original document Photocopier
(g) To trim papers to the required sizes Guillotine machine

 

  1. Highlight the disadvantages of using office machine
  • They can be very costly/expensive to buy and operate
  • They occupy space which can be used for other tasks
  • Machines may replace labour causing unemployment
  • Some may require electricity which may be expensive
  • Any breakdown of the machine may delay work
  • The machine may become obsolete(out of date)
  • They are subject to wear and tear(depreciation)
  • Some may require specialized or trained personnel to operate
  1. State the three categories of office staff
  • Managerial staff
  • Junior staff
  • Subordinate staff
  1. Outline the advantages of using office machines
  • Machines are labour saving and can be cost effective in the long run
  • The output of machines is of good quality
  • They can be used to minimize fraud or theft
  • Machines can be very fast saving on time
  • They can produce uniform work
  • Machines can be very accurate as compared to human labour
  • Some machines can be adapted to multiple task such as a computer
  1. Highlight the role played by a good filing system in an organization
  • Filing provides security/safety of documents
  • It facilitates easy retrieval or access of documents
  • Good filing enhances orderliness and tidiness of an office
  • It guarantees confidentiality of information since it cannot get to the wrong hands
  • Good filing promotes good communication
  • Filing guarantees that documents are protected from damage
  • Good filing guarantees good future reference in case the information is required
  1. Outline the various categories of office equipment giving examples in each case
  Category Example
(a) Typing office machine (i)Typewriter

(ii)Dictating machine

(b) Mailing office machine (i)Franking machine

(ii)Composite machine

(iii)Folding machine

(c) Communication office machine (i)Telephone

(ii)Telex

(iii)Cell phone

(d) Duplicating/reprographic machine (i)Photocopier

(ii)Duplicator

(iii)Printing machine

 

  1. Distinguish between centralized and decentralized filing system

In centralized system one department is given the responsibility of keeping and managing all the files in the whole organization. This department is referred to as a registry.Decentralised filing

  1. State the characteristics of a good office worker with office etiquette
  • Courtesy i.e dealing with people politely
  • Punctuality-keeping time at all times
  • Honesty-telling the truth
  • Co-operation with other employees
  • Tactical or being diplomatic when dealing with others
  • Good judgement and coming up with the best decision
  • Neatness and orderliness in terms of work arrangement
  • Dedication or loyalty towards the organization
  1. Highlight personal attributes that Bakari should have as an office worker
  • He should be presentable
  • He should maintain high standard of morality
  • He should have a good sitting posture
  • He should maintain high standards of hygiene
  • He should be neat and accurate in the organization of his work
  • He should maintain good health and physical fitness through having proper diet and exercising
  1. Define the roles played by the following office workers

(a)Departmental manager

  • Maintaining the books of accounts
  • He/she may prepare the budget for his/her department
  • Submitting reports to the senior manager about performance of the department
  • Monitoring and supervising workers in the department
  • Assigning roles and duties to employees in the department

(b)Personal secretary

  • Receiving and filing information
  • Booking appointments for the boss
  • Taking and writing minutes during meetings
  • He/she can maintain small amount of money for making small or petty purchases in the office
  • He/she receives and makes calls for his seniors
  1. Highlight trends in office management
  • Use of modern computers enhances efficiency
  • Introduction of customer care desks or offices to address customers concerns
  • Movement toward open and landscape office plan to enhance more interaction among the workers
  • Outsourcing for some task that can be done by other firms instead of employing workers to do the same e.g. having external cleaners or security
  • Use of the cell phone for communication
  1. E-Commerce is a recent trend in business. Outline the advantages of using this method in carrying out business activities.

Advantages

  • One can have a wide variety of goods and services from all over the world
  • It reduces the cost of travelling to the market or in search of product
  • It is fast as deals can be made within a short period of time
  • A seller can advertise goods to many consumers over a wide area
  • Paper work and the many document used on other trade are removed or reduced as selling and buying is on-line
  • A lot of information about the market can be accessed on the internet

 

HOME TRADE

TOPIC OBJECTIVES: By the end of the topic, the learners should be able to:

  1. Explain the meaning and importance of trade.
  2. Classify trade
  • Explain the forms of home trade
  1. Discuss the types and functions of retailers
  2. Discuss the types and functions of wholesalers
  3. Describe the documents used in home trade and the circumstances under which they all used
  • Explain the means of payment used in home trade and the circumstances under which they are used
  • Explain the terms of payment used in home trade and circumstances in which they are used.

MEANING OF TRADE

This is the buying and selling of goods and services with the aim of making a profit.

Importance of trade:

Trade plays a vital role in any economy. The various roles played by trade in the economy include:

  1. Helps people to acquire what they cannot produce
  2. Avails a variety of goods and services thereby improving the peoples living standards
  • Creates an outlet for goods thereby enabling the producers to dispose of their surplus produce
  1. Creates employment opportunities
  2. Encourages specialization and division of labour
  3. Promotes peace, social relations and understanding the parties involved since they depend on one another
  • Provides revenue to the business and the government in form of taxes and fees charged on the various trading activities
  • Ensures steady supply of goods and services
  1. Exploitation of local resources as traders create goods and services using locally available resources
  2. Encourages economic growth and development

Classification of Trade

  1. On the basis of geographical location of the portion involved, These are:
  2. Home trade-Also called internal, local or domestic trade.

It refers to the buying and selling of goods and services within the boundaries of a given country.

It is further divided into retail trade and wholesale trade.

  1. International trade (foreign trade)

-This is trade that is carried out beyond the boundaries of a country

-This is trade carried out between individuals or government of different countries e.g. trade between a citizen of Kenya and a citizen of Tanzania, or trade between the government of Kenya and the government of Southern Sudan

-International trade carried out between two countries is referred to as bilateral trade and international trade carried out among many countries (more than two countries) is referred to as multilateral trade.

International trade is classified into the following;

  1. Export Trade-Which is the sale of goods and services by a country to another country or individuals in one country to another country or individuals in one country to individuals in another country.
  2. Import Trade-Which is the buying of goods and services by one country from another country or by individuals in one country from individuals in another country.

Forms of Home Trade

  1. Retail Trade

-Retail trade involves the buying of goods and selling them to the final consumer. A retailer is the trader who buys goods with a view of selling them to the final consumer.

Classification of Retail Traders

Retailers are classified/categorized according to the amount of capital they need to start and operate their businesses and their sales volume. Thus retailers can be classified as;

  1. Small scale retailers
  2. Large scale retailers
  3. Small-scale Retail businesses/small scale Retailers

These are retailers whose capital requirement is low and their sales volume also low. They form the majority of retail traders and all found in all parts of the country.

Small scale businesses are easy to start and in most cases they are operated as one-man’s business.

A small scale trader serves the needs of people in the immediate neighbourhood and deal mainly in fast moving goods such as foodstuffs, detergents, kerosene e.t.c

Categories and Types of small scale

These are two main categories of small-scale traders as shown below;

  1. Small scale Traders without shops

Itinerant Traders (Hawkers and peddlers)

Roadside sellers

Open air market Traders

 

 

  1. Small scale retailers with shops

Single shops             Tied shops                Kiosks     Mobile shops

Market stalls            Canteens          Mail order stores

  1. Small scale Retailers without shops
  2. Itinerant Traders

These are retailers who move from place to place selling their goods either on foot, by bicycles or motor cycles

-They move from town to town, door to door and from village to village selling their goods. Their goods may include clothes, utensils and foodstuffs. Customers can buy goods without having to travel to look for them

-Examples of itinerant traders are hawkers and peddlers (Hawkers move around on bicycles, handcarts or motorcycles while peddlers walk around)

-The itinerant traders require a licence from the local authorities in order to sell their goods.

Characteristics of itinerant Traders

  1. Are found mainly in densely populated areas
  2. Move from place to place in search of customers
  • They are very persuasive
  1. Their prices are not controlled.

Advantages of itinerant Traders

  1. They require little capital to start
  2. They are convenient because they bring goods closer to the people
  3. The business is flexible in that they can move from place to place. They can also change from line of business to another
  4. Few legal formalities are required
  5. They usually do not suffer bad debts because they sell in cash.

Disadvantages of itinerant Traders

  1. The traders get tired because of moving from one place to another while carrying goods.
  2. The business is affected by bad weather conditions
  3. The traders sale a limited range of goods
  4. It is difficult to transport goods from one place to another.
  5. Do not offer guarantee, in case items are to be found defective
  6. They are constantly in conflict with the local government.
  7. Roadside sellers

These are traders who sell their goods at places where other people pass by and at busy places such as along busy roads, bus stages, road junctions and entrances to public buildings.

They place their goods on trays, cardboards, empty sacks and mails

They sell items such as fruits, utensils, sweets, clothing and some hardware.

  • Open-air market Traders

Open air markets are places set aside by the government through the local authorities where people meet to buy and sell goods. Traders selling similar commodities are allocated a special area. Such markets are open on particular days of the week.

The variety of goods sold here is wide and include agricultural produce, clothing, household items, animals, foodstuffs and even furniture.

The traders move from one market to another depending on the various market days.

Advantages of small-scale retailers without shops

  1. They require a small amount of capital to start and operate their businesses.
  2. They are convenient since they take goods to the customers within their reach.
  • They incur low costs of doing business
  1. Most of their goods are low-priced and hence more affordable to customers.
  2. The business is flexible. It is easy to change from one business to another
  3. They require few legal requirements
  • The financial risks involved in these businesses are minimal
  • They do not suffer bad debts since they sell on cash bases
  1. They interact at personal level with the customers and can convince them to buy their goods.

Disadvantages of small-scale retailers without shops

  1. It is tiring for traders to move from place to place especially if the goods are heavy and the distance covered are long
  2. The traders face stiff competition from other traders with more resources
  • They offer a limited variety of goods
  1. They are affected by unfavorable weather condition
  2. Lack of permanent operating premises denies them a chance to develop permanent customers
  3. They face a lot of certainty, especially in terms of a steady flow of income
  • They sometimes sell defective or low quality goods because customers expect to pay little money for them.

 

  1. Small scale Retailers with shops

These are small scale retailers with permanent locations to operate from. They include;

  1. Kiosks

These are small shops or structures found mostly in residential areas, busy streets, highly populated areas or inside building where people pass by or work

They deal in fast-moving items and groceries such as; sodas, cakes, sweets, cigarettes, and newspapers e.t.c. some kiosks also sell food

  1. Market stalls

These are permanent stands found in market places, especially those operated by the various local authorities

They are of different designs depending on the goods they sell or services they offer.

They are rented or leased by individuals from local authorities

They deal in fast moving household goods though some may specialize in other products such as clothing and shoes.

Examples are stalls at Muthurwa markets, Kariokor, and most municipal markets.

Advantages of kiosks and market stalls

  • They are small, hence easy to start and operate
  • They are conveniently located close to their customers
  • They require little capital to start
  • They tend to have a loyal group of customers since they have permanent premises
  • They incur relatively low running costs
  • They give personal attention to their customers
  • They are flexible since the owner can change from one business to another easily.

Disadvantages of kiosks and market stalls

  • They provide a limited range of products
  • They usually do not have adequate higher capital for expansion
  • They charge relatively higher prices than the retailers without shops
  • They face stiff competition from more established retail businesses
  • They sometimes suffer from bad debts
  • Due to their size, they do not enjoy economies of scale
  • For market stalls the hours for operation are controlled by the local authority concerned
  • Single shops (unit shops)

Single shops are mostly located in the trading or market centres in rural areas or in the residential areas of high towns

-They are operated from fixed premises

-They are usually run by one person who may get assistance from him/her family or employ attendance

-Some deal in one line of commodity such as houses, clothing, groceries or electronics

Advantages of single shops

  • Minimal capital is required
  • Running costs are usually low as the owner may use the services of family members
  • They may offer credit facilities to some customers
  • They are easy to start because only a licence is required
  • They usually have a loyal group of customers
  • The owner can change his or her line of business at will
  • They are easy to start since the owner does not have to meet any manufactures requirements
  • Products prices are fixed by the shop owners
  • The owner has the freedom of creativity and independence
  • They are convenient since they ensure goods are within easy reach of their customers.

Disadvantages of single shops

  • Expansion is difficult due to limited funds
  • They face stiff competition from large businesses
  • The absence of the owner may result in closure and loss of business
  • May suffer bad debts
  • Provide limited variety of goods
  • The operations of the business are affected by the owner’s commitment.
  1. Tied shops

These are shops that mainly sell the products of one particular manufacture or are owned by a specific supplier of certain goods. The shops are owned or controlled by the manufacturer, and are thus tied to the manufacture.

The manufacture/supplier designs the organization of the shop and its appearance e.g. painting hence they look alike. The supply closely supervises the shops.

Examples of tide shops include; Bata shops which sell shoes made by Bata Company, petrol station like National, Kobil, and total e.t.c

Advantages of Tied shops

  • Availability of goods is assured at all times
  • The supplier carries out promotion for the goods
  • The manufacturer/supplier can easily give credit to the shops
  • Customers can return or change faulty goods at any of the shops
  • The shops are easily identifiable due to their similarity
  • Traders are financed by the manufacture
  • They get loyal customers who keep buying their branded products
  • Advertisement expenses are met by the manufacture
  • They get technical advice from the manufacture
  • Some operate from permanent premises owned by the manufacture.

Disadvantages of Tied shops

  • Decision making is slow because the manufacturer must be consulted
  • The variety of goods is limited
  • The shops cannot sell goods from any other manufactures even if customers require them
  • Prices are fixed by the manufacture and sometimes profit margins may be low
  • They inhibit the retailers creativity and innovations
  • There is a likelihood of disagreements between the manufacture and the tied shop owners.

Differences/Distinction between a tied shop and single shop                                                                                                                                          Single shop                                                       Tied shop

-Owner is free to stock whatever he/she wishes Dealership can be withdrawn if operators stock competing products
Owned by individual or a group of people The owner is normally the manufacturer
Sells products from different manufacturers Sells products from a single manufacturer
-Design of shop according to owners wish Shops usually have the same design
Prices of goods determined by shop owner or different manufactures Prices of goods set by the manufacturer
Operators not trained by manufacturers Operators are usually trained by manufacturer
  1. Canteens: These are retail shops found in institutions such as schools, colleges, hospitals and army barracks.

-They stock a variety of consumable goods such as sodas, bread, tea, groceries and other things used by the people in that institution.

-They are run by the institutions management or by individuals on retail business

-Most of them operate without a license as they are considered to be part of the institution. Their hours of operation are sometimes regulated by the institution

Advantages of canteens

-Some do not pay any rent, thus they incur low overhead costs

-They often require low capital to start

-Some offer credit facilities to their customers

-They are situated at ideal location which is convenient for their customers

-They are assured of a market as they cater for people in particular institution.

Disadvantages of canteens

-The market is limited to people in a particular institution

-They do not open throughout/they open for limited hours e.g. after classes in schools

-They close down when the targeted customers are not available e.g. during school holidays.

-They may suffer from bad debts

-They are difficult to expand due to insufficient funds

  1. Automatic vending machines; These are coin or card operated machines used to sell commodities like drinks, stamps, and snacks e.t.c. Examples are coffee shops, ATM’s e.t.c

Features

-They dispense goods or services once a coin or a card is inserted and instructions keyed in.

-They operate without an attendant

-They are usually placed at strategic places such as busy streets, office buildings, shopping centres and hospitals.

Advantages of vending machines

  • Commodities can be bought anytime because no attendant is required
  • They save the owner the cost of employing a shop attendant
  • They can be put strategically to boost sales e.g at institutions
  • They are fast and accurate
  • They are not affected by weather changes
  • They provide goods and services on cash basis protecting the owner from the burden of bad debts.

Disadvantages of vending machines

  • They provide a limited range of products
  • Break-downs or stock-outs may discourage customers
  • Maintenance costs are high due to regular servicing, repairs and sometimes vandalism
  • The owner may incur losses through fraud and use of inappropriate coins and cards by consumers.
  • Customers are forced to carry coins and cards in order to obtain goods or services
  • Their use is limited to customers who are familiar with how the machine works
  • They are mainly found in urban areas, thereby locking out the people in rural areas.
  • Mobile shops

Mobile shops, like itinerant traders move from town to town or village to village selling their goods.

-They have vehicles that they have converted into a shop from which customers can buy their goods

-They visit different towns at regular intervals.

Advantages of small scale Retailers

  1. Easy to raise capital to start
  2. Retailers are in close contact with the consumers and may give credit to credit worthy customers.
  3. Are able to use free or cheap labour from family members
  4. The risks involved in their businesses are small
  5. The business is simple to start and manage
  6. Few legal formalities required to start and run the business
  7. The trader can easily change from one form of business to another i.e. the business is flexible

Disadvantages of small-scale retailers

  1. Traders have limited access to loan facilities
  2. They may not afford to hire specialists or technical staff
  3. May suffer bad debts if they give credit to customers without proper assessment
  4. Do not enjoy economies of scale
  5. Have a low turnover because of the little capital invested

 

LARGE SCALE RETAILERS

Large-scale retailers have the following features/characteristics;

  1. Require large amounts of capital to start and maintain
  2. They operate from larger fixed premises
  • They operate mainly in urban areas
  1. They have a large labour force
  2. Buy goods in large quantities from wholesalers or directly from producers and are therefore allowed large trade and quantity discounts and other favourable credit facilities
  3. Require the services of specialists such as salespersons and accountants
  • May occupy one large premise or several premises in the same town or in different towns
  • They have large stocks and large sales volumes

TYPES OF LARGE SCALE RETAILERS

  1. Supermarkets: A supermarket is a large-scale self-selection/self-service store that deals mainly with household goods such as utensils, foodstuffs and clothes. It has the following features;

Features of supermarkets

  1. Requires large capital to start
  2. They stock a wide variety of goods
  • Offers self service facilities
  1. Goods have price tags or bar codes
  2. Prices of goods are fixed
  3. No credit facilities are offered
  • Sell at comparatively low prices
  • Goods are systematically arranged for easy selection
  1. Shoppers are provided with baskets or trolleys for convenience
  2. There is minimal interaction between buyer and seller
  3. There are employees who pack goods for customers at the pay points.

Advantages of supermarkets

  1. Prices may be relatively low because they buy their goods in bulk and are given discounts
  2. Saves time as customers are able to get most goods they require under one roof
  • Self-service saves the customers time
  1. Few attendants are employed thereby reducing the monthly wage bill
  2. Impulse buying leads to more sales, hence high profits
  3. Bad debts are avoided because there are no credit sales.
  • The price tags on goods help customers to monitor their spending.

Disadvantages of supermarkets

  1. Do not offer credit facilities to customers
  2. Do not deliver goods to the customer’s premises
  • Are found mainly in urban areas
  1. May incur losses due to pilferage of goods
  2. Impulse buying may lead the customers to buying goods they may not need.
  3. They are expensive to start and operate due to the large amount of capital required
  • Prices are fixed and bargaining is not accepted, which discourages some customers
  • Minimal personal interaction limits chances for making more sales
  1. Hypermarkets

A hypermarket is a large shopping complex/centre comprising a variety of businesses managed by different people all housed in one building

Examples; village market, sarit centre, Tuskeys-Kisumu, Nakumatt mega city-Kisumu e.t.c

Features/Characteristics of Hypermarkets

  1. Are served with good access roads
  2. They have ample parking space
  • Many businesses in one building
  1. Located in the outskirts of town
  2. Offer a variety of goods and services
  3. Occupy a large space.

Advantages of Hypermarkets

  1. Offer ample and secure parking space to customers
  2. Customers can do all their shopping in one building
  • They are usually open for long hours
  1. They may provide credit facilities by accepting credit cards
  2. There is less traffic congestion as hypermarkets are located away from urban centres
  3. Provide a wide variety of goods and services to customers under one roof.
  • They have fair prices that are customer friendly.

 

Disadvantages of Hypermarkets

  1. Are only convenient to customers who have cars because they are situated away from city centres
  2. They serve limited number of people due to their location
  • They require large amount of capital to establish
  1. They can easily exploit their customers since their prices are not controlled
  2. Require large amount of space which are not available in central business district (CBD)
  3. They spend a lot of security to safeguard properties
  4. Chain stores (Multiple shops); Are large scale businesses with separate branches which are managed and organized centrally. The branch managers are accountable to the head office. Examples; African Retail Traders (ART), White Rose dry cleaners, Nakumatt, Tuskys, Uchumi e.t.c

Characteristics/features of chain stores

  1. Are managed centrally from a head office
  2. Prices are standard for all their products in all their branches
  • All branches deal in the same type of products
  1. Sales are decentralized i.e. the various shops situated in different places act as selling points or branches
  2. Purchases of stock are centralized i.e. buy stock buy stock in bulk centrally and distributed to the different branches
  3. Goods can be transferred from one shop to another where the need for them is higher
  • The shops operate under one name and are similar in appearance and interior layout

Advantages of chain stores/multiple shops

  1. They enjoy large trade discounts since they buy their goods in bulk centrally and is passed to consumers in form of low prices
  2. Common costs such as those of advertising are shared
  • Goods that do not have a high demand in one branch can be transferred to another where their demand is high
  1. They are easily identified by their colour and design
  2. They have low operational costs because of the centralized buying, storage, advertising and accounting
  3. They serve a large number of customers because they are spread in many towns and cities
  • The similarity of the shops in appearance and services serves as an advertising tool
  • Risks such as losses are spread among many shops
  1. It is possible to pay for goods in one branch and pick them up in another.

Disadvantages of chain stores/multiple shops

  1. Large amount of capital is required to start and maintain the business
  2. They cater mainly for the urban areas as they are situated in those places
  • Organizational problems may occur due to their large size
  1. No credit facilities are offered except those operating exclusively on hire purchase schemes
  2. Response to market changes is slow due to the slow decision making
  3. Decision making is slow as the head office must be consulted
  • Lack of personal touch with customers
  • Absence of personal touch between employer and employee may reduce incentives for hard work among staff
  1. People tend to shy away from buying similar products such as clothes and this may reduce sales.
  2. Departmental stores

This is a group of single shops operating under one roof with a centralized management

Each shop/department specializes in a particular line of products and is headed by its own department manager.

Characteristics of departmental stores

  1. Each department has its own manager
  2. Each department sells only one line of products
  • All departmental managers are answerable to a general manger
  1. They offer a wide variety of goods at relatively low prices
  2. They sell goods strictly on cash basis
  3. They are usually in town centres
  • Goods are not transferable from one department to another as each has its own variety of goods.

Advantages of departmental stores

  1. Customers can buy/access a wide variety of goods at fair prices under one roof.
  2. They can afford to hire trained qualified experienced staff who provide quality services
  • They buy goods in large trade discounts. This enables them to sell at low prices.
  1. Each department is able to make independent and quick decisions that affect its operations.
  2. The independence of departments ensures that the weakness of one department does not affect each other.
  3. Savings can be made on some activities such as product promotion by centralizing them.

Disadvantages of Departmental stores

  1. A large amount of capital is required to start and maintain the stores
  2. They require a large number of customers to operate profitably
  • It is difficult to give personal attention to customers
  1. They cater mainly for the urban communities in which they are located
  2. They strictly sell their goods on cash basis
  3. Operational costs are high due to the wide variety of services offered
  • Their large size could encourage theft and pilferage of goods
  • The independence of departments can make central control difficult.
  1. Mail order stores

This is a type of retail business where business is carried out through the post office, telephone or email

-Ordering of the goods is done through the post office telephone or email and delivering of goods is done by post or courier

-There is no personal contact between the seller and the buyer and buyers get information from advertisements.

-Goods are dispatched on the basis of cash with order (CWD) or cash on delivery (COD).

Characteristics/features of Mail order stores

They sell the goods through the post office

-They operate on cash with order (CWO) or cash on delivery (COD) terms

-Heavy advertisement are involved

-Customers do not visit the selling premises.

-There is no personal contact between the buyer or the seller

-All transactions are done through the post office

-They deal with goods that are less bulky, have high value, and are durable and not too fragile

-May have large warehouses

Advantages of Mail order stores

  • They reach customers who are far for away from the shopping centres
  • Do not require the services of sales personnel or shop attendants for skilled labour since selling is routine
  • Total control of distribution is possible
  • Payments is made with order or delivery so there is little chance of bad debts
  • Eliminates the loss associated with shop space, thus saving on rent
  • Supply of goods is based on order thus a trader requires little working capital
  • The method eliminates trips to congested stores and lengthy waits queues
  • Do not require large storage space for goods.

Disadvantages of Mail order stores

  • Advertising and postage costs may increases the price of goods
  • There is lack of personal contact between the seller and the buyer
  • There is limited variety of goods on offer
  • Customers do not have the opportunity of inspecting goods before buying
  • There are no credit facilities
  • The method is only suitable for those who can read and write
  • Should there be a problem with the post office.e.g industrial action like strikes, the business may be affected
  • Difficult to operate in places where post office services are poor or unavailable
  • Chances of being defrauded are high.

FUNCTIONS OF RETAILERS

These can be discussed as services rendered to consumers, wholesalers and producers

Services Rendered to consumers

  1. Offers credit facilities: Retailers are in close contact with the consumers and some may give them credit facilities
  2. After-sales services: Retailers who sell technical goods e.g. cars, electronics e.t.c may offer after sale services to consumers e.g. transport, installation repair e.t.c
  • Provision of variety of goods: Retailers stock a wide variety of goods from different wholesalers and manufactures enabling the consumers to have a wide choice.
  1. Advising consumers: Retailers may offer advice to consumers on choice and use of products
  2. Availing needed goods: Retailers make goods available to consumers at the right time and place
  3. Breaking bulk: Retailers sell goods to consumers in convenient quantities
  • Accumulating bulk
  • Stabilizing prices: By ensuring that goods are continuously available to consumers

Services Rendered to wholesalers

  1. Retailers store goods and relieve the wholesalers the burden of storing goods and the storage costs
  2. They relieve the wholesalers the burden of transportation
  • Retailers advice wholesalers on market trends(on consumers demand)and give valuable information
  1. They help in distribution of goods to the consumers
  2. They help in breaking bulk on behalf of the wholesaler
  3. They finance wholesalers to continue with their operations through paying for the goods
  • They relieve the wholesaler of some risks that arise from the storage of goods such as theft, fire and accidents.

Services Rendered to producers

  1. Through wholesalers retailers provide very vital information to manufactures about market demand
  2. They advertise goods on behalf of producers
  • They sell and market goods to consumers. This relieves the manufactures the task and risk of retailing
  1. They store goods on behalf of the producers
  2. They break bulk on behalf of producers to consumers
  3. They finance producers by buying and paying cash

WHOLESALE TRADE

Wholesaling involves selling goods in large quantities to traders for resale. A wholesaler is a trader who buys goods in bulk from producers/manufactures for resale to retailers at a profit.

-There are wholesalers who carry out retailing but that do not make them retailers.

Classification of wholesalers/Types of wholesalers

Wholesalers may be classified depending on a number of factors. These factors include;

  1. According to the range of goods they handle
  2. According to the geographical area in which they operate
  3. According to their method of operation.
  4. According to the range of goods they handle

Under this classification, wholesalers may be any of the following;

  1. General merchandise wholesalers
  2. General line wholesalers
  3. Specialized wholesalers
  4. General merchandise wholesalers

The word merchandise means goods.

-The general merchandise wholesalers stock and sell a wide variety of goods e.g. hardware, clothes, cosmetics and foodstuffs. The retailers who buy from these wholesalers are thus able to get a wide variety of goods for resale.

-They are also called general wholesalers or full-line wholesalers

  1. b) General line wholesalers

-These are wholesalers who deal in a wide variety of goods within the same line e.g. textbooks, duplicating papers and other types of stationary.

  1. c) Specialized wholesalers

-These are wholesalers who deal in a particular good from a given line e.g. in the line of grains, they may specialize in maize only.

  1. ii) According to the geographical area in which they operate.

Under this category wholesalers may be;

  1. Nationwide wholesalers
  2. Regional wholesalers.
  3. Nationwide wholesalers:

These are wholesalers who supply goods to traders in all parts of the country.

-They establish warehouses or depots in different areas from Kenya National Trading Corporation (KNTC)

  1. b) Regional Wholesalers

These are wholesalers who supply goods to certain parts of the country only. They may cover a county, District, division e.t.c

iii) According to their method of operation

Under this classification, wholesalers can be:

  1. Cash and carry wholesalers
  2. Mobile wholesalers
  3. Rack jobbers
  4. Cash and carry wholesalers: These wholesalers sell goods on cash and self-service basis like supermarkets

-They neither offer transport nor credit facilities to their customers.

  1. Mobile wholesalers/Track distributors: These are wholesalers who use vehicles to move from place to place supplying goods to retailers e.g. soda distributors, bread distributors, beer distributors e.t.c.
  2. Rack jobbers

These wholesalers specialize in selling certain/particular products to other specialized wholesalers. They buy goods from producers or from other countries for reselling.

E.g. some wholesalers buy horticultural products from producers and sell to other wholesalers in urban areas

-Rack jobbers usually stock their goods in shelves or racks from which customers select the goods to buy. Customers may be allowed to pay for the goods after they have sold them.

  1. d) Drop shippers

These are wholesalers who make orders for goods from manufactures/producers but do not take them from the producers premises. They then look for the buyers for the goods and supply the goods directly from the producers

Alternate classification of wholesalers

An alternative classification of wholesalers is given below:

  1. Those who buy goods store them in warehouses and sell them to traders without having added anything to them.
  2. Wholesalers who act as wholesaler’s agents or brokers. These are middlemen who are paid a commission for their work e.g. commission agents
  • Those who after buying the goods and storing them prepare them for sale. They break bulk, pack, brand, sort, grade and blend the goods

These terms are explained as below:

  1. Breaking bulk- Reducing a commodity into smaller quantities for the convenience of the buyer e.g. buying sugar from the producer in sacks and selling it in packets.
  2. Packing-Putting goods in packets and boxes ready for sale.
  3. Branding-Giving a product a name by which it will be sold
  4. Sorting-Selecting goods to desired sizes, weight, colour and qualities
  5. Grading-Putting goods in groups of similar qualities to make it easier to price them
  6. Blending-It involves mixing different grades of a product to achieve qualities like taste and colour.

 

Functions of a wholesaler

These can be discussed as services rendered to producers, retailers and to consumers.

Services of wholesalers to the producers

  1. They relieve the producers the problem of distribution by buying goods from them and selling to retailers
  2. They relieve the producers of some risks they would experience e.g. damage, theft, fall in demand e.t.c
  • Save the producers from the problem of storage by buying goods and keeping in their warehouses
  1. They prepare goods for sale on behalf of the producers
  2. They get feedback from consumers on behalf of producers
  3. They promote products through advertising, displays, trade fairs and exhibitions
  • They finance producers by buying goods from them and paying in cash.

Services of wholesalers to the Retailers

  1. They stock a wide variety of goods in large quantities relieving the retailer from buying from different producers
  2. They avail goods at places convenient to retailers
  • They break bulk for the benefit of retailers
  1. They offer transport facilities to retailers
  2. They offer advisory services to retailers regarding market trends
  3. They offer credit facilities to retailers
  • They engage in product promotion on behalf of retailers
  • They sort, blend, pack and brand goods saving retailers from having to do it.

Services of wholesalers to consumers

  1. They ensure a steady supply of goods to retailers hence consumers are not faced with shortages
  2. They ensure a stable supply of goods hence there will be stability in market prices
  • They enable consumers to enjoy a wide variety of goods
  1. They break the bulk of goods thus enabling the consumer through the retailer to get the goods in convenient quantities
  2. They prepare goods for sale e.g. branding, blending and packaging
  3. Pass information to consumers through retailers about the goods e.g. new products, new prices and their use.

 

DOCUMENTS USED IN HOME TRADE

A business document is a written record which gives evidence to a stage in the transfer of goods or provision of services from one party or it is written record which gives evidence that trader or a business transaction has taken place.

A business transaction is a deal between two or more people involving exchange of goods and services in terms of money.

Business transaction may take place on cash basis; in which case goods are paid for before or on delivery or a short while after delivery

Business transaction may also take place on credit basis; which means payment is made after a specified period from the date of delivery of the goods or the provision of the services

There are various business documents that are used in various stages of business transactions as discussed below;

  1. Documents used at the inquiry stage

This is the first stage in transaction. An inquiry is a request by a prospective buyer for information on available goods and services. It is aimed at establishing the following;

  • Whether the goods or services required are available for sale
  • The quality or nature of the products available
  • The prices at which the goods or services are being sold
  • The terms of sale in respect to payment and delivery of goods or services

Some of the documents used at this stage include;

  1. Letter of inquiry;

This is a letter written by a potential buyer to the seller to find out the goods and services offered by the seller.

A letter of inquiry can be general or specific. A specific letter of inquiry seeks for information about a particular product.

Reply to an inquiry

The seller may reply to the letter of inquiry by sending any of the following documents;

-Price list -A catalogue             -Quotation                -A tender

  1. i) A price list

This is a list of items sold by the trader together with their prices. The information contained in a price list is usually brief and not illustrated and may include;

Name and address of the seller       -List of the goods and services

-The recommended unit prices of the products -Any discounts offered

Price list show the prices of the commodities at that time.

  1. A catalogue; A catalogue is a basket which briefly describes the goods a seller stocks.

It is normally sent by the seller to the buyer when the buyer sends a general letter of inquiry. It usually carries illustrations on the goods stocked, and could be in the form of attractive and colorful pictures

The content of a catalogue includes the following;

  • Name and address of the seller
  • Details of the products to be sold; inform of pictures and illustrations
  • The prices of the products
  • After-sales services offered by the seller
  • Packaging and posting expenses to be incurred
  • Delivery services to be used
  • Terms of sale

-Catalogues carry more information than the price list and they are more expensive to print.

  • Quotation; This is a document sent by a seller to a buyer in response to a specific letter of inquiry. It specifies the conditions and terms under which the seller is willing to supply the specified goods and services to the buyer.

The content of a quotation includes the following;

-Name and address of seller       -Name and address of the buyer

-Description of goods to be supplied          -Prices of the commodities

-Terms of sale i.e. discounts, time of supply, delivery

-Total of the goods to be supplied

Quotations are normally in form of letters, but many large-scale businesses have pre-printed quotations forms which they readily send to the potential customers.

  1. A Tender

This is a document of offer to sell sent by a seller to a buyer in response to an advertised request

Tenders contain the following;

Date when the tender advertisement was made  Mode of payment

-Date of making document                          Discounts given

Name and address of prospective seller called the tenderer

The prices at which the goods can be provided

Period of delivery                              Mode of delivery

-Tenders are delivered in sealed envelopes which are opened by the buyer on a specified date

The winning tender is usually awarded on the of the lowest quoted price although the buyer is not obliged to accept this especially if quality is likely to be low

Tenders are not binding unless accepted by the buyer.

  1. Documents used at the order stage

After receiving replies to inquiry in form of price list, catalogue or Quotation, a prospective buyer will study the terms and conditions stated in them, and then may decide to buy products or not.

  1. An Order

If a prospective buyer decides to purchase an item(s), he or she then places an order

An order is a document sent by a potential buyer to a seller requesting to be provided with specified products under specified terms and conditions

-An order issued for goods is called a local purchase order (LPO)

An order issued for services is called a local service order (LSO)

Ways of making an order

  1. Filling an order form. This is a pre-printed document that is used for making orders
  2. Writing an order letter
  • Sending an e-mail, faxing or sending a short text message
  1. Giving a verbal order. Verbal orders have the disadvantage in that they can be misunderstood and there would be no record of items ordered

-Where written orders are made, the potential buyer keeps a copy of the order for use in verifying the goods ordered when they are delivered.

A written order may contain the following;

  • Name and address of the buyer
  • Name and address of the seller
  • The number of the order
  • Quantities ordered and total amount to be paid
  • Description of the goods ordered
  • Price per item
  • Special instructions on such matters as packaging and delivery
  1. Acknowledgement note

On receiving the order, the seller sends the buyer an acknowledgement note

An acknowledgement note is a document sent by the seller to the prospective buyer to inform him/her that the order has been received and it is being acted upon.

After sending the acknowledgement note, the seller has to decide whether to extend credit to the buyer or not. At this stage, the seller has the following options;

  1. If the seller is convinced that the buyer is credit worthy, arrangements are made to deliver the ordered goods or services to the buyer.
  2. If the seller is not sure of credit worthiness of the buyer, a credit status inquiry can be issued to the buyer’s bankers or to other suppliers who deal with the buyer to ascertain the credit worthiness.
  • If the buyer is not credit worthy then a polite note or a pro forma invoice can be sent to him/her

A proforma invoice

This is a document sent by the seller to the buyer requesting the buyer to make payment for goods or services before they are delivered. It indicates that the seller is not willing to grant the buyer credit

Functions of a proforma invoice

  1. A polite way of asking for payment before the goods are delivered
  2. Sent when the seller does not want to give credit
  • Used by importers to get customers clearance before goods are delivered
  1. Issued to an agent who sells goods on behalf of the seller
  2. Show what the buyer would have to pay if the order is approved
  3. Can be used to serve as a quotation

Circumstances under which a pro-forma invoice may be used

  • If the seller does not want to give credit
  • If the seller wants to sell goods through an agent
  • If the seller wants to get clearance for imported goods
  • If the seller wants it to function as a quotation
  • If the seller wants to inform the buyer what he/she pay if the order is approved e.t.c

Documents used at the Delivery stage

After the seller has accepted the order sent an acknowledgement note and where necessary the pro-forma invoice, the seller then prepares the goods for delivery to the buyer. This can be done in the following ways;

  • The seller can ask the buyer to collect the goods
  • The seller can deliver the goods to the buyer using his/her own means of transport
  • The goods can be delivered to the buyer through public transport
  • The services(s) can be rendered to the buyer at the sellers or the buyer’s premises or at any convenient place.

The main documents that are used at this stage are;

  1. Packing note; Before delivery goods are packed for dispatch. This is a document prepared by the seller showing the goods contained/packed in every container, box or carton being delivered to the buyer

-A copy of the packing note is packed with the goods to make/help the buyer have a spot check.

The contents of a packing note include;

Description of goods packed

-Quantities of goods packed

-The means of delivery

NOTE: A packing not does not contain prices of goods. This ensures that those people involved in checking and transporting goods do not know the value of goods. This is done as a precaution against theft.

  1. Advice note; This is a document sent by the seller to the buyer to inform the buyer that the ordered goods have been dispatched. It is usually sent through the fastest means possible.

-It contains the following;

-The means of delivery               -A description of the goods

-The quantity dispatched            -Date

-Name and address of buyer and seller

Functions of an advice note

  1. Informing the buyer that the goods are on the way so that in case of any delay in delivery, the buyer can make inquiries
  2. Alerting the buyer so that necessary arrangements can be made for payments when the goods arrive
  3. Can serve as an acknowledgement note, where one is not sent/
  • Delivery note; This is a document sent by the seller to the buyer to accompany the goods being delivered.

-A delivery note is always made in triplicate (3), one copy remains with the seller and two sent to the buyer.

-When the goods reach the buyer, he/she confirms that the goods are the ones ordered for and that they are in the right condition by comparing the delivery note, the order and the goods. If the buyer is satisfied with the goods, he/she signs the two copies, retains the original and send the copy back to the seller. This serves as evidence that the goods have been received in the right condition and in the right quantities.

-Some businesses keep delivery books in which the buyer signs to indicate that goods have been received in good condition. A delivery book is used by the seller if he/she delivers goods by himself/herself as an alternative to a delivery note

The content of a delivery note includes the following;

  1. Name and address of the seller
  2. Name and address of the buyer
  3. Date of delivery
  4. Delivery note number
  5. Description of the goods delivered
  6. Quantities of the goods delivered
  7. Space for the buyer to sign and comment on the condition of the goods received.
  8. Consignment note

This is a document prepared by a transporter to show that he/she has been hired to deliver specified goods to a particular buyer. This document is used when goods are delivered to the buyer by public means of transport e.g. by trains.

-The seller is the consignor, the buyer is the consignee and the goods the consignment

The transporting company prepares the consignment note and gives the seller to complete and sign. The seller then returns the note to the transporter (carrier) who takes it together with the goods to the buyer.

-On receiving the goods, the buyer signs the consignment note as evidence that the goods were actually transported.

The content of a consignment note includes the following;

  • Details of the goods to the transported
  • Name address of seller (consignor)
  • Name and address of buyer (consignee)
  • Terms of carriage and conditions of transporting the goods
  • The transportation cost
  • Handling information
  • Destination of goods

 

  1. Goods Received note; This is a document sent by the buyer to the seller to inform him/her that goods sent have been received. It usually prepared in duplicate, the original is sent to the seller and the copy retained by the buyer.

The contents of the goods received note include;

  • Date of the document
  • Name and address of the buyer
  • Name and address of the seller
  • Corresponding purchase order
  • Details of goods received
  • Date the goods were received.
  1. Returned goods note/Damaged goods note; If goods are damaged on the way, the buyer may return them to the seller. The buyer may also return goods for other reasons e.g.
  • Wrong type of goods
  • Excess goods
  • Wrong quality goods

-When the goods are returned, the buyer informs the seller of the return by sending a goods returned note.

A goods returned note is a document sent by a buyer to a seller to inform him/her that certain goods are being returned to the seller.

-Where the goods are returned because of damage, the note may be referred to as the damaged goods note.

The contents of the goods returned note include;

  • Details of goods that have been returned to the seller
  • Date goods are returned
  • The number of (GRN)
  • Order number
  • Delivery number
  • Name and address of both buyer and seller

When the seller receives the note together with the goods, he issues a credit note

  1. Documents used at the invoicing stage

This stage involves the seller requesting or demanding for payment from the buyer for the goods or services delivered.

 

 

Some of the documents used at this stage include:

  1. Invoice

This is a document sent to the buyer by the seller to demand for payment for goods delivered or services rendered.

There are two types of invoices namely:

  1. Cash invoice-This is sent when payment is expected immediately after delivery thus acting as a cash sale receipt
  2. A credit invoice-This is sent when a buyer is allowed to pay at a later date.

Functions of an invoice

  1. It shows the details of goods sold i.e. quantity delivered, unit price, total value of the goods and terms and conditions of sale.
  2. It is a request to the buyer to make payment
  • It serves as an evidence that the buyer owes the seller a certain amount of money
  1. It is used as a source document in recording the transaction in the book of accounts.

The contents of an invoice include the following:

  • Invoice number
  • Name and address of the seller
  • Name and address of the buyer
  • Date document is prepared
  • Details of goods repaired
  • Unit prices of goods delivered
  • Total value of goods
  • Discounts offered
  • E and O.E printed at the bottom

The letters E and O.E (Errors and Omissions Excepted) means the seller reserves the right to correct any errors and omissions made in the invoice.

-On receiving the invoice, the buyer verifies the contents using the local purchase order and the delivery note. If the invoice is in order, the buyer makes arrangements to pay the amount stated.

Businesses which offer services issue a document called a bill, which serves the purpose of an invoice.

 

 

 

Differences Between the invoice and pro-forma invoice

The invoice The pro-forma invoice
1)   It is issued after goods and services have been delivered 1)   It is issued before goods and services have been delivered
2)   It shows the total value of the goods or services on credit 2)Shows the total value of goods and services to be bought
3)   It is used to demand payment for products sold on credit 3)It is used to demand for payment in advance for products to be bought
4)   Used as a basis for making payment for products already bought 4)Used as a basis for preparing payment for products not yet bought
5)   Serves as a notice of payment for products bought on credit 5) Serves as a Quotation for products to be bought.
  1. Credit note

This is a document sent by the seller to the buyer (credit buyer) to correct an overcharge. It is used to inform the buyer that the amount payable by him/her has been reduced

An overcharge is an excess amount charged beyond the right price.

Causes of overcharge may include;

  • Arithmetical errors like wrong addition
  • Price overcharges
  • Inclusion of wrong or unordered items in the invoice
  • Failure to deduct the allowable discounts
  • Return of goods (damaged goods)
  • Failure to note the return by the buyer of packing cases or containers used to deliver goods to him/her
  • Use of wrong price list.

-The purpose of the credit note is to reduce the total invoice amount by the amount of the overcharge.

-A credit note is usually printed in red to distinguish it from other documents.

Contents of a credit note include;

  • Name and address of the seller and the buyer
  • Credit note number
  • Date document is prepared
  • Description and value of goods returned by buyer (in case that was done)
  • Total overcharge

Reasons why a seller would send a credit note to a buyer/circumstances under which a credit note is sent to a buyer.

-When there is an overcharge in an invoice

-When the original invoice had indicated items that were not supplied

-When the buyer returns empty cases/crates that had been charged in the invoice.

-When the buyer returns some goods to the seller

-If the buyer was entitled to a discount which was not given or taken care of in the invoice.

  1. Debit note

This is a document sent by the seller to the buyer to correct an undercharge on the original invoice. It is used to inform the buyer that the amount payable by him has been increased.

-A debit note acts as an additional invoice.

-An undercharge arises when amount charged on products is less than their right price.

Causes of undercharge include:

  • Price undercharges on items
  • Arithmetic errors/mistaken in calculation
  • Omission of items in the invoice
  • Retention of crates and containers that were not involved by the buyer
  • Deductions of more discount than what was give/intended

Circumstances under which a debit note will be sent to the buyer

  1. When there is an undercharge in the invoice
  2. If the buyer had been given a discount that was not due to him
  3. If some items had been omitted in the original invoice
  4. If the buyer decides to retain some empty containers or crates

Differences Between a debit note and a credit note

DEBIT NOTE CREDIT NOTE
1)   Issued to correct an undercharge on the invoice. 1)   Issued to correct an overcharge on the invoive.
2)   Written on blue or black. 2)Usually written in red
3)   Issued when containers have not been returned 3) Issued when containers have been returned.

 

 

 

Documents used at the payment stage

This is the final stage of a credit business transaction. It takes place after the invoice has been received and ascertained to be correct or where necessary, corrections made.

The documents used at the payment stage include;

  1. Receipt

This is a document issued to the buyer by the seller as proof that payment has been made.

-Payment can be done in cash, cheque, other forms of money or in kind

-The receipt also serves as a source document for making entries in books of accounts.

Contents of the receipt include;

  • Date of payment
  • Name of the person making payment
  • Name of person/institution receiving payment
  • Amount paid in words and figures
  • Means of payment
  • Receipt number
  • Signature of person issuing the receipt.

-The issuance of a receipt by the seller to the buyer after receiving payment marks the end of the credit transaction between the seller and the buyer (where payment has been done in full)

-A receipt serves the same purpose as the cash sale slip

  1. ii) Statement of Account

This is a document prepared by the seller and sent to the buyer, giving a summary of all the dealings/transactions between them during a particular period of time, usually a month. It has the following details;

  • Date when it was prepared
  • Name and address of the seller
  • Name and address of the buyer
  • Account number
  • Date column-where the date of each transaction is recorded
  • Particulars (Details)column-where the explanation of each transaction is shown
  • Money column

-Debit column-increases in the amounts payable due to credit sales or under charge correction.

-Credit column-Decrease in the amounts payable due to overcharges corrected or payments recorded.

-Balance column-Amount owing after each transaction (Balance outstanding)

  • Any discounts allowed to the buyer
  • Date when the buyer is expected to clear the balance
  • Terms of credit e.t.c.

-The statement of account enables the buyer to ascertain the correctness of the transactions which have taken place with the seller over the stated period.

iii) IOU

An IOU (I owe you) is a document written by the buyer and sent to the seller to acknowledge a debt.

-It does not specify date when settlement will be made.

-It acts as evidence that a debt exists.

Summary of documents used in home trade

Document sent by buyer Document sent by seller
-Letter of inquiry Price list
Order Catalogue
Goods received note Quotation
Goods returned note -Tender
IOU -Acknowledgement
  -Advice note
  Packaging note
  Delivery note
  Consignment note
  Invoice
  Pro forma invoice
  Credit note
  Debit note
  Receipt
  Statement of account

MEANS OF PAYMENTS

These are the methods or ways the buyer may use to settle debts arising from a business transaction. These are various means of payments that can be used. These means of payments can be put into the following groups;

  1. Cash
  2. Means of payment provided by the post office
  • Means of payments provided by the commercial banks
  1. Means of payments which arise from private arrangements between sellers and buyers
  2. Other means of payment.
  3. Cash

This refers to the use of notes and coins to make payments. Currency notes and coins are issued by the central Bank of Kenya and are therefore legal tender

Legal tender means everyone is obliged by law to accept them as a means of payment i.e. no one can refuse to accept them as they are backed by the law.Notes and coins are available in different denominations as follows;

Coins; 5cents, 50cents, sh.1, sh.5, sh.10 and sh.40

Notes; sh.10.sh.20,sh.50,sh.100, sh.200,sh.500 and sh.1000.

-Coins are suitable for settling small debts and are acceptable as legal tender up to a certain maximum e.g. 50cents coins the maximum is sh20 and sh.1 the maximum is ksh.100.

Advantages of cash as a means of payment:

  1. It is the only means of payment which is a legal tender
  2. Convenient for settlement of small debts
  • Convenient to people with or without bank accounts
  1. Cash is readily usable

Disadvantages of cash as a means of payment

  1. Not convenient to carry around
  2. Cash can be lost or stolen easily as it is readily usable
  • Payment is difficult to prove unless a receipt is issued

Circumstances under which cash payment is appropriate

  1. Where the amounts involved are small
  2. Where the payee (receiver) does not accept other means of payment
  • Where cash is the only means available
  1. Where the payee requires cash(money) urgently
  2. Where there is need to avoid expenses associated with other means of payments
  3. Means of payments provided by the banks

Commercial banks are financial institutions that accept deposits to and withdrawals from them.

They also lend money to customers. Examples of commercial banks include: Commercial bank of Kenya, National bank of Kenya, Barclays bank, and Co-operative bank e.t.c

-There are various means of payments provided by the commercial banks. They are:

  1. Cheques
  2. Bank drafts/bankers cheques
  3. Credit transfers
  4. Standing orders
  5. Travellers cheques
  6. Telegraphic transfers
  7. Debit cards
  8. Electronic fund Transfer(E.F.T)
  9. Cheques

This is a written order by an account holder with the bank (drawer) to the bank (drawee) to pay on demand a specified amount of money to the named person (payee) or the bearer

Parties to a cheque

  1. Drawer-This is the person or institution who writes and issues the cheque.He is usually a current account holder with the bank
  2. Payee-The person or institution to be paid
  • Drawee-The bank(where the drawer has an account)

Details on a cheque; they include:

  • Date when it is issued
  • Name of the drawer
  • The name of the payee, except in bearer cheques
  • The name of the drawee(bank)and branch from where it is issued
  • Amount to be paid in figures and in words
  • The account number of the drawer
  • The signature of the drawer
  • The cheque number and bank code
  • The appropriate revenue stamps

Types of cheques

  1. Open cheques
  2. Crossed cheques
  • Bearer cheques
  1. Order cheques
  2. Open cheques

This is acheque that can be presented for payment over the counter. You present it and cash is paid to you.

 

 

  1. Crossed cheques

This is acheque that bears two parallel lines on the face. This means the cheque cannot be cashed over the counter. The cheque is deposited in an account (payee’s account)

The payee then withdraws the money from his/her account

A crossed cheque can be opened by the drawer signing twice on its face.

-A crossing can be general or special

General crossing-general crossings only contains the two parallel lines. This implies that the cheque will be paid through any bank in which it is deposited.

Special crossings-Has other instructions included in the crossing i.e;

  • Not negotiable-Means the cheque can be transferred by the payee to a third party, but he third cannot transfer the cheque (only the original payee can transfer the cheque)
  • Account payee only-Means the cheque should be deposited in the account of the payee.
  • Not transferable-Means there is no negotiation or transfer of the cheque
  • Bearer cheques-This cheque does not have the name of the payee written on it. The person presenting it to the bank is the one who is paid.
  1. Order cheque-The cheque bears the name of the payee. The bank pays this particular payee the amount stated in the cheque after proper identification

Dishonouring a cheque

A cheque is dishonored if the bank refuses to pay and returns the cheque to the drawer.

-A cheque can be dishonored due to the following reasons:

  1. Insufficient funds in the account
  2. If the signature on the cheque differs from the drawers specimen signature in the bank.
  • If the cheque is stalc i.e. presented for payment after six months from the date of issue.
  1. If the cheque is post dated-meaning the cheque is presented for payment earlier than the date on the cheque
  2. If the amount in figures is different from the amount in words
  3. If there are alterations on the cheque which are not countersigned by the drawer
  • If the cheque is torn, dirty or defauld making it illegible
  • If the account holder(drawer) is dead and the bank is aware of the fact
  1. If the drawer instructs the bank not to pay the particular cheque
  2. If the cheque contains errors which need to be corrected
  3. If the drawer becomes bankrupt or insane
  • If the drawer has closed his/her account.

Advantages of using cheques

  1. They are more secure than notes and coins because if they are lost or stolen, they can be traced to the person who cashed them.
  2. They are convenient to carry and can be used to pay large sum of money which would be otherwise inconvenient to pay using cash
  • They can be transferred to a third party to make payment/cheques are negotiable
  1. Payment can be made by cheque without the need to travel to make payment
  2. They provide a record of payment because of the counterfaits.The counterfaits acts as proof that payment has been made.
  3. Under special circumstances, they can be cashed or discounted before maturity.

Disadvantages of using cheques

  1. Cheques can be dishonored
  2. Requires the payee to go to the bank and in some cases to have an account
  • The drawer pays some charges e.g. charges for the cheque book
  1. Can only be issued by an account holder/the drawer must have an account
  2. They are not readily acceptable by everybody
  3. They do not provide immediate cash.

Circumstances under which a cheque is appropriate as a means of payment

  • Where the amount of money involved is large
  • Where the policy of the business demands so
  • Where a cheque is the only means available
  • Where there is need to avoid other risks associated with other means of payments
  1. Bank drafts/Banker’s cheques

-This is a cheque drawn on a bank i.e. a cheque drawn by one bank to another requesting the latter bank to pay a named person or institution a specified sum of money and charge it to the drawing bank

-It can also be drawn by a bank on the request of a customer. The customer fills in an application form obtained from a bank and hands it over to the bank together with the money she wants to transfer and a commission for the service.

-The bank then prepares the cheque and gives it to the applicant who can then send it to the payee

-A bank draft has the drawing bank’s guarantee for payment. It is therefore more readily acceptable than personal cheques.

-It is suitable when urgency is desired in the payment as it is more readily acceptable.

  1. Credit transfer

This is a means of payment provided by commercial banks to their current accounts holders who want to pay many people using one cheque/at the same time

-One cheque is drawn and is usually accompanied by a list of the people to be paid, the amount to be paid to each person and the addresses of the bank branches where the payment is to be made.

-The bank then ensures that a credit transfer is affected to the various bank branches and each payee is paid

-A credit transfer is usually used by employers to pay salaries to their staff members.

  1. d) Standing order

This is an instruction to a bank by an account holder to pay a named person or an organization a fixed amount of money at regular intervals over a specified period of time or until stopped

-It is a very useful means of payment for business people as it enables them to regularly pay their recurrent bills e.g. water, insurance, electricity, loan payment, hire purchase payment e.t.c

  1. e) Traveler’s cheques

This is a cheque drawn by one bank to another requesting the latter to pay a specified sum of money to a named bearer, who usually would have bought that cheque from issuing bank. The cheque holder pays the value of the cheque plus the charges for the services to the issuing bank.

-Travellers cheques are usually issued in fixed denominations and are very convenient for travel purposes, hence their name. They enable a person to travel without having to carry a lot of cash. The cheques are also readily acceptable as a means of payment.

  1. f) Telegraphic Transfers

This is a method /means of transferring money offered by commercial banks to anybody who wants to send money to another

The sender is required to fill an application form and provide the following information among others:

-His/her name                    -The amount of money to be remitted

-Name of the payee            -The bank where the money would be paid

The applicant is charged a commission and telegraph fee. The paying bank sends a telegram to the payee who has to identify himself/herself before the payment is made

The method is fast and safe.

  1. Debit cards

These are plastic cards issued by financial institutions e.g. banks that enables a person to purchase goods and services from any business that accepts them.

Debit cards are used to make payments from money held in ones accounts and are therefore an alternative to cash payments. Examples are ATM cards.

  1. Electronic Fund Transfer (E.F.T)

EFT is a method of transferring money from one account to another where computers are used. The sender is required to fill an electronic fund transfer form provided by the bank which instructs the bank to transfer money from his/her account to a named account.

Information is then sent to the payee’s bank electronically and the amount in the account is increased accordingly. The method is very fast.

  • Means of payments provided by the post office

The post office provides means of payments that can be used to transfer money from one person to another

The means of payments provided by the post office to facilitate payments includes,

  1. Money orders
  2. Posta pay
  3. Postal orders
  4. Postage stamps
  5. Premium bonds
  6. Money orders

A money order facilitates the transfer of money from one person to another through the post office (and/or bank)

A money order is usually for a specified sum of money usually purchased with cash from the post office

A person wishing to send money using this method visits a post office and completes an application form. Some of the details contained/given in the form include:

  • The amount of money to be remitted
  • Name of the payee
  • The name of the post office where the money order will be cashed
  • Name and address of the sender
  • Whether the money order is to be ordinary or sent by telegraph
  • Whether the sender wishes to be informed if the money has been paid
  • Whether the money is to be paid through a bank account or at the post office counter.

The application form, money to be remitted and commission for the service is handed to the post office cleark who prepares the money order and gives it to the sender who may post it or send it to the payee.

-Telegraphic money orders, the post office sends a telegram to the payee informing him/her to go to the post office and claim the money.

-Before payment is made, the payee must;

  • Identify himself/herself by producing an ID card
  • Identify the person who sent the money.

-The sender of the money is left with a counterfoil which serves as evidence that money was sent and it can be used to reclaim the money if it did not reach the payee

-Money order may be open or crossed. A crossed money order bears two parallel lines drawn diagonally on its face and must be deposited in the bank account of the payee. It cannot be cashed over the counter at the post office.

-An open money order can be presented for payment at the post office counter.

Circumstances under which money order is appropriate

  1. Where it is the only means available
  2. Where other means are not acceptable
  3. Where there is need to avoid inconveniences or risks associated with other means
  4. Posta pay

This is an Electronic Fund Transfer (EFT) service offered by the postal corporation of Kenya, for sending and receiving money instantly from various destinations both locally and internationally.

-The person sending money fills in a form called ‘send form’ giving the following details;

  • Name, address and telephone number of sender
  • Name, address and telephone number of receiver
  • Pay city, town and location of the receiver
  • Signature of the sender
  • Amount to be sent

-The sender hands over the form, the amount of money to be sent and the commission to the post office clerk for processing

-The transfer is done via the internet through a machine that gives a twelve-digit number for the transaction called the  ‘Transaction control number’(TCN).The sender then conveys this number, amount sent and pay location to the recipient and instructions to the recipient to visit the named post office for payment. This message is usually conveyed through the quickest means possible such as a telephone call

-The sender is given a copy of the processed ‘send form’ as proof that money has been sent. The post office retains the original for record purposes.

-When the receiver visits the post office, he/she will fill a ‘receiver form’ giving the following details;

  1. The transaction number(i.e. the twelve-digit number)
  2. The expected amount
  • The name, address and telephone number of the sender
  1. The city town or location of the sender
  2. Signature of the receiver

The receiver then identifies himself or herself by producing an ID card or passport before receiving the money.

-The recipient/payee is then given the money, a copy of the receive form as proof of having received the money. The paying post office retains a copy as proof of payment.

Advantages of using Posta pay as a means of payment

  1. Accessibility-Posta pay outlets (post offices) are located countrywide to eliminate movement over long distances to get money
  2. Ease of use-Sending or receiving money is easy as one only needs to fill a form which is processed immediately
  • Speed-the transfer of money is instant (fast)
  1. Security-Confidentiality in the transmission of money is provided and money is only paid to the person intended
  2. Convenience-Posta pay services are offered for long hours during the day and pay locations are conveniently located
  3. Affordability-Posta pay services are relatively affordable as large amounts can be sent at reasonable costs.

 

 

  1. Postal orders

Postal orders are sold by the post office for the purpose of remitting money

-They are available in fixed denominations of sh.5, 10.20,40,60,80,100 and 200

-On buying a postal order, the sender pays for both the face value of the postal order and a commission charged for the service

-Postal orders just like money orders are issued with counterfoils that the sender will keep as evidence of remittance in case the person to whom he/she remits the money does not receive it.

The sender writes the name of the payee on the postal order as a safety measure.

Payment to the bearer can be made in any post office with postal order facilities

Postal orders may also be crossed or open (see crossed and ordinary money orders)

Circumstances under which postal orders are appropriate

  1. Where the amounts involved are small
  2. Where it is the only means available
  • Where there is need to avoid inconveniences and risks associated with the other means of payment.

Differences between postal orders and money orders

Postal orders Money orders
a)   It can be cashed at any post office a)   Can only be cashed at a specific post office
b)  Are in fixed denominations b)Varies according to the needs of the remitter
c)   Does not require any application form to make a remittance c)Requires the filling of an application form in making remittance
d)  Can be cashed by the bearer d)Can only be cashed by the payee
e)   Value can be increased by affixing revenue stamps  e)Value cannot be increased by affixing revenue stamps
  1. Postage stamps

Postage stamps may be used to pay small amounts of money. The person to whom the stamps are sent can then use them for sending mail and/or to pay someone else.

 

 

  1. Premium Bonds

Premium bonds are issued by the post office in denominations of sh.10 and sh.20.They mature after a given period, after which one can cash them.

-Bearers can also enter into draws so as to win money.

-Premium bonds can be used to settle debts, but it is not a safe method because they can be cashed by anybody i.e. by the bearer.

Circumstances under which postage stamps and premium bonds are used

  1. Where the amounts involved are small
  2. Where they are the only means available.

 Means and payments which arise from private arrangements between the sellers and the buyers

There are various business documents that originate from private agreements between buyers and sellers. The buyer acknowledges the credit and accepts to pay at specified future dates by signing some documents. These documents include;

  1. I Owe you(IOU)
  2. Bill of exchange
  3. Promissory note.
  4. Bill of Exchange

This is unconditional order, in writing, addressed by one person to another, requiring the person to whom it is addressed by one person to another, requiring the person to whom it is addressed to pay on demand, or at a stated future date, the sum of money on the bill to the drawer, or a named person or to a bearer.

  1. Order-is a command not a request
  2. Unconditional-Without condition i.e. no use of such words as ‘if’ or ‘whom’
  • The bill must be in writing
  1. Amount of money must be clearly stated
  2. Payee must be named. He/she can be the drawer or someone else or the bearer
  3. Date of payment must be stated or can be determined e.g. ‘Two months from the date of today’ or Three days after 31st January 2012’

-A bill of exchange is prepared by a creditor to a debtor when a creditor wants to be assured of payment by a debtor on a given future date or when asked to do so by the creditor

-If the buyer/debtor signs the bill “accepted” then he/she cannot deny responsibility for the debt since he/she has acknowledged responsibility for the date.

Procedure for preparing a bill of exchange

A bill of exchange is written by a person (creditor) to his debtor to seek assurance that the debtor would pay the debt.

Step 1.The creditor prepares the draft and sends to the debtor.

Step 2.The draft and after accepting the conditions laid therein, he/she signs on it and write the words “accepted”. He/she then sends it back to the creditor. At this point the draft becomes a bill of exchange.

Step 3.The creditor receives the bill and may:

  1. Keep it until maturity when he would present it to the debtor(accepted) for payment
  2. Discount it with a bank. This is presenting to a bank or any financial institution and receiving cash against it before the maturity date. One is however charged(discounting charge) for the service
  • Negotiate it-Using it to pay someone else apart from the payee.

Parties to a bill of Exchange

  1. Drawer-This is the person who gives the debtor the written order to pay the value of the bill of exchange(the creditor)
  2. Drawee-This is the person to whom the order to pay is given (Debtor).He or she accepts the bill.
  • Payee-This is the person to whom the payment is to be made. The payee may be the drawer, or

Essentials of a bill of Exchange

  1. It must be signed by the drawer(creditor)
  2. It must be accepted by the drawee(debtor)
  • It must be accepted unconditionally
  1. It must bear appropriate revenue stamps

NOTE: A bill of exchange becomes a means of payment when it is presented (discounted) to the banks or negotiated.

Advantages of using a Bill of exchange

  1. The holder may pass rights on the bill to another person
  2. Date of payment is determined
  • Acceptance by the debtor makes it legally binding
  1. The payee may receive money before due dates by discounting

Disadvantages of using a Bill of Exchange

  1. It may be dishonoured on maturity
  2. Cash may not be readily available as banks may be reluctant to cash bills from debtors of doubtful financial backgrounds
  • It is an expensive form of credit as the creditor may lose part of the face value of bill in form of discount

Circumstances under which a Bill of exchange is appropriate.

-When the creditor wants to be assured that the payment would be done

-Where the creditor wants money while the debtor is not able to raise it before the end of the credit period

-Where the creditor wants to use the debt to pay another debt.

  1. Promissory note; This is a document in which a debtor promised to pay a creditor a specified sum of money at a specified time/date.

Features of a promissory note

  1. There are two parties i.e. the drawer(debtor) and the payee(creditor)
  2. There is a promise to pay
  • It is written by the debtor to the creditor
  1. It does not require acceptance since it is signed by the person committing to pay the money
  2. The writer/maker is liable on the note as he/she is the debtor.

-After drawing and signing the promissory note, the debtor (borrower) sends it to the seller. (Lender)

-The seller/lender may keep it until maturity and then present it for payment or may discount it with the banks before maturity.

Similarities between a Bill of Exchange and a promissory note:

  1. Both act as evidence of the acknowledgement of a debt
  2. Both may be discounted or endorsed before maturity
  • Both are negotiable i.e. can be transferred from one person to another
  1. Both are legally binding
  2. Both allow for adequate time within which to organize for the payment of the value of the bill or note.

Differences between a promissory note and a bill of exchange:

Promissory note Bill of Exchange
Drawn and signed by the debtor Drawn and signed by the creditor
It does not need to be accepted It must be accepted by the debtor for it to be valid
The drawer and drawee are one person The drawer is the creditor and the drawee is the debtor
  1. The IOU

-IOU is an abbreviation of ‘I owe you’

-It is a written acknowledgement by a buyer of a debt arising from the purchase of goods and services on credit. It is written and signed by the buyer and sent to the seller

-If the seller accepts it, then the buyer can receive goods and services on credit.

Though the IOU does not usually indicate the specific date of payment, the buyer acknowledges the debt and accepts responsibility to pay at a suitable future date

NOTE: The use of IOU is restricted to commercial transactions involving parties who have dealt with each other for a long time; hence they know each other well.

  1. Other means of payment
  2. Credit cards
  3. Mobile money transfer services e.g. M-pesa.
  4. Credit cards(plastic money)

These are plastic cards that enable a person to purchase goods or services on credit from any business willing to accept the card

-They are both a means of payment and a term of payment

  1. Mobile money transfer services e.g. M-pesa

-This is a means of money transfer services provided by mobile phone service providers to their customers (subscribers)

-It can only be used to transfer money between people subscribed to the same mobile phone network e.g. from one safaricom subscriber to another safaricom subscriber, Airtel to Airtel e.t.c

-The sender must register for the money transfer service and is issued with a PIN (personal identification number)

-When money is sent, both the sender and the receiver will receive a message confirming the transfer.

-A person can send money anytime anywhere so long as he/she has value in his/her m-pesa, pesa pap account.

-Each mobile service provider has a range of value that can be transferred using this method.

-A small transaction fee is charges for the transfer i.e. for sending and withdrawing

 

 

 

Benefits of mobile money transfer services

  1. Confidentiality-The secret PIN protects the value in the customer’s account
  2. Ease of use-The service is easy to use as the agents assists to carry out transaction
  • Speed-Money transfer is an instant service conveyed to the receiver via the short message service(SMS)
  1. Convenience-The service is convenient to both the sender and the receiver, as they only need to go to the nearest agent(money can be sent/deposited or received anywhere)
  2. Accessibility-The agents e.g. m-pesa agents are located in most parts of towns and also in rural areas. Money can hence be sent and received anywhere and anytime.
  3. Affordability-The service charges are very low for registered users and very affordable for non registered users
  • Security-Relatively secure when the sender uses the correct phone number of the receiver.

TERMS OF PAYMENTS

These are the various agreements/conditions agreed upon between sellers and buyers regarding how debts arising from their transactions should be settled. These conditions include;

-How payment is expected

-When payment is expected

-What is included in the quoted price e.t.c.

Terms of payments are broadly categorized into two;

  1. Cash payments
  2. Deferred payments(credit payments)

This classification depends on whether the agreement is to pay for the products immediately or at a later date.

  1. Cash Terms of payments

Cash terms of payment apply when a buyer is required to pay for goods or services immediately before or after delivery. They include the following:

  1. Spot cash-This is where payment is done at the point of purchase.

Mainly used in retail businesses where customers are required to pay as they get the goods or receive the service.

  1. b) Cash on Delivery (C.D)

This is where the buyer pays for the goods (or services) as soon as they are delivered to his or her premises.

  1. c) Cash with order (C.W.O)

This is where the buyer is required to pay for the goods when making the order for the goods or the services.

Circumstances under which C.O.D and C.W.O are appropriate

  1. When the buyer is new to the seller
  2. Where the buyer’s credit worthiness is in doubt
  • Where the seller is operating mail order stores(C.W.O only)
  1. Where C.W.O or C.O.D is the policy of the business
  2. If the cost of collecting debts is considered high by the seller
  3. When a seller is to make goods based on unique specification provided by a particular buyer(C.W.O only)
  • Where the seller wants to avoid tying up business capital in debts.
  1. d) Prompt cash; This is where payment should be made within a few days (normally seven days) after delivery.

-Prompt cash period allows them to examine the goods and check the invoice to certify its corrections

  1. ii) Deferred payments

This means that goods or service are not paid for in full on delivery. They are instead paid in future in a lump sum or in several instalments.

The period within which a buyer is supposed to pay the seller is referred to as credit period and is expressed in terms of days.

-Terms of payments in credit transactions are usually agreed upon by the seller and the buyer depending on;

  • Capital base/financial stability of the seller
  • The nature of the goods supplied
  • The relationship between the buyer and the seller
  • The credit worthiness of the buyer

-In determining the credit worthiness of a buyer, the seller will consider;

  1. a) Character-The behavior of the buyer in terms of honesty, which determines the probability of the buyer honoring his /her debt obligations
  2. b) Capacity-The buyer’s ability to pay as indicated by past business performance records or the profitability and the value of his/her assets.
  3. c) Capital-The financial position of the buyers business or how much the buyer’s business is worth.
  4. d) Collateral-These are the properties of value pledged by the buyer as security for the credit
  5. e) Condition-The effect of the existing economic conditions on the buyer’s ability to pay his/her debts.

Forms of Deferred payments (credit payments)

  1. Open trade credit/open credit

Under these forms, goods and services are sold to the buyer who is expected to pay for them at a future date or within a given period

-The buyer may also be required to pay for goods or services on installments.

-Discounts may be allowed to encourage the  buyer to pay on time.

-The ownership of the goods passes to the buyer immediately after entering the contract. The seller should however ensure the buyer will pay by:

  • Ascertaining the credit worthiness of the buyer
  • Asking the buyer to guarantee payment by signing some documents e.g. bill of exchange
  • Asking the buyer to have someone else to guarantee the payment
  • Asking the buyer to pledge (mortgage) some of his/her property as security

Factors to consider when giving credit

  1. Credit worthiness of the buyer
  2. Repayment period
  3. Amount of goods the customer wants
  4. Availability of adequate stock
  5. Honesty i.e. reliability of the customer
  6. Frequency at which the customer buys from the seller
  7. Seller’s intention to attract and retain customers

NOTE: No interest is usually charged on open trade credit.

Examples of open trade credit

  1. Simple credit(prompt cash/personal credit)

-Is a form of credit extended to a trader or a customer for a very short time, usually not more than a week

-It is a common form of credit between retailers and their customers.

-It is also referred to as prompt cash because payment is made within a short time.

  1. ii) Monthly credit

A form of credit extended when a seller allows the buyer to pay/settle his/her debt after one month

-The buyer can continue taking goods from the seller up to the end of the month.

-It is a form of credit usually allowed by retailers to salaried workers for goods such as food items and newspapers

iii)  Budget Accounts

-Are usually operated by large scale retailers to approved customers

-The retailer keeps an account of the customer in his/her books

-To operate budget accounts;

  • A deposit is required
  • Regular payments are to be made
  • There is a maximum amount of credit to be allowed
  • The customer may be charged for any special services given by the seller called “after sale services”

iv)Trade credit

This is credit given by a trader to another trader when goods are bought for selling

-Payments for the goods is made after selling the goods or within an agreed period of time

  1. v) Credit card facilities

Plastic money (credit cards) enables the holder to obtain goods and services on credit form specific suppliers (people willing to accept the cards)

-They also enable the holders to obtain money from specific banks and other specified financial institutions

-They are available to adults of approved credit worthiness

-Some credit cards can only be used locally while others like visa cards can be used both locally and internationally.

-When a customer makes a purchase using the card, the seller electronically verifies the validity of the card and whether the credit-card holder/customer has sufficient credit to cover the purchase. If all is well, the credit card customer signs a specific form that have been filled by the trader. Such forms are usually provided by the card company to the trader. The trader and the card holder retain a copy each and the other copies are sent either to the credit card company or to the trader’s bank.

There are therefore 3 parties to a credit card;

  • The company that issues the cards
  • The card holder
  • The trader

-At regular intervals, the credit card company sends a statement of account to each card holder showing the outstanding balance at that time. The outstanding balance should not be greater than the allowed credit limit.

-Examples of companies that issue credit cards include; Barclays card, American Express, Access cards and Visa cards.

 

Advantages of credit card

  • They are safer to carry around than cash
  • Convenient to carry around
  • Enables the holder to get goods and services from specified sellers without paying immediately
  • Some are acceptable both locally and internationally
  • Enables the holder to get money from specified banks
  • Increases credit rating of an individual

Disadvantages of credit cards

  • To acquire the credit card, the applicant is required to have an established credit record
  • The holder is charged high interest rate by the card company
  • It is prone to abuse through fraud
  • Interest is charged if there is delay in payment
  • Can only be used by those who are 18 years and above
  • Holder may be tempted to overspend
  • Their use is limited to only specific areas(urban areas)
  • Faces stiff competition from other means of payment such as cheques, money orders and postal orders.
  • Only few businesses accept the cards
  • Long procedures are involved in getting the cards
  • The cards can only be affected by people with high income.
  1. Hire purchase

To Hire: Means to use someone else’s property for a payment

Hire purchase: Is a method of hiring property with an option to buy.

-The term of payment for a hire purchase are;

  • The buyer pays an initial deposit(down payment)
  • The remaining amount(balanced is paid in equal monthly installment spread over an agreed period of time
  • The installments paid include interest which usually makes the overall price paid relatively higher than would be the case if the goods were obtained on cash terms.

-Goods sold on higher purchase are durable and expensive such as; vehicles, furniture, electronics e.t.c

-The buyer can only posses the commodity but not own it.Therefore’the buyer cannot sell the goods to another person before all installments are paid

-Ownership of the goods remains with the seller. The goods are ‘on hire’ to the buyer.

-After completing the payment (after the last installment has been made), a certificate is issued to the buyer as proof of transfer of ownership

-Incase the buyer fails to make payment/defaults in payment; the seller can repossess the goods. However if the buyer has paid two thirds of the total/hire purchase price at the time of defaulting, the seller has no legal right to repossess the goods.

-The seller can only recover the remaining amount of money through a court action

-The seller must display both the cash price and the hire-purchase price on the items to enable the buyers to decide under what terms they want to buy the goods.

-A written agreement has to be entered into by both the seller and the buyer. The agreement safe-guards the intervals of all of them

-Examples of hire purchase businesses operating in Kenya include; Africa Retail Traders (ART), Kukopesha, Singer and Amedo.

-For salaried people, the hire purchase has introduced a system where the installments are deducted directly from the buyer’s salary every month. This is called the check-off system. In this system, no deposits/down payments are required. The buyer’s employer takes up the duty of remitting the deposits to the seller on a monthly basis.

Advantages of Hire purchase

To the buyer

  1. The buyer acquires possession and use of goods immediately after entering into the contract
  2. Installments to be paid are pre-determined, so the buyer knows and is able to budget for this amount
  3. One can acquire expensive goods/items which are difficult to get on cash terms
  4. Payment is spread over a long duration of time making it convenient/suits the buyer’s income
  5. Raises standards of living despite limited resources

To the seller

  1. The goods belongs to the seller until the last installment is paid
  2. He/she can repossess the goods in case the buyer defaults in payments
  3. The seller is able to make more profit due to higher prices in the long run
  4. The sales volume increase due to greater ability by customers to pay/more buyers are attracted to hire purchase terms leading to more sales
  5. No refund is payable to a buyer for goods repossessed from him/her
  6. Due to the check-off system, chances of non-payment are minimized.

Disadvantages of Hire purchase

To the buyer

  1. The hire purchase price is higher than the cash price.
  2. The goods belong to the seller until the last installment is made
  3. Because of the easy payment terms, the buyer may be tempted to overspend which might lead to financial problems
  4. The variety of goods sold on hire purchase terms is limited to those goods that are durable
  5. If the buyer defaults in payment, the already paid ones are treated as hire charges and are not refunded.
  6. Goods may be repossessed if the buyer defaults in payment

To the seller

  1. Goods repossessed can only be sold as second hand
  2. There is a lot of documentation and filing of information/records
  3. The cost of operating the business is usually very high
  4. The risks of loss on hire purchase sales are normally high as some buyers may default in payment
  5. High amount of capital is needed to finance a hire purchase business
  6. A lot of money is spent on repair of damaged goods
  7. A lot of capital is tied and held in stock and debts.
  8. Installment Buying/credit sale(deferred payment)

-In this form of credit selling, the buyer is not required to pay a down payment. Payment for the goods is made in equal installments spread over a period of time. These installments cover interest and related costs of selling.

Other features of installment buying

  1. The ownership and possession of goods passes on to the buyer immediately the first installment is paid
  2. Once the goods have been sold, they cannot be repossessed by the seller even if the buyer defaults in payment.
  3. In case the buyer defaults in payment, the seller can obtain compensation through court action.
  4. There is a written agreement between the buyer and the seller(creditor)
  5. The buyer may dispose of the goods before paying for them fully
  6. Can be used for non-durable goods

BUSINESS STUDIES FORM TWO NOTES

 

FORMS OF BUSINESS UNITS

TOPIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. Identify the various forms of business units.
  2. Explain the characteristics of each form of business unit.
  3. Discuss the formation and management of each form of business unit.
  4. Discuss the sources of capital of each form of business unit.
  5. Discuss the role of stock exchange as a market for securities.
  6. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of each form of business unit.
  7. Recognize the circumstances under which each form of business units may be dissolved.
  8. Discuss trends in business ownership.

BUSINESS UNITS

A business unit is an organization formed by one or more people with a view of engaging in a profitable activity.

Business units are generally classified into private or public sector business units’ i.e.

Note: Private sector comprises of business organizations owned by private individuals while the public sector comprises business organizations owned by the government.

  1. SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP

This is a business enterprise owned by one person who is called a sole trader or a sole proprietor. It is the most common form of business unit and usually found in retail trade e.g. in small shops, kiosks, agriculture e.t.c and for direct services e.g. cobblers saloons e.t.c

Characteristics/Features

  • The business is owned by one person
  • The capital is contributed by the owner and is usually small. The main source is from his savings and other sources can be from friends, bank or getting an inheritance
  • The owner enjoys all the profits alone and also suffers the losses alone
  • The owner is personally responsible for the management of the business and sometimes he is assisted by members of his family or a few employees. He remains responsible for the success or failure of his/her business.
  • The sole proprietor has unlimited liability meaning that incase of failure to meet debts, his creditor can claim his personal property
  • There are very few legal requirements to start the business unit.
  • Sole proprietorship is flexible; it is very easy to change the location or the nature of business.

Formation

The formation of a sole proprietorship is very simple. Few legal formalities are required i.e. to start a sole proprietorship, one need only to raise the capital required and then apply for a trading license to operate the business small fee is paid and the trade license issued.

Sources of capital

The amount of capital required to start a sole proprietorship is small compared to other forms of business organizations. The main source of capital is the Owners savings. Additional capital may however be raised from the following;

  • Borrowing from friends, banks and other money lending institutions such as industries and commercial Development corporation(ICDC)and Kenya industrial estates
  • Inheritance
  • Personal savings
  • Getting goods on credit
  • Getting goods on hire purchase
  • Leasing or renting out one’s properties
  • Donations from friends and relatives
  • Ploughing back profit.

Management

The management of this kind of a business is under one person. The owner may however employ other people or get assistance from family members to run the business.

Some sole proprietorship may be big business organizations with several departments and quite a number of employees. However, the sole proprietor remains solely responsible for the success of failure of the business

Advantages of sole proprietorship

  1. The capital required to start the business is small hence anybody who can spare small amounts of money can start one.
  2. Few formal/legal procedures are required to set up this business
  3. Decision making and implementation is fast because the proprietor does not have to consult anybody
  4. The trader has close and personal contact with customers. This helps them in knowing exactly what the customers need and hence satisfying those needs
  5. A sole proprietor is able to assess the credit-worthiness of his or her customers because of close personal relationship. Extending credit to a few carefully selected customers reduce the probability of bad debts.
  6. The trader is accountable to him/herself
  7. A sole trader is able to keep the top secrets of the business operations
  8. He/she enjoys all the profit
  9. A sole proprietorship is flexible. One can change the nature or even the location of business as need arises.

Disadvantages of sole proprietorship

  1. Has unlimited liability. This means that if the assets available in the business are not enough to pay all the business debts the personal property of the owner such as house will be sold to meet the debts
  2. There is insufficient capital for expansion because of scarce resources and lack of access to other sources
  3. He/she is overworked and has no time for recreation.
  4. There is lack of continuity in the sole proprietorship i.e. the business is affected by sickness or death of the owner.
  5. A sole proprietorship may not benefit from advantages realized by large scale enterprises (economies of large scale) such as access to loan facilities and large trade discounts.
  6. Lack of specialization in the running of the business may lead to poor performance. This is because one person cannot manage all aspects of the business effectively. One maybe a good salesman for examples but a poor accountant.
  7. Due to the size of the business, sole proprietorships do not attract and retain highly qualified and trained personnel.

Dissolution of sole proprietorships

Dissolution refers to the termination of the legal life of a business. The following circumstances may lead to the dissolution of a sole proprietorship:

  • Death or insanity of the owner
  • Transfer of the business to another person- this transfers the rights and obligations of the business to the new owner.
  • Bankruptcy of the owner- this means that the owner lacks the financial capability to run the business.
  • The owner voluntarily decides to dissolve the business e.g due to continued loss making.
  • Passing of a law which renders the activities of the business illegal.
  • The expiry of the period during which the business was meant to operate.
  1. PARTNERSHIP:

This is a relationship between persons who engage in a business with an aim of making profits/ an association of two or more persons who run a business as co-owners. The owners are called Partners.

It is owned by a minimum of 2 and a maximum of 20 except for partnership who provide professional services e.g medicine and law which have a maximum of 50 persons.

Characteristics of partnership

  • Capital is contributed by the partners themselves
  • Partnership has limited life that is it may end anytime because of the death, bankruptcy or withdrawal of partners.
  • Each partner acts as an agent of the firm with authority to enter into contracts.
  • Partners are co owners of a business, having an interest or claim in the business.
  • Responsibility, profit and losses are shared on an agreed basis.
  • All partners have equal right to participate in the management of the business. This right arises from the interest or claim of the partner as a co owner of the business.

Types of partnership

Partnerships can be classified/ categorized in either of the following ways:

  • According to the type/liability of partners
  • According to the period of operation
  • According to their activities
  • According to the type or liability of partners

Under this classification, partnerships can either be:

  1. General/ordinary partnership- Here all members have unlimited liability which means in case a partnership is unable to pay its debts, the personal properties of the partner will be sold off to pay the debts.
  2. Limited partnerships- In limited partnership members have limited liabilities where liability or responsibility is restricted to the capital contributed.

This means that incase the partnership cannot pay its debts; the partners only lose the amount of capital each has contributed to the business and not their personal property. However, there must be one partner whose liabilities are unlimited.

  • According to the period/duration of operation

When partnerships are classified according to duration of operation, they can either be;

  1. Temporary partnership-These are partnerships that are formed to carry out a specific task for a specific time after which the business automatically dissolves.
  2. Permanent partnerships- These are partnerships formed to operate indefinitely. They are also called a partnership at will.
  3. According to their Activity- Under this mode of classification, partnerships can either be:
  4. Trading partnerships

This is a partnership whose main activity is processing, manufacturing, construction or purchase and sale of goods.

  1. Non – trading partnerships

This is a partnership whose main activity is to offer services such as legal, medical or accounting services to members of the public.

Types of partners

Partners may be classified according to;

  1. Role played by the partners
  2. Active partner: He is also known as acting partner as he plays an active part in the day-to-day running of the business.
  3. Sleeping/dormant partner: He does not participate in the management of the partnership business. Although he invests his capital in the partnership, his profit is lower as he is not active. He is also referred to as passive or silent partner.
  4. Liabilities of the partners for the business debts:
  5. General partner: He/she has unlimited liabilities.
  6. Limited partner: He/she has limited liabilities
  • Ages of partners

 

  1. Major partner: This is a partner who is 18 years and above. He is responsible for all debts of the business.
  2. Minor partner: This is a partner who has not attained the age of 18 years but has been admitted with the consent of other partners. Once he reaches 18 years, he then decides if he wants to be a partner or not. Before he attains the age of 18, he takes part in the sharing of profits but does not take part in the management of the business.
  3. iv) Capital contribution
  4. Nominal/Quasi partner: He does not contribute capital but allows the business to use his/ her name as a partner; for the purpose of influencing customers or for prestige.

-He/she can also be a person who was once a partner and has retired in form of a loan. This loan carries interest at an agreed rate.

-The quasi partner shares the profit of the business as a reward for using his/her name.

  1. b) Real partner: He/she is one who contributes capital to the business.

-Other types of partners include secret partners, retiring partners and incoming partners

  1. i) A secret partner: is one who actively participates in the management of the firm but is not disclosed to the public. In most cases secret partners are also limited partners.
  2. ii) A retiring partner: Also known as outgoing partner is one who is leaving a partnership

-He may retire with the consent of all the other partners or according to a previous agreement.

iii) Incoming partner: Is one who is admitted to an existing partnership.

Formation

-People who want to form a partnership must come together and agree on how the proposed business will be run to avoid future misunderstanding.

-The agreement can either be oral (by use of mouth) or within down. A written agreement is called a partnership deed.

-The contents of the partnership deed vary from one partnership to another depending on the nature of the business, but generally it contains:

  1. Name, location and address of the business
  2. Name, address and occupation of the partners
  3. The purpose of the business
  4. Capital to be contributed by cash partner
  5. Rate of interest on capital
  6. Drawings by partners and rate of interest on drawings
  7. Salaries and commissions to partners
  8. Rate of interests on loans from partners to the business
  9. Procedures of dissolving the partnership
  10. Profit and loss sharing ratio
  11. How to admit a new partner
  12. What to do when a partner retires dies or is expelled
  • The rights to inspect books of accounts
  1. Who has the authority to act on behalf of other partners.

Once the partnership deed is ready, the business may be registered with the registrar of firms on payment of a registration fee.

In case a partnership deed is not drawn, the provisions of partnership act of 1963 (Kenya) applies. The act contains the following rights and duties of a partner:

  1. All partners are entitled to equal contribution of capital
  2. No salary is to be allowed to any partner
  • No interest is to be allowed on capital
  1. No interest is to be charged on drawings
  2. All profits and losses are to be shared equally
  3. Every partner has the right to inspect the books of accounts
  • Every partner has the right to take part in decision making
  • Interest is to paid on any loans borrowed by partners (The % rate varies from one country to another)
  1. During dissolution the debts from outside people are paid first then loans from partners and lastly partners capital.
  2. No partner should carry out a competing business
  3. Any change in business such as admission of new partners must be through the agreement of all existing partners.
  • Compensation must be given to a partner who incurs any loss when executing the duties of the business.

Sources of capital

  1. Partners contribution
  2. Loans from banks and other financial institutions
  • Getting items on hire purchase
  1. Trade credit
  2. Ploughing back profit
  3. Leasing and renting.

 

Advantages of partnership

  1. Unlike sole proprietorship, partnership can raise more capital.
  2. Work is distributed among the partners. This reduces the workload for each partner
  • Varied professional/skilled labour; various partners are professionals in various different areas leading to specialization
  1. They can undertake any form of business agreed upon by all the partners
  2. There are few legal requirements in the formation of a partnership compared to a limited liability company.
  3. Losses and liabilities are shared among partners
  • Continuity of business is not affected by death or absence of a partner as would be in the case of a sole proprietorship
  • Members of partnership enjoy more free days and are flexible than owners of a company
  1. A Partnership just like sole proprietorship is exempted from payment of certain taxes paid by large business organizations.

Disadvantages of partnership

  1. A mistake made by one of the partners may result in losses which are shared by all the partners
  2. Continued disagreement among the partners can lead to termination of the partnership
  • Decision-making is slow since all the partners must agree
  1. A partnership that relies heavily on one partner may be adversely affected on retirement or death of the partner
  2. A hard working partner may not be rewarded in proportion to his/her effort because the profits are shared among all the partners
  3. There is sharing of profits by the partners hence less is received by each partner
  • Few sources of capital, due to uncertainty in the continuity of the business few financial institutions will be willing to give long-term loans to the firm.

Dissolution of partnership

A partnership may be dissolved under any of the following circumstances:

  1. A mutual agreement by all the partners to dissolve the business
  2. Death insanity or bankrupting of a partner
  • A temporary partnership on completion of the intended purpose or at the end of the agreed time.
  1. A court order to dissolve the partnership
  2. Written request for dissolution by a partner
  3. If the business engages in unlawful practices
  • Retirement or admission of a new partner may lead to a permanent or temporary dissolution
  • Continued disagreements among the partners

 

INCORPORATED FORMS OF BUSINESS UNITS

These are businesses that have separate legal entities from that of their owners. They include:

CO-OPERATIVES

-A co-operative society is a form of business organization that is owned by and run for the economic welfare of its members

-It is a body of persons who have joined together to do collectively what they were previously doing individually for mutual benefit.

Example

In Kenya the co-operative movement was started by white settlers in 1908 to market their agricultural produce. In this case, they knew that they could sell their produce better if they were as a group and not alone

Principles of co-operatives

  1. Open and voluntary membership

Membership is open and voluntary to any person who has attained the age of 18 years. No one should be denied membership due to social, political, tribal or religious differences. A member is also free to leave the society at will

  1. Democratic Administration

The principle is one man one vote. Each member of the co-operative has only one vote irrespective of the number of shares held by him or how much he buys or sells to the society

  • Dividend or repayment

-Any profit/surplus made at the end of every financial year should be distributed to the members in relations to their contribution.

-Part of the profit may be retained/reserved/put in to strengthen the financial position of the society.

  1. iv) Limited interest on share capital

-A little or no interest is paid on share capital contributed (co-operatives do not encourage financial investment habits but to enhance production, to encourage savings and serve the members)

  1. v) Promotion of Education

Co-operative societies should endeavor to educate their members and staff on the ideas of the society in order to enhance/improve quality of decisions made by the concerned parties.

Education is conducted through seminars, study tours, open days

  1. vi) Co-operation with other co-operatives

C-operatives must learn from each other’s experience since they have a lot in common.

-Their co-operation should be extended to local national and international.

Features of co-operatives

  • Membership is open to all persons so long as they have a common interest. Members are also free to discontinue their membership when they desire so
  • Co-operative societies have a perpetual existence; death, bankruptcy or retirement of a member does not affect its operations
  • They are managed in a democratic manner. Every member has one vote when electing the managerial committee irrespective of the number of shares held.
  • The main aim is to serve the interest of the members where profit is not the overriding factor.
  • Co-operative societies have limited liabilities
  • There must be a minimum of 10 people with no maximum membership.
  • Co-operatives have a separate legal entity from the members who formed it i.e they can own property sue and be sued
  • Any profit made by the society is distributed to the members on the basis of the services rendered by each member but not according to the capital contributed.

Formation

-Co-operative societies can be formed by people who are over eighteen years regardless of their economic, political or social background.

-There must be a minimum of 10 persons and no maximum no.

-The members draft rules and regulations to govern the operations of the proposed society i.e. by-laws, which are then submitted to the commissioner of co-operatives for approval

-The registrar then approves the by-laws and issues a certificate of registration

-If the members are unable to draw up their own by-laws, the co-operative societies Act of 1966 can be adopted in part or whole

 

 

Management

-A co-perative society is composed/run by a committee usually of nine members elected by the members in a general meeting

-The management committee elects the chairman, secretary and treasurer as the executive committee members, who act on behalf of all the members and can enter into contracts borrow money institute and depend suits and other legal proceedings for the society

-The committee members can be voted out in an A.G.M if they don’t perform as expected.

TYPES OF CO-OPERATIVES SOCIETIES IN KENYA

May be grouped according to;

  1. Nature of their activities
  2. Producer co-operatives
  3. Consumer co-operatives
  4. Savings and credit co-operatives
  5. Level of operations
  6. Primary co-operatives
  7. Secondary co-operatives
  8. Producer co-operatives

This is an association of producers who have come together to improve the production and marketing of their products.

Functions

  • Obtaining better prices for their members products
  • Providing better storage facilities for their products
  • Providing better and reliable transport means for moving the products from the sources to the market and building feeder roads
  • Providing loans to members
  • Providing services of grading, packing and processing to the members
  • Providing farm inputs e.g. fertilizers, seeds, insecticides e.t.c on credit to members
  • Educating and advising members on better methods of farming through seminars, field trips, films and demonstration

-In this type of co-operative members are paid according to the quantity of the produce a member has delivered to the society.

Examples,

KCC-Kenya Co-operative Creameries

K.P.C.U-Kenya Planters Co-operatives Union

K.G.G.C.U-Kenya Grain Growers Co-operative Union

  1. Consumer Co-operatives

-These are formed by a group of consumers to buy goods on wholesome and sell them to the members at existing market prices.

-Their aim is to eliminate the wholesalers and retailers and hence obtain goods more cheaply

-The co-operatives allow their members to buy goods on credit or in cash

-Members of the public are also allowed to buy from the society at normal prices thereby enabling the society to make more profits

-The profits realized is shared among the members in proportion to their purchases i.ethe more a member buys, the buyer his/her share of profit

Examples;-Nairobi consumer co-operative union, Bee-hive consumer co-operative society and City-chicken consumer co-operative society

Advantages

  • Sell goods of high quality
  • Sell goods to members at fair prices
  • Sell goods to other people at normal prices thereby making more profit
  • Buy goods directly from the producers thereby eliminating middlemen. They are therefore able to make more profit
  • Can give credit facilities to the members
  • Can pay interest on capital to the members
  • Sell a variety of goods to the members at a place where they can easily get them

Disadvantages

Consumer co-operatives are not popular in Kenya because of the following

  1. They face stiff competition from large scale retailers such as supermarkets and multiple shops who buy goods directly from the producers and sell-them to consumers at low prices
  2. Cannot offer to employ qualified staff
  • Majority of their members have low income, so raising off capital is a problem
  1. Kenya, being an agricultural country, produces enough subsistence goods for itself. It therefore does not require consumer co-operatives
  2. Reluctance of non-members to buy from the shops lowers the turn-over
  3. Mismanagement of the shops is rampant

 

Savings and credit co-operatives societies (SACCO’S)

-They are usually formed by employed persons who save part of their monthly salary with their co-operative society, through check-off system

-Their money earns goods interest and when one has a significant amount saved, he/she become entitled to borrow money from the society for any personal project e.g. improving their farms, constructing houses, paying school fees e.t.c

-The SACCOS charge lower interest on loans given to members than ordinary banks and other financial institutions.

-The societies have few formalities or requirements to be completed before giving a loan. These are:

  1. Membership
  2. Members salary
  • Members saving
  1. Guarantee from fellow members

-Profits earned by the SACCO’S maybe shared among the members inform of dividends.

-Most SACCO’S have insured their members savings and loans with co-operative insurance services (CIS).This means if a member dies his/her beneficiaries are not called upon to repay the loan and the members savings/shares is given to the beneficiaries.

-They are the main institutions that provide loans to most people who do not qualify for loans from commercial banks because they do not ask for securities such as title deeds required by the bank.

  1. d) Primary co-operative societies

-These are co-operative societies composed of individuals who are either actual producers, consumers or people who join up together to save and obtain credit most conveniently

-Consumer co-operative societies and most SACCO’S are primary co-operative societies because they are composed of individuals.

-Most primary co-operative societies operate at the village level, others at district levels and a few at national levels.

  1. e) Secondary co-operative societies

-They are usually referred to as unions

-They are generally composed of primary co-operative societies as their members

-They are either found at district levels or at national levels.

 

Advantages of co-operative societies:

  • Since the properties of co-operatives are owned collectively, they are able to serve the interest of the members affectively
  • They have limited liability
  • Membership is free and voluntary
  • Members share profits of a co-operative through dividend that are given
  • They have improved the standards of living of their members through increased income from their produce and through savings from incomes.
  • Co-operatives benefit their members through giving them credit facilities and financial loans which they could not have got from local banks
  • They are run on a democratic basis i.e. all members have an equal chance of being elected to the management committee.
  • Many co-operatives are large scale organizations hence able to get the benefits of large scale organizations e.g low production costs leading to low prices of products
  • Co-operative enjoy a lot of support from the government and when they are in financial and managerial problems, the government steps in to assist them

Disadvantages

  • Majority of the co-operatives are small in size and therefore cannot benefit from economies of scale.
  • Members have a right to withdraw from the society and when they do, co-operatives refunds the capital back which might create financial problems to the society.
  • Corruption and embezzlement of funds is a problem for many co-operatives.
  • Most co-operatives are not able to attract qualified managerial staff hence leading to mismanagement.
  • Many suffer from political interference. Sometimes; the election of the management committee is interceded with by some people with personal interest in certain candidates hence the best person may not be elected to run the affairs of the society. This leads to poor management and inefficiency.
  • Members may not take keen interest in the affairs of a co-operative society because their capital contribution is small.

Dissolution of co-operative societies

-A co-operative society may be dissolved under any of the following circum-stances.

  1. Order from commissioner of co-operatives
  2. Voluntary dissolution by members
  • Withdrawal of members from the society leaving less than ten members
  1. If the society is declared bankrupt

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES (JOINT STOCK COMPANIES)

Defination: A company; Is an association of persons registered under the companies act who contribute capital in order to carry out business with a view of making a profit.

The act of registering a company is referred to as incorporation. Incorporation creates an organization that is separate and distinct from the person forming it.

-A company is a legal entity that has the status of an ‘’artificial person”.   It therefore has most of the rights and obligations of a human being. A company can therefore do the following;

  • Own property
  • Enter into contracts in its own name.
  • Borrow money.
  • Hire and fire employees.
  • Sue and be sued on its own right.
  • Form subordinate agencies, ie, agencies under its authority.
  • Disseminate or spread information.

The owners (members) of a company are referred to as shareholders

FEATURES OF COMPANIES (LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES)

A company in an artificial person and has the same rights as a natural person. It can therefore sue and be sued in a court of law, own property and enter into contracts in its own name.

The members have limited liabilities.

Companies have perpetual life which is independent of the lives of its owners. Death, insanity or bankruptcy of a member does not affect the existence of the company. (this is referred to as  perpetual existence or perpetual succession)

– A company is created for a particular purpose or purposes.

Formation

-People who wish to form company are referred to as promoters

The promoters submit the following documents to the registrar of companies:

  1. i) Memorandum of Association

-This is a document that defines the relationship between the company and the outsiders. It contains the following:

  1. a) Name of the company/Name clause; -The name of the company must be started and should end with the word “Limited” (Ltd).This indicates that the liability of the company is limited.

-Some companies end their names with “PLC” which stands for “Public limited company” which makes the public aware that although it is a limited liability company it is a public not private.

  1. b) The objects of the company/objective clause;-This set out the activities that the company should engage in

-The activities listed in this clause serve as a warning to outsiders that the company is authorized in these activities only.

  1. c) Situation clause;-Every company must have a registered office where official notices and other communication can be received and sent
  2. d) Capital clause;-It also states that the amount of capital which the business can raise and the divisions of this capital into units of equal value called shares i.e. authorized share capital also called registered or nominal share capital.

-It also specifies the types of shares and the value of each share

  1. e)   Declaration clause:-This is a declaration signed by the promoters stating that they wish to form the company and undertake to buy shares in the proposed firm

-The declaration is signed by a minimum of seven promoters for public limited company and a minimum of two for private company.

-The memorandum of association also contains the names of the promoters

-The promoters signs against the memorandum showing details of their names, addresses, occupation and shares they intend to buy. Each signatory should agree to take at least one share.

  1. Articles of Association

-This is a document that governs the internal operations of the company

-It also contains rules and regulations affecting the shareholders in relation to the company and in relation to the shareholders themselves.

-It contains the following;

  • Rights of each type of shareholder e.g. voting rights
  • Methods of calling meeting and procedures
  • Rules governing election of officials such as chairman of the company, directors and auditors
  • Rules regarding preparation and auditing of accounts
  • Powers, duties and rights of directors
  • Methods dealing with any alterations on the capital.
  1. A list of directors with details of their names, addresses, occupations, shares subscribed and statements of agreement to serve as directors
  • Declaration that registration requirements as laid down by law (by the companies act) have been met. The declaration must be signed by the secretary or a director or a lawyer.
  1. A statement signed by the directors stating that they have agreed to act as directors.
  2. A statement of share capital- this statement gives the amount of capital that the company wishes to raise and its subdivision into shares.

-Once the above documents are ready, they are submitted by the promoters to the registrar of companies. On approval by the Registrar and on payment of a registration fee, a certificate of incorporation (certificate of registration) is issued

-The certificate of incorporation gives the company a separate legal entity.

Sources of capital

  1. Shares; The main source of capital for any company is the sale of shares.

-A share is a unit of capital in a company e.g. if a company states that its capital is ksh.100,000 divided into equal shares of ksh.10 each.

-Each shareholder is entitled to the company’s profit proportionate to the number of shares he/she holds in the company.

Types of shares:

  1. Ordinary shares
  2. Preference shares
  3. Ordinary shares;-Ordinary shares have the following rights:
  • Have voting rights
  • Have no fixed rate of dividends. The dividends on them vary according to the amounts of profit made
  • They have a claim to dividends after the preference shares
  • If the company is being liquidated, they are paid last after the preference shares
  1. Preference shares;-They have the following characteristics;
  • Have a fixed rate of sharing profits(dividends)
  • Have a prior claim to dividends over the ordinary shares
  • Have no voting rights
  • Can be redeemable or irredeemable. Redeemable shares are the ones that can be bought back by the company at a future date while irredeemable ones are ones that cannot be bought back
  • Can be cumulative or non-cumulative. Cumulative shares are the ones that are entitled to dividends whether the company makes profit or not. This means if the company makes a loss or a profit which is not enough for dividends in a certain year, the dividends to cumulative shares are carried forward to the next year(s) when enough profit are made

-Non- cumulative shares are the ones whose dividends are not carried forward to the following year(s)

  1. Debentures

This refers to loans from the public to a company or an acknowledgement of a debt by a company

They carry fixed rate of interest which is payable whether profit are made or not.

They are issued to the public in the same way as shares.

They can be redeemable or irredeemable.

Redeemable debentures are usually secured against the company’s assets in which case they termed as secured debentures or mortgaged debentures.

NB: Where no security is given, the debentures are called unsecured /naked debentures.

3.   Loans from bank and other financial institutions;-A company can borrow long term or short term loans from banks and other money lending institutions such as Industrial and Commercial Development Corporation [I.C.D.C]

These loans are repayable with interest of the agreed rates.

4.   Profits ploughed back;-A company may decide to set aside part of the profit made to be used for specified or general purposes instead of sharing out all the profit as dividends. This money is referred to as a reserve.

5.   Bank overdraft;-A customer to a bank may make arrangements with the bank to be allowed to withdraw more money than he/she has in the account.

6.   Leasing and renting of property.

7.   Goods brought on credit.

8.   Acquiring property through hire purchase

 

TYPES OF COMPANIES

  1. PRIVATE LIMITED COMPANY

Private limited company has the following characteristics;

  • Can be formed by a minimum of 2 and a maximum of 50 shareholders, excluding the employees,
  • Does not advertise its shares to the public, but sells them privately to specific people
  • Restricts transfer of shares i.e. a shareholder cannot sell his/her shares freely without the consent of other shareholders.
  • Can be managed by one or two directors. A big private company may however, require a board of directors
  • Can start business immediately after receiving the certificate of incorporation without necessarily having to wait for a certificate of trading.
  • It does not have an authorized minimum share capital figure.
  • Has a separate legal entity and can own property, enter into contracts, sue or be sued.
  • Has limited liability.
  • Has a perpetual existence.

Formation

-It must have a memorandum of association, article of association list of directors, declaration signed by a director or lawyer and certificate of incorporation.

Advantages of private limited company

  1. Formation: The Company can be formed more easily than a public company. The cost of information is less than that of a public company
  2. Legal personality: A private company is a separate legal entity from its owners. Like a person, it can own property, sue or be Sued and enter into contacts
  • Limited liability: Shareholders have limited liability meaning that they are not responsible for the company’s debts beyond the amount due on the shares
  1. Capital: They have access to a large pool of capital than sole proprietorship or a partnership. They can borrow money more easily from financial institutions because it owns assets which can be pledge as security
  2. Management: A private company has a larger pool of professional managers than a sole proprietorship or a partnership. These managers bring in professional skills in their own areas which are of great advantage to a private company
  3. Assured continuity of the business: Death, bankrupty or withdrawal of a shareholder does not affect the continuity of the company
  • Trading: Unlike a public company a private company can commence trading immediately upon receiving a registration certificate.

 

Disadvantages of a private company

  1. Returns: A private company, unlike sole proprietorship or a partnership, must submit annual returns on prescribed forms to the registrar of companies immediately after the annual general meeting
  2. Capital: A private company cannot invite the public to subscribe to its shares like a public limited company. It therefore limited access to a wide source of capital.
  • Share transfer: The law restricts the transfer of shares to its members/shareholders are not free to transfer their shares
  1. II) PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY; – Public limited companies have the following characteristics:
  2. Can be formed by a minimum of 7 (seven) shareholders and no set maximum.
  3. Cannot start business before it is issued with a certificate of trading. This is issued after the certificate of incorporation and after the company has raised a minimum amount of capital
  4. It’s managed by a board of directors
  5. The shares and debentures are freely transferable from one person to another.
  6. It advertises its shares to the public/ invites the public to subscribe for/buy its shares and debentures.
  7. Must publish their end of year accounts and balance sheets
  8. Must have an authorized minimum share capital figure
  9. Has a separate legal entity and can own property, enter into contracts, sue or be sued.
  10. Has limited liability.
  11. Has a perpetual existence.

Advantages of public limited company

  1. Wide range of sources of capital :It has access to wide range of sources of capital especially through the sale of shares and debentures

-They can also borrow money from financial institutions in large sums and have good security to offer to the lenders.

  1. Limited liability: Like private companies, public limited company’s shareholders have limited liability i.e. the shareholders are not liable for the company’s debts beyond the shareholders capital contribution.
  • Specialized management: PLC’S are able to hire qualified and experie-nced professional staff.
  1. Wide choice of business opportunities: Due to large amount of capital a public company may be suitable for any type of investment
  2. Share transferability: Shares are freely transferable from one person to another and affects neither the company’s capital nor its continuity.
  3. Continuity: PLC has a continuous life as it is not affected by the shareholders death, insanity, bankruptcy or transfer of shares
  • Economies of scale: Their large size enables them to enjoy economies of scale operations. This leads to reduced costs of production which raises the levels of profit
  • Employee’s motivation: They have schemes which enable employees to be part owners of the company which encourages them to work harder in anticipation of higher dividends and growth in the value of the company’s shares.
  • Share of loss: Large membership and the fact that capital is divided into different classes’ means that the risk of loss is shared and spread.
  1. Shareholders are safe guarded; Publicity of company accounts safeguard against frauds.

Disadvantages of public limited companies

  1. High costs of formation: The process of registering a public company is expensive and lengthy. Some of the costs of information are legal costs, registration fees and taxes
  2. Legal restrictions: A public company must comply with many legal requirements making its operations inflexible and rigid
  • Alienation of owners: Shareholders non-participation in management is a disadvantage to them
  1. Lack of secrecy: The public limited companies are required by law to submit annual returns and accounts to the registrar of companies denying the company the benefit of keeping its affairs secret. They are also required to publish their end of year accounts and balance sheets.
  2. Conflicts of interests: Directors may have personal interests that may conflict with those of the company. This may lead to mismanagement.
  3. Decision making; Important decision are made by the directors and shareholders. The directors and shareholders meet after long periods which make decision making slow/delayed and expensive.
  • Diseconomies of scale: The large size and nature of business operations of public limited companies may result in high running/operation costs and inefficiency
  • Double taxation: There is double taxation since the company is fixed and dividends distributed to the shareholders are also taxed
  1. Inflexibility: Public limited companies cannot easily change its nature of business in response to the changing circumstances in the market. All shareholders must be consulted and agree.

DISSOLUTION OF A COMPANY

The following are the circumstances that may lead to the dissolution of a company:

  • Failure to commence business within one year- If a company does not commence business within one year from the date of registration, it may be wound up by a court order on application of a member of the company.
  • Insolvency – when a company is not able to pay its debts, it can be declared insolvent and wound up.
  • Ultra- vires – this means a company is acting contrary to what is in its objective clause. In such a case, it may be wound up by a court order.
  • Amalgamation – two or more companies may join up to form one large company completely different from the original ones.
  • Court order – the court of law can order a company to wind up especially following complaints from creditors.
  • Decision by shareholders – the shareholders may decide to dissolve a company in a general meeting.
  • Accomplishment of purpose or expiry of period of operation – a company may be dissolved on accomplishment of its objects, or on expiry of period fixed for its existence.

THE ROLE OF STOCK EXCHANGE AS A MARKET FOR SECURITIES

DEFINATIONS

  • Stock: a group of shares in a public limited company

-Stocks are formed when all the authorized shares in a particular category have been issued and fully paid for.

  • Stock exchange market: is a market where stocks from Quoted companies are bought and sold

-Stock exchange markets enable share holders in public companies to sell their shares to other people, usually members of the public interested in buying them.

  • A Quoted Company: is a company that has been registered (listed) as a member of the stock exchange market.

-Companies that are not quoted cannot have their shares traded in the stock exchange market.

  • Securities: this could either refer shares or documents used in support of share ownership.
  • Initial Public Offer (I. P. O): refers to situations in which a company has floated new shares for public subscription ( Has advertised new shares and has invited members of the public to buy them.
  • Secondary market: The market that deals in second hand shares i.e. the transfer of shares from one person or organization to another.

There is only one stock exchange market in Kenya i.e. The Nairobi Stock Exchange.

A person wishing to acquire shares will do so either at an IPO or in the secondary market. However, an investor cannot buy or sell stocks directly in the stock exchange market. They can only do so through stock brokers.

ROLES OF THE STOCK EXCHANGE MARKET

  • Facilitates buying of shares- it provides a conducive environment to investors who want to buy shares in different companies.
  • Facilitates selling of shares- it creates a market for those who wish to sell their shares.
  • Safeguarding investors’ interests- it monitors the performance of the already quoted companies and those found not meeting expectations are struck off. Companies who want to be quoted must also attain a certain standard of performance.
  • Provides useful information- it provides timely, accurate and reliable information to investors which enable them to make decisions on the investments to make. The information is passed on through mass media and stock brokers.
  • Assist companies to raise capital- it assists companies to raise capital by creating an environment through which companies issue new shares to members of the public in an IPO.
  • Creation of employment- it creates employment for those who facilitate the buying and selling of shares eg stock brokers, stock agents etc.
  • Raising revenue for the government- the government earns revenue by collecting fees and other levies/ dues from activities carried out in the stock exchange market.
  • Availing a variety of securities- it avails a variety of securities from which an investor can choose from. The market therefore satisfies needs of various investors eg investors who wish to buy from different companies can do so in the market.
  • Fixing of prices- the stock exchange market is in a position to determine the true market value of the securities through the forces of demand and supply. This is of great importance to both the buyer and the seller.
  • Measures a country’s economic progress- the performance of securities in the stock exchange market may be an indicator of a country’s economic progress e.g a constant rise in prices and volumes of securities traded within a given period of time would indicate that the country’s economy is positively growing.
  • Promotes the culture of saving- it provides investors with opportunities to channel their excess funds. Such people act as role models to other members of the society who may emulate them thereby promoting a saving culture.

PUBLIC CORPORATIONS (STATE CORPORATIONS)

These are organizations formed by and/or controlled by the government (the government has a controlling interest). This means that the government owns more than 50% shares in the corporation. Where the government has full ownership, the organization is known as a parastatal

  • Public corporations are formed to perform certain/specific functions on behalf of the government.
  • They are formed to provide essential services that are generally in the public interest, and that may require heavy initial capital investment which few private investors can afford
  • They are formed by the act of parliament.

Examples

  • Kenya Railways corporation- provides railway transport
  • Telkom Kenya-provides telecommunication services
  • Postal corporation of Kenya
  • Industrial and commercial Development corporation (ICDC)- financial and management services
  • Mumias and Chemelil sugar companies.
  • Kenya air ways- provide air transport services. etc

Characteristics/features of public corporations

  • They are formed by the government under the existing laws i.e formed by an act of parliament eg education act
  • Initial capital is provided by the government
  • They are jointly owned by the government and members of public/private investors
  • They are set up to perform certain specific functions on behalf of the government
  • They are managed by a board of directors appointed by the government or appointed by the government and the joint owners
  • They have an entity of their own and can own property, enter contracts, sue and be sued
  • They have limited liability
  • Some operate without a profit motive while others have a profit motive

Formation

-Some are formed by an act of parliament while others are formed under the existing laws.

-When formed by an act of parliament, the Act defines its status obligations and areas of operation. The Act outlines the following;

  • Proposed name of the corporation
  • Aims and objectives
  • Goods or services to be produced and provided
  • Location(Area of operation)
  • The appointment of top executives
  • The powers of the Board of directors
  • The ministry under which it will operate

Management

-The public corporations are managed by a board of directors appointed by the president or the relevant minister

-The chairman and the board of directors are responsible for the implementation of the aims and objectives of the corporations.

-The chairman of the board of directors reports to the government (president) through the relevant minister.

-The managing director who is usually the secretary of the board of directors in the chief executive officer of the corporation

Sources of capital

The initial capital is usually provided by the government as a vote of expenditure for the ministry concerned

-Those corporations jointly owned by the government and the public raise capital through the sale of shares

-financial institutions in form of loans

-Retained profits/profits ploughed back.

-Hire purchase

Advantages of public corporations

  • Initial capital is readily available because it is provided by the government
  • Can afford to provide goods and services at low prices which would otherwise be expensive if they were left to the private sector.
  • Most of them produce goods and services in large quantities thereby reaping the benefits of large scale production
  • Some are monopolies. They hence enjoy the benefits of being a monopoly e.g. they do not have to incur costs advertising since there is no competition
  • They can be bailed out/assisted by the government when in financial problems
  • They have limited liability
  • Money for research and development can be made readily available by the government
  • Through corporations the government is able to remove foreign domination in the country
  • They can afford to hire qualified personnel.

Disadvantages of public corporations

  • They are managed by political appointees who may not have the necessary managerial know how.
  • When they make losses, they are assisted by the government and this could lead to higher taxation of individuals
  • Lack of competition due to monopoly leads to inefficiency and insensitivity to customers feelings.
  • Political interference may hamper efficiency in the achievement of set goals and objectives.
  • Decision-making is slow and difficult because the organizations are large.
  • They may lack close supervision because of their large sizes.
  • There is embezzlement of large sums of money leading to loss of public funds
  • The government is forced to provide goods and services to its citizens in all parts of the country where at times its uneconomical to provide them because the costs of providing them may surpass the returns
  • Public funds are wasted by keeping poorly managed public corporations.
  • Diseconomies of scale apply in these business units because they are usually very large scale organizations e.g. decision making may take long.

Dissolution of public corporations

They can only be dissolved by the government due to:

  1. Persistent loss making
  2. Bankruptcy- where the corporation cannot pay its debts
  3. Change in the act of parliament that formed the corporation
  4. Privatization
  5. Mismanagement, resulting in poor management of the corporation

TRENDS IN FORMS OF BUSINESS UNITS

  • Globalizations:

This refers to the sharing of worlds resources among all regions i.e where there are no boundaries in business transactions

Some companies referred to as multinationals, have branches in many parts of the world e.g coca-cola company

Globalization has been made possible and effective through the development and improvement of information and technology organization i.e

  • World website (internet); one can acquire and order for goods through the internet. This is referred to as Electronic Commerce (E- Commerce) and E- Banking.
  • Mobile phones technology has revolutionized ways of life and business and even remote areas have been opened up.
  • Business Amalgamations/combinations

This occurs when two independent business enterprises combine to form one large organization

Levels of combinations

  1. Vertical combination; This is when businesses engaged in different but successive levels of production combine e.g. primary(extractive) level combines with secondary(manufacturing)level or secondary level combining with tertiary level.

Example; A company producing cotton (raw materials) combining with a textile industry.

  1. Horizontal combination; This is where business enterprises of the same level combine e.g. secondary and secondary levels e.t.c

 

 

Types of Amalgamation/combination

Amalgamations whether vertical or horizontal can be achieved in these ways;

  1. Holding companies

-A holding company is one that acquires 51 percent or more shares in one or more other companies.

-The various companies entering into such a combination are brought under a single control.

-These companies are controlled by the holding company and are called Subsidiaries.

-The subsidiary companies are however allowed to retain their original names and status, but the holding company appoints some members to be on the board of directors of these subsidiaries, so as to control their activities.

-Holding companies are usually financial institutions because they are able to buy controlling shares in subsidiary companies

  1. Absorptions (takeovers)

This refers to a business taking over another business by buying all the assets of the other business which then ceases to exist.

Example; Kenya Breweries took over the castle company in Kenya

  1. Mergers( Amalgamation):

This is where two or more business organizations combine and form one new business organizations.

-The merging companies cease to exist altogether.

  1. d) Cartels

This is a group of related firms/ companies that agree to work together in order to control output, prices and markets of their products – O. P. E. C (organization of petroleum exporting countries) is an example.

  • Privatization: this is the process of transferring / selling state owned corporations to public limited companies or private investors. This is done by the Government selling their shareholding to members of the public. The main aim is to:
  • Improve efficiency
  • Generate revenue for the government.
  • Reduce government control
  • To break monopolistic practices
  • To reduce government expenditure on corporations that relies on government subsidy.
  • Check off system– this is a method of remitting money especially to SACCOS where the employer deducts the contribution from the source and submits it to the SACCO on behalf of the employee who is a member of the SACCO.
  • Burial Benevolent Funds (B. B. F): some SACCOS have started systems/ funds to assist their members financially in burials through creation of BBF.
  • Front Office Savings Account (FOSA); SACCOS have expanded their services to members by introducing FOSA. The account enables members to convinientlydeposit and withdraws money. A member may also be provided with an ATM card which enables him/her to withdraw money at various pesa points/ ATM’s.
  • Franchising: this is where one business grants another the rights to manufacture, distribute or produce its branded products using the name of the business that has granted the rights eg General motors’ has been granted franchise to deal in Toyota, Isuzu and Nissan vehicles.
  • Trusts: This is where a group of Companies work together to reduce competition. Trusts may also be formed where a company buys more than 50% of shares in a competing company so as to reduce competition.
  • Performance contracts: Employees in state corporations are expected to sign performance contracts in order to improve their efficiency. Other private institutions are also adopting the same practice.

 

GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS

 

BY THE END OF THE TOPIC, THE LEARNER SHOULD BE ABLE TO:

  1. Explain reasons for government involvement in business.
  2. Explain how the government gets involved in business.
  • Discuss the merits and demerits of government involvement in business.
  1. Discuss the importance of consumer protection.

INTRODUCTION

Government involvement in business activities is one of the commercial duties it owes its citizens. It is the one that provides the necessary environment for investments to be undertaken by itself, or by the local and foreign investors. This, the government may do in various ways, these include;

  1. Producing goods and services
  2. Distributing goods and services
  3. Advising producers and traders
  4. Promoting trade and economic development
  5. Protecting consumers against exploitation by producers and traders
  6. As a consumer of goods and services

Reasons for Government involvement in business

The following are the major reasons for the government’s involvement and participation in business activities;

  • To prevent exploitation of the public by private businesspersons especially in the provision of essential goods and services such as sugar, transport, communication etc. the Kenya Bureau of standards (KEBS) regulates the quality of goods consumed in Kenya.
  • To provide essential goods and services in areas where private individuals and organizations are unwilling to venture because of low profits/ high risks involved.
  • To provide essential goods and services which private organizations and individuals are unable to provide due to the large amount of initial capital required b e.g. generation of electricity, establishment of airlines etc.
  • To attract foreign investment by initiating major business projects
  • To stimulate economic development in the country e.g. by providing social services
  • To provide goods and services which are too sensitive to be left in the hands of the private sector e.g. provision of firearms.
  • To create employment opportunities by initiating projects such as generation of electricity.
  • To prevent foreign dominance of the economy by investing in areas where the locals are not able to
  • To redistribute wealth where returns are very high
  • To prevent establishment of monopolies

METHODS OF GOVERNMENT INVOLVEMENT IN BUSINESS

The government gets involved in business activities through the following methods:

  • Regulation

This refers to Rules and restrictions the government requires business units to follow in their business activities. Through this method, the government ensures high quality goods and services and puts in control measures to protect consumers from exploitation. The government regulation measures include;

  1. Licensing

A license is a document that shows that a business has been permitted by the government to operate. It is usually issued upon payment of a small fee.

Licensing is the process of issuing licenses to businesses. Some of the reasons why the government issues licenses include;

  • Regulating the number of businesses in a given place at any given time to avoid unhealthy competition.
  • To control the type of goods entering and leaving the country.
  • To ensure there are no illegal businesses.
  • To ensure that traders engage only in trade activities that they have been licensed for.
  • To ensure that those who engage in professional activities meet the requirements of the profession.
  • To raise revenue for the government.
  1. Ensuring standards/ enforcing standards; The government regulates business activities by setting standards that businesses should and ensuring that the standards are adhered to. To achieve this purpose, the government has established bodies such as;
  • Kenya bureau of standards (KEBS) whose main responsibility is to set standards especially for the manufactured goods and see to it that the set standards are adhered to/ met. Goods that meet such standards are given a diamond mark of quality, to show that they are of good quality.
  • The ministry of public health to ensure that businesses meet certain standards as concerning facilities before such businesses can be allowed to operate. Such standards may include clean toilets, clean water and well aerated buildings.
  1. Legislation; The Government may come up with rules and regulations (laws) that regulate business activities e.g. banning hawking in certain areas, matatus required to carry certain number of passengers e.t.c.
  • Training

The government takes keen interest in training and advising people in business about business management strategies and better ways of producing goods and services. The government offers these services through seminars and courses. This is mainly done by the Kenya Business Training Institute (K.B.T.I). Reasons for government training include;

  • To expose businesspersons to modern developments in management
  • Introduce modern technology and skills in management
  • Educate the business people on efficient methods of operating a business e.g., effective methods of advertising and keeping books of accounts.
  • Expose business people to problems/ challenges facing them and their possible solutions for example, problems of raising capital and identifying investment opportunities.
  • Impart proper business ethics e.g. good customer relations and honesty.
  • Creating awareness of the available profitable business opportunities in their environment
  • Expose business people to government policies regarding business activities in the country.
  • Educate business people on how to use available resources to minimize costs and maximize profits.
  • Expose people to other opportunities that exist in the import and export market.
  • Trade promotion

This is a government initiated and supported policy to encourage local business people to enter into business. This is aimed at increasing the volume and variety of goods and services traded in.

Trade promotion is classified as either external trade promotion or internal trade promotion.

  • External trade promotion
  • The purpose of external trade promotion is to encourage local business people to enter into the export market.
  • It also intended to attract foreign investors into the country.
  • In Kenya, external trade promotion is done through the department of external trade in the ministry of trade and industry.
  • External trade promotion may also be done by Commercial attaches.

Commercial attaches are officers sent by the country’s government to work with the embassies in foreign countries as support staff in the field of commerce. Their main duty is to look at the interests of their home countries’ exports e.g. cash crops and manufactured goods.

Duties of commercial attaches

  • Explore and identify new markets for more export opportunities.
  • Research and analyze markets for exports from their home countries.
  • Keep statistics of products such as volumes, packaging size and method of manufacturing.
  • Attend meetings, seminars and workshops on trade patterns of the countries and keep data for new markets of exports.
  • Publish and advertise their country’s exports in business journals and magazines.
  • Select buyers, agents and distributors of the home country’s exports.
  • Inform traders in their home countries of the standards required for exports.
  • Assist sales missions from their home countries by organizing educational tours for them.
  • Organize visits to trade fairs and exhibitions for business people from their home country.
  • Make detailed reports on commercial activities that may help improve the exports of their countries.

To perform these duties, the commercial attaché needs to:

  • Keep information on prices paid for exports and terms of payments( conditions to be filled before the payment is made)
  • Be aware of the rules that govern payment in international trade.
  • Be aware of the working of the regional organizations that operate in developing countries such as the East African Community (E. A. C), Inter-Governmental Authority for Development (I.G.A.D), Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA), Economic Commission for Africa (E.C.A) and African Growth Opportunity Act (A.G.O.A).
  • Internal trade promotion

This is done by the government through the ministry of trade. The ministry carries out various activities

 

TRANSPORT

 

TOPIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

  1. Explain the meaning and importance of transport to business.
  2. Explain the essential elements of transport.
  3. Describe the modes and means of transport.
  4. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each means of transport.
  5. Discuss the factors that influence choice of appropriate means of transport.
  6. Discuss trends of transport.

 

 

MEANING OF TRANSPORT

Transport is the physical movement of people and goods from one place to another. It helps bridge the gap between producers and consumers hence creating place utility.

Importance of Transport to Business

  1. Bridging the gap between producers and consumers/ linking consumers to producers-Transport links consumers to producers which enable the consumers to obtain the goods they need.
  2. Employment creation-Transport helps in solving unemployment problem by creating job opportunities. For example, people may be employed as drivers, pilots, mechanics and road constructors.
  3. Promotes specialization-Transport enables people to specialize in jobs they are best at. For example; producers would concentrate in production only while other people carry out distribution.
  4. Making goods and services more useful-Through transport goods are moved from a place where they are least required to a place where they are most required thereby making them more useful.
  5. Improving people’s standard of living-It enables consumers to get a variety of goods and services thereby improving the standards of living.
  6. Availing a wide market for products-It helps producers to widen the markets for their products by enabling them access to areas they would otherwise not have accessed
  7. Increased production/ facilitates mass production-Due to the wider market created through transport, producers are able to increase the volume of goods produced.
  8. Avoiding wastage-Transport makes it possible for surplus goods to be disposed of by taking them to areas where they are required. Perishable goods such as flowers, fruits and vegetables can also be transported fast hence minimizing/ avoiding wastage.
  9. Promoting development of industries-Through transport, raw materials can be taken to manufacturing industries and also finished goods to the market. Similarly, it promotes development of service industries such as tourism.
  10. Adds value to goods and services- creates utility in goods by moving them from the point of production to where they are needed thereby adding their value.
  11. Leads to the opening of new markets- Goods and services can be taken to new areas with ease.
  12. It facilitates the movement of labour- people can easily move from where they stay to where they work.

 

ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS OF TRANSPORT

In order for a transport system to function efficiently it should have certain basic elements. These elements are:

  1. Unit(S) of carriage
  2. Methods of propulsion
  3. Ways
  4. Terminals(terminus)
  5. Unit(S) of carriage

This refers to anything i.e. vessel that is used to transport goods and people from one place to another. Units of carriage include: ships, trains, aeroplanes, motor vehicles, bicycles and carts. Units of carriage are also referred to as means of transport.

  1. Methods of propulsion

This is the driving force (source of power) that makes a unit of carriage to move.The power for most vessels may be petroleum products, electricity, human force or animal power.

  1. Ways

It refers to either the route or path passes by the vessel. The route can be on land, on water or through air. Examples of ways are roads, railways, paths, canals, seaways and airways. The ways can be classified into either natural ways or manmade ways.

  1. Natural ways-As the name suggests, natural ways are the ways that are provided by nature. They are therefore free to acquire. They include airways and seaways.
  2. Man-made ways-These are ways that are made available by human being. They include roads, canals and railways. Manmade ways are usually expensive to construct and maintain.
  3. Terminals (terminuses)

The vessel used to carry goods and people starts from one destination and ends up at another. At these destinations the loading and off-loading take place respectively. The loading and off-loading places are referred to as terminals or terminus. Examples of terminuses are bus stations, airports and seaports.

MODES OF TRANSPORT

Mode refers to the manner in which transport is carried out. There are three modes of transport namely:

  1. Land transport
  2. Water transport
  • Air transport
  • Land transport

This mode of transport involves movement of goods and people using units of carriage that move on dry land. The various means under this mode includes:

  1. Human Porterage

This involves human beings carrying goods on their heads, shoulders or backs. Human Porterage as a means of transport is the oldest kind of transport and is still very common in our society. The means is suitable for transporting light luggage over short distances. It is also appropriate where other means of transport are not available or convenient.

Advantages of Human Porterage

  1. Could be the only means of transport available
  2. Compliments other means of transport
  • Flexible as it has no fixed time table or routes
  1. May be a cheap means compared to other means of transport
  2. Readily available when required
  3. Convenient over short distances

Disadvantages of human Porterage

  1. Not suitable for long distances
  2. They add onto congestion on roads

iii. Not suitable for transporting heavy and bulky goods

  1. It is relatively slow

v.Relies on human energy which is exhaustible

  1. Carts

Carts are open vessels usually on two or four wheels that are pushed or pulled by either human being or animals such as oxen and donkeys. The carts pushed or pulled by human beings are referred to as hand carts or mikokoteni. The ones pulled by animals, on the other hand, are called animal driven carts. Carts are used to carry relatively large quantities compared to human porterage. Like human porterage, they are not suitable for long distances. Types of goods that are transported using this means include, agricultural produce, water and animal feeds.

Advantages of carts

  1. Compliments other means of transport
  2. Relatively cheap to hire

iii. Initial buying and maintenance cost is low

  1. Appropriate in remote areas where other means are not available
  2. Readily available for hire
  3. Can carry fairly heavier and bulky goods

vii. Convenient for transporting goods over short distances

  1. Disadvantages of carts
  2. May not be suitable for transporting heavy and bulky goods
  3. Cause traffic jams on roads leading to congestion and accidents

iii. Not suitable for transporting goods over long distances

  1. Vehicles

These are means (units of carriage) of transport that ferry goods and people on roads. Vehicles are the most commonly used means of transport.

Vehicles are either passenger or goods carriers. Passenger carriers may be buses, matatus, taxis and private cars while goods are transported using Lorries, pick-ups, tankers and trailers. Vehicles are expensive to acquire and maintain. The convenience of vehicles may depend on the nature of the road on which they travel.

Some roads are impassible especially when it rains while others are usable throughout the year (all weather roads).Of special concern in road transport is the matatus. These are privately owned passenger vehicles which were introduced to supplement the existing mainstream transport companies that were inadequate at independence. They got their name from the amount of fare they used to charge originally, that is, mapeni matatu. The operators have to obtain the relevant documents such as insurance cover in order to be allowed to operate. Their owners may form associations which take care of their interests along given routes or in certain areas.

Advantages of matatus

  1. They supplement regular bus companies, especially in remote areas where they are the only means.
  2. They fill up faster than buses hence save time

iii. They are more flexible since they can change routes easily depending on demand

  1. They reach out into the interior of rural areas where big buses cannot access
  2. They are more flexible with the fares they charge
  3. They are easier to hire as most of them are readily available

vii. They are cheaper to acquire as compared to buses

Disadvantages of matatus

  1. Some matatus are poorly maintained to the extent of being unroadworthy
  2. Most drivers are reckless as they rush to compete for customers. They pick or drop passengers anywhere

iii. In some cases, touts use impolite language when dealing with passengers

  1. They may cause noise pollution such as unnecessary hooting and loud music
  2. They may cause congestion in towns unnecessarily because of careless driving and parking
  3. Uncalled for sudden increase in fares at peak hours, during the night and on public holidays

vii. Their operation is concentrated on peak hours, rarely operating at night.

viii. They at times unexpectedly change their route hence causing breach of contract.

Advantages of vehicles

  1. Most readily available means of transport
  2. Relatively fast compared to carts and human Porterage

iii. Relatively cheaper over short distances

  1. Flexible as it can offer door to door service
  2. Vehicles may be available for transporting special goods
  3. Roads are widely spread thereby making many areas accessible.

Disadvantages of vehicles

  1. Acquisition and maintenance costs are high
  2. May not be suitable for transporting heavy and bulky goods over long distances as compared to railways

iii. Traffic jams in roads may cause delays

  1. Vehicle transport is prone to accidents which may lead to loss of goods and life

v.Some roads may be impassible especially during the rainy seasons.

  1. Trains

Trains are vessels that transport goods and people on rails hence the term railways.

The terminuses of trains are the railways stations. Therefore; the goods to be transported by trains have to be taken to the railway station. Railway transport is suitable for heavy and bulky goods as well as passengers. There are two types of trains: cargo and passenger train.

Advantages of Trains

-Relatively secure as cases of theft and accidents are rare

-Enables a transporter to plan for the transport of his/her goods as trains follow a fixed timetable

-Economical for transporting heavy and bulky goods over a long distance

-Trains may have facilities for carrying special types of goods e.g. gas, petrol and vehicles

-Where shunting facilities are available trains may deliver goods up to or from the owner’s premises

Disadvantages of Trains

-Not flexible as trains follow a strict time table

-Railway lines are expensive to construct and to maintain

-Not all areas are served by railway lines

-Not suitable for transporting urgently required or perishable goods as it is slow

-Unsuitable for transporting goods over short distances

-Trains are expensive to acquire and maintain

  1. Pipeline Transport

This is the movement of liquids and gases from one place to another through a pipe. Products transported through pipes include water, gases, petrol and diesel. Solids that cannot be dissolved or damaged by water may also be transported through pipes as suspension. Examples coffee berries from machines to drying places. The pipeline is both a vessel and a way.

Products flow by the force of gravity or pressure from an original station. If the original terminal is at a higher level than the receiving terminal, the force of gravity is adequate to move the product. But if the receiving terminal is at a higher level than the original than the originating terminal, then power is required to pump the product uphill. For example, petroleum from Mombasa which is at sea level needs pressure to pump it to all the receiving stations.

Advantages of pipeline Transport

-It is labour saving as it requires minimal manpower

-It is environmentally friendly since it is free of noise or smoke

-It may be constructed in areas where it is difficult to construct roads or railway lines. For example, over rugged terrain

-Pipelines allow continuous flow of the goods being transported

-It ensures that road damage is reduced as the number of tankers is reduced on roads

-It helps to reduce accidents that may be caused by tankers on roads

-It reduces delays arising from congestion on roads

-Maintenance costs are reduced as it relies on gravitational force and booster stations along the way

-It may not be affected by adverse weather conditions

Disadvantages of pipeline Transport

-A leakage not detected in good time may lead to high losses

-Initial construction cost is high

-Accidents leakages may lead to environmental pollution

-It is unidirectional that is, travels only in one direction

-It can transport only one product at a time

-It is not flexible since once a line is laid, it cannot be adjusted according to transport patterns or demands

-Generates comparatively fewer job opportunities as it is capital intensive

-It is vulnerable to sabotage by enemies.

-Once laid, it is difficult to re route or re locate.

  • Water Transport

It is a mode of transport where the units of carriage transport goods and people on water. Water in this case includes; navigable rivers, lakes, seas and oceans. The means of transport which are the units of carriage or vessels using this mode include; ships, dhows, boats, steamers and ferries. Water transport can be divided into inland waterways and sea transport.

  • Inland waterways

This is transport carried out on lakes, rivers and inland canals. The Lake Victoria facilitates transport among the three east African countries i.e. Kenya, Uganda and Tanzania. Ferries also connect the mainland to islands such as Rusinga Islands, found in Lake Victoria.

Water hyacinth has however been a threat to transport on the lake. Most rivers in Kenya are not navigable due to reasons such as:

  • Too small
  • Presence of rapids and waterfalls
  • Too shallow
  • Most are seasonal
  • High gradient
  • Sea Transport

This is where goods and people are transported in seas and oceans. All types of water vessels may be used in sea transport. Sea transport is important as it connects continents of the world thereby facilitating international trade. Kilindini in Mombasa provides a good natural harbor facilitating sea transport between Kenya and other countries of the world. Ferries also connect the island of Mombasa and the mainland.

Types of Water vessels

  1. Ships

A ship is a large vessel that transports people or goods through water. Their sizes however vary depending on quantity of goods and passengers they carry. Ships help in connecting countries or places which borders the sea. They load and offload in terminals referred to as harbors found at sea ports. For example, the Kilindini harbor is found in the port of Mombasa.

Ships that transport people are referred to as passenger ship while those that transport goods are referred to as cargo ships. Cargo ships are c are convenient for carrying heavy and bulky goods.

Ships may also be classified as either liners or tramps.

Liners

These are ships that are owned and operated by shipping companies called conferences. Each conference is responsible for specifying the route on which each liner would operate the rates to be charged and setting the rules and regulations to be followed by the members.

Characteristics of liners

-Have fixed routes

-Follow a fixed timetable

-Charges are fixed

-Call at specified ports along the route at specified intervals

-Travel at regular intervals.

Tramps

These are ships that do not follow a regular route or time table. Their routes therefore depend on demand. During times when demand is high, they charge higher rates and when demand is low they lower their rates. Tramps can therefore be likened to matatus. Tramps may be owned by either individuals or firms.

Characteristics of tramps

-Do not have a fixed rate. They therefore move to wherever there are goods or passengers to carry.

-Have no set timetables. They therefore move according to demand

-Their fares change according to demand.

-Their travelling patterns are irregular and therefore cannot be relied upon

NB: Liners and tramps owners are in constant competition business. Traders therefore need to choose the type of ships to hire. Liners are however more popular than tramps among traders because of their reliability.

When a trader hires an entire ship to transport goods to a given destination, he/she and the ship owner signs a document called a charter party. This document shows the terms and conditions under which the goods would be transported.

Other information included in the agreement are destination, nature of the goods and freight charges. When the ship is hired to carry goods for a given journey the document signed is referred to as voyage charter. On the other hand, if the ship is hired to transport goods for a given period of time, the document signed is called time charter.

Ships may be specially built to carry special commodities. These may include tankers specially built to transport petroleum products and other liquids. Refrigerated ships may also be available to transport perishable commodities such as meat, fish and fruits.

  1. Boats and Ferries

These are water vessels used in transporting goods and people over short distances. They are therefore found in both inland water transport and also the sea transport.e.g the Likoni ferry in Mombasa carries people from and to the island of Mombasa and the main land.

Advantages of water transport

-Sea transport is economical to the owner as the number of employees to carriage volume ratio is less compared to road transport

-Suited for transporting heavy and bulky goods

-It is cheap as the way is natural and free

-Connects countries of the world which border the sea

-Special types of ships are available for transporting goods

-Large volume can be carried thereby reducing cost per unit

-Not affected by traffic congestion

-Some ships can be very luxurious for passengers and may even provide swimming pools.

-At the port/dock, there are many depots for storage of goods.

Disadvantages of water transport-

Sea-sickness, sea-pirates and storms may occur

-They are slow therefore not suitable for transporting perishable and urgently required goods

-It is expensive to construct and maintain artificial harbors

-Unfavorable weather conditions may affect water transport

-Sea transport is not accessible to land locked countries

-Lack of loading and off-loading facilities may lead to delay

-Cost of acquiring and maintaining ships is high.

-Theft of cargo and other valuables may occur during loading and offloading.

  • Air Transport

This refers to the movement of goods, people and documents by aircrafts. Aircrafts/ aeroplanes are the units of carriage and air the way. The terminals include airports and airstrips.

Aeroplanes are fast compared to other means of transport i.e. they are the fastest means of transport. They are therefore suitable for transporting urgently required goods like drugs and perishable goods Such as flowers over long distances.

Aircrafts may be classified as either passenger planes or cargo planes. Passenger planes transport people from one place to another. On the other hand, cargo planes transport light cargo to the required destinations. Aeroplanes may be fitted with special facilities for handling special goods. Aeroplanes are expensive to acquire and to maintain. Their operations may also be affected by weather conditions.

Advantages of Air Transport

-There is less handling of goods on the way since aeroplanes may move direct to the final destinations.

-The way does not require construction or maintenance as it is natural and free.

-Planes can move through places where other means cannot, such as over the earth poles and across high mountains/ planes are not hampered by physical barriers.

-Have efficient interconnections between airlines all over the world which makes it convenient

-Suitable for long distance travelers especially from one continent to another

-Very fast therefore suitable for transporting perishable and urgently required goods.

-Chartered planes can be used to reach remote areas.

-The movement of aircrafts is smooth therefore suitable for transporting fragile goods such as glassware and eggs.

-Passengers are given the highest degree of comfort and personal attention making it the most comfortable means of transport.

 

Disadvantages of Air Transport

-Causes noise pollution

-Air fields are not available in all places

-Cannot be conveniently used to carry heavy and bulky goods

-Expensive to acquire and maintain aircrafts

-Requires highly trained manpower e.g. air traffic controllers, pilots e. t. c

-Unfavorable weather conditions such as fog, mist and heavy rains may cause delay

-It is an expensive means of transport in terms of freight charges

-Not suitable for transporting inflammable goods such as cooking gas and petrol

-In case of accidents results are catastrophic/ accidents are rare but fatal.

-Has limited carrying capacity that should not be exceeded.

-It is not flexible.

-Most airfields/ terminals are located some distance away from town/ city centers and therefore require transport or railway links that are affected by jams occasionally causing delays.

-Recent hijackings by terrorists have made air transport an insecure means especially for transporting valuables.

  • Containerization

This is a recent development in transport. It refers to the packaging of goods in standardized ‘box like’ containers designed for use in transporting cargo. The containers are mainly made of metal though a few are made of wood. They can either be hired or bought from firms that provide them. The hired containers are returnable to the owner after the goods have been transported.

Containers are designed in a way appropriate to transport goods by ships, train, lorry or by air. To safeguard the goods against risks such as theft and unfavorable weather conditions the containers are sealed immediately after goods have been packed. The sealed containers are then transported up to the final destination where they are off-loaded. The consignee can then break the seal.

Goods can be transported in containers as Full Container Load (F.C.L) or as Less Container Load (L.C.L).Full container load applies where the container is filled with goods belonging to one person. In FCL, goods are delivered to the consignee intact.  On the other hand, less than container load applies where a container is filled with goods belonging to several consignors. This may be the case where a single consigner does not have enough goods to fill a container. When such a container reaches the destination, it is opened and the various consignees take their goods.

There are special handling facilities for loading and offloading containers onto and from the units of carriage.

Apart from the container depot at Mombasa, Kenya Ports Authority (K.P.A) has established inland container depots referred dry ports. An example of a dry port is found at Embakasi in Nairobi. The establishment of dry ports aims at relieving congestion at the sea port. It also aims at making handling of cargo easier and efficient for inland importers and exporters.

When containers are off loaded from ships at Mombasa, they are loaded into special container trains called railtainer which transports them by railway to the inland container depot at Embakasi. Containers can also be transported by specially designed trucks between the ports or from the port to consumer’s destination.

Advantages of containerization

-Minimizes the risks of loss or damage of goods as containers are sealed at source

-Containers are lifted with devices which make movement and handling easy

-Saves time and labour in loading and off-loading due to use of machines

-Containers sealed at source in presence of customs officials may not be opened until they reach their final destination. This reduces delay.

-Special containers are available for goods requiring special attention like chemicals.

-Insurance costs are relatively low as risks are less

-Space is saved when containers are used as opposed to when individual items are packed in the carrier.

-Can carry large quantities of cargo if packed well.

-Containers are tough structure, which offer protection to sensitive and fragile goods.

Disadvantages of containerization

-They are expensive and this increases the cost of transporting goods

-Contributes to unemployment since it is capital intensive

-Not suitable for transporting small quantities of goods.

-Requires special handling equipment which may be expensive

-May not be suitable for goods with irregular shapes.

-Training labour force is long and expensive.

-They may be used to smuggle illegal goods.

-The large trucks used on the road increase road damage and may increase accidents.

Factors that influence the choice of appropriate means of transport

  1. Cost; The cost of transporting a good should be reasonable; except where other factors should be considered such as need for quick delivery. Otherwise should be proportional to the value of goods transported.
  2. Nature of goods; The nature of goods should be considered when choosing a means of transport. For example, perishable goods require a fast means. Similarly, heavy and bulky goods require a means of transport convenient for such goods e.g. trains and ship.

iii. Reliability; The means chosen should be able to deliver the goods to the required place at the right time and in the right form.

  1. Urgency; For goods that are urgently required, the fastest means available should be chosen.
  2. Safety and Security: The means chosen should ensure that the goods on transit are secure against loss, theft or physical damages.

vi.Distance; Some means of transport are suitable for long distances while others are suitable for short distances. If goods are to be transported for long distances, air, sea or railway transport would be appropriate, otherwise roads would be suitable for short distances.

vii.Availability of means; The means of transport to be selected should be based on its availability. For example, where there is only one means of transport, it would be the only one to be chosen.

viii.Flexibility; This is the ability of means of transport to be manipulated to suit the convenience of the transporter. Where flexibility is required, then the means that would provide such should be chosen. For example a matatu is usually more flexible than an aeroplane.

ix.Terminals; Some means of transport may have their terminals near the transporter than others. In this case, the transporter should choose the means whose terminals are conveniently accessible to facilitate loading and offloading of goods.

x.Value of goods to be transported- goods of high value require special handling and high security during transportation.

Trends in transport

  • Pipeline and containerization
  • Electric trains are replacing diesel engines
  • Underground tunnels for trains are being used to ease congestion on the surface
  • Dual-carriage roads are being developed in various parts to ease congestion and minimize accidents
  • Development of planes with larger carrying capacity and speed is a major feature in the transport industry
  • Use of bicycles commonly known as boda boda are a common feature in towns, bus terminals and rural areas, supplementing other means of transport to ferry people and cargo to their destinations. The bicycles are being modified to make them more convenient. It is not unusual to find a bicycle (boda boda) which has been fitted with facilities such as:
  • Motors to increase their speed and reduce energy applied by the cyclist.
  • Music systems to entertain passengers and More comfortable seats.

Motor cycles are also being used as bodabodas in various areas. Similarly, the three wheeled vehicles commonly known as ‘Tuk Tuk’ is a major feature in cities and most towns.

  • Private personal vehicles with less carrying capacity e.g. four-seater vehicles are being used as matatus. The vehicles are convenient to the passengers as they:
  • Fill up within a shorter time compared to larger vehicles
  • May accommodate each of the customers interests.
  • Passenger vehicles are being fitted with radios, music systems and videos to entertain customers as they travel. However, some forms of entertainment may not be conducive to all.

 

REVISION QUESTIONS ON TRANSPORT

KCSE PAST PAER 1

  1. 1996 State four circumstances under which a businessman would choose to transport goods by air? (4mks).
  2. 1997 Outline four reasons why a school in Kisumu may prefer to transport its sixty students to a music festival in Nairobi by train rather than by bus. (4mks).
  3. 1999 Give five reasons why a manufacturing firm would be located in an area well served by good road network.(4mks).
  4. 1999 Outline four limitations of containerization. (4mks).
  5. 2000 State four reasons why road transport is popular in Kenya.(4mks).
  6. 2001 State four ways in which the nature of goods would influence the choice of transport.
  7. 2002 Outline four reasons why a transporter of goods from Mombassa to Nairobi may prefer rail transport to road transport. (4mks).
  8. 2003 State the unit of carriage for each of the following modes of transport. (5mks)

 

 

Mode of transport                           Units of carriage

  1. Portage
  2. Sea
  • Road
  1. Cartage
  2. Air
  3. 2004 list four ways in which transport promotes growth of trade. (4mks)
  4. 2000 State four reasons why road transport is popular in Kenya. (4mks)
  5. 1995 Give 3 disadvantages of railway transport in Kenya.     (4mks)
  6. 1998 List 4 disadvantages of using containers to transport goods. (4mks)

 

KCSE PAST QUESTIONS PAPER 2

  1. 1995 Explain five reasons that may account for continued use of hand carts as a mode of transport in Kenya. (12mks)
  2. 1996 The oil pipeline has recently been extended from Nairobi to western Kenya.
  3. Explain five benefits that may be accounted to the country from the extension. (10mks).
  4. 1997 Explain five ways in which an efficient road transport system may promote trade within a country.(10mks).
  5. 1998 Discuss five factors that have hindered the expansion of railway transport in Kenya.
  6. 1999 Explain five features of an efficient transport system (8mks).
  7. 2000 Explain the advantages of pipeline as a mode of transporting oil products. (12mks).
  8. 2002 Outline five factors that should be considered when choosing a means of transport.
  9. 2003 Explain six advantages of containerization as a mode of transport.(10mks)
  10. 2004 Discuss six factors that may discourage the use of pipeline as a means of transporting petroleum products in a country.(12mks).
  11. 2005 Discuss 5 circumstances under which a trader may choose to transport goods by rail.

 

COMMUNICATION

 

Meaning of communication

  1. Communication is the transfer or conveyance of messages or information from one person to another.
  2. Communication is the process of sending and receiving meaningful messages, information and ideas between two or more people located at different points in space.

Note: The space between the sender (s) and the receiver (s) maybe as narrow as when people are talking to each other or as wide as between the North Pole and the South Pole.

Effective communication is vital/important for business in that it serves the following purposes.

Importance of communication (purposes)

  1. To give and obtain information

For an organization to run smoothly there should be proper flow of information within the business and also between the firm and outsiders e.g. the manager may inform members of staff about a planned meeting. Similarly the business may receive a letter of inquiry from a customer

  1. To clarify issues and points

Through proper communication the organization is able to clarify confusing issues from within and without the firm for example in cases where there are many managers. It would be necessary to clarify the responsibilities of each manager.

  • To enhance public relations

Good/efficient communication enables the business to create a more positive image and a favorable reputation of itself to outsiders and overcome prejudices and negative attitudes that people may have against the business.

  1. To start and influence Action

Proper communication enables the business to get new ideas make plans and ensure that they are implemented in the desired way.

  1. Improving customer service; Good communication helps in reducing errors providing customers with desired feedback and assisting in handling inquiries more efficiently
  2. Giving instructions; Through proper communication management is able to get work done by issuing instructions (procedures and orders)e.g. a supplier may be instructed when and where to deliver the goods ordered.
  • To give Reassurance; Information is needed to reassure people that their performance is good e.g. an employee may feel better is he/she is served with a “will done”memo or a “customer of the year” award.
  • Confirming arrangements; Through communication arrangements are confirmed for example confirmation of meetings conferences or details of transactions
  1. Co-ordinating departments of the firm; Charges in one department are communicated to other departments that have a direct bearing to those changes e.g. when sales increase the sales department informs the production department so as to increase production proportionality
  2. Modifying behavior of persons within or outside the organization; Through effective communication persons are trained and counseled and as a result their behavior knowledge and attitudes change

Communication process

Communication is a process that involves interchange of information and ideas between two or more people. Communication therefore is a circular process i.e communication may lead to some reaction which in turn may generate further communications or feedback. This flow can be illustrated as below:

 

 

 

Message                                                                                   3

Receivercdddd

 

 

 

 

 

Sender

Feedback

 

  1. Sender –this is the person who writes, speaks or sends signs (symbols or signals) and is the source of the information.
  2. Receiver – this is the person to whom the information or the message is sent.
  • Message – this is the information that is transmitted from the sender to the receiver. It may be spoken, written or in the form of symbols.
  1. Feed back – this is the response to the sender’s message. A message is said to have been understood if the receiver provides the desired feedback.

 

 

 

 

Lines of communication

Communication can be classified according to either the levels of the communicating parties or according to the nature of the message.

  1. According to levels-This can either be:
  2. I) Vertical
  3. ii) Horizontal

iii) Diagonal

  1. Vertical communication

This is where messages are passed between a senior and her/his juniors in the same organizations

Vertical communication can be divided into two parts

-Downward communication

-Upward communication

-Downward communication-This is a communication process which starts from the top manager to her/his juniors. This can be informed of:

  • Training juniors
  • Evaluating performance
  • Delegating duties
  • Solving the problems facing workers
  • Inspiring and motivating the juniors(giving rewards)

-Upward communication-This is a communication process that starts from the juniors to the seniors and maybe in the form of:

  • Submitting reports
  • Giving suggestion
  • Submitting complaints a grievances
  • Making inquiries
  1. ii) Horizontal communication (lateral communication)

This is communication between people of the same level (rank) in the same organization e.g. departmental heads in an organization may communicate to achieve the following:

  • Co-ordination and harmonization of different activities.
  • To create teamwork within the department.
  • To exchange ideas in order to develop human resources.
  • To reduce goal blindness among different departments.
  • To create a sense of belonging among department heads thus acting as a motivating factor.

One of the major characteristics of this type of communication is that there are less inhibitions. The people involved are more open and free with each other than in the case of people with different ranks.

iii) Diagonal communication

This is communication between people of different levels in different departments or different organizations e.g. an accounts clerk may communicate with a sales manager of the same organization or of different organizations. Diagonal communication enhances team work.

  1. b) According to nature of message

This can either be;

  1. i) Formal communication
  2. ii) Informal communication

Formal communication

This is the passing of messages or information using the approved and recognized way in an organization such as official meetings, memos and letters. This means that messages are passed to the right people following the right channels and in the right form.

Formal communication is also known as official communication as it is the passing of information meant for office purposes.

Formal systems of communication are consciously and deliberately established.

Informal communication

This is communication without following either the right channels or in the right form i.e. takes place when information is passed unofficially. It is usually used when passing information between friends and relatives hence it lacks the formality.

Informal communication may also take the form of gossips and rumor-mongering.

Informal communication usually suppliments formal communication as is based on social relations within the organization.

Note: Both formal and informal communication is necessary for effective communication in an organization.

Essentials of Effective communication

For communication to be effective it must be originated produced transmitted received understood and acted upon. The following are the main essentials to effective communications.

 

 

  1. i) The sender/communicator

This is the person from whom the message originates. He/she encodes the message i.e. puts the message in the communicative form.

  1. ii) Message

This is the information to be sent. It is the subject matter of communication and may contain words, symbols, pictures or some other forms which will make the receiver understand the message

iii) Encoding; This is the process of expressing ones ideas in form of words, symbols, gestures and signs to convey a message

iv)Medium/channel;  This refers to the means used in communicating. This could be in the form of letters, telephones and emails among others.

v)The receiver; This is the person for whom the message is intended. The receiver decodes the message for proper understanding.

vi)Decoding; This is the process of interpreting or translating the encoded message to derive the meaning from the message

vii) Feed-back; This refers to the reaction of the receiver of the message. This maybe a reply /response which the receiver sends back to the sender.

The above can be represented in a diagram as shown below;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORMS AND MEANS OF COMMUNICATION

Forms; These are channels or ways of passing on messages. The four main forms are:

  1. i) Oral communication
  2. ii) Written communication

iii )Audio –visual communication

  1. iv) Visual communication

Means; This is the device used to pass on information e.g. messages, letters, telephones e.t.c

  • Oral communication

This is where information is conveyed by talking (word of mouth)

It is also known as verbal communication

 

 

 Means of communication

  1. i) Face-to-face conversation

This involves two or more people talking to each other. The parties are usually near each other as much as possible to ensure effective communication.

It is suitable where subject matter of discussion require convincing persuasion and immediate feed-back.

It may be used during meetings, interviews, seminars, private discussions, classrooms e.t.c

It is the most common means of oral communication

Advantages of face-to-face communication

  • Provides for immediate feedback
  • Has personal appeal
  • Body language can be easily expressed
  • One can persuade or convince another
  • It is the simplest communication to use
  • It is direct i.e. does not pass through intermediaries
  • Convenient for confidential messages

Disadvantages of face-to-face communication

  • No record for future reference
  • Can be time consuming
  • Messages can be distracted
  • Not suitable when people are far apart
  • Unsuitable for the dumb and deaf

ii)Telephone

This form of communication is commonly used in offices and homes. It is useful in sending messages quickly over short and long distances.

It is however not suitable for sending;

  • Confidential messages
  • Long and detailed reports, charts and graphs
  • Messages that would require reference or evidence

In Kenya telephone services are mainly provided by Telkom Kenya Limited. The subscriber is required to purchase the telephone equipment from the post office or other authorized dealers before installation.

Installation is done on application by the subscriber (applicant).He/she pays the installation fee in addition; the subscriber is sent a monthly bill with the charges for all the calls made during the month.

The charges for calls depend on the time spent time of the day of the week and distance of the recipient from the caller e.g. it is cheaper to call at night than during the day. It is also cheap to make calls during public holidays and weekends than on weekdays.

There are also mobile phones which have no physical line connection to exchange and may be fixed to a vehicle or carried in pockets. In Kenya these services are provided by safaricom, Airtel, orange and Yu mobile communications.

Advantages of Telephones

  • Relatively fast
  • Has personal appeal
  • Provides for immediate feedback
  • One can persuade or convince another
  • Suitable for long distance communication

Disadvantages of Telephone

  • Can be expensive especially over long distances
  • No record for future reference
  • Lacks confidentiality
  • Not convenient for dumb and deaf
  • Can be time consuming

Reasons why mobile phones have become popular

  • They are portable and can be conveniently carried around.
  • It is not very expensive especially when making local calls.
  • Relatively cheap to acquire.
  • Some mobile phones can record conversations / calls thereby acting as evidence.
  • Can be used to send short text messages (sms)
  • Can be used anywhere since they are portable.

iii)Radio calls

This involves transmitting information by use of radio waves i.e. without connecting wires between the sender and the receiver

The device used is called a radio telephone. It is commonly used in remote areas where normal telephone services are lacking or where telephone services are available but cannot be conveniently used e.g. policemen on patrol in different parts of a town

Radio transmission is a one way communication system i.e. only one person can speak at a time. It is therefore necessary for the speaker to say’over’ to signal the recipient that the communication is through so that the recipient can start talking. To end the conversation, the speaker says ‘over and out’

The radio calls are commonly used by the police, game rangers, researchers, foresters, ship owners and hotels situated in remote areas. They are also used for sending urgent messages such as calling for an ambulance and fire brigade

Note; Radio calls are not confidential since they use sound frequencies that can be tapped by any radio equipment that is tuned to that frequency

Advantages of Radio calls

  • Relatively fast
  • Has immediate feedback
  • Has personal appeal
  • Provide room for one to persuade and convince another
  • Suitable for remote areas
  • Convenient for long distances

Disadvantages of Radio calls

  • No record for future reference
  • Lacks confidentiality
  • Messages are sent one way at a time
  • Can be expensive
  • Cannot be used by dumb and deaf
  • Can be time consuming.
  1. iv) Paging

This is a means of communication used to locate staff or employers who are scattered in an organization or who are outside and need to be located urgently

When within the organization portable receivers, lighted signals, bells, loudspeakers etc are used

When outside the organization employees are contacted using portable receivers (pocket-size) used to send messages through sms (short message services)

The paying system can only be used within a certain radius. When using a portable receiver, the caller will contact the subscriber by calling the post office which will then activate the pager.

The subscriber is then informed to contact the originator of the message.

Paging is mostly used in emerging cases

v)Radio

Usually messages intended for a wide audience can be transmitted through a radio more quickly and economically than by using other forms of communication.;`

Radio is used for different reasons apart from advertising e.g for formal notices, and venue for activities

Advantages of oral/verbal communication

  • Very effective method of communication since the recipient can be persuaded/convinced
  • It is relatively faster method of communication
  • The sender can get immediate feedback
  • It indicates some sence of regard hence more appealing.

Disadvantages of oral/verbal communication

  • Has no records for future reference
  • Is an expensive method especially if the two parties are far apart
  • Is not good for confidential messages
  • It is not suitable for confidential messages
  • It may be time wasting especially where one needs to be convinced

Written Communication

This involves transmission of messages through writing. It is the most formal way of communication because the information is in recorded form and can be used for reference

Means of written communication

                 (i)Letters

Letters are the most commonly used means of communication.

There are two categories of letters;

a)Formal letters

  1. b) Informal letters

a)Formal letters; These include business letters and official letters.

Business letters are written to pass messages and information from businessmen to customers and vice versa e.g. letters of inquiry and acknowledgement notes.

It can also be used between employees and employers in an organization e.g. a complimentary note.

Official letters are letters between people in authority and others that touch on the activities of the organization e.g. an application letter for an advertised vacancy in an organization.

Formal letters have a salutation clause which usually starts with “Dear Madam “or “Dear Sir”. It also bears the addresses of both the sender and the recipient, a subject heading and a complimentary clause ending with “Yours faithfully”.

  1. b) Informal Letters; These are letters between friends and relatives

They are also known as Personal letters

  1. ii) Telegrams

This is a means of communication provided by the post office. The sender obtains the telegram form from the post office and fills the message on it in capital letters and hand it over to the post office employees at the counter. Alternatively the sender may use a telephone to read the message to the post office. The post office then transmits the message to the recipient post office.

The charges of a telegram are based on the number of words used, the more the words used the higher the charges. However there is a standing charge.

Telegrams are used for sending urgent messages.

Note; Due to changing technology telegrams have lost popularity. Short messages can now be sent by cell phones (mobile phones) using the short messages services (sms)

iii) Telex

This is a means of communication used to send short or detailed messages quickly by use of a teleprinter. The service is provided by the post office on application.

A message is sent by use of two teleprinters one on the senders end and another on the recipients end. When sending information through a teleprinter which is a form of electric typewriter producing different electric signals, its keys are pressed and automatically the message is printed at the recipient’s machine.

Telex saves time for both the sender and recipient as the messages are brief precise and received immediately. However, it’s an expensive means of communication

  1. iv) Facsimile (Fax)

This involves transmission of information through a fax machine. Both the sender and the receiver must have a fax machine. These machines are connected using telephone lines

Fax is used to transmit printed messages such as letters, maps, diagrams and photographs. To send the information, one dials a fax number of the required destination and then the document is fed into the sender’s machine. The receiving machine reproduces the document immediately. It is used for long distance photocopying service.

v)Memorandum (Memo)

This is printed information for internal messages within an orgaanisation. It is normally used to pass information between departments or offices in an organization.

Memoranda have no salutation or complimentary clause. They are suitable for informing the officers within an organization of matters related to the firm.

A memo is pinned on the notice board of an organization if it is meant for everybody otherwise passed to the relevant staff.

  1. vi) Notice

This is a written communication used to inform a group or the public about past current or future events. It is usually brief and to the point. It can be placed on walls, in public places, on trees, in newspapers or on notice boards.

viii) Reports

These are statements/within records of findings recommendations and conclusion of an investigation/research. A report is usually sent to someone who has asked for it for a specific purpose.

viii) Circulars

These are many copies of a single letter addressed to very many people when the message intended for each is the same.

  1. ix) Agenda

This is an outline of the items to be discussed in a meeting. It is usually contained in a notice to a meeting sent in advance to all the participants of the meeting. The notice of the meeting contains;

  • The date of the meeting
  • The venue of the meeting
  • Time of the meeting
  • Items to be discussed
  1. x) Minutes

These are records of the proceedings of a meeting. Keeping minutes of certain meetings is a legal requirements e.g. companies

Keeping minutes for other meetings are for management purposes to ensure that decisions made at the meetings are implemented

Advantages of written communication

  • It can be retained for future reference
  • Some like letters are relatively cheap(can produce many copies)
  • It is suitable for confidential messages
  • Allows for inclusion of fine details
  • It is not prone to distortion of messages
  • Can be used as evidence
  • Can be addressed to many people.

Disadvantages of written communication

  • It lacks personal appeal
  • It takes time to prepare and reach the recipient
  • Suitable for the literate only
  • Immediate feedback may not be possible
  • Does not offer room for persuasion and convincing
  • It may be expensive because it involves a lot of paperwork and time.
  • Not suitable if the sender and the receiver do not share a common language.

3) Visual Communication

This is the process of passing information by use of diagrams, drawings pictures, signs, and gestures e.t.c

  1. Photographs

A photograph is an image (visual representation of an object as it appeared at the time when the photograph was taken

Photographs are self-explanatory and may not be accompanied by any narration or explanation. The recipient is able to get the message at a glance.

  1. b) Signs

Refer to marks, symbols, drawings or gestures whose purpose is to inform the public about such things as directions, distances, dangers and ideas.

Examples; road signs, traffic lights and danger signs on electricity poles

This means of communication can only be effective if the meaning of the sign used is understood.

Graphs; These are used to show and illustrate statistical information

 

Charts; These are diagrams which show or illustrate the flow of an idea e.g. an organization chart illustrates the whole organization structure indicating the chain of command

Advantages of visual communication

  1. It can be used to pass confidential information

The information may be obtained at once

 

Disadvantages of visual communication

  1. Can only be used by people who can see
  2. The information may be wrongly interpreted
  • It may be an expensive method of communication
  1. Cannot be used for long distances

4) Audio-Visual communication

This is a form of communication in which messages are sent through sounds and signs.

This form of communication ensures that the receiver gets the message instantly.

It is suitable where both the sender and the receiver know the meaning of specific sounds and signs.

Means of Audio-visual communication

  1. Television (TV): This is a device that transmits information inform of a series of images on a screen accompanied by sound. It is a very effective method of communication since it combines the advantages of image and sound

A television can be a very suitable means of sending urgent messages especially when it gives live coverage of events.

  1. Siren: This is a device used to produce a loud shrill sound accompanied by a flashing light. It is commonly used by the police, ambulances, and the fire brigade and security firms to alert the public of the danger involved e.g. the ambulance siren conveys the message that somebody is seriously sick and therefore other motorists should give way.

Advantages of Audio-visual communication

  1. It reaches many people
  2. It is more appealing than other means of communication
  • Reinforces verbal communication
  1. May have a lasting effect on the receiver
  2. Suitable where receivers are illiterate.

Disadvantages of Audio-visual communication

  1. It is suitable to those people who can interpret the messages correctly
  2. It is not suitable for confidential messages
  • Preparation may take long.

 

 

 

 

5) Audio Communication

This is when the message is transmitted through sounds. Examples include

  1. A whistle; This is a device which is blown to produce a sharp shrill sound to alert or warn the public or employees in an institution. It is normally used by security guards when there is danger. In some organization, a whistle is used to announce change in shifts
  2. Horn; This is also an instrument that is used to produce sound which passes different information depending on the way it is blown.

Other methods of audio communication include drums, alarms, and bells among others

Advantages of Audio communication

  1. Is a faster method of communication
  2. It can reach several people at once
  • The message is received instantly

Disadvantages of Audio communication

  1. The message may be interpreted wrongly
  2. It can only be used within a certain radius at a time
  • It distracts people’s attention

FACTORS TO CONSIDER WHEN CHOOSING MEANS OF COMMUNICATION

  1. Speed: Speed is an important factor when the message is urgent. In such a case telex, fax, telephone, telegram or e-mail would be the most suitable means of communication. Otherwise ordinary mail would be used
  2. Cost: The cost incurred in using a means of communication vary from one means to another e.g. it is cheaper to send messages by ordinary mail than by telegram or telex
  • Confidentiality: Some messages are quite confidential and are intended for certain person only. Where confidential messages are involved, appropriate means should be used e.g. registered mail or internal memo enclosed in an envelope
  1. Distance: The geographical gap between the sender and recipient is very important in determining the means of communication to be used. Some means are suitable for long distances while others are not.

Paging and sirens are suitable for short distances. For long distances, fax letters, telephone, e-mail may be appropriate

  1. Evidence: Some means of communication do not provide record of the message communicated while others do. All means of written communication provide evidence of messages communicated.
  2. Reliability: This is the assurance (certainty) that the message will reach the intended person at the right time in the right form. Face-to-face communication is more reliable than other forms of communication because one can ask for clearly and get answers immediately. For some written information, courier service may be preferred
  • Accuracy: This refers to the exactness of the message communicated as intended by the sender. Written messages are generally more accurate than other means of communication.
  • Desired impression: The impression created upon the recipient of a message is very important e.g. a telegram or speed post mail will carry some sence of urgency, registered mail will create an impression of confidentiality while use of colourful and attractive letterheads would convey a good image of the business.
  1. Availability: One may want to telephone, for example, but the services are not there so the person would be forced to use alternative means e.g. letters or radio call.

BARRIERS TO EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION

  Communication is said to be complete only when the recipient gets the message the way the sender intends it to be. When information is not received the way it was intended then it has been distorted. Distortion of a message is brought about by some communication barriers which may exists in the path of the message between the sender and the recipient. Some of these barriers are:

  1. Language used: the language used by the sender should be known (understood) by the recipient so that communication can take place
  2. Poor Listening: the effectiveness of communication will depend on the willingness of the recipient to listen keenly .listening require careful attention and concentration. It may however be the task of the sender of the message to attempt to gain the attention of the listener. Through his/her choice of words and expression among others.

III. Negative Attitude: Attitude refers to the feelings of the communicating parties towards each other. It is important that there exists a mutual feeling of trust and respect between the parties concerned in order to avoid bias .If there is mistrust and prejudice then there may be deliberate or unintentional misunderstanding of the message involved.

  1. Poor Timing: poor timing leads to breakdown in communication , therefore for effective communication to take place the message must  be sent and received at an appropriate time, eg  a message sent when one is in a hurry may not  be properly received or delivered
  2. Wrong medium: the medium used to communicate must be appropriate for the message being conveyed otherwise there may breakdown in communication e.g. one may not convey a confidential message over the telephone effectively
  3. Prejudgment: our understanding of the message is often conditional by our earlier experiences and knowledge this may make one individual  draw premature conclusion e.g. a student who  always fail in a subject and this time round has improve may be failed by the teacher  because he has always failed in the past .

VII. Ambiguities: it occurs when the sender express in a manner which leads to wrong interpretation. When the receiver interprets the message differently it automatically leads to communication breakdown.

VIII. Emotional responses: emotional responses such as those resulting from hunger or excitement may lead to distortion of message.

  1. Unclear System within the organization: if the channels of passing information in an organization are not clear then the message will not get to the right people for whom the messages intended
  2. Noise: it refers to any disturbing sounds which interfere with concentration or listening ability of the recipient of the message the presence of noise may make it impossible for any message to be received in the right way.
  3. Unfamiliar Non-verbal signals: lack of understanding of non-verbal sign may be a barrier to effective communication.

SERVICE THAT FACILITATE COMMUNICATION

Services that facilitate communication include:

  1. Mailing services
  2. Telephone services
  • Broadcasting services

Mailing services

This refers to handling of letters and parcels. They are offered by organizations such as postal corporation of Kenya (P.C.K) securicorl courier and Document handling Limited (D.H.L)

Some of the services offered by the postal corporation include:

  1. Speed post: This is service offered by the post office to send correspondence and parcels to a destination in the shortest time possible. The post office uses the quickest means of transport available to deliver the mail.

The sender pays the normal postage fee plus a fee for special service. An example of such a service is Expedited Mail Service (EMS) speed post

  1. Ordinary Mail

These include surface mail and airmail.

Surface Mail: These include letters and parcels delivered by road, rail, water and hand.

AirMail: This consists of letters and light parcels delivered by air.

  1. Express Mail;

An express mail is/must be presented at the post office counter by the sender and the envelope clearly addressed and a label with the word “express” affixed. Normal postage plus an extra fee (commission) is charged

The mail is delivered to the receivers nearest post office from where the post office makeS arrangements to deliver the mail to the receiver within the shortest time possible.

NOTE: For speed post special arrangements to deliver the mail start at the sender’s post office whereas express mail, the arrangements start at the addressers post office.

  1. Poste Restante;This is a service offered by the post office to travelers who may wish to receive correspondence right away from their post office box. The addressee has to inform those who may wish to correspond with him/her of the nearest post office he is likely to use at a particular time

Under this arrangement when addressing the letter, the words poste Restante must be written on the envelope clearly. The addressee must identify himself/herself when collecting the correspondence from the post office.

There is no additional charge made apart from normal postage charges. This service can only be offered for three months in the same town

  1. Registered Mail;

This service is offered by the post office for sending articles of value for which security handling is required. A registration fee and a commission is paid. The commission depends on the weight of the article and the nature of registration. The sender is required to draw a horizontal and a vertical line across the faces of the envelope.

A certificate of registration is given to the sender. In case of loss, the sender may be paid compensation on production of the certificate of registration.

A green card is sent to the recipient. The card bears his name and the post office  at which the mail was registered. The recipient will be required to identify himself before being allowed to posses the mail.

Items that may be registered include jewels, certificate, land title deeds e.t.c.

  1. Business Reply Service; This is a service offered by the post office to business firms on request. The firm pays some amount to the post office and an account is then opened from which posted charges are deducted.

The service is useful/more common with firms which would like to encourage their customers to reply their letters. Customers are issued with reply card envelopes (or envelopes marked ‘postage paid’)

They can send letters to the business by using these envelopes/the card. The customers then place the card/envelope in the post box and the firms post office branch will deduct postage charges from the lump sum amount.

Courier Services

These are services where a service provider receives transports and delivers parcels or important documents to destinations specified by customers in return for payment of fees or charges.

Examples; Akamba bus service, Securicor courier services e.t.c

ii)Telephone services

  • Landline/fixed line services
  • Cellular (mobile)phone services
  1. Land(Fixed)line services

Telkom Kenya, through the post office, provides telephone services which offer direct contact between people who are far apart. It makes conversation between people at any distance possible, as long as there are transmission facilities between them. Urgent matters can be discussed and consultations can take place so that instant decision or actions are taken. The telephone assists organizations to establish a fast and convenient machinery for its internal and external communication network.

  1. Cellular(mobile)phone services

These are hand held telephones with digital links that use radio waves. They are sometimes called cell-phones since they use power stored in a dry cell

In Kenya mobile phone services are provided by safaricom Ltd.(a subsidiary of Telkom Kenya)and Airtel communications Ltd(formally Kencel Communication Ltd)which is a joint venture between a French company and a Kenyan company, yu mobile services and Orange mobile services . This sector therefore greatly benefits from foreign investment to improve services.

The use of this service is popular. Apart from the provision of telecommunication service, cell phones have different attractive features or services such as short messages service (sms) whereby a caller can send a written message. Recent models of mobile phones enable the user to access the internet and send e-mail messages

Advantages

  • They are portable
  • Written messages can be transmitted easily and cheaply through the short message service(sms)
  • Enables both local and international communication
  • The cost of acquiring the equipment is relatively affordable
  • Direct feedback is possible
  • Has memory for storing written messages
  • Has got e-mail capability

Disadvantages

  • Some kinds of mobile phones are expensive to buy
  • Maintenance expenses of a mobile phone are high. They are also susceptible to damage and repair can be very costly
  • Users are greatly inconvenienced in case there is no network coverage
  • A special facility where the callers identity is known(displayed on screen)can be abused where recipient does not wish to answer the call
  • Mobile phones are a security problem. They are easy targets for thieves
  • There is a danger of the radioactive rays or emissions negatively affecting the users health, if such emissions are not adequately controlled

iii) Broadcasting services

Communication commission of Kenya is a regulatory body that receives applications and issues licences for radio and television broadcasting stations.

  1. Radio stations

Radio broadcasting is a very important mode of giving news and information to people in the whole world.

The liberalization of the communications sector in Kenya in 1999, Kenya has witnessed a mushrooming of F.m. Stations which are owned by private sector operators e.g. Kiss Radio, Easy fm,Classic fm,Family fm,Kameme e.t.c

They have helped to spread news and information countrywide. Before liberalization, Kenya Broadcasting corperation (KBC) radio was operating as a state owned monopoly.

  1. Television Stations

Television broadcasting (telecasting) does not reach as wide an audience as radio broadcasting in Kenya. It however serves the same purpose of relaying news and information to Kenyans. Both radio and television stations are widely used for advertising purposes.

The T.V subsector has been liberalized since 1999 and a number of privately owned stations have emerged e.g. Kenya Television Network (KTN) Nation Television, Family T.V etc. Prior to that time KBC television was in operation as a state owned monopoly.

Other services that facilitate communication

  1. Telex
  2. Facsimile
  • Paging
  1. E-mail

Current trends and Emerging issues in communication

With the advancement of information technology (I.T) there has been a lot of revolution in communication.

The following are some of the current trends and emerging issues in communication;

  1. Telephone Bureaux(Bureaus)

These are privately owned kiosks where telephone services are sold. The owner of the kiosk must get authority from the service provider in order to run the bureau. The individual wishing to use the services of the bureau makes payments to the owner of the service. Other services offered by the bureau include selling of scratch cards for mobile telephones and credit cards for landline telephone services.

  1. Mobile phones (cell phones)

These are hand held telephones with digital links that use radio waves. They have become an important business and social tool. This is because most people and traders want some flexibility to be able to communicate whenever they are.

Other reasons that have led to the popularity of cell phones include:

  • Pre paid services which enable the owners to control communication costs.
  • Most cellular phones now allow the owners to browse the internet, check and send mail. This allows business people to communicate research and even place orders.
  • Cellular phones have short message services (sms) which enables the owners to send written messages.
  • E- mail ( Electronic Mail)

This is a service provided through the internet for sending messages.

It is similar to sending a letter through the postal system only that it is done electronically.

-Messages can be sent to anyone on the network, anywhere in the world. For this to take place, computers have to be connected to each other to form a network.

-To communicate, one is required to have an email address e.g. raeform2@ yahoo.com. Messages arrive at the e – mail address immediately they are sent.

-It is only the addressee of the message who can retrieve the message since a password is required to access the mailbox.

-E – mail can also be used to send documents and photographs like certificates by scanning and attaching.

– More and more businesses are using e- Mail to communicate with other businesses, their customers and suppliers.

* QUESTION: OUTLINE THE ADVANTAGES OF USING E- MAIL AS A MEANS OF COMMUNICATION.

  1. iv) Internet

The internet links computers all over the world. Written and oral information is transmitted on the internet through the use of telephone wires, fibre- optic cables and wireless devices.

The internet has changed the way people communicate in the following ways;

  • Increased use of electronic mail (e-mail)
  • Quick access to information from all over the world.
  • Development of home offices and remote offices.
  • Use of teleconferencing and video conferencing.
  • Development of e-commerce.
  1. Move towards a paperless office

The future office will rely largely on computers. Most of the communication will be done through computers. This may result in less use of paper, hence the use of the term “the paperless office”.

 

Vi ) Decline in the use of postal services

Decline in the use of postal services is a result of the impact of the internet. E-mail has become a popular and preferred mode of communication since it is fast and cheap. However, ordinary mail/ use of postal services may not be completely phased out since the government, businesses and people do not regard an e-mail as a binding or formal communication.

Vii) Transformation of language

The language used to pass and receive messages has evolved through time.e.g the youth have adopted the use of “sheng” in exchanging messages. such language is largely understood by its youthful users. There is also the use of cell phones to send short text messages; which are highly abbreviated and may use slang whose meaning is only known to the users e.g  ‘av a gr8 day’.

COMMUNICATION REVESION QUESTIONS

  1. Define the term communication

-Communication is the process by which information is passed from one person or place to another.

  1. Outline the role played by communication in any given organization
  2. It is used to give instructions on what should be done at work and during work.
  3. It enhances good relations among workers thereby promoting and enhancing their efficiency.
  4. Through communication most organizations have been able to improve their image, for example through advertising.
  5. It used to improve the relationship between the organization and the customer or clients.
  6. For co-ordinating purposes, communication is used to ensure all departments work in harmony.
  7. The feedback got from the clients or customers helps to improve an organization’s reliability and quality of goods and services offered.
  8. Communication is used as a tool for management.
  9. Good decisions are made as communication helps one understand all the necessary matters.
  10. Briefly explain the following levels of communication

(a) Vertical communication

Involves the flow of information either downwards or upwards, for example, from a senior employee to a junior employee

 

 

(b) Horizontal communication

Is also referred to as lateral communication which is passing of information between people of the same rank or status, for example from one departmental manager to another departmental manager

(c) Diagonal communication

Is communication of different people in different levels of management or departments for example a receptionist communicating to a production manager.

  1. Distinguish between formal and informal communication

Formal communication is official and documented and follows certain rules for example a worker writing an official letter to an organization’s seniors. Informal communication does not conform to any time, for example communicating to friends and relatives.

  1. State the essential elements in communication.
  2. The sender who is the source of the information being communicated
  3. The receiver(or recipient) of information
  4. The message being communicated
  5. The channel (or medium) through which the message is passed on
  6. Feedback which is the response or reaction of the recipient.
  7. Highlight the various types of verbal communication
  8. Face-to-face communication
  9. Telephone conversation
  10. Radio calls conversation.
  11. State the advantages and disadvantages of verbal communication

Advantages

  1. A large number of people can receive the information at once for example when addressing in a meeting.
  2. There is immediate feedback
  3. Clarification can be made easily and immediately
  4. This is personal appeal
  5. It can be very convenient and persuasive
  6. It is fast since the intended information reaches the recipient immediately.

Disadvantages

  1. It is not easy to know if the message or information has been received particularly if the receivers are many
  2. It is prone to outside interference due to noise and other forms of disruptions
  3. In case of incorrect pronunciation of words, there could be distortion of the information
  4. There is no record for future reference.
  5. The method is not effective for recipients with learning problems.
  6. Can take a lot of time to pass intended information.
  7. Outline the various barriers to effective communication
  8. Noise may hinder effective communication
  9. The emotional state of both the sender and the recipient
  10. Use of the wrong channel to communicate
  11. Breakdown of a channel used to communicate
  12. Illiteracy of the recipient particularly for written communication.
  13. The attitude of the recipient towards the sender and the information being communicated
  14. Use of difficult vocabulary or words by the sender
  15. Lack of concentration on the part of the recipient may affect communication
  16. Poor timing by the sender.
  17. Highlight reasons that would make an organization use cell phones for communication within and outside the organization.
  18. One gets immediate feedback
  19. It is fast and can be used to send urgent messages
  20. There is personal appeal
  21. The sender has a great opportunity to convince and persuade the recipient.
  22. It is not very expensive particularly for making calls for a short duration of time
  23. It can be used even when both the sender and the recipient are far apart
  24. State the various types of written communication.
  25. Written
  26. Memorandum(memos)
  27. Reports
  28. Notices
  29. Telegrams
  30. Circulars
  31. Minutes
  32. State the reasons why an organization would use written communication instead of verbal communication.
  33. Written communication provides evidence which may not be there in verbal communication
  34. Written information can be stored for future reference unlike verbal which cannot be stored and depends on the recipients memory
  35. It is not prone to distortions and therefore more accurate than verbal communication
  36. Written communication can be in form of diagrams, illustration and maps which is not possible for verbal communication
  37. Some written communication such as letters would be cheaper and time saving than verbal communication, for example making long telephone calls.
  38. Written communication can be used for confidential messages, for example registered mails.
  39. State the disadvantages of written communication
  40. Written is not very persuasive or convincing
  41. There is no personal touch
  42. It can only be used by literate
  43. It can be slow where letters take time to reach the recipient
  44. It takes time to get a feedback from the recipient
  45. Messages cannot be enhanced by gestures, that is, body language or face expressions
  46. It can be expense to file all the written communication
  47. Outline the various means of visual communication
  48. Charts
  49. Photographs
  50. Gestures, which may include signs and symbols
  51. Slides
  52. State the advantages and disadvantages of audio-visual of communication

Advantages

  1. Information is more attractive and appealing
  2. Can reach many people at once
  3. It can be used even for those who cannot read and write
  4. Immediate feedback is received from the way the recipient behave
  5. Can be entertaining

Disadvantages

  1. Can be misinterpreted, for example if the receiver does not understand the signs or gesture
  2. Not suitable for passing confidential information
  3. It is not possible for the recipient to give a feedback
  4. Gesture and signs are only suitable to those who can understand them
  5. The initial cost of preparing these forms of communication may be high for the sender
  6. It may take a lot of time to prepare these forms of communication
  7. Outline the various service that facilitate communication
  8. Registered mail, for sending valuable or confidential information.
  9. Speed post services offered by the post office to send letters parcels using the quickest means possible
  10. Poste restante, usually used by those without postal addresses
  11. Business reply service which enables customers and clients to reply to a business without having to pay for postage stamps
  12. Broadcasting services through various radio stations
  13. Print media such as the various newspapers, magazines and journals
  14. Internet services which connect one to the world wide website
  15. Telephone services
  16. State the various trends in communication
  17. Mobile or cell phone use
  18. Internet which uses inter linked computers to the world wide website
  19. Fax, which can be used to send written messages very fast
  20. Information and telephone bureaus where one can make local and international calls
  21. Move towards a paperless office.
  22. Transformation of language.
  23. Highlight the factors to be considered when choosing a means of communication.
  24. The cost because some are more expensive than others
  25. Availability of the means
  26. Reliability or assurance that the message will reach the recipient
  27. The distance between the sender and the recipient
  28. The literacy level of both the receiver and the recipient
  29. The confidential nature of the information being sent
  30. The urgency of the message
  31. If there is need for evidence or need for future reference
  32. The desired impact of the means upon the recipient
  33. Advice Mary Wakio why she should not use telex to communicate to her friends
  34. Her friends may be illiterate and may be unable to read the message received
  35. Her friends may not have a receiving machine and will be unable to get the information
  36. It can be expensive to use as the sender pays a subscription fee and rental fee while he and the recipient pays for the sent message
  37. It can be expensive to buy the teleprinters used in receiving and sending information
  38. Telex may only send written messages but cannot be used to send maps, diagrams and charts
  39. State circumstances when sign language can be the most appropriate form of communication
  40. When communicating to someone who has a hearing problem
  41. If one wishes to pass a secret or coded message
  42. If both the receiver and the sender are far apart but can see each other
  43. It can be used in case there is a language barrier
  44. In an environmental where there is a lot of noise or physical interference to other forms of communication, sign language may be used
  45. It can be appropriate where both the recipient and the sender understand the signs.
  46. Explain four factors that have led to the popularity of mobile phones as a means of communication.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

 

WAREHOUSING

 

Warehouse: This is a building or a part of a building where goods are received and stored until need arises for them.

-Other terms used to refer to a warehouse are depot, a godown or a silo.

Warehousing; This is the process of receiving goods into a warehouse, protecting such goods against all types of hazards and releasing them to users when need arises for them

-There are three distinct stages in warehousing process namely:

  1. Receiving goods into a warehouse
  2. Storing them
  • Releasing them to users

Importance of warehousing to Business

  1. Steady/continuous flow of goods: Producers can produce and store goods awaiting demand through warehousing e.g. agricultural products that are produced seasonally are made available throughout the year
  2. Stability in prices: Warehousing ensures that there is no surplus or shortage of goods. It ensures that goods are stored when in plenty and released to the market as their need arises. This helps to keep their prices fairly stable
  • Security: Warehousing ensures that goods are protected against physical damage and adverse weather conditions. This also ensures that the quality of the goods is maintained until they are demanded. Goods are also protected from loss through pilferage and theft.
  1. Bridging the time lay/difference between production and consumption: many goods are produced in anticipation of demand. Such goods must be stored until their demand arises e.g. gumboots, umbrellas and sports equipment are needed seasonally but are manufactured in advance and stored in a warehouse so as to be released to the users when need arises for them.
  2. Continuous/uninterrupted production schedules: Manufactures are able to buy raw materials in large quantities and store them awaiting their need to arise. This prevents interruption of the production process because of lack of raw materials
  3. Preparation of goods for sale: While in the warehouse, goods can be prepared for sale e.g. they can be blended, packed, graded or sorted out.
  • Sale of goods: Goods may be sold while still in the warehouse. If sold while still in a bonded warehouse, duty passes to the buyer
  • Specialisation: Warehousing encourages specialization in production and distribution. Producers concentrate on producing while distributors store the goods for sale to the customers.
  1. Unexpected demand can be met: The government collects agricultural goods e.g. cereals and stores them as buffer stocks to be used in times of disaster or serious shortages.
  2. Clearance of goods: Warehousing helps in clearance of goods i.e. goods entering the country can be inspected by the customs officials.
  3. Warehousing helps to improve the quality of goods e.g. goods like tobacco and wine mature with time.
  • Warehousing enables buyers to inspect the goods before they buy them.
  • Wholesale warehouses may also operate as showrooms for traders.

Essentials of a warehouse

These are the features and resources a warehouse should have in order for it to function effectively.

These include:

  1. Ideal location: A warehouse should be located at a suitable place to facilitate receipt and issue of goods e.g. a manufactures warehouse should be located near his/her factory.
  2. Proper building: A warehouse should have proper buildings which are suitable for different types of goods to be stored.
  • Equipment: A warehouse should be equipped with appropriate facilities for handling goods such as fork-lifts conveyer belts e.t.c. It should also be well equipped with necessary storage facilities e.g. provision of refrigerated or cold storage for perishable goods such as meat and fruits.
  1. Accessibility: A warehouse should be accessible to its users. It should therefore be linked with good and appropriate transport system to facilitate movement of goods in and out of the warehouse.
  2. Safety and security: It should have/be fitted with safety equipment or facilities necessary for protection of goods against damaged caused by such things like water, fire or sunshine as well as for the protection of the personnel.
  3. Communication: A warehouse should have a good communication network or system for easy contact with its clients and suppliers
  • Qualified personnel: A warehouse should have well trained and efficient staff/personnel for proper management and efficient functioning of the warehouse.
  • Recording system: There should be a proper recording system in a warehouse to ensure that all movement of goods is properly monitored.
  1. A warehouse should be spacious enough to allow easy movement and accumulation of goods and personnel.

Types of warehouses

-Warehouses can be broadly classified into three namely:

  1. Private warehouses
  2. Public warehouses
  3. Bonded warehoused
  4. Private warehouses

These are warehouses that are owned by private individuals/organizations for the purpose of storing their own goods only. They include:

  1. Wholesalers warehouses
  2. Producers warehouses
  3. Retailers warehouses.
  4. Wholesalers warehouses

These are warehouses for storing the wholesalers’ goods as they await distribution or sale. They need warehouses because they buy goods in bulk from producers and store them until they are needed by retailers.

-The wholesalers warehouses also act as showrooms i.e. they display their goods in the warehouse.

-These warehouses also enable the wholesalers to prepare their goods for sale e.g. branding, blending, packing and sorting may be carried out in the warehouse

  1. b) Producers warehouses;

-These warehouses are owned by producers and they are for storing goods prior to their demand.

-The producers may be manufactures of finished goods or farmers

-Such warehouses are built near the manufactures factories or the farmers production points.

-Manufactures who export may locate some warehouses near ports through which they export e.g Mumias sugar warehouse, Bamburi Portland cement warehouse e.t.c

  1. C)  Retailers warehouses

Some large-retailers such as chain stores and supermarkets own warehouses for storing their large stores

-It becomes necessary for such business to have warehousing facilities due to their large and bulky purchases dictated by the nature of their business

-Goods are distributed from their warehouses to the retail outlets or to the branches

 

 

Advantages of private warehouses

  1. The owner has full control over its operation and may make major decisions without having to consult anyone.
  2. The warehouse is designed to suit the specific needs of the organizations
  • It enables special handling, storage and protection of goods by having special facilities which may not be available in a public warehouse
  1. The owner is not tied down by procedures of receiving and issuing goods unlike in public warehouse.
  2. The owner does not incur the cost of hiring space unlike with a public warehouse
  3. The operation can be easily automated because the goods to be received stored and dispatched are already known.

Disadvantages of private warehouses

  1. The initial construction cost of a warehouse is high
  2. Under-utilization of personnel and facilities may occur especially in times of low volumes
  • They may not employ qualified management personnel and are consequently disadvantaged in dealing with management problem.
  1. Risks arising from dangers such as fire, pests, theft or damage are not spread
  2. Public warehouses

These are warehouses owned by individuals or organizations who do business by renting space. To those traders who are in need of storage facilities to store goods temporarily. They have the following characteristics;

  • Are owned and operated by individuals or companies who do not use them for storing their own goods.
  • Are open to any member of the public who wish to rent storing space for their goods
  • The customers pay on the basis of space rented and the period of time required to store the goods.
  • They are often situated near terminals as airports, sea-ports and railway station and industrial areas. This facilitates the movement of goods in and out of the warehouse.
  • The rent paid includes charges for insurance and other services i.e. goods are insured against loss or damage as a result of fire or theft while they are still in the warehouse.
  • They provide other services apart from storing the goods e.g. grading,packaging,preparing export samples, preparing market reports and clerical documents
  • Imported goods can be sold while they are still in the public warehouse. If such a transaction takes place the goods may change ownership without being physically moved out of the warehouse. This becomes possible if the importer has signed a document called ‘a warehouse-warrant’ (which is a negotiable instrument out of order), it is issued by the new owner after the transaction has taken place.

Advantages of a public warehouses

  1. A public warehouse serves a number of customers that deal with the same product. It assembles the small orders from these customers and places one order for all of them. This enables them to enjoy economies of large scale buying and delivery of goods to a warehouse.
  2. Goods stored in a public warehouse may be sold without their physical movement from the warehouse.
  • Traders can rent space to store their goods
  1. Traders do not have to construct their own warehouses/do not have to tie up capital in storage buildings and handling equipment.
  2. Goods are insured against risks such as damage by fire and theft
  3. A trader may get a short term loan from the warehousing firm by using the goods held as collateral security.
  • Apart from the handling, sorting and documentation of goods additional services such as bottling, bagging and repairs of damaged goods can be offered by public warehouses.
  • Sharing equipment and machinery enables the users to reduce handling costs
  1. Inspection, re-packaging and labeling services provide users of public warehouses the expertise they themselves may not have.

Disadvantages of public warehouses

  1. The hirer is denied the opportunity to physically handle the goods and is forced to compete for attention with other hirers of the warehouse. If the hirer had his/her own warehouse, he/she would have absolute authority on the goods and therefore enjoy individual attention.
  2. The hirer may lose contact with his/her customers since they get goods from a rented warehouse, away from the hirers premises
  • The hirer may get poor services or miss space altogether during peak seasons due to stiff competition for the same facility.
  1. Documentation involving receipt and release of goods in a public warehouse is likely to be a long and complicated procedure due to the large number of clients involved.
  2. Continued renting of space can even be more expensive than constructing one’s own warehouse in the long run
  3. Public warehouses are sometimes situated far away from the hirer’s premises unlike private ones which are usually within the vicinity of the owner’s premises.
  • The operations of a general merchandise public warehouse are difficult to automatic because different kinds of goods need different methods and equipment to handle them.
  • Bonded warehouses

These are public warehouses for keeping imported goods until customs duties have been paid against them. They are mainly located at the points through which goods enter a country

-Imported goods are kept in this type of warehouses if the owner has not paid customs duties. Such goods are said to be “goods under bond”or “goods in bond”

Bonded warehouses are so called because the owners of such warehouses give a ‘bond’ to the customs authorities i.e. a sum of money as guarantee that they will not release goods from the warehouses until customs duties have been paid.

-The importer may withdraw the goods either in part or in full after the customs duties have been paid for the goods he/she intends to collect.

-If the goods are sold while still in a bonded warehouse, the new owner of the goods pays the duty before taking them out of the warehouse.

-If the goods re-exported to another country while still in a bonded warehouse, the importer does not have to pay the customs duties e.g an importer may import some goods and further prepare them for sale inside a bonded warehouse and can then re-export them without having paid the customs duties

-When the importer pays the duties to the customs officials, a “release warrant” is issued. This is a document that enables the importer to have his/her goods released from a bonded warehouse

-Bonded warehouses have resident customs officials who monitor the movement of goods in and out of a bonded warehouse.

 

 

Features of a bonded warehouse

  1. Goods are bonded until customs duty is paid
  2. Goods can be re-exported while in the warehouse
  • Storage charges are made on all goods stored in the warehouse
  1. Goods can be sold while still under bond
  2. Goods can be inspected and prepared for sale i.e. they can be repacked, branded and blended while in the warehouse
  3. Goods are released only on the production of a release warrant

Advantages of bonded warehouse to the importer

  • While in bond, goods can be prepared for sale
  • The owner can look for the market for the goods before paying the duty
  • Some goods lose weight while in the warehouse so the duty paid becomes lower if based on weight.
  • If goods are sold while still in the bonded warehouse, the duty passes to the buyer
  • The importer has more time to arrange for payment of customs duty.
  • Security is provided for the goods, so the importer is relived of the task of providing security for his/her goods
  • Some goods improve in quality while in a warehouse for example, wine and tobacco.

Advantages of Bonded warehouse to the Government

  1. The government gets revenue by levying duty on the goods
  2. The government is able to control the entry of harmful goods
  • The government is able to verify the documents for goods in transit
  1. The government is able to check on the quantity, quality and the nature/type of goods imported.
  2. The government is able to check on illegal goods entering the country.

Disadvantages of a bonded warehouse

  1. The importer may eventually fail to pay customs duties. This forces the customs authorities to auction the bonded goods in order to recover the duties.
  2. When the importer withdraws goods from a bonded warehouse he/she ends up paying a higher duty if he/she had paid the duty at once.
  • The importer incurs costs in hiring a bonded warehouse as opposed to if he/she had a private warehouse

 

 

Free warehouses

These are warehouses in which tax-free goods are kept awaiting sale or collection by owners

-Goods stored in these warehouses can be either locally produced, requiring no taxation or imported goods for which customs duties have already been paid.

NOTE: i) All warehouses apart from bonded warehouses are free warehouses since goods held in them are not subject to control by customs authorities. This includes all private and public warehouses

  1. ii) Locally produced goods are stored in free warehouses since no custom duties are paid for them.

Advantages of free warehouses

  • Owners of goods stored need not to pay any taxes, thus the goods cannot be auctioned for failure to pay customs duties
  • It is cheaper to store goods in free warehouses as compared to bonded warehouses since there are no customs duties levied.
  • Clearence of the goods from the warehouse is simple since a “release warrant” to prove payments of duties is necessary
  • These warehouses are located at places that are convenient to users

Disadvantages of free warehouses

  • The Government does not benefit since no customs duty is levied on the goods stored
  • Some unscrupulous traders might use them to store durable goods so as to evade tax.
  • Checking and security of goods is more relaxed hence the possibility of storing illegal goods.

Current trends and emerging issues in warehousing

Warehousing technology is undergoing important changes in both building design and handling in storage equipment. These may include;

  1. Warehousing design-In modern times, there is an increasing emphasis on high ceiling warehouses to permit storage of more goods and to make it possible for the movement of fork lift trucks and stuck-cranes
  2. Handling of goods-Handling includes the steps involved in moving of goods to and from storage. There is widespread use of modern machines in most warehouses such as conveyer belts, tracks, forklifts and stuck cranes. The use of automated stucker cranes which more by remote control in a fixed path on guide rails, is a new development in warehousing

Computerization has also greatly helped in monitoring the movement of stock in and out of storage. This has eased the handling, especially in loading and unloading of goods.

    iii)            Storage of goods-Storage is the condition of the goods at rest in their assigned areas of the warehouse. Most warehouses are currently using storage racks that permit replacement or retrieval of goods without disturbing neighbouring  goods.

iii) Environmental pollution-Goods that expired or spoilt while in the warehouse are sometimes discarded in a manner or in areas that may cause pollution to the environment e.g. expired chemicals are sometimes thrown into rivers and oceans thereby endangering the marine life.

-Other times they are burned causing air pollution with toxic gases. Some goods when thrown on land are dangerous to human life

-To avoid the effects of improper disposal of expired or spoilt goods the warehouse owners should come up with methods that are environmentally friendly such as recycling of these goods. They should also be socially responsible for whatever goes out from their warehouses.

 

INSURANCE

 

Insurance-This is an undertaking or contract between an individual or business and an insurance an occurrence of risk(s) (i.e. against events whose occurrences are unforeseen but causes financial losses or suffering to the affected parties.

Risks are also referred to as contingencies, hazards or perils and include:

Fire outbreak

-Accidents

-Thefts

-Deaths

-Disabilities

-Risks are real and unforseen. Methods to eliminate such risks has achieved very little and thus has necessitated the need for insurance.

Importance of insurance

  1. Continuity of business

Every business enterprise is exposed to a variety of risks e.g. fire, theft e.t.c.The occurrence of such risks often result in financial losses to the business. Insurance provides adequate protection against such risks in that, if a trader suffers losses as a result of insured risk, she/he is compensated, thus he/she is able to continue with business operations.

  1. Investment projects

Insurance enables investors to invest in profitable yet risky business projects that would otherwise avoided.

Not all the money received as premiums (by the insurance companies) is used up for compensation to those who have been exposed to risk and suffered losses. The rest of the money is invested in other businesses to earn profits.

  1. Creation of employment

Insurance does provide employment opportunities to members of the public.

  1. Government policy

The profits earned are a source of revenue for the government i.e. insurance companies are profit-making organizations which generate revenue to the government through payments of taxes

  1. Credit facilities

The insurance industry have also established credit or lending facilities which the business community uses by borrowing. Loans are made available to the public for different investment projects in different sectors of the economy and also for personal requirements.

  1. Development of infrastructures

The insurance industry plays a crucial role in the development of urban facilities in major towns. Both residential and office buildings have been developed by insurance firms. The firms also participate in development projects in the areas where they operate. They contribute to development of a region by constructing and infrastructural facilities

  1. Life policies can be used as security for loans from either the insurance company or other financial institutions.
  2. Provision of life and general insurance policies encourages Kenyans to plan ahead for their dependants thereby reducing the number of needy future students.
  3. Loss prevention-The insurance companies encourage the insured not to cause accidents thus channeling the unclaimed resources into the economy.

THE THEORY OF INSURANCE

The insurance business relies on the law of large numbers in its operations. According to this law, there should be a large group of people faced with similar risks and these risks spread over a certain given geographical area.

Every person in the group contributes at regular intervals, small amounts of money called premium into a “common pool”. The pool is administered and controlled by the insurance company.

  1. The fact that risks are geographically spread ensures that insurance does not have a concentration of risks in one particular area.
  2. The law of large numbers enables the insurance to accurately estimate the future probably losses and the number of people who are likely to apply for insurance. This is done in order to determine the appropriate premiums to be paid by the person taking out insurance.

Pooling of risks

The insurance operation is based on the theory that just a few people out of a given lot may suffer a loss. There is therefore a “pooling of risks” i.e the loss of the unfortunate few is spread over all the contributors of the group, each bearing a small portion of the total loss. This is why the burden of loss is not felt by the individuals because it is “shared” by a large group.

Benefits of the “pooling of Risks” to insurance company

  1. Pooling of risks enables an insurance company to create a common pool of funds from the regular premiums from different risks.
  2. It enables the insurance company to compensate those who suffer loss when the risks occur
  • The insurance company is able to spread risks over a large number of insured people
  1. Surplus funds can be invested in for example, giving out loans or buying shares in real estates
  2. It enables the insurance company to meet its operating costs by using the pool funds
  3. It enables the insurance company to calculate to be paid by each client
  • It enables the company to re-insure itself with another insurance company.

Terms used in Insurance

Insurance

This is a written contract that transfers to an insurer the financial responsibility for losses arising from insured risk.

Premium

This is the specified amount of money paid at regular intervals by the insured to the insurer for coverage against losses arising from a particular risk.

 

 

Risk

These are perils or events against which an insurance cover is taken. It is the calamity or problem a person or business faces and results into losses.

Note: The calculation of premiums depends upon the type of risk insured against. The higher the probability of the risk occurring, the higher the premium. The more the risks the business or person is exposed to the more the premiums payable.

Pure risk

This is a risk which results in a loss if it occurs and results in no gains if it does not occur. For example, if a car is involved in an accident, there will be a loss and if the accident does not occur there will be no gain or loss

Speculative risk

This is a risk which when it occurs, may result in a loss or a profit. For example, a person may buy shares at ksh.50 each, one year later the shares may be valued at ksh40 each meaning a loss of ksh.10

Alternatively, their value might not have changed or might have increased to ksh.45 each. Speculative risk lures people to venture into business in the first place.

Insured

This is the individual or the business that takes out the insurance cover and therefore becomes the policy holder

The insured pays premiums to the insurance company to be compensated should the risk insured against occur or cause loss.

Insurer

This is the business company that undertakes to provide cover or protection to the people who suffer loss as a result of occurrence of risks

Actuaries

These are people employed by an insurance company to complete expected losses and calculate the value of premiums.

Claim

This is a demand by the insured for payment from the insurer due to some loss arising from an insured risk.

Policy

This is a document that contains the terms and conditions of the contract between the insurer and the insured. Its issued upon payment of the first premium.

Information contained in a policy includes;

  • Name, address and occupation
  • Policy number of the insured
  • Details of risks insured
  • Value of property insured
  • Premiums payable
  • Other special conditions of the insurance, for example nominees

Actual value

This is the true value of the property insured

Sum insured

This is the value for which property is insured, as stated by the insured at the time of taking the policy.

Surrender value

This is the amount of money that is refunded to the insured by the insurer in case the former (i.e. the insured) terminates payment of the premiums before the insurance contract matures. The policyholder is paid an amount less than the total amount of the premium paid.

Grace period

This is term allowed between the date of signing the contract and the date of payment of the first premium. During this period the insurance contract remains valid. This period is usually a maximum of thirty (30) days.

Proposer

This is a person wishing to take out an insurance cover (prospective insured)

Cover note (Binder)

This is a document given by the insurance company to an insured on payment of the first premium while awaiting for the policy to be processed. It is proof of evidence that the insurer has accepted to cover a proposed risk.

Annuity

This is a fixed amount of money that an insurer agrees to pay the insured annually until the latter’s death. It occurs when a person saves a lumpsum amount of money with an insurer in return for a guaranteed payment which will continue until he/she dies.

Consequential loss

This is loss incurred by a business as a result of disruption of business in the event of the insured risk occurring.

Assignment

This is the transfer of an insurance policy by an insured to another person. Any claims arising from the transferred policy passes to the new policy holder called an assignee

 

Beneficiaries

These are people named in a life assurance policy who are to be paid by the insurer in the event of the insured

Nomination

This is the act of designing one or more people who would be the beneficiaries in the event of death of the insured. These people are called nominees

Average clause

This clause is usually included in policies to discourage under-insurance. The clause provides that the insured can only recover such proportions of the loss as the value of the policy bears on the property insured. It is usually included in marine or fire insurance policies.

The amounts recoverable are arrived at using the following formulae:

Compensation=value of the policy loss

Value of property

Example:

If a house worth kshs.800,000 and insured against fire for kshs.600,000 was damaged by fire to the tune of kshs.400,000,the insured would be compensated;

Compensation= (600,000 x 400,000)

800,000                      (value insured x Actual loss)

 

Double insurance

This is taking of insurance policies with more than one company in respect to the same subject matter and the risk. It is significant because if one of the insurers is insolvent at the time the claim arises the insured can enforce his/her claim against the solvent insurer or if both insurers are solvent then they share compensation.

(Insolvency is a state where a business is not able to pay all its liabilities from its existing assets)

Co-insurance

This is an undertaking by more than one insurance company to provide insurance cover for the same risk for an insured. This will usually occur for properties that have great value and face great risk exposures that an insurer cannot successfully make compensation for e.g. value of aeroplanes, ships e.t.c

Co-insurance help spread risks to several insurers, each insurer covering only a certain proportion of the total value. The insurance company with the largest share is called the “leader” and acts on behalf of all the participating insurance companies’ e.g. in collecting premiums from the insured and carrying out documentation work, making claim after collecting each insurers premium contribution e.t.c

Note: Co-insurance is different from double-insurance in that in co-insurance company approaches another insurance company to help in covering the insured property while in double-insurance; it’s the insured who decides to approach different insurance companies to insure the same property against the same risk.

Re-insurance

‘Re-insurance’ means insuring again. This is a situation where an insurance company insures itself with a bigger insurance company called le-insurer for all or part of the risks insured with it by members of the public

Re-insurance indirectly insure an individuals risks.Re-insurance helps to reduce the burden on an insurance company when the loss is too high for a single insurer. When such losses occurs, the claim is met by both the insurer and re-insurer(s) proportionately (according to agreed percentages)

Note:

Re-insurance deal with the protection of insurance companies only, while insurance companies protect individuals and business organizations.

Factors that may make it necessary for an insurance company to Re-insure

  1. Value of property-When the value of property is great, such as ship, the risk is too high to be borne by a single insurer
  2. High risk of loss-When chances of loss through the insured risks are high, it becomes necessary to re-insure.
  • Number of risks covered-When the insurance company has insured many different risks, it would be too costly to compensate many claims at once, hence the need for re-insurance
  1. Need to spread the risk-When the insurance company wishes to share liability in the event of a major loss occurring
  2. Government policy-The government may make a legal requirement for an insurance company to re-insure

Under-insurance

This occurs when the sum insured as contained in the policy is less than the actual value of the property e.g. A property of shs.500, 000 can be offered for insurance as having a value of shs.400, 000

 

Over-insurance

This is a situation where the sum insured is more than the correct value of property e.g. a person insures property of shs.300,000 for shs.600,000.If total loss occurs, he is compensated the correct value of the property i.e. that which he has lost

Agents

These are people who sell insurance policies on behalf of the insurance company. They are paid on commission that is dependent upon the total value of policies sold

Insurance Brokers

These are professional middlemen in the insurance process. They connect the people wishing to take insurance with the insurers. They act on behalf of many different insurance firms, unlike agents. Their activities include:

  • Examination of insurance market trends
  • Correspondence between the insured and his clients
  • Advising the insured and would be policyholders on the best policies for their property e.t.c.

He receives a commission (reward) known as brokerage.

PRINCIPLES OF INSURANCE

Principles of insurance provide guidance to the insurance firms at the time they are entering into a contract with the person taking the cover. These insurance principles include:

  1. Help to determine whether a valid insurance contract exists between the two parties at the time claims are made.
  2. Provide checks and controls to ensure successful operations of insurance for the benefit of both the parties

It is therefore important that a prospective insured (person wishing to take insurance policy) has basic knowledge of these principles as stated in the insurance law.

The insurance principles include;

  1. Insurable Interest

This principle states that an insurance claim cannot be valid unless the insured person can prove that he has directly suffered a financial loss and not just because the insured risk has occurred.

Going by this principle one cannot insure his parents or friends or other people’s property since he/she has no insurable interest in them. If such properties are damaged or completely destroyed, he/she will not suffer any financial loss.

For example, Mr.x has no insurable interest in the property of his neighbours.He does not suffer any financial loss should they be destroyed. This principle ensures that people are not deliberately destroying other people’s properties/life in order for them to receive compensation.

In life insurance (life assurance) it is assumed that a person has unlimited interest in his/her own life. Similarly it is assumed that one has insurable in the life of spouse and children e.g. a wife may insure the life of her husband, a father the life of his child because there is sufficient insurable interest.

  1. Indemnity

The essence of this principle is that the insurer will only pay the “replacement value” of the property when the insured suffers loss as a result of an insured risk.

This principle thus puts the insured back to the financial position he enjoyed immediately before the loss occurred.

It is therefore not possible, then, for anybody to gain from a misfortune by getting compensation exceeding the actual financial loss suffered as this will make him gain from a misfortune.

This principle does not apply in life assurance since it is not possible to value one’s life or a part of the body in terms of money. Instead, the insurance policy states the amount of money the insured can claim in the event of death.

  • Utmost good faith (uberrima fides)

In this principle the person taking out a policy is supposed to disclose the required relevant material facts concerning the property or life to be insured with all honesty. Failure to comply to this may render the contract null and void hence no compensation.

e.g.

-A person suffering from a terminal illness should reveal this information to the insurer.

-One should not under-insure or over-insure his/her property.

  1. Subrogation

This principle compliments the principle of indemnity. It does so by ensuring that a person does not benefit from the occurrence of loss.

According to this principle, whatever remains of the property insured after the insured has been compensated according to the terms of the policy, becomes the property of the insure.

 

 

Example

Assuming that Daisy’s car is completely damaged in an accident and the insurance compensates for the full value of the loss, whatever remains of the old car (now scrap), belongs to the insurance company

Scrap metal can be sold for some values and should Daisy take the amount she would end up getting more amount than the value of the car which will be against the principle of indemnity.

Note: This principle cannot be applicable to life assurance since there is nothing to subrogate.

  1. Proximate cause

This principle states that for the insured to be compensated there must be a very close relationship between the loss suffered and risk insured i.e. the loss must arise directly from the risk insured or be connected to the risk insured.

Example

  1. If a property is insured against fire then fire occurs and looters take advantage of the situation and steal some of the property, the insured will suffer loss from ‘theft’ which is a different risk from the one insured against, so he/she will not be compensated.

However if the property burns down as a result of sparks from the fire-place, the proximate cause of the loss is sparks which are directly related to fire. So the insured is entitled for compensation.

CLASSES OF INSURANCE

Insurance covers are mainly classified into two,

  1. Property (non-life) general insurance
  2. Life assurance
  3. Life Assurance

The term assurance is used in respect of life contracts. It is used to mean that life contracts are not contracts of indemnity as life cannot be indemnified i.e. put back to the same financial position he was in before the occurrence of loss.(life has no money value, no amount of money can give  back a lost or injured life)

Life insurance (assurance) is entered by the two parties in utmost good faith and the premiums payable in such life contracts depend on:

  1. Age: The higher the age the higher the premiums as the age factor increase the chances of occurrence of death.
  2. Health condition: A person with poor health i.e. sickly person pays higher premiums as opposed to one in good health.
  • Exposure to health risks: The nature of a person’s occupation can make him susceptible to health problems and death.

Types of policies

  1. Whole life assurance-In whole life assurance, the assured pays regular premiums until he/she dies. The sum assured is payable to the beneficiaries upon the death of the assured.

Whole life assurance covers disabilities due to illness or accidents i.e. if the insured is disabled during the life of the policy due to illness or accidents, the insurer will pay him/her for the income lost.

  1. ii) Endownment policy/insurance

This is whereby the insured pays regular premiums over a specified period of time. The sum assured is payable either at the expiry of the period (maturity of policy) or on death of the insured, whichever comes first.

The insured, at expiry of policy is given the total sum assured to use for activities of his own choice.(ordinary endownment policy)

-Where the insured dies before maturity of contract, the beneficiaries are given these amounts.

Note; The assured person may be paid a certain percentage of the sum assured at intervals until the expiry of the policy according to the terms of contract. Such an arrangement is known as Anticipated Endownment policy.

Advantages of Endownment policies

  1. They are a form of saving by the insured, for future investments
  2. Premiums are payable over a specified period of time which can be determined to suit his/her needs e.g. retirement time
  • Where the assured lives and time policy matures, he receives the value of sum assured.
  1. Policy can be used as security for loans from financial institutions.

Differences Between a whole life policy and an Endownment policy

Whole life Endownment
i)               Compensation is paid after the death of the assured

 

i)               Compensation is paid after the expiry of an agreed period
ii)            Premiums are paid throughout the life of the assured Premiums are paid only during an agreed period
iii)         Benefits go to the dependants rather than the assured The assured benefits unless death proceeds the expiry of the agreed period
iv)          Aims at financial security of dependants Aims at financial security of the assured and dependants

    iii)Term insurance

The insured here covers his life against death for a given time period e.g. 1yr, 5yrs e.t.c.

If the policyholder dies within this period, his/her dependants are compensated.

If the insured does not die within this specified period, there is no compensation. However, a renewal can be taken.

  1. IV) Education plan/policies

This policy is normally taken by parents for their children’s future educational needs.

The policy gives details of when the payments are due.

  1. v) Statutory schemes

The Government offers some types of insurance schemes which are aimed at improving/providing welfare to the members of the scheme such as medical services and retirement benefits.

A member and the employer contribute, at regular intervals, certain amounts of money towards the scheme.

Examples

  1. S.S.F
  2. H.I.F
  3. Widows and children pension scheme (W.C.P.S)

Annuity

Characteristics of life Assurance

  • It is a cover for life until death or for a specified period of time
  • It may be a saving plan
  • It is normally a long term contract and does not require an annual renewal
  • It has a surrender value
  • It has a maturity date when the assured is paid the sum assured bonuses and interests.
  • A life assurance policy can be assigned to beneficiaries
  • The policy can be any amount depending on the assureds’ financial ability to pay premiums
  • The policy can be used as security for a loan

2.General insurance (property insurance)

This type of insurance covers any form of property against the risks of loss or damage. A person can insure any property he has an insurable interest in

General insurance is usually divided into:

  1. Fire insurance/department
  2. Accident insurance/department
  • Marine insurance/department
  1. Accident insurance

This department covers all sorts of risks which occur by accident and includes the following;

  1. Motor policies

-These provide compensation for partial or total loss to a vehicle if the loss results from an accident.

-The policy could either be third party or comprehensive.

Third party policies cover all damages caused by the vehicle to people and property other than the owner and his/her vehicle. This includes pedestrians, fare-paying passengers, cows, fences and other vehicles

In Kenya, a motor-vehicle owner is required by law to have this policy before the vehicle is allowed on the roads. One can also take a third party, fire and theft policy.

Comprehensive policy covers damages caused not only to the third party but also to the vehicle itself and injuries suffered by the owner. Comprehensive policies include full third party, fire, theft and malicious damage to the vehicle.

  1. Personal accident policy

-These policies are issued by insurance companies to protect the insured against personal accidents causing;

  • Injury to the person
  • Partial or total physical disability as a result of the injury
  • Loss of income as a result of death

-If death occurs due to an accident, the insured’s beneficiaries are paid the total sum assured.

In case of a partial or total disability as a result of accident, the insured can be paid on regular periods, e.gmonthly as stipulated in the policy.

Compensation for injuries where one loses a part of his/her body can be done on a lumpsum basis.

The insured is also paid the value of hospital expenses incurred if hospitalized as a result of an accident.

 

  1. Cash and / or Goods in Transit policies

These are policies that specifically provide cover for loss of cash and goods in transit between any two locations.

E.g. Goods and cash moved from business to the markets, from suppliers to business e.t.c

  1. d) Burglary and Theft policies

These policies cover losses caused by robbers and thieves

Burglary policies are enforceable only if the insured has met the specified safety and precautionary measures for protection of the insured items.

E.g.-How much money should be maintained in different kinds of safety boxes

-Positioning of each of the cash boxes is also an important precautionary measure.

NB: The control measures are aimed at reducing both the extent and probability of loss occurring

  1. e) Fidelity Guarantee policies

These policies cover the employers against loss of money and/or goods caused by their employees in the cause of duty.

-The losses may be as a result of embezzlement, fraud, arithmetical errors e.t.c

-The policies may cover specified employees or all the employees

7) Workmen’s compensation (Employer’s Accident liability)

These policies provide compensation for employees who suffer injuries in the course of carrying out their duties.

The employer insures his employee against industrial injuries i.e the employer is only liable for the compensation of workers who suffer injuries at work.

  1. f) Public liability

This insurance covers injury, damages or losses which the business or its employees cause to the public through accidents.

The insurer pays all claims from the public upto an agreed maximum

  1. g) Bad debts

This policy covers firms against losses that might result from debtor’s failure to pay their debts.

iii)Marine Insurance

This type of insurance covers ships and cargo against the risk of damage or destruction at the sea. The main risks sea vessels are exposed to include; fire, theft, collision with others, stormy weather, sinking e.t.c

 

Types of Marine Insurance policies

The marine insurance covers are classified as Hull, cargo, freight and ship owners’ liability.

  1. Marine Hull

This policy covers the body of the ship against loss or damage that might be caused by sea perils.

Included here are any equipment, furniture or machinery on the ship.

A special type of marine hull is the part policy, which is for a specified period when the ship is loading, unloading or at service.

  1. Marine Cargo

This type of policy covers the cargo or goods carried by the ship

The policy is taken by the owners of the sea vessels to cover the cargo being transported. It has the following sub-divisions.

  1. Voyage policy-Here cargo and ship are insured for a specific voyage/journey. The policy terminates automatically once the ship reaches the destination.
  2. Time policy-Here insurance is taken to cover losses that may occur within a specified period of time, irrespective of the voyage taken
  • Fleet policy-This covers a fleet of ships,i.e several ships belonging to one person, under one policy.
  1. Floating policy-This policy covers losses that may occur on a particular route, covering all the ships insured along that route for a specified period
  2. Mixed policy-This policy provides insurance for the ship and cargo on specified voyages and for a particular period of time. No compensation can be made if the ship was on a voyage different from the ones specified even if time has not expired
  3. Composite policy-This is where several insurance companies have insured one policy of a particular ship especially when the sum insured is too large to be adequately covered by one insurer.
  • Construction policy/builders policy-This covers risks that a ship is exposed to while it is either being constructed, tested or being delivered.
  1. Freight policy-This is an insurance cover taken by the owner of the ship for compensation against failure to pay hiring charges by a hirer of the ship.
  2. Third parties liability-This is an insurance policy taken by the owner of the ship to cover claims that might arise from damage caused to other people’s property.

Description of marine losses

The following are some of the losses encountered in marine insurance.

  1. Total loss,

This occurs where there is complete loss or damage to the ship and cargo insured. Total loss can be constructive or actual.

In Actual total loss, the claims are as a result of the ships and/or cargos complete destruction. It could also occur;

-When a ship and its cargo are so damaged that what is salvaged is of no market value to both the insurer and the insured.

-When a ship is missing for a considerable period of time enough to assume that it has sunk.

Constructive total loss occurs when the ship and/or cargo are totally damaged but retrieved. It may also occur;

-Where a ship and its cargo are damaged but of market value. This could be as a result of decision to abandon the ship and cargo as the probability of total loss appears imminent.

-If the cost of preventing total loss may be higher than that of the ship and its cargo when retrieved e.g. many lives may be lost in the process of trying to prevent total loss.

  1. General average-This is a loss that occurs as a result of some of the cargo being thrown into the sea deliberately to save the ship and the rest of the cargo from sinking. The losses made are shared by the ship owners and the cargo owners proportionately as the effort was in the interest of both.
  • Particular average-This occurs where there is a partial but accidental loss to either the ship or the cargo. When this happens each of the affected party is soldy responsible for the loss that has occurred to his property. A claim can, however be made if the loss incurred amounts to more than 3% of the value insured.

Fire insurance-This type of insurance covers property damage or loss caused by accidental fire. Cover is offered to domestic commercial and industrial premises, plant and machinery, equipment, furniture fittings stock e.t.c

-In order to claim for compensation as a result of loss by fire, the following conditions must be fulfilled;

  • Fire must be accidental
  • Fire must be immediate cause of loss
  • There must be actual fire.

There are several types of types of fire insurance policies. These include:

 

  1. Consequential loss policy;(profit interruption policy)

This covers or compensates the insured for the loss of profit suffered when business operations have

It is offered to protect future earnings of an enterprice after fire damage.

  1. Sprinkler leakage policy-This provides cover against loss or damage caused to goods or premises by accidental leakages from fire fighting sprinklers
  2. Fire and Related perils policy-This covers buildings which include factories, warehouses, shops, offices and their contents. The policy does not cover loss of profit arising from fire damage.

CHARACTERISTICS OF GENERAL INSURANCE

  • It’s a contract of indemnity
  • It cannot be assigned even to ones relatives
  • The insured must have an insurable interest in the property to be insured
  • Premiums charged depends on the degree of risk, the higher the premium charged.
  • Compensation for loss can only be upto a maximum of the value of the insured property or the sum insured in case of under insurance.
  • It has no surrender value
  • It’s normally a short term contract which can be renewed periodically, usually after one year.

Factors to be considered when Determining Premiums to be charged

  • Health of the person
  • Frequency of occurrence of previous losses
  • Extent of the previous losses
  • Value of the property insured
  • Occupation of the insured
  • Age of the person or of the property in question
  • Location of the insured(address and geographical location)
  • Period to be covered by the policy
  • Residence of the insured

Procedure for taking a policy

  1. Filling a proposal form
  2. Calculation of the premium to be paid
  • Issuing of cover note (Binder)
  1. Issuing of the policy

Procedure of claiming compensation

  1. Notification to the insurer-The insurer has to be notified about the occurrence of any incident immediately.
  2. Filling a claim form-The insurer provides the insured with a claim form which he fills to give details of the risk that has occurred
  • Investigation of the claim-The insurer arranges to investigate the cause of the incident and to assess the extent of the loss incurred. The insurer is then able to establish whether the insured is to be compensated and if so, for how much.
  1. Payment of claim-On receipt of the report of the assessor, the insurer pays the due compensation to the insured. (Payment of the compensation shows that both the insurer and the insured have agreed on the extent of the loss and the payment is the settlement of the claim)

INSURANCE AND GAMBLING

In most cases, insurance is erroneously taken to be the same as gambling in that small amounts are contributed by many people into a common fund which later benefits just a few people. They are however different and their differences include;

Insurance Gambling
-The insured must have insurable interest -A gambler has no insurable interest
-Reinstates the insured back to the financial position just before loss -Aims at improving the winners financial position
-The insured is expected to pay regular premiums for the insurance cover to remain in force -Gambling money is paid only once
-Insurance involves pure risks -Gambling involves speculative risks
-The event of loss might never occur -The event of bet must happen to determine the winner and the loser.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAST KCSE QUESTONS

  1. 1995 Describe the procedures that should be followed when taking an insurance policy.(10mks)
  2. 1996 explain four ways in which the insurance industry promotes the growth of business enterprises.                           (5mks)
  3. 1997 Explain four ways in which the insurance industry contributes to the development of Kenya’s economy.          (10mks)
  4. 1998 Discuss various insurance policies under which an insurance company would not compensate the insured in the event of the loss. (10mks)
  5. 1999 Discuss various insurance policies that the owner of a supermarket may find it useful for the business.                                   (12mks)
  6. 2000 Explain four benefits of the ‘pooling of risks’ to an insurance company.(8mks)
  7. 2001 Explain the factors that may make it necessary for an insurance company re-ensure.
  8. 2002 Explain the meaning of the following terms as used in insurance (10mks)
  9. i) Uberrimae fidei
  10. ii) Indemnity
  11. Third party motor vehicle insurance
  12. iv) Contribution.
  13. v) Subrogation
  14. 2003 Discuss four circumstances under which an insurance contract may be terminated. (8mks)
  15. 2004 Explain five benefits that could be enjoyed by a person who decided to take out an endowment policy.          (10mks

 

PRODUCT PROMOTION

 

Product is an item or service offered to the consumers at a price. Therefore, product promotion is the communication or any activity undertaken to inform the consumers, persuade and remind them to buy the product from the market.

The purpose/Importance of product promotion

  • It informs the customer of the availability, price, and where to obtain the product to satisfy their wants
  • It persuade the buyer to buy their products a head of their competitors products in the market
  • It reminds the customers of the continued existence of a given product in the market
  • It educate the consumers of the usage of the product to satisfy their needs fully
  • It informs them on any improvement that has been made on the product
  • It stimulates the demand of the product being promoted in the market
  • It brings out the positive features of the product
  • It opens new market for the product in the environment

Methods of product promotion

Product promotion may be carried out in the following ways:

  1. Personal selling
  2. Advertising
  • Sales promotion
  1. Publicity
  2. Personal selling

This is a method of promotion where there is an oral presentation in the conversation with the prospective customer. It is done by with the use of salesmen who informs the prospective buyer of all the aspects of the product

Methods of personal selling

Personal selling can be carried out in the following ways;

  • Through sales person approaching the customers

A case where the sales person approaches the prospective customers after drawing their attention, explaining details of the product and even demonstrating how the product works in order to persuade the customer to buy.

Steps involved in personal selling through sales person

  1. Identify prospective customers who could possibly require the product
  2. Preparing the presentation by gathering all the possible information about the product , as well as designing an appropriate methods that he will be used to present to the customer
  • Establishing the customers contact, as well as choosing an appropriate time to meet the customer to be. That is the time when the customer may receive him
  1. Arousing the consumers interest in the product by attracting his/her attention through approach and languages, as well as making the prospective customer develop interest in the product
  2. Dealing with the objections on the product which may have been brought about by the customer to be
  3. Closing the sale by inquiring whether the prospective customer will be interested in the product or not. This should be done in a polite manner
  • Offering after sale service to the customer on the product that has been sold
  • Shows, trade fairs and exhibitions

This is where the manufacturer of a given product gets a chance to display publicly to the prospective customer to inform them about the product. The prospective customers’ attention is then drawn to the product and more information is given to him about the product at the point where it is displayed.

Advantages of shows, trade fair and exhibitions

  • It gives the customer an opportunity to compare various products before making a decision on what to buy
  • It gives the sales person an opportunity to explain in fine details the features of the product to the prospective customers
  • The manufacturers of the product gets a chance to receive immediate feed back from their customers through interactions during the shows
  • The number of people visiting their stall to asses their products will help them determine their potential market size for the product

Disadvantages of shows, trade fairs and exhibitions

  • It is expensive to hire a stall for the exhibition of the product
  • The sales person may have to explain over and over again for the prospective customers as they may not enter into the stall at the same time
  • The trade fairs are not frequently organized, therefore an organization rely on it as the only means of product promotion may not succeed
  • Showrooms

These are large rooms where goods are displayed, especially bulky and durable goods like cars, furniture’s, etc for the customer to see and be informed about them to stimulate their interest in them

The room allows the customer to get more information about the product from the sales person in the showroom

Advantages of showrooms

  • They enables the seller to get immediate feed back on the product
  • They enable the customers to get clarification on the product they need to purchase
  • It is a cheap method of production
  • It provides an opportunity for the usage of goods to be demonstrated
  • The information the prospective customer get from the show room is more reliable

Disadvantages of showrooms

  • They are usually located away from the town centers, making them not be accessible by many
  • It is expensive to hire showrooms
  • They require security to protect the goods inside them which may be very expensive
  • Some prospective customers may tamper with goods in the room while trying to operate them
  • Free Gifts

A gift is an item given to the customer free of charge after buying a product which it is pegged on or buying products of a given value. The gift may not necessarily be the same as the product bought, but they are meant to encourage the customer to buy more or give the customer opportunity to explore the product given as a gift.

Advantages of free gifts

  • It enable the customer to enjoy the product given as a gift without paying for it
  • It persuades the customer to buy more of the product in order to get the gift
  • It is an additional product, and therefore increases the customers satisfaction
  • It may help in creating loyalty in the product being promoted

Disadvantages of free gifts

  • It makes the customer buy including products they didn’t require in order to the said gift
  • The cost of the product may be very expensive for he customer
  • Some middlemen may remove the gift and keep or even sell to the customer to maximize profit
  • Free Sample

This is a product on trial given to the customers freely to influence their demand towards the product. It mainly used when the product is new and the customer may have not known about the existence of the product

 

 

Advantages of free sample

  • It enables the customer try the product before making a decision to buy it
  • The customer is able to enjoy the product that otherwise he may have not enjoyed
  • The organization is able to get immediate feedback from the customer about their new product
  • It enables the organization to acquire more customers for their product

Disadvantages of free sample

  • Some of those receiving the sample may not come back to buy
  • It may be an expensive method of promotion especially where many samples are to be given
  • Goods given for free may reduce the value of goods that may have been sold to earn profit
  • It is not suitable for expensive products

Circumstances under which personal selling is appropriate

  1. When launching a new product in the market which requires a lot of awareness to the prospective customers to enable them make a choice
  2. When a product is tailored to meet the customer’s needs, as different consumers have different needs, taste and preferences to be addressed.
  • When demonstration is required on how the product works, especially the technical products
  1. When the organization has the capacity to finance the sales force carrying out the personal selling
  2. Where the market is concentrated within a given region that can easily be accessible by the task force

Advantages of personal selling

  • It is more flexible than any other method for the marketer is able to meet the needs of different people
  • It enable the prospective customer to know more details about the product before making a decision
  • The sales person is able to demonstrate the use of the product
  • The seller is able to get immediate feedback on the product
  • The seller is able to obtain the personal contact of the prospective buyer
  • It gives the buyer an opportunity to negotiate the terms of purchase
  • It takes care of both literate and illiterate prospective customer
  • The seller is able to persuade the prospective buyer to buy the product

Disadvantages of personal

  • It is labour intensive and therefore very expensive when the area to be covered is wide method
  • It is time consuming as it involves explanation and demonstration
  • It may only target a particular group of people
  • The seller has to meet the travelling and other expenses involved which may be very expensive
  • Salespersons may misuse the resources allocated for them, making the target not to be achieved
  • The process may inconvenience the prospective buyer’s program
  • It may only cover a given region which may not be wide enough
  1. Advertising

This is the presentation of information about a product through public media such as newspapers, radios, billboards, etc

Types of Advertising

  • Product advertising: – this is a form of advertisement meant to promote a given product or a particular brand of product
  • Institutional advertising: – this is a form of advertisement meant to improve the image of the institution or organization and not a particular product. It is meant to create confidence in the customers about the institution
  • Primary demand advertising: – a form of advertisement meant to a new product that has been introduced in the market for the first time. It is mainly to create awareness of the existence of that particular product
  • Celebrity advertising: – a form of advertisement where a famous/popular person is used to promote a particular product. It is meant to convince those who identify themselves with that personality to buy the product
  • Informative advertising: – a form of advertisement meant to give the customer more information about the product to enable them make an informed decision
  • Competitive/persuasive advertising: – a form of advertisement carried out with organizations producing similar product to persuade the customers to buy their products ahead of their competitors
  • Corrective advertising: – a form of advertising meant to correct a misleading information that may have been given out about the product
  • Reminder advertising: – a form of advertising meant to remind the customers that the product still exists in the market and is still capable of satisfying their needs.

Advantages/Importance of advertising to the business

  1. It maintain the sales of an already existing product
  2. It create awareness in the customers about a new product in the market
  • It informs the customers about the changes that may have been made in the product
  1. It helps in building image or reputation of the selling organization
  2. It may increase the volume of the existing sales of a product
  3. It reaches peoples who may have not been reached by the sales person
  • It complements the effort of the sales person to enable them achieve their sales objectives
  • It clears the customers misconception and prejudice about the product
  1. It opens up new markets for the products.

Disadvantages of advertising to the business

  • It may be costly to the business in terms of money and other resources
  • It leads to increase in cost of production if at all it has to be done frequently
  • The cost of the advertisement will always reduce the profit margin of the business
  • Poorly planned advertisement may negatively affect the business
  • Misleading advertisement may reduce the level of business operation

Advantages of advertising to the customer

  • They educate them on the usage of the product
  • They inform them on the products availability
  • They guide them on where to get the product
  • The outlines all the features about the product including prices to the customer
  • Competitive advertisement may lead to improved quality of goods to benefit the customer
  • Information on different prices through competitive advertisement makes the customer to benefit from the reduced prices

Disadvantages of advertising to the consumer

  • The advertisement may not disclose the side effect of the product
  • The advertising cost may be passed to the consumers through increased price
  • Some advertisement may persuade customers to buy what they do not require leading to impulse buying
  • Some customers may buy substandard goods due to misleading advertisement

Advertising media

These are channels or agents through which an advertisement message is conveyed to the target group. They includes both the print and electronic media which includes; newspapers, journals, magazines, posters, bill-boards, brochures’, radio, television, neon signs, etc

  1. Newspaper

These are daily or regularly publications which contains advertisement. They includes, Daily nation, Standard, Taifa Leo, citizen, star, etc

Advantages of newspaper

  • The can reach areas that other means may not reach
  • Many people can afford them as they are relatively cheap
  • They cover a wider geographical area, leading to a wider market
  • The message on the news paper can last for a longer period of time, making it to reach more customers
  • The advertisement appearing in the newspaper is readily acceptable by the reader
  • Colored print makes the advertisement to be more attractive to the reader who in turn gets the information

Disadvantages of the newspaper

  • Many of them are written in English or Kiswahili, making them to only target those who can read and understand the language
  • It discriminate against the illiterate group who cannot read the information
  • They have short lifespan as they may be read only on the day it is circulated
  • It cannot be used to focus on a specific target as they are read by almost everybody
  • Some of the prospective customers are always in a hurry to read the newspaper and may not pay attention to the advertisement
  1. Magazines and Journals

These are periodic publications meant to target a particular class or group of people. They may be published monthly, quarterly, annually, etc. The information reaches the targeted group as they read them

Advantages of magazines and Journals

  • The specific information for the targeted people can be published
  • They can be read and re-read before the next publication may the information to last longer and plead with the prospective customer
  • Their publication is of high quality and colourful, making them to draw the attention of their targeted group easier and passing the information to them
  • The quality material they are made of makes them to last longer and can be accessed even by those who may have not been around during their publication

Disadvantages of magazines and journals

  • If the time gap between the publication time and circulation time is wide, the advertisement may fail
  • They are a bit expensive which makes some of the potential customers not to afford them
  • The cost of advertising on them may be expensive for the organization
  • Their circulations may be limited to a small geographical region
  • The publications may not be available in the vernacular language to reach those who are not able to read either English or Kiswahili
  1. Posters and Billboards

A form of advertising that may contain the information about the product either in words, pictures or both for the customer to see and read.

Advantages of posters and billboards

  • They are able to convey the information to the large audience, as they are placed in strategic position
  • Posters are cheap and easy to prepare
  • The use of different colors makes them to be more attractive and appealing to more audience
  • It can be used by both literate and illiterate group
  • The message may last for a longer period of time
  • Billboards are conspicuous and hence attractive to the audience

Disadvantages of posters and billboards

  • May be affected by adverse weather condition, especially rain
  • If not placed strategically, it may not reach the targeted group
  • Incase destroyed by the passersby, the information may not meet the targeted group
  • Bill boards are expensive to make and maintain
  1. Transit/transport advertising

A form of advertisement whereby vehicles such as trailers, matatus, buses, etc are used to carry and convey the advertisement message

Advantages of transit advertisement

  • The message reaches most of the people in the environment
  • They message last long as the paints always last on the vehicle
  • Transit vehicles may carry the message a long way to their final destination
  • It is captivating to the members of the public especially the promotion convoy, hence can easily reach the target

Disadvantages of transit advertisement

  • During the rush hour, the crowd may hinder some from getting the information
  • It mainly relay the information to those served by the vehicles
  • The noise produced by the promotion convoy may be a nuisance to some members of the public
  1. Brochures

These are small pamphlets carrying message and pictures about product being advertised.

Advantages of Brochures

  • They are easy to carry around as they are small in size
  • They are effective in meeting the targeted group
  • Their cost of production is not very high
  • They can be distributed at different places to meet the targeted group
  • Can be made attractive by the use of different colours
  • They have a long life and therefore can be used repeatedly
  • They can be used to direct others on where to get the product

Disadvantages of Brochures

  • The information may not reach the illiterate group
  • They may be ignored by the intended users
  • They may require frequent updating if many changes are made on the product making it expensive
  1. Radio

This is a channel that allows for the advertised messages to be conveyed through sound to the listeners, with some background music accompanying the message

Advantages of Radio

  • Different languages may be used to reach different people
  • It is accessible even to the remote areas that is not covered by other media
  • One can choose the time to advertise to reach the targeted group
  • Able to serve many people at the same time
  • It can be used for both literate and illiterate members of the group
  • The advertisement can be repeated over and over again according to the advertisers needs
  • The music accompaniment may attract many people to listen to the information
  • Can reach even the blind as they are able to hear
  • The message can be conveyed in different languages

Disadvantages of Radio

  • Their advertisement does not have any reference
  • It may be more expensive than the print media
  • Poor timing may make the message no to reach the targeted group
  • It may interrupt some programmes to the annoyance of the listener
  • It short and brief advertisement may be missed by the listeners
  • It is difficult for the listener to visualize the product
  1. Television (T.V) and Cinema

Television is a form of media advertisement where the written words are combined with motion pictures and sound to pass the information

Cinema is where the advertised messaged is conveyed during film shows in the cinema halls. It may be before or after the movie.

Advantages of Television (T.V) and Cinema

  • It appeals to most people as it is entertaining
  • It makes it possible for the demonstration of the use of the product
  • It is able to reach both the literate and illiterate viewers
  • The advertisement can be aired over and over again to meet the targeted group
  • The advertisement may be modified when need arise
  • It has wide appeal to many people
  • The message can be conveyed in different languages

Disadvantages of Television (T.V) and Cinema

  • The cost of advertising through this media is high
  • The television sets are expensive to acquire, hence many people may not have them
  • Their uses are limited to places with electricity
  • The advertisement may not last longer
  • The time for airing the information may not suit the targeted audience
  1. Neon Signs

This is a form of advertisement where the message is passed to the public through the use of electrical signals transmitted through neon lights. They are usually common in the banks, airlines, jewel shops, etc

Advantages of Neon Signs

  • The use of different colours makes them very attractive and catch attention of different people
  • They can be put strategically making them to be visible to many people
  • Can be used both at night and day
  • They direct the customer on where the goods are to be found

Disadvantages of Neon Signs

  • Can only be used where there is electricity
  • They are expensive to buy and maintain
  • The message may not easily reach the illiterate

Advertising Agencies

These are businesses that specialize in advertising work and are hired to carry out the functions for other businesses. They are paid a commission for this

Functions of Advertising Agencies

  • They help the organizations in designing their trademarks, logos and advertising materials
  1. They book space and airtime for their clients in various media
  2. They offer advisory services to their client on selling techniques
  3. They advertise on behalf of their clients
  • They choose on behalf of their clients the appropriate media to be used
  • Publicity

This is the mentioning of the product or the organization in the mass media to make it be known to many people. There two types of publicity, that is free publicity (where the payment is not required) and Special featured publicity (where there is payment, for example sponsoring an event in the public)

Advantages of Publicity

  • It saves the organization money incase of free publicity
  • It is likely to cover a wider region as the publicity is in the media
  • The organization may earn credibility due to positive publicity
  • The information may be received positively by the customers as the message is likely to be more objective
  • It may improve the competitiveness of the firm

Disadvantages of Publicity

  • Unfavourable information about the organization may reach the public especially in free publicity
  • It is irregular and short lived
  • Might require special occasion or event in order to attract the mass media
  • The firm does not have control on how the information will appear in the media and the extend of the coverage
  1. Public relations

A process of passing information with an intention of creating, promoting, or maintaining good will and a favourable image of the organization in the public. It involves informing the public about the firm’s achievement and how it is contributing to the community welfare and development, to get more approval of the public

Advantages of public relations

  • May be used to correct the dented image of the firm
  • It informs the public about the activities of the firm
  • Assist in upholding the good image of the firm
  • It improves the relationship between the firm and its customers

Disadvantages of public relations

  • It is costly in terms of time and finance involved
  • The customer may make premature buying arising from the picture created by the firm
  • Effects may take long before they are actually realized
  • It may be difficult to evaluate the impact of the message, since the customers are not obliged to respond to it
  1. Point of purchase (Window) display

This is where the items are arranged in the shops strategically, allowing the customers to see them easily. The arrangement is meant to attract the customer’s attention and induce them to buy goods as they pass close to the shop

Advantages of Point of purchase display

  • May induce the customer to buy the product due to their arrangement
  • As the customers get in to the shop, they are likely to buy including the other goods that were not being displayed
  • The customers are able to determine the features of the product with ease
  • It is relatively a cheaper method of promotion

Disadvantages of point of purchase

  • The method only work well with the potential customers who are near the shop and not far away
  • They may also attract thieves especially if the product displayed is of high value
  • In case the arrangement does not appeal so much to the customers, they may not get into the shop
  • It may be expensive setting up the display area
  1. Direct mail Advertisement

A form of advertisement which is sent to the potential customers directly in the form of a mail, for example the pricelist being sent to the potential customers

Advantages of direct mail advertisement

  • It is able to reach the targeted group as they are sent to the potential customer directly
  • The message may be made to suit the requirement of the specific customer to be
  • There may be an immediate respond on the message
  • The potential customers incurs no cost to acquire the information

Disadvantages of direct mail advertisement

  • Some mails may not get to the intended customers in time
  • The prospective customer may ignore the advertisement
  • May not be effective where the customer needs to examine the product
  • This method may be expensive especially in terms of material and money
  • It may only appeal to the literate group only
  • Catalogue

A booklet that gives information about the product that the organization deals in. It gives the description about the product, the picture as well as the prices of the product.

Advantages of catalogue

  • It may be used to advertise all the products in the organization
  • The owner/organization has the total control over the catalogue
  • It gives detailed information about the product
  • Its colourful nature makes it an attractive promotion tool

Disadvantages of catalogue

  • It is expensive to produce increasing the cost of production
  • Change in price may affect the whole catalogue
  • Guarantee (warranty issue)

An assurance given to the customer that the product will serve as expected if used according to the instructions given by the manufacturer. For the guaranteed period the seller will be willing to maintain repair or replace the product for the customer

Advantages Guarantee

  • The confidence built in the customer by the guarantee to the customers makes them to buy more products.
  • It may create the customers loyalty to the product of the firm
  • The fact that the product can be replaced if it gets spoilt within the period is an advantage to the customer

Disadvantages of guarantee

  • Repairing or replacing the product may be very costly to the organization
  • The method may only be suitable for the durable goods
  • The customer may be tempted to mishandle the good during this period
  1. Discount

This is a reduction in price of the commodity, allowing the buyer to pay less than what he would have paid the goods.

Types of discount

  • Quantity discount: – Allowed by trader to encourage him/her to buy more quantity of the product being offer
  • Trade discount: – Allowed to another trader who is buying products for resale to the consumers
  • Cash discount: – Allowed to the customer to enable him pay promptly for the goods bought
  1. Loss leader: – Selling the price below the market price to entice the customer to buy
  2. Psychological selling: – Playing with the customers psychology in terms of pricing by quoting odd prices such as 999, 199, 99, etc to convince the customer that the price has been reduced
  • Credit facilities: – where the customer is allowed to take a product for his consumption and pay for it later. This entices the customer to buy more of the product
  • After sales service: – these are services offered to the buyer after the goods have been bought. They may be in terms of packaging, transportation or installation which may be offered to the customers free of charge. This makes the customer to buy more goods with confidence

Sales promotion

These are activities carried out to increase the sales volume of a business. They are activities out of the ordinary routine of business that is carried out by the seller to increase his sales volume.

The methods of carrying out sales promotion includes all the methods of carrying out product promotion as discussed earlier, that is, shows and trade fair, showrooms, free gifts, free sample, personal selling, advertisement, window display, credit facilities, after sales services, etc

Factors to consider when choosing a promotion method

  1. The cost of the promotion that is whether the company can afford it or not, for some promotion methods are very expensive that may not be easily affordable to the company.
  2. The nature of the product being promoted especially whether it requires demonstration or not. Products which requires demonstration are best promoted through personal selling
  • The targeted group for the advertisement, on whether they can be reached by that method or not. The promotion method must reach the targeted group, if it has to be effective
  1. The objective that the firm would like to achieve with the promotion, and whether the method is helping them to achieve that particular objective
  2. The method used by the competitor in the market to enable them choose a method that will enable them compete favourably
  3. The requirement of the law concerning product promotion, to enable them not use what the law does not allow

Ethical issues in product promotion

These are rules and regulations to be followed when carrying out promotion to avoid violating other people or businesses right. They include;

  • Cheating on performance of the product to attract more customers by given them wrong and enticing information about what the product can do.
  • Cheating on the ingredients of the product by telling them that the product contains a suitable type of ingredient which does not exist just to lure them to buy the product
  • Not telling them the side effects of the product which may affect them should they continuously use the product due to fear of losing customer
  • False pricing, especially a case where they overprice their and later on reduce them slightly just to lure the customer, yet exploit them
  • Not caring about the negative effect of the product on the environment, which may includes littering of the environment by the posters used for advertisement
  • Social cultural conflict, especially putting up some forms of advertisement which are considered a taboo buy the community leaving around, such as hanging a billboard of a female advertising inner wears next to a church

Trends in product promotion

The following are some changes that have taken place to improve the product promotion activities

  • Use of website/internet to advertise product worldwide, which has increased the coverage
  • Encouraging gender sensitivity and awareness in product promotion to bring about gender balance
  • Use of electronic billboards in advertisement to increase their visibility even at night
  • Intensifying personal selling by the business to reach more customers
  • Development of promotion convoys to move from one place to the other with music and dancers to attract more prospective customers
  • Catering for the rights of the youths when carrying out product promotion and even involving them in carrying out the promotion
  • Catering for the interest of those with special needs when carrying out advertisement
  • Advertisement through mobile phones by sending them s.m.s about the product

 

BUSINESS STUDIES FORM THREE NOTES

 

THEORY OF THE FIRM

Defination:

  • A firm; This is a single unit of business organization that brings together the factors of production to produce any given commodity.

A firm may also be defined as a business enterprise under one management and control.

Example; Mumias sugar factory, Bata Shoe Company e.t.c

-Firms may be sole proprietorship, partnerships or companies. They may therefore be small e.g. an artisan or mechanic working in her/his garage or large like a multinational limited company producing many different products e.g. coca-cola company.

-A firm even though under one management and control may have several branches/plants.

  • An industry; This refers to all those firms producing the same product for a specific market/a group of related firms that compete with one another i.e.
  1. Firms that produce the same product e.g. the firms operating as sugar manufactures as Mumias Sugar Company, Sony Sugar Company and Miwani Sugar Company.
  2. Firms that extract the same raw materials e.g. the salt mining firms, Magadi Soda Company and other firms which mine salt at the North coast Region near Malindi.
  3. Firms that provide similar services e.g. the transport industry such as Akamba Bus service, coast Bus Company and Easy Coach Company.

NOTE: In the definition of the firm, we assume that a firm in a unit that makes decision with respect to the production and sale of goods and services in the regard, we assume that

All firms are profit-maximisers i.e. they seek to make as much profit as possible.

Each firm can be regarded as a single consistent decision making unit.

The life of all business enterprises/firms are therefore characterized by several decision-making processes which are all aimed at facilitating realization of the objectives(profit maximization) such decisions may include; what to produce and how much, where and when to produce, how much to invest and how much to price goods/services e.t.c

DECISION ON WHAT GOODS AND SERVICES TO PRODUCE

A firm makes a number of important production decisions. Some of the decision may involve;

  1. What to produce
  2. How production is to take place e.g. what raw materials and machinery should be utilized
  • Where a production plant should be located
  1. When to produce
  2. The scale of production e.g. how big should the factory

 

  1. When and where to invest
  • How the production can be improved and controlled
  • What type of business activity to engage in

NOTE: One production decision may lead to a series of decisions requiring to be made e.g.

-for a firm to decide on what goods and services to produce, market research to evaluate the likely success of the product is necessary.

-after establishing the viability of the product in the market, other activities like product design are carried out (the firm may consider redesigning existing products, introducing a product similar to the one in the market or developing a completely new product.

-production may then follow

Factors that influence decisions on what goods and services to produce

Certain factors have to be considered before committing a firm into production of either a new product, adopting or redesigning the existing product.

These factors include;

  1. Whether the firm is product-oriented or market-oriented

Product oriented firms: This is when the nature of the product itself (its functions and unique qualities) are enough to make sure that the product sells e.g. when cars were first developed, its uniqueness sold it

Market oriented firms; These are firms that produce products that are meant to meet the consumer needs e.g. over time cars are being developed to suit consumer needs.

  1. Level of competition

In order to survive in a competitive market, firms must come up with products that consumers prefer.

Firms may therefore develop products which are not currently available or copy rivals ideas and improve on them

  • Level of available technology

The level of technology has a strong influence on the product that a firm produces

New inventions and innovations often result in new products or improved products

-Improved technology may also reduce the costs of production. This means the same output maybe produced using less factors of production or more output may be produced using the same factors of production.

 

  1. Management role

Senior management have the sole responsibility of deciding on what product to produce. A wrong decision may ruin rather than bailed the enterprise. The manager’s ability to design a viable product is therefore a vital factor in product development

  1. Financial viability

In order to determine whether a product will be viable or not, the cost of production and the expected returns should be considered. Funds may only be approved for the product that promises long term benefits to the firm. So if the benefits of the product outweigh the costs, then such product will be developed and if not so, it will be dropped.

  1. Amount and type of capital in the firm

Capital refers to machines, equipment, factories, plants and other human made aids to production.

Both financial and physical capital facilitates the production process. The amount of capital in a business will therefore influence what goods it can produce and in what qualities i.e. a firm with physical capital that is very specific may not be able to produce other type of products e.g. a clothing factory may not be able to produce any other goods such as cement.

Other factors may include;

-Need of the consumers

-Need for better quality or more fashionable product

-Need for an easier to market product

-Unmet needs

-Need for a product for which factors of production and technology are easily available

 

COST OF PRODUCTION

Def:  Cost: This is a payment made to the factors of production for their services.

Production costs thus refers to the expenses incurred in acquiring factors of production (inputs) The sum total of all payments to the factors of production engaged in its production.

Types of production costs:

  1. Opportunity costs; These are values of any alternatives forgone. The cost forgone when the choice of one thing requires the next best alternative to be abandoned

Example: A student with only sh.50 may have to decide on whether to buy a text book or a pair of shoes. If she decides to buy a text book, the pair of shoes will have to be forgone because it’s not possible to buy both with only sh.500.

The opportunity cost of buying a text book in this case is the cost of the pair of shoes which was abandoned.

  1. Fixed and variable costs

Costs may be classified according to their behavior in relation to various levels of output as follows:

  1. Fixed costs
  2. Variable costs
  3. Semi-variable costs
  4. Fixed costs

These are expenses which do not change with changes in levels of output/quantity of output. These costs therefore remain the same whether the firm is producing anything or not i.e. whether production is maximum or zero.

Examples:

  1. Rent for premises/buildings
  2. Depreciation charge on physical facilities
  3. Salary of administrative staff
  4. Interest paid on loans (borrowed capital)
  5. Liance fees e.t.c

Output (units                                   FC (sh)

100                                                         200

200                                                           200

300                                                           200

400                                                           200

500                                                           200

This may be represented graphically as:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Variable costs

These are costs that vary proportionately with changes in levels of output. This means that when output decreases the variable costs decrease in the same proportion and when output increases, they also increase in the same proportion. If nothing is produced VC=0

Examples;

  1. Payments on raw materials
  2. Wages paid to casual labour
  3. Water, transport and electricity bills

Output (units)                                                 variable cost (shs)

0                                                                                  0

100                                                                             200

200                                                                              400

300                                                                               600

400                                                                               800

500                                                                                1000

This can be represented graphically as;

  1. Semi-variable costs

These are costs that vary in relation to changes in output but not proportionately e.g. if output doubles, the semi-variable costs might increase by half.

Those production costs that do not fit in either fixed or variable costs are semi-variable costs.

Example

  • Labour (permanent employees); No matter what level of output, their salary is fixed. However if one is asked to work extra time and on weekends to cope with extra production levels, then the extra cost is variable. Thus because labour is not totally fixed nor totally variable, it becomes semi-variable.
  • Cost of telephone charges. This is because there is often a fixed or standing charge plus an extra rate which varies according to the number of calls made.

-Thus semi-variable (semi-fixed) costs have both fixed and variable component.

     Output (units)                                                       cost (sh)

0                                                                             4

1                                                                             10

2                                                                             18

3                                                                             24

4                                                                             27

5                                                                             32

  • Total costs

Total cost is the sum of all costs incurred in the production at a given level of output i.e. the sum of fixed and variable costs

Total cost=Fixed costs+ variable costs.

As output increases total costs will also increase.

Illustration

NOTE: It has been assumed that semi-variable costs are part of fixed and variable costs.

  • Direct and indirect costs

Costs can be classified according to the way they affect the product. They can either be direct or indirect costs.

  1. Direct costs

These are costs that can be physically traced to the final product/process.

Examples

  1. Raw materials i.e. all the materials that can be physically traced to the final product
  2. Direct labour i.e. wages for those factory employees directly engaged in the manufacture of the product e.g. wages for machine operators,packers,mixers,assemblers e.t.c
  • Packing materials used.
  1. Direct expenses i.e. expenses which are directly allocated to a particular unit of goods being made.e.g maintenance costs of machines and equipment, designs and drawings, hire for special tools or equipment for a particular production.

-These costs are also known as prime costs. They are usually variable costs.

Indirect costs (factory overheads)

These are costs which cannot be traced or directly identified in the final product i.e. they cannot be attributed to any specific output.

They also include the costs that appear in such small quantities that their effects are negligible.

Examples:

  1. Payment for stationary and other items such as lubricating oil, small tools, telephone use, cleaning and transport for employees.
  2. Wages and salaries for managers, supervisers, store keepers, clerks and watchmen.
  • Payment for rent, land lease, insurance, advertising, warehousing and audit fees.
  1. Payment for the power used in the production process

Indirect costs are also known as overheads. They are usually fixed costs.

Average costs

-Average costs refer to costs per unit output

-It is determined by dividing the total of a particular cost by the total output at each level of output.(They are also known as unit costs)

Types of Average costs

  1. Average fixed costs
  2. Average variable costs
  • Average total costs
  1. Average fixed costs; (AFC)

Average fixed cost (AFC) is the total fixed cost at each level of output divided by the total output at that level.

AFC=Total fixed costs

Total units produced

Output (units) Fixed costs (sh) Average fixed costs (AFC)
  200 200
100 200 2
200 200 1
300 200 0.66
400 200  
500 200  
     

 

  1. Average variable costs (AVC)

AVC refers to total variable costs at each level divided by the total units of output produced at that level.

Average variable costs (AVC)=Total variable costs

                                                Total units produced

Output (units) Variable costs (sh) AVC
100 200 2
200 400 2
300 600 2
400 800 2
500 1000 2
     
  1. Average Total Costs (ATC/AC)

Average total cost (ATC) is divided by;

  1. Dividing the sum of fixed and variable costs (total costs) by the total units produced.i.e

ATC=fixed costs variable costs

Total units produced

  1. Adding average fixed costs (AFC) and average variable cost (AVC) i.e

ATC/AC=AFC+AVC Thus

Output (units) Total cost ATC
100 400 4
200 600 3
300 800  
400 1000 2.5
500 1200 2.4

 

OR

Output (units) Average fixed costs (AFC) (sh) Average v costs ATC=AFC+AVC
100 2 2 4
200 1 2 3
300 0.66 2 2.66
400 0.5 2 2.5
500 0.4 2 2.4
       

(V)  MARGINAL COSTS MC

The marginal cost is the change in total cost (ATC) which results from a unit change in output

Marginal cost is the cost of producing one extra unit of output

E.g. when total costs increase from sh.300 to sh.350 when an additional unit is produced, then MC=sh.50

 

 

 

 

LOCATION OF THE FIRM

Location; is the site or place from which the business operations/firm would be established.

The management has to make appropriate decisions concerning the location of the firm since a good location would lead to success while a bad location would lead to failure of the business enterprise.

Factors determining the location of the firm

  1. Raw materials

The availability of raw materials is one of the factors that determine the location of firms. Firms should be located near the source of raw materials when:

  • The raw materials are heavy and bulky so that costs of transporting them to far distances would be too high.
  • The raw materials are perishable

Advantages of locating firm near source of raw materials:

-Transport cost of raw materials is minimized

-production process can run uninterrupted because of constant supply of raw materials thus continuous production

-storage cost of the raw material will be minimized

-It is easier for the firm to select the quality of raw materials required.

-Easier to get fresh raw materials/undamaged raw materials

  1. Labour (Human Resources)

This is divided into 3 categories; semi-skilled and unskilled labour

-Labour intensive firms must be located in areas where there is both abundant labour force and appropriate labour force.

-Firms requiring labour of any kind maybe located in the urban centres because in such areas labour is in plentiful supply

-Agricultural processing firms are found in the rural areas

-Location of the firms near the source of labour reduces the cost of transporting labour force to factories and also reduces time wasting in transporting labour from far.

  1. Market

A firm may be located near the market for its products to cut down on production costs .i.e to avoid the costs involved in transportation of the finished products.

Reasons locating near markets

-where the finished product is more bulky or more difficult than the raw materials, then the industry would be located near the market e.g. blocks and bricks used in building will be manufactured near the place where they are required than the source of raw materials because the finished product is more delicate to transport and is susceptible to damage.

-it reduces the cost of transporting the products to the market.

-To minimize the damage of the final product

-where the finished product is perishable or fragile, the industry should be located near the market to avoid breackages or spoilage. Examples are commodities like milk or bread which usually go bad very quickly and therefore need to be consumed immediately they are produced.

  1. Transport and Communication

Efficient transport is the lifeline of modern businesses. Firms will choose those locations that have well-developed transport facilities such as roads, railway lines, seaports and airports because;

  1. They require constant supplies of raw materials
  2. They need to distribute/send out finished products to different destinations
  • They need to be in contact with other business associates like suppliers, customers and competitors.

Poorly developed transport facilities may lead to:

-High transportation costs especially where raw materials or the finished products are bulky

-Delays in receiving the raw materials and distributing the finished products

-Where communication network is poor, business people will not be able to give or get information in time.

  1. Power and Water Supply

Fuel and power are required to run machines and ensures smooth operations for the business.

Water is required for cleaning, cooling and even as a raw material. They are therefore strong factors in determining the location of a firm i.e. firms that require a lot of power and water need to be located where there is adequate supply of these factors.

  1. Government policy

The government may formulate policies that may have implications on the location of the firms, especially with regard to physical planning. Such planning may be aimed at checking rural-urban migration, environmental degradation or for strategic concerns.

The government may therefore encourage the development of firms in some areas by offering concessions to industrialists such as:

  1. Offering free or cheap land
  2. Reduction of taxes
  3. Offering subsidies
  4. Offering direct financial assistance
  5. Improvement of infrastructure

Other factors:

Proximity to source of credit: Some firms that need credit to finance their operations from time to time might require locating near a reliable source for such funds

Availability of security services: This is an important consideration when deciding where a firm will be located as this has implications in almost all factors of production. Firms will tend to avoid locations that do not have adequate security.

Social amenities: Some firms take into account various activities and institutions that will benefit their employees. Such will include hospitals, schools, social halls or studios.

Availability for ample room for expansion: Businesses will tend to prefer locations that can provide ample room for expansion in future. This will eliminate the need for relocation when the firm experiences expansion

Climate: This is an important factor for agro-based businesses (such as floriculture, horticulture, dairy farming e.t.c) which have to seek locations with suitable climatic conditions

LOCALISATION AND DELOCALIZATION OF FIRMS

LOCALISATION OF FIRMS

Localisation of firms means the concentration of similar firms in one particular area/region.

Subsidiary industries usually develop around the main industries, either to use the by-products of the main industries or to supply them with component parts.

The factors which encourage localization of firms include:

  1. A well developed infrastructure in an area which attracts firms into that area
  2. Availability of large population which may provide both labour and market
  • Interdependence among various firms in areas such as training of personnel
  1. Government policy requiring firms to be located in a certain area
  2. Availability of raw materials in a certain area
  3. Availability of ancillary services such as banking, insurance and warehousing

Advantages of localization

Service industries/Ancillary services: It encourages the establishment of support business enterprises e.g. if many firms are located in one region, institutions such as banks, insurance companies and distributors are likely to set up businesses in the area to offer services required

Creation of pool of labour:When industries are concentrated in one area, people tend to migrate to that region in search of employment thus encouraging creation of a pool of labour force. This enables firms to meet their labour force requirements.

Creation of subsidiary industries:Localised firms are likely to attract others which use the finished products of the established firms as raw materials or selling raw materials to the existing firms.

Disposal of waste: Localised firms are able to easily dispose off their waste by either selling them to other firms for recycling or by jointly undertaking waste disposal projects.

Creation of employment: It encourages creation of employment opportunities in the region (it creates interests in the type of labour required thereby leading to creation of employment opportunities.

Development of infrastructure: Concentration of firms in one area encourages development of the necessary infrastructure such as water systems, roads, communication network, health and education facilities in the region

Economies of scale: Firms can combine to employ benefits of large-scale production for the benefits of consumers.

Reduction in costs: Firms that depend on each other for inputs or disposal of outputs are able to save on transport costs when they are located near each other.

Disadvantages of localization

Adverse environmental problems: Concentration of firms in one region may have a negative impact on environment in that region e.g. emissions from factories may cause both air and water pollution; there may also be noise pollution and poor disposal of refuse.

Unbalanced regional development: Localisation of firms may lead to regional imbalance in development. For instance, areas of industrial concentration tend to enjoy provision of social amenities in terms of roads, schools, hospitals and other facilities while other regions suffer. This may cause dissatisfaction among the citizens and disturb national cohesion and unity.

Rural-urban migration:Localisation of industries contributes to rural-urban migration. People migrate from rural to urban regions in search of employment and better living conditions. Such movements may cause;

  1. Open unemployment in towns while in rural areas they may cause labour deficiency
  2. Increased population in the areas of industrial concentration sparking a series of problems such as congestion, increased rate of crime, poor living conditions, spread of diseases e.g. HIV and housing problems.

Possible massive unemployment: A fall in demand of products produced by localized firms would result into a widespread unemployment in the affected area.

Strategic reasons: The concentration of firms in one area is risky for a country especially in times of war or terrorism activities as such are easy targets for attack. This may destroy the country’s industrial base/capability which may take many years to rebuild.

Dependence: Localisation of firms in one area creates an over-dependence on the products of a single industry. In case of a calamity, the supply of the product from the firms may be disrupted, resulting in serious shortages.

Delocalization of firms

Delocalization refers to establishment of firms in different parts of the country as opposed to localization where firms are concentrated in one area.

Delocalization is usually a deliberate government policy of encouraging establishment of firms in various parts of the country, and is applicable under the following circumstances:

-where there is need to curb migration to certain towns

-Due to need to reduce the rate of urban unemployment

-In order to achieve balanced economic development

-As a measure of reducing pollution and social evils in certain urban areas

Advantages of delocalization

Employment creation in many parts of the country: it provides employment opportunities to people living in rural areas thereby improving the peoples living standards and reducing rural-urban migration.

Balanced economic development/balanced regional development: economic development is initiated for many, if not all parts of the country. This promotes national cohesion and unity; and also reduces rural-urban migration.

Market for raw materials: delocalisation creates market for locally produced raw materials thereby creating employment and earning producers income.

Urbanization: This accelerates the rate of urbanizing in many parts of the country, especially to the rural areas.

Service delivery to rural areas/Development of social amenities: It encourages the growth of both social amenities such as hospitals, schools and security firms and infrastructure.

Reduces the effects caused by occurrence of war, terrorism attacks or earthquakes.

Disadvantages

  1. Difficulty of attracting requisite personnel; This is mainly in the remote or rural areas where the delocalisation may be done. These areas do not usually have the comfort of social amenities of the urban areas, hence are less appealing to highly qualified personnel.
  2. Difficulty of accessing certain assential services; These are services that may not be in the rural areas where delocalisation is done e.g. banks, insurance co’s e.t.c
  3. Spread of pollution, congestion and social evils; These vices spread to various parts of the country.
  4. Tax burden; The incentives which are provided by the government to promote smooth relocation are expensive and are an extra burden to the tax payer.
  5. Security; This maybe a problem in some areas.
  6. Substandard goods; Continued protection from foreign competition by the government may make the firm to continue producing substandard products.

ECONOMIES OF SCALE

Economies of scale are the benefits the firm or industry derives from expanding its scale of production/the advantages of operating on large scale.

There are two types of economies of scale;

  1. Internal economies of scale
  2. External economies of scale
  3. Internal economies of scale

These are advantages that accrue to a single firm as its production increases, independent of what happens in the other firms in the industry.

Internal economies of scale result from an increase in the level of output and cannot be realized unless output increases.

The internal economies of scale may be achieved by a single plant of the firm or they may arise from an increase in the number of plants.

The internal economies of scale include:

  1. Marketing economies (Buying and selling economies)

These are the benefits which a firm derives from large purchases of inputs or factors of production due to the discounts offered in the process e.g. trade and quantity discounts

The firms may also incur less cost per unit in transportation of the goods bought

Selling economies of scale arise from the distribution and sale of the finished product as the scale of production increases, i.e. it is likely to incur less cost per unit in areas such as advertising, distribution e.t.c

  1. Financial economies; As a firm grows, its assets also increase. These assets can be used as security to borrow money/loan from financial institutions at low interest rates.

Large firms can also raise more funds through selling and buying of shares and debentures.

  • Risk bearing economies; Large firms can reduce risks involved in the market failure through diversification of products or markets.

Diversification of markets or products can be done so that:

  1. Failure of one product is offset by the success of other products
  2. A failure of a product in one part of the market may be offset by the success of the same product in another part of the market

-Large scale firms are also able to obtain supplies from alternative sources so that failure in one does not significantly affect the activities of the firm.

  1. iv) Managerial economies/staff economies

Large firms are able to hire/employ specialized staff and management. This increases the firms efficiency and productivity i.e.

  1. The staff is able to make viable decisions that can go along way in increasing the firms output.
  2. The firm/management is also able to put in place better organizational structures which allow for departmentalization and subsequent division of labour.Division of labour leads to specialization and hence the overall increase in the firms output.

-the costs of hiring/employing the specialized staff/management are spread over a large number of units of output of variable cost of production.Thus,the cost of labour is minimized when production increases leading to increased profits.

  1. v) Technical economies:

These are benefits that accrue to a firm from the use of specialized labour and machinery. Large firms have access to large capital which they utilize to obtain those machines and hire the specialized labour.The machines use the latest technology and are put to full use, making the firm production more efficient i.e. cost of the machines and labour are spread over many units of output hence less costly but giving higher profits.

  1. vi) Research economies:

Large firms can afford to carry out research into better methods of production and marketing.(Research is necessary because of the increased competition in the business world today) This improves the quality of the products and increases the sales and profits made by the firm.

  • Staff welfare economies:

Large firms can easily provide social amenities to their employees including recreations, housing, education, canteens and wide range of allowances. These amenities work as incentives to boost the morale of the employees to work harder and increase the quality and quantity of output. This leads to higher sales and profits.

  • Inventory economies

A large sized firm can establish warehouses to stock raw materials and therefore enjoy large stocks of raw materials for use when the raw materials are in short supply.Thus, the firm can avoid production stoppages that can be occasioned by shortages of the raw materials. The suppliers of such material may be sold at a higher price to realize profit.

External economies of scale:

External economies of scale are those benefits which accrue to a firm as a result of growth of the whole industry. They are realized by a firm due to its location near other firms. They include;

  1. Easier access to labour: Where many firms are located in one area a pool of labour of various skills is usually available. Therefore firms relocating to the area find it easy to obtain.
  2. Improved/efficient infrastructure: Usually where many firms are located, infrastructure would be highly developed e.g. roads, power, water and communication facilities. Firms relocating in that area thus enjoy the services of infrastructure already in place.
  3. Firms may be able to dispose off their waste product easily
  4. Ready market may be available from the surrounding firms
  5. Readily available services such as banking, insurance and medical care
  6. Adequate supply of power due to large volume of consumption e.t.c

Diseconomies of scale

A firm cannot continue to expand indefinitely or without a limit.As a firm grows or industry expands, the benefits the firm can reap or get from such growth or expansion have a limit.

Any further expansion in the scale of production beyond the limit will actually create negative which would increase the cost of production.

The negative effects to a firm due to its size or scale of production are referred to as diseconomies of scale.

Diseconomies of scale are therefore the problems a firm experiences due to expansion.

Sources of diseconomies of scale

Diseconomies of scale may arise from:

  1. Managerial functions which become increasingly difficult to perform as the firm expands. Communication and consultations take more time than before.
  2. Changing consumer tastes which may not be fulfilled immediately because decision-making may take too long.
  3. Increase in the costs of transporting raw materials, components and finished products.
  4. Labour unrest or disputes and lack of commitment from the employees because they are not involved in decision making
  5. Stoppage of production process when disputes arise since all production stages are interdependent and labour specialized.
  6. Lack of adequate finances for further expansion of the firm.

There are two forms of diseconomies of scale fiz internal diseconomies and external diseconomies of scale.

Internal diseconomies of scale

These are the problems a firm experiences as a result of large scale production due to its persistent growth. They include;

  1. Managerial diseconomies of scale

These are the losses which may arise due to the failure of management to supervise and control the operations properly. This may be because the firm is large resulting into;

  1. Difficulties in controlling and coordinating the departments leading to laxity among employees.
  2. Difficult in decision making and communication and co-ordination between management and workers. Delays in decision making means lost opportunities.
  3. Impersonal relationship between management and workers, and staff problems not easily established which could lead to low morale, disputes, unrests/skills.
  4. An increase in management tasks leading to increase in number and impact of risks i.e. any error in judgement on the part of management may lead to big losses.
  5. Marketing diseconomies of scale

These are losses which may arise due to changes in consumer tastes. These may be as a result of;

  1. A change in tastes leading to fall in demand for the firms products. A large firm may find it difficult to immediately adjust to the changes in the tastes of consumers, hence it will experience fall in its scale.
  2. An increase in the scale of production, which leads to higher demand for factor of production such as labour, raw materials and capital. This will result into higher prices for them. This will push up the prices of the goods and services produced, which will cause a fall in sales.
  • High overhead costs

When the output of a firm increases beyond a certain limit, some factors may set in to increase the average costs.e.g the overhead costs incurred in production and marketing activities may increase. This is because firms may intensify their promotional campaign, incur heavy transport expenses and be forced to offer generous discounts in an effort to attract more clients. All these are factors that may increase overheads without any corresponding increase in real benefits to the firm.

  1. Financial diseconomies of scale

These are losses which may arise due to a firm’s inability to acquire adequate finances for its expansion. This will prevent the firm from expanding further thereby limiting its capacity to increase the volume of its output.

External diseconomies of scale

These are demerits that affirm experiences as a result of growth of the entire industry. These include;

-scramble for raw materials

-unavailability of land for expansion

-scramble for available labour

-competition for available market

-easy targets especially in times of war

Existence of small firms in an economy

As the firm grows in size, its scale of production increases.However, many firms remain small even though they face stiff competition from larger firms. Some of the reasons for existence of small scale firms include;

  1. Size of the market

Large-scale production can only be sustained by a high demand for a product. If the demand for a product is low, it may not be advisable for a firm to produce on a large scale, hence it will remain small.

  1. Nature of the product;

The nature of the product sometimes makes it impossible to produce in large quantities e.g. personal services e.g. hairdressing, painting or nursing can only be provided by an individual or a small firm.

  1. Simplicity of organization

Small firms have the considerable advantage of simplicity in organization. They avoid bureaucracy, wastage and managerial complexity associated with large scale organizations.

Where a firm intends to take advantage of simplicity, the proprietor may maintain its small firm.

  1. Flexibility of small firms

Small firms are flexible i.e. one can easily switch from one business to another where an owner of a business wishes to maintain flexibility so as to take advantage of any new opportunity, he/she may have to maintain a small firm.

  1. Quick decision making

In a situation where proprietors want to avoid delay in decision-making, they may opt to maintain a small business as this would involve less consultation.

  1. Belief that a small firm is more manageable

Many small businesses have the potential of expansion, yet their owners prefer to have them remain small believing that big businesses are difficult to run.

  1. Rising costs of production

In situations where production costs rise too fast, such that diseconomies of scale set is very early, the firm has to remain small.

  1. Need to retain control

In order to retain control and independence, the owners of the firm may wish to keep it small.

  1. Legal constraints/Government policy

In some situations, the laws may restrict the growth of a firm. In such circumstances the existing firms remain small.

  1. Small capital requirements

As opposed to large scale firms, small firms require little amounts of capital to start and operate.

Implication of production activities on environmental and community health

As production activities take place in a given area, the environment and the health of the community around may be adversely affected by these activities. Some of these effects include:

  1. Air pollution

This is caused by waste which is discharged into the atmosphere leading to contamination of the air. Such waste may be in funs of industrial emissions and toxic chemicals from the firms. These pollutants cause air-borne diseases. Acid rain due to such emission may also affect plants.

PRODUCT MARKET

The term ‘market’ is usually used to mean the place where buyers and sellers meet to transact business. In Business studies, however, the term ‘market’ is used to refer to the interaction of buyers and sellers where there is an exchange of goods and services for a consideration.

NOTE: The contact between sellers and buyers may be physical or otherwise hence a market is not necessarily a place, but any situation in which buying and selling takes place. A market exists whenever opportunities for exchange of goods and services are available, made known and used regularly.

Definition:

  1. Product market; Is a particular market in which specific goods and services are sold and with particular features that distinguish it from the other markets.

-The features are mainly in terms of the number of sellers and buyers and whether the goods sold are homogeneous or heterogeneous

-Product market is also referred to as market structure.

-Markets may be classified according to the number of firms in the industry or the type of products sold in them.

TYPES OF PRODUCT MARKET

The number of firms operating in a particular market will determine the degree of competition that will exist in a given industry. In some markets there are many sellers meaning that the degree of competition is very high, where as in other markets there is no competition because only one firm exists.

When markets are classified according to the degree of competition, there are four main types, these are;

  1. Perfect competition
  2. Pure monopoly(monopoly)
  • Monopolistic competition
  1. Oligopoly
  2. Perfect competition

The word ‘perfect’ connotes an ideal situation.

This kind of situation is however very rare in real life; a perfect competition is therefore a hypothetical situation.

This is a market structure in which there are many small buyers and many sellers who produce a homogeneous product. The action of any firm in this market has no effect on the price and output levels in the market since its production is negligible.

Features of Perfect Competition

  1. Large number of buyers and sellers: The buyers and sellers are so many that separate actions of each one of them have no effect on the market. This implies that no single buyer or seller can influence the price of the commodity. This is because a single firms (sellers) supply of the product is so small in relation to the total supply in the industry. Similarly, the demand of one buyer is so small compared to the total demand of one buyer is so small compared to the total demand in the market that he/she cannot influence the price.

Firms (suppliers) in such a market structure are therefore price takers i.e. they accept the prevailing market price for their products.

  1. Identical or homogeneous products: Commodities from different producers are identical in all aspects e.g. size; brand and quality such that one cannot distinguish them. Buyers cannot therefore show preference for the products of one firm over those of the other.
  2. Perfect knowledge of the market: Each buyer and seller has perfect knowledge about the market and therefore no one would affect business at any price other than the equilibrium price (market price).If one firm raises the price of its commodity above the prevailing market price, the firm will make no sale since consumers are aware of other firms that are offering a lower price i.e. market price. All firms (sellers) are also assumed to know the profits being made by other firms in the industry (in selling the product)
  3. Freedom of entry or exit in the industry; The buyers and sellers have the freedom to enter and leave the market at will i.e. firms are free to join the market and start production so long as the prevailing market price for the commodity guarantees profit. However if conditions change the firms are free to leave in order to avoid making loss.

In this market structure, it is assumed that no barrier exists in entering or leaving the industry.

  1. Uniformity of buyers and sellers; All buyers are identical in the eyes of the seller. There are therefore, no advantages or disadvantages of selling to particular buyers. Similarly, all the sellers are identical and hence there would be no special benefit derived from buying from a certain supplier.
  2. No government interference; The government plays no part in the operations of the industry. The price prevailing in the market is determined strictly by the interplay of demand and supply. There should be no government intervention in form of taxes and subsidies, quotas, price controls and other regulations.
  3. No excess supply or demand; The sellers are able to sell all what they supply into the market. This means that there is no excess supply. Similarly, the buyers are able to buy all what they require with the result that there is no difficult in supply.
  4. Perfect mobility of factors of production; The assumption here is that producers are able to switch factors of production from producing one commodity to another depending on which commodity is more profitable to sell. Factors of production are also freely movable from one geographical area to another.
  5. No transport costs; The assumption here is that all sellers are located in one area, therefore none of them incurs extra transport costs or carriage of goods. The sellers cannot hence charge higher prices to cover the cost of transport. Buyers, on the other hand, would not prefer some sellers to others in an attempt to cut down on transport costs.

NOTE: The market (perfect competition) has normal demand and supply curves. The individual buyers demand curve is however; perfectly elastic since one can buy all what he/she wants at the equilibrium price. Similarly, the individual sellers supply curve is also perfectly elastic because one can sell all what he/she produces at the equilibrium price.

Perfect competition market hold on the following assumptions;

  1. There are no transport costs in the industry
  2. Buyers and sellers have perfect knowledge of the market
  • Factors of production are perfectly mobile
  1. There is no government interference

Examples of perfect competitions are very difficult to get in the real life but some transactions e.g. on the stock exchange market, are very close to this.

Criticism of the concept of perfect competition

In reality, there is no market in which perfect competition exists. This is due to the following factors:

  1. Very few firms produce homogenous products. Even if the products were fairly identical, consumers are unlikely to view them as such.
  2. In real situations, consumers prefer variety for fuller satisfaction of their wants; hence homogenous products may not be very popular in these circumstances.
  • There is a common tendency towards large-scale operation. This tendency works against the assumption of having many small firms in an industry.
  1. Firms are not found in one place to cut down on transport costs as this market structure requires.
  2. Governments usually interfere in business activities in a variety of ways in the interest of their citizens. The assumption of non-interference by the state is therefore unrealistic in real world situations.
  3. Information does not freely flow in real markets so as to make both sellers and buyers fully knowledgeable of happenings in all parts of a given market.

MONOPOLY

A monopoly is a market structure in which only one firm produces a commodity which has no close substitutes.

Some of the features in this market structure are:

  1. One seller or producer; supplying the entire market with a product that has no close substitute consumers therefore have no option but to use the commodity from the monopolist to satisfy their need.
  2. Many unorganized buyers; in the market the buyers compete for the commodity supplied by the monopoly firm.
  3. The monopoly firm is the industry; because it supplies the entire market, the firms supply curve is also the market supply curve, and the demand curve of the firm is also the market demand curve.
  4. Entry into the market is closed; such barriers are either put by the firm or they result from advantages enjoyed by the monopoly firm e.g. protection by the government.
  5. Huge promotional and selling costs; are incurred in order to expand the market base and to maintain the existing market. This also helps to keep away potential competitors.
  6. The monopoly firm is a price maker or a price giver; the firm determines the price at which it will sell its output in the market. It can therefore increase or reduce the price of its commodity, depending on the profit it desires to make.
  7. Price Discrimination is may be possible; This is a situation where the firm charges different prices for same commodity in different markets.

Price discrimination may be facilitated by conditions such as;

  • Consumers being in different markets such that it is difficult for one to buy the product in the market where it is cheaper.
  • The production of the commodity is in the hands of a monopolist.
  • Market separation.

Market separation may be based on the following factors;

  • Geographical; Goods may be sold at different prices in different markets.
  • Income; Seller may charge different prices for his/her products to different categories of consumers depending on their income.
  • Time; a firm may sell the same commodity at a higher price during the peak period and lower the price during the off peak period.

Sources of monopoly power

  1. Control of an important input in production; A firm may control a strategic input or the entire raw materials used in the production of a commodity. Such a firm will easily acquire monopoly by not selling the raw materials to potential competitors.
  2. Ownership of production rights; where the right to production or ownership of commodity i.e. patent rights, copyrights and royalties belong to one person or firm, then, that creates a monopoly. Similarly, if the government gives licence to produce a commodity to one firm, then this will constitute a monopoly.
  • Internal economies of scale; The existence of internal economies of scale that enable a firm to reduce its production costs to the level that other firms cannot will force these other firms out of business leaving the firm as a monopoly.
  1. Size of the market; where the market is rather small and can only be supplied profitably by one firm.
  2. Additional costs by other firms; A firm may enjoy monopoly position in a particular area if other firms have to incur additional costs such as transport in order to sell in the area. These additional costs may increase the prices of the commodity to the level that it becomes less attractive hence giving the local firm monopoly status.
  3. Where a group of firms combine to act as one; Some firms may voluntarily combine/amalgamate or work together for the purpose of controlling the market of their product. Examples are cartels
  • Restrictive practices; A firm may engage in restrictive practices in order to force other firms of business and therefore be left as a monopoly. Such practices may include limit pricing i.e. where a firm sells its products at a very low price to drive away competitors.
  • Financial factors; where the initial capital outlay required is very large, thereby preventing other firms from entering the market.
  1. Where the government establishes a firm and gives it monopoly power to produce and sell ‘cheaply’(Government Policy)

Advantages of monopoly

  1. A monopoly is able to provide better working conditions to employees because of the high profits realised
  2. In some monopolies, high standards of services/goods are offered
  • Monopolies always enjoy economies of scale. This may help the consumer in that the goods supplied by a monopoly will bear lower prices.
  1. A monopolist may use the extra profit earned to carry out research and thus produce higher quality goods and services.
  2. The consumer is protected in that essential services such as water and power supply is not left to private businesses who would exploit the consumers.

Disadvantages of monopoly

  1. A monopolist can control output so as to charge high prices
  2. Consumers lack freedom of choice in that the product produced by a monopoly has no substitute
  • Low quality products may be availed to consumers due to lack of competition.

MONOPOLISTIC COMPETITION

Monopolistic competition is a market structure that falls within the range of imperfect competition i.e. falls between perfect competition and pure monopoly. It is therefore a market structure that combines the aspects of perfect competition and those of a monopoly.

Since it is not possible to have a market that is perfectly competitive or a market that is pure monopoly in real world, all market structures in real world lie between the two and are thus known as imperfect market structures.

In a monopolistic market, there are many sellers of a similar product which is made to look different. This is known as product differentiation. These similar products are made different through packaging, design, colour, branding e.t.c

The following are the assumptions of a monopolistic competition.

  1. A large number of sellers; Who operate independently.
  2. Differentiated products; Each firm manufactures a product which is differentiated from that of its competitors, yet they are relatively good substitutes of each other. The differences may be real in that different materials are used to make the product or may be imaginary i.e. created through advertising,branding,colour,packaging e.t.c
  • No barriers to entry or exit from industry; There is freedom of entry into the industry for new firms and for existing firms to leave the industry.
  1. Firms set their own prices; The prices are set depending on the costs incurred in production and the demand in the market.
  2. No firm has control over the factors of production; Each firm acquires the factors at the prevailing market prices.
  3. Presence of non-price competitions; Since products are close substitutes of each other, heavy advertising and other methods of product promotion are major characteristics of firms in monopolistic competition.
  • Buyers and sellers have perfect knowledge of the market.

OLIGOPOLY

This is a market structure where there are few firms. The firms are relatively large and command a substantial part of the market. It is a market structure between the monopolistic competition and monopoly.

Types of Oligopoly

Oligopoly may be classified according to the number of firms or the type of products they sell. They include:

  1. Duopoly; This refers to an oligopoly market structure which comprises of two firms. Mastermind Tobacco and British American Tobacco (BAT) are examples of duopoly in Kenya.
  2. Perfect/Pure oligopoly refers to an oligopolistic market that deals in products which are identical. Examples of pure oligopoly are companies dealing with petroleum products such as oil Libya, Caltex, Total, Shell, National Oil, Kenol and Kobil. These firm sell products which are identical such as kerosene, petrol and diesel.
  3. Imperfect/Differentiated Oligopoly; this is an oligopolistic market structure where firm have products which are the same but are made to appear different through methods such as packaging, advertising and branding.

Features of oligopoly

  1. Has few large sellers and many buyers.
  2. The firms are interdependent among themselves especially in their output and pricing.
  • Non-price competition, firms are in a position to influence the prices. However, they try to avoid price competition for the fear of price war.
  1. There is barriers to entry of firms due to reasons such as; requirement of large capital, Ownership of production rights, control over crucial raw materials, Restrictive practices etc
  2. High cost of selling through methods of advertisement due to severe competition.
  3. Products produced are either homogeneous or differentiated.
  • Uncertain demand curve due to the inter-dependence among the firms. Hence the shifting of the demand curve is not definite.
  • There is price rigidity i.e. once a price has been arrived at in an oligopolistic market, it tends to remain stable.

This feature explains why a firm in oligopolistic market faces two sets of demand curves resulting to a Kinked Demand Curve. One curve, for prices above the determined one, which is fairly gentle and the other curve for prices below the determined one which is fairly steep.

 

CHAIN/CHANNELS OF DISTRIBUTION

Introduction

  • Channels of distribution are the paths that goods and or services follow from the producers to the final users.
  • The persons involved in the distribution of goods from the producer to consumer are called middlemen or intermediaries.
  • There are different channels that different products follow. Some of the channels include the following:
  • Producer to agent to wholesaler to retailer to consumer.
  • Producer to co – operative society to marketing board to wholesaler to retailer to consumer.
  • Producer to marketing board to wholesaler to retailer to consumer.
  • Producer to wholesaler to retailer to consumer.
  • Producer to wholesaler to consumer
  • Producer to retailer to consumer
  • Producer to consumer

Costs incurred by middlemen while distributing goods

  1. Buying costs. They incur this cost by paying for them from the producers or other middlemen.
  2. Transport cost. Some middlemen do transport goods from the producer to other middlemen or to the final users.
  3. Storage costs. Middlemen do keep the goods until their demand arises. This will therefore require them to hire or construct their own warehouses.
  4. Advertising or marketing costs. Some middlemen do carry out marketing of goods on behalf of the producers and other middlemen. In the process, they pay for such services.
  5. Insurance costs. Middlemen do insure the goods they are trading in to ensure compensation in the event of loss.
  6. Operation costs. Middlemen just like other businesses do incur operating costs such as salaries to employees, electricity, maintenance among others.
  7. Preparation costs. Some middlemen to prepare goods before they are sold to the consumers. Such activities include packing, assembling and blending. They have to meet such costs on behalf the producer, other middlemen and consumers.

CHANNELS OF DISTRIBUTING VARIOUS PRODUCTS (refer to Inventor book three pages 50 to 53)

ROLES OF MIDDLEMEN

The following are some the roles performed by middlemen in the chain of distribution

  • Bulk accumulation (assembling). They similar goods from different producers in small quantities and then offering the large amount gathered to buyers who may want to buy in large volumes.
  • Reducing transactions. The interactions between the producers and the consumers will be reduced since the middlemen are the ones who will be communicating to the consumers.
  • Bulk breaking. They buy in large quantities and then sell in small quantities as desired by the consumers.
  • Risk taking. They assume all the risks related with the movement of goods from the producers to the consumers. Such risks include theft, damages, loss due to bad debts.
  • Finance provision. Middlemen provide finance to the producers by buying goods in large quantities and paying for them in time.
  • Provision of information. Middlemen gather market information from the consumers then pass to the producers who in turn produce goods in line with the tastes of consumers.
  • Marketing/product promotion. Middlemen are involved in marketing of goods hence stimulating the interest of consumers.
  • Provision of transport. Middlemen do transport goods from the producers up to the where the consumers can access them. Both the producers and consumers are hence relieved of transport costs.
  • Storage
  • Variety provision
  • Availing goods to consumers

FACTORS TO CONSIDER BEFORE SELECTING A DISTRIBUTION CHANNEL

Factors that influence the choice of a distribution channel include the following:

  • Product nature. Perishable products should be sold directly to the consumers because delays may result to losses since they go bad fast. In addition, bulky products need direct selling in order to reduce transportation and stock handling costs.
  • Nature of the market. Where the market is concentrated in one area, direct selling is appropriate. A longer channel of distribution is preferred where the market is widely spread.
  • Role of intermediary. The channel chosen should be able to perform the services related to the product being sold e.g. for technical goods, the middleman should be able to offer technical support to the customers.
  • Resources and size of the firm/producer. If the producer is small, then direct selling would be appropriate. Large firms with sufficient financial resources can opt for long channels of distribution.
  • Channels used by competitors. If a firm wants its products to compete with those of the competitors, then is it prudent to use similar channels. A firm that wants to avoid competition should use a different channel of distribution.
  • Government policy. The channel chosen should be able to meet government regulations such as all middlemen distributing pharmaceutical products must be recognized by the relevant government bodies (Pharmacy and Poisons Board).
  • Marketing risks. In the event the firm wants to avoid risks related to distribution, it will opt for middlemen.

Questions

  1. State four channels for distributing imported goods.
  2. Explain five factors that can influence the choice of a channel of distribution.
  3. Outline five costs incurred by middlemen in the distribution process.
  4. Describe the roles played by middlemen in the distribution chain.
  5. Outline the circumstances under which a producer would sell directly to consumers.

 

 NATIONAL INCOME

 

This is the total income received by the providers/owners of the factors of production in a given country over a given time period.

Terms used in national income

  • Gross Domestic Product (GDP). This is the total monetary value of all goods and services produced in a country during a particular year. Such goods and services must have been produced within the country.
  • Net Domestic Product (NDP). This is the GDP less depreciation. Depreciation is the loss in value of the assets such as machines used in the production of goods and services.
  • Gross National Product (GNP). This measures the total monetary value of all the goods and services produced by the people of a country regardless of whether they in or outside the country. It takes into account exports and imports. The difference between exports and imports is called net Factor Income from abroad. GNP therefore is the sum of GDP and net factor income from abroad.
  • Net National Product (NNP). This recognizes the loss in value of the capital used in the production of goods. Capital here refers to capital goods. NNP is the difference between GNP and the depreciation.
  • Per capita income. This is the average income per head per year in a given country. It is also the national income divided by the population of the country.

CIRCULAR FLOW OF INCOME

  • This is the continuous movement of income between the households (providers of factors of production) and the firms (producers of goods and services).
  • The factors of production are received from households.
  • The firms pay the rewards of such factors to the households (expenditure to the firms and income to the households).
  • The households in turn use the income to buy the goods and services produced by the firms (expenditure to households and income to firms).

Assumptions/features of circular flow of income

  • Existence of two sectors only. It is assumed that the economy has only two sectors that is households and firms. The households provide the factors of production while firms are involved in the production of goods and services.
  • Total spending by households. It is assumed that the households spend all their income on the goods and services produced by the firms i.e. no savings.
  • Total spending by the firms. It is assumed that the firms spend the money received from the sale of goods and services to pay for the rewards of production factors.
  • Lack of government intervention. The government does not influence how the firms and households carry out their activities. Such interventions are in the form of taxes, price controls among others.
  • Closed economy. Exports and imports do not exist in such an economy.

Factors affecting the circular flow of income

  • The factors can either lead to increase in income and expenditure (injections) or lead to a reduction in the volume of flow (withdrawals).

The factors include the following:

  • This takes place when the households do not spend all their income on the purchase of goods and services. This reduces the income to be received by firms hence savings is a withdrawal from the circular flow of income.
  • Taxation reduces the amount of money available for spending therefore it is a withdrawal/leakage from the circular flow of income.
  • Government expenditure. The government may buy goods from the firms or provide subsidies. This will translate in to an injection into the circular flow of income.
  • When firms put more capital into the production, output will increase hence an increase in income (injection).
  • When goods and services are bought from other countries, money will be spent hence a reduction in the circular flow of income (withdrawal).
  • Through exports, a country is able to receive money from other countries (injections)

Injections

  • Investments
  • Government spending
  • Exports

Withdrawals

  • Savings
  • Taxation
  • Imports

APPROACHES USED IN MEASURING NATIONAL INCOME

  • Expenditure Approach

National income is arrived at summing expenditure on all final goods and services (that have reached the final stage of production). Such expenditure is divided into:

  1. Expenditure on consumer goods ( C)
  2. Expenditure on capital goods (I)
  3. Expenditure by government (G)
  4. Expenditure on net exports (X – M)

Therefore national income = C+I+G+(X – M)

Problems associated with expenditure approach

  • Lack of accurate records particularly in the private sector
  • Approximation of expenditure of the subsistence sector
  • Difficulty in differentiating between final expenditure and intermediate expenditure
  • Double counting may exist
  • Fluctuating exchange rates may cause problems in the valuation of imports and exports.
  • Income approach
  • In this method, the national income is arrived at by summing all the money received by those who participate in the production of goods and services.
  • Such incomes are in the form of rewards to the production factors (wages, rent, interest and profits).
  • Public income is also taken into account i.e. it is the income received by the government from its investments (Parastatals, joint ventures).
  • Transfer payments are excluded since they represent a redistribution of incomes from those who have earned them to the recipient’s e.g. National insurance schemes.

Problems related to this method

  1. Determination of what proportion of transfer payments constitute in the income of a country.
  2. Inaccurate data may exist since business people may not tell the truth about their income in order to evade tax.
  3. Price fluctuations may make national income determination difficult.
  4. Income from illegal activities is not captured.
  5. Valuation of income from subsistence economy may be difficult e.g. housewives.

Assignment: Read and make short notes on Output approach (refer to Inventor book three pages 65 – 66).

USES OF NATIONAL INCOME STATISTICS

  • Indicators of standards of living. If the national income is equitably distributed, then the standards of living will be high.
  • Measuring economic growth. The statistics of one year are compared with previous year to show whether there is improvement or not.
  • Inter country comparison. They are used to compare the economic welfare among countries hence knowing which country is better off and by how much. However, the following challenges may be faced when carrying the comparisons: different in currencies, different goods and services, disparity in income distribution and difference in tastes and preferences.
  • Investment decisions. They assist the government and other investors to know the sectors to

put their money. The statistics provide relevant information concerning the performance of each sector.

  • Basis of equitable distribution of income. The statistics can be used to spread income to the hands of majority of the citizens incase a few individuals control the economy.
  • Planning purposes. The statistics will show the contribution of each sector thus helping the government in allocating the funds to the various sectors.

Factors which influences the level of national income.

  • Quantity and quality of production. If the factors are more in terms of quantity of good quality, the output will be high hence increasing in national income.
  • State of technology. A country with high level of technology will produce goods in large volumes hence high national income.
  • Political stability. Countries which are relatively stable politically experience high production hence high national income level.
  • Accuracy of accounting systems. If the methods used to gather data are accurate, then the overall statistical figures will the accurate hence reliable.
  • Proportion of the subsistence sector. Subsistence sector’s output is not normally included in the statistical figures. If it represents a large proportion, therefore the national income level will be low.
  1. For other factors refer to Inventor book three pages 68 – 69.

Reasons why high per capita income is not an indicator of a better living standard in a country

  • Statistical problems. The collection of the national income data may be inaccurate meaning that the national income figures might be incorrect hence wrong per capita income.
  • Changes in money value. If the currency has been devalued, there can be change in the value of money without necessarily representing any changes in the welfare of the people.
  • Income distribution. The per capita may be high even though the income is in the hands of very few people thus it is not a representative of the majority.
  • Nature of products. If the products are not meant to satisfy immediate wants of the people, then an increase in per capita income may not lead to a higher economic welfare.
  • Peoples’ hard work and attitude. Increased national income may mean less sleep and more worries. People have no time to enjoy what they produce and their welfare may be low despite the rise in national income.
  • Social costs. People may migrate from rural areas to urban areas straining family relationships while an increase in industries may create pollution, congestion and other environmental disruptions.

Questions

  1. State four problems encountered in comparing standards of living in different countries using national income statistics
  2. Using a diagram, describe the circular flow of income.
  3. Explain five factors that may influence the level of national income of a country
  4. Outline four limitations of expenditure approach used in measuring national income.
  5. Explain five reasons why high per capita income may not translate to better living standards in a country.
  6. Describe five factors that affect the circular flow of income.

 

THE CASHBOOKS AND THE LEDGER

 

The cash book

This is a special ledger which is used to record cash and cheque transactions.

It contains only the cash in hand and cash at bank (i.e. cash and bank) accounts

  1. Nominal ledger

This ledger is used to record business expenses and incomes (gains). It contains all the nominal accounts.

  1. Private ledger

This ledger is used in recording private accounts i.e. confidential and valuable fixed assets and the personal accounts of the proprietors such as capital accounts and drawing accounts.

  • The general ledger

The general ledger contains all other accounts that are not kept in any other ledger e.g. buildings, furniture and stock accounts.

-Personal accounts of debtors or creditors who do not arise out of sale or purchase of goods on credit are found in the general ledger e.g. debtors as a result of sale of fixed asset on credit and expense creditors.

  1. C) Private accounts

These are accounts that the business considers to be confidential and are not availed to everybody except the management and the owners.

-These accounts may be personal or impersonal.

-They include capital account, drawings accounts, trading, profit and loss accounts.

Types of ledgers

The following are the main types of ledgers that are used to keep the various accounts

  1. The sales ledger (Debtors ledger)

This is the ledger in which accounts of individual debtors are kept.

-It is used to record the value of goods sold on credit and the customers to whom the credit sales are made, hence contains the personal names of the debtors.

-It is called a sales ledger because the accounts of debtors kept herein are as a result of sale of goods on credit. An account is kept for each customer to which is debited the value of credit sale. Payment made by the debtor are credited to the account and debited in the cash book.

  1. Purchases ledger(creditors ledger)

The purchases ledger contains accounts of creditors i.e. contains the records of the value of goods bought on credit and the suppliers of such goods.

It is a record of the debts payable by the business due to credit purchases.

An account is kept for each creditor to the credit side of which is posted the value of.

  1. b) Impersonal accounts

This category of ledger accounts includes all other accounts that are not personal in nature e.g. buildings, purchases, rent, sales and discounts received.

Impersonal accounts fall into two types

  • Real accounts
  • Nominal accounts
  • Real accounts: These are accounts of tangible assets or property e.g. buildings, land, furniture, fittings, machinery, stock, cash (at bank and in hand) e.t.c

These accounts are also used to draw up the balance sheet.

  • Nominal account: These are accounts of items that relate to gains and losses and whose balances at the end of the accounting period.

-All expenses, revenues, sales and purchases are hence nominal accounts.

-The main business expenses include purchases,sales,returns,insurance,stationary,repairs,depreciation,heating,discount allowed, lighting interests,printing,wages,rent,rates and advertising.

The value of losses is included in the same side as the expenses when drawing up the final accounts though it is not an expense.

-The income (revenues) include sales,returns,claims out, interest receivable, dividends receivable and commission receivable. Profit is usually categorised together with these incomes when drawing up the final accounts.

Classification of ledger accounts

Many businesses handle few transactions, hence they have few records to keep. Their accounts can thus be kept in a single ledger referred to as the general ledger

As a business grows the volume of transactions increases. This single ledger, therefore, becomes very bulky with accounts and it becomes difficult to make reference to it.

In order to simplify the recording of transactions and facilitate reference to the accounts, ledger accounts are usually classified and each category kept in a special ledger.

NOTE (i) Since many transactions are cash transactions which are normally recorded in the bank and cash accounts a need arises to remove them from the main/general ledger to a separate ledger called the cash book.

(ii)  The number of ledgers kept depends on the size of the business.

Classes of accounts

All accounts can be classified into either personal or impersonal accounts.

  1. Personal accounts

-These are account of persons

-They relate to personal, companies or associations.

-They are mainly accounts of debtors and creditors.

NOTE: capital account is the proprietors personal account, showing the net worth of the business hence it is a personal account.

-The account balances of these accounts are used to draw up the balance sheet.

-In the ledger, the trial balance total is not affected.

Purpose of a trial balance

The purpose of a trial balance include:

  1. Checking the accuracy in the ledger accounts as to whether;

i-The rule of double entry has been adhered to or observed/ complied with.

ii-There are arithmetical errors in the ledger accounts

  1. Gives a summary of the ledger i.e. summary of the transactions which have taken place during a given period
  2. Provide information (account balances) for preparing final accounts such as the trading account, profit and loss account and the balance sheet.
  3. Test whether the ledger account balances have been posted to the right side of the trial balance.

Limitations of a trial balance

Even when the trial balance totals are equal, it does not mean that there are no errors made in the ledgers. This is because there are some errors that do not affect the trial balance.

A trial balance only assures the book keeper that the total of debit entries is equal to total credit entries. The errors that do not affect the trial balances are:

  1. Error of total omission; This occurs when a transaction takes place and nothing about it is recorded in the books of accounts i.e. it is completely omitted such that neither a credit nor a debit entry is made in the ledgers.
  2. Error of original entry; this occurs where both the debit and credit entries are made using similar but erroneous figures. As the wrong amount is recorded in the two accounts.
  • Error of commission; This occurs where double entry is completed but in the wrong persons accounts especially due to a confusion in names e.g. a debit entry of shs.2000 was made in Otieno’s account instead of Atieno’s account.
  1. Compensating errors; These are errors whose effects cancel out e.g. over debiting debtors account by sh.300 and under debiting cash account by sh.300.
  2. Complete reversal of entries; This occurs where the account to be debited is credited and the account to be credited is debited e.g. the sale of goods to Lydia on credit may be recorded as follows;

Dr.sales a/c

Cr.Lydius a/c              instead of

 

Dr.Lydius a/c

Cr.sales a/c

 

  1. Error of principle; This is where a transaction is recorded in the wrong account of a different class from the correct one e.g. repairs of machinery was debited in the machinery instead of debiting the repairs account.

TRIAL BALANCE

-A trial balance is a statement prepared at a particular date showing all the debit balances on one column and all the credit balances on another column.

NOTE: A trial balance is not an account but merely a list of assets, expenses and losses on the left and capital liabilities and incomes (including profits) on the right.

-The totals of a trial balance should agree if the double entry has been carried out correctly and there are no arithmetic errors both in the ledger as well as in the trial balance itself.

-If the two sides of a trial balance are not equal, it means there is an error or errors either in the trial balance or in the ledger accounts or in both.

Errors that may cause a trial balance not to balance

  1. Partial omission: A transaction was recorded on only one account i.e. a debit or a credit entry might have been omitted in one of the affected accounts.
  2. Transferring (posting): a wrong balance to a trial balance.
  • Different amounts for the same transaction might have been entered in the accounts(Amount Dr.different from amount cr)
  1. Failure to post a balance to the trial balance (omission of a balance from the trial balance
  2. Posting a balance to the wrong side of the trial balance
  3. Recording a transaction on the same side of the affected accounts(partial reversal entry)
  • Arithmetic mistakes might have been made when balancing the ledger accounts
  • Arithmetic errors in balancing the trial balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUSINESS STUDIES FORM FOUR NOTES

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

These are prepared at the end of a given trading period to determine the profit and losses of the business, and also to show the financial position of the business at a given time.

They includes; trading account, profit and loss account, trading profit and loss account and the balance sheet.

They are also referred to as the final statements.

The trading period is the duration through which the trading activities are carried out in the business before it decides to determines it performances in terms of profit or loss. It may be one week, month, six months or even a year depending on what the owner wants.

Most of the business use one year as their trading period. It is also referred to as the accounting period.

At the end of the accounting period, the following takes place;

  • All the accounts are balanced off
  • A trial balance is extracted
  • Profit or loss is determined
  • The balance sheet is prepared

Determining the profit or loss of a business

When a business sells its stock above the buying price/cost of acquiring the stock, it makes a profit, while if it sells below it makes a loss. The profit realized when the business sell it stock beyond the cost is what is referred to as the gross profit, while if it is a loss then it is referred to as a gross loss.

It is referred to as the gross profit /loss because it has not been used to cater for the expenses that may have been incurred in selling that stock, such as the salary of the salesman, rent for the premises, water bills, etc. it therefore implies that the businessman cannot take the whole gross profit for its personal use but must first deduct the total cost of all other expenses that may have been incurred.

The profit realized after the cost of all the expenses incurred has been deducted is what becomes the real profit for the owner of the business, and is referred to as Net profit. The net profit can be determined through calculation or preparation of profit and loss account.

In calculating the gross profit, the following adjustments are put in place

  • Return inwards/Sales return: – these are goods that had been sold to the customers, but they have returned them to the business for one reason or the other. It therefore reduces the value of sales, and is therefore subtracted from sales to obtain the net sales

Therefore Net sales = Sales – Return inwards

  • Return outwards/purchases return: – these are goods that had been bought from the suppliers to the business and have been returned to them for one reason or the other. It reduces the purchases and is therefore subtracted from the purchases to obtain the net purchases.
  • Drawings: – this refers to goods that the owner of the business has taken from the business for his own use. It reduces the value of purchases, and is therefore subtracted from purchases when determining the net purchases. It is different from the other drawing in that it is purely goods and not money
  • Carriage inwards/Carriage on purchases: – this is the cost incurred by the suppliers in transporting the goods from his premises to the customers business. It is treated as part of the purchases, and therefore increases the value of purchases. It is added to purchases to determine the actual value of purchases/Net purchases.

Therefore Net Purchases = Purchases + Carriage inwards – Return Outwards – Drawings

  • Carriage outwards/Carriage on sales: – this is the cost that the business has incurred in transporting goods from its premises to the customer’s premises. The cost reduces the business profit that would have been realized as a result of the sale, and is therefore treated as an expense and is subtracted from the gross profit, before determining the net profit.
  • Opening stock is the stock of goods at the beginning of the trading period, while the closing stock is the stock of the goods at the end of the trading period

Gross profit is therefore calculated as follows;

Gross Profit = Sales – Return inwards – (Opening stock + Purchases + carriage inwards – Return outwards – Closing stock)

Or

Gross profit = Net sales – Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)

 

COGS = Opening Stock + Net Purchases – Closing stock

 

Net Profit = Gross profit – Total expenses

 

Trading Account

This is prepared by the business to determine the gross profit/loss during that trading period

It takes the following format:

Name of the business

Trading Account

Dr                               For the period (date)                           Cr

                               Shs                 Shs

Opening stock                         xxxxxx

add Purchases              xxxxx

add Carriage inwards      xxx

less Return Outwards      xxx

less Drawings                   xx    xxxxx

Goods available for sale         xxxxxx

Less Closing Stock                       xxx

Cost Of Goods Sold (COGS) xxxxxx

Gross profit c/d                           xxxx

xxxxxx

 

                               Shs                 Shs

Sales                    xxxxxx

Less Return inwards  xxx

Net sales                                 xxxxxx

 

 

 

 

 

xxxxxx

Gross profit b/d                           xxxx

The trading account is completed by the time the gross profit b/d is determined

For example

The following balances were obtained from the books of Ramera Traders for the year ending may 31st 2010

Sales                                   670 000

Purchases                           380 000

Return inwards                     40 000

Carriage outwards              18 000

Return outwards                           20 000

Carriage inwards                10 000

Additional information:

  • During the year the owner took goods worth sh 5 000 for his family use
  • The stock as at 1st June 2009 was shs 60 000, while the stock as at 31st May 2011 was shs 70 000

Required; Prepare Ramera Traders trading account for the period ending 31st May

2010

 

Ramera Traders

Trading Account

Dr               For the period ending 31/5/2010                                                                   Cr

                               Shs                 Shs

Opening stock                          60 000

add Purchases           380 000

add Carriage inwards 10 000

less Return Outwards 20 000

less Drawings              5 000 365 000

Goods available for sale    425 000

Less Closing Stock             70 000

Cost Of Goods Sold (COGS)355,000

Gross profit c/d                  275,000

630,000

 

                            Shs                    Shs

Sales                     670 000

Less Return inwards40 000

Net sales                                630 000

 

 

 

 

 

 

630 000

Gross profit b/d             275 000

NB:Carriage outwards is not an item of Trading account, but profit and loss account as an expense.

Importance of Trading account

  1. It is used to determine the gross profit/loss for a given trading period for appropriate decision making by the management.
  2. It is used in determining the cost of goods that was sold during that particular accounting period.
  • It is used to reveal the volume of turnover i.e net sales
  1. May be used to compare the performance of the business in the current accounting period and the previous periods. It can also compare its performance with other similar businesses
  2. It facilitates the preparation of profit and loss account, since the gross profit is carried forward to the profit and loss account.

Profit and Loss account

In preparation of this account, the gross profit is brought down on the credit sides, with all other revenues/income of the business being credited and the expenses together with the net profit being debited. Net profit = Total Revenues (including Gross Profit) – Total expenses

 

 

 

 

Name of the business

Profit and Loss Account

Dr                               For the period (date)                           Cr

                                                      Shs

Expenses

Insurance                                      xxx

Electricity                                     xxx

Water bills                                    xxx

Carriage Outwards                       xxx

General expenses                          xxx

Provision for Depreciation         xxxx

Discount allowed                          xxx

Commission allowed                  xxxx

Rent paid                                   xxxx

Any other expense                      xxxx

Net profit c/d                             xxxx

xxxxxx

 

                                                     Shs

Gross profit b/d                       xxxxxx

Discount received                         xxx

Rent income                                  xxx

Commission received                   xxx

Any other income received           xxx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

xxxxxx

Net profit b/d                 xxxx

The Profit and Loss Account is complete when net profit b/d is obtained. In the trial balance, the revenues/incomes are always credited, while the expenses are debited, and the same treatment is found in the Profit and Loss Account. (Any item that is taken to the Profit and Loss Account with a balance appearing in the Debit (Dr) side of a trial balance is treated as an expense, while those appearing in the Credit (Cr) side are revenue e.g. discount balance appearing in the Dr Side is Discount Allowed, while the one on Cr side is Discount Received)

For example

The following information relates to Akinyi’s Traders for the period ending March 28th 2010. Use it to prepare profit and loss account.

Gross profit                        100 000             Discount received        12 000

Salaries and wages             20 000               Power and lighting       10 000

Opening stock                    150 000                  Rent income           10 000

Commission allowed           15 000             Commission received               16 000

Repairs                                 10 000            Discount allowed          8 000

Provision for depreciation      6 000            Carriage outwards         4 000

 

 

 

Akinyi Traders

Profit and Loss Account

Dr                For the period ending 28th March 2010            Cr

                                                      Shs

Expenses

Power and lighting                  10 000

Carriage Outwards                     4 000

Salaries and wages                   20 000

Provision for Depreciation        6 000

Discount allowed                       8 000

Commission allowed               15 000

Repairs                                     10 000

Net profit c/d                           65 000

138 000

 

                                                Shs

Gross profit b/d                     100 000

Discount received                    12 000

Rent income                             10 000

Commission received              16 000

 

 

 

 

 

138 000

Net profit b/d                          65 000

In case the expenses are more than the income, then the business shall have made a net loss, and the loss will be credited.

Net profit/loss can also be found through calculation as follows;

Net profit/loss = Gross profit + Total other revenues – Total expenses

For the above example;

Total other revenues = 12 000 + 10 000 + 16 000= 38 000

Total expenses = 10 000 + 4 000 + 20 000 + 6 000 + 8 000 + 15 000 + 10 000

= 73 000

Therefore; Net profit = Gross profit + Total other revenues – Total expenses

= 100 000 + 38 000 – 73 000= 65 000

Importance of Profit and Loss account

  • It shows the revenue earned, and all the expenses incurred during the accounting period
  • It used to determine the net profit/net loss of a given trading period
  • It is a requirement by the government for the purpose of taxation
  • May be used by the employees to gauge the strength of the business, in terms of its ability to pay them well
  • It is vital for the prospective investor in the business, in terms of determining the viability of the business
  • The creditors or loaners may use it to assess the business ability to pay back their debts
  • It is used by the management to make a decision on the future of their business.

Trading, Profit and Loss Account

This is the combination of trading account and trading profit and loss account to form a single document. It ends when the net profit/loss brought down has been determined. That is;

Name of the business

Trading, Profit and Loss Account

Dr                               For the period (date)                                                                  Cr

                            Shs                 Shs

Opening stock                         xxxxxx

add Purchases        xxxxx

add Carriage inwards xxx

less Return Outwards xxx

less Drawings           xx            xxxxx

Goods available for sale         xxxxxx

Less Closing Stock                       xxx

Cost Of Goods Sold (COGS) xxxxxx

Gross profit c/d                          xxxx

Xxxxxx

 

Expenses

Insurance                                      xxx

Electricity                                     xxx

Water bills                                    xxx

Carriage Outwards                        xxx

General expenses                          xxx

Provision for Depreciation         xxxx

Discount allowed                          xxx

Commission allowed                  xxxx

Rent paid                                     xxxx

Any other expense                      xxxx

Net profit c/d                              xxxx

xxxxxx

 

                            Shs                    Shs

Sales                  xxxxxx

Less Return inwards xxx

Net sales                                 xxxxxx

 

 

 

 

 

xxxxxx

Gross profit b/d                           xxxx

 

 

Discount received                         xxx

Rent income                                  xxx

Commission received                   xxx

Any other income received           xxx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

xxxxxx

Net profit b/d                              xxxx

End Year Adjustments

The following items may require to be adjusted at the end of the trading period

  • Revenues/Income
  • Expenses
  • Fixed assets

Adjustment on revenues

The revenue may have been paid in advance in part or whole (prepaid revenue) or may be paid later after the trading period (accrued revenue).

Prepaid revenue is subtracted from the revenue/income to be received and the difference is what is treated in the profit and loss account or trading profit and loss account as an income, while the accrued revenue is added to the revenue/income to be received and the sum is what is treated in the above accounts as the actual revenue.

Only the prepaid amount and the accrued amounts are what are then taken to the balance sheet.

Adjustment on the expenses

The expenses may have been paid for in advance in part or whole (prepaid expenses) or may be paid for later after the trading period (accrued expenses).

Prepaid expenses is subtracted from the expenses to be paid for and the difference is what is treated in the profit and loss account or trading profit and loss account as an expense, while the accrued expenses is added to the expenses to be paid for and the sum is what is treated in the above accounts as the actual expenses.

NB: Only the prepaid amount and the accrued amounts are what are then taken to the balance sheet.

Adjustment on fixed assets

The fixed assets may decrease in value, due to tear and wear. This makes the value to go down over time, what is referred to as depreciation. The amount of depreciation is always estimated as a percentage of cost.

The amount that shall have depreciated is treated in the profit and loss account or T,P&L as an expense, while the value of the asset is recorded in the balance sheet, less depreciation.

For example;

  1. 1997 The following Trial balance was prepared from the books of Paka Traders as at 31st December 1995. Trial balance December 31st 1995

Dr. (shs)                    Cr. (shs)

 

Sales                                                                  980,000

Purchases                   600,000

Returns                        80,000                            20 000

Carriage in                                                                    40,000

Carriage out                        3,000

Stock (Jan 1st 1999)           120,000

Rent                                       60,000                    45 000

Discount                                 15,000                   25 000

Motor vehicle                       150 000

Machinery                                      250 000

Debtors                                 120,000

Salaries                                    18,000

Commission                               7,000                          12 000

Capital                                                                 178,000

Insurance                                 15 000

Creditors                                                              240,000

Cash                                        122 000

1 540 000                1 540 000

Additional information

  1. Stock as at 31st December was 100,000
  2. the provision for depreciation was 10% on the cost of Motor vehicle, and 5% on the cost of Machinery

Required: Prepare trading profit and loss account for the period ending 31st December 1999

Adjustments: Provision for depreciation;

Machinery =  = 7 500

(New balance of machinery = 250 000 – 7 500 = 242 500. The 242 500 is taken to the balance as Machinery (fixed asset), while 7 500 is taken to the trading profit and loss account as expenses)

Motor vehicle =  = 15 000

(New balance of Motor Vehicle = 150 000 – 15 000 = 135 000. The 135 000 is taken to the balance as Motor Vehicle (fixed asset), while 15 000 is taken to the trading profit and loss account as expenses)

Paka Traders

Trading, Profit and Loss Account

Dr    For the period 31/12/1995        Cr

                              Shs                 Shs

Opening stock                        120 000

add Purchases      600 000

add Carriage inwards40 000

less Return Outwards20 000  620 000

Goods available for sale         740 00

Less Closing Stock                100 000

Cost Of Goods Sold (COGS)640 000

Gross profit c/d                     260 000

900 000

Expenses

Insurance                                  15000

Carriage Outwards                    30000

Salaries                                    18 000

Provision for Depreciation

Motor vehicle             15 000

Machinery              7 500         22500

Discount allowed                    15 000

Commission allowed               7 000

Rent paid                                 60 000

Net profit c/d                         174 500

342 000

 

                           Shs                    Shs

Sales                      980 000

Less Return inwards 80 000

Net sales                                900 000

 

 

 

 

 

900 000

Gross profit b/d                     260 000

Discount received                    25 000

Rent income                             45 000

Commission received              12 000

 

 

 

 

342 000

Net profit b/d                        174 500

The net profit/loss may be taken to the balance sheet.

The items that have been adjusted will be recorded in the balance sheet less the adjustment.

The Balance Sheet

The balance sheet will show the business financial position in relation to assets, capital and liabilities. The adjustment that can be made will be on Fixed assets and capital only. That is;

Fixed assets are recorded less their depreciation value (should there be provision for depreciation) as the actual value.

Actual value of assets = Old value – depreciation.

Capital is adjusted with the following; Net capital, Drawings and additional investment. i.e.

Closing Capital/Net capital (C.C) = Opening/initial capital (O.C) + Additional Investment (I) + Net profit (N.P) or (less Net Loss) – Drawings

CC = OC + I + NP – D

Where:

Opening Capital: – the capital at the beginning of the trading period

Closing capital: – the capital as at the end of the trading period

Additional Investment: – any amount or asset that the owner adds to the business during the trading period

Net profit: – the profit obtained from the trading activities during the period. In case of a loss, it is subtracted.

Types of Capital

The capital in the business can be classified as follows:

  • Capital Owned/Owner’s Equity/Capital invested; – this is the capital that the owner of the business has contributed to the business. It is the Net capital/Closing capital of the business (C = A – L)
  • Borrowed capital: – the resources brought into the business from the outside sources. They are the long term liabilities of the business.
  • Working capital: – these are resources in the business that can be used to meet the immediate obligation of the business. It is the difference between the total current assets and total current liabilities

Working Capital = Total Current Assets – Total Current Liabilities

  • Capital employed: – these are the resources that has been put in the business for a long term. i.e.

Capital Employed = Total Fixed assets + Working Capital

Or

Capital employed = Capital Invested + Long term liabilities

Name of the business

Balance Sheet

As at (date)

                        Shs                  shs

Fixed Assets

Land                              xxxxx

Buildings                        xxxxx

Motor Vehicle                xxxxx

Any other fixed assets   xxxxx   xxxxxx

Current Assets

Stock                               xxxx

Debtors                            xxxx

Bank                                 xxxx

Cash                                 xxxx

Prepaid Expenses            xxxx

Accrued revenues            xxxx

Any other current assets  xxxx   xxxxxx

 

 

xxxxxx

                              Shs               shs

 

Capital                        xxxxx

Add Net profit               xxxx

Add additional investt    xxx

Less drawings               xxx

Net Capital                           xxxxx

Long term liabilities

Long term loan            xxxx

Any other                xxxx       xxxx

Current liabilities

Creditors                      xxxx

Short term loan            xxxx

Accrued expenses       xxxx

Prepaid revenues        xxxx

Any other                     xxxx        xxxxx

xxxxxx

Example 00A: The following information were extracted from the trial balance of Mwema traders on 31st December 2010

Sales                 750 000             Furniture           288 000

Purchases          540 000             Electricity expenses  16 000

Sales return       24 000               Motor vehicle            720 000

Return outwards        30 000               Rent expenses            2 500

General expenses72 000             Capital                       842 500

Commission received         24 000      Bank Loan                 250 000

Cash                 156 000             Creditors           216 000

Debtors             244 000

Additional Information

  1. Stock as at 31/12/2010 was ksh 72 000
  2. Electricity prepaid was shs 4 000
  3. Rent expenses accrued shs 3500
  4. Depreciation was provided for as follows

-Motor Vehicle 15% p.a. on cost        -Furniture 6% p.a. on cost

Required

  • Prepare Trading, profit and loss account for the year
  • Prepare a balance sheet as at 31st December 2012
  • Determine the following:

-Owner’s equity       -Borrowed capital   -Working capital   -Capital employed

Adjustments:

Motor Vehicle =  = 108 000

Therefore Motor vehicle = 612 000

Furniture =  = 17 280

Therefore furniture = 270 720

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mwema Traders

Trading, Profit and Loss Account

Dr                          For the period 31/12/2010                      Cr

                              Shs                 Shs

Purchases                540 000

less Return Outwards30 000  510 000

Goods available for sale        510 000

Less Closing Stock                  72 000

Cost Of Goods Sold (COGS)438 000

Gross profit c/d                      288 000

726 000

Expenses                               General expenses                               72 000

Electricity expenses      16 000

Less Electricity prepaid  4 000          12 000

 

Rent expenses               2 500

Accrued rent exp  3 500            6 000

 

Provision for Depreciation

Motor vehicle             108 000

Furniture            17 280         125 280

Net profit c/d                          96 720

312 000

 

                          Shs                    Shs

Sales                           750 000

Less Return inwards      24 000

Net sales                                           726 000

 

 

 

726 000

Gross profit b/d                     288 000

Commission received             24 000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

312 000

Net profit b/d                          96 720

Mwema Traders

Balance Sheet

As at 31/12/2010

                                   Shs                 shs

Fixed Assets

Motor Vehicle          612 000

Furniture                  270 720     882 720

 

Current Assets

Stock                          72 000

Debtors                    244 000

Electricity prepaid       4 000

Bank                          50 000

Cash                 156 000     526 000

 

1 408 720

                                     Shs               shs

Capital                      842 500

Add Net profit             96 720

Net Capital                                939 220

 

Long term liabilities

Bank Loan                               250 000

 

Current liabilities

Creditors                216 000

Accrued rent          3 500   219 500

 

1 408 720

Basic Financial Ratios

A ratio is an expression of one item in relation to the other. It is used to compare the groups of related items in the business, for the purpose of assessing the performance of the business. They include:

  1. Mark-up

This is the comparison of gross profit as a percentage of cost of goods sold. i.e.

Mark-up =

=   100

For example: in (example OOA) above, determine the mark-up of the business.

Mark-up =

Gross profit = 288 000

COGS = 438 000

Mark-up =   100

= 65.75%

(This implies that the Gross profit of the business is 65.75% of its cost of goods sold)

  1. Margin

This is the expression of the gross profit as a percentage of net sales. That is:

Margin =

=   100

For example: in (example OOA) above, determine the margin of the business

Margin =

Gross profit = 288 000

Net sales = 726 000

=   100

= 39.67%

(This implies that the gross profit of the business is 39.67% of the net sales)

Relationship between margin and mark-up

Since margin and mark-up are all the expression of Gross profit, it is possible to change one to the other.

  • Changing mark-up to margin

Mark-up can be changed to margin as follows:

  • Convert the mark-up percentage as a fraction in its simplest form.
  • Add the value of the numerator of the fraction to the denominator to come up with the new fraction (margin fraction) that is

If the mark-up fraction =

Margin fraction =

  • Convert the margin fraction as a percentage to obtain margin

For example: in the above example,

Mark –up = 65.75%

=

=

Margin fraction =

=   x 100

= 39.67%

  • Changing margin to mark-up
  • Convert the margin percentage as a fraction in its simplest form
  • Subtract the value of the numerator of the fraction from the denominator to come up with the new fraction (mark-up fraction) that is

If the margin fraction =

Mark-up fraction =

  • Convert the mark-up fraction as a percentage to obtain mark-up

For example: in the above example,

Margin = 39.67%

=

=

Mark-up fraction =

 

=   x 100

= 65.75%

  1. Current ratio/working capital ratio

This is the ratio of the current assets to current liabilities. It can also be expressed as a percentage. That is:

Current ratio =

= current assets: current liabilities

Or

Current ratio =   x 100

For examples: in (example OOA) above, determine the current ratio;

 

Current assets = 526 000

Current liabilities = 219 500

Current ratio =

 

=          = 1052: 439

Or

=    x 100

239.64%

  1. Rate of stock turnover

This is the rate at which the stock is bought or sold within a given period of time. It is obtained by;

Rate of stock turnover (ROST) =

Average stock =

In (example OOA) above, determine the rate of stock turnover;

The cost of goods sold = 438 000

The closing stock = 72 000

The opening stock = 0

Therefore

The average stock =

=   = 36 000

Rate of stock turnover (ROST) =

=

 

= 12.17 Times

  1. Return on capital

This is the expression of net profit as a percentage of the capital invested. That is;

Return on capital =    x 100

It can be given as a ratio or a percentage.

For example: in (example OOA) above, determine the return on capital of the business

Net Profit = 96 720

Capital invested/owner’s equity = 939 220

Return on capital =    x 100

=    x 100

 

= 10.33%

  1. Acid test ratio/quick ratio

This shows how fast the business can convert its current assets excluding stock to settle its current liabilities. That is;

Quick ratio =

It is given in ratio form.

For example: in above (example OOA), determine the quick ratio;

Current assets = 526 000

Stock = 72 000

Current liabilities = 219 500

Quick ratio =

=

= 2.07 (or 207 : 100)

Importance of Financial Ratios

  • Mark up and margin helps in the following; setting the selling price, calculating profit or losses and determining the sales for a given period of time
  • Working capital and acid test ratio help in showing whether the business is in a position to meet its short term obligations and checking whether the business is utilizing its resources properly. That is high working capital ratio shows that most of the resources are idle
  • Return on capital shows the following;
  • The performance of the business in relation to other similar businesses
  • Comparison of the performance of the business over different periods
  • Whether the business finances have been invested or not
  • Help the potential investors on the decision on where to invest
  • Rate of stock turnover also help in determining how fast or slow the stock is moving. It also helps in computing the gross profit or loss.

 

MONEY AND BANKING

 

Barter trade

This is a form of trade where goods and services are exchanged for other goods and services.

Benefits

  1. Satisfaction of wants: And individual is able to get what he or she needs.
  2. Surplus disposal: an individual or country is able to dispose off its surpluses.
  3. Social relations: it promotes social links since the communities trade together.
  4. Specialization: some communities shall specialize in a particular commodity.
  5. Improved living standards: this is enhanced by receiving what one is unable to produce.

Limitations of Barter trade

  • Lack of double coincidence of wants: – it is difficult to find two people with the need for each other’s product at the same time.
  • Lack of store of value/ perishability of some commodities: – some goods are perishable thus their value cannot be stored for a long time for future purposes e.g. one cannot store vegetables for exchange purposes in future.
  • Indivisibility of some commodities: -it is difficult to divide some products like livestock into smaller units to be exchanged with other commodities.
  • Lack of standard measure of value: – It is not easy to determine how much one commodity can be exchanged for a given quantity of another commodity.
  • Transportation problem: It is difficult to transport bulky goods especially when there is no faster means of transport.
  • Lack of a standard deferred payment: – The exchange of goods cannot be postponed since by the time the payment is made, there could be fluctuation in value, demand for a commodity may not exist and the nature and quality of a good may not be guaranteed. It may be therefore difficult what to decide what to accept for future payment.
  • Lack of specialization: – Everyone strives to produce all the goods he or she needs due to the problem of double coincidence of wants.
  • Lacks unit of account- it is difficult to assess the value of commodities and keep their record.

MONEY SYSTEM

Money is anything that is generally accepted and used as a medium of exchange for goods and services.

Features/ characteristics of Money

For anything to serve as money, it must have the following characteristics:

  • Acceptability: The item must be acceptable to everyone.
  • Durability: The material used to make money must be able to last long without getting torn, defaced or losing its shape or texture.
  • Divisibility: Money should be easily divisible into smaller units (denominations) but still maintains it value.
  • Cognizability: The material used to make money should be easily recognized. This helps reduce chances of forgery. It also helps people to differentiate between various denominations.
  • Homogeneity: Money should be made using a similar material so as to appear identical. This eliminates any risk of confusion and forgeries.
  • Portability: – Money should be easy to carry regardless of its value.
  • Stability in value: The value of money should remain fairly stable over a given time period.
  • Liquidity: – it should be easily convertible to other forms of wealth (assets).
  • Scarcity: – It should be limited in supply. If it is abundantly available its value will reduce.
  • Malleability- the material used to make money should be easy to cast into various shapes.
  • Not easy to forge- money should not be easy to imitate.

Functions of Money

  • Medium of exchange: It is generally acceptable by everyone in exchange of goods and services. It thus eliminates the need for double coincidence of wants.
  • Store of value: It is used to keep value of assets e.g. surplus goods can be sold and then money kept for future transactions.
  • Measure of value: Value of goods and services are expressed in money form. Performance of businesses is measured in terms of money.
  • Unit of account: It is a unit by which the value of goods and services are calculated and records kept.
  • Standard of deferred payment: it is used to settle credit transactions.
  • Transfer of immovable items (assets): Money is used to transfer assets such as land from one person to another.

DEMAND FOR MONEY

This is the tendency or desire by an individual or general public to hold onto money instead of spending it. It also refers to as liquidity preference.

Money is held by people in various forms:

  • Notes and coins
  • Securities and bonds
  • Demand deposits such bank current account balances.
  • Time deposits such as fixed account balances

REASONS (MOTIVES) FOR HOLDING MONEY

  1. Transaction Motive: Money is held with a motive of meeting daily expenses for both the firms and individuals. The demand for money for transaction purpose by individuals depends on the following factors:
  • Size/level of individual’s income: The higher the income of and individual, the more the number of transactions thus high demand for transactions.
  • Interval between pay days/ receipt of money: if the interval is long, then high amount of money will be held for transaction reasons.
  • Price of commodities: if the prices are high, the value of transactions will also increase thus more money balances required.
  • Individuals spending habits-people who spend a lot of money on luxuries will hold more money than those who only spend money on basics.
  • Availability of credit-people who have easy access to credit facilities hold little amount of money for daily transactions than those who do not have easy access to credit.

The transaction motive can further be divided to;

  • Income motive i.e. holding money to spend on personal/ family needs.
  • Business motive i.e. holding money to meet business recurring needs such as paying wages, postage, raw materials. Etc
  1. Precautionary Motive: Money is held in order to be used during emergencies such as sicknesses.

The amount of money held for this motive will depend on the factors such as:

  • Level of income- the higher the income the higher the amount of money held for precautionary motive.
  • Family status- high class families tend to hold more money for precautionary motive than low class families.
  • Age of the individual- the aged tend to hold more money for precautionary motive than the young since they have more uncertainties than the young.
  • Number of dependant- the more the dependants one has, the more the money they are likely to hold for precautionary motive.
  • Individual’s temperament- pessimists tend to hold more money for precautionary motives than the optimists because they normally think things will go wrong.
  • Duration between incomes- those who earn money after a short time are likely to keep less money than those who earn money after a long time.
  1. Speculative Motive: Money is held to be used in acquiring those assets whose values are prone to fluctuations such as shares/ money is held anticipating fall in prices of goods and services. This depends on the following:
  • The wealth of an individual
  • The rate of interest on government debt instruments
  • Interest on money balances held in the bank.
  • How optimistic or pessimistic a person is.

SUPPLY OF MONEY

This is the amount of money/ monetary items that are in circulation in the economy at a particular period of time. They include the following;

  1. Total currency i.e. the coins and notes issued by the central bank.
  2. Total demand deposits: money held in current accounts in banks and are therefore withdrawable on demand.

 

 

 

Factors influencing supply of money

  • Government policies: If there is more money in the economy, the government will put in place measures to reduce the supply such as increasing interest rates.
  • Policies of commercial banks: The more the loans offered by commercial banks, the more the amount of money in circulation.
  • Increase in national income: increase in national income means that more people will be liquid due to increase in economic activities.]
  • Increase in foreign exchange: The foreign exchange reserves will increase thus supply increases.

BANKING

This is the process by which banks accept deposit from the public for safe keeping and lending out the deposits in form of loans.

A bank is a financial institution that accepts money deposits from the public for safe keeping and lending out in terms of loans.

COMMERCIAL BANKS

These are financial institutions that offer banking services with a profit motive. Their activities are regulated by the Central bank.

Functions of commercial banks

  1. Accepting deposits: They accept deposit from members of the public inform of current accounts, savings account and fixed deposit accounts. Such accounts help individuals to keep money safely.
  2. Provision of safe means of payments: They provide safe and reliable means of payment such as cheques, bank drafts, credit transfers, electronic funds transfers etc.
  • Provision of loan facilities: They provide loans to members in form of short term and long term. These loans are repayable with interests thus income to the banks.
  1. Facilitates foreign exchange payments: They provide foreign exchange that is used in international trade. They also make payments on behalf of their customers.
  2. Provision of safe keeping of valuables: They provide security for valuables to their customers at a fee
  3. Discounting bills of exchange: This is process by which a bank accepts bills of exchange and promissory notes from its customers in exchange of cash less than the face value of the bill or note.
  • Provision of financial information: – They advice their clients on financial matters affecting their businesses such as investment option and wise use of loans.
  • Money transfer:- They provide varied, safe and reliable means of money transfer. Such means include cheques, standing orders, credit transfers, bank drafts, letters of credit, credit cards, travelers cheques etc.
  1. Act as guarantors and referees: – They act as guarantors to their customers who want to acquire credit facilities from other financial institutions.
  2. Act as intermediaries: – They act as a link between the savers and borrowers.
  3. Credit creation: – This is the process of creating money from the customer deposits through lending.
  • Provision of trusteeship: – They can manage a business on behalf of the client especially if the client does not have managerial skills. They can also manage the assets of the deceased client if there was no will.

TYPES OF ACCOUNTS OFFERED BY COMMERCIAL BANKS

  1. Current account

This is an account where money deposited can be withdrawn on demand by the customer by means of a cheque. This means that money can be withdrawn at any time during the official working hours so long as the account has sufficient funds.

This account is also referred to as demand deposits.

Features characteristics of current accounts

  • Deposits of any amount can be made at any time.
  • Balances in this account do not earn any interest.
  • The account holder is not required to maintain a minimum cash balance in this account
  • Withdrawals can be at any time without giving and advance notice as long as the customer has sufficient funds.
  • Cheque books are issued to the account holder to be used as a means of payment/ cheques are usually used to withdraw money from the account.
  • Monthly bank statements are issued to the account holder.
  • Overdraft facilities are offered to the account holders’ i.e the bank can allow customers to withdraw more money than they have in their accounts.

Advantages of current account

  • No minimum balance is maintained hence the account holder can access all his/her money.
  • Withdrawals can be made at any time.
  • Transactions are made easier by use of cheques for example; one does not have to go to the bank in order to make payment.
  • Overdraft facilities are available..
  • It is possible to deposit any amount at any time during the office hours.
  • Use of cheques as means of payment serves as evidence of payments made.
  • Payments can be done even if there are insufficient funds in the account using post dated cheques.
  • The account holder can withdraw any amount at any time without notice as long as there are sufficient funds in the account.

Disadvantages of current account

  • Lengthy procedures of opening the account.
  • The account holder does not earn any income since the balances in the current account does not earn interest.
  • Initial deposit when opening the account is usually high hence discourages prospective customers.
  • Customers are not encouraged to save since they can access their money at any time.
  • Ledger fees are charged on the account making the operations of the account expensive.
  1. Savings account (deposit account)

This is an account operated by individuals and firms that have money to save.

Features of Savings account

  • There is minimum initial deposit that varies from bank to bank.
  • A minimum balance is maintained at all times.
  • The withdrawals are up to a certain maximum within a given period. Withdrawal above this maximum will require notice.
  • Account holders are issued with a pass book or a debit card (ATM card) for deposits and withdrawals.
  • Overdraft facilities are not allowed.
  • Ordinarily, withdrawals across the counter can only be done by the account holder.
  • The balance on the account above a certain minimum earns some interest.

Advantages of Savings account

  • Customers are encouraged to save because of the restricted withdrawals.
  • There are relatively low banking charges.
  • Initial deposit is usually low as compared to other accounts.
  • The balances earn interest to account holder hence an incentive to save.
  • ATM facilities have made account operations very convenient to customers.

Disadvantages Savings account

  • A minimum balance must be maintained at all times and the customer is denied access to that money.
  • For across the counter withdrawals, it is only the account holder who can withdraw cash.
  • Withdrawals are restricted and sufficient notice is required before large amounts are withdrawn.
  • The account holders do not enjoy services such as cheque books and overdraft facilities like the current account holders.
  • Easy access to the money through ATM cards encourages overdrawals.
  • Anybody who knows the pin of the card (ATM card) can withdraw money from the account.

Requirements for opening an account

The following are some of the requirements for opening either a current account or a savings account:

  1. Photocopies of identification documents such as National Identity Card or Passport.
  2. Passport size photographs (number varies from bank to bank). Some banks are nowadays taking the photographs instead of the customers providing them.
  • For current account holders, an introductory letter from an existing customer from the prospective customer’s employer.
  1. Filling in the application form provided by the bank.
  2. Signing of the specimen signature cards. Usually two.

NB: Once these requirements are fulfilled, the bank allocates the customer an account number, upon payment of an initial deposit.

  1. Fixed deposit account

This account is also known as time Deposit account. It is maintained by those who have money not meant for immediate use.

Once money is deposited, there are no withdrawals until the time expires.

Advantages of Fixed deposit account

  • Interest earned is relatively high as compared to savings account.
  • There are no bank charges to the account holder.
  • Money held in fixed deposit account can be used as security to acquire bank loans.
  • Restricted withdrawals encourage savings.
  • The account holder has time to plan for the deposited money.

Disadvantages of Fixed deposit account

  • Access to money is not allowed until the end of the agreed period.
  • Interest is forfeited if there is pre-mature withdrawal.
  • The minimum amount of money for this account is high.
  • The customer is not allowed to deposit more money in this account.
  • A notice is required if the customer wants to terminate the contract before expiry date.
  • The customer is denied the use of the deposited funds before the expiry of the period.

REQUIREMENTS TO OPEN AND OPERATE A BANK ACCOUNT

  1. Identification documents such as National Identification Card, Passport and Driving License.
  2. Reference letter from employer or an existing customer.
  3. Filling an application form giving the information about the customer.
  4. Submission of a specimen signature to be held by the bank.
  5. An initial deposit is paid and the account becomes operational.

NON- BANK FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

These are financial institutions that offer finances for development purposes to individuals and organizations.

These institutions address themselves to the needs of specific sectors in the economy.

They offer the finances inform of either short term or long term loans.

The following are some of the non-bank financial institutions in Kenya

  • Development banks
  • Building societies
  • Finance houses
  • Savings and Credit Co-operative Societies
  • Micro finance organizations
  • Insurance companies
  • Pension Funds’ Organizations
  • Hire Purchase Firms

 

 

  • Housing Finance Companies

They are mainly formed to finance housing activities that is they either put up houses and sell to the individuals or offer mortgage finance to those who wish to put up their own houses. They includes Housing Finance Corporation of Kenya (HFCK), National Housing Corporation (NHC)

  • Development Finance Institutions

These are development banks which are formed mainly to provide medium term and long term finances, especially to the manufacturing sector. They perform the following functions

  • Financing people who wishes to start either commercial of industrial enterprises, as well as the existing enterprises in the above sectors for expansion
  • Offering training services through seminars and workshops to equip the entrepreneurs’ with the relevant skill in industrial and commercial sectors
  • Offer advisory services to those people wanting to start or expand their businesses
  • Acting as guarantors to people wishing to take loan from other lending institutions to help them expand their business

They includes the following Kenya Industrial Estates (KIE), Development Finance Company of Kenya (DFCK), Industrial Development Bank (IDB), Industrial and Commercial Development Corporation (ICDC)

  • Savings and Credit Co-operative societies

These are co-operative societies that are formed to enable members save and obtain loans at most conveniently and favorable conditions. They are formed by those engaged in similar activities. They includes: Mwalimu Savings and Credit Co-operative Societies; Afya Savings and Credit societies; Harambee Savings and Credit Societies

  • Insurance companies

These are companies that assist in creating confidence and sense of security to their clients as well as offering financial assistance to their clients. Their functions include;

  • Enable the policy holders to save through their schemes
  • Provide finances to their policy holders in form of loans
  • Offer guarantee services to the policy holders wishing to obtain loans from other non-bank financial institutions
  • Provide advisory services to the policy holders on security matters
  • Provide finances to meet the expenses incases of loans

They includes the following: Stallion Insurance Company; Madison insurance company; Blue shield insurance company

  • Micro Finance Companies

These are financial companies formed to provide small scale and medium size enterprises with finance. They also carry out the following functions

  • Offer advisory services to their clients in matters such as business opportunities available and how to operate them.
  • Encourage the clients to carry out business activities by offering loans to them
  • They encourage the savings by advancing loans to the individual member of a certain group
  • They supervise, monitor and advise those whom they have given loans

They includes the following: Kenya Women finance Trust (KWFT), Faulu Kenya

  • Agricultural Finance Houses

These are institutions formed to promote the agricultural sector. They carry out the following

  • Giving loans to farmers
  • Offering supervisory and training services to the loaned farmer
  • Offering technical and professional advice to loaned farmer
  • Carry research and come up with better ways and means of agricultural sector
  • Coming up with projects that would open up new areas for agriculture

Differences between commercial banks and non-bank financial institutions

Commercial Banks Non-Bank Financial Institutions
(i)  Offer all types of accounts

 

(ii)         Provide both short term and medium term finances to their customers

(iii)      Their finance is not restricted to any sector

(iv)       May offer foreign exchange services

(v)          Their finance is mainly for working capital

(vi)       Participate in clearing house as they offer cheque

(vii)    Offer facilities for safe keeping of valuable items such as title deeds

(viii)  Always in direct control of the central bank

(ix)       May offer overdraft facilities to their customers

(i)            Offer only two types of accounts savings and fixed deposit

(ii)         Mainly provide medium term and long term finances

(iii)      Their finance is restricted to a particular sector

(iv)       Do not provide foreign exchange services

(v)         They provide capital for development

(vi)       Do not participate in clearing house since they don’t offer

(vii)    Do not offer facilities for safe keeping of valuable items

(viii)  Not usually in direct control of the central bank

(ix)  Do not offer overdraft facilities to their customers

 

THE CENTRAL BANK

This is a bank established by the government through the act of the parliament to manage and control the monetary matters in the country. It was formed to perform the following functions;

  • Issue currency in the country, which includes both new notes and coins to replace the worn-out ones
  • Banker to the commercial banks, by ensuring that all the commercial banks in the country operate an account with them
  • Being the government ‘s bank, by offering banking services to the government which enables the government to operate an account with them
  • Advisor to the government on financial issues in the economy
  • Controller of the commercial banks on how they carry out their functions in the economy to ensure that their customers are served well
  • Provide links with other central banks in other countries, facilitating financial relationships. It also provide a link between the country and other financial institutions such as IMF
  • Maintain stability in the exchange rates between the local currencies and the foreign ones.
  • Act as the lender of the last resort to the commercial banks to enable them meet their financial obligations when need arise
  • Facilitates the clearing of cheques between different commercial banks through its clearing house (a department in the central bank)
  • Administering of the public debt by facilitating the receipt and providing a means through which the government pays back the borrowed money
  • Control of the monetary system in the country in order to regulate the economy. In doing this they put in place various monetary policies that can either expand the economic activities in the country or depress them.

Monetary policy refers to the deliberate move by the government through the central bank to manipulate the supply and cost of money in the economy in order to achieve a desirable economic outcome. They do this through the use of various tools of monetary policies which includes the following: Bank rates; Open market Operation (OMO); Cash Liquidity ratio requirement; Compulsory deposit requirement; Selective credit control; Directives; Request.

  • Bank rates

They may increase or decrease the interest rate at which they lend to the commercial banks to enable them increase or decrease the rate at which they lend money to their customers in the economy to enable the government achieve the desirable economic development in the country

When they increase their lending interest rate, the commercial banks also raise their lending rates to the consumers to reduce the number of people obtaining loans, leading to a reduction of money supplied in the economy.

When they decrease their lending interest rate, the commercial banks also decreases their lending rates to the consumers, increase the amount of money supplied in the economy

  • Open Market Operations (OMO)

This is where they regulate the supply of money in the economy by either selling or buying the government securities (treasury bills or bonds) in the open market. That is when they want to increase the supply in the economy, they buying the securities from the members of the public who had bought them to increase more supply of money in the economy.

When they want to reduce the amount of money in circulation they will sell the government security to the public in the open market, to mop up/reduce the excess supply in the economy

The payment of the securities takes money from the individuals accounts in the commercial banks, reducing the amount that the individual can use in the economy, while when buying the central bank pays the security holders in their respective accounts in the commercial banks, increasing the amount that they can use in the economy

  • Cash/liquidity ratio requirement

Here the central bank expect the commercial bank to keep a certain proportion of their total deposits in form of cash to enable them meet their daily needs, while the rest are held in liquid assets. This proportion can be reduced by the central bank to reduces the amount of money held by the commercial banks in order to reduce the amount of money spent by the commercial banks in cash, reducing the amount of money in supply, or they may increase the proportion to be held by the commercial banks to enable them increase the amount of money they spent in cash, increasing the amount of money in supply

Cash ratio =

  • Compulsory deposit requirements

The commercial banks are required to maintain a certain amount of deposits with the central bank which will be held in a special account where the money stays frozen. This reduces the amount of money that the commercial banks hold and are able to spend in their operation, influencing the supply of money in the economy.

The deposit may be increase to reduce the amount of money in the commercial banks, or reduced to increase the amount of money in the commercial banks

  • Selective credit control

The central bank may issue a special instruction to the commercial bank and other financial institution only to lend more in a particular sector to control the amount of money reaching the economy. The instruction may be removed, if the bank feels that the supply in the economy has reduced and needs to be increased

  • Directives

The central bank may issue a directive to the commercial banks on the interest rate they should charge on their lending and to increase or reduce the margin requirement for borrowing to make it harder or easier for the customers to obtain loan.

Margin requirement is the proportion of money expected to be raised by the client to finance the project he/she wants to obtain the loan for, before being given a loan to complete the project with.

  • Request (Moral suasion)

The central bank may appeal to other financial institutions to exercise restrain in their lending activities to the public to help in controlling the money supply

Trends in Banking

These are the positive changes that have taken place in the banking sector to improve their service deliveries to their customers. They include;

  1. The use of Automatic Teller Machines (ATMs), which has made it possible for the customers to access their money any time of the day. The ATM cards that are used for withdrawals from the ATM machines can also be used as a debit card to make purchases.
  2. Networking all their branches, which has enable the customers to carry out their transactions in any of the branch.
  3. E-Banking, which is the banking through the internet. This has made it possible for the customers to transact their financial businesses on-line.
  4. Relaxation of some of the conditions on opening and operating some of the accounts to make them be more attractive to their customers.
  5. Offering varieties of products which includes easier credit facilities to their customers to attract more customers.
  6. Liberalization of foreign exchange dealings by licensing forex bureaus to offer services to the customers, improving the accessibility to the service.
  7. Improving the customers care services, with some bank setting up a departments known as the customer care department to offer detailed assistance to their customers.
  8. Allowing non bank financial institutions to offer banking services to the members of the public, for example; KWFT, SACCOs, FOSA, Faulu Kenya, etc
  9. Mobile Banking services (M-Banking), which allows the customers to carry out their financial transactions over their mobile phones. It has brought about several benefits/ advantages to their customers which includes;

Advantages of m-banking

  • Easy transfer of funds from one account to the other in the same bank (inter account transfer)
  • Easy transfer of money from ones account to his mobile phone for other transactions
  • Ability to check ones account balance in the bank with ease
  • Easy to monitor your financial transactions by checking your transaction details over the phone
  • Easy payment of the bills such as electricity bill, Dstv bills, etc and other wages
  • Ability to transfer money from one mobile number to other in collaboration with the service providers
  • Easy request for new cheque books and bank statements from the banks
  • Able to top up air time to your mobile phones in collaboration with the service providers
  • Reduced risk of carrying large sums of money in cash or cheques that may be stolen

However this development has also come with its challenges, which includes:

 

Disadvantages of m-banking

  • Registration to enjoy all these services must physically be done in the banking hall, which subject the customers to stress queues of the bank
  • Only the registered mobile number can carry out these transactions which limits the customer to only using one number
  • Users requires a mobile phone with a screen that can display the transaction which a times some may not a ford
  • Mobile phones can easily be lost or stolen from the owner, inconveniencing him from carrying out the transactions
  • Bank transaction information may load slowly, which may makes it expensive for the user
  • Possibility of transferring the funds to a wrong account, due to error in typing of the account number
  • Introduction of agency banking, which has made them to make their services to be more accessible to even areas where they may have not put up a banking hall.

Agency banking is whereby a retail stores, supermarket, or any other commercial businesses are authorized by the financial institutions to carry out financial transactions on their behalf. They may offer the following services

  • Receiving customer deposits
  • Offering withdrawal services
  • Transfer of funds for customers
  • Pay bills for the customers
  • Balance inquiry services
  • Opening new accounts for the customers
  • Fill loan application forms for them

Advantages of agency banking

  • Reduction of set up and delivery cost to the banks, which in turn passes to the customers in form of reduced cost of accessing services
  • Time saving as the agents are located close to the customer and the customer may carry out other transactions as he withdraw the money
  • More convenient for the customer to bank with their local retailers other than the traditional banking halls
  • Enable the bank to reach far places within the country

 

 

 

 

REVISION EXERCISES

PAPER 1

  1. Give four advantages of barter trade.
  2. Highlight four services offered by the central bank of Kenya to the commercial banks.
  3. State four methods through which commercial banks can transfer money.
  4. State any four current developments that have taken place in the banking sector.
  5. Outline four tools of monetary policy used by the central bank to control money supply.
  6. Outline four factors that may have led to the downfall of barter trade.
  7. Highlight two factors that may influence:
  8. Transaction motive.
  9. Speculative motive.
  10. Mention four functions of commercial banks in an economy.
  11. Outline three factors that influence the supply of money.
  12. Give four characteristics of money.
  13. The following are some of the accounts available to customers in Kenya banking industry: Current account, Savings account and Fixed deposit account. Give the account that corresponds to each of the description given below.
  Description Type of account
(a) Account holders required to deposit a specific initial amount as well as maintaining a minimum balance.  
(b) Account holders may deposit and withdraw money whenever they want without maintaining a minimum balance.  
(c) Banks pay interest on deposit at comparatively higher rates.  
(d) Money may be deposited at any time and interest is earned if a specific balance is maintained.  

 

  1. Outline four benefits that accrue to a customer who uses automated teller machine (ATM) banking services.

PAPER      2

  1. Explain five functions of the central bank of Kenya.
  2. Describe four measures that the government may put in place to reduce the amount of money in circulation.
  3. Explain five services offered by commercial banks to their customers.
  4. Explain five ways in which commercial banks facilitate payment on behalf of their customers.
  5. Explain four services that the central bank of Kenya may offer as a banker to commercial banks.
  6. Explain five in which banks contribute to the development of Kenya
  7. Outline five reasons why banks currently account is popular with traders
  8. Explain service offered to commercial banks by the central bank of Kenya
  9. In what ways of the functions of commercial bank differ with those of non- bank

Financial institutions

  1. Explain five ways in which central bank of Kenya may control the supply of money in

The country

  1. Describe methods which may be used by commercial banks to advance money to customers.
  2. A businessman wishes to obtain a loan from a commercial bank. Highlight the

Conditions that he should satisfy before the bank can grant him the loan

  1. Explain five services that the central bank of Kenya offers to commercial banks Explain four disadvantages of using a  bank  overdraft as a  source of finances
  2. Describe four ways in which a non- bank financial institutions differ from the  commercial banks
  3. Discuss five reasons why business people prefer to operate bank current accounts
  4. Outline the benefits that bank customer gets from  operating a current  account     Explain the 5 services  offered by a  commercial banks to their customers

 

PUBLIC FINANCE

 

Public finance refers to the activities carried out by the government associated with raising of finances and the spending of the finances raised (it is the study of how government collects revenue and how it spends it)

The components of public finance are;

  1. Public revenue
  2. Public expenditure
  • Public debt
  1. Public revenue-refers to the revenues (income) and resources received by the government from different sources.
  2. Public expenditure-refers to the resources spent by the government.
  • Public debt-refers to the money and resources borrowed by the government.

Purpose of public finance

  1. Provision of essential goods and services. The government has a responsibility of providing its citizens with essential goods and services such as security,health,schools,drought control, law e.t.c such facilities and services may not be adequately covered by the private sector because of the high costs involved and risks.
  2. Encouraging consumption of certain commodities-The government may encourage consumption of certain commodities e.g. maize by subsidizing on their productions or lowering their taxes.
  • Controlling consumption of certain commodities-The government may also encourage consumption of some commodities e.g. cigarettes and alcohol by imposing heavy taxes on them.
  1. Promotion of Balanced regional development-This may be done by initiating economic projects in areas that are under developed/lagging behind.
  2. Wealth Redistribution-This is done by heavily taxing the rich and using the money raised to provide goods and services that benefit the poor
  3. To promote economic stability-Economic instability may be caused by factors such as unemployment. Such problems can be solved through public expenditure in projects that generate employment such as ‘kazi kwa vijana’
  • Creation of a conducive Business Environment-Through public expenditure, the government may develop infrastructure such as roads, electricity, security e.t.c thereby creating a conducive environment for businesses to thrive in.
  • To raise government revenue-Through public finance, the government raises revenue which it uses in provision of essential goods and services to the public.
  1. Improving balance of payment-This may be done by improving heavy taxes such as customs duty to discourage importation.

Sources of public finance

There are two major sources of public finance i.e.

  1. Public revenue
  2. Public debt (government borrowing)
  3. Public revenue-This is the income that the government gets from its citizens. The main sources of public revenue are:
  4. Tax: This is a compulsory payment levied by the government on individuals and firms without any direct benefit to the payer.
  5. Fines and penalties-These are the charges imposed on individuals, firms and corporations who break the laws of the country.(offenders)
  6. Fees; These are the payments charged by the government for the direct services it renders to its people e.g. road licence fee, marriage certificate fee and import licence fee.
  7. Rent and rates: Charged on use of government properties e.g. game parks, forests e.t.c
  8. Eschiats: Income obtained from properties of persons who die without legal heirs or proper wills. Such people’s properties are taken over by the state.
  9. Dividends and profits: These are the income received from the government direct investments e.g. income/surplus from public corporations.
  10. Interest from loans-This is the interest on loans advanced by the government to firms and individuals through its agencies such as ICDc,AFC e.t.c
  11. Proceeds from scale of government property.

g.Public debt (Government borrowing)-This is the money that the government borrows when public revenue is insufficient to meet all its financial obligations.

Government borrowing is also referred to as national debt. It includes all outstanding borrowing by the central government, local authorities and government corporations.

These are two majorly two sources of public debts:

  1. Internal borrowing
  2. External borrowing
  3. Internal borrowing

This refers to borrowing by government from firms and individuals within the country. This may be done through:

Open market operation; the government sells its securities such as treasury bonds and treasury bills. This however has a disadvantage of causing ‘crowding out effect’ where the government leaves the private investors with little to borrow from.

  1. External borrowing

This refers to government borrowing from external sources. It may either be on a bilateral or multilateral basis.

Bilateral borrowing is where the government borrows directly from another country.

Multilateral borrowing is where the government borrows from international financial institutions such as international monetary fund (IMF), World Bank, African Development bank e.t.c.such bodies get finances from various sources which they lend to their member countries who are in need of such funds.

Generally, external borrowing has strings attached. The borrowing country is expected to meet some set conditions, sometimes adversely affecting some sectors of the economy.

The total internal borrowing (internal debt) added to the total external borrowing (external debt) constitutes the national debt.

Classes of public (National debt)

These are two classes of national debt:

  1. Reproductive debt
  2. Dead-weight debt.
  3. Reproductive debt

This is borrowed money used to finance project(s) that can generate revenue. Such projects, once started may become self sustaining and may contribute towards servicing/repaying the debt. E.g. money used to finance irrigation schemes, electricity production e.t.c.

  1. Dead-weight debt

This is borrowed money that is used to finance activities that do not generate any revenue. Examples are money used to finance recurrent expenditure e.g. payment of salaries or for famine relief e.t.c

Dead-weight debt is a burden to members of the public since they are the ones who are expected to contribute towards its repayment.

 

 

Factors to consider before the government decides whether to borrow internally or externally

This refers to how the government spends the finances it has raised on behalf of its citizens.

Categories of government expenditure

  1. Recurrent expenditure
  2. Development expenditure
  3. Transfer payments.
  4. Recurrent expenditure

This refers to government spending that takes place regularly e.g. payments of salaries to civil servants, fuelling of government vehicles e.g.

Every financial year, the government must allocate funds to meet such expenditure.

Recurrent expenditure is also known as consumption expenditure.

  1. Development expenditure

This is also referred to as capital expenditure .It is government spending on projects that facilitate economic development. Such projects includes construction of railway lines, roads, airports, rural electrification e.t.c

Once completed expenditure on such projects ceases and may only require maintenance.

  1. Transfer payments

This is expenditure on things/people who do not directly contribute to a country’s national income. Such expenditure include money spent on famine relief, pension, bursaries e.t.c

PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC/GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURE

These are the considerations that are necessary before any expenditure can be incurred by the government.

They include:

  1. Sanctions: Every public expenditure must be approved by the relevant authority like parliament.
  2. Maximum social benefit: Any public expenditure must be incurred in such a way that majority of the citizens are able to reap maximum benefit from it e.g. improved living standards and quality of life.
  3. Flexibility /elasticity-The policy on public expenditure should be flexible enough to meet prevailing economic situations i.e. it should be possible to increase or decrease the expenditure on projects depending on the prevailing circumstances e.g. during drought, it should be possible to spend on famine relief.
  4. Economy-public expenditure should be planned carefully and prudently to avoid any possible waste.
  5. Proper financial management (Accountability)-public funds should be well managed. This should be facilitated by maintenance of proper records which should be audited as required.
  6. Productivity-The biggest proportion of public expenditure should be spent on development projects and less on non-development projects.
  7. Equity-Government expenditure should be distributed equitably to all sectors of the economy in order to reduce income and wealth inequalities.
  8. Surplus-Surplus revenue collected should be saved for emergencies or for when collection of revenue is below projections.

TAXATION

Tax: is a compulsory payment by either individuals or organizations to the government without any direct benefit to the payer.

Taxation-refers to the process through which the government raises revenue by collecting taxes.

Purposes/reasons for taxation

  1. Raising revenue for government expenditure. This is the main reason for taxation.
  2. Discouraging /controlling consumption of certain commodities e.g. alcohol and cigarattes which are considered to be harmful.
  • Discouraging importation of certain commodities in order to protect local industries. This is done by imposing heavy taxes on such commodities.
  1. Controlling inflation. Taxation reduces money supply by reducing peoples ‘disposable’ income thereby controlling inflation.
  2. Reducing inequality in income distribution; this is done by taxing the rich heavily and using the finances raised in provision of goods and services that benefit the poor.
  3. Influencing locations of businesses. This is done by taxing businesses located in urban areas heavily and those in rural areas lightly hence businesses moving to rural areas.
  • Correcting unfavorable balance of payments. High taxes are imposed on imported commodities thereby discouraging their importation leading to an improvement in the balance of payments.
  • To protect the key selectors of the economy such as the agricultural sector, by stimulating their growth.

 

 

Factors that determine the amount of money raised through taxation

  1. Distribution of incomes
  2. Social and political factors
  • Honesty and efficiency of tax authorities
  1. Citizens level of real income
  2. Economic structure of the country i.e. relative size of the country’s commercial and subsistence sectors.

Principles of taxation

These are the characteristics that a good tax system should have. They are also referred to as the cannons of taxation.

A good tax system should be;

  1. Equitable/principle of equity-Every subject of the state should pay tax in proportion to their income. A tax system should therefore have horizontal and vertical equity.

Horizontal equity means that those at the same level of income and circumstances should pay the same amount of tax.

Vertical equity means that those earning higher incomes should pay proportionately higher amounts of tax than those earning less.

  1. Certain/principle of certainty-The tax that an individual should pay should be clear in terms of the amount, time and manner in which it should be paid. The government should also be fairly certain of the amount of tax expected so that planning can be easier.
  2. Convenient/principle of convenience-Tax levied ought to be convenient to both the contributor and collector, it should be levied at a time when the payer has money and mode of payment should be convenient to both the payer and the payee.
  3. Economical/principle of economy-The cost of collecting and administering the tax should be lower than the tax so collected.
  4. Flexible/principle of flexibility-It should be readily adaptable to changing economic times i.e. when the economic conditions of the people improve it should give raised revenue e.g. VAT
  5. Ability to pay/non-oppressive-A tax system should be designed in a way that the amount charged is not too high to the extent that the contributors are unable to pay or is discouraged from working hard.
  6. Diversified/principle of diversity-There should be different types of taxes so that the tax burden is on different groups in the society. This also ensures that the government has money at all times.
  7. Simplicity-A good tax system should be simple enough to be understood by each tax payer. This will motivate them to pay tax.
  8. Elastic/principle of elasticity-The tax system should be able to generate more revenue for the government by targeting items of mass consumption.

IMPACT AND INCIDENCE OF TAX

Impact of tax: The burden of tax on the initial person

Incidence of tax: The final resting place of the tax burden.

The person on whom tax is initially imposed may either bear the whole burden or pass part or the whole burden to someone else. E.g. for manufactured goods, the impact of the tax is on the manufacturer and the manufacturer may pass the incidence of the tax to the consumer.

If the manufacturer only passes part of the burden to the consumer, then the incidence of the tax wil be partly on the manufacturer and partly on the consumer.

CLASSIFICATION OF TAXES

Taxes are classified according to;

  1. Structure of the tax
  2. Impact of the tax on the tax payer.
  3. According to the structure

In this case, taxes are classified according to the relationship between the amount paid on tax and the income of the tax payer. These are:

  1. Progressive tax
  2. Regressive tax
  • Proportional tax
  1. Progressive tax

This is a type of tax where the rate/amount paid increases proportionately with increase in income.e.g tax may be as follows

Income                               Rate

0-5000                                    20%

5001-10000                            25%

10001-15000                          30%    e.t.c

-In progressive tax, those with higher income rates remit a higher proportion of their income as tax compared to those in lower income brackets.

This type of tax is based on the belief that one only needs a certain amount in order to have a decent standard of living.

Advantages of progressive tax

  • It reduces income inequality as the rich are taxed more
  • It encourages people to work harder/more in order to maintain their standard of living
  • The revenue collected is higher
  • The unit cost of collecting tax reduces as the tax increases.

Disadvantages of progressive tax

  1. It is oppressive-some people are taxed more than the others and punishes people for their hard work.
  2. It may discourage people from working more as any additional income goes tax
  • Investors may be discouraged from venturing into risky but more profitable businesses as these would attract more tax
  1. It assumes that people earning the same amount of money/income have similar needs and ability to pay tax-which in reality may not be true.
  2. It can lead to tax evasion by taxpayers falsifying their level of income.
  3. Regressive tax

This is a type of tax that takes a higher proportion of low income earners as compared to high income earners. The fax burden falls more heavily on the poor (opposite of progressive)

Example: sales tax where people pay the same amount irrespective of the level of income.

The assumption is based on the understanding that the one who deems it necessary to buy a certain products considers the utility derived from it to be equal to its price, which includes tax.

  1. Proportional Tax

This is a type of tax where the rate of tax remains the same irrespective of the level of income or value of property to be taxed e.g. if the rate is 20% then a person who earns ksh.5000 will pay 20/100 x5000=ksh.1000

Ksh.10, 000 will pay 20/100×10,000=ksh.2000 e.t.c

Example: corporation tax where companies are expected to pay a fixed proportion of their profits as tax.

  1. Digressive tax

This is a type of tax where the tax rate increases up to a given maximum after which a uniform tax rate is levied for any further income.

Classification according to impact on the tax-payee

Based on the impact, the tax has on the tax payer; tax may be classified as either:

  1. Direct tax
  2. Indirect tax
  3. Direct tax

These are taxes where the impact and the incidence of the tax are on the same person. It is not possible to shift/pass any part of the tax burden to anybody else.

This type of tax is based on incomes, profits and property of individuals as well as companies.

They include:

  1. Personal income tax

This is a tax that is imposed on incomes of individuals and is usually progressive in nature.

Example pay-As You-Earn (PAYE) for salaries.

In most cases it is paid through check-off system where the employer deducts it from the employee’s salary and remits it to the tax authorities.

  1. Corporation tax

This is tax levied on profits of companies. It is usually proportional in nature.

  • Stamps duty

This is tax paid in areas such as conveyance of land or securities from one person to another.

  1. Estate (death) duty

This type of tax is imposed on property transferred after the owners’ death. The tax helps in raising government revenue and also in redistributing income since the inheritor has not worked for it.

  1. Wealth tax

This is tax levied on personal wealth beyond a certain limit.

  1. Capital gains tax

This is tax levied on gains realized when a fixed asset is sold at a price higher than the book value.

  • Capital transfer (gifts) Tax

This is tax imposed on the value of property transferred from one person to another as a gift. The tax is designed to seal loopholes whereby a wealthy person may try to avoid tax by transferring his/her property to a friend or a relative as a gift.

This type of tax is progressive in nature. It however does not affect transfers between spouses or to charitable organizations.

Merits/advantages of direct taxes

  1. Economical in collection; most of direct taxes are collect at source and the cost of collecting them is fairly low.
  2. Tax revenue is certain; the tax payer knows what and when to pay and the government knows how much tax revenue to expect at what time (can be collected from the annual tax returns in advance)
  • Equitable /equity; they facilitate fair distribution in tax contribution as people pay according to the size of their income.
  1. Simplicity /simple to understand; they are easy and simple to understand by both the tax payer and the collector.
  2. Does not affect the price of goods and services; direct tax does not cause inflation as it only affects consumer’s disposable incomes and not the prices of goods and services.
  3. Brings redistribution of wealth; direct taxes are progressive in nature hence the wealthier members of the society are taxed more than the poorer members of the society.
  • Civic consciousness; tax payers feed the pinch of paying tax and thus take a keen interest in government expenditure.
  • No leakages; loss of collected revenue is minimized as the tax is paid directly to the tax authorities and not through middle men.
  1. Desirable; the tax is desirable because it only affects people who fall within the jurisdiction of income tax and corporation tax.
  2. Elastic/flexible; the tax is flexible in that it can be expanded to cover as many areas as desirable.

It can also be raised or reduced according to the needs of the economy.

DEMERITS OF DIRECT TAX

  1. Encourage avoidance and evasion; whenever possible people come up with ways of reducing the amount of tax payable by falsifying information or just ignoring payment.
  2. Discriminatory /not imposed on all citizens; direct taxes are not paid by all citizens as low income earners who do not fall within the tax brackets are exempted
  • Discourage investment/deterrent to investment; Heavy taxation on profits discourage people from investing in risky but profitable businesses
  1. Discourage work/deterrent to work; High rate of direct tax may deter people from working harder as people may opt for leasure instead of working extra time.
  2. Encourage capital flight; high taxes such as corporate tax make foreigners to withdraw their investments and transfer them to countries with lower taxes.
  3. Unpopularity; the burden of the tax (incidence and impact) of tax is borne by the tax payer directly and at once. This makes direct taxes very unpopular.
  • May inconvenience the tax payer; the tax payer has to comply with complicated formalities relating to sources of income as well as the expenses incurred while generating it. This may force the tax-payer to engage the services of tax experts who have to be paid.
  • Lack of civic awareness; on tax payers are not interested in scrutinizing government expenditure as they do not feel the pinch of paying tax.
  1. Indirect tax

These are taxes in which the impact is on one person and the incidence is partially or wholly on another person. The tax payer may shift either the whole or part of the tax burden to another person.

Such taxes are usually based on the expenditure on goods and services and include the following:

  1. Sales tax: this is based on the sales made and may be assessed either as a percentage of the sales or a fixed amount e.g. sh.2 per every kilograms sold. The tax may be collected at one point or various points of sale. In Kenya, sales tax has been replaced by V.A.T
  2. VALUE ADDED TAX (V.A.T): this is the tax that is levied on the value that a business adds borne by the consumer in the final price.
  • Export duty: this is a type of tax that is levied on exports. The objective may either to raise revenue or discourage the exploitation of some commodities.
  1. Import duty: This is tax levied on imported products,

For the following reasons.

  • Raising government revenue
  • Reducing incidences of dumping
  • Discouraging consumption of imported goods with a view of boosting local production
  • Protecting local industries
  1. Excise duty: This is a type of tax that is imposed on goods that are manufactured and sold within a country.

Its purpose includes:

  • Raising revenue for the government
  • Discouraging the consumption of some commodities such as beer and cigarettes.

 

MERITS OF INDIRECT TAX

  1. Can be used selectively; It can be used selectively to achieve a given objective e.g. consumption of some commodities.
  2. Tax payment is voluntary; indirect tax is only paid by those who consume the tax commodities therefore those who do not want to pay the tax would only need to avoid taxed commodities.
  • Difficult to evade; the tax cannot be evaded because it is part of the price of the commodity. All those who buy the commodity taxed must therefore pay the tax.
  1. Wide coverage/broad based; the tax is levied on a wide range of essential commodities thus a high amount of revenue is collected.
  2. Stimulate effort; indirect taxes if increased increases the prices of goods and services. People who want to maintain the same living standards will therefore have to work harder to be able to buy/affect the same goods and services.
  3. Convenient; the tax is paid in bits as one buys the goods and services. The tax is also hidden in the price of the commodity and the payer may not be aware of it.
  • Flexible; flexible; the government can raise or reduce the tax rate to suit the prevailing economic situation in a country.

DEMERITS OF INDIRECT TAXES

  1. END May fuel inflation; continued increase in indirect taxes may fuel inflation as it directly increases the prices of goods and services.
  2. Less equitable/regressive; the same amount is charged on both the high and the low income earners making the tax burden to fall heavily on the low income earners. The low income earners end up paying a larger proportion of their income as tax.
  3. Can be avoided; indirect taxes can be avoided by people who do not consume the taxed commodity.
  4. Encourages falsification of records; traders may falsify their rewards in order to pay less tax.
  5. Lack of civic/contributors awareness; the tax is hidden in the price of the commodities therefore the tax payers are not aware that they are contributing anything to the state.
  6. Expensive to administer/expensive in collection; the government must employ many tax inspectors making indirect taxes expensive in collection and administration.
  7. Uncertainty in revenue collection; the government may not predict the amount of revenue yield as it is not easy to forecast sales and people can also not be forced to buy the taxed commodities.
  8. Might interfere with resource allocation; indirect taxes increases the prices of commodities and can therefore force consumers and producers to shift to the consumption and production of commodities that are not taxed.
  9. Discourages savings; increased expenditure due to increased prices will lead to low saving and hence low investments.

 

INFLATION

 

Control of Inflation

The govt. may adopt the following policies depending on their situation to reduce inflation to manageable levels. They include:

  • Monetary policy

This is a deliberate move by the govt. through the central bank to regulate and control the money supply in the economy which may lead to demand pull inflation. The policies include;

  • Increase rate of interest of lending to the commercial banks. This forces them to increase the rate at which they are lending to their customers, to reduce the number of customers borrowing money, reducing the amount of money being added to the economy
  • Selling of govt. securities in an open market operation (o.m.o). the selling of securities such as Bonds and Treasury bills mops money from the economy, reducing the amount of money being held by individuals
  • Increasing the commercial banks cash/liquidity ratio. This reduces their ability to lend and release more money into the economy, reducing their customers purchasing power
  • Increasing the compulsory deposits by the commercial banks with the central banks. This reduces their lending power to their customers, which makes their customers to receive only little amount from them, reducing the amount of money in the economy
  • Putting in place the selective credit control measures. The central bank may instruct the commercial bank to only lend money to a given sector of the economy which needs it most, to reduce the amount of money reaching the economy
  • Directives from the central banks to the commercial banks to increase their interest on the money being borrowed, to reduce their lending rates
  • Request by the central bank to the commercial banks (the moral persuasion) to exercise control on their lending rates to help them curb inflation.
  • Fiscal policy

These are the measures taken by the govt. to influence the level of demand in the economy through taxation process. They include;

  • Reduced govt. spending. This reduces the amount of money reaching the consumers, which is likely to increase their purchasing powers, leading to inflation
  • Increasing income taxes. This reduces the level of the consumers disposable income and lowering their spending levels, reducing the inflation
  • Reducing taxes on production. This reduces the cost of production, lowering the prices of goods reaching the market
  • Subsidizing the production. This reduces the cost of production in the economy, which in turn passes over the benefits to the consumers inform of reduced prices.
  • Producing commodities that are in short supply. This increases their availability to meet their existing demand in the market, controlling demand pull inflation
  • Statutory measures

These are laws made by the govt. to help in controlling the inflation. They include;

  • Controlling wages and salaries. This reduces the pressure put on the employers to meet high cost of labour for their production which in turn is just likely to lead to cost push inflation. It also minimizes the amount reaching the consumers as their income, to control their purchasing power and the level of demand, controlling the demand pull inflation
  • Price controls. This reduces the manufactures ability to fix their prices beyond a given level which may cause inflation due to their desire to receive high profits.
  • Restrictive imports. This reduces the chances of high prices of imported goods impacting on the prices of the goods in the country (imported inflation) and making the manufactures to look for alternative source of raw materials for their production
  • Restricting the terms of hire purchase and credit terms of sales. This reduces the level of demand for those particular commodities in the economy which if not controlled may lead to demand pull inflation
  • Controlling exports. This ensures that the goods available in the local market are adequate for their normal demand. Shortage of supply of goods in the market is likely to bring about the demand pull inflation

Outline measures that the government may employ to control the following types of inflation;

  • Cost push inflation
    • By controlling the wages and salaries in the economy
    • Restricting import on raw materials
    • Reducing taxes on production
    • Subsidizing the production
    • Employing the price control techniques
  • Demand pull inflation
    • Increasing the rate of interest of lending to the commercial banks
    • Selling govt. securities on O.M.O
    • Increasing the commercial banks cash/liquidity ratio
    • Increasing the compulsory deposits from the commercial banks to the central bank
    • Putting in place the selective credit control measure
    • Directives to the commercial banks
    • Request to the commercial banks
    • Reducing govt. expenditure
    • Increasing income taxes
    • Producing commodities that are short in supply
    • Restricting terms of hire purchase and credit terms of sale
    • Controlling export

 

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND PLANNING

 

Economic Growth

This is the increase in the productivity of a country which can be seen in the continued increase in the national income over a period of years.

It can be measured by taking the average percentage of increase in national income over a period of time (number of years) and be assumed to be the average rate of economic growth in the country

 

 

 

Economic Development

This is the quantitative change or increase in a country’s national income over the years, accompanied by favorable changes in the structures within the country that leads to general improvement of the individual well being, as well as the entire nation

A country may experience economic growth without experiencing economic development. This is because the increase in the national income may be as a result of people working for long hours without any time for rest, recreation and other development to occur in their body. This will make them not to have better living, despite the fact that the national income shall have increased.

The expected structural changes to be realized in a case of economic development include;

  1. Shifting from depending on agricultural sector to manufacturing sector in the economy
  2. Reducing illiteracy levels
  • Increase in skilled manpower in the economy
  1. Improvement in health facilities within the country
  2. Increase in technology and improvement of entrepreneurial ability
  3. Increase and improvement of institution that handles new methods of productive economic activities

Outline the differences that exist between economic growth and economic development

Economic Growth Economic Development
i)               An increase in size of the country’s National income i)  An increase in the size and quality of the country’s National income
ii)            Number of people living in absolute poverty can increase despite the increase in national income ii) Number of people living in absolute poverty does not increase
iii)Increase in national income could be due to increase in income of only few people iii)         Increase in national income is attributed to general increase of incomes of majority of the people in the country
iv)          No tendency to bridge the gap between the rich and the poor iv)Tends to bridge the gap between the rich and the poor

 

 

 

Underdevelopment

This refers to a situation whereby the economic growth is in the negative direction (decreasing) accompanied by uneven distribution of wealth and decrease in quality and quantity of the factors of production available

Characteristics of Underdevelopment

  • High level of poverty. This is characterized by most of the people in the country depending on mainly subsistence, or lives below the poverty levels. Their per capita income is lower as compared to the developed countries
  • High disparity in income distribution. The income in this countries are not evenly distributed with the few rich people earning so much while the poor majority earns so little
  • Low levels of savings and investments. They have very little if at all exist to save and invest for their further development, making them to continue being poor. This is well illustrated in the vicious circle of poverty
  • High population growth rates. This is due to some of them not being able to afford, ignorant about or simply refusing to use the modern birth control methods since they find consolation on their high number of children
  • Dominance of subsistence sector. This is due to their inability to raise capital for indirect production
  • Problem of unemployment. The high population growth rate leads to high supply of labour that the country’s economy cannot afford to absorb all, leading to unemployment
  • Under utilization of natural resources. This may be due to lack of capital in this countries or in appropriate technology they use
  • Dependence on the developed countries. This is due to their in ability to sustain themselves financially, which makes them keep on calling upon the developed partners for financial assistance
  • Poor infrastructure. Their roads and communication networks are not properly maintained due to the in availability of adequate resources to improve them

Goals of Economic Development

The following are the changes that economic development seeks to put in place, which in Kenya they have been joined together in what is referred to as the millennium development goals. They includes

  1. Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger
  2. Achieve universal primary education
  3. Promote gender equality and empower women
  4. Reduce child mortality
  5. Improve maternal health
  6. Combat HIV/AIDS, malaria and other diseases
  7. Ensure environmental sustainability
  8. Develop a global partnership for development

Some includes

  • Reducing income disparity in distributions
  • Reducing unemployment
  • Provision of important basic needs such as food, shelter, etc

Factor which may hinder development in a country

The rate of a country’s economic development may be influenced negatively by the following factors

  1. Low natural resource endowment. Absence or inadequacy of natural resources such as raw materials, fertile land for agriculture, etc may slow the pace of the country’s economic development
  2. Inadequate capital. This reduces the rate at which they exploit their natural resources, or produce in the economy
  • Poor technology used. The traditional methods of production that they use cannot sustain their requirement any more
  1. Poor human resource endowment. Their inability to train adequate skilled manpower together with their inappropriate system of education leads to their slow development
  2. Unfavorable domestic environment. Their political, social and economic institutions within their countries are not structured to favour economic development. For example
  • Their political system is characterized by corruption, authoritarian kind of leadership with lengthy procedures and bureaucratic controls that scares the investors
  • Their social environment is still full of outdated or retrogressive cultural values and negative attitude towards work and investment, leading to slow development
  • Their Economic institutions has allowed their markets to be influenced so much that that leads to interference in their smooth operations

 

 

Development Planning

This is the process through which the country establishes their objectives to be achieved, identify the resources that will be required and put in place the strategies or methods of acquiring the resources and achieving their pre-determined objectives.

In most cases their objectives or goals are the goals of economic development

The plan will prioritize the objectives to be achieved and even brake it down in to targets that if achieved with the planned strategy and resources, the objective shall have been achieved.

Need for economic planning

It enhances the following

  1. Appropriate resource allocation, where resources are allocated according to the need of the objective and in a most productive way
  2. Stimulation of effort of people in the desired direction. The plan outlines including the possible outcomes which persuade people to move to that direction
  3. Support foreign aid bargain. Since it shows including the objective that the country seeks to achieve, it is capable of convincing the donor to finance it in the country
  4. Project evaluation, by assisting on checking whether the predetermined targets or objectives are being achieved
  5. Long term decision making, as it will show what each and every sector of the economy will require in the future to make it stable.
  6. Avoiding duplication of industries in different parts of the country, for it will show the ones that have been set in those parts and even enhance balancing
  7. Promote balancing in regional development by ensuring that they are not concentrated in only one region, ignoring other regions

Problems encountered in development planning

Problems at the planning stage

  1. Lack of accurate or detailed data for planning. This may lead to in appropriate plan being developed, as it entirely depends on the quality and availability of the data
  2. Existence of large subsistence sector, which make the planning unrealistic
  • Lack of qualified personnel to assist in planning. This may make the country to rely on foreign experts who do not fully understand the country
  1. Problem of the private sector which will always require incentives for them to follow the plan
  2. Transfer of inappropriate development plan. As some planners may simply borrow a plan that they feel may have worked for a given country, yet the condition in those countries may not be the same

Problems at the implementation stage

  1. Over reliance on donor funding, which if they don’t receive, the plan may not be implemented
  2. Lack of domestic resources such as skilled personnel, finance and capital may make the implementation a problem
  • Failure to involve the local people in planning. This will make them not to be willing to implement it, for they will not be understanding it or rebelling for the fact that they were not included
  1. Natural calamities such as diseases, floods, drought, etc may make the funds that had been set aside for implementation be diverted to curb them
  2. Over-ambitious plans which are a times just made to impress the donors to release their funds but may not be easy to implement
  3. Lack of co-operation among the executing parties which may make the work not to kick off. For example a conflict between the ministry of finance and that of planning of the amount to be released
  • Inflation which may make the estimated value of implementation not to be adequate, bringing a problem of finances
  • Lack of political will and commitment in implementing the plan. This may frustrate the implementation.

 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE

 

A trade involving the exchange of goods and services between two or more countries. If the exchange is between two countries only, then it is referred to as bilateral trade, but if it is between more than two countries then it is referred to as multilateral trade.

Advantages of International Trade

  • It enable the country to get access to wider range/variety of goods and services from other countries
  • It enable the country to get what it does not produce
  • It helps in promoting peace among the trading countries
  • It enable the country to specialize in its production activities where they feel they have an advantage
  • It earns the country revenue through taxes and licenses fees paid by the importers and exporters in the country
  • It enable the country to dispose of its surplus goods and services thereby avoiding wastage
  • It creates employment opportunities to the citizens of that country either directly or indirectly
  • It may lead to the development of the country through importation of capital goods in to the country
  • It encourages easy movement of factors of production across the borders of the countries involved
  • It enable countries to earn foreign exchange which it can use to pay for its imports
  • A country may be able to obtain goods and services cheaply than if they have been produced locally
  • During hard times or calamities such as wars, the country is able to get assistance from the trading partners
  • It brings about competition between the imported and locally produced goods, leading to improvement in their quality
  • It gives the country an opportunity to exploit fully its natural resources, due to increased market

Disadvantages of International trade

  • It may lead to collapse of the local industries, as people will tend to go for the imported goods. The collapse may also lead to loss of employment
  • It may also lead to importation of harmful foods and services such as drugs and pornographic materials
  • May lead to over depending on imported commodities especially the essential ones, making the country to be a slave of the other countries, interfering with their sovereignty
  • It may make the country to suffered during emergencies if they mainly rely on the imported goods
  • May make the country to suffer from import inflation
  • May lead to acquisition of bad culture from other countries as a result of their interactions
  • May lead to unfavorable balance of payment, if the import is higher than exports

Terms of Trade

This refers to the rate at which the country’s export exchanges with those from other country. That is:

Terms of trade =

 

It determine the value of export in relations to import so that a country can know whether it’s trade with the other country is favourable or unfavourable

Favourable terms of trade will make the country spent little on import and gain a lot of foreign exchange from other countries

For example;

Then table below shows trade between Kenya and China in the year 2004 and 2005, with the Kenyan government exporting and importing to and from china, and China also importing and Exporting from and to Kenya.

Year Average prices of export
Kenya China
2004 1000 4000
2005 1200 6500

Calculate the Terms of trade for;

  1. Kenya
  2. China

Solution:

Kenya

  1. Export price index (E.P.I) =              x  100

 

=    x100

= 120%

  1. Import price index (I.P.I) =                          x 100

=           x 100

=  162.5%

  1. Terms of trade (T.O.T) =       x  100

=        x 100

= 73.8%

This implies that Kenya is importing from China more than it is exporting, leading to unfavourable terms of trade i.e. when the percentage is less than 100%, it implies unfavourable terms of trade.

China                          (work out)

The average prices is the various prices of the individual export or import items divide by their number

Factors that may lead to either favourable or unfavourable terms of trade

The country is experiencing a favourable terms of trade if:

  • The prices of imports decline and those of export remains the constant
  • The prices of imports declines while those of exports increase
  • The price of imports remains constant while those of exports increase
  • The prices of import and export increases but the rate of increase in export is higher
  • Both prices decrease but the decrease in import prices is higher

The country will experience unfavourable terms of trade if;

  • Prices of import increases while those of exports decline
  • Prices of import remains constant while those of export declines
  • Prices of import increase as the export remains constant
  • Both prices increase, but for imports increases at a higher rate than export
  • Both prices decrease, but for export decreases at a higher rate than import

Reasons for differences in terms of trade between countries

The terms of trade may differ due to:

  1. The nature of the commodity being exported. If a country exports raw materials, or unprocessed agricultural products, its terms of trade will be unfavourable, as compared to a country that exports manufactured goods
  2. Nature of the commodity being imported. A country that imports manufactured goods is likely to have unfavourable terms of trade as compared to that which imports raw materials or agricultural produce
  • Change in demand for a country’s export. An increase in demand for the country’s export at the world market will make it have favourable terms of trade as compared to those with low demand at the world market
  1. Existing of world economic order favouring the products from more developed countries. This may make the developing countries to have deteriorating terms of trade
  2. Total quantity supplied. A country exporting what most countries are exporting will have their products trading at a lower price, experiencing unfavourable terms of trade as compared to a country that export what only few countries export
  3. Trade restrictions by trading partners. A country with no trading restrictions is likely to import more products, leading to unfavourable terms of trade, as compared to if it impose trade restrictions

Balance of trade

This is the difference between value of country’s visible exports and visible imports over a period of time. If the value of visible/tangible export is higher than the value of visible/tangible imports, then the country experiences favourable terms. If less than the invisible value, then the country is experiencing unfavourable. The country is at equilibrium if the value of visible export and import is the same

Balance of payments

This is the difference in the sum of visible and invisible export and the visible and invisible imports.  If positive then it means the country is having favourable terms, while if negative, then it means unfavourable It goes beyond the balance of trade in that it considers the following

  • The countries visible/tangible export and import of goods (visible trade)
  • The countries invisible/services exported and imported in the country (invisible trade)
  • The inflow and outflow of investment (capital goods)

Balance of Payment account

This is the summary showing all the transactions that have taken place between a particular country and the rest of the world over a period of time. The transaction may arise from

  1. The export of visible goods
  2. The import of visible goods
  3. The export of invisible goods/services
  4. The import of invisible goods/services
  5. Flow of capital in and out of the country

Components of balance of payments account

The balance of payment account is made up of the following

  1. Balance of payment on current account
  2. Balance of payment on capital account

iii)Official settlement account/Cash account/foreign exchange transaction account

 

 

Balance of payment on current account

This is the account that is used to determine the difference between the value of the country’s visible and invisible imports and exports. That is

Balance of payment on current account = (visible export + invisible export) – (visible import + invisible import)

In the account, the payments for the visible and invisible imports are debited while the receipts from visible and invisible exports are credited that is

 

Dr                                current account                                Cr

Payments for imports

(Visible and Invisible)

Receipts from exports

(Visible and Invisible)

The balance of payment on current account may be;

  • In equilibrium i.e. if Dr = Cr
  • Unfavourable i.e. if Dr > Cr (-ve)
  • Favourable i.e. if Dr < Cr (+ve)

For example;

A given country had the following values of visible and invisible export and import during the year 2004 and 2005

Trade 2004 (shs) 2005 (shs)
Visible export 18926 29954
Visible imports 22780 32641
Invisible exports 6568 19297
Invisible imports 5239 16129

Required

Prepare the country’s balance of payments on current account for the years 2004 and 2005 and comment on each of them.

Dr                                current account year 2004                                                           Cr

                                            shs

Visible imports         22780

Invisible imports         5239

Total          28019

                                            Shs

Visible export                 18926

Invisible export                 6568

Total                                25494

Deficit                               2525

The country experienced unfavourable balance of payment on current account in the year 2004, since they imported more than they exported

 

 

 

Dr                                current account year 2005                                                           Cr

                                            shs

Visible imports         32641

Invisible imports         16129

Total          28019

Excess                                   481

                                            Shs

Visible export                 29954

Invisible export               19297

Total                                49251

 

The country experienced favourable balance of payment on current account in the year 2005, since they exported more than they imported

Balance of payments on capital account

This account shows the summary of the difference between the receipt and payments on the investment (capital). Receipts are income from investments in foreign countries while payments are income on local investments by foreigners paid out of the country.

The capital inflow includes investments, loans and grants from foreign donors, while capital outflow includes dividends paid to the foreign investors, loan repayments, donations and grants to other countries.

In the account the payments are debited, while the receipts are credited. That is;

Dr                                capital account                                 Cr

Payments

 

Receipts

 

The account may be;

  • In equilibrium i.e. if Dr = Cr
  • Unfavourable i.e. if Dr > Cr (-ve)
  • Favourable i.e. if Dr < Cr (+ve)

The combined difference on the receipts and payments on both the current and capital accounts is known as the overall balance of payments.

The official settlement account

This account records the financial dealings with other countries through the IMF. It is also called the foreign exchange transaction account, and is always expected to balance which a times may not be the case. That is;

  • In case of surplus in the balance of payment, the central bank of that country creates a reserve with the IMF and transfer the surplus to the reserves account.
  • In case of a deficit in the balance of payment, the central banks collect the reserves from the IMF to correct the deficit, and incase it did not have the reserves, the IMF advances it/give loan

Balance of payment disequilibrium

This occurs when there is either deficit or surplus in the balance of payments accounts. If there is surplus, then the country would like to maintain it because it is favourable, while if deficit, the country would like to correct it.

Causes of balance of payment disequilibrium

It may be caused by the following;

  • Fall in volume of exports, as this will reduce the earnings from exports leading to a deficit.
  • Deteriorating in the countries terms of trade. That is when the country’s exports decreases in relation to the volume of imports, then her payments will higher than what it receives.
  • Increasing in the volume of import, especially if the export is not increasing at the same rate, then it will import more than it exports, leading to a disequilibrium
  • Restriction by trading partners. That is if the trading partners decides to restrict what they can import from the country to a volume lower than what the country import from them, it will lead to disequilibrium
  • Less capital inflow as compared to the out flow, as this may lead to a deficit in the capital account, which may in turn leads to disequilibrium.
  • Over valuation of the domestic currency. This will make the country’s export to very expensive as compared to their import, making it to lose market at the world market
  • Devaluation of the currency by the trading partner. This makes the value of their imports to be lower, enticing the country to import more from them than they can export to them.

Correcting the balance of payment disequilibrium

The measures that may be taken to correct this may include;

  • Devaluation of the country’s currency to encourage more exports than imports, discouraging the importers from importing more into the country.
  • Encouraging foreign investment in the country, so that it may increase the level of economic activities in the country, producing what can be consumed and even exported to control imports
  • Restricting the capital outflow from the country by decreasing the percentage of the profits that the foreigner can repatriate back to their country to reduce the outflow
  • Decreasing the volume of imports. This will save the country from making more payments than it receives. It can be done in the following ways;
  1. Imposing or increasing the import duty on the imported goods to make them more expensive as compared to locally produced goods and lose demand locally
  2. Imposing quotas/total ban on imports to reduce the amount of goods that can be imported in the country
  • Foreign exchange control. This allows the government to restrict the amount of foreign currencies allocated for the imports, to reduce the import rate
  1. Administrative bottlenecks. The government can put a very long and cumbersome procedures of importing goods into the country to discourage some people from importing goods and control the amount of imports
  • Increasing the volume of exports. This enable the country to receive more than it gives to the trading partners, making it to have a favourable balance of payment disequilibrium. This can be done through;
  1. Export compensation scheme, which allows the exporter to claim a certain percentage of the value of goods exported from the government. This will make them to charge their export at a lower price, increasing their demand internationally
  2. Diversifying foreign markets, to enable not to concentrate only on one market that may not favour them and also increase the size of the market for their exports
  • Offering customs drawbacks. This where the government decides to refund in full or in part, the value of the custom duties that has been charged on raw materials imported into the country to manufacture goods for export
  1. Lobbying for the removal of the trade restriction, by negotiating with their trading partners to either reduce or remove the barrier put on their exports

Terms of sales in international trade

Here the cost trading which includes the cost of the product, cost of transporting, loading, shipping, insurance, warehousing and unloading may be expensive. This makes some of the cost to be borne by the exporter, as some being borne by the importer. The price of the goods quoted therefore at the exporters premises should clearly explain the part of the cost that he/she is going to bear and the ones that the importer will bear before receiving his/her goods. This is what is referred to as the terms of sale

Terms of sales therefore refers to the price quotation that state the expenses that are paid for by the exporter and those paid for by the importer.

Some of the common terms include;

  • Loco price/ex-warehouse/ex-works. This states that the price of the goods quoted are as they are at the manufacturers premises. The rest of the expenses of moving the good up to the importers premises will be met by the importer
  • O.R (Free on Rail). This states that the price quoted includes the expenses of transporting the goods from the seller’s premises to the nearest railway station. Other railways charges are met by the importer
  • D (Delivered Docks)/Free Docks. This states that the price quoted covers the expenses for moving the goods from the exporter’s premises to the dock. The importer meets all the expenses including the dock charges
  • A.S (Free Along Ship). States that the price quoted includes the expenses from the exporter’s premises to the dock, including the loading expenses. Any other expenses are met by the importer
  • O.B (Free on Board). States that the price quoted includes the cost of moving the goods up to the ship, including loading expenses. The buyer meets the rest of the expenses
  • C&F (cost & freight). The price quoted includes the F.O.B as well as the shipping expenses. The importer meets the insurance charges
  • I.F (Cost Insurance & freight). The price includes the C&F, including the insurance expenses
  • The price includes all the expenses up to the port of destination as well as unloading charges
  • In Bond. The price quoted includes the expenses incurred until the goods reaches the bonded warehouse
  • Franco (Free of Expenses). The price quoted includes all the expenses up to the importer’s premises. The importer does not incur any other expenses other than the quoted price
  • N.O (Or Nearest Offer). This implies that the exporter is willing to accept the quoted price or any other nearest to the quoted one

Documents used in International trade

  1. Enquiry/Inquiry. A letter sent by an importer to the exporter asking about the supply of the goods and the terms of sale.
  2. Order of Indent. This asks the supplier to supply goods. It may specify the goods to be supplied and suggest the preferred mode of transport for them. An indent may be open or closed
  • Open Indent. Here the importer does not specify the supplier and the goods to be bought and therefore the exporter or export agent is free to choose the supplier
  • Closed Indent. Here the importer specifies the supplier and the goods to be bought
  • Letter of Credit. A document issued by the importers bank to the exporter’s bank to assure the exporter of the payment for the goods ordered. The exporter can then be paid by his bank on the basis of this letter.
  1. Import Licence. A document issued by the country to allow the importer to buy goods from abroad.
  2. Bill of Lading. A document of title to goods being exported issued by the shipping company to the importer who should use it to have goods released at the port of entry.
  3. Freight Note. A document prepared by the shipping company to show the transportation charges for goods.
  • Certificate of insurance. A document issued by the insurance company or agent, undertaking to cover the risk against the loss or damage to goods being exported.
  • Certificate of Origin. A document that shows the country from which the goods are being imported have originated from.
  1. Commercial Invoice. A document issued by the exporter to demand for the payment for the sold on credit to the importer.

It shows the following;

  • The name and address of the exporter
  • The name and the address of the importer
  • The price charged
  • The terms of sale
  • The description of the consignment
  • The name of the ship transporting the consignment
  1. Consular Invoice. A document that shows that the prices of the goods that have been charged is fair as certified by the consul with the embassy of the exporting country.
  2. Proforma Invoice. A document sent by the exporter to the importer if he/she is not willing to sell goods on credit. It may be used to serve the following purposes;
  • Serve as a formal quotation
  • Serve as a polite request for payment before the goods are released for the customer
  • To enable the importer to initiated the clearing of the custom duty early enough to avoid delays
  • Used to by the importer to obtain permission from the Central Bank to import goods
  • Airway Bill. Issued by the airline company to show the charges for the goods being transported
  • Letter of Hypothecation. A letter written by the exporter to his/her bank authorizing it to resell the goods being exported. This occurs if the bank fails to get payment on the bill of exchange drawn on the importer that it has discounted for the exporter. Should there be a deficit after the resale, the exporter pays the deficit
  • Weight note. A documents that shows the weight and other measurements of the goods being delivered at the dock
  1. Shipping advice note. A document issued by the exporter to his/her shipping agent containing instruction for shipping goods.

International Financial Institutions

Some of the institutions that play a role in international monetary system include;

  1. International Monetary Fund (I.M.F)
  2. African Development Bank (A.D.B)
  • African Development Fund (A.D.F)
  1. International Bank For Reconstruction and Development (World Bank)
  2. International Monetary Fund (I.M.F)

This bank operates like the central bank of the central banks of the member countries. Its objective includes the following;

  • Ensuring that the member country maintains a stable foreign exchange rates for their currencies. This it does by advising the country to raise or increase the supply of their currency to devalue them or increase their value internationally
  • Provide financial support to the member country to alleviate poverty and boost their income.
  • Relieving heavily indebted countries of debt repayment so that it can use that fund to raise the living standards of its people.
  • Providing funds to the member countries to finance the deficits in their balance of payment.
  • Provide forum through which the member country can consult and cooperate on matters concerning trade among them
  • Maintaining currency reserves of the different countries, enabling member countries to buy foreign exchange to be used to import goods and services.
  1. African Development Bank (A.D.B)

This bank was formed to promote the economic and social progress of its regional member countries in Africa. It main source of finance is the members’ contributions and the interest charged on the money they lend members.

Its functions include;

  • Providing loans for economic and social development to member countries
  • Provide technical advice in planning and implementation of the development plans
  • Assist member country to appropriately exploit it resources
  • To encourage co-operation among African countries in order to bring economic growth
  • To co-operate with various economic institutions in order to bring about development especially in Africa countries
  • African Development Fund (A.D.F)

This was formed to provide long term financial assistance to the low income countries that cannot obtain loan from other financial institutions at the prevailing terms and condition. Their loans may recover a longer repayment periods with no interest except the commitment fees and service charge which is minimal. They fund activities, which includes;

  • Education and research activities
  • Offer technical advice to the member countries
  1. International Bank For Reconstruction and Development (World Bank)

The World Bank was formed to carry out the following functions;

  • Giving loans to countries at very low interest rates to finance economic development activities.
  • Provision of grants to finance the provision of social amenities and basic infrastructural development in developing countries.
  • Fighting against corruption and poor governance which may lead to misuse of public funds in different countries.
  • Advancing money to countries to finance balance of payment deficit.
  • Giving advice on economic challenges that countries may face.
  • Availing technical assistance and personnel to help countries run their economic programmes

Economic Integration

This occurs where two or more countries enter into a mutual agreement to cooperate with each other for their own economic benefit. They may do this by allowing free trade or relaxing their existing trade barriers for the member countries.

Economic integration may occur in the following forms;

  1. Free Trade Area

This is a case where the member countries agree to abolish or minimize tariffs and other trade restrictions but the individual countries are free to impose restrictions on non-member countries. They includes; Preferential Trade Area (P.T.A), European Free Trade Area (E.F.T.A), Latin America Free Trade Area (L.A.F.T.A), etc.

  1. Custom union

This is where the members of the free trade area may agree not only to abolish or minimize their tariffs, but also establish a common tariff for the exchange of goods and services with the non member countries. They include; Economic Community of West Africa States (E.C.O.W.A.S), East Africa Custom Union (E.A.C.U), Central Africa Custom and Economic Union (C.A.C.E.U)

  1. Common Market

This is where the member countries allow for free movement of factors of production across the borders. People are free to move and establish their business in any member country. They include; East Africa Common Market (E.A.C.M), European Economic Community (E.E.C), Central American Common Market (C.A.C.M), Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA)

  1. Economic Union

This is where the members of the common market agree for put in place a common currency and a common central bank for the member countries. They even develop common infrastructures which includes railways, communication networks, common tariffs, etc

Importance of economic integration

Economic integration will ensure the following benefits for the member countries;

  • Availability of wider market for the goods and services produced by the member countries. This enables them to produce to their full capacity
  • It enables the country to specialize in the goods they produce best, making them to effectively utilize their resources
  • It leads to promotion of peace and understanding among the member countries through interaction
  • It leads to high quality of goods and services being produced in the country due to the competition they face
  • It allow members to get access to wider variety of goods and services which satisfy different consumer needs
  • It leads to creation of employment for individuals living within the region, as they can work in any of the member country
  • It increase the economic bargaining power in trading activities by the countries forming a trading bloc
  • Improvement of the infrastructure in the region due to increased economic activities.
  • It brings about co-ordination when developing industries, as the members will assign the industries to each other to create balance development and avoid unnecessary duplication

Free Trade Area

This is a situation where there is unrestricted exchange of goods and services between the countries. It has benefits/advantages similar to those of economic integration.

Disadvantages of free trade area

Some of the problems it is likely to bring include;

  • It may lead to importation of inferior goods and services to the country, as the member country may not be able to produce high quality as compare to other non-member countries
  • It may discourage the growth of the infant industries due to competition from well developed industries in other countries
  • It may lead to reduced government revenue because no tariff may be charged on the goods and services
  • A country may be tempted to adopt technology not suitable for its level of development.
  • If not controlled, it may lead to unfavourable balance of payment, where a country imports more than it export
  • It may lead to importation of harmful goods and services, that may affect the members health such as illegal drugs
  • It may lead to lack of employment opportunities especially where more qualified people have moved from their country to secure job opportunities in the country
  • It may expose the country to negative cultural practices in other countries, interfering with their morals. For example the exposure to the pornographic materials.
  • Compromising political ideologies especially where member countries with different ideologies wants to fit in to the bloc
  • It may lead to over exploitation of non-renewable economic resources such as minerals

Trade Restrictions

These are deliberate measures by the government to limit the imports and exports of a country. They are also known as protectionism and includes the following;

  • Tariffs which include taxes levied on both import and export. It can be used to increase or decrease the level of both import and export
  • Quotas which is the restriction on the quantity of goods to be either imported or exported. It can be increased or decreased to increase or decrease the level of import or export respectively.
  • Total ban (zero quota) where the government issues a direction illegalizing either the import or export of the products
  • Complicated import procedure in order to discourage some importers from importing
  • Subsidies on locally produced goods to discourage imports
  • Legislation against importation of certain goods
  • Setting the standards of products to be imported

Reasons for trade restrictions

  • To prevent the inflow of harmful goods into the country, that may be harmful to the lives of the citizens
  • To protect the local infant industries that may not be able to compete favourably with well established industry
  • To give a country a chance to exploit its natural resources in producing their goods
  • To protect strategic industry, since their collapse may make the country to suffer
  • To minimize dependency of the country to other countries for their stability
  • To create employment opportunity to its people by establishing the industries to produce the goods and services
  • To prevent dumping of goods in the country by the developed partners which may create unfair competition
  • To correct balance of payment deficit by limiting import
  • To protect good cultural and social values which may be influenced by unaccepted values they are likely to acquire from other country through interaction
  • To expand market for locally produced goods by restricting the number of foreign goods in the market.
  • To enable the country earn foreign exchange through imposing taxes and other tariffs

Advantages of trade restrictions

  • It promotes self reliance as industries have an opportunity to engage in the production of goods and services that were previously imported
  • It protects the local industries from stiff competition that they may have faced from the well developed countries
  • It may help to correct the balance of payment deficit
  • It restrict the entry of harmful goods into the country as it controls the inflow of imports in to the country
  • It enables the country to conserve their valuable social and cultural values from the external influence
  • It help in creating more job opportunities through diversification in the production
  • It promotes the growth of local/infant industries in the country.

Disadvantages of trade restriction

  • There will be availability of limited variety of goods in the country that will limit the consumer’s choices
  • May lead to production of low quality goods as there will be no competition for the producing firms
  • Other countries may also retaliate, leading to reduction in export from their country
  • There is likely to be high prices charged on the locally produced goods, since the small firms which produce them may not be enjoying the economies of scale
  • The country is likely to be exposed to small market, should all countries restrict which may lead to reduction in trade.
  • As a result of the continued protection, some industries may develop a tendency of remaining young to still enjoy the protection, which limits the level of development
  • It may lead to emergence of monopoly as the protected industry may end up remaining alone in the market, bringing about the problems of monopolies

Trends in International Trade

  1. Liberalization that has led to removal of many trade restriction among the countries, increasing the levels of trade
  2. Development of E-Banking which has enable the international trader to get access to their bank accounts from wherever they are in
  • Development of export processing zones (EPZ) by the government to allows the industries involved just concentrate in the exported goods only. It enable the country enjoy the following benefits (advantages of EPZ)
  • It creates job opportunities to the citizens
  • It creates market for locally produced raw materials that they use in their production
  • It encourage the foreign investors to invest in the countries, i.e. in the processing zones, increasing the level of investment in the country
  • Encourages export in the country as the incentives given to them by the government makes them to produce more and more for export
  • It stimulates industrialization in the country in all sector including the ones producing for local consumptions

However EPZ’s have the following problems/disadvantages

  • Most of them employs foreigners in their management team, denying the locals a chance to get employed
  • They do not generate revenue to the government, especially during tax free periods
  • They are concentrated in few towns, bringing about imbalance regional development
  • Some of them encourages social evils such as prostitution in areas where they are developed
  1. Development of e-commerce/website trading which has promoted the selling and buying of items through the internet, with payments made online.

E-commerce has the following benefits/advantages:

  • One is able to access the market worldwide, as the countries are connected to the internet
  • There is no discrimination, as both the small and large industries are able to transact through the internet
  • It is fast to transact the business through internet, as it saves on travelling time and therefore suitable for urgent transaction
  • It is cheap especially on the cost of sending, receiving and storing information
  • It is easy for firms to share valuable information about production

THE STOCK EXCHANGE MARKET

This is a market whereby the buying and selling of shares and other securities takes place. Shares are the smallest units of capital that can be sold to persons by a company for them to become share holders. Other securities traded in this market includes debentures (a unit of loan sold by the companies to the members of the public), government bonds (a long term borrowing certificate by the government from its people) and government treasury bills ( a short term borrowing certificate by the government from its people).

Common terms used in stock exchange

  1. Securities:- a document certifying that one has lent money to the issuer (the person borrowing the money)
  2. Broker:- a person/firm registered by the capital market authority (CMA) to buy and sell shares and other securities on behalf of their clients
  • Jobber:- a person/firm who buys and sell shares and other securities with an aim of making a profit
  1. CDSC account:- Central Depository Settlement Corporation account for mobilizing the shares and securities to be traded on at the market

In the stock exchange market only registered/listed/quoted companies are allowed to sell their shares. A quoted/listed company is a company that has been registered as a member of the stock exchange market.

The quoted companies can sell their shares through the Initial Public Offer (I.P.O) or normal trading in the market.

IPO is the initial price that the company will float its shares to the members of the public to buy/subscribe to for the first time. These shares are said to have been issued in the primary market. After the IPO the shares are then accumulated as stock and traded on in the stock exchange market (secondary market).

All the trading of the shares is done through the company’s agents or brokers.

Procedure of buying shares:

  1. Opening a CDSC account through broker
  2. Filling in the purchase order form by stating the type and the number of shares to be bought
  • The broker identifies and negotiate with the willing buyer
  1. The shares are then paid for through brokers at a commission
  2. Shares are then transferred and credited in the buyers CDSC account

Procedure for selling shares:

  1. Opening a CDSC account through broker
  2. Filling in the sales order by stating the price and the number of shares to be sold
  • The buyer identifies and negotiate with the willing buyer
  1. The buyer pays for the shares through the broker
  2. Shares are transferred and credited in the buyer’s CDSC account with the sellers CDSC account being debited

Roles of stock exchange market

They perform the following roles:

  • They facilitate the buying of shares by creating a conducive environment for the investors who wants to buy shares.
  • They facilitate the selling of shares by creating a ready market for those who wish to sell their shares
  • They safeguard the investors’ interest by ensuring that the companies to be listed have met a given standard of performance. If not they will be deregistered
  • Assist the company to raise capital through IPO or sales of shares in the market
  • Provide useful information to the investors which is always timely and accurate to assist them in their decision making
  • They create employment opportunity to those who facilitate the buying and selling of the shares such a jobbers, brokers, etc
  • They help the government in raising the revenues in terms of fees and rents to the government
  • They avail variety of securities for the investors to choose from before investing.
  • They measure the country’s economic progress through checking the performance of the stock, which may be an indicator of the economic performance.

 

SOURCE DOCUMENTS AND BOOKS OF ORIGINAL ENTRY

 

These are documents containing the information that makes basis of making entries in the books of accounts. They act as evidence that the transaction actually took place. They includes

  • Cash sale receipt: – a document that shows that cash as been received or paid out of the business either in form of cash or cheque. It is a source document that is mainly used in making records in the cash journals cash book, cash accounts or bank accounts. If the receipt is received, it means payments has been made and therefore will be credited in the above accounts, or taken to cash disbursement/payment journals, while when issued, it means cash/cheque has been received and therefore will be debited in the above accounts or taken to cash receipt journals
  • Invoice: – a document issued when the transaction was done on credit to demand for their payment. If the invoice is an incoming invoice/invoice received, then it implies that the purchases were made on credit, and if it is an outgoing/invoice issued then it implies that sales were made on credit.

The incoming invoice will be used to record the information in the purchases journals/diary, while an outgoing invoice will be used to record information in sales journals/diaries

  • Credit note: – a document issued when goods are returned to the business by the customer or the business return goods to the supplier and to correct any overcharge that may have taken place. If it is received, then it means part of the purchases has been returned and therefore the information will be used to record information in the purchases return journals, while if issued then it means the part of sales has been returned by the customers and therefore used to record the information in the sales return journals/diaries

 

  • Debit note: – a document used to correct an undercharge that may have taken place to inform the debtor to pay more. It therefore acts as an additional invoice
  • Payment voucher: – a document used where it is not possible to get a receipt for the cash/cheque that has been received or issued. The person being paid must sign on it to make it authentic. It is therefore used to record information just as receipts

Books of original entries/Journals/Diaries/day’s books/Subsidiary books

These are books where the transactions are listed when they first occur, with their entries being made on a daily basis before they are posted to their respective ledger accounts. The information in the source documents are used to make entries in these books. The books of original entries include:

  • Sales journals
  • Sales return journals/Return inwards journals
  • Purchases journals/creditors journals/bought journals
  • Purchases return journals/return outwards journal
  • Cash receipt journals
  • Cash payment/cash disbursement journals
  • Three column cash book
  • The petty cash book
  • Analysis cash book
  • General journals/journal proper
    • Sales journals

This is used to record credit sales of goods before they can be recorded in their various ledgers. The information obtained in the outgoing invoice/invoice issued is used to record the information in this journal as the source document

The overall total in the sales journal is therefore posted in the sales account in the general ledger on credit side and debtors account in the sales ledger as a debit entry

Sales journal

Date Particulars/details Invoice no Ledger folio amount
         

Example:

The following information relates to Tirop traders for the month of June 2010

June   1: Sold goods to wafula on credit of ksh 200, invoice no 0114

2: Sold to the following debtors on credit; Wanjiru ksh 400, Musyoka ksh 300,    Wafula ksh 300

5: sold goods on credit to Wanjiru of ksh 300

10: Sold goods to the following on credit Kanini ksh 100, Wafula ksh 500, Wanjiru ksh 600

12: Sold goods on credit to musyoka of ksh 350

Required:

Prepare the relevant day book for the above transactions; hence post the various amounts to their respective individual accounts

Sales journal

Date Particulars/details Invoice no Ledger folio amount
June 2010:

1

2

2

2

5

10

10

10

12

15

 

Wafula

Wanjiru

Musyoka

Wafula

Wanjiru

Wanjiru

Wafula

Kanini

Musyoka

Totals posted to the sales account (Cr)

 

0114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SL

SL

SL

SL

SL

SL

SL

SL

SL

 

GL

 

200

400

300

300

300

600

500

100

350

 

3050

 

(Post the rest to their individual debtors account)

  • Sales Return Journals/Return inwards journals

This is for recording the goods that the customers/debtors have returned to the business. It uses the information in the credit note issued as a source document to prepare it. The information is therefore recorded to the return inwards account in the general ledger, while the individual’s entries are reflected (credited) also in their respective debtors account for double entry to be completed. It takes the following format

Sales return journal

Date Particulars/details Credit note no Ledger folio amount
         

 

For example;

Record the following transaction for the 2007 in their relevant diaries, hence post them to their respective ledger accounts;

May 1: goods that had been sold to M Okondo of shs 2600 on credit was returned to the business

“   2: G. Otuya returned good worth shs 1320 that was sold to him on credit to the business

“    8: the following returned goods that had been sent to them on credit to the business H Wati shs 3500, Muya shs 4700 M Okondo shs 2900

“    12: G Otuya returned goods worth shs 5400 that were sold on credit to the business

“  30: Goods worth sh 8900 that had been sold on credit to G Otuya were returned to the business

Sales Return journal

Date Particulars/details Credit note no Ledger folio amount
May 2007:

1

2

8

8

8

12

30

 

M Okondo

G Otuya

H Wati

Muya

M Okondo

G Otuya

G Otuya

Totals posted to Return Inwards a/c (Dr)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S.L

S.L

S.L

S.L

S.L

S.L

S.L

 

GL

 

2600

1320

3500

4700

2900

5400

8900

 

29320

(Post the entries to the individual ledger a/c’s (Cr))

Purchases Journal

This is used to record the credit purchase of goods. The totals are then debited in the purchases account in the general ledger, while the individual’s creditors accounts are credited. It used the invoices received/incoming invoices as it source document. It takes the following format;

Purchases journal

Date Particulars/details Invoice no Ledger folio amount
         

For example

The following information relates to Mikwa Traders for the month of April 2011. Record them in their relevant day’s book, hence post the entries to their relevant ledger accounts.

April 2011;

“ 2.  Bought goods worth shs 25 000 on credit from Juma, Invoice no 3502

  1.   Bought goods worth shs 16 500 from kamau on credit, invoice no 2607
  2.   Bought goods worth shs 12 700 from Juma on credit, invoice no 3509
  3. Purchased goods of shs 25 200 from juma, invoice no 3605; shs 17 500 from Kamau, invoice no 3700; shs 45 000 from Wamae wholesalers, invoice no 3750
  4. Purchased goods of shs 9 200 from Wamae wholesalers on credit, invoice no 3762
  5. Bought goods of shs 17 000 from Kamau on credit, invoice no 3802
  6. Purchased goods of shs 36 000 from Juma suppliers on credit, Invoice no 3812

Purchases Day book

Date Particulars/details Invoice no Ledger folio amount
April 2011:

2

3

6

8

8

8

15

18

24

 

 

Juma

Kamau

Juma

Juma

Kamau

Wamae

Wamae

Kamau

Juma

Totals posted to the Purchase account (Dr)

 

3502

2607

3509

3605

3700

3750

3762

3802

3812

 

 

 

PL

PL

PL

PL

PL

PL

PL

PL

PL

 

GL

 

25 000

16 500

12 700

25 200

17 500

45 000

9 200

17 000

36 000

 

204100

(Post the individual entries to their relevant accounts in the ledger (crediting))

 

 

  • Purchases Return Journals/Return outwards Journals

This is used to record goods that have been returned to the creditors by the business, reducing the value of the goods that had been purchased. It uses the credit note received as the source documents, with the totals being in the purchases return account while the individual creditor’s accounts are debited in their respective ledger accounts. It takes the following format

Purchases return journal

Date Particulars/details Credit note no Ledger folio amount
         

For example:

Record the following transaction in the purchases return day book for Njiru’s traders for the month of June 2010, hence post the information into their relevant ledger accounts.

June 2010;

“ 3. Returned goods worth shs 400 that had been bought from Nairobi stores, credit note no 56

“ 8. Return goods of shs 1 200 to Matayos store, Credit no 148

“19. Had some of their purchases returned to the following; Njoka enterprises shs 700, credit note no 205, Nairobi Stores shs 600, credit note no 58, Matayos store shs 1 000 credit note no 191

“26. Returned goods worth shs 1 800 to Njoka enterprise credit note no 210

“30. Return goods worth shs 1 020 to Matayos store, credit note no 200

  • Cash receipt Diaries

This is used to record all the cash and cheques that have been received in the business. They may be many that posting directly in the cash book may be tedious and are therefore first recorded here. It totals are posted to the cash and bank accounts in the general ledger (Dr), while the individual accounts are credited in their respective accounts in the ledger. It uses the cash receipt issued and bank slips received as the source documents. It takes the following format;

Cash receipt journal

Date Particulars/details Receipt no Ledger folio Disc allowed cash bank
             

 

 

  • Cash payment Journals

This is used to record cash and cheques that have been issued to the creditors/out of the business. Its totals are credited (Cr) in the cash and bank account and the individual accounts are debited (Dr) in their respective accounts It uses the cash receipt received and bank slips issued as the source documents. It takes the following format;

Cash Payment journal

Date Particulars/details Receipt no Ledger folio Disc received cash bank
             

For example:

Record the following transactions into their relevant day books of Onyango traders, hence post the entries to their respective ledger accounts and balance them off;

May 2011:

“1. Cash sales amounting to ksh 3 000, receipt no 0112

“2. Paid the following creditors by cheque after having deducted a cash  discount of 10% in each case; H. Mwangi ksh 1 500, J. Mwaniki ksh 1 600, N. Mugo ksh 1 200

“3. Receive the following Chaques from debtors in settlement of their debts after having deducted 5% cash discount in each case; Lucy kshs 22 800 cheque no 0115, Otieno kshs 8 550 cheque no 0011, Martha ksh 1 330 cheque no 0016

“5. Paid for repairs in cash kshs 16 000, receipt no 0251

“10. Paid Juma in cash kshs 9 500, receipt no 0295

“14. Cash sales kshs 17 000, receipt no 02714

“15. Banked kshs 6 000 from the cash till

“15. Received cash from Mary of kshs 13 500, receipt no 0258

“16. Cash sales of kshs 26 400 was directly banked, bank slip no 40152

“20. Cash purchases of kshs 8 920, receipt no 117

“22. Cash purchases of kshs 15 200 was paid for by a cheque, cheque no 512

Cash receipt journal

Date Particulars/details Document no Ledger folio Disc allowed cash bank
May 2011

1

3

3

3

14

15

15

16

 

 

Sales

Lucy

Otieno

Martha

Sales

Cash

Mary

Sales

 

Totals to be posted to the cash and bank a/c (Dr)

 

0112

0115

0011

0016

02714

 

0258

40152

 

GL

SL

SL

SL

GL

“c”

SL

GL

 

 

1200

450

700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 350

 

3 000

 

 

 

17 000

 

13 500

 

 

 

 

33 500

 

 

22 800

8 550

1 330

 

6 000

 

26 400

 

 

 

65 080

 

(Post the totals and the entries to their respective accounts)

Cash Payment journal

Date Particulars/details Document no Ledger folio Disc Received cash bank
May 2011

2

2

2

5

10

15

20

22

 

 

H. Mwangi

J. Mwaniki

N. Mugo

Repairs

Juma

Bank

Purchases

Purchases

 

Totals to be posted to the cash and bank a/c (Cr)

 

 

 

 

0251

0295

 

117

512

 

PL

PL

PL

GL

PL

“c”

GL

GL

 

166.70

177.70

133.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

477.30

 

 

 

 

16 000

9 500

6 000

8 920

 

 

 

 

40 420

 

1 500

1 600

1 200

 

 

 

 

15 200

 

 

 

19 500

(Post the totals and the entries to their respective accounts)

  • The petty Cash book

This is used to record money that has been set aside to make payments that does not require large amounts, such as cleaning, staff tea, posting letters, etc. it is always kept by the petty cashier, under the supervision of the main cashier. The amount received by the petty cashier is always debited, while the payments made from the same is credited. The credit side also contains the analytical columns for various items of expenditure. The amount credited is also extended to the analysis column for the specific item. At the end of the stated period, the petty cash book is balanced, and the totals are posted to their individual accounts. The individual’s accounts are debited with the totals of the analytical columns, while the cash account is credited by the main cashier for the total that was spent in the petty cash book.

Petty cash book can also be operated on an imprest system, where the petty cashier receives a given amount of money at an intervals (imprest) to spend, and report back to the main cashier at the end of the period on how the money has been spent and the balance still remaining for re-stocking (reimbursed), and only the amount spent can be reimbursed so that at the beginning of the period the petty cashier will always have the full amount (cash float).

For example:

A petty cashier of sina chuki traders operate a petty cash book on an imprest of kshs 2 500 on a monthly basis. On 1st February 2010, she had cash in hand of shs 150 and was reimbursed the difference by the main cashier to restore her cash float. The following payments were made during the month of February 2010

Feb; 1. Travelling expenses kshs110

  1. Correcting fluid kshs 200
  2. Sugar for staff tea ksh 180
  3. Stamps kshs 255
  4. Telephone kshs 255
  5. Entertainment kshs 130
  6. Postage stamps kshs 100
  7. Bread for staff tea kshs 148
  8. Fare kshs 200
  9. Duplicating ink kshs 250
  10. Entertainment kshs 400
  11. Telephone kshs 100
  12. Atieno a creditor was paid ksh 150

Required;

Prepare a petty cash book from the above information and post the totals to the relevant ledger accounts.

Sina Chuki Traders

Petty Cash Book

For month of Feb. 2010

Receipt sh L.F Date Details Vouch no Total sh Travel exp Office exp Staff tea postage Telephone Ent. Ledger a/c
 

150

2 350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2500

22

 

 

C.B

2010

Feb 1

1

1

2

3

4

10

15

18

20

25

26

27

28

28

 

Bal b/d

Reimbursement

Travelling exp

Correcting fluid

Sugar

Stamps

Telephone

Entertainment

Stamps

Bread

Fare

Duplicating ink

Entertainment

Telephone

Atieno

Totals

Bal c/d

 

Bal b/d

   

 

110

200

180

255

255

130

100

148

200

250

400

100

150

2478

22

2500

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

450

 

 

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

 

 

 

255

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

 

400

 

 

530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150

150

The totals in the analytical columns are Debited in the individual accounts, with the petty cash book totals being credited in the cash account.

 

  • The general Journal/Journal proper

This one is used to record purchases or sales of fixed assets of the business on credit. These assets do not form part of the stock since the business does not deal in them, however the business may decide to buy or sell them for one reason or the other.

In this journal, the account to be debited begins at the margin, while the account to be credited is indented from the margin, with a narration below them put in brackets. The narration simply explains the nature of the transaction that has taken place. The individual entries are then posted to their respective accounts by either debiting or crediting depending on the transactions. It takes the following format;

General journal

Date Particulars/details Ledger folio Dr shs Cr shs
         

For example:

Journalise then following transactions which took place in the business of J Opuche during the month of March 2005

March 5; Purchased office furniture on credit for shs 25 000 from miugiza Furniture Limited

10; Sold old duplicating machine for shs 15 000 to samba academy on credit

15; Bought a new motor vehicle for shs 800 000 from explo motors Ltd, paying shs 300 000 in cash and balance was to be settled at a later date

18; Sold old vehicle to Mara Secondary school for shs 500 000 on credit

25;The owner converted personal electronic calculator valued at shs 9 000 into business asset

27; Sold old computers valued at shs 20 000 for shs 15 000 on credit to Mara secondary school

30; Sold old dining chairs worth shs 10 000 to Maendeleo for shs 15 000 on credit

General journal

Date Particulars/details Ledger folio Dr shs Cr shs
March 2005

5

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

Office Furniture a/c

Miugiza a/c

(Being a credit purchase of office furniture from Miugiza)

Samba Accademy a/c

Duplicating Machine a/c

(Being credit sales of duplicating machine to Samba academy)

Motor vehicle a/c

Cash a/c

Explo Motors a/c

(Being purchase of motor vehicle from explo. motors, paying part in cash and part on credit)

Mara Sec sch a/c

Motor vehicle a/c

(being the credit sale of old motor vehicle to mara sec sch)

Calculators a/c

Capital a/c

(being conversion of private calculator to business asset)

Mara Sec. Sch. a/c

Loss on disposal a/c

Computer a/c

(being credit sale of old computers to Mara school at a loss of 5 000)

Maendeleo a/c

Furniture a/c

Gain on disposal a/c

(being the credit sale of dining chairs to maendeleo at a gain of 5 000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

25 000

 

 

 

15 000

 

 

 

 

800 000

 

 

 

 

500 000

 

 

 

9 000

 

 

 

15 000

5 000

 

 

 

15 000

 

 

 

 

 

1 384 000

 

 

 

25 000

 

 

 

15 000

 

 

 

 

300 000

500 000

 

 

 

500 000

 

 

 

9 000

 

 

 

 

20 000

 

 

 

10 000

5 000

 

 

 

1 384 000

 

The entries are then transferred to their respective accounts in the ledger, with the ones debited in the journals being debited and the ones credited being credited.

The Journal proper can also be used to show the opening entries and the closing entries. That is;

  • Opening entries

The opening entries are the entries of the assets and liabilities at the beginning of the trading periods to facilitate the opening of different accounts for them. They are the balance b/d for the assets and liabilities of the business.

The assets to be debited are recorded first, followed by the liabilities and capital to be credited. In case the capital is not given, it can be calculated using the book keeping equation, that is A = C + L. the narration then follows the entries.

The opening entries are necessary when;

  • A business that did not keep complete accounting records would like to start keeping
  • Opening up new sets of accounting books, after closing the old ones
  • Starting accounting records for a business which has been bought, though was in full operation

For example;

The following balances were extracted from Martine’s store that did not keep complete records, and would like to start keeping on 1st January 2011. Prepare for them their relevant subsidiary book to show the balances.

Shs

Motor vehicles                   230 000

Machinery                                    40 000

Creditors                              10 000

Debtors                                  5 000

Cash in hand                      20 000

Stock                                  10 000

Insurance prepaid               5 000

Bank                                     25 000

Premises                             335 000

Capital                               660 000

 

 

 

Martine’s Store

General journal

On 1st January 2011

Date Particulars/details Ledger folio Dr shs Cr shs
2011 January 1 Premises

Motor vehicle

Machinery

Debtors

Cash

Insurance prepaid

Bank

Stock

Capital

Creditors

(being the records of assets, liability and capital at the beginning of new period)

 

 

  335 000

230 000

40 000

5 000

20 000

5 000

25 000

10 000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

670 000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

660 000

10 000

 

 

 

 

 

670 000

  • Closing entries

At the end of the trading period the business asses how it carried out its trade and the amount of profit it made by preparing the Trading profit and loss account and the balance sheet to show its financial position. These are prepared by the information obtained from the ledgers. That is, all the nominal accounts (sale, purchase, expenses and revenue accounts), both opening and closing stocks are transferred to the trading profit and loss account through the trial balance and general journals, while the rest are taken to the balance sheet.

Uses of general journal;

  • To record purchases of fixed assets on credit
  • To record sales of fixed assets on credit
  • To correct errors by checking the balances
  • To record the opening and closing entries
  • To write off bad debts
  • To record the inter ledger transfers
  • To issues shares and debentures in companies
  • To make end of the year adjustments for the final accounts

In the table below, indicate the books of original entry that the information obtained from the given source documents are used to prepare

Source Document Books of Original entry
Sales Invoice/invoice issued/Invoice retained/invoice copy Sales journals
Purchases Invoice/Invoice received/Original invoice Purchases journals
Credit note issued/Credit note retained/Credit note copy Return inwards/Sales return journals
Credit note received/credit note original Return outwards/purchases return journals
Original receipt/Receipt received Cash payment/Analysis cash book/ Cash book
Receipt copy/Retained receipt Cash receipt journal/Analysis cash book/cash book
Petty cash voucher Petty cash book

Uses of Journals

  • To relive ledger of many details
  • To record more details about the transaction that are not found in the ledger
  • To facilitate tracing of errors
  • To facilitate the preparation of control accounts
  • To curb frauds and promote efficiency, since they are prepared by different people from the ones handling ledgers

Assignment:

(Exercise 1B pages 50 and 51, Nos16 and 18 in Inventor book 4, KLB Students book)